diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 19:55:44 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 19:55:44 -0700 |
| commit | 031dfd222318c00c90c44484b5d42464938d30b0 (patch) | |
| tree | 736b06ebfaf94f642d133d46fe53aaf5f2a9e7c3 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 31409-0.txt | 17559 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 31409-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 346662 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 31409-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 402887 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 31409-h/31409-h.htm | 18933 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 31409-h/images/timar-cover.png | bin | 0 -> 42348 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 31409.txt | 17549 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 31409.zip | bin | 0 -> 345940 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
10 files changed, 54057 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/31409-0.txt b/31409-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b7bfa9d --- /dev/null +++ b/31409-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17559 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Timar's Two Worlds, by Mór Jókai + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Timar's Two Worlds + +Author: Mór Jókai + +Translator: Mrs. Hegan Kennard + +Release Date: February 26, 2010 [EBook #31409] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TIMAR'S TWO WORLDS *** + + + + +Produced by Steven desJardins and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + + + + +[Illustration: M. J. IVERS & CO. PRICE 25 CENTS. + +AMERICAN SERIES No. 343. + +TIMAR'S TWO WORLDS By MAURUS JOKAI. + +Entered at Post-Office, New York, as Second-Class Matter. Issued +Monthly--November 17th, 1894--Subscription, $3.00 per Year.] + + + + +_AMERICAN SERIES._ + +TIMAR'S TWO WORLDS. + +BY MAURUS JOKAI. + + +NEW YORK: +M. J. IVERS & CO., PUBLISHERS, +379 PEARL STREET. + + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +_BOOK FIRST.--THE "ST. BARBARA."_ + +I.--THE IRON GATE 5 +II.--THE WHITE CAT 14 +III.--A DANGEROUS LEAP WITH A MAMMOTH 17 +IV.--A STRICT SEARCH 22 +V.--THE OWNERLESS ISLAND 27 +VI.--ALMIRA AND NARCISSA 32 +VII.--THE VOICES OF THE NIGHT 40 +VIII.--THE HISTORY OF THE ISLANDERS 45 +IX.--ALI TSCHORBADSCHI 53 +X.--THE LIVING STATUE 56 +XI.--A BURIAL AT SEA 58 +XII.--AN EXCELLENT JOKE 61 +XIII.--THE FATE OF THE "ST. BARBARA" 63 +XIV.--THE GUARDIAN 67 + + +_BOOK SECOND.--TIMÉA._ + +I.--GOOD ADVICE 75 +II.--THE RED CRESCENT 78 +III.--THE GOLD MINE 82 +IV.--MICHAEL TIMAR, BARON VON LEVETINCZY 88 +V.--A GIRL'S HEART 93 +VI.--ANOTHER JEST 102 +VII.--THE WEDDING-DRESS 105 +VIII.--TIMÉA 114 + + +_BOOK THIRD.--THE OWNERLESS ISLAND._ + +I.--THE MARRIAGE OF THE MARBLE STATUE 123 +II.--THE GUARDIAN DEVIL 127 +III.--SPRING MEADOWS 134 +IV.--A SPIDER AMONG THE ROSES 144 +V.--OUT OF THE WORLD 153 +VI.--THE TROPIC OF CAPRICORN 157 +VII.--SWEET HOME 167 + + +_BOOK FOURTH.--NOÉMI._ + +I.--A NEW GUEST 176 +II.--THE WOOD-CARVER 185 +III.--MELANCHOLY 197 +IV.--THERESE 207 + + +_BOOK FIFTH.--ATHALIE._ + +I.--THE BROKEN SWORD 213 +II.--THE FIRST LOSS 223 +III.--THE ICE 227 +IV.--THE PHANTOM 235 +V.--WHAT HAS THE MOON TO TELL? 247 +VI.--WHO COMES? 250 +VII.--THE CORPSE 252 +VIII.--DODI'S LETTER 254 +IX.--"YOU STUPID CREATURE!" 257 +X.--ATHALIE 262 +XI.--THE LAST STAB 269 +XII.--THE PENITENT IN "MARIA-NOSTRA" 273 +XIII.--NOBODY 273 + + + + +TIMAR'S TWO WORLDS + + + + +_BOOK FIRST.--THE "ST. BARBARA."_ + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +THE IRON GATE. + + +A mountain-chain, pierced through from base to summit--a gorge four +miles in length, walled in by lofty precipices; between their dizzy +heights the giant stream of the Old World, the Danube. + +Did the pressure of this mass of water force a passage for itself, or +was the rock riven by subterranean fire? Did Neptune or Vulcan, or both +together, execute this supernatural work, which the iron-clad hand of +man scarce can emulate in these days of competition with divine +achievements? + +Of the rule of the one deity traces are visible on the heights of Fruska +Gora in the fossil sea-shells strewn around, and in Veterani's cave with +its petrified relics of saurian monsters of the deep; of the other god, +the basalt of Piatra Detonata bears witness. While the man of the iron +hand is revealed by long galleries hewn in the rock, a vaulted road, the +ruined piers of an immense bridge, the tablets sculptured in bas-relief +on the face of the cliff, and by a channel two hundred feet wide, +hollowed in the bed of the river, through which the largest ships may +pass. + +The Iron Gate has a history of two thousand years. Four nations--Romans, +Turks, Roumanians and Hungarians, have each in turn given it a different +name. + +We seem to approach a temple built by giants, with rocky pillars, +towering columns, and wonderful colossi on its lofty frieze, stretching +out in a perspective of four miles, and, as it winds, discovering new +domes with other groups of natural masonry, and other wondrous forms. +One wall is smooth as polished granite, red and white veins zigzagging +across it like mysterious characters in the handwriting of God. In +another place the whole face is rusty brown, as if of solid iron. Here +and there the oblique strata suggest the daring architecture of the +Titans. At the next turn we are met by the portal of a Gothic cathedral, +with its pointed gables, its clustered basaltic columns. Out of the +dingy wall shines now and again a golden speck like a glimpse of the Ark +of the Covenant--there sulphur blooms, the ore-flower. But living +blossoms also deck the crags. From the crevices of the cornice hang +green festoons. These are great foliage-trees and pines, whose dark +masses are interspersed with frost-flecked garlands of red and gold. + +Now and then the mouth of some valley makes a break in the endless, +dizzy precipice, and allows a peep into a hidden paradise untrodden by +man. + +Here between two cliffs lies a deep shadow, and into this twilight +shines like a fairy world the picture of a sunny vale, with a forest of +wild vines, whose small red clusters lend color to the trees, and whose +bright leaves weave a carpet below. No human dwelling is visible; a +clear stream winds along, from which deer drink fearlessly; then the +brook throws its silver ribbon over the edge of the cliff. Thousands +pass by the valley, and each one asks himself who lives there. + +Then follows another temple more huge and awful than the first; the +towering walls drawing closer by three hundred yards and soaring three +thousand feet into the sky. + +That projecting needle at the top is the "Gropa lui Petro," the grave of +St. Peter; the two gigantic forms on either side are his apostolic +companions; yonder monster opposite is the "Babile," and the one which +closes the vista is the "Golumbaczka Mali" or Dove-rock; while the gray +pinnacle which towers above is the high Robbers' Peak, "Rasbojnik +Beliki." + +Between these walls flows the Danube in its rocky bed. The mighty +mother-stream, accustomed far above on the Hungarian plains to flow with +majestic quiet in a bed three miles wide, to caress the overhanging +willows, to look on blooming meadows and play with chattering mills, is +here confined in a pass only a hundred and fifty fathoms in width. + +With what rage it rushes through! He who traveled with it before +recognizes it no longer; the grisly giant is rejuvenated into heroic +youth. Its waves leap along the stony bed, from which sometimes a great +bowlder projects like a witch's altar, the huge "Babagay," the crowned +"Kassan." On this it bursts with majestic fury, roaring round it with +swirls which hollow deep abysses in the bottom; thence it rushes, +hissing and seething, across the slabs of rock which stretch obliquely +from side to side of the channel. In many places it has already mastered +the obstacles which barred its way, and flows foaming through the open +breach. There, it has burrowed beneath the wall of the ravine, and by +its continuous current has washed out a channel below the overhanging +rock. Here, it has carved islands out of the stubborn granite, new +creations, to be found on no chart, overgrown with wild bushes. They +belong to no state--neither Hungary, Turkey, nor Servia; they are +ownerless, nameless, subject to no tribute, outside the world. And there +again it has carried away an island, with all its shrubs, trees, huts, +and wiped it from the map. + +The rock and islets divide the stream, which between Ogradina and +Plesvissovicza has a speed of ten miles an hour, into many arms; and the +sailor has need to study these intricate and narrow passages, for there +is but one deep-water channel through the rocky bed--in-shore none but +the smallest boats can float. + +Among the small islands between the lesser branches of the Danube, +singular constructions of human hands are mingled with the grand works +of nature; double rows of palisades made of strong trunks of trees, +which, joined in the form of a V, present their open side down stream. +These are the sturgeon-traps. The marine visitors swim up stream into +the snare, and on and on into the ever-narrowing trap--for it is not +their custom to turn back--until they find themselves in the +death-chamber from which there is no release. + +The voices of this sublime region are superhuman. A perpetual universal +tumult; so monotonous, so nearly akin to silence and yet so distinct--as +if it uttered the name of God. How the great river dances over the +granite shores, how it scourges the rocky walls, bounds against the +island altars, dives rattling into the whirlpool, pervades the cataract +with harmony! + +The echo from the mighty cliffs raises this eternal voice of the waters +into an unearthly melody, like organ notes and thunder dying away. Man +is silent, as if afraid to hear his own language amidst this song of the +Titans: sailors communicate by signs, and the fishermen's superstition +forbids talking here under a penalty. The consciousness of danger impels +all to silent prayer. + +At any time the passage between these dark precipices, towering on +either hand, might give the sensation of being ferried along under the +walls of one's own tomb; but what must it be when that supreme terror of +the sailor, the Bora, sweeps down! A continuous and ever-increasing +gale, which at certain seasons makes the Iron Gate impassable. + +If there were only one cliff it would be a protection from the wind; but +the draught of air confined between the two is as capricious as the wind +in the streets of a town; at each corner it takes a new departure, now +it stops suddenly, then bursts out of a corner as from an ambush, seizes +the ship, carries away the steering-gear, throws the whole towing-beam +into the water, then shifts again, and drives the wooden vessel before +it as though it were going down-stream--the water throwing up clouds of +spray as blinding and fine as the sand of the desert in a simoom. + +At such times the sighing church-music of the gale swells to the thunder +of the Last Judgment, in which is mingled the death-cry of departing +spirits. + +At the time to which this history refers there were no steamers on the +Danube. Between Galatz and the junction with the Main, over nine +thousand horses were employed in towing ships up-stream; on the Turkish +Danube sails were also used, but not on the Hungarian branch. Besides +these a whole fleet of smugglers' boats traded between the two +countries, propelled only by strong arms. Salt-smuggling was in full +swing. On the Turkish side the same salt was sold for five gulden, which +cost six and a half on the Hungarian shore. It was brought by contraband +back from Turkey to Hungary, and sold here for five and a half gulden. +So every one profited by this comfortable arrangement. + +The only one not satisfied was the government, which for its own +protection established custom-houses along the frontier, in which the +male population of the neighboring villages had to keep guard armed +with guns. Each village supplied watchmen, and each village had its own +smugglers. While the young men of the place were on guard, the old ones +carried the salt, and so both trades were kept in the family. But the +government had another important object in its strict watch on the +frontier--security from the plague. + +The terrible Eastern plague! + +In these days we know nothing of it, for it is a hundred and fifty years +since a vain widow in Semlin brought an infected shawl, and fell dead as +she went to church in it. But we have to thank the regulations which +shut the door against it for this immunity. For each contact with a new +people has endowed us with a new disease. From China we received scarlet +fever, from the Saracens small-pox, from Russia influenza, from South +America yellow fever, and from the Hindoos cholera. But the plague comes +from Turkey. + +Therefore, along the whole bank, the opposite neighbors can only +communicate with each other on condition of observing strict preventive +measures, which must add considerable interest to their daily life. + +If the plague breaks out in Brussa, everything living or dead is +officially declared infected: whoever has been in contact with it comes +under the same ban, and must be in quarantine for ten or twenty days. If +the cable of a left-bank ship touches the cable of a right-bank vessel, +the whole crew of the former is unclean, and she must lie for ten days +in the middle of the stream; for the plague might pass along the ropes +from one to the other, and be communicated to the whole crew. + +And all this is carefully watched. On each ship sits an official called +a "purifier." A terrible person, whose duty it is to keep an eye on +every one, what he handles, what touches him; and if a passenger has +been in contact with any person, or any material of hair, wool, or hemp +on the Turkish side (for these substances carry infection), even with +the hem of his garment, the health-officer must declare him under +suspicion, and on arrival at Orsova must drag him from the arms of his +family and deliver him over to quarantine. + +Woe to the purifier if he should conceal a case! For the slightest +neglect, fifteen years' imprisonment is the penalty. + +It would appear, however, that smugglers are not liable to the plague, +for they have no purifier on board, and if the disease should break out +a hundred times over in Brussa, they would still ply day and night +between the two banks. We must remember, however, that St. Procopius is +their patron. Only the Bora disturbs their retail trade; for the swift +current through the Iron Gate drives the rowing-boats toward the +southern shore. Of course smuggling is done by tow-boats too, but that +belongs to wholesale traffic, costs more than friendly business, and so +is not for poor people: in them not only salt, but also tobacco and +coffee are smuggled across the frontier. + +The Bora has swept the Danube clear of vessels, and has thereby so +raised public morality and obedience to law, that for the last few days +there has been no occasion for forgiveness of sins. Every vessel has +hastened into harbor, or cast anchor in mid-stream, and the watchmen can +sleep in peace as long as this wind makes the joints of their wooden +huts creak. No ship can travel now, and yet the corporal of the Ogradina +watch-house has a fancy that ever since day-break, amidst the blustering +wind and roaring waters, he can detect the peculiar signal tones which +the speaking-trumpet sends for many miles, and which are not drowned +even by the voice of the thunder; the haunting, mournful blasts which +issue from the long wooden tube. + +Is some vessel declaring its approach, so that no other ship may meet it +in such weather in the narrow channel of the Iron Gate? Or is it in +danger and calling for help? + +This ship approaches. + +It is an oaken vessel of ten to twelve thousand measures burden: deeply +laden it would appear, for the waves wash over the bulwarks on each +side. + +The massive hull is painted black, with a white bow, which ends in a +long upstanding spiral beak plated with shining tin. The upper deck is +shaped like a roof, with narrow steps up to it, and a flat bridge +leading from one side to the other. The forward part of the raised deck +ends in a double cabin, containing two rooms, with doors to right and +left. The third wall of the cabin shows two small windows with green +painted shutters, and in the space between them the maidenly form of the +martyred St. Barbara is painted on a gold ground, with a pink dress, +light-blue mantle, red head-dress, and a white lily in her hand. + +In the small space between the cabins and the thick coils of rope on the +prow of the ship, stands a long green wooden trough filled with earth, +in which lovely blooming carnations and stocks are planted. A three-foot +iron railing shuts in the little garden, and on its spikes hang garlands +of wild flowers. In the middle burns a lamp in a red glass globe, near +to which is a bundle of dried rosemary and consecrated willow-catkins. + +On the forepart of the vessel stands the mast, to whose center rings the +tow-rope is attached; a three-inch cable, by which thirty-two horses on +the bank are trying to move the heavy ship up-stream. At other times +sixteen horses would have sufficed here, and on the upper reaches twelve +would be enough, but in this part and against such a wind even the +thirty-two find it hard work. The horn signals are for the leader of the +team-drivers; the human voice would be powerless here: even if the call +reached the shore, no one could understand it amidst the confused +echoes. + +But the language of the horn is intelligible even to horses; from its +now drawling, now abrupt, warning, or encouraging tones, man and beast +understand when to hasten or slacken their speed, or when to stop +altogether. + +For in this narrow ravine the lot of the vessel is very uncertain; it +has to struggle with gusts of furious wind, variable currents, its own +weight, and the rocks and whirlpool which must be avoided. Its fate lies +in the hands of two men. One is the pilot who steers; the other is the +captain, who amidst the roar of the elements signals his orders to the +towing-team by blasts on the horn. If the signal is misunderstood the +ship either runs on to a rock, glides into the rapids, goes to pieces +on the southern shore, or strands on some newly formed sand-bank, and +sinks with every soul on board. + +The steersman is a six-foot weather-beaten sailor with a very red face, +whose color on both cheeks comes from a network of veins with which the +white of the eye is also transfused. He is always hoarse, and his voice +knows only two variations, either a loud bellow or a low growl. Probably +this is what obliges him to take double care of his throat. Prevention +by means of a red comforter tightly wound round his neck, and cure by +means of a brandy-flask occupying a permanent position in his coat +pocket. + +The captain is a man of about thirty, with fair hair, dreamy blue eyes, +and a long mustache, the rest of his face clean shaven. He is of middle +height, and gives an idea of delicacy; with this impression his voice +accords, for when he speaks softly it is like a woman's. + +The steersman is called Johann Fabula; the name of the captain is +Michael Timar. + +The official "purifier" sits on the edge of the rudder bench; he has +drawn a hood over his head, so that only his nose and mustache appear: +both are red. History has not recorded his name. At present he is +chewing tobacco. + +One of the ship's boats, manned by six rowers, has taken out a line from +the bow, and the united efforts of the oarsmen materially assist the +towing of the vessel. + +At the door of the double cabin sits a man of fifty, smoking a Turkish +chibouque. His features are Oriental, with more of the Turkish than the +Greek type; his dress, with the striped kaftan and red fez, is like that +of a Servian or Greek. It will not escape an attentive observer that the +shaven part of his face is light in contrast to the rest, which is the +case with a person who has lately removed a thick beard. This is +Euthemio Trikaliss, under which name he appears in the way-book. He is +the owner of the cargo, but the ship itself belongs to a merchant of +Komorn called Athanasius Brazovics. + +Out of one of the cabin windows looks the face of a young girl, and so +becomes a neighbor of St. Barbara. One might fancy it was another sacred +picture. The face is not pale but white--the inherent whiteness of +marble or natural crystal. As an Abyssinian is born black, and a Malay +yellow, so is this girl born white. No other tint disturbs the delicate +snow; on this face neither the breath of the wind nor the eye of man +calls up a blush. She is certainly only a child, hardly more than +thirteen; but her figure is tall and slender, her face calm as if hewn +out of alabaster, with severely antique lines, as if her mother had +looked always at the Venus of Milo. Her thick black hair has a metallic +gleam like the plumage of the black swan; but her eyes are dark-blue. +The long delicate eyebrows almost meet over the brow, which gives her +face a curious charm; it is as if these arching brows formed a black +aureole round the brow of a saint. + +The girl's name is Timéa. + +These are the passengers of the "St. Barbara." + +When the captain lays his speaking-trumpet aside, and has tried with the +lead what water the ship has under her, he has time to chat with the +girl as he leans against the iron railing round the picture. + +Timéa understands only modern Greek, which the captain can speak +fluently. He points out to her the beauties of the scenery, its grim, +cruel beauties: the white face, the dark-blue eyes, remain unchanged, +and yet the girl listens with fixed attention. + +But it seems to the captain as if these eyes gave their thoughts not so +much to him as to the stocks which grow at St. Barbara's feet. He breaks +off one and gives it to the child, that she may listen to what the +flowers tell. + +The steersman sees this, away there by the tiller, and it displeases +him. "You would do better," he growls in a voice like the rasping of a +file, "instead of plucking the saint's flowers for that child, to burn a +holy willow-wand at the lamp, for if the Lord drives us on to these +stone monsters, even His own Son won't save us. Help, Jesu!" + +This aspiration would have been uttered by Johann Fabula, even if he +were alone; but as the purifier sat close by, there followed this +dialogue: + +"Why must the gentry pass the Iron Gate in such a storm?" + +"Why?" answered Johann Fabula, who did not forget his laudable habit of +aiding the collection of his thoughts by a gulp out of the wicker +brandy-flask. "Why? For no other reason but being in a hurry. Ten +thousand measures of wheat are in our hold. In the Banat the crops +failed; in Wallachia there was a good harvest. This is Michaelmas; if we +don't make haste, November will be upon us, and we shall be frozen in." + +"And why do you think the Danube will freeze in November?" + +"I don't think--I know. The Komorn calendar says so. Look in my berth, +it hangs by my bed." + +The purifier buried his nose in his hood, and spat his tobacco juice +into the Danube. + +"Don't spit into the water in such weather as this--the Danube won't +bear it. But what the Komorn calendar says is as true as Gospel. Ten +years ago it prophesied that frost would set in in November; so I +started at once to get home with my ship--then too I was in the 'St. +Barbara'--the others laughed at me. But on the 23d of November cold set +in, and half the vessels were frozen in, some at Apathin, and others at +Foldvar. Then it was my turn to laugh. Help, Jesu! Hard over, +he--e--e--!!" + +The wind was now dead ahead. Thick drops of sweat ran down the +steersman's cheeks while he struggled to get the tiller over, but he +asked for no help. Then he rewarded himself with a pull at his bottle, +after which his eyes looked redder than ever. + +"Now if the Lord will only help us to pass that stone pier," groaned he +in the midst of his exertions. "Pull away, you fellows there! If only we +can get by this point!" + +"There's another beyond." + +"Yes, and then a third, and a thirteenth, and we must keep our +mass-money ready in our mouths, for we are walking over our open coffins +all the time." + +"Hark ye, my good friend," said the purifier, taking his plug out of +his mouth, "I fancy your ship carries something besides wheat." + +Master Fabula looked askance at the purifier under his hood, and +shrugged his shoulders. "What's that to me? If there's contraband on the +ship, at any rate we sha'n't stop in quarantine, and we shall get on +pretty quick." + +"How so?" + +The steersman made a circle with his thumb behind his back, on which the +health-officer burst out laughing. Could he possibly have understood +this pantomime? + +"Now, look you," said Johann Fabula, "since I was here last, the course +of the river has altered; if I don't let her go a bit free we shall get +into the new eddy which has formed under the 'Lovers' Rock.' Do you see +that devilish monster which keeps swimming close to us? That's an old +sturgeon--he must be at least five hundred-weight. If this beast keeps +up with us, he'll bring us ill-luck. Help, Lord! If only he would come +near enough for me to get the grappling-iron into him! The skipper is +always sneaking up to the Greek girl instead of blowing his horn to the +riders. She brings us misfortune--since she has been on board, we've had +nothing but north wind; there's something wrong about her--she's as +white as a ghost, and her eyebrows grow together like a witch's. Herr +Timar, blow to the teamsmen, ho--ho--ho!" + +But Timar did not touch the horn, and went on telling legends of the +rocks and water-falls to the white maiden. + +Beginning from the Iron Gate up to Clissera, each valley, each cave on +both banks, every cliff, island, and every eddy in the stream has its +history: a fairy tale, a legend, or an adventure with brigands, of which +books, or sculptured inscriptions, or national songs, or fisherfolks' +tradition tell the story. It is a library in stone, the names of the +rocks are the lettered back of the volumes, and he who knows how to open +them may read a romance therein. + +Michael Timar had long been at home in this library. With the vessel +committed to his charge he had often made the passage of the Iron Gate, +and every stone and island was familiar to him. + +Possibly he had another object with his legends and anecdotes besides +the satisfaction of the girl's curiosity. When a highly strung creature +has to pass through a great danger, which makes even a strong man's +heart quake, then those who know the danger try to turn the attention of +the ignorant person into the kingdom of marvels. Was it perhaps thus? + +Timéa listened to the story of the hero Mirko with his beloved, the +faithful Milieva; how they fled to the peaks of the Linbigaja Rock out +in the Danube; how there he alone defended the precipitous approach to +his refuge, against all the soldiers of his pursuer Hassan; how they +lived on the kids brought by the eagles to their nest on the cliff, +cared not for the roar of the breakers round the base of their island, +and felt no fear of the white surges thrown up by the compressed force +of the narrowed current. Mariners call these woolly wave-crests the +"Lovers' Goats." + +"It would be better to look ahead than astern," growled the steersman, +and then exerted his voice in a loud call, "Haha! ho! skipper, what's +that coming down on us?" + +The captain looked round, and saw the object pointed out by the pilot. +The ship was now entering the Tatalia Pass, where the Danube is only two +hundred fathoms wide, and has a rapid incline. It looks like a mountain +torrent, only that this torrent is the Danube. And besides, the stream +is here divided in two by a mass of rock whose top is covered with +bushes. The water forks in two arms on the western side, of which one +shoots under the steep precipice of the Servian bank, while the other +discharges through an artificial channel a hundred yards wide, by which +the large vessels pass up and down. In this part it is far from +desirable that two ships should meet, for there is barely room for them +to pass in safety. To the northward lie hidden rocks where a ship might +strike, and to the southward is the great whirlpool formed by the +junction of the two branches; if this should seize a vessel, no human +power could save her. + +So that the danger which the steersman had announced by his question was +a very real one. + +Two ships meeting in the Tatalia Pass with the river so high and under +such a pressure of wind! + +Michael Timar asked for his telescope, which he had lent to Timéa to +look at the place where Mirko had defended the beautiful Milieva. + +At the western curve of the river a dark mass was visible in the stream. + +Michael looked through his glass, and then called to the steersman, "A +mill!" + +"Holy Father! then we are lost." + +A water-mill was driving down on them; probably the storm had loosened +its chains from the bank. Obviously it was without pilot or oarsman, who +must have fled to the shore; so it drifted blindly on, sweeping away the +mills it met on its way, and sinking any cargo-boats which could not get +out of its road. + +How could they escape between Scylla and Charybdis? + +Timar said not a word of this to Timéa, but gave her back the glass, and +told her where to look for the eagles' nest whose ancestors had fed the +lovers. Then he threw off his coat hastily, sprung into the barge where +the rowers were, and made five of them get into the small boat with him; +they were to bring the light anchor and thin cable with them, and cast +off. + +Trikaliss and Timéa did not understand his orders, as he spoke +Hungarian, which neither of them knew. + +The captain shouted to the steersman, "Keep her steady; go ahead!" In a +few moments Trikaliss also could see what was the danger. The drifting +mill came floating swiftly down the brawling stream, and one could see +with the naked eye the clattering paddle-wheel, whose width occupied the +whole fairway of the channel. If it touched the laden ship both must go +down. + +The boat with the six men still struggled up against the current. Four +of them rowed, one steered, and Timar stood in the bow with folded arms. + +What was their insane design? What could they do in a little boat +against a great mill? What are human mind and muscles against stream and +storm? + +If each were a Samson, the laws of hydrostatics would set at naught +their strength. The shock with which they touch the mill will recoil on +the skiff; if they grapple it they will be dragged away by it. It is as +if a spider would catch a cockchafer in its web. + +The boat, however, did not keep in the center, but tried to reach the +southern point of the island. + +So high were the waves that the five men disappeared again and again in +the hollows between, then the next moment they danced on the foamy +crest, tossed hither and thither by the willful torrent, seething under +them like boiling water. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +THE WHITE CAT. + + +The oarsmen consulted in the boat what was to be done. + +One advised cutting through the side of the mill below the water-line +with an ax, so as to sink it: but that would do no good; the current +would drive the wreck down on to the ship. + +A second thought they ought to grapple the mill with hooks, and give it +a list away, so as to direct it toward the whirlpool: but this counsel +was also rejected, for the eddies would drag the boat down too. + +Timar ordered the man at the tiller to keep straight for the point of +the island where the Lovers' Rock lies. + +When they approached the rapids he lifted the heavy anchor and swung it +into the water without shaking the boat, which showed what muscular +strength the delicate frame contained. The anchor took out a long coil +of rope with it, for the water is deep there. Then Timar made them row +as quickly as possible toward the approaching mill. Now they guessed his +design--he meant to anchor the mill. Bad idea, said the sailors; the +great mass will lie across the fairway, and stop the ship; besides, the +cable is so long and slight that the heavy fabric will part it easily. + +When Euthemio Trikaliss saw from the vessel Timar's intention, he +dropped his chibouque in a panic, ran along the deck and cried to the +steersman to cut the tow-rope, and let the ship drift down-stream. + +The pilot did not understand Greek, but guessed from the old man's +gestures what he wanted. + +With perfect calmness he answered as he leaned against the rudder, +"There's nothing to grumble at; Timar knows what to do." With the +courage of despair Trikaliss drew his dagger out of his girdle in order +to cut the rope himself; but the steersman pointed toward the stern, and +what Trikaliss saw there altered his mind. + +From the Lower Danube came a vessel toward them: an accustomed eye can +distinguish it from afar. It has a mast whose sails are furled, a high +poop, and twenty-four rowers. + +It is a Turkish brigantine. + +As soon as he caught sight of it, Trikaliss put his dagger back in his +sash; if he had turned purple at what he saw ahead, now he was livid. +He hastened to Timéa, who was looking through the glass at the peaks of +Perigrada. "Give me the telescope!" he exclaimed in a hoarse voice. + +"Oh, how pretty that is!" said Timéa, as she gave up the glass. + +"What?" + +"On the cliffs there are little marmots playing together like monkeys." + +Euthemio directed the telescope toward the approaching vessel, and his +brows contracted; his face was pale as death. + +Timéa took the glass from his hand and looked again for the marmots on +the rocks. Euthemio kept his arm round her waist. + +"How they jump and dance and chase each other; how amusing!" and Timéa +little knew how near she was to being lifted by the arm that held her, +and plunged over the bulwarks into the foaming flood. + +But what Euthemio saw on the other side brought back into his face the +color it had lost. + +When Timar arrived within a cast of the mill, he took a coil of the +anchor-rope in his right hand; a hook was fastened to its end. The +rudderless mass came quickly nearer, like some drifting antediluvian +monster--blind chance guided it; its paddle-wheel turned swiftly with +the motion of the water, and under the empty out-shoot the mill-stone +revolved over the flour-bin as if it was working hard. + +In this fabric devoted to certain destruction, there was no living thing +except a white cat, which sat on the red-painted shingle roof and mewed +piteously. + +When he got close to the mill, Timar swung the rope and hook suddenly +round his head, and aimed it at the paddle-wheel. + +As soon as the grappling-iron had caught one of the floats, the wheel, +driven by water-power, began to wind up the rope gently, and so give the +mill a gradual turn toward the Perigrada Island; completing by its own +machinery the suicidal work of casting itself on the rocks. + +"Didn't I say Timar knew what he was about?" growled Johann Fabula; +while Euthemio in joyful excitement exclaimed, "Bravo! my son," and +pressed Timéa's hand so hard that she was frightened and even forgot the +marmots. + +"There, look!" + +And now Timéa also noticed the mill. She required no telescope, for it +and the ship were so near together that in the narrow channel they were +only separated by about sixty feet. + +Just enough to let the diabolical machine get safely past. + +Timéa thought neither of the danger nor of the deliverance, only of the +forsaken cat. + +When the poor animal saw the floating house and its inhabitants so near +to it, it leaped up and began running up and down the roof-ridge, and to +measure with its eye the distance between the mill and the ship, whether +it dared jump. + +"Oh, the poor little cat!" cried Timéa, anxiously, "if we could only get +near enough for it to come over to us." + +But from this misfortune the ship was preserved by its patron saint, and +by the anchor-rope, which, wound up by the paddle-wheel, got shorter +and shorter, and drew the wreck nearer the island and further from the +vessel. + +"Oh, the poor pretty white cat!" + +"Don't be afraid," Euthemio tried to console her; "when it passes the +rock the cat will spring ashore, and be very happy living with the +marmots." + +Only unluckily the cat, keeping on the hither side of the roof, could +not see the island. + +When the "St. Barbara" had got safely past the enchanted mill, Timéa +waved her handkerchief to the cat, and called out first in Greek, and +then in the universal cat's language, "Quick, look, jump off, +puss-s-s-s;" but the animal, frantic with terror, paid no heed. + +At the very moment when the stern of the ship had passed the mill, the +latter was suddenly caught by the current, swung round so that the +grappled wheel broke, and the liberated mass shot like an arrow down the +stream. The white cat sprung up to the ridge. + +"Ah!" + +But the mill rushed on its fate. + +Below the island is the great whirlpool. + +It is one of the most remarkable eddies ever formed by the river +giants--on every map it is marked by two arrows meeting in a corner. Woe +to the boat which is swept in the direction of either arrow! Round the +great funnel the water boils and rages as in a seething caldron, and in +the middle of the circle yawns the bare abyss below. This whirlpool has +worn a hole in the rock a hundred and twenty feet deep, and what it +takes with it into this tomb, no one ever sees again: if it should be a +man, he had better look out for the resurrection. And into this place +the current carried the mill. Before it reached there it sprung a leak +and got a list over; the axle of the wheel stood straight on end; the +white cat ran along to the highest point and stood there humping its +back; the eddy caught the wooden fabric, carried it round in wide +circles four or five times, turning on its own axis, creaking and +groaning, and then it disappeared under the water. With it the white +cat. + +Timéa shuddered and hid her face in her shawl. + +But the "St. Barbara" was saved. + +Euthemio pressed the hands of the returning oarsmen--Timar he embraced. +Timar might have expected that Timéa would say a friendly word; but she +only asked, pointing to the gulf with a disturbed face, "What is become +of the mill?" + +"Chips and splinters!" + +"And the poor cat?" The girl's lips trembled, and tears stood in her +eyes. + +"It's all up with her." + +"But the mill and the cat belonged to some poor man?" said Timéa. + +"Yes; but we had to save our ship and our lives, or else we should have +been wrecked, and the whirlpool would have drawn us into the abyss, and +only thrown up our bones on the shore." + +Timéa looked at the man who said this, through the prism of tear-filled +eyes. + +It was a strange world into which she gazed through these tears. That +it should be permissible to destroy a poor man's mill in order to save +one's own ship, that you should drown a cat so as not to get into the +water yourself!--she could not understand it. From this moment she +listened no more to his fairy stories, but avoided him as much as +possible. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +A DANGEROUS LEAP WITH A MAMMOTH. + + +Indeed Timar had but little time for story-telling; for he had hardly +got his breath after the exertions of his perilous achievement, before +Euthemio gave him the glass and pointed where he was to look. + +"Gunboat--twenty-four oars--brigantine from Salonica." + +Timar did not put down the telescope till the other vessel was hidden +from him behind the point of the Perigrada Island. + +Then suddenly he let it fall, and, putting the horn to his lips, blew +first three, then six sharp blasts, at which the drivers whipped up +their horses. + +The rocky island of Perigrada is surrounded by two branches of the +Danube. The one on the Servian side is that by which cargo-ships pass +up; it is safer and cheaper, for half the number of horses suffice. By +the Roumanian shore there is also a narrow channel, with just room for +one vessel, but here you must use oxen, of which often a hundred and +twenty are harnessed. The other arm of the river is again narrowed by +the little Reskival Island, lying across the stream. (Now this island +has been blown up in part, but at the time of our story the whole still +existed.) Through the narrows between the two islands the river shoots +like an arrow; but above, it lies between its rocky walls like a great +lake. Only this lake has no smooth surface, for it is always in motion, +and never freezes in the very hardest winter. Its bottom is thickly sown +with rocks; some are under water, while other uncouth monsters project +many feet above it. + +This is the most dangerous part of the whole voyage. To this day, +experienced seamen, English, Turks, Italians, at home on all seas, +adventure themselves with much anxiety in this rock-strewn channel. Here +the majority of shipwrecks occur. Here in the Crimean War the splendid +Turkish man-of-war "Silistria" was lost. She had been ordered to +Belgrade, and might have given a new turn to affairs if she had not +received a thrust in the ribs from one of the Reskival rocks, so +enthusiastic in their peace policy that they obliged her to stay where +she was. + +Yet this lake, with its dangerous bottom, has a passage through it which +but few ships know, and still fewer care to use. + +This short cut enables mariners to cross from the channel on the Servian +side to the Roumanian shore. The latter channel is divided by a ledge of +rock from the Upper Danube, and you can only enter it at Szvinicza, and +come out at Szkela-Gladova. + +This is the dangerous leap with a floating mammoth. + +The captain blows first three, and then six blasts on his horn; the +drivers know at once what it means, the leader of the team has +dismounted--with good reason too--and they all begin with cries and +blows to hurry on the horses. The vessel goes swiftly against the +stream. + +The horn blows nine times. + +The drivers flog the horses furiously: the poor beasts understand the +call and the blows, and tug till the rope is nearly strained to +breaking. Five minutes of such effort are more exhausting than a whole +day's labor. + +Now twelve blasts of the horn sound in rapid succession. Men and horses +collect the last remnant of their strength. Every moment one fancies +they must break down. The towing-rope, a three-inch cable, is as taut as +a bow-string, and the iron bolt round which the rope is wound is burning +hot with the friction. The captain stands by with a sharp ax in his +hand. + +When the vessel gained its greatest impetus, with a single blow he +severed the cable at the bow. + +The tense rope flew whistling like a giant fiddle-string into the air; +the horses of the towing-team fell down in a heap, and the leader broke +its neck--his rider had wisely dismounted. The ship, relieved of the +strain, altered its course suddenly, and began, with its bow to the +northern shore, to cut obliquely across the river. + +Sailors call this bold maneuver the "Cross-cut." + +The heavy bulk is now propelled neither by stream nor oars; even the +current is against it. Merely the after effect of the shock it has +received drives it over to the other bank. + +The calculation of this impulse, with the distance to be traversed and +the resistance which lessens the speed, would be a credit to any +practical engineer. Common sailors have learned it by rule of thumb. + +From the moment when Timar cut the tow-rope, the lives of all on board +were in the hands of the steersman. + +Johann Fabula showed now what he could do. "Help, Lord Christ!" he +muttered, but he did not keep his hands in his lap. Before him the ship +rushed with winged speed into the lake formed by the Danube. Two men +were now required at the tiller, and even these could hardly bridle the +monster in its course. + +Timar stood on the prow and sounded with the lead, in one hand holding +the line; the other he stretched up, and showed the pilot with his +fingers what water they had. + +The steersman knew the rocks they were passing over just as well as he +could have told exactly how much the river had risen in the last few +weeks. In his hands the helm was safe; if he had made a single false +movement, if only by an inch, the vessel would have received a shock +which would stop her for a moment, and then she and all on board would +have been driven head over heels into the Perigrada whirlpool, where the +ship and the beautiful white girl would have joined the mill and the +beautiful white cat. + +Safely past the shallows of the Reskival rapids! Yet this is a bad +place. The speed is less, the effect of the motive power already +paralyzed by the force of the stream, and the bottom sown with sharp +rocks. + +Timéa leaned over the bulwarks and looked down into the water. Through +the transparent waves, the bright-colored rocks, a huge mosaic of green +and yellow and red, looked quite close. Between them shot silvery fishes +with red fins. She was fascinated. + +Deep silence fell over the scene; each knew that he passed over his +grave, and would owe it to God's mercy if he did not find his monument +down below. Only the girl felt no emotion of fear. + +The vessel had arrived in a bay of rocks. Sailors have given them the +name of "gun-stones"; perhaps because the sound of the breakers reminds +one of the cracking of musketry fire. + +Here the principal branch of the Danube concentrates itself in a deep +bed. The sunken rocks are too far under water to be dangerous. Below, in +the dark-green depths, one may see the slow and indolent forms of the +dwellers of the sea--the great sturgeon and the hundred-pound pike, at +whose approach the bright shoals of small fish scatter in haste. + +Timéa gazed at the play of the aquatic population; it was like a +bird's-eye view of an amphitheater. + +Suddenly she felt her arm seized by Timar, who dragged her from the +bulwarks, pushed her into the cabin, and shut the door violently. + +"Look out! Halloo!" shouted the crew as with one voice. + +Timéa could not imagine what was happening that she should be so roughly +treated, and ran to look out of the cabin window. + +It was only that the ship had passed safely through the "gun-rocks," and +was about to enter the Roumanian channel; but from the little bay the +water rushes so furiously into the canal that a regular water-fall is +formed, and this is the dangerous moment of the "Leap." + +When Timéa looked out of the cabin window, she only saw that Timar stood +at the bow with a grappler in his hand. Then suddenly a deafening noise +arose, a huge foam-crowned mountain of water struck the fore part of the +vessel, splashed its spray right against the window, and blinded Timéa +for a moment. When she looked out again, the captain was no longer to be +seen. + +There were great cries outside. She rushed out of the door and met her +father. "Are we sinking?" she cried. + +Timéa had seen that: the big wave had washed him away before her eyes. +But her heart beat no faster when she heard it. + +Curious! When she saw the white cat drowned, she was in despair, and +could not refrain from tears, and now when the water had swallowed up +the captain, she did not even say "Poor fellow!" + +Yes, but the cat had cried so pitifully, and this man defies the whole +world; the cat was a dear little animal, the captain only a great rough +man. And then the cat could not help itself; but he is strong and +clever, and can certainly save himself. That's the only good of a man. + +After the last leap the ship was safe, and swam in the smooth water of +the canal. The sailors ran with grappling-irons to the boat to seek the +captain. Euthemio held a purse up as a prize for the rescue of Timar. "A +hundred ducats for him who rescues the captain!" + +"Keep your hundred ducats, good sir!" cried the voice of the man in +question from the other end of the ship. "I'm coming." + +Then they saw him climbing up the stern by the rudder-chains. No fear of +his being lost! + +As if nothing had happened, he began giving orders. "Let go!" + +The three hundred-weight anchor was thrown over, and the ship brought up +in the middle of the channel, so as to be hidden by the cliffs from the +upper reaches of the river. + +"And now ashore with the boat," Timar ordered three oarsmen. + +"Change your clothes," advised Euthemio. + +"Waste of time," answered Timar. "I shall soon be wet again; now I am +thoroughly soaked. We have no time to spare." + +The last words he whispered into Euthemio's ear. + +The man's eyes glittered as he agreed. The captain sprung into the boat +and rowed himself, so as to get quicker to the post-house on the bank, +where towing-teams could be engaged. He collected hastily eighty oxen. +Meanwhile, a new towing-rope was attached to the vessel, the oxen +harnessed, and before half an hour had passed, the "St. Barbara" was on +her way again through the Iron Gate, and on the opposite side of the +stream. + +When Timar returned on board, his exertions had dried his clothes. + +The ship was saved, perhaps doubly saved, and with it the cargo, +Euthemio, and Timéa. + +But what are they to him that he should work so hard? He is only the +captain and supercargo, and receives a scanty salary as such. It can not +matter to him whether the vessel's hold is full of wheat or contraband +tobacco or real pearls; his wages remain the same. + +So also thought the "purifier," who, when they reached the Roumanian +canal, resumed his interrupted conversation with the steersman. + +"You'll allow, neighbor, that we were never nearer all going to +destruction together than we were to-day." + +"There's some truth in that," answered Fabula. + +"But why should we try the experiment whether we could get drowned on +St. Michael's day?" + +"H'm!" said Johann, and took a short pull at his brandy-flask. "What +salary do you get, sir?" + +"Twenty kreutzers a day," answered the purifier. + +"Why the devil do you come here to venture your life for twenty +kreutzers a day? I didn't send for you. I get a gulden and my food; so I +have forty kreutzers more reason to venture my life than you. What does +it matter to you?" + +The health-officer shook his head, and threw back his hood, so as to be +more easily heard. + +"Listen," he said; "it strikes me the brigantine is chasing you, and the +'St. Barbara' is trying to escape." + +"H'm!" coughed the steersman, clearing his throat, and becoming suddenly +too hoarse to make a sound. + +"Well, it doesn't matter to me," said the purifier, with a shrug. "I'm +Austrian born, and I don't like the Turks. But I know what I know." + +"Well, then, will the gentleman listen to what he doesn't know?" said +Fabula, who had suddenly recovered his voice. "Certainly the gunboat is +chasing us, and that's why we are showing him our heels. For, look you, +they wanted to take the white-faced maiden into the sultan's harem, but +her father would not consent; he preferred to escape with her from +Turkey, and now the object is to reach Hungarian territory as quickly as +possible--there the sultan can't touch her. Now that's all about it, so +no more questions, but go to St. Barbara's picture, and light the lamp +again if the water has extinguished it; and don't forget to burn three +consecrated willow-twigs, if you're a good Christian." + +The purifier drew himself up slowly, and looked for his tinderbox, and +then he growled in his beard-- + +"_If_ I am an orthodox Catholic? But they say you are only a Papist on +board, and a Calvinist directly you set foot on shore; that you pray in +the ship, and can hardly wait for dry land before you begin cursing and +swearing. And they say too that your name is Fabula, and that Fabula +means just the same as a pocketful of lies. But of course I believe all +you have told me, so you need not be angry." + +"You're quite right there; but now you be off, and don't you come back +till I call you." + +The twenty-four rowers in the gunboat required three hours to get from +the point where first the "St. Barbara" was seen to the Perigrada +Island, where the Danube divides into two arms. The cliffs of the island +masked the whole bend, and on board the brigantine nothing of what had +passed behind them could be seen. + +Even below the island the gunboat had met with floating wreckage, which +the eddy had thrown to the surface. This was part of the sunken mill, +but could not be distinguished from the remains of a vessel. When the +brigantine had passed the island a reach of a mile and a half lay open +before her; neither in the stream nor by the bank was any large craft to +be seen; near the shore were only barges and rowing-boats. + +The man-of-war went a little higher, cruised about in the river, and +then returned to the shore. There the Turkish first-lieutenant inquired +of the watchmen about a cargo-vessel passing by. They had seen nothing, +for the ship had not got so far. Presently the brigantine overtook the +"St. Barbara's" towing-team, and of them also questions were asked. They +were all good Servians, and explained to the Turks where they could find +the "St. Barbara." + +"She has gone down at the Perigrada Island with her cargo of fruit and +all her crew; you can see here how the tow-rope parted." + +The Turkish brigantine left the Servian drivers, who were all lamenting +because no one was left to pay their wages. (In Orsova they know full +well they will come up with their ship and tow her on.) But the +commander, being a Turk, of course turned about and went down-stream. + +When the brigantine got back to the island the sailors saw a board +dancing on the water which did not float away. They fished it out: a +rope was fastened to it by an iron hook, for the board was a float from +the mill-wheel. Then they heaved up the rope, which had an anchor at its +other end. This also was got in, and on its cross-piece, painted in +great letters, there was the name "St. Barbara." + +Now the whole catastrophe was quite clear. Her towing-rope had broken, +she cast her anchor, but it could not hold her, she drifted into the +whirlpool, and now her timbers float on the surface, but her crew rests +below in the deep pool. + +Mashallah! We can not follow her there. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +A STRICT SEARCH. + + +The "St. Barbara" had escaped two dangers--the rocks of the Iron Gate +and the Turkish brigantine; two remained, the Bora and the quarantine in +Orsova. + +Above the bay of the Iron Gate, the powerful stream is confined by its +steep banks in a chasm only a hundred fathoms wide, through which the +pent-up current forces its way, in parts with a fall of twenty-eight +feet. + +Up above the mountain peaks, three thousand feet in air, the eagles +circle in majestic flight across the narrow strip of sky visible, whose +pure azure, seen from the awful depths below, looks like a glass vault, +and further yet rise more and higher peaks. + +It is a sight, I trow, to call up spirits from hell. The impotent +vessel, which has neither hands nor feet, nor yet fins, which, like an +overladen nutshell, floats upward in this narrow channel against wind +and stream; and in it a handful of men, trusting in their intelligence +and their strength. Here, too, even the Bora can not harm them, for the +double range of cliffs keeps off the wind. The steersman and the +towing-team have easier work now. + +But the Bora was not asleep. It was already afternoon. The chief +steersman had given over the tiller to his deputy, and had gone to the +galley, which was in the stern. There he was busy preparing a "thieves' +roast," of which the recipe is to spit on a long skewer a piece of beef, +a piece of ham, and a piece of pork alternately, and then turn the +skewer above an open fire till the meat is cooked. + +All at once the narrow strip of sky visible between the almost touching +cliffs grew dark. The Bora will not be defied. + +Suddenly it drives down before it a storm which overcasts the blue sky, +so that it is pitch dark in the valley. Up above masses of cloud; dark +rocks on either hand. Now and then a dazzling flash darts through the +heights, followed by a short abrupt thunderclap, as if the narrow gorge +could only contain one chord of the awful concert; then again the +lightning shoots into the Danube just in front of the ship, and by its +fiery rays for an instant the whole rocky cathedral looks like the +flaming gulf of hell, and the thunder rolls, with a crash as of a world +destroyed, from one end of the resounding Titan's hall to the other. +Rain falls in torrents, but the vessel must go on. + +It must get on, that it may have left Orsova before night. + +They can only see by the flicker of the lightning. Even with the horn +they dare not signal, for it might be heard on the Roumanian side. But +inventive man has found a way out of this difficulty. + +The captain goes into the bow, gets out his flint and steel, and begins +to strike out sparks. This fire can not be extinguished by rain; it can +be seen by the drivers through the darkness, and as often as the steel +strikes a spark they know at once what to do; they also make signals +from the bank by sparks. This is the secret telegraph of sailors and +smugglers at the Iron Gate. And this silent language has been brought to +perfection by the shore population on each side of the river. + +Timéa liked the tempest. She had drawn her Turkish hood over her head, +and looked out of the cabin window. "Are we in a cavern?" she asked the +captain. + +"No," answered Timar, "but at the door of a tomb. That high peak, which +glows in the lightning flashes like a mountain of fire, is the grave of +St. Peter, the 'Gropa lui Petro.' And the two other monsters near it are +the 'Two Old Women.'" + +"What old women?" + +"According to the legend, a Hungarian and a Wallachian woman quarreled +as to which of their two countries could claim the tomb of St. Peter. +The apostle could not sleep in his grave for their squabbling, and in +his anger he turned them into stone." + +Timéa did not smile at the grotesque legend. She did not see anything +ridiculous in it. "And how do they know that this is the grave of an +apostle?" asked she. + +"Because here many healing herbs grow, which they collect to cure all +sorts of diseases, and send them great distances." + +"So they call him an apostle, who even in his grave does good to +others?" Timéa questioned. + +"Timéa!" sounded from the cabin the imperious call of Euthemio. The girl +drew back her head from the window, and closed the circular shutter. +When Timar looked round again, he saw only the saint's picture. + +The vessel continued her course in spite of the storm. + +Suddenly the dark ravine was left behind, and as the two rock walls +trended further apart the gloomy vault overhead disappeared. Just as +rapidly as the Bora had brought up the black thunderclouds, so quickly +had it swept away the storm; and, all at once, the travelers saw +stretched before them the lovely Cserna valley. + +The cliffs on both shores were covered to their summits with vineyards +and fruit orchards; the landscape glittered in the glow of the evening +sun; out of the green distance shone while houses, slender spires, and +red roofs, and through the crystal rain-beads gleamed a gorgeous +rainbow. + +The Danube had lost its uncanny aspect. In its wider bed it could spread +itself out comfortably; and on the western reaches of its sea-green +mirror the travelers saw the reflection of Orsova on its island--for +them the fourth, and greatest, bugbear. + +The day had already sunk into twilight when the "St. Barbara" arrived at +Orsova. + +"More wind to-morrow than even to-day," grumbled the steersman, looking +at the red sky. + +There the evening clouds were piled like an avalanche, in all shades of +fiery and blood red, and if the glowing mist-veil parted through the +rent, the sky was not blue but emerald-green. Below, mountain and +valley, forest and field, gleamed in the sunset reflex with radiance +which hurt the eye, unable to find a shady point of rest. The Danube +rushing on beneath, like a fiery Phlegethon, and in its midst an island +with towers and massive buildings, all glowing as if part of a huge +furnace, through which every creature, coming from the pestilential east +to the frontier of the healthy west, must pass as through purgatory. + +But what most fixed the attention of the crew under this stormy sunset +was a black-and-yellow striped boat, which was being rowed from the +shore to the ship. + +The Szkela is the double gate through which the neighboring inhabitants +of both sides of the Danube speak, bargain, and do business together. + +The "St. Barbara" had cast anchor before the island, and awaited the +approaching boat, in which were three armed men--two with muskets and +bayonets--besides two rowers and the steersman. + +Euthemio paced anxiously up and down the small space in front of the +cabin. Timar approached him and whispered, "The searcher is coming." + +Trikaliss drew from his leathern pouch a silk purse, and took out two +_rouleaux_, which he pressed into Timar's hand. In each were a hundred +ducats. + +Before long the boat was alongside, and the three armed men came on +board. One is the overseer of taxes, the inspector, whose office it is +to search the cargo for anything contraband or a prohibited importation +of arms; the other two are custom-house officials, who render armed +assistance, and serve as a check on the inspector to see if he carries +out the search properly. + +The purifier is the official spy, who reports whether the two officers +have properly controlled the inspector. Then the latter three form a +tribunal, which takes the evidence of the purifier as to whether he has +detected the passengers in any infectious communication. This is all +very systematically arranged, so that one organ should control the +other, and each be mutually under inspection. + +As a legal fee for these functions the chief has to receive a hundred +kreutzers, each of the customs officials fifty, and the purifier also +fifty--which certainly is a moderate fee enough. + +As soon as the inspector reaches the deck, the purifier comes toward +him: the former scratches his ear and the latter his nose. No contact +takes place. + +Then the inspector turns to the captain, and both the other officials +ground their arms. Still three paces apart! One can't tell whether the +man has not got the plague. + +The examination begins. + +"Where from?" + +"Galatz." + +"Name of ship's owner?" + +"Athan Brazovics." + +"Owner of cargo?" + +"Euthemio Trikaliss." + +"Where are the ship's papers?" + +The reception of these is carefully arranged. A pan of live coals is +brought, and strewn with juniper-berries and wormwood: the aforesaid +papers are held over it and well smoked, then taken by the inspector +with a pair of tongs, read from as great a distance as possible, and +afterward returned. Nothing wrong, apparently, with the ship's papers. + +The pan is carried away, and in its place a jug of water is brought. It +is a capacious earthenware pot, with a mouth through which the largest +fist can pass. It serves to facilitate the transmission of the tax. As +the oriental plague is more easily communicated by coins than by +anything else, the sailors coming from the Levant must throw the money +into a jug of water, in order that the western health-officer may take +it out cleansed: just as at the Szkela every one must fish the money he +receives out of a basin. + +Timar thrust his clinched fist into the water, and brought it out open. + +Then the inspector puts his hand in, draws it out as a clinched fist, +and transfers it to his pocket. He does not need to look at it by the +sunset light to see what manner of money it is. He knows it by the size +and weight. Even a blind man knows the feel of ducats. He does not +change a muscle. + +After him come the custom-house officials. These also with serious faces +fish up their fee from the bottom of the jug. + +Now for the turn of the purifier. His countenance is stern and +forbidding. It hangs on a single word from his lips, whether the ship +may have to lie ten or twenty days in quarantine with all her +passengers. There are cold-blooded men like that who have only an eye to +duty. + +The inspector demands, in a surly, dictatorial tone, that the entrance +to the lower deck be opened. His desire is obeyed. They all three go +down; but none of the crew may follow them. When they are alone, the +three strict servants of the law grin at each other. The purifier +remains on deck, and only laughs in his sleeve. + +They unfasten one of the many sacks, in which certainly there is only +wheat. "Well, I hope it's moldy enough," remarks the inspector. +"Probably there is only wheat in the other sacks, and very likely even +more worm-eaten." + +A document is now drawn up describing the search: one of the armed +officials has the writing materials, and the other the form to be filled +in. All is accurately set down. Then the inspector writes something on a +bit of paper, which he folds and seals with a wafer, on which he presses +the official seal. He writes no address on the note. + +Then, after they have rummaged in every hole and corner where nothing +suspicious is hidden, the three searchers rise to the light of day once +more. At least to moonlight; for the sun has set, and through the +hurrying clouds the moon ever and anon peeps down, and then vanishing, +plays hide-and-seek with the world. + +The inspector calls for the captain and gives him to understand--still +in a severe official manner--that nothing suspicious has been found on +board: then he requires the purifier, in the same manner, to declare the +condition of the ship's health. + +With an appeal to his oath of fidelity, the purifier bears witness that +every person on board, as well as the cargo, is free from infection. + +A certificate that the papers are in order is prepared, and the receipts +for the fees are handed over. A hundred kreutzers to the inspector, two +fifties to the customs officers, and fifty to the health-officer. Not a +kreutzer is wanting. These receipts are delivered to the owner of the +cargo, who has never left his cabin the whole time--he is at supper. He +also must countersign the receipts. From these signatures and +indorsements, the shipowner and the honorable officials in question +mutually learn that the captain gave away as many kreutzers as he +received, and that not one remained sticking to his fingers. + +Kreutzers! Well, yes; but about the gold? + +The thought may well have passed through Timar's head, how would it be +if of the fifty ducats which this dirty lot were to fish out of the jug +he were only to put in forty (a fabulous sum to such fellows)? No +creature would know that he had kept back ten. Indeed he might easily +retain half of the whole sum, for who is there to control it? Those for +whom the money is intended are quite enough rewarded with half. + +Another thought possibly answered thus. "What you are doing is without +doubt bribery. You don't corrupt them with your own money, but Trikaliss +gives it because his interests imperatively require it. You hand over +the gold, and are as innocent of the bribery as the water-jug. Why he +wants to bribe the inspector you do not know. Whether the ship carries +contraband goods, whether he is a political refugee, or the persecuted +hero of a romantic adventure, who in order to assist his escape strews +gold in handfuls, what does it matter to you? But if one single gold +piece sticks to your fingers, you become an accomplice in all which +burdens another's conscience. Keep none of it." + +The inspector gave permission for the vessel to proceed, in token of +which a red-and-white flag with a black eagle on it was hoisted to the +masthead. Then, after thus officially certifying that the ship from the +Levant was quite free of infection, the inspector, without any previous +ordeal by water, pressed the captain's hand and said to him: "You come +from Komorn? Then you know Herr Katschuka, chief of the commissariat +department? Be good enough to give him this note when you get home. +There is no address on it--not necessary, you won't forget his name; it +sounds like a Spanish dance. Take him the letter as soon as ever you get +there. You won't be sorry." + +Then he clapped the captain most graciously on the shoulder, as if to +make him his debtor for life, and the whole four left the ship and +returned to Szkela in their black-and-yellow boat. + +The "St. Barbara" could now continue her voyage, and if all her sacks +from the keel to the deck had been filled with salt or Turkish tobacco, +and all her passengers covered with small-pox or leprosy from top to +toe, no one could stop her any more on the Danube. + +Now, however, there was on board neither contraband goods nor contagion, +but--something else. Timar put the unaddressed note into his pocket-book +and wondered what it contained. + +This was what was written-- + + "BROTHER-IN-LAW,--I recommend to you the bearer of this + letter. He is a man of sterling worth." + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +THE OWNERLESS ISLAND. + + +The towing-team left behind on the Servian bank crossed over the same +night in ferry-boats to the Hungarian side with their severed hawser, +spreading everywhere the news that the tow-rope had parted of itself at +the dangerous Perigrada Island, and the ship had gone down with every +soul on board. In the morning there was no longer a sign of the "St. +Barbara" in the harbor of Orsova. If by chance the commandant of the +Turkish brigantine had had an idea of rowing up the channel from the +Iron Gate to Orsova, he would not have found what he sought; and above, +as far as Belgrade, only half the Danube belonged to him: on the +Hungarian side he had no jurisdiction, but the fortress at New Orsova +belonged to him. + +At two o'clock in the morning the "St. Barbara" left Orsova. After +midnight the north wind generally stops; the favorable time must be +utilized, and the crew had received a double ration of brandy to keep +them in a good humor. + +The departure was quite silent: from the walls of the New Orsova fort +sounded the long call of the Turkish sentries. The horn gave no signal +till the Allion point had disappeared behind the new mountain-chain. + +At the first blast Timéa came from her cabin, where she had slept for a +few hours, and went, wrapped in her white burnoose, to the bow to look +for Euthemio, who had never lain down all night, nor entered his cabin, +nor even--which was more remarkable--smoked at all. He was not allowed +to light any fire on board the ship, so as to avoid attracting attention +to the vessel at the Orsova fortress. + +Perhaps Timéa felt that she had to make up for a fault, for she +addressed Timar, and asked him about the wonders of both shores. + +The instinct of her childish heart whispered to her that she owed this +man a debt of gratitude. + +Dawn found the ship near Ogradina. The captain drew Timéa's attention to +a monument eighteen hundred years old. This was "Trajan's Tablet," hewn +in the precipitous cliff, held by two winged genii and surrounded by +dolphins. On the tablet is the inscription which commemorates the +achievements of the godlike emperor. If the peaks of the great +"Sterberg" have vanished from the Servian shore, there follows a fresh +rock corridor, which confines the Danube in a ravine five hundred +fathoms wide. This mountain hall goes by the name of "Kassan." Cliffs of +two to three thousand feet high rise right and left, their curves lost +in opal-colored mist. From one precipice a stream falls a thousand feet +out of a cave, like a delicate silver streak, dissolved in spray before +it reaches the river. The two rock faces run on unbroken, only in one +part the mountain is split, and through the rift laughs the blooming +landscape of an alpine valley, with a white tower in the background. It +is the tower of Dubova: there is Hungary. + +Timéa never turned her gaze from this spectacle until the ship had +passed, and the mountains had closed over the exquisite scene, hiding +the deep chasm in their shadows. + +"I feel," she said, "as if we were going through a long, long prison, +into a land from which there is no return." + +The precipices grow higher, the surface of the Danube darker, and, to +complete the wild and romantic panorama, there is visible on the +northern face a cave whose mouth is surrounded by an earthquake with +embrasures for cannon. + +"That is Veterani's Cavern," said the captain. "There, more than a +century ago, three hundred men and five cannon held out for forty days +against a whole Turkish army." Timéa shook her head. But the skipper +knew more still about the cavern. + +"Forty years ago our people defended that cave in a bloody struggle +against the Turks; the Osmanli lost over two thousand men among the +rocks." + +Timéa drew together her delicate eyebrows and threw the narrator an +icy-cold glance, so that all his eloquence died in his throat. She hid +her mouth with her burnoose, turned from Timar, went into the cabin, and +did not reappear till evening. She only looked through the little window +at the toppling crags on the bank, the massive watch-towers now +deserted, the wooded cliffs of the Klissura valley, and the rock-colossi +projecting from the stream, as they swept by her. She did not even ask +for the history of the octagonal castle-donjon, with three small ones +beside it inside a bastion. And yet she would have heard the fate of the +lovely Cecilia Rozgonyi, the danger of King Sigismund, and the defeat of +the Hungarians. This ruin is the Galamboczer Tower. + +From first to last this double shore is a petrified history of two +nations, mutually shadowed by a mad vagary of fate with the lust of +conquest, which makes them fly at each other's throats directly a war +begins. + +It is a long crypt containing the bones of many a hundred thousand +heroes. + +Timéa did not come out that day or the next. She sketched little views +in her book, which she could hold quite steady on the smoothly gliding +vessel. + +Three days passed before the "St. Barbara" arrived where the Morava +falls into the Danube. + +At the junction lies Semendria. On the thirty-six towers of this +fortress have waved the banners sometimes of the Blessed Virgin and anon +of the Crescent, and their circular brown walls are sprinkled with the +blood of many nations. On the other shore of the Morava stand only the +bare walls of the forsaken "Veste Kulics," and beyond the Ostrovaer +Island frown down from a peak the ruins of the castle of Rama, now only +a monument. + +But this is not the moment to stand gazing at them--no one is inclined +to indulge in melancholy reflections on the vanished greatness of fallen +nations, for there is more pressing work on hand. + +As soon as the Hungarian plains open out, the north wind storms down on +the ship with such force that the towing-horses can not make head +against it, and the wind drives the vessel toward the opposite shore. + +"We can get no further," is the general opinion. + +Trikaliss exchanges a few private words with Timar, who goes to the +pilot. Master Fabula makes the tiller fast and leaves it. Then he calls +the rowers on board, and signs to the shore to stop the team. Here +neither oars nor towing are of use. The ship is above the Orsova Island, +which stretches a long pointed tongue into the stream: its northern side +is steep and rugged, overgrown with old willows. + +The task now is to get over to the south of the island, where the "St. +Barbara" can lie in a harbor protected from the north wind, as well as +from the curious eyes of men; for the wider stream which circles round +the island toward Servia is not used by sailors, being full of +sand-banks and fords. + +It is a work of skill to approach: cutting the cable is no use, for the +ship could not carry any way against such a wind. The only solution is +hauling to the anchor. + +The vessel casts anchor in mid-stream: the towing-rope is brought on +board; to its end a second anchor is attached and placed in the boat. +The rowers go toward the island till the whole length of the cable is +out, then cast anchor and return to the ship. Now they weigh the first +anchor, and four men haul on the cable made fast to the windlass. Heavy +work! + +When the vessel is close up to the anchor, they put the other in the +boat, row forward, cast anchor again, and haul up as before. So by the +sweat of their brow they made their way up-stream step by step. It took +them half a day of hard labor to work the heavy cargo-ship from the +middle of the Danube to the point of the great island. A fatiguing day +for those who had to work, and wearier still to look on at. The vessel +had left the frequented branch, where, at any rate, one saw ruins from +time to time, where one met other ships, or floated by long lines of +clattering mills: it now passed through the unfrequented channel, where +the view was hidden on the right by a long ugly island, on which only +poplars and willows seemed to grow, nowhere a human habitation to be +seen, and on the left the water was covered by a thick sea of reeds, +among which the only sign of _terra firma_ was a group of slender, +silver-leaved poplars. + +In this quiet uninhabited spot the "St. Barbara" was brought up. And now +appeared a new calamity--the food was exhausted. When leaving Galatz, +they had reckoned on the usual halt at Orsova for the purpose of +shipping provisions; but after starting so suddenly at night, they found +there was nothing on board when they reached the island of Orsova but a +little coffee and sugar, and in Timéa's possession a box of Turkish +sweets and preserved fruits, which, however, she would not open, because +it was intended as a present. + +"Never mind," said Timar; "somebody must live on one shore or the other. +There are lambs and kids everywhere, and one can get anything for +money." + +Another misfortune set in. The anchored ship was so rolled about by the +wind-driven waves of the river, that Timéa got seasick and frightened. + +Perhaps there was some house where she and her father could spend the +night. + +Timar's sharp eyes discovered that above the tops of the poplars rising +from the reeds a faint smoke hovered in the air. "There must be a house +there. I will go and see who lives in it." + +There was a small skiff on board, which the captain used on sporting +expeditions, at times when the ship was delayed by foul winds, and he +had leisure for wildfowl-shooting. He lowered it into the water, took +his gun, his game-bag, and a landing-net--one never knows what may come +in one's way, a bird or a fish--and went toward the bed of rushes, +rowing and steering with one and the same oar. Being an experienced +marsh-sportsman, he soon found the one opening in the reeds through +which it was possible to penetrate, and recognized by the vegetation the +depth of the channel. + +Where the great leaves and snowy cups of the water-lily float on the +surface, there is deep water which scours the weeds and mud away; in +other places duckweed forms a green carpet on the top, and on this +floating velvet cowers the poisonous water-fungus in the form of a +turnip-radish, blue and round, and swelled like a puff ball--deadly +poison to every living thing. When Timar's oar struck one of these +polyp-like fungi, the venomous dust shot out like a blue flame. The +roots of this plant live in a fetid slime which would suffocate man or +beast who should fall into it; nature has given this vegetable murderer +a habitat where it is least accessible. But where the cardinal-flower +spreads its clubbed suckers, and where the beautiful bells of the +water-violet sway among the rushes, there is gravel, which is not always +under water. And where the manna tendrils begin to form a thicket, in +pressing through which the sailor finds the brim of his hat full of +little seeds--the food of the poor, manna of the wilderness--there must +be higher ground, so that only the root of the plant is submerged. + +The boatman who does not know these vegetable guides might lose himself +in the reed-beds, and not get out all day. + +When Timar had worked his way through the brake, which formed a +labyrinth of flesh-colored flower-clusters, he saw before him what he +sought--an island. + +No doubt this was a new alluvial formation, of which no trace was to be +found on the latest maps. + +In the bed of the right arm of the Danube lay long ago a great bowlder, +at whose base the sluggish current had deposited a sand-bank. + +During some winter flood, the ice-floes tore from the Ostrova Island a +spit of land bearing earth, stones, and a small wood. This mingled +deluge of ice, gravel, and trees flung itself on the sand-bank near the +bowlder. Repeated inundations spread over it year by year layers of mud, +and enlarged its circumference by fresh deposits of pebbles: from the +moldering tree-trunks sprung a luxuriant vegetation as quickly as the +natural creations of the New World; and so arose a nameless island, of +which no one had taken possession, over which was no landlord, no king, +no authority, and no church--which belonged to no country and no +diocese. In Turco-Servian territory there are many such paradises, +neither plowed nor sown, not even used for pasture. They are the home of +wild flowers and wild beasts, and God knows what besides. + +The northern shore plainly proclaims its genesis. The gravel moraine is +heaped there like a barricade, often in pieces larger than a man's head; +between are tufts of rushes and rotten branches; the shallows are +covered with green and brown river-shells; on the marshy parts round +holes are washed out, in which, at the sound of approaching footsteps, +hundreds of crabs rush to hide. The shore is covered along its whole +length with prickly willow, which the ice-floes shave off every winter +close to the root. + +Here Timar drew his boat ashore and tied it to a tree. Pressing forward, +he had to push his way through a thicket of huge willows and +poplars--overthrown in many places by repeated storms--and there the +fruitful bramble forms a thorny undergrowth, and tall valerian, shooting +upward from the weather-beaten soil, mixes its aromatic scent with the +wholesome smell of the poplar. + +On a level depression where are neither trees nor bushes, luxuriant +umbelliferous plants rise amid the grass over a swamp--hemlock and +"Sison Amonum," smelling of cinnamon. In an isolated tuft like a +vegetable aristocrat glitter the fiery blossoms of the veratrum; among +the grass the forget-me-not spreads rankly, and the medicinal comfrey +with red flowers full of honey. No wonder if in the hollows of the old +trees there are so many wild bees' nests. And among the flowers rise +curious green, brown and red capsules, the ripe seed-vessels of bulbous +plants which bloom in spring. + +On this flowery region follows more forest; but here the willows and +poplar are mixed with wild apple-trees, and white-thorn forms the +underwood. The island is higher here. + +Timar stopped and listened. No sound. There can be no wild beasts on +this island. The floods have exterminated them, and the place is only +inhabited by birds. + +Even among birds the lark and the wood-pigeon do not come here: it is no +dwelling for them. They seek places where men live and sow and cultivate +grain. But two creatures live here which betray the presence of man--the +wasp and the blackbird; both of which come after the ripe fruit which +they passionately love. Where the great wasps' nests hang from the +trees, and where the blackbird's alluring whistle sounds in the hedges, +there must be fruit. Timar followed the blackbird. After he had pushed +through the prickly whitethorn and the privet-bushes which tore his +clothes, he stood transfixed with admiration. + +What he saw before him was a paradise. + +A cultivated garden of five or six acres, with fruit-trees, not planted +in rows, but in picturesquely scattered groups, whose boughs were +weighed down by their sweet burden. Apple and pear-trees covered with +glittering red and yellow fruit, plums of all colors looking as if the +shining crop were turned to roses and lilies, the fallen surplus lying +unnoticed on the ground. Beneath, a regular plantation formed of +raspberry, currant, and gooseberry bushes, with their red, yellow, and +green berries; and the spaces between the large trees filled by the +hanging branches of the Sidonian apple or quince. + +There was no path through this labyrinth of fruit-trees--the ground +underneath was covered with grass. + +But where you can see through, a flower-garden beckons you on. It is +also a collection of wonderful field blossoms not to be found in an +ordinary garden: the roots of blue campanula, swallow-wort, with its +fleecy seed-vessels from which a sort of silk is collected, the spotted +turban-lily, alkermes, with its scarlet berries, the splendid butterfly +orchis--all of these raised to the rank of garden-flowers, bear witness +to the presence of man. And this is further betrayed by the dwelling +from which the smoke comes. + +It also is a fantastic little refuge. Behind it stands a great rock, in +which is an excavation, where the hearth must be, and another hole for +the cellar. At the top is a chimney, from which a blue cloud arises. A +building of stone and clay tiles is stuck on to the cliff; it has two +rooms, each with a window. One window is smaller, and one room lower +than the other; both are roofed with rushes; each has a wooden porch, +forming a veranda, with fanciful ornaments made of little bits of wood. + +Neither stone, clay, nor wood-work can be distinguished, so thickly is +it covered on the south side with vines, out of whose frost-bitten +leaves thousands of red and gold bunches peep out. On the northern side +it is overgrown with hops, whose ripe clusters hide even the pinnacle of +the great rock with their greenish gold; and on its highest point tufts +of house-leek are planted, so that no spot may remain which is not +green. + +Here women live. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +ALMIRA AND NARCISSA. + + +Timar turned his steps toward the creeper-covered cottage. Through the +flower-garden a path led to the house, but so covered with grass that +his steps were not heard, and he could thus get as far as the little +veranda quite noiselessly. Neither far nor near was a human being +visible. + +Before the veranda lay a large black dog--one of the noble race of +Newfoundland, generally so sensible and dignified as to forbid undue +familiarity on the part of strangers. The aforesaid quadruped was one of +the finest of the race--a colossal beast, and occupied the whole width +of the door-way. + +The sable guardian appeared to be asleep, and took no notice of the +approaching stranger, nor of another creature which left no fool-hardy +impertinence untried in order to tax the patience of the huge animal. +This was a white cat, which was shameless enough to turn somersaults +back and forward over the dog's recumbent form, to strike it on the nose +with her paw, and at last to lay herself before it on her back, and take +one of its webbed paws between her four soft feet and play with it like +a kitten. When the great black porter found its foot tickled, it drew it +back and gave the cat the other paw to play with. + +Timar did not think to himself--"Suppose this black colossus seizes me +by the collar, it will go hard with me;" but he thought, "Oh! how +delighted Timéa will be when she sees this white cat." + +You could not pass the dog and get in--it barred the whole entrance. +Timar coughed, to announce that some one was there. Then the great dog +raised its head and looked at the new-comer with its wise nut-brown +eyes, which, like the human eye, can weep and laugh, scold and flatter. +Then it laid its head down again, as much as to say, "Only one man; it's +not worth while to get up." + +But Timar decided that where a chimney smokes, there's a fire in the +kitchen; so he began from outside to wish this invisible some one +"Good-morning," alternately in three languages--Hungarian, Servian and +Roumanian. Suddenly a female voice answered in Hungarian from within, +"Good-day. Come in then. Who is it?" + +"I should like to come in, but the dog's in the way." + +"Step over it." + +"Won't it bite?" + +"She never hurts good people." + +Timar took courage and stepped across the powerful animal, which did not +move, but raised its tail as if to wag him a welcome. + +Going into the veranda, Timar saw two doors before him: the first one +led to the stone building, the other to the grotto hollowed in the rock. +The latter was the kitchen. There he observed a woman busy at the +hearth. + +Timar saw at a glance that she was not preparing a magic potion of +witch's cookery, but simply roasting Indian-corn. + +The woman thus occupied was a thin but strong and sinewy figure, with a +dark skin; in her compressed lips lay something severe, though her eye +was soft and inspired confidence. Her sunburned face betokened her age +as not much over thirty. She was not dressed like the peasants of the +district; her clothes were not bright in color, but yet not suited to +towns. + +"Now, come nearer and sit down," said the woman, in a singularly hard +voice, which, however, was perfectly quiet; and then she shook the +floury snow-white Indian-corn into a plaited rush-basket, and offered it +to him. Afterward she fetched a jug which stood on the floor, and gave +him elder-wine, this also just freshly made. + +Timar sat down on the stool offered him, which was skillfully woven of +various osiers, and of a curious shape. Then the Newfoundland, rising, +approached the guest and lay down in front of him. + +The woman threw the dog a handful of the white confectionery, which it +at once began to crack in the proper way. The white cat attempted to do +the same, but the first cracked kernel of the maize stuck in her teeth, +and she did not try it again. She shook the paw with which she had +touched it, and sprung up to the hearth, where she blinked with much +interest at an unglazed pot which was simmering by the fire, and +probably held something more to her taste. + +"A magnificent beast," said Timar, looking at the dog. "I wonder it is +so gentle; it has not even growled at me." + +"She never hurts good people, sir. If a stranger comes who is honest, +she knows it directly, and is as quiet as a lamb--doesn't even bark; +but if a thief tries to get in, she rages at him as soon as he sets foot +on the island, and woe to him if she gets her teeth in. She is a +formidable creature! Last winter a large wolf came over the ice after +our goats--look, there is his skin on the floor of the room. In a moment +the dog had throttled him. An honest man can sit on her back, she won't +touch him." + +Timar was quite satisfied to have such excellent evidence of his +honesty. Who knows, perhaps, if some of those ducats had lost their road +in his pocket, he might have been differently received by the great dog? + +"Now, sir, where do you come from, and what do you want of me?" + +"First, I must beg you to excuse my having pushed through the thorns and +bushes into your garden. The storm has driven my vessel over to this +bank, so I was obliged to run for shelter under the Ostrova Island." + +"Indeed, yes; I can hear by the rustle of the branches that a strong +wind is blowing." + +This place was so completely sheltered by the virgin forest, that one +could feel no wind, and only knew by the sound when it blew. + +"We must wait for a change of wind before the storm blows over. But our +provisions have run out, so I was forced to seek the nearest house from +which I saw smoke rising, to ask the housewife whether for money and +fair words we could get food for the crew." + +"Yes, you can have what you want, and I don't mind being paid for it, +for that's what I live on. We can serve you with kids, maize-flour, +cheese, and fruit; choose what you want. This is the trade which keeps +us; the market-women round about fetch away our wares in boats: we are +gardeners." + +Till now Timar had seen no human being except this woman; but as she +spoke in the plural, there must be others besides herself. + +"I thank you beforehand, and will take some of everything. I will send +the steersman from the ship to fetch the things; but tell me, my good +lady, what's to pay? I want food for my seven men for three days." + +"You need not fetch out your purse; I don't receive payment in money. +What should I do with it, here on this lonely island? At best thieves +would be sure to get in and kill me to get hold of it; but now every one +knows there is no money on the island, and therefore we can sleep in +peace. I only barter. I give fruit, wax, honey, and simples, and people +bring me in exchange grain, salt, clothes, and hardware." + +"As they do on the Australian islands?" + +"Just the same." + +"All right, good lady; we have grain on board, and salt too. I will +reckon up the value of your wares, and bring an equal value in exchange. +Rely upon it, you sha'n't be the loser." + +"I don't doubt it, sir." + +"But I have another favor to ask. On board my vessel there is a grand +gentleman and his young daughter. The young lady is not accustomed to +the motion, and feels unwell. Could you not give my passengers shelter +till the storm is over?" + +"Well, that I can do too, sir. Look, here are two small bed-rooms. We +will retire into one, and in the other any honest man who wants shelter +can have it--rest, if not comfort. If you also would like to stay, you +will have to be contented with the little garret, as both the rooms will +have women in them. There is new hay there, and sailors are not +particular." + +Timar puzzled his head as to the position of this woman, who chose her +words so well and expressed herself so sensibly. He could not reconcile +it with this hut, which was more like a cave, and with the residence on +this lonely island in the midst of a wilderness. "Many thanks, good +lady; I'll hurry back and bring up my passengers." + +"All right; only don't go back to your boat the same way you came. You +can't bring a lady through those marshes and briers. There's a tolerable +path all along the bank, rather overgrown with grass, it is true, for it +is very little trodden, and turf grows quickly here; but you shall be +conducted to where your boat lies; then when you come back in a larger +one, you can land rather nearer. I will give you a guide now. Almira!" + +Timar looked round, to see from what corner of the house or from what +bush this Almira would appear who was to show him the way. But the great +black Newfoundland rose and began to wag her tail, whose strokes made a +noise on the door-post as if an old drum was touched. + +"Off, Almira; take the gentleman to the shore," said the woman; on which +the creature growled something to Timar in dog's language, and taking +the edge of his cloak in her teeth, pulled at it, as if to say, Come +along. + +"So this is Almira, who is to conduct me. I am much indebted to you, +Miss Almira," Timar said smiling, and took his gun and hat; then saluted +his hostess and followed the dog. Almira led the guest steadily in all +friendship by the hem of his cloak. The way lay through the orchard, +where one had to tread carefully so as not to crush the plums which +covered the ground. The white cat, too, had not remained behind; she +wanted to know where Almira was conducting the stranger, and leaped here +and there in the soft grass. + +When they arrived at the edge of the orchard, somewhere above was heard +the call of a musical voice, "Narcissa!" + +It was a girl's voice, in which some reproach, but much love and +maidenly shyness, were blended--a sympathetic voice. Timar looked round: +he wanted to know, first, where it came from, and then to whom it +belonged. + +He soon discovered who was called, for at the sound the white cat sprung +quickly to one side, and, curling her tail, climbed zigzag up a gnarled +pear-tree, through whose thick foliage Timar saw something like a white +dress glimmering. He had no time for further research, for Almira gave a +few deep sounds which, in quadruped's language, probably meant, "What +business have you to spy about?" and so he was obliged to follow his +leader, if he did not desire to leave a piece of his cloak in her teeth. + +Almira led Timar by a soft turf path along the bank to the place where +his boat was made fast. At this moment a couple of snipe rose with their +shrill cry close to the island. Timar's first thought was of the savory +dish they would make for Timéa's supper. In an instant he had shouldered +his gun, and with a well-aimed right and left brought down both snipe. + +But the next moment he was himself on the ground. As soon as he had +fired, Almira seized him by the collar, and like lightning pulled him +down. He tried to rise, but soon felt that he had to do with an +overpowering adversary who was not to be trifled with. Not that Almira +had hurt him, but she held him by the collar, and would not allow of his +getting up. + +Timar tried every conceivable means to soften her, called her Miss +Almira, his dear friend, and explained to her sport and its usages; +where the devil had she heard of a dog that retrieves a sportsman? she +should rather go after the snipe in the rushes: but he talked to deaf +ears. + +He was at last relieved from this dangerous situation by the woman of +the island, who had run up at the report of the gun, and called Almira +by name from afar, on which the dog let go her hold. + +"Oh, my God!" she lamented, hastening over the stones to the point of +danger. "I forgot to tell you not to shoot, because Almira was sure to +attack you. She gets in a fury when a shot is fired. Well, I was stupid +not to tell you." + +"Never mind, good woman," said Timar, laughing. "Almira would really +make a capital gamekeeper. But look, I have shot a couple of snipe; I +thought they would be a help toward the supper that you will set before +your guests." + +"I will fetch them; get into your boat, and when you come back, just +leave your gun at home, for, believe me, if the dog sees you with a gun +on your arm, she will take it away from you. You can't joke with her." + +"So I find. A powerful, grand animal that! Before I had time to defend +myself, I was on the ground: I can only thank Heaven that she did not +bite my head off." + +"Oh, she never bites any one; but if you defend yourself, she seizes +your arm in her teeth, as if it were in irons, and then holds you fast +till we come and call her off. _Auf Weidersehen!_" + +In less than an hour the larger boat had landed its passengers safely at +the island. All the way from the vessel to the shore, Timar talked to +Timéa of Almira and Narcissa, to make the poor child forget her sickness +and her fear of the water. As soon as she set foot on shore, her +seasickness vanished. + +Timar went on in front to show the way; Timéa followed, leaning on +Euthemio's arm; and two sailors and the steersman carried behind them on +a stretcher the equivalent of the barter in sacks. Almira's bark was +heard a long way off. These were the sounds of welcome by which the dog +acknowledged the approach of good friends. Almira came half-way, barked +at the whole party, then had a little talk to the sailors, the +steersman, and Timar; then trotting to Timéa, tried to kiss her hand. +But when the dog came to Euthemio, it was quiet, and began to sniff at +him from the soles of his feet upward, never leaving his heels. It +snuffed continually, and shook its head violently, rattling its ears +till they cracked. It had its own opinion on this subject. + +The mistress of the island settlement awaited the strangers at the +door, and as soon as they appeared between the trees, called in a loud +voice, "Noémi!" + +At this summons some one appeared from inside the garden. Between two +tall thick raspberry hedges, which, like green walls, almost closed in +an arch at the top, came a young girl. Face and form those of a child +just beginning to develop, dressed in a white chemise and petticoat, and +carrying in her upturned overskirt fruit freshly plucked. + +The figure coming out of the green grove is idyllic. The delicate tints +of her face seem to have been borrowed from the complexion of the white +rose when she is grave, and take that of the red rose when she blushes, +and that up to the brow. The expression of the clear-arched brow is +personified sweet temper, in complete accord with the innocent look of +the expressive blue eyes; on the tender lips lies a mixture of devoted +regard and modest shyness. The rich and luxuriant golden-brown hair +seems to be curled by nature's hand; a lock thrust back gives a view of +an exquisite little ear. Over the whole face gentle softness is spread. +It is possible that a sculptor might not take each feature as a model, +and perhaps if the face were hewn in marble one might not think it +beautiful; but the head and the whole figure, just as they are, shine +with a loveliness which charms at the first glance, and inthralls more +every moment. + +From one shoulder the chemise has dropped, but, that it may not remain +uncovered, there sits a white cat, rubbing her head against the girl's +cheek. The delicate feet of the maiden are naked--why should she not go +barefoot? She walks on a carpet of richest velvet. The spring turf is +interspersed with blue veronica and red geranium. + +Euthemio, his daughter, and Timar, stopped at the entrance of the +raspberry arcade to await the approaching figure. + +The child knew of no more friendly reception to give the guests than to +offer them the fruit she had in her lap. They were beautiful +red-streaked Bergamot pears. She turned first to Timar. He chose the +best, and gave it to Timéa. + +Both girls shrugged their shoulders impatiently. Timéa because she +envied the other one the white cat on her shoulder, but Noémi because +Timar had given the fruit to Timéa. + +"Oh, you rude thing!" cried the mistress to her from the cottage; "could +you not put the fruit in a basket, instead of offering it in your apron? +Is that the proper way?" + +The little thing grew red as fire, and ran to her mother; the latter +whispered a few words into her ear, so that the others might not +overhear, then kissed the child on the forehead, and said aloud, "Now go +and take from the sailors what they have brought, carry it into the +store-room, and fill the sacks with corn-flour, the pots with honey, and +the baskets with ripe fruit: of the kids, you can choose two for them." + +"I can't choose any," whispered the girl; "they must do it themselves." + +"Foolish child!" said the woman with a kind reproof; "if it were left to +you, you would keep all the kids and never let one be killed. Very +well, let them choose for themselves, then no one can complain. I will +look after the cooking." + +Noémi called the sailors, and opened the food and fruit stores, which +were each in a different cave and shut off by a door. The rock which +formed the summit of the island was one of those wandering blocks, +called "erratic" by geologists--an isolated bowlder, a monolith, which +must once have been detached from a distant mountain, some limestone +formation from the Dolomites, out of a moraine. It was full of large and +small caves, which the first person who took possession of it had +adapted to his own purposes: the largest with the natural chimney for +the kitchen, the highest, as a dove-cote, the others for summer and +winter storehouses. He had settled on the heaven-sent rock, and, like +the wild birds, built his nest there. + +The child managed the barter with the crew well and honestly. Then she +gave each his glass of elder-wine to wet the bargain, begged for their +custom when they passed again, and went back to the kitchen. + +Here she did not wait to be told to lay the table. She spread a fine +rush mat on the small table in the veranda, and placed on it four +plates, with knives and forks and pewter spoons. And the fifth person? + +She will sit at the cat's table. Near the steps to the veranda stands a +small wooden bench; in the center is placed an earthenware plate with a +miniature knife and fork and spoon, and at each end a wooden platter, +one for Almira, the other for Narcissa. They require no _couvert_. When +the three guests and the mistress of the house have sat down and helped +themselves from the dish, it goes to the cat's table, where Noémi serves +her friends. She conducts the division with great fairness--the soft +pieces to Narcissa, the bones to Almira--and helps herself last. They +must not touch their food till she has cooled it for them, however much +Almira may cock her ears, and the cat snuggle up to her mistress's +shoulder. They must obey the girl. + +The island woman wished, according to the good or bad Hungarian custom, +to show off before her guests, and especially to prove to Timar that her +larder was independent of his game. She had cooked the two snipe with +oatmeal, but whispered to Timar that that was only food for ladies; for +the gentlemen she had some good fried pork. Timar attacked it bravely, +but Euthemio touched none of it, saying he had no appetite, and Timéa +rose suddenly from the table. But that was natural: she had already cast +many inquisitive glances toward the party at the other table; there was +nothing remarkable in her rising suddenly and going over to sit by +Noémi. Young girls soon make friends. Timéa did not know Hungarian, nor +Noémi Greek; but between them was Narcissa, to whom both languages were +the same. + +The white cat seemed to understand perfectly when Timéa said "Horaion +galion" to it, and stroked its back with a soft white hand: then it +crept from Noémi's lap to Timéa's, raised its head to her face and +gently rubbed its white head against her white cheeks, opened its red +mouth, showed its sharp teeth, and blinked at her with cunning eyes; +then sprung on her shoulder, crawled round her neck, and clambered to +Noémi and back again. + +Noémi was pleased that the strange young lady liked her favorite so +much, but bitterness mingled with her pleasure when she saw how much the +stranger had fallen in love with the cat, kept and kissed it; and still +more painful was it to realize how easily Narcissa became untrue to her, +how willingly it accepted and replied to the caresses of its new friend, +and took no notice when Noémi called it by name to come back to her. +"Horaion galion" (pretty pussy) pleased it better. Noémi grew angry with +Narcissa, and seized her by the tail to draw her back. Narcissa took +offense, turned her claws on her mistress, and scratched her hand. + +Timéa wore on her wrist a blue enameled bracelet in the form of a +serpent. When Narcissa scratched her mistress, Timéa drew off the +elastic bracelet, and wanted to put it on Noémi's arm, obviously with +the intention of comforting her in her pain; but Noémi misunderstood, +and thought the stranger wanted to buy Narcissa with it. But she was not +for sale. + +"I don't want the bracelet! I won't sell Narcissa! Keep the bracelet! +Narcissa is mine. Come here, Narcissa!" and as Narcissa would not come, +Noémi gave her a little box on the ear, on which the frightened animal +made a jump over the bench, puffing and spitting, climbed up a nut-tree, +and looked angrily down from thence. + +As Timéa and Noémi at this moment looked into each other's eyes, each +read there a dreamy presentiment. They felt like a person who shuts his +eyes for a moment, and in that short time dreams whole years away; yet, +when he awakes, has forgotten it all, and only remembers that the dream +was very long. The two girls felt in that meeting of looks that they +would some day mutually encroach on each other's rights, that they would +have something in common--a grief or a joy--and that, perhaps, like a +forgotten dream, they would only know that each owed this grief or joy +to the other. + +Timéa sprung up from beside Noémi and gave the bracelet to the +housewife: then she sat down by Euthemio and leaned her head on his +shoulder. + +Timar interpreted the gift. "The young lady gives it to the little girl +as a remembrance--it is gold." + +As soon as he said that it was of gold, the woman threw it, frightened, +from her hand, as if it were a real snake. She looked anxiously at +Noémi, and was not even able to articulate "Thank you." + +Then Almira suddenly drew attention to herself. The dog had sprung +quickly from its bed, had uttered a low howl with its head up, and now +began to bark with deafening noise. In the sound lay something of the +lion's roar; it was a vehement, defiant tone, as if calling to the +attack, and the dog did not run forward, but remained by the porch, +planted its paws on the ground, and then threw up the earth with its +hind feet. + +The woman turned pale. A figure appeared between the trees on the +footpath. + +"The dog only barks in that way at one man," she murmured. "There he +comes. It is he!" + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +THE VOICES OF THE NIGHT. + + +The new arrival is a man of youthful appearance; he wears a blouse and +trousers, round his neck a red cotton handkerchief, and on his head a +Turkish fez. + +He has a handsome face. If he sat quietly to an artist, every one would +say of his portrait that it was the ideal of a hero; but when he is in +motion, the first thought must be--that is a spy. His features are +regular, the thick hair curly, the lips finely chiseled, the eyes deeply +black; but the wrinkles round them and their restless fire, the upturned +corners of the mouth, and the ever-twitching brows, betray the soul of a +slave to his own appetites. + +Almira barked furiously at the new-comer, who came swinging along with +defiant nonchalance, like one who knows that it is other people's duty +to protect him. Noémi told the dog to lie down, but it gave no heed; she +caught the creature's ears in both hands and drew it back: the dog +whined and growled at the discomfort, but did not cease barking. At last +Noémi put her foot on its head and pressed it to the ground. Then Almira +gave in, lay down growling, and let the girl's foot lie on her great +black head, as if that were a burden she could not shake off. + +The stranger came whistling and humming up to them. From afar he called +out--"Ah! you have still got that confounded big brute; you haven't had +her poisoned? I shall have to get rid of her in the end. The stupid +beast!" When the young man got near Noémi, he stretched out his hand +with a familiar smile toward the girl's face, as if he would have +pinched her cheek; but she drew her face quickly away. + +"Well, my dear little _fiancée_, are you still so shy? How you have +grown since I saw you!" + +Noémi looked at the speaker with her head thrown back. She wrinkled her +forehead, curled her lips, and threw a defiantly penetrating glance at +him; even her complexion changed, the rose tint on her cheeks turned +livid. Evidently she could look odious if she chose. + +The new-comer, however, quite unabashed, continued, "How pretty you have +grown!" + +Instead of answering she said to the dog, "Down, Almira!" + +The stranger behaved as though he were quite at home under the veranda, +where his first act was to kiss the hand of the woman of the house. He +greeted Timar with friendly condescension, made a polite bow to Euthemio +and Timéa, and then opened the flood-gates of his eloquence. +"Good-evening, dear mother-in-law! Your obedient servant, captain! Sir +and mademoiselle, you are welcome. My name is Theodor Krisstyan; I am +chevalier and captain, the future son-in-law of this worthy lady. Our +fathers were bosom friends, and betrothed Noémi to me in their +life-time, so I come every year to see my sweetheart in her summer +abode, in order to judge how my bride is growing. Uncommonly delighted +to find you here: you, sir--if I am not mistaken, your name is Timar--I +have had the pleasure of meeting before? The other gentleman, I fancy--" + +"Understands nothing but Greek," interrupted Timar, thrusting his hands +well into his pockets, as if he wanted to make it impossible for the +stranger to shake hands over the joy of meeting. He, who from his +calling was always traveling, might very likely have met him before. + +Theodor Krisstyan did not feel inclined to occupy himself any more with +Timar, but looked at life from the practical side. "It is just as if you +had expected me; a beautiful supper, an unused place, pork, just my weak +point. Thanks, dear mamma, thanks, gentlemen and young lady; I will pay +my respects to the supper--so many thanks!" + +Not that a single person of those addressed had asked him to sit down +and partake; but as though accepting their invitation, he seated himself +in Timéa's empty place and began to enjoy the pork; offering it +repeatedly to Euthemio, and seeming much astonished that any Christian +should neglect such a delicious dish. + +Timar rose from the table and said to the hostess, "The +gentleman-passenger and the young lady are tired. They want rest more +than food. Would you be so good as to show them their beds?" + +"That shall be done at once," said the woman. "Noémi, go and help the +young lady to undress." + +Noémi rose and followed her mother and the two guests into the +back-room. Timar also left the table, at which the new-comer remained +alone, and gobbled down with wolfish hunger every eatable left: +meanwhile, he talked over his shoulder to Timar, and threw to Almira the +bare bones with his fork. + +"You must have had a devilish bad journey, sir, with this wind. I can't +think how you got through Denin Kafoin and the Tatalia Pass. Catch, +Almira! and don't be cross with me any more, stupid brute! Do you +remember, sir, how we once met in Galatz?--there, that's for you too, +you black beast!" + +When he looked round, he found that neither Timar nor Almira was there. +Timar had gone to the attic to sleep, where he soon made himself a couch +of fragrant hay, while Almira had crept into some cranny in the great +mass of rock. + +He turned his chair round, but not till he had drained the last drop +from the wine-jug and the glasses of the other guests. Then he cut a +splinter from the chair he was sitting on, and picked his teeth with it, +like a person who has thoroughly deserved his supper. + +Night had set in; travelers weary of knocking about want no rocking. +Timar had stretched himself on the soft sweet hay very comfortably, and +thought that to-night he would sleep like a king. But he deceived +himself. It is not easy to fall asleep after hard work, which has been +mingled with varied emotions. Successive shapes besieged his bed like a +chaotic panorama: a confusion of pursuing forms, threatening rocks, +water-falls, ruined castles, strange women, black dogs, white cats; and +amid it all a howling tempest, blasts of the horn, cracking of whips, +showers of gold, laughing, whispering, and screaming human voices. + +And all at once people began to speak in the room below. He recognized +the voices, the hostess and the last comer talking together. The garret +was separated from the other room only by a thin floor, and every word +was audible, as if it had been whispered in the listener's ear. They +spoke in suppressed tones, only now and then the man raised his voice. + +"Well, Mother Therese, have you much money?" began the man. + +"You know very well that I have none. Don't you know that I only barter +and never take money?" + +"That's very stupid. I don't like it. And what's more, I don't believe +it." + +"It is as I say. Whoever comes to buy my fruit brings me something for +my own use. What should I do here with money?" + +"I know what you could do, you could give it to me. You never think of +me. When I marry Noémi you can't give her dried plums for a dowry; but +you don't care about your daughter's happiness. You ought to help me, +that I may get a good situation. I have just received my nomination as +first dragoman at the embassy; but I have no money to get there, for my +purse has been stolen, and now I shall lose my situation." + +The woman answered in a calm tone, "That any one has given you any place +that you could lose I don't believe; but I do believe you have a place +you can't lose. That you have no money, I believe that; but that it was +stolen from you I don't believe." + +"Well, don't then. And I don't believe you have no money; you must have +some. Smugglers land here sometimes, and they always pay well." + +"Speak loud, of course! Yes, it is true, smugglers often land on the +island; but they don't come near my hut, or if they do, they buy fruit +and give me salt in exchange. Will you have some salt?" + +"You are laughing at me. Well, and such visitors as you have to-night?" + +"I don't know whether they are rich or not." + +"Ask them for money! Demand it! Don't make a solemn face! You must get +money somehow; don't try to take me in with this ridiculous Australian +barter. Get ducats if you want to keep the peace with me; you know if I +say a single word at the right place it's all up with you." + +"Softly, you wretched man!" + +"Ay! now you want me to whisper. Well, shut my mouth then, be kind to +me, Therese--let me have a little money." + +"But I tell you there is none in the house! Don't worry me! I have not a +farthing, and don't want any; there is a curse on anything which is +gold. There, all my chests and boxes are here; look through them, and if +you find anything, take it." + +It appeared that the man was not slow to take advantage of this +permission, for soon he was heard to exclaim, "Ah! What is this? A gold +bracelet." + +"Yes; the strange lady gave it to Noémi. If you can make use of it, take +it." + +"It's worth some ten ducats--well, that's better than nothing. Don't be +angry, Noémi; when you are my wife I will buy you two bracelets, each +thirty ducats in weight, and with a sapphire in the middle--no, an +emerald. Which do you prefer, a sapphire or an emerald?" He laughed at +his sally, and as no one answered his question, he continued, "But now, +Mother Therese, prepare a bed for your future son-in-law, your dear +Theodor, so that he may dream sweetly of his beloved Noémi!" + +"I can not give you a bed. In the next room and in the garret are our +guests; you can't sleep here in our room, that would not be +proper--Noémi is no longer a child. Go out and lie down on the bench." + +"Oh, you hard-hearted, cruel Therese. You send me to the hard bench--me, +your beloved future son-in-law!" + +"Noémi, give your pillow--there, take it! And here's my coverlet. +Good-night." + +"Yes, if there were not that accursed great dog out there--the fierce +brute will devour me." + +"Don't be afraid, I will chain her up. Poor beast! she is never tied up +except when you are on the island." + +Frau Therese had some trouble to entice Almira out of her hole; the poor +dog knew well enough what awaited her in these circumstances, and that +she would now be chained up, but she was used to obedience, and allowed +her mistress to fasten the chain. + +But this made her all the more furious against him who was the cause of +her confinement. As soon as Therese had gone back to her room, and +Theodor remained alone outside, the dog began to bark madly, and danced +about on the small space left free to her by the chain, now and then +making a spring, to see whether she could succeed in breaking the collar +or the chain, or rooting up the tree-trunk to which the chain was +fastened. + +But Theodor teased her again. He thought it amusing to enrage an animal +which could not reach him, and foamed with fury at its impotence. He +went closer, leaving only a step between himself and the point the chain +permitted the dog to reach; then he began to creep toward her on all +fours and make faces at her. He brayed at her like a donkey, put his +tongue out, spat in her face, and imitated the dog's bark. "Bow-wow! You +would like to eat me, wouldn't you? Bow-wow! There's my nose; bite it +off if you can. You're a lovely dog--you horrid beast! Bow-wow! Break +your chain and come wrestle with me; snap at my finger, there it is +before your nose; only don't you wish you may get it?" + +At the moment of her greatest fury, Almira suddenly stopped. She barked +no more; she understood. It is the wise one that gives in, thought she. +She stretched her head up as if to look down on that other four-legged +beast in front of her, then turned and scratched as dogs do, backward, +with her hind feet, whirling up dust and sand, so that the other brute +got his eyes and mouth full of it, which made him beat a retreat, +breaking out in the human bark--curses, to wit. But Almira retired with +her chain into the hole near the elder-tree and came out no more; she +ceased to bark, but a hot panting could be heard for a long time. + +Timar heard it too. He could not sleep; he had left the trap-door open +to get some light. The moon shone, and when the dog was silenced, deep +stillness lay over the scene; a wonderful calm, rendered more fantastic +by the isolated voices of the night and the solitude. The rattle of +carriages, the clatter of mills, human voices--none of these struck the +ear. This is the kingdom of swamps, islets, and shallows. From time to +time a deep note sounds through the night--the boom of the bittern, that +hermit of the marsh. Flights of night-birds strike long-drawn chords in +the air, and the breathing wind stirs in the poplars, as it sighs +through their quivering leaves. The seal cries in the reeds like the +voice of a weeping child, and the cockchafer buzzes on the white wall of +the hut. All around lies the dark brake, in which fairies seem to hold a +torch-light dance; under the decayed trees will-o'-the-wisps wander, +pursuing each other. But the flower-garden is flooded by the full +radiance of the moon, and night-moths hover on silvery peacock wings +round the tall mallows. How exquisite, how divine is this solitude! the +whole soul is absorbed in its contemplation. + +If only no human tones were mingled with these voices of the night! + +But there below in the two little divisions of the hut lie other +sleepless people, whom some evil spirit has robbed of their slumber, and +who add their deep sighs to the other voices. From one room Timar heard +the sigh, "Oh, thou dear Christ!" while from the other "Oh, Allah!" +resounded. + +They can not sleep; what is there down below which keeps people awake? + +While Timar tried to collect his thoughts, an idea flashed through his +mind which induced him to leave his couch, throw on the coat he had had +over him, and descend the ladder to the ground. + +At the same moment, some one in one of the rooms below had had the same +thought. And when Timar, standing at the corner of the house, uttered +the name of "Almira" under his breath, another voice from the door +opening into the veranda called Almira's name too, as if one were the +ghostly echo of the other. + +The speakers approached each other with surprise. + +The other person was Therese. "You have come down from your bed?" she +asked. + +"Yes; I could not sleep." + +"And what did you want with Almira?" + +"I will tell you the truth. The thought struck me, whether that . . . +man had poisoned the dog, because she became so suddenly silent." + +"Just my idea. Almira!" At the call the dog came out of the hole and +wagged her tail. + +"No; it's all right," said Therese. "His bed on the veranda is +undisturbed. Come, Almira, I will set you free." + +The great creature laid her head on her mistress's lap, and allowed her +to take off the leather collar, sprung round her, licked her cheeks, and +then turned to Timar, raised one of the shaggy paws, and placed it as a +proof of doggish respect in his open hand. Then the dog shook herself, +stretched herself out, and, after a roll on both sides, lay quiet on the +soft grass. She barked no more; they could be thoroughly satisfied that +that man no longer remained on the island. + +Therese came nearer to Timar. "Do you know this man?" + +"I once met him in Galatz. He came on board and behaved so that I could +not make up my mind whether he was a spy or a smuggler. At last I got +rid of him, and that concluded our acquaintance." + +"And how came you by the notion that he might have poisoned Almira?" + +"To tell you the truth, every word spoken down below is audible in the +garret, and as I had lain down I was forced to hear all the conversation +between you." + +"Did you hear how he threatened me? If I could not satisfy him, it would +only cost him a single word, and we should be ruined?" + +"Yes; I heard that." + +"And what do you think about us? You believe that some great, nameless +crime has banished us to this island outside the world? that we drive +some dubious trade, of which one can not speak? or that we are the +homeless heirs of some dishonored name, who must hide from the sight of +the authorities? Say, what do you think?" + +"Nothing, my dear lady; I don't trouble my head about it. You have given +me hospitable shelter for a night, and I am grateful. The storm is over; +to-morrow I shall go on my way, and think no more of what I saw and +heard on this island." + +"I do not want you to leave us so. Without your desire you have heard +things which must be explained to you. I do not know why, but from the +first moment when I saw you, you inspired me with confidence, and the +thought troubles me that you should leave us with suspicion and +contempt: that suspicion would prevent both you and me from sleeping +under this roof. The night is quiet, and suitable to the story of the +secrets of a hard life. You shall form your own judgment about us; I +will conceal nothing, and tell you the whole truth, and when you have +heard the history of this lonely island and this clay hut, you won't +say, 'To-morrow I go away and think no more of it,' but you will come +back year by year, when your business brings you near us, and rest for a +night under this peaceful roof. Sit down by me on the doorstep, and +listen to the story of our house." + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +THE HISTORY OF THE ISLANDERS. + + +"Twelve years ago we lived in Pancsova, where my husband held a +municipal office. His name was Bellovary; he was young, handsome, and +honest, and we loved each other dearly. I was then two-and-twenty and he +was thirty. + +"I bore him a daughter, whom we called Noémi. We were not rich, but well +off; he had his post, a pretty house, and a splendid orchard and meadow. +I was an orphan when we married, and brought him some money; we were +able to live respectably. + +"My husband had a friend, Maxim Krisstyan, of whom he was very fond. The +man who has just been here is his son, who was then thirteen, a dear, +handsome, clever boy. When my little daughter was still a baby, the +fathers already began to say they would make a pair, and I was glad when +the boy took the little thing's hand and asked her, 'Will you be my +wife?' at which the child laughed merrily. + +"Krisstyan was a grain dealer without having ever learned regular +business, but was like the speculators in a small way, who catch hold of +a rope behind the great wholesale dealers, and go blindly in their wake. +If the speculation succeeds, well and good; if not, they are ruined. As +he always won, he thought there was nothing easier than mercantile +transactions. In the spring he went round to see the crops, and made +contracts with the large dealers for the grain to be delivered to them +after the harvest. He had a regular customer in the wholesale merchant +of Komorn, Athanasius Brazovics, who made large advances to him every +spring for grain which he was to deliver in autumn at the price settled +in advance, on board ship. This was a lucrative affair for Krisstyan; +but I have often thought since that it was not so much trade as a game +of chance, when one sells what does not yet exist. Brazovics advanced +large sums to Krisstyan, and as the latter had no real property, +security was required of him. My husband went surety for him gladly--was +he not a landowner and Krisstyan's friend? Krisstyan led an easy life; +while my good man sat for hours bent over his desk, the other was at the +café, smoking his pipe and chatting with tradespeople of his own sort. +But at last God's scourge alighted on him. The year 1819 was a terrible +year; in the spring the crops looked splendid over the whole country, +and every one expected cheap prices. In the Banat a merchant was lucky +if he could make a contract for delivery of grain at four gulden a +measure. Then came a wet summer--for sixteen weeks it rained every day; +the corn rotted on its stem. In places reputed as a second Canaan, +famine set in, and in autumn the price of grain rose to twenty gulden a +measure: and even so there was none to be had, for the landowners kept +it for seed." + +"I remember it well," Timar interrupted. "I was then just beginning my +career as a ship's captain." + +"Well, in that year, it happened that Maxim could not fulfill the +contract he had concluded with Athanasius Brazovics; the difference he +had to cover made an enormous sum. What did he do then? He collected his +outstanding debts, got loans from several credulous people, and +disappeared in the night from Pancsova, taking his money with him, and +leaving his son behind. + +"He could easily do it; his whole property consisted of money, and he +left nothing for which he cared. But what is the good of all the money +in the world if it can make a man so bad as to care for nothing else? +His debts and liabilities rested on the shoulders of those who had been +his good friends, and stood security for him, and among these was my +husband. + +"Then came Athanas Brazovics, and required from the sureties the +fulfillment of the contract. It was true that he had advanced money to +the absconding debtor, and we offered to pay it back: we could have sold +half our property, and so met the obligation. But he would not hear of +it, and insisted on the fulfillment of the contract; it was not how much +money he had lost, but what sums we were bound to pay him. Thus he made +five-fold profits; his contract gave him the right to do so. We begged +and entreated him to be content with smaller gain--for it was only a +question of more or less gain, not of loss--but he was inflexible; he +required from the sureties the satisfaction of his claims in full. What +is the use, say I, of faith and religion, and all Christian and Jewish +churches, if it is permitted to make such a demand? + +"The affair came before the court; the judge gave sentence that our +house, our fields, our last farthing, should be distrained, sealed and +put up to auction. + +"But what is the use of the law, a human institution, if it can be +possible that people should be brought to beggary by a debt of which +they have never had a groschen, and fall into misery for the benefit of +a third, who rises laughing from the ground? + +"We tried everything to save ourselves from utter ruin. My husband went +to Ofen and Vienna to beg an audience. We knew the artful deceiver who +had escaped with his money was living in Turkey, and begged for his +extradition, that he might be brought here to satisfy those who had +presented claims against him; but we were told that there was no power +to do so. Then what is the use of the emperor, the ministers, the +authorities, if they are not in a position to extend protection to their +subjects in distress? After this fearful blow, which brought us all to +beggary, my poor husband one night sent a bullet through his head. He +would not look on the misery of his family, the tears of his wife, the +pale, starved face of his child, and fled from us into the grave. + +"But what is a husband good for, if, when he falls into misfortune, he +knows no other outlet than to quit the world himself, and leave wife and +child alone behind? + +"But the horrors were not yet at an end. I was a beggar and homeless; +now they tried to make me an infidel. The wife of the suicide begged her +pastors in vain to bury the unhappy man. The dean was a strict and holy +man, for whom the laws of the Church were the first thought. He denied +my husband a decent burial, and I had to look on while the dear form of +my adored one was carried by the knacker's cart to be hastily buried in +a corner of a church-yard. What are the clergy for, if they can not +relieve us of such misery as that? What is the whole world about? + +"Only one thing was left; they drove me to kill myself and my child, +both at once. I wrapped a shawl round the child at my breast, and went +with it to the river bank. + +"I was alone. Three times I went up and down to see where the water was +deepest. Then something plucked my dress and drew me back. I looked +round. Who was it? The dog here--of all living beings the only friend +left to me. + +"It was on the shore of the Ogradina Island that this happened. On this +island we had a beautiful fruit-garden and a little summer-house; but +there too the official seal had been affixed to every door, and I could +only go through the kitchen and out under the trees. Then I sat down by +the Danube and began to reflect. What, am I, I, a human being, a woman, +to be worse than an animal! Did one ever see a dog drown its young and +then kill itself? No, I will not kill either myself or my child; I will +live and bring it up. But how? Like the wolves or the gypsy woman, who +have no home and no food. I will beg--beg of the ground, the waters, the +wilderness of the forest; only not of men--never! + +"My poor husband had told me of a little island which had been formed +some fifty years ago in the reed-beds near Ogradina; he often went +shooting there in autumn, and spoke much of a hollow rock in which he +had sought shelter from bad weather. He said, 'The island has no master; +the Danube built it up for no one; the soil, the trees, the grass which +grow on it belong to no one.' If it is ownerless, this island, why +should not I take possession of it? I ask it of God, I ask it of the +Danube. Why should they refuse it? I will raise fruit there. How? and +what fruit? I do not know, but necessity will teach me. + +"A boat remained to me which the officer had not noticed, and which, +therefore, had not been seized. Noémi, Almira and I got into it, and I +rowed myself over to the ownerless island. I had never used an oar +before, but necessity taught me. + +"When I touched this piece of ground, a wonderful feeling took +possession of me: it was as if I had forgotten what had happened to me +out in the world. I was surrounded by a pleasant silence and rest, which +softened my heart. + +"After I had explored pasture, grove, and meadow, I knew what I should +do here. In the field bees were humming, in the woods hazel-nuts were +hanging, and on the surface of the river floated water-chestnuts. Crabs +basked on the shore, edible snails crept up the trees, and in the marshy +thickets manna was ripening. Kind Providence, Thou hast spread a table +before me! The grove was full of wild fruit--seedlings; the blackbirds +had brought seeds from the neighboring island, and already the wild +apples grew rosy on the trees, and the raspberry bushes bore a few +belated berries. + +"Yes, I knew what I would do on the island. I alone would make of it a +Garden of Eden. The work to be done here could be managed by a single +person, one woman, and then we should live here like the first man in +Paradise. + +"I had found the rock with its natural grottoes, in the largest of which +a layer of hay was spread, which must have served as a bed to my poor +husband. I had a widow's right to it; it was my legacy. I hushed my +child to sleep there, made it a couch in the hay, and covered it with my +large shawl. Then I told Almira to stay there and watch over Noémi till +I came back, and rowed across to the large island again. On the veranda +of my old summer-house there was an awning spread out, which I took +down; it would serve as a tent or roof, and perhaps later on be used for +winter clothing. I packed in it what food and vegetables I could see, +and made a bundle as large as I could carry on my back. I had come to +the house in a four-horse wagon richly laden; with a bundle on my back I +left it; and yet I had been neither wicked nor a spendthrift. But what +if even that bundle were stolen goods? It is true that the contents were +my own; but that I should carry them off, was it not theft? I hardly +knew: notions of right and wrong, the legal or the illegal, were +confused in my head. I fled with the bundle like a thief out of my own +home. On my way through the garden I took a cutting of each of my +beautiful fruit-trees, and shoots from the figs and bushes, picked up +some seeds from the ground and put them in my apron; then I kissed the +drooping branches of the weeping willow under which I had so often dozed +and dreamed. Those happy dreams were gone forever. I never went back +there. The boat took me safely along the Danube. + +"While I rowed back two things fretted me. One was that there were +noxious inhabitants on the island--snakes; probably some in that grotto: +the thought filled me with horror and alarm for Noémi. The other anxiety +was this. I can live for years on wild honey, water-nuts, and manna +fruit; my child lives on her mother's breast; but how shall I feed +Almira? The faithful creature can not live on what nourishes me; and yet +I must keep her, for without Almira as a protector I should die of +fright in this solitude. When I had dragged my bundle to the grotto, I +saw before me the still quivering tail of a large snake, and not far off +lay its head, bitten off; Almira had eaten what lay between the head and +tail. The clever beast lay before the child, wagging her tail and +licking her lips, as if to say, I have made a good meal. Thenceforward +she made war on snakes; they were her daily food. In the winter she +scratched them out of their holes. My friend--for so I grew to call the +dog--had found her own livelihood, and freed me from the objects of my +dread. + +"Oh, sir, it was an indescribable feeling, our first night alone +here--no one near but my God, my child, and my dog. I can not call it +painful--it was almost bliss. I spread the linen awning over us all +three, and we were only awoke by the twitter of the birds. Now began my +work--savages' work, for before sunrise I must collect manna, called by +Hungarians 'Dew-millet.' Poor women go out into the swamp, where this +bush with its sweet seeds luxuriates; they hold up their dress in both +hands, shake the bush, and the ripe seeds fall into their lap. That is +the bread from heaven for those whom no one feeds. Sir, I lived two +whole years on that bread, and thanked daily on my knees Him who cares +for the birds of the air. Wild fruit, honey, nuts, crabs, wild fowls' +eggs, water-chestnuts preserved for winter use, land snails, dried +mushrooms, formed my food. Praised be the Lord who so richly provides +the table of His poor! And during the whole time I labored for the +object I had set before me. I grafted the wild stocks with the cuttings +I had brought, and planted in the cultivated soil fruit-trees, vines, +and walnut-seeds. On the south side I sowed cotton-plant and silky +swallow-wort, whose products I wove on a loom made of willow-wood, and +made clothes for us. From rushes and reeds I made hives, in which I +housed swarms of wild bees, and even in the first year I could begin a +trade in wax and honey. Millers and smugglers often came here; they +helped me with the hard labor, and never did me any harm. They paid me +for provisions by their work; they knew already that I never took money. +When the fruit-trees began to bear, then I lived in luxury, for in this +alluvial soil all trees flourish, to that it is a pleasure to see them. +I have pears which ripen their fruit twice in a year; all the young ones +make fresh shoots at St. John's day, and the others bear every year. I +have learned their secrets, and know that in the hands of a good +gardener there should be no failure nor over-crop. Animals understand +the language of man, and I believe that trees too have ears and eyes for +those who tend them kindly and listen to their private wishes; and they +are proud to give them pleasure in return. Oh, trees are very sensible! +a soul dwells in them. I consider that man a murderer who cuts down a +noble tree. + +"These are my friends. I love them, and live in and by them. What they +yield me year by year is fetched away by the people of the villages and +mills round, who give me in exchange what I need for my housekeeping. I +have no use for money, I have a horror of it--the accursed money, which +drove me out of the world and my husband out of life: I don't want ever +to see it again. + +"But I am not so foolish as to be unprepared for some years of failure, +which make vain the work of man. There might be late frosts or +hail-storms, which would destroy the blessings of the season; but I am +prepared for such bad times. In the cellar of my rock and in its airy +crevices I store away whatever durable wares I possess--wine in casks, +honey in pots, wool and cotton in bales, in sufficient quantity to keep +us from want for two years. You see I have some savings, though not in +money; I may call myself rich, and yet for twelve years not a single +coin has passed through my hands. For I have lived on this island twelve +years, sir, with the other two, for I count Almira as a person. Noémi +declares we are four; she counts Narcissa, too--silly child! + +"Many people know of our existence, but treachery is unknown here. The +artificial barrier which exists between the frontiers of the two +countries has made the people about here very reserved. No one meddles +in a stranger's affairs, and every one instinctively keeps secret what +he knows. No intelligence from here ever reaches Vienna, Ofen, or +Stamboul. And why should they inform against me? I am in nobody's way, +and do no harm; I grow fruit on my bit of desert land, which has no +master. God the Lord and the royal Danube gave it to me, and I thank +them for it daily. I thank Thee, my God! I thank Thee, my King! + +"I hardly know if I have any religion; it is twelve years since I saw a +priest or a church. Noémi knows nothing about it. I have taught her to +read and write: I tell her of God, and Jesus, and Moses, as I knew them. +Of the good, all-merciful, omnipresent God--of Jesus, sublime in His +sufferings, and divine in His humanity--and of Moses, that leader of a +people to liberty, who preferred to wander hungry and thirsty in the +wilderness rather than exchange freedom for the flesh-pots of +slavery--Moses who preached goodness and brotherly love--of these as I +picture them to myself. But of the relentless God of vengeance, the God +of the chosen people--a God calling for sacrifices, and dwelling in +temples--of that privileged Christ asking for blind faith, laying heavy +burdens on our shoulders, followed by a crowd of worshipers--and of the +avaricious, revengeful, selfish Moses of whom books and preachers +tell--of these she knows nothing. + +"Now you know who we are, and what we are doing here, you shall learn +with what we are threatened by this man. + +"He is the son of the man for whom my husband stood surety, who drove +him to suicide, on whose account we have fled from human society into +the desert. He was a boy of thirteen when we lost our all, and the blow +fell on him also, for his father had forsaken him. + +"Indeed, I do not wonder that the son has turned out such a wretch. +Abandoned by his own father, thrust out like a beggar into the world, +cast on the compassion of strangers, deceived and robbed by the one on +whom his childish trust was placed, branded in his earliest youth as the +son of a rogue, is it surprising if he was forced to become what he is? + +"And yet I hardly know what to think of him; but what I do know is +enough. The people who come to the island can tell a great deal about +him. Not long after his father had escaped, he also started from Turkey, +saying he was going to look for his father. Some maintained that he had +found him, others that he had never been able to trace him. According to +one report he robbed his own father and squandered the money he stole, +but no one knows for certain. From him nothing can be learned, for he +tells nothing but lies. As to where he has been, and what he has done, +he relates romances, in whose invention he is so well versed, and which +he presents so skillfully, that he staggers even those who have actual +knowledge of the facts, and makes them doubt the testimony of their own +eyes. You see him here to-day and there to-morrow. In Turkey, Wallachia, +Poland, and Hungary he has been met. In all these countries he is by way +of knowing every person of distinction. Whomsoever he meets he takes in, +and whoever has once been deceived by him may be sure it will happen +again. He speaks ten languages, and whatever countryman he pretends to +be, he is accepted as such. He appears now as a merchant, then a +soldier, again as a seafaring man; to-day a Turk, to-morrow a Greek. He +once came out as a Polish count, then as the betrothed of a Russian +princess, and again as a quack doctor, who cured all maladies with his +pills. What his real profession may be no one knows. But one thing is +certain, he is a paid spy. Whether in the service of the Turks, +Austrians, or Russians, who can tell? Perhaps he is in the pay of all +three and more besides--he serves each, and betrays all. Every year he +comes several times to this island. He comes in a boat from the Turkish +shore, and goes in the same boat from here to the Hungarian bank. Of +what he does there I have no idea; but I am inclined to believe that he +inflicts the torture of his presence on me for his own amusement. I +know, too, that he is an epicure and a sensualist: he finds good food +here, and a blooming young girl whom he loves to tease by calling her +his bride. Noémi hates him; she has no idea how well founded is her +abhorrence. + +"Yet I do not think that Theodor Krisstyan visits this island only for +these reasons; it must have other secrets unknown to me. He is a paid +spy, and has a bad heart besides; he is rotten to the core, and ripe for +any villainy. He knows that I and my daughter have only usurped the +island, and that by law I have no claim to it, and by the possession of +this secret he lays us under contribution, vexes and torments us both. + +"He threatens that if we do not give him what he wants, he will inform +against us both in Austria and Turkey, and as soon as these governments +know that a new piece of land has been formed in the midst of the +Danube, which is not included in any treaty, a dispute about its +jurisdiction will commence between the countries, and until its +conclusion all the inhabitants will be warned off, as happened in the +case of Allion Castle and the Cserna River. + +"It would only cost this man a word to annihilate all that I have +brought to perfection by my twelve years' labor; to turn this Eden, +where we are so happy, back into a wilderness, and thrust us out anew, +homeless, into the world. Yes, and more still. We have not only to fear +discovery by the imperial officials, but discovery by the priest. If the +archbishops, the patriarchs, archimandrite, and deans learned that a +girl is growing up here who has never seen a church since she was +baptized, they would take her away by force and put her in a convent. +Now, sir, do you understand those sighs which kept you awake?" + +Timar gazed at the full disk of the moon, which was beginning to sink +behind the poplars. "Why," thought he to himself, "am I not a man of +influence?" + +"So this wretch," continued Therese, "can throw us into poverty any day. +He need only give information in Vienna or Stamboul that here on the +Danube a new territory exists, and we should be ruined. No one here +would betray us--he alone is capable of it. But I am prepared for the +worst. The whole foundation of this island is solely and entirely formed +by the rock: it alone stems the force of the Danube current. In the year +when Milos made war against the Serbs, some Servian smugglers hid three +barrels of blasting powder in the bushes near here, and no one has ever +fetched them away. Perhaps those who hid them were taken prisoners by +the Turks, or killed. I found them, and have concealed them in the +deepest cavity of this great rock. Sir, if they try to drive me from +this island, now ownerless, I shall thrust a burning match into the +powder, and the rock and all upon it will be blown into the air. In the +next spring, after the ice has melted, no one would find a trace of the +island. And now you know why you could not sleep well here." + +Timar leaned his head on his hand and looked away. + +"There is one more thing I ought to say," said Frau Therese, bending +close to Timar, that he might hear her low whisper--"I fancy this man +had another reason for coming here and vanishing again, besides his +having gambled away his money in some low pot-house, and wanting to get +more out of me. His visit was either on your account, or that of the +other gentleman. Be on your guard, if either of you dreads the discovery +of a secret." + +The moon disappeared behind the poplars, and it began to dawn in the +east. Blackbirds commenced their song; it was morning. From the Morova +Island long-drawn trumpet-calls sounded, to awake the seafaring folk. +Steps were audible in the sand; a sailor came from the landing-place +with the news that the vessel was ready for departure, the wind had gone +down, and they could proceed. The guests came out of the little +dwelling: Euthemio Trikaliss and his daughter, the beautiful Timéa, with +her dazzling pale face. + +Noémi also was up and boiling fresh goat's milk for breakfast, with +roasted maize instead of coffee, and honey for sugar. Timéa took none, +but let Narcissa drink the milk instead, who did not despise the +stranger's offer, to Noémi's great vexation. + +Trikaliss asked Timar where the stranger had gone who came last evening? +Timar told him he had left in the night. At this intelligence his face +fell. + +Then they all took leave of their hostess. Timéa was out of sorts, and +still complained of feeling unwell. Timar remained behind, and gave +Therese a bright Turkish silk scarf as a present for Noémi; she thanked +him, and said the child should wear it. Then they took the path leading +to the boat, and Therese and Almira accompanied them to the shore. But +Noémi went up to the top of the rock: there, sitting on soft moss and +stonecrop, she watched the boat away. + +Narcissa crept after her, cowered in her lap, and crept with bending +neck into her bosom. "Be off, faithless one! that is how you love me. +You leave me in the lurch, and make up to the other girl, just because +she is pretty and I am not. Go! I don't love you any longer!" and then +she caught the coaxing cat with both hands to her breast, pressed her +smooth chin on the white head of the little flatterer, and gazed after +the boat. In her eye glittered a tear. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +ALI TSCHORBADSCHI. + + +The following day the "St. Barbara" continued her voyage with a fair +wind up the Hungarian Danube. Until evening nothing remarkable occurred, +and all went to bed early; they agreed that the previous night no one +had been able to sleep. But this night also was to be a wakeful one for +Timar. All was quiet on board the ship, which lay at anchor--only the +monotonous splash of the wavelets against the vessel broke the +stillness; but amidst the silence it seemed to him as if his neighbor +was busy with important and mysterious affairs. From the neighboring +cabin, which was only divided from his by a wooden partition, came all +sorts of sounds; the clank of money, a noise as of drawing a cork and +stirring with a spoon, as of one clasping his hands and performing his +ablutions in the darkness, and then again those sighs, as in the +previous night, "Oh, Allah!" + +At last there was a gentle knocking at the partition. Trikaliss +called--"Come to me here, sir." + +Timar dressed quickly and hastened into the cabin. There were two beds, +and between them a table. The curtains were closed in front of one, and +on the other lay Euthemio. On the table stood a casket and two small +glasses. "What are your orders, sir?" asked Timar. + +"I have no orders--I entreat." + +"You want something?" + +"I shall not want anything long. I am dying; I want to die--I have taken +poison. Don't give the alarm--sit down and listen to what I have to tell +you. Timéa will not wake. I have given her opium to send her into a +deep sleep, for she must not wake up now. Don't interrupt; what you +would say is useless, but I have much to tell you, and only one short +hour left, for the poison acts quickly. Make no vain attempts to save +me. I hold the antidote in my hand--if I repented of my deed it rests +with me to undo it. But I will not--and I am right--so sit down and +listen. + +"My true name is not Euthemio Trikaliss but Ali Tschorbadschi. I was +once governor of Candia, and then treasurer in Stamboul. You know what +is passing in Turkey now. The Ulemas and governors are rising against +the sultan, because he is making innovations. At such times men's lives +are of little value. One party murders by thousands those who are not +its allies, and the other party burns by thousands the houses of those +in power. No one is high enough to be safe from his rulers or his +slaves. The Kaimakan of Stamboul had at least six hundred respectable +Turks strangled there, and then was stabbed by his own slave in the +Mosque of St. Sophia. Every change cost human blood. When the sultan +went to Edren, twenty-six important men were arrested, and twenty of +them beheaded, while the other six were stretched on the rack. After +they had made false accusations against the great men of the country in +order to save themselves, they were strangled; then those were arrested +against whom they had borne witness, and these suspected nobles +disappeared without being heard of again. The sultan's secretary, Waffat +Effendi, was sent to Syria, and murdered by the Druses. The Pasha Pertao +was invited to dinner by the governor of Edren, Emin Pasha: when the +meal was over, black coffee was brought, and he was told that the sultan +commanded him to take poison in it. Pertao only asked that he might be +allowed to mix the poison he had with him in the coffee, as it was more +certain; then he blessed the sultan, performed his ablutions, prayed and +died. Even in these days every Turkish noble carries poison in his +signet-ring, to have it at hand when his turn comes. + +"I knew in good time when my turn was coming. Not that I was a +conspirator, but for two reasons I was ripe for the sickle; these +reasons were my money and my daughter. + +"The treasury wanted my treasures and the seraglio my daughter. Death is +easy, and I am ready for it; but I will not let my daughter go into the +harem, nor myself be made a beggar. I determined to upset the +calculations of my enemies and fly with my daughter and my property; but +I could not go by sea, for the new galleys would have overtaken me. I +had kept a passport for Hungary in readiness for a long time; I +disguised myself as a Greek merchant, shaved off my long beard, and +reached Galatz by by-roads. From there I could go no further by land; I +therefore hired a vessel and loaded it with grain which I bought: in +this way I could best save my wealth. When you told me the name of the +ship's owner I was very glad, for Athanas Brazovics is a connection of +mine; Timéa's mother was a Greek of his family. I have often shown +kindness to this man, and he can return it now. Allah is great and +wise--no man can escape his fate. You guessed I was a fugitive, even if +you were not clear whether you had a criminal or a political refugee on +board--still you thought it your duty as commander of the vessel to +help the passenger intrusted to you in his speedy escape. By a miracle +we traversed safely the rocks and whirlpools of the Iron Gate; by +fool-hardy audacity we eluded the pursuit of the Turkish brigantine; by +lucky chance we escaped quarantine and the search at the +custom-house--and after we had left every bugbear behind, I stumbled +over a straw under my feet into my grave. + +"That man who followed us last evening to the unknown island was a spy +of the Turkish Government. I know him, and he certainly recognized me; +no one could have traced me except himself. He has hurried on in front, +and at Pancsova they are ready to receive me. Don't speak--I know what +you mean; you think it is Hungarian territory, and that governments +grant no extradition of political refugees. + +"But they would not pursue me as a political criminal, but as a +thief--unjustly--for what I took was my own, and if the State has claims +on me, there are my twenty-seven houses in Galatz, by which they can be +satisfied; but in spite of that they will cry after me 'Catch thief!' + +"I pass for one who has robbed the treasury, and Austria gives up +escaped thieves to Turkey if the Turkish spies succeed in tracing them. +This man has recognized me and sealed my fate." + +Heavy drops of perspiration stood on the speaker's brow. His face had +turned as yellow as wax. + +"Give me a drink of water that I may go on, for I have still much to +tell you. I can not save myself, but by dying I can save my daughter and +her property. Allah wills it, and who can flee from His presence? So +swear to me by your faith and your honor that you will carry out my +instructions. First, when I am dead, do not bury me on shore--a +Mussulman does not require Christian burial, so bury me like a sailor; +sew me up in a piece of sail-cloth, fasten at my head and feet a heavy +stone, then sink me where the Danube is deepest. Do this, my son, and +when it is done, steer steadily for Komorn, and take care of Timéa! + +"Here in this casket is money--about a thousand ducats; the rest of my +property is in the sacks packed as grain. I leave on my table a note +which you must keep. I declare therein that I have contracted dysentery +by immoderate enjoyment of melons, and am dying of it; further, that my +whole possessions were only these thousand ducats. This will serve you +as a security that no one may accuse you of having caused my death or +embezzled my money. I give you nothing; what you do is of your own kind +heart, and God will reward you: He is the best creditor you can have. +And then take Timéa to Athanas Brazovics and beg him to adopt my +daughter. He has a daughter himself who may be a sister to her. Give him +the money--he must spend it on the education of the child; and give over +to him also the cargo, and beg him to be present himself when the sacks +are emptied. There is good grain in them, and it might be changed. You +understand?" + +The dying man looked in Timar's face, and struggled for breath. "For--" +Again speech failed him. "Did I say anything? I had more to say--but my +thoughts grow confused. How red the night is! How red the moon is in the +sky! Yes; the Red Crescent--" A deep groan from Timéa's bed attracted +his attention and gave another turn to his thoughts. He raised himself +anxiously in his bed, and sought with a trembling hand for something +under his pillow, his eyes starting from their sockets. "Ah, I had +almost forgotten--Timéa! I gave her a sleeping-draught--if you do not +wake her up in time she will sleep forever. Here in this bottle is an +antidote. As soon as I am dead, take it and rub her brow, temples, and +chest, until she awakes. Ah! how nearly I had taken her with me! but no, +she must live. Must she not? You vow to me by all you hold sacred, that +you will wake her, and bring her back to life--that you will not let her +slumber on into eternity?" + +The dying man pressed Timar's hand convulsively to his breast: on his +distorted features was already imprinted the last death-struggle. "What +was I talking of? What had I to tell you? What was my last word? Yes; +right--the Red Crescent!" + +Through the open window the half-circle of the waning moon shone +blood-red, rising from the nocturnal mists. Was the dying man in his +delirium thinking of this? Or did it remind him of something? + +"Yes--the Red Crescent," he stammered once more; then the death-throes +closed his lips--one short struggle, and he was a corpse. + + + + +CHAPTER X. + +THE LIVING STATUE. + + +Timar remained alone with the dead body, with a person sunk in a +death-like stupor, and with a buried secret. The silent night covered +them, and the shades whispered to him, "See! if you do not do what has +been committed to you--if you throw the corpse into the Danube, and do +not wake the slumberer, but let her sleep on quietly into the other +world--what would happen then? The spy will have already given evidence +in Pancsova against the fugitive Tschorbadschi; but if you anticipate +him and the land at Belgrade instead, and lay information there, then, +according to Turkish law, a third of the refugee's property would fall +to you; otherwise it would belong to no one. The father is dead, the +girl, if you do not rouse her, will never wake again; thus you would +become at one stroke a rich man. Only rich people are worth anything in +this world--poor devils are only fit for clerks." + +Timar answered the spirits of the night--"Well, then, I will always +remain a clerk;" and, in order to silence these murmuring shadows, he +closed the shutters. A secret anxiety beset him when he saw the red moon +outside; it seemed as if all these bad suggestions came from it, as well +as an explanation of the last words of the dying man about the Red +Crescent. + +He drew back the curtain from Timéa's berth. + +The girl lay like a living statue; her bosom rose and fell with her slow +breathing--the lips were half open, the eyes shut; her face wore an +expression of unearthly solemnity. One hand was raised to her loosened +hair, the other held the folds of her white dress together on her +breast. + +Timar approached her as if she were an enchanted fairy whose touch might +cause deadly heart-sickness to a poor mortal. He began to rub the +temples of the sleeper with the fluid from the bottle. In doing so, he +looked continually in her face, and thought to himself, "What, should I +let you die, you angelic creature? If the whole ship were filled with +real pearls, which would be mine after your death, I could not let you +sleep away your life. There is no diamond in the world, however +precious, that I should prefer to your eyes when you open them." + +The lovely face remained unchanged, in spite of the friction on brow and +temples; the delicate meeting eyebrows did not contract when touched by +a strange man's hand. The directions were that also over the heart the +antidote must be applied. Timar was obliged to take the girl's hand, in +order to draw it away from her breast: the hand made no smallest +resistance; it was stiff and cold, as cold as the whole form--beautiful +and icy as marble. + +The shadows whispered--"Behold this exquisite form! a lovelier has never +been touched by mortal lips; no one would know if you kissed her." + +But Timar answered himself in the darkness, "No--you have never stolen +anything of another's in your life. This kiss would be a theft." And +then he spread the Persian quilt, which the girl had thrown off in her +sleep, over her whole person up to her neck, and rubbed above the heart +of the sleeper with wetted fingers, while, in order to resist +temptation, he kept his eyes fixed on the maiden's face. It was to him +like an altar-picture--so cold, yet so serene. + +At last the lids unclosed, and he met the gaze of her dark but dull +eyes. She breathed more easily, and Timar fell her heart beat stronger +under his hand; he drew it away. Then he held the bottle with the strong +essence for her to smell. Timéa awoke, for she turned her head away from +it, and drew her brows together. Timar called her gently by name. + +The girl started up, and with the cry "Father!" sat up on her bed, +gazing out with staring eyes. The Persian quilt fell down from her lap, +the night-dress slipped from her shoulders. She looked more like a Greek +marble than a sentient being. + +"Timéa!" and as he spoke he drew the fine linen over her bare shoulders. +She did not answer. "Timéa!" cried Timar, "your father is dead." But +neither face nor form moved, nor did she notice that her night-dress had +left her bosom uncovered. She seemed totally unconscious. + +Timar rushed into the other cabin, returned with a coffee-pot, and began +in feverish haste, and not without burning his fingers, to heat some +coffee. When it was ready, he went to Timéa, took her head on his arm +and pressed it to him, opened her mouth with his fingers, and poured +some coffee in. Hitherto he had only had to contend with passive +resistance; but as soon as Timéa had swallowed the hot and bitter +decoction of Mocha, she pushed Timar's hand with such strength that the +cup fell; then she drew the quilt over her, and her teeth began to +chatter. + +"Thank God! she lives; for she is in a high fever," sighed Timar, "And +now for a sailor's funeral." + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +A BURIAL AT SEA. + + +On the ocean this is managed very easily: the body is sewed up in a +piece of sail-cloth, and a cannon-ball is suspended to the feet, which +sinks the corpse in the sea. Corals soon grow over the grave. But on a +Danube craft, to throw a dead person into the river is a great +responsibility. There are shores, and on the shores villages and towns, +with church bells and priests, to give the corpse his funeral-toll and +his rest in consecrated ground. It won't do to pitch him into the water, +without a "By your leave," just because the dead man wished it. + +But Timar knew well enough that this must be done, and it caused him no +anxiety. Before the vessel had weighed anchor, he said to his pilot that +there was a corpse on board--Trikaliss was dead. + +"I knew for certain," said Johann Fabula, "that there was bad luck on +the way when the sturgeon ran races with the ship--that always betokens +a death." + +"We must moor over there by the village," answered Timar, "and seek out +the minister to bury him. We can not carry the body on in the vessel--we +should be under suspicion as infected with plague." + +Herr Fabula cleared his throat violently, and said, "We can but try." + +The village of Plesscovacz, which was nearest at hand, is a wealthy +settlement; it has a dean, and a fine church with two towers. The dean +was a tall, handsome man, with a long curling beard, eyebrows as broad +as one's finger, and a fine sonorous voice. He happened to know Timar, +who had often bought grain from him, as the dean had much produce to +sell. + +"Well, my son," cried the dean, as soon as he saw him in the court-yard, +"you might have chosen your time better. The church harvest was bad, and +I have sold my crops long ago." (And yet there was threshing going on in +yard and barn.) + +"But this time it is I who bring a crop to market," Timar answered. "We +have a dead man on board, and I have come to beg your reverence to go +over there, and bury the corpse with the usual ceremonies." + +"Oh, but my son, that's not so easy. Did this Christian confess? Has he +received the last sacraments? Are you certain that he was not a heretic? +For if not, I can not consent to bury him." + +"I know nothing about it. We don't carry a father-confessor on board, +and the poor soul left the world without any priestly assistance--that +is the lot of sailors. But if your reverence can not grant him a +consecrated grave, give me at any rate a written certificate that I may +have some excuse to his friends why I was not in a position to show him +the last honors; then we will bury him ourselves somewhere on the +shore." + +The dean gave him a certificate of the refusal of burial; but then the +peasant threshers began to make a fuss. "What! bury a corpse within our +boundaries which has not been blessed? Why, then, as certain as the Amen +to the Pater Noster, the hail would destroy our crops. And you need not +try to bestow him on any other village. Wherever he came from, nobody +wants him, for he's sure to bring a hail-storm this season before the +vintage is over--the farmer's last hope; and then next year a vampire +will rise from a corpse so buried, which will suck up all the rain and +the dew!" + +They threatened to kill Timar if he brought the body ashore. And in +order that he might not bury it secretly on the bank, they chose four +stout fellows, who were to go on board the ship and remain there till it +had passed the village boundaries, and then he could do what he liked +with the dead man. + +Timar pretended to be very angry, but allowed the four men to go on +board. Meanwhile, the crew had made a coffin and laid the body in it: +there was nothing more to do but to nail the lid down. + +The first thing that the captain did was to go and see how Timéa was. +The fever had reached its highest point; her forehead was burning, but +her face still dazzling white. She was unconscious, and knew nothing of +the preparations for the burial. + +"Yes, that will do," said Timar, and fetched a paint-pot and busied +himself in marking Euthemio Trikaliss's name and date of death in +beautiful Greek letters on the coffin-lid. The four Servian peasants +stood behind and spelled out what he wrote. + +"Now, then, you paint a letter or two while I see to my work," said +Timar to one of the gazers, and handed him the brush. The man took it +and painted on the board an X, which the Servians use like S, to show +his skill. + +"See what an artist you are!" Timar said, admiringly, and got him to +draw another letter. "You are a clever fellow. What is your name?" + +"Joso Berkics." + +"And yours?" + +"Mirko Jakerics." + +"Well, God bless you! Let us drink a glass of Slivovitz." They had +nothing against the proposition. "I am called Michael; my surname is +Timar--a good name, and sounds just the same in Hungarian, Turkish, or +Greek--call me Michael." + +"Egbogom Michael." + +Michael ran constantly into the cabin to see after Timéa. She was still +very feverish, and knew no one. But that did not discourage Timar: his +idea was that whoever travels on the Danube has a whole chemist's shop +at hand, for cold water cures all maladies. His whole system consisted +in putting cold compresses on head and feet, and renewing them as soon +as they got hot. Sailors had already learned this secret before +Priessnitz the hydropath. The "St. Barbara" floated quietly all day +up-stream along the Hungarian bank. The Servians soon made friends with +the crew, helped them to row, and in return had a thieves' roast offered +them from the galley. + +The dead man lay out on the upper deck; they had spread a white sheet +over him--that was his shroud. Toward evening Michael told his men that +he would go and lie down for a spell--he had had no sleep for two +nights; but that the vessel might as well go on being towed till it was +quite dark, and then they could anchor. He had no sleep that night +either. Instead of going into his own cabin, he stole quietly into +Timéa's, placed the night-lamp in a box, that its light might not +disturb her, and sat the whole time by the sick girl's bed listening to +her delirious fancies and renewing her compresses. He never shut his +eyes. He heard plainly when the anchor went down and the ship was +brought up; and then how the waves began to plash against the sides! The +sailors tramped about the deck for some time, then one by one they +turned in. But at midnight he heard a dull knocking. That sounds, +thought he, like hammering in nails whose heads have been covered with +cloth to muffle the sound. Before long he heard a noise like the fall of +some heavy object into the water, then all was still. + +Michael remained awake, and waited till it was light and the vessel had +started again. When they had been an hour on their way, he came out of +the cabin. The girl slept quietly, the fever had ceased. + +"Where is the coffin?" was the first question. + +The Servians came up with a defiant air. "We loaded it with stones and +threw it into the water, so that you might not bury it anywhere ashore +and bring bad luck on us." + +"Rash men! what have you done? Do you know that I shall be arrested and +have to render an account of my vanished passenger? They will accuse me +of having put him out of the way. You must give me a certificate in +which you acknowledge what you did. Which of you can write?" + +Naturally, not one of them knew how to write. + +"What! You, Berkics, and you, Jakerics, did you not help me to paint the +letters on the coffin?" + +Then they came out with a confession that each only knew how to write +the one letter which he had painted on the lid, and that, only with the +brush and not with a pen. + +"Very well; then I shall take you on to Pancsova. There you can give +evidence verbally to the colonel in my favor; he will find your tongues +for you." + +At this threat suddenly every one of them had learned to write; not only +those two, but the others as well. They said they would rather give a +certificate at once than be taken on to Pancsova. Michael fetched ink, +pen, and paper, made one of these skillful scribes lie on his stomach on +the deck, and dictated to him the deposition in which they all declared +that, out of fear of hail-storms, they had thrown the body of Euthemio +Trikaliss into the Danube while the crew slept, and without their +knowledge or aid. + +"Now, sign your names to it, and where each of you lives, so that you +may be easily found if a commission of inquiry is sent to make a +report." + +One of the witnesses signed himself "Ira Karakassalovics," living at +"Gunerovacz," and the other "Nyegro Stiriapicz," living at "Medvelincz." + +And now they took leave of each other with the most serious faces in +the world, without either Michael or the four others allowing it to be +seen what trouble it cost them not to laugh in each other's faces. + +Michael then put them all ashore. + +Ali Tschorbadschi lay at the bottom of the Danube, where he had wished +to be. + + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +AN EXCELLENT JOKE. + + +In the morning when Timéa awoke she felt no more of her illness; the +strength of youth had won the victory. She dressed and came out of the +cabin. When she saw Timar forward she went to him and asked, "Where is +my father?" + +"Fraülein, your father is dead." + +Timéa gazed at him with her great melancholy eyes; her face could hardly +become paler than it was already. "And where have they put him?" + +"Fraülein, your father rests at the bottom of the Danube." + +Timéa sat down by the bulwarks and looked silently into the water. She +did not speak or weep; she only looked fixedly into the river. + +Timar thought it would lighten her heart if he spoke words of +consolation to her. "Fraülein, while you were ill and unconscious, God +called your father suddenly to himself. I was beside him in his last +hour. He spoke of you, and commissioned me to give you his last +blessing. By his wish I am to take you to an old friend of his, with +whom you are connected through your mother, who will adopt you and be a +father to you. He has a pretty young daughter, a little older than you, +who will be your sister. And all that is on board this vessel belongs to +you by inheritance, left to you by your father. You will be rich; and +think gratefully of the loving father who has cared for you so kindly." + +Timar's throat swelled as he thought, "And who died to secure your +liberty, and killed himself in order to endow you with the joys of +life." + +And then he looked with surprise into the girl's face. Timéa had not +changed a feature while he spoke, and no tear had fallen. Michael +thought she was ashamed to cry before a stranger, and withdrew; but the +maiden did not weep even when alone. Curious! when she saw the white cat +drowned, how her tears flowed! and now, when told that her father lies +below the water, not a drop falls. + +Perhaps those who break out in tears at some small emotion brood +silently over a deep grief? + +It may be so. Timar had other things to do than to puzzle his head over +psychological problems. The towers of Pancsova began to rise in the +north, and down the stream came an imperial barge, straight for the "St. +Barbara," with eight armed Tschaikists, their captain, and a provost. +When they arrived they made fast to the side without waiting for +permission, and sprung on deck. The captain approached Timar, who was +waiting for him at the door of the cabin. "Are you in command of this +vessel?" + +"At your service." + +"On board this ship, under the false name of Euthemio Trikaliss, there +is a fugitive treasurer from Turkey--a pasha with stolen treasures." + +"On board this vessel travels a Greek corn-merchant, of the name of +Euthemio Trikaliss, not with stolen treasures but with purchased grain. +The vessel was searched at Orsova, and here are the certificates. This +is the first; be so good as to read it, and see if all is not as I say. +I know nothing of any Turkish pasha." + +"Where is he?" + +"If he was a Greek, with Abraham; if a Turk, with Mohammed." + +"What! is he dead, then?" + +"Certainly he is. Here is the second paper, containing his will. He died +of dysentery." + +The officer read the document, and threw side glances at Timéa, who +still sat in the place where she had heard of her father's death. She +understood nothing; the language was strange to her. + +"My six sailors and the steersman are witnesses of his death." + +"Well, that is unlucky for him, but not for us; if he is dead he must be +buried. You will tell us where, and we shall have the body exhumed; we +have a man who can recognize it, and prove the identity of Trikaliss +with Ali Tschorbadschi, and then we can at any rate lay an embargo on +the stolen property. Where is he buried?" + +"At the bottom of the Danube." + +"Oh! this is too much. Why there?" + +"Gently now. Here is the third paper, prepared by the Dean of +Plesscovacz, in whose parish the decease of Trikaliss took place, and +who not only refused him a consecrated burial, but forbid me to bring +the body ashore; the people insisted on our throwing it overboard." + +The captain clinched his hand angrily on the hilt of his sword. "The +devil! these confounded priests! Always the most trouble with them. But +at any rate you can tell me where he was thrown into the river?" + +"Let me tell you everything in proper order, Herr Captain. The +Plesscovaer sent four watchmen on board, who were to prevent our landing +the corpse; in the night, when we were all asleep, they threw the +coffin, which they had loaded with stones, into the Danube without the +knowledge of the crew. Here is the certificate delivered to me by the +culprits; take it, search them out, take their evidence, and then let +each have his well-merited punishment." + +The captain stamped with his foot, and burst into angry laughter. + +"Well, that is a fine story. The discovered fugitive dies, and can not +be made responsible; the priest won't bury him, the peasants shove him +into the water, and hand in a certificate signed with two names which no +man ever possessed, and two places which never existed in this world. +The refugee disappears under the water of the Danube, and I can neither +drag the whole Danube from Pancsova to Szendre, nor get hold of the two +rogues, by name Karakassalovics and Stiriapicz. If the identity of the +fugitive is not proved, I can not confiscate the cargo. You have done +that very cleverly, skipper. Cleverly planned indeed! And everything in +writing. One, two, three, four documents. I bet if I wanted the +baptismal certificate of that lady there, you would produce it." + +"At your orders." That Timar certainly could not produce, but he could +put on such an innocent, sheepish face, that the captain shook with +laughter and clapped him on the shoulder. + +"You are a splendid fellow, skipper. You have saved the young lady's +property for her; for without her father I can do nothing to either her +or her money. You can proceed, you clever fellow!" + +With that he turned on his heel, and the last Tschaikiss, who had not +swung round quick enough, got such a box on the ear that the poor devil +all but fell into the water; and then he gave the word for departure. + +When he was down below in the boat, he cast one searching look back; but +the skipper was still looking after him with the same sheepish face. + +The cargo of the "St. Barbara" was saved. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +THE FATE OF THE "ST. BARBARA." + + +The "St. Barbara" could now pursue her way unmolested; and Timar had no +worse misfortunes than the daily disputes with the leader of the +towing-team. On the great Hungarian plains the voyage up the Danube +becomes extremely wearisome; there are no rocks, no water-falls or old +ruins, nothing but willows and poplars, which border both sides of the +river. Of these there is nothing interesting to relate. + +Timéa frequently did not come out of her cabin during a whole day, and +not a word did her lips utter. She sat alone, and often the food they +set before her was brought out again untouched. The days grew shorter, +and the bright autumn weather turned to rain; Timéa now shut herself +entirely into her cabin, and Michael heard nothing of her except the +deep sighs which at night penetrated to his ear through the thin +partition. But she was never heard to weep; the heavy blow which had +fallen on her had perhaps covered her heart with an impenetrable layer +of ice. How glowing must that love be which could melt it! + +Ah, my poor friend, how came you by that thought? Why do you dream +waking and sleeping of this pale face? Even if she were not so +beautiful, she is so rich, and you are only a poor devil of a fellow. +What is the good of a pauper like you filling all his thoughts with the +image of such a rich girl? If only it were the other way, and you were +the rich one and she poor! And how rich is Timéa? Timar began to reckon, +in order to drive himself to despair, and turn these idle dreams out of +his head. Her father left her a thousand ducats in gold and the cargo, +which, according to the present market prices, must be worth, say, ten +thousand ducats--perhaps she has ornaments and jewels besides--and might +be counted in Austrian paper-money of that date as worth a hundred +thousand gulden; that in a Hungarian provincial town is a very rich +heiress. And then Timar asked himself a riddle whose solution he could +not guess. + +If Ali Tschorbadschi had a fortune of eleven thousand ducats, that would +not weigh more than sixteen pounds; of all metals, gold has the smallest +volume in proportion to its weight. Sixteen pounds of ducats could be +packed in a knapsack, which a man could carry on his back a long way, +even on foot. Why was the Turk obliged to change it into grain and load +a cargo-ship with it, which would take a month and a half for its +voyage, and have to struggle with storms, eddies, rocks, and +shallows--which might be delayed by quarantine and custom-houses--when +he could have carried his treasure with him in his knapsack, and by +making his way cautiously on foot over mountain and river, could have +reached Hungary safely in a couple of weeks? + +The key to this problem was not to be found. + +And another riddle was connected with this one. If Ali's treasure +(whether honestly come by or not) only consists of eleven or twelve +thousand ducats altogether, why does the Turkish Government institute a +pursuit on such a large scale, sending a brigantine with four-and-twenty +rowers, and spies and couriers after him? What would be a heap of money +for a poor supercargo is for his highness the Padischa only a trifle; +and even if it had been possible to lay an embargo on the whole cargo, +representing a value of ten or twelve thousand ducats, by the time it +had passed through the fingers of all the informers, tax-collectors, and +other official cut-purses, there would be hardly enough left for the +sultan to fill his pipe with. + +Was it not ridiculous to set such great machinery in motion in order to +secure so small a prize? + +Or was it not so much the money as Timéa that was the object? Timar had +enough romance about him to find this a plausible assumption, however +little it agreed with a supercargo's one-times-one multiplication table. + +One evening the wind dispersed the clouds, and when Timar looked out of +his cabin window he saw on the western horizon the crescent moon. + +The "red moon!" + +The glowing sickle seemed to touch the glassy surface of the Danube. It +looked to Timar as if it really had a human face, as it is depicted in +the almanacs, and as if it said something to him with its crooked mouth. +Only that he could not always understand--it is a strange language. + +Moonstruck people perhaps comprehend it, for they follow it; only they, +as well as the sleep-walkers, remember nothing of what was said when +they awake. It was as if the moon answered Timar's questions. Which? +All. And the beating of his heart? or his calculations? All. + +Only that he could not put these answers into words. + +The red crescent dipped slowly toward the water, and sent its reflected +rays along the waves as far as the ship's bows, as if to say, "Don't you +understand now?" At last it drew its horns gently below the surface, +saying plainly, "I shall return to-morrow, and then you will know." + +The pilot was in favor of making the most of the light of the after-glow +to go on further, until it grew dark. They were already above Almas, and +not far from Komorn; in those parts he knew the channel so well that he +could have steered the vessel safely with his eyes shut. As far up as +the Raab Danube, there was no more danger to fear. + +And yet there was something! Off Fuzito a soft, dull thud was heard; but +at this thud the steersman cried "Halt!" in a fright, to the +towing-team. + +Timar also grew pale, and stood petrified for a moment. For the first +time during the whole voyage dismay was depicted in his features. "We +have struck a snag!" he cried to the steersman. + +And that great strong man entirely lost his head, left the rudder, and +ran crying like a little child across the deck to the cabin. + +We have touched a snag! Yes, that was so. When the Danube is in flood it +makes breaches in the bank, the uprooted trees fall into the current, +and are carried to the bottom by the weight of the soil clinging to +their roots; if a cargo-ship drawn by horses touches such a tree-trunk, +it pierces the hull. From shallows and rocks the steersman can guard his +vessel, but against a tree-trunk lying in ambush under water, neither +knowledge, experience nor skill is of any avail. Most of the shipwrecks +on the Danube are from this cause. + +"It is all up with us!" howled the pilot and the sailors. Every one left +his post and ran for his bundle and his chest, to get them into the +boat. + +The vessel swung across the stream, and the forepart began to sink. It +was useless to think of saving it--absolutely impossible. The hold was +filled with sacks of grain; before they could shift these in order to +get at the leak and stop it, the vessel would long ago have gone down. + +Timar broke in the door of Timéa's cabin. + +"Fraülein, put on your cloak quickly, and take the casket which stands +on the table; our ship is sinking, we must save ourselves." As he spoke +he helped her into her warm kaftan, and gave her directions to get into +the boat; the pilot would help her. He himself ran back into his cabin +to get the box which held the ship's papers and cash. But Johann Fabula +was not thinking of helping Timéa; he flew into a rage when he saw the +girl. "Didn't I say this milk-face, this witch with the meeting +eyebrows, would bring us all to destruction? We ought to have thrown her +overboard." + +Timéa did not understand what he said, but she shrunk from his bloodshot +eyes, and preferred to go back to her cabin, where she lay down, and saw +the water rush through the door and mount gradually to the level of the +edge of her bed. She thought to herself that if the water washed her +away, it would carry her down-stream, to where her father was lying at +the bottom of the Danube, and then they would again be united. + +Timar was wading up to his knees in water before he had collected all he +wanted from his cabin and packed them in a box, which he took on his +shoulder and then hurried to the boat. + +"And where is Timéa?" he cried, not seeing her there. + +"The devil knows!" growled the pilot. "I wish she had never been born." +Timar flew back into Timéa's cabin, now up to his waist in water, and +took her in his arms. "Have you the casket?" + +"Yes," whispered the girl. + +He asked no more, but hurried with her on deck, and carried her in his +arms into the boat, where he put her on the middle seat. The fate of the +"St. Barbara" was being decided with awful rapidity. The ship was going +down stern first, and in a few minutes only the upper deck and the mast, +with the dangling tow-rope, were visible above water. + +"Shove off!" Timar said to the rowers, and the boat moved toward the +shore. + +"Where is the casket?" Timar asked the girl, when they had already gone +some distance. + +"Here it is," answered Timéa, showing him what she had brought away. + +"Miserable girl! that is the box of sweetmeats, not the casket." In +fact, Timéa had brought the box of Turkish sweets, meant as a present to +her new sister, and had totally forgotten the casket which held her +whole fortune. That was left behind in the submerged cabin. "Back to the +ship!" Timar cried to the pilot. + +"Surely nobody has got such a mad notion as to look for anything in a +sunken ship," grumbled Fabula. + +"Back!--no words--I insist!" + +The boat returned to the vessel. Timar asked no one's help, but sprung +himself to the deck and down the steps to the cabin. + +Timéa looked after him with her great dark eyes as he vanished under the +surface, as if to say--"And you too go before me into the watery grave." + +Timar reached the bulwarks, but had to be very careful, because the +vessel had a list toward the side where Timéa's cabin door was. He had +to hold on by the timbers of the roof, so as not to slip altogether +under water. He found the door, luckily, not shut by the waves; for it +would have been a long job to get it open. It was quite dark inside, the +water had filled it almost to the ceiling; he groped to the table, the +casket was not there; perhaps she had left it on the bed. The water had +floated the bed to the roof, and he had to draw it down; but the casket +was not there either. Perhaps it had been knocked over by the rush of +water. He felt about vainly with his hands, stooping under water. His +feet were more fortunate, for he stumbled over the object sought for; +the casket had fallen to the ground. He lifted it, and tried while +holding it to climb up to the other side, where he need not hold on with +both hands. + +The minute that Timar was under water seemed to Timéa an eternity. + +He was a full minute under water. He had held his breath the whole time, +as if to try an experiment how long a man could do without breathing. + +When Michael's head appeared above the water she heaved a deep sigh, +and her face beamed when Timar gave her the rescued casket, but not on +its account. + +"Well, captain!" exclaimed the steersman, as he helped Timar into the +boat, "that's thrice you've got soaked for the love of these eyebrows. +Thrice!" + +Timéa asked Michael in a whisper, "What is the Greek for the word +thrice?" Michael translated it. Then Timéa looked at him long, and +repeated to herself in a low voice "Thrice." + +The boat approached the shore in the direction of Almas. + +Against the steely mirror in the twilight a long line was visible, like +a distressful note of exclamation or a pause in life. It was the topmast +of the "St. Barbara." + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + +THE GUARDIAN. + + +At six in the evening the ship's crew had left the sunken craft, and by +half past seven Timar with Timéa was in Komorn. The post-cart driver +knew Brazovics' house very well, and galloped his four bell-decked +horses with unmerciful cracks of the whip through the little streets up +to the square, as he had been promised a good _trinkgeld_ if he brought +his passengers quickly to their destination. + +Michael lifted Timéa from the country wagon and told her she was now at +home. Then he took the casket under his cloak and led the girl up the +steps. + +The house of Athanas Brazovics was of two stories--a rarity in Komorn; +for in remembrance of the destructive earthquakes by which the town had +been visited in the last century, people usually only built on the +ground-floor. The lower story was occupied by a large café, which served +the resident tradespeople as a casino; the whole upper floor was +inhabited by the family of the merchant. It had two entrances from the +street, and a third through the kitchen. + +The owner was generally not at home at this hour, as Timar knew; he +therefore led Timéa straight to the door through which the women's rooms +were reached. In these reigned fashionable luxury, and in the anteroom +lounged a man-servant. Timar asked him to fetch his master from the +café, and meanwhile led Timéa to the ladies. + +He was certainly hardly got up for company, as may be imagined when one +remembers what he had gone through, and the number of times he had been +soaked; but he was one of those who belonged to the house, who could +come in at any time and in any dress: they looked upon him as "one of +our people." In such a case one gets over the strict rules of etiquette. + +The announcement revives the old habit of the mistress, as soon as the +door of the anteroom is open, of putting her head through the parlor +door to see who is coming. Frau Sophie has kept this habit ever since +her maid-servant days. (Pardon, that slipped out by accident.) Well, +yes, Herr Athanas raised her from a low station; it was a love-match, so +no one has a right to reproach her. + +It is therefore not as idle gossip, but only as a characteristic touch, +that I mention that Frau Sophie even as "gracious lady" could not get +rid of her early habit. Her clothes always fitted her as if they had +been given to her by her mistress. From her coiffure an obstinate lock +of hair would always stick out either in the front or at the back; even +her most gorgeous costumes always looked tumbled and creased; and if +nothing else went wrong, there would be invariably a pair of +trodden-down shoes with which she could indulge in her old propensity. +Curiosity and tattle were the ingredients of her conversation, in which +she generally introduced such extraordinary expressions that when she +began to scatter them in a mixed party, the guests (that is, those who +were seated) almost fell off their chairs with laughter. Then, too, she +had the agreeable custom of never speaking low; her voice was a +continuous scream, as if she were being stabbed and wished to call for +assistance. + +"Oh, good Lord, it's Michael!" she cried, as soon as she got her head +through the door-way. "And where did you get the pretty fraülein? What +is the casket you have under your arm? Come into the parlor! Look, look, +Athalie, what Timar has brought!" + +Michael let Timéa pass, then he entered and politely wished the company +good-evening. Timéa looked round with the shyness of a first meeting. +Besides the mistress of the house there were a girl and a man in the +room. The girl was a fully developed and conscious beauty, who, in spite +of her naturally small waist, did not disdain tight stays; her high +heels and piles of hair made her appear taller than she was; she wore +mittens, and her nails were long and pointed. Her expression was of +artificial amiability; she had somewhat arrogant and pouting lips, a +rosy complexion, and two rows of dazzling white teeth, which she did not +mind showing; when she laughed, dimples formed on chin and cheek, dark +brows arched over the bright black eyes, whose brilliancy was increased +by their aggressive prominence. With her head up and bust thrown +forward, the beautiful creature knew how to make an imposing appearance. +This was Fraülein Athalie. + +The man was a young officer, verging on thirty, with a cheerful open +face and fiery black eyes. According to the military regulations of the +period, he had a clean-shaven face, with the exception of a small +crescent-shaped whisker. This warrior wore a violet tunic, with collar +and cuffs of pink velvet, the uniform of the engineers. Timar knew him +too. It was Herr Katschuka, first lieutenant at the fort, and also a +commissariat officer--rather a hybrid position, but so it was. + +The lieutenant has the pleasure of taking a portrait of the young lady +before him in chalks; he has already finished one by daylight, and is +trying one by lamplight. The entrance of Timéa disturbs him in this +artistic occupation. + +The whole appearance of the slender delicate girl was something +spiritual at this moment--it was as if a ghost, a phantom, had stepped +out of the dusk. + +When Herr Katschuka looked up from his easel, his dark-red chalk drew +such a streak across the portrait's brow, that it would be hard for +bread-crumbs to get it out, and he rose involuntarily from his seat +before Timéa. + +Every one rose at the sight of the girl, even Athalie. Who can she be? + +Timar whispered to Timéa in Greek, on which she hastened to Frau Sophie +and kissed her hand, while the girl herself received a kiss on her +cheek. + +Again Timar whispered to her. The girl went with shy obedience to +Athalie, and looked steadily in her face. Shall she kiss her, or fall on +the neck of her new sister? Athalie seemed to raise her head higher +still. Timéa bent to her hand and kissed it--or rather not her hand, but +the kid mitten. Athalie allowed it, her eyes cast a flaming glance on +Timéa's face, and another on the officer, and she curled her lips yet +more. + +Herr Katschuka was completely lost in admiration of Timéa. + +But neither his nor Athalie's fiery looks called up any emotion on +Timéa's face, which remained as white as if she were a spirit. + +Timar himself was not a little confused. How was he to introduce the +girl and relate how he had come by her, before this officer? + +Herr Brazovics helped him out of his difficulty. With a great bustle he +burst in at the door. He had just now in the café--to the surprise of +all the regular customers--read aloud from the Augsburg _Gazette_ that +the escaped pasha and treasurer, Ali Tschorbadschi and his daughter, had +fled on board the "St. Barbara," evaded the watchfulness of the Turkish +authorities, and reached Hungary in safety. The "St. Barbara" is his +ship. Tschorbadschi is a good friend of his--even a connection by the +mother's side. An extraordinary event! One can fancy how Herr Athanas +threw his chair back when the servant brought him the news that Herr +Timar had just arrived with a beautiful young lady, and under his arm a +gilt casket. + +"So it is actually true!" cried Herr Athanas, and rushed up to his own +apartments, not without upsetting a few of the card-players on his way. + +Brazovics was a man of enormous corpulence. His stomach was always half +a step in front of him. His face was copper-colored at its palest, and +violet when he ought to have been rosy: even when he shaved in the +morning his chin was all bristles by the evening, his scrubby mustache +perfumed with smoke, snuff, and various spirits; his eyebrows formed a +bushy wall over his prominent and bloodshot eyes. (A fearful thought, +that the eyes of the lovely Athalie, when she grows old, will resemble +her father's!) + +When Herr Brazovics opens his mouth, one understands why Frau Sophie +always screams; her husband, too, can only speak in shouts, but with the +difference that he has a deep bass voice like a hippopotamus. + +Naturally Frau Sophie, when she wants to overpower his voice with her +own, raises it to a yell. It was as if they had a wager which could +bring on the other a lung disease or a stroke of apoplexy. It is +doubtful who will win; but Brazovics always stops his ears with wool, +and Frau Sophie invariably has a comforter round her throat. + +Athanas rushed, panting with haste, into the ladies' room, where his +voice of thunder had already preceded him. "Is Michael there with the +young lady? Where is the fraülein? Where is Michael?" + +Timar hastened to catch him at the door. He might have succeeded in +keeping back the man himself, but the weight of his approaching paunch, +when once set in motion, bore down all obstacles. + +Michael made a sign to him that a visitor was present. "Ah, that doesn't +matter! You can speak openly before him. We are _en famille_; the Herr +Lieutenant belongs to the family. Ha! ha! don't get cross, Athalie; +every one knows it. You can speak freely, Michael; it is all in the +papers." + +"What is in the papers?" exclaimed Athalie, angrily. + +"Well, well, not you; but that my friend Ali Tschorbadschi, my own +cousin, the treasurer, has fled to Hungary with his daughter and his +property on board my ship the 'St. Barbara;' and this is the daughter, +isn't she? The dear little thing!" And with that Herr Brazovics suddenly +fell upon her, took her in his arms, and pressed two kisses on her pale +face--two loud, wet, malodorous kisses, so that the girl was quite +confused. + +"You are a good fellow, Michael, to have brought her here so quickly. +Have you given him a glass of wine? Go, Sophie--quick! A glass of wine!" + +Frau Sophie pretended not to hear; but Herr Brazovics threw himself into +an arm-chair, drew Timéa between his knees, and stroked her hair with +his fat palms. "And where is my worthy friend, the governor of the +treasury? Where is he?" + +"He died on the journey," answered Timar in a low voice. + +"What a fatality!" said Brazovics, trying to give an angular form to his +round face, and taking his hand from the girl's head. "But no accident +happened to him?" + +A curious question. But Timar understood it. + +"He intrusted his property to my care, to deliver it over to you with +his daughter. You were to be her adopted father and the guardian of her +property." + +At these words Herr Brazovics grew sentimental again; he took Timéa's +head between his two hands, and pressed it to his breast. + +"As if she were my own child. I will regard her as my daughter;" and +then again smack! smack! one kiss after another on brow and cheek of the +poor victim. "And what is in this casket?" + +"The gold I was to deliver to you." + +"Very good, Michael. How much is there?" + +"A thousand ducats." + +"What!" cried Brazovics, and pushed Timéa off his knee; "only a thousand +ducats? Michael, you have stolen the rest!" + +Something stirred in Timar's face. "Here is the autograph will of the +deceased. He declares therein that he has given over to me a thousand +ducats in gold, and his remaining property is contained in the cargo, +which consists of ten thousand measures of wheat." + +"That's something more like. Ten thousand measures of wheat, at twelve +gulden fifty a measure in paper money, that makes a hundred and +twenty-five thousand gulden, or fifty thousand gulden silver. Come here, +little treasure, and sit on my knee; you're tired, aren't you? And did +my dear never-to-be-forgotten friend send me any other directions?" + +"He told me to tell you that you must be present in person when the +sacks are emptied, lest they should exchange the grain, for he had +bought a very good quality." + +"Naturally I shall be there in person. How should I not be? And where is +the ship with the grain?" + +"Below Almas, at the bottom of the Danube." + +But now Athanas thrust Timéa right away, and sprung up in a rage. "What! +my fine vessel gone down, as well as the ten thousand measures of wheat! +Oh, you gallows-bird! you rascal! You were all drunk, for certain. I'll +put you all in jail; the pilot shall be in irons; and I shall not pay +one of you. You forfeit your ten thousand gulden caution-money: you +shall never see that again. Go and sue me if you like!" + +"Your vessel was not worth more than six thousand gulden, and is insured +for its full value at the Komorn Marine Insurance Office. You have come +to no harm." + +"If that were true a hundred times over, I should still require +compensation from you, on account of the _lucrum cessans_. Do you know +what that means? If you do, you can understand that your ten thousand +gulden will go to the last kreutzer." + +"So be it," answered Timar, quietly. "We will speak of that another +time; there's time enough. But what we have to do now is to decide what +is to happen to the sunken cargo, for the longer it remains under water, +the more it will be spoiled." + +"What does it matter to me what happens to it?" + +"So you will not take it over? You will not be personally present at the +discharge of cargo?" + +"The devil I will! What should I do with ten thousand measures of soaked +grain? I am not going to make starch of ten thousand measures of corn; +or shall I make paste of it? The devil may take it if he wants it!" + +"Hardly; but the stuff must be sold. The millers, factors, +cattle-dealers, will offer something for it, and the peasants too, who +want seed-corn; and the vessel must be emptied. In that way some money +may be got out of it." + +"Money!" (This word could always penetrate into the cotton-stuffed ears +of the merchant.) "Good. I will give you a permit to-morrow to empty the +vessel and get rid of the cargo in bulk." + +"I want the permit to-day. Before morning everything will be ruined." + +"To-day! You know I never touch a pen at night; it is against my +habits." + +"I thought of that beforehand, and brought the permit with me. You have +only to sign your name to it. Here are pen and ink." + +But now Frau Sophie interrupted with a scream. "Here in my parlor I do +not allow writing to be done! That's the only thing wanting--that my new +carpet should be all spotted with ink. Go to your room if you want to +write. And I won't have this squabbling with your people here in my +rooms!" + +"I should like to know if it isn't my house," growled the great man. + +"And it's my sitting-room!" + +"I am master here!" + +"And I am mistress here!" + +The screeching and growling had the good result for Timar that Herr +Brazovics flew into a rage, and in order to show that he was master in +his own house, seized the pen and signed the power of attorney. But when +he had given it, both fell on Timar, and overwhelmed him with such a +flood of reproaches and invective, that he would willingly have taken +yet another bath in the Danube to wash them away. Frau Sophie only +scolded Timar indirectly, as she abused her husband for giving such a +ragged, dirty fellow, such a tipsy, beggarly scoundrel, a warrant like +that. + +Why had he not given it to any other supercargo than Timar, who would +run away with the money, and drink and gamble till it was gone. + +Timar stood the whole time with the same immovable calm in the midst of +this tumult as that with which he had defied storm and waves at the Iron +Gate. At last he broke silence: "Will you take charge of the money which +belongs to the orphan, or shall I give it over to the City Orphanage?" +(At this last question Brazovics got a great fright.) "Now, then, if you +please, come with me into the office and we will settle the affair at +once, for I don't like servants' squabbles." + +With this hundred-pound insult he succeeded in suddenly silencing both +master and mistress. Against such scolds and blusterers, a good round +impertinence is the best remedy. Brazovics took the light and said, "All +right; bring the money along." Frau Sophie appeared all at once to be in +the best of tempers, and asked Timar if he would not have a glass of +wine first. + +Timéa was quite stunned; of what passed in a foreign language she +understood not a word, and the gestures and looks which accompanied it +were not calculated to enlighten her. Why should her guardian now kiss +and hug her, the orphan, and the next moment push her from him? Why did +he again take her on his lap, only to thrust her away once more? Why did +both of them scream at this man, who remained as calm as she had seen +him in the tempest, until he spoke a few words, quietly, without anger +or excitement, and thereby instantly silenced and overpowered the two +who had been like mad people the minute before, so that they could +prevail as little against him as the rocks and whirlpools and the armed +men. Of all that went on around her, she had not understood one word; +and now the man who had been hitherto her faithful companion, who had +gone "thrice" into the water for her sake, with whom alone she could +speak in Greek, was going away--forever, no doubt--and she would never +hear his voice again. + +Yet no; once again it sounds in her ear. Before he stepped over the +threshold Timar turned to her and said in Greek, "Fraülein Timéa, there +is what you brought away with you." + +And with that he took the box of sweets from under his cloak. Timéa ran +to him, took the box, and hastened to Athalie, in order to present to +her, with the sweetest smile, the gift she had brought from far away. +Athalie opened the box. + +"_Fi donc!_" she exclaimed, "it smells of rose-water, just like the +pocket-handkerchiefs the maid-servants take to church." + +Timéa did not understand the words, but from the pouting lips and +turned-up nose she could easily guess their meaning, and that made her +very sad. + +She made another attempt, and offered the Turkish sweetmeats to Frau +Sophie, who declined with the remark that her teeth were bad, and she +could not eat sweets. Quite cast down, she now offered them to the +lieutenant. He found them excellent, and swallowed three lumps in three +mouthfuls, for which Timéa smiled at him gratefully. + +Timar stood at the door and saw Timéa smile. Suddenly it occurred to her +that she must offer him some of the Turkish delight. But it was already +too late, for Timar no longer stood there. Soon after, the lieutenant +took leave and departed. Being a man of breeding, he bowed to Timéa +also, which pleased her greatly. + +After a time Herr Brazovics returned to the room, and they were now just +the four alone. + +Brazovics and Frau Sophie began to talk in a gibberish which was +intended for Greek. + +Timéa understood a word here and there, but the sense seemed to her more +strange than those languages which were altogether unknown to her. + +They were consulting what to do with this girl whom they had been +saddled with. Her whole property consists of twelve thousand paper +gulden. Even if it were likely that the soaked grain should bring in a +little more, that would not suffice to educate her like a lady, like +Athalie. + +Frau Sophie thought she must be treated as a servant, and get used to +cook and sweep, to wash and iron--that would be some use. With so little +money no one would marry her except some clerk or ship's captain, and +then it would have been better for her to be brought up as a servant and +not a lady. + +But Athanas would not hear of it; what would people say? At last they +agree on a middle course; Timéa is not to be treated like a regular +servant, but take the position of an adopted child. She will take her +meals with the family, but help to wait. She shall not stand at the +wash-tub, but must get up her own and Athalie's fine things. She must +sew what is wanted for the house, not in the maid's room but in the +gentlefolks' apartments; of course she will help Athalie to dress, that +will only be a pleasure to her, and she need not sleep with the maids +but in the same room as Athalie; the latter wants some one to keep her +company and be at her service. In return, Athalie can give her the old +clothes she no longer requires. + +A girl who has only twelve thousand gulden can thank Heaven that such a +fate should fall to her share. + +And Timéa was satisfied with her lot. After the great and +incomprehensible catastrophe which had thrown her on the world, the +lonely creature clung to every being she came near. She was gentle and +obliging. This is the way of Turkish girls. It pleased her to be allowed +to sit by Athalie at supper, and it was not necessary to remind her: she +rose of her own accord to change the plates and wash the spoons, and +did it with cheerful looks and kind attention. She feared to annoy her +guardians if she looked sad, and yet she had cause enough. Especially +she busied herself in trying to help Athalie. Whenever she looked at +her, her face showed the open admiration which young girls feel for a +grown-up beauty; she forgot herself in gazing at the rosy cheeks and +bright eyes of the other. Those innocent minds think any one so lovely +must be very good. + +She did not understand what Athalie said, for she did not even speak bad +Greek, like her parents; but she tried to guess by her eyes and hands +what was wanted. After supper, at which Timéa only ate fruit and bread, +not being used to rich dishes, they went into the salon. + +There Athalie sat down to the piano. Timéa crouched near her on the +footstool and looked with admiration at her rapid execution. Then +Athalie showed her the portrait which the lieutenant had executed, and +Timéa clasped her hands in astonishment. + +"You never saw anything like it?" + +"Where should she have seen such things?" answered the father. "If is +forbidden to the Turks to take a likeness of any one. That is why there +is a revolution just now--because the sultan has had his picture painted +and hung up over the divan. Ali Tschorbadschi was mixed up in the +movement, and was forced to fly. You poor old Tschorbadschi, to have +been such a fool!" + +When Timéa heard her father's name, she kissed the hand of Brazovics. +She supposed he had sent some pious blessing after the dead man. + +Athalie went to bed, and Timéa carried the light for her. Athalie seated +herself at her dressing-table, looked in the glass, sighed deeply, and +then sunk back in her chair tired and cross, with a gloomy countenance. +Timéa would have liked to know why this lovely face had suddenly grown +so sad. + +She took the comb from Athalie's hair and loosened the plaits with a +skillful hand, and then again dressed the richly flowing chestnut locks +for the night in a simple coil. + +She took out the earrings, and her head came so near to Athalie's that +the latter could not help seeing the two contrasting faces in the +mirror. + +One so radiant, rosy, and fascinating, the other so pale and soft; and +yet Athalie sprung up angrily and pushed away the glass. "Let us go to +sleep." The white face had thrown hers into the shade. Timéa collected +the scattered clothes and folded them neatly together by instinct. + +Then she knelt before Athalie and took off her stockings. Athalie +permitted it. + +And after Timéa had drawn them off, and held the snow-white foot, more +perfect than a sculptor's ideal, in her lap, she bent and pressed a kiss +on it. Athalie permitted that too. + + + + +_BOOK SECOND.--TIMÉA._ + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +GOOD ADVICE. + + +Lieutenant Katschuka went through the café and found Timar there gulping +down a cup of black coffee. "I am soaked and frozen, and have a great +deal still to do to-day," he said to the officer, who hastened to press +his hand. + +"Come and have a glass of punch with me." + +"Many thanks, but I have no time now; I must go this instant to the +insurance company, that they may help me with the salvage of the cargo; +for the longer it remains under water the greater the damage. From there +I must run to the magistrate, that he may be in time to send some one to +Almas to receive the power of attorney; then I must go round to the +cattle-dealers and carriers, to induce them to come to the auction; and +later on I must go by the stage to Iotis to find out the starch +manufacturers there: they can make the best use of the wet grain. +Perhaps in this way some of the poor child's property may be saved. But +I have a letter to deliver to you which was given me in Orsova." + +Katschuka read the letter, and then said to Timar, "Very good, my +friend. Do your business in the town, but afterward come to me for half +an hour; I live near the Anglia--over the door hangs a shield with a +large double eagle. While the diligence baits we will drink a glass of +punch and have a sensible talk; be sure you come." + +Timar consented, and went off to look after his business. It might be +about eleven o'clock when he entered the door under the double eagle, +which was near the promenade called in Komorn the Anglia. Katschuka's +private servant waited for him there, and led him up to his master's +room. "Well, I expected," began Timar, "you would have been already +married to Athalie long before I came up from yonder." + +"Yes, comrade, but the affair doesn't get on well; it is delayed by +first one thing and then another. It seems to me as if one of us is not +keen about it." + +"Oh! you may be sure Athalie is keen enough." + +"In this world you can't be sure of anything, least of all a heart. I +only say one thing, long engagements are bad. Instead of getting nearer +to each other people only get further apart, and learn to know each +other's failings and weaknesses. If this occurs after marriage one +thinks, in God's name, we can not go back. Let me advise you, comrade, +if you wish to marry and have fallen in love, don't wait long to think +about it; for if you begin to calculate it will only end in a breach." + +"With you I should fancy there is no danger in calculations about a girl +who is so rich." + +"Riches are relative, my friend. Believe me, every woman knows how to +get rid of the interest of her dowry; and then no one exactly knows the +financial position of Herr Brazovics. A heap of money goes through his +hands, but he does not like striking a proper business-like balance, so +as to show what he has gained or lost by his dealings." + +"For my part I think he is very well off. And Athalie is a very pretty +and clever young lady." + +"Yes, yes; but you need not praise Athalie to me like a horse you take +to market. Let us rather talk of your affairs." + +If Katschuka had been able to look into Timar's heart he would have +found that what they had been talking of _was_ his friend's affair. +Timar had turned the conversation to Athalie because--because he envied +the officer the smile of Timéa's face. It was as if he had said, "You +have no right to Timéa's smile--you are engaged; marry Athalie!" + +"Now, let us talk of serious matters. My friend in Orsova writes me that +I am to befriend you. Good; I will try. You are in a position anything +but pleasant: the ship intrusted to you is wrecked. It is not your +fault, but a great misfortune for you, for every one will now fear to +intrust you with a vessel. Your principal seizes your caution-money, and +who knows whether you can recover it by law. You would like to help the +poor orphan--I see it in your eyes; that she should lose such a pretty +fortune affects you more than any one else. How can we get out of this +with one _coup_?" + +"I know no way out of it." + +"But I do. Listen to me; next week the annual concentration of troops +begins round Komorn. Twenty thousand of them will be maneuvering here +for three weeks. A contract for the bread supply is on hand; large sums +will be paid, and he who goes about it wisely will make a good haul. All +the tenders go through my hands, and I can say beforehand who will get +the contract, for it depends more on what is not contained in the offer +than on what is. Till now Brazovics' tender is the lowest. He is +prepared to undertake the contract at 140,000 gulden, and promises 'the +officials concerned' 20,000 gulden." + +"What do you mean?--the officials concerned?" + +"Don't be so stupid. It is the usual thing that whoever receives such a +large contract should give a present to those who get it for him. It has +always been so since the world began. What else do we live on? You know +that well enough." + +"Certainly; but I never tried it in my own person." + +"Very foolish of you. You burn your fingers for other people, while you +might get the chestnuts out of the fire for yourself, if you knew how to +do it. Send in a tender to undertake the contract at 130,000 gulden, and +promise 30,000 commission." + +"I can not do that for several reasons. First, I have not got the +deposit, which must accompany the tender; then I have not the capital +requisite to buy such quantities of grain and flour; next, I greatly +object to bribery; and lastly, I am not such a bad reckoner as to +persuade myself of the possibility of undertaking with only 130,000 +gulden to complete the contract as well as pay the friendly commission." + +Katschuka laughed at him. "Oh, my dear Michael, you will never be a man +of business. In our line that is always the way. Only to make a groschen +on a gulden is peddler's trade. The chief thing is to have interest, and +you don't want for that; that's what I am good for. We have been good +friends ever since our school days: rely on me. How do you mean you have +no money to deposit? Hand over the receipt for your caution-money of +10,000 gulden which you left with Brazovics--it will be regarded as a +sufficient security--and then I will tell you what to do next; go +quickly to Almas, and bid yourself for the sunken cargo. The grain, +which represents a value of 100,000 gulden, will certainly be knocked +down to you for 10,000. Then you will possess 10,000 measures of corn. +You will promise all the millers in Almas, Fuzito, and Izsaer double pay +if they will grind your corn at once. Meanwhile you build ovens, in +which the corn is immediately baked into bread. Within three weeks it +will all be consumed, and if a bad part slips in, it will be the +business of your 'good friends' to hush it up. At the end of three weeks +you will have a clear gain of at least 70,000 gulden. Believe me, if I +were to take such an affair to your principal, he would seize it with +both hands. I wonder at your slowness." + +Timar thought it over. It was indeed a tempting offer. To make in three +weeks 60,000 or 70,000 gulden--and without much trouble, in complete +security. The first week the ration-bread would be rather sweeter than +usual, the second week rather bitterer, and the third week rather musty. +But soldiers do not look narrowly at such things; they are used to it. + +But yet Timar turned with disgust from this bitter cup. "Oh, Emerich!" +he said, laying his hand on his former schoolmate's shoulder, "where +have you learned such things?" + +"Why," answered the other, with a gloomy face, "there where they are +taught. When I entered on the military career, I was full of romantic +illusions. They are all in ashes now. Then I thought this was the school +of chivalry, the heroic career, and my heart beat high at the thought: +now I know that all in this world is speculation, and that public +concerns are governed by private interests. In the engineers I had +completed my studies, with remarkable, I may say distinguished results. +When I was sent to Komorn, the prospect filled me with pride, at the +opportunity I should have for the development of my capacities in +military engineering. The first plan for the fortifications submitted by +me was declared to be a masterpiece by good judges; but do not imagine +that it was accepted: on the contrary, I received orders to prepare +another, which was more costly, and involved the expropriation of whole +streets in the town. Well, I prepared that too. You will remember that +part of the town which is now an open space--this change cost half a +million. Your principal had some ruinous houses there which he sold at +the price of palaces. And they call that fortification! And for that I +had studied engineering. Well, a man falls by degrees and finds his +level. Perhaps you have heard the anecdote--it is in every mouth--how +the Crown-Prince Ferdinand, when he visited us last year, said to the +commandant of the fortress, 'I thought this fortress was black?' 'Why +should it be black, your imperial highness?' 'Because in the +fortification accounts there are every year 10,000 gulden put down for +ink. I thought the walls must be dyed with ink.' Every one laughed, and +that was the end of it. If nothing comes out, nothing is said; and if +everything comes out, it only raises a laugh. You had better laugh too! +Or will it please you better to be shoved out into the world from the +threshold of the corn-dealer, and sell matches with two kreutzers profit +a day? I have already come down from the ethereal regions. Off, my +friend, to Almas, and buy the sunken wheat. Till ten to-morrow night you +will have time to send in your tender. Listen, there is the +diligence--be off, and see that you get back quickly." + +"I will think it over," said Timar, slowly. + +"Remember that you will do the poor orphan a good turn, if you give +10,000 gulden for her lost property. Otherwise she won't have as many +hundred when the salvage is paid." + +Those words rang in Timar's ears. An invisible hand drove him on. "_Fata +nolentem trahunt!_" says St. Augustine. Soon after, Timar sat again in +the diligence, which galloped away with its four Neudorf horses. In the +town every one slept. Only at the station-house sounded the night +watchman's call. No one has written on his brow what the next day will +bring to him; but from the walls the sentries, wet through with the +autumn rain, challenged in turn "Who goes there?"--"Patrol"--"Pass." + +What sort of bread have these fellows had? + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +THE RED CRESCENT. + + +On the following day, Timar did actually bid for the sunken grain in +company with brokers and millers, who made trifling bids, a few groschen +a measure. Timar got tired of this groschen business, and suddenly +cried, "I will give ten thousand gulden for the whole cargo." When the +bidders heard this they ran away, and it would have been in vain to run +after them. The official auctioneer accepted Timar's offer, and gave +over the whole cargo to him as his property. Every one thought him mad. +What could he do with such a mass of soaked grain? What he did was this. + +He lashed two lighters together, fastened them with iron clamps to the +deck of the sunken ship, and made arrangements to get up the cargo. +There was a change since yesterday in the position of the vessel, for +the stern had sunk so that now the forepart stood out of water, and one +of the two cabins was quite dry. Timar installed himself here, and then +began the hard work. He tore up the deck, and with the help of a crane +drew up one sack after the other. They were first piled near the cabin, +that the water might drain away; then they were transferred to a raft, +and taken ashore: there straw mats were laid, on which the grain was +shaken and spread out. Timar bargained meanwhile with the millers for +immediate grinding of the corn. The weather was favorable, there was a +strong wind, and the corn dried fast. + +If only the work would go on quickly! + +He began to calculate. The little ready money he had would all go to the +payment of the work-people; if the undertaking failed he would be a +beggar. Johann Fabula told him beforehand, that after this senseless +purchase nothing would be left him but to hang the last sack round his +neck, and throw himself into the Danube. A thousand disquieting thoughts +passed through Timar's head, without beginning or end. He looked on till +night-fall, while one sack after the other was propped against the cabin +wall. The sacks all had the same mark--a five-spoked wheel printed in +black on the sacking. In truth, that poor fugitive pasha had been wiser, +if, instead of buying so much grain, he had just put his money in his +knapsack. And to think of pursuing him so obstinately only for this +stuff! Was it worth while to flee only for this, and then actually to +poison himself? Till late evening the work continued, and still only +about three thousand measures were spread out to dry. Timar promised the +laborers double pay if they would work a few hours longer. The grain +which lies a second night under water will hardly make bread. The +sack-carriers worked on cheerfully. + +The wind had dispersed the clouds, and the moon appeared again in the +sunset sky. Heavens and moon were red. + +"How ghostly it looks!" said Timar, and turned his back on the moon, so +as not to see it. + +But even as he stood there, and counted the sacks as they were drawn up, +the red moon rose again before him. This time it was painted on a sack. +In the place where the other sacks bore a wheel of five spokes, here +above the trade-mark a crescent was painted in vermilion. + +A cold shiver ran through Timar. Here was the answer to the riddle! This +was what the dying man meant by his last words. But either his +confidence was not strong enough, or else time had failed him to finish +his phrase. When the laborers turned away Timar took the sack and +carried it into the cabin; no one noticed it, and then he locked the +door behind him. + +The work-people went on for two hours more; but at last they were so +tired, wet, and stiff with water and wind, that they were not in a +condition to go on any longer: the rest of the cargo must wait till the +morrow. The wearied folk hurried to the nearest alehouse to warm +themselves with food and drink. Timar remained alone on board: he said +he wished to count the unloaded sacks, and would row himself ashore in +the little boat. The moon had reached the water with its lower horn, and +seemed to look in at the cabin window. Timar's hand trembled as if with +ague. When he opened the blade of his knife, he cut his hand, and the +drops of blood painted stars on the sack by the side of the red +crescent. He cut the rope with which the sack was tied, and put his hand +in; what he brought out was beautiful white wheat. Then he cut the lower +end of the sack; here too only grain came out. He now slit the whole +sack up, and with the scattered corn, a long leathern bag fell at his +feet. The bag had a lock. He broke it open. + +And then he shook the contents out on to the bed--the same bed where +once the living marble statue had lain. + +What a sight was presented to him in the moonlight! Long rows of rings +strung together--brilliant, sapphire, and emerald rings; armlets of +opals and huge turquoises; pearl bracelets, each bead as large as a +hazel-nut; a necklace of magnificent brilliants of the finest water; an +agate box, from which when he opened it a whole heap of unset diamonds +flashed upon him; at the bottom of the bag a number of agraffes and +girdles, all set with rubies, and four rouleaux, each containing five +hundred louis d'or. Here was an enormous treasure, at least a million +gulden. + +Now one can understand the man fleeing even to the bottom of the Danube, +that this treasure might not fall into the hands of his pursuers. For +this, it was worth while to send a gunboat and spies after the fugitive. +For this, it was worth while to cut the tow-rope in the midst of a storm +at the Iron Gate. + +The "St. Barbara" had carried a million on board! that is no child's +play, no dream--it is reality. Ali Tschorbadschi's treasures lie there +on the wet quilt with which Timéa had once covered herself. Whoever +knows the value of pearls and precious stones, can understand that it +was not for nothing that Ali Tschorbadschi had been Governor of Candia +and guardian of the treasury. + +Timar sat in silent stupefaction on the edge of the bed, and held in his +trembling hands the agate box, whose diamonds sparkled in the moonlight. +He looked away through the window at the moon shining in. Again the moon +seemed to have eyes and mouth, as it is depicted in the almanac, and to +be entering into conversation with the poor mortal. + +"To whom do these treasures belong?" + +"Why, whom should they belong to but you? You bought the sunken cargo, +just as it is, with the sacks and the grain. You were liable to the +danger that it might remain on your hands as spoiled waste, as stinking +rubbish. Now it has turned into gold and jewels. It is true that the +dying man said something about the Red Crescent, and you puzzled your +head as to what he could have meant; you wondered how it was possible +that the refugee should have no more property than was visible. Now you +see clearly how it all hung together; but then, when you bought the +cargo, you did not know--you bought this mass of wet grain for quite +another purpose. You wanted to make sweet and bitter bread out of it for +the poor soldiers. Fate willed otherwise. Do you not see that this is a +sign from Heaven? It would not permit you to make a shameful profit at +the expense of twenty thousand poor soldiers--it has provided for you +otherwise. As Providence has prevented something wicked, that which +happened by its direction must without doubt be good." + +"Besides, to whom should these treasures belong?" + +"The sultan must have stolen them in his victorious campaigns; the +treasurer most probably stole them from the sultan. Both were robbed of +them by the Danube: now they have no owner--they belong to you. You +possess them at any rate with just as much right as the sultan, the +treasurer, and the Danube." + +"And Timéa?" + +At this question a long narrow black cloud rose before the moon's face. + +Timar remained long in thought. The moon appeared again. + +"So much the better for you. You know best how the world treats a poor +devil like you. They scold him when he has done his duty; they call him +a knave when a misfortune overtakes him; they allow him to hang himself +on the nearest tree when he has nothing more to live on; for his +love-sorrows pretty girls have no balm. A poor man remains always only a +clerk. Then see how the world honors the rich man--how people seek for +his friendship, ask his advice, and trust him with the fate of the +nation; and women, how they fall in love with him! Did you ever get even +a friendly word of thanks from their lips? What would you get if you +took the treasure you have found and laid it at her feet with the words, +'There, take what is yours--I saved it for you from the depths?' In the +first place, she would not know how to use it. She can hardly +distinguish the value of a box of diamonds from that of a box of sweets; +she is only a child; and then it would never reach her hands, for her +adopted papa would absorb it and get rid of nine tenths of it. Who can +prevent him from taking one gem at a time and turning it into money? But +granted that Timéa gets it, what would be the result? She would be a +rich lady, who would not cast a look at you from her height; and you +would remain a miserable supercargo, in whom it would be madness even to +dream of her. Now, however, things are the other way--you will be a rich +man and she a poor girl. Is not that exactly what you desired of fate? +Well, that is what has happened. Did you put that log in the way of the +ship which stove her in? Do you mean badly by Timéa? No; you do not want +to keep for yourself the treasures you have found; you will invest them +profitably, increase them, and when you have earned with the first +million a second and a third, then you will go to the poor girl and say, +'There, take it--it is all yours; and take me too.' Do you wish to do +anything wrong with it? You only wish to become rich in order to make +her happy. You can sleep with a good conscience, having such designs." + +The moon was already half hidden in the Danube; only the tip of one horn +rose from the water like a light-house; its reflection in the waves +reached to the ship's bow; and every ray and every wave spoke to Timar. +And they all said, "You have fortune in your hand; hold it fast--you +risk nothing. The only one who knew of the treasure lies below the +Danube." + +Timar heard what was whispered to him, and also the secret voice in his +own breast, and cold drops stood on his brow. The moon's fiery tip +vanished beneath the surface of the water, and cried to him with its +last ray, "You are rich--you are a made man!" + +But when it was dark, the inward voice whispered in the silent night, +"You are a thief!" + +An hour afterward a four-horse post-chaise was rushing along the Szönyer +road at a gallop, and as the tower clock of St. Andrew's Church in +Komorn struck eleven, the carriage stood at the door in the Anglia +under the double eagle. Timar sprung quickly out and hurried in. He was +expected. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +THE GOLD MINE. + + +After the concentration of troops in Komorn, Timar had suddenly become a +wealthy man. He had bought a house in the Servian Street, the "City" of +the Komorn merchants. No one was surprised. The phrase once uttered by +the Emperor Francis I. to a contractor who had remained poor, was, "The +ox stood at the manger, why did he not eat?" These golden words have, I +fancy, been written by every contractor in his memorandum-book. + +How much Timar made by his bread contract it is impossible to say; but +that he has suddenly become a great personage it is easy to see. He is +always on the spot when there is a large undertaking on hand, and has +money in abundance. This is not surprising to merchants or speculators; +the first stage is the difficult one. If once the first hundred thousand +gulden are made, the rest follows of itself--he has credit. + +On one point Herr Brazovics had no doubt whatever. He guessed rightly +that Timar had offered the officials a larger commission than he himself +usually did, and that he had thus obtained the profitable bread contract +by which Brazovics usually enriched himself. But that he should have +made so large a profit out of it--on that point he shook his head +incredulously. Since Timar had risen in the world, and become his own +master, Brazovics cultivated the friendship of his former supercargo, +and invited him to his evening receptions, which Timar accepted +willingly enough. He met Timéa there very often, who had already learned +a little colloquial Hungarian. + +Timar was now welcome even to Sophie, who once half whispered and half +screamed to Athalie that it would do no harm if she was rather more +friendly to him, for he was now a rich man, a far from despicable +_parti_, worth more than three officers put together, who have nothing +but their smart uniform and their debts. To which Fraülein Athalie +replied, "It does not follow that I should take my father's servant for +a husband." Frau Sophie could finish the sentence for herself--"Because +my papa married his maid-servant"--in which lay a well-earned reproach +to Frau Sophie. How could she have dared to intrude herself in the +capacity of mother upon such a grand young lady! + +Toward the end of supper one evening, as the two sat alone at table, +Herr Brazovics began to incite Timar to drink, by repeatedly taking wine +with him. His own head was pretty strong from constant practice, but +this poor devil could never have been used to the bottle. + +When they were well on the road, he cunningly brought up the subject. +"You, Michael, out with the truth now--how did you contrive to profit so +much by the commissariat contract? I have tried it myself, and I know +what can be got out of it. I also have mixed feldspar, bran, and +millers' dust with the dough; I understand how to get acorns ground +instead of corn, and know the difference between rye and wheat flour; +but to make such a _coup_ as you have done has never happened to me. +Confess now! What trick were you up to? You are already wealthy--you +have found a gold mine." + +Timar put on the look of a tipsy man who required six horse-power to +raise his eyelids, and began with drunken fluency and a stammering +tongue to explain. "Well, you must know, sir--" + +"No sir to me! How often have I told you! Call me by my name." + +"Well, then, you must know, Nazi, it was no trick. You remember that I +bought in the soaked grain-cargo of the 'St. Barbara' at a nominal +price, a gulden a measure. I did not get rid of it, as people fancied, +to the millers and farmers, with a profit of a couple of groschen; but I +had it baked into bread at once, which did not cost me half so much as +if I had bought the very cheapest flour." + +"Oh, you prodigy! I ought to go to school to you in my old age. You +arch-rascal! Was the ration-bread very bad, then?" + +Michael laughed so that the wine almost ran out of his mouth again. "I +should just think it was bad--bad beyond words." + +"And were no complaints laid before the commissariat committee?" + +"What use would that have been, when I had the whole lot of them in my +pocket?" + +"But the commandant of the fortress, the inspector of ordnance?" + +"I squared them too," cried Michael, proudly, striking his pocket, in +which so many great men had found room. The eyes of Herr Brazovics shone +in a curious way, as if they were even redder than usual. "And did you +give the bread made of soaked wheat to the soldiers to eat?" + +"Why not? Bread once swallowed tells no tales." + +"Quite true, Michael, quite true; but you be careful not to tell any one +yourself. You can tell me, of course--I am your true friend; but if one +of your enemies got wind of it, it might go badly with you. Your house +in the Servian Street might go too. Hold your tongue before other +people." + +On this Timar began, like one who has suddenly come to his senses, to +entreat Herr Brazovics not to betray his secret and make him miserable; +he even kissed his hands. Brazovics pacified him, he need not be uneasy +about him, he must not let out his secret to others. Then he called the +servant and ordered him to take a lantern and go home with Herr Timar, +and take good care of him that he should come to no harm, and if he were +unable to walk, to take his arm. When the servant returned, he related +what trouble it had cost him to get Timar home; he had not known his own +door, and had begun to sing in the street. They had at last got him to +bed, and there the good gentleman had instantly gone to sleep. But when +Brazovics' servant had gone, Timar left his bed, and wrote letters until +morning. + +He had not been in the least tipsy. Timar was as certain that his dear +friend would at once give information of the whole affair as that Monday +comes after Sunday; and he also knew to whom. + +It was therefore no surprise to him that, a few days later, after an +evening spent with Brazovics, he was cited to appear at the fortress, +where a gentleman entitled "Financial Privy Counselor" gave him to +understand that he was to remain for the present under strict +observation, and demanded his keys, in order to lay an embargo on his +books and papers. + +This will be a big thing. Timar's secret had been denounced to the +general chamber of finance, which was in rivalry with the leaders of the +council of war. Here was an opportunity to reveal in the most +conspicuous way the scandals which took place in the bosom of this +community, and to remove from it the control of the commissariat. The +accusation was supported by the three high courts--only the police +department was on the side of the council of war. At last the chamber +gave its decision, and a commission was appointed, with strict +injunctions to spare no one, to suspend the whole department of supply, +to request the commandant to arrest the contractor, commence a criminal +suit, and discover everything. If one morsel of musty bread should +appear against Timar, woe to him! + +But nothing of the sort was found. For eight days the commission worked +day and night. They heard witnesses, took oaths, inquired, had the +provost up--all in vain, no one could say anything against Timar. From +the whole inquiry it was proved that he had divided the spoiled cargo +among millers, country people, and manufacturers; that not one single +handful had been mixed with the bread baked for the troops. They had +even the soldiers up to give evidence. They said they had never eaten +better bread than during the two weeks when it was provided by Timar. No +complaint, no adverse witness appeared against him, much less could the +officials be accused of corruption; they had given the contract to him +who offered the best and lowest terms. At last they boiled over; they +felt insulted by the inquiry, stormed and rattled their swords; the +commission, driven into a corner, got alarmed, revoked, rehabilitated, +and tried to get away from Komorn as quickly as possible. Timar was set +free with many excuses, and with the assurance that he was a thoroughly +honest man. + +At his acquittal Herr Katschuka was the first who hastened to +congratulate him, and shook his hand demonstratively in public. "My +friend, you must not put up with this quietly; you must have +satisfaction for it. Just fancy, they suspected _me_ of being bribed! Go +to Vienna and demand reparation; the informer must have an exemplary +punishment. And in future," he added aside, "you may be sure no one will +ever get us out of the saddle. Strike while the iron is hot." + +Timar promised to do so, and mentioned his intention to Brazovics when +he next met him. The latter seemed furious at the ill-treatment his +friend Michael had received. Who could the scoundrel be who had so +libeled him? + +"Whoever it may be," Timar declared, "shall rue it dearly; and if he has +a house in Komorn, I'll lay my head that this joke will cost him his +home. I am going to-morrow morning to Vienna, to demand satisfaction +from the treasury." + +"Yes, do so, by all means," said Brazovics; and thought to himself, +"Just as well that I know it; I shall be there too." + +And he happened to get there a day sooner than Timar. There, with the +assistance of his old connections, he so prepared the way (which cost +him a mint of money) that if once Timar set his foot in this labyrinth, +he would never get out again. From the treasury he will be sent to the +high court; there the affair will be given over to the judicial office, +thence to the superintendent of police, and from there to the secret +department of finance. + +The unfortunate plaintiff at last loses patience, gets angry, and says a +few impudent words--even possibly gets them printed. Then the censor +gets hold of him, and at last he begs to be let go, and swears never +again to pull the bell at any public office. He will be a fool for his +pains if he tries to get justice. But Timar was not a fool; he was far +cleverer than either of his advisers--than both put together. He had +grown cunning from the time when he let himself be persuaded to take the +first wrong step: he knew already that you should never tell any one the +real thing you are going to do. At Pancsova, when he snapped his fingers +at the authorities, he had shown what talents lay undiscovered in him. +Then he had done in another's interest what could be of no use to +himself: he did what he was told to do, and humbugged the pursuers; now +he was doing it in his own interest. Being in possession of the +treasure-trove, he must find some excuse for appearing as a rich man +before the public. He must pretend to be a speculator who had been lucky +in his business. In his very first affair he must be reputed to have +made large sums. If people imagined he had made his money by corrupt +means, that was the lesser evil; and it could not be proved, for it was +not true. He had been put to such great expense by the contract, that +hardly any profit was left; but he was in a position to buy houses and +ships, and pay in gold, and every one thought the money at his disposal +came from his successful tender. He required a pretext, a title, a +visible ground, in order to go quietly forward with the help of +Tschorbadschi's wealth. + +What, then, did he do in Vienna? + +He must ask for compensation from the exchequer, and could reckon on the +support of the war department. From his friends at Komorn he had +received letters of recommendation to the most influential officials. He +left all these letters at the bottom of his trunk, and went direct to +the chancellor himself, of whom he requested an audience. The minister +was pleased that this man did not try to get in by backstairs influence, +but came direct by the front entrance. He admitted him. The minister was +a tall man with a clean-shaven face, an imposing double chin, severe +brows, and very bald. On his breast shone numerous orders. He had stuck +both hands under his coat-tails when this poor individual with the big +mustache was shown in. Timar wore a simple black Hungarian costume. + +The first question of his excellency to Timar was, "Why do you not wear +a sword when you come to an audience?" + +"I am not a noble, gracious sir." + +"Indeed! I suppose you have come to me to ask for compensation for your +arrest and the injury which was inflicted on you?" + +"Far from it," answered Timar. "The government only did its duty in +proceeding against greater men than I, as well as myself, on the ground +of apparently well-founded information. As I am not of nobility, it is +of no consequence to me to lay damages on account of my injured honor. +Indeed, I owe gratitude to the informer as well as to the court, for +having by their strict inquiry made it perfectly clear that my hands +were clean all through my contract." + +"Oh, then, you have no intention of demanding satisfaction from the +informer?" + +"On the contrary, I should think it unadvisable to do so, for many an +honest man might be prevented from revealing real abuses. My honor is +established: it is not my nature to revenge myself. Besides, I have +neither time nor desire for it. Forgive and forget." + +While Timar spoke, his excellency had already taken one hand from under +his coat-tails in order to clap Timar on the shoulder. + +"That is a very practical way of looking at it. You can do better than +losing time by running about after vengeance. A very sensible idea. What +brings you, then, to me?" + +"A tender for which I need your excellency's protection." + +The excellency stuck his hand behind him again. + +"The crown has a property on the frontier, in Levetincz." + +"H'm!" grumbled the great man, and frowned. "What do you want with it?" + +"In my business as a wholesale dealer, I have often been there, and know +the local circumstances. The crown lands extend to thirty thousand +acres, and are let to Silbermann, the Vienna banker, at forty kreutzers +an acre. The conclusion of this contract lies within the province of the +treasury; but the disposal of the income belongs to the military +department. This income amounts to a hundred thousand gulden. Silbermann +divided the estate into three parts, and let to subtenants at a gulden +an acre." + +"Of course he wanted to make something out of it." + +"Naturally. The subtenants let the land in smaller parcels to the +peasantry for a certain percentage of the crops. But now, after two bad +harvests, the land in the Banat has not even grown enough for seed-corn. +The peasants got nothing, and could not give any percentage to the +subtenants, who paid nothing to the crown lessee; and he, in order to +get rid of his contract, went bankrupt, and paid no rent to the +government." + +Now both hands of the great official came out and began to gesticulate. +"Yes; because he lived in princely luxury, the rascal! Just imagine, he +kept horses which cost eight thousand gulden, and drove them about. Now +they are up for sale. I am an 'excellency,' but I am not in a position +to keep such costly horses as those." + +Timar took no notice, and continued his remarks: "The treasury now is +defrauded of its rent, for there is nothing to seize. The tenant and the +subtenants are married; their whole property belongs to their wives +under the name of dowry. The hundred thousand gulden are lost to the +military department, which, I have been told, will claim the sum from +the exchequer." + +The chancellor opened his snuff-box, and while he put his two fingers in +for a pinch, he threw an inquiring look on the speaker with one eye. + +"My humble offer therefore is," continued Timar, laying a folded paper +on the table, "to rent the Levetincz estate for ten years at the price +paid by the sub-lessees--namely, a gulden an acre." + +"Very good." + +"The new tenant will already have lost a year, for it is November, and +all the fields are lying fallow. But in spite of that, I offer not only +to include the past year in the term, but also to be responsible for the +irrecoverable rent." + +His excellency tapped twice on the lid of his gold snuff-box, and pursed +his lips together. Well, thought he, this is a man of gold. He is not +such a fool as he looks. He guesses that the treasury would like to take +the commissariat out of the hands of the war office, and that all this +was mixed up with the inquiry at Komorn. Then, after that horrible +fiasco, the clattering swords are at the top of the tree, and would be +very glad to get the manipulation of the lands on the military frontier +into their own hands. They think it would be a good milch-cow, and the +deficit caused by the bankruptcy of the Levetincz tenant gives them a +pretext. And now this fellow does not combine with the enemies of the +treasury which persecuted him, but comes over to us, and will improve +our position and help us out of our difficulty. A man of gold indeed, +and to be properly appreciated! "Good!" said his excellency; "I see you +are an honest man. You had some cause to complain of us, but abstained: +you will see that this is the right way for a good citizen to act. Just +to show you that the state knows how to reward patriotic subjects, I +guarantee you the acceptance of your offer. Come to my office to-night. +I pledge you my word as to the result." + +Timar presented his offer in writing, and took leave with low bows. His +excellency was pleased with this man. In the first place, he is wise +enough to look over the injustice done to him, which if he had followed +it up would have brought unpleasant scandal on the department. Secondly, +he offers the government an advantageous rent, fifty per cent higher +than the last. Thirdly, he comes to the aid of the exchequer with a +generous offer, and enables them victoriously to repel the attack of the +war department. He is a threefold man of gold--no, fourfold--but of that +his excellency knows nothing as yet. He was to learn it for the first +time when he went home to dinner at his palace, and his stud-groom +informed him that the gentleman from Hungary who had been commissioned +by his excellency to bid for the eight thousand gulden horses had +brought them home, and would personally report particulars of their +price to his excellency. + +A four-fold treasure! + +When Timar visited the great man in his office that evening, he saw on +every face a polite smile--the reflection of gold. His excellency met +him at the door, and led him to the table. There lay the contract +outspread; complete with all signatures, with the greater and lesser +seals affixed. "Read--I hope you will be satisfied." + +The first thing which surprised Timar was that the lease ran for twenty +years instead of ten. + +"Well, are you satisfied with the term." + +Was he satisfied! The second surprising thing was his own name, "Michael +Timar, Baron von Levetinczy." + +"Do you like your title?" + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +MICHAEL TIMAR, BARON VON LEVETINCZY. + + +"The diploma of nobility shall be sent to you," said the great man with +a gracious smile. + +Timar signed his name, with the addition of his new title, to the +contract. + +"Do not be in a hurry," said his excellency, "I have something more to +say. It is a duty of the government to distinguish those who have +deserved it by their services to the nation. Especially in regard to +such as have won universal recognition in the regions of commerce and +political economy. Could you name any one whom I could recommend in the +highest quarters for the decoration of the Iron Crown?" + +His excellency was quite prepared to receive for answer--"Here is my own +button-hole, sir; you can find no better place for your order of merit. +If you only want an honest man, here am I." And the offer was made with +this idea. + +So much the greater was the astonishment of the minister when Michael +Timar-Levetinczy after a brief pause replied--"Yes, sir, I will make so +free as to point out a person who has long enjoyed universal respect, +who has secretly been the benefactor of the district where he lives; it +is no other than the Dean of Plesscovacz, Cyril Sandorovics, who +deserves this distinction in an imminent degree." + +The minister started back. An individual had never before come under his +notice who, on being asked--"To whom shall I give this order," had not +turned to the mirror, and pointing to himself, replied--"Give it to this +worthy man!" but who instead of that had indicated with his finger the +furthest limit of the national map, and there seeking out a country +priest, not his brother-in-law or godfather, not even a priest of his +own church, had said--"This is a better man than I." Indeed this is a +man of pure gold. A gold worker would have to mix at least three carats +of silver with him before he would be malleable. But as the question has +been asked, it must be seriously considered. "Good, good," replied the +great man, "but the bestowal of an order involves certain formalities. +The sovereign can not contemplate the eventuality of a refusal: the +person to whom such a distinction falls must go through the form of +personally applying for it." + +"His reverence is a very modest man, and would only, if I know him, +decide on such a step on receiving an invitation from high quarters." + +"Indeed? I understand. A line from my hand would suffice? Good. As it is +recommended by you, it shall be done. Yes; the state must reward modest +merit." + +And the great man wrote with his own hand a few lines to the Rev. Dean +Cyril Sandorovics, with the assurance that, if he desired it, he should +receive the decoration of the Iron Crown in return for services. Timar +thanked his excellency warmly for this favor, and was assured of his +high protection for all future time. And, further, Timar had the +pleasure of finding that in the whole office, where one generally has to +go through every kind of tiresome formality, here every one was at his +service, so that he only required an hour to get through his business, +while it would have taken any one else weeks before he could get out of +this official labyrinth. The water-jug of the Orsova purifier was there +in an invisible shape! + +It was night before he had packed all the documents relative to his +completed contract in his portmanteau. And now for speed! He neither +supped nor slept, but hastened to the Golden Lamb, where the mail-cart +put up. In the bar he bought a roll and a smoked sausage, which he put +in his pocket; he could eat them on the journey. Then he called to the +driver, "We must be off at once--spare neither whip nor horses. I will +give you a gulden an hour for yourself, and pay double price for my +place." It was needless to say more. + +Two minutes later the mail-cart was dashing through the streets of +Vienna with great cracking of whips, the police in vain calling out that +it was forbidden in Vienna. The courier-posts, which at that time took +the place of railways, formed one connected chain between Vienna and +Semlin. The horses stood harnessed day and night, and as soon the crack +of the whip at one end of the village announced the approach of the +post, the postmaster brought out the new team from the stable, and in +two minutes the cart with the fresh horses rolled away over hill and +dale at a gallop. If two post-carts met on the road they changed horses +and drivers, who then had only half the distance to go back. The speed +of the journey was regulated by the amount of the pay. + +Timar sat in the cart two days and nights without getting down for a +meal, let alone a night's rest. He was quite used to sleeping in the +carriage, in spite of shaking and rolling and knocking about. + +On the evening of the second day he was in Semlin, whence he drove all +night to the first village on the Levetinczy estate. + +It was fine mild weather for the first of December. He drove to the +little town hall, and sent for the village judge; he told him he was the +new tenant of the estate, and requested him to make known to the farmers +that they could rent the land in shares as in former years. During the +two last years the fields which bore no fruit had lain as good as +fallow, so that there would be a prospect of a rich harvest for the next +season. The weather was favorable, the autumn lasting long; by setting +to work at once there was still time to plow and sow. + +That was all very well, they replied; plowing could be managed if the +principal thing, seed-corn, were not wanting. It was not to be got for +love or money. The landowners had only with the greatest difficulty +secured any for themselves; poor people would have to live on maize all +the winter. + +Timar gave the consoling assurance that he would take care that they did +not want for seed-corn, and so he went through the other villages whose +inhabitants farmed as subtenants, and who, on his permission, got out +their plows and went to turn over the fields which had been allowed to +lie fallow a whole year. But where was the seed to come from? It was too +late to get grain from Wallachia, and there was none in the +neighborhood. But Timar knew where to get it. On the 2d December he +reached Plesscovacz, whence a short time before he had almost been +driven by force, and sought out his reverence, Cyril Sandorovics, who +had then turned him out of his house. + +"Aha! my son, are you here again?" This was his reception by the +venerable gentleman, that friend and benefactor of the people who ought +long ago to have received the order of the Iron Crown if he had not been +so retiring. "What do you want now? To buy grain? I told you two months +ago I had none, and could not sell any. It is no use talking! You will +lie in vain, for I don't believe a word you say. You have a Greek name +and a long mustache. I don't trust your face." + +Timar smiled. "Well, this time nothing but truth shall pass my lips." + +"Tell that to the other people. You dealers from the upper country are +always deceiving us. You pretend there was a poor harvest in your parts +and drive our prices down. When you wanted to buy hay from us, you +spread the report that the government was going to sell all its horses. +You are a rascally lot." + +"But now I tell you the truth. I am here with a commission from the +government to beg your reverence in their name to open your granaries. +The government having heard that the people are in need of seed-corn, +wishes to divide among them some supplies of grain. This is a sacred +purpose, a great benefit to be conferred on the people, and whoever +assists them in this renders them a great service. I am not to receive +the grain, but it is to be delivered to the farmers, who will use it for +seed-corn." + +"My son, that is all very true, and I am very sorry for the poor people, +but I have no grain. Where should I get it? I had no harvest. There is +my great stupid barn, but all three floors are empty." + +"It is not empty, reverend sir. I know very well that three years' +harvest is stored away there: I could get at least ten thousand measures +out of it." + +"You would get trash. Spare yourself the trouble. I would not sell for +five gulden a measure; in the spring it will be seven gulden, and then I +will sell. You lie in your throat when you say the government sends you; +you only want to make your own profit, and not a grain will you get from +me. Much the government knows about you and me; we might as well be in +the moon for all it cares!" + +Till now the fortress had held out bravely against small arms. But Timar +put his hand in his pocket and brought out a four-and-twenty pounder, +the minister's letter. When the reverend gentleman had read it he could +hardly believe his own eyes. + +The great seal on the envelope with the imperial double eagle, the stamp +of the exchequer on the paper, left no room for doubt. It was no +deception but the absolute truth. + +To wear that brilliant cross upon his breast had long been the _ne plus +ultra_ of his dreams. Timar knew of this weakness of the dean's, who +often, as they sat over their wine, had bitterly complained of the +injustice of the government in heaping decorations on the patriarch at +Carlovitz. Why give all to one and send the other empty away? Now he had +attained his greatest desire--how the peasants will gape at him when he +has attached this order to his breast, and how the Tschaikiss captain +will envy him, having none of his own! Even the patriarch will be a +degree more condescending in future. Meanwhile, his own manner to Timar +had suddenly undergone a great change. + +"Sit down, little brother!" (until now he had not even offered a +seat)--"tell me, how did you get to know their excellencies? Why did +they intrust the letter to you?" + +Timar told him some story or other, and lied like print. He had given up +his post under Brazovics and taken service under government. He had +great influence with the minister, and it was he who had recommended his +reverence for this distinction, as a good old friend of his own. + +"I knew you were not such a fool as you look; that's why I have always +liked you so much. Now, my son, because you have such a beautiful Greek +name, and such an honest face, you shall have the grain. How much do you +want? Ten, twelve thousand measures? I will sell you all I have. Not to +please the minister, no, indeed! but for the sake of your own honest +face, and to do good to the poor people. What price did I say? Five +gulden? I will tell you what, I will give it to _you_ for four gulden +nineteen kreutzers. You pay cash down? Or shall I get the money in +Vienna? I shall be going there, and can do it at the same time. I must +thank his excellency in person for this honor. You will come and +introduce me? Or if you want to have nothing to do with it, tell me at +any rate what sort of a man he is. Is he big or little, friendly or +haughty? Will he give me the cross himself? Does he like good Carlovitz +and Vermuth? Now then, you shall taste some yourself." + +In vain Timar assured him he must go back that night to Levetinczy, to +give orders to the steward to send the tenants for the seed-corn. The +friendly host would not part with his guest, but placed the servant at +his disposal, who could ride to Levetinczy and deliver the instructions. +Michael must remain overnight with him. The reverend gentleman had +glasses with rounded bottoms, which when they were filled could not be +laid down till they were empty. He gave one to Timar, took another +himself, and so they caroused till morning. And Timar showed no signs of +drink; he had lived in that district and had got used to it. Early in +the morning the farmers came with their wagons to the dean's court-yard. +When they saw that the doors of the three-storied granary were really +open, they said to Timar he was the right sort of saint and could work +miracles. In the barn were supplies for three years, more than was +required for all their winter seed. + +Timar never left the estate he had rented until the winter frosts set +in, which stopped field-work for the season. But it was enough for the +present. The remaining acres would do for spring-sowing, or as fallows, +or for pasture. On the whole estate of thirty thousand acres there were +only a few hundred acres of meadow-land, all the rest was arable and of +the first class. If the next year should be favorable, the harvest would +be superabundant. + +It was sown at exactly the right time. October remained dry and windy to +the end. Those who had sown before that might be sure of a bad crop, for +the legions of marmots had scratched out the seed before it sprung up. +Those who sowed during the wet November were no better off, for it had +snowed early, and in the warm ground, under the snow-covering, the seed +rotted; but when the snow had melted, a long mild spell set in which +lasted till Christmas. Whoever had sown then could congratulate himself; +the marmots were gone; frost now came before snow, and under the +beautiful white covering the treasure intrusted to the soil lay safely +hidden till spring. Farming is a game of chance. Six or nothing! Timar +threw six. + +Then followed such a fruitful year that whoever had profited by the +favorable season in Banat received twenty-fold in crops. + +In this year Timar brought thirty cargoes of the finest wheat to Komorn +and Raab, and these thirty had cost him no more than three to another +person. It depended on himself whether to make half a million of profit +or a hundred thousand more or less--either to make poor people's bread +cheaper, or to hold a knife to the throat of his competitors. + +It lay with him to drive prices down as low as he chose. In Brazovics' +café there was angry talk every evening among the assembled +corn-dealers. He scatters money like chaff, and squanders his goods as +if they were stolen. If only he would come among them they would get him +by the throat! + +But he does not come; he goes nowhere and seeks no acquaintances. He +takes care to tell no one what he is going to do, and all he undertakes +turns into gold. Many new industries are called into being by him, which +might have occurred to anyone else: they lay, so to speak, in the +street, and only wanted picking up; but they were only noticed by others +when this man had already got hold of them. He is always in movement, +traveling here and there, and people wonder why he goes on living in +this town; why he does not move to Vienna; why he, who is so rich, has +his headquarters in Komorn, though it was certainly then an important +commercial center. + +Timar knows what keeps him there. He knows why he lives in a town where +all his mercantile colleagues are his sworn enemies, where the people +sitting before Brazovics' café send a curse after him every time he +passes. That house too he means to get into his clutches, with all that +therein is. This it was which kept him in Komorn, when already he was +the owner of a million and a half; he remained where they still called +him Timar, and had not got used to his noble title of Levetinczy. + +Yet he knew how to suit noble deeds to his noble name. He founded an +hospital for the poor of the town, he endowed the Protestant schools; +even the chalice turned to gold in his hands. Instead of the silver one +he presented a golden one to the church. His door was always open to the +poor, and every Friday a long line of beggars went through the streets +to his house, where each received a piece of money, the largest copper +coin in existence, the so-called "schuster-thaler." People said that +when a sailor was drowned, Timar maintained his orphans and gave a +pension to his widow. A heart of gold indeed! A man of gold! + +But in his heart a voice continually whispered, "It is not true! It is +all false!" + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +A GIRL'S HEART. + + +Herr Brazovics usually drank coffee after dinner, and had it served in +the ladies' sitting-room, which he filled unmercifully with clouds of +Latakia tobacco. + +Katschuka sat whispering with Athalie at a little table, at the corner +of which Frau Sophie pretended to be busy sewing. (For years this table +had been ostentatiously spread with needle-work and knitting, so that +visitors might imagine they were occupied with the trousseau.) + +Herr Katschuka almost lived in the house; he came in the forenoon, was +pressed to stay to dinner, and only found his way home late in the +evening. + +It would appear that the fortifications of Komorn were complete, as the +engineer officer had the whole day to spend with Fraülein Athalie. But +the fortifications of Herr Katschuka's own fortress could not hold out +any longer--the time was come for his marriage. He resisted like a +second Zriny. When driven from the outworks, he retreated to the +citadel. He always had some plausible pretext for delaying the marriage. +Now, however, the last mine had been exploded. His deposit was indorsed +by the Brazovics firm, and the council of war had accepted their receipt +instead of money down; a house had been found for the young couple, and +besides all this Katschuka had received his promotion to the rank of +captain. This removed his last excuse; the last cartridge of the +besieged had been expended, and nothing remained but to capitulate, and +take the rich and beautiful girl home. + +Herr Brazovics became more and more venomous every day when he drank his +coffee with the ladies; and the man by whom his coffee was poisoned was +always Timar. + +This was his daily _delenda est Carthago_. + +"What confounded tricks that fellow is up to! While other honest dealers +are glad to rest in winter from their labors, he is busy with things +that no cat would think of. He has hired the Platten-See now, and fishes +under the ice: a little while ago his people caught three hundredweight +of fish in one haul. It is a theft! Before the spring comes he will have +cleared the Platten-See, so that not a single perch, not a shad nor a +roach, not a garfish, let alone a fogasch,[1] will be left in it. And +he sends them all to Vienna. As if that was what fogasch swam in the +Balaton lake for--that those Germans might eat them! The damned +scoundrel! The government ought to set a price on his head. Sooner or +later I will get rid of him, that's certain. When he goes over the +bridge I will get a couple of fishermen to throw him into the Danube; I +will pay a sentry a couple of gulden to shoot him by accident when he +passes in the dark; I'll turn a mad dog into his yard, that it may bite +him when he comes out in the morning. They ought to hang the rascal! +I'll set his house on fire, that he may burn with it! And they ennoble +such a fellow! In the town council they make him assessor, and the +good-for-nothing sits at the green table with me. I, whose grandfather +was of ancient Hungarian nobility, must suffer him near me, this runaway +rogue! + +[Footnote 1: Leucia perca.] + +"But just let him attempt to come near this café. I'll set a band upon +him who will throw him out of the window and break his neck! If ever I +sat down to table with him I would season his soup so that he would soon +be on his back like a dead fish! And this vagabond pays visits to +ladies! This Timar, this former supercargo, who used to be a mud-lark! +If he happened to be in the company of a brave officer who would call +him out, and spit him like a frog--so!" + +Herr Brazovics threw a meaning glance on Herr Katschuka, who seemed as +if he had heard nothing. He had heard well enough; but what had +principally struck him in the monologue of his future father-in-law was +that the new millionaire must have made a great breach in the riches of +Herr Brazovics, and that this rage was caused by the threatened ruin of +the firm. A thought not calculated to increase the officer's joy at the +approaching wedding-day. + +"No; I will not wait for some one else to get rid of him!" said +Brazovics at last, and stood up, laid aside his chibouque, and fetched +his bamboo cane from its corner. "I have a dagger. I bought it since the +fellow settled here, on purpose for him" (and that he might be believed +he drew the sharp blade out of his sword-stick). "There it is! The first +time we meet alone, I will stick it into him and nail him to the wall +like a bat. And that I swear!" + +And he tried by rolling his bloodshot eyes to give emphasis to his +threat. He drank the rest of his coffee standing, drew on his overcoat, +and said he was going to business. + +He would come home early (that is, early in the morning). Every one was +glad when he went. + +Just as Herr Brazovics went carefully down the steps to the street--for +his corpulence prevented his running down-stairs--who should come to +meet him but--Timar! + +Now is his chance; at striking distance, and in a dark place where no +one can see them. We know by history that most murders are committed on +the stairs. Timar had no weapon with him, not even a walking-stick; but +Herr Athanas had a stiletto two feet long. + +When he saw Timar, he put his sword-stick under his arm, and cried aloud +as he took off his hat, "Your obedient servant! good-day to you, Herr +von Levetinczy!" + +Timar answered with a "Servant, Nazi--off to business again?" + +"He! he! he!" laughed Herr Brazovics jovially, like a boy who is caught +in a bit of mischief. "Now then, Michael, won't you keep us company?" + +"Shouldn't think of it. If you want to win a couple of hundred gulden +from me, I had better pay them now; but to sit the whole night gambling +and drinking, no, thank you." + +"He! he! he! Well, go up to the ladies then; they are upstairs. A +pleasant evening to you. I sha'n't see you again to-day." + +And they parted with a hearty shake of the hand, for Herr Athanas does +not mean anything by his threats. No one is afraid of him, in spite of +his frightful voice and imposing appearance, not even his +wife--especially his wife. He knows well enough that Timar goes +regularly to his house, and arranges to be away when he comes. Frau +Sophie has not concealed her opinion that the visits are doubtless owing +to the fine eyes of Athalie. Well, that is Katschuka's affair: if he +does not spit his rival like a frog it is his own fault; he has been +warned. But he does not seem inclined to do it, though Timar and Athalie +are often together. + +And why the devil should the captain challenge Timar? They are as good +friends as ever they were. + +Herr Brazovics guessed--indeed he had means of knowing--that it was no +other than Captain Katschuka who had opened the door through which Timar +had attained his riches. Why he had done so was easy to imagine. He +wanted to get rid of Athalie, and it would suit him very well if +Brazovics intervened and forbid him the house. + +But that was just what he did not do, but overflowed with tenderness for +the captain--his son-in-law. There was no way out of it: he must marry +Athalie. The captain has long been betrothed to Athalie, to whom a +dangerous rival pays daily court--a rich man whom he ought to hate, +because he left him in the lurch in the quarrel between the treasury and +the war office, and yet the captain is so fond of his old friend that he +is capable of forgiving him if he ran away with his bride. + +Athalie despises Timar, once her father's clerk, but treats him +nevertheless in a friendly way. She is passionately in love with the +captain, but pays attention to Timar in his presence to make him +jealous. + +Sophie hates Timar, but receives him with honeyed words, as if it were +her dearest wish to have him for her son-in-law, and live under the same +roof with him. + +Timar, on the other hand, means to ruin the whole of them--the master, +the mistress, the young lady, and the bridegroom; all of them he would +like to turn into the street, and yet he visits at the house, kisses the +ladies' hands, and endeavors to make himself agreeable. + +They are all civil to him. Athalie plays the piano to him. Frau Sophie +keeps him to supper, and offers him coffee and preserved fruits. Timar +drinks the coffee with the thought that perhaps there is rat-poison in +it. + +When the supper-table is brought, Timéa appears, and helps to lay it. +Then Timar hears no more of Athalie's words or music; he has eyes only +for Timéa. It was a pleasure to see the pretty creature. She was fifteen +and already almost a woman, but her expression and naïve awkwardness +were those of a child. She could speak Hungarian, though with a curious +accent, and sometimes with a wrong word or phrase--ridiculous, of +course, but not wholly unknown even in Parliament, and during the most +serious debates. + +Athalie had made an acquisition in Timéa: she had now some one to make +fun of. The poor child served her as a toy. She gave her old clothes to +wear which had been fashionable years ago. At one time people wore a +high comb turned backward, over which the hair was drawn, and on the top +rose a gigantic bow of colored ribbon. They wore crinoline round their +shoulders instead of their waists, having huge sleeves stuffed and +padded. This dress looked well when in fashion; but a few years after +the vogue had passed, its revival suggested a masquerade. + +Athalie found it amusing to dress up Timéa thus. In taste the poor +child, never having seen European fashions, stood on a par with a wild +Indian: the more remarkable the dress the better she liked it. She was +charmed when Athalie dressed her in the queer old silk gowns, and struck +the high comb and bright ribbon in her hair. She thought she looked +lovely, and took the smiles of the people whom she met in the street for +admiration, hastening on so as not to be stared at. In the town she was +always called "the mad Turkish girl." + +And it was easy to make fun of her without her taking it ill. Athalie +took special delight in making the poor child an object of ridicule +before gentlemen. If young men were present, she encouraged them to pay +court to Timéa, and it amused her highly when she saw that Timéa +accepted these attentions seriously; how pleased she was to be treated +like a grown-up lady, to be asked to dance at balls, or when some +pretended admirer offered her a faded bouquet, and extracted some quaint +expression of thanks in reply, which caused the company to burst into +fits of laughter. How Athalie's laugh resounded on these occasions! + +Frau Sophie took a more serious view of Timéa. She scolded her +continually; all she did was wrong. Adopted children are often awkward, +and the more Timéa was scolded the more awkward she became. Then +Fraülein Athalie defended her. "But, mamma, don't be always scolding the +girl! You treat her like a servant. Timéa is not a servant, and I won't +have you always going on at her!" + +Timéa kissed Sophie's hand that she might cease to be angry, and +Athalie's out of gratitude for taking her part, and then the hands of +both that they might not quarrel. She was an humble, thankful creature. +Frau Sophie only waited till she had left the room to say to her +daughter what was on the tip of her tongue, in order that the other +guests, Timar and Katschuka, might hear. "We ought to get her used to +being a servant. You know her misfortune: the money which Timar--I mean +Herr von Levetinczy--saved for her was invested in an insurance +company. It has failed and the money is gone. She has nothing but what +she stands up in." + +(So they have already brought her to beggary, thought Timar, and felt +his heart lighter, like a student who is let off a year before his +time.) + +"It annoys me," said Athalie, "that she is so unimpressionable. You may +scold her or laugh at her, it is all the same. She never blushes." + +"That is a peculiarity of the Greek race," remarked Timar. + +"Nonsense!" said Athalie, contemptuously. "It is a sign of sickliness. +That artificial white complexion could be attained by any school-girl +who chose to eat chalk and burned coffee-berries." + +She spoke to Timar, but looked toward Herr Katschuka. He, however, was +glancing at the large mirror in which one could see when Timéa came +back. Athalie saw it, and it did not escape Timar's notice. + +Timéa now came in, carrying a large tray of clinking glasses, her whole +attention concentrated on preventing one from falling. + +When Frau Sophie shrieked at her, "Take care not to drop them!" she did +let the whole tray fall. Fortunately the glasses fell on the soft +carpet, and did not break, but rolled about. + +The mistress would have burst out in a storm, but Athalie silenced her +with the words, "That was your fault; why did you scream at her? Remain +here with me, Timéa; the servant shall bring the coffee." + +That made Sophie angry, and she went out and brought it all in herself. +But at the instant when Timéa let the glasses fall, Katschuka, with +military promptitude, sprung up, collected the glasses, and put them all +on the tray, still held by Timéa's trembling fingers. The girl cast a +grateful look on him out of her large dark eyes, which was seen by both +Athalie and Timar. + +"Captain Katschuka," whispered Athalie to her _fiancé_, "just for a joke +make the little thing fall in love with you; pretend to pay court to +her; it will be great fun. Timéa, you sup with us to-night; come and sit +down here by the captain." + +This might be a cruel joke, or perhaps scornful raillery; or was it an +ironical outbreak of awakened jealousy, or was it pure wickedness? We +shall see what comes of it. + +With feverish excitement and ill-concealed delight, the girl sat down +opposite Athalie secure in conquering charms, who, while encouraging her +_fiancé_ to pay compliments to Timéa, did it like a queen who throws a +gold piece to a beggar. The child is made happy by the gift for a day, +and she herself does not feel its loss. + +The captain offered the sugar-basin to Timéa; she could not manage the +tongs. + +"Take the sugar with your pretty little white hand," said he to the +girl, who was so confused that she put the lump into the tumbler instead +of the coffee cup. No one had ever told her that she had a pretty white +hand. These words remained on her mind, and she looked often privately +at her hands to see if they were really white and pretty. Athalie could +hardly suppress a smile. She found it amusing to carry on the +jest--"Timéa, offer the cakes to the captain." + +The girl lifted the glass dish from its silver stand, and handed it to +Katschuka. + +"Now then, choose one for him." + +By accident she chose one in the shape of a heart. She certainly did not +know that it represented a heart, nor what it meant. + +"Oh, that is too much for me!" laughed the captain; "I can only take it, +if pretty Miss Timéa divides it with me." And with that he broke the +heart in two and gave part to Timéa. + +The girl left it on her plate; she would not have eaten it for the +world. Jealously guarding it with her eyes, she did not wait till Frau +Sophie or the servant should change the plates, but hastened to remove +the dish of cakes herself and to vanish with them from the room. No +doubt she will keep this half-heart, and it will be found in her +possession. That will be droll! There is nothing easier than to turn the +head of a girl of fifteen, who takes everything in earnest and believes +the first man who tells her that she has pretty hands. + +And Herr Katschuka was just the man not to forgive himself if he came +near a pretty girl without paying her attention. He paid court even to +older women; that he could do without scruple. But even to the +house-maid, when she lighted him to the door, he could not resist paying +compliments. His ambition was to make every girl's heart beat higher at +the sight of his blue uniform. + +Still Athalie was certain that she was the ruling planet. But it was, of +course, worth his while to take a little trouble for Timéa. She was only +a child; but one could see she would be a beauty. Then she was an +orphan, and a Turkish girl, not baptized, and not quite right in her +head--all reasons for flattering her without compunction. Herr Katschuka +let no chance escape him, and thereby gave great amusement to his bride. + +One evening Athalie said to Timéa, as she was going to bed, "I say, +Timéa, the captain has proposed for you. Will you accept him?" + +The child looked at Athalie quite frightened, ran to her couch, and drew +the covering over her head, so that no one should see her. + +Athalie was highly entertained that the girl could not sleep on account +of these words--that she should toss restlessly on her bed, and sigh +wakefully all night. The delicate jest had succeeded. + +The next day Timéa was unusually quiet. She laid aside her childish +manner; thoughtful melancholy lay on her features; and she became +monosyllabic. The philter had done its work. + +Athalie let the whole household into the secret. They were to treat +Timéa henceforward as a future bride--as the betrothed of Herr +Katschuka. The servants, the mistress, all took part in the comedy. + +Let no one say this was a heathenish jest; on the contrary, it was a +Christian one. + +Athalie said to Timéa: + +"Here, see, the captain has sent you an engagement-ring; but you must +not put it on your finger as long as you are a heretic. You must first +become a Christian. Will you be baptized?" + +Timéa crossed her hands on her breast and bowed her head. + +"Then you shall be baptized first. That this may be done, you must learn +the articles of faith, the catechism, the Bible history, psalms, and +prayers; you must go to the priest and to the schoolmaster to be +instructed. Will you do that?" + +Timéa only nodded. And now she went every day to be taught, with her +books under her arm like a little school-girl; and late at night, when +the rest were in bed, she went to the empty sitting-room, and sat half +the night learning by heart the ten plagues of Egypt, and the highly +moral histories of Samson and Delilah, Joseph and Potiphar's wife. +Learning was difficult to her, as she was not used to it. But what would +she not have done to be baptized? + +"You see," said Athalie, often in Timar's presence, "without this hope +in her mind we should never have induced her to be converted and to +study in order to be baptized." + +So it was quite a pious work to turn the child's head, and make her +fancy she was already betrothed. And Timar must look on at the cruel +trick played on the girl without moving a finger to prevent it. What +could he say? She would never understand. And his coming to the house +made it worse, for it justified the fable in her eyes. She was often +told that the rich Herr von Levetinczy visited them on Athalie's +account, which seemed to her quite natural. The rich man woos a rich +girl. They suit each other. Who should suit the poor Hungarian officer +better than the poor daughter of a Turkish officer? Nothing more +natural. She studied day and night, and when she had finished with the +catechism and the psalter, they found a new trick to play upon her. They +said the wedding-day was fixed, but there was still much to be done to +the trousseau. On account of the dresses, linen, and other details, the +day could not be a very early one. And then her wedding-dress! That the +bride herself must embroider. This is also a Turkish custom and suited +Timéa, who knew how to work beautifully in gold and silver, for the +harems are all instructed in that art. + +She was given Athalie's dress, in order to execute upon it the beautiful +designs which had been taught her at home. Of course they told her it +was her own. Timéa drew lovely arabesques upon it, and began to +embroider them. A perfect masterpiece grew under her fingers; she worked +at it from early morning till late evening, and did not even lay it +aside when visitors came, with whom she conversed without looking up, +and that was fortunate, as then she could not see how they made fun of +her. Timar, who had to look on at all this, often left the house with +such bitterness in his heart that he struck the two marble pillars at +the door with all his force. He would have liked to do as Samson did, +and pull the house of the Philistines down on his head. + +How long will he allow it to stand? + +The day to which Timéa looked forward with secret alarm was really fixed +for Herr Katschuka's marriage--but with Fraülein Athalie. Only that +various hinderances stood in the way of its arrival. Not in the stars, +nor in the hearts of the lovers, but in the financial position of Herr +Brazovics. + +When the captain asked Athanas for his daughter's hand, he told him +plainly that he could only marry if the wife's dowry was sufficient to +keep house upon. + +Herr Brazovics made no objection. He was not going to be stingy about +it: he meant to give his daughter a hundred thousand gulden on her +wedding-day, and they could do as they liked with it. And at the time +when he made this promise, he was in a position to carry it out. But +since then Timar had put a spoke in his wheel. He had in many ways +thrown Herr Brazovics' speculations into confusion, upset his safest +combination, run him up in the corn-market, outbid him in contracts, and +barred his road to influential quarters where before he had had +interest, so that it was no longer possible to pay the dowry down. It +was well known that his affairs were in confusion, and whoever had a +claim to his money would be wise to ask for it to-day rather than +to-morrow. + +And Herr Katschuka was a wise man. + +His future father-in-law tried to persuade him that it would be much +better to leave the money at interest with him; but the engineer would +not allow his last redoubt to be taken. He charged the mines, and +threatened to blow the whole marriage citadel into the air if he did not +have the money down before the wedding-day. + +Then a brilliant idea shot into the head of Athanas. Why not marry +Athalie to Timar? The exchange would not be a bad one. It is true that +he hated him and would like to poison him in a spoonful of soup. But if +he married Athalie his opposition would cease, he would be a member of +the firm and have its interests at heart. + +Timar comes to the house regularly--if only he were not so modest! He +must be helped. + +One afternoon Herr Athanas poured a double dose of anisette into his +black coffee (a capital way of encouraging one's self), and had it +brought into his office, giving orders that if Timar came, the ladies +were to send him into his room. + +There he lighted his chibouque, and surrounded himself with such an +atmosphere of smoke, that as he walked up and down he appeared and +disappeared alternately, with his great starting, bloodshot eyes, like a +huge cuttle-fish lying in wait for its prey. + +The prey did not keep him waiting long. + +As soon as Timar heard from Frau Sophie that Athanas wished to speak to +him, he hastened to his room. The great cuttle-fish swam toward him +through the smoke, with his horrible fishy eyes fixed upon him, and fell +upon him just like the sea-monster, while he cried, "Listen to me, sir; +what is the meaning of your visits to this house? What are your +intentions with regard to my daughter?" + +That is the best way to bring these poltroons to their senses; they get +startled, their head swims, and before they can turn round they fall +into the net of holy matrimony. It is no joke to answer such a question +as that. + +The first thing Timar remarked from the speech of Herr Athanas was that +he had again taken too much anisette. Thence this courage. + +"Sir," he replied, quietly, "I have no intentions whatever with regard +to your daughter. So much the less because your daughter is engaged, +and the bridegroom is a good old friend of mine. I will tell you why I +come to your house. If you had not asked me, I should have kept silence +longer, but as you inquire I will tell you. I visit your house because I +swore to your dead friend and kinsman, who came to such a dreadful end, +that I would look after his orphan child. I come here to see how the +orphan committed to your care was treated. She is shamefully treated, +Herr Brazovics, disgracefully! I say it to your face in your own house. +You have made away with the whole of the girl's property--defrauded her; +yes, that is the word. And your whole family carries on a shameful game +with the poor child. Her mind is being poisoned for her whole life. May +God's curse light on you for it! And now, Herr Brazovics, we two have +met for the last time in your house, and you had better pray that you +may never see the day when I come into it again." + +Timar turned on his heel and slammed the door behind him. The +cuttle-fish drew back into the dusky depths of its smoky lair, poured +down another glass of anisette, and considered that some answer ought to +have been given. But what? + +For my own part I don't know what he could have said. + +Timar went back to the reception-room, not only to get his hat, which he +had left there, but for something else. + +In the room there was no one but Timéa; Athalie and her _fiancé_ were in +the next room. + +In Timar's face, flushed with anger, Timéa saw a great change. His +generally soft and gentle countenance looked proud, and was roused into +emotion which made it beautiful. Many faces are beautified by passion's +flame. + +He went straight to Timéa, who was working golden roses and silver +leaves on the bridal dress. + +"Fraülein Timéa," he said to her in deeply moved tones, "I come to take +leave of you. Be happy, remain a child for a long time; but if ever an +hour comes in which you are unhappy, do not forget that there is some +one who would--for you--" + +He could not speak, his voice failed, his heart contracted. Timéa +completed the interrupted phrase--"Thrice!" + +He pressed her hand and stammered brokenly, "Always." + +Then he bowed and went, without troubling those in the next room. + +No "God be with you!" came from his lips. At this moment he was only +conscious of the wish that God would withdraw His hand from this house. + +Timéa let the work fall, and gazed before her, sighing again, "Thrice!" + +The gold thread slipped out of the needle's eye. + +As Timar went down the path, he came once more to the two marble pillars +which supported the veranda. With what rage he struck them! Did those +above feel the shock! Did not the tottering walls warn them to pray, +because the roof was falling in on them? + +But they were laughing at the mystified child, who worked so diligently +at her wedding-dress. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +ANOTHER JEST. + + +The newly ennobled Herr von Levetinczy was already, not only in Hungary +but in Vienna, a famous person. He was said to be a "golden man." +Everything he touched turned to gold, all he undertook became a gold +mine; and this is the real gold mine. + +The science of the gold digger consists in finding out earlier than his +rivals what large affairs are in contemplation by the government; and in +this art Timar was a past master. If he took up any speculation, a whole +swarm of speculators threw themselves upon it, for they knew money was +to be had there for the picking up. + +But it was not only on that account that Timar was called a "golden +man," but also for quite another reason. + +He never swindled or defrauded any one. + +He made large profits, for he undertook large concerns, but he was never +tempted to steal or lie, for he never risked anything. He shared the +profit with those on whom it depended whether he received a contract on +reasonable terms, and in this way kept the source always open. + +Once he began to buy up vineyards on the Monostor, the highest point of +Komorn. It is a sandhill lying above Uj-Szöny, and its wines are very +poor. But notwithstanding this, Timar bought ten acres of vine-growing +land there. + +This excited attention in the commercial world. What could he want with +it? There must be some sort of gold mine there. + +Herr Brazovics thought he was on the right track, and attacked Katschuka +on his own ground. "Now, my dear son, tell me the truth; I swear by my +soul and my honor that I will not betray it to a creature. Confess now, +the government is going to build fortifications on the Monostor? That +fellow Timar is buying up all the land: don't let us leave him the whole +mouthful. It is so, isn't it--they are going to build a fort there?" + +The captain allowed the acknowledgment to be got out of him that there +might be something in it. The council of war had decided to extend the +fortifications of Komorn in that direction. There could be no better +news for Athanas. How many hundred thousand gulden had he made in +similar circumstances by buying hovels before the expropriation, and +selling them afterward to the government at the price of palaces? Only +he would certainly like to have seen the plans, and begged his future +son-in-law as prettily as possible to let him have just one peep at +them. + +Katschuka did him that favor too, and thus Athanas learned what portion +would be bought by government. And that wretch of a Timar had really +pitched on the place where the fort was to be built. + +"And what are to be the terms of the expropriation?" + +That was the question, and that the captain could not reveal without +committing a capital crime. But he did it. The terms were, that the +government would pay double the last purchase money. + +"Now I know enough," cried Herr Athanas, embracing his son-in-law; "the +rest is my affair. On your wedding-day the hundred thousand gulden will +be on your table." + +But he was wrong in thinking that he knew enough. He would have done +well to ask one more question. Herr Katschuka, after saying so much, +would have told him that too. But Katschuka no longer cared much about +the hundred thousand gulden, nor yet about what depended on them. It he +gets them, all right; if not, his hair will not turn gray for lack of +them. + +Brazovics hurried off to Uj-Szöny, and went to all the vine-growers to +ask who had a vineyard to sell. He paid whatever was asked, and if any +one refused to sell, he offered treble the price. The more he paid the +better for him. Naturally this attracted the attention of other +speculators, who arrived in troops and ran up the prices, so that the +poor "Hönigler" and "Schafschwanz" wines of Monostor could not +understand why they had suddenly turned into "Grands Crûs," to be bought +up even before the vintage. + +The price of vineyards ran so high, that the land for which the +government would have had to pay, before the plans were betrayed, at +most one hundred thousand gulden, now could not be bought under five +hundred thousand. + +Brazovics had himself bought a fifth of them, though he had the greatest +difficulty in getting the money together. He got rid of his stock of +grain, sold his ships, borrowed from the usurers, and made use of +trust-money committed to his care. This time he was safe! Timar was in +the swim. He was the worst off, for he had bought cheap and would make a +very small profit. + +But this, too, was perfidy on Timar's part. It was a _coup_ aimed at the +head of Herr Brazovics. He had learned from Katschuka the one thing +Athanas had omitted to ask. It was true that the government would this +year greatly enlarge the fortifications; but the question was, Where +would they begin? For the work would extend over thirty years. + +Here again Timar had done his rivals a bad turn, which would bring their +maledictions down on him. As a good business man, he took care, whenever +he had undertaken anything which would bring him curses, to set +something else to work for which many more would bless him. So that +between blessing and cursing he might keep a good balance on the credit +side. + +He sent for Johann Fabula and said to him, "Johann, you are getting old; +many hardships have aged you. Would it not be better to look out for +some employment which will allow you to rest?" + +Fabula was already hoarse, and when he spoke it sounded as if he was +whispering to the actors from the prompter's box. + +"Yes, sir; I have often thought of leaving the sea and looking out for +work on shore; my eyes are weak. I wish you would give me a stewardship +on your land." + +"I know of something better than that. You would never get on with the +Rascians; you are too much used to the white bread at Komorn. Much +better turn farmer." + +"I should like it well enough; but there are two things wanting--the +land and the stock." + +"Both will come in time. I have an idea: the old pastures by the river +are for sale--go to the auction and buy them all." + +"Oh," said Fabula, with a hoarse laugh, "I should be a fool indeed! It +is a waste where nothing grows but camomile. Shall I sell it to the +chemists? And it's a large piece of land; one would want several +thousand gulden." + +"Don't argue, but do as I tell you. Just you go there. Here are the two +thousand gulden for the deposit, which you must hand in at the auction. +Then bid till it is knocked down to you, and take it all at the price +agreed on. Share with no one, whoever offers to go into partnership with +you. I will lend you the money to pay for it, and you shall repay me +when you are able. I ask no interest, and you need not give me a +receipt. The whole bargain shall be a verbal one. There now, shake hands +on it!" + +Johann Fabula shook his head thoughtfully. "No interest, no writing, a +lump of money, and bad waste land! The end of it will be, that I shall +be arrested and stripped to my shirt." + +"No scruples, my friend; you have it for a year, and whatever you get +off it meanwhile will be entirely yours." + +"But what shall I plow and sow with?" + +"You will neither plow nor sow. But go and do what I told you--the +harvest will not be wanting; but do not tell any one." + +Fabula was in the habit of looking on all that Timar did or said as +folly _à priori_; but nevertheless he acted with absolute obedience on +his orders, for _à posteriori_ he had been forced to acknowledge that +these unheard-of follies had the same result as if they had been wisdom +personified. So he did as Timar had advised. + +And now we will let the reader into the secret of these singular +proceedings. The plan for the fortification did really exist. But it had +been suggested to the council by some busybody that it was not necessary +to execute all the sections at once, and that it would be sufficient for +the present to expropriate the land lying between the two arms of the +river, while the portion covered by the Monostor vineyards could wait +twenty years. Now the speculators who got wind of the new plans had all +thrown themselves on the sandhill, and no one thought of the shore +between the two river branches. Herr Fabula got it for twenty thousand +gulden. The land on the Monostor would not be wanted for twenty years to +come, and during that time the money invested in the unproductive +vineyards would all be eaten up by the interest. This was a trick played +by Timar especially for the benefit of Herr Athanas Brazovics; and as +soon as he had bought the Monostor vineyards, Timar set every lever in +motion to prevent the council of war from beginning the fortifications +on all points at the same time. + +Affairs were in this position three days before the time fixed for +Athalie's wedding. + +Two days before it Johann Fabula came flying into Timar's house. Yes, +flying--his floating cloak represented the wings. + +"Ten thousand! Twenty thousand! Forty thousand! Commission paid! The +emperor! The king! Pasture! The crop!" He gasped out disconnected +words, which Timar at last put together. + +"All right, Johann; I know what you mean. The commission has come to +settle the value of the land wanted for the new works. Your fields, +bought for twenty thousand, will be sold by you for forty thousand: the +surplus is your profit; that is the crop--did not I tell you?" + +"Yes, sir; and they were words like those of the golden-mouthed St. +John. I see very clearly that you told me the truth, and I see that I +get the twenty thousand gulden for nothing. Never in my life did I earn +so much money by the hardest work. My senses are going. Do let me turn a +somersault!" + +Timar had no objection. Johann Fabula turned not one but three +somersaults all across the floor, and then three back again; and then +stood straight on his legs again before Timar. + +"There! now I am all right again. All that money belongs to me." + +He came six times that day to pay a visit to Timar. First he brought his +wife, then his younger daughter, then his married daughter, afterward +his son who had left college, and the fifth time the little boy who was +still at school. His wife brought Timar a splendid Komorn loaf of white +bread with a brown glazed crust; the married daughter a dish of +beautiful Indian-corn cakes; the unmarried one a plate of red eggs, gilt +nuts, and honey-cakes decorated with colored paper like a wedding +present; the big boy, who was a noted bird-catcher, brought a cage full +of linnets and robins; and the school-boy declaimed a rhymed ode. The +whole day they overwhelmed him with gratitude, and the sixth time they +all came together late in the evening and sung in his honor a song of +praise out of the hymn-book. + +But what will his competitors, and especially Herr Brazovics, bring and +sing to him when they learn how he has entrapped them about the purchase +of the Monostor? + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +THE WEDDING-DRESS. + + +The wedding was to be in three days' time. + +On Sunday afternoon Athalie went to pay visits in turn to all her school +friends. It is one of the bride's privileges to pay these visits without +her mother; they have so much to say to each other the last time in all +their girlhood. + +Frau Sophie was delighted to be allowed to stay at home one day in the +year, and neither pay nor receive calls--not to act as chaperon to her +daughter and listen to conversation in German, of which she did not +understand a word. She could remain at home and think of her happy +parlor-maid times--the days when on an idle Sunday like this she could +fill her apron with ears of Indian corn, and sit down on the bench +before the door picking out the grains one by one and cracking them, +while she chatted and gossiped with her companions. To-day the leisure +time and the boiled ears of maize were at hand, but the friends and the +gossip on the bench were wanting. Frau Sophie had allowed the +maid-servants and the cook to go out, that she might have the kitchen to +herself; for you can not eat corn in the parlor on account of the husks +which get strewn about. In the end she found suitable company. Timéa +came creeping up to her. She also had no work to do. The embroidery was +finished, and the dress had gone to the needle-woman, who would send it +home at the last moment. Timéa was quite suited to the kitchen bench +beside Frau Sophie. They were both only on sufferance in the house. The +difference was that Timéa felt herself a lady, though every one looked +on her as a servant; while all the world knew that Frau Sophie was the +mistress of the house, and yet she felt like a servant. So Timéa perched +herself on the little bench near Frau Sophie, as the nursery-maid and +the cook do after quarreling all the week, when they make it up on +Sunday and have a chat together. + +Only three days and then the marriage! + +Timéa looked cautiously round to see if any listeners were near to +overhear, and then in a low voice asked, "Mamma Sophie, do tell me what +is a wedding like?" + +Frau Sophie drew her shoulders up and shook like a person who laughs +internally, looking with half-shut eyes at the inquiring child. With the +malicious delight old servants take in deceiving young ones, she +encouraged the laughable simplicity of the girl. "Yes, Timéa," in the +important tone of a story-teller, "that is a wonderful sight. You will +see it." + +"I tried once to listen at the church door," confessed Timéa, frankly; +"I had crept in when a wedding was going on, but all I could see was +that the bride and bridegroom stood before a lovely golden shrine." + +"That was the altar." + +"Then a naughty boy saw me and drove me away, calling out, 'Be off, you +Turkish brat!' Then I ran away." + +"You must know," began Sophie, while she took out a grain at a time and +put them in her mouth, "that then comes the venerable pope, with a +golden cap on his head, on his shoulders a robe of rustling silk worked +with gold, and carrying a great book with clasps in his hand. He reads +and sings most beautifully, and then the bridal pair kneel on the steps +of the altar. The pope asks them both whether they love each other." + +"And are they obliged to answer?" + +"Of course, silly; and not only that, but the priest reads out of the +big book an oath to the bridegroom and then afterward to the bride, that +they will love and keep to each other till death divides them. They +swear it by the Holy Trinity and the Blessed Virgin and all the saints, +forever and ever, Amen; and the whole choir repeats the Amen. Then the +priest takes the two rings from a silver dish and puts one on each of +their third fingers, makes them clasp hands and winds a golden girdle +round them, while the precentor and the choir sing to the organ 'Gospodi +Pomiluj.'"[2] + +[Footnote 2: Lord have mercy on us.] + +The melancholy sound of the words "Gospodi Pomiluj" pleased Timéa. That +must be some magic blessing. + +"Then they cover the bridegroom and also the bride with a flowered-silk +veil from head to foot, and while the pope blesses them the two +witnesses hold a silver crown over each." + +"Ah!" + +When Frau Sophie noticed the deep interest of the girl she got warmer +and warmer, and tried to inflame her fancy with the splendors of the +Greek ritual. "The choir goes on singing, and the pope takes one crown +and makes the bridegroom kiss it, then places it on his head and says, +'I crown thee as servant of God and husband of this handmaid of the +Lord.' Then he takes the other crown, gives it to the bride to kiss, and +says to her, 'I crown thee as handmaid of the Lord, and wife of this +servant of God.' The deacon begins to pray for the young pair, and +meanwhile the priest leads them three times round the altar, and the +witnesses take off the veil which covered them. The church is full of +people, who all look and whisper, 'That is a bride to be kissed. What a +beautiful pair!'" + +Timéa nodded her head with girlish delight, as if to say, "That is +delightful; it must be lovely." + +"Then the pope brings out a golden cup of wine, and the bride and +bridegroom drink from it." + +"Is there really wine in it?" asked Timéa in alarm. Her fear of wine +came partly from the recollection of the prohibition in the Koran. + +"Of course there is--real wine. Then the bride-maids and groomsmen throw +maize baked in honey over them; that brings luck. It is lovely, I can +tell you." + +Timéa's eyes shone with the prophetic fire of a magnetic dream. She +pictured these mysterious proceedings to herself as partly a rite, +partly an enigma of the heart, and trembled all over. Sophie laughed in +her sleeve and found this most amusing; a pity she should be disturbed +in it. Manly steps approached the kitchen door, and some one came in. + +What a surprise! it was Herr Katschuka. + +The mistress of the house was horrified, for she had only slippers on, +and her apron full of maize. Which should she hide first? But Timéa was +more frightened, though she had nothing to hide. + +"Excuse me," said Katschuka, with familiar ease; "I found the doors all +shut on the other side, so I came round by the kitchen." + +"You see," screeched Frau Sophie, "my daughter has gone to visit her +friends. I sent the maids to church, and we two are the only ones at +home; so we just sat down in the kitchen. Pray excuse our _négligée_, +Herr Captain." + +"Don't disturb yourself, I will remain here with you." + +"Oh, no, I could not allow it. Here in the kitchen! We have not even a +chair for the captain." + +But Herr Katschuka knew what to do in any emergency. "Don't make a +stranger of me, Mamma Sophie. Here, this can will do for a seat," and he +sat down opposite Timéa on a pail, and even set the hostess at ease with +respect to the ears of maize. "That is excellent for dessert; give me a +handful in my cap. I like it very much." + +Frau Sophie was on the broad grin when she saw that the captain did not +disdain to take the vulgar sweets in his military cap, and eat a +quantity without even shelling them. It made him very popular with his +mother-in-law. "I was in the midst of an interesting conversation with +Timéa," began Sophie; "she was asking me about--a baptism." + +Timéa was on the point of rushing away, if Frau Sophie had told the +truth; but she would not have been the mother of a marriageable daughter +if she had not possessed the art of turning the conversation at the +entrance of an unexpected visitor. + +"I was describing a baptism to her. She is quite frightened at it. Just +look how she is trembling; for I was telling her that she would have to +be wrapped up like a baby and carried in arms, and that she must cry +like one. Don't be alarmed, you little fool. It is not true; I was only +joking. Her greatest trouble is that her hair will be all spoiled." + +This requires explanation. Timéa had splendid long, thick hair. Athalie +amused herself by making the hairdresser execute on it the most +surprising coiffures. Sometimes all the hair was combed up and built +into a tower, again it was frizzed into wings on each side over the ear; +in short, the girl had to appear in the most ridiculous head-dresses, +such as no one had ever worn, and which required unsparing use of tongs, +pincers, brushes, and pomade. Athalie pretended to do this out of +affection for her cousin, and the poor child had no idea how she was +disfigured by it. + +Herr Katschuka undeceived her. "Fraülein Timéa, you need not regret this +coiffure. It would suit you much better if you wore your hair quite +plain; you have such lovely hair, that it is a sin to burn it with irons +and smear it with pomade. Do not allow it; it is a shame to lose any of +your magnificent hair, and it is soon ruined by the ill-treatment which +ladies call hairdressing--it loses its brilliancy, splits at the points, +breaks easily, and falls early. You do not require all that artificial +structure. Your hair is so beautiful that you need only plait it +plainly, to possess the finest of all coiffures." It is possible that +Herr Katschuka only said this out of a humane sympathy with the +ill-treated head of hair, and meant merely to free it from the tortures +inflicted on it. But his words had a deeper effect than he expected: +From that moment Timéa had a feeling as if the comb in her hair was +splitting her head, and could hardly bear it till the captain had gone. +He did not stay long, for he took pity on Frau Sophie, who was +struggling continually to hide her feet in their torn and down-trodden +slippers. Herr Katschuka promised to look in again in the evening, and +took his leave. He kissed Frau Sophie's hand, but made a low bow to +Timéa. + +Hardly was he out of the door before Timéa snatched the large comb from +her hair, tore down the heaped-up plaits, destroyed the whole edifice, +then went to the basin and began to wash her hair and her whole head. + +"What are you doing there, girl?" said Frau Sophie, angrily. "Will you +leave off this moment! Let your hair alone. Athalie will be fine and +angry when she comes home and sees you." + +"Let her be angry, for all I care," replied the girl, defiantly; and +she wrung her locks out, sat down behind Frau Sophie, and began to put +up her loosened hair into a simple threefold plait. Pride was awakened +in her heart; she began to be less timid; the word of the captain +infused courage into her--his wish, his taste, were laws to her. She +coiled the plait simply into a knot, and wound it round her head as he +had suggested. The mistress laughed to herself: this child has been made +a fool of certainly! + +While Timéa was plaiting her hair, Sophie came nearer and tried to +wheedle her again. + +"Let me tell you more about the wedding. Where did that stupid Katschuka +interrupt us? If he had only known what we were talking about! Yes, I +stopped where the bride and bridegroom drink from the cup, the choir and +the deacon sing 'Gospodi Pomiluj.' Then the pope reads the Gospel, and +the witnesses hold the crowns over the heads of the couple. The pope +receives them back, lays them on the silver dish, and says to the +bridegroom, 'Be praised like Abraham, and blessed like Isaac, and +increase like unto Jacob;' and to the bride, 'Be praised like Sara, +happy like Rebecca, and increase like Rachel'--and after this blessing +the bride and bridegroom kiss each other three times before the altar +and before the wedding-guests." + +Timéa shut her eyes at the thought of the scene. + + * * * * * + +Athalie was not a little surprised when she came home and saw Timéa with +plaited hair. + +"Who allowed you to turn up your hair? Where is your giraffe comb and +your bow? Put it on at once." + +Timéa pressed her lips together and shook her head. + +"Will you do what I tell you instantly?" + +"No." + +Athalie was staggered at this resistance. It was unheard of that any one +should contradict her. And this from an adopted child, who ate the bread +of charity, who had always been so submissive, and once even kissed her +foot. "No!" said she, going toward Timéa, and bringing her face, red +with anger, as close to the other's alabaster cheek as if she would set +it on fire. + +Frau Sophie looked on with malicious joy from her corner, and said, +"Didn't I say you would catch it when Athalie returned?" + +But Timéa looked straight into Athalie's flaming eyes, and repeated her +"No!" + +"And why not?" screamed Athalie, whose voice was now like her mother's, +while her eyes were exactly like her father's. + +"Because I am prettier thus," answered Timéa. + +"Who told you that?" + +"He." + +Athalie crooked her fingers like eagles' claws, and her teeth shone +clinched between her red lips. It was as if she would tear the girl in +pieces. Then her unbridled rage suddenly turned into scornful laughter. +She left Timéa and went to her room. + +Herr Katschuka paid another visit the same evening. At table Athalie +overwhelmed Timéa with unwonted kindness. + +"Do you not think, Herr Captain, that Timéa is much prettier with her +hair dressed in this simple way?" + +The captain assented. Athalie smiled. Now it was no longer a joke, but a +punishment which was to be inflicted on the girl. + +Only two days to the marriage. During that time Athalie overflowed with +attention and tenderness to Timéa. She must not go out to the kitchen, +and the servants were told to kiss her hand on entering the room. Frau +Sophie often called her "little lady." The dress had come home finished, +and what child-like delight it gave Timéa! She danced round it and +clapped her hands. + +"Come and try on your wedding costume," said Athalie, with a cruel +smile. + +Timéa let them put on the splendid dress she had herself embroidered. +She wore no stays, and was already well formed for her age, and the +dress fitted her very fairly. With what shy pleasure she looked at +herself in the great mirror! Ah! how lovely she will be in her wedding +finery! Perhaps she thought, too, that she would inspire love! Perhaps +she felt her heart beat; and possibly a flame was already alight there +which would cause her grief and pain. + +But that was no matter to those who were carrying on the shameful jest. +The maid who dressed her bit her lips so as not to laugh aloud. Athalie +brought out the bridal wreath, and tried it on Timéa's head. The myrtle +and the white jasmine became her well. + +"Oh, how beautiful you will be to-morrow!" + +Then they took the dress off Timéa; and Athalie said, "Now I will try it +on; I should like to see how it would suit me." + +She required the help of the stays to squeeze her waist into the dress, +which gave her splendid figure an even more magnificent "contour." She +also put on the wreath and looked at herself in the glass. Timéa sighed +deeply, and whispered to Athalie, in tones of undisguised admiration, +"How lovely, how lovely you are!" + +It might, perhaps, have been time now to make an end of this deception. +But no--she must drain the cup. First, because she is so forward; and +then, because she is so stupid. She must be punished. So the +contemptuous farce was carried on the whole day by all the household. +The poor child's head swam with all the congratulations. She listened +for Herr Katschuka, and ran away when she saw him coming. + +Did he know what was going on? Quite possibly. Did it vex him? Perhaps +it did not even vex him. Very likely he knew things of which the +laughers did not dream, and awaited the important day with perfect +indifference. + +On the last morning before the marriage, Athalie said to Timéa, "To-day +you must fast entirely. To-morrow is a very solemn day for you. You will +be led to the altar, and there first baptized and then married; so you +must fast the whole of the day before, in order to go purified to the +altar." + +Timéa obeyed this direction, and ate not a morsel for the entire day. + +It is well known that all these adopted children have excellent +appetites. Nature demands its rights; and the love of good things is the +only desire which they have a chance of satisfying. But Timéa conquered +that appetite. She sat at dinner and supper without touching anything, +and yet they had purposely prepared her favorite dishes. + +In the anteroom the maids and the cook tried to persuade her to eat +secretly the delicacies which they had put aside for her, telling her +she might break her fast if no one knew it. She would not be persuaded, +and controlled her hunger. She helped to prepare the tarts and jellies +for the wedding feast; a mass of tempting and luscious cakes lay before +her, but she never touched one. And yet Athalie's example, who also was +busy with the preparations for the next day, showed her that it is quite +permissible to take a taste when one has a chance. She must keep her +fast. She went early to bed, saying she felt chilly. And so she was, and +trembled with cold even under her quilt and could not sleep. Athalie +heard her teeth chattering, and was cruel enough to whisper in her ear, +"To-morrow at this time where will you be?" + +How should the poor child sleep, when all the slumbering feeling which +at this age lie in the chrysalis stage were being prematurely scared +into life? + +Timéa lay till dawn in a fever, and slumber never closed her eyes. +Toward day-break she slept heavily; a leaden hand lay on her limbs, and +even the noise which went on around her in the morning did not rouse +her. + +And this was the marriage-day! + +Athalie ordered the servants to let Timéa sleep on; she herself let down +the window curtains that the room might be dark: Timéa was only to be +awakened when Athalie was already dressed in all her bridal array. That +required much time, for she wished to appear to-day in the whole panoply +of her beauty. From far and near numerous relations and friends had +arrived to assist at the marriage of the rich Brazovics' only daughter, +the prettiest girl for seven parishes round. + +The guests were already beginning to assemble in the house of the bride. +Her mother, Frau Sophie, had been squeezed into her new dress, and into +her even more uncomfortable new shoes, by which her desire to get the +day over was much increased. + +The bridegroom had also arrived, with a beaming countenance, and polite +as usual; but this cheerful aspect did not mean much--it was only part +of his gala uniform. He had brought the bouquet for the bride. At that +time camellias were unknown; the bouquet was composed of various colored +roses. Herr Katschuka said as he presented it that he offered roses to +the rose. As a reward, he received a proud smile from the radiant face. + +Only two were wanting--Timéa and Herr Brazovics. + +Timéa was not missed; no one asked after her. But every one waited most +impatiently for Herr Brazovics. It was said that he had gone very early +to the castle to see the governor, and his return was impatiently +expected. Even the bride went several times to the window and looked out +for papa's carriage. + +Only the bridegroom showed no anxiety. But where could Herr Brazovics +be? Yesterday evening he had been in a very good temper. He had been +amusing himself with his friends, and invited all his acquaintances to +the wedding. Late in the night he had knocked at Herr Katschuka's +window, and called to him, instead of "Good-night," "The hundred +thousand gulden will be all ready to-morrow." And he had good reason to +be in such a merry mood. The governor of the fortress had informed him +that the plans had been accepted to their full extent by the war +department: the expropriation was arranged. Even the money had been paid +for that part which lay on the ground between the two river branches; +and the others concerned had received notice that this very night they +would obtain the signature of the minister. It was as good as having the +money in one's pocket. The next morning, Herr Brazovics could hardly +await the usual hour of reception, and arrived so early in the +ante-chamber of the governor, that no one else was there. The governor +did not keep him waiting, but called him in at once. + +"A little misfortune," said he. + +"Well, if it is not a great one--" + +"Have you ever heard of the privy council?" + +"Never." + +"Nor I. For fifteen years I never heard it spoken of. But it does exist, +and has just given a sign of life. As I told you, the minister had +agreed to the execution of the fortifications and the necessary purchase +of land. Then from some unknown source evidence was brought forward by +which many disadvantageous circumstances were discovered. It would not +do to compromise the minister, so they called the council together, +which had not been heard of for fifteen years, except when its members +drew their salary and had their band to play. The council, when this +questionable affair was submitted to it, found a wise solution: it +agreed to the decision in principle, but divided its execution into two +parts. The fortifications on the river-side are to be provided for at +once, but the Monostor section is only to be begun when the other is +finished. So the owners of the Monostor land will have the pleasure of +waiting eighteen or twenty years for their money. Good-morning, Herr +Brazovics." + +Herr Athanas could not utter a syllable. There was no help for it. The +profit so certainly counted on was gone--gone also those other hundred +thousand gulden which were buried in vineyards of no value, which are +now worthless. He saw all his castles in the air destroyed: his +beautiful house, his cargo-ships on the Danube, the lighted church with +the brilliant company, they were only a _fata morgana_, blown away with +the mirage of the Monostor forts by the first puff of wind--melted into +nothing, like the light cloud which obscures the sun. + + * * * * * + +Ah! here comes Timéa! + +At last she had had her sleep out. In the twilight of the curtained room +it had taken her long to rouse herself; she dressed like one in a +feverish dream, and groped sleepily through the adjoining rooms, all +empty, till she came to the one where Athalie had dressed. When she +entered the bright room full of flowers and presents, she remembered for +the first time that this was her wedding-day. + +When she saw Herr Katschuka with the bouquet in his hand, the thought +shot across her that this was the bridegroom; and when she cast a glance +on Athalie she thought, "That is my wedding-dress." As she stood there +in her astonishment, with wide eyes and open mouth, she was a sight for +laughing and weeping. + +The servants, the guests, Frau Sophie, could not contain their +merriment. + +But Athalie stepped forward majestically, took hold of the little +thing's delicate chin with her white-gloved hand, and said, smiling, +"To-day, my little treasure, you must allow me to be the one to go to +the altar. You, my child, must go to school and wait five years before +you are married, if indeed any one proposes to you." + +Timéa stood as if petrified, and let her folded hands fall into her lap. +She did not blush or become paler. There was no name for what she felt. + +Perhaps Athalie knew that this cruel jest was not calculated to enhance +her charms, and tried to lessen its effect. "Come, Timéa," she said; "I +only waited for you. Come and put on my veil." + +The bridal veil! + +Timéa took the veil with stiffened fingers, and went toward Athalie. It +was to be fastened to her hair with a golden arrow. + +Timéa's hand trembled, and the arrow was heavy: it would not go through +the thick hair. At an impatient movement of Athalie's its blunt point +pricked the lovely bride's head slightly. + +"You are too stupid for anything!" cried Athalie, angrily, and struck +Timéa on the hand. Her eyebrows contracted. Scolded, struck, on such a +day, and in the presence of that man! Two heavy drops formed in her eyes +and rolled down her white cheek. I trow those two drops turned the scale +held by the Great Judge's hand, from which happiness and misery are +measured out to man. + +Athalie tried to excuse her hastiness by her feverish excitement. A +bride may be pardoned if she is nervous and irritable at the last +moment. The witnesses, the bride-maids, are ready, and the bride's +father has not yet arrived. + +Every one was uneasy; only the bridegroom was quite composed. + +A message had come from the church that the pope was ready and waiting +for the bridal pair. Already the bells are ringing, as is the custom at +grand weddings. Athalie's heart beats high with vexation that her father +does not come. One messenger after another is sent for him. At last his +glass coach is seen approaching. Here he is at last! + +The bride steps up to the mirror once more, to see if her veil falls in +the right folds. She puts her bracelets and necklace straight. + +Meanwhile, a curious sound is heard below, as if many people were +rushing upstairs together. Mysterious noises and smothered exclamations +are heard in the next room; every one presses thither; the bride-maids +and friends run out to see what it is; but it is remarkable that none of +them return. + +Athalie hears her mother scream. Well, she generally screams even when +she is talking quietly. + +"Do see what has happened," says Athalie to her bridegroom. + +The captain goes out, and Athalie remains alone with Timéa, the +suppressed whispering grows louder. At last even Athalie becomes uneasy. + +The bridegroom returns. He remains standing at the open door, and says +thence to his bride, "Herr Brazovics is dead." + +The bride throws her arms into the air and falls swooning backward. If +Timéa had not caught her in her arms, she would have struck her head on +the marble table behind her. The lovely, haughty face of the bride is +whiter even than Timéa's; and Timéa, while she holds Athalie's head on +her breast, thinks, "See how the beautiful wedding-dress lies in the +dust!" + +The bridegroom stands at the door and looks at Timéa, then turning away +suddenly, he leaves the house amid the universal confusion. + +He does not even take the trouble to lift his bride from the ground. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +TIMÉA. + + +"How the beautiful dress lies in the dust!" + +Instead of the wedding feast there followed the funeral banquet, and in +the place of the embroidered robe came the mourning garments. + +Black! The color which makes rich and poor alike. + +Athalie and Timéa were dressed alike in black. And if the mourning had +consisted only in the wearing of its outward garb! But with the sudden +death of Herr Athanas, all the birds of ill omen had collected, as the +ravens come and sit in long lines on the roof before a great storm. + +The first croak was, that the bridegroom sent back his engagement-ring. +He did not appear at the funeral to lend his bride a supporting arm as +she followed the coffin half fainting; for in this little town it was +the custom that the mourners, whether gentle or simple, should follow +their dead on foot and with bare heads to the burial-ground. + +There were some who blamed this course of action in Katschuka, and did +not consider it an excuse that, as Herr Brazovics had not kept to the +condition of handing over the dowry beforehand, the bridegroom was +justified in considering himself freed from his obligations. There are a +few narrow-minded people who can find no excuse for such a withdrawal. +Then came the ravens and sat on the roof. One creditor after another +appeared and demanded his money. And then the whole house of cards +collapsed. + +The first who spoke of a suit at law blew the concern into the air. When +once the avalanche begins to roll, it never stops till it gets to the +foot of the hill. + +It was soon ascertained that the fears of the bridegroom, who had got +safely away, were only too well founded. In the affairs of Herr +Brazovics there figured so many investments apparently sound but really +unprofitable, such false calculations, unsecured debts, and imaginary +securities, that when order was brought into this chaos, the whole +property did not suffice to satisfy the creditors. Besides, it came to +light that he had used moneys intrusted to his honor: orphans' capital, +church endowments, hospital funds, the deposits of his ship captains. +The floods rose over the roof of the house, and these floods brought +mire and dirt with them; and what they left behind was--shame. + +Timéa too lost her whole property. The orphan's trust-money had never +been invested at all. + +Every day lawyers, magistrates' clerks, bailiffs, came to the house. +They sealed each box and closet; they did not ask the ladies for +permission to visit them; unannounced they bounced in at any hour of the +day, ransacked the rooms, and gave vent to reproaches and curses on the +dead man, so loud that the mourning women could not but hear them. All +they found in the house was taken out in turn and appraised, down to the +pictures, with and without their frames; even the wedding-dress, without +a bride, did not escape this fate. And then they decided on the date, +and had it posted on the door, on which everything was to be sold by +auction--everything, not excepting the embroidered dress. The last lot +would be the house itself; and when it was sold the former owners could +go their way wheresoever they chose, and the beautiful Athalie might +look up to Heaven and ask where she was henceforth to lay her haughty +head. Where indeed?--she, the orphaned daughter of a fraudulent +bankrupt, to whom not even her good name was left, whom no one wanted, +not even herself. Of all the treasures she possessed, only two valuable +souvenirs remained which she had hidden from the bailiffs--an onyx box +and the returned engagement-ring. The box she had concealed in her +pocket; and when alone at night, she drew it out and looked at its +precious contents. There were all sorts of poison in it. By some odd +freak, Athalie had bought it in one of her Italian journeys, and while +it was in her possession she thought she could defy the world. She +imagined herself able to destroy her own life at any moment, and this +idea made her feel as a despot to her parents and her lover. If they do +not do all she wishes, the box is there; she need only choose the +swiftest poison, and in the morning they would find her a corpse. Now a +great temptation assailed her; life lay before her as a desolate waste; +the father had made his child a beggar, and the bridegroom had forsaken +his bride. + +Athalie rose from her bed: she looked into the open box, and sought +among the various poisons. + +Then she suddenly discovered that she was afraid of death! She had not +strength to cast life away; she gazed at herself in the glass--was all +that beauty to be annihilated? + +She shut the box and put it away. Then she brought out the other jewel, +the ring. There is a poison in that too, and of a yet more deadly sort, +for it kills the soul. But she has the courage to swallow it--to +intoxicate herself with it. She had loved the man who gave her this +ring--not only so, but she was still madly in love with him. The +poison-box gives bad advice--the ring even worse. Athalie begins to +dress; there is no one to help her--the servants have all left the +house, Frau Sophie and Timéa are sleeping in the maids' room; the +official seal has been attached to the doors of the public apartments. +Athalie does not wake the sleepers, but dresses alone. How far the night +has passed she can not tell; no one winds up the splendid clocks, now +that they are to pass under the hammer. One points to eight o'clock, +another to three, but it does not matter. Athalie finds the key of the +street-door, and creeps out, leaving all open behind her. Who is likely +to be robbed? and besides, who would, like her, venture alone in the +dark streets? + +At that time the streets of Komorn were decidedly dark at night. One +lamp at the Trinity pillar, one at the town-hall, and a third at the +main guard--no others anywhere. Athalie takes the road to the Promenade, +the so-called Anglia. It is a region of evil reputation. A dark lane +between the town and the fort, in which at night fallen women with +painted faces and disheveled hair loiter, when they are driven from +their haunts on the "little square." Athalie is sure to meet such +creatures if she goes by the Anglia. But she is not afraid. The poison +she sucked out of the golden ring has taken away from her fear of these +impure forms. One only shrinks from the gutter as long as one has kept +clear of it. + +At the corner stands a sentry: she must try to creep past him without +being seen and challenged. + +The corner house has a colonnade leading to the square. Here in the +day-time the bread-sellers have their stand. Athalie chooses her path +through this arcade, as it hides her from the sentry's eyes. + +In walking quickly she stumbled over something. It was a ragged woman, +quite drunk, lying across the threshold. The half-human creature whom +her foot touched gave vent to filthy curses. Athalie took no notice, but +stepped aside from the obstacle; she felt easier when she turned the +corner toward the Promenade. The light of the main-guard lamp had now +disappeared, and she found herself under the gloom of the trees. Through +the juniper-bushes shone a ray from a lighted window. Athalie followed +that guiding star. There lay the dwelling of the engineer officer. She +seized the lion-headed knocker at the little door, over which was +painted the double eagle; her hand trembled as she raised it in order to +knock gently, and at the sound the soldier-servant came out and opened +to her. + +"Is the captain in?" asked Athalie. + +The fellow nodded, grinning. Yes--he was at home. He had often seen +Athalie, and many a pretty bright coin had rolled into his hand from her +delicate fingers, when he carried the beautiful lady flowers or choice +fruit from his master. + +The captain was up and at work; his room was simply furnished, without +any luxury. On the walls hung maps and surveying instruments; the +strictest military simplicity surprise the in-comer, as well as a +penetrating smell of tobacco, which adhered to the books and furniture, +and was perceptible even when no one was smoking. Athalie had never seen +the captain's room. The house to which he was to have taken her on their +marriage-day was very different, but it had been taken possession of by +the creditors with all its contents on that very morning. She had only +looked in at the window when she walked with her mother on the Promenade +in the afternoon to hear the band play. + +Herr Katschuka started up in alarm. He was not prepared for a lady's +visit; the three top buttons of his violet tunic were unbuttoned, +contrary to regulations, and he had laid aside his horsehair cravat. +Athalie remained standing at the door with hanging arms and her head +down: the captain hastened to her. + +"In God's name, fraülein, what are you doing here? What are you here +for?" She could not speak--she sunk on his breast and sobbed wildly. He +did not embrace her. "Sit down, fraülein," said he, leading her to the +plain leather sofa, and then his first care was to put on his cravat +again. He drew a chair near the divan and sat down opposite Athalie. +"What do you want, fraülein?" + +She dried her tears and looked with her radiant eyes long at the +captain, as if thus to tell him why she came. Will he not understand? + +No, he understood nothing. When she was obliged to break silence, she +began to tremble as if with ague. + +"Sir," she said, with a quivering voice, "as long as I was prosperous, +you were very devoted to me. Is nothing left of that affection?" + +"Fraülein," answered Katschuka, with cold politeness, "I shall always be +your devoted friend. The blow which fell on you struck me too--we have +both lost our all. I am in despair, for I see no means of resuscitating +my hopes reduced to ashes. My profession imposes conditions on me which +I can not fulfill: it is not allowed to those of us who have no private +means to marry." + +"I know it," said Athalie, "and it was not that which I wished to +suggest to you. We are now very poor, but there may be some favorable +turn in our lot. My father has a rich uncle in Belgrade whose heirs we +are; at his death we shall be rich again. I will wait for you--do you +wait for me. Take back your ring--take me to your mother, and let me +stay with her as your betrothed. I will wait for you till you fetch me +away, and will be a good daughter to your mother." + +Herr Katschuka sighed so deeply that he nearly blew out the light which +stood before him. "Alas, fraülein," said he, taking up the golden circle +from the table, "that is, unhappily, quite impossible. You little know +my mother. She is an ambitious woman--an inaccessible nature. She lives +on a small pension, and loves no one. You have no idea what struggles I +have had with my mother about my _affaires du cÅ“ur_. She is a baroness +by birth, and has never consented to this union. She would not come to +our marriage. I could not take you to her, fraülein--on your account I +have quarreled with her." + +Athalie's breast heaved feverishly, her face glowed; she seized with +both her hands that of her faithless bridegroom, on which the ring was +wanting, and whispered, while tears ran down her cheeks, so low that +even the deaf walls could not hear, "You--you have braved your mother +for me: I will defy the whole world for you!" + +Katschuka dared not meet the speaking eyes of the lovely woman. He drew +geometrical figures on the table with the golden circle he still held, +as if he would decipher from their angles of incidence the difference +between love and madness. + +The girl continued in a whisper, "I am already so deeply humiliated that +no shame can bring me lower; I have no more to lose in this world. If +you were not here, I should have already killed myself. I belong not to +myself, but to you--say, what shall I be to you? I have lost my senses, +and all is the same to me; kill me, if you choose--I will not stir." + +Herr Katschuka, during this passionate speech, had worked out the +problem of what he was to answer. "Fraülein Athalie, I will speak +frankly--you know I am an honest man." + +Athalie had not asked him about that. + +"An honest and chivalrous man would be ashamed to take advantage of the +misfortune of a woman for the satisfaction of his lowest passions. I +will give you good advice as a well-meaning friend, as one who has a +boundless respect for you. You tell me you have an uncle in Belgrade: go +to him. He is your blood relation, and must receive you in a friendly +way. I give you my word of honor that I will not marry, and if we meet +again I shall always bring you the same feelings which for years I have +experienced toward you." + +He told no lie when he gave this promise. But from what his face showed +at this moment, Athalie could read what he did not say--that the captain +neither now nor for years past had loved her, that he loved another, and +if this other was poor and made a beggar, he had good reason to promise +on his word of honor that he would not marry. This it was which Athalie +read in the cool expressions of her faithless bridegroom. And then +something flashed through her brain like lightning. Her eyes flashed +too. + +"Will you come to-morrow," she asked him, "to escort me to my uncle in +Belgrade?" + +"I will come," Katschuka hastened to reply. "But now go home. Did any +one come with you?" + +"I came quite alone." + +"What imprudence! Who is to take you back?" + +"You need not," she said, bitterly. "If at this hour any one saw us +together, what a scandal it would be--for you. I can walk alone. I am +not afraid. I have no longer anything worth stealing." + +"My servant shall follow you." + +"He shall do nothing of the sort. The patrol might arrest the poor +devil. After the last post he must not be seen in the streets. I will +find my way alone. So then--to-morrow--" + +"I will be with you by eight o'clock." + +Athalie wrapped herself in her black cloak, and hurried away before +Katschuka had time to open the door for her. It seemed to her as if the +captain was putting on his sword almost before she had left his door. Is +he perhaps going to follow her in the distance? + +She stopped at the corner of the Anglia, but no one was following. She +ran home in the darkness, and as she hastened through the deep night she +concocted a plan in her head. If only the captain once sits by her in +the carriage, if he goes with her to Belgrade, he will see that no power +on earth can deliver him from her. As she passed through the long +market-hall, she stumbled again over the same female figure as it lay on +the stones. This time it did not awake nor curse her. What sound sleep +these wretches enjoy! But when Athalie got to the door of her home, a +thought sunk like lead into her mind. What if the captain was only so +ready with his promise of escorting her to Belgrade in order to get rid +of her? What if he does not come to-morrow, either at eight or later? A +torturing jealousy excited her nerves. When she reached the anteroom, +she felt about on the table for the candle and matches she had left +there. Instead of these her hand touched a knife--a sharp cook's knife +with a heavy handle. This also sheds light on darkness. She grasped the +knife and walked up and down. Her teeth chattered: the thought was +working in her, how if she were to drive this knife into the heart of +that girl with the white face, who sleeps beside her? That would be an +end of them both. They would convict her of the murder, and so she would +get out of the world. + +But Timéa is not sleeping there now. + +Athalie only remembered when she had gone to the bed in which Timéa +usually slept, that she was sleeping with Frau Sophie to-night. The +knife fell from her hand, and then she was frightened. She began to feel +how lonely she was, how dark was all around her, dark too in her own +soul. + + * * * * * + +The roll of a drum awoke Athalie out of a distressing dream. She dreamed +of a young lady who had murdered her rival, and was led to the place of +execution. Already she knelt on the scaffold, the headsman with his +naked sword stood behind her, the judge read the sentence and said, +"With God there is pardon." The drum beat, then Athalie awoke. + +It was the auctioneer's drum. The bidding had begun; but that drum is +even more dreadful than the one which gives the signal of death. To +listen, when the voice which penetrates even to the street calls out the +well-known old favorite things which only yesterday were our own! "Once, +twice; any advance?" and then "thrice!" and the drum rolls and the +hammer falls. Then it begins again, "Once, twice; any advance?" + +Athalie put on her mourning-dress, the only one left to her, and went to +find some one. There were only her mother and Timéa to look for. They +would probably be in the kitchen. + +Both had long been up and dressed. Frau Sophie was as round as a tub. +Knowing well enough that no one would search her, she had put on a dozen +dresses one over the other, and hidden a few napkins and silver spoons +in her pockets. She could hardly move. Timéa was in her simple black +every-day dress, and was preparing warm milk and coffee. At the sight of +Athalie, Frau Sophie broke into loud sobs, and hung on her neck. "Oh, my +dear, darling, pretty daughter! What have we come to, and what will +become of us? Oh, that we had not lived to see this day! This dreadful +drum woke you, I suppose?" + +"Is it not yet eight o'clock?" asked Athalie. The kitchen clock was +still going. + +"Not eight? Why, the auction began at nine. Can you not hear it?" + +"Has no one been to see us?" + +"Silly idea! Why, who should visit us at such a time?" + +Athalie said no more, but sat down on the bench--the same little seat on +which Frau Sophie had described to Timéa the splendid wedding ceremony. + +Timéa prepared the breakfast, toasted the bread, and laid the kitchen +table for the two ladies. Athalie did not heed the invitation, however +much pressed by Frau Sophie. "Drink, my dear, my own pretty! Who knows +where we shall get coffee to-morrow? The whole world is against us, and +every one abuses and curses us. What will become of us?" But that did +not hinder her from gulping down her cup of coffee. Athalie was thinking +of the journey to Belgrade, and of her expected traveling companion. + +Frau Sophie's mind was much occupied with original notions on easy modes +of death. "If there were only a pin in the coffee that it might stick in +my throat and choke me." Then the wish arose that the flat-iron would +fall down from the shelf as she passed and crush her skull. She would be +glad, too, if one of the earthquakes which occasionally occur in Komorn +would happen now, and bury the house and all in it. As, however, none of +these ways of dying came to pass, and Athalie would not speak, there was +nothing left but to vent her wrath on Timéa. "She takes it easily, the +ungrateful creature! She is not even crying; indeed it is easy for her +to laugh--she can go to service, or work with a milliner and keep +herself; she will be glad to be quit of us, and live on her own hook. +You just wait, you will soon have to remember us. You'll be +sorry--before a year is over you'll repent fast enough." Timéa had done +nothing to repent of, but Frau Sophie saw it in the future, and her +anger was only surpassed by the grief she felt about Athalie. "What will +become of you, you sweet and only darling? Who will take care of you? +What will become of your pretty white hands?" + +"There, go and leave me in peace," said Athalie, shaking her lamenting +mother off her neck. "Go and look out of the window and see if any one +is coming up to us." + +"Nobody, nobody!--who should be coming?" + +Time went on; drum and bid succeeded each other; whenever the kitchen +clock struck, Athalie started up, and then let her head fall into her +hands again and stared before her. The roses on her cheeks took a violet +shade, her lips were blue, an olive shadow darkened her exquisite face; +her staring eyes, with deep marks below them, her swollen lips, her +painfully contracted eyebrows, turned the ideal beauty into an image of +horror. She sat like a fallen angel driven from heaven. It was already +noon, and he for whom she waited never came. The noise of the sale came +nearer and nearer. The auctioneer went from room to room; they had begun +in the outer rooms, now they were coming to the reception-rooms, at +whose far end was the kitchen. + +Frau Sophie, in spite of her despair, had her senses about her enough to +notice that the bidding was very quick. Hardly was anything put up +before the drum beat, and "any advance?" was cried. The buyers standing +in groups complained, "No one has a chance--the man is mad. Who can this +fool be?" + +Now only the kitchen department is left, but no one enters it. Outside, +the drum is heard, "No one will give more?" It has been bought as a +whole, unseen--by some fool. + +It struck Frau Sophie, too, that people did not hasten to fetch the lots +they bought out of the rooms, as usual at an auction; here nothing is +touched. Now comes the principal lot, and every one goes down to the +yard, for the house itself is being put up. The buyers press round the +table of the official auctioneer; the upset price is named. Then some +one makes an offer in a low voice. Among the crowd arises a confused +noise, tones of astonishment, laughter, hissing; the people scatter, and +again one hears, "He must be a fool." Grumbling and angry, all go away. +"Once, twice, thrice!" the hammer falls. The house has found a +purchaser. + +"Now it's time to go, my sweet darling daughter. We will look out for +the last time. If only the tower of St. John's Church would fall and +crush us all together!" But Athalie sat on the bench, waiting and +waiting, and looking at the clock. It points to two. One little ray of +hope still shone through the Egyptian darkness--perhaps it was the dread +of pushing through the crowd of bidders which had kept the captain from +coming; perhaps he will appear as soon as the yard is clear. + +"Don't you hear some one coming?" + +"No, my beauty, I hear nothing." + +"Yes, mother, I hear some one creeping upstairs gently, on tiptoe." + +In truth soft steps approach. Some one knocks at the kitchen door, like +a polite visitor who begs permission to enter, and waits till it is +given him; and then the door opens gently, and in comes, with hat off, +and courteous bow--Michael Timar Levetinczy. He remained standing near +the door after saluting the ladies. Athalie rose with an expression of +disappointment and hatred; Frau Sophie wrung her hands, and looked up +with a mixture of hope and fear; Timéa met his gaze with gentle +calmness. + +"I," began Timar, sending his "I" in advance like a pope in his bull--"I +have had this house and all its saleable contents knocked down to me at +the auction. I did not buy it for myself, but for the one person in it +who is not to be bought, and yet is the only treasure on earth in my +sight. . . . Fraülein Timéa, from this day forward you are the mistress +of this house. Everything in it belongs to you--the clothes, the jewels +in the wardrobes, the horses in the stable, the securities in the +safe--all is inscribed in your name, and the creditors are satisfied. +You are the owner of the house--accept it from me; and if there is a +corner in it where there is room for a quiet fellow who would only +impose on you his respect and admiration, and if this corner could be +given to me--if there was a little shelter for me in your heart, and you +did not refuse my hand--then I should be only too happy, and would swear +that the whole aim of my life would be to make you as happy as you made +me." + +Timéa's face beamed at these words with maidenly pride. A mixture of +inexpressible pain, noble gratitude, and holy sacrifice lighted up her +countenance. "Thrice, thrice," her lips stammered, but without a sound, +only her sympathetic nerves heard what she wanted to utter. This man had +so often saved her; he was always so good to her; he had never made +sport of her, nor flattered her, and now he gives her all her heart +could desire. All? No, all but one thing, and that is gone; it belongs +to another. + +Timar waited quietly for an answer. Timéa remained silent. + +"Do not answer hastily, Fraülein Timéa," he said. "I will await your +decision. I will come to-morrow, or in a week, or whenever you like to +give me an answer. You are mistress of all I have handed over to you; I +attach no conditions to it; it is all registered in your name. If you do +not wish to see me here again, it only costs you one word; take a week +or a month or a year to consider what you will answer." + +Timéa stepped forward with decision from behind the stove where the +other two women had pushed her, and approached Michael. + +In her manner lay a precocious gravity, which lent to her face a womanly +dignity. Since that eventful wedding-day she had ceased to be a child; +she had become serious and silent. She looked calmly into Michael's +face, and said, "I have already decided." + +Frau Sophie listened with envious malice for Timéa's answer. If only she +would say to Timar, "I don't want you--go away!" Anything is possible +from such an idiot of a girl, who has had another man put in her head. +And if Timar, just to revenge himself, were to say, "Well then, stay as +you are; you shall have neither the house nor my hand, I will offer both +to Fraülein Athalie"--and if he were to marry Athalie! As if cases had +not been heard of in which an honest lover was refused by some stuck-up +girl, and then out of pique offered his hand to the governess, or +proposed to the housemaid on the spot! This hope of Frau Sophie's, +however, was not destined to be fulfilled. + +Timéa gave her hand to Timar, and said in a low but firm voice, "I +accept you as my husband." + +Michael grasped the offered hand--not with the fire of a passionate +lover, but with the homage of a man, and looked long into the unearthly +beauty of the girl's eyes. + +And the girl allowed him to read her soul. She repeated her words: "I +accept you as my husband, and will be a faithful and obedient wife; I +only ask one favor--you will not refuse me?" + +Happiness made Michael forget that a merchant should never sign his name +to a blank sheet of paper. "Oh, speak! what you desire is already done." + +"My request is," said Timéa, "if you take me to wife, and this house +becomes yours again, and I the mistress in your house, that you should +allow my adopted mother who received me, an orphan, and my adopted +sister with whom I have grown up, to remain here with me. Regard them as +my mother and sister, and treat them as kindly." + +An involuntary tear fell from Timar's eye. Timéa noticed it, seized his +right hand with hers, and made a new attack on his heart. "You will, I +know you will do as I ask you; and you will give back to Athalie all +that was hers?--her nice clothes and jewels; and she will stay with us, +and you will be the same to her as if she were my own sister; and you +will treat Mamma Sophie as I do, and call her mother?" + +Frau Sophie, hearing this, began to sob aloud. She sunk on her knees +before Timéa, and covered her hands, her dress, even her feet with +unceasing kisses, while she murmured broken and inaudible words. + +In the next moment Timar was himself again, and the far-seeing vision +came to his aid, which at any critical time raised him above his rivals. +His quick invention whispered to him what must be done to provide +against future complications. He took Timéa's little hands in his. "You +are a noble creature, Timéa. You will permit me henceforward to call you +by your name? and I will not disgrace your good heart. Stand up, Mamma +Sophie; do not cry; tell Athalie she might come nearer to me. I will do +more than Timéa asked, for love of her, and for you two; I will provide +for Athalie not only a place of refuge, but a happy home of her own; I +will pay the deposit for her bridegroom, and give her the dowry which +her father had promised to her. May they be happy together." + +Timar had foreseen things still below the horizon, and thought that no +sacrifice would be too great to get the two women out of the house and +away from Timéa, and to manage that the handsome captain should be +married to the lovely Athalie. + +But now it was his turn to be overwhelmed with kisses and gratitude by +Frau Sophie. "Oh, Herr von Levetinczy! Oh, dear, generous Herr von +Levetinczy! let me kiss your hand, your feet, your clever head." And she +did as set forth in her programme, and kissed besides his shoulders, +coat-collar, and his back, at last embracing both Timar and Timéa in her +arms, and bestowing her valuable blessing upon them. "Be happy +together!" + +It was impossible to help laughing at the way the poor woman expressed +her joy. But Athalie poisoned all their pleasure. + +Proud as a fallen angel who is asked to return, and who prefers +damnation to humbling her pride, she turned away from Timar, and said in +a voice choked with passion, "I thank you, sir. But I never wish to hear +of Herr Katschuka again, either in this world or the next! I will never +be his wife; I will remain here with Timéa--as her servant." + + + + +_BOOK THIRD.--THE OWNERLESS ISLAND._ + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +THE MARRIAGE OF THE MARBLE STATUE. + + +Timar was intensely happy at being engaged to Timéa. + +The unearthly beauty of the girl had captivated his heart at first +sight. He admired her then, and afterward the sweet nature which he +learned to appreciate won his respect. The shameful trick played on her +in the house of Brazovics awoke in him a chivalrous sympathy. The airy +courtship of the captain aroused his jealousy; all these were symptoms +of love, and at last he had reached the goal of his wishes: the lovely +maiden was his, and would be his wife. + +And a great burden was lifted from his soul--self-reproach; for from the +day when Timar found the treasures of Ali Tschorbadschi in the sunken +ship, his peace was gone. After each brilliant success of any of his +undertakings, the voice of the accuser rose in his breast "This does not +belong to you--it was the property of an orphan which you usurped. You a +lucky man? You a man of gold? It is not true! Benefactor of the poor? +Not true! Not true! You are a thief!" + +Now the suit is decided. The inward judge acquits him. The defrauded +orphan receives back her property, and in double measure, for whatever +belongs to her husband is hers too. She will never know that the +foundation of this great fortune was once hers; she only knows it is +hers now--thus fate is reconciled. + +But is it really reconciled? Timar forgot the sophism that he offered +Timéa something besides the treasures which were hers--himself--and in +exchange demanded the girl's heart, and that this was a deception, and +like taking her by force. + +He wished to hasten the wedding. There was no need of delay on account +of the trousseau, for he had bought everything in Vienna. Timéa's +wedding-dress was made by the best Parisian house, and the bride was not +obliged to work at it herself for six weeks, as at that other. That +double unlucky dress was buried in a closet which no one ever opened; it +would never be brought out again. + +But other hinderances of an ecclesiastical nature presented +themselves--Timéa was still unbaptized. It was only natural that Timar +should wish Timéa, when she left the Moslem faith for Christianity, to +enter at once the Protestant Church to which he belonged, so that they +might worship together after their marriage. But then the Protestant +minister announced it as an indispensable condition of conversion that +neophytes should be instructed in the creed of that church into which +they were to be received. Here a great difficulty arose. The Mohammedan +religion has nothing to say to women in its dogmas. To a Moslem a woman +is no more than a flower which fades and falls, whose soul is its +fragrance, which the wind carries away, and it is gone. Timéa had no +creed. + +The very reverend gentleman found his task by no means easy when he +tried to convince Timéa of the superiority of the Christian religion. He +had converted Jews and Papists, but he had never tried it with a Turkish +girl. + +On the first day, when the minister was explaining the splendors of the +other world, and declaring that there all who in this world had loved +each other would be reunited, the girl put this question to him--"Would +those meet who had loved each other, or only those whom the minister had +united?" This was a ticklish question; but the reverend gentleman +answered, from his own puritanical point of view, that only those could +possibly love each other who were united by the church, and that it was +of course impossible for those who were thus united _not_ to love each +other. But he was careful not to repeat this question to Herr Timar. + +The next day Timéa asked him whether her father, Ali Tschorbadschi, +would also arrive in that world to which she was going? + +To this delicate question the minister was unable to give a satisfactory +reply. + +"But is it not the case that I shall there still be the wife of Herr +Levetinczy?" asked Timéa, with lively curiosity. To this the Herr Pastor +was glad to reply, with gracious readiness, that that would certainly be +the case. + +"Well, then, I shall ask Herr Levetinczy, when we both go to heaven, to +keep a little place for my father, that he may be with us; and surely he +will not refuse me?" + +The reverend gentleman scratched his ear violently, and thought he had +better lay this difficult point before the church synod. + +The third day he said to Timar that it would be best to baptize and +marry the young lady at once: then her husband could give her +instruction in the other dogmas. + +The next Sunday the sacred rite was celebrated. Timéa then for the first +time entered a Protestant church. The simple building, with its +whitewashed walls and unornamented chancel, made a very different +impression on her mind from that other church, out of which the naughty +boys had chased her when she peeped in. There were golden altars, great +wax tapers burning in silver candelabra, pictures, incense filling the +air, mysterious chants, and people sinking on their knees at the sound +of a bell. Here sat long rows of men and women apart, each with their +book before them, and after the precentor had set the tune, all the +congregation joined in unison. Then silence, and the minister mounted +the high pulpit and began to preach without any ceremony. He did not +sing, nor drink from the chalice, nor show any holy relics--only talk, +talk on. + +Timéa sat in the first row with her sponsors, who led her to the font, +where another long sermon was preached. At last it was over; the +neophyte bowed her head over the basin, and the minister baptized her, +in the name of the Trinity, "Susanna." She wondered why she should be +called Susanna, as she was quite satisfied with her own name. + +Then they all sat down again and sung the eighty-third psalm, "Oh, God +of Israel," which awoke in Timéa a slight doubt as to whether she had +not been turned into a Jewess. + +All her doubts vanished, however, when another minister arose, and read +from the chancel a document which set forth that the noble Herr Michael +Timar von Levetinczy, of the Swiss Protestant Church, had betrothed +himself to Fraülein Timéa Susanna von Tschorbadschi, also of the Swiss +Protestant religion. + +Two more weeks must pass before the marriage. Michael spent every day +with Timéa. The girl always received him with frank cordiality, and he +was happy in his anticipations of the future. He generally found Athalie +with his bride, but she made some pretext for leaving the room, and her +mother look her place. + +Mamma Sophie entertained Michael with praises of his bride--what a dear +girl she was, and how often she spoke of her kind, good Michael, who had +taken such care of her on board the "St. Barbara." Sophie had heard +every little detail, which only Timéa could have known, and Michael was +delighted to find that she remembered so well. + +"If you only knew, dear Levetinczy, how fond the girl is of you!" And +Timéa was not confused when she heard Frau Sophie say this. She affected +no modest contradiction, but did not strengthen the assurance by any shy +blushes. She allowed Timar to hold her hand in his and look into her +eyes, and when he came and went she smiled at him. + +At last the wedding-day arrived. Troops of guests streamed in from all +parts, a long row of carriages stood in the street, as on that other +ill-omened day; but this time no misfortune occurred. + +The bridegroom fetched the bride out of the house of Brazovics, which +was now her own, and took her to the church, but the wedding banquet was +in the bridegroom's house. Frau Sophie would not be denied the task of +arranging everything. Athalie remained at home and looked from behind +the curtain, through the same window at which she had awaited the +arrival of her own bridegroom, while the long row of carriages was set +in motion. + +And there she waited till they all went past again after the marriage, +bride and bridegroom now in the same carriage, and looked after them. +And if during this time the whole congregation had prayed for the young +couple, we may be sure that she also sent a--prayer--after them. + +Timéa had not found the ceremony as impressive as Frau Sophie had +described it to her. The clergyman did not wear a golden robe or miter +himself, nor did he bring out any silver crowns to crown them as lord or +lady to each other. The bridegroom wore a velvet coat, as nobles did +then, with agraffes and fur on it. He looked a fine man, but he held his +head down; he was not yet used to carry it proudly, as beseems the gala +suit of a noble. There was no veil wound round the two, no drinking from +the same cup, no procession round the altar and holy kiss, not even any +altar at all; only a black-robed minister, who said wise things no +doubt, but which had not the mysterious charm of the "Gospodi Pomiluj." +The Protestant marriage, deprived of all ceremony, leaves the Oriental +fancy, with its desire for excitement, quite cold. And Timéa only +understood the external ceremony as yet. + +The brilliant banquet came to an end; the guests went away, the bride +remained in the bridegroom's house. + +When Timar was alone with Timéa, when he sat by her side and took her +hand, he felt his heart beat and its pulsation spread through his whole +frame. . . . The unspeakable treasure which was the goal of all his +desires is in his possession. He has only to stretch out his arm and +draw her to his breast. He dares not do it--he is as if bound by a +spell. The wife, the baroness, does not shrink at his approach. She does +not tremble or glow. If only she would cast her eyes down in alarm when +Michael's hand touched her shoulder! If only the warm reflex of a shy +blush passed over her pale face, the spell would be broken. But she +remains as calm and cold and passionless as a somnambulist. Michael sees +before him the same figure which he awoke from death on that eventful +night--the same which lay on the bed before him like an altar-picture +which radiates cold to the spectator, and whose face never changed when +her night-dress slipped from her shoulders, nor even when told that her +father was dead--not even when Timar whispered into her ear, "Beloved!" + +She is a marble statue--a statue which bows, dresses itself, submits, +but is not alive. She sees, but her glance neither encourages nor +alarms. He can do what he likes with her. She allows him to let down her +lovely bright hair, and spread the locks over her shoulders; she allows +his lips to approach her white face, and his hot breath to touch her +cheek: but it kindles no responsive warmth in her. Michael thinks if he +were to press the icy form to his breast, the charm would be broken; but +in the act of doing it, an even greater emotion overcomes him. He starts +back as if he was about to commit a crime against which nature, his +guardian angel, every sensitive nerve in him protested. "Timéa," he +whispered to her in caressing murmurs, "do you know that you are my +wife?" + +Timéa looked at him and answered, "Yes, I know it." + +"Do you love me?" + +Then she opened wide her large dark eyes, and as he looked into them it +seemed to him as if he were granted a glimpse into all the mysteries of +the starry heavens. Then she veils them again with her silky lashes. + +"Do you feel no love for me?" entreats the husband with a yearning sigh. + +That look again, and the pale woman asks, "What is love?" + +What is love? All the wise men in the world could not explain it to one +who does not feel it. But it requires no explanation for those who have +it within them. + +"Oh, you child!" sighed Timar, and rose from his wife's side. + +Timéa rose also. "No, sir, I am no longer a child. I know what I +am--your wife. I have sworn it to you, and God has heard my vow. I will +be a faithful and obedient wife to you--it is appointed to me by fate. +You have shown me so much kindness, that I owe you a lifelong gratitude. +You are my lord and master, and I will always do what you wish and +order." + +Michael turned away and covered his face. This look of self-sacrifice +and abnegation froze all desire in his veins. Who would have the courage +to press a martyr to his heart, the statue of a saint, with +palm-branches and crown of thorns? + +"I will do what you command." + +Michael now first began to guess what a hollow victory he had won. He +had married a marble statue. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +THE GUARDIAN DEVIL. + + +It has often happened that a man has found his wife's heart to be devoid +of all inclination toward him. + +And no doubt many have looked for a cure in course of time. What can one +do in winter, except look forward to spring? As the daughter of +Mohammedan parents, Timéa had been brought up not to see the face of the +man who was to be her husband until the wedding-day. There no one asks, +"Do you, or do you not, love him?" neither her parents, the priest, nor +the man himself. The husband will be good to her, and if he should find +her out in infidelity, he will kill her. The principal thing is that she +should have a pretty face, bright eyes, fine hair, and a sweet +breath--no one asks about her heart. But Timéa had learned in a +different school in the house of Brazovics. There she learned that among +the Christians love was allowed, and every opportunity given for it; but +that any one who did fall in love was not cured like a sick person, but +punished like a criminal. She had expiated her crime. + +When Timéa became Timar's wife, she had schooled herself strictly, and +forbidden every drop of her blood to speak to her of anything except her +duties as a wife; for if she had allowed them to talk of her secret +fancies, then each drop of blood would have persuaded her to go the same +road on which that other girl had twice, in the darkness of the night, +stumbled over the body of the sleeping woman, and that stumble would +have killed her soul. She crushed and buried the feeling, and gave her +hand to a man whom she respected, to whom she owed gratitude, and whose +life-companion she was to remain. + +This story is repeated every day. And those who meet with it console +themselves with the idea that soon the spring will come and the ice will +melt. + +Michael went with his young wife to travel, and visited Italy and +Switzerland. They returned as they went. Neither the romantic Alpine +valleys nor the fragrant orange-groves brought balm to his heart. He +overwhelmed his wife with all that women like, dress and jewels; he +introduced her to the gayeties of great cities. All in vain: moonlight +gives no heat, even through a burning glass. His wife was gentle, +attentive, grateful, obedient; but her heart was never open to him, +neither at home nor abroad, neither in joy nor sorrow. Her heart was +buried. + +Timar had married a corpse. + +With this knowledge he returned from his travels. At one time he thought +of leaving Komorn and settling in Vienna. Perhaps a new life might begin +there. But then he thought of another plan: he decided to remain in +Komorn and move into the Brazovics' house. There he would live with his +wife, and arrange his own house as an office, so that business people +might have nothing to do with the house his wife lived in. In this way +he could be absent from home all day, without its being noticed that he +left his wife alone. + +In public they always appeared together. She went into society with him, +reminded him when it was time to leave, and departed leaning on his arm. +Every one envied his lot; a lucky man to have such a lovely and faithful +wife! If she were not so true and good! If he could only hate her! But +no scandal could touch her. + +This spring brings no melting of her ice-bound heart. The glaciers grow +every day. Michael cursed his fate. With all his treasures he can not +buy his wife's love. It is all the worse for him that he is rich; +splendor and great wealth widen the rift between them. Poverty binds +close within its four walls those who belong to each other; laborers and +fishermen, who have only one room and one bed, are more fortunate than +he. The woodman, whose wife holds the other end of the saw when he is at +work, is an enviable man: when they have finished they sit down on the +ground, eat their bean-porridge out of one bowl, and kiss each other +afterward. + +Let us become poor people! + +Timar began to hate his riches, and tried to get rid of them. If he was +unfortunate and became poor, he would get nearer to his wife, he +thought. + +He could not succeed in impoverishing himself. Fortune pursues those who +despise it. Everything he touched, which with another would certainly +have failed, became a brilliant success. In his hands the impossible +turned to reality--the die always threw six; if he tried to lose his +money by gambling, he broke the bank--gold streamed in upon him; if he +ran away or hid, it rolled after him and found him out. + +And all this he would have joyfully given for a kiss from his wife's +sweet lips. + +And yet they say money is almighty. Everything is to be had for money. +Yes--false; lying love, bright smiles on the charming lips of such as +feel it not--forbidden, sinful love, which must be concealed--but not +the love of one who can love truly and faithfully. + +Timar almost wished he could hate his wife. He would have liked to +believe that she loved another, that she was faithless and forgot her +wifely duty; but he could not find any cause for hatred. No one saw his +wife anywhere but on her husband's arm. In society she knew how to +preserve a bearing which compelled respect, and kept bold advances at a +distance. She did not dance at balls, and gave as a reason that when a +girl she had not been taught to dance, and as a woman she no longer +wished to learn. She sought the company of older women. If her husband +went on a journey, she never left the house. But what did she at home? +For reception-rooms in society are transparent, but not the walls of +one's house. To this question Michael had a most convincing reply. + +In this house Athalie lived with Timéa. + +Athalie was--not the guardian angel but the guardian devil of Timéa's +honor. Every step, every word, every thought of his wife, every sigh she +uttered, every tear she shed, even the unconscious mutterings of her +dreams, were spied upon by another woman, who hated him as well as his +wife, and certainly would hasten to make both miserable, if a shadow of +guilt could be found on the walls of the house. + +If Timéa, at the moment when she begged Michael to allow Athalie and +Frau Sophie to continue living in the same house, had listened to +anything but the voice of her kind and feeling heart, she could not have +invented a better protection for herself than keeping with her the girl +who had once been the bride of the man she ought never to meet again. + +These pitiless and malicious eyes follow her everywhere; as long as the +guardian devil is silent, Timéa is not condemned even by God. Athalie is +silent. + + * * * * * + +Athalie was a real dragon to Timéa, in small things as well as great. No +circumstance, ever so trifling, escaped her attention if it afforded her +a chance of playing Timéa a trick. She pretended that Timéa wished to +show her generosity by treating the quondam young lady of the house as a +sister, or like a lady visitor, which was enough to make Athalie behave +in company as if she were a servant. Every day Timéa took the broom out +of her hand by force when she came in to clean the room; she constantly +caught her cleaning "her mistress's" clothes, and if visitors came to +dinner, she could not be induced to leave the kitchen. Athalie had +received back from Timéa her whole arsenal of ornaments and toilet +necessaries. She had wardrobes full of silk and merino dresses; but she +chose to wear her shabbiest and dirtiest gowns, which formerly she had +put on only when the hairdresser was busy with her coiffure; and she was +glad if she could burn a hole in her dress in the kitchen, or drop oil +on it when she trimmed the lamp. She knew how much this hurt Timéa. All +her jewels too, worth thousands, had been restored to her: she did not +wear them, but bought herself a paste brooch for ten kreutzers, and put +it on. Timéa took the brooch away quietly, and had a real opal put into +it; the faded old dresses she burned, and had others made for Athalie of +the stuff she was herself wearing. + +Oh, yes, one could grieve Timéa, but not make her angry. + +Even in her way of speaking, Athalie made a parade of an insufferable +humility, although, or rather because, she knew it hurt Timéa. If the +latter asked for anything, Athalie rushed to fetch it with an alacrity +like that of a black slave who fears the whip. She never spoke in a +natural tone, but annoyed Timéa by always lowering her voice to the thin +whining sound which gives an impression of servility; she stammered with +affected weakness, and could not pronounce the letter _s_. + +She never let herself be surprised into forgetfulness or familiarity; +but her most refined cruelty consisted in her unseasonable praises of +the husband and wife to each other. + +When she was alone with Timéa she sighed, "Oh, how happy you are, Timéa, +in having such a good husband who loves you so much!" If Timar came +home, she received him with naïve reproaches. "Is it right to stay away +so long? Timéa is quite desperate, she awaits you with such longing; go +in gently and surprise your wife. Hold your hands over her eyes, and +make her guess who it is." + +Both had to bear the derision which, under the mask of a tender, +flattering sympathy, wounded their hearts. Athalie knew only too well +that neither of them was happy. + +But when she was alone, how completely she threw off the mask with which +she tormented the others, and gave vent to her suppressed rage. If alone +in her room she threw the broom Timéa had tried to take away furiously +on the ground; then again beat the chairs and sofas with the handle, in +order, as she said, to shake the dust out, but really to work off her +anger on them. If in going out or in her dress caught in the door, or +the sleeve on the handle, she wrenched it away with her teeth clinched, +so that either the dress was torn or the handle dragged off, and then +she was satisfied. + +Broken crockery, chipped glasses, mutilated furniture, bore witness in +quantities to the disastrous hours they passed in her company. Poor +Mamma Sophie avoided her own daughter, and was afraid to be left alone +with her. She was the only person in the house who ever heard Athalie's +natural voice, and to whom she showed the bottomless depths of the gulf +her hatred had dug. Frau Sophie was frightened of sleeping in the same +room with her, and in a confidential moment showed her faithful cook the +black bruises which her daughter's hand had left on her arms. When +Athalie came into her mother's room in the evening, she would pinch her, +and scream in her ear, "Why did you ever give me birth?" + +And when at last she went to bed, after finishing her day's work with +pretended gentleness and hidden fury, she required no one to help her. +She tore off her clothes, dragged the knotted strings asunder, +ill-treated her hair with hands and comb as if it was some one's else; +then stamped on her clothes, blew out the candle, leaving a long wick to +smolder and fill the room with its evil odor, and threw herself on her +bed; there she bit the pillow, and tore at it with her teeth while she +brooded over the torture she had to endure. Sleep only came to her after +she had heard a door shut--the door of the lonely chamber of the master; +then she was glad--then she could sleep. + +It could be no secret to her that the young husband and wife were not +happy. She waited with malicious joy to see what mischief could be +developed from it. + +Neither of them seemed to notice it. No quarrel ever took place; no +complaint, not even an involuntary sigh, ever escaped either of them. +Timéa remained unchanged, only the husband grew more gloomy every day. +He sat for hours by his wife, often holding her hands in his, but he did +not look into her eyes, and rose to go away without a word. Men can not +keep a secret as women can. Timar got into the habit of going away and +fixing the day of his return, and then returning sooner than he was +expected. Another time he surprised his wife at a moment when he was not +looked for; he pretended a chance had brought him home, and would not +say what he wanted. But suspicion was written on his brow. Jealousy left +him no peace. + +One day Michael said at home that he had to go to Levetinczy, and could +hardly get back in less than a month. All his preparations were made for +a long absence. When the married couple took leave of each other with a +kiss--a cool, conventional kiss--Athalie was present. + +Athalie smiled. Another would hardly have noticed the smile, or at any +rate would not, like Michael, have marked the derision which lay in +it--the malicious mockery at one who little knows what goes on behind +his back. It was as if she said, "When you are once gone, you fool--!" + +Michael took the sting of this spiteful smile with him on his journey. +He carried it on his heart half-way to Levetinczy; then he made his +carriage turn round, and by midnight he was back in Komorn. In his +house there were two extra entrances to his room, whose keys he always +carried about with him, so that he could get in without any one knowing +of his return. From his room he could reach Timéa's through the several +anterooms. His wife was not in the habit of locking her bedroom door. +She was accustomed to read in bed, and the maid generally had to come +and see whether she had not fallen asleep without putting out the light. +On the other side, the room in which Athalie and her mother slept +adjoined his wife's bedroom. Michael approached the door noiselessly and +opened it cautiously. All was still; every one slept. The room was dimly +lighted by the shaded light of a night-lamp. + +Michael drew the curtain aside: the same statue of a sleeping saint lay +before him which he had once aroused to life in the cabin of the "St. +Barbara." She seemed to be fast asleep; she did not feel his +neighborhood; she did not see him through her downcast lashes. But a +slumbering woman can see the man she loves even in her sleep, and with +closed eyes. Michael bent over her breast and counted her heart-beats. +Her heart beat with its normal calm. No suspicious symptom to be +found--nothing to feed the hungry monster which seeks a victim. + +He stood long and gazed on the slumbering form. Then suddenly he +started. Athalie stood before him, dressed, and with a candle in her +hand. Again that insulting smile of mockery lay on her lips. "Have you +forgotten something?" she asked in a whisper. + +Michael trembled like a thief caught in the act. + +"Hush!" said he, pointing to the sleeper, and hurried away from the bed. +"I forgot my papers." + +"Shall I wake Timéa that she may get them out?" + +Timar was angry at being detected for the first time in his life in a +direct lie. + +His papers were not kept by Timéa, but in his own room. + +"No, do not wake my wife; the papers are in my room--I only wanted the +key." + +"And you have already found it?" asked Athalie, seriously, who then +lighted the candles and officiously conducted Michael to his room. + +Here she put down the candle and did not go away. Michael turned +over his papers with confusion; he could not find what he +sought--naturally--for he knew not what to look for. At last he shut +his desk without taking anything out. Again he was met by the hateful +smile which from time to time played round Athalie's lips. "Do you +wish for anything?" said Athalie, in answer to his inquiring looks. + +Michael remained silent. + +"Do you wish me to speak?" + +Michael felt at these words as if the world was falling on him. He dared +not answer. + +"Shall I tell you of Timéa?" whispered Athalie, bending nearer to him, +and holding the stupefied man under the spell of her beautiful +serpent-eyes. + +"What do you know?" asked Michael, hotly. + +"Everything--do you wish me to tell you?" + +Michael was undecided. + +"But I can tell you beforehand that you will be very unhappy when you +learn what I know." + +"Speak!" + +"Very well--listen. I know as well as you do that Timéa does not love +you. But one thing I know which you do not--namely, that Timéa is as +true to you as an angel." + +Timar started violently. + +"You did not expect that from me? It would have been welcome news to +hear from me that your wife deserved your contempt, so that you might be +able to hate and reject her. No, sir; the marble statue you have taken +to wife does not love you, but does not deceive you. This I only know, +but with absolute certainty--oh, your honor is well guarded. If you had +engaged the hundred-eyed Argus of the legend as a watchman, she could +not be better guarded than by me. Nothing of what she does, says, +thinks, escapes me: in the deepest recesses of her heart she can have no +feeling hidden from me. You acted wisely in the interests of your honor +when you took me into your house. You will not drive me out of it, +though you hate me; for you know well that as long as I am here, the man +whom you fear can never approach your sanctuary. I am the diamond lock +of your house. You shall know all: when you leave town, your house is a +cloister while you are absent; no visitors are received, neither man nor +woman; the letters which come to your wife, you will find unopened on +your writing-table; you can give them to her to read or throw them into +the fire, just as you choose. Your wife never sets foot in the streets, +she only drives out with me; her only walk is on the island, and I am +always with her; I see her suffer, but I never hear her complain. How +could she complain to me, who suffer the same torment, and on her +account? For from the time when that ghostly face appeared in the house +my misery began; till then I was happy and beloved. Do not be afraid of +my bursting into tears; I love no longer--now I only hate, and with my +whole soul. You can trust your house to me; you can ride through the +world in peace; you leave me at home, and as long as you find your wife +alive on your return you may be sure that she is faithful to you. For +know, sir, that if she ever exchanges a friendly word with that man, or +responds to his smile, or reads a letter from him, I would not wait for +you, I would kill her myself, and you would only come home to her +funeral. Now you know what you leave behind--the polished dagger which +the madness of jealousy holds aimed at your wife's heart; and under the +shadow of that dagger you will daily lay your head down to sleep, and +although I inspire you with loathing, you will be forced to cling to me +with desperation." + +Timar felt all his mental energy crippled under this outburst of +demoniac passion. + +"I have told you all I know about Timéa, about you and myself; I repeat +once more, you have taken to wife a girl who loves another, and this +other was once mine. It was you who took this house from me; under your +hand my father and my property sunk into dust; and then you made Timéa +the mistress of this house. You see now what you did. Your wife is not a +woman, but a martyr. It is not enough that you should suffer; you must +also acquire the certainty that you have made her, for whose possession +you strove, miserable, and that there can be no happiness for Timéa as +long as you live. With this sting in your breast you may leave your +house, Herr Levetinczy, and you will nowhere find a balm for your +smarting wound, and I rejoice at it with all my heart!" + +With glowing cheeks, gnashing teeth, and glaring eyes, Athalie bowed to +Timar, who sunk exhausted into a chair. But the girl clinched her fist +as if to thrust an invisible dagger into his heart. + +"And now--turn me out of your house if you dare!" All womanhood was +quenched in the girl's face. Instead of a hypocritical submission, it +was dominated by the fury of unbridled passion. "Drive me away from here +if you dare!" + +And proud as a triumphant demon she left Michael's room. She had taken +the lighted candle which was on the table away with her, and left the +wretched husband in darkness. She had told him that she was not the +humble servant, but the guardian devil of the house. As Timar saw the +girl with the light in her hand go toward the door of Timéa's bedroom, +something whispered to him to spring up, seize Athalie's arm, and +setting his foot before the threshold, to cry to her, "Remain then +yourself in this accursed house, as I am bound by the promise I gave; +but not with us!" + +And then to rush into Timéa's room, as on the eventful night when the +ship went down, to lift her in his arms from the bed, and with the cry, +"This house is falling in, let us save ourselves!" to fly from it with +her, and take her to some place where no one spies on her . . . this +thought darted through his head . . . that was what he ought to have +done. + +The door of the bedroom opened, and Athalie looked back once more; then +she went in, the door shut, and Michael remained alone in the darkness. + +Oh, in what darkness! + +Then he heard the key turn twice in the lock. His fate was sealed; he +arose and felt round in the dark for his traveling-bag. He kindled no +light, made no noise, so that no one should awake and report that he had +been here. When he had collected all his things, he crept softly to the +door, shut it gently behind him, and left his own house cautiously and +noiselessly, like a thief, like a fugitive. That girl had driven him +away from it. + +Out in the street he was met by a snow shower. That is good weather for +one who does not wish to be seen. The wind whistled through the streets, +and drove the snowflakes into his face; Michael Timar, however, went on +his way in an open carriage, in weather in which one would not turn a +dog into the street. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +SPRING MEADOWS. + + +As far as the Lower Danube, the traveler took with him rough and wintery +skies; here and there fresh snow covered the fields, and the woods stood +bare. The stormy cold suited the thoughts with which Timar was +occupied. That cruel girl was right--not only the husband but the wife +was wretched. The man doubly so; for he was the author of their mutual +misery. + +These bitter, disconsolate thoughts followed Michael to Baja, where he +had an office, and where, when he traveled into the flax districts of +Hungary, he had his letters sent. A whole bundle awaited him; he opened +one after another with indifference; what did he care whether the rape +had been frost-bitten or not, that the duties in England were raised, or +that exchange was higher? But among the letters he found two which were +not uninteresting--one from his Viennese, the other from his Stamboul +agent. The contents greatly rejoiced him. He put them both away, and +from that moment the apathy began to disperse which had hitherto +possessed him. He gave his orders to his agents with his usual quickness +and energy, carefully noted their reports, and when he had finished with +them, proceeded on his way in haste. + +Now his journey had an object--no great or important one, but still an +object. It was to give a pleasure to two poor people--but a real joy. + +The weather had changed; the sky had cleared, and the sun shone warmly +down below. In Hungary, where summer follows immediately on winter, +these swift changes are common. Below Baja the face of the country, too, +was changed. While Michael rushed southward with frequent changes of +horses, it was as if nature had in one day advanced by many weeks. At +Mohacs he was received by woods decked in new green; about Zambor the +fields were spread with a verdant carpet; at Neusatz the meadows were +already dressed with flowers; and in the plains of Pancsova golden +stretches of rape smiled at him, and the hills looked as though covered +with rosy snow--the almonds and cherry-trees were in blossom. The two +days' journey was like a dream-picture. The day before yesterday +snow-covered fields in Komorn, and to-day on the Lower Danube hedges in +bloom! + +Michael alighted at the Levetinczy castle to spend the night. He gave +his instructions to the bailiff on the day of his arrival; the next +morning he got up early, entered the carriage, and drove to the Danube +to inspect his cargo ships. Everything was in order. Our Herr Johann +Fabula had been appointed overseer of the whole flotilla: there was +nothing for him to do. "Our gracious master can go and shoot ducks." + +And Herr von Levetinczy followed this good advice of Herr Fabula. He had +a boat brought, and ordered provisions for a week, his gun, and plenty +of ammunition to be put in it. No one will be surprised if he does not +return from the reed-bed, now full of prime water-fowl, before a week +has elapsed. It storms with duck, snipe, and herons, the last only +valued for their feathers; even pelicans are to be met with, and an +Egyptian ibis has been shot there. It is said a flamingo was once seen. +When an ardent sportsman once gets into those marshes, you may wait till +he comes out! And Timar loved sport, like all sailors. This time Michael +did not load his gun. He let his boat float down with the stream till he +reached the point of the Ostrova Island--there he seized the sculls and +crossed the Danube obliquely. When he got round the island he soon saw +where he was. From the southern reed-beds rose the tops of the +well-known poplars--thither he went. There was already a channel broken +through the rushes, across and along as required, if you only understood +it. Where Michael had once been, he could find his way in the dark. What +would Almira and Narcissa be doing? What should they be doing in such +lovely weather but gratifying their passion for sport? Only, however, +within certain limits: the field-mouse must be pursued at night, and +that is easy for Narcissa, but she is strictly forbidden to chase birds. +To Almira the marmots which came across the ice and settled in the +island are positively interdicted. Aquatic prey still remain, and that +is good sport too. Almira wades into the pure, clear water among the +heaps of great stones at the bottom, and cautiously puts her fore-paw +into a hole, out of which something dark is peeping. Suddenly she makes +a great jump, draws her foot back, limps whining out of the water on +three legs, and on the fourth paw hangs a large black crab, which has +caught hold with its claws. Almira hobbles along in despair till, on +reaching the bank, she succeeds in shaking off the dangerous monster; it +is then carefully inspected by both Almira and Narcissa, to see at what +price it can be induced to allow its body to be deprived of the shell. +The crab naturally does not quite see the fun of this, and retires with +all speed backward to the water. The two sportsmen, however, shove the +reactionary party forward with their paws, until at one shove it is +turned on its back, and now all three are in doubt what to do +next--Almira, Narcissa, and the crab. + +Almira's attention is suddenly attracted by another object. She hears a +noise and scents something. A friend approaches by water; she does not +bark at him, but utters a low growl. This is her way of laughing, like +some cheery old gentleman. She recognizes the man in the boat. Michael +springs out, fastens the boat to a willow stump, pats Almira's head, and +asks her, "Well, then, how is it all? is it all well?" The dog replied +many things, but in the Newfoundland-dog language. To judge by the tone, +the answer is satisfactory. + +Then all at once a pitiful cry disturbs the pleasant greeting. The +catastrophe which might have been foreseen has occurred. Narcissa came +near enough to the upset and sprawling crab for it to catch her ear with +its nippers, and then to bury all its six claws in her fur. Timar rushed +to the scene of misfortune, and with great presence of mind, seeing the +magnitude of the danger, seized the mailed criminal in a place where its +weapons could not reach him, pressed its head between his strong +fingers, and obliged it to let go its prey; then he dashed it with such +force on to a stone that it was shattered, and gave up its black ghost. +Narcissa, to show her gratitude, sprung on to the shoulder of her +chivalrous deliverer, and snorted from there at her dead enemy. + +After this introductory deed of heroism, Timar busied himself in +disembarking what he had brought with him. All are packed into a +knapsack, which he can easily throw over his shoulder. But the gun, the +gun! Almira can not abide him with a gun in his hand, but he can not +leave it here, for it might easily be stolen by some one. What to do? +The idea struck Timar to give it into Almira's charge, who then, in her +leonine jaws, carried the weapon proudly before him as a poodle bears +its master's cane. Narcissa sat on his shoulder and purred in his ear. +Michael allowed Almira to go on before and show him the way. + +Timar felt transformed when he trod the turfy paths of the island. Here +was holy rest and deepest solitude. The fruit-trees of this paradise are +in bloom; between their white and rosy flower-pyramids wild roses arch +their sprays; the golden sunbeams coax the flowers' fragrance into the +air; the breeze is laden with it--with every breath one inhales gold and +love. The forest of blossom is full of the hum of the bees, and in that +mysterious sound, from all these flower-eyes, God speaks, God looks: it +is a temple of the Lord. And that church music may not be wanting, the +nightingale flutes his psalm of lament, and the lark trills his song of +praise--only better than King David. At a spot where the purple lilacs +parted, and the little island-home was visible, Michael stood +spell-bound. The little house seemed to swim in a flaming sea, but not +of water, only of roses. It was covered with rose-wreaths climbing to +the roof, and for five acres round it only roses were visible--thousands +of bushes, and six-foot rose-trees, forming pyramids, hedges, and +arcades. It was a rose-forest, a rose-mountain, a rose-labyrinth, whose +splendor dazzled the eye and spread afar a scent which surrounded one +like a supernatural atmosphere. + +Hardly had Michael entered on the winding path through this wilderness +of roses, before a melodious cry of joy was heard. His name was called. +"Ah, Herr Timar!" + +And she who had uttered his name came running toward him. Timar had +already recognized her by her voice: it was Noémi--little Noémi, whom he +had not seen for nearly three years. How she had grown since then--how +changed, how developed she was! Her dress was no longer neglected, but +neat, though simple. In her rich golden hair a rose-bud was fastened. + +"Ah, Herr Timar!" cried the girl, and stretched out her hand to him from +afar, greeting him with frank delight, and a warm shake of the hand. + +Michael returned it, and remained lost in gazing at the girl. Here then, +at last, is a face that beams with joy at the sight of him. "How long it +is since we saw you!" said the girl. + +"And how pretty you have grown!" exclaimed he. + +Sympathy shone in every line of Noémi's face. "So you remember me +still?" asked Timar, holding the little hand fast in his own. + +"We have often thought of you." + +"Is Madame Therese well?" + +"There she comes." + +When she saw Michael she hastened her steps; from a distance she had +recognized the former ship's captain, who now again, in his gray coat +and with his knapsack, approached her hut. "God greet you! you have kept +us waiting a long time!" exclaimed the woman to her visitor. "So you +have thought of us at last?" And she embraced Michael without ceremony; +then his well-filled knapsack caught her eye. "Almira," she said to the +dog, "take this bag and carry it in." + +"There are a brace of birds in it," said Michael. + +"Indeed! then take care, Almira, that Narcissa does not get at it." + +Noémi was affronted. "Narcissa is not so badly educated as that." + +To make it up, Frau Therese kissed her daughter, and Noémi was +reconciled. + +"Now let us go in," said Therese, taking Michael's arm familiarly. +"Come, Noémi." + +A huge boat-shaped basket made of white osier-twigs stood in the way, +and its heaped-up contents were covered with a cloth. Noémi began to +lift it by both handles; Michael sprung to help her, and Noémi burst +into a childish shriek of laughter, and drew off the cloth. The basket +was heaped with rose-leaves. Michael took one handle, and so they +carried it together with its sweet cargo along the lavender-bordered +path. + +"Do you make rose-water?" asked Timar. + +Therese threw a glance at Noémi. "See how he finds out everything!" + +"With us in Komorn much rose-water is made. Many poor women live by it." + +"Indeed? Then elsewhere also the rose is a blessing of the Lord--the +exquisite flower which alone would make man love this world! And it not +only rejoices his heart, but gives him bread. Look you--last year was a +bad season; the late frost spoiled the fruit and the vintage; the wet, +cold summer destroyed the bees, and the poultry died of disease: we +should have had to fall back on our stores if it had not been for the +roses, which helped us in our need. They bloom every year, and are +always faithful to us. We made three hundred gallons of rose-water, +which we sold in Servia, and got grain in exchange. Oh, you dear +roses--you life-saving flowers!" + +The little settlement had been enlarged since Timar was last there. +There was a kiln and a kitchen for the preparation of the rose-water. +Here was an open fire with the copper retort, from which the first +essence dropped slowly; near the hearth stood a great tub with the +crushed rose leaves, and on a broad bench lay the fresh ones which +required drying. + +Michael helped Noémi to empty the basket on to the bench; that was a +scent, a perfume, in which one could revel and intoxicate one's self! + +Noémi laid her little head on the soft hill of rose leaves, and said, +"It would be delicious to sleep on such a bed of roses." + +"Foolish child," Therese chided her. "You would never awake from that +slumber; the odor would kill you." + +"That would be a lovely death!" + +"Then you want to die?" Frau Therese said, reproachfully; "you want to +leave me here alone, you naughty child?" + +"No, no!" cried Noémi, embracing her mother with eager kisses. "I leave +you, my dear, darling, only little mother!" + +"Why do you make such silly jests then? Don't you think, Herr Timar, it +is not right for a young girl to allow herself these jokes with her +mother--for a little girl who was playing with a doll only yesterday?" +Michael quite agreed with Frau Therese that it was inexcusable under any +pretense for a young lady to tell her mother that she thought any kind +of death would be delightful. "Now just stop here and see that the +essence does not boil, while I go to the kitchen to get a good dinner +ready for our guest. You'll stay all day, of course?" + +"I will stay to-day and to-morrow too, if you will give me something to +do for you. As long as you find me work I will remain." + +"Oh, then, you can stop the whole week," Noémi interrupted, "for I can +find you plenty to do." + +"What work would you give Herr Timar, you little simpleton?" laughed the +mother. + +"Why, of course, to crush the rose leaves!" + +"But perhaps he does not know how." + +"How should I not know all about it?" said Timar. "I have often enough +helped my mother with it at home." + +"Your mother was a very good woman, I am sure." + +"Very good." + +"And you loved her very much?" + +"Very much." + +"Is she still living?" + +"She has long been dead." + +"So now you have no one in the world belonging to you?" + +Timar thought a moment, and bowed his head sadly--"No one." . . . He had +spoken the truth. + +Michael noticed that Therese still stood at the door, doubtful whether +to go or not. "Do you know, good mother," said he, suddenly remembering, +"you need not go to the kitchen to cook anything for me. I have all +sorts of provisions with me; there is only the table to spread--we shall +all have enough." + +"Then who has looked after you and provided you so well with traveling +comforts?" asked Noémi. + +"Who but our Herr Johann Fabula?" + +"Oh, the honest steersman!--is he here too?" + +"He is loading the ship on the other bank." + +Therese guessed Timar's thought, but she would not be behind him in +delicate tact. She wished to show him that she had no scruple about +leaving him alone with Noémi. "No, I have thought of something else; I +will manage both here and in the kitchen. You, Noémi, can meanwhile take +Herr Timar over the island and show him all the changes since he was +here." + +Noémi was an obedient daughter; she did without question what her mother +told her. She tied her Turkish handkerchief round her head, which framed +her face charmingly. Timar recognized the scarf he had left as a present +to her. + +"Au revoir, darling!" "Au revoir," said the mother and daughter with a +kiss. They seemed to take leave of each other every time they parted, as +if going on a long journey; and when they met again in an hour, they +embraced as if they had been separated for years: the poor things had +only each other in this world. + +Noémi threw one more inquiring look, and Therese answered with a nod +which meant, "Yes, go!" + +Noémi and Timar now wandered on through the whole island. The path was +so narrow that they were forced to walk close together, but Almira had +the sense to push her great head between them and form a natural +barrier. In the last three years cultivation had made great strides on +the little island. A practicable road had been cut through the bushes; +the old poplars had been uprooted, the wild crabs grafted; a skillful +hand had formed neat fences from the broken branches; and where the +orchard ceased, hedges divided the island, and hemmed in fields which +supplied pasture for lambs and goats. One little lamb had a red ribbon +round its neck, and this was Noémi's pet. When the flock saw her they +ran to her and bleated a greeting which she understood; then they +followed her and Timar to the border of the field where the fence +stopped them. + +Behind these was to be seen a plantation of fine walnuts, with +widespread shady heads and thick trunks, whose bark was smooth as silk. +"Look," said Noémi, "those are my mother's pride; they are fifteen years +old--just a year younger than I am," she said quite simply. + +On the right was the marsh, as Timar well remembered when he first came +to the island and made his way through it. Now it was covered with +water-plants; yellow lilies and white bell flowers were spread over the +surface of the morass, and in the midst stood quietly two storks. + +Timar opened the little gate; it was a pleasant reminder to see this +wilderness once more, and yet it seemed to him as if his guide was +afraid and uncomfortable. + +"Are you still all alone here?" asked Michael. + +"We are alone. At market-times people come to barter with us, and in +winter wood-cutters come and help us to hew the trees and root them up: +the wood serves to pay them. We do the rest ourselves." + +"But fruit-gathering is very troublesome, especially on account of the +wasps." + +"Oh, that is not hard work; our friends singing there on the trees help +us with the wasp-killing. Do you see all the nests? Our laborers live +there; here no one troubles them, and they do us good service. Just +listen!" + +The wilderness resounded indeed with a heavenly concert. In the evening +every bird hastens home, and then they are at their best. The cuckoo, +the clock of the woods, has enough to do in striking the hours, and the +thrush whistles in Greek strophes. + +Then suddenly Noémi screamed aloud, grew pale, and started back with her +trembling hand on her heart, so that Timar felt it his duty to seize her +by the hand that she might not fall. "What is it?" Noémi held her hand +before her eyes and said, half laughing and half crying, in a tone of +mingled fear and disgust, "Look, look! there he comes." + +"Who?" + +"There, that one!" + +He saw a large, wrinkled, fat frog, which was creeping quietly in the +grass, keeping an eye on the new-comers, and ready for a spring, in case +of danger, into the nearest water-course. + +Noémi was so paralyzed with fright that she had not the strength to run +away. + +"Are you afraid of frogs?" asked Timar. + +"I have a horror of them; I should be frightened to death if it jumped +on me." + +"How like a girl! They love cats because they coax and flatter, but they +can not bear frogs because they are ugly; and yet, do you know, the +frogs are just as good friends to us as the birds: this common, despised +animal is the best assistant to the gardener. You know there are moths +and beetles and grubs which only come out at night; birds are asleep +then, but the detested frog comes out of his hole and attacks our +enemies in the dark; he feeds on the night-moths and their grubs, the +caterpillars and the slugs, and even the vipers. It is splendid the war +he makes on noxious insects. Keep quiet, just look--the ugly, wrinkled +frog is not creeping there to frighten you--he is not thinking about it. +He is a gentle beast, conscious of no sin, and does not regard you as an +enemy. Do you see a blue beetle fanning with his wings? That is one of +the worst insects, a wood-borer, of which one grub suffices to spoil a +whole young plantation; and our little friend has fixed on him as a +prey. Don't disturb him; look, he is drawing himself up for a +spring--wait. There! now he has made his leap, and darts out his long +tongue like lightning: the beetle is swallowed. You see that our good +frog is not such a disgusting creature, in spite of his shabby coat." + +Noémi clasped her hands, quite pleased, and already felt less dislike to +frogs. She let Michael lead her to a seat, and tell her what sensible +creatures they are, what funny tricks they play, and what curious games +exist among them. He told her of the sky-blue frog of Surinam, of which +one specimen cost the King of Prussia four thousand five hundred +thalers; then of the fire-frog, which sheds a clear light around in the +darkness, creeps into houses, hides in the beams, and croaks +unmercifully at night. In Brazil sometimes you can not hear the singers +in the opera-house for the chorus set up by the frogs which live in the +building. Now Noémi was laughing at this awful enemy, and the laugh is +half-way from hatred to love. + +"If only they would not make such an ugly noise!" + +"But you see in these tones they express their tender affection for +their little wives, for among frogs only the little husband has a +voice--the lady is dumb. The frog exclaims all night to his wife, 'How +lovely, how charming you are!' Can there be a more affectionate creature +than a frog?" + +Noémi was beginning to look at it from the sentimental side. + +"Then, too, the frog is a learned animal. You must know that the true +frog is a weather-prophet: when it is going to rain he knows it, comes +out of the water and croaks his prophecy; when dry weather is coming he +goes back to the water." + +"Ah!" began Noémi, getting interested. + +"I will catch one," said Timar; "I hear one among the bushes." + +He soon came back with a tree-frog between his palms. Noémi trembled and +got excited. She was red and pale by turns. + +"Now look," said Timar to her, opening his hands a little. "Is it not a +pretty little thing? It is as lovely a green as the young grass, and its +tiny foot is like a miniature human hand. How its little heart beats! +How it looks at us with its beautiful wise black eyes with a golden ring +round them! It is not afraid of us!" + +Noémi, wavering between fear and curiosity, stretched out a timid hand, +but drew it quickly back. + +"Take it, touch it--it is the most harmless creature on God's earth." +She stretched out her hand again, frightened and yet laughing, but +looked into Timar's eyes instead of at the frog, and started when the +cold body came in contact with her reluctant nerves; but then suddenly +she laughed with pleasure, like a child which would not go into the cold +water, and then is glad to be there. + +"Now look, he does not move in your hand; he is quite comfortable. We +will take him home and find a glass, put water in, and then place a +small ladder in it which I can cut out of wood. The frog shall be +imprisoned in it, and when he knows that rain is coming he will climb up +the ladder. Give it to me; I will carry it." + +"No, no; I will keep him, and carry him home myself." + +"Then you must hold your hand shut, or he will jump out; but not too +tight so as to press him. And now let us go, for the dew is falling, and +the grass is wet." + +They turned homeward, and Noémi ran on, calling from afar to Therese, +"Mother, mother, see what we have caught! a beautiful bird." + +Mamma Therese prepared to scold her daughter severely. + +"Don't you know that it is forbidden to catch birds?" + +"But such a bird! Herr Timar caught it, and gave it to me. Just peep +into my hand." + +Frau Therese threw up her hands when she saw the green tree-frog there. + +"Look how it blinks at me with its beautiful eyes!" cried Noémi, beaming +with delight. "We are going to put him in a glass, catch flies for him, +and he will foretell the weather for us. Oh, the dear little thing!" And +she held the frog caressingly to her cheek. + +Therese turned to Timar in astonishment. "Sir, you are a magician! Only +yesterday you could have driven this girl out of her senses with such a +creature as that." + +But Noémi was quite enthusiastic about the frog. While she laid the +table on the veranda for supper, she delivered a complete batrachian +lecture to her mother on what she had heard from Timar: how useful, as +well as wise, amusing, and interesting frogs were. It was not true that +they spat venom, as people said, that they crept into sleepers' mouths, +sucked the milk of cows, nor that they burst with poison if you held a +spider to them--all this was pure calumny and stupid superstition. They +are our best friends, which guard us at night; those little soft +foot-prints which are visible on the smooth sand round the house, are +the consoling sign of their nightly patrol: it would be ungrateful to +fear them. Timar had meanwhile prepared a small ladder of willow-twigs +for the little meteorologist. He put it in a wide-mouthed bottle, which +he half filled with water, and covered with a pierced paper, through +which the imprisoned prophet was to receive its provision of flies. It +of course went down to the bottom, and declined either to eat or to +talk. Noémi welcomed this as a sign that the weather would remain fine. + +"Yes, sir," said Frau Therese, as she brought out the supper to the +little table at which they all sat down; "you have not only worked a +miracle on Noémi, but have really done her a great benefit. Our island +would have been a paradise if Noémi had not been so afraid of frogs. As +soon as ever she saw one she grew quite white and got a fit of +shivering. No human power would have induced her to go across the fence +to where the innumerable frogs croak in the marsh. You have made a new +creature of her, and reconciled her with her home." + +"A sweet home!" sighed Timar. Therese sighed aloud. + +"Why do you sigh?" Noémi asked. + +"You know well enough." + +And Timar too knew to whom the sigh was due. + +Noémi tried to give a cheerful turn to the conversation. "I took my +aversion to frogs from the time when a naughty boy played me a trick, +and threw a great big toad, as brown as a crust, at me. He said it was a +bull-frog, and that if he struck it with a nettle it would roar like a +bull. He did strike the poor thing, and then it began to moan piteously, +so that I can never forget it, as if it would call for vengeance against +our whole race; and its body was covered with white froth. The bad boy +laughed when he heard the uncanny voice of the poor beast." + +"Who was that wicked boy?" asked Michael. + +Noémi was silent, and only made an expressively contemptuous movement of +the hand. Timar guessed the name; he looked at Frau Therese, and she +nodded assent--already they can guess each other's thoughts. + +"Has he never been here since?" + +"Oh, yes; he comes every year, and never ceases tormenting us. He has +found a new way of laying us under contribution. He brings a large boat +with him, and as I can not give him any money, he loads it with honey, +wax, and wool, which he sells. I give him what he wants, that he may +leave us in peace." + +"He has not been here lately," said Noémi. + +"Oh, nothing has happened to him, I expect his arrival any day." + +"If only he would come now!" said the girl. + +"Why, you little goose?" + +Noémi grew crimson. "Only because I should prefer it." + +Timar, however, thought to himself how happy he could make these two +people with a single word. But he gloated over the thought, like a child +which had some sweets given to it, and begins by eating the crumbs +first. He felt an inward impulse to share the joys and sorrows of these +islanders. + +Supper was over, the sun had set, and a splendid, still, warm night sunk +on to the fields; the whole sky looked like a transparent silver +veil--no leaf stirred on the trees. The two women went with their +visitor to the top of the great bowlder; from there one had a wide view +over the trees and the reed-beds far across the Danube. The island lay +at their feet like an enchanted lake with variegated waves. The +apple-trees swam in a rosy, and the pomegranates in a dark-red, sea of +blossom; the poplars looked golden-yellow, and the pear-trees white with +snowy bloom, and the waving tips of the plum-trees were radiant in +brazen green. In the midst rose the rock like a lighted cupola, wreathed +with fiery roses, on whose top old lavender bushes formed a thicket. + +"Superb!" cried Timar, enchanted with the landscape outspread before +him. + +"You should see the rock in summer, when the yellow stonecrop is in +bloom," exclaimed Noémi, eagerly; "it looks as if it had on a golden +robe. The lavender blossom makes a great blue crown for its head." + +"I will come and see it," said Timar. + +"Really?" The girl stretched out her hand to him joyously, and Michael +fell a warm pressure such as no woman's hand had ever given him in his +life. And then Noémi leaned her head on Therese's shoulder, and threw +her arm round her mother's neck. All nature was under the spell of deep +repose undisturbed by any human sound. Only the monotonous chorus of the +frogs enlivened the deep shadows of the night. The sky offered a curious +spectacle; half was blue, and the other opal green. There are two sides +even to happiness. + +"Do you hear what the frogs are saying?" whispered Noémi to her +mother--"'Oh, how dear you are, how sweet!' They say that all night +long--'Oh, you darling, you sweet!'" and she kissed Therese at every +word. + +Michael, forgetful of himself and of the whole world, stood on the rock +with folded arms. The young crescent glittered between the quivering +foliage of the poplars, now shining like pure silver; a wonderful new +feeling crept into the man's breast. Was it fear or longing?--memory +aroused or dawning hope?--awakening joy or dying grief?--instinct or +warning?--madness, or that breath of spring which seizes on tree and +grass, and every cold or warm-blooded animal? + +Just so had he gazed at the waning moon, which threw its long reflection +on the waves as far as the sinking ship. His involuntary thoughts talked +with the ghostly magnetic rays, and they with him. + +"Do you not understand? I will return to-morrow, and then you will +know." + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +A SPIDER AMONG THE ROSES. + + +People who live by their labor have no time to admire the moonlight from +mountain-tops, or to waste in observation on the beauties of nature: the +flocks of sheep and goats already waited to be relieved of their milky +tribute by their mistress. Milking was the office of Frau Therese, and +it was Noémi's duty to cut grass enough for the herd. Timar continued +the conversation meanwhile with his back leaning against the +stable-door, and lighting his pipe just as the countryman does when he +is courting the peasant girl. + +The great boiler must be refilled with fresh rose-infusion, and then +they can all go to bed. Timar begged for the bee-house to sleep in, +where Frau Therese spread him a couch of fresh hay, and Noémi arranged +his pillow. Very little was needed to woo him to slumber. Hardly had he +lain down before sleep closed his eyes; he dreamed all night that he had +become a gardener's boy, and was making endless rose-water. + +When he awoke the sun was already high in the heavens. The bees buzzed +round him busily; he had overslept himself. That some one had already +been here he guessed, because near his couch lay all the toilet +necessaries he had brought in his knapsack. A poor traveler who is used +to shaving every day feels very uncomfortable when unable to go through +that operation; his mind is as much disturbed by that confounded stubble +as if it were a prick of conscience. When he was ready, the women +already awaited him at breakfast, which consisted of bread and milk, and +then they went to the day's work of rose-gathering. + +Michael was, as he desired, set to rose-crushing. Noémi picked off the +petals, and Frau Therese was busy with the boiler. Timar told Noémi all +about roses. Not that they were like her cheeks, at which she would have +burst out laughing, but he imparted to her what he had learned about +them in his travels: learned things which Noémi listened to with +attention, and which instilled into her a still greater respect for +Timar. With young and innocent maidens a clever, intelligent man has a +great advantage. + +"In Turkey they use rose-water in eating and drinking. There, too, whole +groves of roses are planted; there beads are made of roses pressed into +the form of balls and strung together: that is why they are called +rosaries. In the East there is one lovely kind of rose from which attar +is made; it is the balsam rose, and grows on trees of ten feet high, +whose branches are bent to the ground by their snow-white burden. Their +scent surpasses that of any other kind; if you throw the petals into +water and set them in the sun, in a very short time the surface is +rainbow-colored with the oil that the petals exude. It is the same with +the evergreen rose, which does not shed its leaves in winter. The Ceylon +and Rio roses dye the hair and beard light, and so fast that they do not +lose their color for years; for this purpose alone there is a +considerable trade in them. The leaves of the Moggor rose stupefy; you +are intoxicated by their scent as if with beer. The Vilmorin rose has +the property that, it if is bitten by a certain insect which is +obnoxious to it, it throws out great tubers, which are said to send a +crying child to sleep if put under its pillow." + +"Have you been everywhere where roses grow?" asked Noémi. + +"Well, I have been a good deal about in the world. I have been to +Vienna, Paris, and Constantinople." + +"Is that far from here?" + +"If one traveled on foot one would get to Vienna in thirty days from +here, and to Constantinople in forty days." + +"But you went in a ship." + +"That takes longer still; for I should have to take in cargo on the +way." + +"For whom?" + +"For the owner I was traveling for." + +"Is Herr Brazovics still your principal?" + +"Who told you about him?" + +"The steersman who came with you." + +"No longer now--Herr Brazovics is dead." + +"Dead! so he is dead? And his wife and daughter?" interrupted Frau +Therese, quickly. + +"They have lost everything by his death." + +"Ah, just God! Thy avenging hand has reached them!" + +"Mother, good mother!" cried Noémi, with gentle entreaty. + +"Sir, there is one more thing you ought to know. When that blow fell on +us, when I had implored Brazovics on my knees not to drive us to +beggary, it struck me that this man had a wife and child. I determined +to find out his wife and tell her my misery--she would help me and take +pity on us. I took my child in my arms and traveled in the hottest part +of the summer to Komorn. I sought her out in her fine large house, and +waited at the door, for they would not let me in. At last Frau Brazovics +came out with her five-year-old daughter. I fell on my knees, and begged +her for God's sake to take compassion on us, and be our mediator with +her husband. The woman seized my arm and thrust me down the step; I +tried, in falling, to protect my child with both arms, that it might not +be hurt, and struck my head against one of the two pillars which support +the balcony. Here is the scar still visible. The little girl laughed +aloud when she saw me limping away and heard my baby cry. That is why I +sing 'Hosanna,' and blessed be the hand which thrust her away from the +steps down which she cast us." + +"Oh, mother, don't talk so!" + +"So they have come to misery? Have they become beggars themselves--the +haughty, purse-proud people? Do they wear rags, and beg in vain at the +doors of their former friends?" + +"No, dear lady," said Michael; "some one has been found to take care of +them." + +"Madman!" cried Therese, with passionate force. "Why should he put a +spoke in fate's wheel? How can he dare to receive into his home the +curse which will ruin him?" + +Noémi ran to her mother and covered her mouth with both hands; then she +fell on her neck and sealed her lips with kisses. "Dearest mother, do +not say such things. Do not utter curses; I can not bear to hear +them--take them back. Let me kiss away the dreadful words from your +lips." + +Therese recovered herself under her daughter's caresses. "Do not be +afraid, silly child," she said, shaking her head. "Curses fall idly on +the air. They are only a bad, superstitious habit of us old women. God +never thinks of noticing the curses of such worms as we are, and keeping +them till the day of judgment. My curses will take effect on no one." + +"It is already fulfilled on me," thought Timar. "I am the madman who +received them into his house." + +Noémi tried to bring the subject of roses back. "Tell me, Herr Timar, +how could you get such a Moggor rose whose scent stupefies?" + +"If you wish, I will bring you one." + +"Where do they grow?" + +"In Brazil." + +"Is that far?" + +"The other side of the world." + +"Must you go by sea?" + +"Two months continuously at sea." + +"And why would you go?" + +"On business--and to fetch you a Moggor rose." + +"Then do not bring me any." + +Noémi left the kitchen, and Michael noticed that tears were in her eyes. +She only returned to the distillery when she had filled her basket with +rose leaves, and shook them out on to the rush-matting, where they made +a large hill. + +The boiling of yesterday's rose-essence lasted till midday, and after +breakfast Frau Therese said to her guest that there was not much work +for to-day, and that they could go for a walk in the island. One who was +so great a traveler might be able to give good advice to the islanders, +as to what vegetables they might usefully and profitably introduce into +their little Eden. Frau Therese said to the dog, "Stop here and watch +the house! Lie down in the veranda and don't stir!" Almira understood +and obeyed. + +Michael disappeared with his companions among the plantations. + +Hardly had they vanished into the wood before Almira began to prick her +ears uneasily and to growl angrily. She scented something. She shook her +head, rose from time to time, but lay down again. A man's voice became +audible, which sung a German song, whose refrain was, "She wears, if I +can trust my eyes, a jet-black camisole." The person coming from the +shore sings, of course, on purpose to attract the attention of the +inhabitants. He is afraid of the great dog--but it does not bark. + +The new arrival appears from among the shadows of the rose-arbor. It is +Theodor Krisstyan. + +This time he is attired like a fashionable dandy, in a dark-blue tunic +with golden buttons; and his overcoat hangs on his arm. Almira does not +stir at his approach. She is a philosopher, and reasons, if I fly at +this man, the end of it will be that I shall be tied up and not he. I +shall do better to keep my opinion of him to myself, and to look on in +armed neutrality at what he does. Theodor drew near confidently, and +whistling to his huge black enemy. "Your servant, Almira. Come, +Almirakin, you dear old dog--where are your ladies? Bark a bit to please +me. Where is our dear Mamma Therese?" Almira could not be induced to +answer. + +"Look, then, little doggie, what I have got for you--a piece of meat; +there, eat it. What? Don't you want it? You fancy it's poisoned, you +fool? Gobble it up, you beauty!" But Almira would not even sniff at the +piece of meat, until Narcissa (it is well known that cats have no +decision of character) crept up to it, which made Almira angry, and she +began to scratch a large hole in the ground; there she buried the meat, +like a careful dog which makes provision for a day of necessity. + +"Well, what a distrustful beast it is," murmured Theodor to himself. "Am +I to be allowed to go in?" + +But that was not allowed. Almira did not say so in words, but she curled +her lip to let him see the beautiful white teeth underneath. + +"Stupid creature, you don't mean to bite me? Where can the women be? +Perhaps in the distillery?" + +Theodor went in and looked round--he found no one. He washed his face +and hands in the steaming rose-water, and it gave him especial pleasure +to think that so he had spoiled the work of a whole day. + +When he wanted to come out of the distillery, he found the entrance +barred by the dog. Almira had laid herself down across the threshold and +showed him her white teeth. "Indeed, so now you won't let me come out, +you churl? Very well, I can wait here till the women return. I can find +a little place to rest on." And so saying he threw himself on the heap +of rose leaves Noémi had turned out. "Ah, what a good bed--a Lucullan +couch! Ha! ha!" + +The women came back with Michael from their walk through the island. +Therese saw with uneasiness that Almira was not lying in the veranda, +but was guarding the door of the distillery. + +When Theodor heard Therese's voice, he thought of a good trick to play. +He buried himself in the rose leaves, so that nothing was to be seen of +him; and when Noémi, with the words, "What have you here, Almira?" +looked in at the door, he put his head out and grinned at her: "Your own +beloved bridegroom is here, lovely Noémi!" + +Noémi, starting back, screamed aloud. + +"What is it?" asked the mother, hastening up. + +"There, among the roses . . ." stammered the girl. + +"Well, what among the roses? A spider?" + +"Yes . . . a spider . . ." + +Theodor sprung laughing from his bed of roses, and like one who has +surprised his dear ones with a capital joke, rushed with shouts of +laughter to Mamma Therese, embraced her, without noticing her angry +looks or Noémi's disgusted face, and kissed her several times. + +"Ha! ha! Did I take you by surprise? You sweet dear mamma, be happy: +your dear son-in-law is here; he has risen like a fairy from the roses. +He! he!" Then he turned toward Noémi, but she slipped away from his +embrace, and then first Theodor Krisstyan was aware of the presence of a +third person--Michael Timar. + +This discovery damped his joviality, which indeed was only put on, and +for this reason it was disagreeable to see some one with whom most +unpleasant recollections were connected. + +"Your servant, Mr. Supercargo!" he addressed Timar. "We meet here again? +You have not any more Turkish pashas in your ship? He! he! Don't be +afraid, Mr. Supercargo." + +Timar shrugged his shoulders and said nothing. Then Theodor turned to +Noémi, and put his arm caressingly round the girl's waist, who in +answer to it pushed him away and turned her face from him. + +"Leave the girl alone!" said Therese shortly, in a severe tone. "What do +you want now?" + +"There, there--don't turn me out of the house before I have got in. Is +it not permissible to embrace my little bride? Noémi won't break if I +look at her? What are you so afraid of me for?" + +"We have good reason," said Therese, sullenly. + +"Don't be angry, little mother. This time I have not come to get +anything from you: I bring you something--a great, great deal of money. +Ho! ho! a heap of money! So much that you could buy back your fine house +that you once had, and the fields and gardens on the Ostrova Island--in +short, all that you have lost. You shall have it all again. I know that +I, as a son, owe you the duty of making good all that you lost by my +poor father's fault." + +By this time Theodor had become so sentimental that he was shedding +tears, but it left the spectators unmoved: they believed as little in +his tears as in his laughter. + +"Let us go in, into the room," said he, "for what I have to say is not +for every ear." + +"Don't talk such nonsense," Frau Therese said, angrily. "What do you +mean by 'every ear' here on this lonely island? You can say anything +before Timar: he is an old friend--but go on. I know you are hungry, and +that's what it all means." + +"Ah, you dear good mother! how well you know your Theodor's little +weakness of always having a splendid appetite. And you do so thoroughly +understand the exquisite Greek _cuisine_, at sight of which one would +wish to be all stomach. There is no such housekeeper in the world as you +are. I have dined with the Sultan of Turkey, but he has no cook who can +compare with you." + +Frau Therese had the weakness of being sensitive to praise of her +housekeeping. She never grudged good things to any guest, and even her +deadly enemy she could not send away empty. + +Theodor wore a so-called Figaro hat, which was then in fashion, and +managed that the low door-way of the little cottage should knock it off +his head, in order to be able to say, "Oh, these confounded new-fangled +hats! but that's sure to happen when one is used to high door-ways. In +my new house they are all folding-doors, and such a splendid view over +the sea from my rooms." + +"Have you then really a home anywhere?" asked Therese as she laid the +table. + +"I should think so! At Trieste, and in the finest palace in the town. I +am agent to the principal shipbuilder." + +"At Trieste?" interrupted Timar. "What's his name?" + +"He turns out sea-going vessels," said Theodor, casting a contemptuous +look at Timar. "He is not merely a barge-builder--and for that matter +his name is Signor Scaramelli." + +Timar was silent. He did not care to let out that he himself was having +a large vessel built for the ocean trade by Scaramelli. + +"I am just rolling in money!" bragged Theodor. "Millions and millions +pass through my hands. If I were not such an honest man, I could save +thousands for myself. I have bought something for my dear little Noémi, +which I once promised her. What did I promise? A ring. What sort of a +stone? A ruby, an emerald? Well, it is a brilliant, a four-carat +brilliant: it shall be our betrothal ring. Here it is." Theodor felt in +his breeches-pocket, fumbled a long time, made at last a terrible +grimace, and stared on the ground. "It is lost!" groaned he, turning his +pocket out, and showing the treacherous hole through which the valuable +engagement-ring with the four-carat diamond had escaped. Noémi broke +into a hearty laugh. She had such a lovely ringing voice when she +laughed, and one seldom had a chance of hearing it. + +"But it is not lost!" cried Theodor; "you may spare your laughter, fair +lady!" and he began to draw off his boot--and there really was the ring, +which fell out of the turned-over top of the boot on to the tray. + +"There it is! A good horse does not run away. My little Noémi's +engagement-ring has never left me. Look now, Mamma Therese--your future +son-in-law has brought this for his bride; there, what do you say to +that? And you, Mr. Underwriter, if you understand these things, what do +you value this diamond at?" + +Timar looked at the stone and said, "Paste. In the trade it is worth +about five groschen." + +"Hold your tongue, Supercargo! What do you know about it? You understand +hay and maize, and perhaps never saw a diamond in your life." + +And so saying, he placed the despised ring, which Noémi would on no +account wear, on his little finger, and was busy all through the meal in +showing it off. The young gentleman had a fine appetite. During dinner +he talked very big about what a gigantic establishment this +shipbuilder's was, and how many million square feet of wood were +required every year. There were hardly any trees left in the +neighborhood fit for building ships. They had to be brought from +America. There were only a few left in Sclavonia. Only after he had +dined well, he came out with the principal affair. + +"And now, my dear lady, I will tell you what I have come about." + +Therese looked at him with anxious distrust. + +"Now I will make you all happy--you, as well as Noémi and myself. And +besides, I can do Signor Scaramelli a good turn. That's enough for me. +Says Scaramelli to me one day, 'Friend Krisstyan, I say, you will have +to go off to Brazil.'" + +"If only you were there now!" sighed Therese. + +Theodor understood and smiled. "You must know that from there comes the +best wood for shipbuilding. The makaya and the murmuru tree, used for +the keel; the poripont and patanova, from which the ribs are made; the +royoc and grasgal-trees, which do not decay in water; the +'mort-aux-rats'-tree, the iron-wood for rudder shafts, and sour-gum-tree +for paddle-floats; also the teak and mahogany for ship's fittings, +and--" + +"Pray, stop with your ridiculous Indian names," interrupted Therese; +"you think you will turn my head by reeling out a whole botanical +catalogue, so that I sha'n't see the wood for the trees. Tell me why--if +there are such incomparable trees in Brazil--why you are not there +already?" + +"Yes, but that's just where my grand idea comes in. Why, said I to +Signor Scaramelli, should I travel to Brazil when we have plenty of wood +close by even better than that of Brazil? I know an island in the middle +of the Danube which is provided with a virgin forest, and where grow +splendid trees, which can compete with those of South America." + +"I thought so," murmured Therese to herself. + +"The poplars take the place of the patanovas; the nut-trees far surpass +mahogany, and those we have in hundreds on our island." + +"My nut-trees!" + +"The wood of the apple-tree is much better than that of the +jaskarilla-tree." + +"Indeed; so you have already disposed of my apple-trees!" + +"Plum-tree wood need not fear comparison with the best teak." + +"And those too you would cut down and sell to Signor Scaramelli?" asked +Frau Therese, quietly. + +"We shall get a mint of money for them; at least ten gulden for each +tree. Signor Scaramelli has given me _carte blanche_. He has left me +free to make a contract with you. I have it in my pocket; you have only +to sign and our fortune is made. And when once the useless trees here +are cut down, we will not stay here, but go and live in Trieste. We will +plant the whole island with 'Prunus mehaleb'--you know they make Turkish +pipe-stems from it. This tree requires no care; we need only keep one +man here; he would sell the yearly crop of tubular stems to the +merchants, and we should receive five hundred ducats for every rood--for +ten roods five thousand ducats." + +Timar could not suppress a smile. Speculations of such rashness had not +occurred even to him. + +"Well, what is there to laugh at?" Theodor said, in a lordly manner. "I +know all about these things." + +"And I understand, too," said Therese, "what you want. As often as my +unlucky star brings you here, you appear like a bird of prey, and I may +be sure you have some malicious scheme against me. You know that you +will not find any money with me, but you help yourself. Once before you +came with a boat and carried off what we had saved for our own use, and +turned it into money. Now you are no longer satisfied with the fruit of +which you took tithes more jealously than any usurious pasha. You want +to sell the trees, too, over my head--those trees, my treasures, my only +friends in the world, which I have planted and nurtured, which keep me, +and under which I can rest. Fy! for shame! to tell me such stories of +getting money for these trees, to build ships of them. For certain, you +would only cut them down to sell them for a trifle to the nearest +charcoal-burner--that is your splendid plan. Who are you going to take +in? Not me, who know your cunning. I tell you, have done with your +foolish tricks, or you may yet learn what is the use of Turkish +pipe-stems!" + +"No, no, Mamma Therese, I am not thinking of joking; you may be sure I +did not come here for nothing: remember what day it is. It is my +_fête_-day, and the day of my little darling Noémi's birth. You know my +poor father and hers betrothed us to each other when we were little; +they settled that as soon as Noémi was seventeen we should be united. I +should have come from the ends of the earth for such a day as this. Here +I am, with all the warmth of my loving heart; but people can not live on +love alone. It is true I get good pay from Signor Scaramelli, but that +goes to the splendid furniture of my house in Trieste. You must give me +something with Noémi, so that she may make an appearance consistent with +her rank. The bride can not enter the bridegroom's house with empty +hands; she is your only daughter, and has a right to require of you that +you should provide for her handsomely." + +Noémi had sat down sulkily in a corner of the room, and remained with +her back to the company and her head against the wall. + +"Yes," continued Theodor. "You must give Noémi a dowry. Do not be so +selfish. Keep half your trees, for all I care, and leave the other half +to me; where and how I sell them is my affair. Give Noémi the nut-trees +for a dowry: for those I have, really, a certain purchaser." + +Therese had come to the end of her patience. "Listen, Theodor. I do not +know whether to-day is your _fête_ or not, but one thing I do know, that +it is not Noémi's birthday. And yet more surely I know that Noémi will +not marry you, if you were the only man on God's earth." + +"Ha! ha! leave that to me--I am not afraid." + +"Just as you like; but now, once for all, you shall never have my +splendid nut-trees, if Noah's ark was to be built of them. One single +tree I will give you, and that you can use for the end you will come to +sooner or later. You say to-day is your _fête_-day, and that would be a +good day to do it." + +At these words Theodor rose, but not to go on his way--only to turn the +chair he had been sitting on, and place himself astride on it, with his +elbows on its back, and looking into Therese's eyes he said with +provoking coolness-- + +"I must say you are very kind, Mamma Therese; you seem to have forgotten +that if I say one word--" + +"Say it then! You can speak freely before this gentleman: he knows +everything." + +"And that this island does not belong to you?" + +"Yes." + +"And that it would only cost me one word, either at Vienna or +Constantinople--" + +"To make us homeless and shelterless and beggars." + +"Yes; I can do that!" cried Theodor Krisstyan, who, now showing his true +colors, looked with greedy eyes at Therese and drew a paper from his +pocket, which he held toward her. "Here is the agreement, and here is +the date. You know what I can do, and I will do it, if you do not sign +this contract immediately." Therese trembled. + +"No, sir," said Timar, laying his hand gently on Theodor's shoulder. +"You can not do that." + +"What?" asked he, throwing his head back defiantly. + +"Lay information anywhere of the existence of this island, and of its +unauthorized occupation." + +"Why should I not do it?" + +"Because another has already done it." + +"You!" cried Theodor, raising his fist to Michael. + +"You!" exclaimed Therese, pressing her hands to her brow. + +"Yes; I," said Timar, steadily and calmly. "I have given information +both at Vienna and in Constantinople, that here close to the Ostrova +Island a nameless and uninhabited islet has been formed in the course of +the last fifty years. Then I begged of the Vienna Government as well as +of the Sublime Porte to leave me the usufruct of the islet for ninety +years: as an acknowledgement of ownership, the Hungarian Government is +to receive every year a sack of nuts, and the Sublime Porte a box of +dried fruit. The patent in question and the imperial firman are already +in my hands." Timar drew the two deeds out of the envelope he had +received at his Baja office, and which had, so much pleased him. When he +became a great man, he had determined to procure comfort and peace for +this poor storm-driven family. That sack of nuts and box of fruit had +cost him large sums. "But," he concluded, "I hastened to transfer the +rights thus obtained to the present inhabitants and colonists. Here is +the official deed of settlement." + +Therese fell speechless at Michael's feet. She could only sob and kiss +the hands of the man who had freed her from this incarnate curse, and +driven away the phantom which oppressed her heart by day and night. + +Noémi held her two hands on her heart, as if afraid that it would cry +aloud, and betray what her lips suppressed. + +"You see then, Herr Theodor Krisstyan," said Michael, "that you have +nothing to get on this island for the next ninety years." + +Pale with rage, Theodor screamed, foaming at the mouth, "And who are you +who dare to meddle in the affairs of this family? What gives you a right +to do it?" + +"My love!" cried Noémi suddenly, with all the strength of overpowering +passion, while she fell on Michael's breast, and threw her arms round +his neck. + +Theodor said not a word more. He shook his fist in silent rage at Timar, +and rushed out of the room. In his look lay that hatred which does not +hesitate to use a dagger or to mix poison. But even when he was gone, +the girl still held Timar's neck in her embrace. + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +OUT OF THE WORLD. + + +What induced Noémi to throw herself on Timar's breast and acknowledge +openly that she loved him? Did she wish thus to banish forever the man +whose presence was hateful to her, and make it impossible for him any +longer to desire her as his wife? Had this child of solitude no idea of +the etiquette which demands that such feelings should be concealed in a +maiden's breast? Or did she confuse love with the gratitude she could +not help feeling toward the man who had freed her and her mother from +anxiety, and won for their lifelong enjoyment the possession of this +little paradise? Perhaps she was alarmed when she saw her tormentor +feeling for a weapon, and had instinctively thrown herself on her +benefactor's breast to protect him from attack. She might have thought +that this poor ship's captain, whose mother was as poor as her mother, +had said that he had "no one" in the world; why should she not be "some +one" to him? Would he have returned here if something had not attracted +him, and if he cared for her why should she not love him? + +No, no; no explanation, no reason, no excuse was needed; here was +nothing but pure, unselfish love. + +She did not know why, she asked for no reason--she only loved. She loved +without inquiring whether it was allowed by God and man, whether it +would bring her joy or sorrow. She did not long to be happy or great, +her lord's liege lady, crowned with the silver crown, and blessed by the +Triune God--she only loved. She never thought of humiliation with bent +head, she asked neither the protection of a husband nor the pity and +forgiveness of God--she only loved. Such was Noémi. + +Poor Noémi! what you must suffer for this! . . . Michael had for the +first time in his life heard it said that some one loved him. From real +inclination, as a poor ship's captain in another man's service, without +selfish interest, for his own sake alone. A miraculous warmth overflowed +his heart, the warmth which will awake the dead from their long sleep at +the resurrection. He raised his hands timidly and trembling to the +shoulders of the girl, and asked, with softly whispering voice, "And +that is really true?" + +The maiden moved the head which lay on his heart and nodded to him. +"Yes; it is true." + +Michael looked at Therese. She came toward them, and laid her hand on +Noémi's head, as if to say, "Well, then, love him!" It was a solemn and +silent scene, in which each could hear the heart-beats of the other. + +Therese broke the silence first. "If only you knew," she said to Timar, +"how many tears the girl has shed for you. If you had seen her go daily +up the rock, and look for hours over the quiet landscape, where you +vanished from her sight. If you had heard her whisper your name in her +dreams!" + +Noémi made a deprecating gesture with her hand, as if to entreat her +mother to betray no more. But Michael only noticed it by drawing her +closer to himself. See, here at last is one being in the wide world who +knows how to love him; who in the "Man of Gold" loves the man and not +the gold. And it seemed to him as if he had been in banishment, as long +as he had walked through the world, and only now had found a new earth +and new heaven, and in them a new life. He bent to kiss the girl's brow, +and felt her heart throb against his. + +And around him were only springing flowers, fragrant shrubs, humming +bees, and singing birds, which all proclaimed "Thou shalt love!" +Speechless bliss led them out into the air, and when they looked into +each other's eyes, both thought, "How wonderful! thine eyes are the same +color as mine." The brilliant sky and the fragrant earth had agreed to +inthrall them--their own inclination completed the spell. When a child +who has never loved, and a man who has never been loved, meet each +other, how is it likely to be with them? + +The day drew to a close, but they had not yet been satisfied with joy. +The evening fell, the moon rose. Noémi led Michael to the top of the +rock, whence she had once looked after the departing guest with tears. +There Timar sat down among the sweet lavender; Noémi placed herself +beside him, and leaned her curly golden head on the arm of the man, +whose enraptured face was raised to the sky. Therese stood behind them +and looked down smiling. The silver moon shone radiant from the +golden-dusky vault, and the tempting phantom spoke, "Behold this +treasure! it belongs to you. You found it; it gave itself to you and is +yours. You had obtained all except love, only that was wanting, and now +you have found that too. Take, enjoy to the dregs the cup which the +Almighty has given you. You will become a new man! The man whom a woman +loves becomes a demi-god. You are happy; you are beloved." . . . Only +the inner voice whispered, "You are a thief!" + + * * * * * + +With the first kiss a new world had arisen for Michael; a wonderful +change had taken place in his soul. The first feeling which overpowered +him was a secret dread, a fear of happiness; should he submit to it or +fly from it? Does a blessing or a curse rest on it? does it bring life +or death? what follows on it? What deity will answer these questions? +The flower is answered when it unfolds its cup, the butterfly when it +opens its wings, the bird when it builds its nest; but not the man when +he asks, "Is it good or evil to follow the call of my heart?" + +And his heart said, "Look in her eyes!" It is not sinful to be +transported by a glance of the eye, and this intoxication lasts. Michael +forgot the whole world when he looked in her eyes; a new creation arose +for him, full of bliss and joy and earthly happiness. The exquisite +presentiment stupefied him. + +Since his youth no one had loved him. He had once hoped for affection, +struggled for it with might and main, and when he thought he was at the +goal, his joy was turned to ashes by crushing disappointment. And here +to his face he is told that he is beloved. Everything tells him so; the +animals which lick his hand, the lips which betray the heart's secret, +the blush and the glance which tell more than the mouth. Even she who +ought to guard the secret jealousy, the mother of the loving girl, even +she betrays it--"She loves so passionately that it will be her death!" + +No; that it shall not be. . . . + +Timar passed on the island one of those days which outweigh an eternity. +A day full of endless feeling--a day of self-forgetfulness and waking +dreams, when what a man has longed for in visions of the night actually +stands before him. + +But when on the third night, after a season of ideally rapturous +intercourse, he returned from the moonlit world of enchantment to his +solitary dark bedroom, the inward accuser, who would not be silenced or +lulled to sleep, called him to account. + +This voice would not let him sleep. He was restless all night, and dawn +found him out under the trees; his decision was made--he would go away +and not come back for a long time, till he was forgotten. Till he also +had forgotten that he had lived three days in Elysium, that he had been +permitted to know happiness. + +When the sun rose, he had been round the whole island, and when he got +back he found Frau Therese and her daughter busy preparing breakfast. + +"I must go away to-day," said Michael to Therese. + +"So soon," whispered Noémi. + +"He has a great deal to do," said Therese to her daughter. + +This was only natural enough. A captain is only a servant who must look +after his affairs, and not waste the time for which he must account to +his employer. + +He was not pressed to stay--it was quite right that he should leave. He +will come back, and they have plenty of time to wait for him--one year, +two years, till the hour of death, till eternity. But Noémi did not +touch her glass of new milk: she could not have swallowed a drop. He +must not be detained; if he has business he must go and attend to it. +Therese herself brought out his gun and knapsack, and said to Noémi, +"You carry the gun, that Almira may not hurt it. Go with him to the +boat." + +Timar walked silently beside Noémi; the girl's hand rested in his; +suddenly she stood still. Michael did so too, and looked in her eyes. +"You want to ask me something?" he said. The girl thought awhile, then +she said, "No; nothing." Timar had learned to read her eyes; he guessed +her thoughts. Noémi wanted to ask him, "Tell me, my beloved, my all; +what has become of the white-faced girl who once came with you to the +island, and was called Timéa?" + +But she said nothing, only walked on silently with his hand in hers. + +Michael's heart was heavy when they said good-bye. When Noémi gave him +his gun she whispered to him, "Take care of yourself, that no harm may +come to you;" and when she pressed his hand, she looked at him once more +with those heavenly blue and soulful eyes, and said, with a voice of +entreaty, "You will return?" + +Michael was fascinated by the entreating voice. He pressed the child to +him and murmured--"Why don't you say 'Wilt not _thou_ return?' Why am I +never to hear _thou_?" + +The girl cast down her eyes and gently shook her head. "Do say 'thou,'" +he begged once more. She hid her face on Michael's breast, but would not +do his will. + +"So you can not, or will not, call me 'thou?'--one single word--are you +afraid?" The maiden covered her face with both hands, and was silent. +"Noémi, I beg of thee say that one little word and make me happy. Do not +let me go without it." + +But she shook her head silently and could not utter it. + +"Then farewell to you, dear Noémi," faltered Michael, and sprung into +his boat. The rushes of the marsh soon hid the island from his gaze. But +as long as he could distinguish its woods, he still saw the girl leaning +on an acacia-tree, sadly gazing out with her head on her hand; but she +did not call after him the desired word. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +THE TROPIC OF CAPRICORN. + + +After Michael had rowed across to the other side, he gave over the boat +to a fisherman to keep till he came back. But would he ever come back? + +He wished to go on foot as far as the wharf, where Fabula was busy with +the lading of his ships. It is hard work to row against the stream, and +in Timar's present frame of mind he was in no mood for muscular +exertion; there was in his heart a stronger current, to contend against +which he needed all his strength. + +The district through which he had to pass was a widespread alluvial +deposit of the Danube, like those found in the lower reaches of the +river. The capricious stream has burst some dam, and altered its course. +Every year it tears portions from one bank and carries them over to the +other. On this deposit the trees uprooted with it form a new growth, and +through this dark natural forest wind lonely paths--the roads of the +osier-cutters and fisher-folk. Here and there you come to a forsaken hut +with a shingle roof whose walls are covered with creepers. These +sometimes shelter a snipe-shooter, conceal a robber, or form the lair of +a wolf and her cubs. + +Michael, deep in thought, strode silently on through this desert: he had +thrown his gun over his shoulder. + +"You can never return here," said Timar to himself. "If it is difficult +to carry through one lie with consistency, how can you manage two?--two +contradictory lies? If you accept Noémi's love, you will be inseparably +bound to her, and must live henceforth two lives, both full of deceit. +. . . You are no boy, to be passion's tool, and perhaps it is not +passion which you feel, possibly merely a passing desire or only +gratified vanity. + +"Then the rejected bridegroom--how is he to be got rid of? He would kill +you, or you him--a delightful relationship indeed to end on the +scaffold!" + +He took off his hat and wiped the sweat from his brow; it soothed his +burning temples to let the breeze fan them. + +"Am I never to be happy?" he sighed. "All these years I have worked +early and late for other people; why should I be so wretched? I adored +my wife, and her coldness has brought me to despair; but Noémi loves me. +That can no longer be altered, and in the island, outside the world, the +laws of society and religion have no power. . . . I could easily pay off +that fellow who comes between us, and then I could live here in peace +for half the year. Timéa would only suppose that I was away on +business." + +The wind of spring rustled through the young poplar stems. Here, where +the path turned, stood a hut made of interwoven osier-twigs, whose +entrance was concealed by brambles. Timar stood still and put on his +hat. At that moment two shots rattled close to him, the two balls +whistling over his head with that unpleasant sound which resembles the +buzz of an approaching wasp or the clang of an æolian harp. Michael's +hat, pierced by two balls, flew from his head into the bushes. Both +shots came from the ruined hut. For the first instant the shock +paralyzed his limbs; they came like two answers to his secret thoughts. +A shudder ran through his whole body: the next moment rising fury took +the place of fear; he lowered his gun, cocked both barrels, and rushed +angrily toward the hut, from which the smoke of the discharged weapon +poured through the crevices. + +Before the muzzle of his gun stood a trembling man--Theodor Krisstyan. +His discharged pistol was still in his hand, he held it now as a +protection to his head, and shook so that every limb quivered. + +"It is you--you!" cried Michael. + +"Mercy!" stammered the trembling wretch, throwing away his pistol, and +stretching both hands entreatingly to Michael: his knees knocked +together, and he could hardly keep his feet; his face was pale as death, +his eyes dull, he was more dead than alive. Timar recovered his +composure: fear and anger had left him--he lowered his gun. "Come +nearer," he said to the assassin. + +"I dare not," faltered he, clinging to the wood-work. "You will kill +me." + +"Don't be afraid; I don't want your life. There"--he discharged his gun +in the air--"now I am unarmed, and you have no cause to fear." Theodor +crept out. "You wanted to kill me," said Michael. "You wretched +creature! I pity you!" + +The young rascal dared not look at him. + +"Theodor Krisstyan, so young, and already a murderer!--but you could not +do it. Examine yourself; you are not naturally bad, but your soul has +been envenomed: I know your history, and I make excuses. You have good +capacities, and use them badly--you are a vagabond and a swindler; does +such a life content you? Impossible!--begin afresh--shall I help you to +a post in which you can, with your education, honestly support yourself? +I have many connections: it is in my power: there is my hand on it." + +The murderer fell on his knees before the man he would have killed, +seized the offered hand with both his own, and covered it, sobbing, with +kisses. + +"Oh, sir, you are the first man who has ever spoken thus to me; let me +kneel at your feet! From boyhood I have been chased from every door like +a dog without a master; I had to steal or beg every morsel I eat; no one +gave me a hand but those who were worse than myself, and who led me +further astray. I have led a shameful, miserable life, full of deceit +and treachery, and I tremble before any one who knows me; and you hold +out a hand to me--you, for whom I have been lying in wait like a +brigand, you will save me from myself! Let me kneel before you, and thus +receive your commands!" + +"Stand up! I am no friend to sentiment; tears make me suspicious." + +"You are right," said Theodor, "and especially with such a well-known +actor as I am, who if you say to him 'Take that groschen and cry,' could +at once break into floods of tears. Now people don't believe me if I +really weep; I will suppress my tears." + +"All the more because I do not intend to address a moral lecture to you, +but only to speak of very dry business matters. You spoke of your +connection with Scaramelli, and a business journey to Brazil." + +"All lies, sir." + +"So I thought. You have no connection with Scaramelli?" + +"I had, but it was broken off." + +"Did you run away, or were you dismissed?" + +"The former." + +"With trust-money?" + +"With three or four hundred gulden." + +"Say five hundred. Would you not be glad to return them to the firm? I +have relations with their house." + +"I do not want to remain there." + +"And what connection has this with the Brazilian journey?" + +"There is not a word of truth in it; no ship-wood comes from there." + +"Not even those you mentioned, among which were dye and chemical woods?" + +Theodor smiled. "The truth is that I wanted to sell the trees of the +ownerless island to a charcoal-burner to get a little money; Therese +guessed at once my real object." + +"Then you did not come to the island for Noémi's sake?" + +"Oh, I have as many wives as the countries I have visited." + +"H'm--I know of a very good situation for you in Brazil, an agency for a +lately commenced enterprise, where a knowledge of the Hungarian, German, +Italian, English, and Spanish languages is necessary." + +"I speak and write all these languages." + +"I know it--and also Greek, Turkish, Polish, and Russian: you are a +clever fellow. I will procure for you this situation, in which you can +make use of your talents. The agency of which I speak carries with it a +salary of three thousand dollars and a percentage of the profits, the +amount of which will depend on yourself." + +Theodor could hardly believe his ears. But he was so accustomed to +pretense that when he was overcome by real gratitude he had not the +courage to give it expression, lest it should be taken for acting. + +"Is this your real meaning, sir?" + +"What motive should I have at this moment for jesting with you? You +attempted my life, and I must secure myself. I can not send you out of +the world--my conscience forbids it--so I must try to make an honest man +of you in the interest of my own safety. If you are in good +circumstances, I shall have nothing to fear. Now you can understand my +course of action. As a proof that my offer is in earnest, take my +pocket-book. You will find in it the necessary journey expenses to +Trieste, and probably as much as what you owe to Scaramelli. At Trieste +you will find a letter which gives you further directions. And now we +will part--one to the right, and the other to the left." + +Theodor's hand shook as he received the pocket-book. Michael lifted his +pierced hat from the ground. "And you can look on these shots just as +you like. If they were the attack of an assassin, you have every reason +not to approach me in any region within reach of the law; but if they +were the shots of an insulted gentleman, you know that at our next +meeting it is my turn to shoot." + +Theodor Krisstyan bared his breast, and exclaimed passionately, "Shoot +me if ever I come in sight of you again! Shoot me like a mad dog!" He +raised the discharged pistol, and pressed it into Timar's hand. "Shoot +me with my own pistol it you ever meet me in this world! Do not ask, say +not a word, but kill me!" + +He insisted on Michael's taking the pistol, and putting it in his +pocket. + +"Farewell!" said Timar, and then he left him and went on his way. + +Theodor stood still looking after him. Then he ran, and caught him up. +"Sir, one word--you have made a new man of me--allow me, if ever I write +to you, to begin with the words, 'My Father.' In those words once lay +for me shame and horror; let me find in them henceforth a fountain of +trust and happiness--my father, my father!" + +He kissed Michael's hand with impassioned warmth, rushed away, threw +himself down on the grass behind the first bush that hid him from +Timar's eyes, and wept--real, true tears. + + * * * * * + +Poor little Noémi stood for an hour under the acacia-tree where she had +taken leave of Michael. Therese, as she stayed out so long, had gone to +seek her, and now sat beside her daughter on the grass. Not to be idle, +she had brought out her knitting. + +Suddenly Noémi exclaimed, "Mother, did you hear?--two shots on the other +shore!" + +They listened. There was deep stillness in the drowsy air. + +"Two more shots! Mother, what is it?" + +Therese tried to calm her. "They must be sportsmen, child, who are +shooting there." + +Noémi's cheeks lost their color, and she looked as pale as the acacia +blossoms over her head. She pressed her hands vehemently to her breast +and faltered, "Oh, no, no! he will never come back!" + +It grieved her to the heart that she had not said the little word "thou" +to him when he begged so hard. + + * * * * * + +"Master Fabula," said Timar to his faithful steward, "this year we will +not send the crop either to Raab or Komorn." + +"What shall we do with it, then?" + +"We will grind it here. I have two windmills on my property, and we can +hire thirty water-mills; those will suffice." + +"Then we must open a huge warehouse, where we can sell such a quantity." + +"That will not be wanting. We will load the flour into small ships, +which can go up to Karlstadt; thence we will transfer it in barrels to +Brazil." + +"To Brazil!" screamed Fabula, quite frightened. "I can't go there with +it." + +"I was not thinking of sending you there, Master Fabula; your department +is the grinding and the transport to Trieste. I will give the agents +and millers their orders to-day, and you can scold and manage in my +absence just as if I were there." + +"Many thanks," said Master Fabula, and shook his head violently as Herr +von Levetinczy left the office. "That will be a gigantic folly," he +grumbled to himself. "To begin with, the flour will be musty before it +arrives; then no one will buy it; thirdly, nobody will ever see the +color of money which has to come from Brazil. How could he claim it? +there is no fiscal authority there, or even a vice-consul. In short, it +is just another of those colossal, everlasting pieces of folly of our +Herr Levetinczy, but it will turn out well, to every one's surprise, as +every stupid thing does that our master undertakes. And I don't doubt +that our flour-ships will come back laden with gold-dust from Brazil; +but for all that it is a great folly." + +Our Herr Fabula was perfectly right. Timar was of the same opinion. He +ran a risk in this speculation of losing at least a hundred thousand +gulden. But this idea was not of to-day. It had long been in his mind +whether a Hungarian merchant might not make better profits than in grain +contracts and the chartering of cargo-ships. Would it not be possible +for those goods which have to struggle with foreign competition to find +their own place in the great bazaar of the world's market? + +The export trade in flour was an old plan of his. To prepare for its +execution he had completed his mills, and built a large vessel at +Trieste. But the reason of his hasty determination to begin work at once +was only on Noémi's account; and his meeting with Theodor had brought +this decision to a head. + +This business was only a pretext; the principal thing was to put a +hemisphere between himself and that man. Those who saw in what ceaseless +labor Timar spent the next weeks--how he hurried from one mill to +another, and from there to his ships; how he dispatched them the moment +they were laden, and personally superintended the transport--all said, +"What a pattern of a merchant! He is tremendously rich; he has +directors, agents, captains, stewards, overseers, foremen, and yet he +sees to all himself like a common contractor. He understands business." +(If only they had known what depended on this business!) + +Three weeks passed before the first ship laden with barrels of Hungarian +flour lay ready to weigh anchor in the harbor of Trieste. The ship was +called "Pannonia;" it was a beautiful three-masted galliot. Even Master +Fabula was loud in its praise; for he was present at the loading of the +flour. But Timar himself never saw it; he had not once come to Trieste +to see it before it started. During those weeks he remained in +Levetinczy or Pancsova. The whole enterprise was in Scaramelli's name; +Timar had his reasons for keeping his own name out of it; and he only +communicated in writing with the fully empowered firm of Scaramelli. + +One day he received a letter from Theodor Krisstyan. When he opened it +he was surprised to find money in it--a hundred gulden note. The +contents of the letter ran thus-- + + "MY FATHER,--When you read these lines I shall be + afloat on board the splendid ship 'Pannonia,' as + Brazilian agent of the house of Scaramelli. + + "Accept my warmest thanks for your kind recommendation. + The bank has advanced me two months' salary, of which I + inclose a hundred gulden, with the request that you + would be good enough to pay it over to the landlord of + The White Ship at Pancsova. I am in debt to that amount + to that poor man, and am thankful to be able to pay + this sum. Heaven bless you for all your goodness to + me!" + +Timar breathed freely. "The man has already improved; he remembers his +old debts and pays them with his savings. What a sweet thought to have +brought a lost sheep back to the fold--to be the savior of an enemy who +attempted one's life--to give back to him life, the world, honor, and +bring to light a pearl purified of the mire in which it lay! Is not this +a truly Christian act? You have a generous soul. If only the inward +accuser would not reply, 'You are a murderer!' + +"You do not rejoice to have saved a man, but rather at getting rid of +him. If you received news that a tornado had caught your ship and sunk +it with every soul on board, what joy it would give you! You are not +thinking of the flour-trade with its profits and losses, but that every +year in the swamps of La Plata and the river Amazon that fearful specter +walks--the yellow fever--which, like the tiger, lies in ambush for the +new-comer. Of every hundred, sixty fall victims to it. It is that of +which the prospect gives you pleasure. You are a murderer!" + +Timar felt the satisfaction of a man who has succeeded in putting an +enemy out of the way--a joy with which bitter self-condemnation and +anxious forebodings were mingled. + + * * * * * + +From henceforward Timar was transformed. He was hardly to be recognized. +The usually cold-blooded man betrayed in everything a singular +restlessness; he gave contradictory orders, and forgot an hour after +what he had said. If he started on a journey, he turned back half-way; +he began to avoid business, and seemed indifferent to the most important +affairs; then again he grew so excitable that the smallest neglect +enraged him. He might be seen wandering on the shore for half a day at a +time, with his head down like one who is nearly mad, and begins by +running away from home. Another time he shut himself into his room and +would not let any one in; the letters which came to him from all parts +lay unopened in a heap on his table. This shrewd, clever man could think +of nothing but the golden-haired girl whom he had seen for the last time +leaning on a tree by the island shore, with her head supported on her +arm. One day he determined to return to her, and the next to drive the +remembrance of her from his breast. He began to be superstitious; he +waited for signs from Heaven, and visions to decide what he should do. +Dreams always brought the same face, happy or sad, submissive or +inconsolable, and he was more crazy than ever. But Heaven sent him no +sign. + +One day he decided to be reasonable and attend to his business affairs; +that might perhaps steady his brain. He sat down before the heap of +letters and began to open them all in turn. All that came of it was that +he had forgotten at the end of a letter what he had read at the +beginning. He only cared to read what was written in those blue eyes. +But his heart began to beat fast when a letter fell into his hands which +was heavier than the rest; he knew the handwriting of the address; it +was Timéa's. + +His blood ran cold. This was the sign from Heaven, this will decide the +conflict in his soul. + +Timéa writes to him--the angelic creature, the spotless wife. A single +tender word from her will exercise an influence on her husband like a +cry of "danger" to a drunken man. These well-known characters will call +up the saintly face before his mind's eye, and lead him back to the +right path. + +In the letter is a small object; it must be a loving surprise, a little +souvenir. Yes! to-morrow is her husband's birthday. This will be a +charming letter, a sweet remembrance. Michael opened the envelope very +carefully, after cutting round the seal. The first thing that surprised +him was a key which fell out--the key of his writing-table. + +But in the letter were these words: "MY DEAR SIR,--You left the key of +your writing-table in the lock. That you may not be uneasy about it, I +send it to you. God keep you!--TIMÉA." + +Nothing further. Timar had forgotten to take out the key that night when +he came home secretly, when the conversation with Athalie had so +disturbed his mind. + +Nothing but the key and a couple of frigid lines. Timar put down the +letter in vexation. + +Suddenly a dreadful idea flashed through his mind. If Timéa found this +key in his writing-table lock, perhaps she looked through the desk. +Women are curious, and do such things. But if she did search in it, she +must have found something she would recognize. When Timar disposed of +Ali Tchorbadschi's treasures, he had been careful not to part with some +objects, which, if they came into the trade, might have led to +discovery, but had, for the most part, only sold the separate diamonds. +Among the precious objects was a medallion framed in brilliants, which +contained a miniature portrait of a young lady, whose features bore a +striking likeness to those of Timéa. It must be the picture of her +mother, who had been a Greek. If Timéa found this medallion, she must +know all; she would at once recognize her mother's portrait, and +conclude that this jewel had belonged to her father. This would lead her +to the further conclusion that her mother's valuables had fallen into +Timar's hands, and thus she would arrive at the knowledge of how he had +become rich, and that he had married her at the price of her own money. +If Timéa was curious, she now knows all, and then she must despise her +husband. + +And do not the words of the letter betray this? Does not the wife wish +her husband to understand, by the forwarding of the key, that she had +discovered his secrets? + +This thought was decisive to Michael as to whether his path was to lead +up or down! Down! + +"It is all one," thought he. "I am unmasked before the woman. I can no +longer play the honest man, the true-hearted, generous benefactor. I am +found out. I can only sink lower still!" + +He was determined to return to the island. But he would not retreat +like a defeated foe. He wrote to Timéa, and begged her to open all the +letters which should come during his absence, to inform his agents of +their contents, and, where a decision was necessary, to dispose, in the +name of her husband, of all as she chose. At the same time he sent the +key back, that it might be at hand if any documents were wanted. + +That was his trump card. With the feeling that his secret was near +discovery he hastened to lead up to it, and possibly that very thing +might prevent its revelation. He left orders to his agents that all +letters concerning his affairs were to be directed to his wife. He was +going away for a long time, but he did not say where to. + +Late in the afternoon he started in a hired carriage. He hoped his track +would be lost, and did not take his own horses. A couple of days ago he +had been superstitious, and awaited signs from Heaven, from the +elements, to show him the way. Now he noticed them no longer. He was +determined to return to the island. But the sky and the elements tried +to frighten him by evil omens, and even to detain him by force. Toward +evening, when the long lines of poplars on the Danube shore were already +in sight, suddenly a reddish-brown cloud appeared in the sky, +approaching with great rapidity. The peasant driver began to pray and +sigh, but when the smoke-like cloud drew nigh, his prayers changed to +curses. The Galambocz gnats are coming! + +They are creations of the Evil One, trillions in number, and living in +the holes of the Galambocz rocks: suddenly they come out in swarms, +forming a thick cloud, and if they descend into the plain, woe to the +cattle they find in the open! + +The flight of gnats covered the plain through which Timar had to drive; +the tiny stinging plague swarmed over the bodies of the horses, creeping +into their eyes, ears, and nostrils. The terrified animals could no +longer be controlled--they turned round suddenly with the carriage, and +bolted in a north-westerly direction. Timar ventured on a jump from the +carriage; he leaped cleverly and safely without injury; the horses flew +off and away. If he had attended to omens, this might have been +sufficient to turn him also aside. But he was now obstinate. He was +going on a road where man no longer asks for help from God. He was going +where Noémi drew him and Timéa drove him. North pole and south pole, +desire and his own will, pressed him on. + +When he jumped from the carriage, he continued his journey on foot, +keeping along the wooded river-bank. His gun had remained in the +carriage, he had come with empty hands: he cut himself a walking-stick, +and that was his only weapon: provided with this, he tried to make his +way through the thicket. There he lost himself; night surprised him, and +the more he wandered the less he found an outlet. At last he came on a +hut built of osier-twigs, and decided to spend the night there. + +He made a fire out of the dry branches lying near: fortunately he was +carrying his game-bag when he jumped from the carriage, and in it were +bread and ham; he broiled the ham over the fire and ate it with the +bread. + +He found also something else in the bag, the pistol with which Theodor +had attacked him from the hut; perhaps from this very hut--quite +possible that it was the same. He could make no use of the pistol, for +he had left his powder-horn in the carriage; but it did him a service by +strengthening him in his fatalism: a man who had escaped so many dangers +must still have some work to do in the world. And indeed he required +some encouragement, for after nightfall it began to be uncanny here in +the desert. Not far away wolves were howling, and through the bushes +Timar saw the shining green eyes: one and another old Sir Isegrim came +up to the back wall of the hut and executed a fearful howl. Timar dared +not let the fire out all night, for it alone kept away the wild beasts. +When he went inside, the uncomfortable hiss with which snakes receive +human beings struck his ear, and a sluggish mass moved under his foot; +perhaps he had trodden on a tortoise. Timar kept up the fire all night, +and drew fantastic figures in the air with the glowing end of the +fire-stick--perhaps the hieroglyphics of his own thoughts. + +What a miserable night! He who has a home provided with every luxury, +and a comfortable bed; in whose house rules a lovely young woman whom he +can call his wife--spends a lonely night in a damp, fungus-grown hut: +wolves howl round him, and over his head adders creep slowly through the +rush-woven roof. And to-day is his birthday; a happy family festival +indeed--in such surroundings! But they suit him--he wants nothing else. + +Michael had a pious mind. From childhood he had been used night and +morning to put up a silent prayer. He had never lost the habit, and in +every danger or trouble of his eventful life, he had taken refuge in +prayer. He believed in God; God was his deliverer, and whatever he +undertook succeeded. But in this dreadful night he dared not pray; he +would not speak with God. + +"Do not Thou look where I go." From this birthday he gave up prayer. He +defied fate. + +When the day dawned, the nocturnal beasts of prey slunk back to their +lairs. Timar left his inhospitable refuge, and soon found the path which +led direct to the shore of the Danube: here a new horror awaited him. +The Danube was enormously swollen, and had overflowed its banks. It was +the season of the spring floods after the melting of the snow; the +foaming yellow stream was filled with uprooted reeds and tree-trunks. +The fisherman's hut which he sought, and which stood on the point of a +hill, was in the water up to the threshold, and the boat he had left +there was tied to a tree close by. + +He found not a creature there. It is impossible to fish in such a flood, +and the people had removed all their nets. If he wanted a sign from +heaven, a direction from God's finger--here he had it. The swollen river +barred his way with its whole majestic strength; at such times no one +ventures on the river; the warning was there, the elements commanded him +to return. + +"Too late," said Timar. "I can not go back; I must go on." + +The door of the hut was locked, and he broke it open to get his oars, as +he saw through a chink that they were kept there. Then he got into the +boat, tied himself in, loosed the boat, and pushed off. The current +seized him at once, and rushed on with him. The Danube was at that time +a powerful master, and uprooted forests in its rage; a mortal venturing +on its surface was like a worm floating on a straw, and yet this worm +defied it. He alone managed the two oars, which also served to steer +with. On the rapid waves his skiff danced like a nutshell, but the wind +was contrary, and tried to drive him back to the shore he came from. But +Timar succumbed neither to wind nor water. + +He had thrown his hat to the bottom of the boat; his hair, wet with +perspiration, fluttered in the wind, and the waves splashing over the +side threw their icy spray in his face--but they did not cool him. The +thought was hot within him that Noémi might be in danger on the island. +But the idea did not paralyze his arms. The Danube and the wind are two +mighty powers--but stronger still are the passions and the will of man. +Timar felt this. What activity in his mind, what muscle in his arm! It +was a superhuman task in which he succeeded, to cross the current at the +head of the Ostrova Island. Here he rested awhile. + +The island of Ostrova was overflowed, the water was rushing among the +trees. Here it was easier to get on by pushing his oars against the +trunks; at the back of Ostrova he must let himself float down-stream to +arrive at the ownerless island. When he had reached the right spot, and +came out from among the trees, a new and surprising spectacle lay before +him. The ownerless island was usually hidden behind a thick bed of +osiers, over which only the tree-tops were visible; now none of the +reeds was to be seen, and the island lay out in mid-stream. The flood +had covered the reeds, the trees of the island stood in the water, and +only at one place the rock raised its head above the surface. + +With feverish impatience he let his boat float down. Every stroke +brought him nearer to the erratic bowlder, whose crown was blue with +lavender flowers, while the sides were shining gold with climbing +nasturtium which clung to the stone; and the nearer he came the greater +was his impatience. He could already see the orchard, whose trees stood +in the water half-way up their trunk; but the rose-garden was dry, and +there the lambs and kids had taken refuge. Now Almira's joyful bark fell +on his ear; the black creature came running to the shore, rushed back, +came on again, leaped into the water, and swam toward the new arrival +and back again. + +Does Michael see that rosy face there at the base of a blooming +jasmine-bush, hurrying toward him to the very edge of the rushing water? +One more stroke, and the boat has reached the shore. Michael springs out +and the waves carry off the boat; he no longer wants it, and no one +thinks of drawing it ashore. + +Each only saw the other. Around them the paradise of the first +man!--fruit-laden trees, blossoming fields, tame animals, surrounded by +a watery ring, and therein--Adam and Eve. + +The maiden stands pale and trembling before the new-comer, and as he +rushes toward her, when she sees him before her, she throws herself with +a burst of passion on his breast, and cries, in the self-forgetfulness +of ecstasy, "Thou hast returned! Thou, thou!" and even when her lips are +closed they still say, "Thou, thou!" + +Around them is Eden. The jasmine-bush sends down on them its silvery +flower-crown, and the choir of nightingales and blackbirds sing "Gospodi +pomiluj." + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +SWEET HOME. + + +The waves carried off Michael's boat. That of the islanders, which had +brought them here, had long rotted away, and they had never had another. +The new-comer could not leave the island before the first fruit-dealers +arrived. Before that time weeks and months must elapse. + +Happy weeks, happy moons! Uncounted days of unbroken joy! The ownerless +island was Timar's home. There he found work and rest. After the flood +had passed away, the work of getting rid of the water left in the +hollows gave him plenty to do. The whole day he was busy digging canals +to carry it away; his hands looked like a laborer's from the blisters +with which they were covered. When he threw spade and pick over his +shoulder in the evening, and came back to the little cottage, he was met +afar off, and lovingly welcomed. And when he had finished his canal and +drawn off the marshy water, he looked upon his work as proudly as if it +was the only one in all his life which could lay claim to be called a +good action, and which he could confidently submit to his inward judge. +The day of the opening of this canal was a festival on the little +island. They had no church festivals and did not count Sundays: their +saints' days were those on which God gave them some special joy. + +These islanders were sparing of words. What the holy David said in one +hundred and fifty psalms, was by them expressed in a sign, and what the +poets have sung of love in all their verses, one glance of the eye was +sufficient to tell; they learned to read each other's thoughts on the +brow, they learned to think together. + +Michael admired Noémi more every day. She was a faithful, grateful +creature; she knew no care nor anxiety for the future; happy herself, +she diffused happiness around. She never asked him, "What will become of +me when you go? Will you leave me or take me? Is it good for me to love +you? What church has given you its priestly blessing? Ought you to be +mine? Has no other a right to you? What are you out there in the world? +What sort of world do you live in?" Even in her face, her eyes, he never +read a disquieting doubt--ever and only the one question "Lovest thou +me?" + +Frau Therese reminded Michael one day that he was tarrying long here; +but he assured her that Master Fabula was looking after everything, and +when Therese looked at Noémi, whose soft blue eyes ever turned like the +sunflowers to the sun of Michael's face, she could only sigh, "Oh, how +she loves him!" + +Timar found it very necessary to dig all day, to drive piles, and bind +fascines, in order by hard bodily labor to calm his even more heavily +tasked mind. What is going on in the world? Thirty of his ships float on +the Danube, and a fleet on the sea: his whole wealth, a property of more +than a million, all lies in the hands of a woman. And if this woman in +some giddy mood squanders the whole and scatters it to the winds, +ruining her husband and his house, could he reproach any one? Was it not +by his own will? He was happy here at home, and yet would have liked to +know what was going on over there. His spirit lived in two places, was +torn in two parts: there, his money, his honor, his position in the +world; here, his love held him fast. In truth he could have got away. +The Danube is not a sea; he was a good swimmer, and could at any time +have reached the opposite shore; no one would have detained him. They +knew he had work to do out in the world. But when he was with Noémi he +forgot again everything outside her arms; he was sunk in love, bliss, +and wonder. + +"Oh, do not love me so much!" whispered the girl to him. + +And so day after day passed by. The time of fruit-ripening drew near, +and the branches were weighed down by their sweet burden. It was a +pleasure to watch the daily progress of the fruit, how every day it +developed more. Pears and apples began to put on their distinctive +colors; the green is tanned to a leathery yellow, or receives gold and +red streaks. The brown tone colors purple on the sunny side. In the +golden tint mingle carmine splashes, and in the carmine greenish specks; +the scented fruit smiles at one like a merry childish face. Timar helped +the women to gather it. They filled great baskets with this blessing of +heaven. He counted every apple he threw into the basket, how many +hundreds, how many thousands. What a treasure! Real gold! + +One afternoon, when he was helping Noémi to carry a full basket to the +apple-room, he saw strangers arrive at the cottage: the fruit-buyers had +come, the first visitors for many months past, bringing tidings from the +outer world. + +They negotiated about the fruit with Therese--the usual system of +barter. Frau Therese wanted as usual to have grain in exchange, but the +peddlers would not give her as much as before. They said wheat had +become very dear. The corn-merchants of Komorn had made large purchases +and driven up the prices; they ground it themselves, and sent it over +the seas. Therese would not believe this--it was only gossip of the +fruit-hawkers; but Timar paid great attention to it. That was his idea; +what had come of it since then? Now he had no more rest for thinking of +business and the cares of property. This news was to him what the bugle +call is to an old soldier, who at the sound wishes himself back in the +battle-field, even from the arms of his beloved. + +The islanders thought it quite natural that Michael should make +preparations to leave them. His business called him; and then he would +return the following spring. Noémi only begged him not to throw away the +clothes she had spun and woven for him, and which he had worn while with +her. He will preserve them like a jewel. + +And then he must often think of his poor Noémi. To that he could not +answer in words. + +He bribed the fruit-women to stay a day longer. And all that day he did +nothing but visit, arm in arm with Noémi, all the places which had been +witnesses of his tranquil happiness; here he plucked from a tree, and +there from a flowery cluster, some leaflet to keep as a memorial. On +every leaf and petal whole romances were written which only two people +could read. + +The last day passed so quickly! The boatmen wanted to leave in the +evening, so as to row while it was cool. Michael must say farewell. +Noémi was sensible, and did not cry; she knew he would return, and was +more occupied in making provision to fill his knapsack. + +"It will be dark when you get to the other side," she said, with tender +anxiety. "Have you any arms?" + +"No. No one will hurt me." + +"But yet--here is a pistol in your haversack," said Noémi, and drew it +out; and then her check paled, for she recognized Theodor's pistol, with +which he had often, when he came to the island, bragged and threatened +that he would shoot Almira. "This is _his_ weapon!" Timar was struck by +the expression of her face. + +"When you left here," said the girl, who was all excitement, "he watched +for you on the other side, and shot at you with this pistol." + +"What makes you think such a thing?" + +"I heard two shots, and then yours. So it was this pistol that you took +from him?" Timar was surprised that love can see what the eye can not +reach. He could not tell a lie. "Did you kill him?" asked the girl. + +"No." + +"What has become of him?" + +"You need fear him no longer. He is gone to Brazil; a hemisphere lies +between us and him." + +"I wish there were only three feet of earth between us!" cried Noémi, +impetuously, seizing Michael's hand. + +Michael looked in her face surprised. "You! you! with such murderous +thoughts--you, who can not bear to see a chicken killed, who can not +bring yourself to tread on a spider or to stick a butterfly on a pin!" + +"But any one who would tear you from me, I could kill, were he a man, a +devil, or an angel--!" + +And she pressed the dearly beloved man to her breast in a passionate +embrace. He trembled and glowed. + + * * * * * + +On reaching the other side, Michael again visited the fisherman's hut. + +Two things occupied his mind: the slender figure among the evening mists +on the flower-crowned rock, waving to him its tender farewells; and then +that other figure conjured up by his imagination as it looks at home in +Komorn. Well, he will have time to picture this image to himself on the +long journey from the Lower Danube up to Komorn. + +When the old fisherman saw Michael, he began to sigh (fishing-folk do +not swear). "Just think, my lord, some rascal of a thief has stolen your +boat during the floods: he broke into the hut and carried off the oars. +What thieves there are in the world, to be sure!" + +It did Timar good that at last some one should call him a thief to his +face; that was what he was--and if he had stolen nothing more than a +boat! "We must not condemn the man," said he to the fisherman. "Who +knows what danger he was in, or how much he needed a boat. We will get +another. But now, my friend, we will get into your boat and try to +arrive at the ferry to-night." + +The fisherman was persuaded by a promise of liberal payment to undertake +this, and by daylight they had reached the ferry where the ships +generally took in their cargo. There were post-carriages at the inn on +the bank, of which Timar engaged one to take him to Levetinczy. He +thought he would there receive reports from the agent of what had passed +during the last five months, so that when he got home to Komorn nothing +new or surprising should greet him. + +There was a one-storied residence on the estate at Levetinczy. In one +wing lived the steward and his wife, while the other was given up to +Timar. A staircase from this wing led to the park, and by this means he +could gain access to the room which he had chosen as an office. Michael +must pay attention to the trivial details if he wished to carry out his +wearisome deceit consistently. He has been absent for five months, and +has, of course, been a long way; but that hardly agrees with his arrival +without luggage. In his knapsack there is only the suit of striped linen +made for him by Noémi, for the suit in which he had gone to the island +was intended for the cold season, and that, by now, was torn and worn +out; his boots were patched. It would be difficult to account for his +appearance. If he could get through the garden and by the outside steps +into his office, the key of which he carries with him, he could there +change his clothes quickly, get out his trunk, and when to all +appearances he looked as though just come from a long journey, he could +call in the steward. + +All began well. Timar arrived without being seen, by the garden steps, +at the door of his office. + +But when he was going to open it with his private key, he made the +disquieting discovery that another key was already in the lock. Some one +was in the room! But his papers and ledgers were all there, and no one +had any business inside. Who could the intruder be? He pulled the door +open angrily and went in, and now it was his turn to be startled. + +At his writing-table sat the last person he expected to find there. It +was Timéa. Before her lay the great ledger, in which she was at work. + +A storm of mingled feelings burst over Michael--alarm because the first +person he met after his secret journey was his own wife, pleasure at +finding her alone, and astonishment that this woman was at work here. + +Timéa raised her eyes in surprise when she saw Michael enter; then +hastening toward him, she offered him her hand in silence. This white +face was still an unsolved enigma to her husband. He could not read in +it whether she knew all--whether she guessed something or not. What lay +under this cold indifference? restrained contempt or concealed love? Or +was the whole only the indolence of a lymphatic race? He had nothing to +say to Timéa. + +His wife seemed not to remark that his clothes were torn--women can see +without looking. "I am glad you have come," said she gently. "I expected +you any day. You will find your clothes in the next room; when you have +dressed, will you please come back here? I shall have finished by that +time." And then she put her pen in her mouth. + +Michael kissed Timéa's hand. The pen between her teeth did not invite +him to kiss her lips. He went into the adjoining room; there he found a +basin of water, a clean shirt, and his clothes and house-shoes as at +home. As Timéa could not know the day of his arrival, he must take for +granted that she had made ready for him every day--and who knows for how +long? But how comes this woman here, and what is she doing? He dressed +quickly, hiding his cast-off clothes in a corner of his wardrobe. Some +one might ask him what caused these holes in the coat-sleeves, which are +quite through at the elbows. And this linen suit with the colored +embroidery, would not a woman's eye decipher something from it?--women +understand the mysteries of needle-work. He must hide the clothes. He +and the soap had hard work to wash his hands clean. Would he not be +asked what he had done to make them so black and horny? + +When he was ready he went back to the office, where Timéa was waiting +for him at the door, and putting her hand on his arm, said, "Let us go +to breakfast." + +From the office they passed through the dressing-room to get to the +dining-room. Another surprise awaited Michael there; the round table was +laid with three places--for whom were they intended? Timéa made a +signal, and through one door came the servant, through the other +Athalie. The third place was for her. + +On Athalie's face an unconcealed anger shone when she saw Timar. "Ah, +Herr von Levetinczy, you have come home at last! It was a kind thought +of yours to write to your wife, 'Take my keys and books, and be so good, +dear wife, as to do all my work for me,' and then to leave us five +months without news of your whereabouts." + +"Athalie!" said Timéa, sternly. + +Michael sat down in silence at his place, which he recognized by his own +silver drinking-cup. He had been daily awaited here, and the table laid +for him. Athalie said no more, but whenever she looked at Timar he could +read her vexation in her eyes. This was a satisfactory sign. + +When they rose from table Timéa asked her husband to go with her to the +office. Michael began to think what he could invent when she should ask +him about his journey. But she never referred to it even remotely. She +placed two chairs at the desk, and laid her hand on the open day-book. +"Here, sir, is the account of your business since the time when you gave +over its direction to me." + +"Have you carried it on yourself?" + +"I understood that you desired me to do so. I found by your papers that +you had undertaken a new and wholesale enterprise--the export of +Hungarian flour. I saw that here not only your money, but also your +credit and your mercantile honor, were at stake, and that on the good +result of this affair hung the foundation of an important branch of +trade. I did not understand this business, but I thought that it +depended more on conscientious and faithful stewardship than on +knowledge of affairs. I trusted this to no third person. Directly I +received your letter I started for Levetinczy, and took, as you desired, +the conduct of business into my own hands. I studied book-keeping and +learned to deal with figures. I think you will find everything in +order--the books and the cash balance." Timar looked with admiration at +this woman, who knew how to apply the millions passing through her hands +with such calm good sense, to their right object, to receive and expend +moneys, and with a skillful hand to withdraw endangered funds; and who +knew even more than that. "Fortune has favored us this year," continued +Timéa, "and made up for my inexperience. The five months' income +amounted to five hundred thousand gulden. This sum has not lain idle. +Taking advantage of the powers intrusted to me, I have made +investments." + +What sort of investments are they likely to be which occur to a woman? + +"Your first experiment with the export of flour succeeded entirely. +Hungarian flour became at one stroke an article in request for the South +American markets. So your agents write from Rio Janeiro, where all with +one accord praise the ability and uprightness of your chief agent, +Theodor Krisstyan." Timar thought to himself, "Even when I do evil good +comes of it, and the greatest folly I commit turns into wisdom--when +will this end?" "After receiving this intelligence I began to consider +what you would have done. One must seize an opportunity and occupy with +all speed the newly opened markets. I hired immediately many mills, +chartered more ships, had them laden, and at this moment a new cargo is +on its way to South America, which will defy competition." + +Michael was astonished. In this woman there was more courage than in any +man. Another woman would have locked up the money that it might not run +away, and this one ventures to carry on her husband's enterprise, only +in tenfold measure. "I thought you would have acted thus," said Timéa. + +"Yes, indeed," muttered Timar. + +"My expectations, moreover, were justified by the fact that, as soon as +we threw ourselves more openly into this undertaking, a whole herd of +competitors appeared, who are grinding away for dear life, and packing +off their good in barrels to America. But this need not cause you any +anxiety--we shall beat them all. Not one of them knows the secret of the +superiority of the Hungarian flour." + +"How is that?" + +"If one of them asked his wife, perhaps she would have known--that is +how I discovered it. Among all the samples of American wheat, I can find +none as heavy as ours. We must, therefore, make flour of our heaviest +kinds, so as to carry off the prize from the Americans. I selected our +heaviest grain; our rivals here use lighter corn, and they will find +their mistake, while we shall maintain our position." + +Michael kissed Timéa's hand with the sacred awe with which we kiss our +beloved dead, who no longer belong to us, but to the ground, and who can +not feel our caress. Whenever during his life of happy forgetfulness on +the island he had thought of Timéa at all, it was as amusing herself, +traveling, going to watering-places, having plenty of money, and wasting +it as she chose. Now he saw in what her amusement had consisted--keeping +books, sitting at a desk, conducting a correspondence, and learning +foreign idioms without the help of a master--and all this because her +husband had desired it. + +His wife gave him a report of all branches of his extensive business. It +was now all as familiar to her as if she had known it from childhood, +and everything was in perfect order. While Timar ran over the accounts, +he acquired the conviction that if he himself had had to do it all in +those few months, he would have been hard at work all day. What labor +this must have cost a young woman who had to learn everything by +experience! Indeed she must have had but little time for sleep. + +"But, Timéa, this is a tremendous task which you have accomplished in my +stead!" + +"It is true, and at first I found it very difficult, but by degrees I +got used to it, and then it was easy enough. Work is wholesome." + +What a sad reproach!--a young wife who finds consolation in work. +Michael drew Timéa's hand to him. Deep sadness clouded his brow, his +heart was heavy. If only he knew what Timéa was thinking. + +The key of the desk was constantly in Timar's mind. If Timéa had +discovered his secret, then her present conduct to her husband was only +a fearful judgment held over him, to mark the difference between the +accuser and the accused. + +"Have you never been in Komorn since?" he asked Timéa. + +"Only once, when I had to look in your desk for the contract with +Scaramelli." + +Timar felt his blood run cold. Timéa's face betrayed nothing. + +"But now we will go back to Komorn," said Timar; "the flour is in full +swing; we must wait for news of the fate of the cargoes now at sea, and +they will not arrive before the winter. Or would you rather make a tour +in Switzerland and Italy? This is the best season for it." + +"No, Michael; we have been long enough apart, we will remain at home +together." + +But no pressure of the hand explains why she would like to remain at +home with him. Michael had not the courage to say a tender word to her. +Should he lie to her? He would have to live a lie in her presence from +morning to evening. His silence even was a falsehood. + +Looking through all the papers took the whole time until late dinner, +and to this meal two guests were invited--the bailiff and the reverend +dean. The latter had begged to be at once informed of Herr von +Levetinczy's return, that he might call upon him immediately. As soon as +he received the news he hastened to the castle, and of course put on his +new decoration. The moment he entered he let off some oratorical +fireworks, in which he lauded Timar as the benefactor of the place. He +compared him to Noah who built the Ark, to Joseph who saved his people +from famine, and to Moses who made manna fall from heaven. The flour +trade which he had set on foot was pronounced the greatest enterprise +Europe had ever seen. Long live the Columbus of flour export! + +Timar had to answer this address of welcome. He stammered and talked +great nonsense. He had to control himself that he might not laugh aloud, +and say to the worthy preacher, "Ha, ha! do not fancy that I had this +idea in order to make your fortune; it was only to get a young rascal +out of reach of a certain pretty girl, and if any good came of it, it is +only by means of this woman here near me. Laugh then, good people!" + +At table good-humor reigned. The dean and the steward were neither of +them despisers of the bottle. The wit and anecdotes of the two old men +made Timar laugh too; but whenever he cast a glance on Timéa's icy face, +the laugh died on his lips. She had left her merriment elsewhere in +pledge. + +It was evening before they rose. The two old gentlemen reminded each +other jocosely that it was quite time to leave, for the husband had +returned to his young wife after a long absence, and they would have +much to say to each other. + +"Indeed you will do wisely to go soon," whispered Athalie to Timar. +"Timéa has such dreadful headaches every evening, that she can not sleep +before midnight. See how pale she is!" + +"Timéa, you are unwell?" asked Timar, tenderly. + +"There is nothing the matter with me," answered she. + +"Don't believe her; ever since we came to Levetinczy she has suffered +from headache. It is neuralgia, which she contracted by overtaxing her +brain, and by the bad air here. I found a white hair in her head the +other day. But she conceals her suffering till she breaks down, and even +then she never complains." + +Timar experienced in spirit the tortures of a criminal stretched on the +rack. And he had not the courage to say to his wife, "If you are +suffering, let me sleep in your room and take care of you." No; he was +afraid of uttering Noémi's name in his sleep, and that his wife might +hear it, as she was kept awake by pain half the night. He must shun his +marriage-bed. + +The next day they started for Komorn, and traveled by post, Michael +sitting opposite the two ladies. It was a tedious journey: in the whole +Banat the harvest was over; only the maize was still standing, otherwise +they saw nothing but monotonous fields of stubble. None of them spoke; +all three found it hard to keep awake. In the afternoon Timar could no +longer endure the silent looks, the enigmatical expression of his wife; +under pretense of wanting to smoke he took a seat by the driver in the +open _coupé_, and remained there. When they got out at a post-house, +Athalie grumbled at the bad roads, the dreadful heat, the annoying +flies, the stifling dust, and all the rest of a traveler's trials. The +inns are dirty, the food disgusting, the beds hard, the wine sour, the +water impure, and the countenances of all the people frightful. She +feels so ill all through the journey, she is quite knocked up, she has +fever, and her head will burst: what must Timéa be suffering, who is so +nervous? + +Timar had to listen to these lamentations all the way, but Timéa never +uttered a complaint. + +When they arrived at Komorn, Frau Sophie informed them that she had +turned gray with loneliness. Gray indeed! She had been very happy--being +able to go about all day from house to house to gossip to her heart's +content. Timar felt a painful anxiety. Home is either a heaven or a +hell. Now at last he would know what lay behind the marble coldness of +this silent face. + +As he entered the room with his wife, she handed him the key of his +desk. Michael knew she had opened it to get out the contract. + +This writing-desk was an old and elaborate piece of furniture, whose +upper part was closed by a rolled falling cover, under which were +drawers of various sizes. In the large drawer lay the contracts, in the +small ones notes and valuables; the lock was a puzzle one, which you +might vainly turn if you did not know its secret. + +Timéa was in the secret, and could have access to all the drawers. With +an uneasily beating heart Timar drew out the drawer where those jewels +were kept which it had been unadvisable to place on the market. These +gems have their own experts, who recognize by certain marks where this +stone or that gem came from; and then follows the question, how did he +get it? Only the third generation from the finder can venture to show +it, as to him it is all one in what way his grandfather came into its +possession. + +If Timéa had been inquisitive enough to open that drawer she must have +seen these gems. And if so, one among them, the diamond locket with the +portrait which is so like her, must have been recognized by her. It is +her mother's picture, and then she must know all. She knows that Timar +has received her father's treasures; it is hard to believe he came by +them honestly. And by that dark, perhaps criminal road, they would lead +to the fabulous riches which gained her hand for Timar, while he played +the generous friend to her whom he had robbed. She may even think worse +things of him than are true. Her father's mysterious death, his secret +burial, might awake in her the suspicion that Timar had a hand in it. + +These doubts were unbearable. Timar must set them at rest, and call yet +one more falsehood to his aid. He took out the medallion and went with +it to Timéa. "Dear Timéa," he said, sitting down beside his wife, "I +have been living a long time in Turkey. What I did there you will learn +later on. When I was in Scutari an Armenian jeweler offered me a +diamond-framed picture, which is very like you. I bought it, and have +brought you the ornament." + +When Timéa saw the portrait her face changed in an instant. An emotion +which could neither be assumed nor concealed was visible in her +sculptured features; she seized the picture with both hands and pressed +it eagerly to her lips; her eyes filled with tears. This was true +feeling; Timéa's face began to live. + +Michael was saved. The girl, overpowered by her long-suppressed +feelings, began to sob violently. Athalie heard and came in; she was +surprised--she had never known Timéa to sob. But when she saw Athalie +she ran toward her like a child, and cried, in a tone of mingled +laughter and tears, "See, see! my mother! It is my mother's picture. +. . . He has brought it to me!" + +And then she hastened back to Michael, put both her arms round his neck, +and whispered in a broken voice, "Thanks, oh, a thousand thanks!" + +It seemed to Timar as if the time had come to kiss these grateful lips, +and to kiss them on and on. + +But alas! his heart said, "Thou shalt not steal." Now a kiss on these +lips would be a theft, after all that had passed on the ownerless +island. + +Another thought struck him. He went back to his room, and fetched all +the hidden jewels which remained in the drawer. + +A wonderful woman this, who, though she had the key in her hands, left +the secret drawers untouched and only took out the one paper she +required! Then he packed all the ornaments into the bag he had over his +shoulder when he came home, and went back to his wife. "I have not told +you all," he said to Timéa. "Where I found the picture I discovered also +these jewels, and bought them for you. Take them as a present from me." + +And then he laid the dazzling gems one after another in Timéa's lap, +until the sparkling heap quite covered her embroidered apron. It was +like some magical gift from the thousand and one nights. + +Athalie stood there pale with envy, with angrily clinched teeth. Perhaps +these might all have been hers! But Timéa's face darkened and grew +marble-like again. She looked with indifference at the heap of jewels in +her lap. The fire of diamonds and rubies could not warm her. + + + + +_BOOK FOURTH.--NOÉMI._ + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +A NEW GUEST. + + +What rich bankers call business filled up the winter season, and +Levetinczy began to enjoy his position. Riches bring pleasant dreams. He +went often to Vienna and took part in the amusements of the commercial +world, where many good examples were presented to him. A man who owns a +million can allow himself the luxury, when he goes to the jeweler to buy +New Year's gifts, of buying two of everything to please two hearts at +once. + +One for his wife, who sits at home and receives guests or looks after +the household--the other for another lady, who either dances or sings, +but in any case requires an elegant hotel, jewels, and laces. Timar was +so fortunate as to be invited to the parties given at home by his +friends, where the lady of the house makes tea--as well as to those +differently organized _soirées_, where a very unceremonious set of +ladies preferred champagne, and where Timar was constantly attacked by +the question whether he had no little friend at the opera yet. + +"The pattern of a faithful husband," declared his admirers. + +"An unbearable prig," was the verdict of his critics. + +But he says nothing, and thinks of--Noémi. What an eternity to have been +separated from her--six months; to think of her every day, and not dare +to confide his thoughts to a single soul! + +He often caught himself on the point of betraying his thoughts; once as +he sat at table the words all but escaped him, "Look! those are the same +apples which grow on Noémi's island." "When Noémi had a headache, it +went away if I laid my hand on her forehead." And if he looked at +Timéa's pet white cat, the exclamation hovered on his lips, "Narcissa, +where did you leave your mistress, eh?" + +He had every reason to be on his guard, for there was a being in the +house who watched him as well as Timéa with Argus eyes. + +Athalie could not but remark that since his return he was no longer so +melancholy as before; every one noticed how well he looked; there must +be some mystery in it. And Athalie could not bear any one in this house +to be happy. Where did he steal his contentment? Why does he not suffer +as he ought to do? + +Business prospered. In the first month of the new year news came from +the other side of the sea. The flour exported had arrived safely, and +its success was complete. Hungarian flour had won such renown in South +America, that now people tried to sell the native product under that +name. The Austrian consul in Brazil hastened to inform his government of +this important result, by which the export trade was increased in a +marked degree. The consequence was that Timar was made a privy +councilor, and received the minor order of St. Stephen, as an +acknowledgment of the services rendered by him to his native land in the +fields of commerce and philanthropy. + +How the mocking demon in his breast laughed when they fastened the order +on to his coat and called him "the right honorable!" "You have to thank +two women for this--Noémi and Timéa." Be it so. The discovery of the +purple dye had its origin in the eating of a purple snail by the little +dog of a shepherd's mistress; but yet purple has become a royal color. + +Herr von Levetinczy now first began to rise in the estimation of the +people of Komorn. When a man is a privy councilor, one can not deny him +a proper portion of respect. Every one hastened to congratulate him, and +he received them all with a gracious condescension. Our Johann Fabula +came too to wish him joy in the name of the fisher-folk. He was in the +gala clothes of his class. On his short dolman of dark-blue cloth shone +three rows of shell-shaped silver buttons, as large as nuts, and from +one shoulder to the other hung a broad silver chain with a large +medallion for a clasp, on which the Komorn silversmith had stamped the +head of Julius Cæsar. The other members of the deputation were equally +splendid. Silver buttons and chains were at that time still worn by the +mariners of Komorn. It was the custom to keep the visitors to dinner, +and this honor fell to Fabula. He was a very frank person, who spoke +with complete unreserve. When wine had loosened his tongue, he could not +forbear to tell the gracious lady that when he first saw her as a girl +he would never have thought that she would have become such a good +housewife and be the wife of Herr von Levetinczy. Yes, indeed; he was +afraid of her then, and now see how wonderful are the ways of God's +providence, and how short-sighted are men; how everything has been +ordered for the best: what happiness reigns in this house! If only a +kind Providence would hear the prayers of those who entreat that a new +blessing may be sent down from heaven to the good lord of Levetinczy, in +the shape of a little angel. + +Timar covered his glass with his hand; a thought started through his +mind--"Such a wish might have an unlooked-for result." + +But Herr Fabula was not content with good wishes, he thought he must add +some good advice. "But his honor rushes about too much. In good truth I +would not leave such a sweet, pretty lady alone. But it can't be helped +if the master must see to everything himself, for that's why it +succeeds. Who would have thought of sending our flour across the sea? To +tell the truth, when I heard it--excuse me for making so free--I thought +to myself the master must have gone silly; before that flour gets there +it will all be musty, while loaves grow out there on the trees and roll +on the bushes. And now just see what credit we have all got by it. But +it is the master's eye that feeds the horse--" + +This was to Michael an unwelcome irony, which he could not leave without +contradiction. "My good Johann, if that was the secret of our success, +you must bestow all your praises on my wife, for it was she who looked +after everything." + +"Yes, indeed; all honor to the merits of our noble lady!" said Fabula; +"but, with his honor's permission, I know what I know. I know where his +honor spent the whole summer." + +Michael felt as if his hair stood on end with horror. Could this man +know where he had been? It would be awful if he did. + +Michael winked with one eye over his glass at his guest, but in vain. + +"Well, shall I tell our gracious lady where the master spent the summer? +Shall I let it out?" + +Michael felt every limb paralyzed by terror. Athalie kept her eyes fixed +on his face; he durst not betray by a gesture that the gossip of the +tipsy chatterer confused him. "Well, tell us then, Johann, where I was," +he said, with enforced calmness. + +"I will complain of you to the gracious lady; I will tell her," cried +Fabula, putting down his glass. "His honor ran away without saying a +word to any one. He went quietly on board a ship and sailed away to +Brazil; he was over there in America and settled everything himself, and +that's why it all went so smoothly." + +Timar looked at the two women. On Timéa's face was reflected pure +surprise, Athalie was vexed. She believed as fully in the truth of +Fabula's tale as he did himself, and he would have staked his head on +it. + +Timar also smiled mysteriously at the story; now he was the one who +lied, not Johann Fabula. The man of gold must go on lying. + + * * * * * + +The story was very useful to Timar. He had now a sufficient excuse for +his mysterious disappearances, and it was possible for him to give such +an air of probability to the story of his Brazilian voyage that even +Athalie believed it. Indeed, she was the easiest to deceive. She knew +what Timéa was feeling, and that she was glad to distract herself by +absence and work from the thought of him on whose account her heart +ached. If a wife can do so, why not the husband? It was even simpler for +him to fly from his sorrows to another hemisphere, and in the pursuit of +wealth to forget what his heart coveted. How should Athalie have guessed +that it was the husband who had already found a cure for his mortal +sickness, and who was happy away from home? What would she have given to +him who should have revealed the truth? But the rushes round the +ownerless island did not chatter like the reeds to which King Midas's +barber trusted his secret. Athalie was consumed with envy, while she +vainly sought for a key to the riddle. At home and in public, Timar and +Timéa presented the exemplary picture of a happy marriage. He heaped on +his wife expensive jewels, and Timéa loaded herself with them when they +went into society; she wished to shine by this means. + +What could better prove the affection of the husband than the diamonds +of the wife? Could Timar and Timéa really be a couple whose love +consisted in giving and receiving diamonds, or are there people in this +world who can be happy without love? + +Athalie still suspected Timéa and not Timar. But Timar could hardly wait +till the winter was over and spring had come: of course, because then +the mills can begin to grind again--what else could a man of business +have in his mind? + +This year Michael persuaded Timéa not to try her health by the +management of business; he would give it over to his agents, and she +should go during the summer to some sea-bathing place, to get rid of her +neuralgia. + +No one asked him where he was going. It was taken for granted that he +would again travel to South America, and pretend he had been in Egypt or +Italy. + +But he hurried away to the Lower Danube. When the poplars grew green, he +could not stay at home: the alluring picture filled his dreams and took +captive all his thoughts. He never stopped at Levetinczy, but only gave +general instructions to his agent and his steward to do their best; then +he went on to Golovacz, where he stayed a night with the dean; thence he +had only a half-day's journey to get to Noémi. He had not seen her for +six long months; his mind was filled with the picture of the meeting. +Awake and asleep he was full of longing, and could hardly wait for dawn. +Before sunrise he was up, put on his knapsack, threw his gun over his +shoulder, and without waiting for the appearance of his host, he left +the presbytery and hastened to the wooded river-bank. + +The Danube does a good work in widening the limits of the wood every +year by retreating from its banks, for in this way the watch-houses +built twenty-five years ago on the shore have now taken up a position +much further inland. And he who wishes to cross the river without a +passport finds in the young brushwood an entirely neutral territory. + +Timar had sent a new boat to the hut, where he went on foot; he found it +ready, and started as usual alone on the way to the reed-beds. The +skiff floated like a fish on the water, and that it traveled so swiftly +was not owing to itself alone. The year had grown to April, it was +spring, and the trees at Ostrova were already in blossom. So much the +more astonished was he at the sight which met his eyes on the other +side. The ownerless island did not look green; it seemed to have been +burned. As he approached he saw the reason; all the trees on the +northern side were quite brown. The boat traversed the rushes quickly; +when it touched the bank, Michael saw plainly that a whole long row of +trees, Frau Therese's favorite walnuts, were dead--every one of them. +Michael felt quite downcast at the sight. At this season he was +generally greeted by green branches and rosebuds. Now a dead forest +welcomed him--a bad omen. + +He pressed forward and listened for the bark of greeting: not a sound to +be heard. He walked on anxiously; the paths were neglected, covered by +dry autumn leaves, and it seemed to him as if even the birds were +silent. When he drew near the hut, a dreadful feeling overcame +him--where were the inhabitants? They might be dead and not buried; he +had been busied about other things for half a year--with affairs of +state, with showing off his young wife, and making money. And meanwhile +Heaven had watched over the islanders--if it chose. + +As he entered the veranda, a door opened and Therese came out. She +looked serious, as if something had frightened her; and then a bitter +smile appeared on her face. "Ah! you have come!" said she, and came to +press his hand. And then it was she who asked him why he came looking so +grave. "No misfortune has happened?" Timar asked, hastily. + +"Misfortune? No," said Therese, with a melancholy smile. + +"My heart was sore when I saw the dead trees," said Michael, to excuse +his serious looks. + +"The flood last summer did that," answered Therese; "walnut-trees can +not stand wet." + +"And how are you both?" asked Timar, uneasily. + +Therese answered gently, "We are pretty well, I and the other two." + +"What do you mean? the other two?" + +She smiled and sighed, and smiled again; then she laid her hand on +Michael's shoulder and said, "The wife of a poor smuggler fell ill here: +the woman died, the child remained here. Now you know who the other two +are." + +Timar rushed into the house: at the far end of the room stood a cradle +woven of osiers, and near it, on one side, was Almira, on the other +Noémi. Noémi rocked the cradle and waited till Timar came to her. In it +lay a little baby, with chubby cheeks, which pressed the cherry lips +into a soft pout; its eyes were only half shut, and the tiny fists lay +over its face. Michael stood spell-bound before the cradle. He looked at +Noémi as if to seek the answer to the riddle in her face, on which a +sweet ray of heavenly light seemed to shine, in which modesty and love +were combined. She smiled and cast her eyes down. Michael thought he +would lose his senses. + +Therese laid her hand on his arm, "Then are you angry that we have +adopted the orphan child of the poor smuggler's wife? God sent it to +us." + +Angry? He had fallen on his knees, and held the cradle in his embrace, +pressing it and its inhabitant to his breast; then he began to sob +violently, like one who has kept a whole ocean of sorrow in his heart, +which suddenly overflows its bounds. + +Timar kissed the little messenger from God wherever he could--its little +hands and feet, the hem of its robe, its rosy cheeks. The baby made +grimaces under the kisses, but did not wake. At last it opened its eyes, +its great blue eyes, and looked at the strange man with astonishment, as +if to say, "Does this man want anything of me?" and then it laughed, as +if it thought, "I don't care what he wants," and after that it shut its +eyes and slumbered on, still smiling and undisturbed by the flood of +kisses. + +Therese said, smiling, "You poor orphan! you never dreamed of this, did +you?" and turned away to hide her tears. + +"And am I to have no greeting?" said Noémi, with charming anger. Michael +turned to her, still on his knees. He spoke not a word, only pressed her +hand to his lips and hid his face silently in her lap. He was dumb as +long as the child slept. When the little creature awoke, it began to +talk in its own language--which we call crying. It is lucky there are +those who understand it. The baby was hungry. + +Noémi said to Michael that he must now leave the room, for he was not to +know what the poor little orphan was fed upon. + +Michael went outside; he was in a transport. It seemed as if he was on a +new star, from which one could look down on the earth as on a foreign +body. All he had called his own on the terrestrial ball was left behind, +and he no longer felt its attraction drawing him thither. The circle in +which he had spent his former life was trodden under foot, and he had +attained a new center of gravity. A new object, a new life, stood before +him; only one uncertainty remained---how could he contrive to vanish +from the world? To pass into another sphere without leaving this mortal +life behind; to live on two different planets at once, to mount from +earth to heaven, to pass again from heaven to earth, there to entertain +angels, and here to live for money--alas! this was no task for human +nerves. He would lose his reason in the attempt. + +Not without reason are little children called angels, or "messengers:" +children are indeed messengers from the other world, whose mysterious +influence is visible in their eyes, to those who receive them as gifts +of God. A wonderful look often meets us in the eye of an infant, which +is lost when the lips learn speech. How often Michael gazed for hours at +this blue ray from heaven in the baby's eyes, when it lay on a lambskin +out on the grass, and he stretched himself beside it, and plucked the +flowers it wanted--"There, then, here it is." He had his work cut out to +get it away, for the little thing put everything in its mouth. He +studied its first attempts at language, he let it drag at his beard, and +sung lullabies to put it to sleep. + +His feeling for Noémi was quite different now; it was not desire, but +bliss--the glow of passion had given place to a sweet contented calm, +and he felt like one convalescent from a fever. Noémi, too, had altered +since they last met; on her face lay an expression of submissive +tenderness, and in all her conduct was a consistent gentleness, which +could not have been assumed--a quiet dignity combined with chaste +reserve, which surrounds a woman with a halo, compelling respect. Timar +could not get used to his happiness: he required many days to be +convinced that it was not a dream--that this little hut, half wood, half +clay, and the smiling woman with the babbling babe at her breast, were +reality and not a vision. + +And then he thought, what will become of them? + +He strode about the island and brooded on the future. + +"What can I give this child? Much money? They know nought of money here. +Great estates? This island suffices. Shall I take him with me and make +him into a great and wealthy man? But the women could not part with him. +Shall I take them too? But even if they consented, I could not do it; +they would learn what I am, and would despise me. They can only be happy +here: only here can this child hold up its head, where none can ask its +name." + +The women had called it Adeodatus (Gift of God). It had no other name. +What other could it have? + +One day when he was wandering aimlessly, deep in thought, about the +island, striding through the bushes and weeds, Timar came suddenly to a +part where the dry twigs crackled under his feet. He looked round; he +was in the melancholy little plantation of dead walnut-trees. The +beautiful trees were all dried up: spring had not clothed them with +fresh green foliage, and the dead leaves covered the ground. + +An idea struck Michael in this vegetable cemetery. He hastened back to +the hut. "Therese, have you still the tools you used in building your +house?" + +"There they are on the shelf." + +"Give them here. I have an idea; I will fell the dead walnuts and build +of them a little house for Dodi." + +Therese clasped her hands in astonishment. But Noémi's answer was to +kiss her little Dodi and say to him, "Dost thou hear?" + +Michael interpreted the wonder on Therese's face as incredulity. "Yes, +yes," he persisted, "I will build the house myself without any help--a +little house like a jewel-case, like those the Wallachians build, lined +with beautiful oak; mine shall be of walnut, and fit for a prince. I +will drive every nail myself, and it shall be Dodi's house when he gets +bigger." + +Therese only smiled. "That will be fine, Michael. I too built my nest as +the swallows do; I formed the walls of clay, and thatched my roof with +rushes. But carpentry is not one man's work; the old saw has two +handles, and one can not manage it alone." + +"But are we not two?" cried Noémi, eagerly. "Can't I help him? Do you +fancy my arm is not strong enough?" and she turned her sleeve up to her +shoulder to show off her arm. It was beautifully formed, yet muscular, +fit for Diana. Michael covered it with kisses from the shoulder down to +the finger-tips, and then said, "Be it so." + +"Oh, we will work together," cried Noémi, whose lively fancy had seized +on Michael's suggestion with lightning speed. "We will both go out into +the wood; we will make a hammock for Dodi and sling it from the +branches. Mother shall bring us out our meals, and we will sit on the +planks we have sawn, and take our dinner out of the same plate: how good +it will taste!" + +And so it did. Michael took the ax and went out to the walnut-grove, +where he set to work. Before he had felled and topped one tree his hands +were blistered. Noémi told him women's hands never got sore. When three +trees were cut down, so that one trunk could be laid across the other +two, Michael wanted Noémi's help. She was quite in earnest, and attacked +the task bravely. In her slender form lay stores of strength and +endurance. She handled the great saw as cleverly as if she had been +taught to do it. + +Michael gradually got used to the dressing of the walnut planks; the ax, +too, did good service, and Noémi admired him greatly. "Tell me, +Michael," she asked him one day, "have you never been a carpenter?" + +"Oh, yes," he answered, "a ship's carpenter." + +"And tell me, how did you become such a rich man that you can stay away +a whole summer from your work, and spend your time elsewhere? You are +your own master, I suppose? You take orders from no one?" + +"I must tell you all about it some day," said Michael; and yet he never +told her how he became rich, so as to be able to spend weeks on the +island sawing wood. He often related to Noémi stories of his adventurous +journeys through all lands, but in his romantic tales he never said +anything about himself. He escaped inquisitive pressure by working hard +all day; and when he lay down at night, it was not the time to tease him +with questions, though many wives take advantage of the opportunity. + +During the long time Timar spent in the ownerless island, he had +gradually become convinced that it was by no means so concealed as to be +unknown: its existence was known to a large class of visitors. But they +never revealed it to the outer world. Smuggling, on the banks of this +wooded river, was a regular profession, with its own constitution, its +own schools, its secret laws, forming a state within a state. It often +surprised Timar to find among the willow-copses of the island a canoe or +a boat, watched by no one. If he came back a few hours later, it was no +longer there. Another time he stumbled on great bales of goods, which +also had disappeared when he returned. All the mysterious people who +used the island as a resting-place seemed purposely to avoid the +neighborhood of the hut; they went and came without leaving a footmark +on the turf. There were cases, however, in which they visited the hut; +and then it was always Therese who received their visit. When Almira +gave the signal that strangers were coming, Timar left his work and +retired into the inner room; he must not be seen by any stranger. It is +true the beard he had grown had altered him considerably, but yet some +one might come who had seen him elsewhere. The wild people always came +to Therese if they had been hurt; they often frequented places where +they were likely to be wounded. Sometimes they had deep, dangerous +gunshot wounds, which they could not show to the regimental surgeon, +for the result would be a court-martial; but the island lady knew of +healing salves, could reduce fractures, bind up wounds, and prescribe +medicines for fevers. She was sought by sick people who kept secret +their abode, for they knew the physicians would never endure this +quack-doctoring. She reconciled enemies who dared not go to law, and +consoled criminals who repented of their sins, with the hope of God's +mercy. Often some fugitive, tired and exhausted with hunger and thirst, +came to her threshold. She asked not, "Whence do you come or whither do +you go?" She took him in, and let him go when restored and refreshed, +after filling his pouch with food. + +Many know her whose religion is silence, and there is no bond which +binds master and disciple so closely as this. Every one knows that no +money is to be found here; even avarice has no reason to wish her ill. + +Timar could be certain of having found a place over which centuries +might pass before the history of its inhabitants should be drawn into +that chaos we call the world. He could go on with his carpentry without +fearing that the news would leak out that Michael Timar Levetinczy, +privy councilor, landowner, banker, had turned into a woodcutter in an +unknown island; and that, when he rested from his hard labor, he cut +willow branches to shelter a poor orphan child which had neither parents +nor a name of its own. What joys he knew here! how he listened for the +first word the child could speak! The little man had such trouble to +shape his unskillful lips to the words. "Papa," of course, was the +first; what else could it be? The child learns also to understand the +sorrowful side of life; when a new tooth comes, what pain and sleepless +nights must be endured! Noémi remains at home with it, and Michael runs +back from his work to see how little Dodi is. He takes the child from +Noémi and carries him about, singing lullabies to him. If he succeeds in +putting Dodi to sleep and soothing his pain, how triumphant he is! He +sings-- + + "For all the gold the world could hold, + I would not give my Dodi's curl." + +One day Michael suddenly found that he had grubbed up and cut down all +the timber. So far the work had prospered; but now he found he could not +get on. House-carpentry is a trade like any other, and must be learned, +and he had not spoken the truth when he said he understood it. + +Autumn drew near. Therese and Noémi were already used to think it quite +natural for Timar to leave them at this season; he must of course earn +his bread. His business is of a sort which gets on by itself in the +summer, but in winter he must give himself up to it. They knew that from +other tradespeople. But in another house the same idea reigned. Timéa +believed Michael had business which obliged him to spend the summer away +from home: at that season the management of his estates, of his building +and export contracts, demanded all his attention. + +From autumn to spring he deceived Timéa, from spring to autumn he +deceived Noémi. He could not be called inconsistent. + +This time he left the island earlier than in other years. He hastened +back to Komorn, where all his affairs had progressed in his absence +beyond his expectations. Even in the government lottery the first prize +must needs fall to him; the long-forgotten ticket lay buried somewhere +in a drawer under other papers, and not till three months after the +drawing did he bring it out, and claim the unhoped-for hundred thousand +gulden, like one who hardly cares for such a trifle. The world admired +him all the more. He had so much money, people said, that he wished for +no more. + +What could he do with it? + +He began by sending for celebrated cabinet-makers from Szekler and +Zarand, who understand the building of those splendid wooden houses +which last for centuries--real palaces of hard wood. The Roumanian +nobility live in such houses as these, which are full of beautiful +carving inside. The house and its furniture, tables, chairs, and +wardrobes, are all the work of one hand. Everything in it is of +wood--not a single bit of iron is used. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +THE WOOD-CARVER. + + +On his return home, Michael found Timéa somewhat unwell. This induced +him to call in two celebrated doctors from Vienna in order to consult +them about his wife's health. They agreed that a change of climate was +necessary, and advised a winter sojourn in Meran; so Michael accompanied +thither his wife and Athalie. In the sheltered valley, he chose for +Timéa a villa in whose garden stood a pavilion built like a Swiss +_châlet_. He knew that Timéa would like it. In the course of the winter +he often visited her, generally in the company of an elderly man, and +found that, as he expected, the _châlet_ was her favorite resort. + +When he returned to Komorn he set to work to build just such another +_châlet_ as the one at Meran. The cabinet-maker he had brought with him +was a master of his art. He copied the _châlet_ and its furniture in the +minutest detail; then he installed a large workshop in Timar's +one-storied house in the Servian Street, and there set to work. No one +was to know anything about it--it was to be a surprise. But the +architect required an apprentice to help him, and it was difficult to +find one who could hold his tongue. There was nothing for it but to turn +Timar himself into an apprentice, and he now vied with his master from +morning to night with chisel and gimlet, in carving, planing, polishing, +and turning. But as to the cabinet-maker himself, if you had closed his +mouth with Solomon's seal, you could not have made him discreet enough +to refrain from letting out the secret to his Sunday evening boon +companions, of the surprise Herr von Levetinczy was preparing for his +wife. First they made the different parts and fitted them together: then +the whole, as fast as it was ready, was set up in the beautiful park on +the Monostor. He himself, a regular CrÅ“sus, does not shrink from working +all day like a laborer, and is as good at the tools as if he were a +foreman. He does not trouble about his own affairs, he leaves them to +his agents, and saws and carves the whole day long in the workshop. But +they must not let it go further, for the gracious lady was to have a +surprise when she came home. Naturally the whole town heard of it, and +so did Frau Sophie, who wrote to Athalie, who told Timéa, so that Timéa +knew beforehand that Michael, when she came home in the spring, would +drive with her some fine day to the Monostor hill, where they had a +large orchard: there, on the side overlooking the Danube, she would find +her dear Meran pavilion exactly copied, her work-basket at the window, +her favorite books on the birchwood shelves, her cane chair on the +veranda. All this to surprise her; and she must smile as if much +pleased, and when she praised the maker, she would hear from him, "You +must not compliment me, gracious lady, but my apprentice." "Who executed +the best carvings, who made the footstool, these elegant balustrades, +these columns and capitals?" "My apprentice." "And who was he?" "The +noble lord of Levetinczy himself. All this is his work, gracious lady." + +And then Timéa would smile and try to find words to express her thanks. +Only words: for he may heap treasures on his wife, or give her black +bread that he had earned by his labor; he can not purchase her +affection. + +And so it was. In the spring Timéa came back. The Monostor surprise was +skillfully planned, with a splendid banquet and a troop of guests. On +Timéa's face hovered a melancholy smile; on Timar's, reserved kindness; +and on those of the guests, envious congratulation. The ladies said no +woman was worthy of such a husband as Timar, he was an ideal husband; +but the men said it was not a good sign when a husband tried to win his +wife's favor by presents and attentions. + +Only Athalie said nothing: she sought a clew to the mystery and found +none. What had come to Timar? His countenance betrayed something like +happiness; what was he concealing under his care for Timéa? In company +he was bright and cheerful, unconstrained and at ease with Athalie, +sometimes even taking her for a turn in the cotillon. Was he really +happy, or was he indifferent? It was vain for him to try and win Timéa's +heart; Athalie knew that by her own experience. She had found plenty of +wooers, but refused them all--all men were alike to her; she had only +loved one, whom now she hated. She alone understood Timéa. + +But Michael she could not fathom. He was a man of pure gold, without a +speck of rust upon him. + +When spring came, Timar again called in the physicians to pronounce on +Timéa's health. This time she was advised to try the sea-bathing at +Biarritz. Michael took her there, arranged her apartments, took care +that she should be able to compete in dress and equipages with English +peeresses and Russian princesses, and left a heavy purse with her, +begging her to bring it back empty. He was generous to Athalie, put her +down as Timéa's cousin in the visitor's list, and she too was to change +her dress five times a day, like Timéa. Could any one better fulfill the +duties of the head of a family? + +Then he hurried away, not homeward, but to Vienna; there he bought the +whole furniture of a workshop, and had it sent in chests to Pancsova. + +Here he had to invent some pretense to get the boxes over to the island. +Caution was most necessary. The fishermen, who often saw him go round +the Ostrova Island in a boat, and not return for months, had puzzled +their heads as to who he was and what brought him here. When the cases +arrived, he had them conveyed to the poplar-groves of the left bank of +the Danube, and there unloaded. Then he called in the fishermen, and +said they must get them over to the lonely island--they contained arms. + +That one word was enough to sink the secret to the bottom of the sea. +Henceforward he could go backward and forward by day or night, no one +would ever mention his name. They all knew now that he was an agent of +the Servian and Montenegrin heroes of the insurrection, and the rack +would not have extorted information from them. He became a sacred +personage in their eyes. In this way, in order to hide himself in +darkness, he deceived every one with whom he exchanged a word. The +fishermen ferried over the cases at night, and Timar with them; they +looked out for a place on the shore where the thickest bushes grew, and +carried the boxes there, and when Michael would have paid them, they +would not accept a groschen from him, only grasping his hand. + +He remained on the island, and the fishermen left him. It was a splendid +moonlight night; the nightingale sung on its nest. Michael went along +the bank till he came to the path, and passed the place where he had +left off his work last year; the trunks were carefully covered with +rushes to keep the wet off. + +He approached the little dwelling on tiptoe. It was a good sign that he +heard no noise. Almira does not bark, because she is sleeping in the +kitchen so as not to wake the child. All is well in the house. + +How should he announce himself, and surprise Noémi? He stood before the +little window, half covered by climbing roses, and began to sing-- + + "For all the gold the world could hold, + I would not give my Dodi's curl." + +He was not disappointed; a moment later the window opened, and Noémi +looked out with a face radiant with joy. "My Michael," whispered the +poor child. + +"Yes, thy Michael," he murmured, clasping the dear head in both arms. +"And Dodi?" + +"He is asleep; hush, we must not wake him." And still the lips murmured +tenderly, "Come in." + +"He might wake and cry." + +"Oh, he is no longer a crying child. Just think, he is a year old." + +"What! a year already! He is quite a big fellow." + +"He can say your name already." + +"Does he really talk?" + +"And he is learning to walk." + +"Just fancy!" + +"He eats anything now." + +"Impossible; that is too soon." + +"What do you know about it? wait till you see him." + +"Push the curtain aside that I may see him by the moonlight." + +"No; that would not do. If the moon shines on a sleeping child it makes +it ill." + +"Nonsense!" + +"There are all sorts of wonderful things about children, and one must +have plenty of faith; that is why women have charge of children, because +they believe everything. Come in and look at him." + +"I will not go in as long as he is asleep--I might wake him; you come +out." + +"I can not do that; he would wake if I left him, and mother is asleep." + +"Well, then, you go back to him, and I will remain outside." + +"Won't you lie down?" + +"It is almost day-break. Go back to him, and leave the window open." + +And he remained standing by the window, looking into the little room, on +whose floor the moon painted silver patterns, and trying to distinguish +the tones which came from the quiet chamber--a little whimper of an +awakened child, then a low song like a dreamy lullaby, "For all the gold +. . ." Then the sound of a kiss, which a good baby gets as a reward for +going to sleep. With his elbows on the window-sill, and listening to the +breaths of the sleepers, Timar awaited the dawn, which filled the little +house with light. The red sunrise awoke the child, and there was no more +sleep for the others. The baby crowed and babbled; what it said only +those two understood--itself and Noémi. + +When at last Michael got it into his arms he said, "I shall stay here, +Dodi, till I have finished your house." + +The child said something which Noémi interpreted to mean, "That is just +what I wish." + +These were the happiest days of Timar's dual life. Nothing troubled the +serenity of his happiness, except the thought of that other life to +which he must return. If he could find ways and means to sever himself +from that, he might live on here in peace. Nothing would be easier; he +simply had to stay here. He would be sought for during the first year, +for two or three more he would be remembered from time to time; then the +world would forget him and he it, and Noémi would remain to him. And +what a jewel she was! Whatever was lovable in woman was combined in her, +and every feminine defect was wanting. Her beauty was not of the kind +which satiates by its monotony: with every change of expression arose a +new charm. Tenderness, gentleness, and fire were united in her +disposition. The virgin, the fairy, the woman were harmoniously blended +in her. Her love was never selfish; her whole being went out to him whom +she loved: his sorrows and joys were hers, she knew no others. At home +she thought of every trivial detail which could conduce to his comfort; +she helped him in his work with an untiring hand. Ever bright and fresh, +if she felt unwell a kiss from him drove away the pain. She was +submissive to him, who worshiped her. And when she took the child on her +lap, it was a sight to drive the man mad who had made her his own--and +yet not really his. + +But Timar had not yet made up his mind. He still played with Fate. The +price was too high even for such a treasure as a lovely woman with a +smiling child in her arms. + +The cost was--a whole world! a property amounting to millions; his +position in society; his rank and noble friends; the enterprise of +world-wide influence, on whose result hung the future of a great +national branch of trade! and besides--Timéa. He might have reconciled +himself to the idea of treading his riches under foot: they came from +the submarine depths, and might return thither. + +But his vanity refused to contemplate the notion that that woman with +the white face, which no glow from her husband could animate, might be +happy in this life--with another man. Perhaps he hardly knew himself +what a fiend was hidden in his breast. The woman who could not love him +was fading away before his eyes, while he could live through happy days +where he was well beloved. And during this time the house-building made +rapid progress, and was already being put together by the workman's +skillful hand; the roof was on, and covered with wide planks formed like +fish-scales to overlap each other. The carpentry was done, and now came +the cabinet-work. Michael completed it without any assistance, and might +be seen from morn to eve in the workshop he had arranged in the new +house, where he sung all day as he planed and sawed. Like the steadiest +of day-laborers, he never left off his work before dark; then he +returned to the hut where an appetizing supper awaited him. After the +meal he sat down on the bench outside the house, and lighted his clay +pipe. Noémi sat by him and took Dodi on her knees, who was now expected +to exhibit what he had learned during the day. A new word! And is not +this one word a greater acquirement than all the wisdom of the world? +"What would you sell Dodi for?" Noémi asked him once in jest. "For the +whole earth full of diamonds?" + +"Not for the whole heaven full of angels." + +Little Dodi happened that day to be full of spirits. In a mischievous +mood he caught hold with his little hand of the pipe Michael had in his +mouth, and pulled till he got it out of his hold, when he at once threw +it on the ground; as it was made of clay, of course it was broken into +atoms. Timar was rather hasty in his exercise of justice, and bestowed a +little tap on the child's hand as a punishment for the damage done. The +boy looked at him, then hid his head in his mother's breast, and began +to cry. + +"See now," said Noémi, sadly, "you would give him away for a pipe, and +this one was only of clay." + +Michael was very sorry to have slapped Dodi's hand. He tried to make it +up by coaxing words, and kissed the little hand, but the child was shy +of him, and crept under Noémi's shawl. All night he was restless, +wakeful, and crying. Timar got angry, and said the child was of a +willful nature, his obstinacy must be overcome. Noémi cast a gently +reproachful glance on him. + +The next day Timar left his bed earlier than usual, and went to his +work, but he was never heard to sing all day. He left off early in the +afternoon, and when he came home he could see by Noémi's face that she +was quite alarmed at his appearance. His complexion was quite altered. +"I am not well," he said to Noémi, "my head is so heavy, my feet will +hardly carry me, and I have pain in all my limbs. I must lie down." + +Noémi hastened to make up a bed for him in the inner room, and helped +him to undress. With anxiety she noticed that Michael's hands were cold +and his breath burning. Frau Therese felt his forehead, and advised him +to cover himself well, for he was going to have ague. But Michael had +the sensation that something worse was at hand. In this district typhus +was raging, for the spring floods had swelled the Danube in an unusual +degree, and left malaria behind them. When he laid his head on the +pillow he was still sensible enough to think of what would happen if a +serious illness attacked him; no doctor was near to help. He might die +here, and no one would know what had become of him. What would become of +Timéa, and above all, of Noémi? Who would care for the forsaken one, a +widow without being a wife? Who would bring up Dodi, and what fate +awaited him when he should be grown up, and Michael underground? Two +women's lives would be wrecked by his death! + +And then he began to think of the revelations of his delirium before the +two women who would be with him day and night--of his stewards, his +palaces, and of his pale wife--of how he would see Timéa before him, +call her by name, and speak of her as his wife--and Noémi knows that +name. + +Besides his bodily pain, another thing tormented him--that he had struck +Dodi yesterday. This trifle lay heavy as a crime on his soul. After he +was in bed he wanted the child brought to him that he might kiss it, and +whispered "Noémi," with hot breath. + +"What is it?" she answered. + +But already he know not what he had asked. Directly he was in bed the +fever broke out with full force. He was a strong man, and such are the +first to succumb to this "aid-de-camp" of death, and suffer the most +from it. Thenceforward he wandered continually; and Noémi heard every +word he spoke. The sick man knew no one, not even himself. He who spoke +through his lips was a stranger--a man who had no secrets, and told all +he knew. The visions are akin to the delusions of madness; they turn on +one fixed idea, and however the detail may change, the central figure +returns ever and again to the surface. + +In Timar's wandering there was one of these dominating figures--a woman. +Not Timéa, but Noémi--of her he continually spoke. Timéa's name never +passed his lips--she did not fill his soul. + +For Noémi it was horror and rapture combined to listen to this +unconscious babble--horror, because it spoke of such strange things, and +took her with him to such unknown regions, that she trembled at a fever +which compelled him to look on at such marvels--and yet it was bliss to +hear him, for he always talked of her, and her only. + +Once he was in a princely palace and talking with some great man. "To +whom should his excellency give this decoration? I know a girl on the +ownerless island--no one is more worthy of it than she. Give her the +order. She is called Noémi; her other name? Do queens have another name? +The first. Noémi the first, by the grace of God queen of the ownerless +island and the rose-forest." + +He carried his idea further. "If I become king of the ownerless island, +I shall form a ministry. Almira will be inspector of meat, and Narcissa +will be appointed to the dairy department. I shall demand security from +them, and name them as confidential advisers." Then he talked of his +palaces. "How do you like these saloons, Noémi? Does the gilding of this +ceiling please you? Those children dancing on the golden background are +like Dodi--are they not like him? A pity they are so high up. Are you +cold in these great halls? So am I--come, let us go away. It is better +by the fire in our little hut. I do not love these high palaces; and +this town is often visited by earthquakes--I fear the vault may fall in +on us. There! behind that little door some one is spying on us--an +envious woman. Do not look, Noémi! Her malicious glance might do you +harm. This house once belonged to her, and now she wanders through it +like a ghost. See, she has a dagger in her hand, and wants to murder +you; let us run away!" + +But there was a hinderance in the way of escape--the frightful mass of +gold. "I can not stand up, the gold drags me down. It is all on my +breast; take it away! Oh, I am drowning in gold! The roof has fallen in, +and gold is rolling down on me. I am suffocating. Noémi, give me your +hand; pull me from under this horrible mountain of gold." + +His hand lay in Noémi's all the time, and she thought, trembling, what a +fearful power it was which tortured a poor sailor with such dreams of +money. Then he began again: "You don't care for diamonds, Noémi? You +little fool! Do you think their fire burns? Don't be afraid. Ha! you are +right, it does burn--I did not know that--it is hell-fire. Even the +names are alike--Diamond, Demon. We will throw them into the +water--throw them from you. I know where they came from, and I will +throw them back into the water. Don't be afraid, I will not remain long +under water. Hold your breath and pray. As long as you can stay without +taking breath I shall be down below; I am only going to dive into the +cabin of the sunken ship. Ah! who is lying on this bed?" + +Such a shudder seized him that he sprung from his couch and would have +rushed away. Noémi was hardly able to get him back to bed. "Some one is +lying there, but I must not say the name. See how the red moon shines in +at the window. Shut the light out. I will not have it on my face. How +near it is coming! Draw the curtain across!" + +But the curtains were drawn, and besides, it was pitch-dark outside. +When the fever-fit passed, he murmured, "Oh, how lovely you are without +diamonds, Noémi!" + +Then a fantasy seized him. "That man stands at our antipodes on the +other side of the earth. If the earth were of glass he could look down +upon us. But he can see me just as well as I see him. What is he doing? +He is catching rattlesnakes, and when he comes back he will let them +loose on the island. Don't let him land; don't let him come back! +Almira! Almira! At him! tear him! Aha! now a giant snake has got him; it +is strangling him. How frightful his face is! If only I need not see the +snake swallow him! Will he look at me? Now there is only his head out, +and he keeps looking at me. Oh, Noémi, cover my face that I may not see +him!" + +Again the dream-scene changes. "A whole fleet floats on the sea. What +are the ships laden with? With flour. Now comes a whirlwind, a tornado +seizes the ships, carries them into the clouds and tears them into +splinters. The flour is all spilled: the whole world is white with it, +white is the sea, white the heavens, and white the air. The moon peeps +from the clouds, and only look how the wind covers its face with flour! +It looks like some red-nosed old toper who has powdered his face. Laugh +then, Noémi!" But she wrung her hands and shuddered. The poor creature +was by his bed day and night. By day she sat on a chair at his side; by +night she pulled her bed close to his and slept beside him: careless of +the infection, she laid her head on Michael's pillow, pressed his +perspiring brow to her cheek, and kissed away the burning fever-breaths +from his parched lips. + +Frau Therese tried by harmless remedies to reduce the fever, and took +out the glass casements that the fresh air--the best medicine in fever +cases--might freely penetrate the little room. She said to Noémi, that +by her calculation the crisis would set in on the thirteenth day, when +the illness would either take a turn for the better or terminate +fatally. + +How long Noémi knelt during these days by the sick man's bed and prayed +to God, who had tried her so heavily, to have mercy on her poor heart! +If only He would give Michael back to life--and then if the grave must +have a sacrifice, there was she ready to die in his stead. + +Providence delights in what one might call the irony of fate--Noémi +offered to cruel death the whole world and her own self, in exchange for +Michael's life. She fancied she had to do with a good fellow who might +be bargained with. The destroying angel accepted her challenge. + +On the thirteenth day the fever and delirium ceased: the previous +nervous excitement gave place to intense exhaustion, which is a symptom +of improvement, and permits a hope that with the greatest care the +patient may be given back to life, if his mind is kept calm and he is +preserved from anxiety or emotion: sick people are so easily excited at +this stage of convalescence. His recovery hung on perfect tranquillity; +any violent excitement would kill him. Noémi stayed all night by Timar's +sick-bed: she never even went out once to see little Dodi; he slept in +the outer room with Frau Therese. On the morning of the fourteenth day, +while Michael lay sound asleep, Therese whispered in Noémi's car, +"Little Dodi is very ill." The child now! Poor Noémi! Her little Dodi +had the croup, the most dangerous of all childish maladies, against +which all the skill of the physician is often powerless. + +Mortally terrified, Noémi rushed to her child. The face of the innocent +creature was quite changed. It was not crying--this disease has no +characteristic cry, but so much the more dreadful is the suffering. How +terrible, a child who can not complain, whom men can not help! Noémi +looked blankly at her mother as if to ask, "And have you no cure for +this?" Therese could hardly bear this look. "So many miserable sick and +dying people have been helped by you, and for this one you know of no +remedy!" + +"None!" Noémi knelt down beside the child's little bed, pressed her lips +on his, and murmured softly, "What is it, my darling, my little one, my +angel? Look at me with thy pretty eyes." + +But the little one would not lift up the pretty eyes, and when at last, +after many kisses and entreaties, it opened the heavy lids, its +expression was terrible--the look of a child which has already learned +to fear death. "Oh, don't look so! not so!" The child never cried, but +only gave utterance to a hoarse cough. + +If only the other invalid in there does not hear it! Noémi held her +child trembling in her arms, and listened to hear if the sleeper close +by was yet awake. When she heard his voice she left the child and went +to Michael. He was suffering from great exhaustion, irritable and +peevish. + +"Where had you gone?" he questioned Noémi. "The window is open; a rat +might get in while I was asleep. Don't you see a rat about?" It is a +constant delusion of typhus patients to see rats everywhere. + +"They can't get in, my darling; there is a grating over the window." + +"Ah! and where is the cold water?" Noémi gave him some to drink. But he +was very angry with it. "That is not fresh cold water, it is quite warm. +Do you want me to die of thirst?" + +Noémi bore his crossness patiently. And when Michael fell asleep again, +she ran out to Dodi. The two women replaced each other, so that as long +as Michael slept, Therese sat by him, and when he awoke she gave Noémi a +sign to leave her sick child and take her place by Michael's bed. And +this went on through the long night. Noémi passed constantly from one +sick-bed to the other, and she had to keep excuses always ready for her +husband if he should ask where she had been. + +The child grew worse. Therese could do nothing, and Noémi dared not weep +for fear of Michael seeing her tearful eyes and asking the reason. The +next morning Timar felt easier, and wished for some soup. Noémi hastened +out to fetch it, as it was kept ready. The invalid swallowed it, and +said he felt the better for it. Noémi seemed delighted at the good news. + +"Well, and what is Dodi doing?" asked Michael. + +Noémi trembled lest he should see the throbs of her heart at the +question. + +"He is asleep," she replied, gently. + +"Asleep? But why asleep now? He is not ill?" + +"Oh, no; he is all right." + +"And why do you not bring him to me when he is awake?" + +"Because then you are asleep." + +"That is true; but when we are both awake together, you must bring him +in and let me see him." + +"I will do so, Michael." + +The child sunk gradually. Noémi had to conceal from Timar that Dodi was +ill, and constantly to invent stories about him, for his father +constantly asked for him. "Does Dodi play with his little man?" + +"Oh, yes, he is always playing with him" ( . . . with that fearful +skeleton!). + +"Does he talk of me?" + +"He loves to talk of you" ( . . . he will do so soon when he is with the +good God). + +"Take him this kiss from me;" and Noémi bore to her child the parting +kiss of his father. + +Another day dawned. The awakening invalid found himself alone in the +room. Noémi had watched all night by her child: she had looked on his +death-struggle, and pressed her tears back into her heart; why had it +not burst? When she went in to Michael she smiled again. + +"Were you with Dodi?" asked the sick man. + +"Yes, I have been with him." + +"Is he asleep now?" + +"Yes, he is asleep." + +"Not really?" + +"Truly, he sleeps well." + +Noémi has just closed his eyes--for his last sleep. And she dared not +betray her agony. She must show a smiling face. In the afternoon Michael +was much excited again: as the day drew on, his nervous irritation +increased. He called to Noémi, who was in the next room; she hastened in +and looked lovingly at him. The invalid was peevish and suspicious. He +noticed that a needle was sticking in Noémi's dress, with a thread of +silk in it. + +"Ah, you are beginning to work again! Have you time for that? What +finery are you making?" + +Noémi looked at him silently, and thought, "I am making Dodi's shroud;" +and then aloud, "I am making myself a collar." + +"Vanity, thy name is woman!" sighed Michael. + +Noémi found a smile for him, and answered, "You are quite right." + +Again the morning broke. Michael now suffered from sleeplessness; he +could not close his eyes. And the thought troubled him as to what Dodi +was doing. He sent Noémi out often to see if he wanted anything. And +whenever she did so she kissed the little dead child on the bier, and +spoke caressing words for Michael to hear: "My little Dodi! my darling +sweet, asleep again! Tell mother you love her;" and then she came back +to say that Dodi wanted for nothing. + +"The boy sleeps too much," said Michael; "why don't you wake him?" + +"I must wake him soon," said Noémi, gently. + +Michael dozed a little, only a few minutes, and woke with a start. He +did not know he had been asleep. "Noémi," he cried, "Dodi was singing; I +heard him: how sweetly he sings!" + +Noémi pressed both her hands to her heart, and drove back the outward +expression of her agony with superhuman courage. Yes, he is already +singing in heaven, amidst the angelic choir--among the innumerable +seraphim! that was the song he joined in. + +Toward evening Michael sent Noémi out. "Go and put Dodi to bed, and give +him a kiss for me." + +She did so. "What did Dodi say?" he asked her. Noémi could not speak; +she bent over Michael and pressed a kiss on his lips. + +"That was his message, the treasure!" cried Michael, and the kiss sent +him to sleep. The child sent it to him from his own slumber. + +The next morning he asked again about the boy. "Take Dodi out into the +air; it is bad for him to be in the house; carry him into the garden." + +They were about to do so. Therese had dug a grave during the night at +the foot of a weeping-willow. + +"You go too; and stay out there with him. I shall doze, I think, I feel +so much better," Michael told Noémi. + +Noémi left the sick-room and turned the key: then they carried God's +recovered angel out, and committed him to the care of the universal +mother--earth. Noémi would not have a mound raised over him; Michael +would be so sad when he saw it, and it would retard his recovery. They +made a flower-bed there, and planted in its midst a rose-tree--one of +those Timar had grafted--with white flowers, whose purity was unstained. +Then she went back to the sick man. + +His first words were, "Where have you left Dodi?" + +"Out in the garden." + +"What has he on?" + +"His white frock and blue ribbons." + +"That suits him so well. Is he well wrapped up?" + +"Oh, yes, very well" (with three feet of earth). + +"Bring him in when you go out again." + +At this Noémi could not stop in the room; she went out and threw herself +on Therese's breast, but even then she could not shed a tear. She must +not. Then she tottered on into the garden, went to the willow, broke off +a bud from the rose-tree, and went back to Michael. + +"Well, where's Dodi?" he said, impatiently. + +But Noémi knelt down by his bed and held out to him--the white rose. +Michael took it and smelled it. "How curious!" he said; "this flower has +no scent--as if it had grown on a grave." + +She rose and went out. "What is the matter?" asked Timar, turning to +Therese. + +"Don't be angry," said she in a gentle, soothing tone. "You were so +dangerously ill. Thank Heaven, you are getting over it. But this illness +is infectious, and particularly during convalescence. I told Noémi that +until you were quite well she must not bring the child near you. Perhaps +I was wrong, but I meant it for the best." + +Michael pressed her hand. "You did quite right. Stupid that I was, not +to have thought of it myself. Perhaps he is not even in the next room?" + +"No. We have made him a little house out in the garden." Poor thing, she +told the truth. + +"You are very good, Therese. Go to Dodi and send Noémi to me. I will not +ask her again to bring him to me. Poor Noémi! But as soon as I can get +up and go out, you will let me go to him, won't you?" + +"Yes, Michael." By this pious fraud it was possible to satisfy him till +he was out of bed and on the road to recovery. He was still very weak, +and could hardly walk. Noémi helped him to dress. Leaning on her +shoulder, he left his room, and she led him to the little seat before +the house, sat beside him, put her arm in his, and supported his head on +her shoulder. It was a lovely warm summer afternoon. Michael felt as if +the murmuring trees were whispering in his ears, as if the humming bees +brought him a message, and the grass made music at his feet. His head +swam. + +One thought grew on him. When he looked at Noémi, a painful suspicion +awoke in his breast. There was something in her expression which he +could not understand; he must know it. "Noémi." + +"What is it, my Michael?" + +"Darling Noémi, look at me." She raised her eyes to his. "Where is +little Dodi?" + +The poor creature could no longer hide her grief. She raised her martyr +face to heaven, stretched up both hands, and faltered, "There! . . . +there!" + +"He is dead!" Michael could hardly utter the words. Noémi sunk on his +breast. Her tears were no longer to be controlled; she sobbed violently. + +He put his arm round her and let her weep on. It would have been +sacrilege not to let these tears have free course. + +He had no tears--no. He was all wonder; he was amazed at the greatness +of soul which raised the poor despised creature so far above himself. +That she should have been able to conceal her sorrow so long out of +tender consideration for him whom she loved! How great that love must +be! When the paroxysm was over she looked smiling at Timar, like the sun +through the rainbow. + +"And you could keep this from me?" + +"I feared for your life." + +"You dared not weep lest I should see traces of tears." + +"I waited for the time when I might weep." + +"When you were not with me, you nursed the sick child, and I was angry +with you." + +"You were never unkind, Michael." + +"When you took my kiss to him you knew it was a farewell; when I +reproached you with your vanity you were sewing his shroud; when you +showed me a cheerful face your heart was pierced with the seven wounds +of the Blessed Virgin! Oh, Noémi, I worship you!" + +But the poor thing only asked him to love her. Michael drew her on to +his knee. The leaves, the grass, the bees, whispered now so clearly that +he began to understand the swimming in his head. + +After a long and gloomy silence he spoke again. "Where have you laid +him? Take me to him, Noémi." + +"Not to-day," said Noémi. "It is too far for you--to-morrow." + +But neither to-morrow nor the next day would she take him there. + +"You would sit by the grave and make yourself ill again: that is why I +have made no mound over him, nor raised a cross, that you may not go +there and grieve." + +Timar, however, was sad at this. When he was strong enough to walk +alone, he went about seeking for what they would not show him. + +One day he came back to the house with a cheerful face. In his hand he +held a half-blown rosebud, one of those white ones which have no scent. +"Is it this?" he asked Noémi. + +She nodded: it could no longer be concealed. The white rose had put him +on the track, and he noticed that it had been newly transplanted. And +then he was tranquil, like one who has done with all that had given an +object to life. He sat all day on the little bench near the house, drew +on the gravel with his stick, and muttered to himself, "You would not +exchange him for the whole earth full of diamonds, nor the whole heaven +full of angels; . . . but for a miserable pipe you could strike his +hand." + +The beautiful walnut-wood house stood half finished, and the great +convolvulus had crept over its four walls. Michael never set foot in it. + +The only thing that kept up his half-recovered strength and his broken +spirit was Noémi's love. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +MELANCHOLY. + + +One bud after another opened on the rose-tree. Timar did nothing but +watch the development and blossoming of these rosebuds. When one of them +opened he broke it off, put it in his pocket-book, and dried it there on +his breast. This was a melancholy task. All the tenderness lavished on +him by Noémi could not cure his sadness. The woman's sweet caresses were +burdensome to him. And yet Noémi could have comforted him at the cost of +a single word; but modest reserve kept back that word, and it never +occurred to Michael to question her. + +It is characteristic of those whose mind is diseased to occupy +themselves only with the past. + +At last Noémi said to Timar, "Michael, it would be good for you to go +away from here--out into the world. Everything here arouses mournful +memories in you; you must go away to get well. I have done your packing, +and the fruit-dealers will fetch you away to-morrow." + +Michael did not answer, but expressed his assent by a nod. The dangerous +illness he had passed through had affected his nerves; and the situation +he had brought upon himself, the blow which had struck him, had worked +on those nerves so painfully, that he was forced to acknowledge that a +longer stay would lead to madness or suicide. + +Suicide? There is no easier road out of a difficult position: failure, +despair, mental conflict, blasted hopes, heart-pangs, fantastic +bugbears, the memory of losses, phantoms of the beloved dead--all these +are parts of a bad dream. One touch on the trigger of the pistol, and +one awakes. Those who remain behind can go on with the dream. + +On the last evening, Michael, Noémi, and Therese sat all three after +supper on the little bench outside, and Michael remembered that they had +once been four together there. + +"What can that moon really be?" asked Noémi. + +Michael's hand, which Noémi held in hers, was clinched with sudden +violence. + +"My evil star," he thought to himself. "Oh, if I had never seen it, that +red crescent!" + +Therese answered her daughter's question: "It is a burned-out and +chilled world, on which neither trees, flowers, nor animals, no air or +water, no sounds or colors exist. When I was a girl at school, we used +often to look through a telescope at the moon; it is full of mountains, +and we were told they were the craters of extinct volcanoes. No +telescope is powerful enough to show people on it, but learned men know +with certainty that neither air nor water exists there. Without air and +water nothing can live that has a human body, so no mortal can possibly +be there." + +"But what if something did really live in it?" + +"What could do so?" + +"I will tell you what I think. Often in the old times, when I was still +alone, I could not rid myself of one engrossing thought--especially when +I sat by myself on the beach, and looked into the water. I felt as if +something were drawing me into it, and calling to me that it was good to +be down below there, and that there all was peace. Then I said to +myself--Good! the body would rest at the bottom of the Danube; but where +would the soul go?--it must find a dwelling somewhere. Then the thought +arose that the soul which wrenched itself so forcibly and by its own +will from its mortal shell could only soar to the moon. I believe that +now even more firmly. If neither trees nor flowers, neither water nor +air, neither colors nor sounds, can there exist--well, it is all the +better fitted for those who did not wish to be encumbered with a body: +there they will find a world where there is nothing to trouble them, nor +anything to give them pleasure." + +Therese and Michael both rose with a start from beside Noémi, who could +not understand what had moved them. She did not know that her own father +was a suicide, and that he whose hand she held was ready to become one. +Michael said the night was cool, they had better go in. One more +haunting thought was now linked with the sight of the moon. The first he +inherited from Timéa, the other from Noémi. What a fearful penalty--that +the man should continually see before him in the heavens that shining +witness, eternally recalling him to his first sin, the first fateful +error of his ruined life! + +The next day Michael left the island: he passed by the unfinished +walnut-wood house without even glancing at it. + +"You will return with the spring flowers," whispered Noémi tenderly in +his ear. The poor thing thought it quite natural that for half of the +year Michael should not belong to her. "But to whom does he then +belong?" That question never occurred to her. + +When Michael arrived at Komorn, the long journey had still more +exhausted him. Timéa was frightened when she saw him, and could hardly +recognize him; even Athalie was alarmed, and with good reason. + +"You have been ill?" said Timéa, leaning on her husband's breast. + +"Very ill, for many weeks." + +"On your journey?" + +"Yes," answered Timar, to whom this seemed like a cross-examination. He +must be on his guard at every question. + +"Good God! and had you anyone to nurse you there among those strangers?" + +The words had almost escaped him, "Oh, yes, an angel!" but he caught +himself up and answered, "You can get anything for money." Timéa did not +know how to show her sympathy, and so Michael could detect no change in +the always apathetic face. She was always the same, and the frigid kiss +of welcome drew them no closer together. + +Athalie whispered in his ear, "For God's sake, sir, take care of your +life!" + +Timar felt the poisoned sting hidden beneath this tender consideration. +He must live that Timéa might suffer; for if she became a widow, nothing +would stand in the way of her happiness. And that would be a hell to +Athalie. + +It seemed to Timar as if the demon who hated both him and his wife was +now praying for the prolongation of his detested life, so that their +mutual suffering might last the longer. Every one remarked the great +change which had taken place in him. In the spring he was a strong man +in the prime of life; now he was like a feeble, voiceless shadow. + +He withdrew to his office as soon as he arrived, and spent the whole day +there. His secretary found the ledger lying on the desk just as he had +opened it; he had not even looked at it. His agents were informed of his +return, and hastened to present yards of reports. He said to them all, +"Very good," and signed what they required, sometimes in the wrong +place, sometimes twice over. At last he shut himself up from every one +in his room, under pretense of requiring sleep. But his servants heard +him walking up and down for hours together. + +When he went to the ladies to dine in their company, he looked so gloomy +and stern that no one had the courage to address him. He hardly touched +food, and never tasted wine. But an hour after dinner he rang for the +servant, and asked angrily whether they were ever going to get the meal +ready--he had forgotten that it was over. In the evening he could not +sit up, so tired was he; when he sat down he dozed off at once; as soon, +however, as he was undressed and in bed, slumber fled suddenly from his +eyes. "Oh, how cold this bed is--everything in the house is cold!" Every +piece of furniture, the pictures on the walls, even the old frescoes on +the ceiling, seemed to cry to him, "What have you come here for? This is +not your home! You are a stranger here!" How cold is this bed! + +The man who came to call him to supper found him already in bed. On +hearing this, Timéa came to him and asked whether he would have +something. + +"Nothing--no, nothing at all," answered Timar. "I am only overtired by +the journey." + +"Shall I send for the doctor?" + +"Pray don't. I am not ill." + +Timéa wished him good-night, and went away after again feeling his +forehead with her hand. But Timar was not in a condition to sleep. He +heard every noise in the house; he heard them whispering and creeping on +tiptoe past his door, so as not to disturb him. He was thinking where a +man could best flee from himself. Into the realm of dreams? That would +be good, indeed, if only one could find the way there as easily as into +the kingdom of death. But one can not force one's self to dream. Opium? +That is one way--the suicide of sleep. Gradually he noticed that it was +growing darker in the room: the shades of night veiled closely every +object, the light grew dim. At last he was surrounded by a darkness like +that of a thick, motionless mist, like subterranean gloom, or the night +of the blind: such an obscurity one "sees" even in sleep. Michael knew +he was asleep, and the blindness lying over his eyes was that of +slumber. Yes, he now had full consciousness of his position. He was +lying in his own bed in his Komorn house--a table beside him with an +antique bronze lamp-stand, and a painted lamp-shade with Chinese figures +on it; over his head hung a large clock with a chime; the silken +curtains were let down. The curious old bed had a sort of drawer below +it, which could be drawn out and used as a second bed. It was +beautifully made--one of those beds only found in fine old houses, in +which a whole family might find room to sleep. Timar knew that he had +not bolted his door; any one could come in who chose. How if some one +came to murder him? And what difference would there be between sleep and +death? This puzzled him in his dreams. + +Once he dreamed that the door opened softly and some one entered: a +woman's steps. The curtain rustled, and something leaned over him: a +woman's face. "Is it you, Noémi?" Michael thought in his dream, and +started. "How came you here? If some one saw you?" It was dark, he could +see nothing; but he heard the person sit down by his bed and listen to +his breathing. Thus had Noémi done many a night in the little hut. "Oh, +Noémi, will you watch again all through the night? When will you sleep?" + +The female figure, as if in answer, knelt down and drew out the shelf +below the bed. Michael felt a mixture of fear and rapture in his breast. +"You will lie down beside me; oh, how I love you, but I tremble for +you!" and then the figure prepared a bed on the shelf and lay down. The +dreamer in the bed longed to bend over her, to embrace and kiss her, and +would have called again to her, "Go, hasten away from here, you will be +seen;" but he could move neither limbs nor tongue, they were heavy as +lead; and then the woman slept too. Michael sunk deeper into dreamland. +His fancy flew through past and future, soared into the region of the +impossible, and returned to the sleeping woman. He dreamed that he was +awake, and yet the phantom was beside him. + +At last it began to dawn, and the sun shone through the window with more +wonderful radiance than ever before. "Awake, awake!" whispered Michael +in his dream. "Go home--the daylight must not find you here. Leave me +now!" He struggled with the dream. "But you are not really here--it is +only a delusion!" + +He forced himself to sever the bonds in which sleep held him, and awoke +completely. It was really morning, the sunlight streamed through the +curtains, and on the shelf below the bed lay a sleeping woman with her +head on her arm. + +"Noémi!" cried Michael. The slumbering form awoke at the call and looked +up. It was Timéa-- + +"Do you want anything?" asked the woman, rising hastily from her couch. +She had heard the tone but not the name. Her husband was still under the +influence of his dream. "Timéa!" he stammered sleepily, astonished at +the metamorphosis of Noémi into Timéa. + +"Here I am," said she, laying her hand on the bed. + +"How is it possible?" cried he, drawing up the quilt to his chin as if +afraid of the face leaning over him. + +"I was anxious about you, I was afraid you might have some attack in the +night, and I wanted to be near you." In the tone of her voice, in her +look, lay such sincere and natural tenderness as could not be assumed: a +woman's instinct is fidelity. + +Michael collected himself. His first feeling was alarm, his second +self-reproach. This poor woman lying by his bed was the widow of a +living man. She had never known a joy in common with her husband; now +when he was in pain, she came to share it with him; and then followed +the eternal falsehood--he must not accept this tenderness, he must +repulse it. + +Michael said with forced composure, "Timéa, I beg you not to do this +again; do not come into my room. I have been suffering from an +infectious illness; I caught the plague on my journey, and I tremble for +your life if you approach me. Keep far from me, I adjure you; I wish to +be alone, both by day and night. There is nothing the matter with me +now, but I feel that I must, for prudence' sake, avoid all those +belonging to me; so I beg you earnestly not to do this again, never +again." Timéa sighed deeply, cast down her eyes, and left the room. She +had not even undressed, but had only lain down in her clothes at her +husband's feet. + +When she was gone, Michael got up and dressed; his mind was much +disturbed. The longer he continued this dual life, the more he felt the +conflict of the double duties he had taken on himself. He was +responsible for the fate of two noble, self-sacrificing souls. He had +made both miserable, and himself more unhappy than either. + +What outlet could he find? If only one or other were an every-day +creature, so that he could hate and despise her or buy her off! But both +were equally nobly gifted: the fate of both was so heavy a charge +against the author of it, that no excuse existed. How could he tell +Timéa who Noémi was, or Noémi about Timéa? Suppose he were to divide all +his wealth between the two, or if he gave his money to one and his heart +to the other? But either was alike impossible, for neither was faithless +or gave him a right to reject them. + +Living at home made Michael yet more ill. + +He never left his room all day, spoke to no one, and sat till evening in +one place, without doing anything. At last Timéa resorted to a +physician. The result of the consultation was that Michael was ordered +to the seaside, that the water might restore to him what the land had +taken from him. To this advice he replied, "I will not go where there is +company." Then they suggested that he should choose some place where the +season was over and the visitors gone; there he would find solitude. The +cold baths were the important point. He now remembered that in one of +the valleys near the Platten See he had a summer villa, which he had +bought years ago when he hired the fishing of the Balaton lake, and he +had only been there two or three times since. There, said he, would he +spend the end of the autumn. + +The doctors approved his choice. The districts of Zala and Vessprimer on +the banks of the lake are like the Vale of Tempe. Fourteen miles of +unbroken garden-land form a charming chain of landscapes, with +country-seats strewn here and there. The splendid lake is a sea in +miniature, full of loveliness and romance; here is soft Italian air, the +people are kind and cordial, the mineral springs curative; nothing could +be better for a depressed invalid than to spend the autumn here. So the +doctors sent Michael to the Platten See. But they had forgotten that +toward the end of the summer hail-storms had laid waste the whole +district; and nothing is more depressing than a place ruined by hail. +The vineyards, which usually resound during the vintage with joyous +cries, now stand deserted: the leaves of the fruit-trees are +coppery-green or rusty brown; they take their leave until the coming +spring: all is silent and sad; even the roads are overgrown with moss, +for no one uses them. In the cornfields, instead of the sheaves of +grain, ineradicable weeds abound, and instead of the golden heads, +thistles, burdock, and nightshade are rampant, for no one comes to cut +them down. + +At such a season Michael arrived at his villa on the Balaton. It was an +ancient pile. Some noble family had built it as a summer residence, +because the view had pleased them and they had money enough to afford +themselves this luxury. It had but one low story within massive walls, a +veranda looking over the lake, and trellises with large fig-trees. The +heirs of the first owners had got rid of the lonely château for a +nominal price, as it had no value except to a person bitten with the +misanthropic desire to live there in solitude. + +No human dwelling is to be found within two miles of it, and even beyond +that distance most of the houses are uninhabited. The presses and +cellars are not open on account of the failure of the vintage. At Fured +all the blinds are down and the last invalid has left; even the steamers +no longer ply; the pump-room at the baths stands empty, and on the +promenade the fallen leaves rustle round the feet of the passer-by--no +one thinks it worth while to sweep them away. Not a man nor even a stork +is left in the place--only the majestic Balaton murmurs mysteriously as +it tosses its waves, and no one knows why it is angry. In its midst +rises a bare rock, on whose top stands a convent with two towers, in +which live seven monks--a crypt full of princely bones from top to +bottom. + +And here Timar came to seek for health. + +Michael only brought one servant with him, and after a few days sent him +back under pretense that the people of the house sufficed for his +service. But there was only one old man, and he quite deaf. + +Round the villa no human voice was heard, not even the sound of a bell, +only the haunting murmur of the great lake. + +Timar sat all day on the shore, and listened to the voices of the water. +Often, when there was not a breath of air stirring, the lake began to +roar, then the color of its surface changed to an emerald green as far +as the eye could see: over the dark mirror of the waves not one sail, +not a single ship, barge, or boat was visible; it might have been the +Dead Sea. + +This lake possesses the double quality of strengthening the body and +depressing the mind. The chest expands, the appetite increases, but the +mind is inclined to a melancholy and sentimental state which carries one +back to fairyland. + +Timar floated for hours on the gently rocking waves; he wandered whole +days on the shore, and could hardly tear himself away when night fell. +He sought no distraction from shooting or fishing. Once he took out his +gun, and forgot it somewhere by the trunk of a tree: another time he +caught a pike, but let it get away with his fly. He could fix his +attention on nothing. + +He had taken a powerful retracting telescope with him, through which he +gazed at the starry heavens during the long nights; at the planets with +their moons and rings, on which in winter white spots are visible, while +in summer a red light surrounds them; and then at that great enigma of +the firmament, the moon, which when looked at through the glass appears +like a shining ball of lava, with its transparent ridges, its deep +craters, bright plains and dark shadows. It is a world of emptiness. +Nothing is there except the souls of those who violently separated +themselves from their body to get rid of its load. There they are at +peace; they feel nothing, do nothing, know neither sorrow nor joy, gain +nor loss; there is neither air nor water, winds nor storms, no flowers +or living creatures, no war, no kisses, no heart-throbs--neither birth +nor death; only "nothing," and perhaps memory. + +That would be worse than hell, to live in the moon as a disembodied soul +in the realm of nothingness, and to remember the earth, where are green +grass and red blood, where the air echoes with the roll of the thunder +and the kisses of lovers, where life and death exist. And yet something +whispered to Michael that he must take refuge among the exiles to that +region of annihilation. There was no other way of escape from his +miserable existence. + +The nights of autumn grew longer and the days shorter, and with the +waning daylight the water in the lake grew colder and colder. But Timar +enjoyed bathing in it even more. His frame had regained its former +elasticity, all traces of his illness had vanished, nerves and muscles +were as steel; but his mental agony increased. + +The nights were always clear and the skies thickly sown with stars: +Timar sat by his open window and studied the shining points in boundless +space through his glass, but never until the moon had set. He detested +the moon, as we grow to hate a place we know too well, and with whose +inhabitants we have quarreled. + +During his observations of the starry heavens he had the exceptional +good fortune to witness one of those celestial phenomena which are all +but unique in the annals of astronomy. A comet returning after +centuries of absence appeared in the sky. Timar said to himself, "This +is my star; it is as lost as my soul; its coming and going are as +aimless as mine, and its whole existence as empty and vain a show as is +my life." Jupiter and his four moons were moving in the same direction +as the comet; their orbits must cross. When the comet approached the +great planet, its tail seemed to divide; the attraction of Jupiter began +to take effect. The great star was trying to rob its lord, the sun, of +this vaporous body. The next night the comet's tail was split in two. +Then the largest and most distant of Jupiter's moons drew rapidly near. + +"What has become of my star?" asked Timar. + +The third night the nucleus of the comet had grown dull and began to +disperse, and Jupiter's moon was close to it. The fourth night the comet +had been divided into two parts; there were two heads and two tails, and +both the starry phantoms began in separate parabolic curves their +aimless flight through space. So "this" occurs in the heavens as well as +on earth? + +Timar followed this marvelous phenomenon with his telescope till it was +lost in impenetrable space. This sight made the deepest impression on +his mind; now he had done with the world. There are hundreds of motives +for suicide, but the most urgent are to be found among those who give +themselves up to scientific research. + +Keep a watchful eye on those who seek to fathom the secrets of nature +without a technical education. Hide away the knife and the pistol every +night, and search their pockets lest they carry poison about them. + +Yes, Timar was determined to kill himself. This idea does not come to +strong characters all at once, but it ripens in them by degrees. They +grow used to it as the years go by, and carefully provide for its +execution. The thought had now ripened in Timar, and he went +systematically to work. + +When the severe weather set in, he left the Platten See and returned to +Komorn. He made his will. His whole property he left to Timéa and the +poor, and with such careful foresight that he provided a separate fund +out of which Timéa, in case she married again, or her heirs if they +stood in need of it, would receive a pension of a hundred thousand +gulden. + +The following was his plan. As soon as the season permitted he would go +away, ostensibly to Egypt, but really to the ownerless island. There he +would die. + +If he could induce Noémi to die with him, then in death they would be +united. Oh, Noémi would consent! What would she do in this world without +Michael? What worth would the world have for such a one as she? + +Both there by Dodi's side. + + * * * * * + +Timar spent the winter partly in Komorn, partly in Raab and Vienna; +everywhere his life was a burden to him. He thought he read in every +face, "This man is melancholy mad." He noticed people whispering and +making signs when he appeared--women were shy of him, and men tried to +look unconscious; and he fancied that in his distraction he did and said +things which gave evidence of his mental disease, and wondered people +did not laugh. Perhaps they were afraid of laughing. + +But they had no reason to fear. He was not lively to throw pepper in the +eyes of the people near him, though odd fancies did now and then occur +to him; as, for instance, when Johann Fabula came to make him an oration +as curator of the church, and stood as stiff before him as if he had +swallowed the spit, an impulse seized Timar, almost irresistibly, to put +both hands on the curator's shoulders and turn a somersault over his +head. + +Something lay in Michael's expression which made the blood run cold. + +Athalie met this glance; often, as they sat at meals, Timar's eyes were +fixed on her. She was a wonderfully beautiful woman; Michael's eyes +rested on her lovely snowy neck, so that she felt uneasy at this silent +homage to her charms. + +Michael was thinking--"If only I had you in my power for once, you +lovely white throat, so as to crush the life out of you with my iron +hand!" This was what he longed for when he admired the splendid +Bacchante form of Athalie. + +Only Timéa was not afraid of him--she had nothing to fear. At last it +seemed impossible to Timar to wait for the tardy spring. What does he +want with the springing flowers who will soon be at rest under the turf? + +The day before his departure he gave a great banquet, and invited every +one, including even slight acquaintances. The house was crowded with +guests. Before sitting down he said to Fabula, "My brother, sit near me, +and if I get drunk toward morning and lose my senses, see that I am +carried into my traveling-chaise, and put me on the seat; then harness +the horses and send me off." He wished to leave his house and home while +unconscious. + +But when the guests toward morning had sunk one here and another there +under the table, our Herr Johann Fabula was snoring comfortably in his +arm-chair, and only Timar had kept his head. Mad people are like King +Mithridates and the poison--wine does not affect them. So he had to get +his carriage himself and start on his journey. In his head reality and +dreams, imagination, memory, and hallucination were in a whirl. It +seemed to him as if he had stood by the couch of a sleeping saint with a +marble face, and as if he had kissed the lips of the white statue, and +it had not awoke under his kiss. Perhaps it was only a vision. Then he +thought he remembered that behind the door of a dark recess, as he +passed, a lovely Mænad's head looked out, framed in rich tresses. She +had sparkling eyes and red lips, between which shone two rows of pearls, +as she held the candle and asked the sleep-walker, "Where are you going, +sir?" + +And he had whispered in the witch's ear, "I am going to make Timéa +happy." + +Then the ideal face had turned to a Medusa head, and the curls to +snakes. Perhaps this was hallucination too. + +Timar awoke toward noon in his carriage, when the post-horses were +changed. He was already far from Komorn, and his intention was +unchanged. Late at night he arrived on the Danube shore, where the +little boat he had ordered awaited him; he went over in the night to the +island. + +A thought came into his head. "How if Noémi were dead already?" Why +should not this be possible? What a burden it would free him from--that +of persuading her to the dreadful step. He who has one fixed idea +expects of fate that everything should happen as he has planned. + +Near the white rose-bush no doubt a second already stands, which will +bloom red in spring--on Noémi's grave. Soon there will be a third with +yellow blossoms, the flower of the man of gold. + +Occupied with these thoughts, he landed on the island shore. It was +still night and the moon shone. The unfinished house stood like a tomb +on the grass-grown field; the windows and door-ways were hung with +matting to keep out snow and rain. Michael hastened to the old dwelling. +Almira met him and licked his hand; she did not bark, but took a corner +of his cloak in her teeth and drew him to the window. The moon shone +through the lattice, and Michael looked into the little room, which was +quite light. + +He could clearly perceive that only one bed was in the room, the other +was gone. On this bed slept Therese; it was as he had thought--Noémi was +already at rest under the rose-bush. It is well. + +He knocked at the window. "It is I, Therese." At this the woman came out +on the veranda. "Are you sleeping alone, Therese?" said Timar. + +"Yes." + +"Has Noémi gone up to Dodi?" + +"Not so. Dodi has come down to Noémi." + +Timar looked inquiringly in her face. Then the woman grasped his hand, +and led him with a smile to the back of the house, where the window of +the other little room looked out. This room was light, for a night-lamp +was burning there. Timar looked in and saw Noémi on the white bed, with +her arm round a golden-haired cherub which lay on her breast. "What is +this?" Timar faltered out. + +Therese smiled gently. "Do you not see? Little Dodi longed to come back +to us; it was better here, he thought, than up in heaven. He said to the +dear Lord, 'Thou hast angels enough; let me return to those who had only +me'--and the Lord allowed it." + +"How can it be?" + +"H'm! h'm! The old story. A poor woman again who died, and we have +adopted the poor orphan. You are not angry?" Timar trembled in every +limb as if with ague. "Pray do not wake the sleepers before morning," +said Therese, "It is bad for babies to be waked: children's lives are so +precarious. You will be patient, won't you?" + +It never occurred to Timar to protest. He threw off his cap and cloak, +drew off his coat, and turned up his shirt-sleeves. Therese thought he +was mad. And why not? He ran out to the walnut-house, tore the mattings +down, drew out his carpenter's bench, placed the unfinished door-panel +on it, took his chisel and began to work. + +It was just growing light. Noémi dreamed that some one was at work in +the new house; the plane grated over the hard wood, and the busy workman +sung-- + + "For all the gold the world could hold, + I would not give my Dodi's curl." + +And when she opened her eyes she still heard the plane and the song. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +THERESE. + + +Timar had succeeded in robbing every one. + +From Timéa he stole first her father's million, then the manly ideal of +her heart, and kept for himself her wifely troth. From Noémi he stole +her loving heart, her womanly tenderness, her whole being. Therese he +robbed of her trust, the last belief of her misanthropic mind in the +possible goodness of a man; then he took the island, in order to restore +it to her, and so to obtain her gratitude. Theodor Krisstyan he +defrauded of half a world--for he exiled him to another hemisphere. From +Athalie he took father, mother, home, and bridegroom, her whole present +and future happiness. He robbed his friend Katschuka of the hope of a +blissful life. The respect shown to him by the world, the tears of the +poor, the thanks of the orphan, the decorations bestowed by his king, +were they not all thefts? By deceit he obtained from the smugglers, the +fidelity with which they guarded his secret--a thief who steals from +other thieves! He even robbed the good God of a little angel. His soul +was not his; he had pledged it to the moon, and had not kept his +promise: he had not paid what he owed. The poison was ready which was to +transport him to that distant star of night--the devils were already +rejoicing and stretching out their claws to receive the poor soul. He +took them in too; he did not kill himself, but defrauded even death. He +laid hands on a paradise in the midst of the world, and took the +forbidden fruit from the tree while the watching archangel turned his +back, and in that hidden Eden he defied all human law: the clergy, the +king, the judge, the general, the tax-collector, the police--all were +deceived and defrauded by him. + +And everything succeeded with him. How long would he go unpunished? + +He could deceive every one but himself. He was always sad, even when he +outwardly smiled. He knew what he ought to be called, and would gladly +have shown himself in his true character. + +But that was impossible. The boundless, universal respect--the rapturous +love--if only one of these were really due to his true self! Honor, +humanity, self-sacrifice were the original principles of his character, +the atmosphere of his being. Unheard-of temptations had drawn him in the +opposite direction; and now he was a man whom every one loved, honored, +and respected, and who was only hated and despised by himself. Fate had +blessed him since his last illness with such iron strength that now +nothing hurt him, and instead of aging he seemed to renew his youth. + +He was busy all through the summer with manual labor. The little house +he had erected the year before he now had to finish, and to add the +carver's and turner's work to it. He borrowed from the Muses their +creative genius: a great artist was lost in Timar. Every pillar in the +little house was of a different design: one was formed of two intwining +snakes, whose heads made the capital; another, of a palm-tree with +creepers climbing up it; the third showed a vine with squirrels and +woodpeckers half hidden in its branches; and the fourth a clump of +bulrushes rising from their leaves. The internal panels of the walls +were a fanciful mosaic of carving; every table and chair was a work of +art, and exquisitely inlaid with light-colored woods to make a pleasant +contrast with the dark walnut. Each door and window betrayed some +original invention; some disappeared in the wall, some slid up into the +roof, and all were opened and shut by curious wooden bolts--for as Timar +had declared that no nail should be put into the whole house which was +not made by himself, not a morsel of iron was used in it. + +What delight when the house was ready and he conducted his dear ones +into it, and could say, "See, all this is my handiwork! A king could not +give his queen such a present." + +But it had taken years to complete it, and four winters had Timar spent +in Komorn and four summers in the island, before Dodi the second had his +house ready for him. + +Then Michael had another task before him; he must teach Dodi to read. +Dodi was a lively, healthy, good-tempered boy, and Timar said he would +teach him everything himself--reading, writing, swimming, also gardening +and mason's and carpenter's work. He who knows these trades can always +earn his bread. Timar fancied things would always go on thus, and he +could live this life to the end of his days. But suddenly fate cried +"Halt!" + +Or rather not fate, but Therese. Eight years had passed since Timar had +found his way to the little island. Then Noémi and Timéa were both +children: now Noémi was twenty-two, Timéa twenty-one, Athalie would soon +be twenty-five; but Therese was over forty-five, Timar himself nearly +forty, and little Dodi was in his fifth year. + +One of them must prepare to go hence, for her time was come, and her cup +of suffering was full enough for a long life: that one was Therese. + +One summer afternoon when her daughter was out with the child, she said +to Timar, "Michael, I have something to tell you--this autumn will be my +last. I know that death is near. For twenty years I have suffered from +the disease which will kill me; it is heart complaint. Do not look on +this as a figure of speech; it is a fatal disease, but I have always +concealed it, and never complained. I have kept it under by patience, +and you have helped me by the love you showed and the joys you prepared +for me. If you had not done so, I should long have lain beneath the sod. +But I can bear it no longer. For a year past sleep has fled from my +eyes, and I hear my heart beat all day. It throbs quickly three or four +times, as if frightened, then comes a sort of half-beat; then it stops +entirely for a few moments, till it begins pulsating again rapidly after +one or two slow throbs, followed by short beats and long pauses. This +must soon come to an end. I often turn faint, and only keep up by an +effort of will; this will not last through the summer--and I am content +it should be so. Noémi has now another object for her affection. I will +not trouble you, Michael, with questions, nor require of you any +promise; spoken words are vain and empty--only what we feel is true. You +feel what you are to Noémi, and she to you. What is there to disquiet +me? I can die without even troubling the merciful God with my feeble +prayers. He has given me all I could have asked of Him. Is it not so, +Michael?" + +Michael's head sunk. This had often of late destroyed his sleep. It had +not escaped him that Therese's health was failing rapidly, and he had +thought with trembling that she might be suddenly overtaken by death. +What would then become of Noémi? How could he leave the delicate +creature here alone the whole winter with her little child? Who would +help and protect her? He had often put the question aside, but now it +confronted him, and must be considered. + +Therese was right. The same afternoon a friendly fruit-woman came to the +island, and while Therese was counting out her baskets of peaches, she +suddenly fell down in a swoon. She recovered quickly, and three days +later the woman came again, Therese was determined to serve her, and +fainted once more. The fruit-dealer sighed heavily; the next time she +came Noémi and Michael would not let her go in to Therese, but served +her themselves. The woman remarked that the good lady would do well to +see the priest, as she seemed so seriously ill. + +Noémi did not yet know that her mother was dangerously ill; her frequent +fainting-fits were put down to the hot weather. Therese said that many +women suffered in the same way as they grew older. Timar was very +attentive to her; he would not let her be troubled with household work, +took care that she should rest, and made the child be quiet if he was +noisy, but Therese's sleeplessness could not be cured. + +One day all four sat together at dinner in the outer room, when Almira's +barks announced the approach of strangers. Therese looked out, and said +in great alarm, "Go inside quickly, that no one may see you." + +Timar looked out, and he too saw that it would not be advisable for him +to meet the new-comer, for it was none other than his Reverence Herr +Sandorovics, the dean who had received the order, who would not fail to +recognize Herr von Levetinczy, and would have some pleasant things to +say to him. "Push the table away and leave me alone," said Frau Therese, +making Noémi and Dodi rise too. And as if all her strength had returned, +she helped to carry the table into the next room, so that when his +reverence knocked at the door she was alone, and had drawn her bedstead +across the door-way so as to prevent access to the inner apartment. + +The dean's beard was longer and grayer since we last saw him; but his +cheeks were rosy, and his figure that of a Samson. His deacon and +acolyte, who had come with him, had remained in the veranda, and were +trying to make friends with the great dog. + +The reverend gentleman came in alone, with his hand out as if to give +any one a chance of kissing it. As Therese showed no inclination to +avail herself of the opportunity, the visitor was at once in a bad +temper. "Well, don't you know me again, you sinful woman?" + +"Oh, I know you well enough, sir, and I know I am a sinner--what brings +you here?" + +"What brings me, you old gossip? You ask me that, you God-forsaken +heathen! It is clear you don't know me." + +"I told you before that I knew you. You are the priest who would not +bury my poor husband." + +"No--because he left the world in an unauthorized way, without +confession or absolution. Therefore it befell him to be put under ground +like a dog. If you don't wish to be buried like a dog too, look to it: +repent and confess while there is yet time. Your last hour may come +to-day or to-morrow. Pious women brought me the news of your being near +death, and begged me to come here and give you absolution--you have to +thank them for my presence." + +"Speak low, sir; my daughter is in the next room, and she would be +alarmed." + +"Indeed! your daughter? and a man and a child too?" + +"Certainly." + +"And the man is your daughter's husband?" + +"Yes." + +"Who married them?" + +"He who married Adam and Eve--God." + +"Foolish woman! That was when there were no priests nor altars. But now +things are not managed so easily, and there is a law to govern them." + +"I know it: the law drove me to this island; but that law has no +jurisdiction here." + +"So you are an absolute heathen?" + +"I wish to live and die in peace." + +"And you have permitted your daughter to live in shame?" + +"What is shame?" + +"Shame? The contempt of all respectable people." + +"Does that make me warm or cold?" + +"Unfeeling clod! You only care for your bodily weal. You never think of +the salvation of your soul. I come to show you the way to heaven, and +you prefer the road to hell! Do you believe in the resurrection, or in +eternal life?" + +"Hardly--at any rate, I am not longing for it. I do not want to awake to +another life; I want to sleep peacefully under the trees. I shall fall +into dust, and the roots will feed on it, and leaves will grow from it: +and I want no other life. I shall live in the sap of the green trees I +planted with my own hands. I do not believe in your cruel God who makes +His wretched creatures live on to suffer beyond the grave. Mine is a +merciful God, who gives rest to animals, trees, and men when they are +dead." + +"Could there be a more obstinate sinner! You will go to hell-fire--to +the tortures of the damned!" + +"Show me where the Bible says that God created hell, and I will believe +you." + +"Oh, you pagan! You will be denying the existence of the devil next," +cried the priest in a rage. + +"I do deny that God ever created such a devil as you believe in: you +invented one for yourselves, and did that badly, for your devil has +horns and cloven feet, and such creatures as that eat grass and not +men." + +"The earth will open and swallow you up like Dathan and Abiram. Do you +bring up the little child in this belief?" + +"He is taught by the man who has adopted him." + +"Who?" + +"He whom the child calls father." + +"And what is his name?" + +"Michael." + +"What is his surname?" + +"I never asked him." + +"What! you never asked his name? What do you know of him?" + +"I know he is an honest man, and loves Noémi." + +"But what is he? A gentleman, a peasant, a workman, a sailor, or a +smuggler?" + +"He is a poor man, suited to us." + +"And what else? I must know, for it is part of my duty. What faith does +he confess? Is he Papist, Calvinist, Lutheran, Socinian, or perhaps a +Jew?" + +"I have not troubled myself about it." + +"Do you keep the fasts of the Church?" + +"Once for two years I never touched meat--because I had none." + +"Who baptized the child?" + +"God--with a shower of rain, while He sat on high on His rainbow +throne." + +"Oh, you heathen!" + +"Why heathen?" asked Therese, bitterly. "God's hand was heavy on me; +from the height of bliss I fell into the deepest misery. One day made me +a widow and a beggar. I did not deny God, nor cast His gift of life +away. I came to this desert, sought God and found Him here. My God +requires no sacrifice of song and bell, only a devout heart. I do my +penance, not by telling my beads, but by work. Men left me nothing in +the world, and I formed a blooming garden from a desert wilderness. All +deceived, robbed, and scorned me; the tribunal condemned me, my friends +defrauded me, the Church despised me, and yet I did not hate my kind. I +am the refuge of the stranger and the destitute; I feed and heal those +who come to me for aid, and sleep with open doors winter and summer; I +fear no one. Oh, sir, I am no heathen!" + +"What sort of rubbish you talk, you chattering woman! I never asked you +all that, but I ask you about the man who lives in this hut, whether he +is a Christian or a heretic, and why the child is not baptized? It is +impossible that you should not know his name." + +"Be it so; I will not tell a lie. I know his name, but nothing more. His +life may have secrets in it, as mine had: he may have good reasons for +hiding himself. But I know him only as a kind good man, and harbor no +suspicions of him. Those were 'friends' who took my all from me, +noblemen of high station, who left me nothing but my weeping child. I +brought up the little child, and when she was my only treasure, my life, +my all, I gave her to a man of whom I knew only that he loved her and +she loved him. Is not that to have faith in God?" + +"Don't talk to me of faith. For such a belief as that, witches in the +good old time were brought to the stake and burned, all over the +Christian world." + +"It is lucky that I possess this island by right of a Turkish firman." + +"A Turkish firman!" cried the dean, in astonishment. "And who procured +it for you?" + +"The man whose name you want to know." + +"And I will know it on the spot, and in a summary way. I shall call the +sacristan and the acolyte in, make them push away the bed, and go in at +that door, which I see has no lock." + +Timar heard every word in the next room. The blood rushed to his head at +the thought that the ecclesiastical dignitary would walk in and exclaim, +"Aha! it is you, Herr Privy Councilor Michael von Levetinczy!" + +The dean opened the outer door, and called in his two sturdy companions. +Therese, in her extremity, drew the bright Turkish quilt over her up to +the chin. "Sir," she said in an imploring tone to the dean, "listen to +just one word which will convince you of the strength of my faith, and +show you that I am no heathen. Look, this woolen quilt I have over me +came from Broussa. A traveling peddler gave it to me. See now, so great +is my trust in God that I cover myself with it every night; and yet it +is well known that the oriental plague has been raging in Broussa this +month past. Which of you has faith enough to dare to touch this bed?" + +When she looked round, no one was there to answer. At the discovery that +this quilt came from the plague-infected districts round Broussa, all +had rushed away, leaving the lonely island and its death-stricken +inhabitants as a prey to all the devils of hell. The accursed island was +now the richer by one more evil report, which would keep away people who +valued their lives. + +Therese let out the refugees. Timar kissed her hand and called her +"Mother!" + +"My son!" whispered Therese, and looked steadily into his eyes. With +that look she said to him, "Remember what you have heard. And now it is +time to get ready for the journey." Therese spoke of her approaching +death as of a journey. + +Leaning on Timar and Noémi, she was led out to the green field, and +chose the place for her grave. + +"Here in the middle," she said to Timar, taking his spade from his hand +and marking out the oblong square. "You made a house for Dodi; make mine +here. And build no mound over my grave, and plant no cross upon it; +plant there neither tree nor shrub; cover it all with fresh turf, so +that it may be like the rest. I wish it; so that no one, when in a +cheerful mood, may stumble over my grave and be saddened by it." + +One evening she fell asleep, to awake no more. And they buried her as +she desired. They wrapped her in fine linen, and spread for her a bed of +aromatic walnut leaves. And then they made the grave look like the rest, +and covered it with turf, so that it was the same as before. When on the +next morning Timar and Noémi, leading little Dodi by the hand, went into +the field, no sign could be seen on the smooth surface. The autumn +spiders had covered it with a silvery pall, and on the glistening veil +the dewdrops sparkled in the sun like myriads of diamonds. + +But yet they found the spot in this silver-broidered green plain. Almira +went in front; at one place she lay down and put her head on the ground: +that was the spot. + + + + + +_BOOK FIFTH.--ATHALIE._ + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +THE BROKEN SWORD. + + +Timar remained on the island till frost covered the green grass--till +the leaves fell, and the nightingales and thrushes were silent. Then he +made up his mind to return to the world, the world of reality; and he +left Noémi behind, alone with her little child on the ownerless island. +"But I shall come back this winter"--and with those words he left her. + +Noémi did not know what those words betokened at Michael's home. Round +the island the Danube was never entirely frozen in the severest winter; +the glass never fell much below freezing-point; ivy and laurels could +stand the cold with ease. But Michael had severe weather for his +journey. On the upper Danube snow had already fallen, and he took a +whole week to reach Komorn. He had to wait a whole day before he could +cross the river--there was so much ice that it was unsafe to launch a +boat. Once he had ventured alone in a small boat across the river in +flood; but then Noémi was waiting for him. Now he was going to Timéa--to +get a divorce from her. + +His decision was taken--they must have a divorce. Noémi could not live +alone on that desert island. The woman must have justice in return for +her fidelity and love: accursed would he be who could find it in his +heart to abandon her who had given herself to him body and soul. And +then, too, Timéa would be happy. + +That thought gnawed him--that Timéa would be happy. If only he could +hate her, if he had a single accusation to bring against her, so as to +put her away as one he could despise and forget! + +He had to leave his carriage at Uj-Szöny, for wheels could not yet pass +the ice, so he arrived on foot at home. When he went in, it seemed to +him as if Timéa were afraid of him; as if the hand she gave him +trembled, and her voice too, when she greeted him. This time she did not +offer him her white cheek to be kissed. + +Timar hastened to his room, on pretense of laying aside his wraps. If +only there was some reason for this embarrassment! And another sign had +not escaped him--Athalie's expression. In her eyes shone the fire of a +diabolical triumph, the light of a malicious joy. How if Athalie knew +something? + +At table he met the two women again. They all three sat silently +together, watching each other. Timéa only said to Michael, "This time +you have stayed away very long." + +Timar would not say, "I shall soon leave you altogether," but he thought +it. He had to consult his lawyer first as to a possible ground for a +separation. It was impossible to think of one. Only "unconquerable +mutual aversion" could be put forward. + +But would the wife consent? All depended on her. Timar pondered this +question all the afternoon, and told the servants not to tell any one of +his return, as he could not see visitors. + +Toward evening some one opened the door. Athalie stood before him, with +the same spiteful satisfaction shining from her eyes, the same +triumphant smile playing round her lips. Michael drew back before her +repellent glance. + +"What brings you here, Athalie?" he asked, with confusion. + +"Well, Herr von Levetinczy, what do you think? Do you not want to know +anything from me?" + +"What?" he whispered eagerly, shutting the door, and staring at Athalie +with wide-opened eyes. + +"What do you want to know?" said the beautiful woman, still smiling. +"Indeed that is hard to guess. I have been in your house these six +years; every year I have seen you return home, and every year with a +different expression on your face. At first tormenting jealousy, then +easy good-humor, afterward assumed tranquillity, and absorption in +business. I studied all these phases. Last year I thought the tragedy +was over--you looked like a man who is ready for the grave. But you may +be sure that on all this round world there is no one who prays for your +life as I do." + +Michael frowned, and possibly Athalie understood him. + +"No, sir," she repeated, passionately; "for if there is anyone in the +world who loves you, they can not possibly wish that you may live long +as heartily as I do. Now I see the same look on your face as last +year--that is the true one: you would like to hear about Timéa?" + +"Do you know anything?" asked Timar, eagerly, putting his back against +the door as if to keep Athalie a prisoner. + +She laughed scornfully; not she but Michael was the prisoner. + +"I know much--all," she replied; "enough to bring us all to perdition. +Myself and the other, and you too." + +Michael's blood froze in his veins. "Tell me all." + +"That is what I came for. But listen quietly to the end, that I may tell +you things which lead to madness, if not death." + +"One word first, is Timéa unfaithful?" + +"She is, and you will be absolutely convinced of it." + +In Timar's heart a nobler feeling arose to protest against this +suspicion. "Take care what you say!" + +"Your saintly picture, then, came down out of its altar-frame to listen +to a report which said that the noble major had fought on her account +with some strange officer, and wounded him so badly that his own sword +broke in two over the head of his adversary. The picture heard this +rumor. Frau Sophie told her, and the eyes of the saintly image shed +tears. Perhaps you are a heretic, and do not believe in miraculous +tears. But it is true; and Frau Sophie told the noble major next day. +Frau Sophie loves to be a go-between; she loves flattery and intrigue. +The reported tears had the result that Frau Sophie brought back a box +and a letter from the major. In the box were the half-broken blade and +the handle of the sword with which the major had fought. It was a +souvenir." + +"Well, there is nothing wrong in that," said Michael, with affected +calm. + +"Ah, yes, but the letter!" + +"Did you read it?" + +"No; but I know what it contained." + +"How can you know that?" + +"Because the saint replied, and Frau Sophie was the messenger." + +"Go on," said Timar. + +"Yes, for the story is not nearly finished. The letter was not a scented +pink note; it was written on your own desk, sealed with your own seal, +and its contents might have been to repulse the major's advances forever +and ever. But that was not what it said." + +"Who knows?" + +"Frau Sophie and I, and you will be a third directly. How unexpectedly +you returned to-day!--how can people come at such an inconvenient time? +The Danube is full of ice, the ice-flakes lie in heaps, and no living +creature can cross. One would think that on such a day the town would be +so safely shut off that even a jealous husband, if he were outside, +could not get in. How could you come to-day?" + +"Do not torture me, Athalie." + +"Did you not notice the confusion on your picture's face when surprised +by your arrival? Did not her hand tremble in yours? You managed your +arrival so badly; Frau Sophie had to go out again to the smart major +with the short message--'It can not be to-day.'" + +Timar's face was disfigured with rage. Then he sunk back in his chair +and said, "I don't believe you." + +"You need not do so," said Athalie, with a shrug. "I will only advise +you to trust your own eyes. It can not be to-day, because you have come +home; but it might be to-morrow. Suppose you went away? You often go in +winter to the Platten See, when it is frozen and they begin to fish +under the ice. It is capital sport. You might say to-morrow, 'While this +cold lasts, I will be off to Fured to see how the _fogasch_ get on,' and +then you might shut yourself up in your other house here, and wait till +some one taps at your window and says 'Now.' Then you would come back +here." + +"And I should do that?" exclaimed Timar, shuddering. + +Athalie looked him up and down contemptuously. "You are a coward!" and +with that she turned to go. + +But Michael sprung after her and seized her by the arm. + +"Stop! I will take your advice and do what you tell me." + +"Then listen to me," said Athalie, and pressed so close to his face that +he felt her burning breath. + +"When Herr Brazovics built this house, the room in which Timéa sleeps +was the parlor. Who were his usual guests? Business people, boon +companions, merchants, dealers. This room has a hiding-place in the wall +above the staircase, where the steps turn, and the inner side makes an +angle. Into this hole in the wall it is possible to gain access from +outside. There is a closet where old rubbish is kept, which is seldom +opened. But even if it stood open it would hardly occur to any one to +try the screws of the ventilator one after another. The center screw on +the right-hand side is movable. But even if any one drew it out it would +tell nothing--it is only a simple peg. But whoever is in possession of a +peculiar key, which can be inserted in place of the peg, only requires +to press the top of the key, from which wards instantly appear, and by a +single turn of the key the cupboard is noiselessly pushed aside. From +thence one can enter the hiding-place, which receives light and air from +a slit in the roof. This hollow in the wall goes as far as Timéa's +bedroom, where in former times Herr Brazovics' guests used to pass the +night. The concealed passage ends in a glass door which is hidden from +the room by a picture. This picture is a mother-of-pearl mosaic +representing St. George and the dragon, and appears to be a votive image +built into the wall. It has often been proposed to take the picture +away, but Timéa never would allow it. One of the pieces of mosaic can be +slipped aside, and through the blank space everything that passes in the +room can be seen and heard." + +"What did your father want with such a hiding-place?" + +"I think it had to do with his business. He had many affairs with +contractors and officials. There was good living to be had at his house, +and when he had got his visitors into a good temper, he left them to +themselves, slipped into the secret room and listened from thence to +their conversation. In this way he obtained much important business +information, from which he derived considerable advantage. Once when he +had himself taken rather too much at table, he sent me to listen in the +passage, and in this way I learned the secret. The key is in my +possession. When all Herr Brazovics' property was seized by judicial +decree, I could, if I had chosen, have conveyed all his valuables out of +the house by this means. But I was too proud to steal." + +"And can you get into the bedroom from this hiding-place?" + +"The picture of St. George is on hinges, and can be opened like a door." + +"So that you can at any time enter Timéa's room from that passage?" +asked Michael, with an uncontrollable shudder. + +Athalie smiled proudly. "I never needed to creep in to her by secret +routes. Timéa sleeps with open doors, and you know that I can always +pass freely through her room. She sleeps so soundly too." + +"Give me the key." + +Athalie took the puzzle key from her pocket. The lower end was shaped +like a screw, only on pressing the handle a key appeared. She showed +Timar how to manage it. A voice in his heart--perhaps that of his +guardian angel--whispered to Timar to throw this key into the deep well +in the yard. But he took no heed of the voice; he only listened to +Athalie's whisper in his ear. + +"If you leave home to-morrow and come back at the signal, go straight to +the hiding-place, and you will learn all you want to know. Will you +come?" + +"I shall be there." + +"Do you generally carry arms?--a pistol or a dagger?--one can never tell +what may happen. The picture of St. George opens to the right when you +press on a button-shaped handle, and when open it just covers Timéa's +bed. Do you understand?" + +She pressed Michael's hand violently, looking with flaming eyes of rage +into his, and added something, but not audibly. Only her lips moved, her +teeth chattered, and her eyes rolled--they were soundless words. What +could she have said? Timar stared in a dazed way like a sleep-walker, +then suddenly raised his head to ask Athalie something. He was +alone--only the key grasped in his hand showed that it was no dream. + +Never had Timar suffered such torture as in the long hours till the +evening of the next day. He followed Athalie's advice, and remained at +home till noon. After dinner he said he must go to the Platten See and +look after the fishery he had hired. + +As he had crossed the ice-floes of the Danube on foot to get to Komorn, +he could easily go over again without luggage in the same way. His +carriage too was waiting on that side, for it had not yet been able to +get across: a road would have to be prepared. Without any interview with +his agents, without a glance at his books, he thrust a pile of +bank-notes, uncounted, into his pocket, and left the house. At the +threshold he met the postman, who brought a registered letter, and +demanded a receipt. Michael was in too great haste to go back to his +room; he carried pen and ink with him, and laying the receipt on the +broad back of the postman, he signed his name to it. Then he looked at +the letter. It was from his agent at Rio Janeiro; but without opening +it, he put it in his pocket. What did he care for all the flour trade in +the world? He kept one room in his house in the Servian Street always +heated in winter. This room was entered by a separate staircase, which +was kept locked, and was divided by several empty rooms from the +offices. Timar reached it unobserved; there he sat down by the window +and waited. + +The cold north wind outside drew lovely ice-flowers on the window-panes, +so that no one could see in or out. + +Now he would get what he wanted--the proof of Timéa's infidelity. And +yet--yet, the thought hurt him so deeply! While his fancy pictured this +first private rendezvous between that woman and that man, every drop of +blood seemed to rush to the surface and darken the light of his mind. + +Shame, jealousy, thirst for vengeance consumed him. + +It is hard to endure humiliation, even if some advantage is to be +derived from it. He now began to feel what a treasure he possessed in +Timéa. He had been ready enough to abandon this treasure, or even +voluntarily to give it back, but to allow himself to be robbed of +it!--the thought enraged him. He struggled with himself as to what he +should do. If Athalie's instilled poison had reached his heart, he would +have kept to the idea of a murderous rush with a dagger in his hand from +behind the picture, so as to kill the faithless wife amidst the hottest +caresses of her lover. Athalie panted for Timéa's blood; but a husband's +revenge seeks a different object--he must have the man's life. Not like +an assassin, but face to face--each with a sword in his hand, and then a +struggle for life or death. Then, again, cold-blooded calculating reason +comes uppermost, and says, "Why shed blood? you want scandal, not +revenge; you should rush from your hiding-place, call in the servants, +and drive the guilty woman and her seducer from your house. So a +reasonable being would act. You are no soldier to seek satisfaction at +the point of the sword. Here is the judge, and here the law." + +But still he could not forbear from keeping stiletto and pistol ready on +the table as Athalie had advised. Who knows what may happen? The moment +will decide which gets the upper hand--whether the vengeful assassin, +the dishonored husband, or the prudent man of business who would reckon +an open scandal to his credit side, as facilitating the desired divorce. + +Meanwhile evening had come. One lamp after another was lighted: Herr von +Levetinczy paid for the lighting of this street out of his own pocket. +The shadows of the passers-by flitted across the frozen panes. + +One such figure stopped before the window, and a low knock was heard. It +seemed to Timar as if the ice-flowers detached from the glass by the tap +were the rustling leaves of a fairy forest, which whispered to him, "Do +not go." He hesitated. The tap was repeated. + +"I am coming!" he called in a low voice, took pistol and dagger, and +crept out of the house. + +The whole way he never met a human creature; the streets were already +deserted. He only saw a dark shadow flitting on before him, vanishing in +the darkness now and then, and at last slipping round the corner. He +followed, and found all the doors open; some helping hand had opened the +wicket, the house-door, and even the closet in the wall. He could enter +without any noise; at the point described he found the movable screw, +and put the key in its place; the secret door flew open, and shut behind +him. + +Timar found himself in the concealed passage--a spy in his own house. + +Yes! A spy too! What meanness was there he had not committed? and all +this "because a poor fellow remains always only a clerk, and it is the +rich for whom life is worth living." Now he has riches and splendor. + +Stumbling and feeling about, he groped along the wall, till he came to a +part where a feeble light was perceptible. There was the picture of St. +George: the light of the lamp shone through the crevices of the mosaic. +He found the movable piece of mother-of-pearl, in whose place was a +thick sheet of glass. He looked into the room; on the table stood a lamp +with a ground glass shade. Timéa walked up and down. + +An embroidered white dress floated from her waist; her folded hands +hung down. The door of the antechamber opened, and Frau Sophie came in; +she said something low to Timéa, but Timar could hear every whisper. +This hole in the wall was like the ear of Dionysius, it caught every +sound. "Can he come?" asked Frau Sophie. + +"I am waiting for him," said Timéa. + +Then Frau Sophie went out again. Timéa drew from her wardrobe a drawer, +and took out a box; she carried it to the table and stood opposite +Timar, so that the lamp threw its whole light on her face; the listener +could detect the slightest change of expression. Timéa opened the box. +In it lay a sword-hilt and a broken blade. At first glance the woman +started, and her contracted brows betokened horror. Then her face +cleared, and took once more, with its meeting eyebrows, the look of a +saint's picture, with a black halo round its brow. Tenderness dawned in +her melancholy features; she lifted the box and held the sword so near +her lips that Timar began to tremble lest she should kiss it. Even the +sword was his rival. + +The longer Timéa looked at it, the brighter grew her eyes. At last she +plucked up courage to grasp the hilt; she took it out and made passes in +the air with it. . . . If she had known that there was some one near her +to whom every stroke was torture-- + +There was a tap at the door. Timéa put down the broken sword hastily, +and stammered out a faint "Come in!" But first she pulled down the lace +of her sleeves, which had fallen back from her wrist. The major entered. +He was a fine man, with a handsome, soldierly face. Timéa did not go to +meet him, but stood by the lamp; Timar's eyes never left her. +Damnation!--what did he see? As the major entered Timéa blushed. Yes, +the marble statue could glow with sunrise tints, the saint's image could +move, and the virginal snow-white adorned itself with roses. The white +face had found some one who could set it on fire. Was further proof, +were words wanting? + +Timar was near bursting from the picture, and, like the dragon before +St. George killed it, would have thrown himself between the two before +Timéa's lips could speak what her face betrayed. + +But no. Perhaps he had only dreamed it--Timéa's face was colorless as +ever. With calm dignity she signed to the major to take a chair; she sat +down on a distant sofa, and her look was severe and cold. The major held +his shako in one hand, and in the other his sword with its golden knot, +and sat as stiff as if he had been in his general's presence. They +looked at each other in silence--both struggling with painful thoughts. +Timéa broke the silence. "Sir, you sent me a curious letter in company +with a yet more singular present. It was a broken sword." She opened the +box and took out a letter. "Your letter runs thus: 'Gracious lady, I +have fought a duel to-day, and my adversary owes it only to the chance +that my sword broke that he was not killed on the spot. This duel is +intimately connected with most extraordinary circumstances, which +concern you, and still more _your husband_. Allow me a few minutes' +interview, that I may tell you what you ought to know.' In this letter +the words 'your husband' are twice underlined, and this it was which +decided me to give you the opportunity of speaking to me. Speak! In +what does your duel concern the private affairs of Herr von Levetinczy? +I will listen to you as long as what you have to say treats of him: if +you enter on any other subject I will leave you." + +The major bowed with grateful fervor. "I will begin then, madame, by +telling you that an unknown man has been about in the town, who wears +the uniform of a naval officer, and therefore has an _entrée_ to +military society. He seems to be a man of the world, and is an +entertaining companion. Who he may be I know not, for it is not my way +to be inquisitive. This man has spent some weeks among us, and seems to +have plenty of money. He gave as a reason for being here that he was +waiting for Herr von Levetinczy, with whom he had important private +affairs to settle. At last he began to annoy us, and looked so +mysterious as he asked every day about Herr von Levetinczy, that we +fancied he must be an adventurer, and one day we drove him into a +corner. We wished to know what manner of man he was, and I undertook the +inquiry. When we asked why he did not go to your husband's agents, he +said his business was of a very private and delicate nature, which could +only be personally discussed. 'Listen,' I said. 'I do not believe that +you have any delicate business with Herr von Levetinczy; who you are we +do not know, but we do know that he is a man of honor and character, +whose position and reputation are above suspicion. He is a man whose +private life is blameless, and who can therefore have no reason for +private interviews with people of your sort.'" + +While the major spoke, Timéa had risen slowly; she now stepped up to him +and said, "I thank you." + +And again Timar saw on her white cheek that soft rosy glow, never seen +by him before, but which now rested there. The woman had flushed at the +thought that the man she loved could defend him who, as her husband, +stood between their two hearts. + +The major continued his narrative, and in order not to confuse Timéa by +looking at her, sought some other object in the room on which to fix his +eye. He chose the dragon's head in the picture of St. George. But that +was the exact spot through which Timar looked into the room, so that it +seemed to him as if the major directed his words purposely to him, +although it was much too dark where Timar stood for any one to see him. + +"On this the man's face changed suddenly; he leaped up like a sleeping +dog when one treads on his tail. 'What!' he cried, so that every one +could hear. 'You think Levetinczy is a rich man with a great name--a +clever man, a happy family man, a faithful subject? I will prove to you +that this man, if I can once meet him, will take flight from here next +day--that he will leave his lovely wife and his house in the lurch, and +fly from Hungary, from Europe, so that you will never hear of him +again.'" + +Timéa's hand strayed involuntarily to the hilt of the broken sword. + +"Instead of answering the man, I struck him in the face." + +Timar drew back his head from the peep-hole, as if the blow might reach +him. + +"I saw at once that the man regretted what he had said. He would gladly +have escaped the consequences of the blow, but I would not let him off. +I stood in his way and said, 'You are an officer and carry a sword--you +know to what such an affair leads among men of honor. There is a +ball-room upstairs at the hotel; we will have the candles lighted; then +you shall choose two of us as seconds, I also will choose two, and we +will fight it out.' We did not leave him time for reflection. The man +fought like a pirate: twice he tried to seize my sword with his left +hand; then I got angry and gave him such a cut over the head that he +fell. Luckily for him, it was with the flat of the blade, which was the +reason of my sword breaking. The next day the man, so our surgeon told +me, had left the town--his wound can not have been a dangerous one." + +Timéa took out the Turkish sword and looked at the hilt; then she laid +it on the table and stretched out her hand in silence to the major. He +took it gently in both his own, and carried it to his lips; it could +hardly be seen whether he kissed it. Timéa did not draw it away. + +"I thank you!" whispered the major, so low that Timar could not hear it +in his hiding-place, but the eyes said it too. A long pause followed. +Timéa sat down again on the sofa and supported her head on her hand. + +The major spoke at last. "I did not request an interview, gracious lady, +to boast of a deed which in itself must be painful to you, and was +really only the duty of a friend, nor to receive the thanks you so +kindly offered me by a grasp of the hand. That was a more than +sufficient reward. But not on that account did I request you to meet me, +but to ask a very important question. Gracious lady, is it possible that +there should be any truth in what this man said?" + +Timéa started as if struck by lightning. And the bolt struck Timar too; +every nerve thrilled at the question. + +"What are you thinking of?" cried Timéa, passionately. + +"At last it is out," said the major, rising from his chair. "And now I +will not go without an answer. I say openly, is it possible that there +is truth in this accusation? I have not repeated all that this man said +about Levetinczy: he accused him of everything that can be said against +a man. Is it conceivable that Timar's life could take such a frightful +course as that which the last owner of this unlucky house only escaped +by death? For if that is possible, then no respect could restrain me +from beseeching you in God's name, dear lady, to delay not a moment in +fleeing from this doomed house. I can not leave you to ruin--I can not +look on while another drags you into the abyss." + +The glowing words found a response in Timéa's bosom. Timar watched in +trembling excitement his wife's mental conflict. Timéa remained +victorious; she collected all her energy, and answered quietly, "Do not +be alarmed, sir. I can assure you that that man, whoever he was, and +wherever he came from, told a lie, and his accusations are groundless. I +know intimately the position of Herr von Levetinczy; for during his +absence I managed his affairs, and am thoroughly acquainted with every +detail. His finances are in order, and even if all he has now at stake +were lost by some unlucky chance, no pillar of his house would be +shaken. I can also tell you with a clear conscience that of all his +property there is not a thaler dishonestly come by. Levetinczy is a rich +man, who need not blush for his wealth." + +Why did Timar's cheeks burn so there in the darkness? + +The major sighed. "You have convinced me, gracious lady; I never +believed anything against his financial reputation. But this man had +much to say about your husband in his character as head of a family. +Allow me to ask you one thing: Are you happy?" + +Timéa looked at him with inexpressible pathos, and in her eyes lay the +words, "You see me, and yet you ask?" + +"Riches and luxury surround you," continued the major, boldly; "but if +that is true--which on my honor I never asked, and which, when told me, +I answered with the lie direct, and a blow in the face--if it is true +that you suffer and are unhappy, I should not be a man if I had not the +courage to say to you, gracious lady, there is another who suffers like +you. Throw far from you these unlucky riches; make an end of this +suffering of two people, who in the next world can accuse a third person +in the sight of God of being the cause of it: consent to a divorce!" + +Timéa pressed both hands to her breast, and looked up like a martyr on +her road to the stake: all her anguish was aroused at this moment. + +When Timar saw her so, he struck his forehead with his fist, and turned +his face from the Judas-hole through which he had been looking. For the +next few moments he saw and heard no more. When torturing curiosity drew +him again to the spot of light, and he cast a look into the room, he no +longer saw a martyr before him. Timéa's face was calm. + +"Sir," she said gently to the major, "that I should have heard you to +the end is a proof of my respect. Leave me this feeling, and never again +ask me what you did to-day. I call the whole world to witness whether I +have ever complained by word or tear. Of whom should I complain? Of my +husband, who is the noblest and best man in the world? Of him who saved +the strange child's life? who thrice defied death in the waters' depths +for my sake? When I was a despised and derided creature he protected me; +for my sake he visited the house of his deadly enemy, that he might +watch over me. When I had become a homeless beggar he gave me--a +servant--his hand, his riches, and made me mistress of his house. And +when he offered me his hand he meant it; he was not deceiving me." As +she spoke, Timéa went to a closet and opened the doors. "Look here, +sir," she said, as she spread out before the major the train of a dress +hanging within. "Do you recognize this dress? It is the one I worked. +You saw it for weeks while I worked at it. Every stitch is a buried +dream, a sad memory to me. They told me it was to be my wedding-gown; +and when it was finished, they said, 'Take it off: it is for another +bride.' Ah! sir, that was a mortal stab to my heart: I have been sore +from that incurable wound all these years. And now should I separate +myself from the good man who never courted me, as a child, with +flatteries, to turn my head, but remained respectfully in the distance, +and waited till others had trodden me under foot to raise me to +himself, and has never ceased, with superhuman, angelic patience, his +endeavors to cure my wound and to share my sorrow with me? I should +separate from the man who has no one but me to love him, to whom I am a +whole world, the only being that ties him to life, or at whose coming +his gloomy face is cheered? I should leave a man whom every one honors +and loves? Tell him that I hate him--I, who owe everything to him, and +who brought him no dowry but a sick and loveless heart?" + +The major hid his face at these words of the passionate and excited +woman. And that other man behind the picture of St. George--must he not +feel like the dragon when the knight thrust his spear into him? + +"But, sir," continued Timéa, whose lovely face was illumined by the +irresistible charm of womanly dignity, "even if Timar were the exact +opposite of all that he is known to be--if he were a ruined man, a +beggar--I would not leave him--then least of all. If disgrace covered +his name, I would not discard that name; I would share his shame, as I +have shared his success. If the whole world despised him, I should still +owe him eternal gratitude; if he were exiled, I would follow him into +banishment, and live with him in the woods if he were a robber. If he +wished to take his life, I would die with him--" + +(What is that? Is it the dragon that weeps there in the picture?) + +"And, sir, if even the bitterest, cruelest insult of all to a woman were +inflicted on me--if I learned that my husband was unfaithful, to +me--that he loved another--I would say, 'God bless her who gave him the +happiness of which I have robbed him;' and I would not even then divorce +him--I would not do it if he wished it. I will never separate from him, +for I know what is due to my oath and the salvation of my soul!" + +And the major too sobbed--he too. + +Timéa stopped to recover her composure. Then in a soft and gentle voice +she continued: "And now leave me forever. The stab you gave my heart +years ago is healed by this sword-stroke: I keep this broken blade as a +remembrance. As often as my eye falls on it, I will think that you are a +brave soul, and it will be balm to me. And because for years you have +never spoken to me nor approached me, I will forgive your having come +and spoken to me now." . . . + +When Timar burst through the closet out of the hiding-place, a dark +figure stood in his way. Was it a shadow, a phantom, or a spirit? It was +Athalie. Timar pushed, the dark figure away, and while he pressed her +with one hand against the wall, he whispered in her ear, "I curse you! +and accursed be this house and the ashes of him who built it!" + +Then he rushed like a madman down the stairs. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +THE FIRST LOSS. + + +Escape! But where? That is the question. + +The church clocks in the town struck ten: the barriers were down by now +across the wooden bridge over the narrow part of the river to the +island, from which the ice formed the only road across the rest of the +Danube. It was impossible to get past without alarming the sentries, who +had orders from the commandant of the garrison to let no one go on the +ice between eight in the evening and seven in the morning--not even the +pope himself. It is true that a couple of bank-notes of Herr +Levetinczy's might compass what a papal bull could not procure, but then +it would be reported next day all over the town that the "man of gold" +had fled in haste and alone, at dead of night, across the dangerous ice. +That would be a good sequel to the gossip which had arisen from the +duel. It would at once be said, "There, you see he is already thinking +of escaping to America," and Timéa would hear it too. + +Timéa! oh, how hard it is to evade that name; it follows him everywhere. +He can do nothing but return home and wait for daylight. As cautiously +as a thief he opened his door. At this hour all the other inhabitants +were asleep. + +When he got to his room, he lighted no lamp, and threw himself on the +sofa. But the phantoms which pursued him found him quite as easily in +the dark. + +How that marble face blushed! + +So there is life there under the ice, only the sun is wanting. Marriage +is for her eternal winter--a polar winter. The wife is faithful; and the +rival is a true friend. He breaks his sword over the skull of him who +dared to slander the husband of the beloved woman. And Timéa loves the +man, and is as unhappy as he. The misery of both comes from Timar's +imputation as an honest man; those who love him idealize him; no one +ventures to think of deceiving or robbing or disgracing him--of breaking +a splinter from the diamond of his honor: they guard it like a jewel. + +Why do they all respect him? Because no one knows him. + +If Timéa knew, if she discovered what he really was, would she still +say, "I would share the shame of his name, as I have shared its glory!" +Yes; she would still say so. Timéa will never leave him: she would say, +"You have made me unhappy; now suffer with me." It is an angel's +cruelty, and that is Timéa's nature. + +But how about Noémi? What is she doing on the lonely island which she +can never leave, thanks to Timéa's high principle? Alone during the +gloomy monotony of winter, with a helpless child at her knee! What is +she thinking of? No one can take her a word of consolation. She may be +trembling in that desert for fear of bad men, ghosts, wild beasts! How +her heart must sink when she thinks of her absent darling, and wonders +where he may be! If she knew! If both those women knew what a thorough +scoundrel was the man who had caused them so much sorrow--if any one was +found to tell them! + +Who can the stranger be who has already said enough to deserve a blow in +the face, and a cut of the major's sword? A naval officer. Who can this +enemy be? It is impossible to discover; he has disappeared with his +wound from the town. Something told Timar it would be wise to fly from +this man. Fly! his whole mind was set upon it--there was nothing he +dreaded so much as being obliged to remain in one spot. As soon as he +left the ownerless island, no place was a home to him. When he stopped +for dinner on a journey, he could not wait till the horses were fed, but +walked on ahead. Something always drove him onward. + +And sleep had fled from his eyes. The clock struck twelve; seven more +long hours till morning! He determined at last to kindle a light. For +mental anxiety there is a remedy more effectual than opium or +digitalis--prosaic work. Whoever has plenty to do, finds no time to +dwell on love troubles. Merchants seldom commit suicide for love. Cares +of business are a wholesome counter-irritant to draw the blood from the +nobler parts. + +Michael opened and read his letters in turn: all contained good news. He +remembered Polycrates, with whom everything succeeded, and who began at +last to be afraid of his luck. + +And what was the foundation of this monstrous success? A secret unknown +to all but himself. Who had seen Ali Tschorbadschi's treasure spread out +in the cabin? Only himself--and the moon. But that is an accomplice, and +has seen other things too. It is the "Hypomochlion" of creation, to +prevent crimes from coming to light. Michael was too deeply sensitive by +nature not to feel that such overwhelming good fortune, springing from +so foul a root, must eventually fall into dust--for there is justice +under the sun. He would joyfully have looked on at the loss of half his +wealth, or even given up all, if so he could have hoped to close his +account with Heaven. But he felt that his penance consisted in the fact +that his riches, influence, the renown of his name, his supposed +home-happiness, were only a cruel irony of fate. They buried him, and he +could not extricate himself to live the only happy life, whose center +was Noémi--and Dodi. When the first Dodi died, he learned what he had +been to him. Now, with the second, he felt it still more; and yet he +could not make them his own. He lay buried under a mountain of gold +which he could not shake off. What he had seen in the delirium of fever, +he now really felt. He lay buried alive in a grave full of gold. Above +his head stood on the grave-stone a marble statue which never +moved--Timéa. A beggar-woman with a little child came to gather thyme on +his tomb--Noémi. And the man buried alive vainly strove to cry out, +"Give me your hand, Noémi, and pull me out of this golden tomb!" + +Timar went on with his correspondence. One letter was from the Brazilian +agents. His favorite scheme--the export of Hungarian flour--had been +brilliantly successful. Timar had gained by it honor and wealth. As he +ran through the letters, it occurred to him that when he left home in +the morning he had received a registered letter with a foreign stamp. He +found the letter in his coat pocket. It was from the same correspondent +whose favorable report he had just read, and ran thus: + + "SIR,--Since my last, a great misfortune has occurred. + Your _protégé_, Theodor Krisstyan, has cheated us + shamefully and brought disgrace on us. We are blameless + in the matter. This man has for years past seemed so + trustworthy and active, that we put the most perfect + confidence in him; his salary and commission were so + large that he could not only live comfortably, but + could save money, which he invested in our house. + While he left his avowable savings to grow to a small + capital in our hands, he robbed us + frightfully--intercepted money, forged bills, and made + false claims on the firm, which was easy, as he had + your power of attorney--so that our loss already + amounts to some ten million reis. But what makes it + more serious is the discovery that during the last few + years he has been mixing the imported flour with some + of inferior quality from Louisiana, and by this Yankee + trick has seriously impaired the credit of the + Hungarian article for years to come--even if we are + ever able to restore it." + +"This is the first blow," thought Timar; and on the most tender point +for a great financier. It touched him in what he was most proud of, and +what had obtained for him the rank of a privy councilor. And so falls +the brilliant fabric erected by Timéa--Timéa again! + +Timar read on hurriedly-- + + "Bad company has led the young criminal astray: this is + a dangerous temptation in this climate. We had him + arrested at once, but none of the stolen money was + found in his possession. He had lost part at the + gambling-table, and got rid of the rest with the help + of the Creoles; but it is quite possible that the rogue + has managed to conceal considerable sums, in the hope + of being able to get at them when again at liberty. + However, he must wait some time, for the court here has + sentenced him to fifteen years at the galleys." + +Timar could read no further. He let the letter fall on the table; then +he stood up and began to pace the room restlessly. + +Fifteen years at the galleys! Fifteen years chained to the bench, and +nothing to look at all that time but sky and sea! Fifteen years to +endure the sickening noonday heat, without hope or comfort--to endure +life on the ever-restless sea, and curse unmerciful man! He will be an +old man before he gets his freedom. And why? In order that Herr Michael +Timar, Baron von Levetinczy, may live undisturbed in his forbidden joys +on the ownerless island--that no one may betray Noémi to Timéa, nor +Timéa to Noémi. You never thought of this when you sent Theodor to +Brazil, and yet you did count on the chance of opportunity making him +into a thief. You did not lay him dead on the spot with a bullet, as a +man kills in a duel him who stands in the way of his love. You pretended +to a paternal affection for him, and sent him on a three-thousand miles' +voyage; and now you will look on at this slow decay through fifteen +horrible years--for you will see him, though all the earth and all her +oceans lie between! + +The stove had gone out. It was cold in the room, whose windows were +covered with frost-flowers. And yet sweat dropped from Timar's brow, as +he strode up and down the narrow space. So, then, every one is +consecrated to misfortune to whom he gives his hand--on that hand is a +curse. + +Oh, what an awful night this is! Will it never be day? He felt as if +this room were a dungeon or a tomb. + +But the terrible letter had a postscript. Timar came back to the table +to read it. The postscript was dated a day later, and ran thus: "I have +just received a letter from Port-au-Prince, in which we are informed +that three slaves have escaped from the galley on which our prisoner was +placed. I fear our man is among them." + +After the perusal of these lines, Timar was a prey to indescribable +anxiety. Though he had been perspiring before, he began to shiver now. +Had the fever returned? He looked round fearfully. What was he afraid +of? He was alone in the room, and as frightened as a child who has been +hearing ghost stories. He could not endure the room any longer. He took +out his pocket-pistol and looked to its priming; then he tried his +dagger, whether it was loose in its sheath. + +Away! It was still night--not yet two o'clock; but he could not await +the morning light here. And could he not get across to the Uj-Szöny side +without a bridge? Above the island the ice would bear. It only required +a man who was less afraid of darkness and danger than of the flickering +candle and the outspread letter. He held that over the light and burned +it; then he blew out the candle and crept out of the window. + +Only when he was in the street did he feel his heart lighter: here he +was a man again. Meanwhile fresh snow had fallen, which he heard +crackling under his feet while he hurried to the shore, along the whole +Servian Street right up to the harbor. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +THE ICE. + + +The Danube was completely frozen over up to Prestburg, and could be +crossed anywhere. Still, in order to cross from Komorn to Uj-Szöny, he +had to go round a long way by the point of the island, for sand-banks +exist there on which in summer the miners wash their gold, and on these +mounds the ice often lies in great heaps, forming barricades difficult +to surmount. Timar had a plan ready; as soon as he came in sight of the +Monostor, where stood his villa, he would strike out in that direction. +But something intervened to upset his calculations. He had expected a +starry night, but when he reached the Danube a fog came on. At first +only thin, transparent mist; but while Timar was seeking a path on the +ice, the fog became so thick that you could not see three steps in front +of you. If he had given ear to the voice of reason, he would have +instantly turned round and tried to find his way back to the bank. But +he was in a frame of mind in which a man is inaccessible to reason; by +fair means or foul he meant to get across. Apart from the fog, it was a +dark night; and above the island the Danube is at its widest, and the +passage over the ice-floes the most difficult. Monstrous heaped-up +masses of frozen snow form oblique stretches of barricade, and in many +places the ice takes the shape of capriciously cleft ridges, from which +rise six-foot pinnacles of frozen water instead of fingers of rock. In +coasting round these, Timar suddenly found that he had lost himself. He +had already been an hour on the river; his repeater struck a quarter to +three; he ought long ago to have reached the other side; he must have +lost his reckoning. + +He listened; no sound in the dark night. It was beyond question that he +was not approaching the opposite village, but getting further away from +it. Not even a dog could be heard to bark. He fancied that instead of +crossing the river he must have been walking along it, and determined to +change his course. The Danube was nowhere more than two hundred paces +wide; he must reach the shore somewhere if he kept straight on. But in +mist and darkness one does not know which way one goes; a barrier of ice +which must be avoided takes one, in spite of every care, out of the +right road--one walks in zigzags and comes back to the spot where one +was before; even if you get into the right path, and would only have to +walk on to reach the bank, you think of something else, deviate +slightly, and get back into that confounded ice labyrinth again. + +Past five. Nearly four hours already had he wandered about. He felt +exhausted. He had not slept all night, nor eaten all day, but had +struggled with the most enervating mental emotions. + +His only hope was, that when day at last dawned he would be able to +guess by the sun where the east lay, and then, as an old sailor, could +ascertain his position. If he had come across a hole in the ice, the +current of the water would have shown him in what direction to go; but +the surface was entirely covered, and without an ax it was impossible to +make a hole. At last it began to dawn, but the fog hid the sun. Nine +o'clock, and he had not yet found the shore, though the fog seemed to +grow less and the sun's disk was visible, like a pale, colorless ball, a +mere shadow of its glorious self. The air was full of countless +glittering particles of ice, which melted into a dazzling vapor. Now he +will discover where he is. + +The sun was already too high to indicate the true east, but it showed +something else. It seemed to Timar, as he peered through the brilliant +mist, as if he could distinguish on his right the outline of the roof of +a house. + +Where there is a house there must be land. He walked straight toward it, +and was careful to keep in a direct line; soon he found himself close to +it--but the house was a water-mill. + +The ice-floes had detached it from its winter refuge, or perhaps had +found it belated, still chained to the shore, and carried it off. The +shrouds were as neatly sawn asunder by the sharp ice-flakes as if a +clever carpenter had done it: the wheels were shattered and the +mill-house wedged into a mass of ice, forming a parapet round it. + +Timar stood before it in horror. His head swam as if he had seen a +ghost. The sunken mill in the Perigrada whirlpool occurred to him. Is +not this the ghost of that mill which comes to visit him at the end of +his career, or perhaps to take possession of him? A ruined mill amidst +the ice! A house so near its downfall! He went in; the door was open, +probably from the shocks received amidst the blocks of ice. The +machinery was all complete, so that Timar felt at any moment the white +miller's ghost might enter and shake the meal into the sacks. On the +roof, the beams, on every little ledge sat crows. A couple of them +fluttered away when they saw him; the rest sat still and took no notice +of him. + +Timar was dead beat. For eight hours continuously he had wandered on +the ice; the hinderances he had met with had fatigued him yet more; his +stomach was empty, his nerves overstrained, his limbs stiff with cold. +He sat down exhausted on a post inside the mill. + +His eyes closed. And hardly had they done so before he saw himself +standing at the bow of the "St. Barbara," with the hatchet in his hand, +and near him the girl with the pale face. + +"Away from here!" he cried to her; the ship rushed down the cataract. +The wave-curl came to meet them. "Into the cabin!" But the girl never +stirred. Then the sea struck the ship. Timar fell from his seat: that +woke him, and he realized his danger. If he fell asleep there, he would +certainly freeze to death. No doubt that is the easiest way to take +one's life; but he had work to do in the world--his hour had not struck. + +He went out of the mill--the fog was too thick to see anything; it was +not day but night. The sighs which might go up to Heaven are swallowed +in the dark clouds which will not let them pass. Was there nothing +living near to help him in his extremity? + +When the mill was carried away by the ice there were mice in it: they +waited till the ice had set; then they left the mill and found their way +to the shore--on the thin snow-covering their tiny footsteps were +visible. Timar followed them. The smallest of all the mammalia in this +way conducted the wise and strong human being for a whole half hour till +he reached the shore. Thence he easily found the road, and arrived at +the inn where he had left the post-chaise. Mist was behind and before +him, and no one saw whence he came. In the parlor he devoured salt +calves'-feet which had been prepared for the wagoners, drank a glass of +wine, had the horses put to, lay down in the carriage, and slept till +evening. He dreamed constantly that he was on the ice; and when the +carriage shook, he awoke under the impression that the ice had broken +under him, and that he was sinking into fathomless depths. + +As he had started late from Szöny, he only reached his villa at Fured +the next evening. The fog accompanied him the whole way, so thick that +he could not see the Platten See. They were preparing for the first +catch of the season next day; he gave orders to his steward to have +ready plenty of wine and malt brandy. + +Galambos, the old fishing overseer, predicted a large haul. One good +sign was that the lake had frozen so early. At this time, just before +spawning, the fish come up the gulf in shoals. It was a still better +omen that Herr von Levetinczy had come himself. He always had luck. + +"I--luck!" echoed Timar to himself, sighing heavily. + +"I would almost venture to bet that we shall catch the king of the +fogasch himself." + +"How do you mean, the king?" + +"It is an old fogasch which every fisherman on the lake knows, for we +have all had him in our nets in turn; but no one can land him, for when +he finds he is caught he works a hole at the bottom with his snout, and +manages to get out of the net. He is a regular rogue; we have put a +price on his head, for he destroys as many young fry as three fishermen. +He is a huge beast, and when he swims on the surface, one would think +he was a whale; but we'll get him to-morrow." + +Timar did not contradict, but sent every one away and lay down. Now he +first felt how tired he was; and he slept a long and healthy sleep, +undisturbed by dream-faces. When he awoke he was perfectly fresh; even +the anxieties which occupied his mind had faded into the background as +if they were a year distant. The small span of time between to-day and +yesterday seemed like an eternity. It was not yet daylight, but it +surprised him that the moon was shining through the frost-covered panes. +He got up quickly, bathed as usual in icy water, dressed, and hurried +out to see the Balaton. + +This presents, when frozen--especially the few first days--a most +enchanting sight. The huge lake does not freeze like rivers, on which +the ice masses gradually collect: here in one moment of calm the whole +surface is covered with a sheet of ice like crystal; and in the morning +a smooth unruffled mirror is outspread. Under the moonlight it is a +looking-glass in one piece without a flaw--only the tracks are visible +upon it, by which the inhabitants of the contiguous villages communicate +with each other. They traverse it like measuring-lines on some great +glass table--you see the reflection of the mountains of Tihany, with the +double tower of the church, as distinctly as if it were real, only the +towers are upside down. + +Timar stood long absorbed in this fairy picture. The fishermen woke him +from his dream; they arrived with nets, poles, and ice-axes, and said +the work must begin before sunrise. When all had assembled, they formed +a circle, and the old chief intoned a pious hymn, which all repeated +after him. Timar walked away; he could not pray. How should he address a +psalm to Him who is omniscient, and who can not be deceived by songs and +hymns? The music could be heard two miles away over the level surface, +and the echoes of the shore repeated the sound. Timar walked a long way +over the lake. At last it began to dawn, the moon paled, and the eastern +horizon was tinted with rosy red, which caused a wonderful +transformation in the color of the giant ice mirror, dividing it into +two sharply contrasted halves. One side assumed a coppery-violet hue, +while the other looked azure blue against the pink sky. + +In proportion to the growing light, the splendor of the sight increased; +the purple red, the gold of the sky, were repeated in the pure +reflection, and when the glowing ball, radiant with fiery vapor, shot up +from the violet mists of the horizon and shone down on the glittering +surface, it was a spectacle such as neither sea nor land can show, as if +two suns rose at once in two real skies. The moment the sun had passed +through the earth-fogs, its glorious rays leaped forth. + +The fishing-captain Galambos cried from the distance to Timar, "Now you +will hear something. Don't be afraid! Ho! ho!" + +"Afraid!" thought Timar, shrugging his shoulders, incredulously. What in +the world could frighten him now? He would soon know. + +When the sun first shines on the frozen lake, a wonderful sound is heard +from the ice, as if thousands of fairy harp-strings were struck. One is +reminded of the tones from Memnon's statue, only that it does not last +so long. The mysterious cling-clang grows louder, as if the nixies down +below struck their harps with all their force: then follows a droning +and cracking, almost as loud as a shot, and on every snap follows a +glittering fissure in the ice, which till then was clear as glass. In +every direction the gigantic mirror is flawed till it is like a huge +mosaic, formed of millions of tiny dice, pentagons, and many-sided +prisms, and whose surface is of glass. This is what causes the sound. He +who hears it for the first time finds his heart beating faster; the +whole surface hums, rings, and sings under his feet. Some cracks are +like thunder, and are heard miles away. The fishermen, however, proceed +quietly with the spreading of their nets on the top of the groaning ice, +and in the distance may be seen hay wagons, drawn slowly by four oxen +across the surface. Man and beast are used to the ice-voices, which last +till sunset. + +This remarkable phenomenon made a curious impression on Michael's mind. +He was very sensitive to the great life of nature. In his emotional +temperament the thought was implanted that everything living has +consciousness--wind, storm, and lightning, the earth itself, the moon +and stars. But who could understand what the ice under his feet was +saying? + +Then suddenly was heard a fearful detonation as if a hundred cannon had +been fired at once, or a subterranean mine had been exploded--the whole +surface trembled and shook. The effect of this thunderous convulsion was +fearful--the ice opened in a cleft three thousand yards long, and +between the edges of the floes yawned a six-foot chasm. "_A Rianás! +a Rianás!_" (the ice-cleft), cried the fishermen, and ran to the place, +abandoning their nets. + +Timar stood only two paces from it. He had seen it happen. His knees +trembled with the frightful shock, which had driven the two ice masses +apart; he was stunned with the effect of this natural phenomenon. The +arrival of the fishermen roused him; they told him that among the +natives this fissure was called _Rianás_, a word unknown elsewhere. It +was a great danger for travelers across the lake, for it was not visible +far off, and it never froze over, because the water was always moving in +it. It was therefore the first care of these good people, wherever a +footpath led to the crack, to plant at both edges a pole in the ice with +a bundle of straw at the top, so that those who approach might have +warning. "But what is even more dangerous," said the fisherman, "is +when, under great pressure of wind, the separated floes again unite. +Then there is such a grinding and crushing! Very often the power of the +wind is sufficient to raise the edges of the two floes, so that there is +an empty space between the water and the uplifted ice. God pity those +who go over there without knowing it, for the ice which does not touch +the water is certain to give way under them!" + +It was nearly noon before they could get to work. It is capital sport, +this fishing under the ice. In the bay, where the fishermen's experience +tells them the shoals of fish will lie, two large holes are made in the +ice some fifty fathoms apart, and then a square of smaller holes is +formed, so that the two large openings form the opposite angles. The +pieces of ice hewn from the holes are piled round their edges, so that +passengers may be warned of the danger of falling in. When the sun +shines on these white heaps, they look like colossal diamonds. The +fishermen sink the huge net sideways into the large hole, spread out its +two ends, and fasten them on poles, each three and a half fathoms in +length. One man pushes the pole with the net under the ice, while +another waits at the next small hole, and when the pole appears there he +pushes it on to the third hole, and so on, while the other side of the +square is being treated in the same way with the second pole and the +other end of the net. Both meet at the opposite large hole. The net, +which is sunk to the bottom with lead weights, while its top edge is +held up by ropes over the ice, forms an absolute prison for all the fish +within the square, which usually swarm at this season. The fogasch and +sheath fish leave their miry bed and come up to breathe at the +ice-holes; they have their family festivals in the winter, when +cold-blooded animals make love. The strong ice-roof protects them from +the foreign element, but not from its inhabitants--men. + +The ice now only assists in their destruction. When they discover that +the net is pressing on them, it is already too late to find an outlet. +They can not leap out, because the ice shuts them in, and even the +fogasch can not as usual burrow in the mud, to get under the net, for +the weight of his splashing companions leaves him no space to work. The +fishermen lay hold on the rope and draw steadily. The united exertion of +twenty men shows how great is the strain on them; it must be several +hundred-weight. The surface of the large hole begins to be alive with +the crowd of fishes pressing to the only outlet, there to meet their +death. Various forms of fish-mouths peep out of the water--transparent +jelly-fish, red tails, blue, green, and silver scales press up, and +between them comes up sometimes a great silurian, the shark of the +Balaton, a Wels of a hundred pounds' weight, with wide jaws and +horse-shoe mustache; but it disappears into the depths again, as if to +find safety there. + +Three fishermen dip the living crowd out from the top with large +landing-nets, and throw the fish on to the ice without more ado, where +old and young leap about together: thence they can not escape, for the +holes are all surrounded with heaps of ice. It is a regular witches' +dance--wide-mouthed carp leaping high in air, the pike in its despair +wriggling like a snake among the gasping heaps of perch and bass. One +conger after another is hauled out with a hook and thrown on the frozen +surface, where, laying down his ugly head, he flaps his fellow-prisoners +into pieces with his heavy tail. The space around the hole is all +covered with fishes. The carp jump like water-rats, but no one +notices--they can not get away. The lazier fishes lie in heaps on both +sides. + +"I said so," murmured old Galambos; "I knew we should have a good catch. +Wherever our gracious master shows himself, luck comes with him. If only +we could catch the fogasch-king." + +"If I am not mistaken, we've got him in there," said the man who was +next him at the rope. "There's some great beast shooting about in the +net; I feel it in both my arms." + +"Ha! there he is!" cried another, whose landing-net was full of fish, +as an enormous head like that of a white crocodile appeared above the +water. The whole head was white; in the open mouth were two rows of +sharp teeth like those of an alligator, but with four fangs meeting like +a tiger's--a formidable head indeed. They may well call him the king of +the lake, for there is no other creature in it, even of his own race, +able to vie with him. + +"There he is!" screamed three others at once, but the next instant the +brute had sunk; and now began the struggle. + +As if the imprisoned brute had suddenly given the word to his body-guard +for a last and decisive combat, a dangerous tumult began inside the net. +The skirmishing corps of pike and carp ran their heads against the +tightly drawn meshes; the men were obliged to beat down the marine +giants with loaded staves. The fishes became furious; the cold-blooded +creation showed itself capable of heroic devotion, and rose against the +invaders in pitched battle. The struggle ended in the defeat of the +fishes. The dog-fish were knocked on the head, the net shook out many +beautiful white fogasch and schille; but the fogasch-king would not show +himself. + +"He has got away again," grumbled the old chief. + +"No, no; he is in the net still!" said the hauling-men, clinching their +teeth. "I feel by my arms how he is pushing and fighting; if only he +does not break the net." + +The catch was enormous already; there was no room to stand without +treading on fishes. + +"There goes the net! I heard it crack!" cried the first man. Half the +net was still in the water. + +"Haul!" growled the old fisherman, and all the men put out their whole +strength. With the net came the rest of the fishes, and the fogasch-king +was among them--a splendid specimen indeed, more than forty pounds +weight, such as is only seen once in twenty years. He had really torn +the net with his great head; but he had caught his prickly fins in the +meshes, and could not get free. When they got him out he gave one of the +men a blow with his tail which knocked him backward on the ice. But that +was his last effort; the next moment he was dead. No one has ever held a +living fogasch in his hand. It is thought that his lungs burst as he is +taken out of water, and he dies instantly. + +The delight of the fishermen at the capture of this one was greater than +over the whole rich haul. They had been after him for years; and every +one knew the cannibal, for he had the bad habit of eating his own kind. +That was why he was king. When he was opened they found a large fogasch +in his inside, quite recently swallowed; his flesh was overlaid with a +thick layer of yellow fat, and white as linen. + +"Now, honored sir, we will send him to the gracious lady," said the old +fisherman. "We will pack him in ice, and your honor will write a letter +and say he is the king of the fogasch. Whoever eats him will eat a +king's flesh." + +Michael approved the suggestion, and assured the men they should get a +reward. When they had finished with the fogasch, the short winter's day +had come to a close; but only in the sky, not on the ice--there it was +lively enough. From every village came the people with baskets and +hampers and wooden kegs; in the kegs was wine, in the hampers pork, but +the baskets were meant for the fish. When it came to the division of the +spoil, a complete fair formed round the fishermen. After sunset, torches +were made of dry osier-twigs, fires were lighted on the ice, and then +began the bargaining. Carp and pike, conger and bass, are good enough +for poor people. Only the fogasch and schille are sent to Vienna and +Pesth, where they fetch high prices; all the rest go for a song--and +even so there is room for a large profit, for in one haul they had +caught three hundredweight of fish. This Timar is indeed a favorite of +fortune! The unsold fish are packed in baskets and put in the ice-house, +whence they will be sent to the Vessprimer market. + +Timar wanted to give a feast to all the assembled crowd. He had a +ten-gallon cask brought on to the ice and the top knocked out; then he +begged the captain to prepare a fish-soup, such as he only could +concoct. Certain selected fishes, neither rich nor bony, were cut in +pieces into a great kettle; then some of the blood, and handfuls of +maize and vegetables, were added. The whole art lies in the proper +proportions of the mixture, which the uninitiated never understand. Of +this delicious mess Herr Timar himself consumed an incredible quantity. +Where good wine flows and fish-soup is brewed, be sure there will be +gypsies to be found. Almost before they thought of it, a brown band of +musicians appeared, who, as soon as the cymbal-player was seated on an +upturned basket, began to play popular airs. + +Where gypsies and rosy wenches and fiery youths get together, dancing +will soon begin. In a twinkling a rustic ball was improvised on the ice, +and rose to a frolicsome height. Round the bonfires circled the active +couples, shouting, as they leaped, like King David, and before he knew +where he was, Timar too, whom a handsome girl had caught by the arm, was +drawn into the whirl. Timar danced. + +In the clear winter darkness the cheery fires illuminated the ice for +many a mile. The fun lasted till midnight. Meanwhile the fishermen had +finished carrying the fish into the ice-house. The joyous crowd +dispersed on their homeward way, not without cheers for the feast-giver, +the generous Baron von Levetinczy. + +Timar stayed till Galambos had packed the fogasch-king in a box, between +ice and hay, and nailed the lid down. It was put into the chaise which +had brought Timar, and the driver was told to get ready to drive for his +life to Komorn: there is no time to lose in dispatching fish. He wrote +himself to Timéa. The letter was written in an affectionate and cheerful +mood. He called her his dear wife, and described the picturesque scene +on the frozen lake, and the terrible cleft in the ice. (That he had been +so near the _Rianás_ he did not mention.) Then he gave a description of +the fishing, with all its amusing details, and finished with an account +of the night festival. He told her how much he had been entertained, and +how he had quite lost his head, and even ventured on a dance with a +pretty peasant girl on the ice. + +Some men write these amusing letters when they are contemplating +suicide. When the letter was ready he took it to the driver. The old +fisherman was there too. "Go home now, Galambos," Michael advised. "You +must be tired." + +"I must go and make up the fire on the ice," said the old man, lighting +his pipe, "for the smell of fish brings the foxes and even bears from +all the forests round, to fish on their own account: they watch for the +fishes, which put their heads out of the holes, and drag them out, and +that frightens away the others." + +"No, no!" said Michael, "don't keep up the fire. I will keep guard--I +often watch all night. I will go out now and then and fire my gun; that +will send all the four-footed fishermen to the right-about." This +satisfied Galambos, who invoked God's blessing on his master, and +trotted away. + +The deaf vine-dresser, the only other inhabitant of Timar's house, had +long been asleep. To add to his deafness, he had drunk so much good wine +that one might be certain his night's rest would be unbroken. Timar too +went to his room and stirred up his fire. + +He was not sleepy; his excited brain required no rest. But there is +another form of repose; or is it not rest to sit near an open window and +look out on dumb nature? The moon had not yet risen; only the stars of +heaven shone down on the smooth ice. Their reflection was like rubies +spread on a blight steel plate, or the lights which flicker over graves +on Hallowe'en. + +He gazed before him, and did not even think. He sat without any +sensation, either of cold or of his own pulses, neither of the outer nor +inner world--he only wondered. This was rest. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +THE PHANTOM. + + +The stars glittered in heaven and sparkled from their frozen mirror: no +breath disturbed the silence of the night. Then Michael heard behind him +a voice which greeted him with "Good-evening, sir." + +At the door of the bedroom stood, between the two lights of the lamp and +the fire, a figure, at sight of which Timar's blood ran cold. In the +bitter midnight, through the dense fog, he had fled from this specter +across the frozen Danube. + +The man's dress was that of a naval officer, whose uniform had, however, +visibly suffered from storms and weather. The green cloth had altogether +faded on the shoulders, and some buttons were gone. The shoes, too, were +in sad condition. The soles had worn away at the tip so that the naked +toes were visible; over one shoe a piece of carpet was tied. The wearer +was suited to his ragged dress. A sunburned face with a neglected beard; +in place of the shaven mustache, a few bristly hairs; across the +forehead a black handkerchief covering one eye. This was the figure +which had wished Timar a good-evening. + +"Krisstyan!" said Timar, very low. + +"Yes, to be sure; your dear Theodor--your dear adopted son, Theodor +Krisstyan! How good of you to recognize me!" + +"What do you want?" + +"First, I want to have that gun in my own hands, lest it should remind +you of the words with which we parted last time--'If I ever appear +before you again, shoot me down.' Since then I have changed my mind." So +saying he seized Timar's gun, which leaned against the wall, threw +himself into a chair by the fire, and laid the gun across his knee. +"There, now we can talk quietly. I have come a long way, and I am +dreadfully tired. My equipage left me in the lurch, and I had to travel +part of the way on foot." + +"What do you want here?" said Timar. + +"First, a respectable suit, for what I am wearing bears signs of the +severity of the weather." Timar went to the closet, took out his pelisse +trimmed with astrakhan, and the rest of the suit, laid them on the +ground between himself and Krisstyan, and pointed to them in silence. +The vagrant held the gun in one hand, keeping his finger on the trigger, +lifted the clothes one by one with the other, and looked them over with +the air of a connoisseur. + +"Very good--but there is something wanting to this coat. What do you +think it is? Why, of course, the purse." + +Timar took his pocket-book from a drawer, and threw it over. The +vagabond caught it with one hand, opened it with the help of his teeth, +and counted the notes inside. + +"We are getting on," he said, placing the pocket-book in the pocket of +the pelisse. "Might I ask for some linen? I have worn mine for a week, +and I fear it is hardly fit for company." Timar handed him a shirt out +of the wardrobe. "Now, I have got far enough to proceed to the toilet. +But first I have a few explanations to make in order to explain one or +two things to his honor the privy councilor. But why the devil should we +bother with titles! We are old friends, and can talk openly." + +Timar sat down speechless by the table. + +"So then, my dear fellow," said the fugitive, "you will remember that +you sent me some years ago to Brazil. How affected I was! I adopted you +as a father, and swore to be an honest man. But you did not send me over +there to make an honest man of me, but in order that I might not stand +in your way in this hemisphere. You calculated that a worthless youth, +without a good fiber in him, is sure to come to grief in that part of +the world. He either turns thief, or gets drowned, or somebody shoots +him--anyway, he would be got rid of. But you intrusted me with a large +sum of money. What was that to you? Only a stalking-horse. You reckoned +on my robbing you, so that you might arrest and imprison me; and so it +turned out. Once or twice I nearly did you the favor of dying of some +native plague, but unluckily for you I pulled through. And then I +devoted my whole energy to business; I robbed you of ten million reis. +Ha! ha! Spanish thieves reckon in half-kreutzers, so that the sum may +sound larger--it is not more than a hundred thousand gulden. If only you +knew what lovely necks the women there have, you would not think it too +much; and they will only wear real pearls. But your stupid agent, the +Spaniard, looked at it from a different point of view; he had me +arrested and tried, and the rascal of a judge sentenced me--just for a +foolish boyish trick--only think, to fifteen years at the galleys! Now, +just say, was it not barbarous?" + +Timar shuddered. + +"They took off my fine clothes, and in order that they might not lose +me, they branded me on the arm with a hot iron." The felon threw off his +uniform-coat as he spoke, drew his dirty shirt from his left shoulder, +and showed Timar, with a bitter laugh, the mark still fiery red on his +arm. "Look you, it was on your account that they branded me like a foal +or a calf, lest I should go astray. Don't be afraid--I would not run +away from you, even without that." + +With morbid curiosity Timar gazed at the burn on the miserable wretch, +and could not turn his eyes away. + +"After that, they dragged me to the galleys, and riveted one of my feet +to the bench with a ten-pound chain." With that he threw his torn shoe +from his foot, and showed Timar a deep wound on his raw ankle. "That +also I carry as a remembrance of you," sneered the escaped criminal. + +Timar's eyes rested as if fascinated on the disfigured foot. + +"But just think, comrade, how kind fate can be! The ways of Providence +are wonderful by which an unhappy sufferer is led to the arms of his +friends. On the same bench where they had been good enough to fasten me, +sat a respectable old man with a bushy beard. He was to be my bed-fellow +for fifteen years. It is natural to take a good look at a man who is +wedded to you for so long a time. I stared at him awhile, and then said +in Spanish, 'It seems to me, señor, as if I had met you before.' 'Your +eyes do not deceive you--may you be struck blind!' replied the amiable +individual. Then I addressed him in Turkish, 'Effendi, have you not been +in Turkey?' 'I have been there; what's that to you?' Then I said in +Hungarian, 'Were you not originally called Krisstyan?' The old fellow +was much surprised, and said, 'Yes.' 'Then, I am your son Theodor, your +dear Theodor, your only offspring!' Ha! ha! Thanks to you, friend, I +found my father, my long lost father, over there in the New World on the +galley-slave's bench. Providence in its wonderful way had united the +long-divided father and son! But may I beg you to give me a flask of +wine and something to eat, for I am thirsty and hungry, and have many +interesting things to tell you, which will amuse you intensely." + +Timar did as he asked, and gave him bread and wine. The visitor sat at +the table, took the gun between his knees, and began to eat. He devoured +like a starved dog, and drank eagerly: at every draught he smacked his +lips, like an epicure who has dined well. And then he went on, with his +mouth full: + +"After we had got over the first joy of the unexpected meeting, my dear +papa said, while he thumped me on the head, 'Now tell me, you +gallows-bird, how you got here?' Naturally my filial respect had +prevented me from addressing the like question to my parent. I told him +that I had defrauded a Hungarian gentleman named Timar of ten million +reis. 'And where did he steal all that?' was my old man's remark. I +explained that he never stole--that he was a rich landowner, merchant, +and trader. But that did not alter my father's opinion: 'All the same, +whoever has money stole it. He who has much stole much, and he who has +little stole little: if he did not steal it himself, his father or +grandfather did so. There are a hundred and thirty-three ways of +stealing, and only twenty-two of them lead to the galleys.' As I saw it +was useless to try and change my old man's opinion, I no longer disputed +the point. Then he asked me, 'How the devil did you come in contact with +this Timar?' + +"I told him the circumstances. 'I knew this Timar when he was a poor +skipper, and had to wash his own potatoes in the ship's galley. Once I +was sent by the Turkish police to track an escaped pasha who had fled on +one of Timar's ships to Hungary.' 'What was his name?' growled my +father. 'Ali Tschorbadschi.' 'What!' he exclaimed, striking me on the +knee. He leaped up so that I thought he would jump overboard. Ha! ha! he +forgot the chain. . . . 'Did you know him too!' Then the old man shook +his head and said, 'Go on; what became of Ali Tschorbadschi?' 'I +detected him at Ogradina: I hurried on in front of the ship to Pancsova, +where every preparation was made to arrest him. But the vessel arrived +without the pasha. He had died on the way, and as he was not allowed +burial on shore they had thrown the corpse overboard. All this Timar +proved by documentary evidence.' 'And Timar was then quite poor?' 'No +richer than myself.' 'But now he has millions?' 'Of which I was lucky +enough to secure ten million reis.' + +"'Now, you fool, you see I was right--he stole his wealth. From whom? he +killed the pasha and hid his money. I knew Ali Tschorbadschi--well. He +was a thief too, like every other man, especially like every other rich +man. He belonged to the 122d and 123d class of thieves. Under those +numbers we reckon governors and treasurers. He was in charge of the +treasures of another thief--the sultan himself, No. 133. + +"'Once I found out that thief No. 132, the grand vizier, wished to twist +the treasurer's neck, to get back what he had stolen. I too was then in +the Turkish secret police; only a sort of No. 10, simply a fraudulent +bankrupt. I had a good idea: now if I could manage to push on into the +ranks of the No. 50 thieves! I went to the pasha, and revealed the +secret that he was on the list of rich men whom the minister meant to +strangle as conspirators, in order to secure their property. What would +he give me if I saved both him and his treasures? Ali Tschorbadschi +promised me a quarter of his wealth when once we should both be in +safety. "Yes," said I, "but I should like to know first how much the +whole comes to, for I will do nothing with my eyes shut. I am a family +man--I have a son whom I should like to settle in life."' Ha! ha! The +old man said it so seriously that it makes me laugh now to think of it. +'You have a son?' said the pasha to my father. 'That is well; if I +escape I will give my only daughter to your son, and so the whole +property will remain in the family: send me your son that I may know +him.' By God! if I had only known then that the lovely lady with the +white face and meeting brows was destined for me! Do you hear, +comrade?--but I must have another drink, to drown my grief. . . . You +will permit me to empty my glass to the health of your spouse, the +loveliest of ladies?" + +The galley-slave rose with the courtesy of a prince and drank the toast. +Then he threw himself back in his chair, and drew breath through his +teeth like a man who has dined well. "My father agreed to the bargain. +'We decided,' said he, 'that Ali Tschorbadschi should pack his jewels in +a leather bag, which I was to take with me in an English ship, which +would convey me as an unsuspected person, with all my luggage, to Malta. +There I was to await Ali Tschorbadschi, who was to leave Stamboul as if +on a pleasure trip, with his daughter, but without any luggage, make his +way to the Piræus, and thence by a Greek trader to Malta. The pasha +showed great confidence in me. He left me alone in the treasure-chamber, +so that his own visits there should not be noticed, and commissioned me +to select the most precious objects and pack them in the leather bag. I +could describe now all the jewels I chose. The antique gems, the girdles +of pearls, rings, agraffes, a casket full of diamonds--' + +"'Could you not hide a few away?' asked I. + +"'You ass's head!' he replied, 'why should I take a single diamond and +become thief No. 18, when it was in my power to steal them all?' + +"Aha! my old father was a clever fellow! 'The devil I was! I was a +moon-calf. I ought to have done as you say. I stuffed my bag full, and +brought it to the pasha without arousing suspicion. He put a few +rouleaux of louis d'or among the jewels in the bag, closed it with a +puzzle-lock, and fastened lead seals to the four corners: then he sent +me for a _caïque_, that I might get quietly away. I was back in a +quarter of an hour. He handed me the bag with the English steel +puzzle-lock and the four lead weights. I took it under my cloak and +slipped through the garden door to the boat; on the way I handled the +bag and felt the agraffes, the casket, and the rouleaux. In an hour I +was on board an English ship, the anchor was weighed, and we left the +Golden Horn.' 'And you never took me,' said I, with child-like reproach +to my papa, 'who was to marry the pasha's lovely daughter?' 'You fool!' +cried the old man, 'I didn't want you or your pasha or his lovely +daughter; I never meant to wait for you at Malta: with the money given +me for the journey I embarked direct for America, and the leather bag +went with me. But, confound it! when I got to a safe place I took out my +knife and slit the bag, and what do you think fell out of it?--copper +buttons, rusty horse-shoes, and instead of the casket full of diamonds, +a stone inkstand--in the rouleaux, instead of louis d'or were heavy +paras, the sort the corporals use for paying the private soldiers. The +rascally thief had robbed me! In all my 133 classes this had never +occurred; there was no number for it. While I went for the boat, the +thief had prepared another identical bag filled with all sorts of +rubbish, and sent me with it across the ocean, while he fled in another +direction with the real jewels. But look you, there is justice not only +on land but by water, for the great thief ran into the net of a still +greater, who robbed and murdered him.' And this tip-top thief, who +deprived the other of his property and his life was--you--brother of my +heart--Michael Timar Levetinczy, the man of gold!" said the fugitive, as +he rose and bowed mockingly. + +Timar answered not a word. + +"And now we will talk in a different way," said Theodor Krisstyan, "but +still at three paces' distance, and without forgetting that the gun is +aimed at you." + +Timar looked indifferently down the muzzle of the gun. He had himself +loaded it with ball. + +"This discovery considerably increased the sufferings of my slavery," +continued the adventurer. "Instead of living comfortably on Ali's +treasure, I had to drag out a miserable existence on the hateful sea. +And why? Because Michael Timar had smuggled the treasures which were +intended for me from under my nose, and also the girl I should have +married, the fair little savage who had grown up for me on the desolate +island. Of her too Timar must needs defraud me, for he could not be +happy with the wife whose father he had killed; he must needs have a +mistress as well. Fy! Herr Timar. So it was for that you sent me to the +galleys for fifteen years." + +Blow after blow fell on Timar's shame-stricken face. No doubt many of +these accusations were false--they were not all true. He had not +"killed" Timéa's father, had not "stolen" his treasures; he had not +"defrauded" him of Noémi, nor "got rid of" Theodor, but on the whole he +could not entirely deny the charges. He had played a false game, and +thereby got mixed up in every sort of crime. + +The deserter continued: "When we were lying in the Gulf of Rio Grande do +Sul, yellow fever broke out on board our ship. My father caught it, and +lay in the death agony beside me on the bench--no one removed him. It is +not the custom; a galley-slave must die where he is chained. This was a +horrible situation for me. The old man shivered with ague the whole day, +he swore and gnashed his teeth. He was unbearable with his continual +curses on the Blessed Virgin, which he always uttered in Hungarian. Why +did he not swear in Spanish? It sounds so fine, and then the rest would +have understood; and why should he swear at the Madonna? I could not put +up with it--there were plenty of other saints he could have maligned; it +is not the thing for an educated man, a gentleman, to speak ill of the +ladies. This caused a coolness between me and my old man. Not his deadly +fever, which I might catch, merely his insufferable language. Strong as +were the ties which united father and son, I decided to sever them, and +succeeded in escaping in company with two others. We filed our chains at +night, struck down the overseer, who had seen our proceedings, and threw +him into the sea; then we launched the small boat and set off. It was +very rough and our boat was swamped; one of my companions could not +swim, and got drowned; the other could swim, but not so well as the +shark which pursued him. I only knew by his shrieks that the sea-devil +had caught him and bitten him in two. I swam ashore. How I obtained this +naval uniform and the arms and money requisite for my passage, I will +tell you some other day over a glass of wine, when we have plenty of +time. But now let us conclude our business; for you know we have to +settle our account together." + +The outcast put his hand up to the handkerchief over his eye. The slowly +healing wound seemed to be an unpleasant reminder. The severe cold to +which he had been exposed had not done it any good. + +"I tried to get to Komorn, where I knew you had your permanent home, and +went to visit you. They said in your office that you had not yet come +from abroad; what country you were in no one knew. Very well, thought I, +then I will wait till he returns. To pass the time, I went to the cafés, +and made acquaintance with officers to whom my uniform was an +introduction, and then I visited the theaters. There I saw that +exquisitely beautiful lady with the marble face and the melancholy +eyes--you can guess whom I mean. With her was always another fair +lady--oh! what murderous eyes that one has; she is a corsair in +petticoats. I began to feel my way. Once I contrived to get a seat close +by the wicked angel, and paid her attentions which she received +graciously: when I asked leave to wait upon her, she referred to her +mistress, on whom everything depended. I spoke admiringly of that +awe-inspiring Madonna, and remarked that I had known her family in +Turkey, and that she resembled her mother very strongly. + +"'What,' said the lovely lady, 'you knew her mother? she died very +young.' 'I have only seen her portrait,' said I. 'It portrayed just such +a pale, sad face, surrounded with a double row of diamonds of great +value.' 'You too have seen the splendid ornament then?' said she. 'My +mistress showed it me when Herr Timar von Levetinczy gave it to her.'" + +Timar clinched his fists in impotent rage. + +"Aha! now we know all about it," continued the adventurer, turning to +the tortured man with a cruel smile. "You gave Ali Tschorbadschi's +daughter the treasures you stole from her father. In that case the rest +of the jewels must have fallen into your hands, for they were with the +picture. You can no longer deny it. . . . And now we are on a level: we +need not scruple to talk openly." + +Timar sat there paralyzed before the man into whose hands fate had +delivered him. It was unnecessary to keep his gun from him: Timar had +not strength to stand. + +"You kept me waiting a long time, my friend, and I began to get anxious +about you; besides, my pocket-money was coming to an end. My rich aunt's +remittances, the advices from my steward, my bankers, and the admiralty, +for which I daily inquired at the post-office, failed to arrive--for +excellent reasons. You were highly respected wherever I went: an upright +merchant, a great genius, a benefactor to the poor. Your exemplary +private life was described; you were the model husband; wives would burn +your body when you died and dose their husbands with your ashes. Ha! +ha!" + +Timar turned away his face. + +"But perhaps I weary you? Well, I am coming to business. One day I was +in a bad temper, because you would not come home, and when some one +mentioned you at the officers' café, I could not refrain from casting a +doubt on the possibility of one man's uniting so many good qualities. +Then a ruffian replied with a slap in the face: I confess I was not +prepared for this; but my cheek deserved it--why had it not kept my +tongue quiet? I was as sorry as a dog that I ventured to let fall a +disrespectful word, and took the lesson to heart. I will never slander +you again. If the box on the ear had been all, I should not so much +have cared--I'm used to that; but the insolent fellow forced me to go +out with him, because I had attacked your good name. As I soon learned, +this madman was a lover of your Madonna when she was a girl, and now he +was fighting for the honor of the Madonna's husband. That is a piece of +good luck which could only happen to you, you man of gold. But I owe you +no thanks for your good fortune; again it was I who had to pay for it: I +got a cut over the head right down to the eyebrow. Look!" + +He thrust aside the silken bandage, under which was visible a long scar +with a dirty plaster over it, the inflamed skin showing that the wound +was not healed. Timar looked at it with a shudder. + +Krisstyan drew the bandage over it again, and said with cynical humor, +"That is _souvenir_ number three which your friendship has bestowed on +me. Well, there is all the more standing to my credit. I could not +remain any longer in Komorn after this; but 'Stay,' said I--'I know +where to have him; I know where the foreign country is whither he goes +in the interest of his fatherland: it is not in any unknown land--it is +none other than the ownerless island. I will follow him there.'" + +At this Timar cried furiously, "What! you went to the island?" He +trembled with rage and fear. + +"Don't jump up, young friend!" said the felon, soothingly. "This gun is +loaded; if you move it might go off, and I could not answer for the +consequences. Besides, calm yourself. It did you no harm for me to go +there, only myself; I always have to pay the piper when you go to the +ball--it's as certain as if it were one of the ten commandments--you +dance and I pay. You get into my bed, and it's me that they throw out of +window. Why did I go to the ownerless island? only to look for you. But +when I got there you had left, and I found no one but Noémi and a little +brat . . . oh, fy, friend Michael! who would have thought it of you? +. . . but hush! we mustn't tell anybody. . . . Dodi he's called, isn't +he? A fine, forward boy; but how frightened he was of me, because I had +my eye bound up! It is true that Noémi was startled too, for the two +were quite alone on the island. It grieved me to hear that good Mamma +Therese was dead; she was so kind, she would have received me +differently. Just fancy--this Noémi would not even let me come in and +sit down: she said she was afraid of me, and Dodi still more so, because +they were alone. 'That's just why I have come, that you may have a man +in the house to protect you.' By the bye, what potion have you given the +girl that she has grown so pretty? Really she has become a splendid +creature--it makes one's heart laugh to look at her; I never stopped +telling her so. Then she tried to make ugly faces at me; I began to jest +with her. 'Is it right,' said I, 'to make grimaces at your bridegroom?' +That did not answer; she called me a vagrant, and turned me out. 'All +right,' I said, 'I would go and take her with me,' and then I put my arm +round her waist." Timar's eyes flashed fire. "Sit still, comrade; _you_ +need not jump up, but I had to, for the girl fetched me a box on the +ear--just about twice as hard as the one I got from the major. To be +accurate, I must acknowledge that she chose the other cheek, so as to +make it equal." + +Timar's face brightened. + +"Then I did get angry. I am well known to be an admirer of the fair sex, +but this insult demanded satisfaction. 'Well, I will just show you that +you will come with me, if you don't allow me to stop here. You will +follow me of your own accord'--and with that I took little Dodi's hand +to lead him away. + +"Devil!" cried Timar. + +"Gently, gently, we can't both speak at once; your turn will come, and +then you can talk as much as you like--but hear me out. I was not quite +right when I said there were only two on the island--there were three; +that confounded beast Almira was there. The dog had been lying under the +bed, and seemed not to notice me, but when the child began to cry, the +great brute flew out at me without being asked. I had my eye on her, +drew out my pistol quickly, and shot her through the body." + +"Murderer!" groaned Timar. + +"Nonsense! If I had no more on my conscience than that dog's blood! and +the beast was not even crippled by the ball; she made nothing of it. She +only flew at me more furiously than ever, bit me in the arm, threw me +down, and held me so that I could not move: in vain I tried to get at my +second pistol--she held my arm in her teeth like a tiger. At last I +entreated Noémi to set me free; she tried to get the beast away, but the +raging fiend only sent her teeth deeper in. Then Noémi said, 'Ask the +child--the dog will obey him.' I begged Dodi's help. The boy is +kind-hearted; he had pity on me, and put his arms round Almira; then the +dog let go, and the child kissed her." A tear ran down Timar's cheek. +"So I was provided with another memento," said Theodor Krisstyan, as he +pushed his dirty, blood-stained shirt-sleeve down from his shoulder. +"Look at the mark of the dog's bite; all three fangs went to the bone: +that is memorial number four, for which I have to thank you. I bear on +my skin a whole album of wounds which I owe to you: the brand, the +chain-sore, the sword-cut, and the dog's bite--all are remembrances of +your friendship. And now say, what shall I do to you that our account +may be balanced?" + +As the escaped prisoner said to Timar, "And now say what shall I do to +you?" he stood entirely undressed before him, and Timar had to look at +all the horrible wounds with which he was scarred from head to foot +. . . and naked, too, the wretch's soul stood there, and it too was full +of loathsome wounds inflicted by Timar's hand. + +The man knew that Timar had played a bold game with him; and now he was +at his mercy: even physically he had not power to cope with him; his +limbs were as feeble as those of a man overcome with sleep. The sight of +the scarred form had the unnerving effect of an evil spell. The +adventurer knew it, and no longer took precautions against him. Rising +from his chair, he leaned the gun in the corner and spoke over his +shoulder to Timar, "Now, then, for the toilet; while I dress you you can +think over your answer to my question, what I shall do with you." + +With that he tossed his ragged clothes one after another into the fire, +where they flared crackling up, so that the flame rushed up the chimney. +Then he began to put on Timar's clothes in a leisurely way. On the +mantel-piece he found Timar's watch: this he put in his +waistcoat-pocket, and inserted Timar's studs in his shirt-front, finding +time to arrange his hair in the glass. When he was quite ready, he threw +up his head, and placed himself before the fire with outstretched legs +and folded arms. "Well; now then, comrade." + +Timar began to speak. "What do you require of me?" + +"Aha! at last I have loosed your tongue! How if I were to say an eye for +an eye, a tooth for a tooth? go and have a gallows-brand burned on you; +wander by land and sea among sharks, Indians, jaguars, rattlesnakes, and +secret police; be cut over the head by your wife's lover, be bitten by +your mistress's dog--and then we shall begin to share alike. But you see +I am not so hard on you; I won't talk about my wounds--a dog's bones +soon mend--I will be kinder than you. I must disappear for a time; for I +am wanted not only because of your money--my escape from the galleys, +and the overseer I threw overboard, are not yet forgiven. Your money +will do me no good till I get rid of the burn and the scar on the chin. +I shall get rid of the one with vitriol, and for the other mineral baths +will be of service. I am not afraid of your putting my pursuers on my +track--you are too wise for that; but foresight is the mother of wisdom. +In spite of our close friendship, it might happen that some one should +give me a knock on the head in the dark, or some convenient brigands +might shoot me, or a friendly glass of wine might send me the same road +as Ali Tschorbadschi. No, my dear fellow, I would not even venture to +ask you to fill me this wine-flask again, not even if you drank first. I +shall always be on my guard." + +"What do you want then?" + +"How formally you talk! my company is too low for you. But first let us +ask what the noble lord wants on his side. Probably that I should hold +my tongue over all the secrets I have got hold of. The noble lord would +perhaps not be disinclined to settle on me in return an income of a +hundred thousand francs in government stock." + +Timar without hesitation replied, "Yes." + +The vagabond laughed. "I require no such heavy sacrifice, your honor. I +told you money was no use to me at present. Such a gallows-bird, with so +many bad habits, would be arrested anywhere, and then what good should I +get of my income? What I want is, as I said, rest, and a place where I +can remain hidden for a considerable time, and where I should meanwhile +enjoy a comfortable, easy life; that is reasonable enough surely?" + +With that he took the gun up again, sat down on the chair, and held the +gun before him in both hands, so as to be ready to fire at any moment. +"I do not ask the hundred thousand francs at present; I only demand--the +ownerless island." + +Timar felt as if struck by lightning; these words roused him from his +stupor. "What do you want with it?" + +"Illustrissimo! See now. The air of the island is excellent, and most +necessary to the re-establishment of my health, which suffered much in +South America. I have heard from that dear departed saint, Frau Therese, +that healing herbs grow there which are good for wounds; in botany +books I have read that they will even make boiled flesh sound again. +Then, too, I long for a quiet, contemplative life after all my trials; +after the sybarite existence I have led, I long for the rustic joys of +the golden age. Give me the ownerless island, excellency--serene +highness." + +The fellow begged so mockingly with the gun in his hand. + +"You are a fool," said Timar, whom these jeers enraged, and then he +turned his chair round and showed Theodor his back. + +"Oh, don't turn your back on me, noble sir--señor, eccelenza, my lord, +durchlaucht, mynheer, pan volkompzsnye, monsieur, gospodin, effendi. In +what language shall I address you, to persuade you to grant the poor +fugitive's request?" + +This unseemly mockery did not do the assailant any good, but lessened +the effect of the spell which lay on Timar, who began to recover from +his stupefaction, and to recollect that he had to deal with a condemned +man who was really in mortal danger. He spoke angrily. "Have done! Name +any sum--you shall have it! if you want an island, go and buy one in the +Greek Archipelago, or in China; if you are afraid of pursuit, go to +Rome, Naples, or Switzerland: give yourself out as a marquis, get on +terms with the Camorra, and no one will touch you; I will give you +money--but you won't get the island." + +"Indeed? Your lordship is going to talk to me like that?" cried +Krisstyan. "The drowning man has risen again, and is going to swim +ashore--now just wait till I push you in again. You think to yourself, +'Very well, booby, tell any one what you know; the first result will be +that you will be arrested, clapped into jail, and forgotten there like a +dog; you will soon be too dumb to tell anything more--or something else +may happen.' I see what you think. But don't mistake the man you have to +deal with. Now learn that you are tied hand and foot, and that you lie +at my mercy like a miser gagged and bound by robbers, who must bear +thorns thrust under his nails, his beard plucked out hair by hair, and +boiling oil dropped on his skin, till he tells where his money is +hidden. I shall do the same with you; and when you can bear no more, +then cry 'enough.'" + +Timar listened with the deadly interest of a man on the rack to the +words of the galley-slave. "Till now I have told not a soul what I know, +on my honor. Except the few words which escaped me at Komorn, I have +never spoken of you, and what I said then was neither fish nor flesh; +but all I know of you is written down--I have it here in my pocket, and +in four different documents, with different addresses. One is a +denunciation to the Turkish Government, in which I reveal what Ali +Tschorbadschi took from Stamboul, and what, as the confiscated property +of a traitor, is due to the sultan. Even the jewels described to me by +my father are enumerated there, piece by piece, with the account of +their present possessors, and of how they came by them. In the second +letter I inform the Viennese authorities of your murder of the pasha, +and your theft of his property. My third letter is directed to Frau von +Levetinczy at Komorn. I tell her what you did to her father, and how you +came into possession of her mother's picture and the other treasures you +presented to her. But I have told her something else besides--the place +you go to when you are not at home--the secret joys of the ownerless +island--the intrigue with another woman--the deceit you practice on her. +I tell her about Noémi and little Dodi. Now shall I drive another thorn +under your nails?" + +Timar's breast heaved with heavy panting sobs. + +"Well, as you say nothing, we will proceed," said the cruel torturer. +"The fourth letter is to Noémi. I tell her in it all she does not yet +know: that you have a lawful wife out in the world--that you are a +gentleman who has dishonored her, and can never be her husband; who only +sacrificed her to his base lusts, and who is a murderer besides. What! +you don't ask for mercy yet? Do you see those two towers? That is +Tihany; there live pious monks, for it is a monastery; there I shall +deposit the four letters, and beg the prior, if I do not return within a +week, to forward them to their addresses. It would be no use for you to +put me out of the way, for the letters would still reach their +destination, and then you could not stay any longer in this country. You +can not go home; for even if your wife forgave you her father's death, +she would never forgive you Noémi. Justice would make inquiries, and +then you would have to let out how you came by your riches. + +"The Turkish Government would bring you to trial, and the Austrian too. +The whole world would soon learn to know you, and those who looked on +you as a man of gold, would see in you the very scum of humanity. You +could not even take refuge in the ownerless island, for there Noémi +would shut the door against you; she is a proud woman, and her love +would turn to hatred. No, there is nothing left to you but to fly from +the world, like me; change your name, like me; slink secretly from town +to town, and tremble when steps approach your door, like me. Now, shall +I go or stay?" + +"Stay!" groaned the sufferer. + +"Oho! you give in!" cried the rascal; "then let us sit down again. +First, will you give me the ownerless island?" + +A feeble subterfuge occurred to Timar's heart, which he used to gain +time. "But the island belongs to Noémi, not to me." + +"A very true observation; but my request is not altered by that fact. +The island belongs to Noémi, but Noémi belongs to you." + +"What do you mean?" asked Timar, wildly. + +"Now don't roll your eyes; don't you know you are fast bound? Let us +take it all as it comes. The thing can be arranged. You write a letter +to Noémi, which I will carry; meanwhile that fierce black brute will +have died, and I can land safely. In the letter you will take leave of +her; you will say that you cannot marry her, because unavoidable family +complications stand in the way; that you have a wife, the beautiful +Timéa, whom Noémi will remember: you will write that you have taken care +to provide for her suitably; that you have recalled her former betrothed +from the New World, who is a fine handsome fellow, and ready to marry +her and shut his eyes to the past. You will promise to provide for them +both handsomely in the future, and give them your blessing and good +wishes for a happy life together!" + +"You want Noémi too?" + +"Why, what the devil! Do you think I want your stupid island in order +to live there like Robinson Crusoe? I shall want something to sweeten my +life in that desert. Over there I have reveled in a surfeit of embraces +from black-eyed, sable-tressed women; now, after seeing Noémi's golden +locks and blue eyes, I am quite mad about her. And then she struck me in +the face, and drove me away; I must have payment for that. Is there a +nobler revenge than to give a kiss for a blow? I will be the master of +the refractory witch; that is my fancy. And by what right do you deny +her to me? Am I not Noémi's betrothed, who would make her my legal wife +and bring her to honor, while you can never marry her, and can only make +her unhappy?" + +The man drops boiling oil on Timar's heart: he wrung his hands in agony. + +"Will you write to Noémi, or shall I take these four letters over to the +cloister?" + +In Timar's torture the words escaped him, "Oh, my little Dodi!" + +The fugitive laughed with a knavish grin. "I'll be his father, a very +good sort of father--" + +At that instant Michael sprung from his seat, threw himself with a leap +like a jaguar's on the convict, seized him by both arms before he could +use his weapon, dragged him forward, gave him a blow in the back and a +shove which sent him flying through the open door on to the landing, +tumbling over and over: there he got up with difficulty, still giddy +with his fall, stumbled over the first step, and limped groaning and +swearing down the stairs. All below was darkness and silence. The only +man besides these two in this winter castle was deaf, and sleeping off a +carouse. + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +WHAT HAS THE MOON TO TELL? + + +Timar could have killed the man--he had him in his power; and Timar felt +a madman's strength in his muscles: yet he did not kill him. Timar said +to himself, the man is right; destiny must be fulfilled. Michael was not +a miscreant who conceals one crime by another, but of that nobler sort +which is willing to atone for past sin. He stepped out on to the +balcony, and looked on with folded arms while the man left the castle +and limped away toward the gate of the court-yard. The moon rose +meanwhile over the Somogy hills, and illuminated the front of the +castle. + +The dark figure on the balcony would be a good mark for any one who +wished to aim at it. Theodor Krisstyan walked underneath, and looked up: +the half-closed wound on the brow had reopened in his fall, and was +bleeding; the blood ran down over his face. Perhaps Timar had gone +outside just because he expected the furious man would shoot him out of +revenge. But he only stood still in front of him, and began to mutter +words without sound--just like Athalie. How well those two would suit! +Krisstyan only spoke by movements of the mouth. He limped, for he had +hurt one foot in his fall. He struck his left hand on the gun, which he +still held, then seemed to say "No," shook his fist at Timar, and +threatened him by gestures. This pantomime meant, "Not thus will I +destroy you; I have another fate designed for you; just wait!" Timar +looked after him as he left the yard, following him with his eyes along +the snowy path as far as the ice-covered lake. He gazed after him till +he could only see a black speck moving in the direction of the double +towers on the high peak. + +Storm-clouds were rising over the Zala range. Timar saw them not. Round +the Platten See a hurricane often arises in calm weather without the +slightest warning; the fishermen who hear from afar the rustling of the +leaves have not time to get back to the shore: the bursting storm drives +a snow-cloud before it, from which tiny crystals drift down, sharp as +needle-points. The cloud only covered half of the great panorama, +wrapping the Tihany side, the peninsula with its rocky ridge and its +gloomy church, in darkness, while the eastern level lay bright in the +moonlight. The storm roared howling through the tall forests of the +Aracs valley; the vanes on the ancient castle groaned like the cries of +accursed spirits; and as the furious wind swept across the ice, it drew +from the frozen floes such an unearthly music that one could fancy one +saw the spirits which uttered it chasing each other, and yelling in +their flight. + +Amidst the ghostly music it seemed to Timar as if he heard through the +howling of the tempest an awful scream in the distance, such as only +human lips can utter--a cry of anguish, despair, blasphemy, which would +rouse the Seven Sleepers and make the stars shudder. After a few seconds +it came again, but shorter and more feeble, and then only the music of +the storm was audible. + +That ceased too. The snow-shower swept across the landscape; the storm +held only one snow-cloud; the trees were still; the tones of the wind +moaning over the ice-flats faded away in the distance with dying chords; +the sky cleared, and all was once more silence. Timar's heart too was at +rest; he had finished his career. No road lay open to him. He could go +neither forward nor back; he had fled as long as life was possible; and +now the abyss yawned in front of him which had no other shore. His whole +life passed before him like a dream, and he knew that at last he was +about to awake from it. His first desire for the possession of the rich +and lovely girl was the origin of all these events; his life hung on it +like the enigma of the Sphinx. When the riddle was solved, the Sphinx +would fall into the abyss. + +How could he live on, unmasked before the world, unmasked before Timéa, +and before Noémi? Thrown down from the pedestal on which he had stood +for years at home and abroad, under the halo of his sovereign's favor +and his compatriots' veneration! How could he ever look again on the +woman who had defended him in his rival's presence with such holy +sorrow, when she learned that he was the very opposite of all she had +admired in her husband, and that his whole life was a lie? And how could +he meet Noémi when she knew he was Timéa's husband? or dare to take Dodi +on his lap? Nowhere, nowhere in the wide world was there a place where +he could hide. It was as that man had said: there was nothing for him +but to turn his back on the civilized world--like him; to change his +name--like him; to sneak like a thief from one town to another--like +him; to wander homeless on the face of the earth. . . . + +But Timar knew of another place; there is the moon's icy +countenance--what did Noémi say? There live those who cast their lives +away because they have ceased to know desire; they go where nothing +exists: if that man seeks out Noémi on the ownerless island and brings +despair on the lonely creature by his news, she will follow him +there--to the frozen star. + +Timar felt so tranquilized by this reflection that he had the +self-control to direct his telescope on to the waning moon, on whose +sphere shining spaces alternated with large, crescent-shaped shadows, +and there came to choose a monstrous ravine, and say, "That shall be my +dwelling; there will I wait for Noémi!" + +Then he went back to his room. The adventurer's burned clothes still +glowed red on the hearth, the ashes showing the texture of the charred +cloth. Timar laid fresh logs on, so that the fire might destroy every +remnant. Then he threw on his cloak and left the house. He bent his +steps toward the Platten See. The moon lighted the great ice-floes, an +icy sun shining over a world of ice. . . . "I come, I come!" cried +Timar; "I shall soon know what you have to tell me--if you have called +me I shall be there." He went straight to the great chasm. The poles +erected by the good fishermen, the sticks with straw bundles on the top, +warned every wanderer from afar to keep away--Timar sought them out. +When he reached one of these danger-signals he stopped, took off his +hat, and looked up to heaven. + +Years had passed away since last he prayed. In this dark hour the Great +Being came to his mind who teaches the stars their courses and rides on +the storm, and who has created only one creature which defies its +Maker--man. In this hour he was impelled to uplift his soul to Him. +"Eternal Might, I fly from Thee, yet to Thee I come. I come not to ask +for mercy: Thou didst lead me, but I fled from Thy ways; Thou didst warn +me, yet I would not hear. Now, with blind obedience, I depart for the +hereafter: my soul will rest there in cold annihilation. I must atone +for making so many miserable who have been mine and have loved me; take +them into Thy protection, Thou Eternal Justice! I have sinned, and I +give myself up to death and damnation--they are not guilty--I alone. +Thou Everlasting Justice, who hast brought me to this, be just also to +them. Protect, console these feeble women, the helpless child, and give +me alone over to Thine avenging angels--I am judged and I am silent." + +He knelt down. Between the edges of the fissure the waves of the Balaton +plashed softly. The gloomy lake often moans even in a dead calm, and +when its surface is ice-bound it swells up in the clefts and roars like +the sea. Timar bent down to kiss the waves, as one kisses his mother +before he starts for a long journey--as one kisses the pistol before +blowing out one's brains with it. + +And as he bent down to the water, a human head rose from the depths in +front of him. Over the forehead of the upturned face was a black band +covering the right eye; the other eye, bloodshot, glassy, and cold as +stone, glared at him; through the open mouth the water ran out and in +. . . the phantom sunk again. + +Timar sprung, half crazed, from his kneeling position, and stared after +the ghostly apparition: it was as if it called on him to follow. Between +the frozen margins the living water splashed. And again in the distance +resounded the organ-tones which are the precursors of the nocturnal +storm: amidst the howling of the approaching gale were heard the shrieks +and groans of the miserable spirits, and higher and higher swelled the +ghostly song. Again the whole frozen mass gave out the unearthly music, +like the strings of myriad harps, until the sound grew into a booming +roar, as though the lightning lured an awful, deafening melody from the +resounding waves. The voices of the storm bellowed below the surface. +With a frightful crash the floes were set in motion, and the tremendous +pressure of the atmosphere closed once more the chasm in the ice. + +Timar fell trembling on his face upon the still quivering glassy mirror. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +WHO COMES? + + +The hoar-frost had turned the ownerless island into a silver wood; +continuous mists had hung every twig with flowers of rime. Then came +bright sunny days; they melted the rime into ice: every branch received +a crystal cloak, as if the whole island were of glass. This glistening +load bent down the boughs like those of a weeping-willow, and when the +wind stirred the wood, the icicles struck together and rang like the +silver bells in the fairy stories. Over the thickly frosted paths only +one track led from the house, and that went to Therese's resting-place. +This was Noémi's daily walk with little Dodi. Now there were only those +two to go there; the third, Almira, lay at home at the last gasp: the +ball had touched a vital part, and there was no hope of cure. + +It was evening. Noémi lighted her lamp, brought out her wheel, and began +to spin. Little Dodi sat by her and played at water-mills, holding a +straw against the revolving wheel. + +"Mother," said the boy suddenly, "bend down a little; I want to whisper +that Almira may not hear." + +"Say it aloud; she won't understand, Dodi." + +"Oh, yes, she understands what we say--she knows everything. Tell me, +will Almira die?" + +"Yes, my little one." + +"And who will take care of us when Almira is dead?" + +"God." + +"Is God strong?" + +"Stronger than all the world." + +"More than father?" + +"Your father gets his strength from God." + +"And the wicked man with his eye bandaged, why does God make him strong? +I am so afraid of his coming again; he will take me away." + +"Don't be afraid; I won't let you go." + +"If he kills us both?" + +"Then we shall both go to heaven." + +"And Almira too?" + +"No; not Almira." + +"Why not?" + +"Because she is an animal." + +"And my little bird?" + +"No; not Louise." + +"Oh, don't say that; she can fly up to heaven better than we can." + +"She can not fly as high as heaven." + +"Then there are no animals and no birds there? Well, then, I'd rather +stop down here with papa and my little Louise." + +"Yes, stay, my sweetheart!" + +"If papa were here he would kill the wicked man?" + +"The bad man would run away from him." + +"But when is father coming back?" + +"This winter." + +"How do you know?" + +"He said so." + +"Is everything true that father says? Does he never tell a story?" + +"No, my boy; what he says is always true." + +"But it is winter now." + +"He will soon be here." + +"If only Almira does not die before he comes!" + +The boy got up from his stool and went to the groaning dog. + +"Dear Almira, do not die! Don't leave us alone here! See, now, you can't +go with us to heaven; you can only be with us here. Do stay. I will +build you a lovely house like the one father built for me, and give you +half of all I have. Lay your head on my lap and look at me. Don't be +frightened; I won't let the naughty man come and shoot you again. If I +hear him coming, I will fasten the door-latch; and if he puts his hand +in, I will cut it off with my ax. I will take care of you, Almira." + +The wise creature raised its beautiful eyes to the boy, and wagged its +tail gently on the ground; then it sighed, as if understanding all that +was said. Noémi stopped spinning, leaned her head on her hand, and +looked into the flickering lamp. + +When that dreadful man went raging away, he had yelled in at the window, +"I shall come back and tell you what the man is whom you love." That he +should come again was threat enough, but what did he mean? Who can +Michael be? Can he be other than he seems? What will that horrid phantom +have to tell, which has turned up from the antipodes? Oh, why had +Michael not done as Noémi said--if only three feet of earth lay between +them! + +Noémi was no feeble woman; she had grown up in the desert and learned to +trust in herself; the enervating influences of the outer world had never +affected her mind. The wolf knows how to defend her lair against the +dogs with claws and teeth. Since that fearful visit she always carried +Michael's knife in her bosom, and--it is keen and sharp. At night she +fastened a beam across the door. + +As fate wills. If one comes first, she will be a happy and blessed +woman; if the other, she will be a murderess--a child of wrath. + +"Almira, what is the matter?" + +The poor beast, struggling with death, raised its head painfully from +the child's lap, and began to sniff the air with outstretched neck. It +whined and growled uneasily, but the sound was more like a hoarse +rattle. Whether its tones were of pleasure or anger, it was hard to +distinguish. The animal scented the approach of a visitor. Who is it? Is +it the good or the bad man? the life-giver or the murderer? Out there in +the silence of the night the sound of steps was heard on the frosty +grass. Who comes? + +Almira gasped heavily, struggling to get up, but fell back. She tried to +bark, but could not. Noémi sprung from her seat, felt with her right +hand under her shawl, and seized the handle of the knife. + +All three listened silently--Noémi, Dodi, and the dog. The steps come +quickly nearer. Ah, now all three recognize them! + +"Papa!" cried Dodi, laughing. + +Noémi hastened to cut the rope which fastened the door-bolt with her +sharp knife, and Almira raised herself on her fore-feet and suddenly +gave utterance to a bark. + +The next moment Michael had Noémi and Dodi in his arms. Almira crawled +to her beloved master, raised her head to him once again, licked his +hand, then fell back dead. + +"Will you never leave us again?" faltered Noémi. + +"Don't leave us alone any more," begged little Dodi. + +Michael pressed both to his breast, and his tears streamed over his dear +ones. "Never--never--never!" + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +THE CORPSE. + + +With the last days of March the hard winter of this year came to an end. +Balmy south winds and rain softened the ice of the Platten See, which +broke up during a strong north wind, and drove over to the Somogy shore. + +Among the floating ice the fishermen found a body. It was already in an +advanced stage of decomposition, and the features were unrecognizable; +but yet the identity of the individual could be ascertained with the +greatest certainty. These were the mortal remains of Michael Timar +Levetinczy, who disappeared so suddenly after the memorable capture of +the fogasch-king, and for whose return those at home had waited so long. +On the body could be recognized clothes belonging to that gentleman--his +astrakhan pelisse, his studs, and his initials marked on the shirt. His +repeater was in the waistcoat-pocket, with his full name enameled on the +case. But the strongest proof was afforded by the pocket-book, which was +crammed with bank-notes, whose number could still be deciphered, and on +which Timéa's hand had embroidered "Faith, Hope, Charity;" while in the +side-pocket were four other letters tied together, but the writing was +completely obliterated, as they had been four months exposed to the +action of water. About the same time, the fishermen at Fured found Herr +von Levetinczy's gun entangled in a net. Now all was explained. + +Old Galambos remembered all about it. The gracious master had said to +him that if foxes and wolves came down on to the lake in the night, he +would go out with his gun and have a shot at them. + +Many others then remembered that on that night a snow-storm had passed +across the lake, which only lasted a short time. No doubt, to this was +due the accident to the noble lord. The snow blew in his face; he did +not notice the ice-rift, fell in, and was sucked under. + +When Timéa received the first news of the event, she went at once to +Siosok, and was present in person at the judicial inquiry. When she saw +her husband's clothes she fainted away, and could only with difficulty +he brought back to consciousness; but she held her ground, she was +present when the disfigured remains were laid in the leaden coffin, and +specially inquired for the ring of betrothal, which, however, was +lost--the fingers were gone. + +Timéa had the dear relics brought to Komorn, and interred in the +splendid family vault, with all the pomp which is permissible by the +rites of the Protestant Church, to which the deceased had belonged. On +the black velvet coffin, name and age were marked with silver nails. +Senators and deputies carried him to the hearse. On the coffin lay his +knightly sword, with a laurel crown, and the decorations of the +Hungarian Order of St. Stephen, the Italian Order of San Maurizio, and +the Brazilian Annunciata star. + +The pall-bearers were Hungarian counts, and on each side of the hearse +walked the dignitaries of the city. Before it marched the +school-children, the guilds with their banners, then the national guard +in uniform and with muffled drums: behind came the ladies of the town +all in black, and among them the mourning widow, with the white face and +with weeping eyes. The celebrities of the country and the capital, the +military authorities, even his majesty had sent a representative to the +funeral of the venerated man. With them went a countless multitude of +people, and amidst the tolling of all the bells the procession moved +through the town. And every bell and every tongue proclaimed that a man +was gone whose like would never be seen again: a benefactor of the +people, a pillar of the nation, a faithful husband, and the founder of +many a generous endowment. + +The "Man of Gold" was carried to his grave. Women, men, and children +followed him through the whole town to the distant cemetery. Athalie too +was in the procession. When they bore the coffin down to the open grave, +the nearest friends, relations, and admirers of the deeply mourned +followed him into the vault. + +Among them was Major Katschuka; in the crowd on the narrow steps he came +in contact with Timéa and--with Athalie. When they came up again, +Athalie threw herself on the bier and prayed to be buried too: luckily +Herr Johann Fabula was there, and he raised the beautiful lady from the +ground, bore her back in his arms to the daylight, and explained to the +astonished crowd how much the young lady had loved the dear deceased, +who had been a second father to her. + +After the lapse of a few months a splendid monument was erected on which +might be read this inscription in letters of gold:-- + + HERE LIES THE HIGH AND NOBLE LORD, MICHAEL TIMAR + LEVETINCZY. + + Privy Councilor, President of Committees, Knight of the + Orders of St. Stephen, St. Maurice, and the Annunciata. + The great Patriot, the True Christian, the Exemplary + Husband, the Father of the Poor, Guardian of the + Orphan, Supporter of Schools, a Pillar of the Church. + + Regretted by all who knew him, eternally mourned by his + + FAITHFUL WIFE TIMÉA. + +On the granite pedestal stands a marble statue of a woman bearing a +funeral urn. Every one says this statue is a faithful likeness of Timéa. + +And Timéa goes every day to the burial-ground to deck the grass with +fresh wreaths, and to water the flowers which smell so sweetly within +the railings of the tomb: she waters them with showers of cold +water--and burning tears. + + * * * * * + +Theodor Krisstyan could never have dreamed that he would be so highly +honored after his death. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +DODI'S LETTER. + + +A year and a half passed away since Michael came home to the ownerless +island. He had not left it for a single day. + +Great events had occurred during this interval. Dodi had learned to +write. What joy when the little dunce made his first attempt with chalk +on a board: the letters are dictated to him--"write _l_ and _ó_, and +then pronounce them both together." He was surprised that that meant +_ló_ (Hungarian for horse), and yet he had not drawn a horse. A year +later he could address a birthday letter to his mother in beautiful +copper-plate on white paper--it was a greater achievement than +Cleopatra's Needle, covered with hieroglyphics. + +When Dodi's first letter was fluttering in Noémi's hand, she said, with +a tear in her eye, to Michael, "He will write like you." + +"Where have you seen my handwriting?" asked Michael, in surprise. + +"In the copies you set Dodi, to begin with; and then too in the contract +by which you gave us the island. Have you forgotten?" + +"Yes; it is so long ago." + +"And do you not write to any one now?" + +"No one." + +"You have not left the island for a year and a half; have you nothing to +do now out in the world?" + +"No. And I shall never have anything to do there again." + +"What will become of your business then?" + +"Would you like to know?" + +"Yes, indeed. The thought troubles me that a clever man like you should +be shut up here in the narrow bounds of this island, and only because +you love us: if you have no other reason for staying here always except +your great love for us, it pains me." + +"It is well, Noémi. I will tell you then who I was out there in the +world, what I did there, and why I stay here. You shall know all: when +you have put the boy to bed, come to me on the veranda and I will tell +you everything. You will shudder and wonder over what you will hear; but +in the end you will forgive me, as God forgave me when He sent me here." + +After supper Noémi put Dodi to bed, and then came out to Michael, sat +beside him on the bench, and leaned on his breast. The full moon shone +down on them between the leaves: it was now no longer the ghostly star, +the ice-paradise of suicides, but a kind acquaintance and friend. And +then Michael told Noémi all that had befallen him out in the world. + +The sudden death of the mysterious passenger, the sinking of the ship +and the concealed treasures: how he had married Timéa. He described her +sorrow and her suffering; he spoke of Timéa to Noémi as of a saint; and +when he described faithfully the nocturnal scene when he had watched +Timéa from his hiding-place, and how the woman had defended her husband +against evil report, against her own beloved, and against her own heart, +how Noémi sobbed and how her tears flowed for Timéa! + +And then Michael described to her what he had suffered in the fearful +situation from which he could not free himself, having on one side the +ties of his worldly position, his riches, and Timéa's fidelity; while +his love, his happiness, and every aspiration of his soul drew him in +another direction. How sweetly Noémi consoled him with her soft kisses! +. . . + +When, finally, he told her of the awful night in which the adventurer +appeared at his lonely castle, of how despair had led him to the brink +of the grave, and how, as he looked down into the waves, instead of his +own face mirrored in the water, the dead face of his enemy emerged from +the depths, and God's hand suddenly closed before his eyes the opening +of the icy tomb--oh! how passionately Noémi pressed him to her breast, +as if to hold him back from falling into the grave. + +"Now you know what I have left behind in the world, and what I have +found here. Can you forgive me for what you have suffered and for all my +offenses against you?" Noémi's tears and kisses replied. + +The confession had lasted long: the short summer's night was over, and +it was daylight when Michael concluded the story of his life. + +He was forgiven. "My guilt is obliterated," said Michael. "Timéa had +recovered her freedom and her wealth. The vagabond had on my clothes and +carried my pocket-book away with him: they will bury his body as if it +were mine, and Timéa is a widow. I have given you my soul, and you have +accepted it. Now all is equal." + +Noémi took Michael's arm and led him into the room where the boy was +asleep. He awoke under their kisses, opened his eyes, and when he saw +that it was morning, he knelt up in his little bed, and with folded +hands offered his morning prayer: "Dear Lord, bless my good father and +my dear mother!" + +"All is forgiven, Michael! . . . One angel prays for you beside your +bed, the other at your grave, that you may be happy." + +Noémi dressed little Dodi, and then her eyes rested thoughtfully on +Michael. She wanted time to realize all she had heard from him, but +women have quick perceptions. + +Suddenly Noémi said to her husband, "Michael, you have still one duty to +fulfill in the world." + +"What duty, and to whom?" + +"You owe Timéa the secret that other woman revealed to you." + +"What secret?" + +"About the door which leads into her room from the secret passage. You +must tell her of it. Some one might get in to her when she is asleep and +alone." + +"But no one knows of this secret passage except Athalie." + +"Is that not enough?" + +"What do you mean?" + +"Michael, you little know us women. You don't know what Athalie is, but +I can guess. My tears flowed for Timéa, because she is so wretched, +because she does not love you, and you are mine; but if she felt for you +what she feels for that other man, and if you spurned me for her sake, +as that man did Athalie, then may God keep me from ever seeing her +asleep and in my power!" + +"Noémi, you frighten me." + +"That is what women are. Did you never know it. Hasten to reveal this +secret to Timéa. I want her to be happy." + +Michael kissed Noémi on the brow. "You darling child! I dare not write +to Timéa, for she would recognize my writing; and then she could not be +my widow, nor I your husband returned from the dead, and ascended into +the paradise of your love." + +"Then I will write to her." + +"No, no, no! I won't allow it. I have heaped gold and diamonds upon her, +but she shall not have a word from you; that is one of my own treasures. +I brought Noémi nothing of Timéa's, and I will not give Timéa anything +of Noémi's. You shall not write her a word." + +"Well, then," said Noémi, smiling, "I know another who can write to +Timéa. Dodi shall write the letter." + +Timar burst out laughing. There was a world of humor, of child-like +simplicity, happy pride, and deep emotion in the idea. Little Dodi will +write to warn Timéa of her danger. Dodi to Timéa! . . . Timar smiled +with tears in his eyes. But Noémi was in earnest; she wrote the copy, +and Dodi wrote the important lines on ruled paper, without a mistake. Of +course he had no idea what he was writing. Noémi gave him a lovely +violet ink, a decoction of marsh-mallow, and sealed the letter with +white wax; and as there was no seal in the house, nor even a coin which +could serve for one, Dodi caught a pretty golden-green beetle, and +stuck it on the wax, instead of a coat of arms. The letter was given to +the fruit-dealer to take to the post. + +Little Dodi's letter went off to Timéa. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +"YOU STUPID CREATURE!" + + +The lovely widow was in the deepest mourning. She went nowhere, and +received no visitors. + +More than a year had passed since her husband's burial. + +Timéa had another name in the calendar--Susanna. Her first name came +from her mother, who was a Greek; but the second she had received at her +baptism. This she used when she had to sign documents, and St. Susanna's +day was considered her _fête_. + +In provincial towns the _fête_-days are scrupulously kept. Relations and +friends come without invitation, as a matter of course, to visit the +person whose _fête_ it is, and meet with a hospitable reception. Some +noble families, however, have adopted the custom of sending invitations +to these family-parties, by which it is made evident that those who do +not receive cards may keep their congratulations to themselves. + +There are two St. Susannas in the year. Timéa chose the one whose _fête_ +fell in winter, because then her husband used to be at home, and +invitations were sent out a week beforehand. Of the other name no notice +was taken. Timéa was not in the calendar of Komorn, nor even in the +national Pesth calendar, and at that time there were no others in the +province; so he who wanted to know Timéa's own _fête_-day must search +far and wide. + +It fell in the merry month of May. At that season Herr Timar would have +been long away on his journeys; nevertheless, Timéa received every May a +lovely bouquet of white roses on the day of St. Timéa. Who sent it was +not stated; it came by post, packed in a box. + +As long as Timar lived, Herr Katschuka had invariably received +invitations to the Sunday receptions, which he as regularly answered by +depositing his card at the door: he never came to the parties. This year +the _fête_-day party had been omitted, as the faithful Susanna was in +mourning. On the morning of the lovely May day on which Timéa's +beautiful white-rose bouquet usually arrived, a servant in mourning +livery brought a letter to Katschuka. On opening the envelope the major +found a printed invitation-card inside, which bore the name, not of +Susanna, but of Timéa Levetinczy, and had reference to that very day. +Herr Katschuka was puzzled. What a curious notion of Timéa! To draw the +attention of all Komorn to the fact that Susanna, a good Calvinist, was +keeping the day of the Greek saint Timéa, and the more because she only +sent out her invitations the same morning! It was an outrageous breach +of etiquette. Herr Katschuka felt that this time he must accept. In the +evening he took care not to be among the earliest arrivals. The time +named was half past eight; he waited till half past nine, and then went. +As he laid aside his cloak and sword in the anteroom, he asked the +servant whether many visitors had arrived. The servant said no one had +come yet. The major was startled. Probably the other guests had taken +the shortness of the invitation badly, and decided not to appear; and he +was confirmed in this idea when, on entering the saloon, he found the +chandeliers lighted and all the rooms brilliantly illuminated--a sign +that a large assembly was expected. The servant informed him that his +mistress was in the inner room. + +"Who is with her?" + +"She is alone. Fraülein Athalie has gone with her mamma to Herr Fabula's +house--there is a great fish-dinner there." + +Herr Katschuka did not know what to think: not only were there no other +guests, but even the people of the house had left the mistress alone. +Timéa awaited him in her own sitting-room. + +And for this grand party, amid all this splendor, Timéa was dressed +entirely in black. She celebrated her _fête_-day in mourning: amid the +radiance of the golden lusters and the silver candelabra a black +mourning-dress, which, however, was not suited to the face of its +wearer. On her lips hovered a charming smile, and a soft color lay on +her cheeks. She received her single guest most cordially. "Oh, how late +you are," she said, as she gave him her hand. + +The major pressed upon it a respectful kiss. "On the contrary, I fear I +am the first." + +"Not at all. All I invited have already arrived." + +"Where?" asked the major, in astonishment. + +"In the dining-room--they are at table, and only waiting for you." With +these words she took the arm of the wondering man, led him to the +folding-doors, and threw them open; and then, indeed, the major knew not +what to think. The dining-room was brilliantly lighted with wax candles; +a long table was spread with places for eleven, and the same number of +chairs were placed round it, but no one was there--not a single +creature. But as the major threw a glance round he began to comprehend, +and the clearer the riddle grew, the more his eyes were dimmed with +tears. Before each of nine of the places stood a white-rose bouquet +under a glass shade--the last of freshly gathered flowers; the roses of +the others were dry, faded, and yellow. + +"Look, they are all there which greeted me on Timéa's _fête_-day year +after year--these are my birthday guests. There are nine of them. Will +you be the tenth? Then all whom I have invited will have assembled." + +The major, in speechless delight, pressed the lovely hand to his lips. +"My poor roses--" + +Timéa did not refuse him that privilege--possibly she would have allowed +even more; but the widow's cap stood in the way, and Timéa felt it. + +"Do you want me to exchange this cap for another?" + +"From that day I shall begin to live again." + +"Let us set apart for it my own _fête_-day, which every one knows." + +"Oh, but that is so far off." + +"Don't be alarmed, there is a St. Susanna in the summer; we will keep +her day." + +"But that is distant too." + +"It is not an eternity to wait till then. Have you not learned patience? +Remember, I want time to get used to happiness--it does not come all at +once; and we can see each other every day till then--at first for a +minute, and then for two, and then forever. Is it agreed?" + +The major could not refuse, she begged so sweetly. + +"And now the banquet is over," whispered Timéa; "the other guests are +going to sleep, and you must go home too. But wait a moment--I will give +you back a word from your last birthday congratulations." She took from +the fresh rose-bouquet one bud, touched it hardly perceptibly with her +lips, and placed it in the major's button-hole; but he pressed the rose, +this "one word," to his lips and kissed it. . . . + +When the major had gone, and looked up from the street at the windows of +the Levetinczy house, all was dark. He was the last to leave. + +Timéa learned gradually the art of growing used to hope and +happiness--she had a good teacher. Thenceforward, Herr Katschuka came +every day to the house; but the major did not keep to the prescribed +arithmetical progression--first one minute, then two. The wedding was +fixed for the day of St. Susanna, in August. Athalie too, it appeared, +had resigned herself to her fate. Herr Fabula's wife was dead, and she +accepted his hand; it is not unusual for a pretty girl to give herself +to a rich widower--one knows how he treats his wife, and one runs less +risk in taking him than some young dandy who has not yet sown his wild +oats. Heaven bless their union! + +Timéa proposed to give Athalie, as a dowry, the sum which Michael had +offered her, and which she had refused. Every one thought she was trying +to become a suitable wife for Herr Fabula. But Katschuka was not +deceived; he saw through her black heart. He knew what he had done to +Athalie, and the reckoning she had against Timéa, and destiny never +leaves such a score unsettled. Have you forgotten, you lovely white +woman, that this other girl was mistress here when you came; that she +was a rich and honored bride, wooed by men and envied by women? And from +the moment when the water cast you on these shores, misfortune followed +her--she was made a beggar, brought to shame, spurned by her betrothed. +It was not your fault, but it was owing to you--you brought bad luck; it +sat on your forehead, between your meeting eyebrows, and brought the +ship to destruction, and the house in which you set foot; it ruins those +who injure you, as well as those who set you free. And you are not +afraid to sleep under the same roof with Athalie--this roof! + +Since Katschuka came to the house, Athalie had controlled herself, and +treated even her mother kindly. She made tea for her which Frau Sophie +liked, especially with plenty of rum in it--she made it herself; and was +very good to the servants too, treating them also to tea, which, for the +men-servants, almost might have been called punch; they could not say +enough for her. Frau Sophie guessed the reason of all this +kindness--those servile natures always look for a reason if they receive +a favor, and repay it with suspicion. + +"My daughter is currying favor with me, that I may go with her when she +marries; she knows nothing of housekeeping--she can't even make +milk-soup. That's why I am 'Dear mamma' all over the place, and get tea +every night; as if I did not know what is in my daughter Athalie's +mind!" She will soon know even more. + +Athalie carried her submissiveness to servility, in the presence of +Timéa and the major. Neither by look nor manner did she betray her +former claims. When he came, she opened the door with a smile, showed +him in to Timéa, politely took part in the conversation, and, when she +left the room, she might be heard singing next door. She had adopted the +manners of a maid-servant. + +Once Timéa asked her to play a duet, on which Athalie said, modestly, +that she had forgotten her music--the only instrument she could play on +now was the chopping-board. Since the great catastrophe, Athalie only +played the piano when she knew no one could hear. + +Do not your nerves shudder when this woman looks you in the face? does +not your blood run cold when she stoops to kiss your hand? when she +laces your boots, is it not as if a snake wound round your foot? and +when she fills your glass, does it not occur to you to look what may be +in it? No, no. Timéa has no suspicions; she is so kind, she treats +Athalie like a sister; she has prepared a dowry of a hundred thousand +gulden, and told Athalie so. She wished to make her happy, and thought +she could console her for the loss of her first betrothed. And why +should she not think so? Athalie herself refused him. When Timar offered +her the money she said, "I will never have anything to do with the man +again, either in this world or the next." Timéa did not know of the +visit Athalie had paid by night to her betrothed, when she was sent away +by him alone and rejected; and Timéa did not know that a woman will give +up the man she hates to another woman, even less willingly than the one +she loves; that a woman's hate is only love turned to poison, but still +remains love. Katschuka, however, well remembered that nocturnal +meeting; and therefore he trembled for Timéa, but dared not tell her so. + +Only one day was wanting to the _fête_ of St. Susanna. Timéa had +gradually laid aside her mourning, as if it was hard to separate from it +entirely, and as if she wished to learn gladness slowly. First she +allowed white lace at her neck; then she changed black for dark gray, +and silk for wool; then white stripes appeared in the gray; and at last +only the cap remained of the mourning for Michael Levetinczy. This also +will disappear on the _fête_-day; the beautiful Valenciennes cap of the +young wife is already made, and must be tried on. + +An unlucky fit of vanity induced Timéa to wait to do this till the major +arrived. For a young widow the lace cap is what the orange-blossoms are +to a girl. But the major was late because the white-rose bouquet was +late in arriving from Vienna: this was the second _fête_-day bouquet in +one year. A whole shoal of letters and notes of congratulation had +arrived for Timéa, who had many acquaintances far and near. Timéa had +not opened a single one; they lay in a heap in a silver basket on the +table, many of them directed by children, for Timéa had a hundred and +forty god-children in the town among the orphan boys and girls. She +would have enjoyed these naïve letters, but her thoughts were otherwise +occupied. + +"Look what a comical one this is!" said Athalie, taking up one of the +letters; "instead of a seal, there is a beetle stuck on the wax." + +"And what curious ink it is!" remarked Timéa. "Put it with the +others--we will read it to-morrow." + +Some secret voice whispered to Timéa that she had better read it to-day. +It was Dodi's letter which was put aside. + +But see, here comes the major; then all the hundred and forty +god-children and their letters were forgotten, and Timéa ran to meet +him. Nine years ago the fortunate bridegroom had brought a splendid +red-rose bouquet to another bride. + +And she too was present; and possibly the great mirror into which +Athalie had cast her last glance on her bridal dress was the same which +now stood there. + +Timéa took the lovely white bouquet from the major's hand, put it in a +splendid Sèvres vase, and whispered to him, "Now I will give you +something: it will never be yours, but always mine, and yet it is a +present for you." The pretty enigma issued from its box--it was the lace +cap. + +"Oh, how charming!" cried the major, taking it in his hand. "Shall I try +it on you?" The major's words died on his lips--he looked at Athalie. + +Timéa stood before the glass with childish pleasure, and took off her +widow's cap; then she grew grave, put it to her lips and kissed it, +while she said low and brokenly, "Poor Michael!"--and so she laid aside +the last token of her widowhood. + +Herr Katschuka was holding the white cap. + +"Give it me that I may try it on." + +"Can I help you?" + +The hair was then dressed very high, so that Timéa required assistance. + +"You don't know how; Athalie will be so good." + +Timéa spoke quite simply, but the major shuddered at the pallor which +overflowed Athalie's face at the words: he remembered how Athalie had +once said to Timéa, "Come and put on my bridal veil!" And perhaps even +she had not then thought what venom lay in the words. Athalie came to +Timéa to help her with the cap, which required to be fastened with pins +on both sides. Athalie's hand trembled--and she pricked Timéa's head +with one of the pins. + +"Oh, you stupid creature!" cried Timéa, jerking her head aside. + +The same words, before the same man! + +Timéa did not notice, but Herr Katschuka saw what a flash flew over +Athalie's face--a volcanic outburst of diabolical rage, a glow of +flaming spite, a dark cloud of purple shame; the muscles quivered as if +the face was a nest of snakes stirred up by a rod. What murderous eyes! +What compressed lips! What a bottomless depth of passion in that single +look. Timéa regretted her hasty word almost before it had passed her +lips, and hastened to atone for it. "Don't be angry, dear 'Thaly; I +forgot myself," she said, turning to kiss her. "You'll forgive me--you +are not angry?" + +The next moment Athalie was as humble as a maid who has done some +damage, and began in a flattering tone, "Oh, my dear pretty Timéa, don't +_you_ be angry; I would not hurt your dear little head for the world. +How sweet you look in your cap, just like a fairy!" And she kissed +Timéa's shoulder. + +A shudder ran through the major's nerves. + + + + +CHAPTER X. + +ATHALIE. + + +The eve of the _fête_-day was also the eve of the wedding--a night of +excitement. The bride and bridegroom were sitting together in Timéa's +room--they had so much to talk about. + +What do they say? Flowers only can understand flower-speech, the stars +the language of the spheres, one pillar of Memnon answers another, the +dead comprehend the Walkyrie, sleep-walkers the speech of the +moon--lovers only the language of love. And he who has ever known this +sacred emotion will not profane it, but guard it like a secret of the +confessional. Neither the wise king in his marvelous song, nor Ovid in +his love elegies, nor Hafiz in his ardent lays, nor Heine in his poems, +nor Petöfi in his "Pearls of Love," can describe it--it remains one of +the secrets of eternity. + +At the back of the house was a noisy company--all the household. This +had been a busy day with preparations for the morrow's feast--a culinary +campaign; the press of work had lasted till late at night: then, when +all had been roasted and iced according to orders, Frau Sophie found +time to show herself liberal. She called together her staff, and +bestowed upon them all the good things which had suffered during the +heat of the fray--for this was unavoidable: what ought to have risen had +sunk into a pancake; what ought to have jellied had melted into soup; +here a cake had stuck to the mold and would not turn out whole; there a +scrap, a cutting, a ham-bone, a piece of hare, a drumstick of pheasant +remained over. All which could not be sent up to table was left as a +rare tidbit for the servants, and they could boast of having tasted +everything before the gentry were served. + +But where was Athalie? + +The whispering lovers thought she was with her mother, amusing herself +in the kitchen. There, they thought she was of course with the bridal +pair, and enjoying the bliss of being a silent witness of their +happiness--or perhaps no one thought of her at all. And yet it might +have been well if some one had interrupted themselves to ask, "Where is +Athalie?" + +She sat alone in the room where she had seen Timéa for the first time. +The old furniture had long been replaced by new; only one embroidered +stool remained as a remembrance. Athalie was sitting on it when Timar +entered, in company with the pale maiden. There sat Katschuka, at work +on Athalie's portrait, over which, while he gazed at Timéa, his pencil +drew a long line. Athalie sat alone there now. The portrait had long ago +gone to the lumber-room; but Athalie seems to see it still, and the +young lieutenant who begged her with his flattering tongue to smile a +little and not to look so haughty. + +The room was dark; only the moon shone in, but it would soon go down +behind the gable of the tall church of St. Andrew. + +Athalie reviewed the horrid dream called life. There were wealth, pride, +and happiness in it: flatterers had called her the prettiest girl in +Komorn, the queen, and pretended to adore her; then came a child by +chance into the house--a ridiculous creature, a lifeless shadow, a cold +doll, made to be an object of ridicule, to pass the time away by pushing +it about. And only two years later, this vagrant, this white phantom, +this reptile, was mistress of the house, and conquered hearts, turning a +shipping-clerk, by the magic of her marble face, into his master's +powerful enemy, into a millionaire, and causing the betrothed bridegroom +to be false to his troth. + +What a wedding-day was that! The bride, recovering from her swoon, found +herself lying alone on the ground. And when splendor and homage were at +an end, she longed still to be loved--loved in secret and in +concealment. This too was denied her. + +What a memory was that!--the path she had trodden to the house of her +former lover and back again, twice in the darkness! her vain expectation +next day! how she had counted the strokes of the clock, amidst the noise +of the auction! And he never came! Then long years of painful +dissimulation, of disguised humiliation! There was only one person who +understood her--who knew that the balm of her heart was to see her rival +share her passion, and fade away under it. + +And the one man who knew to his cost what Athalie really was--the only +hinderance to Timéa's happiness, the finder of the philosopher's stone +which exercises everywhere a malevolent spell--that one man finds his +death by a single false step on the ice! + +And then happiness comes back to the house, and no one is miserable but +herself. In many a sleepless night the bitter cup had filled drop by +drop up to the brim; only one was wanting to make it overflow; and that +last drop was the insulting word, "You stupid creature!" To be scolded +like a maid, humbled in his presence! Athalie's limbs shook with fever. +What was now going on in the house? They were preparing for the morrow's +wedding. In the boudoir whispered the betrothed couple; from the +kitchen, even through all the doors, came the noise of the merry-making +servants. + +But Athalie never heard the cheerful din: she heard only the whisper. +. . . She had something to do during the night. . . . There was no light +in the room; but the moon shone in, and gave light enough to open a box +and read the names of the poisons inside it--the unfailing drugs of an +Eastern poisoner. Athalie chose among them, and smiled to herself. What +a good jest it would be if to-morrow, at the moment of drinking some +toast, the words should die on the lips of the feasting guests! if each +saw the face of his neighbor turn yellow and green; if they all sprung +up crying for help, and began a demoniac dance, fit to make the devil +laugh; if the bride's lovely face petrified into real marble, and the +proud bridegroom made grimaces like a skull! + +Ping! . . . A string gone in the piano! Athalie started so that she +dropped what she held, and her hands twitched convulsively. It was only +a string, coward! Are you so weak? She put back the poisons in her box, +leaving out only one, and that not a deadly poison, only a +sleeping-draught. The first idea had not satisfied her; that triumph +would not suffice: it would not be sufficient revenge for "You stupid +creature!" The tiger cares not for a corpse, he must have warm blood. +Some one will have to take poison, but that is only herself--a poison +not to be bought at the chemist's: it lies in the eye of St. George's +dragon. She slipped noiselessly out to go to the hiding-place whence a +view of Timéa's room could be obtained. The sweet murmurs and the +caressing looks of the lovers will be the poison she must absorb in +order to be fully prepared. + +The major was about to take leave, and held Timéa's hand in his. Her +cheeks were so rosy! Was any more deadly poison needed? They did not +speak of love, and yet no third person had a right to listen. The +bridegroom asked questions allowed to no one else. "Do you sleep alone +here?" he asked, with tender curiosity, lifting the silken hangings of +the bed. + +"Yes, since I became a widow." + +"(And before too," whispered Athalie, behind the dragon.) + +The bridegroom, availing himself of his privileges, pursued his +researches in the bride's room. + +"Where does this door lead to?" + +"Into an anteroom where my lady visitors take off their cloaks; you came +that way when you visited me the first time." + +"And the other little door?" + +"Oh, never mind that--it only leads to my dressing-room." + +"Has it no exit?" + +"None; the water comes by a pipe from the kitchen, and flows away by a +tap to the basement." + +"And this third door?" + +"You know that is the corridor by which you reach the principal +entrance." + +"And where are the servants at night?" + +"The females sleep near the kitchen, and the men in the basement. Over +my bed hang two bell-ropes, of which one goes to the women's room and +the other to the men's." + +"There is no one in the adjoining room?" + +"There Sister Athalie and Mamma Sophie sleep." + +"Frau Sophie too?" + +"Yes, to be sure. You want to know everything. To-morrow it will all be +differently arranged." + +("To-morrow?") + +"And do you lock the door when you go to bed?" + +"Never. Why should I? All my servants love me, and are trustworthy; the +front door is barred, and I am safe here." + +"Is there nowhere a secret entrance to this room?" + +"Ha! ha! You seem to take my house for a mysterious Venetian palace!" + +("Is it your house? Did you build it?") + +"Do, to please me, lock all your doors before you go to bed." + +("He seems to guess what we shall all be dreaming of to-night.") + +Timéa smiled, and smoothed away the frown from the bridegroom's grave +face. + +"Well, then, for your sake I will lock all my doors to-night." + +("See that they are secure," whispered the dragon.) + +Then followed a tender embrace and a long, long kiss. + +"Do you pray, my beloved?" + +"No; for the good God in whom I believe watches ever." + +("How if He slept to-day?") + +"Forgive me, dearest Timéa; skepticism does not become a woman. Her +adornment is piety; leave the rest to men. Pray to-night." + +"You know I was a Moslem, and was never taught to pray." + +"But now you are a Christian, and our prayers are beautiful. Take your +prayer-book to-night." + +"Yes, for your sake I will learn to pray." + +The major found in the book of devotion Timar had once given his wife, +the "prayer for brides." + +"I will learn it by heart to-night." + +"Yes, do so--do so!" + +Timéa read it aloud. Athalie felt a diabolical rage in her heart. The +man will be discovering the secret in the wall; he will keep Timéa up +praying all night. Curses, curses on the prayer-book! + +When the major left the anteroom, Athalie was already there. Timéa +called from her room to light the major to the door, thinking there +would be a servant there as usual; but to-day, as we know, they were +engaged in anticipating the morrow's feast. Athalie took the candle +which stood outside, and lighted the major along the dark passage. The +happy bridegroom had no eyes for any other woman's face--he saw only +Timéa, and thought it was the maid-servant who opened the door for him. +He wished to be generous, and pressed a silver thaler into Athalie's +hand; then he started as he recognized the voice. + +"I kiss your hand, kind sir." + +"Is it you, fraülein? A thousand pardons! I did not recognize you in the +darkness." + +"No consequence, Herr Major." + +"Pardon my blindness, and give me back the insulting present, I beg." + +Athalie drew back with a mocking bow, hiding the hand which held the +thaler behind her. "I will give it you back to-morrow--leave it with me +till then; I have fairly earned it." + +Herr Katschuka swore at his stupidity. The inexplicable load he felt on +his spirits seemed to have redoubled in weight. When he reached the +street, he felt it impossible to go home, but went toward the main guard +and said to the officer on duty, "My friend, I invite you to my wedding +to-morrow; be so good as to let me share your watch to-night--let us go +the rounds together." + +In the servants' hall there was great fun. As the major had rung for the +porter when he left, the mistress was known to be alone, and her maid +went up to ask for orders. Timéa thought she was the one who had shown +the major out, and told her to go to bed--she would undress herself; so +the maid went back to the others. + +"If only we had a drop of punch now," said the porter, thrusting the +door-key into his pocket. + +As if by magic, the door opened, and in came Fraülein Athalie, bearing a +tray of steaming glasses, which clinked cheerfully together. "Long live +our dear young lady!" cried every one. Athalie set the tray on the table +with a smile. Among the glasses stood a basin full of sugar well rubbed +over with orange rind, which made it yellow and aromatic. Frau Sophie +liked her tea made in that way, with plenty of rum and orange-sugar. +"Are you not going to join us?" she asked her daughter. + +"Thanks; I had my tea with our gracious lady. My head aches, and I shall +go to bed." She wished her mother good-night, and told the servants to +go to bed in good time, as they must get up early next day. They fell +eagerly on the punch, and found it perfectly delicious. Only Frau Sophie +did not like it. When she had tasted the first spoonful, she turned up +her nose. "This tastes just like the poppy-syrup that bad nurses give +the wakeful babies at night." It was so unpleasant to her that she could +not take any more, but gave it to the cook's boy, who had never tasted +anything so good before. She said she was tired with her day's work, and +conjured the household not to oversleep themselves, and to take care no +cat got into the larder; then she said good-night, and followed Athalie. + +When she entered their bedroom, Athalie was already in bed. The curtains +were drawn; she knew Athalie's way of turning her back to the room and +putting her head under the clothes. She hastened to get into bed. + +But she could not get rid of the taste of that single spoonful of punch, +which spoiled her enjoyment of the whole supper. After she had put out +the light, she leaned on her elbow and looked toward the figure in the +other bed. She looked, till at last her eyes closed and she fell asleep. +Her dreams carried her back to the servants' hall. She seemed to see +them all asleep there--the coachman stretched on the long bench, the +footman with his head on the table, the groom on the ground, using an +overturned chair as a pillow, the cook on the settle, the house-maid on +the hearth, and the cook's boy under the table. Before each his empty +glass; she alone had not drunk hers. She dreamed that Athalie, with bare +feet and in her night-dress, crept up behind her and said in her ear, +"Why don't you drink your punch, dear mamma? Do you want more sugar?" +and filled the glass with sugar up to the brim. But she noticed the +repulsive smell. "I don't want it!" she said in her dream. However, +Athalie held the steaming glass to her mouth. She turned away, and +pushed the glass from her, and with that movement she upset the bottle +of water which stood on the table beside her, and all the water poured +into the bed. That thoroughly awoke her. + +And still she seemed to see Athalie before her with threatening looks. +"Are you awake, Athalie?" she asked, uneasily; no answer. She listened; +the sleeper could not be heard to breathe. Sophie got up and went to +Athalie's bed; it was empty. She could not trust her eyes in the dim +twilight, and felt with her hands: no one there. "Athalie, where are +you?" she murmured, anxiously. Receiving no answer, a nameless horror +numbed her limbs. She felt blind and dumb; she could not even scream. +She listened, and then fancied she was deaf: neither inside nor out was +there the faintest sound. Where could Athalie be? + +Athalie was in the secret room--she had been there a long time. + +The patience of that woman, to be so long learning the prayer by heart! +At last Timéa shut the book and sighed deeply. Then she took the candle +and looked to see that all the doors were locked. She looked behind the +curtains; her bridegroom's words had implanted fear in her breast, and +she looked round carefully to see if any one could get in. Then she went +to the dressing-table, took down her plaits, wound her thick hair round +and round her head, and put a net over it. She was not free from vanity, +this young creature: that her hands and arms might be white, she rubbed +them with salve and put on long gloves. Then she undressed, but before +she lay down she went behind the bed, opened a closet, and took out a +sword-hilt with a broken blade; looking tenderly at it, she pressed it +to her breast. Then she put it under her pillow; she always slept with +it there. Athalie saw it all. Timéa extinguished the light, and Athalie +saw no more; she only heard the clock tick, and had the patience to +wait. + +She guesses when sleep will close Timéa's eyes--that is the time. A +quarter of an hour seems like an eternity; at last the clock strikes +one. The picture of St. George with his dragon (which is by no means +dead) moves aside, and Athalie comes out, barefoot, so that no sound is +heard. It is quite dark in the room--the shutters are shut and curtains +drawn; her groping hand finds Timéa's pillow; she feels underneath, and +a cold object meets her hand. It is the sword-hilt. What hell-fire runs +through her veins from the cold steel! she too presses it to her heart. +She draws the edge of the blade through her lips and feels how sharp it +is. But it is too dark to see the sleeper--one can not even hear her +gentle breathing; the blow must be well aimed, and Athalie bends her +head to listen. + +The sleeper moves, and sighs aloud in her dream, "Oh, my God!" Then +Athalie strikes in the direction of the sigh. But the blow was not +mortal: Timéa had covered her head with her right arm, and the sword +only hit that, though the sharp steel cut through the glove and wounded +her hand. She started up and rose on her knees in the bed; then a second +blow caught her head, but the thick hair blunted it, and the sword only +cut the forehead down to the eyebrow. + +Now Timéa seized the blade with her left hand. "Murderer!" she screamed, +sprung out of bed, and while the sharp edge cut the inside of her left +hand, she caught the enemy with her wounded right hand by the hair. She +felt it was a woman's, and now knew who was before her. + +There are critical moments in which the mind traverses a chain of +thought with lightning speed: this is Athalie; her mother is next door; +they want to murder her out of revenge and jealousy; it would be vain to +call for help, it is a struggle for life. Timéa screamed no more, but +collected all her strength in order, with her wounded hand, to draw down +her enemy's head and get the murderous weapon from her. + +Timéa was strong, and a murderer never puts forth his full strength. +They struggled silently in the darkness, the carpet deadening their +footfalls. Suddenly a cry sounded from the next room. "Murder!" screamed +the voice of Frau Sophie: at the sound Athalie's strength gave way. + +Her victim's blood streamed over her face. In the next room was heard +the sound of falling glass; through the broken window Frau Sophie's +screeching voice was heard resounding down the quiet street, "Murder, +murder!" + +Athalie let go the sword in terror, and put up both hands to loosen +Timéa's fingers from her hair: now she is the one attacked and she the +one alarmed. When she got her hair free, she pushed Timéa away, flew to +the opening of the hiding-place, and drew the picture gently over the +entrance. + +Timéa tottered forward a few steps with the sword in her hand, and then +fell swooning on the carpet. + +At Frau Sophie's cry, double-quick march was heard in the street--the +patrol was coming--the major was the first to reach the house. Frau +Sophie knew him and called out, "Quick, quick! they are killing Timéa!" +The major tore at the bell, thundered at the door, but no one came; the +soldiers tried to burst it in, but it was too strong and would not give +way. "Wake the servants," shouted the major. Frau Sophie ran, with the +courage born of great fear, through the dark rooms and passages, +knocking up against doors and furniture, till she came to the servants' +rooms. Her dream had come true. The whole household lay asleep: a +burned-down candle flickered on the table, and threw uncanny shadows on +the grotesque group. + +"There are murderers in the house!" screamed Frau Sophie, in a voice +quivering with terror; the only answer was a heavy snore. She shook some +of the sleepers, called them by name, but they only sunk back without +waking up. Blows could be heard on the house door. The porter too was +asleep, but the key was in his pocket; Frau Sophie got it out with great +difficulty, and ran through the dark passages, down the dark stairs, and +along the dark hall to open the door, while the fearful thought went +with her--how if she were to meet the murderer? and an even more +frightful doubt pursued her--suppose she should recognize that murderer? + +At last she got to the door, found the key-hole, and opened it. A bright +light burst in--there was the military patrol and the town-watchmen with +their lanterns. The captain of the guard had come, and the nearest +army-surgeon, all only half dressed in the first clothes they could +find, with a pistol or a naked sword in their hand. + +Herr Katschuka rushed up the steps straight to the door which led to +Timéa's room--it was locked on the inside: he put his shoulder against +it and burst the lock. + +Timéa lay before him on the ground, covered with blood, and unconscious. +The major raised her and carried her to the bed. The surgeon examined +the wounds, and said none of them was dangerous, the lady had only +fainted. As soon as his anxiety for his beloved one was relieved, the +thirst for vengeance awoke in the major--"Where is the murderer?" +"Singular," said the officer; "all the doors were locked inside--how +could any one get in, and how could he get out?" Nowhere was there a +suspicious mark; even the instrument of murder, the broken sword, a +treasure kept by Timéa herself, and generally put away in a velvet box, +lay blood-stained on the ground. The official physician now arrived: +"Let us examine the servants." They all lay sound asleep, and the doctor +found that none of them was shamming: they were all drugged. Who could +have done it? + +Her mother gazed at him in silence and could not answer. She did not +know. The captain opened the door of Athalie's room, and they all went +in, Frau Sophie following half fainting; she knew the bed must be empty. + +Athalie was in bed and asleep. Her white night-dress was buttoned up to +her neck, her hair fastened into an embroidered cap, her lovely hands +lay on the quilt. Face and hands were clean, and she slept. + +Frau Sophie leaned stupefied against the wall when she saw Athalie. "She +too has been drugged," said the doctor. + +The army-surgeon came up and felt her pulse: it was calm. No muscle +moved on her face, no quiver betrayed her consciousness. + +She could deceive every one by her marvelous self-control; all but +one--the man whose beloved she had tried to murder. + +"Is she really asleep?" asked the major. + +"Feel her hand," said the doctor; "it is quite cool and calm." + +Athalie felt the major take hold of her hand. "But just look, doctor," +said he; "if you look closely you will see under the nails of this +beautiful hand--fresh blood!" + +At these words Athalie's fingers suddenly clinched, and the major felt +as if eagle's claws were running into his hand. She laughed aloud and +threw off the bedclothes. Completely dressed, she sprung up, looked the +astonished men proudly up and down, cast a triumphant glance at the +major, and threw a contemptuous look at her mother. + +The poor woman could not bear it, and sunk fainting to the ground. + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +THE LAST STAB. + + +In the archives of the Komorn Court, one of the most interesting trials +is that of Athalie Brazovics. The woman's defense was masterly; she +denied everything, knew how to disprove everything, and when they +thought they had caught her, she managed to throw such mystery over it +all, that her judges knew not where to have her. Why should she murder +Timéa? She was herself engaged, and had good prospects, while Timéa was +her benefactress, and had promised her a rich dowry. + +Then, too, no traces of the murder could be found except in Timéa's +room. Nowhere was a bloody rag or handkerchief to be found--not even the +ashes of anything which could have been burned. Who had drugged the +servants could not be ascertained. The household had supped together, +and among the various sweets and foreign fruits there might have been +something which stupefied them. Not a drop of the suspected punch was to +be found; even the glasses which had held it were all washed out when +the patrol entered. + +Athalie maintained that she also had taken something that evening which +tasted peculiar, and that she had fallen so fast asleep that she neither +heard her mother's cry nor the noises afterward, and only awoke when the +major touched her hand. The one person who had found her bed empty half +an hour before was her own mother, who could not give evidence against +her. Her strongest point was that Timéa had locked all the doors, and +was found insensible. How could a murderer get in and get out again? And +if there had been an attempt to murder, why should she be suspected more +than the rest? + +The major remained with Timéa till late at night; perhaps if he left, +some one might creep into the room again. They did not even know whether +the assassin was man or woman. The only one who knew, Timéa, did not +betray it, but kept to her assertion that she could not remember +anything about it; her alarm had been so great that everything had faded +from her memory like a dream. + +She could not accuse Athalie, and was not even confronted with her. + +Timéa was still crippled by her wounds, which healed slowly; but the +shock to her nerves was more serious than the bodily injury, and she +trembled for Athalie. Since that dreadful night she was never left +alone--a doctor and a nurse watched her by turns. By day the major +hardly left her side, and the magistrate often visited her in order to +cross-examine her; but as soon as Athalie was mentioned. Timéa was +silent, and not another word could be extracted from her. + +The doctor advised at last that she should hear some amusing reading +aloud. Timéa had left her bed, and sat up to receive visitors. + +Herr Katschuka proposed to open the birthday letters which had been put +aside on that eventful day. That would be as good as anything--the naïve +congratulations of the god-children to the miraculously saved lady, +which no one had yet read. Timéa's hands were still bandaged. Herr +Katschuka opened the letters and read them aloud. The magistrate, too, +was present. The patient's face brightened during the reading, which +seemed to do her good. + +"What a curious seal this is," said the major, as he took up a letter +which had a golden beetle stuck on the wax. + +"Very odd," said Timéa; "I noticed it too." + +The major opened it. After he had read the first line--"Gracious lady, +there is in your room a picture of St. George"--the words stuck in his +throat, his eyes rolled wildly, and while he read on, his lips turned +blue, and cold sweat stood on his brow: suddenly he threw the letter +from him, and rushed like a madman to the picture, burst it in with his +fist, and tore it and its heavy frame from the wall. There behind it +yawned the dark depths of the secret chamber. + +The major dashed into the darkness, and returned in a moment with the +evidence of the murder--Athalie's bloody night-dress--in his hand. Timéa +hid her face in horror. The magistrate picked up the letter, put it in +his pocket, and took possession of the proofs. + +Other things were found in this hiding-place: the box of poisons, and +Athalie's diary, with the frightful confessions which threw light on her +soul's dark abysses, as the phosphoric mollusks do in the coral forests +of the sea. What monsters dwell there! Timéa forgets her wounds; with +clasped hands she implores the gentlemen, the doctor, the magistrate, +and her betrothed too, to tell no one, and keep the whole thing secret. +But that would be impossible; the proofs are in the hands of justice, +and there is no longer hope for Athalie except in God's mercy. And Timéa +can no longer disregard the legal summons: as soon as she can leave her +room, she must appear in court and be confronted with Athalie. This was +a cruel task. Even now she would only say that she remembered nothing +about the murderous attack. + +The marriage with the major had to be hurried on, for Timéa was to +appear in court as Katschuka's wife. As soon as her health allowed, the +wedding took place quite privately, without any festivity, without +guests or banquet. Only the clergyman and the witnesses, the magistrate +and the doctor, were present. No other visitors were admitted. + + * * * * * + +Human justice would not spare her the painful scene: once again she had +to be brought face to face with her murderess. Athalie had no dread of +this meeting, but awaited with impatience the moment when her victim +would appear. If with no other weapon, she wished by her eyes to inflict +one more stab on Timéa's heart. But she started when the official +said--"Call Emerich Katschuka's wife!" + +Katschuka's wife! Already married to him! But in spite of that she +showed unconcealed satisfaction when Timéa entered, and Athalie saw the +face paler than ever, the red line over the marble forehead, the scar +from the murderous blow; this memento was from her. Her lovely bosom +swelled with joy when Timéa was required to swear in the name of the +living God that she would answer truly, and all she said was true, and +when Timéa drew off her glove and raised her hand, so that the +disfiguring scar of a frightful sword-cut was visible. That, too, was a +wedding-present from Athalie. And Timéa swore with that maimed and +trembling hand that she had forgotten everything, and could not even +remember whether the murderer with whom she had struggled was a man or a +woman. + +"Fool!" muttered Athalie between her teeth. (Did they not struggle hand +to hand?) "What I dared to do, you dare not even accuse me of." + +"We are not asking that," said the president. "We only ask you, Did this +letter, in a child's writing, and sealed with a beetle, really come to +you by post, and on the very day of the attack? Was it then sealed, and +did no one know its contents?" + +Timéa answered all these questions calmly with Yes or No. + +Then the president turned to Athalie--"Now listen, Athalie Brazovics, to +the contents of this letter:-- + + "'GRACIOUS LADY,--There is in your room a picture of + St. George on the wall. This picture covers a + hiding-place, to which the entrance lies through the + lumber-room. Have this hole walled up, and watch over + your valuable life. Long and happy may it be. + + DODI.'" + +And then the president raised a cloth from the table. Under it lay the +accusers of Athalie--the bloody night-dress, the box of poisons, and the +diary. + +Athalie uttered a scream like a mortally wounded animal, and covered her +face with both hands, and when she took them away, that face was no +longer pale, but fiery red. She had a narrow black ribbon round her +neck; she tore it off now with her two hands, and threw it away, as if +to bare the lovely neck for the headsman, or perhaps rather to utter +more easily what now burst from her. + +"Yes, it is true I tried to kill you, and I am only sorry I did not +succeed. You have been the curse of my life, you pale-faced ghost! +Through you I have incurred eternal damnation. I tried to kill you--I +owed it to myself. See now, there was enough poison to send a whole +wedding company into eternity; but I longed for your blood. You are not +dead, but my thirst is quenched, and I can die now. But before the +executioner's ax severs my head from my body, I will give your heart one +more stab, from which it will never be healed, and whose torture shall +disturb your sweetest embraces. I swear! hear me, oh, God! hear me, ye +saints and angels, and devils! all ye in heaven and earth!--be gracious +to me only so far as I speak what is true." And the raving woman sunk on +her knees, and threw up her hands, calling heaven and earth to witness. +"I swear! I swear that this secret--the secret of the hidden door--was +only known to one person besides myself, and that one was MICHAEL TIMAR +LEVETINCZY. The day after he learned this secret from me he disappeared. +If any one has told this, then MICHAEL TIMAR LEVETINCZY DID NOT DIE NEXT +DAY! He lives still, and you can look for your first husband's return. +So help me God, it is true that Timar lives! He whom we buried in his +stead was a thief who had stolen his clothes. And now live on with this +stab in your heart." + + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +THE PENITENT IN "MARIA-NOSTRA." + + +The court sentenced Athalie to death for attempted murder. The king's +mercy commuted this sentence into imprisonment for life in the +penitentiary of "Maria-Nostra." + +Athalie still lives. Forty years have passed since then, and she must be +nearly seventy years old, but her defiant spirit is unbroken; she is +obstinate, silent, and unrepentant. When the other prisoners are taken +to church on Sundays, she is locked into her cell, because it is feared +that she might disturb the devotions of the rest. Once when she was +forced to go there, she yelled out to the priest "Liar!" and spat on the +altar. + +At various times during this period great acts of amnesty have been +passed, and on national festivals hundreds of prisoners have been +liberated, but this one woman was never recommended to mercy. Those who +advised her to repent in order to secure a pardon received the reply, +"As soon as I am free I will kill that woman!" + +She says it still; but she whom she hates has long fallen into dust, +after suffering for many years from that last stab inflicted on her poor +sick heart. + +After the words "Timar still lives," she never could be happy again: +like a cold phantom it overshadowed her joy; her husband's kisses were +forever poisoned to her. And when she felt the approach of death, she +had herself taken to Levetinczy, that she might not be placed in the +tomb where God knows who mouldered away under Timar's name. There she +sought out a quiet willow grove on the Danube shore, in the part nearest +to where her father, Ali Tschorbadschi, rested at the bottom of the +river: as near to the ownerless island as if some secret instinct drew +her there. From her grave the island rock was visible. + +No blessing rested on the wealth Timar left behind him. + +The only son Timéa bore to her second husband was a great spendthrift: +in his hands the fabulous wealth vanished as quickly as it had grown, +and Timéa's grandson lives on the pension he receives from the fund +bequeathed by Timar for the benefit of poor nobles. This is all that is +left of his gigantic property. + +On the site of his Komorn palace stands another building, and the +Levetinczy tomb has been removed on account of the fortifications. Of +all the former splendor and riches not a trace remains. + + * * * * * + +And what is passing meanwhile on the ownerless island? + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +NOBODY. + + +Since Timar's disappearance from Komorn forty years had passed. I was in +the alphabet-class when we schoolboys went to the funeral of the rich +lord, of whom people said afterward he was perhaps not dead, only +disappeared. Among the people the belief was strong that Timar lived, +and would some day reappear; possibly Athalie's words had set this idea +afloat--at any rate, public opinion was strongly in favor of it. + +The features, too, of the lovely lady came before me, whom every Sunday +I admired as she sat near the organ; her seat was the nearest in the pew +to the chancel. She was so radiant with beauty and yet so gentle. I well +remember the excitement when it was reported that a companion of this +beautiful woman had tried to murder her in the night. I saw the +condemned prisoner taken to the place of execution in the headsman's +cart; it was said that she would be beheaded. She had on a gray gown +with black ribbons, and sat with her back to the driver; before her was +a priest holding a crucifix. The market-women overwhelmed her with +abuse, and spat at her; but she gazed indifferently before her, and +noticed nothing. + +The people thronged round the cart; curious boys hurried in troops to +see the lovely head separated from the neck. I looked on fearfully from +a closed window--oh, dear, if she had looked at me by chance! An hour +later the crowd returned grumbling; they were disappointed that the +beautiful criminal had been respited. She had only been taken up on to +the scaffold, and there informed of the pardon. + +And then after that I saw that other lovely rich lady every Sunday in +church; but now with a red mark across her forehead, and each year with +a sadder and paler face. All sorts of stories were told of her; children +heard them from their mothers, and repeated them in school. + +And, finally, time swept the whole story out of people's memory. + +Some years ago, an old friend of mine, a naturalist, who is celebrated +as a collector of plants and insects throughout the world, described to +me the singular district between Hungary and Turkey, which belongs to +neither State, and is not any one's private property. + +On this account it offers a veritable California to the ardent +naturalist, who finds there the rarest flora and fauna. My old friend +used to visit this region every year, and stay there for weeks zealously +collecting specimens: he invited me to share his autumn expedition. I am +somewhat of a dilettante in this line, and as I had leisure, I +accompanied my friend to the Lower Danube. + +He led me to the ownerless island. My learned friend had known it for +five-and-twenty years past, when it was in great part a wilderness, and +all the work in progress. + +Apart from the reed-beds, which still surround and conceal the island, +it is now a complete model farm. Surrounded by a dike, it is protected +from any floods, and is intersected by canals, provided with water by a +horse-power pumping-engine. + +When an enthusiastic gardener gets here, he can hardly tear himself +away; every inch of ground is utilized, or serves to beautify the place. +The tobacco grown here has the most exquisite aroma, and, when properly +treated, is a first-class product; the bee-hives look from a distance +like a small town, with one-storied houses and many-shaped roofs. The +rarest fowls are bred in one inclosure, and on the artificial lake swim +curious foreign ducks and swans. In the rich meadows graze short-horned +cows, angora goats, and llama sheep with long, soft, black hair. + +It is easy to see that the owner of the island understands luxury--and +yet that owner never has a farthing to call his own; no money ever +enters the island. Those, however, who need the exports, know also the +requirements of the islanders--such as grain, clothes, tools, etc.--and +bring them for barter. + +My learned friend used to bring garden seeds and eggs of rare poultry, +and received in exchange curious insects and dried plants, which he sold +to natural history collections and foreign museums, and made a good +profit out of them, for science is not only a passion but a means of +sustenance. But what surprised me most agreeably was to hear pure +Hungarian spoken by the inhabitants, which is very rare in that +neighborhood. + +The whole colony consisted of one family, and each was called only +by his Christian name. The six sons of the first settler had married +women of the district, and the numbers of grandchildren and +great-grandchildren already exceeded forty, but the island maintained +them all. Poverty was unknown; they lived in luxury: each knew some +trade, and if they had been ten times as many, their labor would have +supported them. The founders of the family still superintended the work. + +The male members of the family learn gardening, carpentry, coopering, +preparation of tobacco, and the breeding of cattle; among them are +cabinet-makers and millers; the women weave Turkish carpets, prepare +honey, make cheese, and distill rose-water; and all these occupations go +on so naturally that it is never necessary to give orders; each knows +his duty, fulfills it untold, and takes pleasure in its completion. The +dwellings of the ever-growing families already form a whole street; each +little house is built by division of labor, and the elders help the +newly married. Strangers who visit the island are received by the +nominal head of the family, whom the others call father. Strangers know +him under the name of Deodatus. He is a well-built man of over forty, +with handsome features; he it is who arranges the terms of barter and +shows visitors over the colony. + +When we arrived Deodatus received us with the kind cordiality one +exhibits to old friends; the naturalist was a regular annual visitor. +The subjects of our discourse were pomology, horticulture, botany, +entomology, in all of which Deodatus seemed to be well versed; in +everything pertaining to gardens and cattle-breeding he had reached a +high standard. I could not conceal my surprise, and asked him where he +had learned it. + +"From our father," answered Deodatus, with a sigh. + +"Who is that?" + +"You will see him when we assemble in the evening." + +It was the time of apples. All the young people and women were busy +gathering the pretty golden-yellow, brown, and crimson fruit. It lay in +pyramids on the green turf, like cannon-balls inside a fortress. Joyous +cries resounded through the island; when the sun set, a bell gave the +signal for the holiday feast. At this signal every one hastened to fill +baskets with the remaining fruit, which was then carried into the +apple-store. + +We also, with Deodatus, bent our steps to the place whence the sound +came. The bell was on the top of a small wooden building, which, as well +as its little tower, was overgrown with ivy; but one could guess by the +fantastic forms of the columns under the veranda, that the architect had +carved many a thoughtful dream and wish into his work. + +Before this house was a circular space with tables and chairs; there +every one met when work was over. + +"Here dwell our old people," whispered Deodatus. + +They soon came out--a fine pair. The wife might be sixty, the man +eighty. The great-grandfather's face had that characteristic look which +makes you remember a good picture you have once seen, even if forty +years ago. I was quite startled: his head was nearly bald, but the +remaining hair and his beard were hardly gray, and on his firm, calm +features age seemed to have no hold. A temperate and regular life and a +cheerful disposition preserve the features unspoiled. + +The great-grandmother was still an attractive woman. Her once golden +hair certainly was flecked with silver, but her eyes were still girlish, +and her cheeks blushed like a bride's when her husband kissed her. + +The faces of both beamed with happiness when they saw their whole large +family round them, and they called each to them by name and kissed them. +This was their joy, their devotion, their song of praise. + +Deodatus, the eldest son, was the last to embrace his parents, and then +our turn came. They shook hands with us too, and invited us to supper. +The old lady still kept the care of the cooking department in her own +hands, and she it was who provided for all the family, though each had +full liberty to sit at a separate table with any others he cared for, +and take his meal with them; but her husband sat down at a table with us +and Deodatus. A tiny golden-haired angel of a child called Noémi climbed +on his lap, and had permission to listen, wondering, to our wise talk. + +When my name was mentioned to the old man he looked long at me, and a +visible color rose in his cheeks. My learned friend asked him whether he +had ever heard my name before; the old man was silent. Deodatus hastened +to say that his father had for forty years read nothing of what was +passing in the world: his whole study was books of farming and +gardening. I therefore undertook, as people do who have made a +profession of imparting what they know, to bring my wares to market, and +I told him what was going on in the world. I informed him that Hungary +was now united to Austria by the word "and." + +He blew a cloud from his pipe: the smoke said, "My island has nothing to +do with that." + +I told him of our heavy taxes: the smoke replied, "We have no taxes +here." + +I described to him the fearful wars which had been waged in our kingdom +and all over the world: the smoke answered, "We wage war here with no +one." + +There was at that time a great panic on the exchanges, the oldest firms +failed; and this too I explained to him. Only his pipe's steady puffs +seemed to say, "Thank God, we have no money here." + +I described to him the bitter struggle of parties, the strife between +religion, nationalities, and ambition. The old man shook the ashes out +of his pipe--"We have neither bishops, electors, nor ministers here." + +And finally, I proved to him how great our country would be when +everything we hoped for was fulfilled. + +Little Noémi meanwhile had fallen asleep on her great-grandfather's lap, +and had to be carried to bed. This was more important than what I was +talking of; the sleeping child passed into the great-grandmother's arms. +When the old lady left us, the old man asked me, "Where were you born?" +I told him. + +"What is your profession?" + +I told him I was a romance-writer. + +"What is that?" + +"One who can guess by the end of a story what the whole story was from +the beginning." + +"Well, then, guess my story," said he, clasping my hand. "There was once +a man who left a world in which he was admired, and created a second +world in which he was loved." + +"May I venture to ask your name?" + +The old man seemed to grow a head taller; then raising his trembling +hands, he laid them on my head. And at this moment it seemed to me as if +once, long, long ago, that hand had rested on my head when childish +curls covered it, and as if I had seen that noble face before. + +To my question he replied, "My name is NOBODY." With that he turned away +and spoke no more, but went into his house, and did not appear again +during our stay on the island. + +This is the present condition of the ownerless island. The privilege +granted by two kingdoms, that this speck of ground should be excluded +from any map, will last for fifty years more. + +Fifty years! Who knows what will have become of the world by then? + + +THE END. + + + + +ASK FOR AMERICAN SERIES No. 335. + +A Really Great American Novel. + +A TALE OF THE TOWN: +OR, +PHILIP HENSON, M. D. + +BY GEORGE HASTINGS. + +PAPER, 25 CENTS. + + +PRESS CRITICISMS: + +"We do not purpose to rob the story of the zest which remains for the +reading by telling here all the ingenious but reasonable complications +which beset this man, how love withers under the unseen blight, how rest +forsakes him, how success becomes a satire, and how the impervious will +sinks into impotency when beset by intangible and inscrutable forces. It +is enough to point out that in this book the author has planted his +characters upon an elemental truth, and something of the efficacy of +that truth gives a strange fascination and power to the story."--_New +York World._ + +"It is a cleverly wrought and highly interesting novel, constructed upon +somewhat unconventional lines. There is just enough medical science and +metaphysics in it to give it spice; there are two murders, a trial and +conviction of an innocent man on circumstantial evidence, a series of +confidential domestic scenes, and a dash of hypnotism--surely enough to +capture the fancy of the inveterate or occasional novel reader. . . . It +is a curious but entrancing novel, and once caught in its seductive +meshes the reader will find it hard to escape. Incidentally some of +Inspector Byrnes' peculiar detective methods are severely +satirized."--_The Brooklyn Standard-Union._ + +"It is clever in its way, but trash."--_The Buffalo Courier._ + +"It places the author in the foremost rank of American writers of +fiction. . . . It will live--a surpassingly clever delineation of a +strange phase of human character."--_The London Times._ + +"Philip Henson, M. D., by George Hastings, is indifferent and +mediocre."--_The New York Daily Continent._ + +"Philip Henson, M. D., is more than clever--it is masterly. In exciting +and absorbing interest this book excels the novels of Gaboriau and De +Boisgobey, and the sketches and characters are capitally drawn. For +example, Inspector Byrnes and his methods have never before been so +accurately described."--_The Spirit of the Times._ + +"A story quite out of the ordinary."--_The Kansas City Journal._ + +"Very dramatically told, and a well-conceived and thrilling +narrative."--_America._ + +"The plot of Philip Henson, M. D., is remarkably strong and tragic. Mr. +Hastings is a graphic writer."--_The Sacramento Record-Union._ + + + + +AMERICAN SERIES. + +TITLES ALPHABETICALLY ARRANGED + +TWENTY-FIVE CENT SERIES. + + +Abbey Murder, The. Jos. Hatton. +Alas! Rhoda Broughton. +Allan Quatermain. H. Rider Haggard. +Allan's Wife. H. Rider Haggard. +All Sorts and Conditions of Men. Walter Besant and James + Rice. +American Girl in London, An. Sara Jeannette Duncan. +American Notes. Rudyard Kipling. +Amethyst. Christabel R. Coleridge. +April's Lady. The Duchess. +Aristocrat in America, An. +Armorel of Lyonesse. Walter Besant. +Artificial Fate, An. Clarence Boutelle. +Artist and Model. Rene de Pont Jest. +As In a Looking-glass. F. C. Phillips. +Auld Licht Idylls. J. M. Barrie. +Averil. Rosa Nouchette Carey. +Awakening of Mary Fenwick, The. Beatrice Whitby. + +Bachelor's Blunder, A. W. E. Norris. +Baffled Conspirators, The. W. E. Norris. +Bag of Diamonds, The. G. Manville Fenn. +Bank Tragedy, The. Mary R. P. Hatch. +Baptized with a Curse. Edith Stewart Drewry. +Beaton's Bargain. Mrs. Alexander. +Beatrice. H. Rider Haggard. +Be Quick and Be Dead. Ophelia Hives. +Birch Dene. William Westall. +Black Tulip, The. Alexandre Dumas. +Blind Fate. Mrs. Alexander. +Blind Love. Wilkie Collins. +Born Coquette, A. The Duchess. +Bound by a Spell. Hugh Conway. +By Order of the Czar. Jos. Hatton. +By Woman's Wit. Mrs. Alexander. + +Camille. Alexandre Dumas. +Cardinal Sin, A. Hugh Conway. +Cast Up by the Sea. Sir Samuel W. Baker. +Cleopatra. H. Rider Haggard. +Colonel Quaritch, V. C. H. Rider Haggard. +Confessions of a Woman, The. Mabel Collins. +Count of Monte-Cristo, The. Alexandre Dumas. +Courting of Dinah Shadd, The. Rudyard Kipling. +Cradled in a Storm. Theodore A. Sharp. +Crooked Path, A. Mrs. Alexander. + +Daughter of Heth, A. William Black. +Daughter's Sacrifice, A. F. C. Phillips. +Dawn. H. Rider Haggard. +Dean and His Daughter, The. F. C. Phillips. +Dean's Daughter, The. Sophie F. Veitch. +Deemster, The. Hall Caine. +Demoniac, The. Walter Besant. +Derrick Vaughn, Novelist. Edna Lyall. +Diana Barrington. Mrs. John Croker. +Diary of a Pilgrimage. Jerome K. Jerome. +Dmitri. F. W. Bain, M.A. +Dodo and I. Capt. A. Haggard. +Donald Ross of Heimra. William Black. +Donovan. Edna Lyall. +Dora Thorne. Charlotte M. Braeme. +Doris's Fortune. F. Warden. +Dr. Cupid. Rhoda Broughton. +Dr. Glennie's Daughter. B. L. Farjeon. +Duchess, The. The Duchess. +Duchess of Powysland, The. Grant Allen. +Duke's Secret, The. Charlotte M. Braeme. + +East Lynne. Mrs. Henry Wood. +Edmond Dantes. Alexandre Dumas. +Eric Brighteyes. H. Rider Haggard. +Evil Genius, The. Wilkie Collins. + +Fair Women. Mrs. Forrester. +Fallen Idol, A. F. Anstey. +Fatal Dower, A. +Felon's Bequest, The. F. Du Boisgobey. +Fiery Ordeal, A. Bertha M. Clay. +First Violin, The. Jessie Fothergill. +Frontiersmen, The. Gustave Aimard. +Frozen Hearts. G. Webb Appleton. +Frozen Pirate, The. W. Clark Russell. + +Giraldi. Ross G. Dering. +Golden Hope, The. W. Clark Russell. +Grave Between Them, The. Clarence Boutelle. +Great Mill St. Mystery, The. Adeline Sargent. +Guilderoy. Ouida. + +Handy Andy. Samuel Lover. +Hardy Norseman, A. Edna Lyall. +Haunted Chamber, The. The Duchess. +Heriot's Choice. Rosa N. Carey. +Her Last Throw. The Duchess. +Herr Paulus. Walter Besant. +He Went for a Soldier. John Strange Winter. +Hidden Away. Etta W. Pierce. +Hon. Mrs. Vereker, The. The Duchess. +House Party, A. Ouida. +Hunchback of Notre Dame, The. Victor Hugo. + +Idle Thoughts of an Idle Fellow, The. Jerome K. Jerome. +I Have Lived and Loved. Mrs. Forrester. +In the Golden Days. Edna Lyall. +In the Heart of the Storm. Maxwell Gray. +Irma. Lawrence Gordon. + +Jack and Three Jills, A. F. C. Phillips. +Jane Eyre. Charlotte Bronte. +Jess. H. Rider Haggard. +Julius Courtney. J. McLaren Cobban. + +Keeper of the Keys, The. F. W. Robinson. +Kidnapped. R. L. Stevenson. +"King" Arthur. Mrs. Mulock. +King Solomon's Mines. H. Rider Haggard. +Kit and Kitty. R. D. Blackmore. +Kith and Kin. Jessie Fothergill. +Knight-Errant. Edna Lyall. + +Lady Audley's Secret. Miss M. E. Braddon. +Lady Beauty. Alan Muir. +Lady Walworth's Diamonds. The Duchess. +Lamplighter, The. Maria S. Cummings. +Last Love, A. Georges Ohnet. +Life Interest, A. Mrs. Alexander. +Life's Mistake, A. Mrs. H. Lovett Cameron. +Life's Remorse, A. The Duchess. +Light that Failed, The. Rudyard Kipling. +Little Irish Girl, A. The Duchess. +Little Mrs. Murray. F. C. Phillips. +Little Primrose. Wenona Gilman. +Little Rebel, A. The Duchess. +Living or Dead. Hugh Conway. +L'Ombra. From the French of + Gennevraye. +Lord Lisle's Daughter. Charlotte M. Braeme. +Lost Wife, A. Mrs. H. Lovett Cameron. +Louise de la Valliere. Alexandre Dumas. +Lover or Friend. Rosa N. Carey. +Lucky Young Woman, A. F. C. Phillips. + +Madame Midas. Fergus W. Hume. +Maid, Wife, or Widow? Mrs. Alexander. +Maiwa's Revenge. H. Rider Haggard. +Man-Hunter, The. Dick Donovan. +Man in the Iron Mask, The. Alexandre Dumas. +Man Outside, The. Clarence Boutelle. +March in the Ranks, A. Jessie Fothergill. +Margaret Byng. F. C. Phillips. +Mark of Cain, The. Andrew Lang. +Marooned. W. Clark Russell. +Marriage at Sea, A. W. Clark Russell. +Marvel. The Duchess. +Mary Jane's Memoirs. George R. Sims. +Mary St. John. Rosa N. Carey. +Master of Ballantrae, The. R. L. Stevenson. +Master Rockafellar's Voyage. W. Clark Russell. +Matter of Skill, A. Beatrice Whitby. +Mayor of Casterbridge, The. Thos. Hardy. +Mere Child, A. L. B. Walford. +Merle's Crusade. Rosa N. Carey. +Merry Men, and Other Tales and Fables, The. R. L. Stevenson. +Miracle Gold. Richard Dowling. +Misadventures of John Nicholson. R. L. Stevenson. +Miss Bretherton. Mrs. Humphrey Ward. +Mistress Beatrice Cope. M. E. Le Clerc. +Modern Circe, A. The Duchess. +Mohawks. Miss M. E. Braddon. +Molly Bawn. The Duchess. +Molly's Story. Frank Merryfield. +Moment After, The. Robert Buchanan. +Mona's Choice. Mrs. Alexander. +Mr. Meeson's Will. H. Rider Haggard. +Mrs. Fenton. W. E. Norris. +My Danish Sweetheart. W. Clark Russell. +My Friend Jim. W. E. Norris. +My Guardian. Ada Cambridge. +My Lady Nicotine. J. M. Barrie. +Mystery of a Hansom Cab, The. Fergus W. Hume. +Mystery of St. James's Park, The. J. B. Barton. +My Wonderful Wife. Marie Corelli. + +Nameless Man, The. F. Du Boisgobey. +Nellie's Memories. Rosa N. Carey. +New Arabian Nights. R. L. Stevenson. +Nine of Hearts, The. B. L. Farjeon. +Noble Woman, A. Henry Gréville. +Not Guilty. Etta W. Pierce. +Not Like Other Girls. Rosa N. Carey. +Nun's Curse, The. Mrs. J. H. Riddell. + +Old Curiosity Shop, The. Charles Dickens. +Once Again. Mrs. Forrester. +One Life, One Love. Miss M. E. Braddon. +Only a Mill Girl. Eric St. C. Ross. +Only the Governess. Rosa N. Carey. +On the Stage--and Off. Jerome K. Jerome. +Other Man's Wife, The. John Strange Winter. +Our Bessie. Rosa N. Carey. +Outsider, The. Hawley Smart. + +Parisian Detective, The. F. Du Boisgobey. +Part of the Property. Beatrice Whitby. +Passion's Slave. Richard Ashe King. +Paul Nugent, Materialist. Helen F. Hetherington + (Gullifer) and Rev. + H. Darwin Burton. +Pennycomequicks, The. S. Baring Gould. +Phantom Future, The. H. S. Merriman. +Phantom Rickshaw, The. Rudyard Kipling. +Picture of Dorian Gray, The. Oscar Wilde. +Plain Tales from the Hills. Rudyard Kipling. +Plunger, The. Hawley Smart. +Pretty Miss Bellew. Theo. Gift. +Prince Otto. R. L. Stevenson. +Prince Lucifer. Etta W. Pierce. + +Queenie's Whim. Rosa N. Carey. +Queen Tempest. Jane G. Austin. + +Roland Oliver. Justin McCarthy. +Romance of a Poor Young Man, The. Octave Feuillet. +Riversons, The. S. J. Bumstead. +Ruffino. Ouida. + +Saddle and Saber. Hawley Smart. +Sabina Zembra. William Black. +Scarlet Letter, The. Nathaniel Hawthorne. +Scheherazade. F. Warden. +Search for Basil Lyndhurst, The. Rosa N. Carey. +Secret of Her Life, The. Edward Jenkins. +Shadow of a Sin, The. Charlotte M. Braeme. +She. H. Rider Haggard. +She Trusted Him. Charles Garvice. +Silence of Dean Maitland, The. Maxwell Gray. +Social Departure, A. Sara Jeannette Duncan. +Social Vicissitudes. F. C. Phillips. +Soldiers Three. Rudyard Kipling. +Son of Porthos, The. Alexandre Dumas. +Spurious. J. Barney Low. +Stage-Land. Jerome K. Jerome. +Stephen Ellicott's Daughter. Mrs. J. H. Needell. +St. Katherine's by the Tower. Walter Besant. +Story of an African farm, The. Olive Schreiner. +Story of an Error, The. +Story of Philip Methuen, The. Mrs. J. H. Needell. +Story of the Gadsbys, The. Rudyard Kipling. +Strange Adventures of Lucy Smith, The. F. C. Phillips. +Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde. R. L. Stevenson. +Sylvia Arden. Oswald Crawford. +Syrlin. Ouida. + +Tale of Three Lions, A. H. Rider Haggard. +Tangles Unraveled. Evelyn Kimball Johnson. +Texar's Revenge. Jules Verne. +This Wicked World. Mrs. H. Lovett Cameron. +Three Guardsmen, The. Alexandre Dumas. +Three Men in a Boat. Jerome K. Jerome. +Three Miss Kings, The. Ada Cambridge. +Troublesome Girl, A. The Duchess. +Twenty Years After. Alexandre Dumas. +Twin Hussars, The. F. W. Rollins. +Two Masters. B. M. Croker. + +Uncle Max. Rosa N. Carey. +Under-Currents. The Duchess. +Under Two Flags. Ouida. + +Vendetta. Marie Corelli. +Vicomte de Bragelonne, The. Alexandre Dumas. + +Weaker than a Woman. Charlotte M. Braeme. +Wedding Ring, The. Robert Buchanan. +Wee Wifie. Rosa N. Carey. +We Two. Edna Lyall. +What Gold Can Not Buy. Mrs. Alexander. +When a Man's Single. J. M. Barrie. +White Company, The. A. Conan Doyle. +Wicked Girl, A. Mary Cecil Hay. +Widow Bedott Papers. F. M. Whitcher. +Wife In Name Only. Charlotte M. Braeme. +Will. Georges Ohnet. +Window in Thrums, A. J. M. Barrie. +Witch's Head, The. H. Rider Haggard. +Woman's Face, A. F. Warden. +Woman's Heart, A. Mrs. Alexander. +Woman's War, A. Charlotte M. Braeme. +Won by Waiting. Edna Lyall. +Wonderful Adventures of Phra the Edwin Lester Arnold. + PhÅ“nician, The. +Wooed and Married. Rosa N. Carey. +Wooing O't, The. Mrs. Alexander. +World's Desire, The. H. Rider Haggard and Andrew + Lang. +World, the Flesh, and the Devil, The. Mrs. M. E. Braddon. +Wormwood. Marie Corelli. + +Young Mr. Ainslie's Courtship. F. C. Phillips. + + + + +FIFTY CENT ISSUES. + +Ardath. Marie Corelli. +Disputed Inheritance, A. Timayenis. +Englishman in Paris, An. +Robert Elsmere. Mrs. Humphrey Ward. +Romance of Two Worlds, A. Marie Corelli. +Spurgeon's Gold. Rev. E. H. Swem. +Thelma. Marie Corelli. + + + + +Latest Issues American Series. + +25-Cent Edition. + +Andrée de Taverney. Alexander Dumas. +Discarded Daughter, The. Mrs. E. D. E. N. Southworth. +Countess de Charny, The. Alexander Dumas. +Retribution. Mrs. E. D. E. N. Southworth. +Six Years Later. Alexander Dumas. +Queen's Necklace, The. Alexander Dumas. +Fatal Marriage, The. Mrs. E. D. E. N. Southworth. +Memoirs of a Physician. Alexander Dumas. +Joseph Balsamo. Alexander Dumas. +Self-Raised. Mrs. E. D. E. N. Southworth. +Ishmael. Mrs. E. D. E. N. Southworth. +Russian Gypsy, The. Alexander Dumas. +Old Mam'selle's Secret, The. E. Marlitt. + + + + +ALEXANDER DUMAS' WORKS +CONTAINED IN +"AMERICAN SERIES:" + +Camille. +Edmond Dantes. +Count of Monte-Cristo. +The Three Guardsmen. +Twenty Years After. +Vicomte de Bragelonne. +Louise de la Valliere. +The Man in the Iron Mask. +The Son of Porthos. +The Black Tulip. +The Russian Gypsy. +Joseph Balsamo. +Memoirs of a Physician. +The Queen's Necklace. +Six Years Later. +Countess de Charny. +Andrée de Taverney. +The Chevalier de Maison Rouge. + + + + +MAXWELL GRAY'S WORKS +CONTAINED IN +"AMERICAN SERIES." + +No. 239--In the Heart of the Storm. +No. 261--Silence of Dean Maitland, The. + + + + +MARIE CORELLI'S WORKS +CONTAINED IN +"AMERICAN SERIES." + +No. 6--Ardath--50c number. +No. 73--Romance of Two Worlds, A--50c number. +No. 4--Thelma--50c number. + + * * * * * + +No. 244--Hired Baby, The. +No. 169--My Wonderful Wife. +No. 99--Vendetta. +No. 224--Wormwood. + + + + +CUSHING'S MANUAL. + +CONTAINING +RULES of PROCEEDING and DEBATE +OF +DELIBERATIVE ASSEMBLIES. + +_A Complete Guide for Instruction and Reference in all Matters +pertaining to the Management of Public Meetings according to +Parliamentary Usages._ + + BY REVISED BY +LUTHER S. CUSHING. FRANCES P. SULLIVAN. + +The contents embrace the following subjects: + +Adding of Propositions. +Adjournment. +Amendment. +Apology. +Assembly, Deliberative. +Assembling. +Blanks, filling of. +Chairman, preliminary election of. +Committees. +Committee of the Whole. +Commitment. +Communications. +Consent of the assembly. +Contested Elections. +Credentials. +Debate. +Decorum, Breaches of. +Disorderly Conduct. +Disorderly Words. +Division. +Elections and Returns. +Expulsion. +Floor. +Forms of Proceeding. +Incidental Questions. +Introduction of Business. +Journal. +Judgment of an aggregate body. +Lie on the Table. +List of members. +Main Question. +Majority. +Members. +Membership. +Motion. +Naming a member. +Officers. +Order of a deliberative assembly. +Order of business. +Order, rules of. +Order, call to. +Orders of the Day. +Organization. +Papers and Documents. +Parliamentary Law. +Parliamentary Rules. +Petitions. +Postponement. +Power of assembly to eject strangers. +Preamble. +Precedence. +President. +Presiding Officer. +Previous Question. +Privileged Questions. +Proceedings, how set in motion. +Punishment. +Quarrel between members. +Question. +Quorum. +Reading of Papers. +Reception. +Recommitment. +Reconsideration. +Recording Officer. +Recurrence of Business. +Reports of Committees. +Reprimand. +Resolution. +Returns. +Roll. +Rules. +Secondary Questions. +Seconding of motions. +Secretary. +Separation of propositions. +Speaking. +Speaking member. +Speech, reading of, by member. +Subsidiary Questions. +Suspension of a rule. +Transposition of proposition. +Vice-President. +Voting. +Will of assembly. +Withdrawal of motion. +Yeas and Nays. + +In addition to the above this volume contains + +THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES +AND THE +DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. + +_208 Pages. Bound in paper, 25 cents; bound in cloth, gilt back, 50 +cents._ + +Sent by mail receipt of price. One- and two-cent stamps taken. + + + + +Standard Recitations by Best Authors + +A CHOICE COLLECTION OF BEAUTIFUL COMPOSITIONS, +CAREFULLY COMPILED FOR +School, Lyceum, Parlor, and other Entertainments, +BY FRANCES P. SULLIVAN. + + +CONTENTS OF NO. 22. + + PAGE +Shamus O'Brien, The Bold Boy of Glingall. Samuel Lover. 3 +The Soldiers' Reward. J. W. Donovan. 7 +The Kitten of the Regiment. 9 +Perils of a Teacher. J. W. Donovan. 10 +A Climb at Rouen. M. Betham Edwards. 11 +Catching the Colt. 12 +Something for Strikers. 13 +Harmony. 13 +By the Wayside. E. Doherty. 14 +The Unwelcomed Baby. 15 +Running Before It. William Constable. 16 +"Warned." Crape Myrtle. 17 +The Old Wife's Kiss. 17 +The Old Office-Desk. Henry J. Shellman. 19 +Chickens Come Home to Roost. Earnest M'Gaffey. 19 +The Blacksmith of Ragenbach. 20 +The Old Mill. H. W. Field. 21 +One at a Time. 22 +The Hot Axle. T. DeWitt Talmage. 22 +Ellsworth's Avengers. Tripp. 23 +The Origin of Whiskey. H. Burgess. 24 +The Two Words. J. E. Dinkenga. 25 +Listeners. M. K. D. 25 +The Delinquent Subscriber. Margaret Andrews Oldham. 26 +"Peace, be Still." Violet. 27 +A Short Debate on Rum. "Th' Poet o' Ante-Bar" 28 +The Participants in the Boston Massacre. John Hancock. 28 +Dandie. M. F. Bradley. 29 +The Nameless Guest. James Clarence Harvey. 30 +Slug Number Eleven. 30 +A Famous Fight. David Graham Adee. 32 +More Cruel Than War. 33 +The Fall of the Alamo. Mrs. Barr. 34 +A New Gospel. Carlotta Perry. 35 +Making the Round. Mrs. M. L. Rayne. 36 +The Beautiful. 37 +Onatoga's Sacrifice. John Dimitry. 38 +Joe Sieg. Alexander Anderson. 39 +Education. C. Phillips. 41 +Ingratitude: Or Old Sport and His Master. Fred Williams. 41 +Old Uncle Jake. 43 +On the Rappahannock. 44 +The Better Land. 45 +Charity. 45 +St. Michael the Weigher. 46 +The Orphan's New Year. O. H. 46 +The Inch Cape Bell. 47 +The Old Minstrel. 47 + +Price 12 Cents by Mail. 1 and 2 Cent Stamps Taken. + +Address M. J. IVERS & CO., +379 Pearl Street, N. Y. City. + + + + +THE +Standard Letter Writer +FOR +Ladies and Gentlemen. + +CONTAINING A COMPLETE COLLECTION OF BUSINESS LETTERS; LETTERS OF +INTRODUCTION; LETTERS OF CREDIT; LETTERS OF APPLICATION FOR EMPLOYMENT; +LETTERS OF RECOMMENDATION; SOCIAL LETTERS; CONGRATULATION AND +CONDOLENCE; NOTES OF CEREMONY AND COMPLIMENT; RULES FOR CONDUCTING +PUBLIC DEBATES AND MEETINGS. + +PRICE 25 CENTS. + +COPYRIGHT, 1893, BY M. J. IVERS & CO. + +NEW YORK: +M. J. IVERS & CO., PUBLISHERS. +879 PEARL STREET. + + + + +Transcriber's Note: The 1894 M. J. Ivers & Co. edition was the principal +source for this electronic text. In addition, the 1894 D. Appleton and +Company text was consulted to determine the preferred hyphenation and +spelling of some words and to resolve suspected typographical errors. In +addition to the corrections noted individually below, the following +changes were made throughout the book: Timea was changed to Timéa, Noemi +to Noémi, Uj-Szony to Uj-Szöny, Honigler to Hönigler, Szonyer to +Szönyer, Fraulein to Fraülein, Grands Crus to Grands Crûs, senor to +señor, and Petofi to Petöfi. + +In Book First, Chapter I, =These are the passengers of the 'St. Barbara."= +was changed to =These are the passengers of the "St. Barbara."=. + +In Book First, Chapter II, "the later was suddenly caught" was changed to +"the latter was suddenly caught". + +In Book First, Chapter III, "the poor beast" was changed to "the poor +beasts", and "It was only that she ship" was changed to "It was only +that the ship". + +In Book First, Chapter IV, "whose pure, azure seen" was changed to "whose +pure azure, seen", "In Brazovic's café" was changed to "In Brazovics' +café", and "before Brazovic's café" was changed to "before Brazovics' +café". + +In Book First, Chapter VI, a missing quotation mark was added after "You +can't joke with her", "white cat on her shouler" was changed to "white +cat on her shoulder", and "nothing remakable in her rising suddenly" was +changed to "nothing remarkable in her rising suddenly". + +In Book First, Chapter VII, "dear mother-in law!" was changed to "dear +mother-in-law!", "future son-in law" was changed to "future son-in-law", +and "Did your hear how" was changed to "Did you hear how". + +In Book First, Chapter VIII, "the prince settled in advance" was changed +to "the price settled in advance". + +In Book First, Chapter X, ="Timea!' cried Timar, "your father is dead."= +was changed to ="Timea!" cried Timar, "your father is dead."= + +In Book First, Chapter XIV, an extra quotation mark was deleted after "ten +thousand measures of wheat.", and "at which Timea only eat fruit and +bread" was changed to "at which Timea only ate fruit and bread". + +In Book Second, Chapter III, "felspar" was changed to "feldspar". + +In Book Second, Chapter IV, "When the saw that the doors" was changed to +"When they saw that the doors". + +In Book Second, Chapter V, a missing quotation mark was added after +"burned coffee-berries.", and "rich man wooes" was changed to "rich man +woos". + +In Book Second, Chapter VII, "It was un heard of" was changed to "It was +unheard of", "who eat the bread of charity" was changed to "who ate the +bread of charity", and "eat not a morsel" was changed to "ate not a +morsel". + +In Book Second, Chapter VIII, "Athalia put on her mourning-dress" was +changed to "Athalie put on her mourning-dress", and "The kitchen clock +was till going" was changed to "The kitchen clock was still going". + +In Book Third, Chapter II, a missing period was added after "wounded +their hearts". + +In Book Third, Chapter III, missing periods were added after "embracing +her mother with eager kisses" and "Very much", "Timar open the little +gate" was changed to "Timar opened the little gate", and "the grass it +wet" was changed to "the grass is wet". + +In Book Third, Chapter IV, "Michael disappeard" was changed to "Michael +disappeared", "when he laughed" was changed to "when she laughed", and a +missing quotation mark was added after "you will have to go off to +Brazil." + +In Book Third, Chapter VI, a missing colon was added after "stretching +both hands entreatingly to Michael", "his meeting with Thedor" was +changed to "his meeting with Theodor", a missing parenthesis was added +after "what depended on this business!", and "eat it with the bread" was +changed to "ate it with the bread". + +In Book Fourth, Chapter I, "centturies might pass" was changed to +"centuries might pass". + +In Book Fourth, Chapter III, "districts of Zala and Vesoprimer" was +changed to "districts of Zala and Vessprimer", and "by its owe will" was +changed to "by its own will". + +In Book Fifth, Chapter I, a missing quotation mark was added after "sick +and loveless heart?", and "which he hear crackling" was changed to +"which he heard crackling". + +In Book Fifth, Chapter III, "though Timar, shrugging his shoulders" was +changed to "thought Timar, shrugging his shoulders", and "A Rianás! +à  Rianás!" was changed to "A Rianás! a Rianás!". + +In Book Fifth, Chapter IV, "revealed the secrt" was changed to "revealed +the secret", "loathsome wrounds" was changed to "loathsome wounds", +"Then man knew" was changed to "The man knew", "turn you back on me" was +changed to "turn your back on me", and "sacrified her to his base lusts" +was changed to "sacrificed her to his base lusts". + +In Book Fifth, Chapter VIII, "write _l_ and _o_" was changed to "write +_l_ and _ó_", and "_lo_ (Hungarian for horse)" was changed to "_ló_ +(Hungarian for horse)". + +In Book Fifth, Chapter XII, "moldered-away" was changed to "mouldered +away", and an extraneous quotation mark was removed following "on the +ownerless island?". + +In the advertisements, "Evelyn Kymball Johnson" was changed to "Evelyn +Kimball Johnson", and missing periods were added after "The Man in the +Iron Mask" and "Memoirs of a Physician". + +Finally, the advertisement for Cushing's Manual was moved from the +inside front cover to the back of the book. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Timar's Two Worlds, by Mór Jókai + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TIMAR'S TWO WORLDS *** + +***** This file should be named 31409-0.txt or 31409-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/1/4/0/31409/ + +Produced by Steven desJardins and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/31409-0.zip b/31409-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..71bc8ae --- /dev/null +++ b/31409-0.zip diff --git a/31409-h.zip b/31409-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b58cd19 --- /dev/null +++ b/31409-h.zip diff --git a/31409-h/31409-h.htm b/31409-h/31409-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1996209 --- /dev/null +++ b/31409-h/31409-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,18933 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Timar's Two Worlds, by Mór Jókai. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> + p { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + } + hr { width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + } + + table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} + + body{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; + } /* page numbers */ + + .linenum {position: absolute; top: auto; left: 4%;} /* poetry number */ + .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;} + .sidenote {width: 20%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em; + padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em; margin-left: 1em; + float: right; clear: right; margin-top: 1em; + font-size: smaller; color: black; background: #eeeeee; border: dashed 1px;} + + .bb {border-bottom: solid 2px;} + .bl {border-left: solid 2px;} + .bt {border-top: solid 2px;} + .br {border-right: solid 2px;} + .bbox {border: solid 2px;} + + .center {text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%;} + .boldcenter {text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; + margin-right: 15%; font-weight: bold;} + .bold {font-weight: bold;} + .newbook {margin-top: 3em;} + .newchapter {margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; margin-top: 3em; + margin-bottom: 1.5em;} + .firstchapter {margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; + margin-bottom: 1.5em;} + .subhead {font-size: 80%;} + .subhead2 {font-size: 50%;} + .bigtext {font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold;} + .theend {text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 3em; + margin-bottom: 3em;} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + .u {text-decoration: underline;} + + .bookhead {text-align: center; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 1em; + font-style: italic;} + .chapnum {text-align: right; vertical-align: top;} + .chapname {text-align: left; vertical-align: top; padding-right: 3em;} + .chappage {text-align: right; vertical-align: top;} + .advert1 {text-align: left; vertical-align: top; padding-right: 2em; + padding-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em;} + .advert2 {text-align: right; vertical-align: top; padding-left: 2em;} + .advert3 {text-align: right; vertical-align: top;} + .advert4 {text-align: left; vertical-align: top; padding-left: 1em; + text-indent: -1em;} + .advert5 {text-align: left; vertical-align: top; padding-right: 2em; + padding-bottom: 0.75em;} + + .advertboldheader {text-align: center; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold;} + .advertheader {text-align: center; font-size: 120%;} + .caption {font-weight: bold;} + + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + + .figleft {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: + 1em; margin-right: 1em; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + .figright {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; + margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + .footnotes {border: dashed 1px;} + .footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;} + .footnote .label {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;} + .fnanchor {vertical-align: super; font-size: .8em; text-decoration: none;} + + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;} + .poem br {display: none;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem span.i0 {display: block; margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i2 {display: block; margin-left: 2em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i4 {display: block; margin-left: 4em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Timar's Two Worlds, by Mór Jókai + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Timar's Two Worlds + +Author: Mór Jókai + +Translator: Mrs. Hegan Kennard + +Release Date: February 26, 2010 [EBook #31409] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TIMAR'S TWO WORLDS *** + + + + +Produced by Steven desJardins and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + +</pre> + + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 372px;"> +<img src="images/timar-cover.png" width="372" height="560" alt="cover of Timar's Two Worlds" title="M. J. IVERS & CO. PRICE 25 CENTS. AMERICAN SERIES No. 343. TIMAR'S TWO WORLDS By MAURUS JOKAI. Entered at Post-Office, New York, as Second-Class Matter. Issued Monthly—November 17th, 1894—Subscription, $3.00 per Year." /> +</div> + +<p class="center"><i>AMERICAN SERIES.</i></p> + +<h1>TIMAR'S TWO WORLDS.<br /> +<span class="subhead2">BY</span><br /> +<span class="subhead">MAURUS JOKAI.</span></h1> + +<p class="center">NEW YORK:<br /> +M. J. IVERS & CO., PUBLISHERS,<br /> +379 PEARL STREET.</p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<h2><a name="CONTENTS" id="CONTENTS"></a>CONTENTS.</h2> + + + +<div class="figcenter"> +<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" summary="Table of Contents"> +<tr> +<td colspan="3" class="bookhead">BOOK FIRST.—THE "ST. BARBARA."</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum"><span style="font-size: 75%;">CHAPTER.</span></td> +<td> </td> +<td class="chappage"><span style="font-size: 75%;">PAGE.</span></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">I.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE IRON GATE</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIRST_I">5</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">II.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE WHITE CAT</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIRST_II">14</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">III.</td> +<td class="chapname">—A DANGEROUS LEAP WITH A MAMMOTH</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIRST_III">17</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">IV.</td> +<td class="chapname">—A STRICT SEARCH</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIRST_IV">22</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">V.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE OWNERLESS ISLAND</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIRST_V">27</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">VI.</td> +<td class="chapname">—ALMIRA AND NARCISSA</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIRST_VI">32</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">VII.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE VOICES OF THE NIGHT</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIRST_VII">40</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">VIII.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE HISTORY OF THE ISLANDERS</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIRST_VIII">45</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">IX.</td> +<td class="chapname">—ALI TSCHORBADSCHI</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIRST_IX">53</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">X.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE LIVING STATUE</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIRST_X">56</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">XI.</td> +<td class="chapname">—A BURIAL AT SEA</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIRST_XI">58</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">XII.</td> +<td class="chapname">—AN EXCELLENT JOKE</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIRST_XII">61</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">XIII.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE FATE OF THE "ST. BARBARA"</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIRST_XIII">63</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">XIV.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE GUARDIAN</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIRST_XIV">67</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td colspan="3" class="bookhead">BOOK SECOND.—TIMÉA.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">I.</td> +<td class="chapname">—GOOD ADVICE</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_SECOND_I">75</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">II.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE RED CRESCENT</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_SECOND_II">78</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">III.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE GOLD MINE</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_SECOND_III">82</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">IV.</td> +<td class="chapname">—MICHAEL TIMAR, BARON VON LEVETINCZY</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_SECOND_IV">88</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">V.</td> +<td class="chapname">—A GIRL'S HEART</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_SECOND_V">93</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">VI.</td> +<td class="chapname">—ANOTHER JEST</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_SECOND_VI">102</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">VII.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE WEDDING-DRESS</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_SECOND_VII">105</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">VIII.</td> +<td class="chapname">—TIMÉA</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_SECOND_VIII">114</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td colspan="3" class="bookhead">BOOK THIRD.—THE OWNERLESS ISLAND.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">I.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE MARRIAGE OF THE MARBLE STATUE</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_THIRD_I">123</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">II.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE GUARDIAN DEVIL</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_THIRD_II">127</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">III.</td> +<td class="chapname">—SPRING MEADOWS</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_THIRD_III">134</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">IV.</td> +<td class="chapname">—A SPIDER AMONG THE ROSES</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_THIRD_IV">144</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">V.</td> +<td class="chapname">—OUT OF THE WORLD</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_THIRD_V">153</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">VI.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE TROPIC OF CAPRICORN</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_THIRD_VI">157</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">VII.</td> +<td class="chapname">—SWEET HOME</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_THIRD_VII">167</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td colspan="3" class="bookhead">BOOK FOURTH.—NOÉMI.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">I.</td> +<td class="chapname">—A NEW GUEST</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FOURTH_I">176</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">II.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE WOOD-CARVER</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FOURTH_II">185</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">III.</td> +<td class="chapname">—MELANCHOLY</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FOURTH_III">197</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">IV.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THERESE</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FOURTH_IV">207</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td colspan="3" class="bookhead">BOOK FIFTH.—ATHALIE.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">I.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE BROKEN SWORD</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIFTH_I">213</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">II.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE FIRST LOSS</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIFTH_II">223</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">III.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE ICE</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIFTH_III">227</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">IV.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE PHANTOM</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIFTH_IV">235</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">V.</td> +<td class="chapname">—WHAT HAS THE MOON TO TELL?</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIFTH_V">247</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">VI.</td> +<td class="chapname">—WHO COMES?</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIFTH_VI">250</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">VII.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE CORPSE</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIFTH_VII">252</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">VIII.</td> +<td class="chapname">—DODI'S LETTER</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIFTH_VIII">254</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">IX.</td> +<td class="chapname">—"YOU STUPID CREATURE!"</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIFTH_IX">257</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">X.</td> +<td class="chapname">—ATHALIE</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIFTH_X">262</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">XI.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE LAST STAB</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIFTH_XI">269</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">XII.</td> +<td class="chapname">—THE PENITENT IN "MARIA-NOSTRA"</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIFTH_XII">273</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="chapnum">XIII.</td> +<td class="chapname">—NOBODY</td> +<td class="chappage"><a href="#CHAPTER_FIFTH_XIII">273</a></td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span></p> + +<h1><a name="TIMARS_TWO_WORLDS" id="TIMARS_TWO_WORLDS"></a>TIMAR'S TWO WORLDS</h1> + +<h2><a name="BOOK_FIRST" id="BOOK_FIRST"></a><i>BOOK FIRST.—THE "ST. BARBARA."</i></h2> + +<h3 class="firstchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIRST_I" id="CHAPTER_FIRST_I"></a>CHAPTER I.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE IRON GATE.</span></h3> + + +<p>A mountain-chain, pierced through from base to summit—a gorge four +miles in length, walled in by lofty precipices; between their dizzy +heights the giant stream of the Old World, the Danube.</p> + +<p>Did the pressure of this mass of water force a passage for itself, or +was the rock riven by subterranean fire? Did Neptune or Vulcan, or both +together, execute this supernatural work, which the iron-clad hand of +man scarce can emulate in these days of competition with divine +achievements?</p> + +<p>Of the rule of the one deity traces are visible on the heights of Fruska +Gora in the fossil sea-shells strewn around, and in Veterani's cave with +its petrified relics of saurian monsters of the deep; of the other god, +the basalt of Piatra Detonata bears witness. While the man of the iron +hand is revealed by long galleries hewn in the rock, a vaulted road, the +ruined piers of an immense bridge, the tablets sculptured in bas-relief +on the face of the cliff, and by a channel two hundred feet wide, +hollowed in the bed of the river, through which the largest ships may +pass.</p> + +<p>The Iron Gate has a history of two thousand years. Four nations—Romans, +Turks, Roumanians and Hungarians, have each in turn given it a different +name.</p> + +<p>We seem to approach a temple built by giants, with rocky pillars, +towering columns, and wonderful colossi on its lofty frieze, stretching +out in a perspective of four miles, and, as it winds, discovering new +domes with other groups of natural masonry, and other wondrous forms. +One wall is smooth as polished granite, red and white veins zigzagging +across it like mysterious characters in the handwriting of God. In +another place the whole face is rusty brown, as if of solid iron. Here +and there the oblique strata suggest the daring architecture of the +Titans. At the next turn we are met by the portal of a Gothic cathedral, +with its pointed gables, its clustered basaltic columns. Out of the +dingy wall shines now and again a golden speck like a glimpse of the Ark +of the Cove<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span>nant—there sulphur blooms, the ore-flower. But living +blossoms also deck the crags. From the crevices of the cornice hang +green festoons. These are great foliage-trees and pines, whose dark +masses are interspersed with frost-flecked garlands of red and gold.</p> + +<p>Now and then the mouth of some valley makes a break in the endless, +dizzy precipice, and allows a peep into a hidden paradise untrodden by +man.</p> + +<p>Here between two cliffs lies a deep shadow, and into this twilight +shines like a fairy world the picture of a sunny vale, with a forest of +wild vines, whose small red clusters lend color to the trees, and whose +bright leaves weave a carpet below. No human dwelling is visible; a +clear stream winds along, from which deer drink fearlessly; then the +brook throws its silver ribbon over the edge of the cliff. Thousands +pass by the valley, and each one asks himself who lives there.</p> + +<p>Then follows another temple more huge and awful than the first; the +towering walls drawing closer by three hundred yards and soaring three +thousand feet into the sky.</p> + +<p>That projecting needle at the top is the "Gropa lui Petro," the grave of +St. Peter; the two gigantic forms on either side are his apostolic +companions; yonder monster opposite is the "Babile," and the one which +closes the vista is the "Golumbaczka Mali" or Dove-rock; while the gray +pinnacle which towers above is the high Robbers' Peak, "Rasbojnik +Beliki."</p> + +<p>Between these walls flows the Danube in its rocky bed. The mighty +mother-stream, accustomed far above on the Hungarian plains to flow with +majestic quiet in a bed three miles wide, to caress the overhanging +willows, to look on blooming meadows and play with chattering mills, is +here confined in a pass only a hundred and fifty fathoms in width.</p> + +<p>With what rage it rushes through! He who traveled with it before +recognizes it no longer; the grisly giant is rejuvenated into heroic +youth. Its waves leap along the stony bed, from which sometimes a great +bowlder projects like a witch's altar, the huge "Babagay," the crowned +"Kassan." On this it bursts with majestic fury, roaring round it with +swirls which hollow deep abysses in the bottom; thence it rushes, +hissing and seething, across the slabs of rock which stretch obliquely +from side to side of the channel. In many places it has already mastered +the obstacles which barred its way, and flows foaming through the open +breach. There, it has burrowed beneath the wall of the ravine, and by +its continuous current has washed out a channel below the overhanging +rock. Here, it has carved islands out of the stubborn granite, new +creations, to be found on no chart, overgrown with wild bushes. They +belong to no state—neither Hungary, Turkey, nor Servia; they are +ownerless, nameless, subject to no tribute, outside the world. And there +again it has carried away an island, with all its shrubs, trees, huts, +and wiped it from the map.</p> + +<p>The rock and islets divide the stream, which between Ogradina and +Plesvissovicza has a speed of ten miles an hour, into many arms; and the +sailor has need to study these intricate and narrow passages, for there +is but one deep-water channel through the rocky bed—in-shore none but +the smallest boats can float.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span>Among the small islands between the lesser branches of the Danube, +singular constructions of human hands are mingled with the grand works +of nature; double rows of palisades made of strong trunks of trees, +which, joined in the form of a V, present their open side down stream. +These are the sturgeon-traps. The marine visitors swim up stream into +the snare, and on and on into the ever-narrowing trap—for it is not +their custom to turn back—until they find themselves in the +death-chamber from which there is no release.</p> + +<p>The voices of this sublime region are superhuman. A perpetual universal +tumult; so monotonous, so nearly akin to silence and yet so distinct—as +if it uttered the name of God. How the great river dances over the +granite shores, how it scourges the rocky walls, bounds against the +island altars, dives rattling into the whirlpool, pervades the cataract +with harmony!</p> + +<p>The echo from the mighty cliffs raises this eternal voice of the waters +into an unearthly melody, like organ notes and thunder dying away. Man +is silent, as if afraid to hear his own language amidst this song of the +Titans: sailors communicate by signs, and the fishermen's superstition +forbids talking here under a penalty. The consciousness of danger impels +all to silent prayer.</p> + +<p>At any time the passage between these dark precipices, towering on +either hand, might give the sensation of being ferried along under the +walls of one's own tomb; but what must it be when that supreme terror of +the sailor, the Bora, sweeps down! A continuous and ever-increasing +gale, which at certain seasons makes the Iron Gate impassable.</p> + +<p>If there were only one cliff it would be a protection from the wind; but +the draught of air confined between the two is as capricious as the wind +in the streets of a town; at each corner it takes a new departure, now +it stops suddenly, then bursts out of a corner as from an ambush, seizes +the ship, carries away the steering-gear, throws the whole towing-beam +into the water, then shifts again, and drives the wooden vessel before +it as though it were going down-stream—the water throwing up clouds of +spray as blinding and fine as the sand of the desert in a simoom.</p> + +<p>At such times the sighing church-music of the gale swells to the thunder +of the Last Judgment, in which is mingled the death-cry of departing +spirits.</p> + +<p>At the time to which this history refers there were no steamers on the +Danube. Between Galatz and the junction with the Main, over nine +thousand horses were employed in towing ships up-stream; on the Turkish +Danube sails were also used, but not on the Hungarian branch. Besides +these a whole fleet of smugglers' boats traded between the two +countries, propelled only by strong arms. Salt-smuggling was in full +swing. On the Turkish side the same salt was sold for five gulden, which +cost six and a half on the Hungarian shore. It was brought by contraband +back from Turkey to Hungary, and sold here for five and a half gulden. +So every one profited by this comfortable arrangement.</p> + +<p>The only one not satisfied was the government, which for its own +protection established custom-houses along the frontier, in which the +male population of the neighboring villages had to keep guard<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span> armed +with guns. Each village supplied watchmen, and each village had its own +smugglers. While the young men of the place were on guard, the old ones +carried the salt, and so both trades were kept in the family. But the +government had another important object in its strict watch on the +frontier—security from the plague.</p> + +<p>The terrible Eastern plague!</p> + +<p>In these days we know nothing of it, for it is a hundred and fifty years +since a vain widow in Semlin brought an infected shawl, and fell dead as +she went to church in it. But we have to thank the regulations which +shut the door against it for this immunity. For each contact with a new +people has endowed us with a new disease. From China we received scarlet +fever, from the Saracens small-pox, from Russia influenza, from South +America yellow fever, and from the Hindoos cholera. But the plague comes +from Turkey.</p> + +<p>Therefore, along the whole bank, the opposite neighbors can only +communicate with each other on condition of observing strict preventive +measures, which must add considerable interest to their daily life.</p> + +<p>If the plague breaks out in Brussa, everything living or dead is +officially declared infected: whoever has been in contact with it comes +under the same ban, and must be in quarantine for ten or twenty days. If +the cable of a left-bank ship touches the cable of a right-bank vessel, +the whole crew of the former is unclean, and she must lie for ten days +in the middle of the stream; for the plague might pass along the ropes +from one to the other, and be communicated to the whole crew.</p> + +<p>And all this is carefully watched. On each ship sits an official called +a "purifier." A terrible person, whose duty it is to keep an eye on +every one, what he handles, what touches him; and if a passenger has +been in contact with any person, or any material of hair, wool, or hemp +on the Turkish side (for these substances carry infection), even with +the hem of his garment, the health-officer must declare him under +suspicion, and on arrival at Orsova must drag him from the arms of his +family and deliver him over to quarantine.</p> + +<p>Woe to the purifier if he should conceal a case! For the slightest +neglect, fifteen years' imprisonment is the penalty.</p> + +<p>It would appear, however, that smugglers are not liable to the plague, +for they have no purifier on board, and if the disease should break out +a hundred times over in Brussa, they would still ply day and night +between the two banks. We must remember, however, that St. Procopius is +their patron. Only the Bora disturbs their retail trade; for the swift +current through the Iron Gate drives the rowing-boats toward the +southern shore. Of course smuggling is done by tow-boats too, but that +belongs to wholesale traffic, costs more than friendly business, and so +is not for poor people: in them not only salt, but also tobacco and +coffee are smuggled across the frontier.</p> + +<p>The Bora has swept the Danube clear of vessels, and has thereby so +raised public morality and obedience to law, that for the last few days +there has been no occasion for forgiveness of sins. Every ves<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span>sel has +hastened into harbor, or cast anchor in mid-stream, and the watchmen can +sleep in peace as long as this wind makes the joints of their wooden +huts creak. No ship can travel now, and yet the corporal of the Ogradina +watch-house has a fancy that ever since day-break, amidst the blustering +wind and roaring waters, he can detect the peculiar signal tones which +the speaking-trumpet sends for many miles, and which are not drowned +even by the voice of the thunder; the haunting, mournful blasts which +issue from the long wooden tube.</p> + +<p>Is some vessel declaring its approach, so that no other ship may meet it +in such weather in the narrow channel of the Iron Gate? Or is it in +danger and calling for help?</p> + +<p>This ship approaches.</p> + +<p>It is an oaken vessel of ten to twelve thousand measures burden: deeply +laden it would appear, for the waves wash over the bulwarks on each +side.</p> + +<p>The massive hull is painted black, with a white bow, which ends in a +long upstanding spiral beak plated with shining tin. The upper deck is +shaped like a roof, with narrow steps up to it, and a flat bridge +leading from one side to the other. The forward part of the raised deck +ends in a double cabin, containing two rooms, with doors to right and +left. The third wall of the cabin shows two small windows with green +painted shutters, and in the space between them the maidenly form of the +martyred St. Barbara is painted on a gold ground, with a pink dress, +light-blue mantle, red head-dress, and a white lily in her hand.</p> + +<p>In the small space between the cabins and the thick coils of rope on the +prow of the ship, stands a long green wooden trough filled with earth, +in which lovely blooming carnations and stocks are planted. A three-foot +iron railing shuts in the little garden, and on its spikes hang garlands +of wild flowers. In the middle burns a lamp in a red glass globe, near +to which is a bundle of dried rosemary and consecrated willow-catkins.</p> + +<p>On the forepart of the vessel stands the mast, to whose center rings the +tow-rope is attached; a three-inch cable, by which thirty-two horses on +the bank are trying to move the heavy ship up-stream. At other times +sixteen horses would have sufficed here, and on the upper reaches twelve +would be enough, but in this part and against such a wind even the +thirty-two find it hard work. The horn signals are for the leader of the +team-drivers; the human voice would be powerless here: even if the call +reached the shore, no one could understand it amidst the confused +echoes.</p> + +<p>But the language of the horn is intelligible even to horses; from its +now drawling, now abrupt, warning, or encouraging tones, man and beast +understand when to hasten or slacken their speed, or when to stop +altogether.</p> + +<p>For in this narrow ravine the lot of the vessel is very uncertain; it +has to struggle with gusts of furious wind, variable currents, its own +weight, and the rocks and whirlpool which must be avoided. Its fate lies +in the hands of two men. One is the pilot who steers; the other is the +captain, who amidst the roar of the elements signals his orders to the +towing-team by blasts on the horn. If the signal is misunderstood the +ship either runs on to a rock, glides<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span> into the rapids, goes to pieces +on the southern shore, or strands on some newly formed sand-bank, and +sinks with every soul on board.</p> + +<p>The steersman is a six-foot weather-beaten sailor with a very red face, +whose color on both cheeks comes from a network of veins with which the +white of the eye is also transfused. He is always hoarse, and his voice +knows only two variations, either a loud bellow or a low growl. Probably +this is what obliges him to take double care of his throat. Prevention +by means of a red comforter tightly wound round his neck, and cure by +means of a brandy-flask occupying a permanent position in his coat +pocket.</p> + +<p>The captain is a man of about thirty, with fair hair, dreamy blue eyes, +and a long mustache, the rest of his face clean shaven. He is of middle +height, and gives an idea of delicacy; with this impression his voice +accords, for when he speaks softly it is like a woman's.</p> + +<p>The steersman is called Johann Fabula; the name of the captain is +Michael Timar.</p> + +<p>The official "purifier" sits on the edge of the rudder bench; he has +drawn a hood over his head, so that only his nose and mustache appear: +both are red. History has not recorded his name. At present he is +chewing tobacco.</p> + +<p>One of the ship's boats, manned by six rowers, has taken out a line from +the bow, and the united efforts of the oarsmen materially assist the +towing of the vessel.</p> + +<p>At the door of the double cabin sits a man of fifty, smoking a Turkish +chibouque. His features are Oriental, with more of the Turkish than the +Greek type; his dress, with the striped kaftan and red fez, is like that +of a Servian or Greek. It will not escape an attentive observer that the +shaven part of his face is light in contrast to the rest, which is the +case with a person who has lately removed a thick beard. This is +Euthemio Trikaliss, under which name he appears in the way-book. He is +the owner of the cargo, but the ship itself belongs to a merchant of +Komorn called Athanasius Brazovics.</p> + +<p>Out of one of the cabin windows looks the face of a young girl, and so +becomes a neighbor of St. Barbara. One might fancy it was another sacred +picture. The face is not pale but white—the inherent whiteness of +marble or natural crystal. As an Abyssinian is born black, and a Malay +yellow, so is this girl born white. No other tint disturbs the delicate +snow; on this face neither the breath of the wind nor the eye of man +calls up a blush. She is certainly only a child, hardly more than +thirteen; but her figure is tall and slender, her face calm as if hewn +out of alabaster, with severely antique lines, as if her mother had +looked always at the Venus of Milo. Her thick black hair has a metallic +gleam like the plumage of the black swan; but her eyes are dark-blue. +The long delicate eyebrows almost meet over the brow, which gives her +face a curious charm; it is as if these arching brows formed a black +aureole round the brow of a saint.</p> + +<p>The girl's name is Timéa.</p> + +<p>These are the passengers of the "St. Barbara."</p> + +<p>When the captain lays his speaking-trumpet aside, and has tried with the +lead what water the ship has under her, he has time to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span> chat with the +girl as he leans against the iron railing round the picture.</p> + +<p>Timéa understands only modern Greek, which the captain can speak +fluently. He points out to her the beauties of the scenery, its grim, +cruel beauties: the white face, the dark-blue eyes, remain unchanged, +and yet the girl listens with fixed attention.</p> + +<p>But it seems to the captain as if these eyes gave their thoughts not so +much to him as to the stocks which grow at St. Barbara's feet. He breaks +off one and gives it to the child, that she may listen to what the +flowers tell.</p> + +<p>The steersman sees this, away there by the tiller, and it displeases +him. "You would do better," he growls in a voice like the rasping of a +file, "instead of plucking the saint's flowers for that child, to burn a +holy willow-wand at the lamp, for if the Lord drives us on to these +stone monsters, even His own Son won't save us. Help, Jesu!"</p> + +<p>This aspiration would have been uttered by Johann Fabula, even if he +were alone; but as the purifier sat close by, there followed this +dialogue:</p> + +<p>"Why must the gentry pass the Iron Gate in such a storm?"</p> + +<p>"Why?" answered Johann Fabula, who did not forget his laudable habit of +aiding the collection of his thoughts by a gulp out of the wicker +brandy-flask. "Why? For no other reason but being in a hurry. Ten +thousand measures of wheat are in our hold. In the Banat the crops +failed; in Wallachia there was a good harvest. This is Michaelmas; if we +don't make haste, November will be upon us, and we shall be frozen in."</p> + +<p>"And why do you think the Danube will freeze in November?"</p> + +<p>"I don't think—I know. The Komorn calendar says so. Look in my berth, +it hangs by my bed."</p> + +<p>The purifier buried his nose in his hood, and spat his tobacco juice +into the Danube.</p> + +<p>"Don't spit into the water in such weather as this—the Danube won't +bear it. But what the Komorn calendar says is as true as Gospel. Ten +years ago it prophesied that frost would set in in November; so I +started at once to get home with my ship—then too I was in the 'St. +Barbara'—the others laughed at me. But on the 23d of November cold set +in, and half the vessels were frozen in, some at Apathin, and others at +Foldvar. Then it was my turn to laugh. Help, Jesu! Hard over, +he—e—e—!!"</p> + +<p>The wind was now dead ahead. Thick drops of sweat ran down the +steersman's cheeks while he struggled to get the tiller over, but he +asked for no help. Then he rewarded himself with a pull at his bottle, +after which his eyes looked redder than ever.</p> + +<p>"Now if the Lord will only help us to pass that stone pier," groaned he +in the midst of his exertions. "Pull away, you fellows there! If only we +can get by this point!"</p> + +<p>"There's another beyond."</p> + +<p>"Yes, and then a third, and a thirteenth, and we must keep our +mass-money ready in our mouths, for we are walking over our open coffins +all the time."</p> + +<p>"Hark ye, my good friend," said the purifier, taking his plug<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span> out of +his mouth, "I fancy your ship carries something besides wheat."</p> + +<p>Master Fabula looked askance at the purifier under his hood, and +shrugged his shoulders. "What's that to me? If there's contraband on the +ship, at any rate we sha'n't stop in quarantine, and we shall get on +pretty quick."</p> + +<p>"How so?"</p> + +<p>The steersman made a circle with his thumb behind his back, on which the +health-officer burst out laughing. Could he possibly have understood +this pantomime?</p> + +<p>"Now, look you," said Johann Fabula, "since I was here last, the course +of the river has altered; if I don't let her go a bit free we shall get +into the new eddy which has formed under the 'Lovers' Rock.' Do you see +that devilish monster which keeps swimming close to us? That's an old +sturgeon—he must be at least five hundred-weight. If this beast keeps +up with us, he'll bring us ill-luck. Help, Lord! If only he would come +near enough for me to get the grappling-iron into him! The skipper is +always sneaking up to the Greek girl instead of blowing his horn to the +riders. She brings us misfortune—since she has been on board, we've had +nothing but north wind; there's something wrong about her—she's as +white as a ghost, and her eyebrows grow together like a witch's. Herr +Timar, blow to the teamsmen, ho—ho—ho!"</p> + +<p>But Timar did not touch the horn, and went on telling legends of the +rocks and water-falls to the white maiden.</p> + +<p>Beginning from the Iron Gate up to Clissera, each valley, each cave on +both banks, every cliff, island, and every eddy in the stream has its +history: a fairy tale, a legend, or an adventure with brigands, of which +books, or sculptured inscriptions, or national songs, or fisherfolks' +tradition tell the story. It is a library in stone, the names of the +rocks are the lettered back of the volumes, and he who knows how to open +them may read a romance therein.</p> + +<p>Michael Timar had long been at home in this library. With the vessel +committed to his charge he had often made the passage of the Iron Gate, +and every stone and island was familiar to him.</p> + +<p>Possibly he had another object with his legends and anecdotes besides +the satisfaction of the girl's curiosity. When a highly strung creature +has to pass through a great danger, which makes even a strong man's +heart quake, then those who know the danger try to turn the attention of +the ignorant person into the kingdom of marvels. Was it perhaps thus?</p> + +<p>Timéa listened to the story of the hero Mirko with his beloved, the +faithful Milieva; how they fled to the peaks of the Linbigaja Rock out +in the Danube; how there he alone defended the precipitous approach to +his refuge, against all the soldiers of his pursuer Hassan; how they +lived on the kids brought by the eagles to their nest on the cliff, +cared not for the roar of the breakers round the base of their island, +and felt no fear of the white surges thrown up by the compressed force +of the narrowed current. Mariners call these woolly wave-crests the +"Lovers' Goats."</p> + +<p>"It would be better to look ahead than astern," growled the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span> steersman, +and then exerted his voice in a loud call, "Haha! ho! skipper, what's +that coming down on us?"</p> + +<p>The captain looked round, and saw the object pointed out by the pilot. +The ship was now entering the Tatalia Pass, where the Danube is only two +hundred fathoms wide, and has a rapid incline. It looks like a mountain +torrent, only that this torrent is the Danube. And besides, the stream +is here divided in two by a mass of rock whose top is covered with +bushes. The water forks in two arms on the western side, of which one +shoots under the steep precipice of the Servian bank, while the other +discharges through an artificial channel a hundred yards wide, by which +the large vessels pass up and down. In this part it is far from +desirable that two ships should meet, for there is barely room for them +to pass in safety. To the northward lie hidden rocks where a ship might +strike, and to the southward is the great whirlpool formed by the +junction of the two branches; if this should seize a vessel, no human +power could save her.</p> + +<p>So that the danger which the steersman had announced by his question was +a very real one.</p> + +<p>Two ships meeting in the Tatalia Pass with the river so high and under +such a pressure of wind!</p> + +<p>Michael Timar asked for his telescope, which he had lent to Timéa to +look at the place where Mirko had defended the beautiful Milieva.</p> + +<p>At the western curve of the river a dark mass was visible in the stream.</p> + +<p>Michael looked through his glass, and then called to the steersman, "A +mill!"</p> + +<p>"Holy Father! then we are lost."</p> + +<p>A water-mill was driving down on them; probably the storm had loosened +its chains from the bank. Obviously it was without pilot or oarsman, who +must have fled to the shore; so it drifted blindly on, sweeping away the +mills it met on its way, and sinking any cargo-boats which could not get +out of its road.</p> + +<p>How could they escape between Scylla and Charybdis?</p> + +<p>Timar said not a word of this to Timéa, but gave her back the glass, and +told her where to look for the eagles' nest whose ancestors had fed the +lovers. Then he threw off his coat hastily, sprung into the barge where +the rowers were, and made five of them get into the small boat with him; +they were to bring the light anchor and thin cable with them, and cast +off.</p> + +<p>Trikaliss and Timéa did not understand his orders, as he spoke +Hungarian, which neither of them knew.</p> + +<p>The captain shouted to the steersman, "Keep her steady; go ahead!" In a +few moments Trikaliss also could see what was the danger. The drifting +mill came floating swiftly down the brawling stream, and one could see +with the naked eye the clattering paddle-wheel, whose width occupied the +whole fairway of the channel. If it touched the laden ship both must go +down.</p> + +<p>The boat with the six men still struggled up against the current. Four +of them rowed, one steered, and Timar stood in the bow with folded arms.</p> + +<p>What was their insane design? What could they do in a little<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span> boat +against a great mill? What are human mind and muscles against stream and +storm?</p> + +<p>If each were a Samson, the laws of hydrostatics would set at naught +their strength. The shock with which they touch the mill will recoil on +the skiff; if they grapple it they will be dragged away by it. It is as +if a spider would catch a cockchafer in its web.</p> + +<p>The boat, however, did not keep in the center, but tried to reach the +southern point of the island.</p> + +<p>So high were the waves that the five men disappeared again and again in +the hollows between, then the next moment they danced on the foamy +crest, tossed hither and thither by the willful torrent, seething under +them like boiling water.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIRST_II" id="CHAPTER_FIRST_II"></a>CHAPTER II.<span class="extraspace"><br /></span> +<span class="subhead">THE WHITE CAT.</span></h3> + + +<p>The oarsmen consulted in the boat what was to be done.</p> + +<p>One advised cutting through the side of the mill below the water-line +with an ax, so as to sink it: but that would do no good; the current +would drive the wreck down on to the ship.</p> + +<p>A second thought they ought to grapple the mill with hooks, and give it +a list away, so as to direct it toward the whirlpool: but this counsel +was also rejected, for the eddies would drag the boat down too.</p> + +<p>Timar ordered the man at the tiller to keep straight for the point of +the island where the Lovers' Rock lies.</p> + +<p>When they approached the rapids he lifted the heavy anchor and swung it +into the water without shaking the boat, which showed what muscular +strength the delicate frame contained. The anchor took out a long coil +of rope with it, for the water is deep there. Then Timar made them row +as quickly as possible toward the approaching mill. Now they guessed his +design—he meant to anchor the mill. Bad idea, said the sailors; the +great mass will lie across the fairway, and stop the ship; besides, the +cable is so long and slight that the heavy fabric will part it easily.</p> + +<p>When Euthemio Trikaliss saw from the vessel Timar's intention, he +dropped his chibouque in a panic, ran along the deck and cried to the +steersman to cut the tow-rope, and let the ship drift down-stream.</p> + +<p>The pilot did not understand Greek, but guessed from the old man's +gestures what he wanted.</p> + +<p>With perfect calmness he answered as he leaned against the rudder, +"There's nothing to grumble at; Timar knows what to do." With the +courage of despair Trikaliss drew his dagger out of his girdle in order +to cut the rope himself; but the steersman pointed toward the stern, and +what Trikaliss saw there altered his mind.</p> + +<p>From the Lower Danube came a vessel toward them: an accustomed eye can +distinguish it from afar. It has a mast whose sails are furled, a high +poop, and twenty-four rowers.</p> + +<p>It is a Turkish brigantine.</p> + +<p>As soon as he caught sight of it, Trikaliss put his dagger back in his +sash; if he had turned purple at what he saw ahead, now he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span> was livid. +He hastened to Timéa, who was looking through the glass at the peaks of +Perigrada. "Give me the telescope!" he exclaimed in a hoarse voice.</p> + +<p>"Oh, how pretty that is!" said Timéa, as she gave up the glass.</p> + +<p>"What?"</p> + +<p>"On the cliffs there are little marmots playing together like monkeys."</p> + +<p>Euthemio directed the telescope toward the approaching vessel, and his +brows contracted; his face was pale as death.</p> + +<p>Timéa took the glass from his hand and looked again for the marmots on +the rocks. Euthemio kept his arm round her waist.</p> + +<p>"How they jump and dance and chase each other; how amusing!" and Timéa +little knew how near she was to being lifted by the arm that held her, +and plunged over the bulwarks into the foaming flood.</p> + +<p>But what Euthemio saw on the other side brought back into his face the +color it had lost.</p> + +<p>When Timar arrived within a cast of the mill, he took a coil of the +anchor-rope in his right hand; a hook was fastened to its end. The +rudderless mass came quickly nearer, like some drifting antediluvian +monster—blind chance guided it; its paddle-wheel turned swiftly with +the motion of the water, and under the empty out-shoot the mill-stone +revolved over the flour-bin as if it was working hard.</p> + +<p>In this fabric devoted to certain destruction, there was no living thing +except a white cat, which sat on the red-painted shingle roof and mewed +piteously.</p> + +<p>When he got close to the mill, Timar swung the rope and hook suddenly +round his head, and aimed it at the paddle-wheel.</p> + +<p>As soon as the grappling-iron had caught one of the floats, the wheel, +driven by water-power, began to wind up the rope gently, and so give the +mill a gradual turn toward the Perigrada Island; completing by its own +machinery the suicidal work of casting itself on the rocks.</p> + +<p>"Didn't I say Timar knew what he was about?" growled Johann Fabula; +while Euthemio in joyful excitement exclaimed, "Bravo! my son," and +pressed Timéa's hand so hard that she was frightened and even forgot the +marmots.</p> + +<p>"There, look!"</p> + +<p>And now Timéa also noticed the mill. She required no telescope, for it +and the ship were so near together that in the narrow channel they were +only separated by about sixty feet.</p> + +<p>Just enough to let the diabolical machine get safely past.</p> + +<p>Timéa thought neither of the danger nor of the deliverance, only of the +forsaken cat.</p> + +<p>When the poor animal saw the floating house and its inhabitants so near +to it, it leaped up and began running up and down the roof-ridge, and to +measure with its eye the distance between the mill and the ship, whether +it dared jump.</p> + +<p>"Oh, the poor little cat!" cried Timéa, anxiously, "if we could only get +near enough for it to come over to us."</p> + +<p>But from this misfortune the ship was preserved by its patron saint, and +by the anchor-rope, which, wound up by the paddle-<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>wheel, got shorter +and shorter, and drew the wreck nearer the island and further from the +vessel.</p> + +<p>"Oh, the poor pretty white cat!"</p> + +<p>"Don't be afraid," Euthemio tried to console her; "when it passes the +rock the cat will spring ashore, and be very happy living with the +marmots."</p> + +<p>Only unluckily the cat, keeping on the hither side of the roof, could +not see the island.</p> + +<p>When the "St. Barbara" had got safely past the enchanted mill, Timéa +waved her handkerchief to the cat, and called out first in Greek, and +then in the universal cat's language, "Quick, look, jump off, +puss-s-s-s;" but the animal, frantic with terror, paid no heed.</p> + +<p>At the very moment when the stern of the ship had passed the mill, the +latter was suddenly caught by the current, swung round so that the +grappled wheel broke, and the liberated mass shot like an arrow down the +stream. The white cat sprung up to the ridge.</p> + +<p>"Ah!"</p> + +<p>But the mill rushed on its fate.</p> + +<p>Below the island is the great whirlpool.</p> + +<p>It is one of the most remarkable eddies ever formed by the river +giants—on every map it is marked by two arrows meeting in a corner. Woe +to the boat which is swept in the direction of either arrow! Round the +great funnel the water boils and rages as in a seething caldron, and in +the middle of the circle yawns the bare abyss below. This whirlpool has +worn a hole in the rock a hundred and twenty feet deep, and what it +takes with it into this tomb, no one ever sees again: if it should be a +man, he had better look out for the resurrection. And into this place +the current carried the mill. Before it reached there it sprung a leak +and got a list over; the axle of the wheel stood straight on end; the +white cat ran along to the highest point and stood there humping its +back; the eddy caught the wooden fabric, carried it round in wide +circles four or five times, turning on its own axis, creaking and +groaning, and then it disappeared under the water. With it the white +cat.</p> + +<p>Timéa shuddered and hid her face in her shawl.</p> + +<p>But the "St. Barbara" was saved.</p> + +<p>Euthemio pressed the hands of the returning oarsmen—Timar he embraced. +Timar might have expected that Timéa would say a friendly word; but she +only asked, pointing to the gulf with a disturbed face, "What is become +of the mill?"</p> + +<p>"Chips and splinters!"</p> + +<p>"And the poor cat?" The girl's lips trembled, and tears stood in her +eyes.</p> + +<p>"It's all up with her."</p> + +<p>"But the mill and the cat belonged to some poor man?" said Timéa.</p> + +<p>"Yes; but we had to save our ship and our lives, or else we should have +been wrecked, and the whirlpool would have drawn us into the abyss, and +only thrown up our bones on the shore."</p> + +<p>Timéa looked at the man who said this, through the prism of tear-filled +eyes.</p> + +<p>It was a strange world into which she gazed through these tears.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span> That +it should be permissible to destroy a poor man's mill in order to save +one's own ship, that you should drown a cat so as not to get into the +water yourself!—she could not understand it. From this moment she +listened no more to his fairy stories, but avoided him as much as +possible.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIRST_III" id="CHAPTER_FIRST_III"></a>CHAPTER III.<br /> +<span class="subhead">A DANGEROUS LEAP WITH A MAMMOTH.</span></h3> + + +<p>Indeed Timar had but little time for story-telling; for he had hardly +got his breath after the exertions of his perilous achievement, before +Euthemio gave him the glass and pointed where he was to look.</p> + +<p>"Gunboat—twenty-four oars—brigantine from Salonica."</p> + +<p>Timar did not put down the telescope till the other vessel was hidden +from him behind the point of the Perigrada Island.</p> + +<p>Then suddenly he let it fall, and, putting the horn to his lips, blew +first three, then six sharp blasts, at which the drivers whipped up +their horses.</p> + +<p>The rocky island of Perigrada is surrounded by two branches of the +Danube. The one on the Servian side is that by which cargo-ships pass +up; it is safer and cheaper, for half the number of horses suffice. By +the Roumanian shore there is also a narrow channel, with just room for +one vessel, but here you must use oxen, of which often a hundred and +twenty are harnessed. The other arm of the river is again narrowed by +the little Reskival Island, lying across the stream. (Now this island +has been blown up in part, but at the time of our story the whole still +existed.) Through the narrows between the two islands the river shoots +like an arrow; but above, it lies between its rocky walls like a great +lake. Only this lake has no smooth surface, for it is always in motion, +and never freezes in the very hardest winter. Its bottom is thickly sown +with rocks; some are under water, while other uncouth monsters project +many feet above it.</p> + +<p>This is the most dangerous part of the whole voyage. To this day, +experienced seamen, English, Turks, Italians, at home on all seas, +adventure themselves with much anxiety in this rock-strewn channel. Here +the majority of shipwrecks occur. Here in the Crimean War the splendid +Turkish man-of-war "Silistria" was lost. She had been ordered to +Belgrade, and might have given a new turn to affairs if she had not +received a thrust in the ribs from one of the Reskival rocks, so +enthusiastic in their peace policy that they obliged her to stay where +she was.</p> + +<p>Yet this lake, with its dangerous bottom, has a passage through it which +but few ships know, and still fewer care to use.</p> + +<p>This short cut enables mariners to cross from the channel on the Servian +side to the Roumanian shore. The latter channel is divided by a ledge of +rock from the Upper Danube, and you can only enter it at Szvinicza, and +come out at Szkela-Gladova.</p> + +<p>This is the dangerous leap with a floating mammoth.</p> + +<p>The captain blows first three, and then six blasts on his horn; the +drivers know at once what it means, the leader of the team has<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span> +dismounted—with good reason too—and they all begin with cries and +blows to hurry on the horses. The vessel goes swiftly against the +stream.</p> + +<p>The horn blows nine times.</p> + +<p>The drivers flog the horses furiously: the poor beasts understand the +call and the blows, and tug till the rope is nearly strained to +breaking. Five minutes of such effort are more exhausting than a whole +day's labor.</p> + +<p>Now twelve blasts of the horn sound in rapid succession. Men and horses +collect the last remnant of their strength. Every moment one fancies +they must break down. The towing-rope, a three-inch cable, is as taut as +a bow-string, and the iron bolt round which the rope is wound is burning +hot with the friction. The captain stands by with a sharp ax in his +hand.</p> + +<p>When the vessel gained its greatest impetus, with a single blow he +severed the cable at the bow.</p> + +<p>The tense rope flew whistling like a giant fiddle-string into the air; +the horses of the towing-team fell down in a heap, and the leader broke +its neck—his rider had wisely dismounted. The ship, relieved of the +strain, altered its course suddenly, and began, with its bow to the +northern shore, to cut obliquely across the river.</p> + +<p>Sailors call this bold maneuver the "Cross-cut."</p> + +<p>The heavy bulk is now propelled neither by stream nor oars; even the +current is against it. Merely the after effect of the shock it has +received drives it over to the other bank.</p> + +<p>The calculation of this impulse, with the distance to be traversed and +the resistance which lessens the speed, would be a credit to any +practical engineer. Common sailors have learned it by rule of thumb.</p> + +<p>From the moment when Timar cut the tow-rope, the lives of all on board +were in the hands of the steersman.</p> + +<p>Johann Fabula showed now what he could do. "Help, Lord Christ!" he +muttered, but he did not keep his hands in his lap. Before him the ship +rushed with winged speed into the lake formed by the Danube. Two men +were now required at the tiller, and even these could hardly bridle the +monster in its course.</p> + +<p>Timar stood on the prow and sounded with the lead, in one hand holding +the line; the other he stretched up, and showed the pilot with his +fingers what water they had.</p> + +<p>The steersman knew the rocks they were passing over just as well as he +could have told exactly how much the river had risen in the last few +weeks. In his hands the helm was safe; if he had made a single false +movement, if only by an inch, the vessel would have received a shock +which would stop her for a moment, and then she and all on board would +have been driven head over heels into the Perigrada whirlpool, where the +ship and the beautiful white girl would have joined the mill and the +beautiful white cat.</p> + +<p>Safely past the shallows of the Reskival rapids! Yet this is a bad +place. The speed is less, the effect of the motive power already +paralyzed by the force of the stream, and the bottom sown with sharp +rocks.</p> + +<p>Timéa leaned over the bulwarks and looked down into the water. Through +the transparent waves, the bright-colored rocks, a huge<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span> mosaic of green +and yellow and red, looked quite close. Between them shot silvery fishes +with red fins. She was fascinated.</p> + +<p>Deep silence fell over the scene; each knew that he passed over his +grave, and would owe it to God's mercy if he did not find his monument +down below. Only the girl felt no emotion of fear.</p> + +<p>The vessel had arrived in a bay of rocks. Sailors have given them the +name of "gun-stones"; perhaps because the sound of the breakers reminds +one of the cracking of musketry fire.</p> + +<p>Here the principal branch of the Danube concentrates itself in a deep +bed. The sunken rocks are too far under water to be dangerous. Below, in +the dark-green depths, one may see the slow and indolent forms of the +dwellers of the sea—the great sturgeon and the hundred-pound pike, at +whose approach the bright shoals of small fish scatter in haste.</p> + +<p>Timéa gazed at the play of the aquatic population; it was like a +bird's-eye view of an amphitheater.</p> + +<p>Suddenly she felt her arm seized by Timar, who dragged her from the +bulwarks, pushed her into the cabin, and shut the door violently.</p> + +<p>"Look out! Halloo!" shouted the crew as with one voice.</p> + +<p>Timéa could not imagine what was happening that she should be so roughly +treated, and ran to look out of the cabin window.</p> + +<p>It was only that the ship had passed safely through the "gun-rocks," and +was about to enter the Roumanian channel; but from the little bay the +water rushes so furiously into the canal that a regular water-fall is +formed, and this is the dangerous moment of the "Leap."</p> + +<p>When Timéa looked out of the cabin window, she only saw that Timar stood +at the bow with a grappler in his hand. Then suddenly a deafening noise +arose, a huge foam-crowned mountain of water struck the fore part of the +vessel, splashed its spray right against the window, and blinded Timéa +for a moment. When she looked out again, the captain was no longer to be +seen.</p> + +<p>There were great cries outside. She rushed out of the door and met her +father. "Are we sinking?" she cried.</p> + +<p>Timéa had seen that: the big wave had washed him away before her eyes. +But her heart beat no faster when she heard it.</p> + +<p>Curious! When she saw the white cat drowned, she was in despair, and +could not refrain from tears, and now when the water had swallowed up +the captain, she did not even say "Poor fellow!"</p> + +<p>Yes, but the cat had cried so pitifully, and this man defies the whole +world; the cat was a dear little animal, the captain only a great rough +man. And then the cat could not help itself; but he is strong and +clever, and can certainly save himself. That's the only good of a man.</p> + +<p>After the last leap the ship was safe, and swam in the smooth water of +the canal. The sailors ran with grappling-irons to the boat to seek the +captain. Euthemio held a purse up as a prize for the rescue of Timar. "A +hundred ducats for him who rescues the captain!"</p> + +<p>"Keep your hundred ducats, good sir!" cried the voice of the man in +question from the other end of the ship. "I'm coming."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span>Then they saw him climbing up the stern by the rudder-chains. No fear of +his being lost!</p> + +<p>As if nothing had happened, he began giving orders. "Let go!"</p> + +<p>The three hundred-weight anchor was thrown over, and the ship brought up +in the middle of the channel, so as to be hidden by the cliffs from the +upper reaches of the river.</p> + +<p>"And now ashore with the boat," Timar ordered three oarsmen.</p> + +<p>"Change your clothes," advised Euthemio.</p> + +<p>"Waste of time," answered Timar. "I shall soon be wet again; now I am +thoroughly soaked. We have no time to spare."</p> + +<p>The last words he whispered into Euthemio's ear.</p> + +<p>The man's eyes glittered as he agreed. The captain sprung into the boat +and rowed himself, so as to get quicker to the post-house on the bank, +where towing-teams could be engaged. He collected hastily eighty oxen. +Meanwhile, a new towing-rope was attached to the vessel, the oxen +harnessed, and before half an hour had passed, the "St. Barbara" was on +her way again through the Iron Gate, and on the opposite side of the +stream.</p> + +<p>When Timar returned on board, his exertions had dried his clothes.</p> + +<p>The ship was saved, perhaps doubly saved, and with it the cargo, +Euthemio, and Timéa.</p> + +<p>But what are they to him that he should work so hard? He is only the +captain and supercargo, and receives a scanty salary as such. It can not +matter to him whether the vessel's hold is full of wheat or contraband +tobacco or real pearls; his wages remain the same.</p> + +<p>So also thought the "purifier," who, when they reached the Roumanian +canal, resumed his interrupted conversation with the steersman.</p> + +<p>"You'll allow, neighbor, that we were never nearer all going to +destruction together than we were to-day."</p> + +<p>"There's some truth in that," answered Fabula.</p> + +<p>"But why should we try the experiment whether we could get drowned on +St. Michael's day?"</p> + +<p>"H'm!" said Johann, and took a short pull at his brandy-flask. "What +salary do you get, sir?"</p> + +<p>"Twenty kreutzers a day," answered the purifier.</p> + +<p>"Why the devil do you come here to venture your life for twenty +kreutzers a day? I didn't send for you. I get a gulden and my food; so I +have forty kreutzers more reason to venture my life than you. What does +it matter to you?"</p> + +<p>The health-officer shook his head, and threw back his hood, so as to be +more easily heard.</p> + +<p>"Listen," he said; "it strikes me the brigantine is chasing you, and the +'St. Barbara' is trying to escape."</p> + +<p>"H'm!" coughed the steersman, clearing his throat, and becoming suddenly +too hoarse to make a sound.</p> + +<p>"Well, it doesn't matter to me," said the purifier, with a shrug. "I'm +Austrian born, and I don't like the Turks. But I know what I know."</p> + +<p>"Well, then, will the gentleman listen to what he doesn't know?" said +Fabula, who had suddenly recovered his voice.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span> "Certainly the gunboat is +chasing us, and that's why we are showing him our heels. For, look you, +they wanted to take the white-faced maiden into the sultan's harem, but +her father would not consent; he preferred to escape with her from +Turkey, and now the object is to reach Hungarian territory as quickly as +possible—there the sultan can't touch her. Now that's all about it, so +no more questions, but go to St. Barbara's picture, and light the lamp +again if the water has extinguished it; and don't forget to burn three +consecrated willow-twigs, if you're a good Christian."</p> + +<p>The purifier drew himself up slowly, and looked for his tinderbox, and +then he growled in his beard—</p> + +<p>"<i>If</i> I am an orthodox Catholic? But they say you are only a Papist on +board, and a Calvinist directly you set foot on shore; that you pray in +the ship, and can hardly wait for dry land before you begin cursing and +swearing. And they say too that your name is Fabula, and that Fabula +means just the same as a pocketful of lies. But of course I believe all +you have told me, so you need not be angry."</p> + +<p>"You're quite right there; but now you be off, and don't you come back +till I call you."</p> + +<p>The twenty-four rowers in the gunboat required three hours to get from +the point where first the "St. Barbara" was seen to the Perigrada +Island, where the Danube divides into two arms. The cliffs of the island +masked the whole bend, and on board the brigantine nothing of what had +passed behind them could be seen.</p> + +<p>Even below the island the gunboat had met with floating wreckage, which +the eddy had thrown to the surface. This was part of the sunken mill, +but could not be distinguished from the remains of a vessel. When the +brigantine had passed the island a reach of a mile and a half lay open +before her; neither in the stream nor by the bank was any large craft to +be seen; near the shore were only barges and rowing-boats.</p> + +<p>The man-of-war went a little higher, cruised about in the river, and +then returned to the shore. There the Turkish first-lieutenant inquired +of the watchmen about a cargo-vessel passing by. They had seen nothing, +for the ship had not got so far. Presently the brigantine overtook the +"St. Barbara's" towing-team, and of them also questions were asked. They +were all good Servians, and explained to the Turks where they could find +the "St. Barbara."</p> + +<p>"She has gone down at the Perigrada Island with her cargo of fruit and +all her crew; you can see here how the tow-rope parted."</p> + +<p>The Turkish brigantine left the Servian drivers, who were all lamenting +because no one was left to pay their wages. (In Orsova they know full +well they will come up with their ship and tow her on.) But the +commander, being a Turk, of course turned about and went down-stream.</p> + +<p>When the brigantine got back to the island the sailors saw a board +dancing on the water which did not float away. They fished it out: a +rope was fastened to it by an iron hook, for the board was a float from +the mill-wheel. Then they heaved up the rope, which had an anchor at its +other end. This also was got in, and on its cross-piece, painted in +great letters, there was the name "St. Barbara."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span>Now the whole catastrophe was quite clear. Her towing-rope had broken, +she cast her anchor, but it could not hold her, she drifted into the +whirlpool, and now her timbers float on the surface, but her crew rests +below in the deep pool.</p> + +<p>Mashallah! We can not follow her there.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIRST_IV" id="CHAPTER_FIRST_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.<br /> +<span class="subhead">A STRICT SEARCH.</span></h3> + + +<p>The "St. Barbara" had escaped two dangers—the rocks of the Iron Gate +and the Turkish brigantine; two remained, the Bora and the quarantine in +Orsova.</p> + +<p>Above the bay of the Iron Gate, the powerful stream is confined by its +steep banks in a chasm only a hundred fathoms wide, through which the +pent-up current forces its way, in parts with a fall of twenty-eight +feet.</p> + +<p>Up above the mountain peaks, three thousand feet in air, the eagles +circle in majestic flight across the narrow strip of sky visible, whose +pure azure, seen from the awful depths below, looks like a glass vault, +and further yet rise more and higher peaks.</p> + +<p>It is a sight, I trow, to call up spirits from hell. The impotent +vessel, which has neither hands nor feet, nor yet fins, which, like an +overladen nutshell, floats upward in this narrow channel against wind +and stream; and in it a handful of men, trusting in their intelligence +and their strength. Here, too, even the Bora can not harm them, for the +double range of cliffs keeps off the wind. The steersman and the +towing-team have easier work now.</p> + +<p>But the Bora was not asleep. It was already afternoon. The chief +steersman had given over the tiller to his deputy, and had gone to the +galley, which was in the stern. There he was busy preparing a "thieves' +roast," of which the recipe is to spit on a long skewer a piece of beef, +a piece of ham, and a piece of pork alternately, and then turn the +skewer above an open fire till the meat is cooked.</p> + +<p>All at once the narrow strip of sky visible between the almost touching +cliffs grew dark. The Bora will not be defied.</p> + +<p>Suddenly it drives down before it a storm which overcasts the blue sky, +so that it is pitch dark in the valley. Up above masses of cloud; dark +rocks on either hand. Now and then a dazzling flash darts through the +heights, followed by a short abrupt thunderclap, as if the narrow gorge +could only contain one chord of the awful concert; then again the +lightning shoots into the Danube just in front of the ship, and by its +fiery rays for an instant the whole rocky cathedral looks like the +flaming gulf of hell, and the thunder rolls, with a crash as of a world +destroyed, from one end of the resounding Titan's hall to the other. +Rain falls in torrents, but the vessel must go on.</p> + +<p>It must get on, that it may have left Orsova before night.</p> + +<p>They can only see by the flicker of the lightning. Even with the horn +they dare not signal, for it might be heard on the Roumanian side. But +inventive man has found a way out of this difficulty.</p> + +<p>The captain goes into the bow, gets out his flint and steel, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span> begins +to strike out sparks. This fire can not be extinguished by rain; it can +be seen by the drivers through the darkness, and as often as the steel +strikes a spark they know at once what to do; they also make signals +from the bank by sparks. This is the secret telegraph of sailors and +smugglers at the Iron Gate. And this silent language has been brought to +perfection by the shore population on each side of the river.</p> + +<p>Timéa liked the tempest. She had drawn her Turkish hood over her head, +and looked out of the cabin window. "Are we in a cavern?" she asked the +captain.</p> + +<p>"No," answered Timar, "but at the door of a tomb. That high peak, which +glows in the lightning flashes like a mountain of fire, is the grave of +St. Peter, the 'Gropa lui Petro.' And the two other monsters near it are +the 'Two Old Women.'"</p> + +<p>"What old women?"</p> + +<p>"According to the legend, a Hungarian and a Wallachian woman quarreled +as to which of their two countries could claim the tomb of St. Peter. +The apostle could not sleep in his grave for their squabbling, and in +his anger he turned them into stone."</p> + +<p>Timéa did not smile at the grotesque legend. She did not see anything +ridiculous in it. "And how do they know that this is the grave of an +apostle?" asked she.</p> + +<p>"Because here many healing herbs grow, which they collect to cure all +sorts of diseases, and send them great distances."</p> + +<p>"So they call him an apostle, who even in his grave does good to +others?" Timéa questioned.</p> + +<p>"Timéa!" sounded from the cabin the imperious call of Euthemio. The girl +drew back her head from the window, and closed the circular shutter. +When Timar looked round again, he saw only the saint's picture.</p> + +<p>The vessel continued her course in spite of the storm.</p> + +<p>Suddenly the dark ravine was left behind, and as the two rock walls +trended further apart the gloomy vault overhead disappeared. Just as +rapidly as the Bora had brought up the black thunderclouds, so quickly +had it swept away the storm; and, all at once, the travelers saw +stretched before them the lovely Cserna valley.</p> + +<p>The cliffs on both shores were covered to their summits with vineyards +and fruit orchards; the landscape glittered in the glow of the evening +sun; out of the green distance shone while houses, slender spires, and +red roofs, and through the crystal rain-beads gleamed a gorgeous +rainbow.</p> + +<p>The Danube had lost its uncanny aspect. In its wider bed it could spread +itself out comfortably; and on the western reaches of its sea-green +mirror the travelers saw the reflection of Orsova on its island—for +them the fourth, and greatest, bugbear.</p> + +<p>The day had already sunk into twilight when the "St. Barbara" arrived at +Orsova.</p> + +<p>"More wind to-morrow than even to-day," grumbled the steersman, looking +at the red sky.</p> + +<p>There the evening clouds were piled like an avalanche, in all shades of +fiery and blood red, and if the glowing mist-veil parted through the +rent, the sky was not blue but emerald-green. Below, mountain and +valley, forest and field, gleamed in the sunset reflex<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span> with radiance +which hurt the eye, unable to find a shady point of rest. The Danube +rushing on beneath, like a fiery Phlegethon, and in its midst an island +with towers and massive buildings, all glowing as if part of a huge +furnace, through which every creature, coming from the pestilential east +to the frontier of the healthy west, must pass as through purgatory.</p> + +<p>But what most fixed the attention of the crew under this stormy sunset +was a black-and-yellow striped boat, which was being rowed from the +shore to the ship.</p> + +<p>The Szkela is the double gate through which the neighboring inhabitants +of both sides of the Danube speak, bargain, and do business together.</p> + +<p>The "St. Barbara" had cast anchor before the island, and awaited the +approaching boat, in which were three armed men—two with muskets and +bayonets—besides two rowers and the steersman.</p> + +<p>Euthemio paced anxiously up and down the small space in front of the +cabin. Timar approached him and whispered, "The searcher is coming."</p> + +<p>Trikaliss drew from his leathern pouch a silk purse, and took out two +<i>rouleaux</i>, which he pressed into Timar's hand. In each were a hundred +ducats.</p> + +<p>Before long the boat was alongside, and the three armed men came on +board. One is the overseer of taxes, the inspector, whose office it is +to search the cargo for anything contraband or a prohibited importation +of arms; the other two are custom-house officials, who render armed +assistance, and serve as a check on the inspector to see if he carries +out the search properly.</p> + +<p>The purifier is the official spy, who reports whether the two officers +have properly controlled the inspector. Then the latter three form a +tribunal, which takes the evidence of the purifier as to whether he has +detected the passengers in any infectious communication. This is all +very systematically arranged, so that one organ should control the +other, and each be mutually under inspection.</p> + +<p>As a legal fee for these functions the chief has to receive a hundred +kreutzers, each of the customs officials fifty, and the purifier also +fifty—which certainly is a moderate fee enough.</p> + +<p>As soon as the inspector reaches the deck, the purifier comes toward +him: the former scratches his ear and the latter his nose. No contact +takes place.</p> + +<p>Then the inspector turns to the captain, and both the other officials +ground their arms. Still three paces apart! One can't tell whether the +man has not got the plague.</p> + +<p>The examination begins.</p> + +<p>"Where from?"</p> + +<p>"Galatz."</p> + +<p>"Name of ship's owner?"</p> + +<p>"Athan Brazovics."</p> + +<p>"Owner of cargo?"</p> + +<p>"Euthemio Trikaliss."</p> + +<p>"Where are the ship's papers?"</p> + +<p>The reception of these is carefully arranged. A pan of live coals is +brought, and strewn with juniper-berries and wormwood: the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span> aforesaid +papers are held over it and well smoked, then taken by the inspector +with a pair of tongs, read from as great a distance as possible, and +afterward returned. Nothing wrong, apparently, with the ship's papers.</p> + +<p>The pan is carried away, and in its place a jug of water is brought. It +is a capacious earthenware pot, with a mouth through which the largest +fist can pass. It serves to facilitate the transmission of the tax. As +the oriental plague is more easily communicated by coins than by +anything else, the sailors coming from the Levant must throw the money +into a jug of water, in order that the western health-officer may take +it out cleansed: just as at the Szkela every one must fish the money he +receives out of a basin.</p> + +<p>Timar thrust his clinched fist into the water, and brought it out open.</p> + +<p>Then the inspector puts his hand in, draws it out as a clinched fist, +and transfers it to his pocket. He does not need to look at it by the +sunset light to see what manner of money it is. He knows it by the size +and weight. Even a blind man knows the feel of ducats. He does not +change a muscle.</p> + +<p>After him come the custom-house officials. These also with serious faces +fish up their fee from the bottom of the jug.</p> + +<p>Now for the turn of the purifier. His countenance is stern and +forbidding. It hangs on a single word from his lips, whether the ship +may have to lie ten or twenty days in quarantine with all her +passengers. There are cold-blooded men like that who have only an eye to +duty.</p> + +<p>The inspector demands, in a surly, dictatorial tone, that the entrance +to the lower deck be opened. His desire is obeyed. They all three go +down; but none of the crew may follow them. When they are alone, the +three strict servants of the law grin at each other. The purifier +remains on deck, and only laughs in his sleeve.</p> + +<p>They unfasten one of the many sacks, in which certainly there is only +wheat. "Well, I hope it's moldy enough," remarks the inspector. +"Probably there is only wheat in the other sacks, and very likely even +more worm-eaten."</p> + +<p>A document is now drawn up describing the search: one of the armed +officials has the writing materials, and the other the form to be filled +in. All is accurately set down. Then the inspector writes something on a +bit of paper, which he folds and seals with a wafer, on which he presses +the official seal. He writes no address on the note.</p> + +<p>Then, after they have rummaged in every hole and corner where nothing +suspicious is hidden, the three searchers rise to the light of day once +more. At least to moonlight; for the sun has set, and through the +hurrying clouds the moon ever and anon peeps down, and then vanishing, +plays hide-and-seek with the world.</p> + +<p>The inspector calls for the captain and gives him to understand—still +in a severe official manner—that nothing suspicious has been found on +board: then he requires the purifier, in the same manner, to declare the +condition of the ship's health.</p> + +<p>With an appeal to his oath of fidelity, the purifier bears witness that +every person on board, as well as the cargo, is free from infection.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span>A certificate that the papers are in order is prepared, and the receipts +for the fees are handed over. A hundred kreutzers to the inspector, two +fifties to the customs officers, and fifty to the health-officer. Not a +kreutzer is wanting. These receipts are delivered to the owner of the +cargo, who has never left his cabin the whole time—he is at supper. He +also must countersign the receipts. From these signatures and +indorsements, the shipowner and the honorable officials in question +mutually learn that the captain gave away as many kreutzers as he +received, and that not one remained sticking to his fingers.</p> + +<p>Kreutzers! Well, yes; but about the gold?</p> + +<p>The thought may well have passed through Timar's head, how would it be +if of the fifty ducats which this dirty lot were to fish out of the jug +he were only to put in forty (a fabulous sum to such fellows)? No +creature would know that he had kept back ten. Indeed he might easily +retain half of the whole sum, for who is there to control it? Those for +whom the money is intended are quite enough rewarded with half.</p> + +<p>Another thought possibly answered thus. "What you are doing is without +doubt bribery. You don't corrupt them with your own money, but Trikaliss +gives it because his interests imperatively require it. You hand over +the gold, and are as innocent of the bribery as the water-jug. Why he +wants to bribe the inspector you do not know. Whether the ship carries +contraband goods, whether he is a political refugee, or the persecuted +hero of a romantic adventure, who in order to assist his escape strews +gold in handfuls, what does it matter to you? But if one single gold +piece sticks to your fingers, you become an accomplice in all which +burdens another's conscience. Keep none of it."</p> + +<p>The inspector gave permission for the vessel to proceed, in token of +which a red-and-white flag with a black eagle on it was hoisted to the +masthead. Then, after thus officially certifying that the ship from the +Levant was quite free of infection, the inspector, without any previous +ordeal by water, pressed the captain's hand and said to him: "You come +from Komorn? Then you know Herr Katschuka, chief of the commissariat +department? Be good enough to give him this note when you get home. +There is no address on it—not necessary, you won't forget his name; it +sounds like a Spanish dance. Take him the letter as soon as ever you get +there. You won't be sorry."</p> + +<p>Then he clapped the captain most graciously on the shoulder, as if to +make him his debtor for life, and the whole four left the ship and +returned to Szkela in their black-and-yellow boat.</p> + +<p>The "St. Barbara" could now continue her voyage, and if all her sacks +from the keel to the deck had been filled with salt or Turkish tobacco, +and all her passengers covered with small-pox or leprosy from top to +toe, no one could stop her any more on the Danube.</p> + +<p>Now, however, there was on board neither contraband goods nor contagion, +but—something else. Timar put the unaddressed note into his pocket-book +and wondered what it contained.</p> + +<p>This was what was written<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span>—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"<span class="smcap">Brother-in-law</span>,—I recommend to you the bearer of this +letter. He is a man of sterling worth."</p></div> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIRST_V" id="CHAPTER_FIRST_V"></a>CHAPTER V.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE OWNERLESS ISLAND.</span></h3> + + +<p>The towing-team left behind on the Servian bank crossed over the same +night in ferry-boats to the Hungarian side with their severed hawser, +spreading everywhere the news that the tow-rope had parted of itself at +the dangerous Perigrada Island, and the ship had gone down with every +soul on board. In the morning there was no longer a sign of the "St. +Barbara" in the harbor of Orsova. If by chance the commandant of the +Turkish brigantine had had an idea of rowing up the channel from the +Iron Gate to Orsova, he would not have found what he sought; and above, +as far as Belgrade, only half the Danube belonged to him: on the +Hungarian side he had no jurisdiction, but the fortress at New Orsova +belonged to him.</p> + +<p>At two o'clock in the morning the "St. Barbara" left Orsova. After +midnight the north wind generally stops; the favorable time must be +utilized, and the crew had received a double ration of brandy to keep +them in a good humor.</p> + +<p>The departure was quite silent: from the walls of the New Orsova fort +sounded the long call of the Turkish sentries. The horn gave no signal +till the Allion point had disappeared behind the new mountain-chain.</p> + +<p>At the first blast Timéa came from her cabin, where she had slept for a +few hours, and went, wrapped in her white burnoose, to the bow to look +for Euthemio, who had never lain down all night, nor entered his cabin, +nor even—which was more remarkable—smoked at all. He was not allowed +to light any fire on board the ship, so as to avoid attracting attention +to the vessel at the Orsova fortress.</p> + +<p>Perhaps Timéa felt that she had to make up for a fault, for she +addressed Timar, and asked him about the wonders of both shores.</p> + +<p>The instinct of her childish heart whispered to her that she owed this +man a debt of gratitude.</p> + +<p>Dawn found the ship near Ogradina. The captain drew Timéa's attention to +a monument eighteen hundred years old. This was "Trajan's Tablet," hewn +in the precipitous cliff, held by two winged genii and surrounded by +dolphins. On the tablet is the inscription which commemorates the +achievements of the godlike emperor. If the peaks of the great +"Sterberg" have vanished from the Servian shore, there follows a fresh +rock corridor, which confines the Danube in a ravine five hundred +fathoms wide. This mountain hall goes by the name of "Kassan." Cliffs of +two to three thousand feet high rise right and left, their curves lost +in opal-colored mist. From one precipice a stream falls a thousand feet +out of a cave, like a delicate silver streak, dissolved in spray before +it reaches the river. The two rock faces run on unbroken, only in one +part the mountain is split, and through the rift laughs the blooming +landscape of an alpine valley, with a white<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span> tower in the background. It +is the tower of Dubova: there is Hungary.</p> + +<p>Timéa never turned her gaze from this spectacle until the ship had +passed, and the mountains had closed over the exquisite scene, hiding +the deep chasm in their shadows.</p> + +<p>"I feel," she said, "as if we were going through a long, long prison, +into a land from which there is no return."</p> + +<p>The precipices grow higher, the surface of the Danube darker, and, to +complete the wild and romantic panorama, there is visible on the +northern face a cave whose mouth is surrounded by an earthquake with +embrasures for cannon.</p> + +<p>"That is Veterani's Cavern," said the captain. "There, more than a +century ago, three hundred men and five cannon held out for forty days +against a whole Turkish army." Timéa shook her head. But the skipper +knew more still about the cavern.</p> + +<p>"Forty years ago our people defended that cave in a bloody struggle +against the Turks; the Osmanli lost over two thousand men among the +rocks."</p> + +<p>Timéa drew together her delicate eyebrows and threw the narrator an +icy-cold glance, so that all his eloquence died in his throat. She hid +her mouth with her burnoose, turned from Timar, went into the cabin, and +did not reappear till evening. She only looked through the little window +at the toppling crags on the bank, the massive watch-towers now +deserted, the wooded cliffs of the Klissura valley, and the rock-colossi +projecting from the stream, as they swept by her. She did not even ask +for the history of the octagonal castle-donjon, with three small ones +beside it inside a bastion. And yet she would have heard the fate of the +lovely Cecilia Rozgonyi, the danger of King Sigismund, and the defeat of +the Hungarians. This ruin is the Galamboczer Tower.</p> + +<p>From first to last this double shore is a petrified history of two +nations, mutually shadowed by a mad vagary of fate with the lust of +conquest, which makes them fly at each other's throats directly a war +begins.</p> + +<p>It is a long crypt containing the bones of many a hundred thousand +heroes.</p> + +<p>Timéa did not come out that day or the next. She sketched little views +in her book, which she could hold quite steady on the smoothly gliding +vessel.</p> + +<p>Three days passed before the "St. Barbara" arrived where the Morava +falls into the Danube.</p> + +<p>At the junction lies Semendria. On the thirty-six towers of this +fortress have waved the banners sometimes of the Blessed Virgin and anon +of the Crescent, and their circular brown walls are sprinkled with the +blood of many nations. On the other shore of the Morava stand only the +bare walls of the forsaken "Veste Kulics," and beyond the Ostrovaer +Island frown down from a peak the ruins of the castle of Rama, now only +a monument.</p> + +<p>But this is not the moment to stand gazing at them—no one is inclined +to indulge in melancholy reflections on the vanished greatness of fallen +nations, for there is more pressing work on hand.</p> + +<p>As soon as the Hungarian plains open out, the north wind storms down on +the ship with such force that the towing-horses can not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span> make head +against it, and the wind drives the vessel toward the opposite shore.</p> + +<p>"We can get no further," is the general opinion.</p> + +<p>Trikaliss exchanges a few private words with Timar, who goes to the +pilot. Master Fabula makes the tiller fast and leaves it. Then he calls +the rowers on board, and signs to the shore to stop the team. Here +neither oars nor towing are of use. The ship is above the Orsova Island, +which stretches a long pointed tongue into the stream: its northern side +is steep and rugged, overgrown with old willows.</p> + +<p>The task now is to get over to the south of the island, where the "St. +Barbara" can lie in a harbor protected from the north wind, as well as +from the curious eyes of men; for the wider stream which circles round +the island toward Servia is not used by sailors, being full of +sand-banks and fords.</p> + +<p>It is a work of skill to approach: cutting the cable is no use, for the +ship could not carry any way against such a wind. The only solution is +hauling to the anchor.</p> + +<p>The vessel casts anchor in mid-stream: the towing-rope is brought on +board; to its end a second anchor is attached and placed in the boat. +The rowers go toward the island till the whole length of the cable is +out, then cast anchor and return to the ship. Now they weigh the first +anchor, and four men haul on the cable made fast to the windlass. Heavy +work!</p> + +<p>When the vessel is close up to the anchor, they put the other in the +boat, row forward, cast anchor again, and haul up as before. So by the +sweat of their brow they made their way up-stream step by step. It took +them half a day of hard labor to work the heavy cargo-ship from the +middle of the Danube to the point of the great island. A fatiguing day +for those who had to work, and wearier still to look on at. The vessel +had left the frequented branch, where, at any rate, one saw ruins from +time to time, where one met other ships, or floated by long lines of +clattering mills: it now passed through the unfrequented channel, where +the view was hidden on the right by a long ugly island, on which only +poplars and willows seemed to grow, nowhere a human habitation to be +seen, and on the left the water was covered by a thick sea of reeds, +among which the only sign of <i>terra firma</i> was a group of slender, +silver-leaved poplars.</p> + +<p>In this quiet uninhabited spot the "St. Barbara" was brought up. And now +appeared a new calamity—the food was exhausted. When leaving Galatz, +they had reckoned on the usual halt at Orsova for the purpose of +shipping provisions; but after starting so suddenly at night, they found +there was nothing on board when they reached the island of Orsova but a +little coffee and sugar, and in Timéa's possession a box of Turkish +sweets and preserved fruits, which, however, she would not open, because +it was intended as a present.</p> + +<p>"Never mind," said Timar; "somebody must live on one shore or the other. +There are lambs and kids everywhere, and one can get anything for +money."</p> + +<p>Another misfortune set in. The anchored ship was so rolled<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span> about by the +wind-driven waves of the river, that Timéa got seasick and frightened.</p> + +<p>Perhaps there was some house where she and her father could spend the +night.</p> + +<p>Timar's sharp eyes discovered that above the tops of the poplars rising +from the reeds a faint smoke hovered in the air. "There must be a house +there. I will go and see who lives in it."</p> + +<p>There was a small skiff on board, which the captain used on sporting +expeditions, at times when the ship was delayed by foul winds, and he +had leisure for wildfowl-shooting. He lowered it into the water, took +his gun, his game-bag, and a landing-net—one never knows what may come +in one's way, a bird or a fish—and went toward the bed of rushes, +rowing and steering with one and the same oar. Being an experienced +marsh-sportsman, he soon found the one opening in the reeds through +which it was possible to penetrate, and recognized by the vegetation the +depth of the channel.</p> + +<p>Where the great leaves and snowy cups of the water-lily float on the +surface, there is deep water which scours the weeds and mud away; in +other places duckweed forms a green carpet on the top, and on this +floating velvet cowers the poisonous water-fungus in the form of a +turnip-radish, blue and round, and swelled like a puff ball—deadly +poison to every living thing. When Timar's oar struck one of these +polyp-like fungi, the venomous dust shot out like a blue flame. The +roots of this plant live in a fetid slime which would suffocate man or +beast who should fall into it; nature has given this vegetable murderer +a habitat where it is least accessible. But where the cardinal-flower +spreads its clubbed suckers, and where the beautiful bells of the +water-violet sway among the rushes, there is gravel, which is not always +under water. And where the manna tendrils begin to form a thicket, in +pressing through which the sailor finds the brim of his hat full of +little seeds—the food of the poor, manna of the wilderness—there must +be higher ground, so that only the root of the plant is submerged.</p> + +<p>The boatman who does not know these vegetable guides might lose himself +in the reed-beds, and not get out all day.</p> + +<p>When Timar had worked his way through the brake, which formed a +labyrinth of flesh-colored flower-clusters, he saw before him what he +sought—an island.</p> + +<p>No doubt this was a new alluvial formation, of which no trace was to be +found on the latest maps.</p> + +<p>In the bed of the right arm of the Danube lay long ago a great bowlder, +at whose base the sluggish current had deposited a sand-bank.</p> + +<p>During some winter flood, the ice-floes tore from the Ostrova Island a +spit of land bearing earth, stones, and a small wood. This mingled +deluge of ice, gravel, and trees flung itself on the sand-bank near the +bowlder. Repeated inundations spread over it year by year layers of mud, +and enlarged its circumference by fresh deposits of pebbles: from the +moldering tree-trunks sprung a luxuriant vegetation as quickly as the +natural creations of the New World; and so arose a nameless island, of +which no one had taken possession, over which was no landlord, no king, +no authority, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span> no church—which belonged to no country and no +diocese. In Turco-Servian territory there are many such paradises, +neither plowed nor sown, not even used for pasture. They are the home of +wild flowers and wild beasts, and God knows what besides.</p> + +<p>The northern shore plainly proclaims its genesis. The gravel moraine is +heaped there like a barricade, often in pieces larger than a man's head; +between are tufts of rushes and rotten branches; the shallows are +covered with green and brown river-shells; on the marshy parts round +holes are washed out, in which, at the sound of approaching footsteps, +hundreds of crabs rush to hide. The shore is covered along its whole +length with prickly willow, which the ice-floes shave off every winter +close to the root.</p> + +<p>Here Timar drew his boat ashore and tied it to a tree. Pressing forward, +he had to push his way through a thicket of huge willows and +poplars—overthrown in many places by repeated storms—and there the +fruitful bramble forms a thorny undergrowth, and tall valerian, shooting +upward from the weather-beaten soil, mixes its aromatic scent with the +wholesome smell of the poplar.</p> + +<p>On a level depression where are neither trees nor bushes, luxuriant +umbelliferous plants rise amid the grass over a swamp—hemlock and +"Sison Amonum," smelling of cinnamon. In an isolated tuft like a +vegetable aristocrat glitter the fiery blossoms of the veratrum; among +the grass the forget-me-not spreads rankly, and the medicinal comfrey +with red flowers full of honey. No wonder if in the hollows of the old +trees there are so many wild bees' nests. And among the flowers rise +curious green, brown and red capsules, the ripe seed-vessels of bulbous +plants which bloom in spring.</p> + +<p>On this flowery region follows more forest; but here the willows and +poplar are mixed with wild apple-trees, and white-thorn forms the +underwood. The island is higher here.</p> + +<p>Timar stopped and listened. No sound. There can be no wild beasts on +this island. The floods have exterminated them, and the place is only +inhabited by birds.</p> + +<p>Even among birds the lark and the wood-pigeon do not come here: it is no +dwelling for them. They seek places where men live and sow and cultivate +grain. But two creatures live here which betray the presence of man—the +wasp and the blackbird; both of which come after the ripe fruit which +they passionately love. Where the great wasps' nests hang from the +trees, and where the blackbird's alluring whistle sounds in the hedges, +there must be fruit. Timar followed the blackbird. After he had pushed +through the prickly whitethorn and the privet-bushes which tore his +clothes, he stood transfixed with admiration.</p> + +<p>What he saw before him was a paradise.</p> + +<p>A cultivated garden of five or six acres, with fruit-trees, not planted +in rows, but in picturesquely scattered groups, whose boughs were +weighed down by their sweet burden. Apple and pear-trees covered with +glittering red and yellow fruit, plums of all colors looking as if the +shining crop were turned to roses and lilies, the fallen surplus lying +unnoticed on the ground. Beneath, a regular plantation formed of +raspberry, currant, and gooseberry bushes, with their red, yellow, and +green berries; and the spaces<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span> between the large trees filled by the +hanging branches of the Sidonian apple or quince.</p> + +<p>There was no path through this labyrinth of fruit-trees—the ground +underneath was covered with grass.</p> + +<p>But where you can see through, a flower-garden beckons you on. It is +also a collection of wonderful field blossoms not to be found in an +ordinary garden: the roots of blue campanula, swallow-wort, with its +fleecy seed-vessels from which a sort of silk is collected, the spotted +turban-lily, alkermes, with its scarlet berries, the splendid butterfly +orchis—all of these raised to the rank of garden-flowers, bear witness +to the presence of man. And this is further betrayed by the dwelling +from which the smoke comes.</p> + +<p>It also is a fantastic little refuge. Behind it stands a great rock, in +which is an excavation, where the hearth must be, and another hole for +the cellar. At the top is a chimney, from which a blue cloud arises. A +building of stone and clay tiles is stuck on to the cliff; it has two +rooms, each with a window. One window is smaller, and one room lower +than the other; both are roofed with rushes; each has a wooden porch, +forming a veranda, with fanciful ornaments made of little bits of wood.</p> + +<p>Neither stone, clay, nor wood-work can be distinguished, so thickly is +it covered on the south side with vines, out of whose frost-bitten +leaves thousands of red and gold bunches peep out. On the northern side +it is overgrown with hops, whose ripe clusters hide even the pinnacle of +the great rock with their greenish gold; and on its highest point tufts +of house-leek are planted, so that no spot may remain which is not +green.</p> + +<p>Here women live.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIRST_VI" id="CHAPTER_FIRST_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI.<br /> +<span class="subhead">ALMIRA AND NARCISSA.</span></h3> + + +<p>Timar turned his steps toward the creeper-covered cottage. Through the +flower-garden a path led to the house, but so covered with grass that +his steps were not heard, and he could thus get as far as the little +veranda quite noiselessly. Neither far nor near was a human being +visible.</p> + +<p>Before the veranda lay a large black dog—one of the noble race of +Newfoundland, generally so sensible and dignified as to forbid undue +familiarity on the part of strangers. The aforesaid quadruped was one of +the finest of the race—a colossal beast, and occupied the whole width +of the door-way.</p> + +<p>The sable guardian appeared to be asleep, and took no notice of the +approaching stranger, nor of another creature which left no fool-hardy +impertinence untried in order to tax the patience of the huge animal. +This was a white cat, which was shameless enough to turn somersaults +back and forward over the dog's recumbent form, to strike it on the nose +with her paw, and at last to lay herself before it on her back, and take +one of its webbed paws between her four soft feet and play with it like +a kitten. When the great black porter found its foot tickled, it drew it +back and gave the cat the other paw to play with.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span>Timar did not think to himself—"Suppose this black colossus seizes me +by the collar, it will go hard with me;" but he thought, "Oh! how +delighted Timéa will be when she sees this white cat."</p> + +<p>You could not pass the dog and get in—it barred the whole entrance. +Timar coughed, to announce that some one was there. Then the great dog +raised its head and looked at the new-comer with its wise nut-brown +eyes, which, like the human eye, can weep and laugh, scold and flatter. +Then it laid its head down again, as much as to say, "Only one man; it's +not worth while to get up."</p> + +<p>But Timar decided that where a chimney smokes, there's a fire in the +kitchen; so he began from outside to wish this invisible some one +"Good-morning," alternately in three languages—Hungarian, Servian and +Roumanian. Suddenly a female voice answered in Hungarian from within, +"Good-day. Come in then. Who is it?"</p> + +<p>"I should like to come in, but the dog's in the way."</p> + +<p>"Step over it."</p> + +<p>"Won't it bite?"</p> + +<p>"She never hurts good people."</p> + +<p>Timar took courage and stepped across the powerful animal, which did not +move, but raised its tail as if to wag him a welcome.</p> + +<p>Going into the veranda, Timar saw two doors before him: the first one +led to the stone building, the other to the grotto hollowed in the rock. +The latter was the kitchen. There he observed a woman busy at the +hearth.</p> + +<p>Timar saw at a glance that she was not preparing a magic potion of +witch's cookery, but simply roasting Indian-corn.</p> + +<p>The woman thus occupied was a thin but strong and sinewy figure, with a +dark skin; in her compressed lips lay something severe, though her eye +was soft and inspired confidence. Her sunburned face betokened her age +as not much over thirty. She was not dressed like the peasants of the +district; her clothes were not bright in color, but yet not suited to +towns.</p> + +<p>"Now, come nearer and sit down," said the woman, in a singularly hard +voice, which, however, was perfectly quiet; and then she shook the +floury snow-white Indian-corn into a plaited rush-basket, and offered it +to him. Afterward she fetched a jug which stood on the floor, and gave +him elder-wine, this also just freshly made.</p> + +<p>Timar sat down on the stool offered him, which was skillfully woven of +various osiers, and of a curious shape. Then the Newfoundland, rising, +approached the guest and lay down in front of him.</p> + +<p>The woman threw the dog a handful of the white confectionery, which it +at once began to crack in the proper way. The white cat attempted to do +the same, but the first cracked kernel of the maize stuck in her teeth, +and she did not try it again. She shook the paw with which she had +touched it, and sprung up to the hearth, where she blinked with much +interest at an unglazed pot which was simmering by the fire, and +probably held something more to her taste.</p> + +<p>"A magnificent beast," said Timar, looking at the dog. "I wonder it is +so gentle; it has not even growled at me."</p> + +<p>"She never hurts good people, sir. If a stranger comes who is honest, +she knows it directly, and is as quiet as a lamb—doesn't<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span> even bark; +but if a thief tries to get in, she rages at him as soon as he sets foot +on the island, and woe to him if she gets her teeth in. She is a +formidable creature! Last winter a large wolf came over the ice after +our goats—look, there is his skin on the floor of the room. In a moment +the dog had throttled him. An honest man can sit on her back, she won't +touch him."</p> + +<p>Timar was quite satisfied to have such excellent evidence of his +honesty. Who knows, perhaps, if some of those ducats had lost their road +in his pocket, he might have been differently received by the great dog?</p> + +<p>"Now, sir, where do you come from, and what do you want of me?"</p> + +<p>"First, I must beg you to excuse my having pushed through the thorns and +bushes into your garden. The storm has driven my vessel over to this +bank, so I was obliged to run for shelter under the Ostrova Island."</p> + +<p>"Indeed, yes; I can hear by the rustle of the branches that a strong +wind is blowing."</p> + +<p>This place was so completely sheltered by the virgin forest, that one +could feel no wind, and only knew by the sound when it blew.</p> + +<p>"We must wait for a change of wind before the storm blows over. But our +provisions have run out, so I was forced to seek the nearest house from +which I saw smoke rising, to ask the housewife whether for money and +fair words we could get food for the crew."</p> + +<p>"Yes, you can have what you want, and I don't mind being paid for it, +for that's what I live on. We can serve you with kids, maize-flour, +cheese, and fruit; choose what you want. This is the trade which keeps +us; the market-women round about fetch away our wares in boats: we are +gardeners."</p> + +<p>Till now Timar had seen no human being except this woman; but as she +spoke in the plural, there must be others besides herself.</p> + +<p>"I thank you beforehand, and will take some of everything. I will send +the steersman from the ship to fetch the things; but tell me, my good +lady, what's to pay? I want food for my seven men for three days."</p> + +<p>"You need not fetch out your purse; I don't receive payment in money. +What should I do with it, here on this lonely island? At best thieves +would be sure to get in and kill me to get hold of it; but now every one +knows there is no money on the island, and therefore we can sleep in +peace. I only barter. I give fruit, wax, honey, and simples, and people +bring me in exchange grain, salt, clothes, and hardware."</p> + +<p>"As they do on the Australian islands?"</p> + +<p>"Just the same."</p> + +<p>"All right, good lady; we have grain on board, and salt too. I will +reckon up the value of your wares, and bring an equal value in exchange. +Rely upon it, you sha'n't be the loser."</p> + +<p>"I don't doubt it, sir."</p> + +<p>"But I have another favor to ask. On board my vessel there is a grand +gentleman and his young daughter. The young lady is not accustomed to +the motion, and feels unwell. Could you not give my passengers shelter +till the storm is over?"</p> + +<p>"Well, that I can do too, sir. Look, here are two small bed-<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>rooms. We +will retire into one, and in the other any honest man who wants shelter +can have it—rest, if not comfort. If you also would like to stay, you +will have to be contented with the little garret, as both the rooms will +have women in them. There is new hay there, and sailors are not +particular."</p> + +<p>Timar puzzled his head as to the position of this woman, who chose her +words so well and expressed herself so sensibly. He could not reconcile +it with this hut, which was more like a cave, and with the residence on +this lonely island in the midst of a wilderness. "Many thanks, good +lady; I'll hurry back and bring up my passengers."</p> + +<p>"All right; only don't go back to your boat the same way you came. You +can't bring a lady through those marshes and briers. There's a tolerable +path all along the bank, rather overgrown with grass, it is true, for it +is very little trodden, and turf grows quickly here; but you shall be +conducted to where your boat lies; then when you come back in a larger +one, you can land rather nearer. I will give you a guide now. Almira!"</p> + +<p>Timar looked round, to see from what corner of the house or from what +bush this Almira would appear who was to show him the way. But the great +black Newfoundland rose and began to wag her tail, whose strokes made a +noise on the door-post as if an old drum was touched.</p> + +<p>"Off, Almira; take the gentleman to the shore," said the woman; on which +the creature growled something to Timar in dog's language, and taking +the edge of his cloak in her teeth, pulled at it, as if to say, Come +along.</p> + +<p>"So this is Almira, who is to conduct me. I am much indebted to you, +Miss Almira," Timar said smiling, and took his gun and hat; then saluted +his hostess and followed the dog. Almira led the guest steadily in all +friendship by the hem of his cloak. The way lay through the orchard, +where one had to tread carefully so as not to crush the plums which +covered the ground. The white cat, too, had not remained behind; she +wanted to know where Almira was conducting the stranger, and leaped here +and there in the soft grass.</p> + +<p>When they arrived at the edge of the orchard, somewhere above was heard +the call of a musical voice, "Narcissa!"</p> + +<p>It was a girl's voice, in which some reproach, but much love and +maidenly shyness, were blended—a sympathetic voice. Timar looked round: +he wanted to know, first, where it came from, and then to whom it +belonged.</p> + +<p>He soon discovered who was called, for at the sound the white cat sprung +quickly to one side, and, curling her tail, climbed zigzag up a gnarled +pear-tree, through whose thick foliage Timar saw something like a white +dress glimmering. He had no time for further research, for Almira gave a +few deep sounds which, in quadruped's language, probably meant, "What +business have you to spy about?" and so he was obliged to follow his +leader, if he did not desire to leave a piece of his cloak in her teeth.</p> + +<p>Almira led Timar by a soft turf path along the bank to the place where +his boat was made fast. At this moment a couple of snipe rose with their +shrill cry close to the island. Timar's first<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span> thought was of the savory +dish they would make for Timéa's supper. In an instant he had shouldered +his gun, and with a well-aimed right and left brought down both snipe.</p> + +<p>But the next moment he was himself on the ground. As soon as he had +fired, Almira seized him by the collar, and like lightning pulled him +down. He tried to rise, but soon felt that he had to do with an +overpowering adversary who was not to be trifled with. Not that Almira +had hurt him, but she held him by the collar, and would not allow of his +getting up.</p> + +<p>Timar tried every conceivable means to soften her, called her Miss +Almira, his dear friend, and explained to her sport and its usages; +where the devil had she heard of a dog that retrieves a sportsman? she +should rather go after the snipe in the rushes: but he talked to deaf +ears.</p> + +<p>He was at last relieved from this dangerous situation by the woman of +the island, who had run up at the report of the gun, and called Almira +by name from afar, on which the dog let go her hold.</p> + +<p>"Oh, my God!" she lamented, hastening over the stones to the point of +danger. "I forgot to tell you not to shoot, because Almira was sure to +attack you. She gets in a fury when a shot is fired. Well, I was stupid +not to tell you."</p> + +<p>"Never mind, good woman," said Timar, laughing. "Almira would really +make a capital gamekeeper. But look, I have shot a couple of snipe; I +thought they would be a help toward the supper that you will set before +your guests."</p> + +<p>"I will fetch them; get into your boat, and when you come back, just +leave your gun at home, for, believe me, if the dog sees you with a gun +on your arm, she will take it away from you. You can't joke with her."</p> + +<p>"So I find. A powerful, grand animal that! Before I had time to defend +myself, I was on the ground: I can only thank Heaven that she did not +bite my head off."</p> + +<p>"Oh, she never bites any one; but if you defend yourself, she seizes +your arm in her teeth, as if it were in irons, and then holds you fast +till we come and call her off. <i>Auf Weidersehen!</i>"</p> + +<p>In less than an hour the larger boat had landed its passengers safely at +the island. All the way from the vessel to the shore, Timar talked to +Timéa of Almira and Narcissa, to make the poor child forget her sickness +and her fear of the water. As soon as she set foot on shore, her +seasickness vanished.</p> + +<p>Timar went on in front to show the way; Timéa followed, leaning on +Euthemio's arm; and two sailors and the steersman carried behind them on +a stretcher the equivalent of the barter in sacks. Almira's bark was +heard a long way off. These were the sounds of welcome by which the dog +acknowledged the approach of good friends. Almira came half-way, barked +at the whole party, then had a little talk to the sailors, the +steersman, and Timar; then trotting to Timéa, tried to kiss her hand. +But when the dog came to Euthemio, it was quiet, and began to sniff at +him from the soles of his feet upward, never leaving his heels. It +snuffed continually, and shook its head violently, rattling its ears +till they cracked. It had its own opinion on this subject.</p> + +<p>The mistress of the island settlement awaited the strangers at the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span> +door, and as soon as they appeared between the trees, called in a loud +voice, "Noémi!"</p> + +<p>At this summons some one appeared from inside the garden. Between two +tall thick raspberry hedges, which, like green walls, almost closed in +an arch at the top, came a young girl. Face and form those of a child +just beginning to develop, dressed in a white chemise and petticoat, and +carrying in her upturned overskirt fruit freshly plucked.</p> + +<p>The figure coming out of the green grove is idyllic. The delicate tints +of her face seem to have been borrowed from the complexion of the white +rose when she is grave, and take that of the red rose when she blushes, +and that up to the brow. The expression of the clear-arched brow is +personified sweet temper, in complete accord with the innocent look of +the expressive blue eyes; on the tender lips lies a mixture of devoted +regard and modest shyness. The rich and luxuriant golden-brown hair +seems to be curled by nature's hand; a lock thrust back gives a view of +an exquisite little ear. Over the whole face gentle softness is spread. +It is possible that a sculptor might not take each feature as a model, +and perhaps if the face were hewn in marble one might not think it +beautiful; but the head and the whole figure, just as they are, shine +with a loveliness which charms at the first glance, and inthralls more +every moment.</p> + +<p>From one shoulder the chemise has dropped, but, that it may not remain +uncovered, there sits a white cat, rubbing her head against the girl's +cheek. The delicate feet of the maiden are naked—why should she not go +barefoot? She walks on a carpet of richest velvet. The spring turf is +interspersed with blue veronica and red geranium.</p> + +<p>Euthemio, his daughter, and Timar, stopped at the entrance of the +raspberry arcade to await the approaching figure.</p> + +<p>The child knew of no more friendly reception to give the guests than to +offer them the fruit she had in her lap. They were beautiful +red-streaked Bergamot pears. She turned first to Timar. He chose the +best, and gave it to Timéa.</p> + +<p>Both girls shrugged their shoulders impatiently. Timéa because she +envied the other one the white cat on her shoulder, but Noémi because +Timar had given the fruit to Timéa.</p> + +<p>"Oh, you rude thing!" cried the mistress to her from the cottage; "could +you not put the fruit in a basket, instead of offering it in your apron? +Is that the proper way?"</p> + +<p>The little thing grew red as fire, and ran to her mother; the latter +whispered a few words into her ear, so that the others might not +overhear, then kissed the child on the forehead, and said aloud, "Now go +and take from the sailors what they have brought, carry it into the +store-room, and fill the sacks with corn-flour, the pots with honey, and +the baskets with ripe fruit: of the kids, you can choose two for them."</p> + +<p>"I can't choose any," whispered the girl; "they must do it themselves."</p> + +<p>"Foolish child!" said the woman with a kind reproof; "if it were left to +you, you would keep all the kids and never let one be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span> killed. Very +well, let them choose for themselves, then no one can complain. I will +look after the cooking."</p> + +<p>Noémi called the sailors, and opened the food and fruit stores, which +were each in a different cave and shut off by a door. The rock which +formed the summit of the island was one of those wandering blocks, +called "erratic" by geologists—an isolated bowlder, a monolith, which +must once have been detached from a distant mountain, some limestone +formation from the Dolomites, out of a moraine. It was full of large and +small caves, which the first person who took possession of it had +adapted to his own purposes: the largest with the natural chimney for +the kitchen, the highest, as a dove-cote, the others for summer and +winter storehouses. He had settled on the heaven-sent rock, and, like +the wild birds, built his nest there.</p> + +<p>The child managed the barter with the crew well and honestly. Then she +gave each his glass of elder-wine to wet the bargain, begged for their +custom when they passed again, and went back to the kitchen.</p> + +<p>Here she did not wait to be told to lay the table. She spread a fine +rush mat on the small table in the veranda, and placed on it four +plates, with knives and forks and pewter spoons. And the fifth person?</p> + +<p>She will sit at the cat's table. Near the steps to the veranda stands a +small wooden bench; in the center is placed an earthenware plate with a +miniature knife and fork and spoon, and at each end a wooden platter, +one for Almira, the other for Narcissa. They require no <i>couvert</i>. When +the three guests and the mistress of the house have sat down and helped +themselves from the dish, it goes to the cat's table, where Noémi serves +her friends. She conducts the division with great fairness—the soft +pieces to Narcissa, the bones to Almira—and helps herself last. They +must not touch their food till she has cooled it for them, however much +Almira may cock her ears, and the cat snuggle up to her mistress's +shoulder. They must obey the girl.</p> + +<p>The island woman wished, according to the good or bad Hungarian custom, +to show off before her guests, and especially to prove to Timar that her +larder was independent of his game. She had cooked the two snipe with +oatmeal, but whispered to Timar that that was only food for ladies; for +the gentlemen she had some good fried pork. Timar attacked it bravely, +but Euthemio touched none of it, saying he had no appetite, and Timéa +rose suddenly from the table. But that was natural: she had already cast +many inquisitive glances toward the party at the other table; there was +nothing remarkable in her rising suddenly and going over to sit by +Noémi. Young girls soon make friends. Timéa did not know Hungarian, nor +Noémi Greek; but between them was Narcissa, to whom both languages were +the same.</p> + +<p>The white cat seemed to understand perfectly when Timéa said "Horaion +galion" to it, and stroked its back with a soft white hand: then it +crept from Noémi's lap to Timéa's, raised its head to her face and +gently rubbed its white head against her white cheeks, opened its red +mouth, showed its sharp teeth, and blinked<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span> at her with cunning eyes; +then sprung on her shoulder, crawled round her neck, and clambered to +Noémi and back again.</p> + +<p>Noémi was pleased that the strange young lady liked her favorite so +much, but bitterness mingled with her pleasure when she saw how much the +stranger had fallen in love with the cat, kept and kissed it; and still +more painful was it to realize how easily Narcissa became untrue to her, +how willingly it accepted and replied to the caresses of its new friend, +and took no notice when Noémi called it by name to come back to her. +"Horaion galion" (pretty pussy) pleased it better. Noémi grew angry with +Narcissa, and seized her by the tail to draw her back. Narcissa took +offense, turned her claws on her mistress, and scratched her hand.</p> + +<p>Timéa wore on her wrist a blue enameled bracelet in the form of a +serpent. When Narcissa scratched her mistress, Timéa drew off the +elastic bracelet, and wanted to put it on Noémi's arm, obviously with +the intention of comforting her in her pain; but Noémi misunderstood, +and thought the stranger wanted to buy Narcissa with it. But she was not +for sale.</p> + +<p>"I don't want the bracelet! I won't sell Narcissa! Keep the bracelet! +Narcissa is mine. Come here, Narcissa!" and as Narcissa would not come, +Noémi gave her a little box on the ear, on which the frightened animal +made a jump over the bench, puffing and spitting, climbed up a nut-tree, +and looked angrily down from thence.</p> + +<p>As Timéa and Noémi at this moment looked into each other's eyes, each +read there a dreamy presentiment. They felt like a person who shuts his +eyes for a moment, and in that short time dreams whole years away; yet, +when he awakes, has forgotten it all, and only remembers that the dream +was very long. The two girls felt in that meeting of looks that they +would some day mutually encroach on each other's rights, that they would +have something in common—a grief or a joy—and that, perhaps, like a +forgotten dream, they would only know that each owed this grief or joy +to the other.</p> + +<p>Timéa sprung up from beside Noémi and gave the bracelet to the +housewife: then she sat down by Euthemio and leaned her head on his +shoulder.</p> + +<p>Timar interpreted the gift. "The young lady gives it to the little girl +as a remembrance—it is gold."</p> + +<p>As soon as he said that it was of gold, the woman threw it, frightened, +from her hand, as if it were a real snake. She looked anxiously at +Noémi, and was not even able to articulate "Thank you."</p> + +<p>Then Almira suddenly drew attention to herself. The dog had sprung +quickly from its bed, had uttered a low howl with its head up, and now +began to bark with deafening noise. In the sound lay something of the +lion's roar; it was a vehement, defiant tone, as if calling to the +attack, and the dog did not run forward, but remained by the porch, +planted its paws on the ground, and then threw up the earth with its +hind feet.</p> + +<p>The woman turned pale. A figure appeared between the trees on the +footpath.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span>"The dog only barks in that way at one man," she murmured. "There he +comes. It is he!"</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIRST_VII" id="CHAPTER_FIRST_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE VOICES OF THE NIGHT.</span></h3> + + +<p>The new arrival is a man of youthful appearance; he wears a blouse and +trousers, round his neck a red cotton handkerchief, and on his head a +Turkish fez.</p> + +<p>He has a handsome face. If he sat quietly to an artist, every one would +say of his portrait that it was the ideal of a hero; but when he is in +motion, the first thought must be—that is a spy. His features are +regular, the thick hair curly, the lips finely chiseled, the eyes deeply +black; but the wrinkles round them and their restless fire, the upturned +corners of the mouth, and the ever-twitching brows, betray the soul of a +slave to his own appetites.</p> + +<p>Almira barked furiously at the new-comer, who came swinging along with +defiant nonchalance, like one who knows that it is other people's duty +to protect him. Noémi told the dog to lie down, but it gave no heed; she +caught the creature's ears in both hands and drew it back: the dog +whined and growled at the discomfort, but did not cease barking. At last +Noémi put her foot on its head and pressed it to the ground. Then Almira +gave in, lay down growling, and let the girl's foot lie on her great +black head, as if that were a burden she could not shake off.</p> + +<p>The stranger came whistling and humming up to them. From afar he called +out—"Ah! you have still got that confounded big brute; you haven't had +her poisoned? I shall have to get rid of her in the end. The stupid +beast!" When the young man got near Noémi, he stretched out his hand +with a familiar smile toward the girl's face, as if he would have +pinched her cheek; but she drew her face quickly away.</p> + +<p>"Well, my dear little <i>fiancée</i>, are you still so shy? How you have +grown since I saw you!"</p> + +<p>Noémi looked at the speaker with her head thrown back. She wrinkled her +forehead, curled her lips, and threw a defiantly penetrating glance at +him; even her complexion changed, the rose tint on her cheeks turned +livid. Evidently she could look odious if she chose.</p> + +<p>The new-comer, however, quite unabashed, continued, "How pretty you have +grown!"</p> + +<p>Instead of answering she said to the dog, "Down, Almira!"</p> + +<p>The stranger behaved as though he were quite at home under the veranda, +where his first act was to kiss the hand of the woman of the house. He +greeted Timar with friendly condescension, made a polite bow to Euthemio +and Timéa, and then opened the flood-gates of his eloquence. +"Good-evening, dear mother-in-law! Your obedient servant, captain! Sir +and mademoiselle, you are welcome. My name is Theodor Krisstyan; I am +chevalier and captain, the future son-in-law of this worthy lady. Our +fathers were bosom friends, and betrothed Noémi to me in their +life-time, so I come every year to see my sweetheart in her summer +abode, in order to judge how my bride is growing. Uncommonly delighted<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span> +to find you here: you, sir—if I am not mistaken, your name is Timar—I +have had the pleasure of meeting before? The other gentleman, I fancy—"</p> + +<p>"Understands nothing but Greek," interrupted Timar, thrusting his hands +well into his pockets, as if he wanted to make it impossible for the +stranger to shake hands over the joy of meeting. He, who from his +calling was always traveling, might very likely have met him before.</p> + +<p>Theodor Krisstyan did not feel inclined to occupy himself any more with +Timar, but looked at life from the practical side. "It is just as if you +had expected me; a beautiful supper, an unused place, pork, just my weak +point. Thanks, dear mamma, thanks, gentlemen and young lady; I will pay +my respects to the supper—so many thanks!"</p> + +<p>Not that a single person of those addressed had asked him to sit down +and partake; but as though accepting their invitation, he seated himself +in Timéa's empty place and began to enjoy the pork; offering it +repeatedly to Euthemio, and seeming much astonished that any Christian +should neglect such a delicious dish.</p> + +<p>Timar rose from the table and said to the hostess, "The +gentleman-passenger and the young lady are tired. They want rest more +than food. Would you be so good as to show them their beds?"</p> + +<p>"That shall be done at once," said the woman. "Noémi, go and help the +young lady to undress."</p> + +<p>Noémi rose and followed her mother and the two guests into the +back-room. Timar also left the table, at which the new-comer remained +alone, and gobbled down with wolfish hunger every eatable left: +meanwhile, he talked over his shoulder to Timar, and threw to Almira the +bare bones with his fork.</p> + +<p>"You must have had a devilish bad journey, sir, with this wind. I can't +think how you got through Denin Kafoin and the Tatalia Pass. Catch, +Almira! and don't be cross with me any more, stupid brute! Do you +remember, sir, how we once met in Galatz?—there, that's for you too, +you black beast!"</p> + +<p>When he looked round, he found that neither Timar nor Almira was there. +Timar had gone to the attic to sleep, where he soon made himself a couch +of fragrant hay, while Almira had crept into some cranny in the great +mass of rock.</p> + +<p>He turned his chair round, but not till he had drained the last drop +from the wine-jug and the glasses of the other guests. Then he cut a +splinter from the chair he was sitting on, and picked his teeth with it, +like a person who has thoroughly deserved his supper.</p> + +<p>Night had set in; travelers weary of knocking about want no rocking. +Timar had stretched himself on the soft sweet hay very comfortably, and +thought that to-night he would sleep like a king. But he deceived +himself. It is not easy to fall asleep after hard work, which has been +mingled with varied emotions. Successive shapes besieged his bed like a +chaotic panorama: a confusion of pursuing forms, threatening rocks, +water-falls, ruined castles, strange women, black dogs, white cats; and +amid it all a howling tempest, blasts of the horn, cracking of whips, +showers of gold, laughing, whispering, and screaming human voices.</p> + +<p>And all at once people began to speak in the room below. He<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span> recognized +the voices, the hostess and the last comer talking together. The garret +was separated from the other room only by a thin floor, and every word +was audible, as if it had been whispered in the listener's ear. They +spoke in suppressed tones, only now and then the man raised his voice.</p> + +<p>"Well, Mother Therese, have you much money?" began the man.</p> + +<p>"You know very well that I have none. Don't you know that I only barter +and never take money?"</p> + +<p>"That's very stupid. I don't like it. And what's more, I don't believe +it."</p> + +<p>"It is as I say. Whoever comes to buy my fruit brings me something for +my own use. What should I do here with money?"</p> + +<p>"I know what you could do, you could give it to me. You never think of +me. When I marry Noémi you can't give her dried plums for a dowry; but +you don't care about your daughter's happiness. You ought to help me, +that I may get a good situation. I have just received my nomination as +first dragoman at the embassy; but I have no money to get there, for my +purse has been stolen, and now I shall lose my situation."</p> + +<p>The woman answered in a calm tone, "That any one has given you any place +that you could lose I don't believe; but I do believe you have a place +you can't lose. That you have no money, I believe that; but that it was +stolen from you I don't believe."</p> + +<p>"Well, don't then. And I don't believe you have no money; you must have +some. Smugglers land here sometimes, and they always pay well."</p> + +<p>"Speak loud, of course! Yes, it is true, smugglers often land on the +island; but they don't come near my hut, or if they do, they buy fruit +and give me salt in exchange. Will you have some salt?"</p> + +<p>"You are laughing at me. Well, and such visitors as you have to-night?"</p> + +<p>"I don't know whether they are rich or not."</p> + +<p>"Ask them for money! Demand it! Don't make a solemn face! You must get +money somehow; don't try to take me in with this ridiculous Australian +barter. Get ducats if you want to keep the peace with me; you know if I +say a single word at the right place it's all up with you."</p> + +<p>"Softly, you wretched man!"</p> + +<p>"Ay! now you want me to whisper. Well, shut my mouth then, be kind to +me, Therese—let me have a little money."</p> + +<p>"But I tell you there is none in the house! Don't worry me! I have not a +farthing, and don't want any; there is a curse on anything which is +gold. There, all my chests and boxes are here; look through them, and if +you find anything, take it."</p> + +<p>It appeared that the man was not slow to take advantage of this +permission, for soon he was heard to exclaim, "Ah! What is this? A gold +bracelet."</p> + +<p>"Yes; the strange lady gave it to Noémi. If you can make use of it, take +it."</p> + +<p>"It's worth some ten ducats—well, that's better than nothing. Don't be +angry, Noémi; when you are my wife I will buy you two bracelets, each +thirty ducats in weight, and with a sapphire in the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span> middle—no, an +emerald. Which do you prefer, a sapphire or an emerald?" He laughed at +his sally, and as no one answered his question, he continued, "But now, +Mother Therese, prepare a bed for your future son-in-law, your dear +Theodor, so that he may dream sweetly of his beloved Noémi!"</p> + +<p>"I can not give you a bed. In the next room and in the garret are our +guests; you can't sleep here in our room, that would not be +proper—Noémi is no longer a child. Go out and lie down on the bench."</p> + +<p>"Oh, you hard-hearted, cruel Therese. You send me to the hard bench—me, +your beloved future son-in-law!"</p> + +<p>"Noémi, give your pillow—there, take it! And here's my coverlet. +Good-night."</p> + +<p>"Yes, if there were not that accursed great dog out there—the fierce +brute will devour me."</p> + +<p>"Don't be afraid, I will chain her up. Poor beast! she is never tied up +except when you are on the island."</p> + +<p>Frau Therese had some trouble to entice Almira out of her hole; the poor +dog knew well enough what awaited her in these circumstances, and that +she would now be chained up, but she was used to obedience, and allowed +her mistress to fasten the chain.</p> + +<p>But this made her all the more furious against him who was the cause of +her confinement. As soon as Therese had gone back to her room, and +Theodor remained alone outside, the dog began to bark madly, and danced +about on the small space left free to her by the chain, now and then +making a spring, to see whether she could succeed in breaking the collar +or the chain, or rooting up the tree-trunk to which the chain was +fastened.</p> + +<p>But Theodor teased her again. He thought it amusing to enrage an animal +which could not reach him, and foamed with fury at its impotence. He +went closer, leaving only a step between himself and the point the chain +permitted the dog to reach; then he began to creep toward her on all +fours and make faces at her. He brayed at her like a donkey, put his +tongue out, spat in her face, and imitated the dog's bark. "Bow-wow! You +would like to eat me, wouldn't you? Bow-wow! There's my nose; bite it +off if you can. You're a lovely dog—you horrid beast! Bow-wow! Break +your chain and come wrestle with me; snap at my finger, there it is +before your nose; only don't you wish you may get it?"</p> + +<p>At the moment of her greatest fury, Almira suddenly stopped. She barked +no more; she understood. It is the wise one that gives in, thought she. +She stretched her head up as if to look down on that other four-legged +beast in front of her, then turned and scratched as dogs do, backward, +with her hind feet, whirling up dust and sand, so that the other brute +got his eyes and mouth full of it, which made him beat a retreat, +breaking out in the human bark—curses, to wit. But Almira retired with +her chain into the hole near the elder-tree and came out no more; she +ceased to bark, but a hot panting could be heard for a long time.</p> + +<p>Timar heard it too. He could not sleep; he had left the trap-door open +to get some light. The moon shone, and when the dog was silenced, deep +stillness lay over the scene; a wonderful calm, rendered more fantastic +by the isolated voices of the night and the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span> solitude. The rattle of +carriages, the clatter of mills, human voices—none of these struck the +ear. This is the kingdom of swamps, islets, and shallows. From time to +time a deep note sounds through the night—the boom of the bittern, that +hermit of the marsh. Flights of night-birds strike long-drawn chords in +the air, and the breathing wind stirs in the poplars, as it sighs +through their quivering leaves. The seal cries in the reeds like the +voice of a weeping child, and the cockchafer buzzes on the white wall of +the hut. All around lies the dark brake, in which fairies seem to hold a +torch-light dance; under the decayed trees will-o'-the-wisps wander, +pursuing each other. But the flower-garden is flooded by the full +radiance of the moon, and night-moths hover on silvery peacock wings +round the tall mallows. How exquisite, how divine is this solitude! the +whole soul is absorbed in its contemplation.</p> + +<p>If only no human tones were mingled with these voices of the night!</p> + +<p>But there below in the two little divisions of the hut lie other +sleepless people, whom some evil spirit has robbed of their slumber, and +who add their deep sighs to the other voices. From one room Timar heard +the sigh, "Oh, thou dear Christ!" while from the other "Oh, Allah!" +resounded.</p> + +<p>They can not sleep; what is there down below which keeps people awake?</p> + +<p>While Timar tried to collect his thoughts, an idea flashed through his +mind which induced him to leave his couch, throw on the coat he had had +over him, and descend the ladder to the ground.</p> + +<p>At the same moment, some one in one of the rooms below had had the same +thought. And when Timar, standing at the corner of the house, uttered +the name of "Almira" under his breath, another voice from the door +opening into the veranda called Almira's name too, as if one were the +ghostly echo of the other.</p> + +<p>The speakers approached each other with surprise.</p> + +<p>The other person was Therese. "You have come down from your bed?" she +asked.</p> + +<p>"Yes; I could not sleep."</p> + +<p>"And what did you want with Almira?"</p> + +<p>"I will tell you the truth. The thought struck me, whether that . . . +man had poisoned the dog, because she became so suddenly silent."</p> + +<p>"Just my idea. Almira!" At the call the dog came out of the hole and +wagged her tail.</p> + +<p>"No; it's all right," said Therese. "His bed on the veranda is +undisturbed. Come, Almira, I will set you free."</p> + +<p>The great creature laid her head on her mistress's lap, and allowed her +to take off the leather collar, sprung round her, licked her cheeks, and +then turned to Timar, raised one of the shaggy paws, and placed it as a +proof of doggish respect in his open hand. Then the dog shook herself, +stretched herself out, and, after a roll on both sides, lay quiet on the +soft grass. She barked no more; they could be thoroughly satisfied that +that man no longer remained on the island.</p> + +<p>Therese came nearer to Timar. "Do you know this man?"</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span>"I once met him in Galatz. He came on board and behaved so that I could +not make up my mind whether he was a spy or a smuggler. At last I got +rid of him, and that concluded our acquaintance."</p> + +<p>"And how came you by the notion that he might have poisoned Almira?"</p> + +<p>"To tell you the truth, every word spoken down below is audible in the +garret, and as I had lain down I was forced to hear all the conversation +between you."</p> + +<p>"Did you hear how he threatened me? If I could not satisfy him, it would +only cost him a single word, and we should be ruined?"</p> + +<p>"Yes; I heard that."</p> + +<p>"And what do you think about us? You believe that some great, nameless +crime has banished us to this island outside the world? that we drive +some dubious trade, of which one can not speak? or that we are the +homeless heirs of some dishonored name, who must hide from the sight of +the authorities? Say, what do you think?"</p> + +<p>"Nothing, my dear lady; I don't trouble my head about it. You have given +me hospitable shelter for a night, and I am grateful. The storm is over; +to-morrow I shall go on my way, and think no more of what I saw and +heard on this island."</p> + +<p>"I do not want you to leave us so. Without your desire you have heard +things which must be explained to you. I do not know why, but from the +first moment when I saw you, you inspired me with confidence, and the +thought troubles me that you should leave us with suspicion and +contempt: that suspicion would prevent both you and me from sleeping +under this roof. The night is quiet, and suitable to the story of the +secrets of a hard life. You shall form your own judgment about us; I +will conceal nothing, and tell you the whole truth, and when you have +heard the history of this lonely island and this clay hut, you won't +say, 'To-morrow I go away and think no more of it,' but you will come +back year by year, when your business brings you near us, and rest for a +night under this peaceful roof. Sit down by me on the doorstep, and +listen to the story of our house."</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIRST_VIII" id="CHAPTER_FIRST_VIII"></a>CHAPTER VIII.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE HISTORY OF THE ISLANDERS.</span></h3> + + +<p>"Twelve years ago we lived in Pancsova, where my husband held a +municipal office. His name was Bellovary; he was young, handsome, and +honest, and we loved each other dearly. I was then two-and-twenty and he +was thirty.</p> + +<p>"I bore him a daughter, whom we called Noémi. We were not rich, but well +off; he had his post, a pretty house, and a splendid orchard and meadow. +I was an orphan when we married, and brought him some money; we were +able to live respectably.</p> + +<p>"My husband had a friend, Maxim Krisstyan, of whom he was very fond. The +man who has just been here is his son, who was then thirteen, a dear, +handsome, clever boy. When my little<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span> daughter was still a baby, the +fathers already began to say they would make a pair, and I was glad when +the boy took the little thing's hand and asked her, 'Will you be my +wife?' at which the child laughed merrily.</p> + +<p>"Krisstyan was a grain dealer without having ever learned regular +business, but was like the speculators in a small way, who catch hold of +a rope behind the great wholesale dealers, and go blindly in their wake. +If the speculation succeeds, well and good; if not, they are ruined. As +he always won, he thought there was nothing easier than mercantile +transactions. In the spring he went round to see the crops, and made +contracts with the large dealers for the grain to be delivered to them +after the harvest. He had a regular customer in the wholesale merchant +of Komorn, Athanasius Brazovics, who made large advances to him every +spring for grain which he was to deliver in autumn at the price settled +in advance, on board ship. This was a lucrative affair for Krisstyan; +but I have often thought since that it was not so much trade as a game +of chance, when one sells what does not yet exist. Brazovics advanced +large sums to Krisstyan, and as the latter had no real property, +security was required of him. My husband went surety for him gladly—was +he not a landowner and Krisstyan's friend? Krisstyan led an easy life; +while my good man sat for hours bent over his desk, the other was at the +café, smoking his pipe and chatting with tradespeople of his own sort. +But at last God's scourge alighted on him. The year 1819 was a terrible +year; in the spring the crops looked splendid over the whole country, +and every one expected cheap prices. In the Banat a merchant was lucky +if he could make a contract for delivery of grain at four gulden a +measure. Then came a wet summer—for sixteen weeks it rained every day; +the corn rotted on its stem. In places reputed as a second Canaan, +famine set in, and in autumn the price of grain rose to twenty gulden a +measure: and even so there was none to be had, for the landowners kept +it for seed."</p> + +<p>"I remember it well," Timar interrupted. "I was then just beginning my +career as a ship's captain."</p> + +<p>"Well, in that year, it happened that Maxim could not fulfill the +contract he had concluded with Athanasius Brazovics; the difference he +had to cover made an enormous sum. What did he do then? He collected his +outstanding debts, got loans from several credulous people, and +disappeared in the night from Pancsova, taking his money with him, and +leaving his son behind.</p> + +<p>"He could easily do it; his whole property consisted of money, and he +left nothing for which he cared. But what is the good of all the money +in the world if it can make a man so bad as to care for nothing else? +His debts and liabilities rested on the shoulders of those who had been +his good friends, and stood security for him, and among these was my +husband.</p> + +<p>"Then came Athanas Brazovics, and required from the sureties the +fulfillment of the contract. It was true that he had advanced money to +the absconding debtor, and we offered to pay it back: we could have sold +half our property, and so met the obligation. But he would not hear of +it, and insisted on the fulfillment of the contract; it was not how much +money he had lost, but what sums we<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span> were bound to pay him. Thus he made +five-fold profits; his contract gave him the right to do so. We begged +and entreated him to be content with smaller gain—for it was only a +question of more or less gain, not of loss—but he was inflexible; he +required from the sureties the satisfaction of his claims in full. What +is the use, say I, of faith and religion, and all Christian and Jewish +churches, if it is permitted to make such a demand?</p> + +<p>"The affair came before the court; the judge gave sentence that our +house, our fields, our last farthing, should be distrained, sealed and +put up to auction.</p> + +<p>"But what is the use of the law, a human institution, if it can be +possible that people should be brought to beggary by a debt of which +they have never had a groschen, and fall into misery for the benefit of +a third, who rises laughing from the ground?</p> + +<p>"We tried everything to save ourselves from utter ruin. My husband went +to Ofen and Vienna to beg an audience. We knew the artful deceiver who +had escaped with his money was living in Turkey, and begged for his +extradition, that he might be brought here to satisfy those who had +presented claims against him; but we were told that there was no power +to do so. Then what is the use of the emperor, the ministers, the +authorities, if they are not in a position to extend protection to their +subjects in distress? After this fearful blow, which brought us all to +beggary, my poor husband one night sent a bullet through his head. He +would not look on the misery of his family, the tears of his wife, the +pale, starved face of his child, and fled from us into the grave.</p> + +<p>"But what is a husband good for, if, when he falls into misfortune, he +knows no other outlet than to quit the world himself, and leave wife and +child alone behind?</p> + +<p>"But the horrors were not yet at an end. I was a beggar and homeless; +now they tried to make me an infidel. The wife of the suicide begged her +pastors in vain to bury the unhappy man. The dean was a strict and holy +man, for whom the laws of the Church were the first thought. He denied +my husband a decent burial, and I had to look on while the dear form of +my adored one was carried by the knacker's cart to be hastily buried in +a corner of a church-yard. What are the clergy for, if they can not +relieve us of such misery as that? What is the whole world about?</p> + +<p>"Only one thing was left; they drove me to kill myself and my child, +both at once. I wrapped a shawl round the child at my breast, and went +with it to the river bank.</p> + +<p>"I was alone. Three times I went up and down to see where the water was +deepest. Then something plucked my dress and drew me back. I looked +round. Who was it? The dog here—of all living beings the only friend +left to me.</p> + +<p>"It was on the shore of the Ogradina Island that this happened. On this +island we had a beautiful fruit-garden and a little summer-house; but +there too the official seal had been affixed to every door, and I could +only go through the kitchen and out under the trees. Then I sat down by +the Danube and began to reflect. What, am I, I, a human being, a woman, +to be worse than an animal! Did one ever see a dog drown its young and +then kill itself? No, I will not kill either myself or my child; I will +live and bring it up. But<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span> how? Like the wolves or the gypsy woman, who +have no home and no food. I will beg—beg of the ground, the waters, the +wilderness of the forest; only not of men—never!</p> + +<p>"My poor husband had told me of a little island which had been formed +some fifty years ago in the reed-beds near Ogradina; he often went +shooting there in autumn, and spoke much of a hollow rock in which he +had sought shelter from bad weather. He said, 'The island has no master; +the Danube built it up for no one; the soil, the trees, the grass which +grow on it belong to no one.' If it is ownerless, this island, why +should not I take possession of it? I ask it of God, I ask it of the +Danube. Why should they refuse it? I will raise fruit there. How? and +what fruit? I do not know, but necessity will teach me.</p> + +<p>"A boat remained to me which the officer had not noticed, and which, +therefore, had not been seized. Noémi, Almira and I got into it, and I +rowed myself over to the ownerless island. I had never used an oar +before, but necessity taught me.</p> + +<p>"When I touched this piece of ground, a wonderful feeling took +possession of me: it was as if I had forgotten what had happened to me +out in the world. I was surrounded by a pleasant silence and rest, which +softened my heart.</p> + +<p>"After I had explored pasture, grove, and meadow, I knew what I should +do here. In the field bees were humming, in the woods hazel-nuts were +hanging, and on the surface of the river floated water-chestnuts. Crabs +basked on the shore, edible snails crept up the trees, and in the marshy +thickets manna was ripening. Kind Providence, Thou hast spread a table +before me! The grove was full of wild fruit—seedlings; the blackbirds +had brought seeds from the neighboring island, and already the wild +apples grew rosy on the trees, and the raspberry bushes bore a few +belated berries.</p> + +<p>"Yes, I knew what I would do on the island. I alone would make of it a +Garden of Eden. The work to be done here could be managed by a single +person, one woman, and then we should live here like the first man in +Paradise.</p> + +<p>"I had found the rock with its natural grottoes, in the largest of which +a layer of hay was spread, which must have served as a bed to my poor +husband. I had a widow's right to it; it was my legacy. I hushed my +child to sleep there, made it a couch in the hay, and covered it with my +large shawl. Then I told Almira to stay there and watch over Noémi till +I came back, and rowed across to the large island again. On the veranda +of my old summer-house there was an awning spread out, which I took +down; it would serve as a tent or roof, and perhaps later on be used for +winter clothing. I packed in it what food and vegetables I could see, +and made a bundle as large as I could carry on my back. I had come to +the house in a four-horse wagon richly laden; with a bundle on my back I +left it; and yet I had been neither wicked nor a spendthrift. But what +if even that bundle were stolen goods? It is true that the contents were +my own; but that I should carry them off, was it not theft? I hardly +knew: notions of right and wrong, the legal or the illegal, were +confused in my head. I fled with the bundle like a thief out of my own +home. On my<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span> way through the garden I took a cutting of each of my +beautiful fruit-trees, and shoots from the figs and bushes, picked up +some seeds from the ground and put them in my apron; then I kissed the +drooping branches of the weeping willow under which I had so often dozed +and dreamed. Those happy dreams were gone forever. I never went back +there. The boat took me safely along the Danube.</p> + +<p>"While I rowed back two things fretted me. One was that there were +noxious inhabitants on the island—snakes; probably some in that grotto: +the thought filled me with horror and alarm for Noémi. The other anxiety +was this. I can live for years on wild honey, water-nuts, and manna +fruit; my child lives on her mother's breast; but how shall I feed +Almira? The faithful creature can not live on what nourishes me; and yet +I must keep her, for without Almira as a protector I should die of +fright in this solitude. When I had dragged my bundle to the grotto, I +saw before me the still quivering tail of a large snake, and not far off +lay its head, bitten off; Almira had eaten what lay between the head and +tail. The clever beast lay before the child, wagging her tail and +licking her lips, as if to say, I have made a good meal. Thenceforward +she made war on snakes; they were her daily food. In the winter she +scratched them out of their holes. My friend—for so I grew to call the +dog—had found her own livelihood, and freed me from the objects of my +dread.</p> + +<p>"Oh, sir, it was an indescribable feeling, our first night alone +here—no one near but my God, my child, and my dog. I can not call it +painful—it was almost bliss. I spread the linen awning over us all +three, and we were only awoke by the twitter of the birds. Now began my +work—savages' work, for before sunrise I must collect manna, called by +Hungarians 'Dew-millet.' Poor women go out into the swamp, where this +bush with its sweet seeds luxuriates; they hold up their dress in both +hands, shake the bush, and the ripe seeds fall into their lap. That is +the bread from heaven for those whom no one feeds. Sir, I lived two +whole years on that bread, and thanked daily on my knees Him who cares +for the birds of the air. Wild fruit, honey, nuts, crabs, wild fowls' +eggs, water-chestnuts preserved for winter use, land snails, dried +mushrooms, formed my food. Praised be the Lord who so richly provides +the table of His poor! And during the whole time I labored for the +object I had set before me. I grafted the wild stocks with the cuttings +I had brought, and planted in the cultivated soil fruit-trees, vines, +and walnut-seeds. On the south side I sowed cotton-plant and silky +swallow-wort, whose products I wove on a loom made of willow-wood, and +made clothes for us. From rushes and reeds I made hives, in which I +housed swarms of wild bees, and even in the first year I could begin a +trade in wax and honey. Millers and smugglers often came here; they +helped me with the hard labor, and never did me any harm. They paid me +for provisions by their work; they knew already that I never took money. +When the fruit-trees began to bear, then I lived in luxury, for in this +alluvial soil all trees flourish, to that it is a pleasure to see them. +I have pears which ripen their fruit twice in a year; all the young ones +make fresh shoots at St. John's day, and the others<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span> bear every year. I +have learned their secrets, and know that in the hands of a good +gardener there should be no failure nor over-crop. Animals understand +the language of man, and I believe that trees too have ears and eyes for +those who tend them kindly and listen to their private wishes; and they +are proud to give them pleasure in return. Oh, trees are very sensible! +a soul dwells in them. I consider that man a murderer who cuts down a +noble tree.</p> + +<p>"These are my friends. I love them, and live in and by them. What they +yield me year by year is fetched away by the people of the villages and +mills round, who give me in exchange what I need for my housekeeping. I +have no use for money, I have a horror of it—the accursed money, which +drove me out of the world and my husband out of life: I don't want ever +to see it again.</p> + +<p>"But I am not so foolish as to be unprepared for some years of failure, +which make vain the work of man. There might be late frosts or +hail-storms, which would destroy the blessings of the season; but I am +prepared for such bad times. In the cellar of my rock and in its airy +crevices I store away whatever durable wares I possess—wine in casks, +honey in pots, wool and cotton in bales, in sufficient quantity to keep +us from want for two years. You see I have some savings, though not in +money; I may call myself rich, and yet for twelve years not a single +coin has passed through my hands. For I have lived on this island twelve +years, sir, with the other two, for I count Almira as a person. Noémi +declares we are four; she counts Narcissa, too—silly child!</p> + +<p>"Many people know of our existence, but treachery is unknown here. The +artificial barrier which exists between the frontiers of the two +countries has made the people about here very reserved. No one meddles +in a stranger's affairs, and every one instinctively keeps secret what +he knows. No intelligence from here ever reaches Vienna, Ofen, or +Stamboul. And why should they inform against me? I am in nobody's way, +and do no harm; I grow fruit on my bit of desert land, which has no +master. God the Lord and the royal Danube gave it to me, and I thank +them for it daily. I thank Thee, my God! I thank Thee, my King!</p> + +<p>"I hardly know if I have any religion; it is twelve years since I saw a +priest or a church. Noémi knows nothing about it. I have taught her to +read and write: I tell her of God, and Jesus, and Moses, as I knew them. +Of the good, all-merciful, omnipresent God—of Jesus, sublime in His +sufferings, and divine in His humanity—and of Moses, that leader of a +people to liberty, who preferred to wander hungry and thirsty in the +wilderness rather than exchange freedom for the flesh-pots of +slavery—Moses who preached goodness and brotherly love—of these as I +picture them to myself. But of the relentless God of vengeance, the God +of the chosen people—a God calling for sacrifices, and dwelling in +temples—of that privileged Christ asking for blind faith, laying heavy +burdens on our shoulders, followed by a crowd of worshipers—and of the +avaricious, revengeful, selfish Moses of whom books and preachers +tell—of these she knows nothing.</p> + +<p>"Now you know who we are, and what we are doing here, you shall learn +with what we are threatened by this man.</p> + +<p>"He is the son of the man for whom my husband stood surety,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span> who drove +him to suicide, on whose account we have fled from human society into +the desert. He was a boy of thirteen when we lost our all, and the blow +fell on him also, for his father had forsaken him.</p> + +<p>"Indeed, I do not wonder that the son has turned out such a wretch. +Abandoned by his own father, thrust out like a beggar into the world, +cast on the compassion of strangers, deceived and robbed by the one on +whom his childish trust was placed, branded in his earliest youth as the +son of a rogue, is it surprising if he was forced to become what he is?</p> + +<p>"And yet I hardly know what to think of him; but what I do know is +enough. The people who come to the island can tell a great deal about +him. Not long after his father had escaped, he also started from Turkey, +saying he was going to look for his father. Some maintained that he had +found him, others that he had never been able to trace him. According to +one report he robbed his own father and squandered the money he stole, +but no one knows for certain. From him nothing can be learned, for he +tells nothing but lies. As to where he has been, and what he has done, +he relates romances, in whose invention he is so well versed, and which +he presents so skillfully, that he staggers even those who have actual +knowledge of the facts, and makes them doubt the testimony of their own +eyes. You see him here to-day and there to-morrow. In Turkey, Wallachia, +Poland, and Hungary he has been met. In all these countries he is by way +of knowing every person of distinction. Whomsoever he meets he takes in, +and whoever has once been deceived by him may be sure it will happen +again. He speaks ten languages, and whatever countryman he pretends to +be, he is accepted as such. He appears now as a merchant, then a +soldier, again as a seafaring man; to-day a Turk, to-morrow a Greek. He +once came out as a Polish count, then as the betrothed of a Russian +princess, and again as a quack doctor, who cured all maladies with his +pills. What his real profession may be no one knows. But one thing is +certain, he is a paid spy. Whether in the service of the Turks, +Austrians, or Russians, who can tell? Perhaps he is in the pay of all +three and more besides—he serves each, and betrays all. Every year he +comes several times to this island. He comes in a boat from the Turkish +shore, and goes in the same boat from here to the Hungarian bank. Of +what he does there I have no idea; but I am inclined to believe that he +inflicts the torture of his presence on me for his own amusement. I +know, too, that he is an epicure and a sensualist: he finds good food +here, and a blooming young girl whom he loves to tease by calling her +his bride. Noémi hates him; she has no idea how well founded is her +abhorrence.</p> + +<p>"Yet I do not think that Theodor Krisstyan visits this island only for +these reasons; it must have other secrets unknown to me. He is a paid +spy, and has a bad heart besides; he is rotten to the core, and ripe for +any villainy. He knows that I and my daughter have only usurped the +island, and that by law I have no claim to it, and by the possession of +this secret he lays us under contribution, vexes and torments us both.</p> + +<p>"He threatens that if we do not give him what he wants, he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span> will inform +against us both in Austria and Turkey, and as soon as these governments +know that a new piece of land has been formed in the midst of the +Danube, which is not included in any treaty, a dispute about its +jurisdiction will commence between the countries, and until its +conclusion all the inhabitants will be warned off, as happened in the +case of Allion Castle and the Cserna River.</p> + +<p>"It would only cost this man a word to annihilate all that I have +brought to perfection by my twelve years' labor; to turn this Eden, +where we are so happy, back into a wilderness, and thrust us out anew, +homeless, into the world. Yes, and more still. We have not only to fear +discovery by the imperial officials, but discovery by the priest. If the +archbishops, the patriarchs, archimandrite, and deans learned that a +girl is growing up here who has never seen a church since she was +baptized, they would take her away by force and put her in a convent. +Now, sir, do you understand those sighs which kept you awake?"</p> + +<p>Timar gazed at the full disk of the moon, which was beginning to sink +behind the poplars. "Why," thought he to himself, "am I not a man of +influence?"</p> + +<p>"So this wretch," continued Therese, "can throw us into poverty any day. +He need only give information in Vienna or Stamboul that here on the +Danube a new territory exists, and we should be ruined. No one here +would betray us—he alone is capable of it. But I am prepared for the +worst. The whole foundation of this island is solely and entirely formed +by the rock: it alone stems the force of the Danube current. In the year +when Milos made war against the Serbs, some Servian smugglers hid three +barrels of blasting powder in the bushes near here, and no one has ever +fetched them away. Perhaps those who hid them were taken prisoners by +the Turks, or killed. I found them, and have concealed them in the +deepest cavity of this great rock. Sir, if they try to drive me from +this island, now ownerless, I shall thrust a burning match into the +powder, and the rock and all upon it will be blown into the air. In the +next spring, after the ice has melted, no one would find a trace of the +island. And now you know why you could not sleep well here."</p> + +<p>Timar leaned his head on his hand and looked away.</p> + +<p>"There is one more thing I ought to say," said Frau Therese, bending +close to Timar, that he might hear her low whisper—"I fancy this man +had another reason for coming here and vanishing again, besides his +having gambled away his money in some low pot-house, and wanting to get +more out of me. His visit was either on your account, or that of the +other gentleman. Be on your guard, if either of you dreads the discovery +of a secret."</p> + +<p>The moon disappeared behind the poplars, and it began to dawn in the +east. Blackbirds commenced their song; it was morning. From the Morova +Island long-drawn trumpet-calls sounded, to awake the seafaring folk. +Steps were audible in the sand; a sailor came from the landing-place +with the news that the vessel was ready for departure, the wind had gone +down, and they could proceed. The guests came out of the little +dwelling: Euthemio Trikaliss and his daughter, the beautiful Timéa, with +her dazzling pale face.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span>Noémi also was up and boiling fresh goat's milk for breakfast, with +roasted maize instead of coffee, and honey for sugar. Timéa took none, +but let Narcissa drink the milk instead, who did not despise the +stranger's offer, to Noémi's great vexation.</p> + +<p>Trikaliss asked Timar where the stranger had gone who came last evening? +Timar told him he had left in the night. At this intelligence his face +fell.</p> + +<p>Then they all took leave of their hostess. Timéa was out of sorts, and +still complained of feeling unwell. Timar remained behind, and gave +Therese a bright Turkish silk scarf as a present for Noémi; she thanked +him, and said the child should wear it. Then they took the path leading +to the boat, and Therese and Almira accompanied them to the shore. But +Noémi went up to the top of the rock: there, sitting on soft moss and +stonecrop, she watched the boat away.</p> + +<p>Narcissa crept after her, cowered in her lap, and crept with bending +neck into her bosom. "Be off, faithless one! that is how you love me. +You leave me in the lurch, and make up to the other girl, just because +she is pretty and I am not. Go! I don't love you any longer!" and then +she caught the coaxing cat with both hands to her breast, pressed her +smooth chin on the white head of the little flatterer, and gazed after +the boat. In her eye glittered a tear.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIRST_IX" id="CHAPTER_FIRST_IX"></a>CHAPTER IX.<br /> +<span class="subhead">ALI TSCHORBADSCHI.</span></h3> + + +<p>The following day the "St. Barbara" continued her voyage with a fair +wind up the Hungarian Danube. Until evening nothing remarkable occurred, +and all went to bed early; they agreed that the previous night no one +had been able to sleep. But this night also was to be a wakeful one for +Timar. All was quiet on board the ship, which lay at anchor—only the +monotonous splash of the wavelets against the vessel broke the +stillness; but amidst the silence it seemed to him as if his neighbor +was busy with important and mysterious affairs. From the neighboring +cabin, which was only divided from his by a wooden partition, came all +sorts of sounds; the clank of money, a noise as of drawing a cork and +stirring with a spoon, as of one clasping his hands and performing his +ablutions in the darkness, and then again those sighs, as in the +previous night, "Oh, Allah!"</p> + +<p>At last there was a gentle knocking at the partition. Trikaliss +called—"Come to me here, sir."</p> + +<p>Timar dressed quickly and hastened into the cabin. There were two beds, +and between them a table. The curtains were closed in front of one, and +on the other lay Euthemio. On the table stood a casket and two small +glasses. "What are your orders, sir?" asked Timar.</p> + +<p>"I have no orders—I entreat."</p> + +<p>"You want something?"</p> + +<p>"I shall not want anything long. I am dying; I want to die—I have taken +poison. Don't give the alarm—sit down and listen to what I have to tell +you. Timéa will not wake. I have given her<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span> opium to send her into a +deep sleep, for she must not wake up now. Don't interrupt; what you +would say is useless, but I have much to tell you, and only one short +hour left, for the poison acts quickly. Make no vain attempts to save +me. I hold the antidote in my hand—if I repented of my deed it rests +with me to undo it. But I will not—and I am right—so sit down and +listen.</p> + +<p>"My true name is not Euthemio Trikaliss but Ali Tschorbadschi. I was +once governor of Candia, and then treasurer in Stamboul. You know what +is passing in Turkey now. The Ulemas and governors are rising against +the sultan, because he is making innovations. At such times men's lives +are of little value. One party murders by thousands those who are not +its allies, and the other party burns by thousands the houses of those +in power. No one is high enough to be safe from his rulers or his +slaves. The Kaimakan of Stamboul had at least six hundred respectable +Turks strangled there, and then was stabbed by his own slave in the +Mosque of St. Sophia. Every change cost human blood. When the sultan +went to Edren, twenty-six important men were arrested, and twenty of +them beheaded, while the other six were stretched on the rack. After +they had made false accusations against the great men of the country in +order to save themselves, they were strangled; then those were arrested +against whom they had borne witness, and these suspected nobles +disappeared without being heard of again. The sultan's secretary, Waffat +Effendi, was sent to Syria, and murdered by the Druses. The Pasha Pertao +was invited to dinner by the governor of Edren, Emin Pasha: when the +meal was over, black coffee was brought, and he was told that the sultan +commanded him to take poison in it. Pertao only asked that he might be +allowed to mix the poison he had with him in the coffee, as it was more +certain; then he blessed the sultan, performed his ablutions, prayed and +died. Even in these days every Turkish noble carries poison in his +signet-ring, to have it at hand when his turn comes.</p> + +<p>"I knew in good time when my turn was coming. Not that I was a +conspirator, but for two reasons I was ripe for the sickle; these +reasons were my money and my daughter.</p> + +<p>"The treasury wanted my treasures and the seraglio my daughter. Death is +easy, and I am ready for it; but I will not let my daughter go into the +harem, nor myself be made a beggar. I determined to upset the +calculations of my enemies and fly with my daughter and my property; but +I could not go by sea, for the new galleys would have overtaken me. I +had kept a passport for Hungary in readiness for a long time; I +disguised myself as a Greek merchant, shaved off my long beard, and +reached Galatz by by-roads. From there I could go no further by land; I +therefore hired a vessel and loaded it with grain which I bought: in +this way I could best save my wealth. When you told me the name of the +ship's owner I was very glad, for Athanas Brazovics is a connection of +mine; Timéa's mother was a Greek of his family. I have often shown +kindness to this man, and he can return it now. Allah is great and +wise—no man can escape his fate. You guessed I was a fugitive, even if +you were not clear whether you had a criminal or a political refugee on +board—still you thought it your duty as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span> commander of the vessel to +help the passenger intrusted to you in his speedy escape. By a miracle +we traversed safely the rocks and whirlpools of the Iron Gate; by +fool-hardy audacity we eluded the pursuit of the Turkish brigantine; by +lucky chance we escaped quarantine and the search at the +custom-house—and after we had left every bugbear behind, I stumbled +over a straw under my feet into my grave.</p> + +<p>"That man who followed us last evening to the unknown island was a spy +of the Turkish Government. I know him, and he certainly recognized me; +no one could have traced me except himself. He has hurried on in front, +and at Pancsova they are ready to receive me. Don't speak—I know what +you mean; you think it is Hungarian territory, and that governments +grant no extradition of political refugees.</p> + +<p>"But they would not pursue me as a political criminal, but as a +thief—unjustly—for what I took was my own, and if the State has claims +on me, there are my twenty-seven houses in Galatz, by which they can be +satisfied; but in spite of that they will cry after me 'Catch thief!'</p> + +<p>"I pass for one who has robbed the treasury, and Austria gives up +escaped thieves to Turkey if the Turkish spies succeed in tracing them. +This man has recognized me and sealed my fate."</p> + +<p>Heavy drops of perspiration stood on the speaker's brow. His face had +turned as yellow as wax.</p> + +<p>"Give me a drink of water that I may go on, for I have still much to +tell you. I can not save myself, but by dying I can save my daughter and +her property. Allah wills it, and who can flee from His presence? So +swear to me by your faith and your honor that you will carry out my +instructions. First, when I am dead, do not bury me on shore—a +Mussulman does not require Christian burial, so bury me like a sailor; +sew me up in a piece of sail-cloth, fasten at my head and feet a heavy +stone, then sink me where the Danube is deepest. Do this, my son, and +when it is done, steer steadily for Komorn, and take care of Timéa!</p> + +<p>"Here in this casket is money—about a thousand ducats; the rest of my +property is in the sacks packed as grain. I leave on my table a note +which you must keep. I declare therein that I have contracted dysentery +by immoderate enjoyment of melons, and am dying of it; further, that my +whole possessions were only these thousand ducats. This will serve you +as a security that no one may accuse you of having caused my death or +embezzled my money. I give you nothing; what you do is of your own kind +heart, and God will reward you: He is the best creditor you can have. +And then take Timéa to Athanas Brazovics and beg him to adopt my +daughter. He has a daughter himself who may be a sister to her. Give him +the money—he must spend it on the education of the child; and give over +to him also the cargo, and beg him to be present himself when the sacks +are emptied. There is good grain in them, and it might be changed. You +understand?"</p> + +<p>The dying man looked in Timar's face, and struggled for breath. "For—" +Again speech failed him. "Did I say anything? I had more to say—but my +thoughts grow confused. How red the night is! How red the moon is in the +sky! Yes; the Red Cres<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span>cent—" A deep groan from Timéa's bed attracted +his attention and gave another turn to his thoughts. He raised himself +anxiously in his bed, and sought with a trembling hand for something +under his pillow, his eyes starting from their sockets. "Ah, I had +almost forgotten—Timéa! I gave her a sleeping-draught—if you do not +wake her up in time she will sleep forever. Here in this bottle is an +antidote. As soon as I am dead, take it and rub her brow, temples, and +chest, until she awakes. Ah! how nearly I had taken her with me! but no, +she must live. Must she not? You vow to me by all you hold sacred, that +you will wake her, and bring her back to life—that you will not let her +slumber on into eternity?"</p> + +<p>The dying man pressed Timar's hand convulsively to his breast: on his +distorted features was already imprinted the last death-struggle. "What +was I talking of? What had I to tell you? What was my last word? Yes; +right—the Red Crescent!"</p> + +<p>Through the open window the half-circle of the waning moon shone +blood-red, rising from the nocturnal mists. Was the dying man in his +delirium thinking of this? Or did it remind him of something?</p> + +<p>"Yes—the Red Crescent," he stammered once more; then the death-throes +closed his lips—one short struggle, and he was a corpse.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIRST_X" id="CHAPTER_FIRST_X"></a>CHAPTER X.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE LIVING STATUE.</span></h3> + + +<p>Timar remained alone with the dead body, with a person sunk in a +death-like stupor, and with a buried secret. The silent night covered +them, and the shades whispered to him, "See! if you do not do what has +been committed to you—if you throw the corpse into the Danube, and do +not wake the slumberer, but let her sleep on quietly into the other +world—what would happen then? The spy will have already given evidence +in Pancsova against the fugitive Tschorbadschi; but if you anticipate +him and the land at Belgrade instead, and lay information there, then, +according to Turkish law, a third of the refugee's property would fall +to you; otherwise it would belong to no one. The father is dead, the +girl, if you do not rouse her, will never wake again; thus you would +become at one stroke a rich man. Only rich people are worth anything in +this world—poor devils are only fit for clerks."</p> + +<p>Timar answered the spirits of the night—"Well, then, I will always +remain a clerk;" and, in order to silence these murmuring shadows, he +closed the shutters. A secret anxiety beset him when he saw the red moon +outside; it seemed as if all these bad suggestions came from it, as well +as an explanation of the last words of the dying man about the Red +Crescent.</p> + +<p>He drew back the curtain from Timéa's berth.</p> + +<p>The girl lay like a living statue; her bosom rose and fell with her slow +breathing—the lips were half open, the eyes shut; her face wore an +expression of unearthly solemnity. One hand was raised to her loosened +hair, the other held the folds of her white dress together on her +breast.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span>Timar approached her as if she were an enchanted fairy whose touch might +cause deadly heart-sickness to a poor mortal. He began to rub the +temples of the sleeper with the fluid from the bottle. In doing so, he +looked continually in her face, and thought to himself, "What, should I +let you die, you angelic creature? If the whole ship were filled with +real pearls, which would be mine after your death, I could not let you +sleep away your life. There is no diamond in the world, however +precious, that I should prefer to your eyes when you open them."</p> + +<p>The lovely face remained unchanged, in spite of the friction on brow and +temples; the delicate meeting eyebrows did not contract when touched by +a strange man's hand. The directions were that also over the heart the +antidote must be applied. Timar was obliged to take the girl's hand, in +order to draw it away from her breast: the hand made no smallest +resistance; it was stiff and cold, as cold as the whole form—beautiful +and icy as marble.</p> + +<p>The shadows whispered—"Behold this exquisite form! a lovelier has never +been touched by mortal lips; no one would know if you kissed her."</p> + +<p>But Timar answered himself in the darkness, "No—you have never stolen +anything of another's in your life. This kiss would be a theft." And +then he spread the Persian quilt, which the girl had thrown off in her +sleep, over her whole person up to her neck, and rubbed above the heart +of the sleeper with wetted fingers, while, in order to resist +temptation, he kept his eyes fixed on the maiden's face. It was to him +like an altar-picture—so cold, yet so serene.</p> + +<p>At last the lids unclosed, and he met the gaze of her dark but dull +eyes. She breathed more easily, and Timar fell her heart beat stronger +under his hand; he drew it away. Then he held the bottle with the strong +essence for her to smell. Timéa awoke, for she turned her head away from +it, and drew her brows together. Timar called her gently by name.</p> + +<p>The girl started up, and with the cry "Father!" sat up on her bed, +gazing out with staring eyes. The Persian quilt fell down from her lap, +the night-dress slipped from her shoulders. She looked more like a Greek +marble than a sentient being.</p> + +<p>"Timéa!" and as he spoke he drew the fine linen over her bare shoulders. +She did not answer. "Timéa!" cried Timar, "your father is dead." But +neither face nor form moved, nor did she notice that her night-dress had +left her bosom uncovered. She seemed totally unconscious.</p> + +<p>Timar rushed into the other cabin, returned with a coffee-pot, and began +in feverish haste, and not without burning his fingers, to heat some +coffee. When it was ready, he went to Timéa, took her head on his arm +and pressed it to him, opened her mouth with his fingers, and poured +some coffee in. Hitherto he had only had to contend with passive +resistance; but as soon as Timéa had swallowed the hot and bitter +decoction of Mocha, she pushed Timar's hand with such strength that the +cup fell; then she drew the quilt over her, and her teeth began to +chatter.</p> + +<p>"Thank God! she lives; for she is in a high fever," sighed Timar, "And +now for a sailor's funeral."</p> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span></p> + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIRST_XI" id="CHAPTER_FIRST_XI"></a>CHAPTER XI.<br /> +<span class="subhead">A BURIAL AT SEA.</span></h3> + + +<p>On the ocean this is managed very easily: the body is sewed up in a +piece of sail-cloth, and a cannon-ball is suspended to the feet, which +sinks the corpse in the sea. Corals soon grow over the grave. But on a +Danube craft, to throw a dead person into the river is a great +responsibility. There are shores, and on the shores villages and towns, +with church bells and priests, to give the corpse his funeral-toll and +his rest in consecrated ground. It won't do to pitch him into the water, +without a "By your leave," just because the dead man wished it.</p> + +<p>But Timar knew well enough that this must be done, and it caused him no +anxiety. Before the vessel had weighed anchor, he said to his pilot that +there was a corpse on board—Trikaliss was dead.</p> + +<p>"I knew for certain," said Johann Fabula, "that there was bad luck on +the way when the sturgeon ran races with the ship—that always betokens +a death."</p> + +<p>"We must moor over there by the village," answered Timar, "and seek out +the minister to bury him. We can not carry the body on in the vessel—we +should be under suspicion as infected with plague."</p> + +<p>Herr Fabula cleared his throat violently, and said, "We can but try."</p> + +<p>The village of Plesscovacz, which was nearest at hand, is a wealthy +settlement; it has a dean, and a fine church with two towers. The dean +was a tall, handsome man, with a long curling beard, eyebrows as broad +as one's finger, and a fine sonorous voice. He happened to know Timar, +who had often bought grain from him, as the dean had much produce to +sell.</p> + +<p>"Well, my son," cried the dean, as soon as he saw him in the court-yard, +"you might have chosen your time better. The church harvest was bad, and +I have sold my crops long ago." (And yet there was threshing going on in +yard and barn.)</p> + +<p>"But this time it is I who bring a crop to market," Timar answered. "We +have a dead man on board, and I have come to beg your reverence to go +over there, and bury the corpse with the usual ceremonies."</p> + +<p>"Oh, but my son, that's not so easy. Did this Christian confess? Has he +received the last sacraments? Are you certain that he was not a heretic? +For if not, I can not consent to bury him."</p> + +<p>"I know nothing about it. We don't carry a father-confessor on board, +and the poor soul left the world without any priestly assistance—that +is the lot of sailors. But if your reverence can not grant him a +consecrated grave, give me at any rate a written certificate that I may +have some excuse to his friends why I was not in a position to show him +the last honors; then we will bury him ourselves somewhere on the +shore."</p> + +<p>The dean gave him a certificate of the refusal of burial; but<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span> then the +peasant threshers began to make a fuss. "What! bury a corpse within our +boundaries which has not been blessed? Why, then, as certain as the Amen +to the Pater Noster, the hail would destroy our crops. And you need not +try to bestow him on any other village. Wherever he came from, nobody +wants him, for he's sure to bring a hail-storm this season before the +vintage is over—the farmer's last hope; and then next year a vampire +will rise from a corpse so buried, which will suck up all the rain and +the dew!"</p> + +<p>They threatened to kill Timar if he brought the body ashore. And in +order that he might not bury it secretly on the bank, they chose four +stout fellows, who were to go on board the ship and remain there till it +had passed the village boundaries, and then he could do what he liked +with the dead man.</p> + +<p>Timar pretended to be very angry, but allowed the four men to go on +board. Meanwhile, the crew had made a coffin and laid the body in it: +there was nothing more to do but to nail the lid down.</p> + +<p>The first thing that the captain did was to go and see how Timéa was. +The fever had reached its highest point; her forehead was burning, but +her face still dazzling white. She was unconscious, and knew nothing of +the preparations for the burial.</p> + +<p>"Yes, that will do," said Timar, and fetched a paint-pot and busied +himself in marking Euthemio Trikaliss's name and date of death in +beautiful Greek letters on the coffin-lid. The four Servian peasants +stood behind and spelled out what he wrote.</p> + +<p>"Now, then, you paint a letter or two while I see to my work," said +Timar to one of the gazers, and handed him the brush. The man took it +and painted on the board an X, which the Servians use like S, to show +his skill.</p> + +<p>"See what an artist you are!" Timar said, admiringly, and got him to +draw another letter. "You are a clever fellow. What is your name?"</p> + +<p>"Joso Berkics."</p> + +<p>"And yours?"</p> + +<p>"Mirko Jakerics."</p> + +<p>"Well, God bless you! Let us drink a glass of Slivovitz." They had +nothing against the proposition. "I am called Michael; my surname is +Timar—a good name, and sounds just the same in Hungarian, Turkish, or +Greek—call me Michael."</p> + +<p>"Egbogom Michael."</p> + +<p>Michael ran constantly into the cabin to see after Timéa. She was still +very feverish, and knew no one. But that did not discourage Timar: his +idea was that whoever travels on the Danube has a whole chemist's shop +at hand, for cold water cures all maladies. His whole system consisted +in putting cold compresses on head and feet, and renewing them as soon +as they got hot. Sailors had already learned this secret before +Priessnitz the hydropath. The "St. Barbara" floated quietly all day +up-stream along the Hungarian bank. The Servians soon made friends with +the crew, helped them to row, and in return had a thieves' roast offered +them from the galley.</p> + +<p>The dead man lay out on the upper deck; they had spread a white sheet +over him—that was his shroud. Toward evening Mi<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span>chael told his men that +he would go and lie down for a spell—he had had no sleep for two +nights; but that the vessel might as well go on being towed till it was +quite dark, and then they could anchor. He had no sleep that night +either. Instead of going into his own cabin, he stole quietly into +Timéa's, placed the night-lamp in a box, that its light might not +disturb her, and sat the whole time by the sick girl's bed listening to +her delirious fancies and renewing her compresses. He never shut his +eyes. He heard plainly when the anchor went down and the ship was +brought up; and then how the waves began to plash against the sides! The +sailors tramped about the deck for some time, then one by one they +turned in. But at midnight he heard a dull knocking. That sounds, +thought he, like hammering in nails whose heads have been covered with +cloth to muffle the sound. Before long he heard a noise like the fall of +some heavy object into the water, then all was still.</p> + +<p>Michael remained awake, and waited till it was light and the vessel had +started again. When they had been an hour on their way, he came out of +the cabin. The girl slept quietly, the fever had ceased.</p> + +<p>"Where is the coffin?" was the first question.</p> + +<p>The Servians came up with a defiant air. "We loaded it with stones and +threw it into the water, so that you might not bury it anywhere ashore +and bring bad luck on us."</p> + +<p>"Rash men! what have you done? Do you know that I shall be arrested and +have to render an account of my vanished passenger? They will accuse me +of having put him out of the way. You must give me a certificate in +which you acknowledge what you did. Which of you can write?"</p> + +<p>Naturally, not one of them knew how to write.</p> + +<p>"What! You, Berkics, and you, Jakerics, did you not help me to paint the +letters on the coffin?"</p> + +<p>Then they came out with a confession that each only knew how to write +the one letter which he had painted on the lid, and that, only with the +brush and not with a pen.</p> + +<p>"Very well; then I shall take you on to Pancsova. There you can give +evidence verbally to the colonel in my favor; he will find your tongues +for you."</p> + +<p>At this threat suddenly every one of them had learned to write; not only +those two, but the others as well. They said they would rather give a +certificate at once than be taken on to Pancsova. Michael fetched ink, +pen, and paper, made one of these skillful scribes lie on his stomach on +the deck, and dictated to him the deposition in which they all declared +that, out of fear of hail-storms, they had thrown the body of Euthemio +Trikaliss into the Danube while the crew slept, and without their +knowledge or aid.</p> + +<p>"Now, sign your names to it, and where each of you lives, so that you +may be easily found if a commission of inquiry is sent to make a +report."</p> + +<p>One of the witnesses signed himself "Ira Karakassalovics," living at +"Gunerovacz," and the other "Nyegro Stiriapicz," living at "Medvelincz."</p> + +<p>And now they took leave of each other with the most serious<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span> faces in +the world, without either Michael or the four others allowing it to be +seen what trouble it cost them not to laugh in each other's faces.</p> + +<p>Michael then put them all ashore.</p> + +<p>Ali Tschorbadschi lay at the bottom of the Danube, where he had wished +to be.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIRST_XII" id="CHAPTER_FIRST_XII"></a>CHAPTER XII.<br /> +<span class="subhead">AN EXCELLENT JOKE.</span></h3> + + +<p>In the morning when Timéa awoke she felt no more of her illness; the +strength of youth had won the victory. She dressed and came out of the +cabin. When she saw Timar forward she went to him and asked, "Where is +my father?"</p> + +<p>"Fraülein, your father is dead."</p> + +<p>Timéa gazed at him with her great melancholy eyes; her face could hardly +become paler than it was already. "And where have they put him?"</p> + +<p>"Fraülein, your father rests at the bottom of the Danube."</p> + +<p>Timéa sat down by the bulwarks and looked silently into the water. She +did not speak or weep; she only looked fixedly into the river.</p> + +<p>Timar thought it would lighten her heart if he spoke words of +consolation to her. "Fraülein, while you were ill and unconscious, God +called your father suddenly to himself. I was beside him in his last +hour. He spoke of you, and commissioned me to give you his last +blessing. By his wish I am to take you to an old friend of his, with +whom you are connected through your mother, who will adopt you and be a +father to you. He has a pretty young daughter, a little older than you, +who will be your sister. And all that is on board this vessel belongs to +you by inheritance, left to you by your father. You will be rich; and +think gratefully of the loving father who has cared for you so kindly."</p> + +<p>Timar's throat swelled as he thought, "And who died to secure your +liberty, and killed himself in order to endow you with the joys of +life."</p> + +<p>And then he looked with surprise into the girl's face. Timéa had not +changed a feature while he spoke, and no tear had fallen. Michael +thought she was ashamed to cry before a stranger, and withdrew; but the +maiden did not weep even when alone. Curious! when she saw the white cat +drowned, how her tears flowed! and now, when told that her father lies +below the water, not a drop falls.</p> + +<p>Perhaps those who break out in tears at some small emotion brood +silently over a deep grief?</p> + +<p>It may be so. Timar had other things to do than to puzzle his head over +psychological problems. The towers of Pancsova began to rise in the +north, and down the stream came an imperial barge, straight for the "St. +Barbara," with eight armed Tschaikists, their captain, and a provost. +When they arrived they made fast to the side without waiting for +permission, and sprung on deck. The captain approached Timar, who was +waiting for him at the door of the cabin. "Are you in command of this +vessel?"</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span>"At your service."</p> + +<p>"On board this ship, under the false name of Euthemio Trikaliss, there +is a fugitive treasurer from Turkey—a pasha with stolen treasures."</p> + +<p>"On board this vessel travels a Greek corn-merchant, of the name of +Euthemio Trikaliss, not with stolen treasures but with purchased grain. +The vessel was searched at Orsova, and here are the certificates. This +is the first; be so good as to read it, and see if all is not as I say. +I know nothing of any Turkish pasha."</p> + +<p>"Where is he?"</p> + +<p>"If he was a Greek, with Abraham; if a Turk, with Mohammed."</p> + +<p>"What! is he dead, then?"</p> + +<p>"Certainly he is. Here is the second paper, containing his will. He died +of dysentery."</p> + +<p>The officer read the document, and threw side glances at Timéa, who +still sat in the place where she had heard of her father's death. She +understood nothing; the language was strange to her.</p> + +<p>"My six sailors and the steersman are witnesses of his death."</p> + +<p>"Well, that is unlucky for him, but not for us; if he is dead he must be +buried. You will tell us where, and we shall have the body exhumed; we +have a man who can recognize it, and prove the identity of Trikaliss +with Ali Tschorbadschi, and then we can at any rate lay an embargo on +the stolen property. Where is he buried?"</p> + +<p>"At the bottom of the Danube."</p> + +<p>"Oh! this is too much. Why there?"</p> + +<p>"Gently now. Here is the third paper, prepared by the Dean of +Plesscovacz, in whose parish the decease of Trikaliss took place, and +who not only refused him a consecrated burial, but forbid me to bring +the body ashore; the people insisted on our throwing it overboard."</p> + +<p>The captain clinched his hand angrily on the hilt of his sword. "The +devil! these confounded priests! Always the most trouble with them. But +at any rate you can tell me where he was thrown into the river?"</p> + +<p>"Let me tell you everything in proper order, Herr Captain. The +Plesscovaer sent four watchmen on board, who were to prevent our landing +the corpse; in the night, when we were all asleep, they threw the +coffin, which they had loaded with stones, into the Danube without the +knowledge of the crew. Here is the certificate delivered to me by the +culprits; take it, search them out, take their evidence, and then let +each have his well-merited punishment."</p> + +<p>The captain stamped with his foot, and burst into angry laughter.</p> + +<p>"Well, that is a fine story. The discovered fugitive dies, and can not +be made responsible; the priest won't bury him, the peasants shove him +into the water, and hand in a certificate signed with two names which no +man ever possessed, and two places which never existed in this world. +The refugee disappears under the water of the Danube, and I can neither +drag the whole Danube from Pancsova to Szendre, nor get hold of the two +rogues, by name Karakassalovics and Stiriapicz. If the identity of the +fugitive is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span> not proved, I can not confiscate the cargo. You have done +that very cleverly, skipper. Cleverly planned indeed! And everything in +writing. One, two, three, four documents. I bet if I wanted the +baptismal certificate of that lady there, you would produce it."</p> + +<p>"At your orders." That Timar certainly could not produce, but he could +put on such an innocent, sheepish face, that the captain shook with +laughter and clapped him on the shoulder.</p> + +<p>"You are a splendid fellow, skipper. You have saved the young lady's +property for her; for without her father I can do nothing to either her +or her money. You can proceed, you clever fellow!"</p> + +<p>With that he turned on his heel, and the last Tschaikiss, who had not +swung round quick enough, got such a box on the ear that the poor devil +all but fell into the water; and then he gave the word for departure.</p> + +<p>When he was down below in the boat, he cast one searching look back; but +the skipper was still looking after him with the same sheepish face.</p> + +<p>The cargo of the "St. Barbara" was saved.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIRST_XIII" id="CHAPTER_FIRST_XIII"></a>CHAPTER XIII.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE FATE OF THE "ST. BARBARA."</span></h3> + + +<p>The "St. Barbara" could now pursue her way unmolested; and Timar had no +worse misfortunes than the daily disputes with the leader of the +towing-team. On the great Hungarian plains the voyage up the Danube +becomes extremely wearisome; there are no rocks, no water-falls or old +ruins, nothing but willows and poplars, which border both sides of the +river. Of these there is nothing interesting to relate.</p> + +<p>Timéa frequently did not come out of her cabin during a whole day, and +not a word did her lips utter. She sat alone, and often the food they +set before her was brought out again untouched. The days grew shorter, +and the bright autumn weather turned to rain; Timéa now shut herself +entirely into her cabin, and Michael heard nothing of her except the +deep sighs which at night penetrated to his ear through the thin +partition. But she was never heard to weep; the heavy blow which had +fallen on her had perhaps covered her heart with an impenetrable layer +of ice. How glowing must that love be which could melt it!</p> + +<p>Ah, my poor friend, how came you by that thought? Why do you dream +waking and sleeping of this pale face? Even if she were not so +beautiful, she is so rich, and you are only a poor devil of a fellow. +What is the good of a pauper like you filling all his thoughts with the +image of such a rich girl? If only it were the other way, and you were +the rich one and she poor! And how rich is Timéa? Timar began to reckon, +in order to drive himself to despair, and turn these idle dreams out of +his head. Her father left her a thousand ducats in gold and the cargo, +which, according to the present market prices, must be worth, say, ten +thousand ducats—perhaps she has ornaments and jewels besides—and might +be counted in Austrian paper-money of that date as worth a hundred<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span> +thousand gulden; that in a Hungarian provincial town is a very rich +heiress. And then Timar asked himself a riddle whose solution he could +not guess.</p> + +<p>If Ali Tschorbadschi had a fortune of eleven thousand ducats, that would +not weigh more than sixteen pounds; of all metals, gold has the smallest +volume in proportion to its weight. Sixteen pounds of ducats could be +packed in a knapsack, which a man could carry on his back a long way, +even on foot. Why was the Turk obliged to change it into grain and load +a cargo-ship with it, which would take a month and a half for its +voyage, and have to struggle with storms, eddies, rocks, and +shallows—which might be delayed by quarantine and custom-houses—when +he could have carried his treasure with him in his knapsack, and by +making his way cautiously on foot over mountain and river, could have +reached Hungary safely in a couple of weeks?</p> + +<p>The key to this problem was not to be found.</p> + +<p>And another riddle was connected with this one. If Ali's treasure +(whether honestly come by or not) only consists of eleven or twelve +thousand ducats altogether, why does the Turkish Government institute a +pursuit on such a large scale, sending a brigantine with four-and-twenty +rowers, and spies and couriers after him? What would be a heap of money +for a poor supercargo is for his highness the Padischa only a trifle; +and even if it had been possible to lay an embargo on the whole cargo, +representing a value of ten or twelve thousand ducats, by the time it +had passed through the fingers of all the informers, tax-collectors, and +other official cut-purses, there would be hardly enough left for the +sultan to fill his pipe with.</p> + +<p>Was it not ridiculous to set such great machinery in motion in order to +secure so small a prize?</p> + +<p>Or was it not so much the money as Timéa that was the object? Timar had +enough romance about him to find this a plausible assumption, however +little it agreed with a supercargo's one-times-one multiplication table.</p> + +<p>One evening the wind dispersed the clouds, and when Timar looked out of +his cabin window he saw on the western horizon the crescent moon.</p> + +<p>The "red moon!"</p> + +<p>The glowing sickle seemed to touch the glassy surface of the Danube. It +looked to Timar as if it really had a human face, as it is depicted in +the almanacs, and as if it said something to him with its crooked mouth. +Only that he could not always understand—it is a strange language.</p> + +<p>Moonstruck people perhaps comprehend it, for they follow it; only they, +as well as the sleep-walkers, remember nothing of what was said when +they awake. It was as if the moon answered Timar's questions. Which? +All. And the beating of his heart? or his calculations? All.</p> + +<p>Only that he could not put these answers into words.</p> + +<p>The red crescent dipped slowly toward the water, and sent its reflected +rays along the waves as far as the ship's bows, as if to say, "Don't you +understand now?" At last it drew its horns<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span> gently below the surface, +saying plainly, "I shall return to-morrow, and then you will know."</p> + +<p>The pilot was in favor of making the most of the light of the after-glow +to go on further, until it grew dark. They were already above Almas, and +not far from Komorn; in those parts he knew the channel so well that he +could have steered the vessel safely with his eyes shut. As far up as +the Raab Danube, there was no more danger to fear.</p> + +<p>And yet there was something! Off Fuzito a soft, dull thud was heard; but +at this thud the steersman cried "Halt!" in a fright, to the +towing-team.</p> + +<p>Timar also grew pale, and stood petrified for a moment. For the first +time during the whole voyage dismay was depicted in his features. "We +have struck a snag!" he cried to the steersman.</p> + +<p>And that great strong man entirely lost his head, left the rudder, and +ran crying like a little child across the deck to the cabin.</p> + +<p>We have touched a snag! Yes, that was so. When the Danube is in flood it +makes breaches in the bank, the uprooted trees fall into the current, +and are carried to the bottom by the weight of the soil clinging to +their roots; if a cargo-ship drawn by horses touches such a tree-trunk, +it pierces the hull. From shallows and rocks the steersman can guard his +vessel, but against a tree-trunk lying in ambush under water, neither +knowledge, experience nor skill is of any avail. Most of the shipwrecks +on the Danube are from this cause.</p> + +<p>"It is all up with us!" howled the pilot and the sailors. Every one left +his post and ran for his bundle and his chest, to get them into the +boat.</p> + +<p>The vessel swung across the stream, and the forepart began to sink. It +was useless to think of saving it—absolutely impossible. The hold was +filled with sacks of grain; before they could shift these in order to +get at the leak and stop it, the vessel would long ago have gone down.</p> + +<p>Timar broke in the door of Timéa's cabin.</p> + +<p>"Fraülein, put on your cloak quickly, and take the casket which stands +on the table; our ship is sinking, we must save ourselves." As he spoke +he helped her into her warm kaftan, and gave her directions to get into +the boat; the pilot would help her. He himself ran back into his cabin +to get the box which held the ship's papers and cash. But Johann Fabula +was not thinking of helping Timéa; he flew into a rage when he saw the +girl. "Didn't I say this milk-face, this witch with the meeting +eyebrows, would bring us all to destruction? We ought to have thrown her +overboard."</p> + +<p>Timéa did not understand what he said, but she shrunk from his bloodshot +eyes, and preferred to go back to her cabin, where she lay down, and saw +the water rush through the door and mount gradually to the level of the +edge of her bed. She thought to herself that if the water washed her +away, it would carry her down-stream, to where her father was lying at +the bottom of the Danube, and then they would again be united.</p> + +<p>Timar was wading up to his knees in water before he had collected all he +wanted from his cabin and packed them in a box, which he took on his +shoulder and then hurried to the boat.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>"And where is Timéa?" he cried, not seeing her there.</p> + +<p>"The devil knows!" growled the pilot. "I wish she had never been born." +Timar flew back into Timéa's cabin, now up to his waist in water, and +took her in his arms. "Have you the casket?"</p> + +<p>"Yes," whispered the girl.</p> + +<p>He asked no more, but hurried with her on deck, and carried her in his +arms into the boat, where he put her on the middle seat. The fate of the +"St. Barbara" was being decided with awful rapidity. The ship was going +down stern first, and in a few minutes only the upper deck and the mast, +with the dangling tow-rope, were visible above water.</p> + +<p>"Shove off!" Timar said to the rowers, and the boat moved toward the +shore.</p> + +<p>"Where is the casket?" Timar asked the girl, when they had already gone +some distance.</p> + +<p>"Here it is," answered Timéa, showing him what she had brought away.</p> + +<p>"Miserable girl! that is the box of sweetmeats, not the casket." In +fact, Timéa had brought the box of Turkish sweets, meant as a present to +her new sister, and had totally forgotten the casket which held her +whole fortune. That was left behind in the submerged cabin. "Back to the +ship!" Timar cried to the pilot.</p> + +<p>"Surely nobody has got such a mad notion as to look for anything in a +sunken ship," grumbled Fabula.</p> + +<p>"Back!—no words—I insist!"</p> + +<p>The boat returned to the vessel. Timar asked no one's help, but sprung +himself to the deck and down the steps to the cabin.</p> + +<p>Timéa looked after him with her great dark eyes as he vanished under the +surface, as if to say—"And you too go before me into the watery grave."</p> + +<p>Timar reached the bulwarks, but had to be very careful, because the +vessel had a list toward the side where Timéa's cabin door was. He had +to hold on by the timbers of the roof, so as not to slip altogether +under water. He found the door, luckily, not shut by the waves; for it +would have been a long job to get it open. It was quite dark inside, the +water had filled it almost to the ceiling; he groped to the table, the +casket was not there; perhaps she had left it on the bed. The water had +floated the bed to the roof, and he had to draw it down; but the casket +was not there either. Perhaps it had been knocked over by the rush of +water. He felt about vainly with his hands, stooping under water. His +feet were more fortunate, for he stumbled over the object sought for; +the casket had fallen to the ground. He lifted it, and tried while +holding it to climb up to the other side, where he need not hold on with +both hands.</p> + +<p>The minute that Timar was under water seemed to Timéa an eternity.</p> + +<p>He was a full minute under water. He had held his breath the whole time, +as if to try an experiment how long a man could do without breathing.</p> + +<p>When Michael's head appeared above the water she heaved a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span> deep sigh, +and her face beamed when Timar gave her the rescued casket, but not on +its account.</p> + +<p>"Well, captain!" exclaimed the steersman, as he helped Timar into the +boat, "that's thrice you've got soaked for the love of these eyebrows. +Thrice!"</p> + +<p>Timéa asked Michael in a whisper, "What is the Greek for the word +thrice?" Michael translated it. Then Timéa looked at him long, and +repeated to herself in a low voice "Thrice."</p> + +<p>The boat approached the shore in the direction of Almas.</p> + +<p>Against the steely mirror in the twilight a long line was visible, like +a distressful note of exclamation or a pause in life. It was the topmast +of the "St. Barbara."</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIRST_XIV" id="CHAPTER_FIRST_XIV"></a>CHAPTER XIV.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE GUARDIAN.</span></h3> + + +<p>At six in the evening the ship's crew had left the sunken craft, and by +half past seven Timar with Timéa was in Komorn. The post-cart driver +knew Brazovics' house very well, and galloped his four bell-decked +horses with unmerciful cracks of the whip through the little streets up +to the square, as he had been promised a good <i>trinkgeld</i> if he brought +his passengers quickly to their destination.</p> + +<p>Michael lifted Timéa from the country wagon and told her she was now at +home. Then he took the casket under his cloak and led the girl up the +steps.</p> + +<p>The house of Athanas Brazovics was of two stories—a rarity in Komorn; +for in remembrance of the destructive earthquakes by which the town had +been visited in the last century, people usually only built on the +ground-floor. The lower story was occupied by a large café, which served +the resident tradespeople as a casino; the whole upper floor was +inhabited by the family of the merchant. It had two entrances from the +street, and a third through the kitchen.</p> + +<p>The owner was generally not at home at this hour, as Timar knew; he +therefore led Timéa straight to the door through which the women's rooms +were reached. In these reigned fashionable luxury, and in the anteroom +lounged a man-servant. Timar asked him to fetch his master from the +café, and meanwhile led Timéa to the ladies.</p> + +<p>He was certainly hardly got up for company, as may be imagined when one +remembers what he had gone through, and the number of times he had been +soaked; but he was one of those who belonged to the house, who could +come in at any time and in any dress: they looked upon him as "one of +our people." In such a case one gets over the strict rules of etiquette.</p> + +<p>The announcement revives the old habit of the mistress, as soon as the +door of the anteroom is open, of putting her head through the parlor +door to see who is coming. Frau Sophie has kept this habit ever since +her maid-servant days. (Pardon, that slipped out by accident.) Well, +yes, Herr Athanas raised her from a low station; it was a love-match, so +no one has a right to reproach her.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span>It is therefore not as idle gossip, but only as a characteristic touch, +that I mention that Frau Sophie even as "gracious lady" could not get +rid of her early habit. Her clothes always fitted her as if they had +been given to her by her mistress. From her coiffure an obstinate lock +of hair would always stick out either in the front or at the back; even +her most gorgeous costumes always looked tumbled and creased; and if +nothing else went wrong, there would be invariably a pair of +trodden-down shoes with which she could indulge in her old propensity. +Curiosity and tattle were the ingredients of her conversation, in which +she generally introduced such extraordinary expressions that when she +began to scatter them in a mixed party, the guests (that is, those who +were seated) almost fell off their chairs with laughter. Then, too, she +had the agreeable custom of never speaking low; her voice was a +continuous scream, as if she were being stabbed and wished to call for +assistance.</p> + +<p>"Oh, good Lord, it's Michael!" she cried, as soon as she got her head +through the door-way. "And where did you get the pretty fraülein? What +is the casket you have under your arm? Come into the parlor! Look, look, +Athalie, what Timar has brought!"</p> + +<p>Michael let Timéa pass, then he entered and politely wished the company +good-evening. Timéa looked round with the shyness of a first meeting. +Besides the mistress of the house there were a girl and a man in the +room. The girl was a fully developed and conscious beauty, who, in spite +of her naturally small waist, did not disdain tight stays; her high +heels and piles of hair made her appear taller than she was; she wore +mittens, and her nails were long and pointed. Her expression was of +artificial amiability; she had somewhat arrogant and pouting lips, a +rosy complexion, and two rows of dazzling white teeth, which she did not +mind showing; when she laughed, dimples formed on chin and cheek, dark +brows arched over the bright black eyes, whose brilliancy was increased +by their aggressive prominence. With her head up and bust thrown +forward, the beautiful creature knew how to make an imposing appearance. +This was Fraülein Athalie.</p> + +<p>The man was a young officer, verging on thirty, with a cheerful open +face and fiery black eyes. According to the military regulations of the +period, he had a clean-shaven face, with the exception of a small +crescent-shaped whisker. This warrior wore a violet tunic, with collar +and cuffs of pink velvet, the uniform of the engineers. Timar knew him +too. It was Herr Katschuka, first lieutenant at the fort, and also a +commissariat officer—rather a hybrid position, but so it was.</p> + +<p>The lieutenant has the pleasure of taking a portrait of the young lady +before him in chalks; he has already finished one by daylight, and is +trying one by lamplight. The entrance of Timéa disturbs him in this +artistic occupation.</p> + +<p>The whole appearance of the slender delicate girl was something +spiritual at this moment—it was as if a ghost, a phantom, had stepped +out of the dusk.</p> + +<p>When Herr Katschuka looked up from his easel, his dark-red chalk drew +such a streak across the portrait's brow, that it would be hard for +bread-crumbs to get it out, and he rose involuntarily from his seat +before Timéa.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span>Every one rose at the sight of the girl, even Athalie. Who can she be?</p> + +<p>Timar whispered to Timéa in Greek, on which she hastened to Frau Sophie +and kissed her hand, while the girl herself received a kiss on her +cheek.</p> + +<p>Again Timar whispered to her. The girl went with shy obedience to +Athalie, and looked steadily in her face. Shall she kiss her, or fall on +the neck of her new sister? Athalie seemed to raise her head higher +still. Timéa bent to her hand and kissed it—or rather not her hand, but +the kid mitten. Athalie allowed it, her eyes cast a flaming glance on +Timéa's face, and another on the officer, and she curled her lips yet +more.</p> + +<p>Herr Katschuka was completely lost in admiration of Timéa.</p> + +<p>But neither his nor Athalie's fiery looks called up any emotion on +Timéa's face, which remained as white as if she were a spirit.</p> + +<p>Timar himself was not a little confused. How was he to introduce the +girl and relate how he had come by her, before this officer?</p> + +<p>Herr Brazovics helped him out of his difficulty. With a great bustle he +burst in at the door. He had just now in the café—to the surprise of +all the regular customers—read aloud from the Augsburg <i>Gazette</i> that +the escaped pasha and treasurer, Ali Tschorbadschi and his daughter, had +fled on board the "St. Barbara," evaded the watchfulness of the Turkish +authorities, and reached Hungary in safety. The "St. Barbara" is his +ship. Tschorbadschi is a good friend of his—even a connection by the +mother's side. An extraordinary event! One can fancy how Herr Athanas +threw his chair back when the servant brought him the news that Herr +Timar had just arrived with a beautiful young lady, and under his arm a +gilt casket.</p> + +<p>"So it is actually true!" cried Herr Athanas, and rushed up to his own +apartments, not without upsetting a few of the card-players on his way.</p> + +<p>Brazovics was a man of enormous corpulence. His stomach was always half +a step in front of him. His face was copper-colored at its palest, and +violet when he ought to have been rosy: even when he shaved in the +morning his chin was all bristles by the evening, his scrubby mustache +perfumed with smoke, snuff, and various spirits; his eyebrows formed a +bushy wall over his prominent and bloodshot eyes. (A fearful thought, +that the eyes of the lovely Athalie, when she grows old, will resemble +her father's!)</p> + +<p>When Herr Brazovics opens his mouth, one understands why Frau Sophie +always screams; her husband, too, can only speak in shouts, but with the +difference that he has a deep bass voice like a hippopotamus.</p> + +<p>Naturally Frau Sophie, when she wants to overpower his voice with her +own, raises it to a yell. It was as if they had a wager which could +bring on the other a lung disease or a stroke of apoplexy. It is +doubtful who will win; but Brazovics always stops his ears with wool, +and Frau Sophie invariably has a comforter round her throat.</p> + +<p>Athanas rushed, panting with haste, into the ladies' room, where<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span> his +voice of thunder had already preceded him. "Is Michael there with the +young lady? Where is the fraülein? Where is Michael?"</p> + +<p>Timar hastened to catch him at the door. He might have succeeded in +keeping back the man himself, but the weight of his approaching paunch, +when once set in motion, bore down all obstacles.</p> + +<p>Michael made a sign to him that a visitor was present. "Ah, that doesn't +matter! You can speak openly before him. We are <i>en famille</i>; the Herr +Lieutenant belongs to the family. Ha! ha! don't get cross, Athalie; +every one knows it. You can speak freely, Michael; it is all in the +papers."</p> + +<p>"What is in the papers?" exclaimed Athalie, angrily.</p> + +<p>"Well, well, not you; but that my friend Ali Tschorbadschi, my own +cousin, the treasurer, has fled to Hungary with his daughter and his +property on board my ship the 'St. Barbara;' and this is the daughter, +isn't she? The dear little thing!" And with that Herr Brazovics suddenly +fell upon her, took her in his arms, and pressed two kisses on her pale +face—two loud, wet, malodorous kisses, so that the girl was quite +confused.</p> + +<p>"You are a good fellow, Michael, to have brought her here so quickly. +Have you given him a glass of wine? Go, Sophie—quick! A glass of wine!"</p> + +<p>Frau Sophie pretended not to hear; but Herr Brazovics threw himself into +an arm-chair, drew Timéa between his knees, and stroked her hair with +his fat palms. "And where is my worthy friend, the governor of the +treasury? Where is he?"</p> + +<p>"He died on the journey," answered Timar in a low voice.</p> + +<p>"What a fatality!" said Brazovics, trying to give an angular form to his +round face, and taking his hand from the girl's head. "But no accident +happened to him?"</p> + +<p>A curious question. But Timar understood it.</p> + +<p>"He intrusted his property to my care, to deliver it over to you with +his daughter. You were to be her adopted father and the guardian of her +property."</p> + +<p>At these words Herr Brazovics grew sentimental again; he took Timéa's +head between his two hands, and pressed it to his breast.</p> + +<p>"As if she were my own child. I will regard her as my daughter;" and +then again smack! smack! one kiss after another on brow and cheek of the +poor victim. "And what is in this casket?"</p> + +<p>"The gold I was to deliver to you."</p> + +<p>"Very good, Michael. How much is there?"</p> + +<p>"A thousand ducats."</p> + +<p>"What!" cried Brazovics, and pushed Timéa off his knee; "only a thousand +ducats? Michael, you have stolen the rest!"</p> + +<p>Something stirred in Timar's face. "Here is the autograph will of the +deceased. He declares therein that he has given over to me a thousand +ducats in gold, and his remaining property is contained in the cargo, +which consists of ten thousand measures of wheat."</p> + +<p>"That's something more like. Ten thousand measures of wheat, at twelve +gulden fifty a measure in paper money, that makes a hundred and +twenty-five thousand gulden, or fifty thousand gulden silver. Come here, +little treasure, and sit on my knee; you're<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span> tired, aren't you? And did +my dear never-to-be-forgotten friend send me any other directions?"</p> + +<p>"He told me to tell you that you must be present in person when the +sacks are emptied, lest they should exchange the grain, for he had +bought a very good quality."</p> + +<p>"Naturally I shall be there in person. How should I not be? And where is +the ship with the grain?"</p> + +<p>"Below Almas, at the bottom of the Danube."</p> + +<p>But now Athanas thrust Timéa right away, and sprung up in a rage. "What! +my fine vessel gone down, as well as the ten thousand measures of wheat! +Oh, you gallows-bird! you rascal! You were all drunk, for certain. I'll +put you all in jail; the pilot shall be in irons; and I shall not pay +one of you. You forfeit your ten thousand gulden caution-money: you +shall never see that again. Go and sue me if you like!"</p> + +<p>"Your vessel was not worth more than six thousand gulden, and is insured +for its full value at the Komorn Marine Insurance Office. You have come +to no harm."</p> + +<p>"If that were true a hundred times over, I should still require +compensation from you, on account of the <i>lucrum cessans</i>. Do you know +what that means? If you do, you can understand that your ten thousand +gulden will go to the last kreutzer."</p> + +<p>"So be it," answered Timar, quietly. "We will speak of that another +time; there's time enough. But what we have to do now is to decide what +is to happen to the sunken cargo, for the longer it remains under water, +the more it will be spoiled."</p> + +<p>"What does it matter to me what happens to it?"</p> + +<p>"So you will not take it over? You will not be personally present at the +discharge of cargo?"</p> + +<p>"The devil I will! What should I do with ten thousand measures of soaked +grain? I am not going to make starch of ten thousand measures of corn; +or shall I make paste of it? The devil may take it if he wants it!"</p> + +<p>"Hardly; but the stuff must be sold. The millers, factors, +cattle-dealers, will offer something for it, and the peasants too, who +want seed-corn; and the vessel must be emptied. In that way some money +may be got out of it."</p> + +<p>"Money!" (This word could always penetrate into the cotton-stuffed ears +of the merchant.) "Good. I will give you a permit to-morrow to empty the +vessel and get rid of the cargo in bulk."</p> + +<p>"I want the permit to-day. Before morning everything will be ruined."</p> + +<p>"To-day! You know I never touch a pen at night; it is against my +habits."</p> + +<p>"I thought of that beforehand, and brought the permit with me. You have +only to sign your name to it. Here are pen and ink."</p> + +<p>But now Frau Sophie interrupted with a scream. "Here in my parlor I do +not allow writing to be done! That's the only thing wanting—that my new +carpet should be all spotted with ink. Go to your room if you want to +write. And I won't have this squabbling with your people here in my +rooms!"</p> + +<p>"I should like to know if it isn't my house," growled the great man.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span>"And it's my sitting-room!"</p> + +<p>"I am master here!"</p> + +<p>"And I am mistress here!"</p> + +<p>The screeching and growling had the good result for Timar that Herr +Brazovics flew into a rage, and in order to show that he was master in +his own house, seized the pen and signed the power of attorney. But when +he had given it, both fell on Timar, and overwhelmed him with such a +flood of reproaches and invective, that he would willingly have taken +yet another bath in the Danube to wash them away. Frau Sophie only +scolded Timar indirectly, as she abused her husband for giving such a +ragged, dirty fellow, such a tipsy, beggarly scoundrel, a warrant like +that.</p> + +<p>Why had he not given it to any other supercargo than Timar, who would +run away with the money, and drink and gamble till it was gone.</p> + +<p>Timar stood the whole time with the same immovable calm in the midst of +this tumult as that with which he had defied storm and waves at the Iron +Gate. At last he broke silence: "Will you take charge of the money which +belongs to the orphan, or shall I give it over to the City Orphanage?" +(At this last question Brazovics got a great fright.) "Now, then, if you +please, come with me into the office and we will settle the affair at +once, for I don't like servants' squabbles."</p> + +<p>With this hundred-pound insult he succeeded in suddenly silencing both +master and mistress. Against such scolds and blusterers, a good round +impertinence is the best remedy. Brazovics took the light and said, "All +right; bring the money along." Frau Sophie appeared all at once to be in +the best of tempers, and asked Timar if he would not have a glass of +wine first.</p> + +<p>Timéa was quite stunned; of what passed in a foreign language she +understood not a word, and the gestures and looks which accompanied it +were not calculated to enlighten her. Why should her guardian now kiss +and hug her, the orphan, and the next moment push her from him? Why did +he again take her on his lap, only to thrust her away once more? Why did +both of them scream at this man, who remained as calm as she had seen +him in the tempest, until he spoke a few words, quietly, without anger +or excitement, and thereby instantly silenced and overpowered the two +who had been like mad people the minute before, so that they could +prevail as little against him as the rocks and whirlpools and the armed +men. Of all that went on around her, she had not understood one word; +and now the man who had been hitherto her faithful companion, who had +gone "thrice" into the water for her sake, with whom alone she could +speak in Greek, was going away—forever, no doubt—and she would never +hear his voice again.</p> + +<p>Yet no; once again it sounds in her ear. Before he stepped over the +threshold Timar turned to her and said in Greek, "Fraülein Timéa, there +is what you brought away with you."</p> + +<p>And with that he took the box of sweets from under his cloak. Timéa ran +to him, took the box, and hastened to Athalie, in order to present to +her, with the sweetest smile, the gift she had brought from far away. +Athalie opened the box.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span>"<i>Fi donc!</i>" she exclaimed, "it smells of rose-water, just like the +pocket-handkerchiefs the maid-servants take to church."</p> + +<p>Timéa did not understand the words, but from the pouting lips and +turned-up nose she could easily guess their meaning, and that made her +very sad.</p> + +<p>She made another attempt, and offered the Turkish sweetmeats to Frau +Sophie, who declined with the remark that her teeth were bad, and she +could not eat sweets. Quite cast down, she now offered them to the +lieutenant. He found them excellent, and swallowed three lumps in three +mouthfuls, for which Timéa smiled at him gratefully.</p> + +<p>Timar stood at the door and saw Timéa smile. Suddenly it occurred to her +that she must offer him some of the Turkish delight. But it was already +too late, for Timar no longer stood there. Soon after, the lieutenant +took leave and departed. Being a man of breeding, he bowed to Timéa +also, which pleased her greatly.</p> + +<p>After a time Herr Brazovics returned to the room, and they were now just +the four alone.</p> + +<p>Brazovics and Frau Sophie began to talk in a gibberish which was +intended for Greek.</p> + +<p>Timéa understood a word here and there, but the sense seemed to her more +strange than those languages which were altogether unknown to her.</p> + +<p>They were consulting what to do with this girl whom they had been +saddled with. Her whole property consists of twelve thousand paper +gulden. Even if it were likely that the soaked grain should bring in a +little more, that would not suffice to educate her like a lady, like +Athalie.</p> + +<p>Frau Sophie thought she must be treated as a servant, and get used to +cook and sweep, to wash and iron—that would be some use. With so little +money no one would marry her except some clerk or ship's captain, and +then it would have been better for her to be brought up as a servant and +not a lady.</p> + +<p>But Athanas would not hear of it; what would people say? At last they +agree on a middle course; Timéa is not to be treated like a regular +servant, but take the position of an adopted child. She will take her +meals with the family, but help to wait. She shall not stand at the +wash-tub, but must get up her own and Athalie's fine things. She must +sew what is wanted for the house, not in the maid's room but in the +gentlefolks' apartments; of course she will help Athalie to dress, that +will only be a pleasure to her, and she need not sleep with the maids +but in the same room as Athalie; the latter wants some one to keep her +company and be at her service. In return, Athalie can give her the old +clothes she no longer requires.</p> + +<p>A girl who has only twelve thousand gulden can thank Heaven that such a +fate should fall to her share.</p> + +<p>And Timéa was satisfied with her lot. After the great and +incomprehensible catastrophe which had thrown her on the world, the +lonely creature clung to every being she came near. She was gentle and +obliging. This is the way of Turkish girls. It pleased her to be allowed +to sit by Athalie at supper, and it was not necessary to remind her: she +rose of her own accord to change the plates<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span> and wash the spoons, and +did it with cheerful looks and kind attention. She feared to annoy her +guardians if she looked sad, and yet she had cause enough. Especially +she busied herself in trying to help Athalie. Whenever she looked at +her, her face showed the open admiration which young girls feel for a +grown-up beauty; she forgot herself in gazing at the rosy cheeks and +bright eyes of the other. Those innocent minds think any one so lovely +must be very good.</p> + +<p>She did not understand what Athalie said, for she did not even speak bad +Greek, like her parents; but she tried to guess by her eyes and hands +what was wanted. After supper, at which Timéa only ate fruit and bread, +not being used to rich dishes, they went into the salon.</p> + +<p>There Athalie sat down to the piano. Timéa crouched near her on the +footstool and looked with admiration at her rapid execution. Then +Athalie showed her the portrait which the lieutenant had executed, and +Timéa clasped her hands in astonishment.</p> + +<p>"You never saw anything like it?"</p> + +<p>"Where should she have seen such things?" answered the father. "If is +forbidden to the Turks to take a likeness of any one. That is why there +is a revolution just now—because the sultan has had his picture painted +and hung up over the divan. Ali Tschorbadschi was mixed up in the +movement, and was forced to fly. You poor old Tschorbadschi, to have +been such a fool!"</p> + +<p>When Timéa heard her father's name, she kissed the hand of Brazovics. +She supposed he had sent some pious blessing after the dead man.</p> + +<p>Athalie went to bed, and Timéa carried the light for her. Athalie seated +herself at her dressing-table, looked in the glass, sighed deeply, and +then sunk back in her chair tired and cross, with a gloomy countenance. +Timéa would have liked to know why this lovely face had suddenly grown +so sad.</p> + +<p>She took the comb from Athalie's hair and loosened the plaits with a +skillful hand, and then again dressed the richly flowing chestnut locks +for the night in a simple coil.</p> + +<p>She took out the earrings, and her head came so near to Athalie's that +the latter could not help seeing the two contrasting faces in the +mirror.</p> + +<p>One so radiant, rosy, and fascinating, the other so pale and soft; and +yet Athalie sprung up angrily and pushed away the glass. "Let us go to +sleep." The white face had thrown hers into the shade. Timéa collected +the scattered clothes and folded them neatly together by instinct.</p> + +<p>Then she knelt before Athalie and took off her stockings. Athalie +permitted it.</p> + +<p>And after Timéa had drawn them off, and held the snow-white foot, more +perfect than a sculptor's ideal, in her lap, she bent and pressed a kiss +on it. Athalie permitted that too.</p> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span></p> + + +<h2 class="newbook"><a name="BOOK_SECOND_TIMEA" id="BOOK_SECOND_TIMEA"></a><i>BOOK SECOND.—TIMÉA.</i></h2> + + + +<h3 class="firstchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_SECOND_I" id="CHAPTER_SECOND_I"></a>CHAPTER I.<br /> +<span class="subhead">GOOD ADVICE.</span></h3> + + +<p>Lieutenant Katschuka went through the café and found Timar there gulping +down a cup of black coffee. "I am soaked and frozen, and have a great +deal still to do to-day," he said to the officer, who hastened to press +his hand.</p> + +<p>"Come and have a glass of punch with me."</p> + +<p>"Many thanks, but I have no time now; I must go this instant to the +insurance company, that they may help me with the salvage of the cargo; +for the longer it remains under water the greater the damage. From there +I must run to the magistrate, that he may be in time to send some one to +Almas to receive the power of attorney; then I must go round to the +cattle-dealers and carriers, to induce them to come to the auction; and +later on I must go by the stage to Iotis to find out the starch +manufacturers there: they can make the best use of the wet grain. +Perhaps in this way some of the poor child's property may be saved. But +I have a letter to deliver to you which was given me in Orsova."</p> + +<p>Katschuka read the letter, and then said to Timar, "Very good, my +friend. Do your business in the town, but afterward come to me for half +an hour; I live near the Anglia—over the door hangs a shield with a +large double eagle. While the diligence baits we will drink a glass of +punch and have a sensible talk; be sure you come."</p> + +<p>Timar consented, and went off to look after his business. It might be +about eleven o'clock when he entered the door under the double eagle, +which was near the promenade called in Komorn the Anglia. Katschuka's +private servant waited for him there, and led him up to his master's +room. "Well, I expected," began Timar, "you would have been already +married to Athalie long before I came up from yonder."</p> + +<p>"Yes, comrade, but the affair doesn't get on well; it is delayed by +first one thing and then another. It seems to me as if one of us is not +keen about it."</p> + +<p>"Oh! you may be sure Athalie is keen enough."</p> + +<p>"In this world you can't be sure of anything, least of all a heart. I +only say one thing, long engagements are bad. Instead of getting nearer +to each other people only get further apart, and learn to know each +other's failings and weaknesses. If this occurs after marriage one +thinks, in God's name, we can not go back. Let me advise you, comrade, +if you wish to marry and have fallen in love, don't wait long to think +about it; for if you begin to calculate it will only end in a breach."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span>"With you I should fancy there is no danger in calculations about a girl +who is so rich."</p> + +<p>"Riches are relative, my friend. Believe me, every woman knows how to +get rid of the interest of her dowry; and then no one exactly knows the +financial position of Herr Brazovics. A heap of money goes through his +hands, but he does not like striking a proper business-like balance, so +as to show what he has gained or lost by his dealings."</p> + +<p>"For my part I think he is very well off. And Athalie is a very pretty +and clever young lady."</p> + +<p>"Yes, yes; but you need not praise Athalie to me like a horse you take +to market. Let us rather talk of your affairs."</p> + +<p>If Katschuka had been able to look into Timar's heart he would have +found that what they had been talking of <i>was</i> his friend's affair. +Timar had turned the conversation to Athalie because—because he envied +the officer the smile of Timéa's face. It was as if he had said, "You +have no right to Timéa's smile—you are engaged; marry Athalie!"</p> + +<p>"Now, let us talk of serious matters. My friend in Orsova writes me that +I am to befriend you. Good; I will try. You are in a position anything +but pleasant: the ship intrusted to you is wrecked. It is not your +fault, but a great misfortune for you, for every one will now fear to +intrust you with a vessel. Your principal seizes your caution-money, and +who knows whether you can recover it by law. You would like to help the +poor orphan—I see it in your eyes; that she should lose such a pretty +fortune affects you more than any one else. How can we get out of this +with one <i>coup</i>?"</p> + +<p>"I know no way out of it."</p> + +<p>"But I do. Listen to me; next week the annual concentration of troops +begins round Komorn. Twenty thousand of them will be maneuvering here +for three weeks. A contract for the bread supply is on hand; large sums +will be paid, and he who goes about it wisely will make a good haul. All +the tenders go through my hands, and I can say beforehand who will get +the contract, for it depends more on what is not contained in the offer +than on what is. Till now Brazovics' tender is the lowest. He is +prepared to undertake the contract at 140,000 gulden, and promises 'the +officials concerned' 20,000 gulden."</p> + +<p>"What do you mean?—the officials concerned?"</p> + +<p>"Don't be so stupid. It is the usual thing that whoever receives such a +large contract should give a present to those who get it for him. It has +always been so since the world began. What else do we live on? You know +that well enough."</p> + +<p>"Certainly; but I never tried it in my own person."</p> + +<p>"Very foolish of you. You burn your fingers for other people, while you +might get the chestnuts out of the fire for yourself, if you knew how to +do it. Send in a tender to undertake the contract at 130,000 gulden, and +promise 30,000 commission."</p> + +<p>"I can not do that for several reasons. First, I have not got the +deposit, which must accompany the tender; then I have not the capital +requisite to buy such quantities of grain and flour; next, I greatly +object to bribery; and lastly, I am not such a bad reck<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span>oner as to +persuade myself of the possibility of undertaking with only 130,000 +gulden to complete the contract as well as pay the friendly commission."</p> + +<p>Katschuka laughed at him. "Oh, my dear Michael, you will never be a man +of business. In our line that is always the way. Only to make a groschen +on a gulden is peddler's trade. The chief thing is to have interest, and +you don't want for that; that's what I am good for. We have been good +friends ever since our school days: rely on me. How do you mean you have +no money to deposit? Hand over the receipt for your caution-money of +10,000 gulden which you left with Brazovics—it will be regarded as a +sufficient security—and then I will tell you what to do next; go +quickly to Almas, and bid yourself for the sunken cargo. The grain, +which represents a value of 100,000 gulden, will certainly be knocked +down to you for 10,000. Then you will possess 10,000 measures of corn. +You will promise all the millers in Almas, Fuzito, and Izsaer double pay +if they will grind your corn at once. Meanwhile you build ovens, in +which the corn is immediately baked into bread. Within three weeks it +will all be consumed, and if a bad part slips in, it will be the +business of your 'good friends' to hush it up. At the end of three weeks +you will have a clear gain of at least 70,000 gulden. Believe me, if I +were to take such an affair to your principal, he would seize it with +both hands. I wonder at your slowness."</p> + +<p>Timar thought it over. It was indeed a tempting offer. To make in three +weeks 60,000 or 70,000 gulden—and without much trouble, in complete +security. The first week the ration-bread would be rather sweeter than +usual, the second week rather bitterer, and the third week rather musty. +But soldiers do not look narrowly at such things; they are used to it.</p> + +<p>But yet Timar turned with disgust from this bitter cup. "Oh, Emerich!" +he said, laying his hand on his former schoolmate's shoulder, "where +have you learned such things?"</p> + +<p>"Why," answered the other, with a gloomy face, "there where they are +taught. When I entered on the military career, I was full of romantic +illusions. They are all in ashes now. Then I thought this was the school +of chivalry, the heroic career, and my heart beat high at the thought: +now I know that all in this world is speculation, and that public +concerns are governed by private interests. In the engineers I had +completed my studies, with remarkable, I may say distinguished results. +When I was sent to Komorn, the prospect filled me with pride, at the +opportunity I should have for the development of my capacities in +military engineering. The first plan for the fortifications submitted by +me was declared to be a masterpiece by good judges; but do not imagine +that it was accepted: on the contrary, I received orders to prepare +another, which was more costly, and involved the expropriation of whole +streets in the town. Well, I prepared that too. You will remember that +part of the town which is now an open space—this change cost half a +million. Your principal had some ruinous houses there which he sold at +the price of palaces. And they call that fortification! And for that I +had studied engineering. Well, a man falls by degrees and finds his +level. Perhaps you have heard<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span> the anecdote—it is in every mouth—how +the Crown-Prince Ferdinand, when he visited us last year, said to the +commandant of the fortress, 'I thought this fortress was black?' 'Why +should it be black, your imperial highness?' 'Because in the +fortification accounts there are every year 10,000 gulden put down for +ink. I thought the walls must be dyed with ink.' Every one laughed, and +that was the end of it. If nothing comes out, nothing is said; and if +everything comes out, it only raises a laugh. You had better laugh too! +Or will it please you better to be shoved out into the world from the +threshold of the corn-dealer, and sell matches with two kreutzers profit +a day? I have already come down from the ethereal regions. Off, my +friend, to Almas, and buy the sunken wheat. Till ten to-morrow night you +will have time to send in your tender. Listen, there is the +diligence—be off, and see that you get back quickly."</p> + +<p>"I will think it over," said Timar, slowly.</p> + +<p>"Remember that you will do the poor orphan a good turn, if you give +10,000 gulden for her lost property. Otherwise she won't have as many +hundred when the salvage is paid."</p> + +<p>Those words rang in Timar's ears. An invisible hand drove him on. "<i>Fata +nolentem trahunt!</i>" says St. Augustine. Soon after, Timar sat again in +the diligence, which galloped away with its four Neudorf horses. In the +town every one slept. Only at the station-house sounded the night +watchman's call. No one has written on his brow what the next day will +bring to him; but from the walls the sentries, wet through with the +autumn rain, challenged in turn "Who goes there?"—"Patrol"—"Pass."</p> + +<p>What sort of bread have these fellows had?</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_SECOND_II" id="CHAPTER_SECOND_II"></a>CHAPTER II.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE RED CRESCENT.</span></h3> + + +<p>On the following day, Timar did actually bid for the sunken grain in +company with brokers and millers, who made trifling bids, a few groschen +a measure. Timar got tired of this groschen business, and suddenly +cried, "I will give ten thousand gulden for the whole cargo." When the +bidders heard this they ran away, and it would have been in vain to run +after them. The official auctioneer accepted Timar's offer, and gave +over the whole cargo to him as his property. Every one thought him mad. +What could he do with such a mass of soaked grain? What he did was this.</p> + +<p>He lashed two lighters together, fastened them with iron clamps to the +deck of the sunken ship, and made arrangements to get up the cargo. +There was a change since yesterday in the position of the vessel, for +the stern had sunk so that now the forepart stood out of water, and one +of the two cabins was quite dry. Timar installed himself here, and then +began the hard work. He tore up the deck, and with the help of a crane +drew up one sack after the other. They were first piled near the cabin, +that the water might drain away; then they were transferred to a raft, +and taken ashore: there straw mats were laid, on which the grain was +shaken and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span> spread out. Timar bargained meanwhile with the millers for +immediate grinding of the corn. The weather was favorable, there was a +strong wind, and the corn dried fast.</p> + +<p>If only the work would go on quickly!</p> + +<p>He began to calculate. The little ready money he had would all go to the +payment of the work-people; if the undertaking failed he would be a +beggar. Johann Fabula told him beforehand, that after this senseless +purchase nothing would be left him but to hang the last sack round his +neck, and throw himself into the Danube. A thousand disquieting thoughts +passed through Timar's head, without beginning or end. He looked on till +night-fall, while one sack after the other was propped against the cabin +wall. The sacks all had the same mark—a five-spoked wheel printed in +black on the sacking. In truth, that poor fugitive pasha had been wiser, +if, instead of buying so much grain, he had just put his money in his +knapsack. And to think of pursuing him so obstinately only for this +stuff! Was it worth while to flee only for this, and then actually to +poison himself? Till late evening the work continued, and still only +about three thousand measures were spread out to dry. Timar promised the +laborers double pay if they would work a few hours longer. The grain +which lies a second night under water will hardly make bread. The +sack-carriers worked on cheerfully.</p> + +<p>The wind had dispersed the clouds, and the moon appeared again in the +sunset sky. Heavens and moon were red.</p> + +<p>"How ghostly it looks!" said Timar, and turned his back on the moon, so +as not to see it.</p> + +<p>But even as he stood there, and counted the sacks as they were drawn up, +the red moon rose again before him. This time it was painted on a sack. +In the place where the other sacks bore a wheel of five spokes, here +above the trade-mark a crescent was painted in vermilion.</p> + +<p>A cold shiver ran through Timar. Here was the answer to the riddle! This +was what the dying man meant by his last words. But either his +confidence was not strong enough, or else time had failed him to finish +his phrase. When the laborers turned away Timar took the sack and +carried it into the cabin; no one noticed it, and then he locked the +door behind him.</p> + +<p>The work-people went on for two hours more; but at last they were so +tired, wet, and stiff with water and wind, that they were not in a +condition to go on any longer: the rest of the cargo must wait till the +morrow. The wearied folk hurried to the nearest alehouse to warm +themselves with food and drink. Timar remained alone on board: he said +he wished to count the unloaded sacks, and would row himself ashore in +the little boat. The moon had reached the water with its lower horn, and +seemed to look in at the cabin window. Timar's hand trembled as if with +ague. When he opened the blade of his knife, he cut his hand, and the +drops of blood painted stars on the sack by the side of the red +crescent. He cut the rope with which the sack was tied, and put his hand +in; what he brought out was beautiful white wheat. Then he cut the lower +end of the sack; here too only grain came out. He now slit the whole +sack up, and with the scattered corn, a long leathern bag fell at his +feet. The bag had a lock. He broke it open.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span>And then he shook the contents out on to the bed—the same bed where +once the living marble statue had lain.</p> + +<p>What a sight was presented to him in the moonlight! Long rows of rings +strung together—brilliant, sapphire, and emerald rings; armlets of +opals and huge turquoises; pearl bracelets, each bead as large as a +hazel-nut; a necklace of magnificent brilliants of the finest water; an +agate box, from which when he opened it a whole heap of unset diamonds +flashed upon him; at the bottom of the bag a number of agraffes and +girdles, all set with rubies, and four rouleaux, each containing five +hundred louis d'or. Here was an enormous treasure, at least a million +gulden.</p> + +<p>Now one can understand the man fleeing even to the bottom of the Danube, +that this treasure might not fall into the hands of his pursuers. For +this, it was worth while to send a gunboat and spies after the fugitive. +For this, it was worth while to cut the tow-rope in the midst of a storm +at the Iron Gate.</p> + +<p>The "St. Barbara" had carried a million on board! that is no child's +play, no dream—it is reality. Ali Tschorbadschi's treasures lie there +on the wet quilt with which Timéa had once covered herself. Whoever +knows the value of pearls and precious stones, can understand that it +was not for nothing that Ali Tschorbadschi had been Governor of Candia +and guardian of the treasury.</p> + +<p>Timar sat in silent stupefaction on the edge of the bed, and held in his +trembling hands the agate box, whose diamonds sparkled in the moonlight. +He looked away through the window at the moon shining in. Again the moon +seemed to have eyes and mouth, as it is depicted in the almanac, and to +be entering into conversation with the poor mortal.</p> + +<p>"To whom do these treasures belong?"</p> + +<p>"Why, whom should they belong to but you? You bought the sunken cargo, +just as it is, with the sacks and the grain. You were liable to the +danger that it might remain on your hands as spoiled waste, as stinking +rubbish. Now it has turned into gold and jewels. It is true that the +dying man said something about the Red Crescent, and you puzzled your +head as to what he could have meant; you wondered how it was possible +that the refugee should have no more property than was visible. Now you +see clearly how it all hung together; but then, when you bought the +cargo, you did not know—you bought this mass of wet grain for quite +another purpose. You wanted to make sweet and bitter bread out of it for +the poor soldiers. Fate willed otherwise. Do you not see that this is a +sign from Heaven? It would not permit you to make a shameful profit at +the expense of twenty thousand poor soldiers—it has provided for you +otherwise. As Providence has prevented something wicked, that which +happened by its direction must without doubt be good."</p> + +<p>"Besides, to whom should these treasures belong?"</p> + +<p>"The sultan must have stolen them in his victorious campaigns; the +treasurer most probably stole them from the sultan. Both were robbed of +them by the Danube: now they have no owner—they belong to you. You +possess them at any rate with just as much right as the sultan, the +treasurer, and the Danube."</p> + +<p>"And Timéa?"</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span>At this question a long narrow black cloud rose before the moon's face.</p> + +<p>Timar remained long in thought. The moon appeared again.</p> + +<p>"So much the better for you. You know best how the world treats a poor +devil like you. They scold him when he has done his duty; they call him +a knave when a misfortune overtakes him; they allow him to hang himself +on the nearest tree when he has nothing more to live on; for his +love-sorrows pretty girls have no balm. A poor man remains always only a +clerk. Then see how the world honors the rich man—how people seek for +his friendship, ask his advice, and trust him with the fate of the +nation; and women, how they fall in love with him! Did you ever get even +a friendly word of thanks from their lips? What would you get if you +took the treasure you have found and laid it at her feet with the words, +'There, take what is yours—I saved it for you from the depths?' In the +first place, she would not know how to use it. She can hardly +distinguish the value of a box of diamonds from that of a box of sweets; +she is only a child; and then it would never reach her hands, for her +adopted papa would absorb it and get rid of nine tenths of it. Who can +prevent him from taking one gem at a time and turning it into money? But +granted that Timéa gets it, what would be the result? She would be a +rich lady, who would not cast a look at you from her height; and you +would remain a miserable supercargo, in whom it would be madness even to +dream of her. Now, however, things are the other way—you will be a rich +man and she a poor girl. Is not that exactly what you desired of fate? +Well, that is what has happened. Did you put that log in the way of the +ship which stove her in? Do you mean badly by Timéa? No; you do not want +to keep for yourself the treasures you have found; you will invest them +profitably, increase them, and when you have earned with the first +million a second and a third, then you will go to the poor girl and say, +'There, take it—it is all yours; and take me too.' Do you wish to do +anything wrong with it? You only wish to become rich in order to make +her happy. You can sleep with a good conscience, having such designs."</p> + +<p>The moon was already half hidden in the Danube; only the tip of one horn +rose from the water like a light-house; its reflection in the waves +reached to the ship's bow; and every ray and every wave spoke to Timar. +And they all said, "You have fortune in your hand; hold it fast—you +risk nothing. The only one who knew of the treasure lies below the +Danube."</p> + +<p>Timar heard what was whispered to him, and also the secret voice in his +own breast, and cold drops stood on his brow. The moon's fiery tip +vanished beneath the surface of the water, and cried to him with its +last ray, "You are rich—you are a made man!"</p> + +<p>But when it was dark, the inward voice whispered in the silent night, +"You are a thief!"</p> + +<p>An hour afterward a four-horse post-chaise was rushing along the Szönyer +road at a gallop, and as the tower clock of St. Andrew's Church in +Komorn struck eleven, the carriage stood at the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span> door in the Anglia +under the double eagle. Timar sprung quickly out and hurried in. He was +expected.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_SECOND_III" id="CHAPTER_SECOND_III"></a>CHAPTER III.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE GOLD MINE.</span></h3> + + +<p>After the concentration of troops in Komorn, Timar had suddenly become a +wealthy man. He had bought a house in the Servian Street, the "City" of +the Komorn merchants. No one was surprised. The phrase once uttered by +the Emperor Francis I. to a contractor who had remained poor, was, "The +ox stood at the manger, why did he not eat?" These golden words have, I +fancy, been written by every contractor in his memorandum-book.</p> + +<p>How much Timar made by his bread contract it is impossible to say; but +that he has suddenly become a great personage it is easy to see. He is +always on the spot when there is a large undertaking on hand, and has +money in abundance. This is not surprising to merchants or speculators; +the first stage is the difficult one. If once the first hundred thousand +gulden are made, the rest follows of itself—he has credit.</p> + +<p>On one point Herr Brazovics had no doubt whatever. He guessed rightly +that Timar had offered the officials a larger commission than he himself +usually did, and that he had thus obtained the profitable bread contract +by which Brazovics usually enriched himself. But that he should have +made so large a profit out of it—on that point he shook his head +incredulously. Since Timar had risen in the world, and become his own +master, Brazovics cultivated the friendship of his former supercargo, +and invited him to his evening receptions, which Timar accepted +willingly enough. He met Timéa there very often, who had already learned +a little colloquial Hungarian.</p> + +<p>Timar was now welcome even to Sophie, who once half whispered and half +screamed to Athalie that it would do no harm if she was rather more +friendly to him, for he was now a rich man, a far from despicable +<i>parti</i>, worth more than three officers put together, who have nothing +but their smart uniform and their debts. To which Fraülein Athalie +replied, "It does not follow that I should take my father's servant for +a husband." Frau Sophie could finish the sentence for herself—"Because +my papa married his maid-servant"—in which lay a well-earned reproach +to Frau Sophie. How could she have dared to intrude herself in the +capacity of mother upon such a grand young lady!</p> + +<p>Toward the end of supper one evening, as the two sat alone at table, +Herr Brazovics began to incite Timar to drink, by repeatedly taking wine +with him. His own head was pretty strong from constant practice, but +this poor devil could never have been used to the bottle.</p> + +<p>When they were well on the road, he cunningly brought up the subject. +"You, Michael, out with the truth now—how did you contrive to profit so +much by the commissariat contract? I have tried it myself, and I know +what can be got out of it. I also have mixed feldspar, bran, and +millers' dust with the dough; I under<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span>stand how to get acorns ground +instead of corn, and know the difference between rye and wheat flour; +but to make such a <i>coup</i> as you have done has never happened to me. +Confess now! What trick were you up to? You are already wealthy—you +have found a gold mine."</p> + +<p>Timar put on the look of a tipsy man who required six horse-power to +raise his eyelids, and began with drunken fluency and a stammering +tongue to explain. "Well, you must know, sir—"</p> + +<p>"No sir to me! How often have I told you! Call me by my name."</p> + +<p>"Well, then, you must know, Nazi, it was no trick. You remember that I +bought in the soaked grain-cargo of the 'St. Barbara' at a nominal +price, a gulden a measure. I did not get rid of it, as people fancied, +to the millers and farmers, with a profit of a couple of groschen; but I +had it baked into bread at once, which did not cost me half so much as +if I had bought the very cheapest flour."</p> + +<p>"Oh, you prodigy! I ought to go to school to you in my old age. You +arch-rascal! Was the ration-bread very bad, then?"</p> + +<p>Michael laughed so that the wine almost ran out of his mouth again. "I +should just think it was bad—bad beyond words."</p> + +<p>"And were no complaints laid before the commissariat committee?"</p> + +<p>"What use would that have been, when I had the whole lot of them in my +pocket?"</p> + +<p>"But the commandant of the fortress, the inspector of ordnance?"</p> + +<p>"I squared them too," cried Michael, proudly, striking his pocket, in +which so many great men had found room. The eyes of Herr Brazovics shone +in a curious way, as if they were even redder than usual. "And did you +give the bread made of soaked wheat to the soldiers to eat?"</p> + +<p>"Why not? Bread once swallowed tells no tales."</p> + +<p>"Quite true, Michael, quite true; but you be careful not to tell any one +yourself. You can tell me, of course—I am your true friend; but if one +of your enemies got wind of it, it might go badly with you. Your house +in the Servian Street might go too. Hold your tongue before other +people."</p> + +<p>On this Timar began, like one who has suddenly come to his senses, to +entreat Herr Brazovics not to betray his secret and make him miserable; +he even kissed his hands. Brazovics pacified him, he need not be uneasy +about him, he must not let out his secret to others. Then he called the +servant and ordered him to take a lantern and go home with Herr Timar, +and take good care of him that he should come to no harm, and if he were +unable to walk, to take his arm. When the servant returned, he related +what trouble it had cost him to get Timar home; he had not known his own +door, and had begun to sing in the street. They had at last got him to +bed, and there the good gentleman had instantly gone to sleep. But when +Brazovics' servant had gone, Timar left his bed, and wrote letters until +morning.</p> + +<p>He had not been in the least tipsy. Timar was as certain that his dear +friend would at once give information of the whole affair as that Monday +comes after Sunday; and he also knew to whom.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span>It was therefore no surprise to him that, a few days later, after an +evening spent with Brazovics, he was cited to appear at the fortress, +where a gentleman entitled "Financial Privy Counselor" gave him to +understand that he was to remain for the present under strict +observation, and demanded his keys, in order to lay an embargo on his +books and papers.</p> + +<p>This will be a big thing. Timar's secret had been denounced to the +general chamber of finance, which was in rivalry with the leaders of the +council of war. Here was an opportunity to reveal in the most +conspicuous way the scandals which took place in the bosom of this +community, and to remove from it the control of the commissariat. The +accusation was supported by the three high courts—only the police +department was on the side of the council of war. At last the chamber +gave its decision, and a commission was appointed, with strict +injunctions to spare no one, to suspend the whole department of supply, +to request the commandant to arrest the contractor, commence a criminal +suit, and discover everything. If one morsel of musty bread should +appear against Timar, woe to him!</p> + +<p>But nothing of the sort was found. For eight days the commission worked +day and night. They heard witnesses, took oaths, inquired, had the +provost up—all in vain, no one could say anything against Timar. From +the whole inquiry it was proved that he had divided the spoiled cargo +among millers, country people, and manufacturers; that not one single +handful had been mixed with the bread baked for the troops. They had +even the soldiers up to give evidence. They said they had never eaten +better bread than during the two weeks when it was provided by Timar. No +complaint, no adverse witness appeared against him, much less could the +officials be accused of corruption; they had given the contract to him +who offered the best and lowest terms. At last they boiled over; they +felt insulted by the inquiry, stormed and rattled their swords; the +commission, driven into a corner, got alarmed, revoked, rehabilitated, +and tried to get away from Komorn as quickly as possible. Timar was set +free with many excuses, and with the assurance that he was a thoroughly +honest man.</p> + +<p>At his acquittal Herr Katschuka was the first who hastened to +congratulate him, and shook his hand demonstratively in public. "My +friend, you must not put up with this quietly; you must have +satisfaction for it. Just fancy, they suspected <i>me</i> of being bribed! Go +to Vienna and demand reparation; the informer must have an exemplary +punishment. And in future," he added aside, "you may be sure no one will +ever get us out of the saddle. Strike while the iron is hot."</p> + +<p>Timar promised to do so, and mentioned his intention to Brazovics when +he next met him. The latter seemed furious at the ill-treatment his +friend Michael had received. Who could the scoundrel be who had so +libeled him?</p> + +<p>"Whoever it may be," Timar declared, "shall rue it dearly; and if he has +a house in Komorn, I'll lay my head that this joke will cost him his +home. I am going to-morrow morning to Vienna, to demand satisfaction +from the treasury."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span>"Yes, do so, by all means," said Brazovics; and thought to himself, +"Just as well that I know it; I shall be there too."</p> + +<p>And he happened to get there a day sooner than Timar. There, with the +assistance of his old connections, he so prepared the way (which cost +him a mint of money) that if once Timar set his foot in this labyrinth, +he would never get out again. From the treasury he will be sent to the +high court; there the affair will be given over to the judicial office, +thence to the superintendent of police, and from there to the secret +department of finance.</p> + +<p>The unfortunate plaintiff at last loses patience, gets angry, and says a +few impudent words—even possibly gets them printed. Then the censor +gets hold of him, and at last he begs to be let go, and swears never +again to pull the bell at any public office. He will be a fool for his +pains if he tries to get justice. But Timar was not a fool; he was far +cleverer than either of his advisers—than both put together. He had +grown cunning from the time when he let himself be persuaded to take the +first wrong step: he knew already that you should never tell any one the +real thing you are going to do. At Pancsova, when he snapped his fingers +at the authorities, he had shown what talents lay undiscovered in him. +Then he had done in another's interest what could be of no use to +himself: he did what he was told to do, and humbugged the pursuers; now +he was doing it in his own interest. Being in possession of the +treasure-trove, he must find some excuse for appearing as a rich man +before the public. He must pretend to be a speculator who had been lucky +in his business. In his very first affair he must be reputed to have +made large sums. If people imagined he had made his money by corrupt +means, that was the lesser evil; and it could not be proved, for it was +not true. He had been put to such great expense by the contract, that +hardly any profit was left; but he was in a position to buy houses and +ships, and pay in gold, and every one thought the money at his disposal +came from his successful tender. He required a pretext, a title, a +visible ground, in order to go quietly forward with the help of +Tschorbadschi's wealth.</p> + +<p>What, then, did he do in Vienna?</p> + +<p>He must ask for compensation from the exchequer, and could reckon on the +support of the war department. From his friends at Komorn he had +received letters of recommendation to the most influential officials. He +left all these letters at the bottom of his trunk, and went direct to +the chancellor himself, of whom he requested an audience. The minister +was pleased that this man did not try to get in by backstairs influence, +but came direct by the front entrance. He admitted him. The minister was +a tall man with a clean-shaven face, an imposing double chin, severe +brows, and very bald. On his breast shone numerous orders. He had stuck +both hands under his coat-tails when this poor individual with the big +mustache was shown in. Timar wore a simple black Hungarian costume.</p> + +<p>The first question of his excellency to Timar was, "Why do you not wear +a sword when you come to an audience?"</p> + +<p>"I am not a noble, gracious sir."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span>"Indeed! I suppose you have come to me to ask for compensation for your +arrest and the injury which was inflicted on you?"</p> + +<p>"Far from it," answered Timar. "The government only did its duty in +proceeding against greater men than I, as well as myself, on the ground +of apparently well-founded information. As I am not of nobility, it is +of no consequence to me to lay damages on account of my injured honor. +Indeed, I owe gratitude to the informer as well as to the court, for +having by their strict inquiry made it perfectly clear that my hands +were clean all through my contract."</p> + +<p>"Oh, then, you have no intention of demanding satisfaction from the +informer?"</p> + +<p>"On the contrary, I should think it unadvisable to do so, for many an +honest man might be prevented from revealing real abuses. My honor is +established: it is not my nature to revenge myself. Besides, I have +neither time nor desire for it. Forgive and forget."</p> + +<p>While Timar spoke, his excellency had already taken one hand from under +his coat-tails in order to clap Timar on the shoulder.</p> + +<p>"That is a very practical way of looking at it. You can do better than +losing time by running about after vengeance. A very sensible idea. What +brings you, then, to me?"</p> + +<p>"A tender for which I need your excellency's protection."</p> + +<p>The excellency stuck his hand behind him again.</p> + +<p>"The crown has a property on the frontier, in Levetincz."</p> + +<p>"H'm!" grumbled the great man, and frowned. "What do you want with it?"</p> + +<p>"In my business as a wholesale dealer, I have often been there, and know +the local circumstances. The crown lands extend to thirty thousand +acres, and are let to Silbermann, the Vienna banker, at forty kreutzers +an acre. The conclusion of this contract lies within the province of the +treasury; but the disposal of the income belongs to the military +department. This income amounts to a hundred thousand gulden. Silbermann +divided the estate into three parts, and let to subtenants at a gulden +an acre."</p> + +<p>"Of course he wanted to make something out of it."</p> + +<p>"Naturally. The subtenants let the land in smaller parcels to the +peasantry for a certain percentage of the crops. But now, after two bad +harvests, the land in the Banat has not even grown enough for seed-corn. +The peasants got nothing, and could not give any percentage to the +subtenants, who paid nothing to the crown lessee; and he, in order to +get rid of his contract, went bankrupt, and paid no rent to the +government."</p> + +<p>Now both hands of the great official came out and began to gesticulate. +"Yes; because he lived in princely luxury, the rascal! Just imagine, he +kept horses which cost eight thousand gulden, and drove them about. Now +they are up for sale. I am an 'excellency,' but I am not in a position +to keep such costly horses as those."</p> + +<p>Timar took no notice, and continued his remarks: "The treasury now is +defrauded of its rent, for there is nothing to seize. The tenant and the +subtenants are married; their whole property belongs to their wives +under the name of dowry. The hundred thou<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span>sand gulden are lost to the +military department, which, I have been told, will claim the sum from +the exchequer."</p> + +<p>The chancellor opened his snuff-box, and while he put his two fingers in +for a pinch, he threw an inquiring look on the speaker with one eye.</p> + +<p>"My humble offer therefore is," continued Timar, laying a folded paper +on the table, "to rent the Levetincz estate for ten years at the price +paid by the sub-lessees—namely, a gulden an acre."</p> + +<p>"Very good."</p> + +<p>"The new tenant will already have lost a year, for it is November, and +all the fields are lying fallow. But in spite of that, I offer not only +to include the past year in the term, but also to be responsible for the +irrecoverable rent."</p> + +<p>His excellency tapped twice on the lid of his gold snuff-box, and pursed +his lips together. Well, thought he, this is a man of gold. He is not +such a fool as he looks. He guesses that the treasury would like to take +the commissariat out of the hands of the war office, and that all this +was mixed up with the inquiry at Komorn. Then, after that horrible +fiasco, the clattering swords are at the top of the tree, and would be +very glad to get the manipulation of the lands on the military frontier +into their own hands. They think it would be a good milch-cow, and the +deficit caused by the bankruptcy of the Levetincz tenant gives them a +pretext. And now this fellow does not combine with the enemies of the +treasury which persecuted him, but comes over to us, and will improve +our position and help us out of our difficulty. A man of gold indeed, +and to be properly appreciated! "Good!" said his excellency; "I see you +are an honest man. You had some cause to complain of us, but abstained: +you will see that this is the right way for a good citizen to act. Just +to show you that the state knows how to reward patriotic subjects, I +guarantee you the acceptance of your offer. Come to my office to-night. +I pledge you my word as to the result."</p> + +<p>Timar presented his offer in writing, and took leave with low bows. His +excellency was pleased with this man. In the first place, he is wise +enough to look over the injustice done to him, which if he had followed +it up would have brought unpleasant scandal on the department. Secondly, +he offers the government an advantageous rent, fifty per cent higher +than the last. Thirdly, he comes to the aid of the exchequer with a +generous offer, and enables them victoriously to repel the attack of the +war department. He is a threefold man of gold—no, fourfold—but of that +his excellency knows nothing as yet. He was to learn it for the first +time when he went home to dinner at his palace, and his stud-groom +informed him that the gentleman from Hungary who had been commissioned +by his excellency to bid for the eight thousand gulden horses had +brought them home, and would personally report particulars of their +price to his excellency.</p> + +<p>A four-fold treasure!</p> + +<p>When Timar visited the great man in his office that evening, he saw on +every face a polite smile—the reflection of gold. His excellency met +him at the door, and led him to the table. There lay<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span> the contract +outspread; complete with all signatures, with the greater and lesser +seals affixed. "Read—I hope you will be satisfied."</p> + +<p>The first thing which surprised Timar was that the lease ran for twenty +years instead of ten.</p> + +<p>"Well, are you satisfied with the term."</p> + +<p>Was he satisfied! The second surprising thing was his own name, "Michael +Timar, Baron von Levetinczy."</p> + +<p>"Do you like your title?"</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_SECOND_IV" id="CHAPTER_SECOND_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.<br /> +<span class="subhead">MICHAEL TIMAR, BARON VON LEVETINCZY.</span></h3> + + +<p>"The diploma of nobility shall be sent to you," said the great man with +a gracious smile.</p> + +<p>Timar signed his name, with the addition of his new title, to the +contract.</p> + +<p>"Do not be in a hurry," said his excellency, "I have something more to +say. It is a duty of the government to distinguish those who have +deserved it by their services to the nation. Especially in regard to +such as have won universal recognition in the regions of commerce and +political economy. Could you name any one whom I could recommend in the +highest quarters for the decoration of the Iron Crown?"</p> + +<p>His excellency was quite prepared to receive for answer—"Here is my own +button-hole, sir; you can find no better place for your order of merit. +If you only want an honest man, here am I." And the offer was made with +this idea.</p> + +<p>So much the greater was the astonishment of the minister when Michael +Timar-Levetinczy after a brief pause replied—"Yes, sir, I will make so +free as to point out a person who has long enjoyed universal respect, +who has secretly been the benefactor of the district where he lives; it +is no other than the Dean of Plesscovacz, Cyril Sandorovics, who +deserves this distinction in an imminent degree."</p> + +<p>The minister started back. An individual had never before come under his +notice who, on being asked—"To whom shall I give this order," had not +turned to the mirror, and pointing to himself, replied—"Give it to this +worthy man!" but who instead of that had indicated with his finger the +furthest limit of the national map, and there seeking out a country +priest, not his brother-in-law or godfather, not even a priest of his +own church, had said—"This is a better man than I." Indeed this is a +man of pure gold. A gold worker would have to mix at least three carats +of silver with him before he would be malleable. But as the question has +been asked, it must be seriously considered. "Good, good," replied the +great man, "but the bestowal of an order involves certain formalities. +The sovereign can not contemplate the eventuality of a refusal: the +person to whom such a distinction falls must go through the form of +personally applying for it."</p> + +<p>"His reverence is a very modest man, and would only, if I know him, +decide on such a step on receiving an invitation from high quarters."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span>"Indeed? I understand. A line from my hand would suffice? Good. As it is +recommended by you, it shall be done. Yes; the state must reward modest +merit."</p> + +<p>And the great man wrote with his own hand a few lines to the Rev. Dean +Cyril Sandorovics, with the assurance that, if he desired it, he should +receive the decoration of the Iron Crown in return for services. Timar +thanked his excellency warmly for this favor, and was assured of his +high protection for all future time. And, further, Timar had the +pleasure of finding that in the whole office, where one generally has to +go through every kind of tiresome formality, here every one was at his +service, so that he only required an hour to get through his business, +while it would have taken any one else weeks before he could get out of +this official labyrinth. The water-jug of the Orsova purifier was there +in an invisible shape!</p> + +<p>It was night before he had packed all the documents relative to his +completed contract in his portmanteau. And now for speed! He neither +supped nor slept, but hastened to the Golden Lamb, where the mail-cart +put up. In the bar he bought a roll and a smoked sausage, which he put +in his pocket; he could eat them on the journey. Then he called to the +driver, "We must be off at once—spare neither whip nor horses. I will +give you a gulden an hour for yourself, and pay double price for my +place." It was needless to say more.</p> + +<p>Two minutes later the mail-cart was dashing through the streets of +Vienna with great cracking of whips, the police in vain calling out that +it was forbidden in Vienna. The courier-posts, which at that time took +the place of railways, formed one connected chain between Vienna and +Semlin. The horses stood harnessed day and night, and as soon the crack +of the whip at one end of the village announced the approach of the +post, the postmaster brought out the new team from the stable, and in +two minutes the cart with the fresh horses rolled away over hill and +dale at a gallop. If two post-carts met on the road they changed horses +and drivers, who then had only half the distance to go back. The speed +of the journey was regulated by the amount of the pay.</p> + +<p>Timar sat in the cart two days and nights without getting down for a +meal, let alone a night's rest. He was quite used to sleeping in the +carriage, in spite of shaking and rolling and knocking about.</p> + +<p>On the evening of the second day he was in Semlin, whence he drove all +night to the first village on the Levetinczy estate.</p> + +<p>It was fine mild weather for the first of December. He drove to the +little town hall, and sent for the village judge; he told him he was the +new tenant of the estate, and requested him to make known to the farmers +that they could rent the land in shares as in former years. During the +two last years the fields which bore no fruit had lain as good as +fallow, so that there would be a prospect of a rich harvest for the next +season. The weather was favorable, the autumn lasting long; by setting +to work at once there was still time to plow and sow.</p> + +<p>That was all very well, they replied; plowing could be managed if the +principal thing, seed-corn, were not wanting. It was not to be got for +love or money. The landowners had only with the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span> greatest difficulty +secured any for themselves; poor people would have to live on maize all +the winter.</p> + +<p>Timar gave the consoling assurance that he would take care that they did +not want for seed-corn, and so he went through the other villages whose +inhabitants farmed as subtenants, and who, on his permission, got out +their plows and went to turn over the fields which had been allowed to +lie fallow a whole year. But where was the seed to come from? It was too +late to get grain from Wallachia, and there was none in the +neighborhood. But Timar knew where to get it. On the 2d December he +reached Plesscovacz, whence a short time before he had almost been +driven by force, and sought out his reverence, Cyril Sandorovics, who +had then turned him out of his house.</p> + +<p>"Aha! my son, are you here again?" This was his reception by the +venerable gentleman, that friend and benefactor of the people who ought +long ago to have received the order of the Iron Crown if he had not been +so retiring. "What do you want now? To buy grain? I told you two months +ago I had none, and could not sell any. It is no use talking! You will +lie in vain, for I don't believe a word you say. You have a Greek name +and a long mustache. I don't trust your face."</p> + +<p>Timar smiled. "Well, this time nothing but truth shall pass my lips."</p> + +<p>"Tell that to the other people. You dealers from the upper country are +always deceiving us. You pretend there was a poor harvest in your parts +and drive our prices down. When you wanted to buy hay from us, you +spread the report that the government was going to sell all its horses. +You are a rascally lot."</p> + +<p>"But now I tell you the truth. I am here with a commission from the +government to beg your reverence in their name to open your granaries. +The government having heard that the people are in need of seed-corn, +wishes to divide among them some supplies of grain. This is a sacred +purpose, a great benefit to be conferred on the people, and whoever +assists them in this renders them a great service. I am not to receive +the grain, but it is to be delivered to the farmers, who will use it for +seed-corn."</p> + +<p>"My son, that is all very true, and I am very sorry for the poor people, +but I have no grain. Where should I get it? I had no harvest. There is +my great stupid barn, but all three floors are empty."</p> + +<p>"It is not empty, reverend sir. I know very well that three years' +harvest is stored away there: I could get at least ten thousand measures +out of it."</p> + +<p>"You would get trash. Spare yourself the trouble. I would not sell for +five gulden a measure; in the spring it will be seven gulden, and then I +will sell. You lie in your throat when you say the government sends you; +you only want to make your own profit, and not a grain will you get from +me. Much the government knows about you and me; we might as well be in +the moon for all it cares!"</p> + +<p>Till now the fortress had held out bravely against small arms. But Timar +put his hand in his pocket and brought out a four-and-<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span>twenty pounder, +the minister's letter. When the reverend gentleman had read it he could +hardly believe his own eyes.</p> + +<p>The great seal on the envelope with the imperial double eagle, the stamp +of the exchequer on the paper, left no room for doubt. It was no +deception but the absolute truth.</p> + +<p>To wear that brilliant cross upon his breast had long been the <i>ne plus +ultra</i> of his dreams. Timar knew of this weakness of the dean's, who +often, as they sat over their wine, had bitterly complained of the +injustice of the government in heaping decorations on the patriarch at +Carlovitz. Why give all to one and send the other empty away? Now he had +attained his greatest desire—how the peasants will gape at him when he +has attached this order to his breast, and how the Tschaikiss captain +will envy him, having none of his own! Even the patriarch will be a +degree more condescending in future. Meanwhile, his own manner to Timar +had suddenly undergone a great change.</p> + +<p>"Sit down, little brother!" (until now he had not even offered a +seat)—"tell me, how did you get to know their excellencies? Why did +they intrust the letter to you?"</p> + +<p>Timar told him some story or other, and lied like print. He had given up +his post under Brazovics and taken service under government. He had +great influence with the minister, and it was he who had recommended his +reverence for this distinction, as a good old friend of his own.</p> + +<p>"I knew you were not such a fool as you look; that's why I have always +liked you so much. Now, my son, because you have such a beautiful Greek +name, and such an honest face, you shall have the grain. How much do you +want? Ten, twelve thousand measures? I will sell you all I have. Not to +please the minister, no, indeed! but for the sake of your own honest +face, and to do good to the poor people. What price did I say? Five +gulden? I will tell you what, I will give it to <i>you</i> for four gulden +nineteen kreutzers. You pay cash down? Or shall I get the money in +Vienna? I shall be going there, and can do it at the same time. I must +thank his excellency in person for this honor. You will come and +introduce me? Or if you want to have nothing to do with it, tell me at +any rate what sort of a man he is. Is he big or little, friendly or +haughty? Will he give me the cross himself? Does he like good Carlovitz +and Vermuth? Now then, you shall taste some yourself."</p> + +<p>In vain Timar assured him he must go back that night to Levetinczy, to +give orders to the steward to send the tenants for the seed-corn. The +friendly host would not part with his guest, but placed the servant at +his disposal, who could ride to Levetinczy and deliver the instructions. +Michael must remain overnight with him. The reverend gentleman had +glasses with rounded bottoms, which when they were filled could not be +laid down till they were empty. He gave one to Timar, took another +himself, and so they caroused till morning. And Timar showed no signs of +drink; he had lived in that district and had got used to it. Early in +the morning the farmers came with their wagons to the dean's court-yard. +When they saw that the doors of the three-storied granary were really +open, they said to Timar he was the right sort of saint and could work<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span> +miracles. In the barn were supplies for three years, more than was +required for all their winter seed.</p> + +<p>Timar never left the estate he had rented until the winter frosts set +in, which stopped field-work for the season. But it was enough for the +present. The remaining acres would do for spring-sowing, or as fallows, +or for pasture. On the whole estate of thirty thousand acres there were +only a few hundred acres of meadow-land, all the rest was arable and of +the first class. If the next year should be favorable, the harvest would +be superabundant.</p> + +<p>It was sown at exactly the right time. October remained dry and windy to +the end. Those who had sown before that might be sure of a bad crop, for +the legions of marmots had scratched out the seed before it sprung up. +Those who sowed during the wet November were no better off, for it had +snowed early, and in the warm ground, under the snow-covering, the seed +rotted; but when the snow had melted, a long mild spell set in which +lasted till Christmas. Whoever had sown then could congratulate himself; +the marmots were gone; frost now came before snow, and under the +beautiful white covering the treasure intrusted to the soil lay safely +hidden till spring. Farming is a game of chance. Six or nothing! Timar +threw six.</p> + +<p>Then followed such a fruitful year that whoever had profited by the +favorable season in Banat received twenty-fold in crops.</p> + +<p>In this year Timar brought thirty cargoes of the finest wheat to Komorn +and Raab, and these thirty had cost him no more than three to another +person. It depended on himself whether to make half a million of profit +or a hundred thousand more or less—either to make poor people's bread +cheaper, or to hold a knife to the throat of his competitors.</p> + +<p>It lay with him to drive prices down as low as he chose. In Brazovics' +café there was angry talk every evening among the assembled +corn-dealers. He scatters money like chaff, and squanders his goods as +if they were stolen. If only he would come among them they would get him +by the throat!</p> + +<p>But he does not come; he goes nowhere and seeks no acquaintances. He +takes care to tell no one what he is going to do, and all he undertakes +turns into gold. Many new industries are called into being by him, which +might have occurred to anyone else: they lay, so to speak, in the +street, and only wanted picking up; but they were only noticed by others +when this man had already got hold of them. He is always in movement, +traveling here and there, and people wonder why he goes on living in +this town; why he does not move to Vienna; why he, who is so rich, has +his headquarters in Komorn, though it was certainly then an important +commercial center.</p> + +<p>Timar knows what keeps him there. He knows why he lives in a town where +all his mercantile colleagues are his sworn enemies, where the people +sitting before Brazovics' café send a curse after him every time he +passes. That house too he means to get into his clutches, with all that +therein is. This it was which kept him in Komorn, when already he was +the owner of a million and a half; he remained where they still called +him Timar, and had not got used to his noble title of Levetinczy.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span>Yet he knew how to suit noble deeds to his noble name. He founded an +hospital for the poor of the town, he endowed the Protestant schools; +even the chalice turned to gold in his hands. Instead of the silver one +he presented a golden one to the church. His door was always open to the +poor, and every Friday a long line of beggars went through the streets +to his house, where each received a piece of money, the largest copper +coin in existence, the so-called "schuster-thaler." People said that +when a sailor was drowned, Timar maintained his orphans and gave a +pension to his widow. A heart of gold indeed! A man of gold!</p> + +<p>But in his heart a voice continually whispered, "It is not true! It is +all false!"</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_SECOND_V" id="CHAPTER_SECOND_V"></a>CHAPTER V.<br /> +<span class="subhead">A GIRL'S HEART.</span></h3> + + +<p>Herr Brazovics usually drank coffee after dinner, and had it served in +the ladies' sitting-room, which he filled unmercifully with clouds of +Latakia tobacco.</p> + +<p>Katschuka sat whispering with Athalie at a little table, at the corner +of which Frau Sophie pretended to be busy sewing. (For years this table +had been ostentatiously spread with needle-work and knitting, so that +visitors might imagine they were occupied with the trousseau.)</p> + +<p>Herr Katschuka almost lived in the house; he came in the forenoon, was +pressed to stay to dinner, and only found his way home late in the +evening.</p> + +<p>It would appear that the fortifications of Komorn were complete, as the +engineer officer had the whole day to spend with Fraülein Athalie. But +the fortifications of Herr Katschuka's own fortress could not hold out +any longer—the time was come for his marriage. He resisted like a +second Zriny. When driven from the outworks, he retreated to the +citadel. He always had some plausible pretext for delaying the marriage. +Now, however, the last mine had been exploded. His deposit was indorsed +by the Brazovics firm, and the council of war had accepted their receipt +instead of money down; a house had been found for the young couple, and +besides all this Katschuka had received his promotion to the rank of +captain. This removed his last excuse; the last cartridge of the +besieged had been expended, and nothing remained but to capitulate, and +take the rich and beautiful girl home.</p> + +<p>Herr Brazovics became more and more venomous every day when he drank his +coffee with the ladies; and the man by whom his coffee was poisoned was +always Timar.</p> + +<p>This was his daily <i>delenda est Carthago</i>.</p> + +<p>"What confounded tricks that fellow is up to! While other honest dealers +are glad to rest in winter from their labors, he is busy with things +that no cat would think of. He has hired the Platten-See now, and fishes +under the ice: a little while ago his people caught three hundredweight +of fish in one haul. It is a theft! Before the spring comes he will have +cleared the Platten-See, so that not a single perch, not a shad nor a +roach, not a gar<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>fish, let alone a fogasch,<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">1</a> will be left in it. And +he sends them all to Vienna. As if that was what fogasch swam in the +Balaton lake for—that those Germans might eat them! The damned +scoundrel! The government ought to set a price on his head. Sooner or +later I will get rid of him, that's certain. When he goes over the +bridge I will get a couple of fishermen to throw him into the Danube; I +will pay a sentry a couple of gulden to shoot him by accident when he +passes in the dark; I'll turn a mad dog into his yard, that it may bite +him when he comes out in the morning. They ought to hang the rascal! +I'll set his house on fire, that he may burn with it! And they ennoble +such a fellow! In the town council they make him assessor, and the +good-for-nothing sits at the green table with me. I, whose grandfather +was of ancient Hungarian nobility, must suffer him near me, this runaway +rogue!</p> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> Leucia perca.</p></div> + +<p>"But just let him attempt to come near this café. I'll set a band upon +him who will throw him out of the window and break his neck! If ever I +sat down to table with him I would season his soup so that he would soon +be on his back like a dead fish! And this vagabond pays visits to +ladies! This Timar, this former supercargo, who used to be a mud-lark! +If he happened to be in the company of a brave officer who would call +him out, and spit him like a frog—so!"</p> + +<p>Herr Brazovics threw a meaning glance on Herr Katschuka, who seemed as +if he had heard nothing. He had heard well enough; but what had +principally struck him in the monologue of his future father-in-law was +that the new millionaire must have made a great breach in the riches of +Herr Brazovics, and that this rage was caused by the threatened ruin of +the firm. A thought not calculated to increase the officer's joy at the +approaching wedding-day.</p> + +<p>"No; I will not wait for some one else to get rid of him!" said +Brazovics at last, and stood up, laid aside his chibouque, and fetched +his bamboo cane from its corner. "I have a dagger. I bought it since the +fellow settled here, on purpose for him" (and that he might be believed +he drew the sharp blade out of his sword-stick). "There it is! The first +time we meet alone, I will stick it into him and nail him to the wall +like a bat. And that I swear!"</p> + +<p>And he tried by rolling his bloodshot eyes to give emphasis to his +threat. He drank the rest of his coffee standing, drew on his overcoat, +and said he was going to business.</p> + +<p>He would come home early (that is, early in the morning). Every one was +glad when he went.</p> + +<p>Just as Herr Brazovics went carefully down the steps to the street—for +his corpulence prevented his running down-stairs—who should come to +meet him but—Timar!</p> + +<p>Now is his chance; at striking distance, and in a dark place where no +one can see them. We know by history that most murders are committed on +the stairs. Timar had no weapon with him, not even a walking-stick; but +Herr Athanas had a stiletto two feet long.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span>When he saw Timar, he put his sword-stick under his arm, and cried aloud +as he took off his hat, "Your obedient servant! good-day to you, Herr +von Levetinczy!"</p> + +<p>Timar answered with a "Servant, Nazi—off to business again?"</p> + +<p>"He! he! he!" laughed Herr Brazovics jovially, like a boy who is caught +in a bit of mischief. "Now then, Michael, won't you keep us company?"</p> + +<p>"Shouldn't think of it. If you want to win a couple of hundred gulden +from me, I had better pay them now; but to sit the whole night gambling +and drinking, no, thank you."</p> + +<p>"He! he! he! Well, go up to the ladies then; they are upstairs. A +pleasant evening to you. I sha'n't see you again to-day."</p> + +<p>And they parted with a hearty shake of the hand, for Herr Athanas does +not mean anything by his threats. No one is afraid of him, in spite of +his frightful voice and imposing appearance, not even his +wife—especially his wife. He knows well enough that Timar goes +regularly to his house, and arranges to be away when he comes. Frau +Sophie has not concealed her opinion that the visits are doubtless owing +to the fine eyes of Athalie. Well, that is Katschuka's affair: if he +does not spit his rival like a frog it is his own fault; he has been +warned. But he does not seem inclined to do it, though Timar and Athalie +are often together.</p> + +<p>And why the devil should the captain challenge Timar? They are as good +friends as ever they were.</p> + +<p>Herr Brazovics guessed—indeed he had means of knowing—that it was no +other than Captain Katschuka who had opened the door through which Timar +had attained his riches. Why he had done so was easy to imagine. He +wanted to get rid of Athalie, and it would suit him very well if +Brazovics intervened and forbid him the house.</p> + +<p>But that was just what he did not do, but overflowed with tenderness for +the captain—his son-in-law. There was no way out of it: he must marry +Athalie. The captain has long been betrothed to Athalie, to whom a +dangerous rival pays daily court—a rich man whom he ought to hate, +because he left him in the lurch in the quarrel between the treasury and +the war office, and yet the captain is so fond of his old friend that he +is capable of forgiving him if he ran away with his bride.</p> + +<p>Athalie despises Timar, once her father's clerk, but treats him +nevertheless in a friendly way. She is passionately in love with the +captain, but pays attention to Timar in his presence to make him +jealous.</p> + +<p>Sophie hates Timar, but receives him with honeyed words, as if it were +her dearest wish to have him for her son-in-law, and live under the same +roof with him.</p> + +<p>Timar, on the other hand, means to ruin the whole of them—the master, +the mistress, the young lady, and the bridegroom; all of them he would +like to turn into the street, and yet he visits at the house, kisses the +ladies' hands, and endeavors to make himself agreeable.</p> + +<p>They are all civil to him. Athalie plays the piano to him. Frau Sophie +keeps him to supper, and offers him coffee and preserved<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span> fruits. Timar +drinks the coffee with the thought that perhaps there is rat-poison in +it.</p> + +<p>When the supper-table is brought, Timéa appears, and helps to lay it. +Then Timar hears no more of Athalie's words or music; he has eyes only +for Timéa. It was a pleasure to see the pretty creature. She was fifteen +and already almost a woman, but her expression and naïve awkwardness +were those of a child. She could speak Hungarian, though with a curious +accent, and sometimes with a wrong word or phrase—ridiculous, of +course, but not wholly unknown even in Parliament, and during the most +serious debates.</p> + +<p>Athalie had made an acquisition in Timéa: she had now some one to make +fun of. The poor child served her as a toy. She gave her old clothes to +wear which had been fashionable years ago. At one time people wore a +high comb turned backward, over which the hair was drawn, and on the top +rose a gigantic bow of colored ribbon. They wore crinoline round their +shoulders instead of their waists, having huge sleeves stuffed and +padded. This dress looked well when in fashion; but a few years after +the vogue had passed, its revival suggested a masquerade.</p> + +<p>Athalie found it amusing to dress up Timéa thus. In taste the poor +child, never having seen European fashions, stood on a par with a wild +Indian: the more remarkable the dress the better she liked it. She was +charmed when Athalie dressed her in the queer old silk gowns, and struck +the high comb and bright ribbon in her hair. She thought she looked +lovely, and took the smiles of the people whom she met in the street for +admiration, hastening on so as not to be stared at. In the town she was +always called "the mad Turkish girl."</p> + +<p>And it was easy to make fun of her without her taking it ill. Athalie +took special delight in making the poor child an object of ridicule +before gentlemen. If young men were present, she encouraged them to pay +court to Timéa, and it amused her highly when she saw that Timéa +accepted these attentions seriously; how pleased she was to be treated +like a grown-up lady, to be asked to dance at balls, or when some +pretended admirer offered her a faded bouquet, and extracted some quaint +expression of thanks in reply, which caused the company to burst into +fits of laughter. How Athalie's laugh resounded on these occasions!</p> + +<p>Frau Sophie took a more serious view of Timéa. She scolded her +continually; all she did was wrong. Adopted children are often awkward, +and the more Timéa was scolded the more awkward she became. Then +Fraülein Athalie defended her. "But, mamma, don't be always scolding the +girl! You treat her like a servant. Timéa is not a servant, and I won't +have you always going on at her!"</p> + +<p>Timéa kissed Sophie's hand that she might cease to be angry, and +Athalie's out of gratitude for taking her part, and then the hands of +both that they might not quarrel. She was an humble, thankful creature. +Frau Sophie only waited till she had left the room to say to her +daughter what was on the tip of her tongue, in order that the other +guests, Timar and Katschuka, might hear. "We ought to get her used to +being a servant. You know her misfortune: the money which Timar—I mean +Herr von Levetinczy<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span>—saved for her was invested in an insurance +company. It has failed and the money is gone. She has nothing but what +she stands up in."</p> + +<p>(So they have already brought her to beggary, thought Timar, and felt +his heart lighter, like a student who is let off a year before his +time.)</p> + +<p>"It annoys me," said Athalie, "that she is so unimpressionable. You may +scold her or laugh at her, it is all the same. She never blushes."</p> + +<p>"That is a peculiarity of the Greek race," remarked Timar.</p> + +<p>"Nonsense!" said Athalie, contemptuously. "It is a sign of sickliness. +That artificial white complexion could be attained by any school-girl +who chose to eat chalk and burned coffee-berries."</p> + +<p>She spoke to Timar, but looked toward Herr Katschuka. He, however, was +glancing at the large mirror in which one could see when Timéa came +back. Athalie saw it, and it did not escape Timar's notice.</p> + +<p>Timéa now came in, carrying a large tray of clinking glasses, her whole +attention concentrated on preventing one from falling.</p> + +<p>When Frau Sophie shrieked at her, "Take care not to drop them!" she did +let the whole tray fall. Fortunately the glasses fell on the soft +carpet, and did not break, but rolled about.</p> + +<p>The mistress would have burst out in a storm, but Athalie silenced her +with the words, "That was your fault; why did you scream at her? Remain +here with me, Timéa; the servant shall bring the coffee."</p> + +<p>That made Sophie angry, and she went out and brought it all in herself. +But at the instant when Timéa let the glasses fall, Katschuka, with +military promptitude, sprung up, collected the glasses, and put them all +on the tray, still held by Timéa's trembling fingers. The girl cast a +grateful look on him out of her large dark eyes, which was seen by both +Athalie and Timar.</p> + +<p>"Captain Katschuka," whispered Athalie to her <i>fiancé</i>, "just for a joke +make the little thing fall in love with you; pretend to pay court to +her; it will be great fun. Timéa, you sup with us to-night; come and sit +down here by the captain."</p> + +<p>This might be a cruel joke, or perhaps scornful raillery; or was it an +ironical outbreak of awakened jealousy, or was it pure wickedness? We +shall see what comes of it.</p> + +<p>With feverish excitement and ill-concealed delight, the girl sat down +opposite Athalie secure in conquering charms, who, while encouraging her +<i>fiancé</i> to pay compliments to Timéa, did it like a queen who throws a +gold piece to a beggar. The child is made happy by the gift for a day, +and she herself does not feel its loss.</p> + +<p>The captain offered the sugar-basin to Timéa; she could not manage the +tongs.</p> + +<p>"Take the sugar with your pretty little white hand," said he to the +girl, who was so confused that she put the lump into the tumbler instead +of the coffee cup. No one had ever told her that she had a pretty white +hand. These words remained on her mind, and she looked often privately +at her hands to see if they were really white and pretty. Athalie could +hardly suppress a smile. She<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span> found it amusing to carry on the +jest—"Timéa, offer the cakes to the captain."</p> + +<p>The girl lifted the glass dish from its silver stand, and handed it to +Katschuka.</p> + +<p>"Now then, choose one for him."</p> + +<p>By accident she chose one in the shape of a heart. She certainly did not +know that it represented a heart, nor what it meant.</p> + +<p>"Oh, that is too much for me!" laughed the captain; "I can only take it, +if pretty Miss Timéa divides it with me." And with that he broke the +heart in two and gave part to Timéa.</p> + +<p>The girl left it on her plate; she would not have eaten it for the +world. Jealously guarding it with her eyes, she did not wait till Frau +Sophie or the servant should change the plates, but hastened to remove +the dish of cakes herself and to vanish with them from the room. No +doubt she will keep this half-heart, and it will be found in her +possession. That will be droll! There is nothing easier than to turn the +head of a girl of fifteen, who takes everything in earnest and believes +the first man who tells her that she has pretty hands.</p> + +<p>And Herr Katschuka was just the man not to forgive himself if he came +near a pretty girl without paying her attention. He paid court even to +older women; that he could do without scruple. But even to the +house-maid, when she lighted him to the door, he could not resist paying +compliments. His ambition was to make every girl's heart beat higher at +the sight of his blue uniform.</p> + +<p>Still Athalie was certain that she was the ruling planet. But it was, of +course, worth his while to take a little trouble for Timéa. She was only +a child; but one could see she would be a beauty. Then she was an +orphan, and a Turkish girl, not baptized, and not quite right in her +head—all reasons for flattering her without compunction. Herr Katschuka +let no chance escape him, and thereby gave great amusement to his bride.</p> + +<p>One evening Athalie said to Timéa, as she was going to bed, "I say, +Timéa, the captain has proposed for you. Will you accept him?"</p> + +<p>The child looked at Athalie quite frightened, ran to her couch, and drew +the covering over her head, so that no one should see her.</p> + +<p>Athalie was highly entertained that the girl could not sleep on account +of these words—that she should toss restlessly on her bed, and sigh +wakefully all night. The delicate jest had succeeded.</p> + +<p>The next day Timéa was unusually quiet. She laid aside her childish +manner; thoughtful melancholy lay on her features; and she became +monosyllabic. The philter had done its work.</p> + +<p>Athalie let the whole household into the secret. They were to treat +Timéa henceforward as a future bride—as the betrothed of Herr +Katschuka. The servants, the mistress, all took part in the comedy.</p> + +<p>Let no one say this was a heathenish jest; on the contrary, it was a +Christian one.</p> + +<p>Athalie said to Timéa:</p> + +<p>"Here, see, the captain has sent you an engagement-ring; but you must +not put it on your finger as long as you are a heretic. You must first +become a Christian. Will you be baptized?"</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span>Timéa crossed her hands on her breast and bowed her head.</p> + +<p>"Then you shall be baptized first. That this may be done, you must learn +the articles of faith, the catechism, the Bible history, psalms, and +prayers; you must go to the priest and to the schoolmaster to be +instructed. Will you do that?"</p> + +<p>Timéa only nodded. And now she went every day to be taught, with her +books under her arm like a little school-girl; and late at night, when +the rest were in bed, she went to the empty sitting-room, and sat half +the night learning by heart the ten plagues of Egypt, and the highly +moral histories of Samson and Delilah, Joseph and Potiphar's wife. +Learning was difficult to her, as she was not used to it. But what would +she not have done to be baptized?</p> + +<p>"You see," said Athalie, often in Timar's presence, "without this hope +in her mind we should never have induced her to be converted and to +study in order to be baptized."</p> + +<p>So it was quite a pious work to turn the child's head, and make her +fancy she was already betrothed. And Timar must look on at the cruel +trick played on the girl without moving a finger to prevent it. What +could he say? She would never understand. And his coming to the house +made it worse, for it justified the fable in her eyes. She was often +told that the rich Herr von Levetinczy visited them on Athalie's +account, which seemed to her quite natural. The rich man woos a rich +girl. They suit each other. Who should suit the poor Hungarian officer +better than the poor daughter of a Turkish officer? Nothing more +natural. She studied day and night, and when she had finished with the +catechism and the psalter, they found a new trick to play upon her. They +said the wedding-day was fixed, but there was still much to be done to +the trousseau. On account of the dresses, linen, and other details, the +day could not be a very early one. And then her wedding-dress! That the +bride herself must embroider. This is also a Turkish custom and suited +Timéa, who knew how to work beautifully in gold and silver, for the +harems are all instructed in that art.</p> + +<p>She was given Athalie's dress, in order to execute upon it the beautiful +designs which had been taught her at home. Of course they told her it +was her own. Timéa drew lovely arabesques upon it, and began to +embroider them. A perfect masterpiece grew under her fingers; she worked +at it from early morning till late evening, and did not even lay it +aside when visitors came, with whom she conversed without looking up, +and that was fortunate, as then she could not see how they made fun of +her. Timar, who had to look on at all this, often left the house with +such bitterness in his heart that he struck the two marble pillars at +the door with all his force. He would have liked to do as Samson did, +and pull the house of the Philistines down on his head.</p> + +<p>How long will he allow it to stand?</p> + +<p>The day to which Timéa looked forward with secret alarm was really fixed +for Herr Katschuka's marriage—but with Fraülein Athalie. Only that +various hinderances stood in the way of its arrival. Not in the stars, +nor in the hearts of the lovers, but in the financial position of Herr +Brazovics.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span>When the captain asked Athanas for his daughter's hand, he told him +plainly that he could only marry if the wife's dowry was sufficient to +keep house upon.</p> + +<p>Herr Brazovics made no objection. He was not going to be stingy about +it: he meant to give his daughter a hundred thousand gulden on her +wedding-day, and they could do as they liked with it. And at the time +when he made this promise, he was in a position to carry it out. But +since then Timar had put a spoke in his wheel. He had in many ways +thrown Herr Brazovics' speculations into confusion, upset his safest +combination, run him up in the corn-market, outbid him in contracts, and +barred his road to influential quarters where before he had had +interest, so that it was no longer possible to pay the dowry down. It +was well known that his affairs were in confusion, and whoever had a +claim to his money would be wise to ask for it to-day rather than +to-morrow.</p> + +<p>And Herr Katschuka was a wise man.</p> + +<p>His future father-in-law tried to persuade him that it would be much +better to leave the money at interest with him; but the engineer would +not allow his last redoubt to be taken. He charged the mines, and +threatened to blow the whole marriage citadel into the air if he did not +have the money down before the wedding-day.</p> + +<p>Then a brilliant idea shot into the head of Athanas. Why not marry +Athalie to Timar? The exchange would not be a bad one. It is true that +he hated him and would like to poison him in a spoonful of soup. But if +he married Athalie his opposition would cease, he would be a member of +the firm and have its interests at heart.</p> + +<p>Timar comes to the house regularly—if only he were not so modest! He +must be helped.</p> + +<p>One afternoon Herr Athanas poured a double dose of anisette into his +black coffee (a capital way of encouraging one's self), and had it +brought into his office, giving orders that if Timar came, the ladies +were to send him into his room.</p> + +<p>There he lighted his chibouque, and surrounded himself with such an +atmosphere of smoke, that as he walked up and down he appeared and +disappeared alternately, with his great starting, bloodshot eyes, like a +huge cuttle-fish lying in wait for its prey.</p> + +<p>The prey did not keep him waiting long.</p> + +<p>As soon as Timar heard from Frau Sophie that Athanas wished to speak to +him, he hastened to his room. The great cuttle-fish swam toward him +through the smoke, with his horrible fishy eyes fixed upon him, and fell +upon him just like the sea-monster, while he cried, "Listen to me, sir; +what is the meaning of your visits to this house? What are your +intentions with regard to my daughter?"</p> + +<p>That is the best way to bring these poltroons to their senses; they get +startled, their head swims, and before they can turn round they fall +into the net of holy matrimony. It is no joke to answer such a question +as that.</p> + +<p>The first thing Timar remarked from the speech of Herr Athanas was that +he had again taken too much anisette. Thence this courage.</p> + +<p>"Sir," he replied, quietly, "I have no intentions whatever with regard +to your daughter. So much the less because your daughter<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span> is engaged, +and the bridegroom is a good old friend of mine. I will tell you why I +come to your house. If you had not asked me, I should have kept silence +longer, but as you inquire I will tell you. I visit your house because I +swore to your dead friend and kinsman, who came to such a dreadful end, +that I would look after his orphan child. I come here to see how the +orphan committed to your care was treated. She is shamefully treated, +Herr Brazovics, disgracefully! I say it to your face in your own house. +You have made away with the whole of the girl's property—defrauded her; +yes, that is the word. And your whole family carries on a shameful game +with the poor child. Her mind is being poisoned for her whole life. May +God's curse light on you for it! And now, Herr Brazovics, we two have +met for the last time in your house, and you had better pray that you +may never see the day when I come into it again."</p> + +<p>Timar turned on his heel and slammed the door behind him. The +cuttle-fish drew back into the dusky depths of its smoky lair, poured +down another glass of anisette, and considered that some answer ought to +have been given. But what?</p> + +<p>For my own part I don't know what he could have said.</p> + +<p>Timar went back to the reception-room, not only to get his hat, which he +had left there, but for something else.</p> + +<p>In the room there was no one but Timéa; Athalie and her <i>fiancé</i> were in +the next room.</p> + +<p>In Timar's face, flushed with anger, Timéa saw a great change. His +generally soft and gentle countenance looked proud, and was roused into +emotion which made it beautiful. Many faces are beautified by passion's +flame.</p> + +<p>He went straight to Timéa, who was working golden roses and silver +leaves on the bridal dress.</p> + +<p>"Fraülein Timéa," he said to her in deeply moved tones, "I come to take +leave of you. Be happy, remain a child for a long time; but if ever an +hour comes in which you are unhappy, do not forget that there is some +one who would—for you—"</p> + +<p>He could not speak, his voice failed, his heart contracted. Timéa +completed the interrupted phrase—"Thrice!"</p> + +<p>He pressed her hand and stammered brokenly, "Always."</p> + +<p>Then he bowed and went, without troubling those in the next room.</p> + +<p>No "God be with you!" came from his lips. At this moment he was only +conscious of the wish that God would withdraw His hand from this house.</p> + +<p>Timéa let the work fall, and gazed before her, sighing again, "Thrice!"</p> + +<p>The gold thread slipped out of the needle's eye.</p> + +<p>As Timar went down the path, he came once more to the two marble pillars +which supported the veranda. With what rage he struck them! Did those +above feel the shock! Did not the tottering walls warn them to pray, +because the roof was falling in on them?</p> + +<p>But they were laughing at the mystified child, who worked so diligently +at her wedding-dress.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span></p> + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_SECOND_VI" id="CHAPTER_SECOND_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI.<br /> +<span class="subhead">ANOTHER JEST.</span></h3> + + +<p>The newly ennobled Herr von Levetinczy was already, not only in Hungary +but in Vienna, a famous person. He was said to be a "golden man." +Everything he touched turned to gold, all he undertook became a gold +mine; and this is the real gold mine.</p> + +<p>The science of the gold digger consists in finding out earlier than his +rivals what large affairs are in contemplation by the government; and in +this art Timar was a past master. If he took up any speculation, a whole +swarm of speculators threw themselves upon it, for they knew money was +to be had there for the picking up.</p> + +<p>But it was not only on that account that Timar was called a "golden +man," but also for quite another reason.</p> + +<p>He never swindled or defrauded any one.</p> + +<p>He made large profits, for he undertook large concerns, but he was never +tempted to steal or lie, for he never risked anything. He shared the +profit with those on whom it depended whether he received a contract on +reasonable terms, and in this way kept the source always open.</p> + +<p>Once he began to buy up vineyards on the Monostor, the highest point of +Komorn. It is a sandhill lying above Uj-Szöny, and its wines are very +poor. But notwithstanding this, Timar bought ten acres of vine-growing +land there.</p> + +<p>This excited attention in the commercial world. What could he want with +it? There must be some sort of gold mine there.</p> + +<p>Herr Brazovics thought he was on the right track, and attacked Katschuka +on his own ground. "Now, my dear son, tell me the truth; I swear by my +soul and my honor that I will not betray it to a creature. Confess now, +the government is going to build fortifications on the Monostor? That +fellow Timar is buying up all the land: don't let us leave him the whole +mouthful. It is so, isn't it—they are going to build a fort there?"</p> + +<p>The captain allowed the acknowledgment to be got out of him that there +might be something in it. The council of war had decided to extend the +fortifications of Komorn in that direction. There could be no better +news for Athanas. How many hundred thousand gulden had he made in +similar circumstances by buying hovels before the expropriation, and +selling them afterward to the government at the price of palaces? Only +he would certainly like to have seen the plans, and begged his future +son-in-law as prettily as possible to let him have just one peep at +them.</p> + +<p>Katschuka did him that favor too, and thus Athanas learned what portion +would be bought by government. And that wretch of a Timar had really +pitched on the place where the fort was to be built.</p> + +<p>"And what are to be the terms of the expropriation?"</p> + +<p>That was the question, and that the captain could not reveal without +committing a capital crime. But he did it. The terms<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span> were, that the +government would pay double the last purchase money.</p> + +<p>"Now I know enough," cried Herr Athanas, embracing his son-in-law; "the +rest is my affair. On your wedding-day the hundred thousand gulden will +be on your table."</p> + +<p>But he was wrong in thinking that he knew enough. He would have done +well to ask one more question. Herr Katschuka, after saying so much, +would have told him that too. But Katschuka no longer cared much about +the hundred thousand gulden, nor yet about what depended on them. It he +gets them, all right; if not, his hair will not turn gray for lack of +them.</p> + +<p>Brazovics hurried off to Uj-Szöny, and went to all the vine-growers to +ask who had a vineyard to sell. He paid whatever was asked, and if any +one refused to sell, he offered treble the price. The more he paid the +better for him. Naturally this attracted the attention of other +speculators, who arrived in troops and ran up the prices, so that the +poor "Hönigler" and "Schafschwanz" wines of Monostor could not +understand why they had suddenly turned into "Grands Crûs," to be bought +up even before the vintage.</p> + +<p>The price of vineyards ran so high, that the land for which the +government would have had to pay, before the plans were betrayed, at +most one hundred thousand gulden, now could not be bought under five +hundred thousand.</p> + +<p>Brazovics had himself bought a fifth of them, though he had the greatest +difficulty in getting the money together. He got rid of his stock of +grain, sold his ships, borrowed from the usurers, and made use of +trust-money committed to his care. This time he was safe! Timar was in +the swim. He was the worst off, for he had bought cheap and would make a +very small profit.</p> + +<p>But this, too, was perfidy on Timar's part. It was a <i>coup</i> aimed at the +head of Herr Brazovics. He had learned from Katschuka the one thing +Athanas had omitted to ask. It was true that the government would this +year greatly enlarge the fortifications; but the question was, Where +would they begin? For the work would extend over thirty years.</p> + +<p>Here again Timar had done his rivals a bad turn, which would bring their +maledictions down on him. As a good business man, he took care, whenever +he had undertaken anything which would bring him curses, to set +something else to work for which many more would bless him. So that +between blessing and cursing he might keep a good balance on the credit +side.</p> + +<p>He sent for Johann Fabula and said to him, "Johann, you are getting old; +many hardships have aged you. Would it not be better to look out for +some employment which will allow you to rest?"</p> + +<p>Fabula was already hoarse, and when he spoke it sounded as if he was +whispering to the actors from the prompter's box.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir; I have often thought of leaving the sea and looking out for +work on shore; my eyes are weak. I wish you would give me a stewardship +on your land."</p> + +<p>"I know of something better than that. You would never get on with the +Rascians; you are too much used to the white bread at Komorn. Much +better turn farmer."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span>"I should like it well enough; but there are two things wanting—the +land and the stock."</p> + +<p>"Both will come in time. I have an idea: the old pastures by the river +are for sale—go to the auction and buy them all."</p> + +<p>"Oh," said Fabula, with a hoarse laugh, "I should be a fool indeed! It +is a waste where nothing grows but camomile. Shall I sell it to the +chemists? And it's a large piece of land; one would want several +thousand gulden."</p> + +<p>"Don't argue, but do as I tell you. Just you go there. Here are the two +thousand gulden for the deposit, which you must hand in at the auction. +Then bid till it is knocked down to you, and take it all at the price +agreed on. Share with no one, whoever offers to go into partnership with +you. I will lend you the money to pay for it, and you shall repay me +when you are able. I ask no interest, and you need not give me a +receipt. The whole bargain shall be a verbal one. There now, shake hands +on it!"</p> + +<p>Johann Fabula shook his head thoughtfully. "No interest, no writing, a +lump of money, and bad waste land! The end of it will be, that I shall +be arrested and stripped to my shirt."</p> + +<p>"No scruples, my friend; you have it for a year, and whatever you get +off it meanwhile will be entirely yours."</p> + +<p>"But what shall I plow and sow with?"</p> + +<p>"You will neither plow nor sow. But go and do what I told you—the +harvest will not be wanting; but do not tell any one."</p> + +<p>Fabula was in the habit of looking on all that Timar did or said as +folly <i>à priori</i>; but nevertheless he acted with absolute obedience on +his orders, for <i>à posteriori</i> he had been forced to acknowledge that +these unheard-of follies had the same result as if they had been wisdom +personified. So he did as Timar had advised.</p> + +<p>And now we will let the reader into the secret of these singular +proceedings. The plan for the fortification did really exist. But it had +been suggested to the council by some busybody that it was not necessary +to execute all the sections at once, and that it would be sufficient for +the present to expropriate the land lying between the two arms of the +river, while the portion covered by the Monostor vineyards could wait +twenty years. Now the speculators who got wind of the new plans had all +thrown themselves on the sandhill, and no one thought of the shore +between the two river branches. Herr Fabula got it for twenty thousand +gulden. The land on the Monostor would not be wanted for twenty years to +come, and during that time the money invested in the unproductive +vineyards would all be eaten up by the interest. This was a trick played +by Timar especially for the benefit of Herr Athanas Brazovics; and as +soon as he had bought the Monostor vineyards, Timar set every lever in +motion to prevent the council of war from beginning the fortifications +on all points at the same time.</p> + +<p>Affairs were in this position three days before the time fixed for +Athalie's wedding.</p> + +<p>Two days before it Johann Fabula came flying into Timar's house. Yes, +flying—his floating cloak represented the wings.</p> + +<p>"Ten thousand! Twenty thousand! Forty thousand! Commission paid! The +emperor! The king! Pasture! The crop!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span> He gasped out disconnected +words, which Timar at last put together.</p> + +<p>"All right, Johann; I know what you mean. The commission has come to +settle the value of the land wanted for the new works. Your fields, +bought for twenty thousand, will be sold by you for forty thousand: the +surplus is your profit; that is the crop—did not I tell you?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir; and they were words like those of the golden-mouthed St. +John. I see very clearly that you told me the truth, and I see that I +get the twenty thousand gulden for nothing. Never in my life did I earn +so much money by the hardest work. My senses are going. Do let me turn a +somersault!"</p> + +<p>Timar had no objection. Johann Fabula turned not one but three +somersaults all across the floor, and then three back again; and then +stood straight on his legs again before Timar.</p> + +<p>"There! now I am all right again. All that money belongs to me."</p> + +<p>He came six times that day to pay a visit to Timar. First he brought his +wife, then his younger daughter, then his married daughter, afterward +his son who had left college, and the fifth time the little boy who was +still at school. His wife brought Timar a splendid Komorn loaf of white +bread with a brown glazed crust; the married daughter a dish of +beautiful Indian-corn cakes; the unmarried one a plate of red eggs, gilt +nuts, and honey-cakes decorated with colored paper like a wedding +present; the big boy, who was a noted bird-catcher, brought a cage full +of linnets and robins; and the school-boy declaimed a rhymed ode. The +whole day they overwhelmed him with gratitude, and the sixth time they +all came together late in the evening and sung in his honor a song of +praise out of the hymn-book.</p> + +<p>But what will his competitors, and especially Herr Brazovics, bring and +sing to him when they learn how he has entrapped them about the purchase +of the Monostor?</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_SECOND_VII" id="CHAPTER_SECOND_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE WEDDING-DRESS.</span></h3> + + +<p>The wedding was to be in three days' time.</p> + +<p>On Sunday afternoon Athalie went to pay visits in turn to all her school +friends. It is one of the bride's privileges to pay these visits without +her mother; they have so much to say to each other the last time in all +their girlhood.</p> + +<p>Frau Sophie was delighted to be allowed to stay at home one day in the +year, and neither pay nor receive calls—not to act as chaperon to her +daughter and listen to conversation in German, of which she did not +understand a word. She could remain at home and think of her happy +parlor-maid times—the days when on an idle Sunday like this she could +fill her apron with ears of Indian corn, and sit down on the bench +before the door picking out the grains one by one and cracking them, +while she chatted and gossiped with her companions. To-day the leisure +time and the boiled ears of maize were at hand, but the friends and the +gossip on the bench were wanting. Frau Sophie had allowed the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span> +maid-servants and the cook to go out, that she might have the kitchen to +herself; for you can not eat corn in the parlor on account of the husks +which get strewn about. In the end she found suitable company. Timéa +came creeping up to her. She also had no work to do. The embroidery was +finished, and the dress had gone to the needle-woman, who would send it +home at the last moment. Timéa was quite suited to the kitchen bench +beside Frau Sophie. They were both only on sufferance in the house. The +difference was that Timéa felt herself a lady, though every one looked +on her as a servant; while all the world knew that Frau Sophie was the +mistress of the house, and yet she felt like a servant. So Timéa perched +herself on the little bench near Frau Sophie, as the nursery-maid and +the cook do after quarreling all the week, when they make it up on +Sunday and have a chat together.</p> + +<p>Only three days and then the marriage!</p> + +<p>Timéa looked cautiously round to see if any listeners were near to +overhear, and then in a low voice asked, "Mamma Sophie, do tell me what +is a wedding like?"</p> + +<p>Frau Sophie drew her shoulders up and shook like a person who laughs +internally, looking with half-shut eyes at the inquiring child. With the +malicious delight old servants take in deceiving young ones, she +encouraged the laughable simplicity of the girl. "Yes, Timéa," in the +important tone of a story-teller, "that is a wonderful sight. You will +see it."</p> + +<p>"I tried once to listen at the church door," confessed Timéa, frankly; +"I had crept in when a wedding was going on, but all I could see was +that the bride and bridegroom stood before a lovely golden shrine."</p> + +<p>"That was the altar."</p> + +<p>"Then a naughty boy saw me and drove me away, calling out, 'Be off, you +Turkish brat!' Then I ran away."</p> + +<p>"You must know," began Sophie, while she took out a grain at a time and +put them in her mouth, "that then comes the venerable pope, with a +golden cap on his head, on his shoulders a robe of rustling silk worked +with gold, and carrying a great book with clasps in his hand. He reads +and sings most beautifully, and then the bridal pair kneel on the steps +of the altar. The pope asks them both whether they love each other."</p> + +<p>"And are they obliged to answer?"</p> + +<p>"Of course, silly; and not only that, but the priest reads out of the +big book an oath to the bridegroom and then afterward to the bride, that +they will love and keep to each other till death divides them. They +swear it by the Holy Trinity and the Blessed Virgin and all the saints, +forever and ever, Amen; and the whole choir repeats the Amen. Then the +priest takes the two rings from a silver dish and puts one on each of +their third fingers, makes them clasp hands and winds a golden girdle +round them, while the precentor and the choir sing to the organ 'Gospodi +Pomiluj.'"<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">2</a></p> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Lord have mercy on us.</p></div> + +<p>The melancholy sound of the words "Gospodi Pomiluj" pleased Timéa. That +must be some magic blessing.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span>"Then they cover the bridegroom and also the bride with a flowered-silk +veil from head to foot, and while the pope blesses them the two +witnesses hold a silver crown over each."</p> + +<p>"Ah!"</p> + +<p>When Frau Sophie noticed the deep interest of the girl she got warmer +and warmer, and tried to inflame her fancy with the splendors of the +Greek ritual. "The choir goes on singing, and the pope takes one crown +and makes the bridegroom kiss it, then places it on his head and says, +'I crown thee as servant of God and husband of this handmaid of the +Lord.' Then he takes the other crown, gives it to the bride to kiss, and +says to her, 'I crown thee as handmaid of the Lord, and wife of this +servant of God.' The deacon begins to pray for the young pair, and +meanwhile the priest leads them three times round the altar, and the +witnesses take off the veil which covered them. The church is full of +people, who all look and whisper, 'That is a bride to be kissed. What a +beautiful pair!'"</p> + +<p>Timéa nodded her head with girlish delight, as if to say, "That is +delightful; it must be lovely."</p> + +<p>"Then the pope brings out a golden cup of wine, and the bride and +bridegroom drink from it."</p> + +<p>"Is there really wine in it?" asked Timéa in alarm. Her fear of wine +came partly from the recollection of the prohibition in the Koran.</p> + +<p>"Of course there is—real wine. Then the bride-maids and groomsmen throw +maize baked in honey over them; that brings luck. It is lovely, I can +tell you."</p> + +<p>Timéa's eyes shone with the prophetic fire of a magnetic dream. She +pictured these mysterious proceedings to herself as partly a rite, +partly an enigma of the heart, and trembled all over. Sophie laughed in +her sleeve and found this most amusing; a pity she should be disturbed +in it. Manly steps approached the kitchen door, and some one came in.</p> + +<p>What a surprise! it was Herr Katschuka.</p> + +<p>The mistress of the house was horrified, for she had only slippers on, +and her apron full of maize. Which should she hide first? But Timéa was +more frightened, though she had nothing to hide.</p> + +<p>"Excuse me," said Katschuka, with familiar ease; "I found the doors all +shut on the other side, so I came round by the kitchen."</p> + +<p>"You see," screeched Frau Sophie, "my daughter has gone to visit her +friends. I sent the maids to church, and we two are the only ones at +home; so we just sat down in the kitchen. Pray excuse our <i>négligée</i>, +Herr Captain."</p> + +<p>"Don't disturb yourself, I will remain here with you."</p> + +<p>"Oh, no, I could not allow it. Here in the kitchen! We have not even a +chair for the captain."</p> + +<p>But Herr Katschuka knew what to do in any emergency. "Don't make a +stranger of me, Mamma Sophie. Here, this can will do for a seat," and he +sat down opposite Timéa on a pail, and even set the hostess at ease with +respect to the ears of maize. "That is excellent for dessert; give me a +handful in my cap. I like it very much."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span>Frau Sophie was on the broad grin when she saw that the captain did not +disdain to take the vulgar sweets in his military cap, and eat a +quantity without even shelling them. It made him very popular with his +mother-in-law. "I was in the midst of an interesting conversation with +Timéa," began Sophie; "she was asking me about—a baptism."</p> + +<p>Timéa was on the point of rushing away, if Frau Sophie had told the +truth; but she would not have been the mother of a marriageable daughter +if she had not possessed the art of turning the conversation at the +entrance of an unexpected visitor.</p> + +<p>"I was describing a baptism to her. She is quite frightened at it. Just +look how she is trembling; for I was telling her that she would have to +be wrapped up like a baby and carried in arms, and that she must cry +like one. Don't be alarmed, you little fool. It is not true; I was only +joking. Her greatest trouble is that her hair will be all spoiled."</p> + +<p>This requires explanation. Timéa had splendid long, thick hair. Athalie +amused herself by making the hairdresser execute on it the most +surprising coiffures. Sometimes all the hair was combed up and built +into a tower, again it was frizzed into wings on each side over the ear; +in short, the girl had to appear in the most ridiculous head-dresses, +such as no one had ever worn, and which required unsparing use of tongs, +pincers, brushes, and pomade. Athalie pretended to do this out of +affection for her cousin, and the poor child had no idea how she was +disfigured by it.</p> + +<p>Herr Katschuka undeceived her. "Fraülein Timéa, you need not regret this +coiffure. It would suit you much better if you wore your hair quite +plain; you have such lovely hair, that it is a sin to burn it with irons +and smear it with pomade. Do not allow it; it is a shame to lose any of +your magnificent hair, and it is soon ruined by the ill-treatment which +ladies call hairdressing—it loses its brilliancy, splits at the points, +breaks easily, and falls early. You do not require all that artificial +structure. Your hair is so beautiful that you need only plait it +plainly, to possess the finest of all coiffures." It is possible that +Herr Katschuka only said this out of a humane sympathy with the +ill-treated head of hair, and meant merely to free it from the tortures +inflicted on it. But his words had a deeper effect than he expected: +From that moment Timéa had a feeling as if the comb in her hair was +splitting her head, and could hardly bear it till the captain had gone. +He did not stay long, for he took pity on Frau Sophie, who was +struggling continually to hide her feet in their torn and down-trodden +slippers. Herr Katschuka promised to look in again in the evening, and +took his leave. He kissed Frau Sophie's hand, but made a low bow to +Timéa.</p> + +<p>Hardly was he out of the door before Timéa snatched the large comb from +her hair, tore down the heaped-up plaits, destroyed the whole edifice, +then went to the basin and began to wash her hair and her whole head.</p> + +<p>"What are you doing there, girl?" said Frau Sophie, angrily. "Will you +leave off this moment! Let your hair alone. Athalie will be fine and +angry when she comes home and sees you."</p> + +<p>"Let her be angry, for all I care," replied the girl, defiantly; and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span> +she wrung her locks out, sat down behind Frau Sophie, and began to put +up her loosened hair into a simple threefold plait. Pride was awakened +in her heart; she began to be less timid; the word of the captain +infused courage into her—his wish, his taste, were laws to her. She +coiled the plait simply into a knot, and wound it round her head as he +had suggested. The mistress laughed to herself: this child has been made +a fool of certainly!</p> + +<p>While Timéa was plaiting her hair, Sophie came nearer and tried to +wheedle her again.</p> + +<p>"Let me tell you more about the wedding. Where did that stupid Katschuka +interrupt us? If he had only known what we were talking about! Yes, I +stopped where the bride and bridegroom drink from the cup, the choir and +the deacon sing 'Gospodi Pomiluj.' Then the pope reads the Gospel, and +the witnesses hold the crowns over the heads of the couple. The pope +receives them back, lays them on the silver dish, and says to the +bridegroom, 'Be praised like Abraham, and blessed like Isaac, and +increase like unto Jacob;' and to the bride, 'Be praised like Sara, +happy like Rebecca, and increase like Rachel'—and after this blessing +the bride and bridegroom kiss each other three times before the altar +and before the wedding-guests."</p> + +<p>Timéa shut her eyes at the thought of the scene.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Athalie was not a little surprised when she came home and saw Timéa with +plaited hair.</p> + +<p>"Who allowed you to turn up your hair? Where is your giraffe comb and +your bow? Put it on at once."</p> + +<p>Timéa pressed her lips together and shook her head.</p> + +<p>"Will you do what I tell you instantly?"</p> + +<p>"No."</p> + +<p>Athalie was staggered at this resistance. It was unheard of that any one +should contradict her. And this from an adopted child, who ate the bread +of charity, who had always been so submissive, and once even kissed her +foot. "No!" said she, going toward Timéa, and bringing her face, red +with anger, as close to the other's alabaster cheek as if she would set +it on fire.</p> + +<p>Frau Sophie looked on with malicious joy from her corner, and said, +"Didn't I say you would catch it when Athalie returned?"</p> + +<p>But Timéa looked straight into Athalie's flaming eyes, and repeated her +"No!"</p> + +<p>"And why not?" screamed Athalie, whose voice was now like her mother's, +while her eyes were exactly like her father's.</p> + +<p>"Because I am prettier thus," answered Timéa.</p> + +<p>"Who told you that?"</p> + +<p>"He."</p> + +<p>Athalie crooked her fingers like eagles' claws, and her teeth shone +clinched between her red lips. It was as if she would tear the girl in +pieces. Then her unbridled rage suddenly turned into scornful laughter. +She left Timéa and went to her room.</p> + +<p>Herr Katschuka paid another visit the same evening. At table Athalie +overwhelmed Timéa with unwonted kindness.</p> + +<p>"Do you not think, Herr Captain, that Timéa is much prettier with her +hair dressed in this simple way?"</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span>The captain assented. Athalie smiled. Now it was no longer a joke, but a +punishment which was to be inflicted on the girl.</p> + +<p>Only two days to the marriage. During that time Athalie overflowed with +attention and tenderness to Timéa. She must not go out to the kitchen, +and the servants were told to kiss her hand on entering the room. Frau +Sophie often called her "little lady." The dress had come home finished, +and what child-like delight it gave Timéa! She danced round it and +clapped her hands.</p> + +<p>"Come and try on your wedding costume," said Athalie, with a cruel +smile.</p> + +<p>Timéa let them put on the splendid dress she had herself embroidered. +She wore no stays, and was already well formed for her age, and the +dress fitted her very fairly. With what shy pleasure she looked at +herself in the great mirror! Ah! how lovely she will be in her wedding +finery! Perhaps she thought, too, that she would inspire love! Perhaps +she felt her heart beat; and possibly a flame was already alight there +which would cause her grief and pain.</p> + +<p>But that was no matter to those who were carrying on the shameful jest. +The maid who dressed her bit her lips so as not to laugh aloud. Athalie +brought out the bridal wreath, and tried it on Timéa's head. The myrtle +and the white jasmine became her well.</p> + +<p>"Oh, how beautiful you will be to-morrow!"</p> + +<p>Then they took the dress off Timéa; and Athalie said, "Now I will try it +on; I should like to see how it would suit me."</p> + +<p>She required the help of the stays to squeeze her waist into the dress, +which gave her splendid figure an even more magnificent "contour." She +also put on the wreath and looked at herself in the glass. Timéa sighed +deeply, and whispered to Athalie, in tones of undisguised admiration, +"How lovely, how lovely you are!"</p> + +<p>It might, perhaps, have been time now to make an end of this deception. +But no—she must drain the cup. First, because she is so forward; and +then, because she is so stupid. She must be punished. So the +contemptuous farce was carried on the whole day by all the household. +The poor child's head swam with all the congratulations. She listened +for Herr Katschuka, and ran away when she saw him coming.</p> + +<p>Did he know what was going on? Quite possibly. Did it vex him? Perhaps +it did not even vex him. Very likely he knew things of which the +laughers did not dream, and awaited the important day with perfect +indifference.</p> + +<p>On the last morning before the marriage, Athalie said to Timéa, "To-day +you must fast entirely. To-morrow is a very solemn day for you. You will +be led to the altar, and there first baptized and then married; so you +must fast the whole of the day before, in order to go purified to the +altar."</p> + +<p>Timéa obeyed this direction, and ate not a morsel for the entire day.</p> + +<p>It is well known that all these adopted children have excellent +appetites. Nature demands its rights; and the love of good things is the +only desire which they have a chance of satisfying. But<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span> Timéa conquered +that appetite. She sat at dinner and supper without touching anything, +and yet they had purposely prepared her favorite dishes.</p> + +<p>In the anteroom the maids and the cook tried to persuade her to eat +secretly the delicacies which they had put aside for her, telling her +she might break her fast if no one knew it. She would not be persuaded, +and controlled her hunger. She helped to prepare the tarts and jellies +for the wedding feast; a mass of tempting and luscious cakes lay before +her, but she never touched one. And yet Athalie's example, who also was +busy with the preparations for the next day, showed her that it is quite +permissible to take a taste when one has a chance. She must keep her +fast. She went early to bed, saying she felt chilly. And so she was, and +trembled with cold even under her quilt and could not sleep. Athalie +heard her teeth chattering, and was cruel enough to whisper in her ear, +"To-morrow at this time where will you be?"</p> + +<p>How should the poor child sleep, when all the slumbering feeling which +at this age lie in the chrysalis stage were being prematurely scared +into life?</p> + +<p>Timéa lay till dawn in a fever, and slumber never closed her eyes. +Toward day-break she slept heavily; a leaden hand lay on her limbs, and +even the noise which went on around her in the morning did not rouse +her.</p> + +<p>And this was the marriage-day!</p> + +<p>Athalie ordered the servants to let Timéa sleep on; she herself let down +the window curtains that the room might be dark: Timéa was only to be +awakened when Athalie was already dressed in all her bridal array. That +required much time, for she wished to appear to-day in the whole panoply +of her beauty. From far and near numerous relations and friends had +arrived to assist at the marriage of the rich Brazovics' only daughter, +the prettiest girl for seven parishes round.</p> + +<p>The guests were already beginning to assemble in the house of the bride. +Her mother, Frau Sophie, had been squeezed into her new dress, and into +her even more uncomfortable new shoes, by which her desire to get the +day over was much increased.</p> + +<p>The bridegroom had also arrived, with a beaming countenance, and polite +as usual; but this cheerful aspect did not mean much—it was only part +of his gala uniform. He had brought the bouquet for the bride. At that +time camellias were unknown; the bouquet was composed of various colored +roses. Herr Katschuka said as he presented it that he offered roses to +the rose. As a reward, he received a proud smile from the radiant face.</p> + +<p>Only two were wanting—Timéa and Herr Brazovics.</p> + +<p>Timéa was not missed; no one asked after her. But every one waited most +impatiently for Herr Brazovics. It was said that he had gone very early +to the castle to see the governor, and his return was impatiently +expected. Even the bride went several times to the window and looked out +for papa's carriage.</p> + +<p>Only the bridegroom showed no anxiety. But where could Herr Brazovics +be? Yesterday evening he had been in a very good temper. He had been +amusing himself with his friends, and invited all his acquaintances to +the wedding. Late in the night he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span> had knocked at Herr Katschuka's +window, and called to him, instead of "Good-night," "The hundred +thousand gulden will be all ready to-morrow." And he had good reason to +be in such a merry mood. The governor of the fortress had informed him +that the plans had been accepted to their full extent by the war +department: the expropriation was arranged. Even the money had been paid +for that part which lay on the ground between the two river branches; +and the others concerned had received notice that this very night they +would obtain the signature of the minister. It was as good as having the +money in one's pocket. The next morning, Herr Brazovics could hardly +await the usual hour of reception, and arrived so early in the +ante-chamber of the governor, that no one else was there. The governor +did not keep him waiting, but called him in at once.</p> + +<p>"A little misfortune," said he.</p> + +<p>"Well, if it is not a great one—"</p> + +<p>"Have you ever heard of the privy council?"</p> + +<p>"Never."</p> + +<p>"Nor I. For fifteen years I never heard it spoken of. But it does exist, +and has just given a sign of life. As I told you, the minister had +agreed to the execution of the fortifications and the necessary purchase +of land. Then from some unknown source evidence was brought forward by +which many disadvantageous circumstances were discovered. It would not +do to compromise the minister, so they called the council together, +which had not been heard of for fifteen years, except when its members +drew their salary and had their band to play. The council, when this +questionable affair was submitted to it, found a wise solution: it +agreed to the decision in principle, but divided its execution into two +parts. The fortifications on the river-side are to be provided for at +once, but the Monostor section is only to be begun when the other is +finished. So the owners of the Monostor land will have the pleasure of +waiting eighteen or twenty years for their money. Good-morning, Herr +Brazovics."</p> + +<p>Herr Athanas could not utter a syllable. There was no help for it. The +profit so certainly counted on was gone—gone also those other hundred +thousand gulden which were buried in vineyards of no value, which are +now worthless. He saw all his castles in the air destroyed: his +beautiful house, his cargo-ships on the Danube, the lighted church with +the brilliant company, they were only a <i>fata morgana</i>, blown away with +the mirage of the Monostor forts by the first puff of wind—melted into +nothing, like the light cloud which obscures the sun.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Ah! here comes Timéa!</p> + +<p>At last she had had her sleep out. In the twilight of the curtained room +it had taken her long to rouse herself; she dressed like one in a +feverish dream, and groped sleepily through the adjoining rooms, all +empty, till she came to the one where Athalie had dressed. When she +entered the bright room full of flowers and presents, she remembered for +the first time that this was her wedding-day.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span>When she saw Herr Katschuka with the bouquet in his hand, the thought +shot across her that this was the bridegroom; and when she cast a glance +on Athalie she thought, "That is my wedding-dress." As she stood there +in her astonishment, with wide eyes and open mouth, she was a sight for +laughing and weeping.</p> + +<p>The servants, the guests, Frau Sophie, could not contain their +merriment.</p> + +<p>But Athalie stepped forward majestically, took hold of the little +thing's delicate chin with her white-gloved hand, and said, smiling, +"To-day, my little treasure, you must allow me to be the one to go to +the altar. You, my child, must go to school and wait five years before +you are married, if indeed any one proposes to you."</p> + +<p>Timéa stood as if petrified, and let her folded hands fall into her lap. +She did not blush or become paler. There was no name for what she felt.</p> + +<p>Perhaps Athalie knew that this cruel jest was not calculated to enhance +her charms, and tried to lessen its effect. "Come, Timéa," she said; "I +only waited for you. Come and put on my veil."</p> + +<p>The bridal veil!</p> + +<p>Timéa took the veil with stiffened fingers, and went toward Athalie. It +was to be fastened to her hair with a golden arrow.</p> + +<p>Timéa's hand trembled, and the arrow was heavy: it would not go through +the thick hair. At an impatient movement of Athalie's its blunt point +pricked the lovely bride's head slightly.</p> + +<p>"You are too stupid for anything!" cried Athalie, angrily, and struck +Timéa on the hand. Her eyebrows contracted. Scolded, struck, on such a +day, and in the presence of that man! Two heavy drops formed in her eyes +and rolled down her white cheek. I trow those two drops turned the scale +held by the Great Judge's hand, from which happiness and misery are +measured out to man.</p> + +<p>Athalie tried to excuse her hastiness by her feverish excitement. A +bride may be pardoned if she is nervous and irritable at the last +moment. The witnesses, the bride-maids, are ready, and the bride's +father has not yet arrived.</p> + +<p>Every one was uneasy; only the bridegroom was quite composed.</p> + +<p>A message had come from the church that the pope was ready and waiting +for the bridal pair. Already the bells are ringing, as is the custom at +grand weddings. Athalie's heart beats high with vexation that her father +does not come. One messenger after another is sent for him. At last his +glass coach is seen approaching. Here he is at last!</p> + +<p>The bride steps up to the mirror once more, to see if her veil falls in +the right folds. She puts her bracelets and necklace straight.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile, a curious sound is heard below, as if many people were +rushing upstairs together. Mysterious noises and smothered exclamations +are heard in the next room; every one presses thither; the bride-maids +and friends run out to see what it is; but it is remarkable that none of +them return.</p> + +<p>Athalie hears her mother scream. Well, she generally screams even when +she is talking quietly.</p> + +<p>"Do see what has happened," says Athalie to her bridegroom.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span>The captain goes out, and Athalie remains alone with Timéa, the +suppressed whispering grows louder. At last even Athalie becomes uneasy.</p> + +<p>The bridegroom returns. He remains standing at the open door, and says +thence to his bride, "Herr Brazovics is dead."</p> + +<p>The bride throws her arms into the air and falls swooning backward. If +Timéa had not caught her in her arms, she would have struck her head on +the marble table behind her. The lovely, haughty face of the bride is +whiter even than Timéa's; and Timéa, while she holds Athalie's head on +her breast, thinks, "See how the beautiful wedding-dress lies in the +dust!"</p> + +<p>The bridegroom stands at the door and looks at Timéa, then turning away +suddenly, he leaves the house amid the universal confusion.</p> + +<p>He does not even take the trouble to lift his bride from the ground.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_SECOND_VIII" id="CHAPTER_SECOND_VIII"></a>CHAPTER VIII.<br /> +<span class="subhead">TIMÉA.</span></h3> + + +<p>"How the beautiful dress lies in the dust!"</p> + +<p>Instead of the wedding feast there followed the funeral banquet, and in +the place of the embroidered robe came the mourning garments.</p> + +<p>Black! The color which makes rich and poor alike.</p> + +<p>Athalie and Timéa were dressed alike in black. And if the mourning had +consisted only in the wearing of its outward garb! But with the sudden +death of Herr Athanas, all the birds of ill omen had collected, as the +ravens come and sit in long lines on the roof before a great storm.</p> + +<p>The first croak was, that the bridegroom sent back his engagement-ring. +He did not appear at the funeral to lend his bride a supporting arm as +she followed the coffin half fainting; for in this little town it was +the custom that the mourners, whether gentle or simple, should follow +their dead on foot and with bare heads to the burial-ground.</p> + +<p>There were some who blamed this course of action in Katschuka, and did +not consider it an excuse that, as Herr Brazovics had not kept to the +condition of handing over the dowry beforehand, the bridegroom was +justified in considering himself freed from his obligations. There are a +few narrow-minded people who can find no excuse for such a withdrawal. +Then came the ravens and sat on the roof. One creditor after another +appeared and demanded his money. And then the whole house of cards +collapsed.</p> + +<p>The first who spoke of a suit at law blew the concern into the air. When +once the avalanche begins to roll, it never stops till it gets to the +foot of the hill.</p> + +<p>It was soon ascertained that the fears of the bridegroom, who had got +safely away, were only too well founded. In the affairs of Herr +Brazovics there figured so many investments apparently sound but really +unprofitable, such false calculations, unsecured debts, and imaginary +securities, that when order was brought into<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span> this chaos, the whole +property did not suffice to satisfy the creditors. Besides, it came to +light that he had used moneys intrusted to his honor: orphans' capital, +church endowments, hospital funds, the deposits of his ship captains. +The floods rose over the roof of the house, and these floods brought +mire and dirt with them; and what they left behind was—shame.</p> + +<p>Timéa too lost her whole property. The orphan's trust-money had never +been invested at all.</p> + +<p>Every day lawyers, magistrates' clerks, bailiffs, came to the house. +They sealed each box and closet; they did not ask the ladies for +permission to visit them; unannounced they bounced in at any hour of the +day, ransacked the rooms, and gave vent to reproaches and curses on the +dead man, so loud that the mourning women could not but hear them. All +they found in the house was taken out in turn and appraised, down to the +pictures, with and without their frames; even the wedding-dress, without +a bride, did not escape this fate. And then they decided on the date, +and had it posted on the door, on which everything was to be sold by +auction—everything, not excepting the embroidered dress. The last lot +would be the house itself; and when it was sold the former owners could +go their way wheresoever they chose, and the beautiful Athalie might +look up to Heaven and ask where she was henceforth to lay her haughty +head. Where indeed?—she, the orphaned daughter of a fraudulent +bankrupt, to whom not even her good name was left, whom no one wanted, +not even herself. Of all the treasures she possessed, only two valuable +souvenirs remained which she had hidden from the bailiffs—an onyx box +and the returned engagement-ring. The box she had concealed in her +pocket; and when alone at night, she drew it out and looked at its +precious contents. There were all sorts of poison in it. By some odd +freak, Athalie had bought it in one of her Italian journeys, and while +it was in her possession she thought she could defy the world. She +imagined herself able to destroy her own life at any moment, and this +idea made her feel as a despot to her parents and her lover. If they do +not do all she wishes, the box is there; she need only choose the +swiftest poison, and in the morning they would find her a corpse. Now a +great temptation assailed her; life lay before her as a desolate waste; +the father had made his child a beggar, and the bridegroom had forsaken +his bride.</p> + +<p>Athalie rose from her bed: she looked into the open box, and sought +among the various poisons.</p> + +<p>Then she suddenly discovered that she was afraid of death! She had not +strength to cast life away; she gazed at herself in the glass—was all +that beauty to be annihilated?</p> + +<p>She shut the box and put it away. Then she brought out the other jewel, +the ring. There is a poison in that too, and of a yet more deadly sort, +for it kills the soul. But she has the courage to swallow it—to +intoxicate herself with it. She had loved the man who gave her this +ring—not only so, but she was still madly in love with him. The +poison-box gives bad advice—the ring even worse. Athalie begins to +dress; there is no one to help her—the servants have all left the +house, Frau Sophie and Timéa are sleeping in the maids' room; the +official seal has been attached to the doors of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span> public apartments. +Athalie does not wake the sleepers, but dresses alone. How far the night +has passed she can not tell; no one winds up the splendid clocks, now +that they are to pass under the hammer. One points to eight o'clock, +another to three, but it does not matter. Athalie finds the key of the +street-door, and creeps out, leaving all open behind her. Who is likely +to be robbed? and besides, who would, like her, venture alone in the +dark streets?</p> + +<p>At that time the streets of Komorn were decidedly dark at night. One +lamp at the Trinity pillar, one at the town-hall, and a third at the +main guard—no others anywhere. Athalie takes the road to the Promenade, +the so-called Anglia. It is a region of evil reputation. A dark lane +between the town and the fort, in which at night fallen women with +painted faces and disheveled hair loiter, when they are driven from +their haunts on the "little square." Athalie is sure to meet such +creatures if she goes by the Anglia. But she is not afraid. The poison +she sucked out of the golden ring has taken away from her fear of these +impure forms. One only shrinks from the gutter as long as one has kept +clear of it.</p> + +<p>At the corner stands a sentry: she must try to creep past him without +being seen and challenged.</p> + +<p>The corner house has a colonnade leading to the square. Here in the +day-time the bread-sellers have their stand. Athalie chooses her path +through this arcade, as it hides her from the sentry's eyes.</p> + +<p>In walking quickly she stumbled over something. It was a ragged woman, +quite drunk, lying across the threshold. The half-human creature whom +her foot touched gave vent to filthy curses. Athalie took no notice, but +stepped aside from the obstacle; she felt easier when she turned the +corner toward the Promenade. The light of the main-guard lamp had now +disappeared, and she found herself under the gloom of the trees. Through +the juniper-bushes shone a ray from a lighted window. Athalie followed +that guiding star. There lay the dwelling of the engineer officer. She +seized the lion-headed knocker at the little door, over which was +painted the double eagle; her hand trembled as she raised it in order to +knock gently, and at the sound the soldier-servant came out and opened +to her.</p> + +<p>"Is the captain in?" asked Athalie.</p> + +<p>The fellow nodded, grinning. Yes—he was at home. He had often seen +Athalie, and many a pretty bright coin had rolled into his hand from her +delicate fingers, when he carried the beautiful lady flowers or choice +fruit from his master.</p> + +<p>The captain was up and at work; his room was simply furnished, without +any luxury. On the walls hung maps and surveying instruments; the +strictest military simplicity surprise the in-comer, as well as a +penetrating smell of tobacco, which adhered to the books and furniture, +and was perceptible even when no one was smoking. Athalie had never seen +the captain's room. The house to which he was to have taken her on their +marriage-day was very different, but it had been taken possession of by +the creditors with all its contents on that very morning. She had only +looked in at the window when she walked with her mother on the Promenade +in the afternoon to hear the band play.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span>Herr Katschuka started up in alarm. He was not prepared for a lady's +visit; the three top buttons of his violet tunic were unbuttoned, +contrary to regulations, and he had laid aside his horsehair cravat. +Athalie remained standing at the door with hanging arms and her head +down: the captain hastened to her.</p> + +<p>"In God's name, fraülein, what are you doing here? What are you here +for?" She could not speak—she sunk on his breast and sobbed wildly. He +did not embrace her. "Sit down, fraülein," said he, leading her to the +plain leather sofa, and then his first care was to put on his cravat +again. He drew a chair near the divan and sat down opposite Athalie. +"What do you want, fraülein?"</p> + +<p>She dried her tears and looked with her radiant eyes long at the +captain, as if thus to tell him why she came. Will he not understand?</p> + +<p>No, he understood nothing. When she was obliged to break silence, she +began to tremble as if with ague.</p> + +<p>"Sir," she said, with a quivering voice, "as long as I was prosperous, +you were very devoted to me. Is nothing left of that affection?"</p> + +<p>"Fraülein," answered Katschuka, with cold politeness, "I shall always be +your devoted friend. The blow which fell on you struck me too—we have +both lost our all. I am in despair, for I see no means of resuscitating +my hopes reduced to ashes. My profession imposes conditions on me which +I can not fulfill: it is not allowed to those of us who have no private +means to marry."</p> + +<p>"I know it," said Athalie, "and it was not that which I wished to +suggest to you. We are now very poor, but there may be some favorable +turn in our lot. My father has a rich uncle in Belgrade whose heirs we +are; at his death we shall be rich again. I will wait for you—do you +wait for me. Take back your ring—take me to your mother, and let me +stay with her as your betrothed. I will wait for you till you fetch me +away, and will be a good daughter to your mother."</p> + +<p>Herr Katschuka sighed so deeply that he nearly blew out the light which +stood before him. "Alas, fraülein," said he, taking up the golden circle +from the table, "that is, unhappily, quite impossible. You little know +my mother. She is an ambitious woman—an inaccessible nature. She lives +on a small pension, and loves no one. You have no idea what struggles I +have had with my mother about my <i>affaires du cœur</i>. She is a baroness +by birth, and has never consented to this union. She would not come to +our marriage. I could not take you to her, fraülein—on your account I +have quarreled with her."</p> + +<p>Athalie's breast heaved feverishly, her face glowed; she seized with +both her hands that of her faithless bridegroom, on which the ring was +wanting, and whispered, while tears ran down her cheeks, so low that +even the deaf walls could not hear, "You—you have braved your mother +for me: I will defy the whole world for you!"</p> + +<p>Katschuka dared not meet the speaking eyes of the lovely woman. He drew +geometrical figures on the table with the golden circle he still held, +as if he would decipher from their angles of incidence the difference +between love and madness.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span>The girl continued in a whisper, "I am already so deeply humiliated that +no shame can bring me lower; I have no more to lose in this world. If +you were not here, I should have already killed myself. I belong not to +myself, but to you—say, what shall I be to you? I have lost my senses, +and all is the same to me; kill me, if you choose—I will not stir."</p> + +<p>Herr Katschuka, during this passionate speech, had worked out the +problem of what he was to answer. "Fraülein Athalie, I will speak +frankly—you know I am an honest man."</p> + +<p>Athalie had not asked him about that.</p> + +<p>"An honest and chivalrous man would be ashamed to take advantage of the +misfortune of a woman for the satisfaction of his lowest passions. I +will give you good advice as a well-meaning friend, as one who has a +boundless respect for you. You tell me you have an uncle in Belgrade: go +to him. He is your blood relation, and must receive you in a friendly +way. I give you my word of honor that I will not marry, and if we meet +again I shall always bring you the same feelings which for years I have +experienced toward you."</p> + +<p>He told no lie when he gave this promise. But from what his face showed +at this moment, Athalie could read what he did not say—that the captain +neither now nor for years past had loved her, that he loved another, and +if this other was poor and made a beggar, he had good reason to promise +on his word of honor that he would not marry. This it was which Athalie +read in the cool expressions of her faithless bridegroom. And then +something flashed through her brain like lightning. Her eyes flashed +too.</p> + +<p>"Will you come to-morrow," she asked him, "to escort me to my uncle in +Belgrade?"</p> + +<p>"I will come," Katschuka hastened to reply. "But now go home. Did any +one come with you?"</p> + +<p>"I came quite alone."</p> + +<p>"What imprudence! Who is to take you back?"</p> + +<p>"You need not," she said, bitterly. "If at this hour any one saw us +together, what a scandal it would be—for you. I can walk alone. I am +not afraid. I have no longer anything worth stealing."</p> + +<p>"My servant shall follow you."</p> + +<p>"He shall do nothing of the sort. The patrol might arrest the poor +devil. After the last post he must not be seen in the streets. I will +find my way alone. So then—to-morrow—"</p> + +<p>"I will be with you by eight o'clock."</p> + +<p>Athalie wrapped herself in her black cloak, and hurried away before +Katschuka had time to open the door for her. It seemed to her as if the +captain was putting on his sword almost before she had left his door. Is +he perhaps going to follow her in the distance?</p> + +<p>She stopped at the corner of the Anglia, but no one was following. She +ran home in the darkness, and as she hastened through the deep night she +concocted a plan in her head. If only the captain once sits by her in +the carriage, if he goes with her to Belgrade, he will see that no power +on earth can deliver him from her. As she passed through the long +market-hall, she stumbled again over the same female figure as it lay on +the stones. This time it did not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span> awake nor curse her. What sound sleep +these wretches enjoy! But when Athalie got to the door of her home, a +thought sunk like lead into her mind. What if the captain was only so +ready with his promise of escorting her to Belgrade in order to get rid +of her? What if he does not come to-morrow, either at eight or later? A +torturing jealousy excited her nerves. When she reached the anteroom, +she felt about on the table for the candle and matches she had left +there. Instead of these her hand touched a knife—a sharp cook's knife +with a heavy handle. This also sheds light on darkness. She grasped the +knife and walked up and down. Her teeth chattered: the thought was +working in her, how if she were to drive this knife into the heart of +that girl with the white face, who sleeps beside her? That would be an +end of them both. They would convict her of the murder, and so she would +get out of the world.</p> + +<p>But Timéa is not sleeping there now.</p> + +<p>Athalie only remembered when she had gone to the bed in which Timéa +usually slept, that she was sleeping with Frau Sophie to-night. The +knife fell from her hand, and then she was frightened. She began to feel +how lonely she was, how dark was all around her, dark too in her own +soul.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>The roll of a drum awoke Athalie out of a distressing dream. She dreamed +of a young lady who had murdered her rival, and was led to the place of +execution. Already she knelt on the scaffold, the headsman with his +naked sword stood behind her, the judge read the sentence and said, +"With God there is pardon." The drum beat, then Athalie awoke.</p> + +<p>It was the auctioneer's drum. The bidding had begun; but that drum is +even more dreadful than the one which gives the signal of death. To +listen, when the voice which penetrates even to the street calls out the +well-known old favorite things which only yesterday were our own! "Once, +twice; any advance?" and then "thrice!" and the drum rolls and the +hammer falls. Then it begins again, "Once, twice; any advance?"</p> + +<p>Athalie put on her mourning-dress, the only one left to her, and went to +find some one. There were only her mother and Timéa to look for. They +would probably be in the kitchen.</p> + +<p>Both had long been up and dressed. Frau Sophie was as round as a tub. +Knowing well enough that no one would search her, she had put on a dozen +dresses one over the other, and hidden a few napkins and silver spoons +in her pockets. She could hardly move. Timéa was in her simple black +every-day dress, and was preparing warm milk and coffee. At the sight of +Athalie, Frau Sophie broke into loud sobs, and hung on her neck. "Oh, my +dear, darling, pretty daughter! What have we come to, and what will +become of us? Oh, that we had not lived to see this day! This dreadful +drum woke you, I suppose?"</p> + +<p>"Is it not yet eight o'clock?" asked Athalie. The kitchen clock was +still going.</p> + +<p>"Not eight? Why, the auction began at nine. Can you not hear it?"</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span>"Has no one been to see us?"</p> + +<p>"Silly idea! Why, who should visit us at such a time?"</p> + +<p>Athalie said no more, but sat down on the bench—the same little seat on +which Frau Sophie had described to Timéa the splendid wedding ceremony.</p> + +<p>Timéa prepared the breakfast, toasted the bread, and laid the kitchen +table for the two ladies. Athalie did not heed the invitation, however +much pressed by Frau Sophie. "Drink, my dear, my own pretty! Who knows +where we shall get coffee to-morrow? The whole world is against us, and +every one abuses and curses us. What will become of us?" But that did +not hinder her from gulping down her cup of coffee. Athalie was thinking +of the journey to Belgrade, and of her expected traveling companion.</p> + +<p>Frau Sophie's mind was much occupied with original notions on easy modes +of death. "If there were only a pin in the coffee that it might stick in +my throat and choke me." Then the wish arose that the flat-iron would +fall down from the shelf as she passed and crush her skull. She would be +glad, too, if one of the earthquakes which occasionally occur in Komorn +would happen now, and bury the house and all in it. As, however, none of +these ways of dying came to pass, and Athalie would not speak, there was +nothing left but to vent her wrath on Timéa. "She takes it easily, the +ungrateful creature! She is not even crying; indeed it is easy for her +to laugh—she can go to service, or work with a milliner and keep +herself; she will be glad to be quit of us, and live on her own hook. +You just wait, you will soon have to remember us. You'll be +sorry—before a year is over you'll repent fast enough." Timéa had done +nothing to repent of, but Frau Sophie saw it in the future, and her +anger was only surpassed by the grief she felt about Athalie. "What will +become of you, you sweet and only darling? Who will take care of you? +What will become of your pretty white hands?"</p> + +<p>"There, go and leave me in peace," said Athalie, shaking her lamenting +mother off her neck. "Go and look out of the window and see if any one +is coming up to us."</p> + +<p>"Nobody, nobody!—who should be coming?"</p> + +<p>Time went on; drum and bid succeeded each other; whenever the kitchen +clock struck, Athalie started up, and then let her head fall into her +hands again and stared before her. The roses on her cheeks took a violet +shade, her lips were blue, an olive shadow darkened her exquisite face; +her staring eyes, with deep marks below them, her swollen lips, her +painfully contracted eyebrows, turned the ideal beauty into an image of +horror. She sat like a fallen angel driven from heaven. It was already +noon, and he for whom she waited never came. The noise of the sale came +nearer and nearer. The auctioneer went from room to room; they had begun +in the outer rooms, now they were coming to the reception-rooms, at +whose far end was the kitchen.</p> + +<p>Frau Sophie, in spite of her despair, had her senses about her enough to +notice that the bidding was very quick. Hardly was anything put up +before the drum beat, and "any advance?" was cried. The buyers standing +in groups complained, "No one has a chance—the man is mad. Who can this +fool be?"</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span>Now only the kitchen department is left, but no one enters it. Outside, +the drum is heard, "No one will give more?" It has been bought as a +whole, unseen—by some fool.</p> + +<p>It struck Frau Sophie, too, that people did not hasten to fetch the lots +they bought out of the rooms, as usual at an auction; here nothing is +touched. Now comes the principal lot, and every one goes down to the +yard, for the house itself is being put up. The buyers press round the +table of the official auctioneer; the upset price is named. Then some +one makes an offer in a low voice. Among the crowd arises a confused +noise, tones of astonishment, laughter, hissing; the people scatter, and +again one hears, "He must be a fool." Grumbling and angry, all go away. +"Once, twice, thrice!" the hammer falls. The house has found a +purchaser.</p> + +<p>"Now it's time to go, my sweet darling daughter. We will look out for +the last time. If only the tower of St. John's Church would fall and +crush us all together!" But Athalie sat on the bench, waiting and +waiting, and looking at the clock. It points to two. One little ray of +hope still shone through the Egyptian darkness—perhaps it was the dread +of pushing through the crowd of bidders which had kept the captain from +coming; perhaps he will appear as soon as the yard is clear.</p> + +<p>"Don't you hear some one coming?"</p> + +<p>"No, my beauty, I hear nothing."</p> + +<p>"Yes, mother, I hear some one creeping upstairs gently, on tiptoe."</p> + +<p>In truth soft steps approach. Some one knocks at the kitchen door, like +a polite visitor who begs permission to enter, and waits till it is +given him; and then the door opens gently, and in comes, with hat off, +and courteous bow—Michael Timar Levetinczy. He remained standing near +the door after saluting the ladies. Athalie rose with an expression of +disappointment and hatred; Frau Sophie wrung her hands, and looked up +with a mixture of hope and fear; Timéa met his gaze with gentle +calmness.</p> + +<p>"I," began Timar, sending his "I" in advance like a pope in his bull—"I +have had this house and all its saleable contents knocked down to me at +the auction. I did not buy it for myself, but for the one person in it +who is not to be bought, and yet is the only treasure on earth in my +sight. . . . Fraülein Timéa, from this day forward you are the mistress +of this house. Everything in it belongs to you—the clothes, the jewels +in the wardrobes, the horses in the stable, the securities in the +safe—all is inscribed in your name, and the creditors are satisfied. +You are the owner of the house—accept it from me; and if there is a +corner in it where there is room for a quiet fellow who would only +impose on you his respect and admiration, and if this corner could be +given to me—if there was a little shelter for me in your heart, and you +did not refuse my hand—then I should be only too happy, and would swear +that the whole aim of my life would be to make you as happy as you made +me."</p> + +<p>Timéa's face beamed at these words with maidenly pride. A mixture of +inexpressible pain, noble gratitude, and holy sacrifice lighted up her +countenance. "Thrice, thrice," her lips stammered,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span> but without a sound, +only her sympathetic nerves heard what she wanted to utter. This man had +so often saved her; he was always so good to her; he had never made +sport of her, nor flattered her, and now he gives her all her heart +could desire. All? No, all but one thing, and that is gone; it belongs +to another.</p> + +<p>Timar waited quietly for an answer. Timéa remained silent.</p> + +<p>"Do not answer hastily, Fraülein Timéa," he said. "I will await your +decision. I will come to-morrow, or in a week, or whenever you like to +give me an answer. You are mistress of all I have handed over to you; I +attach no conditions to it; it is all registered in your name. If you do +not wish to see me here again, it only costs you one word; take a week +or a month or a year to consider what you will answer."</p> + +<p>Timéa stepped forward with decision from behind the stove where the +other two women had pushed her, and approached Michael.</p> + +<p>In her manner lay a precocious gravity, which lent to her face a womanly +dignity. Since that eventful wedding-day she had ceased to be a child; +she had become serious and silent. She looked calmly into Michael's +face, and said, "I have already decided."</p> + +<p>Frau Sophie listened with envious malice for Timéa's answer. If only she +would say to Timar, "I don't want you—go away!" Anything is possible +from such an idiot of a girl, who has had another man put in her head. +And if Timar, just to revenge himself, were to say, "Well then, stay as +you are; you shall have neither the house nor my hand, I will offer both +to Fraülein Athalie"—and if he were to marry Athalie! As if cases had +not been heard of in which an honest lover was refused by some stuck-up +girl, and then out of pique offered his hand to the governess, or +proposed to the housemaid on the spot! This hope of Frau Sophie's, +however, was not destined to be fulfilled.</p> + +<p>Timéa gave her hand to Timar, and said in a low but firm voice, "I +accept you as my husband."</p> + +<p>Michael grasped the offered hand—not with the fire of a passionate +lover, but with the homage of a man, and looked long into the unearthly +beauty of the girl's eyes.</p> + +<p>And the girl allowed him to read her soul. She repeated her words: "I +accept you as my husband, and will be a faithful and obedient wife; I +only ask one favor—you will not refuse me?"</p> + +<p>Happiness made Michael forget that a merchant should never sign his name +to a blank sheet of paper. "Oh, speak! what you desire is already done."</p> + +<p>"My request is," said Timéa, "if you take me to wife, and this house +becomes yours again, and I the mistress in your house, that you should +allow my adopted mother who received me, an orphan, and my adopted +sister with whom I have grown up, to remain here with me. Regard them as +my mother and sister, and treat them as kindly."</p> + +<p>An involuntary tear fell from Timar's eye. Timéa noticed it, seized his +right hand with hers, and made a new attack on his heart. "You will, I +know you will do as I ask you; and you will give back to Athalie all +that was hers?—her nice clothes and jewels; and she will stay with us, +and you will be the same to her as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span> if she were my own sister; and you +will treat Mamma Sophie as I do, and call her mother?"</p> + +<p>Frau Sophie, hearing this, began to sob aloud. She sunk on her knees +before Timéa, and covered her hands, her dress, even her feet with +unceasing kisses, while she murmured broken and inaudible words.</p> + +<p>In the next moment Timar was himself again, and the far-seeing vision +came to his aid, which at any critical time raised him above his rivals. +His quick invention whispered to him what must be done to provide +against future complications. He took Timéa's little hands in his. "You +are a noble creature, Timéa. You will permit me henceforward to call you +by your name? and I will not disgrace your good heart. Stand up, Mamma +Sophie; do not cry; tell Athalie she might come nearer to me. I will do +more than Timéa asked, for love of her, and for you two; I will provide +for Athalie not only a place of refuge, but a happy home of her own; I +will pay the deposit for her bridegroom, and give her the dowry which +her father had promised to her. May they be happy together."</p> + +<p>Timar had foreseen things still below the horizon, and thought that no +sacrifice would be too great to get the two women out of the house and +away from Timéa, and to manage that the handsome captain should be +married to the lovely Athalie.</p> + +<p>But now it was his turn to be overwhelmed with kisses and gratitude by +Frau Sophie. "Oh, Herr von Levetinczy! Oh, dear, generous Herr von +Levetinczy! let me kiss your hand, your feet, your clever head." And she +did as set forth in her programme, and kissed besides his shoulders, +coat-collar, and his back, at last embracing both Timar and Timéa in her +arms, and bestowing her valuable blessing upon them. "Be happy +together!"</p> + +<p>It was impossible to help laughing at the way the poor woman expressed +her joy. But Athalie poisoned all their pleasure.</p> + +<p>Proud as a fallen angel who is asked to return, and who prefers +damnation to humbling her pride, she turned away from Timar, and said in +a voice choked with passion, "I thank you, sir. But I never wish to hear +of Herr Katschuka again, either in this world or the next! I will never +be his wife; I will remain here with Timéa—as her servant."</p> + + + +<h2 class="newbook"><a name="BOOK_THIRD_THE_OWNERLESS_ISLAND" id="BOOK_THIRD_THE_OWNERLESS_ISLAND"></a><i>BOOK THIRD.—THE OWNERLESS ISLAND.</i></h2> + + + +<h3 class="firstchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_THIRD_I" id="CHAPTER_THIRD_I"></a>CHAPTER I.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE MARRIAGE OF THE MARBLE STATUE.</span></h3> + + +<p>Timar was intensely happy at being engaged to Timéa.</p> + +<p>The unearthly beauty of the girl had captivated his heart at first +sight. He admired her then, and afterward the sweet nature which he +learned to appreciate won his respect. The shameful trick played on her +in the house of Brazovics awoke in him a chivalrous sympathy. The airy +courtship of the captain aroused his jealousy;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span> all these were symptoms +of love, and at last he had reached the goal of his wishes: the lovely +maiden was his, and would be his wife.</p> + +<p>And a great burden was lifted from his soul—self-reproach; for from the +day when Timar found the treasures of Ali Tschorbadschi in the sunken +ship, his peace was gone. After each brilliant success of any of his +undertakings, the voice of the accuser rose in his breast "This does not +belong to you—it was the property of an orphan which you usurped. You a +lucky man? You a man of gold? It is not true! Benefactor of the poor? +Not true! Not true! You are a thief!"</p> + +<p>Now the suit is decided. The inward judge acquits him. The defrauded +orphan receives back her property, and in double measure, for whatever +belongs to her husband is hers too. She will never know that the +foundation of this great fortune was once hers; she only knows it is +hers now—thus fate is reconciled.</p> + +<p>But is it really reconciled? Timar forgot the sophism that he offered +Timéa something besides the treasures which were hers—himself—and in +exchange demanded the girl's heart, and that this was a deception, and +like taking her by force.</p> + +<p>He wished to hasten the wedding. There was no need of delay on account +of the trousseau, for he had bought everything in Vienna. Timéa's +wedding-dress was made by the best Parisian house, and the bride was not +obliged to work at it herself for six weeks, as at that other. That +double unlucky dress was buried in a closet which no one ever opened; it +would never be brought out again.</p> + +<p>But other hinderances of an ecclesiastical nature presented +themselves—Timéa was still unbaptized. It was only natural that Timar +should wish Timéa, when she left the Moslem faith for Christianity, to +enter at once the Protestant Church to which he belonged, so that they +might worship together after their marriage. But then the Protestant +minister announced it as an indispensable condition of conversion that +neophytes should be instructed in the creed of that church into which +they were to be received. Here a great difficulty arose. The Mohammedan +religion has nothing to say to women in its dogmas. To a Moslem a woman +is no more than a flower which fades and falls, whose soul is its +fragrance, which the wind carries away, and it is gone. Timéa had no +creed.</p> + +<p>The very reverend gentleman found his task by no means easy when he +tried to convince Timéa of the superiority of the Christian religion. He +had converted Jews and Papists, but he had never tried it with a Turkish +girl.</p> + +<p>On the first day, when the minister was explaining the splendors of the +other world, and declaring that there all who in this world had loved +each other would be reunited, the girl put this question to him—"Would +those meet who had loved each other, or only those whom the minister had +united?" This was a ticklish question; but the reverend gentleman +answered, from his own puritanical point of view, that only those could +possibly love each other who were united by the church, and that it was +of course impossible for those who were thus united <i>not</i> to love each +other. But he was careful not to repeat this question to Herr Timar.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span>The next day Timéa asked him whether her father, Ali Tschorbadschi, +would also arrive in that world to which she was going?</p> + +<p>To this delicate question the minister was unable to give a satisfactory +reply.</p> + +<p>"But is it not the case that I shall there still be the wife of Herr +Levetinczy?" asked Timéa, with lively curiosity. To this the Herr Pastor +was glad to reply, with gracious readiness, that that would certainly be +the case.</p> + +<p>"Well, then, I shall ask Herr Levetinczy, when we both go to heaven, to +keep a little place for my father, that he may be with us; and surely he +will not refuse me?"</p> + +<p>The reverend gentleman scratched his ear violently, and thought he had +better lay this difficult point before the church synod.</p> + +<p>The third day he said to Timar that it would be best to baptize and +marry the young lady at once: then her husband could give her +instruction in the other dogmas.</p> + +<p>The next Sunday the sacred rite was celebrated. Timéa then for the first +time entered a Protestant church. The simple building, with its +whitewashed walls and unornamented chancel, made a very different +impression on her mind from that other church, out of which the naughty +boys had chased her when she peeped in. There were golden altars, great +wax tapers burning in silver candelabra, pictures, incense filling the +air, mysterious chants, and people sinking on their knees at the sound +of a bell. Here sat long rows of men and women apart, each with their +book before them, and after the precentor had set the tune, all the +congregation joined in unison. Then silence, and the minister mounted +the high pulpit and began to preach without any ceremony. He did not +sing, nor drink from the chalice, nor show any holy relics—only talk, +talk on.</p> + +<p>Timéa sat in the first row with her sponsors, who led her to the font, +where another long sermon was preached. At last it was over; the +neophyte bowed her head over the basin, and the minister baptized her, +in the name of the Trinity, "Susanna." She wondered why she should be +called Susanna, as she was quite satisfied with her own name.</p> + +<p>Then they all sat down again and sung the eighty-third psalm, "Oh, God +of Israel," which awoke in Timéa a slight doubt as to whether she had +not been turned into a Jewess.</p> + +<p>All her doubts vanished, however, when another minister arose, and read +from the chancel a document which set forth that the noble Herr Michael +Timar von Levetinczy, of the Swiss Protestant Church, had betrothed +himself to Fraülein Timéa Susanna von Tschorbadschi, also of the Swiss +Protestant religion.</p> + +<p>Two more weeks must pass before the marriage. Michael spent every day +with Timéa. The girl always received him with frank cordiality, and he +was happy in his anticipations of the future. He generally found Athalie +with his bride, but she made some pretext for leaving the room, and her +mother look her place.</p> + +<p>Mamma Sophie entertained Michael with praises of his bride—what a dear +girl she was, and how often she spoke of her kind, good Michael, who had +taken such care of her on board the "St. Barbara." Sophie had heard +every little detail, which only <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span>Timéa could have known, and Michael was +delighted to find that she remembered so well.</p> + +<p>"If you only knew, dear Levetinczy, how fond the girl is of you!" And +Timéa was not confused when she heard Frau Sophie say this. She affected +no modest contradiction, but did not strengthen the assurance by any shy +blushes. She allowed Timar to hold her hand in his and look into her +eyes, and when he came and went she smiled at him.</p> + +<p>At last the wedding-day arrived. Troops of guests streamed in from all +parts, a long row of carriages stood in the street, as on that other +ill-omened day; but this time no misfortune occurred.</p> + +<p>The bridegroom fetched the bride out of the house of Brazovics, which +was now her own, and took her to the church, but the wedding banquet was +in the bridegroom's house. Frau Sophie would not be denied the task of +arranging everything. Athalie remained at home and looked from behind +the curtain, through the same window at which she had awaited the +arrival of her own bridegroom, while the long row of carriages was set +in motion.</p> + +<p>And there she waited till they all went past again after the marriage, +bride and bridegroom now in the same carriage, and looked after them. +And if during this time the whole congregation had prayed for the young +couple, we may be sure that she also sent a—prayer—after them.</p> + +<p>Timéa had not found the ceremony as impressive as Frau Sophie had +described it to her. The clergyman did not wear a golden robe or miter +himself, nor did he bring out any silver crowns to crown them as lord or +lady to each other. The bridegroom wore a velvet coat, as nobles did +then, with agraffes and fur on it. He looked a fine man, but he held his +head down; he was not yet used to carry it proudly, as beseems the gala +suit of a noble. There was no veil wound round the two, no drinking from +the same cup, no procession round the altar and holy kiss, not even any +altar at all; only a black-robed minister, who said wise things no +doubt, but which had not the mysterious charm of the "Gospodi Pomiluj." +The Protestant marriage, deprived of all ceremony, leaves the Oriental +fancy, with its desire for excitement, quite cold. And Timéa only +understood the external ceremony as yet.</p> + +<p>The brilliant banquet came to an end; the guests went away, the bride +remained in the bridegroom's house.</p> + +<p>When Timar was alone with Timéa, when he sat by her side and took her +hand, he felt his heart beat and its pulsation spread through his whole +frame. . . . The unspeakable treasure which was the goal of all his +desires is in his possession. He has only to stretch out his arm and +draw her to his breast. He dares not do it—he is as if bound by a +spell. The wife, the baroness, does not shrink at his approach. She does +not tremble or glow. If only she would cast her eyes down in alarm when +Michael's hand touched her shoulder! If only the warm reflex of a shy +blush passed over her pale face, the spell would be broken. But she +remains as calm and cold and passionless as a somnambulist. Michael sees +before him the same figure which he awoke from death on that eventful +night—the same which lay on the bed before him like an altar-picture +which radiates cold to the spectator, and whose<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span> face never changed when +her night-dress slipped from her shoulders, nor even when told that her +father was dead—not even when Timar whispered into her ear, "Beloved!"</p> + +<p>She is a marble statue—a statue which bows, dresses itself, submits, +but is not alive. She sees, but her glance neither encourages nor +alarms. He can do what he likes with her. She allows him to let down her +lovely bright hair, and spread the locks over her shoulders; she allows +his lips to approach her white face, and his hot breath to touch her +cheek: but it kindles no responsive warmth in her. Michael thinks if he +were to press the icy form to his breast, the charm would be broken; but +in the act of doing it, an even greater emotion overcomes him. He starts +back as if he was about to commit a crime against which nature, his +guardian angel, every sensitive nerve in him protested. "Timéa," he +whispered to her in caressing murmurs, "do you know that you are my +wife?"</p> + +<p>Timéa looked at him and answered, "Yes, I know it."</p> + +<p>"Do you love me?"</p> + +<p>Then she opened wide her large dark eyes, and as he looked into them it +seemed to him as if he were granted a glimpse into all the mysteries of +the starry heavens. Then she veils them again with her silky lashes.</p> + +<p>"Do you feel no love for me?" entreats the husband with a yearning sigh.</p> + +<p>That look again, and the pale woman asks, "What is love?"</p> + +<p>What is love? All the wise men in the world could not explain it to one +who does not feel it. But it requires no explanation for those who have +it within them.</p> + +<p>"Oh, you child!" sighed Timar, and rose from his wife's side.</p> + +<p>Timéa rose also. "No, sir, I am no longer a child. I know what I +am—your wife. I have sworn it to you, and God has heard my vow. I will +be a faithful and obedient wife to you—it is appointed to me by fate. +You have shown me so much kindness, that I owe you a lifelong gratitude. +You are my lord and master, and I will always do what you wish and +order."</p> + +<p>Michael turned away and covered his face. This look of self-sacrifice +and abnegation froze all desire in his veins. Who would have the courage +to press a martyr to his heart, the statue of a saint, with +palm-branches and crown of thorns?</p> + +<p>"I will do what you command."</p> + +<p>Michael now first began to guess what a hollow victory he had won. He +had married a marble statue.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_THIRD_II" id="CHAPTER_THIRD_II"></a>CHAPTER II.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE GUARDIAN DEVIL.</span></h3> + + +<p>It has often happened that a man has found his wife's heart to be devoid +of all inclination toward him.</p> + +<p>And no doubt many have looked for a cure in course of time. What can one +do in winter, except look forward to spring? As the daughter of +Mohammedan parents, Timéa had been brought up not to see the face of the +man who was to be her husband until the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span> wedding-day. There no one asks, +"Do you, or do you not, love him?" neither her parents, the priest, nor +the man himself. The husband will be good to her, and if he should find +her out in infidelity, he will kill her. The principal thing is that she +should have a pretty face, bright eyes, fine hair, and a sweet +breath—no one asks about her heart. But Timéa had learned in a +different school in the house of Brazovics. There she learned that among +the Christians love was allowed, and every opportunity given for it; but +that any one who did fall in love was not cured like a sick person, but +punished like a criminal. She had expiated her crime.</p> + +<p>When Timéa became Timar's wife, she had schooled herself strictly, and +forbidden every drop of her blood to speak to her of anything except her +duties as a wife; for if she had allowed them to talk of her secret +fancies, then each drop of blood would have persuaded her to go the same +road on which that other girl had twice, in the darkness of the night, +stumbled over the body of the sleeping woman, and that stumble would +have killed her soul. She crushed and buried the feeling, and gave her +hand to a man whom she respected, to whom she owed gratitude, and whose +life-companion she was to remain.</p> + +<p>This story is repeated every day. And those who meet with it console +themselves with the idea that soon the spring will come and the ice will +melt.</p> + +<p>Michael went with his young wife to travel, and visited Italy and +Switzerland. They returned as they went. Neither the romantic Alpine +valleys nor the fragrant orange-groves brought balm to his heart. He +overwhelmed his wife with all that women like, dress and jewels; he +introduced her to the gayeties of great cities. All in vain: moonlight +gives no heat, even through a burning glass. His wife was gentle, +attentive, grateful, obedient; but her heart was never open to him, +neither at home nor abroad, neither in joy nor sorrow. Her heart was +buried.</p> + +<p>Timar had married a corpse.</p> + +<p>With this knowledge he returned from his travels. At one time he thought +of leaving Komorn and settling in Vienna. Perhaps a new life might begin +there. But then he thought of another plan: he decided to remain in +Komorn and move into the Brazovics' house. There he would live with his +wife, and arrange his own house as an office, so that business people +might have nothing to do with the house his wife lived in. In this way +he could be absent from home all day, without its being noticed that he +left his wife alone.</p> + +<p>In public they always appeared together. She went into society with him, +reminded him when it was time to leave, and departed leaning on his arm. +Every one envied his lot; a lucky man to have such a lovely and faithful +wife! If she were not so true and good! If he could only hate her! But +no scandal could touch her.</p> + +<p>This spring brings no melting of her ice-bound heart. The glaciers grow +every day. Michael cursed his fate. With all his treasures he can not +buy his wife's love. It is all the worse for him that he is rich; +splendor and great wealth widen the rift between them. Poverty binds +close within its four walls those who belong to each other; laborers and +fishermen, who have only one room<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span> and one bed, are more fortunate than +he. The woodman, whose wife holds the other end of the saw when he is at +work, is an enviable man: when they have finished they sit down on the +ground, eat their bean-porridge out of one bowl, and kiss each other +afterward.</p> + +<p>Let us become poor people!</p> + +<p>Timar began to hate his riches, and tried to get rid of them. If he was +unfortunate and became poor, he would get nearer to his wife, he +thought.</p> + +<p>He could not succeed in impoverishing himself. Fortune pursues those who +despise it. Everything he touched, which with another would certainly +have failed, became a brilliant success. In his hands the impossible +turned to reality—the die always threw six; if he tried to lose his +money by gambling, he broke the bank—gold streamed in upon him; if he +ran away or hid, it rolled after him and found him out.</p> + +<p>And all this he would have joyfully given for a kiss from his wife's +sweet lips.</p> + +<p>And yet they say money is almighty. Everything is to be had for money. +Yes—false; lying love, bright smiles on the charming lips of such as +feel it not—forbidden, sinful love, which must be concealed—but not +the love of one who can love truly and faithfully.</p> + +<p>Timar almost wished he could hate his wife. He would have liked to +believe that she loved another, that she was faithless and forgot her +wifely duty; but he could not find any cause for hatred. No one saw his +wife anywhere but on her husband's arm. In society she knew how to +preserve a bearing which compelled respect, and kept bold advances at a +distance. She did not dance at balls, and gave as a reason that when a +girl she had not been taught to dance, and as a woman she no longer +wished to learn. She sought the company of older women. If her husband +went on a journey, she never left the house. But what did she at home? +For reception-rooms in society are transparent, but not the walls of +one's house. To this question Michael had a most convincing reply.</p> + +<p>In this house Athalie lived with Timéa.</p> + +<p>Athalie was—not the guardian angel but the guardian devil of Timéa's +honor. Every step, every word, every thought of his wife, every sigh she +uttered, every tear she shed, even the unconscious mutterings of her +dreams, were spied upon by another woman, who hated him as well as his +wife, and certainly would hasten to make both miserable, if a shadow of +guilt could be found on the walls of the house.</p> + +<p>If Timéa, at the moment when she begged Michael to allow Athalie and +Frau Sophie to continue living in the same house, had listened to +anything but the voice of her kind and feeling heart, she could not have +invented a better protection for herself than keeping with her the girl +who had once been the bride of the man she ought never to meet again.</p> + +<p>These pitiless and malicious eyes follow her everywhere; as long as the +guardian devil is silent, Timéa is not condemned even by God. Athalie is +silent.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span>Athalie was a real dragon to Timéa, in small things as well as great. No +circumstance, ever so trifling, escaped her attention if it afforded her +a chance of playing Timéa a trick. She pretended that Timéa wished to +show her generosity by treating the quondam young lady of the house as a +sister, or like a lady visitor, which was enough to make Athalie behave +in company as if she were a servant. Every day Timéa took the broom out +of her hand by force when she came in to clean the room; she constantly +caught her cleaning "her mistress's" clothes, and if visitors came to +dinner, she could not be induced to leave the kitchen. Athalie had +received back from Timéa her whole arsenal of ornaments and toilet +necessaries. She had wardrobes full of silk and merino dresses; but she +chose to wear her shabbiest and dirtiest gowns, which formerly she had +put on only when the hairdresser was busy with her coiffure; and she was +glad if she could burn a hole in her dress in the kitchen, or drop oil +on it when she trimmed the lamp. She knew how much this hurt Timéa. All +her jewels too, worth thousands, had been restored to her: she did not +wear them, but bought herself a paste brooch for ten kreutzers, and put +it on. Timéa took the brooch away quietly, and had a real opal put into +it; the faded old dresses she burned, and had others made for Athalie of +the stuff she was herself wearing.</p> + +<p>Oh, yes, one could grieve Timéa, but not make her angry.</p> + +<p>Even in her way of speaking, Athalie made a parade of an insufferable +humility, although, or rather because, she knew it hurt Timéa. If the +latter asked for anything, Athalie rushed to fetch it with an alacrity +like that of a black slave who fears the whip. She never spoke in a +natural tone, but annoyed Timéa by always lowering her voice to the thin +whining sound which gives an impression of servility; she stammered with +affected weakness, and could not pronounce the letter <i>s</i>.</p> + +<p>She never let herself be surprised into forgetfulness or familiarity; +but her most refined cruelty consisted in her unseasonable praises of +the husband and wife to each other.</p> + +<p>When she was alone with Timéa she sighed, "Oh, how happy you are, Timéa, +in having such a good husband who loves you so much!" If Timar came +home, she received him with naïve reproaches. "Is it right to stay away +so long? Timéa is quite desperate, she awaits you with such longing; go +in gently and surprise your wife. Hold your hands over her eyes, and +make her guess who it is."</p> + +<p>Both had to bear the derision which, under the mask of a tender, +flattering sympathy, wounded their hearts. Athalie knew only too well +that neither of them was happy.</p> + +<p>But when she was alone, how completely she threw off the mask with which +she tormented the others, and gave vent to her suppressed rage. If alone +in her room she threw the broom Timéa had tried to take away furiously +on the ground; then again beat the chairs and sofas with the handle, in +order, as she said, to shake the dust out, but really to work off her +anger on them. If in going out or in her dress caught in the door, or +the sleeve on the handle, she wrenched it away with her teeth clinched, +so that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span> either the dress was torn or the handle dragged off, and then +she was satisfied.</p> + +<p>Broken crockery, chipped glasses, mutilated furniture, bore witness in +quantities to the disastrous hours they passed in her company. Poor +Mamma Sophie avoided her own daughter, and was afraid to be left alone +with her. She was the only person in the house who ever heard Athalie's +natural voice, and to whom she showed the bottomless depths of the gulf +her hatred had dug. Frau Sophie was frightened of sleeping in the same +room with her, and in a confidential moment showed her faithful cook the +black bruises which her daughter's hand had left on her arms. When +Athalie came into her mother's room in the evening, she would pinch her, +and scream in her ear, "Why did you ever give me birth?"</p> + +<p>And when at last she went to bed, after finishing her day's work with +pretended gentleness and hidden fury, she required no one to help her. +She tore off her clothes, dragged the knotted strings asunder, +ill-treated her hair with hands and comb as if it was some one's else; +then stamped on her clothes, blew out the candle, leaving a long wick to +smolder and fill the room with its evil odor, and threw herself on her +bed; there she bit the pillow, and tore at it with her teeth while she +brooded over the torture she had to endure. Sleep only came to her after +she had heard a door shut—the door of the lonely chamber of the master; +then she was glad—then she could sleep.</p> + +<p>It could be no secret to her that the young husband and wife were not +happy. She waited with malicious joy to see what mischief could be +developed from it.</p> + +<p>Neither of them seemed to notice it. No quarrel ever took place; no +complaint, not even an involuntary sigh, ever escaped either of them. +Timéa remained unchanged, only the husband grew more gloomy every day. +He sat for hours by his wife, often holding her hands in his, but he did +not look into her eyes, and rose to go away without a word. Men can not +keep a secret as women can. Timar got into the habit of going away and +fixing the day of his return, and then returning sooner than he was +expected. Another time he surprised his wife at a moment when he was not +looked for; he pretended a chance had brought him home, and would not +say what he wanted. But suspicion was written on his brow. Jealousy left +him no peace.</p> + +<p>One day Michael said at home that he had to go to Levetinczy, and could +hardly get back in less than a month. All his preparations were made for +a long absence. When the married couple took leave of each other with a +kiss—a cool, conventional kiss—Athalie was present.</p> + +<p>Athalie smiled. Another would hardly have noticed the smile, or at any +rate would not, like Michael, have marked the derision which lay in +it—the malicious mockery at one who little knows what goes on behind +his back. It was as if she said, "When you are once gone, you fool—!"</p> + +<p>Michael took the sting of this spiteful smile with him on his journey. +He carried it on his heart half-way to Levetinczy; then he made his +carriage turn round, and by midnight he was back in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span> Komorn. In his +house there were two extra entrances to his room, whose keys he always +carried about with him, so that he could get in without any one knowing +of his return. From his room he could reach Timéa's through the several +anterooms. His wife was not in the habit of locking her bedroom door. +She was accustomed to read in bed, and the maid generally had to come +and see whether she had not fallen asleep without putting out the light. +On the other side, the room in which Athalie and her mother slept +adjoined his wife's bedroom. Michael approached the door noiselessly and +opened it cautiously. All was still; every one slept. The room was dimly +lighted by the shaded light of a night-lamp.</p> + +<p>Michael drew the curtain aside: the same statue of a sleeping saint lay +before him which he had once aroused to life in the cabin of the "St. +Barbara." She seemed to be fast asleep; she did not feel his +neighborhood; she did not see him through her downcast lashes. But a +slumbering woman can see the man she loves even in her sleep, and with +closed eyes. Michael bent over her breast and counted her heart-beats. +Her heart beat with its normal calm. No suspicious symptom to be +found—nothing to feed the hungry monster which seeks a victim.</p> + +<p>He stood long and gazed on the slumbering form. Then suddenly he +started. Athalie stood before him, dressed, and with a candle in her +hand. Again that insulting smile of mockery lay on her lips. "Have you +forgotten something?" she asked in a whisper.</p> + +<p>Michael trembled like a thief caught in the act.</p> + +<p>"Hush!" said he, pointing to the sleeper, and hurried away from the bed. +"I forgot my papers."</p> + +<p>"Shall I wake Timéa that she may get them out?"</p> + +<p>Timar was angry at being detected for the first time in his life in a +direct lie.</p> + +<p>His papers were not kept by Timéa, but in his own room.</p> + +<p>"No, do not wake my wife; the papers are in my room—I only wanted the +key."</p> + +<p>"And you have already found it?" asked Athalie, seriously, who then +lighted the candles and officiously conducted Michael to his room.</p> + +<p>Here she put down the candle and did not go away. Michael turned +over his papers with confusion; he could not find what he +sought—naturally—for he knew not what to look for. At last he shut +his desk without taking anything out. Again he was met by the hateful +smile which from time to time played round Athalie's lips. "Do you +wish for anything?" said Athalie, in answer to his inquiring looks.</p> + +<p>Michael remained silent.</p> + +<p>"Do you wish me to speak?"</p> + +<p>Michael felt at these words as if the world was falling on him. He dared +not answer.</p> + +<p>"Shall I tell you of Timéa?" whispered Athalie, bending nearer to him, +and holding the stupefied man under the spell of her beautiful +serpent-eyes.</p> + +<p>"What do you know?" asked Michael, hotly.</p> + +<p>"Everything—do you wish me to tell you?"</p> + +<p>Michael was undecided.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>"But I can tell you beforehand that you will be very unhappy when you +learn what I know."</p> + +<p>"Speak!"</p> + +<p>"Very well—listen. I know as well as you do that Timéa does not love +you. But one thing I know which you do not—namely, that Timéa is as +true to you as an angel."</p> + +<p>Timar started violently.</p> + +<p>"You did not expect that from me? It would have been welcome news to +hear from me that your wife deserved your contempt, so that you might be +able to hate and reject her. No, sir; the marble statue you have taken +to wife does not love you, but does not deceive you. This I only know, +but with absolute certainty—oh, your honor is well guarded. If you had +engaged the hundred-eyed Argus of the legend as a watchman, she could +not be better guarded than by me. Nothing of what she does, says, +thinks, escapes me: in the deepest recesses of her heart she can have no +feeling hidden from me. You acted wisely in the interests of your honor +when you took me into your house. You will not drive me out of it, +though you hate me; for you know well that as long as I am here, the man +whom you fear can never approach your sanctuary. I am the diamond lock +of your house. You shall know all: when you leave town, your house is a +cloister while you are absent; no visitors are received, neither man nor +woman; the letters which come to your wife, you will find unopened on +your writing-table; you can give them to her to read or throw them into +the fire, just as you choose. Your wife never sets foot in the streets, +she only drives out with me; her only walk is on the island, and I am +always with her; I see her suffer, but I never hear her complain. How +could she complain to me, who suffer the same torment, and on her +account? For from the time when that ghostly face appeared in the house +my misery began; till then I was happy and beloved. Do not be afraid of +my bursting into tears; I love no longer—now I only hate, and with my +whole soul. You can trust your house to me; you can ride through the +world in peace; you leave me at home, and as long as you find your wife +alive on your return you may be sure that she is faithful to you. For +know, sir, that if she ever exchanges a friendly word with that man, or +responds to his smile, or reads a letter from him, I would not wait for +you, I would kill her myself, and you would only come home to her +funeral. Now you know what you leave behind—the polished dagger which +the madness of jealousy holds aimed at your wife's heart; and under the +shadow of that dagger you will daily lay your head down to sleep, and +although I inspire you with loathing, you will be forced to cling to me +with desperation."</p> + +<p>Timar felt all his mental energy crippled under this outburst of +demoniac passion.</p> + +<p>"I have told you all I know about Timéa, about you and myself; I repeat +once more, you have taken to wife a girl who loves another, and this +other was once mine. It was you who took this house from me; under your +hand my father and my property sunk into dust; and then you made Timéa +the mistress of this house. You see now what you did. Your wife is not a +woman, but a mar<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span>tyr. It is not enough that you should suffer; you must +also acquire the certainty that you have made her, for whose possession +you strove, miserable, and that there can be no happiness for Timéa as +long as you live. With this sting in your breast you may leave your +house, Herr Levetinczy, and you will nowhere find a balm for your +smarting wound, and I rejoice at it with all my heart!"</p> + +<p>With glowing cheeks, gnashing teeth, and glaring eyes, Athalie bowed to +Timar, who sunk exhausted into a chair. But the girl clinched her fist +as if to thrust an invisible dagger into his heart.</p> + +<p>"And now—turn me out of your house if you dare!" All womanhood was +quenched in the girl's face. Instead of a hypocritical submission, it +was dominated by the fury of unbridled passion. "Drive me away from here +if you dare!"</p> + +<p>And proud as a triumphant demon she left Michael's room. She had taken +the lighted candle which was on the table away with her, and left the +wretched husband in darkness. She had told him that she was not the +humble servant, but the guardian devil of the house. As Timar saw the +girl with the light in her hand go toward the door of Timéa's bedroom, +something whispered to him to spring up, seize Athalie's arm, and +setting his foot before the threshold, to cry to her, "Remain then +yourself in this accursed house, as I am bound by the promise I gave; +but not with us!"</p> + +<p>And then to rush into Timéa's room, as on the eventful night when the +ship went down, to lift her in his arms from the bed, and with the cry, +"This house is falling in, let us save ourselves!" to fly from it with +her, and take her to some place where no one spies on her . . . this +thought darted through his head . . . that was what he ought to have +done.</p> + +<p>The door of the bedroom opened, and Athalie looked back once more; then +she went in, the door shut, and Michael remained alone in the darkness.</p> + +<p>Oh, in what darkness!</p> + +<p>Then he heard the key turn twice in the lock. His fate was sealed; he +arose and felt round in the dark for his traveling-bag. He kindled no +light, made no noise, so that no one should awake and report that he had +been here. When he had collected all his things, he crept softly to the +door, shut it gently behind him, and left his own house cautiously and +noiselessly, like a thief, like a fugitive. That girl had driven him +away from it.</p> + +<p>Out in the street he was met by a snow shower. That is good weather for +one who does not wish to be seen. The wind whistled through the streets, +and drove the snowflakes into his face; Michael Timar, however, went on +his way in an open carriage, in weather in which one would not turn a +dog into the street.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_THIRD_III" id="CHAPTER_THIRD_III"></a>CHAPTER III.<br /> +<span class="subhead">SPRING MEADOWS.</span></h3> + + +<p>As far as the Lower Danube, the traveler took with him rough and wintery +skies; here and there fresh snow covered the fields, and the woods stood +bare. The stormy cold suited the thoughts<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span> with which Timar was +occupied. That cruel girl was right—not only the husband but the wife +was wretched. The man doubly so; for he was the author of their mutual +misery.</p> + +<p>These bitter, disconsolate thoughts followed Michael to Baja, where he +had an office, and where, when he traveled into the flax districts of +Hungary, he had his letters sent. A whole bundle awaited him; he opened +one after another with indifference; what did he care whether the rape +had been frost-bitten or not, that the duties in England were raised, or +that exchange was higher? But among the letters he found two which were +not uninteresting—one from his Viennese, the other from his Stamboul +agent. The contents greatly rejoiced him. He put them both away, and +from that moment the apathy began to disperse which had hitherto +possessed him. He gave his orders to his agents with his usual quickness +and energy, carefully noted their reports, and when he had finished with +them, proceeded on his way in haste.</p> + +<p>Now his journey had an object—no great or important one, but still an +object. It was to give a pleasure to two poor people—but a real joy.</p> + +<p>The weather had changed; the sky had cleared, and the sun shone warmly +down below. In Hungary, where summer follows immediately on winter, +these swift changes are common. Below Baja the face of the country, too, +was changed. While Michael rushed southward with frequent changes of +horses, it was as if nature had in one day advanced by many weeks. At +Mohacs he was received by woods decked in new green; about Zambor the +fields were spread with a verdant carpet; at Neusatz the meadows were +already dressed with flowers; and in the plains of Pancsova golden +stretches of rape smiled at him, and the hills looked as though covered +with rosy snow—the almonds and cherry-trees were in blossom. The two +days' journey was like a dream-picture. The day before yesterday +snow-covered fields in Komorn, and to-day on the Lower Danube hedges in +bloom!</p> + +<p>Michael alighted at the Levetinczy castle to spend the night. He gave +his instructions to the bailiff on the day of his arrival; the next +morning he got up early, entered the carriage, and drove to the Danube +to inspect his cargo ships. Everything was in order. Our Herr Johann +Fabula had been appointed overseer of the whole flotilla: there was +nothing for him to do. "Our gracious master can go and shoot ducks."</p> + +<p>And Herr von Levetinczy followed this good advice of Herr Fabula. He had +a boat brought, and ordered provisions for a week, his gun, and plenty +of ammunition to be put in it. No one will be surprised if he does not +return from the reed-bed, now full of prime water-fowl, before a week +has elapsed. It storms with duck, snipe, and herons, the last only +valued for their feathers; even pelicans are to be met with, and an +Egyptian ibis has been shot there. It is said a flamingo was once seen. +When an ardent sportsman once gets into those marshes, you may wait till +he comes out! And Timar loved sport, like all sailors. This time Michael +did not load his gun. He let his boat float down with the stream till he +reached the point of the Ostrova Island—there he seized the sculls and +crossed the Danube obliquely. When he got round the island he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span> soon saw +where he was. From the southern reed-beds rose the tops of the +well-known poplars—thither he went. There was already a channel broken +through the rushes, across and along as required, if you only understood +it. Where Michael had once been, he could find his way in the dark. What +would Almira and Narcissa be doing? What should they be doing in such +lovely weather but gratifying their passion for sport? Only, however, +within certain limits: the field-mouse must be pursued at night, and +that is easy for Narcissa, but she is strictly forbidden to chase birds. +To Almira the marmots which came across the ice and settled in the +island are positively interdicted. Aquatic prey still remain, and that +is good sport too. Almira wades into the pure, clear water among the +heaps of great stones at the bottom, and cautiously puts her fore-paw +into a hole, out of which something dark is peeping. Suddenly she makes +a great jump, draws her foot back, limps whining out of the water on +three legs, and on the fourth paw hangs a large black crab, which has +caught hold with its claws. Almira hobbles along in despair till, on +reaching the bank, she succeeds in shaking off the dangerous monster; it +is then carefully inspected by both Almira and Narcissa, to see at what +price it can be induced to allow its body to be deprived of the shell. +The crab naturally does not quite see the fun of this, and retires with +all speed backward to the water. The two sportsmen, however, shove the +reactionary party forward with their paws, until at one shove it is +turned on its back, and now all three are in doubt what to do +next—Almira, Narcissa, and the crab.</p> + +<p>Almira's attention is suddenly attracted by another object. She hears a +noise and scents something. A friend approaches by water; she does not +bark at him, but utters a low growl. This is her way of laughing, like +some cheery old gentleman. She recognizes the man in the boat. Michael +springs out, fastens the boat to a willow stump, pats Almira's head, and +asks her, "Well, then, how is it all? is it all well?" The dog replied +many things, but in the Newfoundland-dog language. To judge by the tone, +the answer is satisfactory.</p> + +<p>Then all at once a pitiful cry disturbs the pleasant greeting. The +catastrophe which might have been foreseen has occurred. Narcissa came +near enough to the upset and sprawling crab for it to catch her ear with +its nippers, and then to bury all its six claws in her fur. Timar rushed +to the scene of misfortune, and with great presence of mind, seeing the +magnitude of the danger, seized the mailed criminal in a place where its +weapons could not reach him, pressed its head between his strong +fingers, and obliged it to let go its prey; then he dashed it with such +force on to a stone that it was shattered, and gave up its black ghost. +Narcissa, to show her gratitude, sprung on to the shoulder of her +chivalrous deliverer, and snorted from there at her dead enemy.</p> + +<p>After this introductory deed of heroism, Timar busied himself in +disembarking what he had brought with him. All are packed into a +knapsack, which he can easily throw over his shoulder. But the gun, the +gun! Almira can not abide him with a gun in his hand, but he can not +leave it here, for it might easily be stolen by some one. What to do? +The idea struck Timar to give it into Almira's<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span> charge, who then, in her +leonine jaws, carried the weapon proudly before him as a poodle bears +its master's cane. Narcissa sat on his shoulder and purred in his ear. +Michael allowed Almira to go on before and show him the way.</p> + +<p>Timar felt transformed when he trod the turfy paths of the island. Here +was holy rest and deepest solitude. The fruit-trees of this paradise are +in bloom; between their white and rosy flower-pyramids wild roses arch +their sprays; the golden sunbeams coax the flowers' fragrance into the +air; the breeze is laden with it—with every breath one inhales gold and +love. The forest of blossom is full of the hum of the bees, and in that +mysterious sound, from all these flower-eyes, God speaks, God looks: it +is a temple of the Lord. And that church music may not be wanting, the +nightingale flutes his psalm of lament, and the lark trills his song of +praise—only better than King David. At a spot where the purple lilacs +parted, and the little island-home was visible, Michael stood +spell-bound. The little house seemed to swim in a flaming sea, but not +of water, only of roses. It was covered with rose-wreaths climbing to +the roof, and for five acres round it only roses were visible—thousands +of bushes, and six-foot rose-trees, forming pyramids, hedges, and +arcades. It was a rose-forest, a rose-mountain, a rose-labyrinth, whose +splendor dazzled the eye and spread afar a scent which surrounded one +like a supernatural atmosphere.</p> + +<p>Hardly had Michael entered on the winding path through this wilderness +of roses, before a melodious cry of joy was heard. His name was called. +"Ah, Herr Timar!"</p> + +<p>And she who had uttered his name came running toward him. Timar had +already recognized her by her voice: it was Noémi—little Noémi, whom he +had not seen for nearly three years. How she had grown since then—how +changed, how developed she was! Her dress was no longer neglected, but +neat, though simple. In her rich golden hair a rose-bud was fastened.</p> + +<p>"Ah, Herr Timar!" cried the girl, and stretched out her hand to him from +afar, greeting him with frank delight, and a warm shake of the hand.</p> + +<p>Michael returned it, and remained lost in gazing at the girl. Here then, +at last, is a face that beams with joy at the sight of him. "How long it +is since we saw you!" said the girl.</p> + +<p>"And how pretty you have grown!" exclaimed he.</p> + +<p>Sympathy shone in every line of Noémi's face. "So you remember me +still?" asked Timar, holding the little hand fast in his own.</p> + +<p>"We have often thought of you."</p> + +<p>"Is Madame Therese well?"</p> + +<p>"There she comes."</p> + +<p>When she saw Michael she hastened her steps; from a distance she had +recognized the former ship's captain, who now again, in his gray coat +and with his knapsack, approached her hut. "God greet you! you have kept +us waiting a long time!" exclaimed the woman to her visitor. "So you +have thought of us at last?" And she embraced Michael without ceremony; +then his well-filled knapsack caught her eye. "Almira," she said to the +dog, "take this bag and carry it in."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span>"There are a brace of birds in it," said Michael.</p> + +<p>"Indeed! then take care, Almira, that Narcissa does not get at it."</p> + +<p>Noémi was affronted. "Narcissa is not so badly educated as that."</p> + +<p>To make it up, Frau Therese kissed her daughter, and Noémi was +reconciled.</p> + +<p>"Now let us go in," said Therese, taking Michael's arm familiarly. +"Come, Noémi."</p> + +<p>A huge boat-shaped basket made of white osier-twigs stood in the way, +and its heaped-up contents were covered with a cloth. Noémi began to +lift it by both handles; Michael sprung to help her, and Noémi burst +into a childish shriek of laughter, and drew off the cloth. The basket +was heaped with rose-leaves. Michael took one handle, and so they +carried it together with its sweet cargo along the lavender-bordered +path.</p> + +<p>"Do you make rose-water?" asked Timar.</p> + +<p>Therese threw a glance at Noémi. "See how he finds out everything!"</p> + +<p>"With us in Komorn much rose-water is made. Many poor women live by it."</p> + +<p>"Indeed? Then elsewhere also the rose is a blessing of the Lord—the +exquisite flower which alone would make man love this world! And it not +only rejoices his heart, but gives him bread. Look you—last year was a +bad season; the late frost spoiled the fruit and the vintage; the wet, +cold summer destroyed the bees, and the poultry died of disease: we +should have had to fall back on our stores if it had not been for the +roses, which helped us in our need. They bloom every year, and are +always faithful to us. We made three hundred gallons of rose-water, +which we sold in Servia, and got grain in exchange. Oh, you dear +roses—you life-saving flowers!"</p> + +<p>The little settlement had been enlarged since Timar was last there. +There was a kiln and a kitchen for the preparation of the rose-water. +Here was an open fire with the copper retort, from which the first +essence dropped slowly; near the hearth stood a great tub with the +crushed rose leaves, and on a broad bench lay the fresh ones which +required drying.</p> + +<p>Michael helped Noémi to empty the basket on to the bench; that was a +scent, a perfume, in which one could revel and intoxicate one's self!</p> + +<p>Noémi laid her little head on the soft hill of rose leaves, and said, +"It would be delicious to sleep on such a bed of roses."</p> + +<p>"Foolish child," Therese chided her. "You would never awake from that +slumber; the odor would kill you."</p> + +<p>"That would be a lovely death!"</p> + +<p>"Then you want to die?" Frau Therese said, reproachfully; "you want to +leave me here alone, you naughty child?"</p> + +<p>"No, no!" cried Noémi, embracing her mother with eager kisses. "I leave +you, my dear, darling, only little mother!"</p> + +<p>"Why do you make such silly jests then? Don't you think, Herr Timar, it +is not right for a young girl to allow herself these jokes with her +mother—for a little girl who was playing with a doll only<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span> yesterday?" +Michael quite agreed with Frau Therese that it was inexcusable under any +pretense for a young lady to tell her mother that she thought any kind +of death would be delightful. "Now just stop here and see that the +essence does not boil, while I go to the kitchen to get a good dinner +ready for our guest. You'll stay all day, of course?"</p> + +<p>"I will stay to-day and to-morrow too, if you will give me something to +do for you. As long as you find me work I will remain."</p> + +<p>"Oh, then, you can stop the whole week," Noémi interrupted, "for I can +find you plenty to do."</p> + +<p>"What work would you give Herr Timar, you little simpleton?" laughed the +mother.</p> + +<p>"Why, of course, to crush the rose leaves!"</p> + +<p>"But perhaps he does not know how."</p> + +<p>"How should I not know all about it?" said Timar. "I have often enough +helped my mother with it at home."</p> + +<p>"Your mother was a very good woman, I am sure."</p> + +<p>"Very good."</p> + +<p>"And you loved her very much?"</p> + +<p>"Very much."</p> + +<p>"Is she still living?"</p> + +<p>"She has long been dead."</p> + +<p>"So now you have no one in the world belonging to you?"</p> + +<p>Timar thought a moment, and bowed his head sadly—"No one." . . . He had +spoken the truth.</p> + +<p>Michael noticed that Therese still stood at the door, doubtful whether +to go or not. "Do you know, good mother," said he, suddenly remembering, +"you need not go to the kitchen to cook anything for me. I have all +sorts of provisions with me; there is only the table to spread—we shall +all have enough."</p> + +<p>"Then who has looked after you and provided you so well with traveling +comforts?" asked Noémi.</p> + +<p>"Who but our Herr Johann Fabula?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, the honest steersman!—is he here too?"</p> + +<p>"He is loading the ship on the other bank."</p> + +<p>Therese guessed Timar's thought, but she would not be behind him in +delicate tact. She wished to show him that she had no scruple about +leaving him alone with Noémi. "No, I have thought of something else; I +will manage both here and in the kitchen. You, Noémi, can meanwhile take +Herr Timar over the island and show him all the changes since he was +here."</p> + +<p>Noémi was an obedient daughter; she did without question what her mother +told her. She tied her Turkish handkerchief round her head, which framed +her face charmingly. Timar recognized the scarf he had left as a present +to her.</p> + +<p>"Au revoir, darling!" "Au revoir," said the mother and daughter with a +kiss. They seemed to take leave of each other every time they parted, as +if going on a long journey; and when they met again in an hour, they +embraced as if they had been separated for years: the poor things had +only each other in this world.</p> + +<p>Noémi threw one more inquiring look, and Therese answered with a nod +which meant, "Yes, go!"</p> + +<p>Noémi and Timar now wandered on through the whole island.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span> The path was +so narrow that they were forced to walk close together, but Almira had +the sense to push her great head between them and form a natural +barrier. In the last three years cultivation had made great strides on +the little island. A practicable road had been cut through the bushes; +the old poplars had been uprooted, the wild crabs grafted; a skillful +hand had formed neat fences from the broken branches; and where the +orchard ceased, hedges divided the island, and hemmed in fields which +supplied pasture for lambs and goats. One little lamb had a red ribbon +round its neck, and this was Noémi's pet. When the flock saw her they +ran to her and bleated a greeting which she understood; then they +followed her and Timar to the border of the field where the fence +stopped them.</p> + +<p>Behind these was to be seen a plantation of fine walnuts, with +widespread shady heads and thick trunks, whose bark was smooth as silk. +"Look," said Noémi, "those are my mother's pride; they are fifteen years +old—just a year younger than I am," she said quite simply.</p> + +<p>On the right was the marsh, as Timar well remembered when he first came +to the island and made his way through it. Now it was covered with +water-plants; yellow lilies and white bell flowers were spread over the +surface of the morass, and in the midst stood quietly two storks.</p> + +<p>Timar opened the little gate; it was a pleasant reminder to see this +wilderness once more, and yet it seemed to him as if his guide was +afraid and uncomfortable.</p> + +<p>"Are you still all alone here?" asked Michael.</p> + +<p>"We are alone. At market-times people come to barter with us, and in +winter wood-cutters come and help us to hew the trees and root them up: +the wood serves to pay them. We do the rest ourselves."</p> + +<p>"But fruit-gathering is very troublesome, especially on account of the +wasps."</p> + +<p>"Oh, that is not hard work; our friends singing there on the trees help +us with the wasp-killing. Do you see all the nests? Our laborers live +there; here no one troubles them, and they do us good service. Just +listen!"</p> + +<p>The wilderness resounded indeed with a heavenly concert. In the evening +every bird hastens home, and then they are at their best. The cuckoo, +the clock of the woods, has enough to do in striking the hours, and the +thrush whistles in Greek strophes.</p> + +<p>Then suddenly Noémi screamed aloud, grew pale, and started back with her +trembling hand on her heart, so that Timar felt it his duty to seize her +by the hand that she might not fall. "What is it?" Noémi held her hand +before her eyes and said, half laughing and half crying, in a tone of +mingled fear and disgust, "Look, look! there he comes."</p> + +<p>"Who?"</p> + +<p>"There, that one!"</p> + +<p>He saw a large, wrinkled, fat frog, which was creeping quietly in the +grass, keeping an eye on the new-comers, and ready for a spring, in case +of danger, into the nearest water-course.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span>Noémi was so paralyzed with fright that she had not the strength to run +away.</p> + +<p>"Are you afraid of frogs?" asked Timar.</p> + +<p>"I have a horror of them; I should be frightened to death if it jumped +on me."</p> + +<p>"How like a girl! They love cats because they coax and flatter, but they +can not bear frogs because they are ugly; and yet, do you know, the +frogs are just as good friends to us as the birds: this common, despised +animal is the best assistant to the gardener. You know there are moths +and beetles and grubs which only come out at night; birds are asleep +then, but the detested frog comes out of his hole and attacks our +enemies in the dark; he feeds on the night-moths and their grubs, the +caterpillars and the slugs, and even the vipers. It is splendid the war +he makes on noxious insects. Keep quiet, just look—the ugly, wrinkled +frog is not creeping there to frighten you—he is not thinking about it. +He is a gentle beast, conscious of no sin, and does not regard you as an +enemy. Do you see a blue beetle fanning with his wings? That is one of +the worst insects, a wood-borer, of which one grub suffices to spoil a +whole young plantation; and our little friend has fixed on him as a +prey. Don't disturb him; look, he is drawing himself up for a +spring—wait. There! now he has made his leap, and darts out his long +tongue like lightning: the beetle is swallowed. You see that our good +frog is not such a disgusting creature, in spite of his shabby coat."</p> + +<p>Noémi clasped her hands, quite pleased, and already felt less dislike to +frogs. She let Michael lead her to a seat, and tell her what sensible +creatures they are, what funny tricks they play, and what curious games +exist among them. He told her of the sky-blue frog of Surinam, of which +one specimen cost the King of Prussia four thousand five hundred +thalers; then of the fire-frog, which sheds a clear light around in the +darkness, creeps into houses, hides in the beams, and croaks +unmercifully at night. In Brazil sometimes you can not hear the singers +in the opera-house for the chorus set up by the frogs which live in the +building. Now Noémi was laughing at this awful enemy, and the laugh is +half-way from hatred to love.</p> + +<p>"If only they would not make such an ugly noise!"</p> + +<p>"But you see in these tones they express their tender affection for +their little wives, for among frogs only the little husband has a +voice—the lady is dumb. The frog exclaims all night to his wife, 'How +lovely, how charming you are!' Can there be a more affectionate creature +than a frog?"</p> + +<p>Noémi was beginning to look at it from the sentimental side.</p> + +<p>"Then, too, the frog is a learned animal. You must know that the true +frog is a weather-prophet: when it is going to rain he knows it, comes +out of the water and croaks his prophecy; when dry weather is coming he +goes back to the water."</p> + +<p>"Ah!" began Noémi, getting interested.</p> + +<p>"I will catch one," said Timar; "I hear one among the bushes."</p> + +<p>He soon came back with a tree-frog between his palms. Noémi trembled and +got excited. She was red and pale by turns.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span>"Now look," said Timar to her, opening his hands a little. "Is it not a +pretty little thing? It is as lovely a green as the young grass, and its +tiny foot is like a miniature human hand. How its little heart beats! +How it looks at us with its beautiful wise black eyes with a golden ring +round them! It is not afraid of us!"</p> + +<p>Noémi, wavering between fear and curiosity, stretched out a timid hand, +but drew it quickly back.</p> + +<p>"Take it, touch it—it is the most harmless creature on God's earth." +She stretched out her hand again, frightened and yet laughing, but +looked into Timar's eyes instead of at the frog, and started when the +cold body came in contact with her reluctant nerves; but then suddenly +she laughed with pleasure, like a child which would not go into the cold +water, and then is glad to be there.</p> + +<p>"Now look, he does not move in your hand; he is quite comfortable. We +will take him home and find a glass, put water in, and then place a +small ladder in it which I can cut out of wood. The frog shall be +imprisoned in it, and when he knows that rain is coming he will climb up +the ladder. Give it to me; I will carry it."</p> + +<p>"No, no; I will keep him, and carry him home myself."</p> + +<p>"Then you must hold your hand shut, or he will jump out; but not too +tight so as to press him. And now let us go, for the dew is falling, and +the grass is wet."</p> + +<p>They turned homeward, and Noémi ran on, calling from afar to Therese, +"Mother, mother, see what we have caught! a beautiful bird."</p> + +<p>Mamma Therese prepared to scold her daughter severely.</p> + +<p>"Don't you know that it is forbidden to catch birds?"</p> + +<p>"But such a bird! Herr Timar caught it, and gave it to me. Just peep +into my hand."</p> + +<p>Frau Therese threw up her hands when she saw the green tree-frog there.</p> + +<p>"Look how it blinks at me with its beautiful eyes!" cried Noémi, beaming +with delight. "We are going to put him in a glass, catch flies for him, +and he will foretell the weather for us. Oh, the dear little thing!" And +she held the frog caressingly to her cheek.</p> + +<p>Therese turned to Timar in astonishment. "Sir, you are a magician! Only +yesterday you could have driven this girl out of her senses with such a +creature as that."</p> + +<p>But Noémi was quite enthusiastic about the frog. While she laid the +table on the veranda for supper, she delivered a complete batrachian +lecture to her mother on what she had heard from Timar: how useful, as +well as wise, amusing, and interesting frogs were. It was not true that +they spat venom, as people said, that they crept into sleepers' mouths, +sucked the milk of cows, nor that they burst with poison if you held a +spider to them—all this was pure calumny and stupid superstition. They +are our best friends, which guard us at night; those little soft +foot-prints which are visible on the smooth sand round the house, are +the consoling sign of their nightly patrol: it would be ungrateful to +fear them. Timar had meanwhile prepared a small ladder of willow-twigs +for the little<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span> meteorologist. He put it in a wide-mouthed bottle, which +he half filled with water, and covered with a pierced paper, through +which the imprisoned prophet was to receive its provision of flies. It +of course went down to the bottom, and declined either to eat or to +talk. Noémi welcomed this as a sign that the weather would remain fine.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir," said Frau Therese, as she brought out the supper to the +little table at which they all sat down; "you have not only worked a +miracle on Noémi, but have really done her a great benefit. Our island +would have been a paradise if Noémi had not been so afraid of frogs. As +soon as ever she saw one she grew quite white and got a fit of +shivering. No human power would have induced her to go across the fence +to where the innumerable frogs croak in the marsh. You have made a new +creature of her, and reconciled her with her home."</p> + +<p>"A sweet home!" sighed Timar. Therese sighed aloud.</p> + +<p>"Why do you sigh?" Noémi asked.</p> + +<p>"You know well enough."</p> + +<p>And Timar too knew to whom the sigh was due.</p> + +<p>Noémi tried to give a cheerful turn to the conversation. "I took my +aversion to frogs from the time when a naughty boy played me a trick, +and threw a great big toad, as brown as a crust, at me. He said it was a +bull-frog, and that if he struck it with a nettle it would roar like a +bull. He did strike the poor thing, and then it began to moan piteously, +so that I can never forget it, as if it would call for vengeance against +our whole race; and its body was covered with white froth. The bad boy +laughed when he heard the uncanny voice of the poor beast."</p> + +<p>"Who was that wicked boy?" asked Michael.</p> + +<p>Noémi was silent, and only made an expressively contemptuous movement of +the hand. Timar guessed the name; he looked at Frau Therese, and she +nodded assent—already they can guess each other's thoughts.</p> + +<p>"Has he never been here since?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes; he comes every year, and never ceases tormenting us. He has +found a new way of laying us under contribution. He brings a large boat +with him, and as I can not give him any money, he loads it with honey, +wax, and wool, which he sells. I give him what he wants, that he may +leave us in peace."</p> + +<p>"He has not been here lately," said Noémi.</p> + +<p>"Oh, nothing has happened to him, I expect his arrival any day."</p> + +<p>"If only he would come now!" said the girl.</p> + +<p>"Why, you little goose?"</p> + +<p>Noémi grew crimson. "Only because I should prefer it."</p> + +<p>Timar, however, thought to himself how happy he could make these two +people with a single word. But he gloated over the thought, like a child +which had some sweets given to it, and begins by eating the crumbs +first. He felt an inward impulse to share the joys and sorrows of these +islanders.</p> + +<p>Supper was over, the sun had set, and a splendid, still, warm night sunk +on to the fields; the whole sky looked like a transparent silver +veil—no leaf stirred on the trees. The two women went with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span> their +visitor to the top of the great bowlder; from there one had a wide view +over the trees and the reed-beds far across the Danube. The island lay +at their feet like an enchanted lake with variegated waves. The +apple-trees swam in a rosy, and the pomegranates in a dark-red, sea of +blossom; the poplars looked golden-yellow, and the pear-trees white with +snowy bloom, and the waving tips of the plum-trees were radiant in +brazen green. In the midst rose the rock like a lighted cupola, wreathed +with fiery roses, on whose top old lavender bushes formed a thicket.</p> + +<p>"Superb!" cried Timar, enchanted with the landscape outspread before +him.</p> + +<p>"You should see the rock in summer, when the yellow stonecrop is in +bloom," exclaimed Noémi, eagerly; "it looks as if it had on a golden +robe. The lavender blossom makes a great blue crown for its head."</p> + +<p>"I will come and see it," said Timar.</p> + +<p>"Really?" The girl stretched out her hand to him joyously, and Michael +fell a warm pressure such as no woman's hand had ever given him in his +life. And then Noémi leaned her head on Therese's shoulder, and threw +her arm round her mother's neck. All nature was under the spell of deep +repose undisturbed by any human sound. Only the monotonous chorus of the +frogs enlivened the deep shadows of the night. The sky offered a curious +spectacle; half was blue, and the other opal green. There are two sides +even to happiness.</p> + +<p>"Do you hear what the frogs are saying?" whispered Noémi to her +mother—"'Oh, how dear you are, how sweet!' They say that all night +long—'Oh, you darling, you sweet!'" and she kissed Therese at every +word.</p> + +<p>Michael, forgetful of himself and of the whole world, stood on the rock +with folded arms. The young crescent glittered between the quivering +foliage of the poplars, now shining like pure silver; a wonderful new +feeling crept into the man's breast. Was it fear or longing?—memory +aroused or dawning hope?—awakening joy or dying grief?—instinct or +warning?—madness, or that breath of spring which seizes on tree and +grass, and every cold or warm-blooded animal?</p> + +<p>Just so had he gazed at the waning moon, which threw its long reflection +on the waves as far as the sinking ship. His involuntary thoughts talked +with the ghostly magnetic rays, and they with him.</p> + +<p>"Do you not understand? I will return to-morrow, and then you will +know."</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_THIRD_IV" id="CHAPTER_THIRD_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.<br /> +<span class="subhead">A SPIDER AMONG THE ROSES.</span></h3> + + +<p>People who live by their labor have no time to admire the moonlight from +mountain-tops, or to waste in observation on the beauties of nature: the +flocks of sheep and goats already waited to be relieved of their milky +tribute by their mistress. Milking was the office of Frau Therese, and +it was Noémi's duty to cut grass enough for the herd. Timar continued +the conversation meanwhile<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span> with his back leaning against the +stable-door, and lighting his pipe just as the countryman does when he +is courting the peasant girl.</p> + +<p>The great boiler must be refilled with fresh rose-infusion, and then +they can all go to bed. Timar begged for the bee-house to sleep in, +where Frau Therese spread him a couch of fresh hay, and Noémi arranged +his pillow. Very little was needed to woo him to slumber. Hardly had he +lain down before sleep closed his eyes; he dreamed all night that he had +become a gardener's boy, and was making endless rose-water.</p> + +<p>When he awoke the sun was already high in the heavens. The bees buzzed +round him busily; he had overslept himself. That some one had already +been here he guessed, because near his couch lay all the toilet +necessaries he had brought in his knapsack. A poor traveler who is used +to shaving every day feels very uncomfortable when unable to go through +that operation; his mind is as much disturbed by that confounded stubble +as if it were a prick of conscience. When he was ready, the women +already awaited him at breakfast, which consisted of bread and milk, and +then they went to the day's work of rose-gathering.</p> + +<p>Michael was, as he desired, set to rose-crushing. Noémi picked off the +petals, and Frau Therese was busy with the boiler. Timar told Noémi all +about roses. Not that they were like her cheeks, at which she would have +burst out laughing, but he imparted to her what he had learned about +them in his travels: learned things which Noémi listened to with +attention, and which instilled into her a still greater respect for +Timar. With young and innocent maidens a clever, intelligent man has a +great advantage.</p> + +<p>"In Turkey they use rose-water in eating and drinking. There, too, whole +groves of roses are planted; there beads are made of roses pressed into +the form of balls and strung together: that is why they are called +rosaries. In the East there is one lovely kind of rose from which attar +is made; it is the balsam rose, and grows on trees of ten feet high, +whose branches are bent to the ground by their snow-white burden. Their +scent surpasses that of any other kind; if you throw the petals into +water and set them in the sun, in a very short time the surface is +rainbow-colored with the oil that the petals exude. It is the same with +the evergreen rose, which does not shed its leaves in winter. The Ceylon +and Rio roses dye the hair and beard light, and so fast that they do not +lose their color for years; for this purpose alone there is a +considerable trade in them. The leaves of the Moggor rose stupefy; you +are intoxicated by their scent as if with beer. The Vilmorin rose has +the property that, it if is bitten by a certain insect which is +obnoxious to it, it throws out great tubers, which are said to send a +crying child to sleep if put under its pillow."</p> + +<p>"Have you been everywhere where roses grow?" asked Noémi.</p> + +<p>"Well, I have been a good deal about in the world. I have been to +Vienna, Paris, and Constantinople."</p> + +<p>"Is that far from here?"</p> + +<p>"If one traveled on foot one would get to Vienna in thirty days from +here, and to Constantinople in forty days."</p> + +<p>"But you went in a ship."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span>"That takes longer still; for I should have to take in cargo on the +way."</p> + +<p>"For whom?"</p> + +<p>"For the owner I was traveling for."</p> + +<p>"Is Herr Brazovics still your principal?"</p> + +<p>"Who told you about him?"</p> + +<p>"The steersman who came with you."</p> + +<p>"No longer now—Herr Brazovics is dead."</p> + +<p>"Dead! so he is dead? And his wife and daughter?" interrupted Frau +Therese, quickly.</p> + +<p>"They have lost everything by his death."</p> + +<p>"Ah, just God! Thy avenging hand has reached them!"</p> + +<p>"Mother, good mother!" cried Noémi, with gentle entreaty.</p> + +<p>"Sir, there is one more thing you ought to know. When that blow fell on +us, when I had implored Brazovics on my knees not to drive us to +beggary, it struck me that this man had a wife and child. I determined +to find out his wife and tell her my misery—she would help me and take +pity on us. I took my child in my arms and traveled in the hottest part +of the summer to Komorn. I sought her out in her fine large house, and +waited at the door, for they would not let me in. At last Frau Brazovics +came out with her five-year-old daughter. I fell on my knees, and begged +her for God's sake to take compassion on us, and be our mediator with +her husband. The woman seized my arm and thrust me down the step; I +tried, in falling, to protect my child with both arms, that it might not +be hurt, and struck my head against one of the two pillars which support +the balcony. Here is the scar still visible. The little girl laughed +aloud when she saw me limping away and heard my baby cry. That is why I +sing 'Hosanna,' and blessed be the hand which thrust her away from the +steps down which she cast us."</p> + +<p>"Oh, mother, don't talk so!"</p> + +<p>"So they have come to misery? Have they become beggars themselves—the +haughty, purse-proud people? Do they wear rags, and beg in vain at the +doors of their former friends?"</p> + +<p>"No, dear lady," said Michael; "some one has been found to take care of +them."</p> + +<p>"Madman!" cried Therese, with passionate force. "Why should he put a +spoke in fate's wheel? How can he dare to receive into his home the +curse which will ruin him?"</p> + +<p>Noémi ran to her mother and covered her mouth with both hands; then she +fell on her neck and sealed her lips with kisses. "Dearest mother, do +not say such things. Do not utter curses; I can not bear to hear +them—take them back. Let me kiss away the dreadful words from your +lips."</p> + +<p>Therese recovered herself under her daughter's caresses. "Do not be +afraid, silly child," she said, shaking her head. "Curses fall idly on +the air. They are only a bad, superstitious habit of us old women. God +never thinks of noticing the curses of such worms as we are, and keeping +them till the day of judgment. My curses will take effect on no one."</p> + +<p>"It is already fulfilled on me," thought Timar. "I am the madman who +received them into his house."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span>Noémi tried to bring the subject of roses back. "Tell me, Herr Timar, +how could you get such a Moggor rose whose scent stupefies?"</p> + +<p>"If you wish, I will bring you one."</p> + +<p>"Where do they grow?"</p> + +<p>"In Brazil."</p> + +<p>"Is that far?"</p> + +<p>"The other side of the world."</p> + +<p>"Must you go by sea?"</p> + +<p>"Two months continuously at sea."</p> + +<p>"And why would you go?"</p> + +<p>"On business—and to fetch you a Moggor rose."</p> + +<p>"Then do not bring me any."</p> + +<p>Noémi left the kitchen, and Michael noticed that tears were in her eyes. +She only returned to the distillery when she had filled her basket with +rose leaves, and shook them out on to the rush-matting, where they made +a large hill.</p> + +<p>The boiling of yesterday's rose-essence lasted till midday, and after +breakfast Frau Therese said to her guest that there was not much work +for to-day, and that they could go for a walk in the island. One who was +so great a traveler might be able to give good advice to the islanders, +as to what vegetables they might usefully and profitably introduce into +their little Eden. Frau Therese said to the dog, "Stop here and watch +the house! Lie down in the veranda and don't stir!" Almira understood +and obeyed.</p> + +<p>Michael disappeared with his companions among the plantations.</p> + +<p>Hardly had they vanished into the wood before Almira began to prick her +ears uneasily and to growl angrily. She scented something. She shook her +head, rose from time to time, but lay down again. A man's voice became +audible, which sung a German song, whose refrain was, "She wears, if I +can trust my eyes, a jet-black camisole." The person coming from the +shore sings, of course, on purpose to attract the attention of the +inhabitants. He is afraid of the great dog—but it does not bark.</p> + +<p>The new arrival appears from among the shadows of the rose-arbor. It is +Theodor Krisstyan.</p> + +<p>This time he is attired like a fashionable dandy, in a dark-blue tunic +with golden buttons; and his overcoat hangs on his arm. Almira does not +stir at his approach. She is a philosopher, and reasons, if I fly at +this man, the end of it will be that I shall be tied up and not he. I +shall do better to keep my opinion of him to myself, and to look on in +armed neutrality at what he does. Theodor drew near confidently, and +whistling to his huge black enemy. "Your servant, Almira. Come, +Almirakin, you dear old dog—where are your ladies? Bark a bit to please +me. Where is our dear Mamma Therese?" Almira could not be induced to +answer.</p> + +<p>"Look, then, little doggie, what I have got for you—a piece of meat; +there, eat it. What? Don't you want it? You fancy it's poisoned, you +fool? Gobble it up, you beauty!" But Almira would not even sniff at the +piece of meat, until Narcissa (it is well known that cats have no +decision of character) crept up to it, which made Almira angry, and she +began to scratch a large hole in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span> the ground; there she buried the meat, +like a careful dog which makes provision for a day of necessity.</p> + +<p>"Well, what a distrustful beast it is," murmured Theodor to himself. "Am +I to be allowed to go in?"</p> + +<p>But that was not allowed. Almira did not say so in words, but she curled +her lip to let him see the beautiful white teeth underneath.</p> + +<p>"Stupid creature, you don't mean to bite me? Where can the women be? +Perhaps in the distillery?"</p> + +<p>Theodor went in and looked round—he found no one. He washed his face +and hands in the steaming rose-water, and it gave him especial pleasure +to think that so he had spoiled the work of a whole day.</p> + +<p>When he wanted to come out of the distillery, he found the entrance +barred by the dog. Almira had laid herself down across the threshold and +showed him her white teeth. "Indeed, so now you won't let me come out, +you churl? Very well, I can wait here till the women return. I can find +a little place to rest on." And so saying he threw himself on the heap +of rose leaves Noémi had turned out. "Ah, what a good bed—a Lucullan +couch! Ha! ha!"</p> + +<p>The women came back with Michael from their walk through the island. +Therese saw with uneasiness that Almira was not lying in the veranda, +but was guarding the door of the distillery.</p> + +<p>When Theodor heard Therese's voice, he thought of a good trick to play. +He buried himself in the rose leaves, so that nothing was to be seen of +him; and when Noémi, with the words, "What have you here, Almira?" +looked in at the door, he put his head out and grinned at her: "Your own +beloved bridegroom is here, lovely Noémi!"</p> + +<p>Noémi, starting back, screamed aloud.</p> + +<p>"What is it?" asked the mother, hastening up.</p> + +<p>"There, among the roses . . ." stammered the girl.</p> + +<p>"Well, what among the roses? A spider?"</p> + +<p>"Yes . . . a spider . . ."</p> + +<p>Theodor sprung laughing from his bed of roses, and like one who has +surprised his dear ones with a capital joke, rushed with shouts of +laughter to Mamma Therese, embraced her, without noticing her angry +looks or Noémi's disgusted face, and kissed her several times.</p> + +<p>"Ha! ha! Did I take you by surprise? You sweet dear mamma, be happy: +your dear son-in-law is here; he has risen like a fairy from the roses. +He! he!" Then he turned toward Noémi, but she slipped away from his +embrace, and then first Theodor Krisstyan was aware of the presence of a +third person—Michael Timar.</p> + +<p>This discovery damped his joviality, which indeed was only put on, and +for this reason it was disagreeable to see some one with whom most +unpleasant recollections were connected.</p> + +<p>"Your servant, Mr. Supercargo!" he addressed Timar. "We meet here again? +You have not any more Turkish pashas in your ship? He! he! Don't be +afraid, Mr. Supercargo."</p> + +<p>Timar shrugged his shoulders and said nothing. Then Theodor turned to +Noémi, and put his arm caressingly round the girl's<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span> waist, who in +answer to it pushed him away and turned her face from him.</p> + +<p>"Leave the girl alone!" said Therese shortly, in a severe tone. "What do +you want now?"</p> + +<p>"There, there—don't turn me out of the house before I have got in. Is +it not permissible to embrace my little bride? Noémi won't break if I +look at her? What are you so afraid of me for?"</p> + +<p>"We have good reason," said Therese, sullenly.</p> + +<p>"Don't be angry, little mother. This time I have not come to get +anything from you: I bring you something—a great, great deal of money. +Ho! ho! a heap of money! So much that you could buy back your fine house +that you once had, and the fields and gardens on the Ostrova Island—in +short, all that you have lost. You shall have it all again. I know that +I, as a son, owe you the duty of making good all that you lost by my +poor father's fault."</p> + +<p>By this time Theodor had become so sentimental that he was shedding +tears, but it left the spectators unmoved: they believed as little in +his tears as in his laughter.</p> + +<p>"Let us go in, into the room," said he, "for what I have to say is not +for every ear."</p> + +<p>"Don't talk such nonsense," Frau Therese said, angrily. "What do you +mean by 'every ear' here on this lonely island? You can say anything +before Timar: he is an old friend—but go on. I know you are hungry, and +that's what it all means."</p> + +<p>"Ah, you dear good mother! how well you know your Theodor's little +weakness of always having a splendid appetite. And you do so thoroughly +understand the exquisite Greek <i>cuisine</i>, at sight of which one would +wish to be all stomach. There is no such housekeeper in the world as you +are. I have dined with the Sultan of Turkey, but he has no cook who can +compare with you."</p> + +<p>Frau Therese had the weakness of being sensitive to praise of her +housekeeping. She never grudged good things to any guest, and even her +deadly enemy she could not send away empty.</p> + +<p>Theodor wore a so-called Figaro hat, which was then in fashion, and +managed that the low door-way of the little cottage should knock it off +his head, in order to be able to say, "Oh, these confounded new-fangled +hats! but that's sure to happen when one is used to high door-ways. In +my new house they are all folding-doors, and such a splendid view over +the sea from my rooms."</p> + +<p>"Have you then really a home anywhere?" asked Therese as she laid the +table.</p> + +<p>"I should think so! At Trieste, and in the finest palace in the town. I +am agent to the principal shipbuilder."</p> + +<p>"At Trieste?" interrupted Timar. "What's his name?"</p> + +<p>"He turns out sea-going vessels," said Theodor, casting a contemptuous +look at Timar. "He is not merely a barge-builder—and for that matter +his name is Signor Scaramelli."</p> + +<p>Timar was silent. He did not care to let out that he himself was having +a large vessel built for the ocean trade by Scaramelli.</p> + +<p>"I am just rolling in money!" bragged Theodor. "Millions and millions +pass through my hands. If I were not such an honest man, I could save +thousands for myself. I have bought something for my dear little Noémi, +which I once promised her. What<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span> did I promise? A ring. What sort of a +stone? A ruby, an emerald? Well, it is a brilliant, a four-carat +brilliant: it shall be our betrothal ring. Here it is." Theodor felt in +his breeches-pocket, fumbled a long time, made at last a terrible +grimace, and stared on the ground. "It is lost!" groaned he, turning his +pocket out, and showing the treacherous hole through which the valuable +engagement-ring with the four-carat diamond had escaped. Noémi broke +into a hearty laugh. She had such a lovely ringing voice when she +laughed, and one seldom had a chance of hearing it.</p> + +<p>"But it is not lost!" cried Theodor; "you may spare your laughter, fair +lady!" and he began to draw off his boot—and there really was the ring, +which fell out of the turned-over top of the boot on to the tray.</p> + +<p>"There it is! A good horse does not run away. My little Noémi's +engagement-ring has never left me. Look now, Mamma Therese—your future +son-in-law has brought this for his bride; there, what do you say to +that? And you, Mr. Underwriter, if you understand these things, what do +you value this diamond at?"</p> + +<p>Timar looked at the stone and said, "Paste. In the trade it is worth +about five groschen."</p> + +<p>"Hold your tongue, Supercargo! What do you know about it? You understand +hay and maize, and perhaps never saw a diamond in your life."</p> + +<p>And so saying, he placed the despised ring, which Noémi would on no +account wear, on his little finger, and was busy all through the meal in +showing it off. The young gentleman had a fine appetite. During dinner +he talked very big about what a gigantic establishment this +shipbuilder's was, and how many million square feet of wood were +required every year. There were hardly any trees left in the +neighborhood fit for building ships. They had to be brought from +America. There were only a few left in Sclavonia. Only after he had +dined well, he came out with the principal affair.</p> + +<p>"And now, my dear lady, I will tell you what I have come about."</p> + +<p>Therese looked at him with anxious distrust.</p> + +<p>"Now I will make you all happy—you, as well as Noémi and myself. And +besides, I can do Signor Scaramelli a good turn. That's enough for me. +Says Scaramelli to me one day, 'Friend Krisstyan, I say, you will have +to go off to Brazil.'"</p> + +<p>"If only you were there now!" sighed Therese.</p> + +<p>Theodor understood and smiled. "You must know that from there comes the +best wood for shipbuilding. The makaya and the murmuru tree, used for +the keel; the poripont and patanova, from which the ribs are made; the +royoc and grasgal-trees, which do not decay in water; the +'mort-aux-rats'-tree, the iron-wood for rudder shafts, and sour-gum-tree +for paddle-floats; also the teak and mahogany for ship's fittings, +and—"</p> + +<p>"Pray, stop with your ridiculous Indian names," interrupted Therese; +"you think you will turn my head by reeling out a whole botanical +catalogue, so that I sha'n't see the wood for the trees. Tell me why—if +there are such incomparable trees in Brazil—why you are not there +already?"</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span>"Yes, but that's just where my grand idea comes in. Why, said I to +Signor Scaramelli, should I travel to Brazil when we have plenty of wood +close by even better than that of Brazil? I know an island in the middle +of the Danube which is provided with a virgin forest, and where grow +splendid trees, which can compete with those of South America."</p> + +<p>"I thought so," murmured Therese to herself.</p> + +<p>"The poplars take the place of the patanovas; the nut-trees far surpass +mahogany, and those we have in hundreds on our island."</p> + +<p>"My nut-trees!"</p> + +<p>"The wood of the apple-tree is much better than that of the +jaskarilla-tree."</p> + +<p>"Indeed; so you have already disposed of my apple-trees!"</p> + +<p>"Plum-tree wood need not fear comparison with the best teak."</p> + +<p>"And those too you would cut down and sell to Signor Scaramelli?" asked +Frau Therese, quietly.</p> + +<p>"We shall get a mint of money for them; at least ten gulden for each +tree. Signor Scaramelli has given me <i>carte blanche</i>. He has left me +free to make a contract with you. I have it in my pocket; you have only +to sign and our fortune is made. And when once the useless trees here +are cut down, we will not stay here, but go and live in Trieste. We will +plant the whole island with 'Prunus mehaleb'—you know they make Turkish +pipe-stems from it. This tree requires no care; we need only keep one +man here; he would sell the yearly crop of tubular stems to the +merchants, and we should receive five hundred ducats for every rood—for +ten roods five thousand ducats."</p> + +<p>Timar could not suppress a smile. Speculations of such rashness had not +occurred even to him.</p> + +<p>"Well, what is there to laugh at?" Theodor said, in a lordly manner. "I +know all about these things."</p> + +<p>"And I understand, too," said Therese, "what you want. As often as my +unlucky star brings you here, you appear like a bird of prey, and I may +be sure you have some malicious scheme against me. You know that you +will not find any money with me, but you help yourself. Once before you +came with a boat and carried off what we had saved for our own use, and +turned it into money. Now you are no longer satisfied with the fruit of +which you took tithes more jealously than any usurious pasha. You want +to sell the trees, too, over my head—those trees, my treasures, my only +friends in the world, which I have planted and nurtured, which keep me, +and under which I can rest. Fy! for shame! to tell me such stories of +getting money for these trees, to build ships of them. For certain, you +would only cut them down to sell them for a trifle to the nearest +charcoal-burner—that is your splendid plan. Who are you going to take +in? Not me, who know your cunning. I tell you, have done with your +foolish tricks, or you may yet learn what is the use of Turkish +pipe-stems!"</p> + +<p>"No, no, Mamma Therese, I am not thinking of joking; you may be sure I +did not come here for nothing: remember what day it is. It is my +<i>fête</i>-day, and the day of my little darling Noémi's birth. You know my +poor father and hers betrothed us to each other when we were little; +they settled that as soon as Noémi was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span> seventeen we should be united. I +should have come from the ends of the earth for such a day as this. Here +I am, with all the warmth of my loving heart; but people can not live on +love alone. It is true I get good pay from Signor Scaramelli, but that +goes to the splendid furniture of my house in Trieste. You must give me +something with Noémi, so that she may make an appearance consistent with +her rank. The bride can not enter the bridegroom's house with empty +hands; she is your only daughter, and has a right to require of you that +you should provide for her handsomely."</p> + +<p>Noémi had sat down sulkily in a corner of the room, and remained with +her back to the company and her head against the wall.</p> + +<p>"Yes," continued Theodor. "You must give Noémi a dowry. Do not be so +selfish. Keep half your trees, for all I care, and leave the other half +to me; where and how I sell them is my affair. Give Noémi the nut-trees +for a dowry: for those I have, really, a certain purchaser."</p> + +<p>Therese had come to the end of her patience. "Listen, Theodor. I do not +know whether to-day is your <i>fête</i> or not, but one thing I do know, that +it is not Noémi's birthday. And yet more surely I know that Noémi will +not marry you, if you were the only man on God's earth."</p> + +<p>"Ha! ha! leave that to me—I am not afraid."</p> + +<p>"Just as you like; but now, once for all, you shall never have my +splendid nut-trees, if Noah's ark was to be built of them. One single +tree I will give you, and that you can use for the end you will come to +sooner or later. You say to-day is your <i>fête</i>-day, and that would be a +good day to do it."</p> + +<p>At these words Theodor rose, but not to go on his way—only to turn the +chair he had been sitting on, and place himself astride on it, with his +elbows on its back, and looking into Therese's eyes he said with +provoking coolness—</p> + +<p>"I must say you are very kind, Mamma Therese; you seem to have forgotten +that if I say one word—"</p> + +<p>"Say it then! You can speak freely before this gentleman: he knows +everything."</p> + +<p>"And that this island does not belong to you?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"And that it would only cost me one word, either at Vienna or +Constantinople—"</p> + +<p>"To make us homeless and shelterless and beggars."</p> + +<p>"Yes; I can do that!" cried Theodor Krisstyan, who, now showing his true +colors, looked with greedy eyes at Therese and drew a paper from his +pocket, which he held toward her. "Here is the agreement, and here is +the date. You know what I can do, and I will do it, if you do not sign +this contract immediately." Therese trembled.</p> + +<p>"No, sir," said Timar, laying his hand gently on Theodor's shoulder. +"You can not do that."</p> + +<p>"What?" asked he, throwing his head back defiantly.</p> + +<p>"Lay information anywhere of the existence of this island, and of its +unauthorized occupation."</p> + +<p>"Why should I not do it?"</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span>"Because another has already done it."</p> + +<p>"You!" cried Theodor, raising his fist to Michael.</p> + +<p>"You!" exclaimed Therese, pressing her hands to her brow.</p> + +<p>"Yes; I," said Timar, steadily and calmly. "I have given information +both at Vienna and in Constantinople, that here close to the Ostrova +Island a nameless and uninhabited islet has been formed in the course of +the last fifty years. Then I begged of the Vienna Government as well as +of the Sublime Porte to leave me the usufruct of the islet for ninety +years: as an acknowledgement of ownership, the Hungarian Government is +to receive every year a sack of nuts, and the Sublime Porte a box of +dried fruit. The patent in question and the imperial firman are already +in my hands." Timar drew the two deeds out of the envelope he had +received at his Baja office, and which had, so much pleased him. When he +became a great man, he had determined to procure comfort and peace for +this poor storm-driven family. That sack of nuts and box of fruit had +cost him large sums. "But," he concluded, "I hastened to transfer the +rights thus obtained to the present inhabitants and colonists. Here is +the official deed of settlement."</p> + +<p>Therese fell speechless at Michael's feet. She could only sob and kiss +the hands of the man who had freed her from this incarnate curse, and +driven away the phantom which oppressed her heart by day and night.</p> + +<p>Noémi held her two hands on her heart, as if afraid that it would cry +aloud, and betray what her lips suppressed.</p> + +<p>"You see then, Herr Theodor Krisstyan," said Michael, "that you have +nothing to get on this island for the next ninety years."</p> + +<p>Pale with rage, Theodor screamed, foaming at the mouth, "And who are you +who dare to meddle in the affairs of this family? What gives you a right +to do it?"</p> + +<p>"My love!" cried Noémi suddenly, with all the strength of overpowering +passion, while she fell on Michael's breast, and threw her arms round +his neck.</p> + +<p>Theodor said not a word more. He shook his fist in silent rage at Timar, +and rushed out of the room. In his look lay that hatred which does not +hesitate to use a dagger or to mix poison. But even when he was gone, +the girl still held Timar's neck in her embrace.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_THIRD_V" id="CHAPTER_THIRD_V"></a>CHAPTER V.<br /> +<span class="subhead">OUT OF THE WORLD.</span></h3> + + +<p>What induced Noémi to throw herself on Timar's breast and acknowledge +openly that she loved him? Did she wish thus to banish forever the man +whose presence was hateful to her, and make it impossible for him any +longer to desire her as his wife? Had this child of solitude no idea of +the etiquette which demands that such feelings should be concealed in a +maiden's breast? Or did she confuse love with the gratitude she could +not help feeling toward the man who had freed her and her mother from +anxiety, and won for their lifelong enjoyment the possession of this +little paradise? Perhaps she was alarmed when she saw her tor<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span>mentor +feeling for a weapon, and had instinctively thrown herself on her +benefactor's breast to protect him from attack. She might have thought +that this poor ship's captain, whose mother was as poor as her mother, +had said that he had "no one" in the world; why should she not be "some +one" to him? Would he have returned here if something had not attracted +him, and if he cared for her why should she not love him?</p> + +<p>No, no; no explanation, no reason, no excuse was needed; here was +nothing but pure, unselfish love.</p> + +<p>She did not know why, she asked for no reason—she only loved. She loved +without inquiring whether it was allowed by God and man, whether it +would bring her joy or sorrow. She did not long to be happy or great, +her lord's liege lady, crowned with the silver crown, and blessed by the +Triune God—she only loved. She never thought of humiliation with bent +head, she asked neither the protection of a husband nor the pity and +forgiveness of God—she only loved. Such was Noémi.</p> + +<p>Poor Noémi! what you must suffer for this! . . . Michael had for the +first time in his life heard it said that some one loved him. From real +inclination, as a poor ship's captain in another man's service, without +selfish interest, for his own sake alone. A miraculous warmth overflowed +his heart, the warmth which will awake the dead from their long sleep at +the resurrection. He raised his hands timidly and trembling to the +shoulders of the girl, and asked, with softly whispering voice, "And +that is really true?"</p> + +<p>The maiden moved the head which lay on his heart and nodded to him. +"Yes; it is true."</p> + +<p>Michael looked at Therese. She came toward them, and laid her hand on +Noémi's head, as if to say, "Well, then, love him!" It was a solemn and +silent scene, in which each could hear the heart-beats of the other.</p> + +<p>Therese broke the silence first. "If only you knew," she said to Timar, +"how many tears the girl has shed for you. If you had seen her go daily +up the rock, and look for hours over the quiet landscape, where you +vanished from her sight. If you had heard her whisper your name in her +dreams!"</p> + +<p>Noémi made a deprecating gesture with her hand, as if to entreat her +mother to betray no more. But Michael only noticed it by drawing her +closer to himself. See, here at last is one being in the wide world who +knows how to love him; who in the "Man of Gold" loves the man and not +the gold. And it seemed to him as if he had been in banishment, as long +as he had walked through the world, and only now had found a new earth +and new heaven, and in them a new life. He bent to kiss the girl's brow, +and felt her heart throb against his.</p> + +<p>And around him were only springing flowers, fragrant shrubs, humming +bees, and singing birds, which all proclaimed "Thou shalt love!" +Speechless bliss led them out into the air, and when they looked into +each other's eyes, both thought, "How wonderful! thine eyes are the same +color as mine." The brilliant sky and the fragrant earth had agreed to +inthrall them—their own inclination completed the spell. When a child +who has never loved, and a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span> man who has never been loved, meet each +other, how is it likely to be with them?</p> + +<p>The day drew to a close, but they had not yet been satisfied with joy. +The evening fell, the moon rose. Noémi led Michael to the top of the +rock, whence she had once looked after the departing guest with tears. +There Timar sat down among the sweet lavender; Noémi placed herself +beside him, and leaned her curly golden head on the arm of the man, +whose enraptured face was raised to the sky. Therese stood behind them +and looked down smiling. The silver moon shone radiant from the +golden-dusky vault, and the tempting phantom spoke, "Behold this +treasure! it belongs to you. You found it; it gave itself to you and is +yours. You had obtained all except love, only that was wanting, and now +you have found that too. Take, enjoy to the dregs the cup which the +Almighty has given you. You will become a new man! The man whom a woman +loves becomes a demi-god. You are happy; you are beloved." . . . Only +the inner voice whispered, "You are a thief!"</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>With the first kiss a new world had arisen for Michael; a wonderful +change had taken place in his soul. The first feeling which overpowered +him was a secret dread, a fear of happiness; should he submit to it or +fly from it? Does a blessing or a curse rest on it? does it bring life +or death? what follows on it? What deity will answer these questions? +The flower is answered when it unfolds its cup, the butterfly when it +opens its wings, the bird when it builds its nest; but not the man when +he asks, "Is it good or evil to follow the call of my heart?"</p> + +<p>And his heart said, "Look in her eyes!" It is not sinful to be +transported by a glance of the eye, and this intoxication lasts. Michael +forgot the whole world when he looked in her eyes; a new creation arose +for him, full of bliss and joy and earthly happiness. The exquisite +presentiment stupefied him.</p> + +<p>Since his youth no one had loved him. He had once hoped for affection, +struggled for it with might and main, and when he thought he was at the +goal, his joy was turned to ashes by crushing disappointment. And here +to his face he is told that he is beloved. Everything tells him so; the +animals which lick his hand, the lips which betray the heart's secret, +the blush and the glance which tell more than the mouth. Even she who +ought to guard the secret jealousy, the mother of the loving girl, even +she betrays it—"She loves so passionately that it will be her death!"</p> + +<p>No; that it shall not be. . . .</p> + +<p>Timar passed on the island one of those days which outweigh an eternity. +A day full of endless feeling—a day of self-forgetfulness and waking +dreams, when what a man has longed for in visions of the night actually +stands before him.</p> + +<p>But when on the third night, after a season of ideally rapturous +intercourse, he returned from the moonlit world of enchantment to his +solitary dark bedroom, the inward accuser, who would not be silenced or +lulled to sleep, called him to account.</p> + +<p>This voice would not let him sleep. He was restless all night, and dawn +found him out under the trees; his decision was made<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span>—he would go away +and not come back for a long time, till he was forgotten. Till he also +had forgotten that he had lived three days in Elysium, that he had been +permitted to know happiness.</p> + +<p>When the sun rose, he had been round the whole island, and when he got +back he found Frau Therese and her daughter busy preparing breakfast.</p> + +<p>"I must go away to-day," said Michael to Therese.</p> + +<p>"So soon," whispered Noémi.</p> + +<p>"He has a great deal to do," said Therese to her daughter.</p> + +<p>This was only natural enough. A captain is only a servant who must look +after his affairs, and not waste the time for which he must account to +his employer.</p> + +<p>He was not pressed to stay—it was quite right that he should leave. He +will come back, and they have plenty of time to wait for him—one year, +two years, till the hour of death, till eternity. But Noémi did not +touch her glass of new milk: she could not have swallowed a drop. He +must not be detained; if he has business he must go and attend to it. +Therese herself brought out his gun and knapsack, and said to Noémi, +"You carry the gun, that Almira may not hurt it. Go with him to the +boat."</p> + +<p>Timar walked silently beside Noémi; the girl's hand rested in his; +suddenly she stood still. Michael did so too, and looked in her eyes. +"You want to ask me something?" he said. The girl thought awhile, then +she said, "No; nothing." Timar had learned to read her eyes; he guessed +her thoughts. Noémi wanted to ask him, "Tell me, my beloved, my all; +what has become of the white-faced girl who once came with you to the +island, and was called Timéa?"</p> + +<p>But she said nothing, only walked on silently with his hand in hers.</p> + +<p>Michael's heart was heavy when they said good-bye. When Noémi gave him +his gun she whispered to him, "Take care of yourself, that no harm may +come to you;" and when she pressed his hand, she looked at him once more +with those heavenly blue and soulful eyes, and said, with a voice of +entreaty, "You will return?"</p> + +<p>Michael was fascinated by the entreating voice. He pressed the child to +him and murmured—"Why don't you say 'Wilt not <i>thou</i> return?' Why am I +never to hear <i>thou</i>?"</p> + +<p>The girl cast down her eyes and gently shook her head. "Do say 'thou,'" +he begged once more. She hid her face on Michael's breast, but would not +do his will.</p> + +<p>"So you can not, or will not, call me 'thou?'—one single word—are you +afraid?" The maiden covered her face with both hands, and was silent. +"Noémi, I beg of thee say that one little word and make me happy. Do not +let me go without it."</p> + +<p>But she shook her head silently and could not utter it.</p> + +<p>"Then farewell to you, dear Noémi," faltered Michael, and sprung into +his boat. The rushes of the marsh soon hid the island from his gaze. But +as long as he could distinguish its woods, he still saw the girl leaning +on an acacia-tree, sadly gazing out with her head on her hand; but she +did not call after him the desired word.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span></p> + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_THIRD_VI" id="CHAPTER_THIRD_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE TROPIC OF CAPRICORN.</span></h3> + + +<p>After Michael had rowed across to the other side, he gave over the boat +to a fisherman to keep till he came back. But would he ever come back?</p> + +<p>He wished to go on foot as far as the wharf, where Fabula was busy with +the lading of his ships. It is hard work to row against the stream, and +in Timar's present frame of mind he was in no mood for muscular +exertion; there was in his heart a stronger current, to contend against +which he needed all his strength.</p> + +<p>The district through which he had to pass was a widespread alluvial +deposit of the Danube, like those found in the lower reaches of the +river. The capricious stream has burst some dam, and altered its course. +Every year it tears portions from one bank and carries them over to the +other. On this deposit the trees uprooted with it form a new growth, and +through this dark natural forest wind lonely paths—the roads of the +osier-cutters and fisher-folk. Here and there you come to a forsaken hut +with a shingle roof whose walls are covered with creepers. These +sometimes shelter a snipe-shooter, conceal a robber, or form the lair of +a wolf and her cubs.</p> + +<p>Michael, deep in thought, strode silently on through this desert: he had +thrown his gun over his shoulder.</p> + +<p>"You can never return here," said Timar to himself. "If it is difficult +to carry through one lie with consistency, how can you manage two?—two +contradictory lies? If you accept Noémi's love, you will be inseparably +bound to her, and must live henceforth two lives, both full of deceit. +. . . You are no boy, to be passion's tool, and perhaps it is not +passion which you feel, possibly merely a passing desire or only +gratified vanity.</p> + +<p>"Then the rejected bridegroom—how is he to be got rid of? He would kill +you, or you him—a delightful relationship indeed to end on the +scaffold!"</p> + +<p>He took off his hat and wiped the sweat from his brow; it soothed his +burning temples to let the breeze fan them.</p> + +<p>"Am I never to be happy?" he sighed. "All these years I have worked +early and late for other people; why should I be so wretched? I adored +my wife, and her coldness has brought me to despair; but Noémi loves me. +That can no longer be altered, and in the island, outside the world, the +laws of society and religion have no power. . . . I could easily pay off +that fellow who comes between us, and then I could live here in peace +for half the year. Timéa would only suppose that I was away on +business."</p> + +<p>The wind of spring rustled through the young poplar stems. Here, where +the path turned, stood a hut made of interwoven osier-twigs, whose +entrance was concealed by brambles. Timar stood still and put on his +hat. At that moment two shots rattled close to him, the two balls +whistling over his head with that unpleasant sound which resembles the +buzz of an approaching wasp or the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span> clang of an æolian harp. Michael's +hat, pierced by two balls, flew from his head into the bushes. Both +shots came from the ruined hut. For the first instant the shock +paralyzed his limbs; they came like two answers to his secret thoughts. +A shudder ran through his whole body: the next moment rising fury took +the place of fear; he lowered his gun, cocked both barrels, and rushed +angrily toward the hut, from which the smoke of the discharged weapon +poured through the crevices.</p> + +<p>Before the muzzle of his gun stood a trembling man—Theodor Krisstyan. +His discharged pistol was still in his hand, he held it now as a +protection to his head, and shook so that every limb quivered.</p> + +<p>"It is you—you!" cried Michael.</p> + +<p>"Mercy!" stammered the trembling wretch, throwing away his pistol, and +stretching both hands entreatingly to Michael: his knees knocked +together, and he could hardly keep his feet; his face was pale as death, +his eyes dull, he was more dead than alive. Timar recovered his +composure: fear and anger had left him—he lowered his gun. "Come +nearer," he said to the assassin.</p> + +<p>"I dare not," faltered he, clinging to the wood-work. "You will kill +me."</p> + +<p>"Don't be afraid; I don't want your life. There"—he discharged his gun +in the air—"now I am unarmed, and you have no cause to fear." Theodor +crept out. "You wanted to kill me," said Michael. "You wretched +creature! I pity you!"</p> + +<p>The young rascal dared not look at him.</p> + +<p>"Theodor Krisstyan, so young, and already a murderer!—but you could not +do it. Examine yourself; you are not naturally bad, but your soul has +been envenomed: I know your history, and I make excuses. You have good +capacities, and use them badly—you are a vagabond and a swindler; does +such a life content you? Impossible!—begin afresh—shall I help you to +a post in which you can, with your education, honestly support yourself? +I have many connections: it is in my power: there is my hand on it."</p> + +<p>The murderer fell on his knees before the man he would have killed, +seized the offered hand with both his own, and covered it, sobbing, with +kisses.</p> + +<p>"Oh, sir, you are the first man who has ever spoken thus to me; let me +kneel at your feet! From boyhood I have been chased from every door like +a dog without a master; I had to steal or beg every morsel I eat; no one +gave me a hand but those who were worse than myself, and who led me +further astray. I have led a shameful, miserable life, full of deceit +and treachery, and I tremble before any one who knows me; and you hold +out a hand to me—you, for whom I have been lying in wait like a +brigand, you will save me from myself! Let me kneel before you, and thus +receive your commands!"</p> + +<p>"Stand up! I am no friend to sentiment; tears make me suspicious."</p> + +<p>"You are right," said Theodor, "and especially with such a well-known +actor as I am, who if you say to him 'Take that groschen and cry,' could +at once break into floods of tears. Now people don't believe me if I +really weep; I will suppress my tears."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span>"All the more because I do not intend to address a moral lecture to you, +but only to speak of very dry business matters. You spoke of your +connection with Scaramelli, and a business journey to Brazil."</p> + +<p>"All lies, sir."</p> + +<p>"So I thought. You have no connection with Scaramelli?"</p> + +<p>"I had, but it was broken off."</p> + +<p>"Did you run away, or were you dismissed?"</p> + +<p>"The former."</p> + +<p>"With trust-money?"</p> + +<p>"With three or four hundred gulden."</p> + +<p>"Say five hundred. Would you not be glad to return them to the firm? I +have relations with their house."</p> + +<p>"I do not want to remain there."</p> + +<p>"And what connection has this with the Brazilian journey?"</p> + +<p>"There is not a word of truth in it; no ship-wood comes from there."</p> + +<p>"Not even those you mentioned, among which were dye and chemical woods?"</p> + +<p>Theodor smiled. "The truth is that I wanted to sell the trees of the +ownerless island to a charcoal-burner to get a little money; Therese +guessed at once my real object."</p> + +<p>"Then you did not come to the island for Noémi's sake?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, I have as many wives as the countries I have visited."</p> + +<p>"H'm—I know of a very good situation for you in Brazil, an agency for a +lately commenced enterprise, where a knowledge of the Hungarian, German, +Italian, English, and Spanish languages is necessary."</p> + +<p>"I speak and write all these languages."</p> + +<p>"I know it—and also Greek, Turkish, Polish, and Russian: you are a +clever fellow. I will procure for you this situation, in which you can +make use of your talents. The agency of which I speak carries with it a +salary of three thousand dollars and a percentage of the profits, the +amount of which will depend on yourself."</p> + +<p>Theodor could hardly believe his ears. But he was so accustomed to +pretense that when he was overcome by real gratitude he had not the +courage to give it expression, lest it should be taken for acting.</p> + +<p>"Is this your real meaning, sir?"</p> + +<p>"What motive should I have at this moment for jesting with you? You +attempted my life, and I must secure myself. I can not send you out of +the world—my conscience forbids it—so I must try to make an honest man +of you in the interest of my own safety. If you are in good +circumstances, I shall have nothing to fear. Now you can understand my +course of action. As a proof that my offer is in earnest, take my +pocket-book. You will find in it the necessary journey expenses to +Trieste, and probably as much as what you owe to Scaramelli. At Trieste +you will find a letter which gives you further directions. And now we +will part—one to the right, and the other to the left."</p> + +<p>Theodor's hand shook as he received the pocket-book. Michael lifted his +pierced hat from the ground. "And you can look on these shots just as +you like. If they were the attack of an assassin,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span> you have every reason +not to approach me in any region within reach of the law; but if they +were the shots of an insulted gentleman, you know that at our next +meeting it is my turn to shoot."</p> + +<p>Theodor Krisstyan bared his breast, and exclaimed passionately, "Shoot +me if ever I come in sight of you again! Shoot me like a mad dog!" He +raised the discharged pistol, and pressed it into Timar's hand. "Shoot +me with my own pistol it you ever meet me in this world! Do not ask, say +not a word, but kill me!"</p> + +<p>He insisted on Michael's taking the pistol, and putting it in his +pocket.</p> + +<p>"Farewell!" said Timar, and then he left him and went on his way.</p> + +<p>Theodor stood still looking after him. Then he ran, and caught him up. +"Sir, one word—you have made a new man of me—allow me, if ever I write +to you, to begin with the words, 'My Father.' In those words once lay +for me shame and horror; let me find in them henceforth a fountain of +trust and happiness—my father, my father!"</p> + +<p>He kissed Michael's hand with impassioned warmth, rushed away, threw +himself down on the grass behind the first bush that hid him from +Timar's eyes, and wept—real, true tears.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Poor little Noémi stood for an hour under the acacia-tree where she had +taken leave of Michael. Therese, as she stayed out so long, had gone to +seek her, and now sat beside her daughter on the grass. Not to be idle, +she had brought out her knitting.</p> + +<p>Suddenly Noémi exclaimed, "Mother, did you hear?—two shots on the other +shore!"</p> + +<p>They listened. There was deep stillness in the drowsy air.</p> + +<p>"Two more shots! Mother, what is it?"</p> + +<p>Therese tried to calm her. "They must be sportsmen, child, who are +shooting there."</p> + +<p>Noémi's cheeks lost their color, and she looked as pale as the acacia +blossoms over her head. She pressed her hands vehemently to her breast +and faltered, "Oh, no, no! he will never come back!"</p> + +<p>It grieved her to the heart that she had not said the little word "thou" +to him when he begged so hard.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>"Master Fabula," said Timar to his faithful steward, "this year we will +not send the crop either to Raab or Komorn."</p> + +<p>"What shall we do with it, then?"</p> + +<p>"We will grind it here. I have two windmills on my property, and we can +hire thirty water-mills; those will suffice."</p> + +<p>"Then we must open a huge warehouse, where we can sell such a quantity."</p> + +<p>"That will not be wanting. We will load the flour into small ships, +which can go up to Karlstadt; thence we will transfer it in barrels to +Brazil."</p> + +<p>"To Brazil!" screamed Fabula, quite frightened. "I can't go there with +it."</p> + +<p>"I was not thinking of sending you there, Master Fabula; your department +is the grinding and the transport to Trieste. I will<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span> give the agents +and millers their orders to-day, and you can scold and manage in my +absence just as if I were there."</p> + +<p>"Many thanks," said Master Fabula, and shook his head violently as Herr +von Levetinczy left the office. "That will be a gigantic folly," he +grumbled to himself. "To begin with, the flour will be musty before it +arrives; then no one will buy it; thirdly, nobody will ever see the +color of money which has to come from Brazil. How could he claim it? +there is no fiscal authority there, or even a vice-consul. In short, it +is just another of those colossal, everlasting pieces of folly of our +Herr Levetinczy, but it will turn out well, to every one's surprise, as +every stupid thing does that our master undertakes. And I don't doubt +that our flour-ships will come back laden with gold-dust from Brazil; +but for all that it is a great folly."</p> + +<p>Our Herr Fabula was perfectly right. Timar was of the same opinion. He +ran a risk in this speculation of losing at least a hundred thousand +gulden. But this idea was not of to-day. It had long been in his mind +whether a Hungarian merchant might not make better profits than in grain +contracts and the chartering of cargo-ships. Would it not be possible +for those goods which have to struggle with foreign competition to find +their own place in the great bazaar of the world's market?</p> + +<p>The export trade in flour was an old plan of his. To prepare for its +execution he had completed his mills, and built a large vessel at +Trieste. But the reason of his hasty determination to begin work at once +was only on Noémi's account; and his meeting with Theodor had brought +this decision to a head.</p> + +<p>This business was only a pretext; the principal thing was to put a +hemisphere between himself and that man. Those who saw in what ceaseless +labor Timar spent the next weeks—how he hurried from one mill to +another, and from there to his ships; how he dispatched them the moment +they were laden, and personally superintended the transport—all said, +"What a pattern of a merchant! He is tremendously rich; he has +directors, agents, captains, stewards, overseers, foremen, and yet he +sees to all himself like a common contractor. He understands business." +(If only they had known what depended on this business!)</p> + +<p>Three weeks passed before the first ship laden with barrels of Hungarian +flour lay ready to weigh anchor in the harbor of Trieste. The ship was +called "Pannonia;" it was a beautiful three-masted galliot. Even Master +Fabula was loud in its praise; for he was present at the loading of the +flour. But Timar himself never saw it; he had not once come to Trieste +to see it before it started. During those weeks he remained in +Levetinczy or Pancsova. The whole enterprise was in Scaramelli's name; +Timar had his reasons for keeping his own name out of it; and he only +communicated in writing with the fully empowered firm of Scaramelli.</p> + +<p>One day he received a letter from Theodor Krisstyan. When he opened it +he was surprised to find money in it—a hundred gulden note. The +contents of the letter ran thus—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"<span class="smcap">My Father</span>,—When you read these lines I shall be +afloat on board the splendid ship 'Pannonia,' as +Brazilian agent of the house of Scaramelli.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span>"Accept my warmest thanks for your kind recommendation. +The bank has advanced me two months' salary, of which I +inclose a hundred gulden, with the request that you +would be good enough to pay it over to the landlord of +The White Ship at Pancsova. I am in debt to that amount +to that poor man, and am thankful to be able to pay +this sum. Heaven bless you for all your goodness to +me!"</p></div> + +<p>Timar breathed freely. "The man has already improved; he remembers his +old debts and pays them with his savings. What a sweet thought to have +brought a lost sheep back to the fold—to be the savior of an enemy who +attempted one's life—to give back to him life, the world, honor, and +bring to light a pearl purified of the mire in which it lay! Is not this +a truly Christian act? You have a generous soul. If only the inward +accuser would not reply, 'You are a murderer!'</p> + +<p>"You do not rejoice to have saved a man, but rather at getting rid of +him. If you received news that a tornado had caught your ship and sunk +it with every soul on board, what joy it would give you! You are not +thinking of the flour-trade with its profits and losses, but that every +year in the swamps of La Plata and the river Amazon that fearful specter +walks—the yellow fever—which, like the tiger, lies in ambush for the +new-comer. Of every hundred, sixty fall victims to it. It is that of +which the prospect gives you pleasure. You are a murderer!"</p> + +<p>Timar felt the satisfaction of a man who has succeeded in putting an +enemy out of the way—a joy with which bitter self-condemnation and +anxious forebodings were mingled.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>From henceforward Timar was transformed. He was hardly to be recognized. +The usually cold-blooded man betrayed in everything a singular +restlessness; he gave contradictory orders, and forgot an hour after +what he had said. If he started on a journey, he turned back half-way; +he began to avoid business, and seemed indifferent to the most important +affairs; then again he grew so excitable that the smallest neglect +enraged him. He might be seen wandering on the shore for half a day at a +time, with his head down like one who is nearly mad, and begins by +running away from home. Another time he shut himself into his room and +would not let any one in; the letters which came to him from all parts +lay unopened in a heap on his table. This shrewd, clever man could think +of nothing but the golden-haired girl whom he had seen for the last time +leaning on a tree by the island shore, with her head supported on her +arm. One day he determined to return to her, and the next to drive the +remembrance of her from his breast. He began to be superstitious; he +waited for signs from Heaven, and visions to decide what he should do. +Dreams always brought the same face, happy or sad, submissive or +inconsolable, and he was more crazy than ever. But Heaven sent him no +sign.</p> + +<p>One day he decided to be reasonable and attend to his business affairs; +that might perhaps steady his brain. He sat down before the heap of +letters and began to open them all in turn. All that came of it was that +he had forgotten at the end of a letter what he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span> had read at the +beginning. He only cared to read what was written in those blue eyes. +But his heart began to beat fast when a letter fell into his hands which +was heavier than the rest; he knew the handwriting of the address; it +was Timéa's.</p> + +<p>His blood ran cold. This was the sign from Heaven, this will decide the +conflict in his soul.</p> + +<p>Timéa writes to him—the angelic creature, the spotless wife. A single +tender word from her will exercise an influence on her husband like a +cry of "danger" to a drunken man. These well-known characters will call +up the saintly face before his mind's eye, and lead him back to the +right path.</p> + +<p>In the letter is a small object; it must be a loving surprise, a little +souvenir. Yes! to-morrow is her husband's birthday. This will be a +charming letter, a sweet remembrance. Michael opened the envelope very +carefully, after cutting round the seal. The first thing that surprised +him was a key which fell out—the key of his writing-table.</p> + +<p>But in the letter were these words: "<span class="smcap">My dear Sir</span>,—You left the key of +your writing-table in the lock. That you may not be uneasy about it, I +send it to you. God keep you!—<span class="smcap">Timéa</span>."</p> + +<p>Nothing further. Timar had forgotten to take out the key that night when +he came home secretly, when the conversation with Athalie had so +disturbed his mind.</p> + +<p>Nothing but the key and a couple of frigid lines. Timar put down the +letter in vexation.</p> + +<p>Suddenly a dreadful idea flashed through his mind. If Timéa found this +key in his writing-table lock, perhaps she looked through the desk. +Women are curious, and do such things. But if she did search in it, she +must have found something she would recognize. When Timar disposed of +Ali Tchorbadschi's treasures, he had been careful not to part with some +objects, which, if they came into the trade, might have led to +discovery, but had, for the most part, only sold the separate diamonds. +Among the precious objects was a medallion framed in brilliants, which +contained a miniature portrait of a young lady, whose features bore a +striking likeness to those of Timéa. It must be the picture of her +mother, who had been a Greek. If Timéa found this medallion, she must +know all; she would at once recognize her mother's portrait, and +conclude that this jewel had belonged to her father. This would lead her +to the further conclusion that her mother's valuables had fallen into +Timar's hands, and thus she would arrive at the knowledge of how he had +become rich, and that he had married her at the price of her own money. +If Timéa was curious, she now knows all, and then she must despise her +husband.</p> + +<p>And do not the words of the letter betray this? Does not the wife wish +her husband to understand, by the forwarding of the key, that she had +discovered his secrets?</p> + +<p>This thought was decisive to Michael as to whether his path was to lead +up or down! Down!</p> + +<p>"It is all one," thought he. "I am unmasked before the woman. I can no +longer play the honest man, the true-hearted, generous benefactor. I am +found out. I can only sink lower still!"</p> + +<p>He was determined to return to the island. But he would not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span> retreat +like a defeated foe. He wrote to Timéa, and begged her to open all the +letters which should come during his absence, to inform his agents of +their contents, and, where a decision was necessary, to dispose, in the +name of her husband, of all as she chose. At the same time he sent the +key back, that it might be at hand if any documents were wanted.</p> + +<p>That was his trump card. With the feeling that his secret was near +discovery he hastened to lead up to it, and possibly that very thing +might prevent its revelation. He left orders to his agents that all +letters concerning his affairs were to be directed to his wife. He was +going away for a long time, but he did not say where to.</p> + +<p>Late in the afternoon he started in a hired carriage. He hoped his track +would be lost, and did not take his own horses. A couple of days ago he +had been superstitious, and awaited signs from Heaven, from the +elements, to show him the way. Now he noticed them no longer. He was +determined to return to the island. But the sky and the elements tried +to frighten him by evil omens, and even to detain him by force. Toward +evening, when the long lines of poplars on the Danube shore were already +in sight, suddenly a reddish-brown cloud appeared in the sky, +approaching with great rapidity. The peasant driver began to pray and +sigh, but when the smoke-like cloud drew nigh, his prayers changed to +curses. The Galambocz gnats are coming!</p> + +<p>They are creations of the Evil One, trillions in number, and living in +the holes of the Galambocz rocks: suddenly they come out in swarms, +forming a thick cloud, and if they descend into the plain, woe to the +cattle they find in the open!</p> + +<p>The flight of gnats covered the plain through which Timar had to drive; +the tiny stinging plague swarmed over the bodies of the horses, creeping +into their eyes, ears, and nostrils. The terrified animals could no +longer be controlled—they turned round suddenly with the carriage, and +bolted in a north-westerly direction. Timar ventured on a jump from the +carriage; he leaped cleverly and safely without injury; the horses flew +off and away. If he had attended to omens, this might have been +sufficient to turn him also aside. But he was now obstinate. He was +going on a road where man no longer asks for help from God. He was going +where Noémi drew him and Timéa drove him. North pole and south pole, +desire and his own will, pressed him on.</p> + +<p>When he jumped from the carriage, he continued his journey on foot, +keeping along the wooded river-bank. His gun had remained in the +carriage, he had come with empty hands: he cut himself a walking-stick, +and that was his only weapon: provided with this, he tried to make his +way through the thicket. There he lost himself; night surprised him, and +the more he wandered the less he found an outlet. At last he came on a +hut built of osier-twigs, and decided to spend the night there.</p> + +<p>He made a fire out of the dry branches lying near: fortunately he was +carrying his game-bag when he jumped from the carriage, and in it were +bread and ham; he broiled the ham over the fire and ate it with the +bread.</p> + +<p>He found also something else in the bag, the pistol with which Theodor +had attacked him from the hut; perhaps from this very<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span> hut—quite +possible that it was the same. He could make no use of the pistol, for +he had left his powder-horn in the carriage; but it did him a service by +strengthening him in his fatalism: a man who had escaped so many dangers +must still have some work to do in the world. And indeed he required +some encouragement, for after nightfall it began to be uncanny here in +the desert. Not far away wolves were howling, and through the bushes +Timar saw the shining green eyes: one and another old Sir Isegrim came +up to the back wall of the hut and executed a fearful howl. Timar dared +not let the fire out all night, for it alone kept away the wild beasts. +When he went inside, the uncomfortable hiss with which snakes receive +human beings struck his ear, and a sluggish mass moved under his foot; +perhaps he had trodden on a tortoise. Timar kept up the fire all night, +and drew fantastic figures in the air with the glowing end of the +fire-stick—perhaps the hieroglyphics of his own thoughts.</p> + +<p>What a miserable night! He who has a home provided with every luxury, +and a comfortable bed; in whose house rules a lovely young woman whom he +can call his wife—spends a lonely night in a damp, fungus-grown hut: +wolves howl round him, and over his head adders creep slowly through the +rush-woven roof. And to-day is his birthday; a happy family festival +indeed—in such surroundings! But they suit him—he wants nothing else.</p> + +<p>Michael had a pious mind. From childhood he had been used night and +morning to put up a silent prayer. He had never lost the habit, and in +every danger or trouble of his eventful life, he had taken refuge in +prayer. He believed in God; God was his deliverer, and whatever he +undertook succeeded. But in this dreadful night he dared not pray; he +would not speak with God.</p> + +<p>"Do not Thou look where I go." From this birthday he gave up prayer. He +defied fate.</p> + +<p>When the day dawned, the nocturnal beasts of prey slunk back to their +lairs. Timar left his inhospitable refuge, and soon found the path which +led direct to the shore of the Danube: here a new horror awaited him. +The Danube was enormously swollen, and had overflowed its banks. It was +the season of the spring floods after the melting of the snow; the +foaming yellow stream was filled with uprooted reeds and tree-trunks. +The fisherman's hut which he sought, and which stood on the point of a +hill, was in the water up to the threshold, and the boat he had left +there was tied to a tree close by.</p> + +<p>He found not a creature there. It is impossible to fish in such a flood, +and the people had removed all their nets. If he wanted a sign from +heaven, a direction from God's finger—here he had it. The swollen river +barred his way with its whole majestic strength; at such times no one +ventures on the river; the warning was there, the elements commanded him +to return.</p> + +<p>"Too late," said Timar. "I can not go back; I must go on."</p> + +<p>The door of the hut was locked, and he broke it open to get his oars, as +he saw through a chink that they were kept there. Then he got into the +boat, tied himself in, loosed the boat, and pushed off. The current +seized him at once, and rushed on with him. The Danube was at that time +a powerful master, and uprooted forests<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span> in its rage; a mortal venturing +on its surface was like a worm floating on a straw, and yet this worm +defied it. He alone managed the two oars, which also served to steer +with. On the rapid waves his skiff danced like a nutshell, but the wind +was contrary, and tried to drive him back to the shore he came from. But +Timar succumbed neither to wind nor water.</p> + +<p>He had thrown his hat to the bottom of the boat; his hair, wet with +perspiration, fluttered in the wind, and the waves splashing over the +side threw their icy spray in his face—but they did not cool him. The +thought was hot within him that Noémi might be in danger on the island. +But the idea did not paralyze his arms. The Danube and the wind are two +mighty powers—but stronger still are the passions and the will of man. +Timar felt this. What activity in his mind, what muscle in his arm! It +was a superhuman task in which he succeeded, to cross the current at the +head of the Ostrova Island. Here he rested awhile.</p> + +<p>The island of Ostrova was overflowed, the water was rushing among the +trees. Here it was easier to get on by pushing his oars against the +trunks; at the back of Ostrova he must let himself float down-stream to +arrive at the ownerless island. When he had reached the right spot, and +came out from among the trees, a new and surprising spectacle lay before +him. The ownerless island was usually hidden behind a thick bed of +osiers, over which only the tree-tops were visible; now none of the +reeds was to be seen, and the island lay out in mid-stream. The flood +had covered the reeds, the trees of the island stood in the water, and +only at one place the rock raised its head above the surface.</p> + +<p>With feverish impatience he let his boat float down. Every stroke +brought him nearer to the erratic bowlder, whose crown was blue with +lavender flowers, while the sides were shining gold with climbing +nasturtium which clung to the stone; and the nearer he came the greater +was his impatience. He could already see the orchard, whose trees stood +in the water half-way up their trunk; but the rose-garden was dry, and +there the lambs and kids had taken refuge. Now Almira's joyful bark fell +on his ear; the black creature came running to the shore, rushed back, +came on again, leaped into the water, and swam toward the new arrival +and back again.</p> + +<p>Does Michael see that rosy face there at the base of a blooming +jasmine-bush, hurrying toward him to the very edge of the rushing water? +One more stroke, and the boat has reached the shore. Michael springs out +and the waves carry off the boat; he no longer wants it, and no one +thinks of drawing it ashore.</p> + +<p>Each only saw the other. Around them the paradise of the first +man!—fruit-laden trees, blossoming fields, tame animals, surrounded by +a watery ring, and therein—Adam and Eve.</p> + +<p>The maiden stands pale and trembling before the new-comer, and as he +rushes toward her, when she sees him before her, she throws herself with +a burst of passion on his breast, and cries, in the self-forgetfulness +of ecstasy, "Thou hast returned! Thou, thou!" and even when her lips are +closed they still say, "Thou, thou!"</p> + +<p>Around them is Eden. The jasmine-bush sends down on them<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span> its silvery +flower-crown, and the choir of nightingales and blackbirds sing "Gospodi +pomiluj."</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_THIRD_VII" id="CHAPTER_THIRD_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII.<br /> +<span class="subhead">SWEET HOME.</span></h3> + + +<p>The waves carried off Michael's boat. That of the islanders, which had +brought them here, had long rotted away, and they had never had another. +The new-comer could not leave the island before the first fruit-dealers +arrived. Before that time weeks and months must elapse.</p> + +<p>Happy weeks, happy moons! Uncounted days of unbroken joy! The ownerless +island was Timar's home. There he found work and rest. After the flood +had passed away, the work of getting rid of the water left in the +hollows gave him plenty to do. The whole day he was busy digging canals +to carry it away; his hands looked like a laborer's from the blisters +with which they were covered. When he threw spade and pick over his +shoulder in the evening, and came back to the little cottage, he was met +afar off, and lovingly welcomed. And when he had finished his canal and +drawn off the marshy water, he looked upon his work as proudly as if it +was the only one in all his life which could lay claim to be called a +good action, and which he could confidently submit to his inward judge. +The day of the opening of this canal was a festival on the little +island. They had no church festivals and did not count Sundays: their +saints' days were those on which God gave them some special joy.</p> + +<p>These islanders were sparing of words. What the holy David said in one +hundred and fifty psalms, was by them expressed in a sign, and what the +poets have sung of love in all their verses, one glance of the eye was +sufficient to tell; they learned to read each other's thoughts on the +brow, they learned to think together.</p> + +<p>Michael admired Noémi more every day. She was a faithful, grateful +creature; she knew no care nor anxiety for the future; happy herself, +she diffused happiness around. She never asked him, "What will become of +me when you go? Will you leave me or take me? Is it good for me to love +you? What church has given you its priestly blessing? Ought you to be +mine? Has no other a right to you? What are you out there in the world? +What sort of world do you live in?" Even in her face, her eyes, he never +read a disquieting doubt—ever and only the one question "Lovest thou +me?"</p> + +<p>Frau Therese reminded Michael one day that he was tarrying long here; +but he assured her that Master Fabula was looking after everything, and +when Therese looked at Noémi, whose soft blue eyes ever turned like the +sunflowers to the sun of Michael's face, she could only sigh, "Oh, how +she loves him!"</p> + +<p>Timar found it very necessary to dig all day, to drive piles, and bind +fascines, in order by hard bodily labor to calm his even more heavily +tasked mind. What is going on in the world? Thirty of his ships float on +the Danube, and a fleet on the sea: his whole wealth, a property of more +than a million, all lies in the hands of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span> a woman. And if this woman in +some giddy mood squanders the whole and scatters it to the winds, +ruining her husband and his house, could he reproach any one? Was it not +by his own will? He was happy here at home, and yet would have liked to +know what was going on over there. His spirit lived in two places, was +torn in two parts: there, his money, his honor, his position in the +world; here, his love held him fast. In truth he could have got away. +The Danube is not a sea; he was a good swimmer, and could at any time +have reached the opposite shore; no one would have detained him. They +knew he had work to do out in the world. But when he was with Noémi he +forgot again everything outside her arms; he was sunk in love, bliss, +and wonder.</p> + +<p>"Oh, do not love me so much!" whispered the girl to him.</p> + +<p>And so day after day passed by. The time of fruit-ripening drew near, +and the branches were weighed down by their sweet burden. It was a +pleasure to watch the daily progress of the fruit, how every day it +developed more. Pears and apples began to put on their distinctive +colors; the green is tanned to a leathery yellow, or receives gold and +red streaks. The brown tone colors purple on the sunny side. In the +golden tint mingle carmine splashes, and in the carmine greenish specks; +the scented fruit smiles at one like a merry childish face. Timar helped +the women to gather it. They filled great baskets with this blessing of +heaven. He counted every apple he threw into the basket, how many +hundreds, how many thousands. What a treasure! Real gold!</p> + +<p>One afternoon, when he was helping Noémi to carry a full basket to the +apple-room, he saw strangers arrive at the cottage: the fruit-buyers had +come, the first visitors for many months past, bringing tidings from the +outer world.</p> + +<p>They negotiated about the fruit with Therese—the usual system of +barter. Frau Therese wanted as usual to have grain in exchange, but the +peddlers would not give her as much as before. They said wheat had +become very dear. The corn-merchants of Komorn had made large purchases +and driven up the prices; they ground it themselves, and sent it over +the seas. Therese would not believe this—it was only gossip of the +fruit-hawkers; but Timar paid great attention to it. That was his idea; +what had come of it since then? Now he had no more rest for thinking of +business and the cares of property. This news was to him what the bugle +call is to an old soldier, who at the sound wishes himself back in the +battle-field, even from the arms of his beloved.</p> + +<p>The islanders thought it quite natural that Michael should make +preparations to leave them. His business called him; and then he would +return the following spring. Noémi only begged him not to throw away the +clothes she had spun and woven for him, and which he had worn while with +her. He will preserve them like a jewel.</p> + +<p>And then he must often think of his poor Noémi. To that he could not +answer in words.</p> + +<p>He bribed the fruit-women to stay a day longer. And all that day he did +nothing but visit, arm in arm with Noémi, all the places which had been +witnesses of his tranquil happiness; here he plucked from a tree, and +there from a flowery cluster, some leaflet<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span> to keep as a memorial. On +every leaf and petal whole romances were written which only two people +could read.</p> + +<p>The last day passed so quickly! The boatmen wanted to leave in the +evening, so as to row while it was cool. Michael must say farewell. +Noémi was sensible, and did not cry; she knew he would return, and was +more occupied in making provision to fill his knapsack.</p> + +<p>"It will be dark when you get to the other side," she said, with tender +anxiety. "Have you any arms?"</p> + +<p>"No. No one will hurt me."</p> + +<p>"But yet—here is a pistol in your haversack," said Noémi, and drew it +out; and then her check paled, for she recognized Theodor's pistol, with +which he had often, when he came to the island, bragged and threatened +that he would shoot Almira. "This is <i>his</i> weapon!" Timar was struck by +the expression of her face.</p> + +<p>"When you left here," said the girl, who was all excitement, "he watched +for you on the other side, and shot at you with this pistol."</p> + +<p>"What makes you think such a thing?"</p> + +<p>"I heard two shots, and then yours. So it was this pistol that you took +from him?" Timar was surprised that love can see what the eye can not +reach. He could not tell a lie. "Did you kill him?" asked the girl.</p> + +<p>"No."</p> + +<p>"What has become of him?"</p> + +<p>"You need fear him no longer. He is gone to Brazil; a hemisphere lies +between us and him."</p> + +<p>"I wish there were only three feet of earth between us!" cried Noémi, +impetuously, seizing Michael's hand.</p> + +<p>Michael looked in her face surprised. "You! you! with such murderous +thoughts—you, who can not bear to see a chicken killed, who can not +bring yourself to tread on a spider or to stick a butterfly on a pin!"</p> + +<p>"But any one who would tear you from me, I could kill, were he a man, a +devil, or an angel—!"</p> + +<p>And she pressed the dearly beloved man to her breast in a passionate +embrace. He trembled and glowed.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>On reaching the other side, Michael again visited the fisherman's hut.</p> + +<p>Two things occupied his mind: the slender figure among the evening mists +on the flower-crowned rock, waving to him its tender farewells; and then +that other figure conjured up by his imagination as it looks at home in +Komorn. Well, he will have time to picture this image to himself on the +long journey from the Lower Danube up to Komorn.</p> + +<p>When the old fisherman saw Michael, he began to sigh (fishing-folk do +not swear). "Just think, my lord, some rascal of a thief has stolen your +boat during the floods: he broke into the hut and carried off the oars. +What thieves there are in the world, to be sure!"</p> + +<p>It did Timar good that at last some one should call him a thief to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span> his +face; that was what he was—and if he had stolen nothing more than a +boat! "We must not condemn the man," said he to the fisherman. "Who +knows what danger he was in, or how much he needed a boat. We will get +another. But now, my friend, we will get into your boat and try to +arrive at the ferry to-night."</p> + +<p>The fisherman was persuaded by a promise of liberal payment to undertake +this, and by daylight they had reached the ferry where the ships +generally took in their cargo. There were post-carriages at the inn on +the bank, of which Timar engaged one to take him to Levetinczy. He +thought he would there receive reports from the agent of what had passed +during the last five months, so that when he got home to Komorn nothing +new or surprising should greet him.</p> + +<p>There was a one-storied residence on the estate at Levetinczy. In one +wing lived the steward and his wife, while the other was given up to +Timar. A staircase from this wing led to the park, and by this means he +could gain access to the room which he had chosen as an office. Michael +must pay attention to the trivial details if he wished to carry out his +wearisome deceit consistently. He has been absent for five months, and +has, of course, been a long way; but that hardly agrees with his arrival +without luggage. In his knapsack there is only the suit of striped linen +made for him by Noémi, for the suit in which he had gone to the island +was intended for the cold season, and that, by now, was torn and worn +out; his boots were patched. It would be difficult to account for his +appearance. If he could get through the garden and by the outside steps +into his office, the key of which he carries with him, he could there +change his clothes quickly, get out his trunk, and when to all +appearances he looked as though just come from a long journey, he could +call in the steward.</p> + +<p>All began well. Timar arrived without being seen, by the garden steps, +at the door of his office.</p> + +<p>But when he was going to open it with his private key, he made the +disquieting discovery that another key was already in the lock. Some one +was in the room! But his papers and ledgers were all there, and no one +had any business inside. Who could the intruder be? He pulled the door +open angrily and went in, and now it was his turn to be startled.</p> + +<p>At his writing-table sat the last person he expected to find there. It +was Timéa. Before her lay the great ledger, in which she was at work.</p> + +<p>A storm of mingled feelings burst over Michael—alarm because the first +person he met after his secret journey was his own wife, pleasure at +finding her alone, and astonishment that this woman was at work here.</p> + +<p>Timéa raised her eyes in surprise when she saw Michael enter; then +hastening toward him, she offered him her hand in silence. This white +face was still an unsolved enigma to her husband. He could not read in +it whether she knew all—whether she guessed something or not. What lay +under this cold indifference? restrained contempt or concealed love? Or +was the whole only the indolence of a lymphatic race? He had nothing to +say to Timéa.</p> + +<p>His wife seemed not to remark that his clothes were torn—women<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span> can see +without looking. "I am glad you have come," said she gently. "I expected +you any day. You will find your clothes in the next room; when you have +dressed, will you please come back here? I shall have finished by that +time." And then she put her pen in her mouth.</p> + +<p>Michael kissed Timéa's hand. The pen between her teeth did not invite +him to kiss her lips. He went into the adjoining room; there he found a +basin of water, a clean shirt, and his clothes and house-shoes as at +home. As Timéa could not know the day of his arrival, he must take for +granted that she had made ready for him every day—and who knows for how +long? But how comes this woman here, and what is she doing? He dressed +quickly, hiding his cast-off clothes in a corner of his wardrobe. Some +one might ask him what caused these holes in the coat-sleeves, which are +quite through at the elbows. And this linen suit with the colored +embroidery, would not a woman's eye decipher something from it?—women +understand the mysteries of needle-work. He must hide the clothes. He +and the soap had hard work to wash his hands clean. Would he not be +asked what he had done to make them so black and horny?</p> + +<p>When he was ready he went back to the office, where Timéa was waiting +for him at the door, and putting her hand on his arm, said, "Let us go +to breakfast."</p> + +<p>From the office they passed through the dressing-room to get to the +dining-room. Another surprise awaited Michael there; the round table was +laid with three places—for whom were they intended? Timéa made a +signal, and through one door came the servant, through the other +Athalie. The third place was for her.</p> + +<p>On Athalie's face an unconcealed anger shone when she saw Timar. "Ah, +Herr von Levetinczy, you have come home at last! It was a kind thought +of yours to write to your wife, 'Take my keys and books, and be so good, +dear wife, as to do all my work for me,' and then to leave us five +months without news of your whereabouts."</p> + +<p>"Athalie!" said Timéa, sternly.</p> + +<p>Michael sat down in silence at his place, which he recognized by his own +silver drinking-cup. He had been daily awaited here, and the table laid +for him. Athalie said no more, but whenever she looked at Timar he could +read her vexation in her eyes. This was a satisfactory sign.</p> + +<p>When they rose from table Timéa asked her husband to go with her to the +office. Michael began to think what he could invent when she should ask +him about his journey. But she never referred to it even remotely. She +placed two chairs at the desk, and laid her hand on the open day-book. +"Here, sir, is the account of your business since the time when you gave +over its direction to me."</p> + +<p>"Have you carried it on yourself?"</p> + +<p>"I understood that you desired me to do so. I found by your papers that +you had undertaken a new and wholesale enterprise—the export of +Hungarian flour. I saw that here not only your money, but also your +credit and your mercantile honor, were at stake, and that on the good +result of this affair hung the founda<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span>tion of an important branch of +trade. I did not understand this business, but I thought that it +depended more on conscientious and faithful stewardship than on +knowledge of affairs. I trusted this to no third person. Directly I +received your letter I started for Levetinczy, and took, as you desired, +the conduct of business into my own hands. I studied book-keeping and +learned to deal with figures. I think you will find everything in +order—the books and the cash balance." Timar looked with admiration at +this woman, who knew how to apply the millions passing through her hands +with such calm good sense, to their right object, to receive and expend +moneys, and with a skillful hand to withdraw endangered funds; and who +knew even more than that. "Fortune has favored us this year," continued +Timéa, "and made up for my inexperience. The five months' income +amounted to five hundred thousand gulden. This sum has not lain idle. +Taking advantage of the powers intrusted to me, I have made +investments."</p> + +<p>What sort of investments are they likely to be which occur to a woman?</p> + +<p>"Your first experiment with the export of flour succeeded entirely. +Hungarian flour became at one stroke an article in request for the South +American markets. So your agents write from Rio Janeiro, where all with +one accord praise the ability and uprightness of your chief agent, +Theodor Krisstyan." Timar thought to himself, "Even when I do evil good +comes of it, and the greatest folly I commit turns into wisdom—when +will this end?" "After receiving this intelligence I began to consider +what you would have done. One must seize an opportunity and occupy with +all speed the newly opened markets. I hired immediately many mills, +chartered more ships, had them laden, and at this moment a new cargo is +on its way to South America, which will defy competition."</p> + +<p>Michael was astonished. In this woman there was more courage than in any +man. Another woman would have locked up the money that it might not run +away, and this one ventures to carry on her husband's enterprise, only +in tenfold measure. "I thought you would have acted thus," said Timéa.</p> + +<p>"Yes, indeed," muttered Timar.</p> + +<p>"My expectations, moreover, were justified by the fact that, as soon as +we threw ourselves more openly into this undertaking, a whole herd of +competitors appeared, who are grinding away for dear life, and packing +off their good in barrels to America. But this need not cause you any +anxiety—we shall beat them all. Not one of them knows the secret of the +superiority of the Hungarian flour."</p> + +<p>"How is that?"</p> + +<p>"If one of them asked his wife, perhaps she would have known—that is +how I discovered it. Among all the samples of American wheat, I can find +none as heavy as ours. We must, therefore, make flour of our heaviest +kinds, so as to carry off the prize from the Americans. I selected our +heaviest grain; our rivals here use lighter corn, and they will find +their mistake, while we shall maintain our position."</p> + +<p>Michael kissed Timéa's hand with the sacred awe with which we<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span> kiss our +beloved dead, who no longer belong to us, but to the ground, and who can +not feel our caress. Whenever during his life of happy forgetfulness on +the island he had thought of Timéa at all, it was as amusing herself, +traveling, going to watering-places, having plenty of money, and wasting +it as she chose. Now he saw in what her amusement had consisted—keeping +books, sitting at a desk, conducting a correspondence, and learning +foreign idioms without the help of a master—and all this because her +husband had desired it.</p> + +<p>His wife gave him a report of all branches of his extensive business. It +was now all as familiar to her as if she had known it from childhood, +and everything was in perfect order. While Timar ran over the accounts, +he acquired the conviction that if he himself had had to do it all in +those few months, he would have been hard at work all day. What labor +this must have cost a young woman who had to learn everything by +experience! Indeed she must have had but little time for sleep.</p> + +<p>"But, Timéa, this is a tremendous task which you have accomplished in my +stead!"</p> + +<p>"It is true, and at first I found it very difficult, but by degrees I +got used to it, and then it was easy enough. Work is wholesome."</p> + +<p>What a sad reproach!—a young wife who finds consolation in work. +Michael drew Timéa's hand to him. Deep sadness clouded his brow, his +heart was heavy. If only he knew what Timéa was thinking.</p> + +<p>The key of the desk was constantly in Timar's mind. If Timéa had +discovered his secret, then her present conduct to her husband was only +a fearful judgment held over him, to mark the difference between the +accuser and the accused.</p> + +<p>"Have you never been in Komorn since?" he asked Timéa.</p> + +<p>"Only once, when I had to look in your desk for the contract with +Scaramelli."</p> + +<p>Timar felt his blood run cold. Timéa's face betrayed nothing.</p> + +<p>"But now we will go back to Komorn," said Timar; "the flour is in full +swing; we must wait for news of the fate of the cargoes now at sea, and +they will not arrive before the winter. Or would you rather make a tour +in Switzerland and Italy? This is the best season for it."</p> + +<p>"No, Michael; we have been long enough apart, we will remain at home +together."</p> + +<p>But no pressure of the hand explains why she would like to remain at +home with him. Michael had not the courage to say a tender word to her. +Should he lie to her? He would have to live a lie in her presence from +morning to evening. His silence even was a falsehood.</p> + +<p>Looking through all the papers took the whole time until late dinner, +and to this meal two guests were invited—the bailiff and the reverend +dean. The latter had begged to be at once informed of Herr von +Levetinczy's return, that he might call upon him immediately. As soon as +he received the news he hastened to the castle, and of course put on his +new decoration. The moment he entered he let off some oratorical +fireworks, in which he lauded<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span> Timar as the benefactor of the place. He +compared him to Noah who built the Ark, to Joseph who saved his people +from famine, and to Moses who made manna fall from heaven. The flour +trade which he had set on foot was pronounced the greatest enterprise +Europe had ever seen. Long live the Columbus of flour export!</p> + +<p>Timar had to answer this address of welcome. He stammered and talked +great nonsense. He had to control himself that he might not laugh aloud, +and say to the worthy preacher, "Ha, ha! do not fancy that I had this +idea in order to make your fortune; it was only to get a young rascal +out of reach of a certain pretty girl, and if any good came of it, it is +only by means of this woman here near me. Laugh then, good people!"</p> + +<p>At table good-humor reigned. The dean and the steward were neither of +them despisers of the bottle. The wit and anecdotes of the two old men +made Timar laugh too; but whenever he cast a glance on Timéa's icy face, +the laugh died on his lips. She had left her merriment elsewhere in +pledge.</p> + +<p>It was evening before they rose. The two old gentlemen reminded each +other jocosely that it was quite time to leave, for the husband had +returned to his young wife after a long absence, and they would have +much to say to each other.</p> + +<p>"Indeed you will do wisely to go soon," whispered Athalie to Timar. +"Timéa has such dreadful headaches every evening, that she can not sleep +before midnight. See how pale she is!"</p> + +<p>"Timéa, you are unwell?" asked Timar, tenderly.</p> + +<p>"There is nothing the matter with me," answered she.</p> + +<p>"Don't believe her; ever since we came to Levetinczy she has suffered +from headache. It is neuralgia, which she contracted by overtaxing her +brain, and by the bad air here. I found a white hair in her head the +other day. But she conceals her suffering till she breaks down, and even +then she never complains."</p> + +<p>Timar experienced in spirit the tortures of a criminal stretched on the +rack. And he had not the courage to say to his wife, "If you are +suffering, let me sleep in your room and take care of you." No; he was +afraid of uttering Noémi's name in his sleep, and that his wife might +hear it, as she was kept awake by pain half the night. He must shun his +marriage-bed.</p> + +<p>The next day they started for Komorn, and traveled by post, Michael +sitting opposite the two ladies. It was a tedious journey: in the whole +Banat the harvest was over; only the maize was still standing, otherwise +they saw nothing but monotonous fields of stubble. None of them spoke; +all three found it hard to keep awake. In the afternoon Timar could no +longer endure the silent looks, the enigmatical expression of his wife; +under pretense of wanting to smoke he took a seat by the driver in the +open <i>coupé</i>, and remained there. When they got out at a post-house, +Athalie grumbled at the bad roads, the dreadful heat, the annoying +flies, the stifling dust, and all the rest of a traveler's trials. The +inns are dirty, the food disgusting, the beds hard, the wine sour, the +water impure, and the countenances of all the people frightful. She +feels so ill all through the journey, she is quite knocked up, she has +fever, and her head will burst: what must Timéa be suffering, who is so +nervous?</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span>Timar had to listen to these lamentations all the way, but Timéa never +uttered a complaint.</p> + +<p>When they arrived at Komorn, Frau Sophie informed them that she had +turned gray with loneliness. Gray indeed! She had been very happy—being +able to go about all day from house to house to gossip to her heart's +content. Timar felt a painful anxiety. Home is either a heaven or a +hell. Now at last he would know what lay behind the marble coldness of +this silent face.</p> + +<p>As he entered the room with his wife, she handed him the key of his +desk. Michael knew she had opened it to get out the contract.</p> + +<p>This writing-desk was an old and elaborate piece of furniture, whose +upper part was closed by a rolled falling cover, under which were +drawers of various sizes. In the large drawer lay the contracts, in the +small ones notes and valuables; the lock was a puzzle one, which you +might vainly turn if you did not know its secret.</p> + +<p>Timéa was in the secret, and could have access to all the drawers. With +an uneasily beating heart Timar drew out the drawer where those jewels +were kept which it had been unadvisable to place on the market. These +gems have their own experts, who recognize by certain marks where this +stone or that gem came from; and then follows the question, how did he +get it? Only the third generation from the finder can venture to show +it, as to him it is all one in what way his grandfather came into its +possession.</p> + +<p>If Timéa had been inquisitive enough to open that drawer she must have +seen these gems. And if so, one among them, the diamond locket with the +portrait which is so like her, must have been recognized by her. It is +her mother's picture, and then she must know all. She knows that Timar +has received her father's treasures; it is hard to believe he came by +them honestly. And by that dark, perhaps criminal road, they would lead +to the fabulous riches which gained her hand for Timar, while he played +the generous friend to her whom he had robbed. She may even think worse +things of him than are true. Her father's mysterious death, his secret +burial, might awake in her the suspicion that Timar had a hand in it.</p> + +<p>These doubts were unbearable. Timar must set them at rest, and call yet +one more falsehood to his aid. He took out the medallion and went with +it to Timéa. "Dear Timéa," he said, sitting down beside his wife, "I +have been living a long time in Turkey. What I did there you will learn +later on. When I was in Scutari an Armenian jeweler offered me a +diamond-framed picture, which is very like you. I bought it, and have +brought you the ornament."</p> + +<p>When Timéa saw the portrait her face changed in an instant. An emotion +which could neither be assumed nor concealed was visible in her +sculptured features; she seized the picture with both hands and pressed +it eagerly to her lips; her eyes filled with tears. This was true +feeling; Timéa's face began to live.</p> + +<p>Michael was saved. The girl, overpowered by her long-suppressed +feelings, began to sob violently. Athalie heard and came in; she was +surprised—she had never known Timéa to sob. But when she saw Athalie +she ran toward her like a child, and cried, in a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span> tone of mingled +laughter and tears, "See, see! my mother! It is my mother's picture. +. . . He has brought it to me!"</p> + +<p>And then she hastened back to Michael, put both her arms round his neck, +and whispered in a broken voice, "Thanks, oh, a thousand thanks!"</p> + +<p>It seemed to Timar as if the time had come to kiss these grateful lips, +and to kiss them on and on.</p> + +<p>But alas! his heart said, "Thou shalt not steal." Now a kiss on these +lips would be a theft, after all that had passed on the ownerless +island.</p> + +<p>Another thought struck him. He went back to his room, and fetched all +the hidden jewels which remained in the drawer.</p> + +<p>A wonderful woman this, who, though she had the key in her hands, left +the secret drawers untouched and only took out the one paper she +required! Then he packed all the ornaments into the bag he had over his +shoulder when he came home, and went back to his wife. "I have not told +you all," he said to Timéa. "Where I found the picture I discovered also +these jewels, and bought them for you. Take them as a present from me."</p> + +<p>And then he laid the dazzling gems one after another in Timéa's lap, +until the sparkling heap quite covered her embroidered apron. It was +like some magical gift from the thousand and one nights.</p> + +<p>Athalie stood there pale with envy, with angrily clinched teeth. Perhaps +these might all have been hers! But Timéa's face darkened and grew +marble-like again. She looked with indifference at the heap of jewels in +her lap. The fire of diamonds and rubies could not warm her.</p> + + + +<h2 class="newbook"><a name="BOOK_FOURTH_NOEMI" id="BOOK_FOURTH_NOEMI"></a><i>BOOK FOURTH.—NOÉMI.</i></h2> + + + +<h3 class="firstchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FOURTH_I" id="CHAPTER_FOURTH_I"></a>CHAPTER I.<br /> +<span class="subhead">A NEW GUEST.</span></h3> + + +<p>What rich bankers call business filled up the winter season, and +Levetinczy began to enjoy his position. Riches bring pleasant dreams. He +went often to Vienna and took part in the amusements of the commercial +world, where many good examples were presented to him. A man who owns a +million can allow himself the luxury, when he goes to the jeweler to buy +New Year's gifts, of buying two of everything to please two hearts at +once.</p> + +<p>One for his wife, who sits at home and receives guests or looks after +the household—the other for another lady, who either dances or sings, +but in any case requires an elegant hotel, jewels, and laces. Timar was +so fortunate as to be invited to the parties given at home by his +friends, where the lady of the house makes tea—as well as to those +differently organized <i>soirées</i>, where a very unceremonious set of +ladies preferred champagne, and where Timar was constantly attacked by +the question whether he had no little friend at the opera yet.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span>"The pattern of a faithful husband," declared his admirers.</p> + +<p>"An unbearable prig," was the verdict of his critics.</p> + +<p>But he says nothing, and thinks of—Noémi. What an eternity to have been +separated from her—six months; to think of her every day, and not dare +to confide his thoughts to a single soul!</p> + +<p>He often caught himself on the point of betraying his thoughts; once as +he sat at table the words all but escaped him, "Look! those are the same +apples which grow on Noémi's island." "When Noémi had a headache, it +went away if I laid my hand on her forehead." And if he looked at +Timéa's pet white cat, the exclamation hovered on his lips, "Narcissa, +where did you leave your mistress, eh?"</p> + +<p>He had every reason to be on his guard, for there was a being in the +house who watched him as well as Timéa with Argus eyes.</p> + +<p>Athalie could not but remark that since his return he was no longer so +melancholy as before; every one noticed how well he looked; there must +be some mystery in it. And Athalie could not bear any one in this house +to be happy. Where did he steal his contentment? Why does he not suffer +as he ought to do?</p> + +<p>Business prospered. In the first month of the new year news came from +the other side of the sea. The flour exported had arrived safely, and +its success was complete. Hungarian flour had won such renown in South +America, that now people tried to sell the native product under that +name. The Austrian consul in Brazil hastened to inform his government of +this important result, by which the export trade was increased in a +marked degree. The consequence was that Timar was made a privy +councilor, and received the minor order of St. Stephen, as an +acknowledgment of the services rendered by him to his native land in the +fields of commerce and philanthropy.</p> + +<p>How the mocking demon in his breast laughed when they fastened the order +on to his coat and called him "the right honorable!" "You have to thank +two women for this—Noémi and Timéa." Be it so. The discovery of the +purple dye had its origin in the eating of a purple snail by the little +dog of a shepherd's mistress; but yet purple has become a royal color.</p> + +<p>Herr von Levetinczy now first began to rise in the estimation of the +people of Komorn. When a man is a privy councilor, one can not deny him +a proper portion of respect. Every one hastened to congratulate him, and +he received them all with a gracious condescension. Our Johann Fabula +came too to wish him joy in the name of the fisher-folk. He was in the +gala clothes of his class. On his short dolman of dark-blue cloth shone +three rows of shell-shaped silver buttons, as large as nuts, and from +one shoulder to the other hung a broad silver chain with a large +medallion for a clasp, on which the Komorn silversmith had stamped the +head of Julius Cæsar. The other members of the deputation were equally +splendid. Silver buttons and chains were at that time still worn by the +mariners of Komorn. It was the custom to keep the visitors to dinner, +and this honor fell to Fabula. He was a very frank person, who spoke +with complete unreserve. When wine had loosened his tongue, he could not +forbear to tell the gracious lady that when he first saw her as a girl +he would never have thought<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span> that she would have become such a good +housewife and be the wife of Herr von Levetinczy. Yes, indeed; he was +afraid of her then, and now see how wonderful are the ways of God's +providence, and how short-sighted are men; how everything has been +ordered for the best: what happiness reigns in this house! If only a +kind Providence would hear the prayers of those who entreat that a new +blessing may be sent down from heaven to the good lord of Levetinczy, in +the shape of a little angel.</p> + +<p>Timar covered his glass with his hand; a thought started through his +mind—"Such a wish might have an unlooked-for result."</p> + +<p>But Herr Fabula was not content with good wishes, he thought he must add +some good advice. "But his honor rushes about too much. In good truth I +would not leave such a sweet, pretty lady alone. But it can't be helped +if the master must see to everything himself, for that's why it +succeeds. Who would have thought of sending our flour across the sea? To +tell the truth, when I heard it—excuse me for making so free—I thought +to myself the master must have gone silly; before that flour gets there +it will all be musty, while loaves grow out there on the trees and roll +on the bushes. And now just see what credit we have all got by it. But +it is the master's eye that feeds the horse—"</p> + +<p>This was to Michael an unwelcome irony, which he could not leave without +contradiction. "My good Johann, if that was the secret of our success, +you must bestow all your praises on my wife, for it was she who looked +after everything."</p> + +<p>"Yes, indeed; all honor to the merits of our noble lady!" said Fabula; +"but, with his honor's permission, I know what I know. I know where his +honor spent the whole summer."</p> + +<p>Michael felt as if his hair stood on end with horror. Could this man +know where he had been? It would be awful if he did.</p> + +<p>Michael winked with one eye over his glass at his guest, but in vain.</p> + +<p>"Well, shall I tell our gracious lady where the master spent the summer? +Shall I let it out?"</p> + +<p>Michael felt every limb paralyzed by terror. Athalie kept her eyes fixed +on his face; he durst not betray by a gesture that the gossip of the +tipsy chatterer confused him. "Well, tell us then, Johann, where I was," +he said, with enforced calmness.</p> + +<p>"I will complain of you to the gracious lady; I will tell her," cried +Fabula, putting down his glass. "His honor ran away without saying a +word to any one. He went quietly on board a ship and sailed away to +Brazil; he was over there in America and settled everything himself, and +that's why it all went so smoothly."</p> + +<p>Timar looked at the two women. On Timéa's face was reflected pure +surprise, Athalie was vexed. She believed as fully in the truth of +Fabula's tale as he did himself, and he would have staked his head on +it.</p> + +<p>Timar also smiled mysteriously at the story; now he was the one who +lied, not Johann Fabula. The man of gold must go on lying.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>The story was very useful to Timar. He had now a sufficient excuse for +his mysterious disappearances, and it was possible for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span> him to give such +an air of probability to the story of his Brazilian voyage that even +Athalie believed it. Indeed, she was the easiest to deceive. She knew +what Timéa was feeling, and that she was glad to distract herself by +absence and work from the thought of him on whose account her heart +ached. If a wife can do so, why not the husband? It was even simpler for +him to fly from his sorrows to another hemisphere, and in the pursuit of +wealth to forget what his heart coveted. How should Athalie have guessed +that it was the husband who had already found a cure for his mortal +sickness, and who was happy away from home? What would she have given to +him who should have revealed the truth? But the rushes round the +ownerless island did not chatter like the reeds to which King Midas's +barber trusted his secret. Athalie was consumed with envy, while she +vainly sought for a key to the riddle. At home and in public, Timar and +Timéa presented the exemplary picture of a happy marriage. He heaped on +his wife expensive jewels, and Timéa loaded herself with them when they +went into society; she wished to shine by this means.</p> + +<p>What could better prove the affection of the husband than the diamonds +of the wife? Could Timar and Timéa really be a couple whose love +consisted in giving and receiving diamonds, or are there people in this +world who can be happy without love?</p> + +<p>Athalie still suspected Timéa and not Timar. But Timar could hardly wait +till the winter was over and spring had come: of course, because then +the mills can begin to grind again—what else could a man of business +have in his mind?</p> + +<p>This year Michael persuaded Timéa not to try her health by the +management of business; he would give it over to his agents, and she +should go during the summer to some sea-bathing place, to get rid of her +neuralgia.</p> + +<p>No one asked him where he was going. It was taken for granted that he +would again travel to South America, and pretend he had been in Egypt or +Italy.</p> + +<p>But he hurried away to the Lower Danube. When the poplars grew green, he +could not stay at home: the alluring picture filled his dreams and took +captive all his thoughts. He never stopped at Levetinczy, but only gave +general instructions to his agent and his steward to do their best; then +he went on to Golovacz, where he stayed a night with the dean; thence he +had only a half-day's journey to get to Noémi. He had not seen her for +six long months; his mind was filled with the picture of the meeting. +Awake and asleep he was full of longing, and could hardly wait for dawn. +Before sunrise he was up, put on his knapsack, threw his gun over his +shoulder, and without waiting for the appearance of his host, he left +the presbytery and hastened to the wooded river-bank.</p> + +<p>The Danube does a good work in widening the limits of the wood every +year by retreating from its banks, for in this way the watch-houses +built twenty-five years ago on the shore have now taken up a position +much further inland. And he who wishes to cross the river without a +passport finds in the young brushwood an entirely neutral territory.</p> + +<p>Timar had sent a new boat to the hut, where he went on foot; he found it +ready, and started as usual alone on the way to the reed-<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span>beds. The +skiff floated like a fish on the water, and that it traveled so swiftly +was not owing to itself alone. The year had grown to April, it was +spring, and the trees at Ostrova were already in blossom. So much the +more astonished was he at the sight which met his eyes on the other +side. The ownerless island did not look green; it seemed to have been +burned. As he approached he saw the reason; all the trees on the +northern side were quite brown. The boat traversed the rushes quickly; +when it touched the bank, Michael saw plainly that a whole long row of +trees, Frau Therese's favorite walnuts, were dead—every one of them. +Michael felt quite downcast at the sight. At this season he was +generally greeted by green branches and rosebuds. Now a dead forest +welcomed him—a bad omen.</p> + +<p>He pressed forward and listened for the bark of greeting: not a sound to +be heard. He walked on anxiously; the paths were neglected, covered by +dry autumn leaves, and it seemed to him as if even the birds were +silent. When he drew near the hut, a dreadful feeling overcame +him—where were the inhabitants? They might be dead and not buried; he +had been busied about other things for half a year—with affairs of +state, with showing off his young wife, and making money. And meanwhile +Heaven had watched over the islanders—if it chose.</p> + +<p>As he entered the veranda, a door opened and Therese came out. She +looked serious, as if something had frightened her; and then a bitter +smile appeared on her face. "Ah! you have come!" said she, and came to +press his hand. And then it was she who asked him why he came looking so +grave. "No misfortune has happened?" Timar asked, hastily.</p> + +<p>"Misfortune? No," said Therese, with a melancholy smile.</p> + +<p>"My heart was sore when I saw the dead trees," said Michael, to excuse +his serious looks.</p> + +<p>"The flood last summer did that," answered Therese; "walnut-trees can +not stand wet."</p> + +<p>"And how are you both?" asked Timar, uneasily.</p> + +<p>Therese answered gently, "We are pretty well, I and the other two."</p> + +<p>"What do you mean? the other two?"</p> + +<p>She smiled and sighed, and smiled again; then she laid her hand on +Michael's shoulder and said, "The wife of a poor smuggler fell ill here: +the woman died, the child remained here. Now you know who the other two +are."</p> + +<p>Timar rushed into the house: at the far end of the room stood a cradle +woven of osiers, and near it, on one side, was Almira, on the other +Noémi. Noémi rocked the cradle and waited till Timar came to her. In it +lay a little baby, with chubby cheeks, which pressed the cherry lips +into a soft pout; its eyes were only half shut, and the tiny fists lay +over its face. Michael stood spell-bound before the cradle. He looked at +Noémi as if to seek the answer to the riddle in her face, on which a +sweet ray of heavenly light seemed to shine, in which modesty and love +were combined. She smiled and cast her eyes down. Michael thought he +would lose his senses.</p> + +<p>Therese laid her hand on his arm, "Then are you angry that we<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span> have +adopted the orphan child of the poor smuggler's wife? God sent it to +us."</p> + +<p>Angry? He had fallen on his knees, and held the cradle in his embrace, +pressing it and its inhabitant to his breast; then he began to sob +violently, like one who has kept a whole ocean of sorrow in his heart, +which suddenly overflows its bounds.</p> + +<p>Timar kissed the little messenger from God wherever he could—its little +hands and feet, the hem of its robe, its rosy cheeks. The baby made +grimaces under the kisses, but did not wake. At last it opened its eyes, +its great blue eyes, and looked at the strange man with astonishment, as +if to say, "Does this man want anything of me?" and then it laughed, as +if it thought, "I don't care what he wants," and after that it shut its +eyes and slumbered on, still smiling and undisturbed by the flood of +kisses.</p> + +<p>Therese said, smiling, "You poor orphan! you never dreamed of this, did +you?" and turned away to hide her tears.</p> + +<p>"And am I to have no greeting?" said Noémi, with charming anger. Michael +turned to her, still on his knees. He spoke not a word, only pressed her +hand to his lips and hid his face silently in her lap. He was dumb as +long as the child slept. When the little creature awoke, it began to +talk in its own language—which we call crying. It is lucky there are +those who understand it. The baby was hungry.</p> + +<p>Noémi said to Michael that he must now leave the room, for he was not to +know what the poor little orphan was fed upon.</p> + +<p>Michael went outside; he was in a transport. It seemed as if he was on a +new star, from which one could look down on the earth as on a foreign +body. All he had called his own on the terrestrial ball was left behind, +and he no longer felt its attraction drawing him thither. The circle in +which he had spent his former life was trodden under foot, and he had +attained a new center of gravity. A new object, a new life, stood before +him; only one uncertainty remained—-how could he contrive to vanish +from the world? To pass into another sphere without leaving this mortal +life behind; to live on two different planets at once, to mount from +earth to heaven, to pass again from heaven to earth, there to entertain +angels, and here to live for money—alas! this was no task for human +nerves. He would lose his reason in the attempt.</p> + +<p>Not without reason are little children called angels, or "messengers:" +children are indeed messengers from the other world, whose mysterious +influence is visible in their eyes, to those who receive them as gifts +of God. A wonderful look often meets us in the eye of an infant, which +is lost when the lips learn speech. How often Michael gazed for hours at +this blue ray from heaven in the baby's eyes, when it lay on a lambskin +out on the grass, and he stretched himself beside it, and plucked the +flowers it wanted—"There, then, here it is." He had his work cut out to +get it away, for the little thing put everything in its mouth. He +studied its first attempts at language, he let it drag at his beard, and +sung lullabies to put it to sleep.</p> + +<p>His feeling for Noémi was quite different now; it was not desire, but +bliss—the glow of passion had given place to a sweet contented calm, +and he felt like one convalescent from a fever. Noémi, too,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span> had altered +since they last met; on her face lay an expression of submissive +tenderness, and in all her conduct was a consistent gentleness, which +could not have been assumed—a quiet dignity combined with chaste +reserve, which surrounds a woman with a halo, compelling respect. Timar +could not get used to his happiness: he required many days to be +convinced that it was not a dream—that this little hut, half wood, half +clay, and the smiling woman with the babbling babe at her breast, were +reality and not a vision.</p> + +<p>And then he thought, what will become of them?</p> + +<p>He strode about the island and brooded on the future.</p> + +<p>"What can I give this child? Much money? They know nought of money here. +Great estates? This island suffices. Shall I take him with me and make +him into a great and wealthy man? But the women could not part with him. +Shall I take them too? But even if they consented, I could not do it; +they would learn what I am, and would despise me. They can only be happy +here: only here can this child hold up its head, where none can ask its +name."</p> + +<p>The women had called it Adeodatus (Gift of God). It had no other name. +What other could it have?</p> + +<p>One day when he was wandering aimlessly, deep in thought, about the +island, striding through the bushes and weeds, Timar came suddenly to a +part where the dry twigs crackled under his feet. He looked round; he +was in the melancholy little plantation of dead walnut-trees. The +beautiful trees were all dried up: spring had not clothed them with +fresh green foliage, and the dead leaves covered the ground.</p> + +<p>An idea struck Michael in this vegetable cemetery. He hastened back to +the hut. "Therese, have you still the tools you used in building your +house?"</p> + +<p>"There they are on the shelf."</p> + +<p>"Give them here. I have an idea; I will fell the dead walnuts and build +of them a little house for Dodi."</p> + +<p>Therese clasped her hands in astonishment. But Noémi's answer was to +kiss her little Dodi and say to him, "Dost thou hear?"</p> + +<p>Michael interpreted the wonder on Therese's face as incredulity. "Yes, +yes," he persisted, "I will build the house myself without any help—a +little house like a jewel-case, like those the Wallachians build, lined +with beautiful oak; mine shall be of walnut, and fit for a prince. I +will drive every nail myself, and it shall be Dodi's house when he gets +bigger."</p> + +<p>Therese only smiled. "That will be fine, Michael. I too built my nest as +the swallows do; I formed the walls of clay, and thatched my roof with +rushes. But carpentry is not one man's work; the old saw has two +handles, and one can not manage it alone."</p> + +<p>"But are we not two?" cried Noémi, eagerly. "Can't I help him? Do you +fancy my arm is not strong enough?" and she turned her sleeve up to her +shoulder to show off her arm. It was beautifully formed, yet muscular, +fit for Diana. Michael covered it with kisses from the shoulder down to +the finger-tips, and then said, "Be it so."</p> + +<p>"Oh, we will work together," cried Noémi, whose lively fancy<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span> had seized +on Michael's suggestion with lightning speed. "We will both go out into +the wood; we will make a hammock for Dodi and sling it from the +branches. Mother shall bring us out our meals, and we will sit on the +planks we have sawn, and take our dinner out of the same plate: how good +it will taste!"</p> + +<p>And so it did. Michael took the ax and went out to the walnut-grove, +where he set to work. Before he had felled and topped one tree his hands +were blistered. Noémi told him women's hands never got sore. When three +trees were cut down, so that one trunk could be laid across the other +two, Michael wanted Noémi's help. She was quite in earnest, and attacked +the task bravely. In her slender form lay stores of strength and +endurance. She handled the great saw as cleverly as if she had been +taught to do it.</p> + +<p>Michael gradually got used to the dressing of the walnut planks; the ax, +too, did good service, and Noémi admired him greatly. "Tell me, +Michael," she asked him one day, "have you never been a carpenter?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes," he answered, "a ship's carpenter."</p> + +<p>"And tell me, how did you become such a rich man that you can stay away +a whole summer from your work, and spend your time elsewhere? You are +your own master, I suppose? You take orders from no one?"</p> + +<p>"I must tell you all about it some day," said Michael; and yet he never +told her how he became rich, so as to be able to spend weeks on the +island sawing wood. He often related to Noémi stories of his adventurous +journeys through all lands, but in his romantic tales he never said +anything about himself. He escaped inquisitive pressure by working hard +all day; and when he lay down at night, it was not the time to tease him +with questions, though many wives take advantage of the opportunity.</p> + +<p>During the long time Timar spent in the ownerless island, he had +gradually become convinced that it was by no means so concealed as to be +unknown: its existence was known to a large class of visitors. But they +never revealed it to the outer world. Smuggling, on the banks of this +wooded river, was a regular profession, with its own constitution, its +own schools, its secret laws, forming a state within a state. It often +surprised Timar to find among the willow-copses of the island a canoe or +a boat, watched by no one. If he came back a few hours later, it was no +longer there. Another time he stumbled on great bales of goods, which +also had disappeared when he returned. All the mysterious people who +used the island as a resting-place seemed purposely to avoid the +neighborhood of the hut; they went and came without leaving a footmark +on the turf. There were cases, however, in which they visited the hut; +and then it was always Therese who received their visit. When Almira +gave the signal that strangers were coming, Timar left his work and +retired into the inner room; he must not be seen by any stranger. It is +true the beard he had grown had altered him considerably, but yet some +one might come who had seen him elsewhere. The wild people always came +to Therese if they had been hurt; they often frequented places where +they were likely to be wounded. Sometimes they had deep, dangerous +gunshot wounds, which they could not show to the regimental surgeon, +for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span> the result would be a court-martial; but the island lady knew of +healing salves, could reduce fractures, bind up wounds, and prescribe +medicines for fevers. She was sought by sick people who kept secret +their abode, for they knew the physicians would never endure this +quack-doctoring. She reconciled enemies who dared not go to law, and +consoled criminals who repented of their sins, with the hope of God's +mercy. Often some fugitive, tired and exhausted with hunger and thirst, +came to her threshold. She asked not, "Whence do you come or whither do +you go?" She took him in, and let him go when restored and refreshed, +after filling his pouch with food.</p> + +<p>Many know her whose religion is silence, and there is no bond which +binds master and disciple so closely as this. Every one knows that no +money is to be found here; even avarice has no reason to wish her ill.</p> + +<p>Timar could be certain of having found a place over which centuries +might pass before the history of its inhabitants should be drawn into +that chaos we call the world. He could go on with his carpentry without +fearing that the news would leak out that Michael Timar Levetinczy, +privy councilor, landowner, banker, had turned into a woodcutter in an +unknown island; and that, when he rested from his hard labor, he cut +willow branches to shelter a poor orphan child which had neither parents +nor a name of its own. What joys he knew here! how he listened for the +first word the child could speak! The little man had such trouble to +shape his unskillful lips to the words. "Papa," of course, was the +first; what else could it be? The child learns also to understand the +sorrowful side of life; when a new tooth comes, what pain and sleepless +nights must be endured! Noémi remains at home with it, and Michael runs +back from his work to see how little Dodi is. He takes the child from +Noémi and carries him about, singing lullabies to him. If he succeeds in +putting Dodi to sleep and soothing his pain, how triumphant he is! He +sings—</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">"For all the gold the world could hold,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">I would not give my Dodi's curl."<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>One day Michael suddenly found that he had grubbed up and cut down all +the timber. So far the work had prospered; but now he found he could not +get on. House-carpentry is a trade like any other, and must be learned, +and he had not spoken the truth when he said he understood it.</p> + +<p>Autumn drew near. Therese and Noémi were already used to think it quite +natural for Timar to leave them at this season; he must of course earn +his bread. His business is of a sort which gets on by itself in the +summer, but in winter he must give himself up to it. They knew that from +other tradespeople. But in another house the same idea reigned. Timéa +believed Michael had business which obliged him to spend the summer away +from home: at that season the management of his estates, of his building +and export contracts, demanded all his attention.</p> + +<p>From autumn to spring he deceived Timéa, from spring to autumn he +deceived Noémi. He could not be called inconsistent.</p> + +<p>This time he left the island earlier than in other years. He has<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span>tened +back to Komorn, where all his affairs had progressed in his absence +beyond his expectations. Even in the government lottery the first prize +must needs fall to him; the long-forgotten ticket lay buried somewhere +in a drawer under other papers, and not till three months after the +drawing did he bring it out, and claim the unhoped-for hundred thousand +gulden, like one who hardly cares for such a trifle. The world admired +him all the more. He had so much money, people said, that he wished for +no more.</p> + +<p>What could he do with it?</p> + +<p>He began by sending for celebrated cabinet-makers from Szekler and +Zarand, who understand the building of those splendid wooden houses +which last for centuries—real palaces of hard wood. The Roumanian +nobility live in such houses as these, which are full of beautiful +carving inside. The house and its furniture, tables, chairs, and +wardrobes, are all the work of one hand. Everything in it is of +wood—not a single bit of iron is used.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FOURTH_II" id="CHAPTER_FOURTH_II"></a>CHAPTER II.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE WOOD-CARVER.</span></h3> + + +<p>On his return home, Michael found Timéa somewhat unwell. This induced +him to call in two celebrated doctors from Vienna in order to consult +them about his wife's health. They agreed that a change of climate was +necessary, and advised a winter sojourn in Meran; so Michael accompanied +thither his wife and Athalie. In the sheltered valley, he chose for +Timéa a villa in whose garden stood a pavilion built like a Swiss +<i>châlet</i>. He knew that Timéa would like it. In the course of the winter +he often visited her, generally in the company of an elderly man, and +found that, as he expected, the <i>châlet</i> was her favorite resort.</p> + +<p>When he returned to Komorn he set to work to build just such another +<i>châlet</i> as the one at Meran. The cabinet-maker he had brought with him +was a master of his art. He copied the <i>châlet</i> and its furniture in the +minutest detail; then he installed a large workshop in Timar's +one-storied house in the Servian Street, and there set to work. No one +was to know anything about it—it was to be a surprise. But the +architect required an apprentice to help him, and it was difficult to +find one who could hold his tongue. There was nothing for it but to turn +Timar himself into an apprentice, and he now vied with his master from +morning to night with chisel and gimlet, in carving, planing, polishing, +and turning. But as to the cabinet-maker himself, if you had closed his +mouth with Solomon's seal, you could not have made him discreet enough +to refrain from letting out the secret to his Sunday evening boon +companions, of the surprise Herr von Levetinczy was preparing for his +wife. First they made the different parts and fitted them together: then +the whole, as fast as it was ready, was set up in the beautiful park on +the Monostor. He himself, a regular Crœsus, does not shrink from working +all day like a laborer, and is as good at the tools as if he were a +foreman. He does not trouble about his own affairs, he leaves them to +his agents, and saws and carves the whole day long in the workshop. But +they must not let it go fur<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span>ther, for the gracious lady was to have a +surprise when she came home. Naturally the whole town heard of it, and +so did Frau Sophie, who wrote to Athalie, who told Timéa, so that Timéa +knew beforehand that Michael, when she came home in the spring, would +drive with her some fine day to the Monostor hill, where they had a +large orchard: there, on the side overlooking the Danube, she would find +her dear Meran pavilion exactly copied, her work-basket at the window, +her favorite books on the birchwood shelves, her cane chair on the +veranda. All this to surprise her; and she must smile as if much +pleased, and when she praised the maker, she would hear from him, "You +must not compliment me, gracious lady, but my apprentice." "Who executed +the best carvings, who made the footstool, these elegant balustrades, +these columns and capitals?" "My apprentice." "And who was he?" "The +noble lord of Levetinczy himself. All this is his work, gracious lady."</p> + +<p>And then Timéa would smile and try to find words to express her thanks. +Only words: for he may heap treasures on his wife, or give her black +bread that he had earned by his labor; he can not purchase her +affection.</p> + +<p>And so it was. In the spring Timéa came back. The Monostor surprise was +skillfully planned, with a splendid banquet and a troop of guests. On +Timéa's face hovered a melancholy smile; on Timar's, reserved kindness; +and on those of the guests, envious congratulation. The ladies said no +woman was worthy of such a husband as Timar, he was an ideal husband; +but the men said it was not a good sign when a husband tried to win his +wife's favor by presents and attentions.</p> + +<p>Only Athalie said nothing: she sought a clew to the mystery and found +none. What had come to Timar? His countenance betrayed something like +happiness; what was he concealing under his care for Timéa? In company +he was bright and cheerful, unconstrained and at ease with Athalie, +sometimes even taking her for a turn in the cotillon. Was he really +happy, or was he indifferent? It was vain for him to try and win Timéa's +heart; Athalie knew that by her own experience. She had found plenty of +wooers, but refused them all—all men were alike to her; she had only +loved one, whom now she hated. She alone understood Timéa.</p> + +<p>But Michael she could not fathom. He was a man of pure gold, without a +speck of rust upon him.</p> + +<p>When spring came, Timar again called in the physicians to pronounce on +Timéa's health. This time she was advised to try the sea-bathing at +Biarritz. Michael took her there, arranged her apartments, took care +that she should be able to compete in dress and equipages with English +peeresses and Russian princesses, and left a heavy purse with her, +begging her to bring it back empty. He was generous to Athalie, put her +down as Timéa's cousin in the visitor's list, and she too was to change +her dress five times a day, like Timéa. Could any one better fulfill the +duties of the head of a family?</p> + +<p>Then he hurried away, not homeward, but to Vienna; there he bought the +whole furniture of a workshop, and had it sent in chests to Pancsova.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span>Here he had to invent some pretense to get the boxes over to the island. +Caution was most necessary. The fishermen, who often saw him go round +the Ostrova Island in a boat, and not return for months, had puzzled +their heads as to who he was and what brought him here. When the cases +arrived, he had them conveyed to the poplar-groves of the left bank of +the Danube, and there unloaded. Then he called in the fishermen, and +said they must get them over to the lonely island—they contained arms.</p> + +<p>That one word was enough to sink the secret to the bottom of the sea. +Henceforward he could go backward and forward by day or night, no one +would ever mention his name. They all knew now that he was an agent of +the Servian and Montenegrin heroes of the insurrection, and the rack +would not have extorted information from them. He became a sacred +personage in their eyes. In this way, in order to hide himself in +darkness, he deceived every one with whom he exchanged a word. The +fishermen ferried over the cases at night, and Timar with them; they +looked out for a place on the shore where the thickest bushes grew, and +carried the boxes there, and when Michael would have paid them, they +would not accept a groschen from him, only grasping his hand.</p> + +<p>He remained on the island, and the fishermen left him. It was a splendid +moonlight night; the nightingale sung on its nest. Michael went along +the bank till he came to the path, and passed the place where he had +left off his work last year; the trunks were carefully covered with +rushes to keep the wet off.</p> + +<p>He approached the little dwelling on tiptoe. It was a good sign that he +heard no noise. Almira does not bark, because she is sleeping in the +kitchen so as not to wake the child. All is well in the house.</p> + +<p>How should he announce himself, and surprise Noémi? He stood before the +little window, half covered by climbing roses, and began to sing—</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">"For all the gold the world could hold,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">I would not give my Dodi's curl."<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>He was not disappointed; a moment later the window opened, and Noémi +looked out with a face radiant with joy. "My Michael," whispered the +poor child.</p> + +<p>"Yes, thy Michael," he murmured, clasping the dear head in both arms. +"And Dodi?"</p> + +<p>"He is asleep; hush, we must not wake him." And still the lips murmured +tenderly, "Come in."</p> + +<p>"He might wake and cry."</p> + +<p>"Oh, he is no longer a crying child. Just think, he is a year old."</p> + +<p>"What! a year already! He is quite a big fellow."</p> + +<p>"He can say your name already."</p> + +<p>"Does he really talk?"</p> + +<p>"And he is learning to walk."</p> + +<p>"Just fancy!"</p> + +<p>"He eats anything now."</p> + +<p>"Impossible; that is too soon."</p> + +<p>"What do you know about it? wait till you see him."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span>"Push the curtain aside that I may see him by the moonlight."</p> + +<p>"No; that would not do. If the moon shines on a sleeping child it makes +it ill."</p> + +<p>"Nonsense!"</p> + +<p>"There are all sorts of wonderful things about children, and one must +have plenty of faith; that is why women have charge of children, because +they believe everything. Come in and look at him."</p> + +<p>"I will not go in as long as he is asleep—I might wake him; you come +out."</p> + +<p>"I can not do that; he would wake if I left him, and mother is asleep."</p> + +<p>"Well, then, you go back to him, and I will remain outside."</p> + +<p>"Won't you lie down?"</p> + +<p>"It is almost day-break. Go back to him, and leave the window open."</p> + +<p>And he remained standing by the window, looking into the little room, on +whose floor the moon painted silver patterns, and trying to distinguish +the tones which came from the quiet chamber—a little whimper of an +awakened child, then a low song like a dreamy lullaby, "For all the gold +. . ." Then the sound of a kiss, which a good baby gets as a reward for +going to sleep. With his elbows on the window-sill, and listening to the +breaths of the sleepers, Timar awaited the dawn, which filled the little +house with light. The red sunrise awoke the child, and there was no more +sleep for the others. The baby crowed and babbled; what it said only +those two understood—itself and Noémi.</p> + +<p>When at last Michael got it into his arms he said, "I shall stay here, +Dodi, till I have finished your house."</p> + +<p>The child said something which Noémi interpreted to mean, "That is just +what I wish."</p> + +<p>These were the happiest days of Timar's dual life. Nothing troubled the +serenity of his happiness, except the thought of that other life to +which he must return. If he could find ways and means to sever himself +from that, he might live on here in peace. Nothing would be easier; he +simply had to stay here. He would be sought for during the first year, +for two or three more he would be remembered from time to time; then the +world would forget him and he it, and Noémi would remain to him. And +what a jewel she was! Whatever was lovable in woman was combined in her, +and every feminine defect was wanting. Her beauty was not of the kind +which satiates by its monotony: with every change of expression arose a +new charm. Tenderness, gentleness, and fire were united in her +disposition. The virgin, the fairy, the woman were harmoniously blended +in her. Her love was never selfish; her whole being went out to him whom +she loved: his sorrows and joys were hers, she knew no others. At home +she thought of every trivial detail which could conduce to his comfort; +she helped him in his work with an untiring hand. Ever bright and fresh, +if she felt unwell a kiss from him drove away the pain. She was +submissive to him, who worshiped her. And when she took the child on her +lap, it was a sight to drive the man mad who had made her his own—and +yet not really his.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span>But Timar had not yet made up his mind. He still played with Fate. The +price was too high even for such a treasure as a lovely woman with a +smiling child in her arms.</p> + +<p>The cost was—a whole world! a property amounting to millions; his +position in society; his rank and noble friends; the enterprise of +world-wide influence, on whose result hung the future of a great +national branch of trade! and besides—Timéa. He might have reconciled +himself to the idea of treading his riches under foot: they came from +the submarine depths, and might return thither.</p> + +<p>But his vanity refused to contemplate the notion that that woman with +the white face, which no glow from her husband could animate, might be +happy in this life—with another man. Perhaps he hardly knew himself +what a fiend was hidden in his breast. The woman who could not love him +was fading away before his eyes, while he could live through happy days +where he was well beloved. And during this time the house-building made +rapid progress, and was already being put together by the workman's +skillful hand; the roof was on, and covered with wide planks formed like +fish-scales to overlap each other. The carpentry was done, and now came +the cabinet-work. Michael completed it without any assistance, and might +be seen from morn to eve in the workshop he had arranged in the new +house, where he sung all day as he planed and sawed. Like the steadiest +of day-laborers, he never left off his work before dark; then he +returned to the hut where an appetizing supper awaited him. After the +meal he sat down on the bench outside the house, and lighted his clay +pipe. Noémi sat by him and took Dodi on her knees, who was now expected +to exhibit what he had learned during the day. A new word! And is not +this one word a greater acquirement than all the wisdom of the world? +"What would you sell Dodi for?" Noémi asked him once in jest. "For the +whole earth full of diamonds?"</p> + +<p>"Not for the whole heaven full of angels."</p> + +<p>Little Dodi happened that day to be full of spirits. In a mischievous +mood he caught hold with his little hand of the pipe Michael had in his +mouth, and pulled till he got it out of his hold, when he at once threw +it on the ground; as it was made of clay, of course it was broken into +atoms. Timar was rather hasty in his exercise of justice, and bestowed a +little tap on the child's hand as a punishment for the damage done. The +boy looked at him, then hid his head in his mother's breast, and began +to cry.</p> + +<p>"See now," said Noémi, sadly, "you would give him away for a pipe, and +this one was only of clay."</p> + +<p>Michael was very sorry to have slapped Dodi's hand. He tried to make it +up by coaxing words, and kissed the little hand, but the child was shy +of him, and crept under Noémi's shawl. All night he was restless, +wakeful, and crying. Timar got angry, and said the child was of a +willful nature, his obstinacy must be overcome. Noémi cast a gently +reproachful glance on him.</p> + +<p>The next day Timar left his bed earlier than usual, and went to his +work, but he was never heard to sing all day. He left off early in the +afternoon, and when he came home he could see by Noémi's face that she +was quite alarmed at his appearance. His complexion was quite altered. +"I am not well," he said to Noémi, "my<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span> head is so heavy, my feet will +hardly carry me, and I have pain in all my limbs. I must lie down."</p> + +<p>Noémi hastened to make up a bed for him in the inner room, and helped +him to undress. With anxiety she noticed that Michael's hands were cold +and his breath burning. Frau Therese felt his forehead, and advised him +to cover himself well, for he was going to have ague. But Michael had +the sensation that something worse was at hand. In this district typhus +was raging, for the spring floods had swelled the Danube in an unusual +degree, and left malaria behind them. When he laid his head on the +pillow he was still sensible enough to think of what would happen if a +serious illness attacked him; no doctor was near to help. He might die +here, and no one would know what had become of him. What would become of +Timéa, and above all, of Noémi? Who would care for the forsaken one, a +widow without being a wife? Who would bring up Dodi, and what fate +awaited him when he should be grown up, and Michael underground? Two +women's lives would be wrecked by his death!</p> + +<p>And then he began to think of the revelations of his delirium before the +two women who would be with him day and night—of his stewards, his +palaces, and of his pale wife—of how he would see Timéa before him, +call her by name, and speak of her as his wife—and Noémi knows that +name.</p> + +<p>Besides his bodily pain, another thing tormented him—that he had struck +Dodi yesterday. This trifle lay heavy as a crime on his soul. After he +was in bed he wanted the child brought to him that he might kiss it, and +whispered "Noémi," with hot breath.</p> + +<p>"What is it?" she answered.</p> + +<p>But already he know not what he had asked. Directly he was in bed the +fever broke out with full force. He was a strong man, and such are the +first to succumb to this "aid-de-camp" of death, and suffer the most +from it. Thenceforward he wandered continually; and Noémi heard every +word he spoke. The sick man knew no one, not even himself. He who spoke +through his lips was a stranger—a man who had no secrets, and told all +he knew. The visions are akin to the delusions of madness; they turn on +one fixed idea, and however the detail may change, the central figure +returns ever and again to the surface.</p> + +<p>In Timar's wandering there was one of these dominating figures—a woman. +Not Timéa, but Noémi—of her he continually spoke. Timéa's name never +passed his lips—she did not fill his soul.</p> + +<p>For Noémi it was horror and rapture combined to listen to this +unconscious babble—horror, because it spoke of such strange things, and +took her with him to such unknown regions, that she trembled at a fever +which compelled him to look on at such marvels—and yet it was bliss to +hear him, for he always talked of her, and her only.</p> + +<p>Once he was in a princely palace and talking with some great man. "To +whom should his excellency give this decoration? I know a girl on the +ownerless island—no one is more worthy of it than she. Give her the +order. She is called Noémi; her other name? Do queens have another name? +The first. Noémi the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span> first, by the grace of God queen of the ownerless +island and the rose-forest."</p> + +<p>He carried his idea further. "If I become king of the ownerless island, +I shall form a ministry. Almira will be inspector of meat, and Narcissa +will be appointed to the dairy department. I shall demand security from +them, and name them as confidential advisers." Then he talked of his +palaces. "How do you like these saloons, Noémi? Does the gilding of this +ceiling please you? Those children dancing on the golden background are +like Dodi—are they not like him? A pity they are so high up. Are you +cold in these great halls? So am I—come, let us go away. It is better +by the fire in our little hut. I do not love these high palaces; and +this town is often visited by earthquakes—I fear the vault may fall in +on us. There! behind that little door some one is spying on us—an +envious woman. Do not look, Noémi! Her malicious glance might do you +harm. This house once belonged to her, and now she wanders through it +like a ghost. See, she has a dagger in her hand, and wants to murder +you; let us run away!"</p> + +<p>But there was a hinderance in the way of escape—the frightful mass of +gold. "I can not stand up, the gold drags me down. It is all on my +breast; take it away! Oh, I am drowning in gold! The roof has fallen in, +and gold is rolling down on me. I am suffocating. Noémi, give me your +hand; pull me from under this horrible mountain of gold."</p> + +<p>His hand lay in Noémi's all the time, and she thought, trembling, what a +fearful power it was which tortured a poor sailor with such dreams of +money. Then he began again: "You don't care for diamonds, Noémi? You +little fool! Do you think their fire burns? Don't be afraid. Ha! you are +right, it does burn—I did not know that—it is hell-fire. Even the +names are alike—Diamond, Demon. We will throw them into the +water—throw them from you. I know where they came from, and I will +throw them back into the water. Don't be afraid, I will not remain long +under water. Hold your breath and pray. As long as you can stay without +taking breath I shall be down below; I am only going to dive into the +cabin of the sunken ship. Ah! who is lying on this bed?"</p> + +<p>Such a shudder seized him that he sprung from his couch and would have +rushed away. Noémi was hardly able to get him back to bed. "Some one is +lying there, but I must not say the name. See how the red moon shines in +at the window. Shut the light out. I will not have it on my face. How +near it is coming! Draw the curtain across!"</p> + +<p>But the curtains were drawn, and besides, it was pitch-dark outside. +When the fever-fit passed, he murmured, "Oh, how lovely you are without +diamonds, Noémi!"</p> + +<p>Then a fantasy seized him. "That man stands at our antipodes on the +other side of the earth. If the earth were of glass he could look down +upon us. But he can see me just as well as I see him. What is he doing? +He is catching rattlesnakes, and when he comes back he will let them +loose on the island. Don't let him land; don't let him come back! +Almira! Almira! At him! tear him! Aha! now a giant snake has got him; it +is strangling him. How frightful his face is! If only I need not see the +snake swallow him! Will<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span> he look at me? Now there is only his head out, +and he keeps looking at me. Oh, Noémi, cover my face that I may not see +him!"</p> + +<p>Again the dream-scene changes. "A whole fleet floats on the sea. What +are the ships laden with? With flour. Now comes a whirlwind, a tornado +seizes the ships, carries them into the clouds and tears them into +splinters. The flour is all spilled: the whole world is white with it, +white is the sea, white the heavens, and white the air. The moon peeps +from the clouds, and only look how the wind covers its face with flour! +It looks like some red-nosed old toper who has powdered his face. Laugh +then, Noémi!" But she wrung her hands and shuddered. The poor creature +was by his bed day and night. By day she sat on a chair at his side; by +night she pulled her bed close to his and slept beside him: careless of +the infection, she laid her head on Michael's pillow, pressed his +perspiring brow to her cheek, and kissed away the burning fever-breaths +from his parched lips.</p> + +<p>Frau Therese tried by harmless remedies to reduce the fever, and took +out the glass casements that the fresh air—the best medicine in fever +cases—might freely penetrate the little room. She said to Noémi, that +by her calculation the crisis would set in on the thirteenth day, when +the illness would either take a turn for the better or terminate +fatally.</p> + +<p>How long Noémi knelt during these days by the sick man's bed and prayed +to God, who had tried her so heavily, to have mercy on her poor heart! +If only He would give Michael back to life—and then if the grave must +have a sacrifice, there was she ready to die in his stead.</p> + +<p>Providence delights in what one might call the irony of fate—Noémi +offered to cruel death the whole world and her own self, in exchange for +Michael's life. She fancied she had to do with a good fellow who might +be bargained with. The destroying angel accepted her challenge.</p> + +<p>On the thirteenth day the fever and delirium ceased: the previous +nervous excitement gave place to intense exhaustion, which is a symptom +of improvement, and permits a hope that with the greatest care the +patient may be given back to life, if his mind is kept calm and he is +preserved from anxiety or emotion: sick people are so easily excited at +this stage of convalescence. His recovery hung on perfect tranquillity; +any violent excitement would kill him. Noémi stayed all night by Timar's +sick-bed: she never even went out once to see little Dodi; he slept in +the outer room with Frau Therese. On the morning of the fourteenth day, +while Michael lay sound asleep, Therese whispered in Noémi's car, +"Little Dodi is very ill." The child now! Poor Noémi! Her little Dodi +had the croup, the most dangerous of all childish maladies, against +which all the skill of the physician is often powerless.</p> + +<p>Mortally terrified, Noémi rushed to her child. The face of the innocent +creature was quite changed. It was not crying—this disease has no +characteristic cry, but so much the more dreadful is the suffering. How +terrible, a child who can not complain, whom men can not help! Noémi +looked blankly at her mother as if to ask, "And have you no cure for +this?" Therese could hardly<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span> bear this look. "So many miserable sick and +dying people have been helped by you, and for this one you know of no +remedy!"</p> + +<p>"None!" Noémi knelt down beside the child's little bed, pressed her lips +on his, and murmured softly, "What is it, my darling, my little one, my +angel? Look at me with thy pretty eyes."</p> + +<p>But the little one would not lift up the pretty eyes, and when at last, +after many kisses and entreaties, it opened the heavy lids, its +expression was terrible—the look of a child which has already learned +to fear death. "Oh, don't look so! not so!" The child never cried, but +only gave utterance to a hoarse cough.</p> + +<p>If only the other invalid in there does not hear it! Noémi held her +child trembling in her arms, and listened to hear if the sleeper close +by was yet awake. When she heard his voice she left the child and went +to Michael. He was suffering from great exhaustion, irritable and +peevish.</p> + +<p>"Where had you gone?" he questioned Noémi. "The window is open; a rat +might get in while I was asleep. Don't you see a rat about?" It is a +constant delusion of typhus patients to see rats everywhere.</p> + +<p>"They can't get in, my darling; there is a grating over the window."</p> + +<p>"Ah! and where is the cold water?" Noémi gave him some to drink. But he +was very angry with it. "That is not fresh cold water, it is quite warm. +Do you want me to die of thirst?"</p> + +<p>Noémi bore his crossness patiently. And when Michael fell asleep again, +she ran out to Dodi. The two women replaced each other, so that as long +as Michael slept, Therese sat by him, and when he awoke she gave Noémi a +sign to leave her sick child and take her place by Michael's bed. And +this went on through the long night. Noémi passed constantly from one +sick-bed to the other, and she had to keep excuses always ready for her +husband if he should ask where she had been.</p> + +<p>The child grew worse. Therese could do nothing, and Noémi dared not weep +for fear of Michael seeing her tearful eyes and asking the reason. The +next morning Timar felt easier, and wished for some soup. Noémi hastened +out to fetch it, as it was kept ready. The invalid swallowed it, and +said he felt the better for it. Noémi seemed delighted at the good news.</p> + +<p>"Well, and what is Dodi doing?" asked Michael.</p> + +<p>Noémi trembled lest he should see the throbs of her heart at the +question.</p> + +<p>"He is asleep," she replied, gently.</p> + +<p>"Asleep? But why asleep now? He is not ill?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, no; he is all right."</p> + +<p>"And why do you not bring him to me when he is awake?"</p> + +<p>"Because then you are asleep."</p> + +<p>"That is true; but when we are both awake together, you must bring him +in and let me see him."</p> + +<p>"I will do so, Michael."</p> + +<p>The child sunk gradually. Noémi had to conceal from Timar that Dodi was +ill, and constantly to invent stories about him, for his father +constantly asked for him. "Does Dodi play with his little man?"</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span>"Oh, yes, he is always playing with him" ( . . . with that fearful +skeleton!).</p> + +<p>"Does he talk of me?"</p> + +<p>"He loves to talk of you" ( . . . he will do so soon when he is with the +good God).</p> + +<p>"Take him this kiss from me;" and Noémi bore to her child the parting +kiss of his father.</p> + +<p>Another day dawned. The awakening invalid found himself alone in the +room. Noémi had watched all night by her child: she had looked on his +death-struggle, and pressed her tears back into her heart; why had it +not burst? When she went in to Michael she smiled again.</p> + +<p>"Were you with Dodi?" asked the sick man.</p> + +<p>"Yes, I have been with him."</p> + +<p>"Is he asleep now?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, he is asleep."</p> + +<p>"Not really?"</p> + +<p>"Truly, he sleeps well."</p> + +<p>Noémi has just closed his eyes—for his last sleep. And she dared not +betray her agony. She must show a smiling face. In the afternoon Michael +was much excited again: as the day drew on, his nervous irritation +increased. He called to Noémi, who was in the next room; she hastened in +and looked lovingly at him. The invalid was peevish and suspicious. He +noticed that a needle was sticking in Noémi's dress, with a thread of +silk in it.</p> + +<p>"Ah, you are beginning to work again! Have you time for that? What +finery are you making?"</p> + +<p>Noémi looked at him silently, and thought, "I am making Dodi's shroud;" +and then aloud, "I am making myself a collar."</p> + +<p>"Vanity, thy name is woman!" sighed Michael.</p> + +<p>Noémi found a smile for him, and answered, "You are quite right."</p> + +<p>Again the morning broke. Michael now suffered from sleeplessness; he +could not close his eyes. And the thought troubled him as to what Dodi +was doing. He sent Noémi out often to see if he wanted anything. And +whenever she did so she kissed the little dead child on the bier, and +spoke caressing words for Michael to hear: "My little Dodi! my darling +sweet, asleep again! Tell mother you love her;" and then she came back +to say that Dodi wanted for nothing.</p> + +<p>"The boy sleeps too much," said Michael; "why don't you wake him?"</p> + +<p>"I must wake him soon," said Noémi, gently.</p> + +<p>Michael dozed a little, only a few minutes, and woke with a start. He +did not know he had been asleep. "Noémi," he cried, "Dodi was singing; I +heard him: how sweetly he sings!"</p> + +<p>Noémi pressed both her hands to her heart, and drove back the outward +expression of her agony with superhuman courage. Yes, he is already +singing in heaven, amidst the angelic choir—among the innumerable +seraphim! that was the song he joined in.</p> + +<p>Toward evening Michael sent Noémi out. "Go and put Dodi to bed, and give +him a kiss for me."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span>She did so. "What did Dodi say?" he asked her. Noémi could not speak; +she bent over Michael and pressed a kiss on his lips.</p> + +<p>"That was his message, the treasure!" cried Michael, and the kiss sent +him to sleep. The child sent it to him from his own slumber.</p> + +<p>The next morning he asked again about the boy. "Take Dodi out into the +air; it is bad for him to be in the house; carry him into the garden."</p> + +<p>They were about to do so. Therese had dug a grave during the night at +the foot of a weeping-willow.</p> + +<p>"You go too; and stay out there with him. I shall doze, I think, I feel +so much better," Michael told Noémi.</p> + +<p>Noémi left the sick-room and turned the key: then they carried God's +recovered angel out, and committed him to the care of the universal +mother—earth. Noémi would not have a mound raised over him; Michael +would be so sad when he saw it, and it would retard his recovery. They +made a flower-bed there, and planted in its midst a rose-tree—one of +those Timar had grafted—with white flowers, whose purity was unstained. +Then she went back to the sick man.</p> + +<p>His first words were, "Where have you left Dodi?"</p> + +<p>"Out in the garden."</p> + +<p>"What has he on?"</p> + +<p>"His white frock and blue ribbons."</p> + +<p>"That suits him so well. Is he well wrapped up?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, very well" (with three feet of earth).</p> + +<p>"Bring him in when you go out again."</p> + +<p>At this Noémi could not stop in the room; she went out and threw herself +on Therese's breast, but even then she could not shed a tear. She must +not. Then she tottered on into the garden, went to the willow, broke off +a bud from the rose-tree, and went back to Michael.</p> + +<p>"Well, where's Dodi?" he said, impatiently.</p> + +<p>But Noémi knelt down by his bed and held out to him—the white rose. +Michael took it and smelled it. "How curious!" he said; "this flower has +no scent—as if it had grown on a grave."</p> + +<p>She rose and went out. "What is the matter?" asked Timar, turning to +Therese.</p> + +<p>"Don't be angry," said she in a gentle, soothing tone. "You were so +dangerously ill. Thank Heaven, you are getting over it. But this illness +is infectious, and particularly during convalescence. I told Noémi that +until you were quite well she must not bring the child near you. Perhaps +I was wrong, but I meant it for the best."</p> + +<p>Michael pressed her hand. "You did quite right. Stupid that I was, not +to have thought of it myself. Perhaps he is not even in the next room?"</p> + +<p>"No. We have made him a little house out in the garden." Poor thing, she +told the truth.</p> + +<p>"You are very good, Therese. Go to Dodi and send Noémi to me. I will not +ask her again to bring him to me. Poor Noémi! But as soon as I can get +up and go out, you will let me go to him, won't you?"</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span>"Yes, Michael." By this pious fraud it was possible to satisfy him till +he was out of bed and on the road to recovery. He was still very weak, +and could hardly walk. Noémi helped him to dress. Leaning on her +shoulder, he left his room, and she led him to the little seat before +the house, sat beside him, put her arm in his, and supported his head on +her shoulder. It was a lovely warm summer afternoon. Michael felt as if +the murmuring trees were whispering in his ears, as if the humming bees +brought him a message, and the grass made music at his feet. His head +swam.</p> + +<p>One thought grew on him. When he looked at Noémi, a painful suspicion +awoke in his breast. There was something in her expression which he +could not understand; he must know it. "Noémi."</p> + +<p>"What is it, my Michael?"</p> + +<p>"Darling Noémi, look at me." She raised her eyes to his. "Where is +little Dodi?"</p> + +<p>The poor creature could no longer hide her grief. She raised her martyr +face to heaven, stretched up both hands, and faltered, "There! . . . +there!"</p> + +<p>"He is dead!" Michael could hardly utter the words. Noémi sunk on his +breast. Her tears were no longer to be controlled; she sobbed violently.</p> + +<p>He put his arm round her and let her weep on. It would have been +sacrilege not to let these tears have free course.</p> + +<p>He had no tears—no. He was all wonder; he was amazed at the greatness +of soul which raised the poor despised creature so far above himself. +That she should have been able to conceal her sorrow so long out of +tender consideration for him whom she loved! How great that love must +be! When the paroxysm was over she looked smiling at Timar, like the sun +through the rainbow.</p> + +<p>"And you could keep this from me?"</p> + +<p>"I feared for your life."</p> + +<p>"You dared not weep lest I should see traces of tears."</p> + +<p>"I waited for the time when I might weep."</p> + +<p>"When you were not with me, you nursed the sick child, and I was angry +with you."</p> + +<p>"You were never unkind, Michael."</p> + +<p>"When you took my kiss to him you knew it was a farewell; when I +reproached you with your vanity you were sewing his shroud; when you +showed me a cheerful face your heart was pierced with the seven wounds +of the Blessed Virgin! Oh, Noémi, I worship you!"</p> + +<p>But the poor thing only asked him to love her. Michael drew her on to +his knee. The leaves, the grass, the bees, whispered now so clearly that +he began to understand the swimming in his head.</p> + +<p>After a long and gloomy silence he spoke again. "Where have you laid +him? Take me to him, Noémi."</p> + +<p>"Not to-day," said Noémi. "It is too far for you—to-morrow."</p> + +<p>But neither to-morrow nor the next day would she take him there.</p> + +<p>"You would sit by the grave and make yourself ill again: that is why I +have made no mound over him, nor raised a cross, that you may not go +there and grieve."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span>Timar, however, was sad at this. When he was strong enough to walk +alone, he went about seeking for what they would not show him.</p> + +<p>One day he came back to the house with a cheerful face. In his hand he +held a half-blown rosebud, one of those white ones which have no scent. +"Is it this?" he asked Noémi.</p> + +<p>She nodded: it could no longer be concealed. The white rose had put him +on the track, and he noticed that it had been newly transplanted. And +then he was tranquil, like one who has done with all that had given an +object to life. He sat all day on the little bench near the house, drew +on the gravel with his stick, and muttered to himself, "You would not +exchange him for the whole earth full of diamonds, nor the whole heaven +full of angels; . . . but for a miserable pipe you could strike his +hand."</p> + +<p>The beautiful walnut-wood house stood half finished, and the great +convolvulus had crept over its four walls. Michael never set foot in it.</p> + +<p>The only thing that kept up his half-recovered strength and his broken +spirit was Noémi's love.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FOURTH_III" id="CHAPTER_FOURTH_III"></a>CHAPTER III.<br /> +<span class="subhead">MELANCHOLY.</span></h3> + + +<p>One bud after another opened on the rose-tree. Timar did nothing but +watch the development and blossoming of these rosebuds. When one of them +opened he broke it off, put it in his pocket-book, and dried it there on +his breast. This was a melancholy task. All the tenderness lavished on +him by Noémi could not cure his sadness. The woman's sweet caresses were +burdensome to him. And yet Noémi could have comforted him at the cost of +a single word; but modest reserve kept back that word, and it never +occurred to Michael to question her.</p> + +<p>It is characteristic of those whose mind is diseased to occupy +themselves only with the past.</p> + +<p>At last Noémi said to Timar, "Michael, it would be good for you to go +away from here—out into the world. Everything here arouses mournful +memories in you; you must go away to get well. I have done your packing, +and the fruit-dealers will fetch you away to-morrow."</p> + +<p>Michael did not answer, but expressed his assent by a nod. The dangerous +illness he had passed through had affected his nerves; and the situation +he had brought upon himself, the blow which had struck him, had worked +on those nerves so painfully, that he was forced to acknowledge that a +longer stay would lead to madness or suicide.</p> + +<p>Suicide? There is no easier road out of a difficult position: failure, +despair, mental conflict, blasted hopes, heart-pangs, fantastic +bugbears, the memory of losses, phantoms of the beloved dead—all these +are parts of a bad dream. One touch on the trigger of the pistol, and +one awakes. Those who remain behind can go on with the dream.</p> + +<p>On the last evening, Michael, Noémi, and Therese sat all three<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span> after +supper on the little bench outside, and Michael remembered that they had +once been four together there.</p> + +<p>"What can that moon really be?" asked Noémi.</p> + +<p>Michael's hand, which Noémi held in hers, was clinched with sudden +violence.</p> + +<p>"My evil star," he thought to himself. "Oh, if I had never seen it, that +red crescent!"</p> + +<p>Therese answered her daughter's question: "It is a burned-out and +chilled world, on which neither trees, flowers, nor animals, no air or +water, no sounds or colors exist. When I was a girl at school, we used +often to look through a telescope at the moon; it is full of mountains, +and we were told they were the craters of extinct volcanoes. No +telescope is powerful enough to show people on it, but learned men know +with certainty that neither air nor water exists there. Without air and +water nothing can live that has a human body, so no mortal can possibly +be there."</p> + +<p>"But what if something did really live in it?"</p> + +<p>"What could do so?"</p> + +<p>"I will tell you what I think. Often in the old times, when I was still +alone, I could not rid myself of one engrossing thought—especially when +I sat by myself on the beach, and looked into the water. I felt as if +something were drawing me into it, and calling to me that it was good to +be down below there, and that there all was peace. Then I said to +myself—Good! the body would rest at the bottom of the Danube; but where +would the soul go?—it must find a dwelling somewhere. Then the thought +arose that the soul which wrenched itself so forcibly and by its own +will from its mortal shell could only soar to the moon. I believe that +now even more firmly. If neither trees nor flowers, neither water nor +air, neither colors nor sounds, can there exist—well, it is all the +better fitted for those who did not wish to be encumbered with a body: +there they will find a world where there is nothing to trouble them, nor +anything to give them pleasure."</p> + +<p>Therese and Michael both rose with a start from beside Noémi, who could +not understand what had moved them. She did not know that her own father +was a suicide, and that he whose hand she held was ready to become one. +Michael said the night was cool, they had better go in. One more +haunting thought was now linked with the sight of the moon. The first he +inherited from Timéa, the other from Noémi. What a fearful penalty—that +the man should continually see before him in the heavens that shining +witness, eternally recalling him to his first sin, the first fateful +error of his ruined life!</p> + +<p>The next day Michael left the island: he passed by the unfinished +walnut-wood house without even glancing at it.</p> + +<p>"You will return with the spring flowers," whispered Noémi tenderly in +his ear. The poor thing thought it quite natural that for half of the +year Michael should not belong to her. "But to whom does he then +belong?" That question never occurred to her.</p> + +<p>When Michael arrived at Komorn, the long journey had still more +exhausted him. Timéa was frightened when she saw him, and could hardly +recognize him; even Athalie was alarmed, and with good reason.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span>"You have been ill?" said Timéa, leaning on her husband's breast.</p> + +<p>"Very ill, for many weeks."</p> + +<p>"On your journey?"</p> + +<p>"Yes," answered Timar, to whom this seemed like a cross-examination. He +must be on his guard at every question.</p> + +<p>"Good God! and had you anyone to nurse you there among those strangers?"</p> + +<p>The words had almost escaped him, "Oh, yes, an angel!" but he caught +himself up and answered, "You can get anything for money." Timéa did not +know how to show her sympathy, and so Michael could detect no change in +the always apathetic face. She was always the same, and the frigid kiss +of welcome drew them no closer together.</p> + +<p>Athalie whispered in his ear, "For God's sake, sir, take care of your +life!"</p> + +<p>Timar felt the poisoned sting hidden beneath this tender consideration. +He must live that Timéa might suffer; for if she became a widow, nothing +would stand in the way of her happiness. And that would be a hell to +Athalie.</p> + +<p>It seemed to Timar as if the demon who hated both him and his wife was +now praying for the prolongation of his detested life, so that their +mutual suffering might last the longer. Every one remarked the great +change which had taken place in him. In the spring he was a strong man +in the prime of life; now he was like a feeble, voiceless shadow.</p> + +<p>He withdrew to his office as soon as he arrived, and spent the whole day +there. His secretary found the ledger lying on the desk just as he had +opened it; he had not even looked at it. His agents were informed of his +return, and hastened to present yards of reports. He said to them all, +"Very good," and signed what they required, sometimes in the wrong +place, sometimes twice over. At last he shut himself up from every one +in his room, under pretense of requiring sleep. But his servants heard +him walking up and down for hours together.</p> + +<p>When he went to the ladies to dine in their company, he looked so gloomy +and stern that no one had the courage to address him. He hardly touched +food, and never tasted wine. But an hour after dinner he rang for the +servant, and asked angrily whether they were ever going to get the meal +ready—he had forgotten that it was over. In the evening he could not +sit up, so tired was he; when he sat down he dozed off at once; as soon, +however, as he was undressed and in bed, slumber fled suddenly from his +eyes. "Oh, how cold this bed is—everything in the house is cold!" Every +piece of furniture, the pictures on the walls, even the old frescoes on +the ceiling, seemed to cry to him, "What have you come here for? This is +not your home! You are a stranger here!" How cold is this bed!</p> + +<p>The man who came to call him to supper found him already in bed. On +hearing this, Timéa came to him and asked whether he would have +something.</p> + +<p>"Nothing—no, nothing at all," answered Timar. "I am only overtired by +the journey."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span>"Shall I send for the doctor?"</p> + +<p>"Pray don't. I am not ill."</p> + +<p>Timéa wished him good-night, and went away after again feeling his +forehead with her hand. But Timar was not in a condition to sleep. He +heard every noise in the house; he heard them whispering and creeping on +tiptoe past his door, so as not to disturb him. He was thinking where a +man could best flee from himself. Into the realm of dreams? That would +be good, indeed, if only one could find the way there as easily as into +the kingdom of death. But one can not force one's self to dream. Opium? +That is one way—the suicide of sleep. Gradually he noticed that it was +growing darker in the room: the shades of night veiled closely every +object, the light grew dim. At last he was surrounded by a darkness like +that of a thick, motionless mist, like subterranean gloom, or the night +of the blind: such an obscurity one "sees" even in sleep. Michael knew +he was asleep, and the blindness lying over his eyes was that of +slumber. Yes, he now had full consciousness of his position. He was +lying in his own bed in his Komorn house—a table beside him with an +antique bronze lamp-stand, and a painted lamp-shade with Chinese figures +on it; over his head hung a large clock with a chime; the silken +curtains were let down. The curious old bed had a sort of drawer below +it, which could be drawn out and used as a second bed. It was +beautifully made—one of those beds only found in fine old houses, in +which a whole family might find room to sleep. Timar knew that he had +not bolted his door; any one could come in who chose. How if some one +came to murder him? And what difference would there be between sleep and +death? This puzzled him in his dreams.</p> + +<p>Once he dreamed that the door opened softly and some one entered: a +woman's steps. The curtain rustled, and something leaned over him: a +woman's face. "Is it you, Noémi?" Michael thought in his dream, and +started. "How came you here? If some one saw you?" It was dark, he could +see nothing; but he heard the person sit down by his bed and listen to +his breathing. Thus had Noémi done many a night in the little hut. "Oh, +Noémi, will you watch again all through the night? When will you sleep?"</p> + +<p>The female figure, as if in answer, knelt down and drew out the shelf +below the bed. Michael felt a mixture of fear and rapture in his breast. +"You will lie down beside me; oh, how I love you, but I tremble for +you!" and then the figure prepared a bed on the shelf and lay down. The +dreamer in the bed longed to bend over her, to embrace and kiss her, and +would have called again to her, "Go, hasten away from here, you will be +seen;" but he could move neither limbs nor tongue, they were heavy as +lead; and then the woman slept too. Michael sunk deeper into dreamland. +His fancy flew through past and future, soared into the region of the +impossible, and returned to the sleeping woman. He dreamed that he was +awake, and yet the phantom was beside him.</p> + +<p>At last it began to dawn, and the sun shone through the window with more +wonderful radiance than ever before. "Awake, awake!" whispered Michael +in his dream. "Go home—the daylight must not find you here. Leave me +now!" He struggled with the dream. "But you are not really here—it is +only a delusion!"</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span>He forced himself to sever the bonds in which sleep held him, and awoke +completely. It was really morning, the sunlight streamed through the +curtains, and on the shelf below the bed lay a sleeping woman with her +head on her arm.</p> + +<p>"Noémi!" cried Michael. The slumbering form awoke at the call and looked +up. It was Timéa—</p> + +<p>"Do you want anything?" asked the woman, rising hastily from her couch. +She had heard the tone but not the name. Her husband was still under the +influence of his dream. "Timéa!" he stammered sleepily, astonished at +the metamorphosis of Noémi into Timéa.</p> + +<p>"Here I am," said she, laying her hand on the bed.</p> + +<p>"How is it possible?" cried he, drawing up the quilt to his chin as if +afraid of the face leaning over him.</p> + +<p>"I was anxious about you, I was afraid you might have some attack in the +night, and I wanted to be near you." In the tone of her voice, in her +look, lay such sincere and natural tenderness as could not be assumed: a +woman's instinct is fidelity.</p> + +<p>Michael collected himself. His first feeling was alarm, his second +self-reproach. This poor woman lying by his bed was the widow of a +living man. She had never known a joy in common with her husband; now +when he was in pain, she came to share it with him; and then followed +the eternal falsehood—he must not accept this tenderness, he must +repulse it.</p> + +<p>Michael said with forced composure, "Timéa, I beg you not to do this +again; do not come into my room. I have been suffering from an +infectious illness; I caught the plague on my journey, and I tremble for +your life if you approach me. Keep far from me, I adjure you; I wish to +be alone, both by day and night. There is nothing the matter with me +now, but I feel that I must, for prudence' sake, avoid all those +belonging to me; so I beg you earnestly not to do this again, never +again." Timéa sighed deeply, cast down her eyes, and left the room. She +had not even undressed, but had only lain down in her clothes at her +husband's feet.</p> + +<p>When she was gone, Michael got up and dressed; his mind was much +disturbed. The longer he continued this dual life, the more he felt the +conflict of the double duties he had taken on himself. He was +responsible for the fate of two noble, self-sacrificing souls. He had +made both miserable, and himself more unhappy than either.</p> + +<p>What outlet could he find? If only one or other were an every-day +creature, so that he could hate and despise her or buy her off! But both +were equally nobly gifted: the fate of both was so heavy a charge +against the author of it, that no excuse existed. How could he tell +Timéa who Noémi was, or Noémi about Timéa? Suppose he were to divide all +his wealth between the two, or if he gave his money to one and his heart +to the other? But either was alike impossible, for neither was faithless +or gave him a right to reject them.</p> + +<p>Living at home made Michael yet more ill.</p> + +<p>He never left his room all day, spoke to no one, and sat till evening in +one place, without doing anything. At last Timéa resorted to a +physician. The result of the consultation was that Michael<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span> was ordered +to the seaside, that the water might restore to him what the land had +taken from him. To this advice he replied, "I will not go where there is +company." Then they suggested that he should choose some place where the +season was over and the visitors gone; there he would find solitude. The +cold baths were the important point. He now remembered that in one of +the valleys near the Platten See he had a summer villa, which he had +bought years ago when he hired the fishing of the Balaton lake, and he +had only been there two or three times since. There, said he, would he +spend the end of the autumn.</p> + +<p>The doctors approved his choice. The districts of Zala and Vessprimer on +the banks of the lake are like the Vale of Tempe. Fourteen miles of +unbroken garden-land form a charming chain of landscapes, with +country-seats strewn here and there. The splendid lake is a sea in +miniature, full of loveliness and romance; here is soft Italian air, the +people are kind and cordial, the mineral springs curative; nothing could +be better for a depressed invalid than to spend the autumn here. So the +doctors sent Michael to the Platten See. But they had forgotten that +toward the end of the summer hail-storms had laid waste the whole +district; and nothing is more depressing than a place ruined by hail. +The vineyards, which usually resound during the vintage with joyous +cries, now stand deserted: the leaves of the fruit-trees are +coppery-green or rusty brown; they take their leave until the coming +spring: all is silent and sad; even the roads are overgrown with moss, +for no one uses them. In the cornfields, instead of the sheaves of +grain, ineradicable weeds abound, and instead of the golden heads, +thistles, burdock, and nightshade are rampant, for no one comes to cut +them down.</p> + +<p>At such a season Michael arrived at his villa on the Balaton. It was an +ancient pile. Some noble family had built it as a summer residence, +because the view had pleased them and they had money enough to afford +themselves this luxury. It had but one low story within massive walls, a +veranda looking over the lake, and trellises with large fig-trees. The +heirs of the first owners had got rid of the lonely château for a +nominal price, as it had no value except to a person bitten with the +misanthropic desire to live there in solitude.</p> + +<p>No human dwelling is to be found within two miles of it, and even beyond +that distance most of the houses are uninhabited. The presses and +cellars are not open on account of the failure of the vintage. At Fured +all the blinds are down and the last invalid has left; even the steamers +no longer ply; the pump-room at the baths stands empty, and on the +promenade the fallen leaves rustle round the feet of the passer-by—no +one thinks it worth while to sweep them away. Not a man nor even a stork +is left in the place—only the majestic Balaton murmurs mysteriously as +it tosses its waves, and no one knows why it is angry. In its midst +rises a bare rock, on whose top stands a convent with two towers, in +which live seven monks—a crypt full of princely bones from top to +bottom.</p> + +<p>And here Timar came to seek for health.</p> + +<p>Michael only brought one servant with him, and after a few days sent him +back under pretense that the people of the house sufficed for his +service. But there was only one old man, and he quite deaf.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span>Round the villa no human voice was heard, not even the sound of a bell, +only the haunting murmur of the great lake.</p> + +<p>Timar sat all day on the shore, and listened to the voices of the water. +Often, when there was not a breath of air stirring, the lake began to +roar, then the color of its surface changed to an emerald green as far +as the eye could see: over the dark mirror of the waves not one sail, +not a single ship, barge, or boat was visible; it might have been the +Dead Sea.</p> + +<p>This lake possesses the double quality of strengthening the body and +depressing the mind. The chest expands, the appetite increases, but the +mind is inclined to a melancholy and sentimental state which carries one +back to fairyland.</p> + +<p>Timar floated for hours on the gently rocking waves; he wandered whole +days on the shore, and could hardly tear himself away when night fell. +He sought no distraction from shooting or fishing. Once he took out his +gun, and forgot it somewhere by the trunk of a tree: another time he +caught a pike, but let it get away with his fly. He could fix his +attention on nothing.</p> + +<p>He had taken a powerful retracting telescope with him, through which he +gazed at the starry heavens during the long nights; at the planets with +their moons and rings, on which in winter white spots are visible, while +in summer a red light surrounds them; and then at that great enigma of +the firmament, the moon, which when looked at through the glass appears +like a shining ball of lava, with its transparent ridges, its deep +craters, bright plains and dark shadows. It is a world of emptiness. +Nothing is there except the souls of those who violently separated +themselves from their body to get rid of its load. There they are at +peace; they feel nothing, do nothing, know neither sorrow nor joy, gain +nor loss; there is neither air nor water, winds nor storms, no flowers +or living creatures, no war, no kisses, no heart-throbs—neither birth +nor death; only "nothing," and perhaps memory.</p> + +<p>That would be worse than hell, to live in the moon as a disembodied soul +in the realm of nothingness, and to remember the earth, where are green +grass and red blood, where the air echoes with the roll of the thunder +and the kisses of lovers, where life and death exist. And yet something +whispered to Michael that he must take refuge among the exiles to that +region of annihilation. There was no other way of escape from his +miserable existence.</p> + +<p>The nights of autumn grew longer and the days shorter, and with the +waning daylight the water in the lake grew colder and colder. But Timar +enjoyed bathing in it even more. His frame had regained its former +elasticity, all traces of his illness had vanished, nerves and muscles +were as steel; but his mental agony increased.</p> + +<p>The nights were always clear and the skies thickly sown with stars: +Timar sat by his open window and studied the shining points in boundless +space through his glass, but never until the moon had set. He detested +the moon, as we grow to hate a place we know too well, and with whose +inhabitants we have quarreled.</p> + +<p>During his observations of the starry heavens he had the exceptional +good fortune to witness one of those celestial phenomena which are all +but unique in the annals of astronomy. A comet re<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span>turning after +centuries of absence appeared in the sky. Timar said to himself, "This +is my star; it is as lost as my soul; its coming and going are as +aimless as mine, and its whole existence as empty and vain a show as is +my life." Jupiter and his four moons were moving in the same direction +as the comet; their orbits must cross. When the comet approached the +great planet, its tail seemed to divide; the attraction of Jupiter began +to take effect. The great star was trying to rob its lord, the sun, of +this vaporous body. The next night the comet's tail was split in two. +Then the largest and most distant of Jupiter's moons drew rapidly near.</p> + +<p>"What has become of my star?" asked Timar.</p> + +<p>The third night the nucleus of the comet had grown dull and began to +disperse, and Jupiter's moon was close to it. The fourth night the comet +had been divided into two parts; there were two heads and two tails, and +both the starry phantoms began in separate parabolic curves their +aimless flight through space. So "this" occurs in the heavens as well as +on earth?</p> + +<p>Timar followed this marvelous phenomenon with his telescope till it was +lost in impenetrable space. This sight made the deepest impression on +his mind; now he had done with the world. There are hundreds of motives +for suicide, but the most urgent are to be found among those who give +themselves up to scientific research.</p> + +<p>Keep a watchful eye on those who seek to fathom the secrets of nature +without a technical education. Hide away the knife and the pistol every +night, and search their pockets lest they carry poison about them.</p> + +<p>Yes, Timar was determined to kill himself. This idea does not come to +strong characters all at once, but it ripens in them by degrees. They +grow used to it as the years go by, and carefully provide for its +execution. The thought had now ripened in Timar, and he went +systematically to work.</p> + +<p>When the severe weather set in, he left the Platten See and returned to +Komorn. He made his will. His whole property he left to Timéa and the +poor, and with such careful foresight that he provided a separate fund +out of which Timéa, in case she married again, or her heirs if they +stood in need of it, would receive a pension of a hundred thousand +gulden.</p> + +<p>The following was his plan. As soon as the season permitted he would go +away, ostensibly to Egypt, but really to the ownerless island. There he +would die.</p> + +<p>If he could induce Noémi to die with him, then in death they would be +united. Oh, Noémi would consent! What would she do in this world without +Michael? What worth would the world have for such a one as she?</p> + +<p>Both there by Dodi's side.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Timar spent the winter partly in Komorn, partly in Raab and Vienna; +everywhere his life was a burden to him. He thought he read in every +face, "This man is melancholy mad." He noticed people whispering and +making signs when he appeared—women were shy of him, and men tried to +look unconscious; and he fancied that in his distraction he did and said +things which gave evi<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span>dence of his mental disease, and wondered people +did not laugh. Perhaps they were afraid of laughing.</p> + +<p>But they had no reason to fear. He was not lively to throw pepper in the +eyes of the people near him, though odd fancies did now and then occur +to him; as, for instance, when Johann Fabula came to make him an oration +as curator of the church, and stood as stiff before him as if he had +swallowed the spit, an impulse seized Timar, almost irresistibly, to put +both hands on the curator's shoulders and turn a somersault over his +head.</p> + +<p>Something lay in Michael's expression which made the blood run cold.</p> + +<p>Athalie met this glance; often, as they sat at meals, Timar's eyes were +fixed on her. She was a wonderfully beautiful woman; Michael's eyes +rested on her lovely snowy neck, so that she felt uneasy at this silent +homage to her charms.</p> + +<p>Michael was thinking—"If only I had you in my power for once, you +lovely white throat, so as to crush the life out of you with my iron +hand!" This was what he longed for when he admired the splendid +Bacchante form of Athalie.</p> + +<p>Only Timéa was not afraid of him—she had nothing to fear. At last it +seemed impossible to Timar to wait for the tardy spring. What does he +want with the springing flowers who will soon be at rest under the turf?</p> + +<p>The day before his departure he gave a great banquet, and invited every +one, including even slight acquaintances. The house was crowded with +guests. Before sitting down he said to Fabula, "My brother, sit near me, +and if I get drunk toward morning and lose my senses, see that I am +carried into my traveling-chaise, and put me on the seat; then harness +the horses and send me off." He wished to leave his house and home while +unconscious.</p> + +<p>But when the guests toward morning had sunk one here and another there +under the table, our Herr Johann Fabula was snoring comfortably in his +arm-chair, and only Timar had kept his head. Mad people are like King +Mithridates and the poison—wine does not affect them. So he had to get +his carriage himself and start on his journey. In his head reality and +dreams, imagination, memory, and hallucination were in a whirl. It +seemed to him as if he had stood by the couch of a sleeping saint with a +marble face, and as if he had kissed the lips of the white statue, and +it had not awoke under his kiss. Perhaps it was only a vision. Then he +thought he remembered that behind the door of a dark recess, as he +passed, a lovely Mænad's head looked out, framed in rich tresses. She +had sparkling eyes and red lips, between which shone two rows of pearls, +as she held the candle and asked the sleep-walker, "Where are you going, +sir?"</p> + +<p>And he had whispered in the witch's ear, "I am going to make Timéa +happy."</p> + +<p>Then the ideal face had turned to a Medusa head, and the curls to +snakes. Perhaps this was hallucination too.</p> + +<p>Timar awoke toward noon in his carriage, when the post-horses were +changed. He was already far from Komorn, and his intention was +unchanged. Late at night he arrived on the Danube<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span> shore, where the +little boat he had ordered awaited him; he went over in the night to the +island.</p> + +<p>A thought came into his head. "How if Noémi were dead already?" Why +should not this be possible? What a burden it would free him from—that +of persuading her to the dreadful step. He who has one fixed idea +expects of fate that everything should happen as he has planned.</p> + +<p>Near the white rose-bush no doubt a second already stands, which will +bloom red in spring—on Noémi's grave. Soon there will be a third with +yellow blossoms, the flower of the man of gold.</p> + +<p>Occupied with these thoughts, he landed on the island shore. It was +still night and the moon shone. The unfinished house stood like a tomb +on the grass-grown field; the windows and door-ways were hung with +matting to keep out snow and rain. Michael hastened to the old dwelling. +Almira met him and licked his hand; she did not bark, but took a corner +of his cloak in her teeth and drew him to the window. The moon shone +through the lattice, and Michael looked into the little room, which was +quite light.</p> + +<p>He could clearly perceive that only one bed was in the room, the other +was gone. On this bed slept Therese; it was as he had thought—Noémi was +already at rest under the rose-bush. It is well.</p> + +<p>He knocked at the window. "It is I, Therese." At this the woman came out +on the veranda. "Are you sleeping alone, Therese?" said Timar.</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Has Noémi gone up to Dodi?"</p> + +<p>"Not so. Dodi has come down to Noémi."</p> + +<p>Timar looked inquiringly in her face. Then the woman grasped his hand, +and led him with a smile to the back of the house, where the window of +the other little room looked out. This room was light, for a night-lamp +was burning there. Timar looked in and saw Noémi on the white bed, with +her arm round a golden-haired cherub which lay on her breast. "What is +this?" Timar faltered out.</p> + +<p>Therese smiled gently. "Do you not see? Little Dodi longed to come back +to us; it was better here, he thought, than up in heaven. He said to the +dear Lord, 'Thou hast angels enough; let me return to those who had only +me'—and the Lord allowed it."</p> + +<p>"How can it be?"</p> + +<p>"H'm! h'm! The old story. A poor woman again who died, and we have +adopted the poor orphan. You are not angry?" Timar trembled in every +limb as if with ague. "Pray do not wake the sleepers before morning," +said Therese, "It is bad for babies to be waked: children's lives are so +precarious. You will be patient, won't you?"</p> + +<p>It never occurred to Timar to protest. He threw off his cap and cloak, +drew off his coat, and turned up his shirt-sleeves. Therese thought he +was mad. And why not? He ran out to the walnut-house, tore the mattings +down, drew out his carpenter's bench, placed the unfinished door-panel +on it, took his chisel and began to work.</p> + +<p>It was just growing light. Noémi dreamed that some one was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span> at work in +the new house; the plane grated over the hard wood, and the busy workman +sung—</p> + +<div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> +<span class="i0">"For all the gold the world could hold,<br /></span> +<span class="i0">I would not give my Dodi's curl."<br /></span> +</div></div> + +<p>And when she opened her eyes she still heard the plane and the song.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FOURTH_IV" id="CHAPTER_FOURTH_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THERESE.</span></h3> + + +<p>Timar had succeeded in robbing every one.</p> + +<p>From Timéa he stole first her father's million, then the manly ideal of +her heart, and kept for himself her wifely troth. From Noémi he stole +her loving heart, her womanly tenderness, her whole being. Therese he +robbed of her trust, the last belief of her misanthropic mind in the +possible goodness of a man; then he took the island, in order to restore +it to her, and so to obtain her gratitude. Theodor Krisstyan he +defrauded of half a world—for he exiled him to another hemisphere. From +Athalie he took father, mother, home, and bridegroom, her whole present +and future happiness. He robbed his friend Katschuka of the hope of a +blissful life. The respect shown to him by the world, the tears of the +poor, the thanks of the orphan, the decorations bestowed by his king, +were they not all thefts? By deceit he obtained from the smugglers, the +fidelity with which they guarded his secret—a thief who steals from +other thieves! He even robbed the good God of a little angel. His soul +was not his; he had pledged it to the moon, and had not kept his +promise: he had not paid what he owed. The poison was ready which was to +transport him to that distant star of night—the devils were already +rejoicing and stretching out their claws to receive the poor soul. He +took them in too; he did not kill himself, but defrauded even death. He +laid hands on a paradise in the midst of the world, and took the +forbidden fruit from the tree while the watching archangel turned his +back, and in that hidden Eden he defied all human law: the clergy, the +king, the judge, the general, the tax-collector, the police—all were +deceived and defrauded by him.</p> + +<p>And everything succeeded with him. How long would he go unpunished?</p> + +<p>He could deceive every one but himself. He was always sad, even when he +outwardly smiled. He knew what he ought to be called, and would gladly +have shown himself in his true character.</p> + +<p>But that was impossible. The boundless, universal respect—the rapturous +love—if only one of these were really due to his true self! Honor, +humanity, self-sacrifice were the original principles of his character, +the atmosphere of his being. Unheard-of temptations had drawn him in the +opposite direction; and now he was a man whom every one loved, honored, +and respected, and who was only hated and despised by himself. Fate had +blessed him since his last illness with such iron strength that now +nothing hurt him, and instead of aging he seemed to renew his youth.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span>He was busy all through the summer with manual labor. The little house +he had erected the year before he now had to finish, and to add the +carver's and turner's work to it. He borrowed from the Muses their +creative genius: a great artist was lost in Timar. Every pillar in the +little house was of a different design: one was formed of two intwining +snakes, whose heads made the capital; another, of a palm-tree with +creepers climbing up it; the third showed a vine with squirrels and +woodpeckers half hidden in its branches; and the fourth a clump of +bulrushes rising from their leaves. The internal panels of the walls +were a fanciful mosaic of carving; every table and chair was a work of +art, and exquisitely inlaid with light-colored woods to make a pleasant +contrast with the dark walnut. Each door and window betrayed some +original invention; some disappeared in the wall, some slid up into the +roof, and all were opened and shut by curious wooden bolts—for as Timar +had declared that no nail should be put into the whole house which was +not made by himself, not a morsel of iron was used in it.</p> + +<p>What delight when the house was ready and he conducted his dear ones +into it, and could say, "See, all this is my handiwork! A king could not +give his queen such a present."</p> + +<p>But it had taken years to complete it, and four winters had Timar spent +in Komorn and four summers in the island, before Dodi the second had his +house ready for him.</p> + +<p>Then Michael had another task before him; he must teach Dodi to read. +Dodi was a lively, healthy, good-tempered boy, and Timar said he would +teach him everything himself—reading, writing, swimming, also gardening +and mason's and carpenter's work. He who knows these trades can always +earn his bread. Timar fancied things would always go on thus, and he +could live this life to the end of his days. But suddenly fate cried +"Halt!"</p> + +<p>Or rather not fate, but Therese. Eight years had passed since Timar had +found his way to the little island. Then Noémi and Timéa were both +children: now Noémi was twenty-two, Timéa twenty-one, Athalie would soon +be twenty-five; but Therese was over forty-five, Timar himself nearly +forty, and little Dodi was in his fifth year.</p> + +<p>One of them must prepare to go hence, for her time was come, and her cup +of suffering was full enough for a long life: that one was Therese.</p> + +<p>One summer afternoon when her daughter was out with the child, she said +to Timar, "Michael, I have something to tell you—this autumn will be my +last. I know that death is near. For twenty years I have suffered from +the disease which will kill me; it is heart complaint. Do not look on +this as a figure of speech; it is a fatal disease, but I have always +concealed it, and never complained. I have kept it under by patience, +and you have helped me by the love you showed and the joys you prepared +for me. If you had not done so, I should long have lain beneath the sod. +But I can bear it no longer. For a year past sleep has fled from my +eyes, and I hear my heart beat all day. It throbs quickly three or four +times, as if frightened, then comes a sort of half-beat; then it stops +entirely for a few moments, till it begins pulsating again rapidly after +one or two slow throbs, followed by short beats and long pauses.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span> This +must soon come to an end. I often turn faint, and only keep up by an +effort of will; this will not last through the summer—and I am content +it should be so. Noémi has now another object for her affection. I will +not trouble you, Michael, with questions, nor require of you any +promise; spoken words are vain and empty—only what we feel is true. You +feel what you are to Noémi, and she to you. What is there to disquiet +me? I can die without even troubling the merciful God with my feeble +prayers. He has given me all I could have asked of Him. Is it not so, +Michael?"</p> + +<p>Michael's head sunk. This had often of late destroyed his sleep. It had +not escaped him that Therese's health was failing rapidly, and he had +thought with trembling that she might be suddenly overtaken by death. +What would then become of Noémi? How could he leave the delicate +creature here alone the whole winter with her little child? Who would +help and protect her? He had often put the question aside, but now it +confronted him, and must be considered.</p> + +<p>Therese was right. The same afternoon a friendly fruit-woman came to the +island, and while Therese was counting out her baskets of peaches, she +suddenly fell down in a swoon. She recovered quickly, and three days +later the woman came again, Therese was determined to serve her, and +fainted once more. The fruit-dealer sighed heavily; the next time she +came Noémi and Michael would not let her go in to Therese, but served +her themselves. The woman remarked that the good lady would do well to +see the priest, as she seemed so seriously ill.</p> + +<p>Noémi did not yet know that her mother was dangerously ill; her frequent +fainting-fits were put down to the hot weather. Therese said that many +women suffered in the same way as they grew older. Timar was very +attentive to her; he would not let her be troubled with household work, +took care that she should rest, and made the child be quiet if he was +noisy, but Therese's sleeplessness could not be cured.</p> + +<p>One day all four sat together at dinner in the outer room, when Almira's +barks announced the approach of strangers. Therese looked out, and said +in great alarm, "Go inside quickly, that no one may see you."</p> + +<p>Timar looked out, and he too saw that it would not be advisable for him +to meet the new-comer, for it was none other than his Reverence Herr +Sandorovics, the dean who had received the order, who would not fail to +recognize Herr von Levetinczy, and would have some pleasant things to +say to him. "Push the table away and leave me alone," said Frau Therese, +making Noémi and Dodi rise too. And as if all her strength had returned, +she helped to carry the table into the next room, so that when his +reverence knocked at the door she was alone, and had drawn her bedstead +across the door-way so as to prevent access to the inner apartment.</p> + +<p>The dean's beard was longer and grayer since we last saw him; but his +cheeks were rosy, and his figure that of a Samson. His deacon and +acolyte, who had come with him, had remained in the veranda, and were +trying to make friends with the great dog.</p> + +<p>The reverend gentleman came in alone, with his hand out as if to give +any one a chance of kissing it. As Therese showed no in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span>clination to +avail herself of the opportunity, the visitor was at once in a bad +temper. "Well, don't you know me again, you sinful woman?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, I know you well enough, sir, and I know I am a sinner—what brings +you here?"</p> + +<p>"What brings me, you old gossip? You ask me that, you God-forsaken +heathen! It is clear you don't know me."</p> + +<p>"I told you before that I knew you. You are the priest who would not +bury my poor husband."</p> + +<p>"No—because he left the world in an unauthorized way, without +confession or absolution. Therefore it befell him to be put under ground +like a dog. If you don't wish to be buried like a dog too, look to it: +repent and confess while there is yet time. Your last hour may come +to-day or to-morrow. Pious women brought me the news of your being near +death, and begged me to come here and give you absolution—you have to +thank them for my presence."</p> + +<p>"Speak low, sir; my daughter is in the next room, and she would be +alarmed."</p> + +<p>"Indeed! your daughter? and a man and a child too?"</p> + +<p>"Certainly."</p> + +<p>"And the man is your daughter's husband?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Who married them?"</p> + +<p>"He who married Adam and Eve—God."</p> + +<p>"Foolish woman! That was when there were no priests nor altars. But now +things are not managed so easily, and there is a law to govern them."</p> + +<p>"I know it: the law drove me to this island; but that law has no +jurisdiction here."</p> + +<p>"So you are an absolute heathen?"</p> + +<p>"I wish to live and die in peace."</p> + +<p>"And you have permitted your daughter to live in shame?"</p> + +<p>"What is shame?"</p> + +<p>"Shame? The contempt of all respectable people."</p> + +<p>"Does that make me warm or cold?"</p> + +<p>"Unfeeling clod! You only care for your bodily weal. You never think of +the salvation of your soul. I come to show you the way to heaven, and +you prefer the road to hell! Do you believe in the resurrection, or in +eternal life?"</p> + +<p>"Hardly—at any rate, I am not longing for it. I do not want to awake to +another life; I want to sleep peacefully under the trees. I shall fall +into dust, and the roots will feed on it, and leaves will grow from it: +and I want no other life. I shall live in the sap of the green trees I +planted with my own hands. I do not believe in your cruel God who makes +His wretched creatures live on to suffer beyond the grave. Mine is a +merciful God, who gives rest to animals, trees, and men when they are +dead."</p> + +<p>"Could there be a more obstinate sinner! You will go to hell-fire—to +the tortures of the damned!"</p> + +<p>"Show me where the Bible says that God created hell, and I will believe +you."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span>"Oh, you pagan! You will be denying the existence of the devil next," +cried the priest in a rage.</p> + +<p>"I do deny that God ever created such a devil as you believe in: you +invented one for yourselves, and did that badly, for your devil has +horns and cloven feet, and such creatures as that eat grass and not +men."</p> + +<p>"The earth will open and swallow you up like Dathan and Abiram. Do you +bring up the little child in this belief?"</p> + +<p>"He is taught by the man who has adopted him."</p> + +<p>"Who?"</p> + +<p>"He whom the child calls father."</p> + +<p>"And what is his name?"</p> + +<p>"Michael."</p> + +<p>"What is his surname?"</p> + +<p>"I never asked him."</p> + +<p>"What! you never asked his name? What do you know of him?"</p> + +<p>"I know he is an honest man, and loves Noémi."</p> + +<p>"But what is he? A gentleman, a peasant, a workman, a sailor, or a +smuggler?"</p> + +<p>"He is a poor man, suited to us."</p> + +<p>"And what else? I must know, for it is part of my duty. What faith does +he confess? Is he Papist, Calvinist, Lutheran, Socinian, or perhaps a +Jew?"</p> + +<p>"I have not troubled myself about it."</p> + +<p>"Do you keep the fasts of the Church?"</p> + +<p>"Once for two years I never touched meat—because I had none."</p> + +<p>"Who baptized the child?"</p> + +<p>"God—with a shower of rain, while He sat on high on His rainbow +throne."</p> + +<p>"Oh, you heathen!"</p> + +<p>"Why heathen?" asked Therese, bitterly. "God's hand was heavy on me; +from the height of bliss I fell into the deepest misery. One day made me +a widow and a beggar. I did not deny God, nor cast His gift of life +away. I came to this desert, sought God and found Him here. My God +requires no sacrifice of song and bell, only a devout heart. I do my +penance, not by telling my beads, but by work. Men left me nothing in +the world, and I formed a blooming garden from a desert wilderness. All +deceived, robbed, and scorned me; the tribunal condemned me, my friends +defrauded me, the Church despised me, and yet I did not hate my kind. I +am the refuge of the stranger and the destitute; I feed and heal those +who come to me for aid, and sleep with open doors winter and summer; I +fear no one. Oh, sir, I am no heathen!"</p> + +<p>"What sort of rubbish you talk, you chattering woman! I never asked you +all that, but I ask you about the man who lives in this hut, whether he +is a Christian or a heretic, and why the child is not baptized? It is +impossible that you should not know his name."</p> + +<p>"Be it so; I will not tell a lie. I know his name, but nothing more. His +life may have secrets in it, as mine had: he may have good reasons for +hiding himself. But I know him only as a kind<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span> good man, and harbor no +suspicions of him. Those were 'friends' who took my all from me, +noblemen of high station, who left me nothing but my weeping child. I +brought up the little child, and when she was my only treasure, my life, +my all, I gave her to a man of whom I knew only that he loved her and +she loved him. Is not that to have faith in God?"</p> + +<p>"Don't talk to me of faith. For such a belief as that, witches in the +good old time were brought to the stake and burned, all over the +Christian world."</p> + +<p>"It is lucky that I possess this island by right of a Turkish firman."</p> + +<p>"A Turkish firman!" cried the dean, in astonishment. "And who procured +it for you?"</p> + +<p>"The man whose name you want to know."</p> + +<p>"And I will know it on the spot, and in a summary way. I shall call the +sacristan and the acolyte in, make them push away the bed, and go in at +that door, which I see has no lock."</p> + +<p>Timar heard every word in the next room. The blood rushed to his head at +the thought that the ecclesiastical dignitary would walk in and exclaim, +"Aha! it is you, Herr Privy Councilor Michael von Levetinczy!"</p> + +<p>The dean opened the outer door, and called in his two sturdy companions. +Therese, in her extremity, drew the bright Turkish quilt over her up to +the chin. "Sir," she said in an imploring tone to the dean, "listen to +just one word which will convince you of the strength of my faith, and +show you that I am no heathen. Look, this woolen quilt I have over me +came from Broussa. A traveling peddler gave it to me. See now, so great +is my trust in God that I cover myself with it every night; and yet it +is well known that the oriental plague has been raging in Broussa this +month past. Which of you has faith enough to dare to touch this bed?"</p> + +<p>When she looked round, no one was there to answer. At the discovery that +this quilt came from the plague-infected districts round Broussa, all +had rushed away, leaving the lonely island and its death-stricken +inhabitants as a prey to all the devils of hell. The accursed island was +now the richer by one more evil report, which would keep away people who +valued their lives.</p> + +<p>Therese let out the refugees. Timar kissed her hand and called her +"Mother!"</p> + +<p>"My son!" whispered Therese, and looked steadily into his eyes. With +that look she said to him, "Remember what you have heard. And now it is +time to get ready for the journey." Therese spoke of her approaching +death as of a journey.</p> + +<p>Leaning on Timar and Noémi, she was led out to the green field, and +chose the place for her grave.</p> + +<p>"Here in the middle," she said to Timar, taking his spade from his hand +and marking out the oblong square. "You made a house for Dodi; make mine +here. And build no mound over my grave, and plant no cross upon it; +plant there neither tree nor shrub; cover it all with fresh turf, so +that it may be like the rest. I wish it; so that no one, when in a +cheerful mood, may stumble over my grave and be saddened by it."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span>One evening she fell asleep, to awake no more. And they buried her as +she desired. They wrapped her in fine linen, and spread for her a bed of +aromatic walnut leaves. And then they made the grave look like the rest, +and covered it with turf, so that it was the same as before. When on the +next morning Timar and Noémi, leading little Dodi by the hand, went into +the field, no sign could be seen on the smooth surface. The autumn +spiders had covered it with a silvery pall, and on the glistening veil +the dewdrops sparkled in the sun like myriads of diamonds.</p> + +<p>But yet they found the spot in this silver-broidered green plain. Almira +went in front; at one place she lay down and put her head on the ground: +that was the spot.</p> + + + + +<h2 class="newbook"><a name="BOOK_FIFTH_ATHALIE" id="BOOK_FIFTH_ATHALIE"></a><i>BOOK FIFTH.—ATHALIE.</i></h2> + + + +<h3 class="firstchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIFTH_I" id="CHAPTER_FIFTH_I"></a>CHAPTER I.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE BROKEN SWORD.</span></h3> + + +<p>Timar remained on the island till frost covered the green grass—till +the leaves fell, and the nightingales and thrushes were silent. Then he +made up his mind to return to the world, the world of reality; and he +left Noémi behind, alone with her little child on the ownerless island. +"But I shall come back this winter"—and with those words he left her.</p> + +<p>Noémi did not know what those words betokened at Michael's home. Round +the island the Danube was never entirely frozen in the severest winter; +the glass never fell much below freezing-point; ivy and laurels could +stand the cold with ease. But Michael had severe weather for his +journey. On the upper Danube snow had already fallen, and he took a +whole week to reach Komorn. He had to wait a whole day before he could +cross the river—there was so much ice that it was unsafe to launch a +boat. Once he had ventured alone in a small boat across the river in +flood; but then Noémi was waiting for him. Now he was going to Timéa—to +get a divorce from her.</p> + +<p>His decision was taken—they must have a divorce. Noémi could not live +alone on that desert island. The woman must have justice in return for +her fidelity and love: accursed would he be who could find it in his +heart to abandon her who had given herself to him body and soul. And +then, too, Timéa would be happy.</p> + +<p>That thought gnawed him—that Timéa would be happy. If only he could +hate her, if he had a single accusation to bring against her, so as to +put her away as one he could despise and forget!</p> + +<p>He had to leave his carriage at Uj-Szöny, for wheels could not yet pass +the ice, so he arrived on foot at home. When he went in, it seemed to +him as if Timéa were afraid of him; as if the hand she gave him +trembled, and her voice too, when she greeted him. This time she did not +offer him her white cheek to be kissed.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span>Timar hastened to his room, on pretense of laying aside his wraps. If +only there was some reason for this embarrassment! And another sign had +not escaped him—Athalie's expression. In her eyes shone the fire of a +diabolical triumph, the light of a malicious joy. How if Athalie knew +something?</p> + +<p>At table he met the two women again. They all three sat silently +together, watching each other. Timéa only said to Michael, "This time +you have stayed away very long."</p> + +<p>Timar would not say, "I shall soon leave you altogether," but he thought +it. He had to consult his lawyer first as to a possible ground for a +separation. It was impossible to think of one. Only "unconquerable +mutual aversion" could be put forward.</p> + +<p>But would the wife consent? All depended on her. Timar pondered this +question all the afternoon, and told the servants not to tell any one of +his return, as he could not see visitors.</p> + +<p>Toward evening some one opened the door. Athalie stood before him, with +the same spiteful satisfaction shining from her eyes, the same +triumphant smile playing round her lips. Michael drew back before her +repellent glance.</p> + +<p>"What brings you here, Athalie?" he asked, with confusion.</p> + +<p>"Well, Herr von Levetinczy, what do you think? Do you not want to know +anything from me?"</p> + +<p>"What?" he whispered eagerly, shutting the door, and staring at Athalie +with wide-opened eyes.</p> + +<p>"What do you want to know?" said the beautiful woman, still smiling. +"Indeed that is hard to guess. I have been in your house these six +years; every year I have seen you return home, and every year with a +different expression on your face. At first tormenting jealousy, then +easy good-humor, afterward assumed tranquillity, and absorption in +business. I studied all these phases. Last year I thought the tragedy +was over—you looked like a man who is ready for the grave. But you may +be sure that on all this round world there is no one who prays for your +life as I do."</p> + +<p>Michael frowned, and possibly Athalie understood him.</p> + +<p>"No, sir," she repeated, passionately; "for if there is anyone in the +world who loves you, they can not possibly wish that you may live long +as heartily as I do. Now I see the same look on your face as last +year—that is the true one: you would like to hear about Timéa?"</p> + +<p>"Do you know anything?" asked Timar, eagerly, putting his back against +the door as if to keep Athalie a prisoner.</p> + +<p>She laughed scornfully; not she but Michael was the prisoner.</p> + +<p>"I know much—all," she replied; "enough to bring us all to perdition. +Myself and the other, and you too."</p> + +<p>Michael's blood froze in his veins. "Tell me all."</p> + +<p>"That is what I came for. But listen quietly to the end, that I may tell +you things which lead to madness, if not death."</p> + +<p>"One word first, is Timéa unfaithful?"</p> + +<p>"She is, and you will be absolutely convinced of it."</p> + +<p>In Timar's heart a nobler feeling arose to protest against this +suspicion. "Take care what you say!"</p> + +<p>"Your saintly picture, then, came down out of its altar-frame to listen +to a report which said that the noble major had fought on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span> her account +with some strange officer, and wounded him so badly that his own sword +broke in two over the head of his adversary. The picture heard this +rumor. Frau Sophie told her, and the eyes of the saintly image shed +tears. Perhaps you are a heretic, and do not believe in miraculous +tears. But it is true; and Frau Sophie told the noble major next day. +Frau Sophie loves to be a go-between; she loves flattery and intrigue. +The reported tears had the result that Frau Sophie brought back a box +and a letter from the major. In the box were the half-broken blade and +the handle of the sword with which the major had fought. It was a +souvenir."</p> + +<p>"Well, there is nothing wrong in that," said Michael, with affected +calm.</p> + +<p>"Ah, yes, but the letter!"</p> + +<p>"Did you read it?"</p> + +<p>"No; but I know what it contained."</p> + +<p>"How can you know that?"</p> + +<p>"Because the saint replied, and Frau Sophie was the messenger."</p> + +<p>"Go on," said Timar.</p> + +<p>"Yes, for the story is not nearly finished. The letter was not a scented +pink note; it was written on your own desk, sealed with your own seal, +and its contents might have been to repulse the major's advances forever +and ever. But that was not what it said."</p> + +<p>"Who knows?"</p> + +<p>"Frau Sophie and I, and you will be a third directly. How unexpectedly +you returned to-day!—how can people come at such an inconvenient time? +The Danube is full of ice, the ice-flakes lie in heaps, and no living +creature can cross. One would think that on such a day the town would be +so safely shut off that even a jealous husband, if he were outside, +could not get in. How could you come to-day?"</p> + +<p>"Do not torture me, Athalie."</p> + +<p>"Did you not notice the confusion on your picture's face when surprised +by your arrival? Did not her hand tremble in yours? You managed your +arrival so badly; Frau Sophie had to go out again to the smart major +with the short message—'It can not be to-day.'"</p> + +<p>Timar's face was disfigured with rage. Then he sunk back in his chair +and said, "I don't believe you."</p> + +<p>"You need not do so," said Athalie, with a shrug. "I will only advise +you to trust your own eyes. It can not be to-day, because you have come +home; but it might be to-morrow. Suppose you went away? You often go in +winter to the Platten See, when it is frozen and they begin to fish +under the ice. It is capital sport. You might say to-morrow, 'While this +cold lasts, I will be off to Fured to see how the <i>fogasch</i> get on,' and +then you might shut yourself up in your other house here, and wait till +some one taps at your window and says 'Now.' Then you would come back +here."</p> + +<p>"And I should do that?" exclaimed Timar, shuddering.</p> + +<p>Athalie looked him up and down contemptuously. "You are a coward!" and +with that she turned to go.</p> + +<p>But Michael sprung after her and seized her by the arm.</p> + +<p>"Stop! I will take your advice and do what you tell me."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span>"Then listen to me," said Athalie, and pressed so close to his face that +he felt her burning breath.</p> + +<p>"When Herr Brazovics built this house, the room in which Timéa sleeps +was the parlor. Who were his usual guests? Business people, boon +companions, merchants, dealers. This room has a hiding-place in the wall +above the staircase, where the steps turn, and the inner side makes an +angle. Into this hole in the wall it is possible to gain access from +outside. There is a closet where old rubbish is kept, which is seldom +opened. But even if it stood open it would hardly occur to any one to +try the screws of the ventilator one after another. The center screw on +the right-hand side is movable. But even if any one drew it out it would +tell nothing—it is only a simple peg. But whoever is in possession of a +peculiar key, which can be inserted in place of the peg, only requires +to press the top of the key, from which wards instantly appear, and by a +single turn of the key the cupboard is noiselessly pushed aside. From +thence one can enter the hiding-place, which receives light and air from +a slit in the roof. This hollow in the wall goes as far as Timéa's +bedroom, where in former times Herr Brazovics' guests used to pass the +night. The concealed passage ends in a glass door which is hidden from +the room by a picture. This picture is a mother-of-pearl mosaic +representing St. George and the dragon, and appears to be a votive image +built into the wall. It has often been proposed to take the picture +away, but Timéa never would allow it. One of the pieces of mosaic can be +slipped aside, and through the blank space everything that passes in the +room can be seen and heard."</p> + +<p>"What did your father want with such a hiding-place?"</p> + +<p>"I think it had to do with his business. He had many affairs with +contractors and officials. There was good living to be had at his house, +and when he had got his visitors into a good temper, he left them to +themselves, slipped into the secret room and listened from thence to +their conversation. In this way he obtained much important business +information, from which he derived considerable advantage. Once when he +had himself taken rather too much at table, he sent me to listen in the +passage, and in this way I learned the secret. The key is in my +possession. When all Herr Brazovics' property was seized by judicial +decree, I could, if I had chosen, have conveyed all his valuables out of +the house by this means. But I was too proud to steal."</p> + +<p>"And can you get into the bedroom from this hiding-place?"</p> + +<p>"The picture of St. George is on hinges, and can be opened like a door."</p> + +<p>"So that you can at any time enter Timéa's room from that passage?" +asked Michael, with an uncontrollable shudder.</p> + +<p>Athalie smiled proudly. "I never needed to creep in to her by secret +routes. Timéa sleeps with open doors, and you know that I can always +pass freely through her room. She sleeps so soundly too."</p> + +<p>"Give me the key."</p> + +<p>Athalie took the puzzle key from her pocket. The lower end was shaped +like a screw, only on pressing the handle a key appeared. She showed +Timar how to manage it. A voice in his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span> heart—perhaps that of his +guardian angel—whispered to Timar to throw this key into the deep well +in the yard. But he took no heed of the voice; he only listened to +Athalie's whisper in his ear.</p> + +<p>"If you leave home to-morrow and come back at the signal, go straight to +the hiding-place, and you will learn all you want to know. Will you +come?"</p> + +<p>"I shall be there."</p> + +<p>"Do you generally carry arms?—a pistol or a dagger?—one can never tell +what may happen. The picture of St. George opens to the right when you +press on a button-shaped handle, and when open it just covers Timéa's +bed. Do you understand?"</p> + +<p>She pressed Michael's hand violently, looking with flaming eyes of rage +into his, and added something, but not audibly. Only her lips moved, her +teeth chattered, and her eyes rolled—they were soundless words. What +could she have said? Timar stared in a dazed way like a sleep-walker, +then suddenly raised his head to ask Athalie something. He was +alone—only the key grasped in his hand showed that it was no dream.</p> + +<p>Never had Timar suffered such torture as in the long hours till the +evening of the next day. He followed Athalie's advice, and remained at +home till noon. After dinner he said he must go to the Platten See and +look after the fishery he had hired.</p> + +<p>As he had crossed the ice-floes of the Danube on foot to get to Komorn, +he could easily go over again without luggage in the same way. His +carriage too was waiting on that side, for it had not yet been able to +get across: a road would have to be prepared. Without any interview with +his agents, without a glance at his books, he thrust a pile of +bank-notes, uncounted, into his pocket, and left the house. At the +threshold he met the postman, who brought a registered letter, and +demanded a receipt. Michael was in too great haste to go back to his +room; he carried pen and ink with him, and laying the receipt on the +broad back of the postman, he signed his name to it. Then he looked at +the letter. It was from his agent at Rio Janeiro; but without opening +it, he put it in his pocket. What did he care for all the flour trade in +the world? He kept one room in his house in the Servian Street always +heated in winter. This room was entered by a separate staircase, which +was kept locked, and was divided by several empty rooms from the +offices. Timar reached it unobserved; there he sat down by the window +and waited.</p> + +<p>The cold north wind outside drew lovely ice-flowers on the window-panes, +so that no one could see in or out.</p> + +<p>Now he would get what he wanted—the proof of Timéa's infidelity. And +yet—yet, the thought hurt him so deeply! While his fancy pictured this +first private rendezvous between that woman and that man, every drop of +blood seemed to rush to the surface and darken the light of his mind.</p> + +<p>Shame, jealousy, thirst for vengeance consumed him.</p> + +<p>It is hard to endure humiliation, even if some advantage is to be +derived from it. He now began to feel what a treasure he possessed in +Timéa. He had been ready enough to abandon this treasure, or even +voluntarily to give it back, but to allow himself to be robbed of +it!—the thought enraged him. He struggled with himself as to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span> what he +should do. If Athalie's instilled poison had reached his heart, he would +have kept to the idea of a murderous rush with a dagger in his hand from +behind the picture, so as to kill the faithless wife amidst the hottest +caresses of her lover. Athalie panted for Timéa's blood; but a husband's +revenge seeks a different object—he must have the man's life. Not like +an assassin, but face to face—each with a sword in his hand, and then a +struggle for life or death. Then, again, cold-blooded calculating reason +comes uppermost, and says, "Why shed blood? you want scandal, not +revenge; you should rush from your hiding-place, call in the servants, +and drive the guilty woman and her seducer from your house. So a +reasonable being would act. You are no soldier to seek satisfaction at +the point of the sword. Here is the judge, and here the law."</p> + +<p>But still he could not forbear from keeping stiletto and pistol ready on +the table as Athalie had advised. Who knows what may happen? The moment +will decide which gets the upper hand—whether the vengeful assassin, +the dishonored husband, or the prudent man of business who would reckon +an open scandal to his credit side, as facilitating the desired divorce.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile evening had come. One lamp after another was lighted: Herr von +Levetinczy paid for the lighting of this street out of his own pocket. +The shadows of the passers-by flitted across the frozen panes.</p> + +<p>One such figure stopped before the window, and a low knock was heard. It +seemed to Timar as if the ice-flowers detached from the glass by the tap +were the rustling leaves of a fairy forest, which whispered to him, "Do +not go." He hesitated. The tap was repeated.</p> + +<p>"I am coming!" he called in a low voice, took pistol and dagger, and +crept out of the house.</p> + +<p>The whole way he never met a human creature; the streets were already +deserted. He only saw a dark shadow flitting on before him, vanishing in +the darkness now and then, and at last slipping round the corner. He +followed, and found all the doors open; some helping hand had opened the +wicket, the house-door, and even the closet in the wall. He could enter +without any noise; at the point described he found the movable screw, +and put the key in its place; the secret door flew open, and shut behind +him.</p> + +<p>Timar found himself in the concealed passage—a spy in his own house.</p> + +<p>Yes! A spy too! What meanness was there he had not committed? and all +this "because a poor fellow remains always only a clerk, and it is the +rich for whom life is worth living." Now he has riches and splendor.</p> + +<p>Stumbling and feeling about, he groped along the wall, till he came to a +part where a feeble light was perceptible. There was the picture of St. +George: the light of the lamp shone through the crevices of the mosaic. +He found the movable piece of mother-of-pearl, in whose place was a +thick sheet of glass. He looked into the room; on the table stood a lamp +with a ground glass shade. Timéa walked up and down.</p> + +<p>An embroidered white dress floated from her waist; her folded<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span> hands +hung down. The door of the antechamber opened, and Frau Sophie came in; +she said something low to Timéa, but Timar could hear every whisper. +This hole in the wall was like the ear of Dionysius, it caught every +sound. "Can he come?" asked Frau Sophie.</p> + +<p>"I am waiting for him," said Timéa.</p> + +<p>Then Frau Sophie went out again. Timéa drew from her wardrobe a drawer, +and took out a box; she carried it to the table and stood opposite +Timar, so that the lamp threw its whole light on her face; the listener +could detect the slightest change of expression. Timéa opened the box. +In it lay a sword-hilt and a broken blade. At first glance the woman +started, and her contracted brows betokened horror. Then her face +cleared, and took once more, with its meeting eyebrows, the look of a +saint's picture, with a black halo round its brow. Tenderness dawned in +her melancholy features; she lifted the box and held the sword so near +her lips that Timar began to tremble lest she should kiss it. Even the +sword was his rival.</p> + +<p>The longer Timéa looked at it, the brighter grew her eyes. At last she +plucked up courage to grasp the hilt; she took it out and made passes in +the air with it. . . . If she had known that there was some one near her +to whom every stroke was torture—</p> + +<p>There was a tap at the door. Timéa put down the broken sword hastily, +and stammered out a faint "Come in!" But first she pulled down the lace +of her sleeves, which had fallen back from her wrist. The major entered. +He was a fine man, with a handsome, soldierly face. Timéa did not go to +meet him, but stood by the lamp; Timar's eyes never left her. +Damnation!—what did he see? As the major entered Timéa blushed. Yes, +the marble statue could glow with sunrise tints, the saint's image could +move, and the virginal snow-white adorned itself with roses. The white +face had found some one who could set it on fire. Was further proof, +were words wanting?</p> + +<p>Timar was near bursting from the picture, and, like the dragon before +St. George killed it, would have thrown himself between the two before +Timéa's lips could speak what her face betrayed.</p> + +<p>But no. Perhaps he had only dreamed it—Timéa's face was colorless as +ever. With calm dignity she signed to the major to take a chair; she sat +down on a distant sofa, and her look was severe and cold. The major held +his shako in one hand, and in the other his sword with its golden knot, +and sat as stiff as if he had been in his general's presence. They +looked at each other in silence—both struggling with painful thoughts. +Timéa broke the silence. "Sir, you sent me a curious letter in company +with a yet more singular present. It was a broken sword." She opened the +box and took out a letter. "Your letter runs thus: 'Gracious lady, I +have fought a duel to-day, and my adversary owes it only to the chance +that my sword broke that he was not killed on the spot. This duel is +intimately connected with most extraordinary circumstances, which +concern you, and still more <i>your husband</i>. Allow me a few minutes' +interview, that I may tell you what you ought to know.' In this letter +the words 'your husband' are twice underlined, and this it was which +decided me to give you the opportunity of speaking to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span> me. Speak! In +what does your duel concern the private affairs of Herr von Levetinczy? +I will listen to you as long as what you have to say treats of him: if +you enter on any other subject I will leave you."</p> + +<p>The major bowed with grateful fervor. "I will begin then, madame, by +telling you that an unknown man has been about in the town, who wears +the uniform of a naval officer, and therefore has an <i>entrée</i> to +military society. He seems to be a man of the world, and is an +entertaining companion. Who he may be I know not, for it is not my way +to be inquisitive. This man has spent some weeks among us, and seems to +have plenty of money. He gave as a reason for being here that he was +waiting for Herr von Levetinczy, with whom he had important private +affairs to settle. At last he began to annoy us, and looked so +mysterious as he asked every day about Herr von Levetinczy, that we +fancied he must be an adventurer, and one day we drove him into a +corner. We wished to know what manner of man he was, and I undertook the +inquiry. When we asked why he did not go to your husband's agents, he +said his business was of a very private and delicate nature, which could +only be personally discussed. 'Listen,' I said. 'I do not believe that +you have any delicate business with Herr von Levetinczy; who you are we +do not know, but we do know that he is a man of honor and character, +whose position and reputation are above suspicion. He is a man whose +private life is blameless, and who can therefore have no reason for +private interviews with people of your sort.'"</p> + +<p>While the major spoke, Timéa had risen slowly; she now stepped up to him +and said, "I thank you."</p> + +<p>And again Timar saw on her white cheek that soft rosy glow, never seen +by him before, but which now rested there. The woman had flushed at the +thought that the man she loved could defend him who, as her husband, +stood between their two hearts.</p> + +<p>The major continued his narrative, and in order not to confuse Timéa by +looking at her, sought some other object in the room on which to fix his +eye. He chose the dragon's head in the picture of St. George. But that +was the exact spot through which Timar looked into the room, so that it +seemed to him as if the major directed his words purposely to him, +although it was much too dark where Timar stood for any one to see him.</p> + +<p>"On this the man's face changed suddenly; he leaped up like a sleeping +dog when one treads on his tail. 'What!' he cried, so that every one +could hear. 'You think Levetinczy is a rich man with a great name—a +clever man, a happy family man, a faithful subject? I will prove to you +that this man, if I can once meet him, will take flight from here next +day—that he will leave his lovely wife and his house in the lurch, and +fly from Hungary, from Europe, so that you will never hear of him +again.'"</p> + +<p>Timéa's hand strayed involuntarily to the hilt of the broken sword.</p> + +<p>"Instead of answering the man, I struck him in the face."</p> + +<p>Timar drew back his head from the peep-hole, as if the blow might reach +him.</p> + +<p>"I saw at once that the man regretted what he had said. He<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span> would gladly +have escaped the consequences of the blow, but I would not let him off. +I stood in his way and said, 'You are an officer and carry a sword—you +know to what such an affair leads among men of honor. There is a +ball-room upstairs at the hotel; we will have the candles lighted; then +you shall choose two of us as seconds, I also will choose two, and we +will fight it out.' We did not leave him time for reflection. The man +fought like a pirate: twice he tried to seize my sword with his left +hand; then I got angry and gave him such a cut over the head that he +fell. Luckily for him, it was with the flat of the blade, which was the +reason of my sword breaking. The next day the man, so our surgeon told +me, had left the town—his wound can not have been a dangerous one."</p> + +<p>Timéa took out the Turkish sword and looked at the hilt; then she laid +it on the table and stretched out her hand in silence to the major. He +took it gently in both his own, and carried it to his lips; it could +hardly be seen whether he kissed it. Timéa did not draw it away.</p> + +<p>"I thank you!" whispered the major, so low that Timar could not hear it +in his hiding-place, but the eyes said it too. A long pause followed. +Timéa sat down again on the sofa and supported her head on her hand.</p> + +<p>The major spoke at last. "I did not request an interview, gracious lady, +to boast of a deed which in itself must be painful to you, and was +really only the duty of a friend, nor to receive the thanks you so +kindly offered me by a grasp of the hand. That was a more than +sufficient reward. But not on that account did I request you to meet me, +but to ask a very important question. Gracious lady, is it possible that +there should be any truth in what this man said?"</p> + +<p>Timéa started as if struck by lightning. And the bolt struck Timar too; +every nerve thrilled at the question.</p> + +<p>"What are you thinking of?" cried Timéa, passionately.</p> + +<p>"At last it is out," said the major, rising from his chair. "And now I +will not go without an answer. I say openly, is it possible that there +is truth in this accusation? I have not repeated all that this man said +about Levetinczy: he accused him of everything that can be said against +a man. Is it conceivable that Timar's life could take such a frightful +course as that which the last owner of this unlucky house only escaped +by death? For if that is possible, then no respect could restrain me +from beseeching you in God's name, dear lady, to delay not a moment in +fleeing from this doomed house. I can not leave you to ruin—I can not +look on while another drags you into the abyss."</p> + +<p>The glowing words found a response in Timéa's bosom. Timar watched in +trembling excitement his wife's mental conflict. Timéa remained +victorious; she collected all her energy, and answered quietly, "Do not +be alarmed, sir. I can assure you that that man, whoever he was, and +wherever he came from, told a lie, and his accusations are groundless. I +know intimately the position of Herr von Levetinczy; for during his +absence I managed his affairs, and am thoroughly acquainted with every +detail. His finances are in order, and even if all he has now at stake +were lost by some un<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span>lucky chance, no pillar of his house would be +shaken. I can also tell you with a clear conscience that of all his +property there is not a thaler dishonestly come by. Levetinczy is a rich +man, who need not blush for his wealth."</p> + +<p>Why did Timar's cheeks burn so there in the darkness?</p> + +<p>The major sighed. "You have convinced me, gracious lady; I never +believed anything against his financial reputation. But this man had +much to say about your husband in his character as head of a family. +Allow me to ask you one thing: Are you happy?"</p> + +<p>Timéa looked at him with inexpressible pathos, and in her eyes lay the +words, "You see me, and yet you ask?"</p> + +<p>"Riches and luxury surround you," continued the major, boldly; "but if +that is true—which on my honor I never asked, and which, when told me, +I answered with the lie direct, and a blow in the face—if it is true +that you suffer and are unhappy, I should not be a man if I had not the +courage to say to you, gracious lady, there is another who suffers like +you. Throw far from you these unlucky riches; make an end of this +suffering of two people, who in the next world can accuse a third person +in the sight of God of being the cause of it: consent to a divorce!"</p> + +<p>Timéa pressed both hands to her breast, and looked up like a martyr on +her road to the stake: all her anguish was aroused at this moment.</p> + +<p>When Timar saw her so, he struck his forehead with his fist, and turned +his face from the Judas-hole through which he had been looking. For the +next few moments he saw and heard no more. When torturing curiosity drew +him again to the spot of light, and he cast a look into the room, he no +longer saw a martyr before him. Timéa's face was calm.</p> + +<p>"Sir," she said gently to the major, "that I should have heard you to +the end is a proof of my respect. Leave me this feeling, and never again +ask me what you did to-day. I call the whole world to witness whether I +have ever complained by word or tear. Of whom should I complain? Of my +husband, who is the noblest and best man in the world? Of him who saved +the strange child's life? who thrice defied death in the waters' depths +for my sake? When I was a despised and derided creature he protected me; +for my sake he visited the house of his deadly enemy, that he might +watch over me. When I had become a homeless beggar he gave me—a +servant—his hand, his riches, and made me mistress of his house. And +when he offered me his hand he meant it; he was not deceiving me." As +she spoke, Timéa went to a closet and opened the doors. "Look here, +sir," she said, as she spread out before the major the train of a dress +hanging within. "Do you recognize this dress? It is the one I worked. +You saw it for weeks while I worked at it. Every stitch is a buried +dream, a sad memory to me. They told me it was to be my wedding-gown; +and when it was finished, they said, 'Take it off: it is for another +bride.' Ah! sir, that was a mortal stab to my heart: I have been sore +from that incurable wound all these years. And now should I separate +myself from the good man who never courted me, as a child, with +flatteries, to turn my head, but remained respectfully in the distance, +and waited till others had trodden me under foot to raise me<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span> to +himself, and has never ceased, with superhuman, angelic patience, his +endeavors to cure my wound and to share my sorrow with me? I should +separate from the man who has no one but me to love him, to whom I am a +whole world, the only being that ties him to life, or at whose coming +his gloomy face is cheered? I should leave a man whom every one honors +and loves? Tell him that I hate him—I, who owe everything to him, and +who brought him no dowry but a sick and loveless heart?"</p> + +<p>The major hid his face at these words of the passionate and excited +woman. And that other man behind the picture of St. George—must he not +feel like the dragon when the knight thrust his spear into him?</p> + +<p>"But, sir," continued Timéa, whose lovely face was illumined by the +irresistible charm of womanly dignity, "even if Timar were the exact +opposite of all that he is known to be—if he were a ruined man, a +beggar—I would not leave him—then least of all. If disgrace covered +his name, I would not discard that name; I would share his shame, as I +have shared his success. If the whole world despised him, I should still +owe him eternal gratitude; if he were exiled, I would follow him into +banishment, and live with him in the woods if he were a robber. If he +wished to take his life, I would die with him—"</p> + +<p>(What is that? Is it the dragon that weeps there in the picture?)</p> + +<p>"And, sir, if even the bitterest, cruelest insult of all to a woman were +inflicted on me—if I learned that my husband was unfaithful, to +me—that he loved another—I would say, 'God bless her who gave him the +happiness of which I have robbed him;' and I would not even then divorce +him—I would not do it if he wished it. I will never separate from him, +for I know what is due to my oath and the salvation of my soul!"</p> + +<p>And the major too sobbed—he too.</p> + +<p>Timéa stopped to recover her composure. Then in a soft and gentle voice +she continued: "And now leave me forever. The stab you gave my heart +years ago is healed by this sword-stroke: I keep this broken blade as a +remembrance. As often as my eye falls on it, I will think that you are a +brave soul, and it will be balm to me. And because for years you have +never spoken to me nor approached me, I will forgive your having come +and spoken to me now." . . .</p> + +<p>When Timar burst through the closet out of the hiding-place, a dark +figure stood in his way. Was it a shadow, a phantom, or a spirit? It was +Athalie. Timar pushed, the dark figure away, and while he pressed her +with one hand against the wall, he whispered in her ear, "I curse you! +and accursed be this house and the ashes of him who built it!"</p> + +<p>Then he rushed like a madman down the stairs.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIFTH_II" id="CHAPTER_FIFTH_II"></a>CHAPTER II.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE FIRST LOSS.</span></h3> + + +<p>Escape! But where? That is the question.</p> + +<p>The church clocks in the town struck ten: the barriers were down by now +across the wooden bridge over the narrow part of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span> the river to the +island, from which the ice formed the only road across the rest of the +Danube. It was impossible to get past without alarming the sentries, who +had orders from the commandant of the garrison to let no one go on the +ice between eight in the evening and seven in the morning—not even the +pope himself. It is true that a couple of bank-notes of Herr +Levetinczy's might compass what a papal bull could not procure, but then +it would be reported next day all over the town that the "man of gold" +had fled in haste and alone, at dead of night, across the dangerous ice. +That would be a good sequel to the gossip which had arisen from the +duel. It would at once be said, "There, you see he is already thinking +of escaping to America," and Timéa would hear it too.</p> + +<p>Timéa! oh, how hard it is to evade that name; it follows him everywhere. +He can do nothing but return home and wait for daylight. As cautiously +as a thief he opened his door. At this hour all the other inhabitants +were asleep.</p> + +<p>When he got to his room, he lighted no lamp, and threw himself on the +sofa. But the phantoms which pursued him found him quite as easily in +the dark.</p> + +<p>How that marble face blushed!</p> + +<p>So there is life there under the ice, only the sun is wanting. Marriage +is for her eternal winter—a polar winter. The wife is faithful; and the +rival is a true friend. He breaks his sword over the skull of him who +dared to slander the husband of the beloved woman. And Timéa loves the +man, and is as unhappy as he. The misery of both comes from Timar's +imputation as an honest man; those who love him idealize him; no one +ventures to think of deceiving or robbing or disgracing him—of breaking +a splinter from the diamond of his honor: they guard it like a jewel.</p> + +<p>Why do they all respect him? Because no one knows him.</p> + +<p>If Timéa knew, if she discovered what he really was, would she still +say, "I would share the shame of his name, as I have shared its glory!" +Yes; she would still say so. Timéa will never leave him: she would say, +"You have made me unhappy; now suffer with me." It is an angel's +cruelty, and that is Timéa's nature.</p> + +<p>But how about Noémi? What is she doing on the lonely island which she +can never leave, thanks to Timéa's high principle? Alone during the +gloomy monotony of winter, with a helpless child at her knee! What is +she thinking of? No one can take her a word of consolation. She may be +trembling in that desert for fear of bad men, ghosts, wild beasts! How +her heart must sink when she thinks of her absent darling, and wonders +where he may be! If she knew! If both those women knew what a thorough +scoundrel was the man who had caused them so much sorrow—if any one was +found to tell them!</p> + +<p>Who can the stranger be who has already said enough to deserve a blow in +the face, and a cut of the major's sword? A naval officer. Who can this +enemy be? It is impossible to discover; he has disappeared with his +wound from the town. Something told Timar it would be wise to fly from +this man. Fly! his whole mind was set upon it—there was nothing he +dreaded so much as being obliged to remain in one spot. As soon as he +left the ownerless<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span> island, no place was a home to him. When he stopped +for dinner on a journey, he could not wait till the horses were fed, but +walked on ahead. Something always drove him onward.</p> + +<p>And sleep had fled from his eyes. The clock struck twelve; seven more +long hours till morning! He determined at last to kindle a light. For +mental anxiety there is a remedy more effectual than opium or +digitalis—prosaic work. Whoever has plenty to do, finds no time to +dwell on love troubles. Merchants seldom commit suicide for love. Cares +of business are a wholesome counter-irritant to draw the blood from the +nobler parts.</p> + +<p>Michael opened and read his letters in turn: all contained good news. He +remembered Polycrates, with whom everything succeeded, and who began at +last to be afraid of his luck.</p> + +<p>And what was the foundation of this monstrous success? A secret unknown +to all but himself. Who had seen Ali Tschorbadschi's treasure spread out +in the cabin? Only himself—and the moon. But that is an accomplice, and +has seen other things too. It is the "Hypomochlion" of creation, to +prevent crimes from coming to light. Michael was too deeply sensitive by +nature not to feel that such overwhelming good fortune, springing from +so foul a root, must eventually fall into dust—for there is justice +under the sun. He would joyfully have looked on at the loss of half his +wealth, or even given up all, if so he could have hoped to close his +account with Heaven. But he felt that his penance consisted in the fact +that his riches, influence, the renown of his name, his supposed +home-happiness, were only a cruel irony of fate. They buried him, and he +could not extricate himself to live the only happy life, whose center +was Noémi—and Dodi. When the first Dodi died, he learned what he had +been to him. Now, with the second, he felt it still more; and yet he +could not make them his own. He lay buried under a mountain of gold +which he could not shake off. What he had seen in the delirium of fever, +he now really felt. He lay buried alive in a grave full of gold. Above +his head stood on the grave-stone a marble statue which never +moved—Timéa. A beggar-woman with a little child came to gather thyme on +his tomb—Noémi. And the man buried alive vainly strove to cry out, +"Give me your hand, Noémi, and pull me out of this golden tomb!"</p> + +<p>Timar went on with his correspondence. One letter was from the Brazilian +agents. His favorite scheme—the export of Hungarian flour—had been +brilliantly successful. Timar had gained by it honor and wealth. As he +ran through the letters, it occurred to him that when he left home in +the morning he had received a registered letter with a foreign stamp. He +found the letter in his coat pocket. It was from the same correspondent +whose favorable report he had just read, and ran thus:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"<span class="smcap">Sir</span>,—Since my last, a great misfortune has occurred. +Your <i>protégé</i>, Theodor Krisstyan, has cheated us +shamefully and brought disgrace on us. We are blameless +in the matter. This man has for years past seemed so +trustworthy and active, that we put the most perfect +confidence in him; his salary and commission were so +large that he could not only live comfortably, but +could save <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span>money, which he invested in our house. +While he left his avowable savings to grow to a small +capital in our hands, he robbed us +frightfully—intercepted money, forged bills, and made +false claims on the firm, which was easy, as he had +your power of attorney—so that our loss already +amounts to some ten million reis. But what makes it +more serious is the discovery that during the last few +years he has been mixing the imported flour with some +of inferior quality from Louisiana, and by this Yankee +trick has seriously impaired the credit of the +Hungarian article for years to come—even if we are +ever able to restore it."</p></div> + +<p>"This is the first blow," thought Timar; and on the most tender point +for a great financier. It touched him in what he was most proud of, and +what had obtained for him the rank of a privy councilor. And so falls +the brilliant fabric erected by Timéa—Timéa again!</p> + +<p>Timar read on hurriedly—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"Bad company has led the young criminal astray: this is +a dangerous temptation in this climate. We had him +arrested at once, but none of the stolen money was +found in his possession. He had lost part at the +gambling-table, and got rid of the rest with the help +of the Creoles; but it is quite possible that the rogue +has managed to conceal considerable sums, in the hope +of being able to get at them when again at liberty. +However, he must wait some time, for the court here has +sentenced him to fifteen years at the galleys."</p></div> + +<p>Timar could read no further. He let the letter fall on the table; then +he stood up and began to pace the room restlessly.</p> + +<p>Fifteen years at the galleys! Fifteen years chained to the bench, and +nothing to look at all that time but sky and sea! Fifteen years to +endure the sickening noonday heat, without hope or comfort—to endure +life on the ever-restless sea, and curse unmerciful man! He will be an +old man before he gets his freedom. And why? In order that Herr Michael +Timar, Baron von Levetinczy, may live undisturbed in his forbidden joys +on the ownerless island—that no one may betray Noémi to Timéa, nor +Timéa to Noémi. You never thought of this when you sent Theodor to +Brazil, and yet you did count on the chance of opportunity making him +into a thief. You did not lay him dead on the spot with a bullet, as a +man kills in a duel him who stands in the way of his love. You pretended +to a paternal affection for him, and sent him on a three-thousand miles' +voyage; and now you will look on at this slow decay through fifteen +horrible years—for you will see him, though all the earth and all her +oceans lie between!</p> + +<p>The stove had gone out. It was cold in the room, whose windows were +covered with frost-flowers. And yet sweat dropped from Timar's brow, as +he strode up and down the narrow space. So, then, every one is +consecrated to misfortune to whom he gives his hand—on that hand is a +curse.</p> + +<p>Oh, what an awful night this is! Will it never be day? He felt as if +this room were a dungeon or a tomb.</p> + +<p>But the terrible letter had a postscript. Timar came back to the table +to read it. The postscript was dated a day later, and ran thus: "I have +just received a letter from Port-au-Prince, in which<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span> we are informed +that three slaves have escaped from the galley on which our prisoner was +placed. I fear our man is among them."</p> + +<p>After the perusal of these lines, Timar was a prey to indescribable +anxiety. Though he had been perspiring before, he began to shiver now. +Had the fever returned? He looked round fearfully. What was he afraid +of? He was alone in the room, and as frightened as a child who has been +hearing ghost stories. He could not endure the room any longer. He took +out his pocket-pistol and looked to its priming; then he tried his +dagger, whether it was loose in its sheath.</p> + +<p>Away! It was still night—not yet two o'clock; but he could not await +the morning light here. And could he not get across to the Uj-Szöny side +without a bridge? Above the island the ice would bear. It only required +a man who was less afraid of darkness and danger than of the flickering +candle and the outspread letter. He held that over the light and burned +it; then he blew out the candle and crept out of the window.</p> + +<p>Only when he was in the street did he feel his heart lighter: here he +was a man again. Meanwhile fresh snow had fallen, which he heard +crackling under his feet while he hurried to the shore, along the whole +Servian Street right up to the harbor.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIFTH_III" id="CHAPTER_FIFTH_III"></a>CHAPTER III.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE ICE.</span></h3> + + +<p>The Danube was completely frozen over up to Prestburg, and could be +crossed anywhere. Still, in order to cross from Komorn to Uj-Szöny, he +had to go round a long way by the point of the island, for sand-banks +exist there on which in summer the miners wash their gold, and on these +mounds the ice often lies in great heaps, forming barricades difficult +to surmount. Timar had a plan ready; as soon as he came in sight of the +Monostor, where stood his villa, he would strike out in that direction. +But something intervened to upset his calculations. He had expected a +starry night, but when he reached the Danube a fog came on. At first +only thin, transparent mist; but while Timar was seeking a path on the +ice, the fog became so thick that you could not see three steps in front +of you. If he had given ear to the voice of reason, he would have +instantly turned round and tried to find his way back to the bank. But +he was in a frame of mind in which a man is inaccessible to reason; by +fair means or foul he meant to get across. Apart from the fog, it was a +dark night; and above the island the Danube is at its widest, and the +passage over the ice-floes the most difficult. Monstrous heaped-up +masses of frozen snow form oblique stretches of barricade, and in many +places the ice takes the shape of capriciously cleft ridges, from which +rise six-foot pinnacles of frozen water instead of fingers of rock. In +coasting round these, Timar suddenly found that he had lost himself. He +had already been an hour on the river; his repeater struck a quarter to +three; he ought long ago to have reached the other side; he must have +lost his reckoning.</p> + +<p>He listened; no sound in the dark night. It was beyond question<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span> that he +was not approaching the opposite village, but getting further away from +it. Not even a dog could be heard to bark. He fancied that instead of +crossing the river he must have been walking along it, and determined to +change his course. The Danube was nowhere more than two hundred paces +wide; he must reach the shore somewhere if he kept straight on. But in +mist and darkness one does not know which way one goes; a barrier of ice +which must be avoided takes one, in spite of every care, out of the +right road—one walks in zigzags and comes back to the spot where one +was before; even if you get into the right path, and would only have to +walk on to reach the bank, you think of something else, deviate +slightly, and get back into that confounded ice labyrinth again.</p> + +<p>Past five. Nearly four hours already had he wandered about. He felt +exhausted. He had not slept all night, nor eaten all day, but had +struggled with the most enervating mental emotions.</p> + +<p>His only hope was, that when day at last dawned he would be able to +guess by the sun where the east lay, and then, as an old sailor, could +ascertain his position. If he had come across a hole in the ice, the +current of the water would have shown him in what direction to go; but +the surface was entirely covered, and without an ax it was impossible to +make a hole. At last it began to dawn, but the fog hid the sun. Nine +o'clock, and he had not yet found the shore, though the fog seemed to +grow less and the sun's disk was visible, like a pale, colorless ball, a +mere shadow of its glorious self. The air was full of countless +glittering particles of ice, which melted into a dazzling vapor. Now he +will discover where he is.</p> + +<p>The sun was already too high to indicate the true east, but it showed +something else. It seemed to Timar, as he peered through the brilliant +mist, as if he could distinguish on his right the outline of the roof of +a house.</p> + +<p>Where there is a house there must be land. He walked straight toward it, +and was careful to keep in a direct line; soon he found himself close to +it—but the house was a water-mill.</p> + +<p>The ice-floes had detached it from its winter refuge, or perhaps had +found it belated, still chained to the shore, and carried it off. The +shrouds were as neatly sawn asunder by the sharp ice-flakes as if a +clever carpenter had done it: the wheels were shattered and the +mill-house wedged into a mass of ice, forming a parapet round it.</p> + +<p>Timar stood before it in horror. His head swam as if he had seen a +ghost. The sunken mill in the Perigrada whirlpool occurred to him. Is +not this the ghost of that mill which comes to visit him at the end of +his career, or perhaps to take possession of him? A ruined mill amidst +the ice! A house so near its downfall! He went in; the door was open, +probably from the shocks received amidst the blocks of ice. The +machinery was all complete, so that Timar felt at any moment the white +miller's ghost might enter and shake the meal into the sacks. On the +roof, the beams, on every little ledge sat crows. A couple of them +fluttered away when they saw him; the rest sat still and took no notice +of him.</p> + +<p>Timar was dead beat. For eight hours continuously he had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span> wandered on +the ice; the hinderances he had met with had fatigued him yet more; his +stomach was empty, his nerves overstrained, his limbs stiff with cold. +He sat down exhausted on a post inside the mill.</p> + +<p>His eyes closed. And hardly had they done so before he saw himself +standing at the bow of the "St. Barbara," with the hatchet in his hand, +and near him the girl with the pale face.</p> + +<p>"Away from here!" he cried to her; the ship rushed down the cataract. +The wave-curl came to meet them. "Into the cabin!" But the girl never +stirred. Then the sea struck the ship. Timar fell from his seat: that +woke him, and he realized his danger. If he fell asleep there, he would +certainly freeze to death. No doubt that is the easiest way to take +one's life; but he had work to do in the world—his hour had not struck.</p> + +<p>He went out of the mill—the fog was too thick to see anything; it was +not day but night. The sighs which might go up to Heaven are swallowed +in the dark clouds which will not let them pass. Was there nothing +living near to help him in his extremity?</p> + +<p>When the mill was carried away by the ice there were mice in it: they +waited till the ice had set; then they left the mill and found their way +to the shore—on the thin snow-covering their tiny footsteps were +visible. Timar followed them. The smallest of all the mammalia in this +way conducted the wise and strong human being for a whole half hour till +he reached the shore. Thence he easily found the road, and arrived at +the inn where he had left the post-chaise. Mist was behind and before +him, and no one saw whence he came. In the parlor he devoured salt +calves'-feet which had been prepared for the wagoners, drank a glass of +wine, had the horses put to, lay down in the carriage, and slept till +evening. He dreamed constantly that he was on the ice; and when the +carriage shook, he awoke under the impression that the ice had broken +under him, and that he was sinking into fathomless depths.</p> + +<p>As he had started late from Szöny, he only reached his villa at Fured +the next evening. The fog accompanied him the whole way, so thick that +he could not see the Platten See. They were preparing for the first +catch of the season next day; he gave orders to his steward to have +ready plenty of wine and malt brandy.</p> + +<p>Galambos, the old fishing overseer, predicted a large haul. One good +sign was that the lake had frozen so early. At this time, just before +spawning, the fish come up the gulf in shoals. It was a still better +omen that Herr von Levetinczy had come himself. He always had luck.</p> + +<p>"I—luck!" echoed Timar to himself, sighing heavily.</p> + +<p>"I would almost venture to bet that we shall catch the king of the +fogasch himself."</p> + +<p>"How do you mean, the king?"</p> + +<p>"It is an old fogasch which every fisherman on the lake knows, for we +have all had him in our nets in turn; but no one can land him, for when +he finds he is caught he works a hole at the bottom with his snout, and +manages to get out of the net. He is a regular rogue; we have put a +price on his head, for he destroys as many young fry as three fishermen. +He is a huge beast, and when he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span> swims on the surface, one would think +he was a whale; but we'll get him to-morrow."</p> + +<p>Timar did not contradict, but sent every one away and lay down. Now he +first felt how tired he was; and he slept a long and healthy sleep, +undisturbed by dream-faces. When he awoke he was perfectly fresh; even +the anxieties which occupied his mind had faded into the background as +if they were a year distant. The small span of time between to-day and +yesterday seemed like an eternity. It was not yet daylight, but it +surprised him that the moon was shining through the frost-covered panes. +He got up quickly, bathed as usual in icy water, dressed, and hurried +out to see the Balaton.</p> + +<p>This presents, when frozen—especially the few first days—a most +enchanting sight. The huge lake does not freeze like rivers, on which +the ice masses gradually collect: here in one moment of calm the whole +surface is covered with a sheet of ice like crystal; and in the morning +a smooth unruffled mirror is outspread. Under the moonlight it is a +looking-glass in one piece without a flaw—only the tracks are visible +upon it, by which the inhabitants of the contiguous villages communicate +with each other. They traverse it like measuring-lines on some great +glass table—you see the reflection of the mountains of Tihany, with the +double tower of the church, as distinctly as if it were real, only the +towers are upside down.</p> + +<p>Timar stood long absorbed in this fairy picture. The fishermen woke him +from his dream; they arrived with nets, poles, and ice-axes, and said +the work must begin before sunrise. When all had assembled, they formed +a circle, and the old chief intoned a pious hymn, which all repeated +after him. Timar walked away; he could not pray. How should he address a +psalm to Him who is omniscient, and who can not be deceived by songs and +hymns? The music could be heard two miles away over the level surface, +and the echoes of the shore repeated the sound. Timar walked a long way +over the lake. At last it began to dawn, the moon paled, and the eastern +horizon was tinted with rosy red, which caused a wonderful +transformation in the color of the giant ice mirror, dividing it into +two sharply contrasted halves. One side assumed a coppery-violet hue, +while the other looked azure blue against the pink sky.</p> + +<p>In proportion to the growing light, the splendor of the sight increased; +the purple red, the gold of the sky, were repeated in the pure +reflection, and when the glowing ball, radiant with fiery vapor, shot up +from the violet mists of the horizon and shone down on the glittering +surface, it was a spectacle such as neither sea nor land can show, as if +two suns rose at once in two real skies. The moment the sun had passed +through the earth-fogs, its glorious rays leaped forth.</p> + +<p>The fishing-captain Galambos cried from the distance to Timar, "Now you +will hear something. Don't be afraid! Ho! ho!"</p> + +<p>"Afraid!" thought Timar, shrugging his shoulders, incredulously. What in +the world could frighten him now? He would soon know.</p> + +<p>When the sun first shines on the frozen lake, a wonderful sound is heard +from the ice, as if thousands of fairy harp-strings were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span> struck. One is +reminded of the tones from Memnon's statue, only that it does not last +so long. The mysterious cling-clang grows louder, as if the nixies down +below struck their harps with all their force: then follows a droning +and cracking, almost as loud as a shot, and on every snap follows a +glittering fissure in the ice, which till then was clear as glass. In +every direction the gigantic mirror is flawed till it is like a huge +mosaic, formed of millions of tiny dice, pentagons, and many-sided +prisms, and whose surface is of glass. This is what causes the sound. He +who hears it for the first time finds his heart beating faster; the +whole surface hums, rings, and sings under his feet. Some cracks are +like thunder, and are heard miles away. The fishermen, however, proceed +quietly with the spreading of their nets on the top of the groaning ice, +and in the distance may be seen hay wagons, drawn slowly by four oxen +across the surface. Man and beast are used to the ice-voices, which last +till sunset.</p> + +<p>This remarkable phenomenon made a curious impression on Michael's mind. +He was very sensitive to the great life of nature. In his emotional +temperament the thought was implanted that everything living has +consciousness—wind, storm, and lightning, the earth itself, the moon +and stars. But who could understand what the ice under his feet was +saying?</p> + +<p>Then suddenly was heard a fearful detonation as if a hundred cannon had +been fired at once, or a subterranean mine had been exploded—the whole +surface trembled and shook. The effect of this thunderous convulsion was +fearful—the ice opened in a cleft three thousand yards long, and +between the edges of the floes yawned a six-foot chasm. "<i>A Rianás! +a Rianás!</i>" (the ice-cleft), cried the fishermen, and ran to the place, +abandoning their nets.</p> + +<p>Timar stood only two paces from it. He had seen it happen. His knees +trembled with the frightful shock, which had driven the two ice masses +apart; he was stunned with the effect of this natural phenomenon. The +arrival of the fishermen roused him; they told him that among the +natives this fissure was called <i>Rianás</i>, a word unknown elsewhere. It +was a great danger for travelers across the lake, for it was not visible +far off, and it never froze over, because the water was always moving in +it. It was therefore the first care of these good people, wherever a +footpath led to the crack, to plant at both edges a pole in the ice with +a bundle of straw at the top, so that those who approach might have +warning. "But what is even more dangerous," said the fisherman, "is +when, under great pressure of wind, the separated floes again unite. +Then there is such a grinding and crushing! Very often the power of the +wind is sufficient to raise the edges of the two floes, so that there is +an empty space between the water and the uplifted ice. God pity those +who go over there without knowing it, for the ice which does not touch +the water is certain to give way under them!"</p> + +<p>It was nearly noon before they could get to work. It is capital sport, +this fishing under the ice. In the bay, where the fishermen's experience +tells them the shoals of fish will lie, two large holes are made in the +ice some fifty fathoms apart, and then a square of smaller holes is +formed, so that the two large openings form the opposite angles. The +pieces of ice hewn from the holes<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span> are piled round their edges, so that +passengers may be warned of the danger of falling in. When the sun +shines on these white heaps, they look like colossal diamonds. The +fishermen sink the huge net sideways into the large hole, spread out its +two ends, and fasten them on poles, each three and a half fathoms in +length. One man pushes the pole with the net under the ice, while +another waits at the next small hole, and when the pole appears there he +pushes it on to the third hole, and so on, while the other side of the +square is being treated in the same way with the second pole and the +other end of the net. Both meet at the opposite large hole. The net, +which is sunk to the bottom with lead weights, while its top edge is +held up by ropes over the ice, forms an absolute prison for all the fish +within the square, which usually swarm at this season. The fogasch and +sheath fish leave their miry bed and come up to breathe at the +ice-holes; they have their family festivals in the winter, when +cold-blooded animals make love. The strong ice-roof protects them from +the foreign element, but not from its inhabitants—men.</p> + +<p>The ice now only assists in their destruction. When they discover that +the net is pressing on them, it is already too late to find an outlet. +They can not leap out, because the ice shuts them in, and even the +fogasch can not as usual burrow in the mud, to get under the net, for +the weight of his splashing companions leaves him no space to work. The +fishermen lay hold on the rope and draw steadily. The united exertion of +twenty men shows how great is the strain on them; it must be several +hundred-weight. The surface of the large hole begins to be alive with +the crowd of fishes pressing to the only outlet, there to meet their +death. Various forms of fish-mouths peep out of the water—transparent +jelly-fish, red tails, blue, green, and silver scales press up, and +between them comes up sometimes a great silurian, the shark of the +Balaton, a Wels of a hundred pounds' weight, with wide jaws and +horse-shoe mustache; but it disappears into the depths again, as if to +find safety there.</p> + +<p>Three fishermen dip the living crowd out from the top with large +landing-nets, and throw the fish on to the ice without more ado, where +old and young leap about together: thence they can not escape, for the +holes are all surrounded with heaps of ice. It is a regular witches' +dance—wide-mouthed carp leaping high in air, the pike in its despair +wriggling like a snake among the gasping heaps of perch and bass. One +conger after another is hauled out with a hook and thrown on the frozen +surface, where, laying down his ugly head, he flaps his fellow-prisoners +into pieces with his heavy tail. The space around the hole is all +covered with fishes. The carp jump like water-rats, but no one +notices—they can not get away. The lazier fishes lie in heaps on both +sides.</p> + +<p>"I said so," murmured old Galambos; "I knew we should have a good catch. +Wherever our gracious master shows himself, luck comes with him. If only +we could catch the fogasch-king."</p> + +<p>"If I am not mistaken, we've got him in there," said the man who was +next him at the rope. "There's some great beast shooting about in the +net; I feel it in both my arms."</p> + +<p>"Ha! there he is!" cried another, whose landing-net was full of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span> fish, +as an enormous head like that of a white crocodile appeared above the +water. The whole head was white; in the open mouth were two rows of +sharp teeth like those of an alligator, but with four fangs meeting like +a tiger's—a formidable head indeed. They may well call him the king of +the lake, for there is no other creature in it, even of his own race, +able to vie with him.</p> + +<p>"There he is!" screamed three others at once, but the next instant the +brute had sunk; and now began the struggle.</p> + +<p>As if the imprisoned brute had suddenly given the word to his body-guard +for a last and decisive combat, a dangerous tumult began inside the net. +The skirmishing corps of pike and carp ran their heads against the +tightly drawn meshes; the men were obliged to beat down the marine +giants with loaded staves. The fishes became furious; the cold-blooded +creation showed itself capable of heroic devotion, and rose against the +invaders in pitched battle. The struggle ended in the defeat of the +fishes. The dog-fish were knocked on the head, the net shook out many +beautiful white fogasch and schille; but the fogasch-king would not show +himself.</p> + +<p>"He has got away again," grumbled the old chief.</p> + +<p>"No, no; he is in the net still!" said the hauling-men, clinching their +teeth. "I feel by my arms how he is pushing and fighting; if only he +does not break the net."</p> + +<p>The catch was enormous already; there was no room to stand without +treading on fishes.</p> + +<p>"There goes the net! I heard it crack!" cried the first man. Half the +net was still in the water.</p> + +<p>"Haul!" growled the old fisherman, and all the men put out their whole +strength. With the net came the rest of the fishes, and the fogasch-king +was among them—a splendid specimen indeed, more than forty pounds +weight, such as is only seen once in twenty years. He had really torn +the net with his great head; but he had caught his prickly fins in the +meshes, and could not get free. When they got him out he gave one of the +men a blow with his tail which knocked him backward on the ice. But that +was his last effort; the next moment he was dead. No one has ever held a +living fogasch in his hand. It is thought that his lungs burst as he is +taken out of water, and he dies instantly.</p> + +<p>The delight of the fishermen at the capture of this one was greater than +over the whole rich haul. They had been after him for years; and every +one knew the cannibal, for he had the bad habit of eating his own kind. +That was why he was king. When he was opened they found a large fogasch +in his inside, quite recently swallowed; his flesh was overlaid with a +thick layer of yellow fat, and white as linen.</p> + +<p>"Now, honored sir, we will send him to the gracious lady," said the old +fisherman. "We will pack him in ice, and your honor will write a letter +and say he is the king of the fogasch. Whoever eats him will eat a +king's flesh."</p> + +<p>Michael approved the suggestion, and assured the men they should get a +reward. When they had finished with the fogasch, the short winter's day +had come to a close; but only in the sky, not on the ice—there it was +lively enough. From every village came the people with baskets and +hampers and wooden kegs; in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span> the kegs was wine, in the hampers pork, but +the baskets were meant for the fish. When it came to the division of the +spoil, a complete fair formed round the fishermen. After sunset, torches +were made of dry osier-twigs, fires were lighted on the ice, and then +began the bargaining. Carp and pike, conger and bass, are good enough +for poor people. Only the fogasch and schille are sent to Vienna and +Pesth, where they fetch high prices; all the rest go for a song—and +even so there is room for a large profit, for in one haul they had +caught three hundredweight of fish. This Timar is indeed a favorite of +fortune! The unsold fish are packed in baskets and put in the ice-house, +whence they will be sent to the Vessprimer market.</p> + +<p>Timar wanted to give a feast to all the assembled crowd. He had a +ten-gallon cask brought on to the ice and the top knocked out; then he +begged the captain to prepare a fish-soup, such as he only could +concoct. Certain selected fishes, neither rich nor bony, were cut in +pieces into a great kettle; then some of the blood, and handfuls of +maize and vegetables, were added. The whole art lies in the proper +proportions of the mixture, which the uninitiated never understand. Of +this delicious mess Herr Timar himself consumed an incredible quantity. +Where good wine flows and fish-soup is brewed, be sure there will be +gypsies to be found. Almost before they thought of it, a brown band of +musicians appeared, who, as soon as the cymbal-player was seated on an +upturned basket, began to play popular airs.</p> + +<p>Where gypsies and rosy wenches and fiery youths get together, dancing +will soon begin. In a twinkling a rustic ball was improvised on the ice, +and rose to a frolicsome height. Round the bonfires circled the active +couples, shouting, as they leaped, like King David, and before he knew +where he was, Timar too, whom a handsome girl had caught by the arm, was +drawn into the whirl. Timar danced.</p> + +<p>In the clear winter darkness the cheery fires illuminated the ice for +many a mile. The fun lasted till midnight. Meanwhile the fishermen had +finished carrying the fish into the ice-house. The joyous crowd +dispersed on their homeward way, not without cheers for the feast-giver, +the generous Baron von Levetinczy.</p> + +<p>Timar stayed till Galambos had packed the fogasch-king in a box, between +ice and hay, and nailed the lid down. It was put into the chaise which +had brought Timar, and the driver was told to get ready to drive for his +life to Komorn: there is no time to lose in dispatching fish. He wrote +himself to Timéa. The letter was written in an affectionate and cheerful +mood. He called her his dear wife, and described the picturesque scene +on the frozen lake, and the terrible cleft in the ice. (That he had been +so near the <i>Rianás</i> he did not mention.) Then he gave a description of +the fishing, with all its amusing details, and finished with an account +of the night festival. He told her how much he had been entertained, and +how he had quite lost his head, and even ventured on a dance with a +pretty peasant girl on the ice.</p> + +<p>Some men write these amusing letters when they are contemplating +suicide. When the letter was ready he took it to the driver.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span> The old +fisherman was there too. "Go home now, Galambos," Michael advised. "You +must be tired."</p> + +<p>"I must go and make up the fire on the ice," said the old man, lighting +his pipe, "for the smell of fish brings the foxes and even bears from +all the forests round, to fish on their own account: they watch for the +fishes, which put their heads out of the holes, and drag them out, and +that frightens away the others."</p> + +<p>"No, no!" said Michael, "don't keep up the fire. I will keep guard—I +often watch all night. I will go out now and then and fire my gun; that +will send all the four-footed fishermen to the right-about." This +satisfied Galambos, who invoked God's blessing on his master, and +trotted away.</p> + +<p>The deaf vine-dresser, the only other inhabitant of Timar's house, had +long been asleep. To add to his deafness, he had drunk so much good wine +that one might be certain his night's rest would be unbroken. Timar too +went to his room and stirred up his fire.</p> + +<p>He was not sleepy; his excited brain required no rest. But there is +another form of repose; or is it not rest to sit near an open window and +look out on dumb nature? The moon had not yet risen; only the stars of +heaven shone down on the smooth ice. Their reflection was like rubies +spread on a blight steel plate, or the lights which flicker over graves +on Hallowe'en.</p> + +<p>He gazed before him, and did not even think. He sat without any +sensation, either of cold or of his own pulses, neither of the outer nor +inner world—he only wondered. This was rest.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIFTH_IV" id="CHAPTER_FIFTH_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE PHANTOM.</span></h3> + + +<p>The stars glittered in heaven and sparkled from their frozen mirror: no +breath disturbed the silence of the night. Then Michael heard behind him +a voice which greeted him with "Good-evening, sir."</p> + +<p>At the door of the bedroom stood, between the two lights of the lamp and +the fire, a figure, at sight of which Timar's blood ran cold. In the +bitter midnight, through the dense fog, he had fled from this specter +across the frozen Danube.</p> + +<p>The man's dress was that of a naval officer, whose uniform had, however, +visibly suffered from storms and weather. The green cloth had altogether +faded on the shoulders, and some buttons were gone. The shoes, too, were +in sad condition. The soles had worn away at the tip so that the naked +toes were visible; over one shoe a piece of carpet was tied. The wearer +was suited to his ragged dress. A sunburned face with a neglected beard; +in place of the shaven mustache, a few bristly hairs; across the +forehead a black handkerchief covering one eye. This was the figure +which had wished Timar a good-evening.</p> + +<p>"Krisstyan!" said Timar, very low.</p> + +<p>"Yes, to be sure; your dear Theodor—your dear adopted son, Theodor +Krisstyan! How good of you to recognize me!"</p> + +<p>"What do you want?"</p> + +<p>"First, I want to have that gun in my own hands, lest it should<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span> remind +you of the words with which we parted last time—'If I ever appear +before you again, shoot me down.' Since then I have changed my mind." So +saying he seized Timar's gun, which leaned against the wall, threw +himself into a chair by the fire, and laid the gun across his knee. +"There, now we can talk quietly. I have come a long way, and I am +dreadfully tired. My equipage left me in the lurch, and I had to travel +part of the way on foot."</p> + +<p>"What do you want here?" said Timar.</p> + +<p>"First, a respectable suit, for what I am wearing bears signs of the +severity of the weather." Timar went to the closet, took out his pelisse +trimmed with astrakhan, and the rest of the suit, laid them on the +ground between himself and Krisstyan, and pointed to them in silence. +The vagrant held the gun in one hand, keeping his finger on the trigger, +lifted the clothes one by one with the other, and looked them over with +the air of a connoisseur.</p> + +<p>"Very good—but there is something wanting to this coat. What do you +think it is? Why, of course, the purse."</p> + +<p>Timar took his pocket-book from a drawer, and threw it over. The +vagabond caught it with one hand, opened it with the help of his teeth, +and counted the notes inside.</p> + +<p>"We are getting on," he said, placing the pocket-book in the pocket of +the pelisse. "Might I ask for some linen? I have worn mine for a week, +and I fear it is hardly fit for company." Timar handed him a shirt out +of the wardrobe. "Now, I have got far enough to proceed to the toilet. +But first I have a few explanations to make in order to explain one or +two things to his honor the privy councilor. But why the devil should we +bother with titles! We are old friends, and can talk openly."</p> + +<p>Timar sat down speechless by the table.</p> + +<p>"So then, my dear fellow," said the fugitive, "you will remember that +you sent me some years ago to Brazil. How affected I was! I adopted you +as a father, and swore to be an honest man. But you did not send me over +there to make an honest man of me, but in order that I might not stand +in your way in this hemisphere. You calculated that a worthless youth, +without a good fiber in him, is sure to come to grief in that part of +the world. He either turns thief, or gets drowned, or somebody shoots +him—anyway, he would be got rid of. But you intrusted me with a large +sum of money. What was that to you? Only a stalking-horse. You reckoned +on my robbing you, so that you might arrest and imprison me; and so it +turned out. Once or twice I nearly did you the favor of dying of some +native plague, but unluckily for you I pulled through. And then I +devoted my whole energy to business; I robbed you of ten million reis. +Ha! ha! Spanish thieves reckon in half-kreutzers, so that the sum may +sound larger—it is not more than a hundred thousand gulden. If only you +knew what lovely necks the women there have, you would not think it too +much; and they will only wear real pearls. But your stupid agent, the +Spaniard, looked at it from a different point of view; he had me +arrested and tried, and the rascal of a judge sentenced me—just for a +foolish boyish trick—only think, to fifteen years at the galleys! Now, +just say, was it not barbarous?"</p> + +<p>Timar shuddered.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span>"They took off my fine clothes, and in order that they might not lose +me, they branded me on the arm with a hot iron." The felon threw off his +uniform-coat as he spoke, drew his dirty shirt from his left shoulder, +and showed Timar, with a bitter laugh, the mark still fiery red on his +arm. "Look you, it was on your account that they branded me like a foal +or a calf, lest I should go astray. Don't be afraid—I would not run +away from you, even without that."</p> + +<p>With morbid curiosity Timar gazed at the burn on the miserable wretch, +and could not turn his eyes away.</p> + +<p>"After that, they dragged me to the galleys, and riveted one of my feet +to the bench with a ten-pound chain." With that he threw his torn shoe +from his foot, and showed Timar a deep wound on his raw ankle. "That +also I carry as a remembrance of you," sneered the escaped criminal.</p> + +<p>Timar's eyes rested as if fascinated on the disfigured foot.</p> + +<p>"But just think, comrade, how kind fate can be! The ways of Providence +are wonderful by which an unhappy sufferer is led to the arms of his +friends. On the same bench where they had been good enough to fasten me, +sat a respectable old man with a bushy beard. He was to be my bed-fellow +for fifteen years. It is natural to take a good look at a man who is +wedded to you for so long a time. I stared at him awhile, and then said +in Spanish, 'It seems to me, señor, as if I had met you before.' 'Your +eyes do not deceive you—may you be struck blind!' replied the amiable +individual. Then I addressed him in Turkish, 'Effendi, have you not been +in Turkey?' 'I have been there; what's that to you?' Then I said in +Hungarian, 'Were you not originally called Krisstyan?' The old fellow +was much surprised, and said, 'Yes.' 'Then, I am your son Theodor, your +dear Theodor, your only offspring!' Ha! ha! Thanks to you, friend, I +found my father, my long lost father, over there in the New World on the +galley-slave's bench. Providence in its wonderful way had united the +long-divided father and son! But may I beg you to give me a flask of +wine and something to eat, for I am thirsty and hungry, and have many +interesting things to tell you, which will amuse you intensely."</p> + +<p>Timar did as he asked, and gave him bread and wine. The visitor sat at +the table, took the gun between his knees, and began to eat. He devoured +like a starved dog, and drank eagerly: at every draught he smacked his +lips, like an epicure who has dined well. And then he went on, with his +mouth full:</p> + +<p>"After we had got over the first joy of the unexpected meeting, my dear +papa said, while he thumped me on the head, 'Now tell me, you +gallows-bird, how you got here?' Naturally my filial respect had +prevented me from addressing the like question to my parent. I told him +that I had defrauded a Hungarian gentleman named Timar of ten million +reis. 'And where did he steal all that?' was my old man's remark. I +explained that he never stole—that he was a rich landowner, merchant, +and trader. But that did not alter my father's opinion: 'All the same, +whoever has money stole it. He who has much stole much, and he who has +little stole little: if he did not steal it himself, his father or +grand<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span>father did so. There are a hundred and thirty-three ways of +stealing, and only twenty-two of them lead to the galleys.' As I saw it +was useless to try and change my old man's opinion, I no longer disputed +the point. Then he asked me, 'How the devil did you come in contact with +this Timar?'</p> + +<p>"I told him the circumstances. 'I knew this Timar when he was a poor +skipper, and had to wash his own potatoes in the ship's galley. Once I +was sent by the Turkish police to track an escaped pasha who had fled on +one of Timar's ships to Hungary.' 'What was his name?' growled my +father. 'Ali Tschorbadschi.' 'What!' he exclaimed, striking me on the +knee. He leaped up so that I thought he would jump overboard. Ha! ha! he +forgot the chain. . . . 'Did you know him too!' Then the old man shook +his head and said, 'Go on; what became of Ali Tschorbadschi?' 'I +detected him at Ogradina: I hurried on in front of the ship to Pancsova, +where every preparation was made to arrest him. But the vessel arrived +without the pasha. He had died on the way, and as he was not allowed +burial on shore they had thrown the corpse overboard. All this Timar +proved by documentary evidence.' 'And Timar was then quite poor?' 'No +richer than myself.' 'But now he has millions?' 'Of which I was lucky +enough to secure ten million reis.'</p> + +<p>"'Now, you fool, you see I was right—he stole his wealth. From whom? he +killed the pasha and hid his money. I knew Ali Tschorbadschi—well. He +was a thief too, like every other man, especially like every other rich +man. He belonged to the 122d and 123d class of thieves. Under those +numbers we reckon governors and treasurers. He was in charge of the +treasures of another thief—the sultan himself, No. 133.</p> + +<p>"'Once I found out that thief No. 132, the grand vizier, wished to twist +the treasurer's neck, to get back what he had stolen. I too was then in +the Turkish secret police; only a sort of No. 10, simply a fraudulent +bankrupt. I had a good idea: now if I could manage to push on into the +ranks of the No. 50 thieves! I went to the pasha, and revealed the +secret that he was on the list of rich men whom the minister meant to +strangle as conspirators, in order to secure their property. What would +he give me if I saved both him and his treasures? Ali Tschorbadschi +promised me a quarter of his wealth when once we should both be in +safety. "Yes," said I, "but I should like to know first how much the +whole comes to, for I will do nothing with my eyes shut. I am a family +man—I have a son whom I should like to settle in life."' Ha! ha! The +old man said it so seriously that it makes me laugh now to think of it. +'You have a son?' said the pasha to my father. 'That is well; if I +escape I will give my only daughter to your son, and so the whole +property will remain in the family: send me your son that I may know +him.' By God! if I had only known then that the lovely lady with the +white face and meeting brows was destined for me! Do you hear, +comrade?—but I must have another drink, to drown my grief. . . . You +will permit me to empty my glass to the health of your spouse, the +loveliest of ladies?"</p> + +<p>The galley-slave rose with the courtesy of a prince and drank the toast. +Then he threw himself back in his chair, and drew<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</a></span> breath through his +teeth like a man who has dined well. "My father agreed to the bargain. +'We decided,' said he, 'that Ali Tschorbadschi should pack his jewels in +a leather bag, which I was to take with me in an English ship, which +would convey me as an unsuspected person, with all my luggage, to Malta. +There I was to await Ali Tschorbadschi, who was to leave Stamboul as if +on a pleasure trip, with his daughter, but without any luggage, make his +way to the Piræus, and thence by a Greek trader to Malta. The pasha +showed great confidence in me. He left me alone in the treasure-chamber, +so that his own visits there should not be noticed, and commissioned me +to select the most precious objects and pack them in the leather bag. I +could describe now all the jewels I chose. The antique gems, the girdles +of pearls, rings, agraffes, a casket full of diamonds—'</p> + +<p>"'Could you not hide a few away?' asked I.</p> + +<p>"'You ass's head!' he replied, 'why should I take a single diamond and +become thief No. 18, when it was in my power to steal them all?'</p> + +<p>"Aha! my old father was a clever fellow! 'The devil I was! I was a +moon-calf. I ought to have done as you say. I stuffed my bag full, and +brought it to the pasha without arousing suspicion. He put a few +rouleaux of louis d'or among the jewels in the bag, closed it with a +puzzle-lock, and fastened lead seals to the four corners: then he sent +me for a <i>caïque</i>, that I might get quietly away. I was back in a +quarter of an hour. He handed me the bag with the English steel +puzzle-lock and the four lead weights. I took it under my cloak and +slipped through the garden door to the boat; on the way I handled the +bag and felt the agraffes, the casket, and the rouleaux. In an hour I +was on board an English ship, the anchor was weighed, and we left the +Golden Horn.' 'And you never took me,' said I, with child-like reproach +to my papa, 'who was to marry the pasha's lovely daughter?' 'You fool!' +cried the old man, 'I didn't want you or your pasha or his lovely +daughter; I never meant to wait for you at Malta: with the money given +me for the journey I embarked direct for America, and the leather bag +went with me. But, confound it! when I got to a safe place I took out my +knife and slit the bag, and what do you think fell out of it?—copper +buttons, rusty horse-shoes, and instead of the casket full of diamonds, +a stone inkstand—in the rouleaux, instead of louis d'or were heavy +paras, the sort the corporals use for paying the private soldiers. The +rascally thief had robbed me! In all my 133 classes this had never +occurred; there was no number for it. While I went for the boat, the +thief had prepared another identical bag filled with all sorts of +rubbish, and sent me with it across the ocean, while he fled in another +direction with the real jewels. But look you, there is justice not only +on land but by water, for the great thief ran into the net of a still +greater, who robbed and murdered him.' And this tip-top thief, who +deprived the other of his property and his life was—you—brother of my +heart—Michael Timar Levetinczy, the man of gold!" said the fugitive, as +he rose and bowed mockingly.</p> + +<p>Timar answered not a word.</p> + +<p>"And now we will talk in a different way," said Theodor Kriss<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</a></span>tyan, "but +still at three paces' distance, and without forgetting that the gun is +aimed at you."</p> + +<p>Timar looked indifferently down the muzzle of the gun. He had himself +loaded it with ball.</p> + +<p>"This discovery considerably increased the sufferings of my slavery," +continued the adventurer. "Instead of living comfortably on Ali's +treasure, I had to drag out a miserable existence on the hateful sea. +And why? Because Michael Timar had smuggled the treasures which were +intended for me from under my nose, and also the girl I should have +married, the fair little savage who had grown up for me on the desolate +island. Of her too Timar must needs defraud me, for he could not be +happy with the wife whose father he had killed; he must needs have a +mistress as well. Fy! Herr Timar. So it was for that you sent me to the +galleys for fifteen years."</p> + +<p>Blow after blow fell on Timar's shame-stricken face. No doubt many of +these accusations were false—they were not all true. He had not +"killed" Timéa's father, had not "stolen" his treasures; he had not +"defrauded" him of Noémi, nor "got rid of" Theodor, but on the whole he +could not entirely deny the charges. He had played a false game, and +thereby got mixed up in every sort of crime.</p> + +<p>The deserter continued: "When we were lying in the Gulf of Rio Grande do +Sul, yellow fever broke out on board our ship. My father caught it, and +lay in the death agony beside me on the bench—no one removed him. It is +not the custom; a galley-slave must die where he is chained. This was a +horrible situation for me. The old man shivered with ague the whole day, +he swore and gnashed his teeth. He was unbearable with his continual +curses on the Blessed Virgin, which he always uttered in Hungarian. Why +did he not swear in Spanish? It sounds so fine, and then the rest would +have understood; and why should he swear at the Madonna? I could not put +up with it—there were plenty of other saints he could have maligned; it +is not the thing for an educated man, a gentleman, to speak ill of the +ladies. This caused a coolness between me and my old man. Not his deadly +fever, which I might catch, merely his insufferable language. Strong as +were the ties which united father and son, I decided to sever them, and +succeeded in escaping in company with two others. We filed our chains at +night, struck down the overseer, who had seen our proceedings, and threw +him into the sea; then we launched the small boat and set off. It was +very rough and our boat was swamped; one of my companions could not +swim, and got drowned; the other could swim, but not so well as the +shark which pursued him. I only knew by his shrieks that the sea-devil +had caught him and bitten him in two. I swam ashore. How I obtained this +naval uniform and the arms and money requisite for my passage, I will +tell you some other day over a glass of wine, when we have plenty of +time. But now let us conclude our business; for you know we have to +settle our account together."</p> + +<p>The outcast put his hand up to the handkerchief over his eye. The slowly +healing wound seemed to be an unpleasant reminder.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</a></span> The severe cold to +which he had been exposed had not done it any good.</p> + +<p>"I tried to get to Komorn, where I knew you had your permanent home, and +went to visit you. They said in your office that you had not yet come +from abroad; what country you were in no one knew. Very well, thought I, +then I will wait till he returns. To pass the time, I went to the cafés, +and made acquaintance with officers to whom my uniform was an +introduction, and then I visited the theaters. There I saw that +exquisitely beautiful lady with the marble face and the melancholy +eyes—you can guess whom I mean. With her was always another fair +lady—oh! what murderous eyes that one has; she is a corsair in +petticoats. I began to feel my way. Once I contrived to get a seat close +by the wicked angel, and paid her attentions which she received +graciously: when I asked leave to wait upon her, she referred to her +mistress, on whom everything depended. I spoke admiringly of that +awe-inspiring Madonna, and remarked that I had known her family in +Turkey, and that she resembled her mother very strongly.</p> + +<p>"'What,' said the lovely lady, 'you knew her mother? she died very +young.' 'I have only seen her portrait,' said I. 'It portrayed just such +a pale, sad face, surrounded with a double row of diamonds of great +value.' 'You too have seen the splendid ornament then?' said she. 'My +mistress showed it me when Herr Timar von Levetinczy gave it to her.'"</p> + +<p>Timar clinched his fists in impotent rage.</p> + +<p>"Aha! now we know all about it," continued the adventurer, turning to +the tortured man with a cruel smile. "You gave Ali Tschorbadschi's +daughter the treasures you stole from her father. In that case the rest +of the jewels must have fallen into your hands, for they were with the +picture. You can no longer deny it. . . . And now we are on a level: we +need not scruple to talk openly."</p> + +<p>Timar sat there paralyzed before the man into whose hands fate had +delivered him. It was unnecessary to keep his gun from him: Timar had +not strength to stand.</p> + +<p>"You kept me waiting a long time, my friend, and I began to get anxious +about you; besides, my pocket-money was coming to an end. My rich aunt's +remittances, the advices from my steward, my bankers, and the admiralty, +for which I daily inquired at the post-office, failed to arrive—for +excellent reasons. You were highly respected wherever I went: an upright +merchant, a great genius, a benefactor to the poor. Your exemplary +private life was described; you were the model husband; wives would burn +your body when you died and dose their husbands with your ashes. Ha! +ha!"</p> + +<p>Timar turned away his face.</p> + +<p>"But perhaps I weary you? Well, I am coming to business. One day I was +in a bad temper, because you would not come home, and when some one +mentioned you at the officers' café, I could not refrain from casting a +doubt on the possibility of one man's uniting so many good qualities. +Then a ruffian replied with a slap in the face: I confess I was not +prepared for this; but my cheek deserved it—why had it not kept my +tongue quiet? I was as sorry as a dog that I ventured to let fall a +disrespectful word, and took the lesson to heart. I will never slander +you again. If the box on the ear<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</a></span> had been all, I should not so much +have cared—I'm used to that; but the insolent fellow forced me to go +out with him, because I had attacked your good name. As I soon learned, +this madman was a lover of your Madonna when she was a girl, and now he +was fighting for the honor of the Madonna's husband. That is a piece of +good luck which could only happen to you, you man of gold. But I owe you +no thanks for your good fortune; again it was I who had to pay for it: I +got a cut over the head right down to the eyebrow. Look!"</p> + +<p>He thrust aside the silken bandage, under which was visible a long scar +with a dirty plaster over it, the inflamed skin showing that the wound +was not healed. Timar looked at it with a shudder.</p> + +<p>Krisstyan drew the bandage over it again, and said with cynical humor, +"That is <i>souvenir</i> number three which your friendship has bestowed on +me. Well, there is all the more standing to my credit. I could not +remain any longer in Komorn after this; but 'Stay,' said I—'I know +where to have him; I know where the foreign country is whither he goes +in the interest of his fatherland: it is not in any unknown land—it is +none other than the ownerless island. I will follow him there.'"</p> + +<p>At this Timar cried furiously, "What! you went to the island?" He +trembled with rage and fear.</p> + +<p>"Don't jump up, young friend!" said the felon, soothingly. "This gun is +loaded; if you move it might go off, and I could not answer for the +consequences. Besides, calm yourself. It did you no harm for me to go +there, only myself; I always have to pay the piper when you go to the +ball—it's as certain as if it were one of the ten commandments—you +dance and I pay. You get into my bed, and it's me that they throw out of +window. Why did I go to the ownerless island? only to look for you. But +when I got there you had left, and I found no one but Noémi and a little +brat . . . oh, fy, friend Michael! who would have thought it of you? +. . . but hush! we mustn't tell anybody. . . . Dodi he's called, isn't +he? A fine, forward boy; but how frightened he was of me, because I had +my eye bound up! It is true that Noémi was startled too, for the two +were quite alone on the island. It grieved me to hear that good Mamma +Therese was dead; she was so kind, she would have received me +differently. Just fancy—this Noémi would not even let me come in and +sit down: she said she was afraid of me, and Dodi still more so, because +they were alone. 'That's just why I have come, that you may have a man +in the house to protect you.' By the bye, what potion have you given the +girl that she has grown so pretty? Really she has become a splendid +creature—it makes one's heart laugh to look at her; I never stopped +telling her so. Then she tried to make ugly faces at me; I began to jest +with her. 'Is it right,' said I, 'to make grimaces at your bridegroom?' +That did not answer; she called me a vagrant, and turned me out. 'All +right,' I said, 'I would go and take her with me,' and then I put my arm +round her waist." Timar's eyes flashed fire. "Sit still, comrade; <i>you</i> +need not jump up, but I had to, for the girl fetched me a box on the +ear—just about twice as hard as the one I got from the major. To be +accurate, I must acknowledge that she chose the other cheek, so as to +make it equal."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</a></span>Timar's face brightened.</p> + +<p>"Then I did get angry. I am well known to be an admirer of the fair sex, +but this insult demanded satisfaction. 'Well, I will just show you that +you will come with me, if you don't allow me to stop here. You will +follow me of your own accord'—and with that I took little Dodi's hand +to lead him away.</p> + +<p>"Devil!" cried Timar.</p> + +<p>"Gently, gently, we can't both speak at once; your turn will come, and +then you can talk as much as you like—but hear me out. I was not quite +right when I said there were only two on the island—there were three; +that confounded beast Almira was there. The dog had been lying under the +bed, and seemed not to notice me, but when the child began to cry, the +great brute flew out at me without being asked. I had my eye on her, +drew out my pistol quickly, and shot her through the body."</p> + +<p>"Murderer!" groaned Timar.</p> + +<p>"Nonsense! If I had no more on my conscience than that dog's blood! and +the beast was not even crippled by the ball; she made nothing of it. She +only flew at me more furiously than ever, bit me in the arm, threw me +down, and held me so that I could not move: in vain I tried to get at my +second pistol—she held my arm in her teeth like a tiger. At last I +entreated Noémi to set me free; she tried to get the beast away, but the +raging fiend only sent her teeth deeper in. Then Noémi said, 'Ask the +child—the dog will obey him.' I begged Dodi's help. The boy is +kind-hearted; he had pity on me, and put his arms round Almira; then the +dog let go, and the child kissed her." A tear ran down Timar's cheek. +"So I was provided with another memento," said Theodor Krisstyan, as he +pushed his dirty, blood-stained shirt-sleeve down from his shoulder. +"Look at the mark of the dog's bite; all three fangs went to the bone: +that is memorial number four, for which I have to thank you. I bear on +my skin a whole album of wounds which I owe to you: the brand, the +chain-sore, the sword-cut, and the dog's bite—all are remembrances of +your friendship. And now say, what shall I do to you that our account +may be balanced?"</p> + +<p>As the escaped prisoner said to Timar, "And now say what shall I do to +you?" he stood entirely undressed before him, and Timar had to look at +all the horrible wounds with which he was scarred from head to foot +. . . and naked, too, the wretch's soul stood there, and it too was full +of loathsome wounds inflicted by Timar's hand.</p> + +<p>The man knew that Timar had played a bold game with him; and now he was +at his mercy: even physically he had not power to cope with him; his +limbs were as feeble as those of a man overcome with sleep. The sight of +the scarred form had the unnerving effect of an evil spell. The +adventurer knew it, and no longer took precautions against him. Rising +from his chair, he leaned the gun in the corner and spoke over his +shoulder to Timar, "Now, then, for the toilet; while I dress you you can +think over your answer to my question, what I shall do with you."</p> + +<p>With that he tossed his ragged clothes one after another into the fire, +where they flared crackling up, so that the flame rushed up the chimney. +Then he began to put on Timar's clothes in a lei<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[Pg 244]</a></span>surely way. On the +mantel-piece he found Timar's watch: this he put in his +waistcoat-pocket, and inserted Timar's studs in his shirt-front, finding +time to arrange his hair in the glass. When he was quite ready, he threw +up his head, and placed himself before the fire with outstretched legs +and folded arms. "Well; now then, comrade."</p> + +<p>Timar began to speak. "What do you require of me?"</p> + +<p>"Aha! at last I have loosed your tongue! How if I were to say an eye for +an eye, a tooth for a tooth? go and have a gallows-brand burned on you; +wander by land and sea among sharks, Indians, jaguars, rattlesnakes, and +secret police; be cut over the head by your wife's lover, be bitten by +your mistress's dog—and then we shall begin to share alike. But you see +I am not so hard on you; I won't talk about my wounds—a dog's bones +soon mend—I will be kinder than you. I must disappear for a time; for I +am wanted not only because of your money—my escape from the galleys, +and the overseer I threw overboard, are not yet forgiven. Your money +will do me no good till I get rid of the burn and the scar on the chin. +I shall get rid of the one with vitriol, and for the other mineral baths +will be of service. I am not afraid of your putting my pursuers on my +track—you are too wise for that; but foresight is the mother of wisdom. +In spite of our close friendship, it might happen that some one should +give me a knock on the head in the dark, or some convenient brigands +might shoot me, or a friendly glass of wine might send me the same road +as Ali Tschorbadschi. No, my dear fellow, I would not even venture to +ask you to fill me this wine-flask again, not even if you drank first. I +shall always be on my guard."</p> + +<p>"What do you want then?"</p> + +<p>"How formally you talk! my company is too low for you. But first let us +ask what the noble lord wants on his side. Probably that I should hold +my tongue over all the secrets I have got hold of. The noble lord would +perhaps not be disinclined to settle on me in return an income of a +hundred thousand francs in government stock."</p> + +<p>Timar without hesitation replied, "Yes."</p> + +<p>The vagabond laughed. "I require no such heavy sacrifice, your honor. I +told you money was no use to me at present. Such a gallows-bird, with so +many bad habits, would be arrested anywhere, and then what good should I +get of my income? What I want is, as I said, rest, and a place where I +can remain hidden for a considerable time, and where I should meanwhile +enjoy a comfortable, easy life; that is reasonable enough surely?"</p> + +<p>With that he took the gun up again, sat down on the chair, and held the +gun before him in both hands, so as to be ready to fire at any moment. +"I do not ask the hundred thousand francs at present; I only demand—the +ownerless island."</p> + +<p>Timar felt as if struck by lightning; these words roused him from his +stupor. "What do you want with it?"</p> + +<p>"Illustrissimo! See now. The air of the island is excellent, and most +necessary to the re-establishment of my health, which suffered much in +South America. I have heard from that dear departed saint, Frau Therese, +that healing herbs grow there which<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[Pg 245]</a></span> are good for wounds; in botany +books I have read that they will even make boiled flesh sound again. +Then, too, I long for a quiet, contemplative life after all my trials; +after the sybarite existence I have led, I long for the rustic joys of +the golden age. Give me the ownerless island, excellency—serene +highness."</p> + +<p>The fellow begged so mockingly with the gun in his hand.</p> + +<p>"You are a fool," said Timar, whom these jeers enraged, and then he +turned his chair round and showed Theodor his back.</p> + +<p>"Oh, don't turn your back on me, noble sir—señor, eccelenza, my lord, +durchlaucht, mynheer, pan volkompzsnye, monsieur, gospodin, effendi. In +what language shall I address you, to persuade you to grant the poor +fugitive's request?"</p> + +<p>This unseemly mockery did not do the assailant any good, but lessened +the effect of the spell which lay on Timar, who began to recover from +his stupefaction, and to recollect that he had to deal with a condemned +man who was really in mortal danger. He spoke angrily. "Have done! Name +any sum—you shall have it! if you want an island, go and buy one in the +Greek Archipelago, or in China; if you are afraid of pursuit, go to +Rome, Naples, or Switzerland: give yourself out as a marquis, get on +terms with the Camorra, and no one will touch you; I will give you +money—but you won't get the island."</p> + +<p>"Indeed? Your lordship is going to talk to me like that?" cried +Krisstyan. "The drowning man has risen again, and is going to swim +ashore—now just wait till I push you in again. You think to yourself, +'Very well, booby, tell any one what you know; the first result will be +that you will be arrested, clapped into jail, and forgotten there like a +dog; you will soon be too dumb to tell anything more—or something else +may happen.' I see what you think. But don't mistake the man you have to +deal with. Now learn that you are tied hand and foot, and that you lie +at my mercy like a miser gagged and bound by robbers, who must bear +thorns thrust under his nails, his beard plucked out hair by hair, and +boiling oil dropped on his skin, till he tells where his money is +hidden. I shall do the same with you; and when you can bear no more, +then cry 'enough.'"</p> + +<p>Timar listened with the deadly interest of a man on the rack to the +words of the galley-slave. "Till now I have told not a soul what I know, +on my honor. Except the few words which escaped me at Komorn, I have +never spoken of you, and what I said then was neither fish nor flesh; +but all I know of you is written down—I have it here in my pocket, and +in four different documents, with different addresses. One is a +denunciation to the Turkish Government, in which I reveal what Ali +Tschorbadschi took from Stamboul, and what, as the confiscated property +of a traitor, is due to the sultan. Even the jewels described to me by +my father are enumerated there, piece by piece, with the account of +their present possessors, and of how they came by them. In the second +letter I inform the Viennese authorities of your murder of the pasha, +and your theft of his property. My third letter is directed to Frau von +Levetinczy at Komorn. I tell her what you did to her father, and how you +came into possession of her mother's picture and the other treasures you +presented to her. But I have told her something else<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[Pg 246]</a></span> besides—the place +you go to when you are not at home—the secret joys of the ownerless +island—the intrigue with another woman—the deceit you practice on her. +I tell her about Noémi and little Dodi. Now shall I drive another thorn +under your nails?"</p> + +<p>Timar's breast heaved with heavy panting sobs.</p> + +<p>"Well, as you say nothing, we will proceed," said the cruel torturer. +"The fourth letter is to Noémi. I tell her in it all she does not yet +know: that you have a lawful wife out in the world—that you are a +gentleman who has dishonored her, and can never be her husband; who only +sacrificed her to his base lusts, and who is a murderer besides. What! +you don't ask for mercy yet? Do you see those two towers? That is +Tihany; there live pious monks, for it is a monastery; there I shall +deposit the four letters, and beg the prior, if I do not return within a +week, to forward them to their addresses. It would be no use for you to +put me out of the way, for the letters would still reach their +destination, and then you could not stay any longer in this country. You +can not go home; for even if your wife forgave you her father's death, +she would never forgive you Noémi. Justice would make inquiries, and +then you would have to let out how you came by your riches.</p> + +<p>"The Turkish Government would bring you to trial, and the Austrian too. +The whole world would soon learn to know you, and those who looked on +you as a man of gold, would see in you the very scum of humanity. You +could not even take refuge in the ownerless island, for there Noémi +would shut the door against you; she is a proud woman, and her love +would turn to hatred. No, there is nothing left to you but to fly from +the world, like me; change your name, like me; slink secretly from town +to town, and tremble when steps approach your door, like me. Now, shall +I go or stay?"</p> + +<p>"Stay!" groaned the sufferer.</p> + +<p>"Oho! you give in!" cried the rascal; "then let us sit down again. +First, will you give me the ownerless island?"</p> + +<p>A feeble subterfuge occurred to Timar's heart, which he used to gain +time. "But the island belongs to Noémi, not to me."</p> + +<p>"A very true observation; but my request is not altered by that fact. +The island belongs to Noémi, but Noémi belongs to you."</p> + +<p>"What do you mean?" asked Timar, wildly.</p> + +<p>"Now don't roll your eyes; don't you know you are fast bound? Let us +take it all as it comes. The thing can be arranged. You write a letter +to Noémi, which I will carry; meanwhile that fierce black brute will +have died, and I can land safely. In the letter you will take leave of +her; you will say that you cannot marry her, because unavoidable family +complications stand in the way; that you have a wife, the beautiful +Timéa, whom Noémi will remember: you will write that you have taken care +to provide for her suitably; that you have recalled her former betrothed +from the New World, who is a fine handsome fellow, and ready to marry +her and shut his eyes to the past. You will promise to provide for them +both handsomely in the future, and give them your blessing and good +wishes for a happy life together!"</p> + +<p>"You want Noémi too?"</p> + +<p>"Why, what the devil! Do you think I want your stupid island<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[Pg 247]</a></span> in order +to live there like Robinson Crusoe? I shall want something to sweeten my +life in that desert. Over there I have reveled in a surfeit of embraces +from black-eyed, sable-tressed women; now, after seeing Noémi's golden +locks and blue eyes, I am quite mad about her. And then she struck me in +the face, and drove me away; I must have payment for that. Is there a +nobler revenge than to give a kiss for a blow? I will be the master of +the refractory witch; that is my fancy. And by what right do you deny +her to me? Am I not Noémi's betrothed, who would make her my legal wife +and bring her to honor, while you can never marry her, and can only make +her unhappy?"</p> + +<p>The man drops boiling oil on Timar's heart: he wrung his hands in agony.</p> + +<p>"Will you write to Noémi, or shall I take these four letters over to the +cloister?"</p> + +<p>In Timar's torture the words escaped him, "Oh, my little Dodi!"</p> + +<p>The fugitive laughed with a knavish grin. "I'll be his father, a very +good sort of father—"</p> + +<p>At that instant Michael sprung from his seat, threw himself with a leap +like a jaguar's on the convict, seized him by both arms before he could +use his weapon, dragged him forward, gave him a blow in the back and a +shove which sent him flying through the open door on to the landing, +tumbling over and over: there he got up with difficulty, still giddy +with his fall, stumbled over the first step, and limped groaning and +swearing down the stairs. All below was darkness and silence. The only +man besides these two in this winter castle was deaf, and sleeping off a +carouse.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIFTH_V" id="CHAPTER_FIFTH_V"></a>CHAPTER V.<br /> +<span class="subhead">WHAT HAS THE MOON TO TELL?</span></h3> + + +<p>Timar could have killed the man—he had him in his power; and Timar felt +a madman's strength in his muscles: yet he did not kill him. Timar said +to himself, the man is right; destiny must be fulfilled. Michael was not +a miscreant who conceals one crime by another, but of that nobler sort +which is willing to atone for past sin. He stepped out on to the +balcony, and looked on with folded arms while the man left the castle +and limped away toward the gate of the court-yard. The moon rose +meanwhile over the Somogy hills, and illuminated the front of the +castle.</p> + +<p>The dark figure on the balcony would be a good mark for any one who +wished to aim at it. Theodor Krisstyan walked underneath, and looked up: +the half-closed wound on the brow had reopened in his fall, and was +bleeding; the blood ran down over his face. Perhaps Timar had gone +outside just because he expected the furious man would shoot him out of +revenge. But he only stood still in front of him, and began to mutter +words without sound—just like Athalie. How well those two would suit! +Krisstyan only spoke by movements of the mouth. He limped, for he had +hurt one foot in his fall. He struck his left hand on the gun, which he +still held, then seemed to say "No," shook his fist at<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[Pg 248]</a></span> Timar, and +threatened him by gestures. This pantomime meant, "Not thus will I +destroy you; I have another fate designed for you; just wait!" Timar +looked after him as he left the yard, following him with his eyes along +the snowy path as far as the ice-covered lake. He gazed after him till +he could only see a black speck moving in the direction of the double +towers on the high peak.</p> + +<p>Storm-clouds were rising over the Zala range. Timar saw them not. Round +the Platten See a hurricane often arises in calm weather without the +slightest warning; the fishermen who hear from afar the rustling of the +leaves have not time to get back to the shore: the bursting storm drives +a snow-cloud before it, from which tiny crystals drift down, sharp as +needle-points. The cloud only covered half of the great panorama, +wrapping the Tihany side, the peninsula with its rocky ridge and its +gloomy church, in darkness, while the eastern level lay bright in the +moonlight. The storm roared howling through the tall forests of the +Aracs valley; the vanes on the ancient castle groaned like the cries of +accursed spirits; and as the furious wind swept across the ice, it drew +from the frozen floes such an unearthly music that one could fancy one +saw the spirits which uttered it chasing each other, and yelling in +their flight.</p> + +<p>Amidst the ghostly music it seemed to Timar as if he heard through the +howling of the tempest an awful scream in the distance, such as only +human lips can utter—a cry of anguish, despair, blasphemy, which would +rouse the Seven Sleepers and make the stars shudder. After a few seconds +it came again, but shorter and more feeble, and then only the music of +the storm was audible.</p> + +<p>That ceased too. The snow-shower swept across the landscape; the storm +held only one snow-cloud; the trees were still; the tones of the wind +moaning over the ice-flats faded away in the distance with dying chords; +the sky cleared, and all was once more silence. Timar's heart too was at +rest; he had finished his career. No road lay open to him. He could go +neither forward nor back; he had fled as long as life was possible; and +now the abyss yawned in front of him which had no other shore. His whole +life passed before him like a dream, and he knew that at last he was +about to awake from it. His first desire for the possession of the rich +and lovely girl was the origin of all these events; his life hung on it +like the enigma of the Sphinx. When the riddle was solved, the Sphinx +would fall into the abyss.</p> + +<p>How could he live on, unmasked before the world, unmasked before Timéa, +and before Noémi? Thrown down from the pedestal on which he had stood +for years at home and abroad, under the halo of his sovereign's favor +and his compatriots' veneration! How could he ever look again on the +woman who had defended him in his rival's presence with such holy +sorrow, when she learned that he was the very opposite of all she had +admired in her husband, and that his whole life was a lie? And how could +he meet Noémi when she knew he was Timéa's husband? or dare to take Dodi +on his lap? Nowhere, nowhere in the wide world was there a place where +he could hide. It was as that man had said: there was nothing for him +but to turn his back on the civilized world—like<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[Pg 249]</a></span> him; to change his +name—like him; to sneak like a thief from one town to another—like +him; to wander homeless on the face of the earth. . . .</p> + +<p>But Timar knew of another place; there is the moon's icy +countenance—what did Noémi say? There live those who cast their lives +away because they have ceased to know desire; they go where nothing +exists: if that man seeks out Noémi on the ownerless island and brings +despair on the lonely creature by his news, she will follow him +there—to the frozen star.</p> + +<p>Timar felt so tranquilized by this reflection that he had the +self-control to direct his telescope on to the waning moon, on whose +sphere shining spaces alternated with large, crescent-shaped shadows, +and there came to choose a monstrous ravine, and say, "That shall be my +dwelling; there will I wait for Noémi!"</p> + +<p>Then he went back to his room. The adventurer's burned clothes still +glowed red on the hearth, the ashes showing the texture of the charred +cloth. Timar laid fresh logs on, so that the fire might destroy every +remnant. Then he threw on his cloak and left the house. He bent his +steps toward the Platten See. The moon lighted the great ice-floes, an +icy sun shining over a world of ice. . . . "I come, I come!" cried +Timar; "I shall soon know what you have to tell me—if you have called +me I shall be there." He went straight to the great chasm. The poles +erected by the good fishermen, the sticks with straw bundles on the top, +warned every wanderer from afar to keep away—Timar sought them out. +When he reached one of these danger-signals he stopped, took off his +hat, and looked up to heaven.</p> + +<p>Years had passed away since last he prayed. In this dark hour the Great +Being came to his mind who teaches the stars their courses and rides on +the storm, and who has created only one creature which defies its +Maker—man. In this hour he was impelled to uplift his soul to Him. +"Eternal Might, I fly from Thee, yet to Thee I come. I come not to ask +for mercy: Thou didst lead me, but I fled from Thy ways; Thou didst warn +me, yet I would not hear. Now, with blind obedience, I depart for the +hereafter: my soul will rest there in cold annihilation. I must atone +for making so many miserable who have been mine and have loved me; take +them into Thy protection, Thou Eternal Justice! I have sinned, and I +give myself up to death and damnation—they are not guilty—I alone. +Thou Everlasting Justice, who hast brought me to this, be just also to +them. Protect, console these feeble women, the helpless child, and give +me alone over to Thine avenging angels—I am judged and I am silent."</p> + +<p>He knelt down. Between the edges of the fissure the waves of the Balaton +plashed softly. The gloomy lake often moans even in a dead calm, and +when its surface is ice-bound it swells up in the clefts and roars like +the sea. Timar bent down to kiss the waves, as one kisses his mother +before he starts for a long journey—as one kisses the pistol before +blowing out one's brains with it.</p> + +<p>And as he bent down to the water, a human head rose from the depths in +front of him. Over the forehead of the upturned face was a black band +covering the right eye; the other eye, bloodshot,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[Pg 250]</a></span> glassy, and cold as +stone, glared at him; through the open mouth the water ran out and in +. . . the phantom sunk again.</p> + +<p>Timar sprung, half crazed, from his kneeling position, and stared after +the ghostly apparition: it was as if it called on him to follow. Between +the frozen margins the living water splashed. And again in the distance +resounded the organ-tones which are the precursors of the nocturnal +storm: amidst the howling of the approaching gale were heard the shrieks +and groans of the miserable spirits, and higher and higher swelled the +ghostly song. Again the whole frozen mass gave out the unearthly music, +like the strings of myriad harps, until the sound grew into a booming +roar, as though the lightning lured an awful, deafening melody from the +resounding waves. The voices of the storm bellowed below the surface. +With a frightful crash the floes were set in motion, and the tremendous +pressure of the atmosphere closed once more the chasm in the ice.</p> + +<p>Timar fell trembling on his face upon the still quivering glassy mirror.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIFTH_VI" id="CHAPTER_FIFTH_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI.<br /> +<span class="subhead">WHO COMES?</span></h3> + + +<p>The hoar-frost had turned the ownerless island into a silver wood; +continuous mists had hung every twig with flowers of rime. Then came +bright sunny days; they melted the rime into ice: every branch received +a crystal cloak, as if the whole island were of glass. This glistening +load bent down the boughs like those of a weeping-willow, and when the +wind stirred the wood, the icicles struck together and rang like the +silver bells in the fairy stories. Over the thickly frosted paths only +one track led from the house, and that went to Therese's resting-place. +This was Noémi's daily walk with little Dodi. Now there were only those +two to go there; the third, Almira, lay at home at the last gasp: the +ball had touched a vital part, and there was no hope of cure.</p> + +<p>It was evening. Noémi lighted her lamp, brought out her wheel, and began +to spin. Little Dodi sat by her and played at water-mills, holding a +straw against the revolving wheel.</p> + +<p>"Mother," said the boy suddenly, "bend down a little; I want to whisper +that Almira may not hear."</p> + +<p>"Say it aloud; she won't understand, Dodi."</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, she understands what we say—she knows everything. Tell me, +will Almira die?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, my little one."</p> + +<p>"And who will take care of us when Almira is dead?"</p> + +<p>"God."</p> + +<p>"Is God strong?"</p> + +<p>"Stronger than all the world."</p> + +<p>"More than father?"</p> + +<p>"Your father gets his strength from God."</p> + +<p>"And the wicked man with his eye bandaged, why does God make him strong? +I am so afraid of his coming again; he will take me away."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[Pg 251]</a></span>"Don't be afraid; I won't let you go."</p> + +<p>"If he kills us both?"</p> + +<p>"Then we shall both go to heaven."</p> + +<p>"And Almira too?"</p> + +<p>"No; not Almira."</p> + +<p>"Why not?"</p> + +<p>"Because she is an animal."</p> + +<p>"And my little bird?"</p> + +<p>"No; not Louise."</p> + +<p>"Oh, don't say that; she can fly up to heaven better than we can."</p> + +<p>"She can not fly as high as heaven."</p> + +<p>"Then there are no animals and no birds there? Well, then, I'd rather +stop down here with papa and my little Louise."</p> + +<p>"Yes, stay, my sweetheart!"</p> + +<p>"If papa were here he would kill the wicked man?"</p> + +<p>"The bad man would run away from him."</p> + +<p>"But when is father coming back?"</p> + +<p>"This winter."</p> + +<p>"How do you know?"</p> + +<p>"He said so."</p> + +<p>"Is everything true that father says? Does he never tell a story?"</p> + +<p>"No, my boy; what he says is always true."</p> + +<p>"But it is winter now."</p> + +<p>"He will soon be here."</p> + +<p>"If only Almira does not die before he comes!"</p> + +<p>The boy got up from his stool and went to the groaning dog.</p> + +<p>"Dear Almira, do not die! Don't leave us alone here! See, now, you can't +go with us to heaven; you can only be with us here. Do stay. I will +build you a lovely house like the one father built for me, and give you +half of all I have. Lay your head on my lap and look at me. Don't be +frightened; I won't let the naughty man come and shoot you again. If I +hear him coming, I will fasten the door-latch; and if he puts his hand +in, I will cut it off with my ax. I will take care of you, Almira."</p> + +<p>The wise creature raised its beautiful eyes to the boy, and wagged its +tail gently on the ground; then it sighed, as if understanding all that +was said. Noémi stopped spinning, leaned her head on her hand, and +looked into the flickering lamp.</p> + +<p>When that dreadful man went raging away, he had yelled in at the window, +"I shall come back and tell you what the man is whom you love." That he +should come again was threat enough, but what did he mean? Who can +Michael be? Can he be other than he seems? What will that horrid phantom +have to tell, which has turned up from the antipodes? Oh, why had +Michael not done as Noémi said—if only three feet of earth lay between +them!</p> + +<p>Noémi was no feeble woman; she had grown up in the desert and learned to +trust in herself; the enervating influences of the outer world had never +affected her mind. The wolf knows how to defend her lair against the +dogs with claws and teeth. Since that fearful visit she always carried +Michael's knife in her bosom, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[Pg 252]</a></span>—it is keen and sharp. At night she +fastened a beam across the door.</p> + +<p>As fate wills. If one comes first, she will be a happy and blessed +woman; if the other, she will be a murderess—a child of wrath.</p> + +<p>"Almira, what is the matter?"</p> + +<p>The poor beast, struggling with death, raised its head painfully from +the child's lap, and began to sniff the air with outstretched neck. It +whined and growled uneasily, but the sound was more like a hoarse +rattle. Whether its tones were of pleasure or anger, it was hard to +distinguish. The animal scented the approach of a visitor. Who is it? Is +it the good or the bad man? the life-giver or the murderer? Out there in +the silence of the night the sound of steps was heard on the frosty +grass. Who comes?</p> + +<p>Almira gasped heavily, struggling to get up, but fell back. She tried to +bark, but could not. Noémi sprung from her seat, felt with her right +hand under her shawl, and seized the handle of the knife.</p> + +<p>All three listened silently—Noémi, Dodi, and the dog. The steps come +quickly nearer. Ah, now all three recognize them!</p> + +<p>"Papa!" cried Dodi, laughing.</p> + +<p>Noémi hastened to cut the rope which fastened the door-bolt with her +sharp knife, and Almira raised herself on her fore-feet and suddenly +gave utterance to a bark.</p> + +<p>The next moment Michael had Noémi and Dodi in his arms. Almira crawled +to her beloved master, raised her head to him once again, licked his +hand, then fell back dead.</p> + +<p>"Will you never leave us again?" faltered Noémi.</p> + +<p>"Don't leave us alone any more," begged little Dodi.</p> + +<p>Michael pressed both to his breast, and his tears streamed over his dear +ones. "Never—never—never!"</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIFTH_VII" id="CHAPTER_FIFTH_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE CORPSE.</span></h3> + + +<p>With the last days of March the hard winter of this year came to an end. +Balmy south winds and rain softened the ice of the Platten See, which +broke up during a strong north wind, and drove over to the Somogy shore.</p> + +<p>Among the floating ice the fishermen found a body. It was already in an +advanced stage of decomposition, and the features were unrecognizable; +but yet the identity of the individual could be ascertained with the +greatest certainty. These were the mortal remains of Michael Timar +Levetinczy, who disappeared so suddenly after the memorable capture of +the fogasch-king, and for whose return those at home had waited so long. +On the body could be recognized clothes belonging to that gentleman—his +astrakhan pelisse, his studs, and his initials marked on the shirt. His +repeater was in the waistcoat-pocket, with his full name enameled on the +case. But the strongest proof was afforded by the pocket-book, which was +crammed with bank-notes, whose number could still be deciphered, and on +which Timéa's hand had embroidered "Faith, Hope, Charity;" while in the +side-pocket were four other letters tied together, but the writing was +completely obliterated, as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[Pg 253]</a></span> they had been four months exposed to the +action of water. About the same time, the fishermen at Fured found Herr +von Levetinczy's gun entangled in a net. Now all was explained.</p> + +<p>Old Galambos remembered all about it. The gracious master had said to +him that if foxes and wolves came down on to the lake in the night, he +would go out with his gun and have a shot at them.</p> + +<p>Many others then remembered that on that night a snow-storm had passed +across the lake, which only lasted a short time. No doubt, to this was +due the accident to the noble lord. The snow blew in his face; he did +not notice the ice-rift, fell in, and was sucked under.</p> + +<p>When Timéa received the first news of the event, she went at once to +Siosok, and was present in person at the judicial inquiry. When she saw +her husband's clothes she fainted away, and could only with difficulty +he brought back to consciousness; but she held her ground, she was +present when the disfigured remains were laid in the leaden coffin, and +specially inquired for the ring of betrothal, which, however, was +lost—the fingers were gone.</p> + +<p>Timéa had the dear relics brought to Komorn, and interred in the +splendid family vault, with all the pomp which is permissible by the +rites of the Protestant Church, to which the deceased had belonged. On +the black velvet coffin, name and age were marked with silver nails. +Senators and deputies carried him to the hearse. On the coffin lay his +knightly sword, with a laurel crown, and the decorations of the +Hungarian Order of St. Stephen, the Italian Order of San Maurizio, and +the Brazilian Annunciata star.</p> + +<p>The pall-bearers were Hungarian counts, and on each side of the hearse +walked the dignitaries of the city. Before it marched the +school-children, the guilds with their banners, then the national guard +in uniform and with muffled drums: behind came the ladies of the town +all in black, and among them the mourning widow, with the white face and +with weeping eyes. The celebrities of the country and the capital, the +military authorities, even his majesty had sent a representative to the +funeral of the venerated man. With them went a countless multitude of +people, and amidst the tolling of all the bells the procession moved +through the town. And every bell and every tongue proclaimed that a man +was gone whose like would never be seen again: a benefactor of the +people, a pillar of the nation, a faithful husband, and the founder of +many a generous endowment.</p> + +<p>The "Man of Gold" was carried to his grave. Women, men, and children +followed him through the whole town to the distant cemetery. Athalie too +was in the procession. When they bore the coffin down to the open grave, +the nearest friends, relations, and admirers of the deeply mourned +followed him into the vault.</p> + +<p>Among them was Major Katschuka; in the crowd on the narrow steps he came +in contact with Timéa and—with Athalie. When they came up again, +Athalie threw herself on the bier and prayed to be buried too: luckily +Herr Johann Fabula was there, and he raised the beautiful lady from the +ground, bore her back in his arms to the daylight, and explained to the +astonished crowd how<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[Pg 254]</a></span> much the young lady had loved the dear deceased, +who had been a second father to her.</p> + +<p>After the lapse of a few months a splendid monument was erected on which +might be read this inscription in letters of gold:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="center">HERE LIES THE HIGH AND NOBLE LORD,<br /> +<span class="bigtext">MICHAEL TIMAR LEVETINCZY.</span></p> + +<p>Privy Councilor, President of Committees, Knight of the +Orders of St. Stephen, St. Maurice, and the Annunciata. +The great Patriot, the True Christian, the Exemplary +Husband, the Father of the Poor, Guardian of the +Orphan, Supporter of Schools, a Pillar of the Church.</p> + +<p>Regretted by all who knew him, eternally mourned by his</p> + +<p class="center">FAITHFUL WIFE TIMÉA.</p></div> + +<p>On the granite pedestal stands a marble statue of a woman bearing a +funeral urn. Every one says this statue is a faithful likeness of Timéa.</p> + +<p>And Timéa goes every day to the burial-ground to deck the grass with +fresh wreaths, and to water the flowers which smell so sweetly within +the railings of the tomb: she waters them with showers of cold +water—and burning tears.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Theodor Krisstyan could never have dreamed that he would be so highly +honored after his death.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIFTH_VIII" id="CHAPTER_FIFTH_VIII"></a>CHAPTER VIII.<br /> +<span class="subhead">DODI'S LETTER.</span></h3> + + +<p>A year and a half passed away since Michael came home to the ownerless +island. He had not left it for a single day.</p> + +<p>Great events had occurred during this interval. Dodi had learned to +write. What joy when the little dunce made his first attempt with chalk +on a board: the letters are dictated to him—"write <i>l</i> and <i>ó</i>, and +then pronounce them both together." He was surprised that that meant +<i>ló</i> (Hungarian for horse), and yet he had not drawn a horse. A year +later he could address a birthday letter to his mother in beautiful +copper-plate on white paper—it was a greater achievement than +Cleopatra's Needle, covered with hieroglyphics.</p> + +<p>When Dodi's first letter was fluttering in Noémi's hand, she said, with +a tear in her eye, to Michael, "He will write like you."</p> + +<p>"Where have you seen my handwriting?" asked Michael, in surprise.</p> + +<p>"In the copies you set Dodi, to begin with; and then too in the contract +by which you gave us the island. Have you forgotten?"</p> + +<p>"Yes; it is so long ago."</p> + +<p>"And do you not write to any one now?"</p> + +<p>"No one."</p> + +<p>"You have not left the island for a year and a half; have you nothing to +do now out in the world?"</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[Pg 255]</a></span>"No. And I shall never have anything to do there again."</p> + +<p>"What will become of your business then?"</p> + +<p>"Would you like to know?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, indeed. The thought troubles me that a clever man like you should +be shut up here in the narrow bounds of this island, and only because +you love us: if you have no other reason for staying here always except +your great love for us, it pains me."</p> + +<p>"It is well, Noémi. I will tell you then who I was out there in the +world, what I did there, and why I stay here. You shall know all: when +you have put the boy to bed, come to me on the veranda and I will tell +you everything. You will shudder and wonder over what you will hear; but +in the end you will forgive me, as God forgave me when He sent me here."</p> + +<p>After supper Noémi put Dodi to bed, and then came out to Michael, sat +beside him on the bench, and leaned on his breast. The full moon shone +down on them between the leaves: it was now no longer the ghostly star, +the ice-paradise of suicides, but a kind acquaintance and friend. And +then Michael told Noémi all that had befallen him out in the world.</p> + +<p>The sudden death of the mysterious passenger, the sinking of the ship +and the concealed treasures: how he had married Timéa. He described her +sorrow and her suffering; he spoke of Timéa to Noémi as of a saint; and +when he described faithfully the nocturnal scene when he had watched +Timéa from his hiding-place, and how the woman had defended her husband +against evil report, against her own beloved, and against her own heart, +how Noémi sobbed and how her tears flowed for Timéa!</p> + +<p>And then Michael described to her what he had suffered in the fearful +situation from which he could not free himself, having on one side the +ties of his worldly position, his riches, and Timéa's fidelity; while +his love, his happiness, and every aspiration of his soul drew him in +another direction. How sweetly Noémi consoled him with her soft kisses! +. . .</p> + +<p>When, finally, he told her of the awful night in which the adventurer +appeared at his lonely castle, of how despair had led him to the brink +of the grave, and how, as he looked down into the waves, instead of his +own face mirrored in the water, the dead face of his enemy emerged from +the depths, and God's hand suddenly closed before his eyes the opening +of the icy tomb—oh! how passionately Noémi pressed him to her breast, +as if to hold him back from falling into the grave.</p> + +<p>"Now you know what I have left behind in the world, and what I have +found here. Can you forgive me for what you have suffered and for all my +offenses against you?" Noémi's tears and kisses replied.</p> + +<p>The confession had lasted long: the short summer's night was over, and +it was daylight when Michael concluded the story of his life.</p> + +<p>He was forgiven. "My guilt is obliterated," said Michael. "Timéa had +recovered her freedom and her wealth. The vagabond had on my clothes and +carried my pocket-book away with him: they will bury his body as if it +were mine, and Timéa is a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[Pg 256]</a></span> widow. I have given you my soul, and you have +accepted it. Now all is equal."</p> + +<p>Noémi took Michael's arm and led him into the room where the boy was +asleep. He awoke under their kisses, opened his eyes, and when he saw +that it was morning, he knelt up in his little bed, and with folded +hands offered his morning prayer: "Dear Lord, bless my good father and +my dear mother!"</p> + +<p>"All is forgiven, Michael! . . . One angel prays for you beside your +bed, the other at your grave, that you may be happy."</p> + +<p>Noémi dressed little Dodi, and then her eyes rested thoughtfully on +Michael. She wanted time to realize all she had heard from him, but +women have quick perceptions.</p> + +<p>Suddenly Noémi said to her husband, "Michael, you have still one duty to +fulfill in the world."</p> + +<p>"What duty, and to whom?"</p> + +<p>"You owe Timéa the secret that other woman revealed to you."</p> + +<p>"What secret?"</p> + +<p>"About the door which leads into her room from the secret passage. You +must tell her of it. Some one might get in to her when she is asleep and +alone."</p> + +<p>"But no one knows of this secret passage except Athalie."</p> + +<p>"Is that not enough?"</p> + +<p>"What do you mean?"</p> + +<p>"Michael, you little know us women. You don't know what Athalie is, but +I can guess. My tears flowed for Timéa, because she is so wretched, +because she does not love you, and you are mine; but if she felt for you +what she feels for that other man, and if you spurned me for her sake, +as that man did Athalie, then may God keep me from ever seeing her +asleep and in my power!"</p> + +<p>"Noémi, you frighten me."</p> + +<p>"That is what women are. Did you never know it. Hasten to reveal this +secret to Timéa. I want her to be happy."</p> + +<p>Michael kissed Noémi on the brow. "You darling child! I dare not write +to Timéa, for she would recognize my writing; and then she could not be +my widow, nor I your husband returned from the dead, and ascended into +the paradise of your love."</p> + +<p>"Then I will write to her."</p> + +<p>"No, no, no! I won't allow it. I have heaped gold and diamonds upon her, +but she shall not have a word from you; that is one of my own treasures. +I brought Noémi nothing of Timéa's, and I will not give Timéa anything +of Noémi's. You shall not write her a word."</p> + +<p>"Well, then," said Noémi, smiling, "I know another who can write to +Timéa. Dodi shall write the letter."</p> + +<p>Timar burst out laughing. There was a world of humor, of child-like +simplicity, happy pride, and deep emotion in the idea. Little Dodi will +write to warn Timéa of her danger. Dodi to Timéa! . . . Timar smiled +with tears in his eyes. But Noémi was in earnest; she wrote the copy, +and Dodi wrote the important lines on ruled paper, without a mistake. Of +course he had no idea what he was writing. Noémi gave him a lovely +violet ink, a decoction of marsh-mallow, and sealed the letter with +white wax; and as there was no seal in the house, nor even a coin which +could<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[Pg 257]</a></span> serve for one, Dodi caught a pretty golden-green beetle, and +stuck it on the wax, instead of a coat of arms. The letter was given to +the fruit-dealer to take to the post.</p> + +<p>Little Dodi's letter went off to Timéa.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIFTH_IX" id="CHAPTER_FIFTH_IX"></a>CHAPTER IX.<br /> +<span class="subhead">"YOU STUPID CREATURE!"</span></h3> + + +<p>The lovely widow was in the deepest mourning. She went nowhere, and +received no visitors.</p> + +<p>More than a year had passed since her husband's burial.</p> + +<p>Timéa had another name in the calendar—Susanna. Her first name came +from her mother, who was a Greek; but the second she had received at her +baptism. This she used when she had to sign documents, and St. Susanna's +day was considered her <i>fête</i>.</p> + +<p>In provincial towns the <i>fête</i>-days are scrupulously kept. Relations and +friends come without invitation, as a matter of course, to visit the +person whose <i>fête</i> it is, and meet with a hospitable reception. Some +noble families, however, have adopted the custom of sending invitations +to these family-parties, by which it is made evident that those who do +not receive cards may keep their congratulations to themselves.</p> + +<p>There are two St. Susannas in the year. Timéa chose the one whose <i>fête</i> +fell in winter, because then her husband used to be at home, and +invitations were sent out a week beforehand. Of the other name no notice +was taken. Timéa was not in the calendar of Komorn, nor even in the +national Pesth calendar, and at that time there were no others in the +province; so he who wanted to know Timéa's own <i>fête</i>-day must search +far and wide.</p> + +<p>It fell in the merry month of May. At that season Herr Timar would have +been long away on his journeys; nevertheless, Timéa received every May a +lovely bouquet of white roses on the day of St. Timéa. Who sent it was +not stated; it came by post, packed in a box.</p> + +<p>As long as Timar lived, Herr Katschuka had invariably received +invitations to the Sunday receptions, which he as regularly answered by +depositing his card at the door: he never came to the parties. This year +the <i>fête</i>-day party had been omitted, as the faithful Susanna was in +mourning. On the morning of the lovely May day on which Timéa's +beautiful white-rose bouquet usually arrived, a servant in mourning +livery brought a letter to Katschuka. On opening the envelope the major +found a printed invitation-card inside, which bore the name, not of +Susanna, but of Timéa Levetinczy, and had reference to that very day. +Herr Katschuka was puzzled. What a curious notion of Timéa! To draw the +attention of all Komorn to the fact that Susanna, a good Calvinist, was +keeping the day of the Greek saint Timéa, and the more because she only +sent out her invitations the same morning! It was an outrageous breach +of etiquette. Herr Katschuka felt that this time he must accept. In the +evening he took care not to be among the earliest arrivals. The time +named was half past eight; he waited till half past nine, and then went. +As he laid aside his cloak and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[Pg 258]</a></span> sword in the anteroom, he asked the +servant whether many visitors had arrived. The servant said no one had +come yet. The major was startled. Probably the other guests had taken +the shortness of the invitation badly, and decided not to appear; and he +was confirmed in this idea when, on entering the saloon, he found the +chandeliers lighted and all the rooms brilliantly illuminated—a sign +that a large assembly was expected. The servant informed him that his +mistress was in the inner room.</p> + +<p>"Who is with her?"</p> + +<p>"She is alone. Fraülein Athalie has gone with her mamma to Herr Fabula's +house—there is a great fish-dinner there."</p> + +<p>Herr Katschuka did not know what to think: not only were there no other +guests, but even the people of the house had left the mistress alone. +Timéa awaited him in her own sitting-room.</p> + +<p>And for this grand party, amid all this splendor, Timéa was dressed +entirely in black. She celebrated her <i>fête</i>-day in mourning: amid the +radiance of the golden lusters and the silver candelabra a black +mourning-dress, which, however, was not suited to the face of its +wearer. On her lips hovered a charming smile, and a soft color lay on +her cheeks. She received her single guest most cordially. "Oh, how late +you are," she said, as she gave him her hand.</p> + +<p>The major pressed upon it a respectful kiss. "On the contrary, I fear I +am the first."</p> + +<p>"Not at all. All I invited have already arrived."</p> + +<p>"Where?" asked the major, in astonishment.</p> + +<p>"In the dining-room—they are at table, and only waiting for you." With +these words she took the arm of the wondering man, led him to the +folding-doors, and threw them open; and then, indeed, the major knew not +what to think. The dining-room was brilliantly lighted with wax candles; +a long table was spread with places for eleven, and the same number of +chairs were placed round it, but no one was there—not a single +creature. But as the major threw a glance round he began to comprehend, +and the clearer the riddle grew, the more his eyes were dimmed with +tears. Before each of nine of the places stood a white-rose bouquet +under a glass shade—the last of freshly gathered flowers; the roses of +the others were dry, faded, and yellow.</p> + +<p>"Look, they are all there which greeted me on Timéa's <i>fête</i>-day year +after year—these are my birthday guests. There are nine of them. Will +you be the tenth? Then all whom I have invited will have assembled."</p> + +<p>The major, in speechless delight, pressed the lovely hand to his lips. +"My poor roses—"</p> + +<p>Timéa did not refuse him that privilege—possibly she would have allowed +even more; but the widow's cap stood in the way, and Timéa felt it.</p> + +<p>"Do you want me to exchange this cap for another?"</p> + +<p>"From that day I shall begin to live again."</p> + +<p>"Let us set apart for it my own <i>fête</i>-day, which every one knows."</p> + +<p>"Oh, but that is so far off."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[Pg 259]</a></span>"Don't be alarmed, there is a St. Susanna in the summer; we will keep +her day."</p> + +<p>"But that is distant too."</p> + +<p>"It is not an eternity to wait till then. Have you not learned patience? +Remember, I want time to get used to happiness—it does not come all at +once; and we can see each other every day till then—at first for a +minute, and then for two, and then forever. Is it agreed?"</p> + +<p>The major could not refuse, she begged so sweetly.</p> + +<p>"And now the banquet is over," whispered Timéa; "the other guests are +going to sleep, and you must go home too. But wait a moment—I will give +you back a word from your last birthday congratulations." She took from +the fresh rose-bouquet one bud, touched it hardly perceptibly with her +lips, and placed it in the major's button-hole; but he pressed the rose, +this "one word," to his lips and kissed it. . . .</p> + +<p>When the major had gone, and looked up from the street at the windows of +the Levetinczy house, all was dark. He was the last to leave.</p> + +<p>Timéa learned gradually the art of growing used to hope and +happiness—she had a good teacher. Thenceforward, Herr Katschuka came +every day to the house; but the major did not keep to the prescribed +arithmetical progression—first one minute, then two. The wedding was +fixed for the day of St. Susanna, in August. Athalie too, it appeared, +had resigned herself to her fate. Herr Fabula's wife was dead, and she +accepted his hand; it is not unusual for a pretty girl to give herself +to a rich widower—one knows how he treats his wife, and one runs less +risk in taking him than some young dandy who has not yet sown his wild +oats. Heaven bless their union!</p> + +<p>Timéa proposed to give Athalie, as a dowry, the sum which Michael had +offered her, and which she had refused. Every one thought she was trying +to become a suitable wife for Herr Fabula. But Katschuka was not +deceived; he saw through her black heart. He knew what he had done to +Athalie, and the reckoning she had against Timéa, and destiny never +leaves such a score unsettled. Have you forgotten, you lovely white +woman, that this other girl was mistress here when you came; that she +was a rich and honored bride, wooed by men and envied by women? And from +the moment when the water cast you on these shores, misfortune followed +her—she was made a beggar, brought to shame, spurned by her betrothed. +It was not your fault, but it was owing to you—you brought bad luck; it +sat on your forehead, between your meeting eyebrows, and brought the +ship to destruction, and the house in which you set foot; it ruins those +who injure you, as well as those who set you free. And you are not +afraid to sleep under the same roof with Athalie—this roof!</p> + +<p>Since Katschuka came to the house, Athalie had controlled herself, and +treated even her mother kindly. She made tea for her which Frau Sophie +liked, especially with plenty of rum in it—she made it herself; and was +very good to the servants too, treating them also to tea, which, for the +men-servants, almost might have been called punch; they could not say +enough for her. Frau Sophie<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[Pg 260]</a></span> guessed the reason of all this +kindness—those servile natures always look for a reason if they receive +a favor, and repay it with suspicion.</p> + +<p>"My daughter is currying favor with me, that I may go with her when she +marries; she knows nothing of housekeeping—she can't even make +milk-soup. That's why I am 'Dear mamma' all over the place, and get tea +every night; as if I did not know what is in my daughter Athalie's +mind!" She will soon know even more.</p> + +<p>Athalie carried her submissiveness to servility, in the presence of +Timéa and the major. Neither by look nor manner did she betray her +former claims. When he came, she opened the door with a smile, showed +him in to Timéa, politely took part in the conversation, and, when she +left the room, she might be heard singing next door. She had adopted the +manners of a maid-servant.</p> + +<p>Once Timéa asked her to play a duet, on which Athalie said, modestly, +that she had forgotten her music—the only instrument she could play on +now was the chopping-board. Since the great catastrophe, Athalie only +played the piano when she knew no one could hear.</p> + +<p>Do not your nerves shudder when this woman looks you in the face? does +not your blood run cold when she stoops to kiss your hand? when she +laces your boots, is it not as if a snake wound round your foot? and +when she fills your glass, does it not occur to you to look what may be +in it? No, no. Timéa has no suspicions; she is so kind, she treats +Athalie like a sister; she has prepared a dowry of a hundred thousand +gulden, and told Athalie so. She wished to make her happy, and thought +she could console her for the loss of her first betrothed. And why +should she not think so? Athalie herself refused him. When Timar offered +her the money she said, "I will never have anything to do with the man +again, either in this world or the next." Timéa did not know of the +visit Athalie had paid by night to her betrothed, when she was sent away +by him alone and rejected; and Timéa did not know that a woman will give +up the man she hates to another woman, even less willingly than the one +she loves; that a woman's hate is only love turned to poison, but still +remains love. Katschuka, however, well remembered that nocturnal +meeting; and therefore he trembled for Timéa, but dared not tell her so.</p> + +<p>Only one day was wanting to the <i>fête</i> of St. Susanna. Timéa had +gradually laid aside her mourning, as if it was hard to separate from it +entirely, and as if she wished to learn gladness slowly. First she +allowed white lace at her neck; then she changed black for dark gray, +and silk for wool; then white stripes appeared in the gray; and at last +only the cap remained of the mourning for Michael Levetinczy. This also +will disappear on the <i>fête</i>-day; the beautiful Valenciennes cap of the +young wife is already made, and must be tried on.</p> + +<p>An unlucky fit of vanity induced Timéa to wait to do this till the major +arrived. For a young widow the lace cap is what the orange-blossoms are +to a girl. But the major was late because the white-rose bouquet was +late in arriving from Vienna: this was the second <i>fête</i>-day bouquet in +one year. A whole shoal of letters and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[Pg 261]</a></span> notes of congratulation had +arrived for Timéa, who had many acquaintances far and near. Timéa had +not opened a single one; they lay in a heap in a silver basket on the +table, many of them directed by children, for Timéa had a hundred and +forty god-children in the town among the orphan boys and girls. She +would have enjoyed these naïve letters, but her thoughts were otherwise +occupied.</p> + +<p>"Look what a comical one this is!" said Athalie, taking up one of the +letters; "instead of a seal, there is a beetle stuck on the wax."</p> + +<p>"And what curious ink it is!" remarked Timéa. "Put it with the +others—we will read it to-morrow."</p> + +<p>Some secret voice whispered to Timéa that she had better read it to-day. +It was Dodi's letter which was put aside.</p> + +<p>But see, here comes the major; then all the hundred and forty +god-children and their letters were forgotten, and Timéa ran to meet +him. Nine years ago the fortunate bridegroom had brought a splendid +red-rose bouquet to another bride.</p> + +<p>And she too was present; and possibly the great mirror into which +Athalie had cast her last glance on her bridal dress was the same which +now stood there.</p> + +<p>Timéa took the lovely white bouquet from the major's hand, put it in a +splendid Sèvres vase, and whispered to him, "Now I will give you +something: it will never be yours, but always mine, and yet it is a +present for you." The pretty enigma issued from its box—it was the lace +cap.</p> + +<p>"Oh, how charming!" cried the major, taking it in his hand. "Shall I try +it on you?" The major's words died on his lips—he looked at Athalie.</p> + +<p>Timéa stood before the glass with childish pleasure, and took off her +widow's cap; then she grew grave, put it to her lips and kissed it, +while she said low and brokenly, "Poor Michael!"—and so she laid aside +the last token of her widowhood.</p> + +<p>Herr Katschuka was holding the white cap.</p> + +<p>"Give it me that I may try it on."</p> + +<p>"Can I help you?"</p> + +<p>The hair was then dressed very high, so that Timéa required assistance.</p> + +<p>"You don't know how; Athalie will be so good."</p> + +<p>Timéa spoke quite simply, but the major shuddered at the pallor which +overflowed Athalie's face at the words: he remembered how Athalie had +once said to Timéa, "Come and put on my bridal veil!" And perhaps even +she had not then thought what venom lay in the words. Athalie came to +Timéa to help her with the cap, which required to be fastened with pins +on both sides. Athalie's hand trembled—and she pricked Timéa's head +with one of the pins.</p> + +<p>"Oh, you stupid creature!" cried Timéa, jerking her head aside.</p> + +<p>The same words, before the same man!</p> + +<p>Timéa did not notice, but Herr Katschuka saw what a flash flew over +Athalie's face—a volcanic outburst of diabolical rage, a glow of +flaming spite, a dark cloud of purple shame; the muscles quiv<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[Pg 262]</a></span>ered as if +the face was a nest of snakes stirred up by a rod. What murderous eyes! +What compressed lips! What a bottomless depth of passion in that single +look. Timéa regretted her hasty word almost before it had passed her +lips, and hastened to atone for it. "Don't be angry, dear 'Thaly; I +forgot myself," she said, turning to kiss her. "You'll forgive me—you +are not angry?"</p> + +<p>The next moment Athalie was as humble as a maid who has done some +damage, and began in a flattering tone, "Oh, my dear pretty Timéa, don't +<i>you</i> be angry; I would not hurt your dear little head for the world. +How sweet you look in your cap, just like a fairy!" And she kissed +Timéa's shoulder.</p> + +<p>A shudder ran through the major's nerves.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIFTH_X" id="CHAPTER_FIFTH_X"></a>CHAPTER X.<br /> +<span class="subhead">ATHALIE.</span></h3> + + +<p>The eve of the <i>fête</i>-day was also the eve of the wedding—a night of +excitement. The bride and bridegroom were sitting together in Timéa's +room—they had so much to talk about.</p> + +<p>What do they say? Flowers only can understand flower-speech, the stars +the language of the spheres, one pillar of Memnon answers another, the +dead comprehend the Walkyrie, sleep-walkers the speech of the +moon—lovers only the language of love. And he who has ever known this +sacred emotion will not profane it, but guard it like a secret of the +confessional. Neither the wise king in his marvelous song, nor Ovid in +his love elegies, nor Hafiz in his ardent lays, nor Heine in his poems, +nor Petöfi in his "Pearls of Love," can describe it—it remains one of +the secrets of eternity.</p> + +<p>At the back of the house was a noisy company—all the household. This +had been a busy day with preparations for the morrow's feast—a culinary +campaign; the press of work had lasted till late at night: then, when +all had been roasted and iced according to orders, Frau Sophie found +time to show herself liberal. She called together her staff, and +bestowed upon them all the good things which had suffered during the +heat of the fray—for this was unavoidable: what ought to have risen had +sunk into a pancake; what ought to have jellied had melted into soup; +here a cake had stuck to the mold and would not turn out whole; there a +scrap, a cutting, a ham-bone, a piece of hare, a drumstick of pheasant +remained over. All which could not be sent up to table was left as a +rare tidbit for the servants, and they could boast of having tasted +everything before the gentry were served.</p> + +<p>But where was Athalie?</p> + +<p>The whispering lovers thought she was with her mother, amusing herself +in the kitchen. There, they thought she was of course with the bridal +pair, and enjoying the bliss of being a silent witness of their +happiness—or perhaps no one thought of her at all. And yet it might +have been well if some one had interrupted themselves to ask, "Where is +Athalie?"</p> + +<p>She sat alone in the room where she had seen Timéa for the first time. +The old furniture had long been replaced by new; only one embroidered +stool remained as a remembrance. Athalie was sitting<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[Pg 263]</a></span> on it when Timar +entered, in company with the pale maiden. There sat Katschuka, at work +on Athalie's portrait, over which, while he gazed at Timéa, his pencil +drew a long line. Athalie sat alone there now. The portrait had long ago +gone to the lumber-room; but Athalie seems to see it still, and the +young lieutenant who begged her with his flattering tongue to smile a +little and not to look so haughty.</p> + +<p>The room was dark; only the moon shone in, but it would soon go down +behind the gable of the tall church of St. Andrew.</p> + +<p>Athalie reviewed the horrid dream called life. There were wealth, pride, +and happiness in it: flatterers had called her the prettiest girl in +Komorn, the queen, and pretended to adore her; then came a child by +chance into the house—a ridiculous creature, a lifeless shadow, a cold +doll, made to be an object of ridicule, to pass the time away by pushing +it about. And only two years later, this vagrant, this white phantom, +this reptile, was mistress of the house, and conquered hearts, turning a +shipping-clerk, by the magic of her marble face, into his master's +powerful enemy, into a millionaire, and causing the betrothed bridegroom +to be false to his troth.</p> + +<p>What a wedding-day was that! The bride, recovering from her swoon, found +herself lying alone on the ground. And when splendor and homage were at +an end, she longed still to be loved—loved in secret and in +concealment. This too was denied her.</p> + +<p>What a memory was that!—the path she had trodden to the house of her +former lover and back again, twice in the darkness! her vain expectation +next day! how she had counted the strokes of the clock, amidst the noise +of the auction! And he never came! Then long years of painful +dissimulation, of disguised humiliation! There was only one person who +understood her—who knew that the balm of her heart was to see her rival +share her passion, and fade away under it.</p> + +<p>And the one man who knew to his cost what Athalie really was—the only +hinderance to Timéa's happiness, the finder of the philosopher's stone +which exercises everywhere a malevolent spell—that one man finds his +death by a single false step on the ice!</p> + +<p>And then happiness comes back to the house, and no one is miserable but +herself. In many a sleepless night the bitter cup had filled drop by +drop up to the brim; only one was wanting to make it overflow; and that +last drop was the insulting word, "You stupid creature!" To be scolded +like a maid, humbled in his presence! Athalie's limbs shook with fever. +What was now going on in the house? They were preparing for the morrow's +wedding. In the boudoir whispered the betrothed couple; from the +kitchen, even through all the doors, came the noise of the merry-making +servants.</p> + +<p>But Athalie never heard the cheerful din: she heard only the whisper. +. . . She had something to do during the night. . . . There was no light +in the room; but the moon shone in, and gave light enough to open a box +and read the names of the poisons inside it—the unfailing drugs of an +Eastern poisoner. Athalie chose among them, and smiled to herself. What +a good jest it would be if to-morrow, at the moment of drinking some +toast, the words<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[Pg 264]</a></span> should die on the lips of the feasting guests! if each +saw the face of his neighbor turn yellow and green; if they all sprung +up crying for help, and began a demoniac dance, fit to make the devil +laugh; if the bride's lovely face petrified into real marble, and the +proud bridegroom made grimaces like a skull!</p> + +<p>Ping! . . . A string gone in the piano! Athalie started so that she +dropped what she held, and her hands twitched convulsively. It was only +a string, coward! Are you so weak? She put back the poisons in her box, +leaving out only one, and that not a deadly poison, only a +sleeping-draught. The first idea had not satisfied her; that triumph +would not suffice: it would not be sufficient revenge for "You stupid +creature!" The tiger cares not for a corpse, he must have warm blood. +Some one will have to take poison, but that is only herself—a poison +not to be bought at the chemist's: it lies in the eye of St. George's +dragon. She slipped noiselessly out to go to the hiding-place whence a +view of Timéa's room could be obtained. The sweet murmurs and the +caressing looks of the lovers will be the poison she must absorb in +order to be fully prepared.</p> + +<p>The major was about to take leave, and held Timéa's hand in his. Her +cheeks were so rosy! Was any more deadly poison needed? They did not +speak of love, and yet no third person had a right to listen. The +bridegroom asked questions allowed to no one else. "Do you sleep alone +here?" he asked, with tender curiosity, lifting the silken hangings of +the bed.</p> + +<p>"Yes, since I became a widow."</p> + +<p>"(And before too," whispered Athalie, behind the dragon.)</p> + +<p>The bridegroom, availing himself of his privileges, pursued his +researches in the bride's room.</p> + +<p>"Where does this door lead to?"</p> + +<p>"Into an anteroom where my lady visitors take off their cloaks; you came +that way when you visited me the first time."</p> + +<p>"And the other little door?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, never mind that—it only leads to my dressing-room."</p> + +<p>"Has it no exit?"</p> + +<p>"None; the water comes by a pipe from the kitchen, and flows away by a +tap to the basement."</p> + +<p>"And this third door?"</p> + +<p>"You know that is the corridor by which you reach the principal +entrance."</p> + +<p>"And where are the servants at night?"</p> + +<p>"The females sleep near the kitchen, and the men in the basement. Over +my bed hang two bell-ropes, of which one goes to the women's room and +the other to the men's."</p> + +<p>"There is no one in the adjoining room?"</p> + +<p>"There Sister Athalie and Mamma Sophie sleep."</p> + +<p>"Frau Sophie too?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, to be sure. You want to know everything. To-morrow it will all be +differently arranged."</p> + +<p>("To-morrow?")</p> + +<p>"And do you lock the door when you go to bed?"</p> + +<p>"Never. Why should I? All my servants love me, and are trustworthy; the +front door is barred, and I am safe here."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[Pg 265]</a></span>"Is there nowhere a secret entrance to this room?"</p> + +<p>"Ha! ha! You seem to take my house for a mysterious Venetian palace!"</p> + +<p>("Is it your house? Did you build it?")</p> + +<p>"Do, to please me, lock all your doors before you go to bed."</p> + +<p>("He seems to guess what we shall all be dreaming of to-night.")</p> + +<p>Timéa smiled, and smoothed away the frown from the bridegroom's grave +face.</p> + +<p>"Well, then, for your sake I will lock all my doors to-night."</p> + +<p>("See that they are secure," whispered the dragon.)</p> + +<p>Then followed a tender embrace and a long, long kiss.</p> + +<p>"Do you pray, my beloved?"</p> + +<p>"No; for the good God in whom I believe watches ever."</p> + +<p>("How if He slept to-day?")</p> + +<p>"Forgive me, dearest Timéa; skepticism does not become a woman. Her +adornment is piety; leave the rest to men. Pray to-night."</p> + +<p>"You know I was a Moslem, and was never taught to pray."</p> + +<p>"But now you are a Christian, and our prayers are beautiful. Take your +prayer-book to-night."</p> + +<p>"Yes, for your sake I will learn to pray."</p> + +<p>The major found in the book of devotion Timar had once given his wife, +the "prayer for brides."</p> + +<p>"I will learn it by heart to-night."</p> + +<p>"Yes, do so—do so!"</p> + +<p>Timéa read it aloud. Athalie felt a diabolical rage in her heart. The +man will be discovering the secret in the wall; he will keep Timéa up +praying all night. Curses, curses on the prayer-book!</p> + +<p>When the major left the anteroom, Athalie was already there. Timéa +called from her room to light the major to the door, thinking there +would be a servant there as usual; but to-day, as we know, they were +engaged in anticipating the morrow's feast. Athalie took the candle +which stood outside, and lighted the major along the dark passage. The +happy bridegroom had no eyes for any other woman's face—he saw only +Timéa, and thought it was the maid-servant who opened the door for him. +He wished to be generous, and pressed a silver thaler into Athalie's +hand; then he started as he recognized the voice.</p> + +<p>"I kiss your hand, kind sir."</p> + +<p>"Is it you, fraülein? A thousand pardons! I did not recognize you in the +darkness."</p> + +<p>"No consequence, Herr Major."</p> + +<p>"Pardon my blindness, and give me back the insulting present, I beg."</p> + +<p>Athalie drew back with a mocking bow, hiding the hand which held the +thaler behind her. "I will give it you back to-morrow—leave it with me +till then; I have fairly earned it."</p> + +<p>Herr Katschuka swore at his stupidity. The inexplicable load he felt on +his spirits seemed to have redoubled in weight. When he reached the +street, he felt it impossible to go home, but went toward the main guard +and said to the officer on duty, "My friend, I invite you to my wedding +to-morrow; be so good as to let me share your watch to-night—let us go +the rounds together."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[Pg 266]</a></span>In the servants' hall there was great fun. As the major had rung for the +porter when he left, the mistress was known to be alone, and her maid +went up to ask for orders. Timéa thought she was the one who had shown +the major out, and told her to go to bed—she would undress herself; so +the maid went back to the others.</p> + +<p>"If only we had a drop of punch now," said the porter, thrusting the +door-key into his pocket.</p> + +<p>As if by magic, the door opened, and in came Fraülein Athalie, bearing a +tray of steaming glasses, which clinked cheerfully together. "Long live +our dear young lady!" cried every one. Athalie set the tray on the table +with a smile. Among the glasses stood a basin full of sugar well rubbed +over with orange rind, which made it yellow and aromatic. Frau Sophie +liked her tea made in that way, with plenty of rum and orange-sugar. +"Are you not going to join us?" she asked her daughter.</p> + +<p>"Thanks; I had my tea with our gracious lady. My head aches, and I shall +go to bed." She wished her mother good-night, and told the servants to +go to bed in good time, as they must get up early next day. They fell +eagerly on the punch, and found it perfectly delicious. Only Frau Sophie +did not like it. When she had tasted the first spoonful, she turned up +her nose. "This tastes just like the poppy-syrup that bad nurses give +the wakeful babies at night." It was so unpleasant to her that she could +not take any more, but gave it to the cook's boy, who had never tasted +anything so good before. She said she was tired with her day's work, and +conjured the household not to oversleep themselves, and to take care no +cat got into the larder; then she said good-night, and followed Athalie.</p> + +<p>When she entered their bedroom, Athalie was already in bed. The curtains +were drawn; she knew Athalie's way of turning her back to the room and +putting her head under the clothes. She hastened to get into bed.</p> + +<p>But she could not get rid of the taste of that single spoonful of punch, +which spoiled her enjoyment of the whole supper. After she had put out +the light, she leaned on her elbow and looked toward the figure in the +other bed. She looked, till at last her eyes closed and she fell asleep. +Her dreams carried her back to the servants' hall. She seemed to see +them all asleep there—the coachman stretched on the long bench, the +footman with his head on the table, the groom on the ground, using an +overturned chair as a pillow, the cook on the settle, the house-maid on +the hearth, and the cook's boy under the table. Before each his empty +glass; she alone had not drunk hers. She dreamed that Athalie, with bare +feet and in her night-dress, crept up behind her and said in her ear, +"Why don't you drink your punch, dear mamma? Do you want more sugar?" +and filled the glass with sugar up to the brim. But she noticed the +repulsive smell. "I don't want it!" she said in her dream. However, +Athalie held the steaming glass to her mouth. She turned away, and +pushed the glass from her, and with that movement she upset the bottle +of water which stood on the table beside her, and all the water poured +into the bed. That thoroughly awoke her.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[Pg 267]</a></span>And still she seemed to see Athalie before her with threatening looks. +"Are you awake, Athalie?" she asked, uneasily; no answer. She listened; +the sleeper could not be heard to breathe. Sophie got up and went to +Athalie's bed; it was empty. She could not trust her eyes in the dim +twilight, and felt with her hands: no one there. "Athalie, where are +you?" she murmured, anxiously. Receiving no answer, a nameless horror +numbed her limbs. She felt blind and dumb; she could not even scream. +She listened, and then fancied she was deaf: neither inside nor out was +there the faintest sound. Where could Athalie be?</p> + +<p>Athalie was in the secret room—she had been there a long time.</p> + +<p>The patience of that woman, to be so long learning the prayer by heart! +At last Timéa shut the book and sighed deeply. Then she took the candle +and looked to see that all the doors were locked. She looked behind the +curtains; her bridegroom's words had implanted fear in her breast, and +she looked round carefully to see if any one could get in. Then she went +to the dressing-table, took down her plaits, wound her thick hair round +and round her head, and put a net over it. She was not free from vanity, +this young creature: that her hands and arms might be white, she rubbed +them with salve and put on long gloves. Then she undressed, but before +she lay down she went behind the bed, opened a closet, and took out a +sword-hilt with a broken blade; looking tenderly at it, she pressed it +to her breast. Then she put it under her pillow; she always slept with +it there. Athalie saw it all. Timéa extinguished the light, and Athalie +saw no more; she only heard the clock tick, and had the patience to +wait.</p> + +<p>She guesses when sleep will close Timéa's eyes—that is the time. A +quarter of an hour seems like an eternity; at last the clock strikes +one. The picture of St. George with his dragon (which is by no means +dead) moves aside, and Athalie comes out, barefoot, so that no sound is +heard. It is quite dark in the room—the shutters are shut and curtains +drawn; her groping hand finds Timéa's pillow; she feels underneath, and +a cold object meets her hand. It is the sword-hilt. What hell-fire runs +through her veins from the cold steel! she too presses it to her heart. +She draws the edge of the blade through her lips and feels how sharp it +is. But it is too dark to see the sleeper—one can not even hear her +gentle breathing; the blow must be well aimed, and Athalie bends her +head to listen.</p> + +<p>The sleeper moves, and sighs aloud in her dream, "Oh, my God!" Then +Athalie strikes in the direction of the sigh. But the blow was not +mortal: Timéa had covered her head with her right arm, and the sword +only hit that, though the sharp steel cut through the glove and wounded +her hand. She started up and rose on her knees in the bed; then a second +blow caught her head, but the thick hair blunted it, and the sword only +cut the forehead down to the eyebrow.</p> + +<p>Now Timéa seized the blade with her left hand. "Murderer!" she screamed, +sprung out of bed, and while the sharp edge cut the inside of her left +hand, she caught the enemy with her wounded right hand by the hair. She +felt it was a woman's, and now knew who was before her.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">[Pg 268]</a></span>There are critical moments in which the mind traverses a chain of +thought with lightning speed: this is Athalie; her mother is next door; +they want to murder her out of revenge and jealousy; it would be vain to +call for help, it is a struggle for life. Timéa screamed no more, but +collected all her strength in order, with her wounded hand, to draw down +her enemy's head and get the murderous weapon from her.</p> + +<p>Timéa was strong, and a murderer never puts forth his full strength. +They struggled silently in the darkness, the carpet deadening their +footfalls. Suddenly a cry sounded from the next room. "Murder!" screamed +the voice of Frau Sophie: at the sound Athalie's strength gave way.</p> + +<p>Her victim's blood streamed over her face. In the next room was heard +the sound of falling glass; through the broken window Frau Sophie's +screeching voice was heard resounding down the quiet street, "Murder, +murder!"</p> + +<p>Athalie let go the sword in terror, and put up both hands to loosen +Timéa's fingers from her hair: now she is the one attacked and she the +one alarmed. When she got her hair free, she pushed Timéa away, flew to +the opening of the hiding-place, and drew the picture gently over the +entrance.</p> + +<p>Timéa tottered forward a few steps with the sword in her hand, and then +fell swooning on the carpet.</p> + +<p>At Frau Sophie's cry, double-quick march was heard in the street—the +patrol was coming—the major was the first to reach the house. Frau +Sophie knew him and called out, "Quick, quick! they are killing Timéa!" +The major tore at the bell, thundered at the door, but no one came; the +soldiers tried to burst it in, but it was too strong and would not give +way. "Wake the servants," shouted the major. Frau Sophie ran, with the +courage born of great fear, through the dark rooms and passages, +knocking up against doors and furniture, till she came to the servants' +rooms. Her dream had come true. The whole household lay asleep: a +burned-down candle flickered on the table, and threw uncanny shadows on +the grotesque group.</p> + +<p>"There are murderers in the house!" screamed Frau Sophie, in a voice +quivering with terror; the only answer was a heavy snore. She shook some +of the sleepers, called them by name, but they only sunk back without +waking up. Blows could be heard on the house door. The porter too was +asleep, but the key was in his pocket; Frau Sophie got it out with great +difficulty, and ran through the dark passages, down the dark stairs, and +along the dark hall to open the door, while the fearful thought went +with her—how if she were to meet the murderer? and an even more +frightful doubt pursued her—suppose she should recognize that murderer?</p> + +<p>At last she got to the door, found the key-hole, and opened it. A bright +light burst in—there was the military patrol and the town-watchmen with +their lanterns. The captain of the guard had come, and the nearest +army-surgeon, all only half dressed in the first clothes they could +find, with a pistol or a naked sword in their hand.</p> + +<p>Herr Katschuka rushed up the steps straight to the door which<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269">[Pg 269]</a></span> led to +Timéa's room—it was locked on the inside: he put his shoulder against +it and burst the lock.</p> + +<p>Timéa lay before him on the ground, covered with blood, and unconscious. +The major raised her and carried her to the bed. The surgeon examined +the wounds, and said none of them was dangerous, the lady had only +fainted. As soon as his anxiety for his beloved one was relieved, the +thirst for vengeance awoke in the major—"Where is the murderer?" +"Singular," said the officer; "all the doors were locked inside—how +could any one get in, and how could he get out?" Nowhere was there a +suspicious mark; even the instrument of murder, the broken sword, a +treasure kept by Timéa herself, and generally put away in a velvet box, +lay blood-stained on the ground. The official physician now arrived: +"Let us examine the servants." They all lay sound asleep, and the doctor +found that none of them was shamming: they were all drugged. Who could +have done it?</p> + +<p>Her mother gazed at him in silence and could not answer. She did not +know. The captain opened the door of Athalie's room, and they all went +in, Frau Sophie following half fainting; she knew the bed must be empty.</p> + +<p>Athalie was in bed and asleep. Her white night-dress was buttoned up to +her neck, her hair fastened into an embroidered cap, her lovely hands +lay on the quilt. Face and hands were clean, and she slept.</p> + +<p>Frau Sophie leaned stupefied against the wall when she saw Athalie. "She +too has been drugged," said the doctor.</p> + +<p>The army-surgeon came up and felt her pulse: it was calm. No muscle +moved on her face, no quiver betrayed her consciousness.</p> + +<p>She could deceive every one by her marvelous self-control; all but +one—the man whose beloved she had tried to murder.</p> + +<p>"Is she really asleep?" asked the major.</p> + +<p>"Feel her hand," said the doctor; "it is quite cool and calm."</p> + +<p>Athalie felt the major take hold of her hand. "But just look, doctor," +said he; "if you look closely you will see under the nails of this +beautiful hand—fresh blood!"</p> + +<p>At these words Athalie's fingers suddenly clinched, and the major felt +as if eagle's claws were running into his hand. She laughed aloud and +threw off the bedclothes. Completely dressed, she sprung up, looked the +astonished men proudly up and down, cast a triumphant glance at the +major, and threw a contemptuous look at her mother.</p> + +<p>The poor woman could not bear it, and sunk fainting to the ground.</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIFTH_XI" id="CHAPTER_FIFTH_XI"></a>CHAPTER XI.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE LAST STAB.</span></h3> + + +<p>In the archives of the Komorn Court, one of the most interesting trials +is that of Athalie Brazovics. The woman's defense was masterly; she +denied everything, knew how to disprove everything, and when they +thought they had caught her, she managed to throw such mystery over it +all, that her judges knew not where<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270">[Pg 270]</a></span> to have her. Why should she murder +Timéa? She was herself engaged, and had good prospects, while Timéa was +her benefactress, and had promised her a rich dowry.</p> + +<p>Then, too, no traces of the murder could be found except in Timéa's +room. Nowhere was a bloody rag or handkerchief to be found—not even the +ashes of anything which could have been burned. Who had drugged the +servants could not be ascertained. The household had supped together, +and among the various sweets and foreign fruits there might have been +something which stupefied them. Not a drop of the suspected punch was to +be found; even the glasses which had held it were all washed out when +the patrol entered.</p> + +<p>Athalie maintained that she also had taken something that evening which +tasted peculiar, and that she had fallen so fast asleep that she neither +heard her mother's cry nor the noises afterward, and only awoke when the +major touched her hand. The one person who had found her bed empty half +an hour before was her own mother, who could not give evidence against +her. Her strongest point was that Timéa had locked all the doors, and +was found insensible. How could a murderer get in and get out again? And +if there had been an attempt to murder, why should she be suspected more +than the rest?</p> + +<p>The major remained with Timéa till late at night; perhaps if he left, +some one might creep into the room again. They did not even know whether +the assassin was man or woman. The only one who knew, Timéa, did not +betray it, but kept to her assertion that she could not remember +anything about it; her alarm had been so great that everything had faded +from her memory like a dream.</p> + +<p>She could not accuse Athalie, and was not even confronted with her.</p> + +<p>Timéa was still crippled by her wounds, which healed slowly; but the +shock to her nerves was more serious than the bodily injury, and she +trembled for Athalie. Since that dreadful night she was never left +alone—a doctor and a nurse watched her by turns. By day the major +hardly left her side, and the magistrate often visited her in order to +cross-examine her; but as soon as Athalie was mentioned. Timéa was +silent, and not another word could be extracted from her.</p> + +<p>The doctor advised at last that she should hear some amusing reading +aloud. Timéa had left her bed, and sat up to receive visitors.</p> + +<p>Herr Katschuka proposed to open the birthday letters which had been put +aside on that eventful day. That would be as good as anything—the naïve +congratulations of the god-children to the miraculously saved lady, +which no one had yet read. Timéa's hands were still bandaged. Herr +Katschuka opened the letters and read them aloud. The magistrate, too, +was present. The patient's face brightened during the reading, which +seemed to do her good.</p> + +<p>"What a curious seal this is," said the major, as he took up a letter +which had a golden beetle stuck on the wax.</p> + +<p>"Very odd," said Timéa; "I noticed it too."</p> + +<p>The major opened it. After he had read the first line—"Gra<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_271" id="Page_271">[Pg 271]</a></span>cious lady, +there is in your room a picture of St. George"—the words stuck in his +throat, his eyes rolled wildly, and while he read on, his lips turned +blue, and cold sweat stood on his brow: suddenly he threw the letter +from him, and rushed like a madman to the picture, burst it in with his +fist, and tore it and its heavy frame from the wall. There behind it +yawned the dark depths of the secret chamber.</p> + +<p>The major dashed into the darkness, and returned in a moment with the +evidence of the murder—Athalie's bloody night-dress—in his hand. Timéa +hid her face in horror. The magistrate picked up the letter, put it in +his pocket, and took possession of the proofs.</p> + +<p>Other things were found in this hiding-place: the box of poisons, and +Athalie's diary, with the frightful confessions which threw light on her +soul's dark abysses, as the phosphoric mollusks do in the coral forests +of the sea. What monsters dwell there! Timéa forgets her wounds; with +clasped hands she implores the gentlemen, the doctor, the magistrate, +and her betrothed too, to tell no one, and keep the whole thing secret. +But that would be impossible; the proofs are in the hands of justice, +and there is no longer hope for Athalie except in God's mercy. And Timéa +can no longer disregard the legal summons: as soon as she can leave her +room, she must appear in court and be confronted with Athalie. This was +a cruel task. Even now she would only say that she remembered nothing +about the murderous attack.</p> + +<p>The marriage with the major had to be hurried on, for Timéa was to +appear in court as Katschuka's wife. As soon as her health allowed, the +wedding took place quite privately, without any festivity, without +guests or banquet. Only the clergyman and the witnesses, the magistrate +and the doctor, were present. No other visitors were admitted.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>Human justice would not spare her the painful scene: once again she had +to be brought face to face with her murderess. Athalie had no dread of +this meeting, but awaited with impatience the moment when her victim +would appear. If with no other weapon, she wished by her eyes to inflict +one more stab on Timéa's heart. But she started when the official +said—"Call Emerich Katschuka's wife!"</p> + +<p>Katschuka's wife! Already married to him! But in spite of that she +showed unconcealed satisfaction when Timéa entered, and Athalie saw the +face paler than ever, the red line over the marble forehead, the scar +from the murderous blow; this memento was from her. Her lovely bosom +swelled with joy when Timéa was required to swear in the name of the +living God that she would answer truly, and all she said was true, and +when Timéa drew off her glove and raised her hand, so that the +disfiguring scar of a frightful sword-cut was visible. That, too, was a +wedding-present from Athalie. And Timéa swore with that maimed and +trembling hand that she had forgotten everything, and could not even +remember whether the murderer with whom she had struggled was a man or a +woman.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_272" id="Page_272">[Pg 272]</a></span>"Fool!" muttered Athalie between her teeth. (Did they not struggle hand +to hand?) "What I dared to do, you dare not even accuse me of."</p> + +<p>"We are not asking that," said the president. "We only ask you, Did this +letter, in a child's writing, and sealed with a beetle, really come to +you by post, and on the very day of the attack? Was it then sealed, and +did no one know its contents?"</p> + +<p>Timéa answered all these questions calmly with Yes or No.</p> + +<p>Then the president turned to Athalie—"Now listen, Athalie Brazovics, to +the contents of this letter:—</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"'<span class="smcap">Gracious Lady</span>,—There is in your room a picture of +St. George on the wall. This picture covers a +hiding-place, to which the entrance lies through the +lumber-room. Have this hole walled up, and watch over +your valuable life. Long and happy may it be.</p> + +<p style="text-align: right;"><span class="smcap">Dodi</span>.'"</p></div> + +<p>And then the president raised a cloth from the table. Under it lay the +accusers of Athalie—the bloody night-dress, the box of poisons, and the +diary.</p> + +<p>Athalie uttered a scream like a mortally wounded animal, and covered her +face with both hands, and when she took them away, that face was no +longer pale, but fiery red. She had a narrow black ribbon round her +neck; she tore it off now with her two hands, and threw it away, as if +to bare the lovely neck for the headsman, or perhaps rather to utter +more easily what now burst from her.</p> + +<p>"Yes, it is true I tried to kill you, and I am only sorry I did not +succeed. You have been the curse of my life, you pale-faced ghost! +Through you I have incurred eternal damnation. I tried to kill you—I +owed it to myself. See now, there was enough poison to send a whole +wedding company into eternity; but I longed for your blood. You are not +dead, but my thirst is quenched, and I can die now. But before the +executioner's ax severs my head from my body, I will give your heart one +more stab, from which it will never be healed, and whose torture shall +disturb your sweetest embraces. I swear! hear me, oh, God! hear me, ye +saints and angels, and devils! all ye in heaven and earth!—be gracious +to me only so far as I speak what is true." And the raving woman sunk on +her knees, and threw up her hands, calling heaven and earth to witness. +"I swear! I swear that this secret—the secret of the hidden door—was +only known to one person besides myself, and that one was <span class="smcap">Michael Timar +Levetinczy</span>. The day after he learned this secret from me he disappeared. +If any one has told this, then <span class="smcap">Michael Timar Levetinczy did not die next +day</span>! He lives still, and you can look for your first husband's return. +So help me God, it is true that Timar lives! He whom we buried in his +stead was a thief who had stolen his clothes. And now live on with this +stab in your heart."</p> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273">[Pg 273]</a></span></p> + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIFTH_XII" id="CHAPTER_FIFTH_XII"></a>CHAPTER XII.<br /> +<span class="subhead">THE PENITENT IN "MARIA-NOSTRA."</span></h3> + + +<p>The court sentenced Athalie to death for attempted murder. The king's +mercy commuted this sentence into imprisonment for life in the +penitentiary of "Maria-Nostra."</p> + +<p>Athalie still lives. Forty years have passed since then, and she must be +nearly seventy years old, but her defiant spirit is unbroken; she is +obstinate, silent, and unrepentant. When the other prisoners are taken +to church on Sundays, she is locked into her cell, because it is feared +that she might disturb the devotions of the rest. Once when she was +forced to go there, she yelled out to the priest "Liar!" and spat on the +altar.</p> + +<p>At various times during this period great acts of amnesty have been +passed, and on national festivals hundreds of prisoners have been +liberated, but this one woman was never recommended to mercy. Those who +advised her to repent in order to secure a pardon received the reply, +"As soon as I am free I will kill that woman!"</p> + +<p>She says it still; but she whom she hates has long fallen into dust, +after suffering for many years from that last stab inflicted on her poor +sick heart.</p> + +<p>After the words "Timar still lives," she never could be happy again: +like a cold phantom it overshadowed her joy; her husband's kisses were +forever poisoned to her. And when she felt the approach of death, she +had herself taken to Levetinczy, that she might not be placed in the +tomb where God knows who mouldered away under Timar's name. There she +sought out a quiet willow grove on the Danube shore, in the part nearest +to where her father, Ali Tschorbadschi, rested at the bottom of the +river: as near to the ownerless island as if some secret instinct drew +her there. From her grave the island rock was visible.</p> + +<p>No blessing rested on the wealth Timar left behind him.</p> + +<p>The only son Timéa bore to her second husband was a great spendthrift: +in his hands the fabulous wealth vanished as quickly as it had grown, +and Timéa's grandson lives on the pension he receives from the fund +bequeathed by Timar for the benefit of poor nobles. This is all that is +left of his gigantic property.</p> + +<p>On the site of his Komorn palace stands another building, and the +Levetinczy tomb has been removed on account of the fortifications. Of +all the former splendor and riches not a trace remains.</p> + +<hr style='width: 45%;' /> + +<p>And what is passing meanwhile on the ownerless island?</p> + + + +<h3 class="newchapter"><a name="CHAPTER_FIFTH_XIII" id="CHAPTER_FIFTH_XIII"></a>CHAPTER XIII.<br /> +<span class="subhead">NOBODY.</span></h3> + + +<p>Since Timar's disappearance from Komorn forty years had passed. I was in +the alphabet-class when we schoolboys went to the funeral of the rich +lord, of whom people said afterward he was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274">[Pg 274]</a></span> perhaps not dead, only +disappeared. Among the people the belief was strong that Timar lived, +and would some day reappear; possibly Athalie's words had set this idea +afloat—at any rate, public opinion was strongly in favor of it.</p> + +<p>The features, too, of the lovely lady came before me, whom every Sunday +I admired as she sat near the organ; her seat was the nearest in the pew +to the chancel. She was so radiant with beauty and yet so gentle. I well +remember the excitement when it was reported that a companion of this +beautiful woman had tried to murder her in the night. I saw the +condemned prisoner taken to the place of execution in the headsman's +cart; it was said that she would be beheaded. She had on a gray gown +with black ribbons, and sat with her back to the driver; before her was +a priest holding a crucifix. The market-women overwhelmed her with +abuse, and spat at her; but she gazed indifferently before her, and +noticed nothing.</p> + +<p>The people thronged round the cart; curious boys hurried in troops to +see the lovely head separated from the neck. I looked on fearfully from +a closed window—oh, dear, if she had looked at me by chance! An hour +later the crowd returned grumbling; they were disappointed that the +beautiful criminal had been respited. She had only been taken up on to +the scaffold, and there informed of the pardon.</p> + +<p>And then after that I saw that other lovely rich lady every Sunday in +church; but now with a red mark across her forehead, and each year with +a sadder and paler face. All sorts of stories were told of her; children +heard them from their mothers, and repeated them in school.</p> + +<p>And, finally, time swept the whole story out of people's memory.</p> + +<p>Some years ago, an old friend of mine, a naturalist, who is celebrated +as a collector of plants and insects throughout the world, described to +me the singular district between Hungary and Turkey, which belongs to +neither State, and is not any one's private property.</p> + +<p>On this account it offers a veritable California to the ardent +naturalist, who finds there the rarest flora and fauna. My old friend +used to visit this region every year, and stay there for weeks zealously +collecting specimens: he invited me to share his autumn expedition. I am +somewhat of a dilettante in this line, and as I had leisure, I +accompanied my friend to the Lower Danube.</p> + +<p>He led me to the ownerless island. My learned friend had known it for +five-and-twenty years past, when it was in great part a wilderness, and +all the work in progress.</p> + +<p>Apart from the reed-beds, which still surround and conceal the island, +it is now a complete model farm. Surrounded by a dike, it is protected +from any floods, and is intersected by canals, provided with water by a +horse-power pumping-engine.</p> + +<p>When an enthusiastic gardener gets here, he can hardly tear himself +away; every inch of ground is utilized, or serves to beautify the place. +The tobacco grown here has the most exquisite aroma, and, when properly +treated, is a first-class product; the bee-hives look from a distance +like a small town, with one-storied houses and many-shaped roofs. The +rarest fowls are bred in one in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_275" id="Page_275">[Pg 275]</a></span>closure, and on the artificial lake swim +curious foreign ducks and swans. In the rich meadows graze short-horned +cows, angora goats, and llama sheep with long, soft, black hair.</p> + +<p>It is easy to see that the owner of the island understands luxury—and +yet that owner never has a farthing to call his own; no money ever +enters the island. Those, however, who need the exports, know also the +requirements of the islanders—such as grain, clothes, tools, etc.—and +bring them for barter.</p> + +<p>My learned friend used to bring garden seeds and eggs of rare poultry, +and received in exchange curious insects and dried plants, which he sold +to natural history collections and foreign museums, and made a good +profit out of them, for science is not only a passion but a means of +sustenance. But what surprised me most agreeably was to hear pure +Hungarian spoken by the inhabitants, which is very rare in that +neighborhood.</p> + +<p>The whole colony consisted of one family, and each was called only +by his Christian name. The six sons of the first settler had married +women of the district, and the numbers of grandchildren and +great-grandchildren already exceeded forty, but the island maintained +them all. Poverty was unknown; they lived in luxury: each knew some +trade, and if they had been ten times as many, their labor would have +supported them. The founders of the family still superintended the work.</p> + +<p>The male members of the family learn gardening, carpentry, coopering, +preparation of tobacco, and the breeding of cattle; among them are +cabinet-makers and millers; the women weave Turkish carpets, prepare +honey, make cheese, and distill rose-water; and all these occupations go +on so naturally that it is never necessary to give orders; each knows +his duty, fulfills it untold, and takes pleasure in its completion. The +dwellings of the ever-growing families already form a whole street; each +little house is built by division of labor, and the elders help the +newly married. Strangers who visit the island are received by the +nominal head of the family, whom the others call father. Strangers know +him under the name of Deodatus. He is a well-built man of over forty, +with handsome features; he it is who arranges the terms of barter and +shows visitors over the colony.</p> + +<p>When we arrived Deodatus received us with the kind cordiality one +exhibits to old friends; the naturalist was a regular annual visitor. +The subjects of our discourse were pomology, horticulture, botany, +entomology, in all of which Deodatus seemed to be well versed; in +everything pertaining to gardens and cattle-breeding he had reached a +high standard. I could not conceal my surprise, and asked him where he +had learned it.</p> + +<p>"From our father," answered Deodatus, with a sigh.</p> + +<p>"Who is that?"</p> + +<p>"You will see him when we assemble in the evening."</p> + +<p>It was the time of apples. All the young people and women were busy +gathering the pretty golden-yellow, brown, and crimson fruit. It lay in +pyramids on the green turf, like cannon-balls inside a fortress. Joyous +cries resounded through the island; when the sun set, a bell gave the +signal for the holiday feast. At this signal<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_276" id="Page_276">[Pg 276]</a></span> every one hastened to fill +baskets with the remaining fruit, which was then carried into the +apple-store.</p> + +<p>We also, with Deodatus, bent our steps to the place whence the sound +came. The bell was on the top of a small wooden building, which, as well +as its little tower, was overgrown with ivy; but one could guess by the +fantastic forms of the columns under the veranda, that the architect had +carved many a thoughtful dream and wish into his work.</p> + +<p>Before this house was a circular space with tables and chairs; there +every one met when work was over.</p> + +<p>"Here dwell our old people," whispered Deodatus.</p> + +<p>They soon came out—a fine pair. The wife might be sixty, the man +eighty. The great-grandfather's face had that characteristic look which +makes you remember a good picture you have once seen, even if forty +years ago. I was quite startled: his head was nearly bald, but the +remaining hair and his beard were hardly gray, and on his firm, calm +features age seemed to have no hold. A temperate and regular life and a +cheerful disposition preserve the features unspoiled.</p> + +<p>The great-grandmother was still an attractive woman. Her once golden +hair certainly was flecked with silver, but her eyes were still girlish, +and her cheeks blushed like a bride's when her husband kissed her.</p> + +<p>The faces of both beamed with happiness when they saw their whole large +family round them, and they called each to them by name and kissed them. +This was their joy, their devotion, their song of praise.</p> + +<p>Deodatus, the eldest son, was the last to embrace his parents, and then +our turn came. They shook hands with us too, and invited us to supper. +The old lady still kept the care of the cooking department in her own +hands, and she it was who provided for all the family, though each had +full liberty to sit at a separate table with any others he cared for, +and take his meal with them; but her husband sat down at a table with us +and Deodatus. A tiny golden-haired angel of a child called Noémi climbed +on his lap, and had permission to listen, wondering, to our wise talk.</p> + +<p>When my name was mentioned to the old man he looked long at me, and a +visible color rose in his cheeks. My learned friend asked him whether he +had ever heard my name before; the old man was silent. Deodatus hastened +to say that his father had for forty years read nothing of what was +passing in the world: his whole study was books of farming and +gardening. I therefore undertook, as people do who have made a +profession of imparting what they know, to bring my wares to market, and +I told him what was going on in the world. I informed him that Hungary +was now united to Austria by the word "and."</p> + +<p>He blew a cloud from his pipe: the smoke said, "My island has nothing to +do with that."</p> + +<p>I told him of our heavy taxes: the smoke replied, "We have no taxes +here."</p> + +<p>I described to him the fearful wars which had been waged in our kingdom +and all over the world: the smoke answered, "We wage war here with no +one."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277">[Pg 277]</a></span>There was at that time a great panic on the exchanges, the oldest firms +failed; and this too I explained to him. Only his pipe's steady puffs +seemed to say, "Thank God, we have no money here."</p> + +<p>I described to him the bitter struggle of parties, the strife between +religion, nationalities, and ambition. The old man shook the ashes out +of his pipe—"We have neither bishops, electors, nor ministers here."</p> + +<p>And finally, I proved to him how great our country would be when +everything we hoped for was fulfilled.</p> + +<p>Little Noémi meanwhile had fallen asleep on her great-grandfather's lap, +and had to be carried to bed. This was more important than what I was +talking of; the sleeping child passed into the great-grandmother's arms. +When the old lady left us, the old man asked me, "Where were you born?" +I told him.</p> + +<p>"What is your profession?"</p> + +<p>I told him I was a romance-writer.</p> + +<p>"What is that?"</p> + +<p>"One who can guess by the end of a story what the whole story was from +the beginning."</p> + +<p>"Well, then, guess my story," said he, clasping my hand. "There was once +a man who left a world in which he was admired, and created a second +world in which he was loved."</p> + +<p>"May I venture to ask your name?"</p> + +<p>The old man seemed to grow a head taller; then raising his trembling +hands, he laid them on my head. And at this moment it seemed to me as if +once, long, long ago, that hand had rested on my head when childish +curls covered it, and as if I had seen that noble face before.</p> + +<p>To my question he replied, "My name is <span class="smcap">Nobody</span>." With that he turned away +and spoke no more, but went into his house, and did not appear again +during our stay on the island.</p> + +<p>This is the present condition of the ownerless island. The privilege +granted by two kingdoms, that this speck of ground should be excluded +from any map, will last for fifty years more.</p> + +<p>Fifty years! Who knows what will have become of the world by then?</p> + +<p class="theend">THE END.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p class="advertboldheader">ASK FOR AMERICAN SERIES No. 335.</p> + +<p class="advertheader">A Really Great American Novel.</p> + +<h2>A TALE OF THE TOWN:<br /> +<span class="subhead2">OR,</span><br /> +<span class="subhead">PHILIP HENSON, M. D.</span></h2> + +<p class="advertheader">BY GEORGE HASTINGS.</p> + +<p class="boldcenter">PAPER, 25 CENTS.</p> + + +<p class="bold">PRESS CRITICISMS:</p> + +<p>"We do not purpose to rob the story of the zest which remains for the +reading by telling here all the ingenious but reasonable complications +which beset this man, how love withers under the unseen blight, how rest +forsakes him, how success becomes a satire, and how the impervious will +sinks into impotency when beset by intangible and inscrutable forces. It +is enough to point out that in this book the author has planted his +characters upon an elemental truth, and something of the efficacy of +that truth gives a strange fascination and power to the story."—<i>New +York World.</i></p> + +<p>"It is a cleverly wrought and highly interesting novel, constructed upon +somewhat unconventional lines. There is just enough medical science and +metaphysics in it to give it spice; there are two murders, a trial and +conviction of an innocent man on circumstantial evidence, a series of +confidential domestic scenes, and a dash of hypnotism—surely enough to +capture the fancy of the inveterate or occasional novel reader. . . . It +is a curious but entrancing novel, and once caught in its seductive +meshes the reader will find it hard to escape. Incidentally some of +Inspector Byrnes' peculiar detective methods are severely +satirized."—<i>The Brooklyn Standard-Union.</i></p> + +<p>"It is clever in its way, but trash."—<i>The Buffalo Courier.</i></p> + +<p>"It places the author in the foremost rank of American writers of +fiction. . . . It will live—a surpassingly clever delineation of a +strange phase of human character."—<i>The London Times.</i></p> + +<p>"Philip Henson, M. D., by George Hastings, is indifferent and +mediocre."—<i>The New York Daily Continent.</i></p> + +<p>"Philip Henson, M. D., is more than clever—it is masterly. In exciting +and absorbing interest this book excels the novels of Gaboriau and De +Boisgobey, and the sketches and characters are capitally drawn. For +example, Inspector Byrnes and his methods have never before been so +accurately described."—<i>The Spirit of the Times.</i></p> + +<p>"A story quite out of the ordinary."—<i>The Kansas City Journal.</i></p> + +<p>"Very dramatically told, and a well-conceived and thrilling +narrative."—<i>America.</i></p> + +<p>"The plot of Philip Henson, M. D., is remarkably strong and tragic. Mr. +Hastings is a graphic writer."—<i>The Sacramento Record-Union.</i></p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<p class="advertboldheader">AMERICAN SERIES.</p> + +<p class="advertheader">TITLES ALPHABETICALLY ARRANGED</p> + +<p class="centerbold">TWENTY-FIVE CENT SERIES.</p> + +<div class="figcenter"> +<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" summary="American Series"> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Abbey Murder, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Jos. Hatton.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Alas!</td> +<td class="advert4">Rhoda Broughton.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Allan Quatermain.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. Rider Haggard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Allan's Wife.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. Rider Haggard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">All Sorts and Conditions of Men.</td> +<td class="advert4">Walter Besant and James Rice.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">American Girl in London, An.</td> +<td class="advert4">Sara Jeannette Duncan.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">American Notes.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rudyard Kipling.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Amethyst.</td> +<td class="advert4">Christabel R. Coleridge.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">April's Lady.</td> +<td class="advert4">The Duchess.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Aristocrat in America, An.</td> +<td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Armorel of Lyonesse.</td> +<td class="advert4">Walter Besant.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Artificial Fate, An.</td> +<td class="advert4">Clarence Boutelle.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Artist and Model.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rene de Pont Jest.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">As In a Looking-glass.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. C. Phillips.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Auld Licht Idylls.</td> +<td class="advert4">J. M. Barrie.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Averil.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rosa Nouchette Carey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Awakening of Mary Fenwick, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Beatrice Whitby.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Bachelor's Blunder, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">W. E. Norris.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Baffled Conspirators, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">W. E. Norris.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Bag of Diamonds, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">G. Manville Fenn.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Bank Tragedy, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mary R. P. Hatch.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Baptized with a Curse.</td> +<td class="advert4">Edith Stewart Drewry.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Beaton's Bargain.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Alexander.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Beatrice.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. Rider Haggard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Be Quick and Be Dead.</td> +<td class="advert4">Ophelia Hives.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Birch Dene.</td> +<td class="advert4">William Westall.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Black Tulip, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexandre Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Blind Fate.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Alexander.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Blind Love.</td> +<td class="advert4">Wilkie Collins.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Born Coquette, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">The Duchess.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Bound by a Spell.</td> +<td class="advert4">Hugh Conway.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">By Order of the Czar.</td> +<td class="advert4">Jos. Hatton.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">By Woman's Wit.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Alexander.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Camille.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexandre Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Cardinal Sin, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Hugh Conway.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Cast Up by the Sea.</td> +<td class="advert4">Sir Samuel W. Baker.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Cleopatra.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. Rider Haggard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Colonel Quaritch, V. C.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. Rider Haggard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Confessions of a Woman, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mabel Collins.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Count of Monte-Cristo, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexandre Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Courting of Dinah Shadd, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rudyard Kipling.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Cradled in a Storm.</td> +<td class="advert4">Theodore A. Sharp.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Crooked Path, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Alexander.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Daughter of Heth, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">William Black.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Daughter's Sacrifice, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. C. Phillips.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Dawn.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. Rider Haggard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Dean and His Daughter, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. C. Phillips.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Dean's Daughter, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Sophie F. Veitch.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Deemster, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Hall Caine.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Demoniac, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Walter Besant.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Derrick Vaughn, Novelist.</td> +<td class="advert4">Edna Lyall.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Diana Barrington.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. John Croker.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Diary of a Pilgrimage.</td> +<td class="advert4">Jerome K. Jerome.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Dmitri.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. W. Bain, M.A.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Dodo and I.</td> +<td class="advert4">Capt. A. Haggard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Donald Ross of Heimra.</td> +<td class="advert4">William Black.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Donovan.</td> +<td class="advert4">Edna Lyall.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Dora Thorne.</td> +<td class="advert4">Charlotte M. Braeme.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Doris's Fortune.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. Warden.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Dr. Cupid.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rhoda Broughton.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Dr. Glennie's Daughter.</td> +<td class="advert4">B. L. Farjeon.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Duchess, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">The Duchess.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Duchess of Powysland, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Grant Allen.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Duke's Secret, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Charlotte M. Braeme.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">East Lynne.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Henry Wood.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Edmond Dantes.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexandre Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Eric Brighteyes.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. Rider Haggard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Evil Genius, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Wilkie Collins.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Fair Women.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Forrester.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Fallen Idol, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. Anstey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Fatal Dower, A.</td> +<td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Felon's Bequest, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. Du Boisgobey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Fiery Ordeal, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Bertha M. Clay.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">First Violin, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Jessie Fothergill.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Frontiersmen, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Gustave Aimard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Frozen Hearts.</td> +<td class="advert4">G. Webb Appleton.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Frozen Pirate, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">W. Clark Russell.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Giraldi.</td> +<td class="advert4">Ross G. Dering.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Golden Hope, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">W. Clark Russell.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Grave Between Them, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Clarence Boutelle.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Great Mill St. Mystery, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Adeline Sargent.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Guilderoy.</td> +<td class="advert4">Ouida.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Handy Andy.</td> +<td class="advert4">Samuel Lover.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Hardy Norseman, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Edna Lyall.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Haunted Chamber, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">The Duchess.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Heriot's Choice.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rosa N. Carey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Her Last Throw.</td> +<td class="advert4">The Duchess.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Herr Paulus.</td> +<td class="advert4">Walter Besant.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">He Went for a Soldier.</td> +<td class="advert4">John Strange Winter.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Hidden Away.</td> +<td class="advert4">Etta W. Pierce.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Hon. Mrs. Vereker, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">The Duchess.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">House Party, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Ouida.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Hunchback of Notre Dame, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Victor Hugo.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Idle Thoughts of an Idle Fellow, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Jerome K. Jerome.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">I Have Lived and Loved.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Forrester.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">In the Golden Days.</td> +<td class="advert4">Edna Lyall.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">In the Heart of the Storm.</td> +<td class="advert4">Maxwell Gray.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Irma.</td> +<td class="advert4">Lawrence Gordon.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Jack and Three Jills, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. C. Phillips.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Jane Eyre.</td> +<td class="advert4">Charlotte Bronte.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Jess.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. Rider Haggard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Julius Courtney.</td> +<td class="advert4">J. McLaren Cobban.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Keeper of the Keys, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. W. Robinson.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Kidnapped.</td> +<td class="advert4">R. L. Stevenson.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">"King" Arthur.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Mulock.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">King Solomon's Mines.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. Rider Haggard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Kit and Kitty.</td> +<td class="advert4">R. D. Blackmore.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Kith and Kin.</td> +<td class="advert4">Jessie Fothergill.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Knight-Errant.</td> +<td class="advert4">Edna Lyall.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Lady Audley's Secret.</td> +<td class="advert4">Miss M. E. Braddon.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Lady Beauty.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alan Muir.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Lady Walworth's Diamonds.</td> +<td class="advert4">The Duchess.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Lamplighter, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Maria S. Cummings.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Last Love, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Georges Ohnet.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Life Interest, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Alexander.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Life's Mistake, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. H. Lovett Cameron.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Life's Remorse, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">The Duchess.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Light that Failed, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rudyard Kipling.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Little Irish Girl, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">The Duchess.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Little Mrs. Murray.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. C. Phillips.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Little Primrose.</td> +<td class="advert4">Wenona Gilman.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Little Rebel, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">The Duchess.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Living or Dead.</td> +<td class="advert4">Hugh Conway.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">L'Ombra.</td> +<td class="advert4">From the French of Gennevraye.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Lord Lisle's Daughter.</td> +<td class="advert4">Charlotte M. Braeme.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Lost Wife, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. H. Lovett Cameron.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Louise de la Valliere.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexandre Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Lover or Friend.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rosa N. Carey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Lucky Young Woman, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. C. Phillips.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Madame Midas.</td> +<td class="advert4">Fergus W. Hume.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Maid, Wife, or Widow?</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Alexander.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Maiwa's Revenge.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. Rider Haggard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Man-Hunter, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Dick Donovan.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Man in the Iron Mask, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexandre Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Man Outside, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Clarence Boutelle.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">March in the Ranks, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Jessie Fothergill.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Margaret Byng.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. C. Phillips.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Mark of Cain, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Andrew Lang.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Marooned.</td> +<td class="advert4">W. Clark Russell.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Marriage at Sea, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">W. Clark Russell.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Marvel.</td> +<td class="advert4">The Duchess.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Mary Jane's Memoirs.</td> +<td class="advert4">George R. Sims.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Mary St. John.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rosa N. Carey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Master of Ballantrae, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">R. L. Stevenson.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Master Rockafellar's Voyage.</td> +<td class="advert4">W. Clark Russell.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Matter of Skill, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Beatrice Whitby.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Mayor of Casterbridge, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Thos. Hardy.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Mere Child, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">L. B. Walford.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Merle's Crusade.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rosa N. Carey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Merry Men, and Other Tales and Fables, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">R. L. Stevenson.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Miracle Gold.</td> +<td class="advert4">Richard Dowling.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Misadventures of John Nicholson.</td> +<td class="advert4">R. L. Stevenson.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Miss Bretherton.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Humphrey Ward.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Mistress Beatrice Cope.</td> +<td class="advert4">M. E. Le Clerc.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Modern Circe, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">The Duchess.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Mohawks.</td> +<td class="advert4">Miss M. E. Braddon.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Molly Bawn.</td> +<td class="advert4">The Duchess.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Molly's Story.</td> +<td class="advert4">Frank Merryfield.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Moment After, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Robert Buchanan.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Mona's Choice.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Alexander.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Mr. Meeson's Will.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. Rider Haggard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Mrs. Fenton.</td> +<td class="advert4">W. E. Norris.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">My Danish Sweetheart.</td> +<td class="advert4">W. Clark Russell.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">My Friend Jim.</td> +<td class="advert4">W. E. Norris.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">My Guardian.</td> +<td class="advert4">Ada Cambridge.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">My Lady Nicotine.</td> +<td class="advert4">J. M. Barrie.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Mystery of a Hansom Cab, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Fergus W. Hume.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Mystery of St. James's Park, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">J. B. Barton.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">My Wonderful Wife.</td> +<td class="advert4">Marie Corelli.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Nameless Man, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. Du Boisgobey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Nellie's Memories.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rosa N. Carey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">New Arabian Nights.</td> +<td class="advert4">R. L. Stevenson.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Nine of Hearts, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">B. L. Farjeon.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Noble Woman, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Henry Gréville.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Not Guilty.</td> +<td class="advert4">Etta W. Pierce.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Not Like Other Girls.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rosa N. Carey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Nun's Curse, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. J. H. Riddell.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Old Curiosity Shop, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Charles Dickens.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Once Again.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Forrester.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">One Life, One Love.</td> +<td class="advert4">Miss M. E. Braddon.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Only a Mill Girl.</td> +<td class="advert4">Eric St. C. Ross.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Only the Governess.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rosa N. Carey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">On the Stage—and Off.</td> +<td class="advert4">Jerome K. Jerome.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Other Man's Wife, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">John Strange Winter.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Our Bessie.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rosa N. Carey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Outsider, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Hawley Smart.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Parisian Detective, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. Du Boisgobey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Part of the Property.</td> +<td class="advert4">Beatrice Whitby.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Passion's Slave.</td> +<td class="advert4">Richard Ashe King.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Paul Nugent, Materialist.</td> +<td class="advert4">Helen F. Hetherington (Gullifer) and Rev. H. Darwin Burton.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Pennycomequicks, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">S. Baring Gould.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Phantom Future, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. S. Merriman.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Phantom Rickshaw, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rudyard Kipling.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Picture of Dorian Gray, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Oscar Wilde.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Plain Tales from the Hills.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rudyard Kipling.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Plunger, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Hawley Smart.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Pretty Miss Bellew.</td> +<td class="advert4">Theo. Gift.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Prince Otto.</td> +<td class="advert4">R. L. Stevenson.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Prince Lucifer.</td> +<td class="advert4">Etta W. Pierce.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Queenie's Whim.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rosa N. Carey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Queen Tempest.</td> +<td class="advert4">Jane G. Austin.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Roland Oliver.</td> +<td class="advert4">Justin McCarthy.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Romance of a Poor Young Man, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Octave Feuillet.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Riversons, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">S. J. Bumstead.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Ruffino.</td> +<td class="advert4">Ouida.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Saddle and Saber.</td> +<td class="advert4">Hawley Smart.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Sabina Zembra.</td> +<td class="advert4">William Black.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Scarlet Letter, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Nathaniel Hawthorne.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Scheherazade.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. Warden.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Search for Basil Lyndhurst, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rosa N. Carey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Secret of Her Life, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Edward Jenkins.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Shadow of a Sin, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Charlotte M. Braeme.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">She.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. Rider Haggard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">She Trusted Him.</td> +<td class="advert4">Charles Garvice.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Silence of Dean Maitland, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Maxwell Gray.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Social Departure, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Sara Jeannette Duncan.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Social Vicissitudes.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. C. Phillips.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Soldiers Three.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rudyard Kipling.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Son of Porthos, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexandre Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Spurious.</td> +<td class="advert4">J. Barney Low.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Stage-Land.</td> +<td class="advert4">Jerome K. Jerome.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Stephen Ellicott's Daughter.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. J. H. Needell.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">St. Katherine's by the Tower.</td> +<td class="advert4">Walter Besant.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Story of an African farm, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Olive Schreiner.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Story of an Error, The.</td> +<td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Story of Philip Methuen, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. J. H. Needell.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Story of the Gadsbys, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rudyard Kipling.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Strange Adventures of Lucy Smith, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. C. Phillips.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde.</td> +<td class="advert4">R. L. Stevenson.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Sylvia Arden.</td> +<td class="advert4">Oswald Crawford.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Syrlin. Ouida.</td> +<td> </td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Tale of Three Lions, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. Rider Haggard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Tangles Unraveled.</td> +<td class="advert4">Evelyn Kimball Johnson.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Texar's Revenge.</td> +<td class="advert4">Jules Verne.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">This Wicked World.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. H. Lovett Cameron.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Three Guardsmen, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexandre Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Three Men in a Boat.</td> +<td class="advert4">Jerome K. Jerome.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Three Miss Kings, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Ada Cambridge.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Troublesome Girl, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">The Duchess.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Twenty Years After.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexandre Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Twin Hussars, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. W. Rollins.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Two Masters.</td> +<td class="advert4">B. M. Croker.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Uncle Max.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rosa N. Carey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Under-Currents.</td> +<td class="advert4">The Duchess.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Under Two Flags.</td> +<td class="advert4">Ouida.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Vendetta.</td> +<td class="advert4">Marie Corelli.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Vicomte de Bragelonne, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexandre Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Weaker than a Woman.</td> +<td class="advert4">Charlotte M. Braeme.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Wedding Ring, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Robert Buchanan.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Wee Wifie.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rosa N. Carey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">We Two.</td> +<td class="advert4">Edna Lyall.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">What Gold Can Not Buy.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Alexander.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">When a Man's Single.</td> +<td class="advert4">J. M. Barrie.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">White Company, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">A. Conan Doyle.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Wicked Girl, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mary Cecil Hay.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Widow Bedott Papers.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. M. Whitcher.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Wife In Name Only.</td> +<td class="advert4">Charlotte M. Braeme.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Will.</td> +<td class="advert4">Georges Ohnet.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Window in Thrums, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">J. M. Barrie.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Witch's Head, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. Rider Haggard.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Woman's Face, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. Warden.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Woman's Heart, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Alexander.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Woman's War, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Charlotte M. Braeme.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Won by Waiting.</td> +<td class="advert4">Edna Lyall.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Wonderful Adventures of Phra the Phœnician, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Edwin Lester Arnold.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Wooed and Married.</td> +<td class="advert4">Rosa N. Carey.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Wooing O't, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Alexander.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">World's Desire, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">H. Rider Haggard and Andrew Lang.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">World, the Flesh, and the Devil, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. M. E. Braddon.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert5">Wormwood.</td> +<td class="advert4">Marie Corelli.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Young Mr. Ainslie's Courtship.</td> +<td class="advert4">F. C. Phillips.</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 25%;" /> + +<p class="advertboldheader">FIFTY CENT ISSUES.</p> + +<div class="figcenter"> +<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" summary="Fifty Cent Issues"> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Ardath.</td> +<td class="advert4">Marie Corelli.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Disputed Inheritance, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Timayenis.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Englishman in Paris, An.</td> +<td class="advert4"> </td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Robert Elsmere.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. Humphrey Ward.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Romance of Two Worlds, A.</td> +<td class="advert4">Marie Corelli.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Spurgeon's Gold. Rev.</td> +<td class="advert4">E. H. Swem.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Thelma.</td> +<td class="advert4">Marie Corelli.</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> + +<hr style="width: 25%;" /> + +<p class="boldcenter">Latest Issues American Series.<br /> +25-Cent Edition.</p> + +<div class="figcenter"> +<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" summary="American Series"> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Andrée de Taverney.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexander Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Discarded Daughter, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. E. D. E. N. Southworth.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Countess de Charny, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexander Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Retribution.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. E. D. E. N. Southworth.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Six Years Later.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexander Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Queen's Necklace, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexander Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Fatal Marriage, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. E. D. E. N. Southworth.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Memoirs of a Physician.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexander Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Joseph Balsamo.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexander Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Self-Raised.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. E. D. E. N. Southworth.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Ishmael.</td> +<td class="advert4">Mrs. E. D. E. N. Southworth.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Russian Gypsy, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">Alexander Dumas.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Old Mam'selle's Secret, The.</td> +<td class="advert4">E. Marlitt.</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> + +<hr style="width: 25%;" /> + +<p class="advertheader"><span class="subhead">ALEXANDER DUMAS' WORKS</span><br /> +<span class="subhead2">CONTAINED IN</span><br /> +"AMERICAN SERIES:"</p> + +<div class="figcenter"> +<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" summary="Alexander Dumas works"> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">Camille.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">Edmond Dantes.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">Count of Monte-Cristo.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">The Three Guardsmen.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">Twenty Years After.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">Vicomte de Bragelonne.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">Louise de la Valliere.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">The Man in the Iron Mask.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">The Son of Porthos.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">The Black Tulip.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">The Russian Gypsy.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">Joseph Balsamo.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">Memoirs of a Physician.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">The Queen's Necklace.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">Six Years Later.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">Countess de Charny.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">Andrée de Taverney.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert4">The Chevalier de Maison Rouge.</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 25%;" /> + +<p class="advertheader"><span class="subhead">MAXWELL GRAY'S WORKS</span><br /> +<span class="subhead2">CONTAINED IN</span><br /> +"AMERICAN SERIES."</p> + +<div class="figcenter"> +<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" summary="Maxwell Gray works"> +<tr> +<td class="advert3">No. 239</td> +<td class="advert4">—In the Heart of the Storm.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert3">No. 261</td> +<td class="advert4">—Silence of Dean Maitland, The.</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> + +<hr style="width: 25%;" /> + +<p class="advertheader"><span class="subhead">MARIE CORELLI'S WORKS</span><br /> +<span class="subhead2">CONTAINED IN</span><br /> +"AMERICAN SERIES."</p> + +<div class="figcenter"> +<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" summary="Marie Corelli works"> +<tr> +<td class="advert3">No. 6</td> +<td class="advert4">—Ardath—50c number.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert3">No. 73</td> +<td class="advert4">—Romance of Two Worlds, A—50c number.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert3">No. 4</td> +<td class="advert4">—Thelma—50c number.</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> + +<hr style='width: 15%;' /> + +<div class="figcenter"> +<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" summary="Marie Corelli works"> +<tr> +<td class="advert3">No. 244</td> +<td class="advert4">—Hired Baby, The.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert3">No. 169</td> +<td class="advert4">—My Wonderful Wife.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert3">No. 99</td> +<td class="advert4">—Vendetta.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert3">No. 224</td> +<td class="advert4">—Wormwood.</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<h2>CUSHING'S MANUAL.<br /> +<span class="subhead2">CONTAINING</span><br /> +<span class="subhead">RULES of PROCEEDING and DEBATE</span><br /> +<span class="subhead2">OF</span><br /> +<span class="subhead">DELIBERATIVE ASSEMBLIES.</span></h2> + +<p class="center"><i>A Complete Guide for Instruction and Reference in all Matters +pertaining to the Management of Public Meetings according to +Parliamentary Usages.</i></p> + +<div class="figcenter"> +<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" summary="authors of Cushing's Manual"> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 80%;">BY</td> +<td style="text-align: center; font-size: 80%;">REVISED BY</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td style="text-align: center; padding-right: 3em; padding-left: 3em;">LUTHER S. CUSHING.</td> +<td style="text-align: center; padding-right: 3em; padding-left: 3em;">FRANCES P. SULLIVAN.</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> + +<p class="center">The contents embrace the following subjects:</p> + +<div class="figcenter"> +<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" summary="subjects from Cushing's Manual"> +<tr><td class="advert4">Adding of Propositions.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Adjournment.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Amendment.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Apology.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Assembly, Deliberative.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Assembling.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Blanks, filling of.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Chairman, preliminary election of.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Committees.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Committee of the Whole.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Commitment.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Communications.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Consent of the assembly.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Contested Elections.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Credentials.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Debate.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Decorum, Breaches of.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Disorderly Conduct.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Disorderly Words.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Division.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Elections and Returns.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Expulsion.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Floor.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Forms of Proceeding.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Incidental Questions.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Introduction of Business.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Journal.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Judgment of an aggregate body.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Lie on the Table.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">List of members.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Main Question.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Majority.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Members.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Membership.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Motion.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Naming a member.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Officers.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Order of a deliberative assembly.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Order of business.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Order, rules of.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Order, call to.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Orders of the Day.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Organization.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Papers and Documents.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Parliamentary Law.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Parliamentary Rules.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Petitions.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Postponement.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Power of assembly to eject strangers.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Preamble.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Precedence.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">President.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Presiding Officer.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Previous Question.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Privileged Questions.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Proceedings, how set in motion.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Punishment.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Quarrel between members.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Question.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Quorum.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Reading of Papers.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Reception.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Recommitment.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Reconsideration.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Recording Officer.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Recurrence of Business.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Reports of Committees.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Reprimand.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Resolution.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Returns.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Roll.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Rules.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Secondary Questions.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Seconding of motions.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Secretary.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Separation of propositions.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Speaking.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Speaking member.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Speech, reading of, by member.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Subsidiary Questions.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Suspension of a rule.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Transposition of proposition.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Vice-President.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Voting.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Will of assembly.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Withdrawal of motion.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="advert4">Yeas and Nays.</td></tr> +</table> +</div> + +<p class="center">In addition to the above this volume contains<br /> +<span style="font-size: 110%; font-weight: bold;">THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES</span><br /> +AND THE<br /> +<span style="font-size: 110%; font-weight: bold;">DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE.</span></p> + +<p class="center"><i>208 Pages. Bound in paper, 25 cents; bound in cloth, gilt back, 50 +cents.</i></p> + +<p class="center">Sent by mail receipt of price. One- and two-cent stamps taken.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<h2>Standard Recitations by Best Authors</h2> + +<p class="center"><span style="font-size: 110%;">A CHOICE COLLECTION OF BEAUTIFUL COMPOSITIONS,</span><br /> +CAREFULLY COMPILED FOR<br /> +<span style="font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold;">School, Lyceum, Parlor, and other Entertainments,</span><br /> +BY FRANCES P. SULLIVAN.</p> + +<p class="center">CONTENTS OF NO. 22.</p> + + +<div class="figcenter"> +<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" summary="contents of Standard Recitations"> +<tr> +<td> </td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3"><span style="font-size: 75%;">PAGE</span></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Shamus O'Brien, The Bold Boy of Glingall.</td> +<td class="advert1">Samuel Lover.</td> +<td class="advert3">3</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Soldiers' Reward.</td> +<td class="advert1">J. W. Donovan.</td> +<td class="advert3">7</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Kitten of the Regiment.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">9</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Perils of a Teacher.</td> +<td class="advert1">J. W. Donovan.</td> +<td class="advert3">10</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">A Climb at Rouen.</td> +<td class="advert1">M. Betham Edwards.</td> +<td class="advert3">11</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Catching the Colt.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">12</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Something for Strikers.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">13</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Harmony.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">13</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">By the Wayside.</td> +<td class="advert1">E. Doherty.</td> +<td class="advert3">14</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Unwelcomed Baby.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">15</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Running Before It.</td> +<td class="advert1">William Constable.</td> +<td class="advert3">16</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">"Warned."</td> +<td class="advert1">Crape Myrtle.</td> +<td class="advert3">17</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Old Wife's Kiss.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">17</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Old Office-Desk.</td> +<td class="advert1">Henry J. Shellman.</td> +<td class="advert3">19</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Chickens Come Home to Roost.</td> +<td class="advert1">Earnest M'Gaffey.</td> +<td class="advert3">19</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Blacksmith of Ragenbach.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">20</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Old Mill.</td> +<td class="advert1">H. W. Field.</td> +<td class="advert3">21</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">One at a Time.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">22</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Hot Axle.</td> +<td class="advert1">T. DeWitt Talmage.</td> +<td class="advert3">22</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Ellsworth's Avengers.</td> +<td class="advert1">Tripp.</td> +<td class="advert3">23</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Origin of Whiskey.</td> +<td class="advert1">H. Burgess.</td> +<td class="advert3">24</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Two Words.</td> +<td class="advert1">J. E. Dinkenga.</td> +<td class="advert3">25</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Listeners.</td> +<td class="advert1">M. K. D.</td> +<td class="advert3">25</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Delinquent Subscriber.</td> +<td class="advert1">Margaret Andrews Oldham.</td> +<td class="advert3">26</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">"Peace, be Still."</td> +<td class="advert1">Violet.</td> +<td class="advert3">27</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">A Short Debate on Rum.</td> +<td class="advert1">"Th' Poet o' Ante-Bar"</td> +<td class="advert3">28</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Participants in the Boston Massacre.</td> +<td class="advert1">John Hancock.</td> +<td class="advert3">28</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Dandie.</td> +<td class="advert1">M. F. Bradley.</td> +<td class="advert3">29</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Nameless Guest.</td> +<td class="advert1">James Clarence Harvey.</td> +<td class="advert3">30</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Slug Number Eleven.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">30</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">A Famous Fight.</td> +<td class="advert1">David Graham Adee.</td> +<td class="advert3">32</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">More Cruel Than War.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">33</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Fall of the Alamo.</td> +<td class="advert1">Mrs. Barr.</td> +<td class="advert3">34</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">A New Gospel.</td> +<td class="advert1">Carlotta Perry.</td> +<td class="advert3">35</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Making the Round.</td> +<td class="advert1">Mrs. M. L. Rayne.</td> +<td class="advert3">36</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Beautiful.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">37</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Onatoga's Sacrifice.</td> +<td class="advert1">John Dimitry.</td> +<td class="advert3">38</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Joe Sieg.</td> +<td class="advert1">Alexander Anderson.</td> +<td class="advert3">39</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Education.</td> +<td class="advert1">C. Phillips.</td> +<td class="advert3">41</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Ingratitude: Or Old Sport and His Master.</td> +<td class="advert1">Fred Williams.</td> +<td class="advert3">41</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Old Uncle Jake.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">43</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">On the Rappahannock.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">44</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Better Land.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">45</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">Charity.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">45</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">St. Michael the Weigher.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">46</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Orphan's New Year.</td> +<td class="advert1">O. H.</td> +<td class="advert3">46</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Inch Cape Bell.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">47</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="advert1">The Old Minstrel.</td> +<td> </td> +<td class="advert3">47</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> + +<p class="center">Price 12 Cents by Mail. 1 and 2 Cent Stamps Taken.</p> + +<p class="center">Address M. J. IVERS & CO.,<br /> +379 Pearl Street, N. Y. City.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<h2><span class="subhead2">THE</span><br /> +Standard Letter Writer<br /> +<span class="subhead2">FOR</span><br /> +<span class="subhead">Ladies and Gentlemen.</span></h2> + +<p class="center">CONTAINING A COMPLETE COLLECTION OF BUSINESS LETTERS; LETTERS OF +INTRODUCTION; LETTERS OF CREDIT; LETTERS OF APPLICATION FOR EMPLOYMENT; +LETTERS OF RECOMMENDATION; SOCIAL LETTERS; CONGRATULATION AND +CONDOLENCE; NOTES OF CEREMONY AND COMPLIMENT; RULES FOR CONDUCTING +PUBLIC DEBATES AND MEETINGS.</p> + +<p class="center">PRICE 25 CENTS.</p> + +<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Copyright, 1893, by M. J. Ivers & Co.</span></p> + +<p class="center">NEW YORK:<br /> +M. J. IVERS & CO., PUBLISHERS.<br /> +879 PEARL STREET.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<div class="blockquot"> +<p>Transcriber's Note: The 1894 M. J. Ivers & Co. edition was the principal +source for this electronic text. In addition, the 1894 D. Appleton and +Company text was consulted to determine the preferred hyphenation and +spelling of some words and to resolve suspected typographical errors. In +addition to the corrections noted individually below, the following +changes were made throughout the book: Timea was changed to Timéa, Noemi +to Noémi, Uj-Szony to Uj-Szöny, Honigler to Hönigler, Szonyer to +Szönyer, Fraulein to Fraülein, Grands Crus to Grands Crûs, senor to +señor, and Petofi to Petöfi.</p> + +<p>In Book First, Chapter I, <b>"</b>These are the passengers of the 'St. +Barbara."<b>"</b> was changed to <b>"</b>These are the passengers of the "St. +Barbara."<b>"</b>.</p> + +<p>In Book First, Chapter II, "the later was suddenly caught" was changed +to "the latter was suddenly caught".</p> + +<p>In Book First, Chapter III, "the poor beast" was changed to "the poor +beasts", and "It was only that she ship" was changed to "It was only +that the ship".</p> + +<p>In Book First, Chapter IV, "whose pure, azure seen" was changed to +"whose pure azure, seen", "In Brazovic's café" was changed to "In +Brazovics' café", and "before Brazovic's café" was changed to "before +Brazovics' café".</p> + +<p>In Book First, Chapter VI, a missing quotation mark was added after "You +can't joke with her", "white cat on her shouler" was changed to "white +cat on her shoulder", and "nothing remakable in her rising suddenly" was +changed to "nothing remarkable in her rising suddenly".</p> + +<p>In Book First, Chapter VII, "dear mother-in law!" was changed to "dear +mother-in-law!", "future son-in law" was changed to "future son-in-law", +and "Did your hear how" was changed to "Did you hear how".</p> + +<p>In Book First, Chapter VIII, "the prince settled in advance" was changed +to "the price settled in advance".</p> + +<p>In Book First, Chapter X, <b>"</b>"Timea!' cried Timar, "your father is dead."<b>"</b> +was changed to <b>"</b>"Timea!" cried Timar, "your father is dead."<b>"</b></p> + +<p>In Book First, Chapter XIV, an extra quotation mark was deleted after +"ten thousand measures of wheat.", and "at which Timea only eat fruit +and bread" was changed to "at which Timea only ate fruit and bread".</p> + +<p>In Book Second, Chapter III, "felspar" was changed to "feldspar".</p> + +<p>In Book Second, Chapter IV, "When the saw that the doors" was changed to +"When they saw that the doors".</p> + +<p>In Book Second, Chapter V, a missing quotation mark was added after +"burned coffee-berries.", and "rich man wooes" was changed to "rich man +woos".</p> + +<p>In Book Second, Chapter VII, "It was un heard of" was changed to "It was +unheard of", "who eat the bread of charity" was changed to "who ate the +bread of charity", and "eat not a morsel" was changed to "ate not a +morsel".</p> + +<p>In Book Second, Chapter VIII, "Athalia put on her mourning-dress" was +changed to "Athalie put on her mourning-dress", and "The kitchen clock +was till going" was changed to "The kitchen clock was still going".</p> + +<p>In Book Third, Chapter II, a missing period was added after "wounded +their hearts".</p> + +<p>In Book Third, Chapter III, missing periods were added after "embracing +her mother with eager kisses" and "Very much", "Timar open the little +gate" was changed to "Timar opened the little gate", and "the grass it +wet" was changed to "the grass is wet".</p> + +<p>In Book Third, Chapter IV, "Michael disappeard" was changed to "Michael +disappeared", "when he laughed" was changed to "when she laughed", and a +missing quotation mark was added after "you will have to go off to +Brazil."</p> + +<p>In Book Third, Chapter VI, a missing colon was added after "stretching +both hands entreatingly to Michael", "his meeting with Thedor" was +changed to "his meeting with Theodor", a missing parenthesis was added +after "what depended on this business!", and "eat it with the bread" was +changed to "ate it with the bread".</p> + +<p>In Book Fourth, Chapter I, "centturies might pass" was changed to +"centuries might pass".</p> + +<p>In Book Fourth, Chapter III, "districts of Zala and Vesoprimer" was +changed to "districts of Zala and Vessprimer", and "by its owe will" was +changed to "by its own will".</p> + +<p>In Book Fifth, Chapter I, a missing quotation mark was added after "sick +and loveless heart?", and "which he hear crackling" was changed to +"which he heard crackling".</p> + +<p>In Book Fifth, Chapter III, "though Timar, shrugging his shoulders" was +changed to "thought Timar, shrugging his shoulders", and "A Rianás! +à Rianás!" was changed to "A Rianás! a Rianás!".</p> + +<p>In Book Fifth, Chapter IV, "revealed the secrt" was changed to "revealed +the secret", "loathsome wrounds" was changed to "loathsome wounds", +"Then man knew" was changed to "The man knew", "turn you back on me" was +changed to "turn your back on me", and "sacrified her to his base lusts" +was changed to "sacrificed her to his base lusts".</p> + +<p>In Book Fifth, Chapter VIII, "write <i>l</i> and <i>o</i>" was changed to "write +<i>l</i> and <i>ó</i>", and "<i>lo</i> (Hungarian for horse)" was changed to "<i>ló</i> +(Hungarian for horse)".</p> + +<p>In Book Fifth, Chapter XII, "moldered-away" was changed to "mouldered +away", and an extraneous quotation mark was removed following "on the +ownerless island?".</p> + +<p>In the advertisements, "Evelyn Kymball Johnson" was changed to "Evelyn +Kimball Johnson", and missing periods were added after "The Man in the +Iron Mask" and "Memoirs of a Physician".</p> + +<p>Finally, the advertisement for Cushing's Manual was moved from the inside +front cover to the back of the book.</p> +</div> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Timar's Two Worlds, by Mór Jókai + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TIMAR'S TWO WORLDS *** + +***** This file should be named 31409-h.htm or 31409-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/1/4/0/31409/ + +Produced by Steven desJardins and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/31409-h/images/timar-cover.png b/31409-h/images/timar-cover.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..74252ff --- /dev/null +++ b/31409-h/images/timar-cover.png diff --git a/31409.txt b/31409.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f71d2ff --- /dev/null +++ b/31409.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17549 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Timar's Two Worlds, by Mór Jókai + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Timar's Two Worlds + +Author: Mór Jókai + +Translator: Mrs. Hegan Kennard + +Release Date: February 26, 2010 [EBook #31409] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TIMAR'S TWO WORLDS *** + + + + +Produced by Steven desJardins and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + + + + +[Illustration: M. J. IVERS & CO. PRICE 25 CENTS. + +AMERICAN SERIES No. 343. + +TIMAR'S TWO WORLDS By MAURUS JOKAI. + +Entered at Post-Office, New York, as Second-Class Matter. Issued +Monthly--November 17th, 1894--Subscription, $3.00 per Year.] + + + + +_AMERICAN SERIES._ + +TIMAR'S TWO WORLDS. + +BY MAURUS JOKAI. + + +NEW YORK: +M. J. IVERS & CO., PUBLISHERS, +379 PEARL STREET. + + + + + +CONTENTS. + + +_BOOK FIRST.--THE "ST. BARBARA."_ + +I.--THE IRON GATE 5 +II.--THE WHITE CAT 14 +III.--A DANGEROUS LEAP WITH A MAMMOTH 17 +IV.--A STRICT SEARCH 22 +V.--THE OWNERLESS ISLAND 27 +VI.--ALMIRA AND NARCISSA 32 +VII.--THE VOICES OF THE NIGHT 40 +VIII.--THE HISTORY OF THE ISLANDERS 45 +IX.--ALI TSCHORBADSCHI 53 +X.--THE LIVING STATUE 56 +XI.--A BURIAL AT SEA 58 +XII.--AN EXCELLENT JOKE 61 +XIII.--THE FATE OF THE "ST. BARBARA" 63 +XIV.--THE GUARDIAN 67 + + +_BOOK SECOND.--TIMEA._ + +I.--GOOD ADVICE 75 +II.--THE RED CRESCENT 78 +III.--THE GOLD MINE 82 +IV.--MICHAEL TIMAR, BARON VON LEVETINCZY 88 +V.--A GIRL'S HEART 93 +VI.--ANOTHER JEST 102 +VII.--THE WEDDING-DRESS 105 +VIII.--TIMEA 114 + + +_BOOK THIRD.--THE OWNERLESS ISLAND._ + +I.--THE MARRIAGE OF THE MARBLE STATUE 123 +II.--THE GUARDIAN DEVIL 127 +III.--SPRING MEADOWS 134 +IV.--A SPIDER AMONG THE ROSES 144 +V.--OUT OF THE WORLD 153 +VI.--THE TROPIC OF CAPRICORN 157 +VII.--SWEET HOME 167 + + +_BOOK FOURTH.--NOEMI._ + +I.--A NEW GUEST 176 +II.--THE WOOD-CARVER 185 +III.--MELANCHOLY 197 +IV.--THERESE 207 + + +_BOOK FIFTH.--ATHALIE._ + +I.--THE BROKEN SWORD 213 +II.--THE FIRST LOSS 223 +III.--THE ICE 227 +IV.--THE PHANTOM 235 +V.--WHAT HAS THE MOON TO TELL? 247 +VI.--WHO COMES? 250 +VII.--THE CORPSE 252 +VIII.--DODI'S LETTER 254 +IX.--"YOU STUPID CREATURE!" 257 +X.--ATHALIE 262 +XI.--THE LAST STAB 269 +XII.--THE PENITENT IN "MARIA-NOSTRA" 273 +XIII.--NOBODY 273 + + + + +TIMAR'S TWO WORLDS + + + + +_BOOK FIRST.--THE "ST. BARBARA."_ + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +THE IRON GATE. + + +A mountain-chain, pierced through from base to summit--a gorge four +miles in length, walled in by lofty precipices; between their dizzy +heights the giant stream of the Old World, the Danube. + +Did the pressure of this mass of water force a passage for itself, or +was the rock riven by subterranean fire? Did Neptune or Vulcan, or both +together, execute this supernatural work, which the iron-clad hand of +man scarce can emulate in these days of competition with divine +achievements? + +Of the rule of the one deity traces are visible on the heights of Fruska +Gora in the fossil sea-shells strewn around, and in Veterani's cave with +its petrified relics of saurian monsters of the deep; of the other god, +the basalt of Piatra Detonata bears witness. While the man of the iron +hand is revealed by long galleries hewn in the rock, a vaulted road, the +ruined piers of an immense bridge, the tablets sculptured in bas-relief +on the face of the cliff, and by a channel two hundred feet wide, +hollowed in the bed of the river, through which the largest ships may +pass. + +The Iron Gate has a history of two thousand years. Four nations--Romans, +Turks, Roumanians and Hungarians, have each in turn given it a different +name. + +We seem to approach a temple built by giants, with rocky pillars, +towering columns, and wonderful colossi on its lofty frieze, stretching +out in a perspective of four miles, and, as it winds, discovering new +domes with other groups of natural masonry, and other wondrous forms. +One wall is smooth as polished granite, red and white veins zigzagging +across it like mysterious characters in the handwriting of God. In +another place the whole face is rusty brown, as if of solid iron. Here +and there the oblique strata suggest the daring architecture of the +Titans. At the next turn we are met by the portal of a Gothic cathedral, +with its pointed gables, its clustered basaltic columns. Out of the +dingy wall shines now and again a golden speck like a glimpse of the Ark +of the Covenant--there sulphur blooms, the ore-flower. But living +blossoms also deck the crags. From the crevices of the cornice hang +green festoons. These are great foliage-trees and pines, whose dark +masses are interspersed with frost-flecked garlands of red and gold. + +Now and then the mouth of some valley makes a break in the endless, +dizzy precipice, and allows a peep into a hidden paradise untrodden by +man. + +Here between two cliffs lies a deep shadow, and into this twilight +shines like a fairy world the picture of a sunny vale, with a forest of +wild vines, whose small red clusters lend color to the trees, and whose +bright leaves weave a carpet below. No human dwelling is visible; a +clear stream winds along, from which deer drink fearlessly; then the +brook throws its silver ribbon over the edge of the cliff. Thousands +pass by the valley, and each one asks himself who lives there. + +Then follows another temple more huge and awful than the first; the +towering walls drawing closer by three hundred yards and soaring three +thousand feet into the sky. + +That projecting needle at the top is the "Gropa lui Petro," the grave of +St. Peter; the two gigantic forms on either side are his apostolic +companions; yonder monster opposite is the "Babile," and the one which +closes the vista is the "Golumbaczka Mali" or Dove-rock; while the gray +pinnacle which towers above is the high Robbers' Peak, "Rasbojnik +Beliki." + +Between these walls flows the Danube in its rocky bed. The mighty +mother-stream, accustomed far above on the Hungarian plains to flow with +majestic quiet in a bed three miles wide, to caress the overhanging +willows, to look on blooming meadows and play with chattering mills, is +here confined in a pass only a hundred and fifty fathoms in width. + +With what rage it rushes through! He who traveled with it before +recognizes it no longer; the grisly giant is rejuvenated into heroic +youth. Its waves leap along the stony bed, from which sometimes a great +bowlder projects like a witch's altar, the huge "Babagay," the crowned +"Kassan." On this it bursts with majestic fury, roaring round it with +swirls which hollow deep abysses in the bottom; thence it rushes, +hissing and seething, across the slabs of rock which stretch obliquely +from side to side of the channel. In many places it has already mastered +the obstacles which barred its way, and flows foaming through the open +breach. There, it has burrowed beneath the wall of the ravine, and by +its continuous current has washed out a channel below the overhanging +rock. Here, it has carved islands out of the stubborn granite, new +creations, to be found on no chart, overgrown with wild bushes. They +belong to no state--neither Hungary, Turkey, nor Servia; they are +ownerless, nameless, subject to no tribute, outside the world. And there +again it has carried away an island, with all its shrubs, trees, huts, +and wiped it from the map. + +The rock and islets divide the stream, which between Ogradina and +Plesvissovicza has a speed of ten miles an hour, into many arms; and the +sailor has need to study these intricate and narrow passages, for there +is but one deep-water channel through the rocky bed--in-shore none but +the smallest boats can float. + +Among the small islands between the lesser branches of the Danube, +singular constructions of human hands are mingled with the grand works +of nature; double rows of palisades made of strong trunks of trees, +which, joined in the form of a V, present their open side down stream. +These are the sturgeon-traps. The marine visitors swim up stream into +the snare, and on and on into the ever-narrowing trap--for it is not +their custom to turn back--until they find themselves in the +death-chamber from which there is no release. + +The voices of this sublime region are superhuman. A perpetual universal +tumult; so monotonous, so nearly akin to silence and yet so distinct--as +if it uttered the name of God. How the great river dances over the +granite shores, how it scourges the rocky walls, bounds against the +island altars, dives rattling into the whirlpool, pervades the cataract +with harmony! + +The echo from the mighty cliffs raises this eternal voice of the waters +into an unearthly melody, like organ notes and thunder dying away. Man +is silent, as if afraid to hear his own language amidst this song of the +Titans: sailors communicate by signs, and the fishermen's superstition +forbids talking here under a penalty. The consciousness of danger impels +all to silent prayer. + +At any time the passage between these dark precipices, towering on +either hand, might give the sensation of being ferried along under the +walls of one's own tomb; but what must it be when that supreme terror of +the sailor, the Bora, sweeps down! A continuous and ever-increasing +gale, which at certain seasons makes the Iron Gate impassable. + +If there were only one cliff it would be a protection from the wind; but +the draught of air confined between the two is as capricious as the wind +in the streets of a town; at each corner it takes a new departure, now +it stops suddenly, then bursts out of a corner as from an ambush, seizes +the ship, carries away the steering-gear, throws the whole towing-beam +into the water, then shifts again, and drives the wooden vessel before +it as though it were going down-stream--the water throwing up clouds of +spray as blinding and fine as the sand of the desert in a simoom. + +At such times the sighing church-music of the gale swells to the thunder +of the Last Judgment, in which is mingled the death-cry of departing +spirits. + +At the time to which this history refers there were no steamers on the +Danube. Between Galatz and the junction with the Main, over nine +thousand horses were employed in towing ships up-stream; on the Turkish +Danube sails were also used, but not on the Hungarian branch. Besides +these a whole fleet of smugglers' boats traded between the two +countries, propelled only by strong arms. Salt-smuggling was in full +swing. On the Turkish side the same salt was sold for five gulden, which +cost six and a half on the Hungarian shore. It was brought by contraband +back from Turkey to Hungary, and sold here for five and a half gulden. +So every one profited by this comfortable arrangement. + +The only one not satisfied was the government, which for its own +protection established custom-houses along the frontier, in which the +male population of the neighboring villages had to keep guard armed +with guns. Each village supplied watchmen, and each village had its own +smugglers. While the young men of the place were on guard, the old ones +carried the salt, and so both trades were kept in the family. But the +government had another important object in its strict watch on the +frontier--security from the plague. + +The terrible Eastern plague! + +In these days we know nothing of it, for it is a hundred and fifty years +since a vain widow in Semlin brought an infected shawl, and fell dead as +she went to church in it. But we have to thank the regulations which +shut the door against it for this immunity. For each contact with a new +people has endowed us with a new disease. From China we received scarlet +fever, from the Saracens small-pox, from Russia influenza, from South +America yellow fever, and from the Hindoos cholera. But the plague comes +from Turkey. + +Therefore, along the whole bank, the opposite neighbors can only +communicate with each other on condition of observing strict preventive +measures, which must add considerable interest to their daily life. + +If the plague breaks out in Brussa, everything living or dead is +officially declared infected: whoever has been in contact with it comes +under the same ban, and must be in quarantine for ten or twenty days. If +the cable of a left-bank ship touches the cable of a right-bank vessel, +the whole crew of the former is unclean, and she must lie for ten days +in the middle of the stream; for the plague might pass along the ropes +from one to the other, and be communicated to the whole crew. + +And all this is carefully watched. On each ship sits an official called +a "purifier." A terrible person, whose duty it is to keep an eye on +every one, what he handles, what touches him; and if a passenger has +been in contact with any person, or any material of hair, wool, or hemp +on the Turkish side (for these substances carry infection), even with +the hem of his garment, the health-officer must declare him under +suspicion, and on arrival at Orsova must drag him from the arms of his +family and deliver him over to quarantine. + +Woe to the purifier if he should conceal a case! For the slightest +neglect, fifteen years' imprisonment is the penalty. + +It would appear, however, that smugglers are not liable to the plague, +for they have no purifier on board, and if the disease should break out +a hundred times over in Brussa, they would still ply day and night +between the two banks. We must remember, however, that St. Procopius is +their patron. Only the Bora disturbs their retail trade; for the swift +current through the Iron Gate drives the rowing-boats toward the +southern shore. Of course smuggling is done by tow-boats too, but that +belongs to wholesale traffic, costs more than friendly business, and so +is not for poor people: in them not only salt, but also tobacco and +coffee are smuggled across the frontier. + +The Bora has swept the Danube clear of vessels, and has thereby so +raised public morality and obedience to law, that for the last few days +there has been no occasion for forgiveness of sins. Every vessel has +hastened into harbor, or cast anchor in mid-stream, and the watchmen can +sleep in peace as long as this wind makes the joints of their wooden +huts creak. No ship can travel now, and yet the corporal of the Ogradina +watch-house has a fancy that ever since day-break, amidst the blustering +wind and roaring waters, he can detect the peculiar signal tones which +the speaking-trumpet sends for many miles, and which are not drowned +even by the voice of the thunder; the haunting, mournful blasts which +issue from the long wooden tube. + +Is some vessel declaring its approach, so that no other ship may meet it +in such weather in the narrow channel of the Iron Gate? Or is it in +danger and calling for help? + +This ship approaches. + +It is an oaken vessel of ten to twelve thousand measures burden: deeply +laden it would appear, for the waves wash over the bulwarks on each +side. + +The massive hull is painted black, with a white bow, which ends in a +long upstanding spiral beak plated with shining tin. The upper deck is +shaped like a roof, with narrow steps up to it, and a flat bridge +leading from one side to the other. The forward part of the raised deck +ends in a double cabin, containing two rooms, with doors to right and +left. The third wall of the cabin shows two small windows with green +painted shutters, and in the space between them the maidenly form of the +martyred St. Barbara is painted on a gold ground, with a pink dress, +light-blue mantle, red head-dress, and a white lily in her hand. + +In the small space between the cabins and the thick coils of rope on the +prow of the ship, stands a long green wooden trough filled with earth, +in which lovely blooming carnations and stocks are planted. A three-foot +iron railing shuts in the little garden, and on its spikes hang garlands +of wild flowers. In the middle burns a lamp in a red glass globe, near +to which is a bundle of dried rosemary and consecrated willow-catkins. + +On the forepart of the vessel stands the mast, to whose center rings the +tow-rope is attached; a three-inch cable, by which thirty-two horses on +the bank are trying to move the heavy ship up-stream. At other times +sixteen horses would have sufficed here, and on the upper reaches twelve +would be enough, but in this part and against such a wind even the +thirty-two find it hard work. The horn signals are for the leader of the +team-drivers; the human voice would be powerless here: even if the call +reached the shore, no one could understand it amidst the confused +echoes. + +But the language of the horn is intelligible even to horses; from its +now drawling, now abrupt, warning, or encouraging tones, man and beast +understand when to hasten or slacken their speed, or when to stop +altogether. + +For in this narrow ravine the lot of the vessel is very uncertain; it +has to struggle with gusts of furious wind, variable currents, its own +weight, and the rocks and whirlpool which must be avoided. Its fate lies +in the hands of two men. One is the pilot who steers; the other is the +captain, who amidst the roar of the elements signals his orders to the +towing-team by blasts on the horn. If the signal is misunderstood the +ship either runs on to a rock, glides into the rapids, goes to pieces +on the southern shore, or strands on some newly formed sand-bank, and +sinks with every soul on board. + +The steersman is a six-foot weather-beaten sailor with a very red face, +whose color on both cheeks comes from a network of veins with which the +white of the eye is also transfused. He is always hoarse, and his voice +knows only two variations, either a loud bellow or a low growl. Probably +this is what obliges him to take double care of his throat. Prevention +by means of a red comforter tightly wound round his neck, and cure by +means of a brandy-flask occupying a permanent position in his coat +pocket. + +The captain is a man of about thirty, with fair hair, dreamy blue eyes, +and a long mustache, the rest of his face clean shaven. He is of middle +height, and gives an idea of delicacy; with this impression his voice +accords, for when he speaks softly it is like a woman's. + +The steersman is called Johann Fabula; the name of the captain is +Michael Timar. + +The official "purifier" sits on the edge of the rudder bench; he has +drawn a hood over his head, so that only his nose and mustache appear: +both are red. History has not recorded his name. At present he is +chewing tobacco. + +One of the ship's boats, manned by six rowers, has taken out a line from +the bow, and the united efforts of the oarsmen materially assist the +towing of the vessel. + +At the door of the double cabin sits a man of fifty, smoking a Turkish +chibouque. His features are Oriental, with more of the Turkish than the +Greek type; his dress, with the striped kaftan and red fez, is like that +of a Servian or Greek. It will not escape an attentive observer that the +shaven part of his face is light in contrast to the rest, which is the +case with a person who has lately removed a thick beard. This is +Euthemio Trikaliss, under which name he appears in the way-book. He is +the owner of the cargo, but the ship itself belongs to a merchant of +Komorn called Athanasius Brazovics. + +Out of one of the cabin windows looks the face of a young girl, and so +becomes a neighbor of St. Barbara. One might fancy it was another sacred +picture. The face is not pale but white--the inherent whiteness of +marble or natural crystal. As an Abyssinian is born black, and a Malay +yellow, so is this girl born white. No other tint disturbs the delicate +snow; on this face neither the breath of the wind nor the eye of man +calls up a blush. She is certainly only a child, hardly more than +thirteen; but her figure is tall and slender, her face calm as if hewn +out of alabaster, with severely antique lines, as if her mother had +looked always at the Venus of Milo. Her thick black hair has a metallic +gleam like the plumage of the black swan; but her eyes are dark-blue. +The long delicate eyebrows almost meet over the brow, which gives her +face a curious charm; it is as if these arching brows formed a black +aureole round the brow of a saint. + +The girl's name is Timea. + +These are the passengers of the "St. Barbara." + +When the captain lays his speaking-trumpet aside, and has tried with the +lead what water the ship has under her, he has time to chat with the +girl as he leans against the iron railing round the picture. + +Timea understands only modern Greek, which the captain can speak +fluently. He points out to her the beauties of the scenery, its grim, +cruel beauties: the white face, the dark-blue eyes, remain unchanged, +and yet the girl listens with fixed attention. + +But it seems to the captain as if these eyes gave their thoughts not so +much to him as to the stocks which grow at St. Barbara's feet. He breaks +off one and gives it to the child, that she may listen to what the +flowers tell. + +The steersman sees this, away there by the tiller, and it displeases +him. "You would do better," he growls in a voice like the rasping of a +file, "instead of plucking the saint's flowers for that child, to burn a +holy willow-wand at the lamp, for if the Lord drives us on to these +stone monsters, even His own Son won't save us. Help, Jesu!" + +This aspiration would have been uttered by Johann Fabula, even if he +were alone; but as the purifier sat close by, there followed this +dialogue: + +"Why must the gentry pass the Iron Gate in such a storm?" + +"Why?" answered Johann Fabula, who did not forget his laudable habit of +aiding the collection of his thoughts by a gulp out of the wicker +brandy-flask. "Why? For no other reason but being in a hurry. Ten +thousand measures of wheat are in our hold. In the Banat the crops +failed; in Wallachia there was a good harvest. This is Michaelmas; if we +don't make haste, November will be upon us, and we shall be frozen in." + +"And why do you think the Danube will freeze in November?" + +"I don't think--I know. The Komorn calendar says so. Look in my berth, +it hangs by my bed." + +The purifier buried his nose in his hood, and spat his tobacco juice +into the Danube. + +"Don't spit into the water in such weather as this--the Danube won't +bear it. But what the Komorn calendar says is as true as Gospel. Ten +years ago it prophesied that frost would set in in November; so I +started at once to get home with my ship--then too I was in the 'St. +Barbara'--the others laughed at me. But on the 23d of November cold set +in, and half the vessels were frozen in, some at Apathin, and others at +Foldvar. Then it was my turn to laugh. Help, Jesu! Hard over, +he--e--e--!!" + +The wind was now dead ahead. Thick drops of sweat ran down the +steersman's cheeks while he struggled to get the tiller over, but he +asked for no help. Then he rewarded himself with a pull at his bottle, +after which his eyes looked redder than ever. + +"Now if the Lord will only help us to pass that stone pier," groaned he +in the midst of his exertions. "Pull away, you fellows there! If only we +can get by this point!" + +"There's another beyond." + +"Yes, and then a third, and a thirteenth, and we must keep our +mass-money ready in our mouths, for we are walking over our open coffins +all the time." + +"Hark ye, my good friend," said the purifier, taking his plug out of +his mouth, "I fancy your ship carries something besides wheat." + +Master Fabula looked askance at the purifier under his hood, and +shrugged his shoulders. "What's that to me? If there's contraband on the +ship, at any rate we sha'n't stop in quarantine, and we shall get on +pretty quick." + +"How so?" + +The steersman made a circle with his thumb behind his back, on which the +health-officer burst out laughing. Could he possibly have understood +this pantomime? + +"Now, look you," said Johann Fabula, "since I was here last, the course +of the river has altered; if I don't let her go a bit free we shall get +into the new eddy which has formed under the 'Lovers' Rock.' Do you see +that devilish monster which keeps swimming close to us? That's an old +sturgeon--he must be at least five hundred-weight. If this beast keeps +up with us, he'll bring us ill-luck. Help, Lord! If only he would come +near enough for me to get the grappling-iron into him! The skipper is +always sneaking up to the Greek girl instead of blowing his horn to the +riders. She brings us misfortune--since she has been on board, we've had +nothing but north wind; there's something wrong about her--she's as +white as a ghost, and her eyebrows grow together like a witch's. Herr +Timar, blow to the teamsmen, ho--ho--ho!" + +But Timar did not touch the horn, and went on telling legends of the +rocks and water-falls to the white maiden. + +Beginning from the Iron Gate up to Clissera, each valley, each cave on +both banks, every cliff, island, and every eddy in the stream has its +history: a fairy tale, a legend, or an adventure with brigands, of which +books, or sculptured inscriptions, or national songs, or fisherfolks' +tradition tell the story. It is a library in stone, the names of the +rocks are the lettered back of the volumes, and he who knows how to open +them may read a romance therein. + +Michael Timar had long been at home in this library. With the vessel +committed to his charge he had often made the passage of the Iron Gate, +and every stone and island was familiar to him. + +Possibly he had another object with his legends and anecdotes besides +the satisfaction of the girl's curiosity. When a highly strung creature +has to pass through a great danger, which makes even a strong man's +heart quake, then those who know the danger try to turn the attention of +the ignorant person into the kingdom of marvels. Was it perhaps thus? + +Timea listened to the story of the hero Mirko with his beloved, the +faithful Milieva; how they fled to the peaks of the Linbigaja Rock out +in the Danube; how there he alone defended the precipitous approach to +his refuge, against all the soldiers of his pursuer Hassan; how they +lived on the kids brought by the eagles to their nest on the cliff, +cared not for the roar of the breakers round the base of their island, +and felt no fear of the white surges thrown up by the compressed force +of the narrowed current. Mariners call these woolly wave-crests the +"Lovers' Goats." + +"It would be better to look ahead than astern," growled the steersman, +and then exerted his voice in a loud call, "Haha! ho! skipper, what's +that coming down on us?" + +The captain looked round, and saw the object pointed out by the pilot. +The ship was now entering the Tatalia Pass, where the Danube is only two +hundred fathoms wide, and has a rapid incline. It looks like a mountain +torrent, only that this torrent is the Danube. And besides, the stream +is here divided in two by a mass of rock whose top is covered with +bushes. The water forks in two arms on the western side, of which one +shoots under the steep precipice of the Servian bank, while the other +discharges through an artificial channel a hundred yards wide, by which +the large vessels pass up and down. In this part it is far from +desirable that two ships should meet, for there is barely room for them +to pass in safety. To the northward lie hidden rocks where a ship might +strike, and to the southward is the great whirlpool formed by the +junction of the two branches; if this should seize a vessel, no human +power could save her. + +So that the danger which the steersman had announced by his question was +a very real one. + +Two ships meeting in the Tatalia Pass with the river so high and under +such a pressure of wind! + +Michael Timar asked for his telescope, which he had lent to Timea to +look at the place where Mirko had defended the beautiful Milieva. + +At the western curve of the river a dark mass was visible in the stream. + +Michael looked through his glass, and then called to the steersman, "A +mill!" + +"Holy Father! then we are lost." + +A water-mill was driving down on them; probably the storm had loosened +its chains from the bank. Obviously it was without pilot or oarsman, who +must have fled to the shore; so it drifted blindly on, sweeping away the +mills it met on its way, and sinking any cargo-boats which could not get +out of its road. + +How could they escape between Scylla and Charybdis? + +Timar said not a word of this to Timea, but gave her back the glass, and +told her where to look for the eagles' nest whose ancestors had fed the +lovers. Then he threw off his coat hastily, sprung into the barge where +the rowers were, and made five of them get into the small boat with him; +they were to bring the light anchor and thin cable with them, and cast +off. + +Trikaliss and Timea did not understand his orders, as he spoke +Hungarian, which neither of them knew. + +The captain shouted to the steersman, "Keep her steady; go ahead!" In a +few moments Trikaliss also could see what was the danger. The drifting +mill came floating swiftly down the brawling stream, and one could see +with the naked eye the clattering paddle-wheel, whose width occupied the +whole fairway of the channel. If it touched the laden ship both must go +down. + +The boat with the six men still struggled up against the current. Four +of them rowed, one steered, and Timar stood in the bow with folded arms. + +What was their insane design? What could they do in a little boat +against a great mill? What are human mind and muscles against stream and +storm? + +If each were a Samson, the laws of hydrostatics would set at naught +their strength. The shock with which they touch the mill will recoil on +the skiff; if they grapple it they will be dragged away by it. It is as +if a spider would catch a cockchafer in its web. + +The boat, however, did not keep in the center, but tried to reach the +southern point of the island. + +So high were the waves that the five men disappeared again and again in +the hollows between, then the next moment they danced on the foamy +crest, tossed hither and thither by the willful torrent, seething under +them like boiling water. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +THE WHITE CAT. + + +The oarsmen consulted in the boat what was to be done. + +One advised cutting through the side of the mill below the water-line +with an ax, so as to sink it: but that would do no good; the current +would drive the wreck down on to the ship. + +A second thought they ought to grapple the mill with hooks, and give it +a list away, so as to direct it toward the whirlpool: but this counsel +was also rejected, for the eddies would drag the boat down too. + +Timar ordered the man at the tiller to keep straight for the point of +the island where the Lovers' Rock lies. + +When they approached the rapids he lifted the heavy anchor and swung it +into the water without shaking the boat, which showed what muscular +strength the delicate frame contained. The anchor took out a long coil +of rope with it, for the water is deep there. Then Timar made them row +as quickly as possible toward the approaching mill. Now they guessed his +design--he meant to anchor the mill. Bad idea, said the sailors; the +great mass will lie across the fairway, and stop the ship; besides, the +cable is so long and slight that the heavy fabric will part it easily. + +When Euthemio Trikaliss saw from the vessel Timar's intention, he +dropped his chibouque in a panic, ran along the deck and cried to the +steersman to cut the tow-rope, and let the ship drift down-stream. + +The pilot did not understand Greek, but guessed from the old man's +gestures what he wanted. + +With perfect calmness he answered as he leaned against the rudder, +"There's nothing to grumble at; Timar knows what to do." With the +courage of despair Trikaliss drew his dagger out of his girdle in order +to cut the rope himself; but the steersman pointed toward the stern, and +what Trikaliss saw there altered his mind. + +From the Lower Danube came a vessel toward them: an accustomed eye can +distinguish it from afar. It has a mast whose sails are furled, a high +poop, and twenty-four rowers. + +It is a Turkish brigantine. + +As soon as he caught sight of it, Trikaliss put his dagger back in his +sash; if he had turned purple at what he saw ahead, now he was livid. +He hastened to Timea, who was looking through the glass at the peaks of +Perigrada. "Give me the telescope!" he exclaimed in a hoarse voice. + +"Oh, how pretty that is!" said Timea, as she gave up the glass. + +"What?" + +"On the cliffs there are little marmots playing together like monkeys." + +Euthemio directed the telescope toward the approaching vessel, and his +brows contracted; his face was pale as death. + +Timea took the glass from his hand and looked again for the marmots on +the rocks. Euthemio kept his arm round her waist. + +"How they jump and dance and chase each other; how amusing!" and Timea +little knew how near she was to being lifted by the arm that held her, +and plunged over the bulwarks into the foaming flood. + +But what Euthemio saw on the other side brought back into his face the +color it had lost. + +When Timar arrived within a cast of the mill, he took a coil of the +anchor-rope in his right hand; a hook was fastened to its end. The +rudderless mass came quickly nearer, like some drifting antediluvian +monster--blind chance guided it; its paddle-wheel turned swiftly with +the motion of the water, and under the empty out-shoot the mill-stone +revolved over the flour-bin as if it was working hard. + +In this fabric devoted to certain destruction, there was no living thing +except a white cat, which sat on the red-painted shingle roof and mewed +piteously. + +When he got close to the mill, Timar swung the rope and hook suddenly +round his head, and aimed it at the paddle-wheel. + +As soon as the grappling-iron had caught one of the floats, the wheel, +driven by water-power, began to wind up the rope gently, and so give the +mill a gradual turn toward the Perigrada Island; completing by its own +machinery the suicidal work of casting itself on the rocks. + +"Didn't I say Timar knew what he was about?" growled Johann Fabula; +while Euthemio in joyful excitement exclaimed, "Bravo! my son," and +pressed Timea's hand so hard that she was frightened and even forgot the +marmots. + +"There, look!" + +And now Timea also noticed the mill. She required no telescope, for it +and the ship were so near together that in the narrow channel they were +only separated by about sixty feet. + +Just enough to let the diabolical machine get safely past. + +Timea thought neither of the danger nor of the deliverance, only of the +forsaken cat. + +When the poor animal saw the floating house and its inhabitants so near +to it, it leaped up and began running up and down the roof-ridge, and to +measure with its eye the distance between the mill and the ship, whether +it dared jump. + +"Oh, the poor little cat!" cried Timea, anxiously, "if we could only get +near enough for it to come over to us." + +But from this misfortune the ship was preserved by its patron saint, and +by the anchor-rope, which, wound up by the paddle-wheel, got shorter +and shorter, and drew the wreck nearer the island and further from the +vessel. + +"Oh, the poor pretty white cat!" + +"Don't be afraid," Euthemio tried to console her; "when it passes the +rock the cat will spring ashore, and be very happy living with the +marmots." + +Only unluckily the cat, keeping on the hither side of the roof, could +not see the island. + +When the "St. Barbara" had got safely past the enchanted mill, Timea +waved her handkerchief to the cat, and called out first in Greek, and +then in the universal cat's language, "Quick, look, jump off, +puss-s-s-s;" but the animal, frantic with terror, paid no heed. + +At the very moment when the stern of the ship had passed the mill, the +latter was suddenly caught by the current, swung round so that the +grappled wheel broke, and the liberated mass shot like an arrow down the +stream. The white cat sprung up to the ridge. + +"Ah!" + +But the mill rushed on its fate. + +Below the island is the great whirlpool. + +It is one of the most remarkable eddies ever formed by the river +giants--on every map it is marked by two arrows meeting in a corner. Woe +to the boat which is swept in the direction of either arrow! Round the +great funnel the water boils and rages as in a seething caldron, and in +the middle of the circle yawns the bare abyss below. This whirlpool has +worn a hole in the rock a hundred and twenty feet deep, and what it +takes with it into this tomb, no one ever sees again: if it should be a +man, he had better look out for the resurrection. And into this place +the current carried the mill. Before it reached there it sprung a leak +and got a list over; the axle of the wheel stood straight on end; the +white cat ran along to the highest point and stood there humping its +back; the eddy caught the wooden fabric, carried it round in wide +circles four or five times, turning on its own axis, creaking and +groaning, and then it disappeared under the water. With it the white +cat. + +Timea shuddered and hid her face in her shawl. + +But the "St. Barbara" was saved. + +Euthemio pressed the hands of the returning oarsmen--Timar he embraced. +Timar might have expected that Timea would say a friendly word; but she +only asked, pointing to the gulf with a disturbed face, "What is become +of the mill?" + +"Chips and splinters!" + +"And the poor cat?" The girl's lips trembled, and tears stood in her +eyes. + +"It's all up with her." + +"But the mill and the cat belonged to some poor man?" said Timea. + +"Yes; but we had to save our ship and our lives, or else we should have +been wrecked, and the whirlpool would have drawn us into the abyss, and +only thrown up our bones on the shore." + +Timea looked at the man who said this, through the prism of tear-filled +eyes. + +It was a strange world into which she gazed through these tears. That +it should be permissible to destroy a poor man's mill in order to save +one's own ship, that you should drown a cat so as not to get into the +water yourself!--she could not understand it. From this moment she +listened no more to his fairy stories, but avoided him as much as +possible. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +A DANGEROUS LEAP WITH A MAMMOTH. + + +Indeed Timar had but little time for story-telling; for he had hardly +got his breath after the exertions of his perilous achievement, before +Euthemio gave him the glass and pointed where he was to look. + +"Gunboat--twenty-four oars--brigantine from Salonica." + +Timar did not put down the telescope till the other vessel was hidden +from him behind the point of the Perigrada Island. + +Then suddenly he let it fall, and, putting the horn to his lips, blew +first three, then six sharp blasts, at which the drivers whipped up +their horses. + +The rocky island of Perigrada is surrounded by two branches of the +Danube. The one on the Servian side is that by which cargo-ships pass +up; it is safer and cheaper, for half the number of horses suffice. By +the Roumanian shore there is also a narrow channel, with just room for +one vessel, but here you must use oxen, of which often a hundred and +twenty are harnessed. The other arm of the river is again narrowed by +the little Reskival Island, lying across the stream. (Now this island +has been blown up in part, but at the time of our story the whole still +existed.) Through the narrows between the two islands the river shoots +like an arrow; but above, it lies between its rocky walls like a great +lake. Only this lake has no smooth surface, for it is always in motion, +and never freezes in the very hardest winter. Its bottom is thickly sown +with rocks; some are under water, while other uncouth monsters project +many feet above it. + +This is the most dangerous part of the whole voyage. To this day, +experienced seamen, English, Turks, Italians, at home on all seas, +adventure themselves with much anxiety in this rock-strewn channel. Here +the majority of shipwrecks occur. Here in the Crimean War the splendid +Turkish man-of-war "Silistria" was lost. She had been ordered to +Belgrade, and might have given a new turn to affairs if she had not +received a thrust in the ribs from one of the Reskival rocks, so +enthusiastic in their peace policy that they obliged her to stay where +she was. + +Yet this lake, with its dangerous bottom, has a passage through it which +but few ships know, and still fewer care to use. + +This short cut enables mariners to cross from the channel on the Servian +side to the Roumanian shore. The latter channel is divided by a ledge of +rock from the Upper Danube, and you can only enter it at Szvinicza, and +come out at Szkela-Gladova. + +This is the dangerous leap with a floating mammoth. + +The captain blows first three, and then six blasts on his horn; the +drivers know at once what it means, the leader of the team has +dismounted--with good reason too--and they all begin with cries and +blows to hurry on the horses. The vessel goes swiftly against the +stream. + +The horn blows nine times. + +The drivers flog the horses furiously: the poor beasts understand the +call and the blows, and tug till the rope is nearly strained to +breaking. Five minutes of such effort are more exhausting than a whole +day's labor. + +Now twelve blasts of the horn sound in rapid succession. Men and horses +collect the last remnant of their strength. Every moment one fancies +they must break down. The towing-rope, a three-inch cable, is as taut as +a bow-string, and the iron bolt round which the rope is wound is burning +hot with the friction. The captain stands by with a sharp ax in his +hand. + +When the vessel gained its greatest impetus, with a single blow he +severed the cable at the bow. + +The tense rope flew whistling like a giant fiddle-string into the air; +the horses of the towing-team fell down in a heap, and the leader broke +its neck--his rider had wisely dismounted. The ship, relieved of the +strain, altered its course suddenly, and began, with its bow to the +northern shore, to cut obliquely across the river. + +Sailors call this bold maneuver the "Cross-cut." + +The heavy bulk is now propelled neither by stream nor oars; even the +current is against it. Merely the after effect of the shock it has +received drives it over to the other bank. + +The calculation of this impulse, with the distance to be traversed and +the resistance which lessens the speed, would be a credit to any +practical engineer. Common sailors have learned it by rule of thumb. + +From the moment when Timar cut the tow-rope, the lives of all on board +were in the hands of the steersman. + +Johann Fabula showed now what he could do. "Help, Lord Christ!" he +muttered, but he did not keep his hands in his lap. Before him the ship +rushed with winged speed into the lake formed by the Danube. Two men +were now required at the tiller, and even these could hardly bridle the +monster in its course. + +Timar stood on the prow and sounded with the lead, in one hand holding +the line; the other he stretched up, and showed the pilot with his +fingers what water they had. + +The steersman knew the rocks they were passing over just as well as he +could have told exactly how much the river had risen in the last few +weeks. In his hands the helm was safe; if he had made a single false +movement, if only by an inch, the vessel would have received a shock +which would stop her for a moment, and then she and all on board would +have been driven head over heels into the Perigrada whirlpool, where the +ship and the beautiful white girl would have joined the mill and the +beautiful white cat. + +Safely past the shallows of the Reskival rapids! Yet this is a bad +place. The speed is less, the effect of the motive power already +paralyzed by the force of the stream, and the bottom sown with sharp +rocks. + +Timea leaned over the bulwarks and looked down into the water. Through +the transparent waves, the bright-colored rocks, a huge mosaic of green +and yellow and red, looked quite close. Between them shot silvery fishes +with red fins. She was fascinated. + +Deep silence fell over the scene; each knew that he passed over his +grave, and would owe it to God's mercy if he did not find his monument +down below. Only the girl felt no emotion of fear. + +The vessel had arrived in a bay of rocks. Sailors have given them the +name of "gun-stones"; perhaps because the sound of the breakers reminds +one of the cracking of musketry fire. + +Here the principal branch of the Danube concentrates itself in a deep +bed. The sunken rocks are too far under water to be dangerous. Below, in +the dark-green depths, one may see the slow and indolent forms of the +dwellers of the sea--the great sturgeon and the hundred-pound pike, at +whose approach the bright shoals of small fish scatter in haste. + +Timea gazed at the play of the aquatic population; it was like a +bird's-eye view of an amphitheater. + +Suddenly she felt her arm seized by Timar, who dragged her from the +bulwarks, pushed her into the cabin, and shut the door violently. + +"Look out! Halloo!" shouted the crew as with one voice. + +Timea could not imagine what was happening that she should be so roughly +treated, and ran to look out of the cabin window. + +It was only that the ship had passed safely through the "gun-rocks," and +was about to enter the Roumanian channel; but from the little bay the +water rushes so furiously into the canal that a regular water-fall is +formed, and this is the dangerous moment of the "Leap." + +When Timea looked out of the cabin window, she only saw that Timar stood +at the bow with a grappler in his hand. Then suddenly a deafening noise +arose, a huge foam-crowned mountain of water struck the fore part of the +vessel, splashed its spray right against the window, and blinded Timea +for a moment. When she looked out again, the captain was no longer to be +seen. + +There were great cries outside. She rushed out of the door and met her +father. "Are we sinking?" she cried. + +Timea had seen that: the big wave had washed him away before her eyes. +But her heart beat no faster when she heard it. + +Curious! When she saw the white cat drowned, she was in despair, and +could not refrain from tears, and now when the water had swallowed up +the captain, she did not even say "Poor fellow!" + +Yes, but the cat had cried so pitifully, and this man defies the whole +world; the cat was a dear little animal, the captain only a great rough +man. And then the cat could not help itself; but he is strong and +clever, and can certainly save himself. That's the only good of a man. + +After the last leap the ship was safe, and swam in the smooth water of +the canal. The sailors ran with grappling-irons to the boat to seek the +captain. Euthemio held a purse up as a prize for the rescue of Timar. "A +hundred ducats for him who rescues the captain!" + +"Keep your hundred ducats, good sir!" cried the voice of the man in +question from the other end of the ship. "I'm coming." + +Then they saw him climbing up the stern by the rudder-chains. No fear of +his being lost! + +As if nothing had happened, he began giving orders. "Let go!" + +The three hundred-weight anchor was thrown over, and the ship brought up +in the middle of the channel, so as to be hidden by the cliffs from the +upper reaches of the river. + +"And now ashore with the boat," Timar ordered three oarsmen. + +"Change your clothes," advised Euthemio. + +"Waste of time," answered Timar. "I shall soon be wet again; now I am +thoroughly soaked. We have no time to spare." + +The last words he whispered into Euthemio's ear. + +The man's eyes glittered as he agreed. The captain sprung into the boat +and rowed himself, so as to get quicker to the post-house on the bank, +where towing-teams could be engaged. He collected hastily eighty oxen. +Meanwhile, a new towing-rope was attached to the vessel, the oxen +harnessed, and before half an hour had passed, the "St. Barbara" was on +her way again through the Iron Gate, and on the opposite side of the +stream. + +When Timar returned on board, his exertions had dried his clothes. + +The ship was saved, perhaps doubly saved, and with it the cargo, +Euthemio, and Timea. + +But what are they to him that he should work so hard? He is only the +captain and supercargo, and receives a scanty salary as such. It can not +matter to him whether the vessel's hold is full of wheat or contraband +tobacco or real pearls; his wages remain the same. + +So also thought the "purifier," who, when they reached the Roumanian +canal, resumed his interrupted conversation with the steersman. + +"You'll allow, neighbor, that we were never nearer all going to +destruction together than we were to-day." + +"There's some truth in that," answered Fabula. + +"But why should we try the experiment whether we could get drowned on +St. Michael's day?" + +"H'm!" said Johann, and took a short pull at his brandy-flask. "What +salary do you get, sir?" + +"Twenty kreutzers a day," answered the purifier. + +"Why the devil do you come here to venture your life for twenty +kreutzers a day? I didn't send for you. I get a gulden and my food; so I +have forty kreutzers more reason to venture my life than you. What does +it matter to you?" + +The health-officer shook his head, and threw back his hood, so as to be +more easily heard. + +"Listen," he said; "it strikes me the brigantine is chasing you, and the +'St. Barbara' is trying to escape." + +"H'm!" coughed the steersman, clearing his throat, and becoming suddenly +too hoarse to make a sound. + +"Well, it doesn't matter to me," said the purifier, with a shrug. "I'm +Austrian born, and I don't like the Turks. But I know what I know." + +"Well, then, will the gentleman listen to what he doesn't know?" said +Fabula, who had suddenly recovered his voice. "Certainly the gunboat is +chasing us, and that's why we are showing him our heels. For, look you, +they wanted to take the white-faced maiden into the sultan's harem, but +her father would not consent; he preferred to escape with her from +Turkey, and now the object is to reach Hungarian territory as quickly as +possible--there the sultan can't touch her. Now that's all about it, so +no more questions, but go to St. Barbara's picture, and light the lamp +again if the water has extinguished it; and don't forget to burn three +consecrated willow-twigs, if you're a good Christian." + +The purifier drew himself up slowly, and looked for his tinderbox, and +then he growled in his beard-- + +"_If_ I am an orthodox Catholic? But they say you are only a Papist on +board, and a Calvinist directly you set foot on shore; that you pray in +the ship, and can hardly wait for dry land before you begin cursing and +swearing. And they say too that your name is Fabula, and that Fabula +means just the same as a pocketful of lies. But of course I believe all +you have told me, so you need not be angry." + +"You're quite right there; but now you be off, and don't you come back +till I call you." + +The twenty-four rowers in the gunboat required three hours to get from +the point where first the "St. Barbara" was seen to the Perigrada +Island, where the Danube divides into two arms. The cliffs of the island +masked the whole bend, and on board the brigantine nothing of what had +passed behind them could be seen. + +Even below the island the gunboat had met with floating wreckage, which +the eddy had thrown to the surface. This was part of the sunken mill, +but could not be distinguished from the remains of a vessel. When the +brigantine had passed the island a reach of a mile and a half lay open +before her; neither in the stream nor by the bank was any large craft to +be seen; near the shore were only barges and rowing-boats. + +The man-of-war went a little higher, cruised about in the river, and +then returned to the shore. There the Turkish first-lieutenant inquired +of the watchmen about a cargo-vessel passing by. They had seen nothing, +for the ship had not got so far. Presently the brigantine overtook the +"St. Barbara's" towing-team, and of them also questions were asked. They +were all good Servians, and explained to the Turks where they could find +the "St. Barbara." + +"She has gone down at the Perigrada Island with her cargo of fruit and +all her crew; you can see here how the tow-rope parted." + +The Turkish brigantine left the Servian drivers, who were all lamenting +because no one was left to pay their wages. (In Orsova they know full +well they will come up with their ship and tow her on.) But the +commander, being a Turk, of course turned about and went down-stream. + +When the brigantine got back to the island the sailors saw a board +dancing on the water which did not float away. They fished it out: a +rope was fastened to it by an iron hook, for the board was a float from +the mill-wheel. Then they heaved up the rope, which had an anchor at its +other end. This also was got in, and on its cross-piece, painted in +great letters, there was the name "St. Barbara." + +Now the whole catastrophe was quite clear. Her towing-rope had broken, +she cast her anchor, but it could not hold her, she drifted into the +whirlpool, and now her timbers float on the surface, but her crew rests +below in the deep pool. + +Mashallah! We can not follow her there. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +A STRICT SEARCH. + + +The "St. Barbara" had escaped two dangers--the rocks of the Iron Gate +and the Turkish brigantine; two remained, the Bora and the quarantine in +Orsova. + +Above the bay of the Iron Gate, the powerful stream is confined by its +steep banks in a chasm only a hundred fathoms wide, through which the +pent-up current forces its way, in parts with a fall of twenty-eight +feet. + +Up above the mountain peaks, three thousand feet in air, the eagles +circle in majestic flight across the narrow strip of sky visible, whose +pure azure, seen from the awful depths below, looks like a glass vault, +and further yet rise more and higher peaks. + +It is a sight, I trow, to call up spirits from hell. The impotent +vessel, which has neither hands nor feet, nor yet fins, which, like an +overladen nutshell, floats upward in this narrow channel against wind +and stream; and in it a handful of men, trusting in their intelligence +and their strength. Here, too, even the Bora can not harm them, for the +double range of cliffs keeps off the wind. The steersman and the +towing-team have easier work now. + +But the Bora was not asleep. It was already afternoon. The chief +steersman had given over the tiller to his deputy, and had gone to the +galley, which was in the stern. There he was busy preparing a "thieves' +roast," of which the recipe is to spit on a long skewer a piece of beef, +a piece of ham, and a piece of pork alternately, and then turn the +skewer above an open fire till the meat is cooked. + +All at once the narrow strip of sky visible between the almost touching +cliffs grew dark. The Bora will not be defied. + +Suddenly it drives down before it a storm which overcasts the blue sky, +so that it is pitch dark in the valley. Up above masses of cloud; dark +rocks on either hand. Now and then a dazzling flash darts through the +heights, followed by a short abrupt thunderclap, as if the narrow gorge +could only contain one chord of the awful concert; then again the +lightning shoots into the Danube just in front of the ship, and by its +fiery rays for an instant the whole rocky cathedral looks like the +flaming gulf of hell, and the thunder rolls, with a crash as of a world +destroyed, from one end of the resounding Titan's hall to the other. +Rain falls in torrents, but the vessel must go on. + +It must get on, that it may have left Orsova before night. + +They can only see by the flicker of the lightning. Even with the horn +they dare not signal, for it might be heard on the Roumanian side. But +inventive man has found a way out of this difficulty. + +The captain goes into the bow, gets out his flint and steel, and begins +to strike out sparks. This fire can not be extinguished by rain; it can +be seen by the drivers through the darkness, and as often as the steel +strikes a spark they know at once what to do; they also make signals +from the bank by sparks. This is the secret telegraph of sailors and +smugglers at the Iron Gate. And this silent language has been brought to +perfection by the shore population on each side of the river. + +Timea liked the tempest. She had drawn her Turkish hood over her head, +and looked out of the cabin window. "Are we in a cavern?" she asked the +captain. + +"No," answered Timar, "but at the door of a tomb. That high peak, which +glows in the lightning flashes like a mountain of fire, is the grave of +St. Peter, the 'Gropa lui Petro.' And the two other monsters near it are +the 'Two Old Women.'" + +"What old women?" + +"According to the legend, a Hungarian and a Wallachian woman quarreled +as to which of their two countries could claim the tomb of St. Peter. +The apostle could not sleep in his grave for their squabbling, and in +his anger he turned them into stone." + +Timea did not smile at the grotesque legend. She did not see anything +ridiculous in it. "And how do they know that this is the grave of an +apostle?" asked she. + +"Because here many healing herbs grow, which they collect to cure all +sorts of diseases, and send them great distances." + +"So they call him an apostle, who even in his grave does good to +others?" Timea questioned. + +"Timea!" sounded from the cabin the imperious call of Euthemio. The girl +drew back her head from the window, and closed the circular shutter. +When Timar looked round again, he saw only the saint's picture. + +The vessel continued her course in spite of the storm. + +Suddenly the dark ravine was left behind, and as the two rock walls +trended further apart the gloomy vault overhead disappeared. Just as +rapidly as the Bora had brought up the black thunderclouds, so quickly +had it swept away the storm; and, all at once, the travelers saw +stretched before them the lovely Cserna valley. + +The cliffs on both shores were covered to their summits with vineyards +and fruit orchards; the landscape glittered in the glow of the evening +sun; out of the green distance shone while houses, slender spires, and +red roofs, and through the crystal rain-beads gleamed a gorgeous +rainbow. + +The Danube had lost its uncanny aspect. In its wider bed it could spread +itself out comfortably; and on the western reaches of its sea-green +mirror the travelers saw the reflection of Orsova on its island--for +them the fourth, and greatest, bugbear. + +The day had already sunk into twilight when the "St. Barbara" arrived at +Orsova. + +"More wind to-morrow than even to-day," grumbled the steersman, looking +at the red sky. + +There the evening clouds were piled like an avalanche, in all shades of +fiery and blood red, and if the glowing mist-veil parted through the +rent, the sky was not blue but emerald-green. Below, mountain and +valley, forest and field, gleamed in the sunset reflex with radiance +which hurt the eye, unable to find a shady point of rest. The Danube +rushing on beneath, like a fiery Phlegethon, and in its midst an island +with towers and massive buildings, all glowing as if part of a huge +furnace, through which every creature, coming from the pestilential east +to the frontier of the healthy west, must pass as through purgatory. + +But what most fixed the attention of the crew under this stormy sunset +was a black-and-yellow striped boat, which was being rowed from the +shore to the ship. + +The Szkela is the double gate through which the neighboring inhabitants +of both sides of the Danube speak, bargain, and do business together. + +The "St. Barbara" had cast anchor before the island, and awaited the +approaching boat, in which were three armed men--two with muskets and +bayonets--besides two rowers and the steersman. + +Euthemio paced anxiously up and down the small space in front of the +cabin. Timar approached him and whispered, "The searcher is coming." + +Trikaliss drew from his leathern pouch a silk purse, and took out two +_rouleaux_, which he pressed into Timar's hand. In each were a hundred +ducats. + +Before long the boat was alongside, and the three armed men came on +board. One is the overseer of taxes, the inspector, whose office it is +to search the cargo for anything contraband or a prohibited importation +of arms; the other two are custom-house officials, who render armed +assistance, and serve as a check on the inspector to see if he carries +out the search properly. + +The purifier is the official spy, who reports whether the two officers +have properly controlled the inspector. Then the latter three form a +tribunal, which takes the evidence of the purifier as to whether he has +detected the passengers in any infectious communication. This is all +very systematically arranged, so that one organ should control the +other, and each be mutually under inspection. + +As a legal fee for these functions the chief has to receive a hundred +kreutzers, each of the customs officials fifty, and the purifier also +fifty--which certainly is a moderate fee enough. + +As soon as the inspector reaches the deck, the purifier comes toward +him: the former scratches his ear and the latter his nose. No contact +takes place. + +Then the inspector turns to the captain, and both the other officials +ground their arms. Still three paces apart! One can't tell whether the +man has not got the plague. + +The examination begins. + +"Where from?" + +"Galatz." + +"Name of ship's owner?" + +"Athan Brazovics." + +"Owner of cargo?" + +"Euthemio Trikaliss." + +"Where are the ship's papers?" + +The reception of these is carefully arranged. A pan of live coals is +brought, and strewn with juniper-berries and wormwood: the aforesaid +papers are held over it and well smoked, then taken by the inspector +with a pair of tongs, read from as great a distance as possible, and +afterward returned. Nothing wrong, apparently, with the ship's papers. + +The pan is carried away, and in its place a jug of water is brought. It +is a capacious earthenware pot, with a mouth through which the largest +fist can pass. It serves to facilitate the transmission of the tax. As +the oriental plague is more easily communicated by coins than by +anything else, the sailors coming from the Levant must throw the money +into a jug of water, in order that the western health-officer may take +it out cleansed: just as at the Szkela every one must fish the money he +receives out of a basin. + +Timar thrust his clinched fist into the water, and brought it out open. + +Then the inspector puts his hand in, draws it out as a clinched fist, +and transfers it to his pocket. He does not need to look at it by the +sunset light to see what manner of money it is. He knows it by the size +and weight. Even a blind man knows the feel of ducats. He does not +change a muscle. + +After him come the custom-house officials. These also with serious faces +fish up their fee from the bottom of the jug. + +Now for the turn of the purifier. His countenance is stern and +forbidding. It hangs on a single word from his lips, whether the ship +may have to lie ten or twenty days in quarantine with all her +passengers. There are cold-blooded men like that who have only an eye to +duty. + +The inspector demands, in a surly, dictatorial tone, that the entrance +to the lower deck be opened. His desire is obeyed. They all three go +down; but none of the crew may follow them. When they are alone, the +three strict servants of the law grin at each other. The purifier +remains on deck, and only laughs in his sleeve. + +They unfasten one of the many sacks, in which certainly there is only +wheat. "Well, I hope it's moldy enough," remarks the inspector. +"Probably there is only wheat in the other sacks, and very likely even +more worm-eaten." + +A document is now drawn up describing the search: one of the armed +officials has the writing materials, and the other the form to be filled +in. All is accurately set down. Then the inspector writes something on a +bit of paper, which he folds and seals with a wafer, on which he presses +the official seal. He writes no address on the note. + +Then, after they have rummaged in every hole and corner where nothing +suspicious is hidden, the three searchers rise to the light of day once +more. At least to moonlight; for the sun has set, and through the +hurrying clouds the moon ever and anon peeps down, and then vanishing, +plays hide-and-seek with the world. + +The inspector calls for the captain and gives him to understand--still +in a severe official manner--that nothing suspicious has been found on +board: then he requires the purifier, in the same manner, to declare the +condition of the ship's health. + +With an appeal to his oath of fidelity, the purifier bears witness that +every person on board, as well as the cargo, is free from infection. + +A certificate that the papers are in order is prepared, and the receipts +for the fees are handed over. A hundred kreutzers to the inspector, two +fifties to the customs officers, and fifty to the health-officer. Not a +kreutzer is wanting. These receipts are delivered to the owner of the +cargo, who has never left his cabin the whole time--he is at supper. He +also must countersign the receipts. From these signatures and +indorsements, the shipowner and the honorable officials in question +mutually learn that the captain gave away as many kreutzers as he +received, and that not one remained sticking to his fingers. + +Kreutzers! Well, yes; but about the gold? + +The thought may well have passed through Timar's head, how would it be +if of the fifty ducats which this dirty lot were to fish out of the jug +he were only to put in forty (a fabulous sum to such fellows)? No +creature would know that he had kept back ten. Indeed he might easily +retain half of the whole sum, for who is there to control it? Those for +whom the money is intended are quite enough rewarded with half. + +Another thought possibly answered thus. "What you are doing is without +doubt bribery. You don't corrupt them with your own money, but Trikaliss +gives it because his interests imperatively require it. You hand over +the gold, and are as innocent of the bribery as the water-jug. Why he +wants to bribe the inspector you do not know. Whether the ship carries +contraband goods, whether he is a political refugee, or the persecuted +hero of a romantic adventure, who in order to assist his escape strews +gold in handfuls, what does it matter to you? But if one single gold +piece sticks to your fingers, you become an accomplice in all which +burdens another's conscience. Keep none of it." + +The inspector gave permission for the vessel to proceed, in token of +which a red-and-white flag with a black eagle on it was hoisted to the +masthead. Then, after thus officially certifying that the ship from the +Levant was quite free of infection, the inspector, without any previous +ordeal by water, pressed the captain's hand and said to him: "You come +from Komorn? Then you know Herr Katschuka, chief of the commissariat +department? Be good enough to give him this note when you get home. +There is no address on it--not necessary, you won't forget his name; it +sounds like a Spanish dance. Take him the letter as soon as ever you get +there. You won't be sorry." + +Then he clapped the captain most graciously on the shoulder, as if to +make him his debtor for life, and the whole four left the ship and +returned to Szkela in their black-and-yellow boat. + +The "St. Barbara" could now continue her voyage, and if all her sacks +from the keel to the deck had been filled with salt or Turkish tobacco, +and all her passengers covered with small-pox or leprosy from top to +toe, no one could stop her any more on the Danube. + +Now, however, there was on board neither contraband goods nor contagion, +but--something else. Timar put the unaddressed note into his pocket-book +and wondered what it contained. + +This was what was written-- + + "BROTHER-IN-LAW,--I recommend to you the bearer of this + letter. He is a man of sterling worth." + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +THE OWNERLESS ISLAND. + + +The towing-team left behind on the Servian bank crossed over the same +night in ferry-boats to the Hungarian side with their severed hawser, +spreading everywhere the news that the tow-rope had parted of itself at +the dangerous Perigrada Island, and the ship had gone down with every +soul on board. In the morning there was no longer a sign of the "St. +Barbara" in the harbor of Orsova. If by chance the commandant of the +Turkish brigantine had had an idea of rowing up the channel from the +Iron Gate to Orsova, he would not have found what he sought; and above, +as far as Belgrade, only half the Danube belonged to him: on the +Hungarian side he had no jurisdiction, but the fortress at New Orsova +belonged to him. + +At two o'clock in the morning the "St. Barbara" left Orsova. After +midnight the north wind generally stops; the favorable time must be +utilized, and the crew had received a double ration of brandy to keep +them in a good humor. + +The departure was quite silent: from the walls of the New Orsova fort +sounded the long call of the Turkish sentries. The horn gave no signal +till the Allion point had disappeared behind the new mountain-chain. + +At the first blast Timea came from her cabin, where she had slept for a +few hours, and went, wrapped in her white burnoose, to the bow to look +for Euthemio, who had never lain down all night, nor entered his cabin, +nor even--which was more remarkable--smoked at all. He was not allowed +to light any fire on board the ship, so as to avoid attracting attention +to the vessel at the Orsova fortress. + +Perhaps Timea felt that she had to make up for a fault, for she +addressed Timar, and asked him about the wonders of both shores. + +The instinct of her childish heart whispered to her that she owed this +man a debt of gratitude. + +Dawn found the ship near Ogradina. The captain drew Timea's attention to +a monument eighteen hundred years old. This was "Trajan's Tablet," hewn +in the precipitous cliff, held by two winged genii and surrounded by +dolphins. On the tablet is the inscription which commemorates the +achievements of the godlike emperor. If the peaks of the great +"Sterberg" have vanished from the Servian shore, there follows a fresh +rock corridor, which confines the Danube in a ravine five hundred +fathoms wide. This mountain hall goes by the name of "Kassan." Cliffs of +two to three thousand feet high rise right and left, their curves lost +in opal-colored mist. From one precipice a stream falls a thousand feet +out of a cave, like a delicate silver streak, dissolved in spray before +it reaches the river. The two rock faces run on unbroken, only in one +part the mountain is split, and through the rift laughs the blooming +landscape of an alpine valley, with a white tower in the background. It +is the tower of Dubova: there is Hungary. + +Timea never turned her gaze from this spectacle until the ship had +passed, and the mountains had closed over the exquisite scene, hiding +the deep chasm in their shadows. + +"I feel," she said, "as if we were going through a long, long prison, +into a land from which there is no return." + +The precipices grow higher, the surface of the Danube darker, and, to +complete the wild and romantic panorama, there is visible on the +northern face a cave whose mouth is surrounded by an earthquake with +embrasures for cannon. + +"That is Veterani's Cavern," said the captain. "There, more than a +century ago, three hundred men and five cannon held out for forty days +against a whole Turkish army." Timea shook her head. But the skipper +knew more still about the cavern. + +"Forty years ago our people defended that cave in a bloody struggle +against the Turks; the Osmanli lost over two thousand men among the +rocks." + +Timea drew together her delicate eyebrows and threw the narrator an +icy-cold glance, so that all his eloquence died in his throat. She hid +her mouth with her burnoose, turned from Timar, went into the cabin, and +did not reappear till evening. She only looked through the little window +at the toppling crags on the bank, the massive watch-towers now +deserted, the wooded cliffs of the Klissura valley, and the rock-colossi +projecting from the stream, as they swept by her. She did not even ask +for the history of the octagonal castle-donjon, with three small ones +beside it inside a bastion. And yet she would have heard the fate of the +lovely Cecilia Rozgonyi, the danger of King Sigismund, and the defeat of +the Hungarians. This ruin is the Galamboczer Tower. + +From first to last this double shore is a petrified history of two +nations, mutually shadowed by a mad vagary of fate with the lust of +conquest, which makes them fly at each other's throats directly a war +begins. + +It is a long crypt containing the bones of many a hundred thousand +heroes. + +Timea did not come out that day or the next. She sketched little views +in her book, which she could hold quite steady on the smoothly gliding +vessel. + +Three days passed before the "St. Barbara" arrived where the Morava +falls into the Danube. + +At the junction lies Semendria. On the thirty-six towers of this +fortress have waved the banners sometimes of the Blessed Virgin and anon +of the Crescent, and their circular brown walls are sprinkled with the +blood of many nations. On the other shore of the Morava stand only the +bare walls of the forsaken "Veste Kulics," and beyond the Ostrovaer +Island frown down from a peak the ruins of the castle of Rama, now only +a monument. + +But this is not the moment to stand gazing at them--no one is inclined +to indulge in melancholy reflections on the vanished greatness of fallen +nations, for there is more pressing work on hand. + +As soon as the Hungarian plains open out, the north wind storms down on +the ship with such force that the towing-horses can not make head +against it, and the wind drives the vessel toward the opposite shore. + +"We can get no further," is the general opinion. + +Trikaliss exchanges a few private words with Timar, who goes to the +pilot. Master Fabula makes the tiller fast and leaves it. Then he calls +the rowers on board, and signs to the shore to stop the team. Here +neither oars nor towing are of use. The ship is above the Orsova Island, +which stretches a long pointed tongue into the stream: its northern side +is steep and rugged, overgrown with old willows. + +The task now is to get over to the south of the island, where the "St. +Barbara" can lie in a harbor protected from the north wind, as well as +from the curious eyes of men; for the wider stream which circles round +the island toward Servia is not used by sailors, being full of +sand-banks and fords. + +It is a work of skill to approach: cutting the cable is no use, for the +ship could not carry any way against such a wind. The only solution is +hauling to the anchor. + +The vessel casts anchor in mid-stream: the towing-rope is brought on +board; to its end a second anchor is attached and placed in the boat. +The rowers go toward the island till the whole length of the cable is +out, then cast anchor and return to the ship. Now they weigh the first +anchor, and four men haul on the cable made fast to the windlass. Heavy +work! + +When the vessel is close up to the anchor, they put the other in the +boat, row forward, cast anchor again, and haul up as before. So by the +sweat of their brow they made their way up-stream step by step. It took +them half a day of hard labor to work the heavy cargo-ship from the +middle of the Danube to the point of the great island. A fatiguing day +for those who had to work, and wearier still to look on at. The vessel +had left the frequented branch, where, at any rate, one saw ruins from +time to time, where one met other ships, or floated by long lines of +clattering mills: it now passed through the unfrequented channel, where +the view was hidden on the right by a long ugly island, on which only +poplars and willows seemed to grow, nowhere a human habitation to be +seen, and on the left the water was covered by a thick sea of reeds, +among which the only sign of _terra firma_ was a group of slender, +silver-leaved poplars. + +In this quiet uninhabited spot the "St. Barbara" was brought up. And now +appeared a new calamity--the food was exhausted. When leaving Galatz, +they had reckoned on the usual halt at Orsova for the purpose of +shipping provisions; but after starting so suddenly at night, they found +there was nothing on board when they reached the island of Orsova but a +little coffee and sugar, and in Timea's possession a box of Turkish +sweets and preserved fruits, which, however, she would not open, because +it was intended as a present. + +"Never mind," said Timar; "somebody must live on one shore or the other. +There are lambs and kids everywhere, and one can get anything for +money." + +Another misfortune set in. The anchored ship was so rolled about by the +wind-driven waves of the river, that Timea got seasick and frightened. + +Perhaps there was some house where she and her father could spend the +night. + +Timar's sharp eyes discovered that above the tops of the poplars rising +from the reeds a faint smoke hovered in the air. "There must be a house +there. I will go and see who lives in it." + +There was a small skiff on board, which the captain used on sporting +expeditions, at times when the ship was delayed by foul winds, and he +had leisure for wildfowl-shooting. He lowered it into the water, took +his gun, his game-bag, and a landing-net--one never knows what may come +in one's way, a bird or a fish--and went toward the bed of rushes, +rowing and steering with one and the same oar. Being an experienced +marsh-sportsman, he soon found the one opening in the reeds through +which it was possible to penetrate, and recognized by the vegetation the +depth of the channel. + +Where the great leaves and snowy cups of the water-lily float on the +surface, there is deep water which scours the weeds and mud away; in +other places duckweed forms a green carpet on the top, and on this +floating velvet cowers the poisonous water-fungus in the form of a +turnip-radish, blue and round, and swelled like a puff ball--deadly +poison to every living thing. When Timar's oar struck one of these +polyp-like fungi, the venomous dust shot out like a blue flame. The +roots of this plant live in a fetid slime which would suffocate man or +beast who should fall into it; nature has given this vegetable murderer +a habitat where it is least accessible. But where the cardinal-flower +spreads its clubbed suckers, and where the beautiful bells of the +water-violet sway among the rushes, there is gravel, which is not always +under water. And where the manna tendrils begin to form a thicket, in +pressing through which the sailor finds the brim of his hat full of +little seeds--the food of the poor, manna of the wilderness--there must +be higher ground, so that only the root of the plant is submerged. + +The boatman who does not know these vegetable guides might lose himself +in the reed-beds, and not get out all day. + +When Timar had worked his way through the brake, which formed a +labyrinth of flesh-colored flower-clusters, he saw before him what he +sought--an island. + +No doubt this was a new alluvial formation, of which no trace was to be +found on the latest maps. + +In the bed of the right arm of the Danube lay long ago a great bowlder, +at whose base the sluggish current had deposited a sand-bank. + +During some winter flood, the ice-floes tore from the Ostrova Island a +spit of land bearing earth, stones, and a small wood. This mingled +deluge of ice, gravel, and trees flung itself on the sand-bank near the +bowlder. Repeated inundations spread over it year by year layers of mud, +and enlarged its circumference by fresh deposits of pebbles: from the +moldering tree-trunks sprung a luxuriant vegetation as quickly as the +natural creations of the New World; and so arose a nameless island, of +which no one had taken possession, over which was no landlord, no king, +no authority, and no church--which belonged to no country and no +diocese. In Turco-Servian territory there are many such paradises, +neither plowed nor sown, not even used for pasture. They are the home of +wild flowers and wild beasts, and God knows what besides. + +The northern shore plainly proclaims its genesis. The gravel moraine is +heaped there like a barricade, often in pieces larger than a man's head; +between are tufts of rushes and rotten branches; the shallows are +covered with green and brown river-shells; on the marshy parts round +holes are washed out, in which, at the sound of approaching footsteps, +hundreds of crabs rush to hide. The shore is covered along its whole +length with prickly willow, which the ice-floes shave off every winter +close to the root. + +Here Timar drew his boat ashore and tied it to a tree. Pressing forward, +he had to push his way through a thicket of huge willows and +poplars--overthrown in many places by repeated storms--and there the +fruitful bramble forms a thorny undergrowth, and tall valerian, shooting +upward from the weather-beaten soil, mixes its aromatic scent with the +wholesome smell of the poplar. + +On a level depression where are neither trees nor bushes, luxuriant +umbelliferous plants rise amid the grass over a swamp--hemlock and +"Sison Amonum," smelling of cinnamon. In an isolated tuft like a +vegetable aristocrat glitter the fiery blossoms of the veratrum; among +the grass the forget-me-not spreads rankly, and the medicinal comfrey +with red flowers full of honey. No wonder if in the hollows of the old +trees there are so many wild bees' nests. And among the flowers rise +curious green, brown and red capsules, the ripe seed-vessels of bulbous +plants which bloom in spring. + +On this flowery region follows more forest; but here the willows and +poplar are mixed with wild apple-trees, and white-thorn forms the +underwood. The island is higher here. + +Timar stopped and listened. No sound. There can be no wild beasts on +this island. The floods have exterminated them, and the place is only +inhabited by birds. + +Even among birds the lark and the wood-pigeon do not come here: it is no +dwelling for them. They seek places where men live and sow and cultivate +grain. But two creatures live here which betray the presence of man--the +wasp and the blackbird; both of which come after the ripe fruit which +they passionately love. Where the great wasps' nests hang from the +trees, and where the blackbird's alluring whistle sounds in the hedges, +there must be fruit. Timar followed the blackbird. After he had pushed +through the prickly whitethorn and the privet-bushes which tore his +clothes, he stood transfixed with admiration. + +What he saw before him was a paradise. + +A cultivated garden of five or six acres, with fruit-trees, not planted +in rows, but in picturesquely scattered groups, whose boughs were +weighed down by their sweet burden. Apple and pear-trees covered with +glittering red and yellow fruit, plums of all colors looking as if the +shining crop were turned to roses and lilies, the fallen surplus lying +unnoticed on the ground. Beneath, a regular plantation formed of +raspberry, currant, and gooseberry bushes, with their red, yellow, and +green berries; and the spaces between the large trees filled by the +hanging branches of the Sidonian apple or quince. + +There was no path through this labyrinth of fruit-trees--the ground +underneath was covered with grass. + +But where you can see through, a flower-garden beckons you on. It is +also a collection of wonderful field blossoms not to be found in an +ordinary garden: the roots of blue campanula, swallow-wort, with its +fleecy seed-vessels from which a sort of silk is collected, the spotted +turban-lily, alkermes, with its scarlet berries, the splendid butterfly +orchis--all of these raised to the rank of garden-flowers, bear witness +to the presence of man. And this is further betrayed by the dwelling +from which the smoke comes. + +It also is a fantastic little refuge. Behind it stands a great rock, in +which is an excavation, where the hearth must be, and another hole for +the cellar. At the top is a chimney, from which a blue cloud arises. A +building of stone and clay tiles is stuck on to the cliff; it has two +rooms, each with a window. One window is smaller, and one room lower +than the other; both are roofed with rushes; each has a wooden porch, +forming a veranda, with fanciful ornaments made of little bits of wood. + +Neither stone, clay, nor wood-work can be distinguished, so thickly is +it covered on the south side with vines, out of whose frost-bitten +leaves thousands of red and gold bunches peep out. On the northern side +it is overgrown with hops, whose ripe clusters hide even the pinnacle of +the great rock with their greenish gold; and on its highest point tufts +of house-leek are planted, so that no spot may remain which is not +green. + +Here women live. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +ALMIRA AND NARCISSA. + + +Timar turned his steps toward the creeper-covered cottage. Through the +flower-garden a path led to the house, but so covered with grass that +his steps were not heard, and he could thus get as far as the little +veranda quite noiselessly. Neither far nor near was a human being +visible. + +Before the veranda lay a large black dog--one of the noble race of +Newfoundland, generally so sensible and dignified as to forbid undue +familiarity on the part of strangers. The aforesaid quadruped was one of +the finest of the race--a colossal beast, and occupied the whole width +of the door-way. + +The sable guardian appeared to be asleep, and took no notice of the +approaching stranger, nor of another creature which left no fool-hardy +impertinence untried in order to tax the patience of the huge animal. +This was a white cat, which was shameless enough to turn somersaults +back and forward over the dog's recumbent form, to strike it on the nose +with her paw, and at last to lay herself before it on her back, and take +one of its webbed paws between her four soft feet and play with it like +a kitten. When the great black porter found its foot tickled, it drew it +back and gave the cat the other paw to play with. + +Timar did not think to himself--"Suppose this black colossus seizes me +by the collar, it will go hard with me;" but he thought, "Oh! how +delighted Timea will be when she sees this white cat." + +You could not pass the dog and get in--it barred the whole entrance. +Timar coughed, to announce that some one was there. Then the great dog +raised its head and looked at the new-comer with its wise nut-brown +eyes, which, like the human eye, can weep and laugh, scold and flatter. +Then it laid its head down again, as much as to say, "Only one man; it's +not worth while to get up." + +But Timar decided that where a chimney smokes, there's a fire in the +kitchen; so he began from outside to wish this invisible some one +"Good-morning," alternately in three languages--Hungarian, Servian and +Roumanian. Suddenly a female voice answered in Hungarian from within, +"Good-day. Come in then. Who is it?" + +"I should like to come in, but the dog's in the way." + +"Step over it." + +"Won't it bite?" + +"She never hurts good people." + +Timar took courage and stepped across the powerful animal, which did not +move, but raised its tail as if to wag him a welcome. + +Going into the veranda, Timar saw two doors before him: the first one +led to the stone building, the other to the grotto hollowed in the rock. +The latter was the kitchen. There he observed a woman busy at the +hearth. + +Timar saw at a glance that she was not preparing a magic potion of +witch's cookery, but simply roasting Indian-corn. + +The woman thus occupied was a thin but strong and sinewy figure, with a +dark skin; in her compressed lips lay something severe, though her eye +was soft and inspired confidence. Her sunburned face betokened her age +as not much over thirty. She was not dressed like the peasants of the +district; her clothes were not bright in color, but yet not suited to +towns. + +"Now, come nearer and sit down," said the woman, in a singularly hard +voice, which, however, was perfectly quiet; and then she shook the +floury snow-white Indian-corn into a plaited rush-basket, and offered it +to him. Afterward she fetched a jug which stood on the floor, and gave +him elder-wine, this also just freshly made. + +Timar sat down on the stool offered him, which was skillfully woven of +various osiers, and of a curious shape. Then the Newfoundland, rising, +approached the guest and lay down in front of him. + +The woman threw the dog a handful of the white confectionery, which it +at once began to crack in the proper way. The white cat attempted to do +the same, but the first cracked kernel of the maize stuck in her teeth, +and she did not try it again. She shook the paw with which she had +touched it, and sprung up to the hearth, where she blinked with much +interest at an unglazed pot which was simmering by the fire, and +probably held something more to her taste. + +"A magnificent beast," said Timar, looking at the dog. "I wonder it is +so gentle; it has not even growled at me." + +"She never hurts good people, sir. If a stranger comes who is honest, +she knows it directly, and is as quiet as a lamb--doesn't even bark; +but if a thief tries to get in, she rages at him as soon as he sets foot +on the island, and woe to him if she gets her teeth in. She is a +formidable creature! Last winter a large wolf came over the ice after +our goats--look, there is his skin on the floor of the room. In a moment +the dog had throttled him. An honest man can sit on her back, she won't +touch him." + +Timar was quite satisfied to have such excellent evidence of his +honesty. Who knows, perhaps, if some of those ducats had lost their road +in his pocket, he might have been differently received by the great dog? + +"Now, sir, where do you come from, and what do you want of me?" + +"First, I must beg you to excuse my having pushed through the thorns and +bushes into your garden. The storm has driven my vessel over to this +bank, so I was obliged to run for shelter under the Ostrova Island." + +"Indeed, yes; I can hear by the rustle of the branches that a strong +wind is blowing." + +This place was so completely sheltered by the virgin forest, that one +could feel no wind, and only knew by the sound when it blew. + +"We must wait for a change of wind before the storm blows over. But our +provisions have run out, so I was forced to seek the nearest house from +which I saw smoke rising, to ask the housewife whether for money and +fair words we could get food for the crew." + +"Yes, you can have what you want, and I don't mind being paid for it, +for that's what I live on. We can serve you with kids, maize-flour, +cheese, and fruit; choose what you want. This is the trade which keeps +us; the market-women round about fetch away our wares in boats: we are +gardeners." + +Till now Timar had seen no human being except this woman; but as she +spoke in the plural, there must be others besides herself. + +"I thank you beforehand, and will take some of everything. I will send +the steersman from the ship to fetch the things; but tell me, my good +lady, what's to pay? I want food for my seven men for three days." + +"You need not fetch out your purse; I don't receive payment in money. +What should I do with it, here on this lonely island? At best thieves +would be sure to get in and kill me to get hold of it; but now every one +knows there is no money on the island, and therefore we can sleep in +peace. I only barter. I give fruit, wax, honey, and simples, and people +bring me in exchange grain, salt, clothes, and hardware." + +"As they do on the Australian islands?" + +"Just the same." + +"All right, good lady; we have grain on board, and salt too. I will +reckon up the value of your wares, and bring an equal value in exchange. +Rely upon it, you sha'n't be the loser." + +"I don't doubt it, sir." + +"But I have another favor to ask. On board my vessel there is a grand +gentleman and his young daughter. The young lady is not accustomed to +the motion, and feels unwell. Could you not give my passengers shelter +till the storm is over?" + +"Well, that I can do too, sir. Look, here are two small bed-rooms. We +will retire into one, and in the other any honest man who wants shelter +can have it--rest, if not comfort. If you also would like to stay, you +will have to be contented with the little garret, as both the rooms will +have women in them. There is new hay there, and sailors are not +particular." + +Timar puzzled his head as to the position of this woman, who chose her +words so well and expressed herself so sensibly. He could not reconcile +it with this hut, which was more like a cave, and with the residence on +this lonely island in the midst of a wilderness. "Many thanks, good +lady; I'll hurry back and bring up my passengers." + +"All right; only don't go back to your boat the same way you came. You +can't bring a lady through those marshes and briers. There's a tolerable +path all along the bank, rather overgrown with grass, it is true, for it +is very little trodden, and turf grows quickly here; but you shall be +conducted to where your boat lies; then when you come back in a larger +one, you can land rather nearer. I will give you a guide now. Almira!" + +Timar looked round, to see from what corner of the house or from what +bush this Almira would appear who was to show him the way. But the great +black Newfoundland rose and began to wag her tail, whose strokes made a +noise on the door-post as if an old drum was touched. + +"Off, Almira; take the gentleman to the shore," said the woman; on which +the creature growled something to Timar in dog's language, and taking +the edge of his cloak in her teeth, pulled at it, as if to say, Come +along. + +"So this is Almira, who is to conduct me. I am much indebted to you, +Miss Almira," Timar said smiling, and took his gun and hat; then saluted +his hostess and followed the dog. Almira led the guest steadily in all +friendship by the hem of his cloak. The way lay through the orchard, +where one had to tread carefully so as not to crush the plums which +covered the ground. The white cat, too, had not remained behind; she +wanted to know where Almira was conducting the stranger, and leaped here +and there in the soft grass. + +When they arrived at the edge of the orchard, somewhere above was heard +the call of a musical voice, "Narcissa!" + +It was a girl's voice, in which some reproach, but much love and +maidenly shyness, were blended--a sympathetic voice. Timar looked round: +he wanted to know, first, where it came from, and then to whom it +belonged. + +He soon discovered who was called, for at the sound the white cat sprung +quickly to one side, and, curling her tail, climbed zigzag up a gnarled +pear-tree, through whose thick foliage Timar saw something like a white +dress glimmering. He had no time for further research, for Almira gave a +few deep sounds which, in quadruped's language, probably meant, "What +business have you to spy about?" and so he was obliged to follow his +leader, if he did not desire to leave a piece of his cloak in her teeth. + +Almira led Timar by a soft turf path along the bank to the place where +his boat was made fast. At this moment a couple of snipe rose with their +shrill cry close to the island. Timar's first thought was of the savory +dish they would make for Timea's supper. In an instant he had shouldered +his gun, and with a well-aimed right and left brought down both snipe. + +But the next moment he was himself on the ground. As soon as he had +fired, Almira seized him by the collar, and like lightning pulled him +down. He tried to rise, but soon felt that he had to do with an +overpowering adversary who was not to be trifled with. Not that Almira +had hurt him, but she held him by the collar, and would not allow of his +getting up. + +Timar tried every conceivable means to soften her, called her Miss +Almira, his dear friend, and explained to her sport and its usages; +where the devil had she heard of a dog that retrieves a sportsman? she +should rather go after the snipe in the rushes: but he talked to deaf +ears. + +He was at last relieved from this dangerous situation by the woman of +the island, who had run up at the report of the gun, and called Almira +by name from afar, on which the dog let go her hold. + +"Oh, my God!" she lamented, hastening over the stones to the point of +danger. "I forgot to tell you not to shoot, because Almira was sure to +attack you. She gets in a fury when a shot is fired. Well, I was stupid +not to tell you." + +"Never mind, good woman," said Timar, laughing. "Almira would really +make a capital gamekeeper. But look, I have shot a couple of snipe; I +thought they would be a help toward the supper that you will set before +your guests." + +"I will fetch them; get into your boat, and when you come back, just +leave your gun at home, for, believe me, if the dog sees you with a gun +on your arm, she will take it away from you. You can't joke with her." + +"So I find. A powerful, grand animal that! Before I had time to defend +myself, I was on the ground: I can only thank Heaven that she did not +bite my head off." + +"Oh, she never bites any one; but if you defend yourself, she seizes +your arm in her teeth, as if it were in irons, and then holds you fast +till we come and call her off. _Auf Weidersehen!_" + +In less than an hour the larger boat had landed its passengers safely at +the island. All the way from the vessel to the shore, Timar talked to +Timea of Almira and Narcissa, to make the poor child forget her sickness +and her fear of the water. As soon as she set foot on shore, her +seasickness vanished. + +Timar went on in front to show the way; Timea followed, leaning on +Euthemio's arm; and two sailors and the steersman carried behind them on +a stretcher the equivalent of the barter in sacks. Almira's bark was +heard a long way off. These were the sounds of welcome by which the dog +acknowledged the approach of good friends. Almira came half-way, barked +at the whole party, then had a little talk to the sailors, the +steersman, and Timar; then trotting to Timea, tried to kiss her hand. +But when the dog came to Euthemio, it was quiet, and began to sniff at +him from the soles of his feet upward, never leaving his heels. It +snuffed continually, and shook its head violently, rattling its ears +till they cracked. It had its own opinion on this subject. + +The mistress of the island settlement awaited the strangers at the +door, and as soon as they appeared between the trees, called in a loud +voice, "Noemi!" + +At this summons some one appeared from inside the garden. Between two +tall thick raspberry hedges, which, like green walls, almost closed in +an arch at the top, came a young girl. Face and form those of a child +just beginning to develop, dressed in a white chemise and petticoat, and +carrying in her upturned overskirt fruit freshly plucked. + +The figure coming out of the green grove is idyllic. The delicate tints +of her face seem to have been borrowed from the complexion of the white +rose when she is grave, and take that of the red rose when she blushes, +and that up to the brow. The expression of the clear-arched brow is +personified sweet temper, in complete accord with the innocent look of +the expressive blue eyes; on the tender lips lies a mixture of devoted +regard and modest shyness. The rich and luxuriant golden-brown hair +seems to be curled by nature's hand; a lock thrust back gives a view of +an exquisite little ear. Over the whole face gentle softness is spread. +It is possible that a sculptor might not take each feature as a model, +and perhaps if the face were hewn in marble one might not think it +beautiful; but the head and the whole figure, just as they are, shine +with a loveliness which charms at the first glance, and inthralls more +every moment. + +From one shoulder the chemise has dropped, but, that it may not remain +uncovered, there sits a white cat, rubbing her head against the girl's +cheek. The delicate feet of the maiden are naked--why should she not go +barefoot? She walks on a carpet of richest velvet. The spring turf is +interspersed with blue veronica and red geranium. + +Euthemio, his daughter, and Timar, stopped at the entrance of the +raspberry arcade to await the approaching figure. + +The child knew of no more friendly reception to give the guests than to +offer them the fruit she had in her lap. They were beautiful +red-streaked Bergamot pears. She turned first to Timar. He chose the +best, and gave it to Timea. + +Both girls shrugged their shoulders impatiently. Timea because she +envied the other one the white cat on her shoulder, but Noemi because +Timar had given the fruit to Timea. + +"Oh, you rude thing!" cried the mistress to her from the cottage; "could +you not put the fruit in a basket, instead of offering it in your apron? +Is that the proper way?" + +The little thing grew red as fire, and ran to her mother; the latter +whispered a few words into her ear, so that the others might not +overhear, then kissed the child on the forehead, and said aloud, "Now go +and take from the sailors what they have brought, carry it into the +store-room, and fill the sacks with corn-flour, the pots with honey, and +the baskets with ripe fruit: of the kids, you can choose two for them." + +"I can't choose any," whispered the girl; "they must do it themselves." + +"Foolish child!" said the woman with a kind reproof; "if it were left to +you, you would keep all the kids and never let one be killed. Very +well, let them choose for themselves, then no one can complain. I will +look after the cooking." + +Noemi called the sailors, and opened the food and fruit stores, which +were each in a different cave and shut off by a door. The rock which +formed the summit of the island was one of those wandering blocks, +called "erratic" by geologists--an isolated bowlder, a monolith, which +must once have been detached from a distant mountain, some limestone +formation from the Dolomites, out of a moraine. It was full of large and +small caves, which the first person who took possession of it had +adapted to his own purposes: the largest with the natural chimney for +the kitchen, the highest, as a dove-cote, the others for summer and +winter storehouses. He had settled on the heaven-sent rock, and, like +the wild birds, built his nest there. + +The child managed the barter with the crew well and honestly. Then she +gave each his glass of elder-wine to wet the bargain, begged for their +custom when they passed again, and went back to the kitchen. + +Here she did not wait to be told to lay the table. She spread a fine +rush mat on the small table in the veranda, and placed on it four +plates, with knives and forks and pewter spoons. And the fifth person? + +She will sit at the cat's table. Near the steps to the veranda stands a +small wooden bench; in the center is placed an earthenware plate with a +miniature knife and fork and spoon, and at each end a wooden platter, +one for Almira, the other for Narcissa. They require no _couvert_. When +the three guests and the mistress of the house have sat down and helped +themselves from the dish, it goes to the cat's table, where Noemi serves +her friends. She conducts the division with great fairness--the soft +pieces to Narcissa, the bones to Almira--and helps herself last. They +must not touch their food till she has cooled it for them, however much +Almira may cock her ears, and the cat snuggle up to her mistress's +shoulder. They must obey the girl. + +The island woman wished, according to the good or bad Hungarian custom, +to show off before her guests, and especially to prove to Timar that her +larder was independent of his game. She had cooked the two snipe with +oatmeal, but whispered to Timar that that was only food for ladies; for +the gentlemen she had some good fried pork. Timar attacked it bravely, +but Euthemio touched none of it, saying he had no appetite, and Timea +rose suddenly from the table. But that was natural: she had already cast +many inquisitive glances toward the party at the other table; there was +nothing remarkable in her rising suddenly and going over to sit by +Noemi. Young girls soon make friends. Timea did not know Hungarian, nor +Noemi Greek; but between them was Narcissa, to whom both languages were +the same. + +The white cat seemed to understand perfectly when Timea said "Horaion +galion" to it, and stroked its back with a soft white hand: then it +crept from Noemi's lap to Timea's, raised its head to her face and +gently rubbed its white head against her white cheeks, opened its red +mouth, showed its sharp teeth, and blinked at her with cunning eyes; +then sprung on her shoulder, crawled round her neck, and clambered to +Noemi and back again. + +Noemi was pleased that the strange young lady liked her favorite so +much, but bitterness mingled with her pleasure when she saw how much the +stranger had fallen in love with the cat, kept and kissed it; and still +more painful was it to realize how easily Narcissa became untrue to her, +how willingly it accepted and replied to the caresses of its new friend, +and took no notice when Noemi called it by name to come back to her. +"Horaion galion" (pretty pussy) pleased it better. Noemi grew angry with +Narcissa, and seized her by the tail to draw her back. Narcissa took +offense, turned her claws on her mistress, and scratched her hand. + +Timea wore on her wrist a blue enameled bracelet in the form of a +serpent. When Narcissa scratched her mistress, Timea drew off the +elastic bracelet, and wanted to put it on Noemi's arm, obviously with +the intention of comforting her in her pain; but Noemi misunderstood, +and thought the stranger wanted to buy Narcissa with it. But she was not +for sale. + +"I don't want the bracelet! I won't sell Narcissa! Keep the bracelet! +Narcissa is mine. Come here, Narcissa!" and as Narcissa would not come, +Noemi gave her a little box on the ear, on which the frightened animal +made a jump over the bench, puffing and spitting, climbed up a nut-tree, +and looked angrily down from thence. + +As Timea and Noemi at this moment looked into each other's eyes, each +read there a dreamy presentiment. They felt like a person who shuts his +eyes for a moment, and in that short time dreams whole years away; yet, +when he awakes, has forgotten it all, and only remembers that the dream +was very long. The two girls felt in that meeting of looks that they +would some day mutually encroach on each other's rights, that they would +have something in common--a grief or a joy--and that, perhaps, like a +forgotten dream, they would only know that each owed this grief or joy +to the other. + +Timea sprung up from beside Noemi and gave the bracelet to the +housewife: then she sat down by Euthemio and leaned her head on his +shoulder. + +Timar interpreted the gift. "The young lady gives it to the little girl +as a remembrance--it is gold." + +As soon as he said that it was of gold, the woman threw it, frightened, +from her hand, as if it were a real snake. She looked anxiously at +Noemi, and was not even able to articulate "Thank you." + +Then Almira suddenly drew attention to herself. The dog had sprung +quickly from its bed, had uttered a low howl with its head up, and now +began to bark with deafening noise. In the sound lay something of the +lion's roar; it was a vehement, defiant tone, as if calling to the +attack, and the dog did not run forward, but remained by the porch, +planted its paws on the ground, and then threw up the earth with its +hind feet. + +The woman turned pale. A figure appeared between the trees on the +footpath. + +"The dog only barks in that way at one man," she murmured. "There he +comes. It is he!" + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +THE VOICES OF THE NIGHT. + + +The new arrival is a man of youthful appearance; he wears a blouse and +trousers, round his neck a red cotton handkerchief, and on his head a +Turkish fez. + +He has a handsome face. If he sat quietly to an artist, every one would +say of his portrait that it was the ideal of a hero; but when he is in +motion, the first thought must be--that is a spy. His features are +regular, the thick hair curly, the lips finely chiseled, the eyes deeply +black; but the wrinkles round them and their restless fire, the upturned +corners of the mouth, and the ever-twitching brows, betray the soul of a +slave to his own appetites. + +Almira barked furiously at the new-comer, who came swinging along with +defiant nonchalance, like one who knows that it is other people's duty +to protect him. Noemi told the dog to lie down, but it gave no heed; she +caught the creature's ears in both hands and drew it back: the dog +whined and growled at the discomfort, but did not cease barking. At last +Noemi put her foot on its head and pressed it to the ground. Then Almira +gave in, lay down growling, and let the girl's foot lie on her great +black head, as if that were a burden she could not shake off. + +The stranger came whistling and humming up to them. From afar he called +out--"Ah! you have still got that confounded big brute; you haven't had +her poisoned? I shall have to get rid of her in the end. The stupid +beast!" When the young man got near Noemi, he stretched out his hand +with a familiar smile toward the girl's face, as if he would have +pinched her cheek; but she drew her face quickly away. + +"Well, my dear little _fiancee_, are you still so shy? How you have +grown since I saw you!" + +Noemi looked at the speaker with her head thrown back. She wrinkled her +forehead, curled her lips, and threw a defiantly penetrating glance at +him; even her complexion changed, the rose tint on her cheeks turned +livid. Evidently she could look odious if she chose. + +The new-comer, however, quite unabashed, continued, "How pretty you have +grown!" + +Instead of answering she said to the dog, "Down, Almira!" + +The stranger behaved as though he were quite at home under the veranda, +where his first act was to kiss the hand of the woman of the house. He +greeted Timar with friendly condescension, made a polite bow to Euthemio +and Timea, and then opened the flood-gates of his eloquence. +"Good-evening, dear mother-in-law! Your obedient servant, captain! Sir +and mademoiselle, you are welcome. My name is Theodor Krisstyan; I am +chevalier and captain, the future son-in-law of this worthy lady. Our +fathers were bosom friends, and betrothed Noemi to me in their +life-time, so I come every year to see my sweetheart in her summer +abode, in order to judge how my bride is growing. Uncommonly delighted +to find you here: you, sir--if I am not mistaken, your name is Timar--I +have had the pleasure of meeting before? The other gentleman, I fancy--" + +"Understands nothing but Greek," interrupted Timar, thrusting his hands +well into his pockets, as if he wanted to make it impossible for the +stranger to shake hands over the joy of meeting. He, who from his +calling was always traveling, might very likely have met him before. + +Theodor Krisstyan did not feel inclined to occupy himself any more with +Timar, but looked at life from the practical side. "It is just as if you +had expected me; a beautiful supper, an unused place, pork, just my weak +point. Thanks, dear mamma, thanks, gentlemen and young lady; I will pay +my respects to the supper--so many thanks!" + +Not that a single person of those addressed had asked him to sit down +and partake; but as though accepting their invitation, he seated himself +in Timea's empty place and began to enjoy the pork; offering it +repeatedly to Euthemio, and seeming much astonished that any Christian +should neglect such a delicious dish. + +Timar rose from the table and said to the hostess, "The +gentleman-passenger and the young lady are tired. They want rest more +than food. Would you be so good as to show them their beds?" + +"That shall be done at once," said the woman. "Noemi, go and help the +young lady to undress." + +Noemi rose and followed her mother and the two guests into the +back-room. Timar also left the table, at which the new-comer remained +alone, and gobbled down with wolfish hunger every eatable left: +meanwhile, he talked over his shoulder to Timar, and threw to Almira the +bare bones with his fork. + +"You must have had a devilish bad journey, sir, with this wind. I can't +think how you got through Denin Kafoin and the Tatalia Pass. Catch, +Almira! and don't be cross with me any more, stupid brute! Do you +remember, sir, how we once met in Galatz?--there, that's for you too, +you black beast!" + +When he looked round, he found that neither Timar nor Almira was there. +Timar had gone to the attic to sleep, where he soon made himself a couch +of fragrant hay, while Almira had crept into some cranny in the great +mass of rock. + +He turned his chair round, but not till he had drained the last drop +from the wine-jug and the glasses of the other guests. Then he cut a +splinter from the chair he was sitting on, and picked his teeth with it, +like a person who has thoroughly deserved his supper. + +Night had set in; travelers weary of knocking about want no rocking. +Timar had stretched himself on the soft sweet hay very comfortably, and +thought that to-night he would sleep like a king. But he deceived +himself. It is not easy to fall asleep after hard work, which has been +mingled with varied emotions. Successive shapes besieged his bed like a +chaotic panorama: a confusion of pursuing forms, threatening rocks, +water-falls, ruined castles, strange women, black dogs, white cats; and +amid it all a howling tempest, blasts of the horn, cracking of whips, +showers of gold, laughing, whispering, and screaming human voices. + +And all at once people began to speak in the room below. He recognized +the voices, the hostess and the last comer talking together. The garret +was separated from the other room only by a thin floor, and every word +was audible, as if it had been whispered in the listener's ear. They +spoke in suppressed tones, only now and then the man raised his voice. + +"Well, Mother Therese, have you much money?" began the man. + +"You know very well that I have none. Don't you know that I only barter +and never take money?" + +"That's very stupid. I don't like it. And what's more, I don't believe +it." + +"It is as I say. Whoever comes to buy my fruit brings me something for +my own use. What should I do here with money?" + +"I know what you could do, you could give it to me. You never think of +me. When I marry Noemi you can't give her dried plums for a dowry; but +you don't care about your daughter's happiness. You ought to help me, +that I may get a good situation. I have just received my nomination as +first dragoman at the embassy; but I have no money to get there, for my +purse has been stolen, and now I shall lose my situation." + +The woman answered in a calm tone, "That any one has given you any place +that you could lose I don't believe; but I do believe you have a place +you can't lose. That you have no money, I believe that; but that it was +stolen from you I don't believe." + +"Well, don't then. And I don't believe you have no money; you must have +some. Smugglers land here sometimes, and they always pay well." + +"Speak loud, of course! Yes, it is true, smugglers often land on the +island; but they don't come near my hut, or if they do, they buy fruit +and give me salt in exchange. Will you have some salt?" + +"You are laughing at me. Well, and such visitors as you have to-night?" + +"I don't know whether they are rich or not." + +"Ask them for money! Demand it! Don't make a solemn face! You must get +money somehow; don't try to take me in with this ridiculous Australian +barter. Get ducats if you want to keep the peace with me; you know if I +say a single word at the right place it's all up with you." + +"Softly, you wretched man!" + +"Ay! now you want me to whisper. Well, shut my mouth then, be kind to +me, Therese--let me have a little money." + +"But I tell you there is none in the house! Don't worry me! I have not a +farthing, and don't want any; there is a curse on anything which is +gold. There, all my chests and boxes are here; look through them, and if +you find anything, take it." + +It appeared that the man was not slow to take advantage of this +permission, for soon he was heard to exclaim, "Ah! What is this? A gold +bracelet." + +"Yes; the strange lady gave it to Noemi. If you can make use of it, take +it." + +"It's worth some ten ducats--well, that's better than nothing. Don't be +angry, Noemi; when you are my wife I will buy you two bracelets, each +thirty ducats in weight, and with a sapphire in the middle--no, an +emerald. Which do you prefer, a sapphire or an emerald?" He laughed at +his sally, and as no one answered his question, he continued, "But now, +Mother Therese, prepare a bed for your future son-in-law, your dear +Theodor, so that he may dream sweetly of his beloved Noemi!" + +"I can not give you a bed. In the next room and in the garret are our +guests; you can't sleep here in our room, that would not be +proper--Noemi is no longer a child. Go out and lie down on the bench." + +"Oh, you hard-hearted, cruel Therese. You send me to the hard bench--me, +your beloved future son-in-law!" + +"Noemi, give your pillow--there, take it! And here's my coverlet. +Good-night." + +"Yes, if there were not that accursed great dog out there--the fierce +brute will devour me." + +"Don't be afraid, I will chain her up. Poor beast! she is never tied up +except when you are on the island." + +Frau Therese had some trouble to entice Almira out of her hole; the poor +dog knew well enough what awaited her in these circumstances, and that +she would now be chained up, but she was used to obedience, and allowed +her mistress to fasten the chain. + +But this made her all the more furious against him who was the cause of +her confinement. As soon as Therese had gone back to her room, and +Theodor remained alone outside, the dog began to bark madly, and danced +about on the small space left free to her by the chain, now and then +making a spring, to see whether she could succeed in breaking the collar +or the chain, or rooting up the tree-trunk to which the chain was +fastened. + +But Theodor teased her again. He thought it amusing to enrage an animal +which could not reach him, and foamed with fury at its impotence. He +went closer, leaving only a step between himself and the point the chain +permitted the dog to reach; then he began to creep toward her on all +fours and make faces at her. He brayed at her like a donkey, put his +tongue out, spat in her face, and imitated the dog's bark. "Bow-wow! You +would like to eat me, wouldn't you? Bow-wow! There's my nose; bite it +off if you can. You're a lovely dog--you horrid beast! Bow-wow! Break +your chain and come wrestle with me; snap at my finger, there it is +before your nose; only don't you wish you may get it?" + +At the moment of her greatest fury, Almira suddenly stopped. She barked +no more; she understood. It is the wise one that gives in, thought she. +She stretched her head up as if to look down on that other four-legged +beast in front of her, then turned and scratched as dogs do, backward, +with her hind feet, whirling up dust and sand, so that the other brute +got his eyes and mouth full of it, which made him beat a retreat, +breaking out in the human bark--curses, to wit. But Almira retired with +her chain into the hole near the elder-tree and came out no more; she +ceased to bark, but a hot panting could be heard for a long time. + +Timar heard it too. He could not sleep; he had left the trap-door open +to get some light. The moon shone, and when the dog was silenced, deep +stillness lay over the scene; a wonderful calm, rendered more fantastic +by the isolated voices of the night and the solitude. The rattle of +carriages, the clatter of mills, human voices--none of these struck the +ear. This is the kingdom of swamps, islets, and shallows. From time to +time a deep note sounds through the night--the boom of the bittern, that +hermit of the marsh. Flights of night-birds strike long-drawn chords in +the air, and the breathing wind stirs in the poplars, as it sighs +through their quivering leaves. The seal cries in the reeds like the +voice of a weeping child, and the cockchafer buzzes on the white wall of +the hut. All around lies the dark brake, in which fairies seem to hold a +torch-light dance; under the decayed trees will-o'-the-wisps wander, +pursuing each other. But the flower-garden is flooded by the full +radiance of the moon, and night-moths hover on silvery peacock wings +round the tall mallows. How exquisite, how divine is this solitude! the +whole soul is absorbed in its contemplation. + +If only no human tones were mingled with these voices of the night! + +But there below in the two little divisions of the hut lie other +sleepless people, whom some evil spirit has robbed of their slumber, and +who add their deep sighs to the other voices. From one room Timar heard +the sigh, "Oh, thou dear Christ!" while from the other "Oh, Allah!" +resounded. + +They can not sleep; what is there down below which keeps people awake? + +While Timar tried to collect his thoughts, an idea flashed through his +mind which induced him to leave his couch, throw on the coat he had had +over him, and descend the ladder to the ground. + +At the same moment, some one in one of the rooms below had had the same +thought. And when Timar, standing at the corner of the house, uttered +the name of "Almira" under his breath, another voice from the door +opening into the veranda called Almira's name too, as if one were the +ghostly echo of the other. + +The speakers approached each other with surprise. + +The other person was Therese. "You have come down from your bed?" she +asked. + +"Yes; I could not sleep." + +"And what did you want with Almira?" + +"I will tell you the truth. The thought struck me, whether that . . . +man had poisoned the dog, because she became so suddenly silent." + +"Just my idea. Almira!" At the call the dog came out of the hole and +wagged her tail. + +"No; it's all right," said Therese. "His bed on the veranda is +undisturbed. Come, Almira, I will set you free." + +The great creature laid her head on her mistress's lap, and allowed her +to take off the leather collar, sprung round her, licked her cheeks, and +then turned to Timar, raised one of the shaggy paws, and placed it as a +proof of doggish respect in his open hand. Then the dog shook herself, +stretched herself out, and, after a roll on both sides, lay quiet on the +soft grass. She barked no more; they could be thoroughly satisfied that +that man no longer remained on the island. + +Therese came nearer to Timar. "Do you know this man?" + +"I once met him in Galatz. He came on board and behaved so that I could +not make up my mind whether he was a spy or a smuggler. At last I got +rid of him, and that concluded our acquaintance." + +"And how came you by the notion that he might have poisoned Almira?" + +"To tell you the truth, every word spoken down below is audible in the +garret, and as I had lain down I was forced to hear all the conversation +between you." + +"Did you hear how he threatened me? If I could not satisfy him, it would +only cost him a single word, and we should be ruined?" + +"Yes; I heard that." + +"And what do you think about us? You believe that some great, nameless +crime has banished us to this island outside the world? that we drive +some dubious trade, of which one can not speak? or that we are the +homeless heirs of some dishonored name, who must hide from the sight of +the authorities? Say, what do you think?" + +"Nothing, my dear lady; I don't trouble my head about it. You have given +me hospitable shelter for a night, and I am grateful. The storm is over; +to-morrow I shall go on my way, and think no more of what I saw and +heard on this island." + +"I do not want you to leave us so. Without your desire you have heard +things which must be explained to you. I do not know why, but from the +first moment when I saw you, you inspired me with confidence, and the +thought troubles me that you should leave us with suspicion and +contempt: that suspicion would prevent both you and me from sleeping +under this roof. The night is quiet, and suitable to the story of the +secrets of a hard life. You shall form your own judgment about us; I +will conceal nothing, and tell you the whole truth, and when you have +heard the history of this lonely island and this clay hut, you won't +say, 'To-morrow I go away and think no more of it,' but you will come +back year by year, when your business brings you near us, and rest for a +night under this peaceful roof. Sit down by me on the doorstep, and +listen to the story of our house." + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +THE HISTORY OF THE ISLANDERS. + + +"Twelve years ago we lived in Pancsova, where my husband held a +municipal office. His name was Bellovary; he was young, handsome, and +honest, and we loved each other dearly. I was then two-and-twenty and he +was thirty. + +"I bore him a daughter, whom we called Noemi. We were not rich, but well +off; he had his post, a pretty house, and a splendid orchard and meadow. +I was an orphan when we married, and brought him some money; we were +able to live respectably. + +"My husband had a friend, Maxim Krisstyan, of whom he was very fond. The +man who has just been here is his son, who was then thirteen, a dear, +handsome, clever boy. When my little daughter was still a baby, the +fathers already began to say they would make a pair, and I was glad when +the boy took the little thing's hand and asked her, 'Will you be my +wife?' at which the child laughed merrily. + +"Krisstyan was a grain dealer without having ever learned regular +business, but was like the speculators in a small way, who catch hold of +a rope behind the great wholesale dealers, and go blindly in their wake. +If the speculation succeeds, well and good; if not, they are ruined. As +he always won, he thought there was nothing easier than mercantile +transactions. In the spring he went round to see the crops, and made +contracts with the large dealers for the grain to be delivered to them +after the harvest. He had a regular customer in the wholesale merchant +of Komorn, Athanasius Brazovics, who made large advances to him every +spring for grain which he was to deliver in autumn at the price settled +in advance, on board ship. This was a lucrative affair for Krisstyan; +but I have often thought since that it was not so much trade as a game +of chance, when one sells what does not yet exist. Brazovics advanced +large sums to Krisstyan, and as the latter had no real property, +security was required of him. My husband went surety for him gladly--was +he not a landowner and Krisstyan's friend? Krisstyan led an easy life; +while my good man sat for hours bent over his desk, the other was at the +cafe, smoking his pipe and chatting with tradespeople of his own sort. +But at last God's scourge alighted on him. The year 1819 was a terrible +year; in the spring the crops looked splendid over the whole country, +and every one expected cheap prices. In the Banat a merchant was lucky +if he could make a contract for delivery of grain at four gulden a +measure. Then came a wet summer--for sixteen weeks it rained every day; +the corn rotted on its stem. In places reputed as a second Canaan, +famine set in, and in autumn the price of grain rose to twenty gulden a +measure: and even so there was none to be had, for the landowners kept +it for seed." + +"I remember it well," Timar interrupted. "I was then just beginning my +career as a ship's captain." + +"Well, in that year, it happened that Maxim could not fulfill the +contract he had concluded with Athanasius Brazovics; the difference he +had to cover made an enormous sum. What did he do then? He collected his +outstanding debts, got loans from several credulous people, and +disappeared in the night from Pancsova, taking his money with him, and +leaving his son behind. + +"He could easily do it; his whole property consisted of money, and he +left nothing for which he cared. But what is the good of all the money +in the world if it can make a man so bad as to care for nothing else? +His debts and liabilities rested on the shoulders of those who had been +his good friends, and stood security for him, and among these was my +husband. + +"Then came Athanas Brazovics, and required from the sureties the +fulfillment of the contract. It was true that he had advanced money to +the absconding debtor, and we offered to pay it back: we could have sold +half our property, and so met the obligation. But he would not hear of +it, and insisted on the fulfillment of the contract; it was not how much +money he had lost, but what sums we were bound to pay him. Thus he made +five-fold profits; his contract gave him the right to do so. We begged +and entreated him to be content with smaller gain--for it was only a +question of more or less gain, not of loss--but he was inflexible; he +required from the sureties the satisfaction of his claims in full. What +is the use, say I, of faith and religion, and all Christian and Jewish +churches, if it is permitted to make such a demand? + +"The affair came before the court; the judge gave sentence that our +house, our fields, our last farthing, should be distrained, sealed and +put up to auction. + +"But what is the use of the law, a human institution, if it can be +possible that people should be brought to beggary by a debt of which +they have never had a groschen, and fall into misery for the benefit of +a third, who rises laughing from the ground? + +"We tried everything to save ourselves from utter ruin. My husband went +to Ofen and Vienna to beg an audience. We knew the artful deceiver who +had escaped with his money was living in Turkey, and begged for his +extradition, that he might be brought here to satisfy those who had +presented claims against him; but we were told that there was no power +to do so. Then what is the use of the emperor, the ministers, the +authorities, if they are not in a position to extend protection to their +subjects in distress? After this fearful blow, which brought us all to +beggary, my poor husband one night sent a bullet through his head. He +would not look on the misery of his family, the tears of his wife, the +pale, starved face of his child, and fled from us into the grave. + +"But what is a husband good for, if, when he falls into misfortune, he +knows no other outlet than to quit the world himself, and leave wife and +child alone behind? + +"But the horrors were not yet at an end. I was a beggar and homeless; +now they tried to make me an infidel. The wife of the suicide begged her +pastors in vain to bury the unhappy man. The dean was a strict and holy +man, for whom the laws of the Church were the first thought. He denied +my husband a decent burial, and I had to look on while the dear form of +my adored one was carried by the knacker's cart to be hastily buried in +a corner of a church-yard. What are the clergy for, if they can not +relieve us of such misery as that? What is the whole world about? + +"Only one thing was left; they drove me to kill myself and my child, +both at once. I wrapped a shawl round the child at my breast, and went +with it to the river bank. + +"I was alone. Three times I went up and down to see where the water was +deepest. Then something plucked my dress and drew me back. I looked +round. Who was it? The dog here--of all living beings the only friend +left to me. + +"It was on the shore of the Ogradina Island that this happened. On this +island we had a beautiful fruit-garden and a little summer-house; but +there too the official seal had been affixed to every door, and I could +only go through the kitchen and out under the trees. Then I sat down by +the Danube and began to reflect. What, am I, I, a human being, a woman, +to be worse than an animal! Did one ever see a dog drown its young and +then kill itself? No, I will not kill either myself or my child; I will +live and bring it up. But how? Like the wolves or the gypsy woman, who +have no home and no food. I will beg--beg of the ground, the waters, the +wilderness of the forest; only not of men--never! + +"My poor husband had told me of a little island which had been formed +some fifty years ago in the reed-beds near Ogradina; he often went +shooting there in autumn, and spoke much of a hollow rock in which he +had sought shelter from bad weather. He said, 'The island has no master; +the Danube built it up for no one; the soil, the trees, the grass which +grow on it belong to no one.' If it is ownerless, this island, why +should not I take possession of it? I ask it of God, I ask it of the +Danube. Why should they refuse it? I will raise fruit there. How? and +what fruit? I do not know, but necessity will teach me. + +"A boat remained to me which the officer had not noticed, and which, +therefore, had not been seized. Noemi, Almira and I got into it, and I +rowed myself over to the ownerless island. I had never used an oar +before, but necessity taught me. + +"When I touched this piece of ground, a wonderful feeling took +possession of me: it was as if I had forgotten what had happened to me +out in the world. I was surrounded by a pleasant silence and rest, which +softened my heart. + +"After I had explored pasture, grove, and meadow, I knew what I should +do here. In the field bees were humming, in the woods hazel-nuts were +hanging, and on the surface of the river floated water-chestnuts. Crabs +basked on the shore, edible snails crept up the trees, and in the marshy +thickets manna was ripening. Kind Providence, Thou hast spread a table +before me! The grove was full of wild fruit--seedlings; the blackbirds +had brought seeds from the neighboring island, and already the wild +apples grew rosy on the trees, and the raspberry bushes bore a few +belated berries. + +"Yes, I knew what I would do on the island. I alone would make of it a +Garden of Eden. The work to be done here could be managed by a single +person, one woman, and then we should live here like the first man in +Paradise. + +"I had found the rock with its natural grottoes, in the largest of which +a layer of hay was spread, which must have served as a bed to my poor +husband. I had a widow's right to it; it was my legacy. I hushed my +child to sleep there, made it a couch in the hay, and covered it with my +large shawl. Then I told Almira to stay there and watch over Noemi till +I came back, and rowed across to the large island again. On the veranda +of my old summer-house there was an awning spread out, which I took +down; it would serve as a tent or roof, and perhaps later on be used for +winter clothing. I packed in it what food and vegetables I could see, +and made a bundle as large as I could carry on my back. I had come to +the house in a four-horse wagon richly laden; with a bundle on my back I +left it; and yet I had been neither wicked nor a spendthrift. But what +if even that bundle were stolen goods? It is true that the contents were +my own; but that I should carry them off, was it not theft? I hardly +knew: notions of right and wrong, the legal or the illegal, were +confused in my head. I fled with the bundle like a thief out of my own +home. On my way through the garden I took a cutting of each of my +beautiful fruit-trees, and shoots from the figs and bushes, picked up +some seeds from the ground and put them in my apron; then I kissed the +drooping branches of the weeping willow under which I had so often dozed +and dreamed. Those happy dreams were gone forever. I never went back +there. The boat took me safely along the Danube. + +"While I rowed back two things fretted me. One was that there were +noxious inhabitants on the island--snakes; probably some in that grotto: +the thought filled me with horror and alarm for Noemi. The other anxiety +was this. I can live for years on wild honey, water-nuts, and manna +fruit; my child lives on her mother's breast; but how shall I feed +Almira? The faithful creature can not live on what nourishes me; and yet +I must keep her, for without Almira as a protector I should die of +fright in this solitude. When I had dragged my bundle to the grotto, I +saw before me the still quivering tail of a large snake, and not far off +lay its head, bitten off; Almira had eaten what lay between the head and +tail. The clever beast lay before the child, wagging her tail and +licking her lips, as if to say, I have made a good meal. Thenceforward +she made war on snakes; they were her daily food. In the winter she +scratched them out of their holes. My friend--for so I grew to call the +dog--had found her own livelihood, and freed me from the objects of my +dread. + +"Oh, sir, it was an indescribable feeling, our first night alone +here--no one near but my God, my child, and my dog. I can not call it +painful--it was almost bliss. I spread the linen awning over us all +three, and we were only awoke by the twitter of the birds. Now began my +work--savages' work, for before sunrise I must collect manna, called by +Hungarians 'Dew-millet.' Poor women go out into the swamp, where this +bush with its sweet seeds luxuriates; they hold up their dress in both +hands, shake the bush, and the ripe seeds fall into their lap. That is +the bread from heaven for those whom no one feeds. Sir, I lived two +whole years on that bread, and thanked daily on my knees Him who cares +for the birds of the air. Wild fruit, honey, nuts, crabs, wild fowls' +eggs, water-chestnuts preserved for winter use, land snails, dried +mushrooms, formed my food. Praised be the Lord who so richly provides +the table of His poor! And during the whole time I labored for the +object I had set before me. I grafted the wild stocks with the cuttings +I had brought, and planted in the cultivated soil fruit-trees, vines, +and walnut-seeds. On the south side I sowed cotton-plant and silky +swallow-wort, whose products I wove on a loom made of willow-wood, and +made clothes for us. From rushes and reeds I made hives, in which I +housed swarms of wild bees, and even in the first year I could begin a +trade in wax and honey. Millers and smugglers often came here; they +helped me with the hard labor, and never did me any harm. They paid me +for provisions by their work; they knew already that I never took money. +When the fruit-trees began to bear, then I lived in luxury, for in this +alluvial soil all trees flourish, to that it is a pleasure to see them. +I have pears which ripen their fruit twice in a year; all the young ones +make fresh shoots at St. John's day, and the others bear every year. I +have learned their secrets, and know that in the hands of a good +gardener there should be no failure nor over-crop. Animals understand +the language of man, and I believe that trees too have ears and eyes for +those who tend them kindly and listen to their private wishes; and they +are proud to give them pleasure in return. Oh, trees are very sensible! +a soul dwells in them. I consider that man a murderer who cuts down a +noble tree. + +"These are my friends. I love them, and live in and by them. What they +yield me year by year is fetched away by the people of the villages and +mills round, who give me in exchange what I need for my housekeeping. I +have no use for money, I have a horror of it--the accursed money, which +drove me out of the world and my husband out of life: I don't want ever +to see it again. + +"But I am not so foolish as to be unprepared for some years of failure, +which make vain the work of man. There might be late frosts or +hail-storms, which would destroy the blessings of the season; but I am +prepared for such bad times. In the cellar of my rock and in its airy +crevices I store away whatever durable wares I possess--wine in casks, +honey in pots, wool and cotton in bales, in sufficient quantity to keep +us from want for two years. You see I have some savings, though not in +money; I may call myself rich, and yet for twelve years not a single +coin has passed through my hands. For I have lived on this island twelve +years, sir, with the other two, for I count Almira as a person. Noemi +declares we are four; she counts Narcissa, too--silly child! + +"Many people know of our existence, but treachery is unknown here. The +artificial barrier which exists between the frontiers of the two +countries has made the people about here very reserved. No one meddles +in a stranger's affairs, and every one instinctively keeps secret what +he knows. No intelligence from here ever reaches Vienna, Ofen, or +Stamboul. And why should they inform against me? I am in nobody's way, +and do no harm; I grow fruit on my bit of desert land, which has no +master. God the Lord and the royal Danube gave it to me, and I thank +them for it daily. I thank Thee, my God! I thank Thee, my King! + +"I hardly know if I have any religion; it is twelve years since I saw a +priest or a church. Noemi knows nothing about it. I have taught her to +read and write: I tell her of God, and Jesus, and Moses, as I knew them. +Of the good, all-merciful, omnipresent God--of Jesus, sublime in His +sufferings, and divine in His humanity--and of Moses, that leader of a +people to liberty, who preferred to wander hungry and thirsty in the +wilderness rather than exchange freedom for the flesh-pots of +slavery--Moses who preached goodness and brotherly love--of these as I +picture them to myself. But of the relentless God of vengeance, the God +of the chosen people--a God calling for sacrifices, and dwelling in +temples--of that privileged Christ asking for blind faith, laying heavy +burdens on our shoulders, followed by a crowd of worshipers--and of the +avaricious, revengeful, selfish Moses of whom books and preachers +tell--of these she knows nothing. + +"Now you know who we are, and what we are doing here, you shall learn +with what we are threatened by this man. + +"He is the son of the man for whom my husband stood surety, who drove +him to suicide, on whose account we have fled from human society into +the desert. He was a boy of thirteen when we lost our all, and the blow +fell on him also, for his father had forsaken him. + +"Indeed, I do not wonder that the son has turned out such a wretch. +Abandoned by his own father, thrust out like a beggar into the world, +cast on the compassion of strangers, deceived and robbed by the one on +whom his childish trust was placed, branded in his earliest youth as the +son of a rogue, is it surprising if he was forced to become what he is? + +"And yet I hardly know what to think of him; but what I do know is +enough. The people who come to the island can tell a great deal about +him. Not long after his father had escaped, he also started from Turkey, +saying he was going to look for his father. Some maintained that he had +found him, others that he had never been able to trace him. According to +one report he robbed his own father and squandered the money he stole, +but no one knows for certain. From him nothing can be learned, for he +tells nothing but lies. As to where he has been, and what he has done, +he relates romances, in whose invention he is so well versed, and which +he presents so skillfully, that he staggers even those who have actual +knowledge of the facts, and makes them doubt the testimony of their own +eyes. You see him here to-day and there to-morrow. In Turkey, Wallachia, +Poland, and Hungary he has been met. In all these countries he is by way +of knowing every person of distinction. Whomsoever he meets he takes in, +and whoever has once been deceived by him may be sure it will happen +again. He speaks ten languages, and whatever countryman he pretends to +be, he is accepted as such. He appears now as a merchant, then a +soldier, again as a seafaring man; to-day a Turk, to-morrow a Greek. He +once came out as a Polish count, then as the betrothed of a Russian +princess, and again as a quack doctor, who cured all maladies with his +pills. What his real profession may be no one knows. But one thing is +certain, he is a paid spy. Whether in the service of the Turks, +Austrians, or Russians, who can tell? Perhaps he is in the pay of all +three and more besides--he serves each, and betrays all. Every year he +comes several times to this island. He comes in a boat from the Turkish +shore, and goes in the same boat from here to the Hungarian bank. Of +what he does there I have no idea; but I am inclined to believe that he +inflicts the torture of his presence on me for his own amusement. I +know, too, that he is an epicure and a sensualist: he finds good food +here, and a blooming young girl whom he loves to tease by calling her +his bride. Noemi hates him; she has no idea how well founded is her +abhorrence. + +"Yet I do not think that Theodor Krisstyan visits this island only for +these reasons; it must have other secrets unknown to me. He is a paid +spy, and has a bad heart besides; he is rotten to the core, and ripe for +any villainy. He knows that I and my daughter have only usurped the +island, and that by law I have no claim to it, and by the possession of +this secret he lays us under contribution, vexes and torments us both. + +"He threatens that if we do not give him what he wants, he will inform +against us both in Austria and Turkey, and as soon as these governments +know that a new piece of land has been formed in the midst of the +Danube, which is not included in any treaty, a dispute about its +jurisdiction will commence between the countries, and until its +conclusion all the inhabitants will be warned off, as happened in the +case of Allion Castle and the Cserna River. + +"It would only cost this man a word to annihilate all that I have +brought to perfection by my twelve years' labor; to turn this Eden, +where we are so happy, back into a wilderness, and thrust us out anew, +homeless, into the world. Yes, and more still. We have not only to fear +discovery by the imperial officials, but discovery by the priest. If the +archbishops, the patriarchs, archimandrite, and deans learned that a +girl is growing up here who has never seen a church since she was +baptized, they would take her away by force and put her in a convent. +Now, sir, do you understand those sighs which kept you awake?" + +Timar gazed at the full disk of the moon, which was beginning to sink +behind the poplars. "Why," thought he to himself, "am I not a man of +influence?" + +"So this wretch," continued Therese, "can throw us into poverty any day. +He need only give information in Vienna or Stamboul that here on the +Danube a new territory exists, and we should be ruined. No one here +would betray us--he alone is capable of it. But I am prepared for the +worst. The whole foundation of this island is solely and entirely formed +by the rock: it alone stems the force of the Danube current. In the year +when Milos made war against the Serbs, some Servian smugglers hid three +barrels of blasting powder in the bushes near here, and no one has ever +fetched them away. Perhaps those who hid them were taken prisoners by +the Turks, or killed. I found them, and have concealed them in the +deepest cavity of this great rock. Sir, if they try to drive me from +this island, now ownerless, I shall thrust a burning match into the +powder, and the rock and all upon it will be blown into the air. In the +next spring, after the ice has melted, no one would find a trace of the +island. And now you know why you could not sleep well here." + +Timar leaned his head on his hand and looked away. + +"There is one more thing I ought to say," said Frau Therese, bending +close to Timar, that he might hear her low whisper--"I fancy this man +had another reason for coming here and vanishing again, besides his +having gambled away his money in some low pot-house, and wanting to get +more out of me. His visit was either on your account, or that of the +other gentleman. Be on your guard, if either of you dreads the discovery +of a secret." + +The moon disappeared behind the poplars, and it began to dawn in the +east. Blackbirds commenced their song; it was morning. From the Morova +Island long-drawn trumpet-calls sounded, to awake the seafaring folk. +Steps were audible in the sand; a sailor came from the landing-place +with the news that the vessel was ready for departure, the wind had gone +down, and they could proceed. The guests came out of the little +dwelling: Euthemio Trikaliss and his daughter, the beautiful Timea, with +her dazzling pale face. + +Noemi also was up and boiling fresh goat's milk for breakfast, with +roasted maize instead of coffee, and honey for sugar. Timea took none, +but let Narcissa drink the milk instead, who did not despise the +stranger's offer, to Noemi's great vexation. + +Trikaliss asked Timar where the stranger had gone who came last evening? +Timar told him he had left in the night. At this intelligence his face +fell. + +Then they all took leave of their hostess. Timea was out of sorts, and +still complained of feeling unwell. Timar remained behind, and gave +Therese a bright Turkish silk scarf as a present for Noemi; she thanked +him, and said the child should wear it. Then they took the path leading +to the boat, and Therese and Almira accompanied them to the shore. But +Noemi went up to the top of the rock: there, sitting on soft moss and +stonecrop, she watched the boat away. + +Narcissa crept after her, cowered in her lap, and crept with bending +neck into her bosom. "Be off, faithless one! that is how you love me. +You leave me in the lurch, and make up to the other girl, just because +she is pretty and I am not. Go! I don't love you any longer!" and then +she caught the coaxing cat with both hands to her breast, pressed her +smooth chin on the white head of the little flatterer, and gazed after +the boat. In her eye glittered a tear. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +ALI TSCHORBADSCHI. + + +The following day the "St. Barbara" continued her voyage with a fair +wind up the Hungarian Danube. Until evening nothing remarkable occurred, +and all went to bed early; they agreed that the previous night no one +had been able to sleep. But this night also was to be a wakeful one for +Timar. All was quiet on board the ship, which lay at anchor--only the +monotonous splash of the wavelets against the vessel broke the +stillness; but amidst the silence it seemed to him as if his neighbor +was busy with important and mysterious affairs. From the neighboring +cabin, which was only divided from his by a wooden partition, came all +sorts of sounds; the clank of money, a noise as of drawing a cork and +stirring with a spoon, as of one clasping his hands and performing his +ablutions in the darkness, and then again those sighs, as in the +previous night, "Oh, Allah!" + +At last there was a gentle knocking at the partition. Trikaliss +called--"Come to me here, sir." + +Timar dressed quickly and hastened into the cabin. There were two beds, +and between them a table. The curtains were closed in front of one, and +on the other lay Euthemio. On the table stood a casket and two small +glasses. "What are your orders, sir?" asked Timar. + +"I have no orders--I entreat." + +"You want something?" + +"I shall not want anything long. I am dying; I want to die--I have taken +poison. Don't give the alarm--sit down and listen to what I have to tell +you. Timea will not wake. I have given her opium to send her into a +deep sleep, for she must not wake up now. Don't interrupt; what you +would say is useless, but I have much to tell you, and only one short +hour left, for the poison acts quickly. Make no vain attempts to save +me. I hold the antidote in my hand--if I repented of my deed it rests +with me to undo it. But I will not--and I am right--so sit down and +listen. + +"My true name is not Euthemio Trikaliss but Ali Tschorbadschi. I was +once governor of Candia, and then treasurer in Stamboul. You know what +is passing in Turkey now. The Ulemas and governors are rising against +the sultan, because he is making innovations. At such times men's lives +are of little value. One party murders by thousands those who are not +its allies, and the other party burns by thousands the houses of those +in power. No one is high enough to be safe from his rulers or his +slaves. The Kaimakan of Stamboul had at least six hundred respectable +Turks strangled there, and then was stabbed by his own slave in the +Mosque of St. Sophia. Every change cost human blood. When the sultan +went to Edren, twenty-six important men were arrested, and twenty of +them beheaded, while the other six were stretched on the rack. After +they had made false accusations against the great men of the country in +order to save themselves, they were strangled; then those were arrested +against whom they had borne witness, and these suspected nobles +disappeared without being heard of again. The sultan's secretary, Waffat +Effendi, was sent to Syria, and murdered by the Druses. The Pasha Pertao +was invited to dinner by the governor of Edren, Emin Pasha: when the +meal was over, black coffee was brought, and he was told that the sultan +commanded him to take poison in it. Pertao only asked that he might be +allowed to mix the poison he had with him in the coffee, as it was more +certain; then he blessed the sultan, performed his ablutions, prayed and +died. Even in these days every Turkish noble carries poison in his +signet-ring, to have it at hand when his turn comes. + +"I knew in good time when my turn was coming. Not that I was a +conspirator, but for two reasons I was ripe for the sickle; these +reasons were my money and my daughter. + +"The treasury wanted my treasures and the seraglio my daughter. Death is +easy, and I am ready for it; but I will not let my daughter go into the +harem, nor myself be made a beggar. I determined to upset the +calculations of my enemies and fly with my daughter and my property; but +I could not go by sea, for the new galleys would have overtaken me. I +had kept a passport for Hungary in readiness for a long time; I +disguised myself as a Greek merchant, shaved off my long beard, and +reached Galatz by by-roads. From there I could go no further by land; I +therefore hired a vessel and loaded it with grain which I bought: in +this way I could best save my wealth. When you told me the name of the +ship's owner I was very glad, for Athanas Brazovics is a connection of +mine; Timea's mother was a Greek of his family. I have often shown +kindness to this man, and he can return it now. Allah is great and +wise--no man can escape his fate. You guessed I was a fugitive, even if +you were not clear whether you had a criminal or a political refugee on +board--still you thought it your duty as commander of the vessel to +help the passenger intrusted to you in his speedy escape. By a miracle +we traversed safely the rocks and whirlpools of the Iron Gate; by +fool-hardy audacity we eluded the pursuit of the Turkish brigantine; by +lucky chance we escaped quarantine and the search at the +custom-house--and after we had left every bugbear behind, I stumbled +over a straw under my feet into my grave. + +"That man who followed us last evening to the unknown island was a spy +of the Turkish Government. I know him, and he certainly recognized me; +no one could have traced me except himself. He has hurried on in front, +and at Pancsova they are ready to receive me. Don't speak--I know what +you mean; you think it is Hungarian territory, and that governments +grant no extradition of political refugees. + +"But they would not pursue me as a political criminal, but as a +thief--unjustly--for what I took was my own, and if the State has claims +on me, there are my twenty-seven houses in Galatz, by which they can be +satisfied; but in spite of that they will cry after me 'Catch thief!' + +"I pass for one who has robbed the treasury, and Austria gives up +escaped thieves to Turkey if the Turkish spies succeed in tracing them. +This man has recognized me and sealed my fate." + +Heavy drops of perspiration stood on the speaker's brow. His face had +turned as yellow as wax. + +"Give me a drink of water that I may go on, for I have still much to +tell you. I can not save myself, but by dying I can save my daughter and +her property. Allah wills it, and who can flee from His presence? So +swear to me by your faith and your honor that you will carry out my +instructions. First, when I am dead, do not bury me on shore--a +Mussulman does not require Christian burial, so bury me like a sailor; +sew me up in a piece of sail-cloth, fasten at my head and feet a heavy +stone, then sink me where the Danube is deepest. Do this, my son, and +when it is done, steer steadily for Komorn, and take care of Timea! + +"Here in this casket is money--about a thousand ducats; the rest of my +property is in the sacks packed as grain. I leave on my table a note +which you must keep. I declare therein that I have contracted dysentery +by immoderate enjoyment of melons, and am dying of it; further, that my +whole possessions were only these thousand ducats. This will serve you +as a security that no one may accuse you of having caused my death or +embezzled my money. I give you nothing; what you do is of your own kind +heart, and God will reward you: He is the best creditor you can have. +And then take Timea to Athanas Brazovics and beg him to adopt my +daughter. He has a daughter himself who may be a sister to her. Give him +the money--he must spend it on the education of the child; and give over +to him also the cargo, and beg him to be present himself when the sacks +are emptied. There is good grain in them, and it might be changed. You +understand?" + +The dying man looked in Timar's face, and struggled for breath. "For--" +Again speech failed him. "Did I say anything? I had more to say--but my +thoughts grow confused. How red the night is! How red the moon is in the +sky! Yes; the Red Crescent--" A deep groan from Timea's bed attracted +his attention and gave another turn to his thoughts. He raised himself +anxiously in his bed, and sought with a trembling hand for something +under his pillow, his eyes starting from their sockets. "Ah, I had +almost forgotten--Timea! I gave her a sleeping-draught--if you do not +wake her up in time she will sleep forever. Here in this bottle is an +antidote. As soon as I am dead, take it and rub her brow, temples, and +chest, until she awakes. Ah! how nearly I had taken her with me! but no, +she must live. Must she not? You vow to me by all you hold sacred, that +you will wake her, and bring her back to life--that you will not let her +slumber on into eternity?" + +The dying man pressed Timar's hand convulsively to his breast: on his +distorted features was already imprinted the last death-struggle. "What +was I talking of? What had I to tell you? What was my last word? Yes; +right--the Red Crescent!" + +Through the open window the half-circle of the waning moon shone +blood-red, rising from the nocturnal mists. Was the dying man in his +delirium thinking of this? Or did it remind him of something? + +"Yes--the Red Crescent," he stammered once more; then the death-throes +closed his lips--one short struggle, and he was a corpse. + + + + +CHAPTER X. + +THE LIVING STATUE. + + +Timar remained alone with the dead body, with a person sunk in a +death-like stupor, and with a buried secret. The silent night covered +them, and the shades whispered to him, "See! if you do not do what has +been committed to you--if you throw the corpse into the Danube, and do +not wake the slumberer, but let her sleep on quietly into the other +world--what would happen then? The spy will have already given evidence +in Pancsova against the fugitive Tschorbadschi; but if you anticipate +him and the land at Belgrade instead, and lay information there, then, +according to Turkish law, a third of the refugee's property would fall +to you; otherwise it would belong to no one. The father is dead, the +girl, if you do not rouse her, will never wake again; thus you would +become at one stroke a rich man. Only rich people are worth anything in +this world--poor devils are only fit for clerks." + +Timar answered the spirits of the night--"Well, then, I will always +remain a clerk;" and, in order to silence these murmuring shadows, he +closed the shutters. A secret anxiety beset him when he saw the red moon +outside; it seemed as if all these bad suggestions came from it, as well +as an explanation of the last words of the dying man about the Red +Crescent. + +He drew back the curtain from Timea's berth. + +The girl lay like a living statue; her bosom rose and fell with her slow +breathing--the lips were half open, the eyes shut; her face wore an +expression of unearthly solemnity. One hand was raised to her loosened +hair, the other held the folds of her white dress together on her +breast. + +Timar approached her as if she were an enchanted fairy whose touch might +cause deadly heart-sickness to a poor mortal. He began to rub the +temples of the sleeper with the fluid from the bottle. In doing so, he +looked continually in her face, and thought to himself, "What, should I +let you die, you angelic creature? If the whole ship were filled with +real pearls, which would be mine after your death, I could not let you +sleep away your life. There is no diamond in the world, however +precious, that I should prefer to your eyes when you open them." + +The lovely face remained unchanged, in spite of the friction on brow and +temples; the delicate meeting eyebrows did not contract when touched by +a strange man's hand. The directions were that also over the heart the +antidote must be applied. Timar was obliged to take the girl's hand, in +order to draw it away from her breast: the hand made no smallest +resistance; it was stiff and cold, as cold as the whole form--beautiful +and icy as marble. + +The shadows whispered--"Behold this exquisite form! a lovelier has never +been touched by mortal lips; no one would know if you kissed her." + +But Timar answered himself in the darkness, "No--you have never stolen +anything of another's in your life. This kiss would be a theft." And +then he spread the Persian quilt, which the girl had thrown off in her +sleep, over her whole person up to her neck, and rubbed above the heart +of the sleeper with wetted fingers, while, in order to resist +temptation, he kept his eyes fixed on the maiden's face. It was to him +like an altar-picture--so cold, yet so serene. + +At last the lids unclosed, and he met the gaze of her dark but dull +eyes. She breathed more easily, and Timar fell her heart beat stronger +under his hand; he drew it away. Then he held the bottle with the strong +essence for her to smell. Timea awoke, for she turned her head away from +it, and drew her brows together. Timar called her gently by name. + +The girl started up, and with the cry "Father!" sat up on her bed, +gazing out with staring eyes. The Persian quilt fell down from her lap, +the night-dress slipped from her shoulders. She looked more like a Greek +marble than a sentient being. + +"Timea!" and as he spoke he drew the fine linen over her bare shoulders. +She did not answer. "Timea!" cried Timar, "your father is dead." But +neither face nor form moved, nor did she notice that her night-dress had +left her bosom uncovered. She seemed totally unconscious. + +Timar rushed into the other cabin, returned with a coffee-pot, and began +in feverish haste, and not without burning his fingers, to heat some +coffee. When it was ready, he went to Timea, took her head on his arm +and pressed it to him, opened her mouth with his fingers, and poured +some coffee in. Hitherto he had only had to contend with passive +resistance; but as soon as Timea had swallowed the hot and bitter +decoction of Mocha, she pushed Timar's hand with such strength that the +cup fell; then she drew the quilt over her, and her teeth began to +chatter. + +"Thank God! she lives; for she is in a high fever," sighed Timar, "And +now for a sailor's funeral." + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +A BURIAL AT SEA. + + +On the ocean this is managed very easily: the body is sewed up in a +piece of sail-cloth, and a cannon-ball is suspended to the feet, which +sinks the corpse in the sea. Corals soon grow over the grave. But on a +Danube craft, to throw a dead person into the river is a great +responsibility. There are shores, and on the shores villages and towns, +with church bells and priests, to give the corpse his funeral-toll and +his rest in consecrated ground. It won't do to pitch him into the water, +without a "By your leave," just because the dead man wished it. + +But Timar knew well enough that this must be done, and it caused him no +anxiety. Before the vessel had weighed anchor, he said to his pilot that +there was a corpse on board--Trikaliss was dead. + +"I knew for certain," said Johann Fabula, "that there was bad luck on +the way when the sturgeon ran races with the ship--that always betokens +a death." + +"We must moor over there by the village," answered Timar, "and seek out +the minister to bury him. We can not carry the body on in the vessel--we +should be under suspicion as infected with plague." + +Herr Fabula cleared his throat violently, and said, "We can but try." + +The village of Plesscovacz, which was nearest at hand, is a wealthy +settlement; it has a dean, and a fine church with two towers. The dean +was a tall, handsome man, with a long curling beard, eyebrows as broad +as one's finger, and a fine sonorous voice. He happened to know Timar, +who had often bought grain from him, as the dean had much produce to +sell. + +"Well, my son," cried the dean, as soon as he saw him in the court-yard, +"you might have chosen your time better. The church harvest was bad, and +I have sold my crops long ago." (And yet there was threshing going on in +yard and barn.) + +"But this time it is I who bring a crop to market," Timar answered. "We +have a dead man on board, and I have come to beg your reverence to go +over there, and bury the corpse with the usual ceremonies." + +"Oh, but my son, that's not so easy. Did this Christian confess? Has he +received the last sacraments? Are you certain that he was not a heretic? +For if not, I can not consent to bury him." + +"I know nothing about it. We don't carry a father-confessor on board, +and the poor soul left the world without any priestly assistance--that +is the lot of sailors. But if your reverence can not grant him a +consecrated grave, give me at any rate a written certificate that I may +have some excuse to his friends why I was not in a position to show him +the last honors; then we will bury him ourselves somewhere on the +shore." + +The dean gave him a certificate of the refusal of burial; but then the +peasant threshers began to make a fuss. "What! bury a corpse within our +boundaries which has not been blessed? Why, then, as certain as the Amen +to the Pater Noster, the hail would destroy our crops. And you need not +try to bestow him on any other village. Wherever he came from, nobody +wants him, for he's sure to bring a hail-storm this season before the +vintage is over--the farmer's last hope; and then next year a vampire +will rise from a corpse so buried, which will suck up all the rain and +the dew!" + +They threatened to kill Timar if he brought the body ashore. And in +order that he might not bury it secretly on the bank, they chose four +stout fellows, who were to go on board the ship and remain there till it +had passed the village boundaries, and then he could do what he liked +with the dead man. + +Timar pretended to be very angry, but allowed the four men to go on +board. Meanwhile, the crew had made a coffin and laid the body in it: +there was nothing more to do but to nail the lid down. + +The first thing that the captain did was to go and see how Timea was. +The fever had reached its highest point; her forehead was burning, but +her face still dazzling white. She was unconscious, and knew nothing of +the preparations for the burial. + +"Yes, that will do," said Timar, and fetched a paint-pot and busied +himself in marking Euthemio Trikaliss's name and date of death in +beautiful Greek letters on the coffin-lid. The four Servian peasants +stood behind and spelled out what he wrote. + +"Now, then, you paint a letter or two while I see to my work," said +Timar to one of the gazers, and handed him the brush. The man took it +and painted on the board an X, which the Servians use like S, to show +his skill. + +"See what an artist you are!" Timar said, admiringly, and got him to +draw another letter. "You are a clever fellow. What is your name?" + +"Joso Berkics." + +"And yours?" + +"Mirko Jakerics." + +"Well, God bless you! Let us drink a glass of Slivovitz." They had +nothing against the proposition. "I am called Michael; my surname is +Timar--a good name, and sounds just the same in Hungarian, Turkish, or +Greek--call me Michael." + +"Egbogom Michael." + +Michael ran constantly into the cabin to see after Timea. She was still +very feverish, and knew no one. But that did not discourage Timar: his +idea was that whoever travels on the Danube has a whole chemist's shop +at hand, for cold water cures all maladies. His whole system consisted +in putting cold compresses on head and feet, and renewing them as soon +as they got hot. Sailors had already learned this secret before +Priessnitz the hydropath. The "St. Barbara" floated quietly all day +up-stream along the Hungarian bank. The Servians soon made friends with +the crew, helped them to row, and in return had a thieves' roast offered +them from the galley. + +The dead man lay out on the upper deck; they had spread a white sheet +over him--that was his shroud. Toward evening Michael told his men that +he would go and lie down for a spell--he had had no sleep for two +nights; but that the vessel might as well go on being towed till it was +quite dark, and then they could anchor. He had no sleep that night +either. Instead of going into his own cabin, he stole quietly into +Timea's, placed the night-lamp in a box, that its light might not +disturb her, and sat the whole time by the sick girl's bed listening to +her delirious fancies and renewing her compresses. He never shut his +eyes. He heard plainly when the anchor went down and the ship was +brought up; and then how the waves began to plash against the sides! The +sailors tramped about the deck for some time, then one by one they +turned in. But at midnight he heard a dull knocking. That sounds, +thought he, like hammering in nails whose heads have been covered with +cloth to muffle the sound. Before long he heard a noise like the fall of +some heavy object into the water, then all was still. + +Michael remained awake, and waited till it was light and the vessel had +started again. When they had been an hour on their way, he came out of +the cabin. The girl slept quietly, the fever had ceased. + +"Where is the coffin?" was the first question. + +The Servians came up with a defiant air. "We loaded it with stones and +threw it into the water, so that you might not bury it anywhere ashore +and bring bad luck on us." + +"Rash men! what have you done? Do you know that I shall be arrested and +have to render an account of my vanished passenger? They will accuse me +of having put him out of the way. You must give me a certificate in +which you acknowledge what you did. Which of you can write?" + +Naturally, not one of them knew how to write. + +"What! You, Berkics, and you, Jakerics, did you not help me to paint the +letters on the coffin?" + +Then they came out with a confession that each only knew how to write +the one letter which he had painted on the lid, and that, only with the +brush and not with a pen. + +"Very well; then I shall take you on to Pancsova. There you can give +evidence verbally to the colonel in my favor; he will find your tongues +for you." + +At this threat suddenly every one of them had learned to write; not only +those two, but the others as well. They said they would rather give a +certificate at once than be taken on to Pancsova. Michael fetched ink, +pen, and paper, made one of these skillful scribes lie on his stomach on +the deck, and dictated to him the deposition in which they all declared +that, out of fear of hail-storms, they had thrown the body of Euthemio +Trikaliss into the Danube while the crew slept, and without their +knowledge or aid. + +"Now, sign your names to it, and where each of you lives, so that you +may be easily found if a commission of inquiry is sent to make a +report." + +One of the witnesses signed himself "Ira Karakassalovics," living at +"Gunerovacz," and the other "Nyegro Stiriapicz," living at "Medvelincz." + +And now they took leave of each other with the most serious faces in +the world, without either Michael or the four others allowing it to be +seen what trouble it cost them not to laugh in each other's faces. + +Michael then put them all ashore. + +Ali Tschorbadschi lay at the bottom of the Danube, where he had wished +to be. + + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +AN EXCELLENT JOKE. + + +In the morning when Timea awoke she felt no more of her illness; the +strength of youth had won the victory. She dressed and came out of the +cabin. When she saw Timar forward she went to him and asked, "Where is +my father?" + +"Fraulein, your father is dead." + +Timea gazed at him with her great melancholy eyes; her face could hardly +become paler than it was already. "And where have they put him?" + +"Fraulein, your father rests at the bottom of the Danube." + +Timea sat down by the bulwarks and looked silently into the water. She +did not speak or weep; she only looked fixedly into the river. + +Timar thought it would lighten her heart if he spoke words of +consolation to her. "Fraulein, while you were ill and unconscious, God +called your father suddenly to himself. I was beside him in his last +hour. He spoke of you, and commissioned me to give you his last +blessing. By his wish I am to take you to an old friend of his, with +whom you are connected through your mother, who will adopt you and be a +father to you. He has a pretty young daughter, a little older than you, +who will be your sister. And all that is on board this vessel belongs to +you by inheritance, left to you by your father. You will be rich; and +think gratefully of the loving father who has cared for you so kindly." + +Timar's throat swelled as he thought, "And who died to secure your +liberty, and killed himself in order to endow you with the joys of +life." + +And then he looked with surprise into the girl's face. Timea had not +changed a feature while he spoke, and no tear had fallen. Michael +thought she was ashamed to cry before a stranger, and withdrew; but the +maiden did not weep even when alone. Curious! when she saw the white cat +drowned, how her tears flowed! and now, when told that her father lies +below the water, not a drop falls. + +Perhaps those who break out in tears at some small emotion brood +silently over a deep grief? + +It may be so. Timar had other things to do than to puzzle his head over +psychological problems. The towers of Pancsova began to rise in the +north, and down the stream came an imperial barge, straight for the "St. +Barbara," with eight armed Tschaikists, their captain, and a provost. +When they arrived they made fast to the side without waiting for +permission, and sprung on deck. The captain approached Timar, who was +waiting for him at the door of the cabin. "Are you in command of this +vessel?" + +"At your service." + +"On board this ship, under the false name of Euthemio Trikaliss, there +is a fugitive treasurer from Turkey--a pasha with stolen treasures." + +"On board this vessel travels a Greek corn-merchant, of the name of +Euthemio Trikaliss, not with stolen treasures but with purchased grain. +The vessel was searched at Orsova, and here are the certificates. This +is the first; be so good as to read it, and see if all is not as I say. +I know nothing of any Turkish pasha." + +"Where is he?" + +"If he was a Greek, with Abraham; if a Turk, with Mohammed." + +"What! is he dead, then?" + +"Certainly he is. Here is the second paper, containing his will. He died +of dysentery." + +The officer read the document, and threw side glances at Timea, who +still sat in the place where she had heard of her father's death. She +understood nothing; the language was strange to her. + +"My six sailors and the steersman are witnesses of his death." + +"Well, that is unlucky for him, but not for us; if he is dead he must be +buried. You will tell us where, and we shall have the body exhumed; we +have a man who can recognize it, and prove the identity of Trikaliss +with Ali Tschorbadschi, and then we can at any rate lay an embargo on +the stolen property. Where is he buried?" + +"At the bottom of the Danube." + +"Oh! this is too much. Why there?" + +"Gently now. Here is the third paper, prepared by the Dean of +Plesscovacz, in whose parish the decease of Trikaliss took place, and +who not only refused him a consecrated burial, but forbid me to bring +the body ashore; the people insisted on our throwing it overboard." + +The captain clinched his hand angrily on the hilt of his sword. "The +devil! these confounded priests! Always the most trouble with them. But +at any rate you can tell me where he was thrown into the river?" + +"Let me tell you everything in proper order, Herr Captain. The +Plesscovaer sent four watchmen on board, who were to prevent our landing +the corpse; in the night, when we were all asleep, they threw the +coffin, which they had loaded with stones, into the Danube without the +knowledge of the crew. Here is the certificate delivered to me by the +culprits; take it, search them out, take their evidence, and then let +each have his well-merited punishment." + +The captain stamped with his foot, and burst into angry laughter. + +"Well, that is a fine story. The discovered fugitive dies, and can not +be made responsible; the priest won't bury him, the peasants shove him +into the water, and hand in a certificate signed with two names which no +man ever possessed, and two places which never existed in this world. +The refugee disappears under the water of the Danube, and I can neither +drag the whole Danube from Pancsova to Szendre, nor get hold of the two +rogues, by name Karakassalovics and Stiriapicz. If the identity of the +fugitive is not proved, I can not confiscate the cargo. You have done +that very cleverly, skipper. Cleverly planned indeed! And everything in +writing. One, two, three, four documents. I bet if I wanted the +baptismal certificate of that lady there, you would produce it." + +"At your orders." That Timar certainly could not produce, but he could +put on such an innocent, sheepish face, that the captain shook with +laughter and clapped him on the shoulder. + +"You are a splendid fellow, skipper. You have saved the young lady's +property for her; for without her father I can do nothing to either her +or her money. You can proceed, you clever fellow!" + +With that he turned on his heel, and the last Tschaikiss, who had not +swung round quick enough, got such a box on the ear that the poor devil +all but fell into the water; and then he gave the word for departure. + +When he was down below in the boat, he cast one searching look back; but +the skipper was still looking after him with the same sheepish face. + +The cargo of the "St. Barbara" was saved. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +THE FATE OF THE "ST. BARBARA." + + +The "St. Barbara" could now pursue her way unmolested; and Timar had no +worse misfortunes than the daily disputes with the leader of the +towing-team. On the great Hungarian plains the voyage up the Danube +becomes extremely wearisome; there are no rocks, no water-falls or old +ruins, nothing but willows and poplars, which border both sides of the +river. Of these there is nothing interesting to relate. + +Timea frequently did not come out of her cabin during a whole day, and +not a word did her lips utter. She sat alone, and often the food they +set before her was brought out again untouched. The days grew shorter, +and the bright autumn weather turned to rain; Timea now shut herself +entirely into her cabin, and Michael heard nothing of her except the +deep sighs which at night penetrated to his ear through the thin +partition. But she was never heard to weep; the heavy blow which had +fallen on her had perhaps covered her heart with an impenetrable layer +of ice. How glowing must that love be which could melt it! + +Ah, my poor friend, how came you by that thought? Why do you dream +waking and sleeping of this pale face? Even if she were not so +beautiful, she is so rich, and you are only a poor devil of a fellow. +What is the good of a pauper like you filling all his thoughts with the +image of such a rich girl? If only it were the other way, and you were +the rich one and she poor! And how rich is Timea? Timar began to reckon, +in order to drive himself to despair, and turn these idle dreams out of +his head. Her father left her a thousand ducats in gold and the cargo, +which, according to the present market prices, must be worth, say, ten +thousand ducats--perhaps she has ornaments and jewels besides--and might +be counted in Austrian paper-money of that date as worth a hundred +thousand gulden; that in a Hungarian provincial town is a very rich +heiress. And then Timar asked himself a riddle whose solution he could +not guess. + +If Ali Tschorbadschi had a fortune of eleven thousand ducats, that would +not weigh more than sixteen pounds; of all metals, gold has the smallest +volume in proportion to its weight. Sixteen pounds of ducats could be +packed in a knapsack, which a man could carry on his back a long way, +even on foot. Why was the Turk obliged to change it into grain and load +a cargo-ship with it, which would take a month and a half for its +voyage, and have to struggle with storms, eddies, rocks, and +shallows--which might be delayed by quarantine and custom-houses--when +he could have carried his treasure with him in his knapsack, and by +making his way cautiously on foot over mountain and river, could have +reached Hungary safely in a couple of weeks? + +The key to this problem was not to be found. + +And another riddle was connected with this one. If Ali's treasure +(whether honestly come by or not) only consists of eleven or twelve +thousand ducats altogether, why does the Turkish Government institute a +pursuit on such a large scale, sending a brigantine with four-and-twenty +rowers, and spies and couriers after him? What would be a heap of money +for a poor supercargo is for his highness the Padischa only a trifle; +and even if it had been possible to lay an embargo on the whole cargo, +representing a value of ten or twelve thousand ducats, by the time it +had passed through the fingers of all the informers, tax-collectors, and +other official cut-purses, there would be hardly enough left for the +sultan to fill his pipe with. + +Was it not ridiculous to set such great machinery in motion in order to +secure so small a prize? + +Or was it not so much the money as Timea that was the object? Timar had +enough romance about him to find this a plausible assumption, however +little it agreed with a supercargo's one-times-one multiplication table. + +One evening the wind dispersed the clouds, and when Timar looked out of +his cabin window he saw on the western horizon the crescent moon. + +The "red moon!" + +The glowing sickle seemed to touch the glassy surface of the Danube. It +looked to Timar as if it really had a human face, as it is depicted in +the almanacs, and as if it said something to him with its crooked mouth. +Only that he could not always understand--it is a strange language. + +Moonstruck people perhaps comprehend it, for they follow it; only they, +as well as the sleep-walkers, remember nothing of what was said when +they awake. It was as if the moon answered Timar's questions. Which? +All. And the beating of his heart? or his calculations? All. + +Only that he could not put these answers into words. + +The red crescent dipped slowly toward the water, and sent its reflected +rays along the waves as far as the ship's bows, as if to say, "Don't you +understand now?" At last it drew its horns gently below the surface, +saying plainly, "I shall return to-morrow, and then you will know." + +The pilot was in favor of making the most of the light of the after-glow +to go on further, until it grew dark. They were already above Almas, and +not far from Komorn; in those parts he knew the channel so well that he +could have steered the vessel safely with his eyes shut. As far up as +the Raab Danube, there was no more danger to fear. + +And yet there was something! Off Fuzito a soft, dull thud was heard; but +at this thud the steersman cried "Halt!" in a fright, to the +towing-team. + +Timar also grew pale, and stood petrified for a moment. For the first +time during the whole voyage dismay was depicted in his features. "We +have struck a snag!" he cried to the steersman. + +And that great strong man entirely lost his head, left the rudder, and +ran crying like a little child across the deck to the cabin. + +We have touched a snag! Yes, that was so. When the Danube is in flood it +makes breaches in the bank, the uprooted trees fall into the current, +and are carried to the bottom by the weight of the soil clinging to +their roots; if a cargo-ship drawn by horses touches such a tree-trunk, +it pierces the hull. From shallows and rocks the steersman can guard his +vessel, but against a tree-trunk lying in ambush under water, neither +knowledge, experience nor skill is of any avail. Most of the shipwrecks +on the Danube are from this cause. + +"It is all up with us!" howled the pilot and the sailors. Every one left +his post and ran for his bundle and his chest, to get them into the +boat. + +The vessel swung across the stream, and the forepart began to sink. It +was useless to think of saving it--absolutely impossible. The hold was +filled with sacks of grain; before they could shift these in order to +get at the leak and stop it, the vessel would long ago have gone down. + +Timar broke in the door of Timea's cabin. + +"Fraulein, put on your cloak quickly, and take the casket which stands +on the table; our ship is sinking, we must save ourselves." As he spoke +he helped her into her warm kaftan, and gave her directions to get into +the boat; the pilot would help her. He himself ran back into his cabin +to get the box which held the ship's papers and cash. But Johann Fabula +was not thinking of helping Timea; he flew into a rage when he saw the +girl. "Didn't I say this milk-face, this witch with the meeting +eyebrows, would bring us all to destruction? We ought to have thrown her +overboard." + +Timea did not understand what he said, but she shrunk from his bloodshot +eyes, and preferred to go back to her cabin, where she lay down, and saw +the water rush through the door and mount gradually to the level of the +edge of her bed. She thought to herself that if the water washed her +away, it would carry her down-stream, to where her father was lying at +the bottom of the Danube, and then they would again be united. + +Timar was wading up to his knees in water before he had collected all he +wanted from his cabin and packed them in a box, which he took on his +shoulder and then hurried to the boat. + +"And where is Timea?" he cried, not seeing her there. + +"The devil knows!" growled the pilot. "I wish she had never been born." +Timar flew back into Timea's cabin, now up to his waist in water, and +took her in his arms. "Have you the casket?" + +"Yes," whispered the girl. + +He asked no more, but hurried with her on deck, and carried her in his +arms into the boat, where he put her on the middle seat. The fate of the +"St. Barbara" was being decided with awful rapidity. The ship was going +down stern first, and in a few minutes only the upper deck and the mast, +with the dangling tow-rope, were visible above water. + +"Shove off!" Timar said to the rowers, and the boat moved toward the +shore. + +"Where is the casket?" Timar asked the girl, when they had already gone +some distance. + +"Here it is," answered Timea, showing him what she had brought away. + +"Miserable girl! that is the box of sweetmeats, not the casket." In +fact, Timea had brought the box of Turkish sweets, meant as a present to +her new sister, and had totally forgotten the casket which held her +whole fortune. That was left behind in the submerged cabin. "Back to the +ship!" Timar cried to the pilot. + +"Surely nobody has got such a mad notion as to look for anything in a +sunken ship," grumbled Fabula. + +"Back!--no words--I insist!" + +The boat returned to the vessel. Timar asked no one's help, but sprung +himself to the deck and down the steps to the cabin. + +Timea looked after him with her great dark eyes as he vanished under the +surface, as if to say--"And you too go before me into the watery grave." + +Timar reached the bulwarks, but had to be very careful, because the +vessel had a list toward the side where Timea's cabin door was. He had +to hold on by the timbers of the roof, so as not to slip altogether +under water. He found the door, luckily, not shut by the waves; for it +would have been a long job to get it open. It was quite dark inside, the +water had filled it almost to the ceiling; he groped to the table, the +casket was not there; perhaps she had left it on the bed. The water had +floated the bed to the roof, and he had to draw it down; but the casket +was not there either. Perhaps it had been knocked over by the rush of +water. He felt about vainly with his hands, stooping under water. His +feet were more fortunate, for he stumbled over the object sought for; +the casket had fallen to the ground. He lifted it, and tried while +holding it to climb up to the other side, where he need not hold on with +both hands. + +The minute that Timar was under water seemed to Timea an eternity. + +He was a full minute under water. He had held his breath the whole time, +as if to try an experiment how long a man could do without breathing. + +When Michael's head appeared above the water she heaved a deep sigh, +and her face beamed when Timar gave her the rescued casket, but not on +its account. + +"Well, captain!" exclaimed the steersman, as he helped Timar into the +boat, "that's thrice you've got soaked for the love of these eyebrows. +Thrice!" + +Timea asked Michael in a whisper, "What is the Greek for the word +thrice?" Michael translated it. Then Timea looked at him long, and +repeated to herself in a low voice "Thrice." + +The boat approached the shore in the direction of Almas. + +Against the steely mirror in the twilight a long line was visible, like +a distressful note of exclamation or a pause in life. It was the topmast +of the "St. Barbara." + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + +THE GUARDIAN. + + +At six in the evening the ship's crew had left the sunken craft, and by +half past seven Timar with Timea was in Komorn. The post-cart driver +knew Brazovics' house very well, and galloped his four bell-decked +horses with unmerciful cracks of the whip through the little streets up +to the square, as he had been promised a good _trinkgeld_ if he brought +his passengers quickly to their destination. + +Michael lifted Timea from the country wagon and told her she was now at +home. Then he took the casket under his cloak and led the girl up the +steps. + +The house of Athanas Brazovics was of two stories--a rarity in Komorn; +for in remembrance of the destructive earthquakes by which the town had +been visited in the last century, people usually only built on the +ground-floor. The lower story was occupied by a large cafe, which served +the resident tradespeople as a casino; the whole upper floor was +inhabited by the family of the merchant. It had two entrances from the +street, and a third through the kitchen. + +The owner was generally not at home at this hour, as Timar knew; he +therefore led Timea straight to the door through which the women's rooms +were reached. In these reigned fashionable luxury, and in the anteroom +lounged a man-servant. Timar asked him to fetch his master from the +cafe, and meanwhile led Timea to the ladies. + +He was certainly hardly got up for company, as may be imagined when one +remembers what he had gone through, and the number of times he had been +soaked; but he was one of those who belonged to the house, who could +come in at any time and in any dress: they looked upon him as "one of +our people." In such a case one gets over the strict rules of etiquette. + +The announcement revives the old habit of the mistress, as soon as the +door of the anteroom is open, of putting her head through the parlor +door to see who is coming. Frau Sophie has kept this habit ever since +her maid-servant days. (Pardon, that slipped out by accident.) Well, +yes, Herr Athanas raised her from a low station; it was a love-match, so +no one has a right to reproach her. + +It is therefore not as idle gossip, but only as a characteristic touch, +that I mention that Frau Sophie even as "gracious lady" could not get +rid of her early habit. Her clothes always fitted her as if they had +been given to her by her mistress. From her coiffure an obstinate lock +of hair would always stick out either in the front or at the back; even +her most gorgeous costumes always looked tumbled and creased; and if +nothing else went wrong, there would be invariably a pair of +trodden-down shoes with which she could indulge in her old propensity. +Curiosity and tattle were the ingredients of her conversation, in which +she generally introduced such extraordinary expressions that when she +began to scatter them in a mixed party, the guests (that is, those who +were seated) almost fell off their chairs with laughter. Then, too, she +had the agreeable custom of never speaking low; her voice was a +continuous scream, as if she were being stabbed and wished to call for +assistance. + +"Oh, good Lord, it's Michael!" she cried, as soon as she got her head +through the door-way. "And where did you get the pretty fraulein? What +is the casket you have under your arm? Come into the parlor! Look, look, +Athalie, what Timar has brought!" + +Michael let Timea pass, then he entered and politely wished the company +good-evening. Timea looked round with the shyness of a first meeting. +Besides the mistress of the house there were a girl and a man in the +room. The girl was a fully developed and conscious beauty, who, in spite +of her naturally small waist, did not disdain tight stays; her high +heels and piles of hair made her appear taller than she was; she wore +mittens, and her nails were long and pointed. Her expression was of +artificial amiability; she had somewhat arrogant and pouting lips, a +rosy complexion, and two rows of dazzling white teeth, which she did not +mind showing; when she laughed, dimples formed on chin and cheek, dark +brows arched over the bright black eyes, whose brilliancy was increased +by their aggressive prominence. With her head up and bust thrown +forward, the beautiful creature knew how to make an imposing appearance. +This was Fraulein Athalie. + +The man was a young officer, verging on thirty, with a cheerful open +face and fiery black eyes. According to the military regulations of the +period, he had a clean-shaven face, with the exception of a small +crescent-shaped whisker. This warrior wore a violet tunic, with collar +and cuffs of pink velvet, the uniform of the engineers. Timar knew him +too. It was Herr Katschuka, first lieutenant at the fort, and also a +commissariat officer--rather a hybrid position, but so it was. + +The lieutenant has the pleasure of taking a portrait of the young lady +before him in chalks; he has already finished one by daylight, and is +trying one by lamplight. The entrance of Timea disturbs him in this +artistic occupation. + +The whole appearance of the slender delicate girl was something +spiritual at this moment--it was as if a ghost, a phantom, had stepped +out of the dusk. + +When Herr Katschuka looked up from his easel, his dark-red chalk drew +such a streak across the portrait's brow, that it would be hard for +bread-crumbs to get it out, and he rose involuntarily from his seat +before Timea. + +Every one rose at the sight of the girl, even Athalie. Who can she be? + +Timar whispered to Timea in Greek, on which she hastened to Frau Sophie +and kissed her hand, while the girl herself received a kiss on her +cheek. + +Again Timar whispered to her. The girl went with shy obedience to +Athalie, and looked steadily in her face. Shall she kiss her, or fall on +the neck of her new sister? Athalie seemed to raise her head higher +still. Timea bent to her hand and kissed it--or rather not her hand, but +the kid mitten. Athalie allowed it, her eyes cast a flaming glance on +Timea's face, and another on the officer, and she curled her lips yet +more. + +Herr Katschuka was completely lost in admiration of Timea. + +But neither his nor Athalie's fiery looks called up any emotion on +Timea's face, which remained as white as if she were a spirit. + +Timar himself was not a little confused. How was he to introduce the +girl and relate how he had come by her, before this officer? + +Herr Brazovics helped him out of his difficulty. With a great bustle he +burst in at the door. He had just now in the cafe--to the surprise of +all the regular customers--read aloud from the Augsburg _Gazette_ that +the escaped pasha and treasurer, Ali Tschorbadschi and his daughter, had +fled on board the "St. Barbara," evaded the watchfulness of the Turkish +authorities, and reached Hungary in safety. The "St. Barbara" is his +ship. Tschorbadschi is a good friend of his--even a connection by the +mother's side. An extraordinary event! One can fancy how Herr Athanas +threw his chair back when the servant brought him the news that Herr +Timar had just arrived with a beautiful young lady, and under his arm a +gilt casket. + +"So it is actually true!" cried Herr Athanas, and rushed up to his own +apartments, not without upsetting a few of the card-players on his way. + +Brazovics was a man of enormous corpulence. His stomach was always half +a step in front of him. His face was copper-colored at its palest, and +violet when he ought to have been rosy: even when he shaved in the +morning his chin was all bristles by the evening, his scrubby mustache +perfumed with smoke, snuff, and various spirits; his eyebrows formed a +bushy wall over his prominent and bloodshot eyes. (A fearful thought, +that the eyes of the lovely Athalie, when she grows old, will resemble +her father's!) + +When Herr Brazovics opens his mouth, one understands why Frau Sophie +always screams; her husband, too, can only speak in shouts, but with the +difference that he has a deep bass voice like a hippopotamus. + +Naturally Frau Sophie, when she wants to overpower his voice with her +own, raises it to a yell. It was as if they had a wager which could +bring on the other a lung disease or a stroke of apoplexy. It is +doubtful who will win; but Brazovics always stops his ears with wool, +and Frau Sophie invariably has a comforter round her throat. + +Athanas rushed, panting with haste, into the ladies' room, where his +voice of thunder had already preceded him. "Is Michael there with the +young lady? Where is the fraulein? Where is Michael?" + +Timar hastened to catch him at the door. He might have succeeded in +keeping back the man himself, but the weight of his approaching paunch, +when once set in motion, bore down all obstacles. + +Michael made a sign to him that a visitor was present. "Ah, that doesn't +matter! You can speak openly before him. We are _en famille_; the Herr +Lieutenant belongs to the family. Ha! ha! don't get cross, Athalie; +every one knows it. You can speak freely, Michael; it is all in the +papers." + +"What is in the papers?" exclaimed Athalie, angrily. + +"Well, well, not you; but that my friend Ali Tschorbadschi, my own +cousin, the treasurer, has fled to Hungary with his daughter and his +property on board my ship the 'St. Barbara;' and this is the daughter, +isn't she? The dear little thing!" And with that Herr Brazovics suddenly +fell upon her, took her in his arms, and pressed two kisses on her pale +face--two loud, wet, malodorous kisses, so that the girl was quite +confused. + +"You are a good fellow, Michael, to have brought her here so quickly. +Have you given him a glass of wine? Go, Sophie--quick! A glass of wine!" + +Frau Sophie pretended not to hear; but Herr Brazovics threw himself into +an arm-chair, drew Timea between his knees, and stroked her hair with +his fat palms. "And where is my worthy friend, the governor of the +treasury? Where is he?" + +"He died on the journey," answered Timar in a low voice. + +"What a fatality!" said Brazovics, trying to give an angular form to his +round face, and taking his hand from the girl's head. "But no accident +happened to him?" + +A curious question. But Timar understood it. + +"He intrusted his property to my care, to deliver it over to you with +his daughter. You were to be her adopted father and the guardian of her +property." + +At these words Herr Brazovics grew sentimental again; he took Timea's +head between his two hands, and pressed it to his breast. + +"As if she were my own child. I will regard her as my daughter;" and +then again smack! smack! one kiss after another on brow and cheek of the +poor victim. "And what is in this casket?" + +"The gold I was to deliver to you." + +"Very good, Michael. How much is there?" + +"A thousand ducats." + +"What!" cried Brazovics, and pushed Timea off his knee; "only a thousand +ducats? Michael, you have stolen the rest!" + +Something stirred in Timar's face. "Here is the autograph will of the +deceased. He declares therein that he has given over to me a thousand +ducats in gold, and his remaining property is contained in the cargo, +which consists of ten thousand measures of wheat." + +"That's something more like. Ten thousand measures of wheat, at twelve +gulden fifty a measure in paper money, that makes a hundred and +twenty-five thousand gulden, or fifty thousand gulden silver. Come here, +little treasure, and sit on my knee; you're tired, aren't you? And did +my dear never-to-be-forgotten friend send me any other directions?" + +"He told me to tell you that you must be present in person when the +sacks are emptied, lest they should exchange the grain, for he had +bought a very good quality." + +"Naturally I shall be there in person. How should I not be? And where is +the ship with the grain?" + +"Below Almas, at the bottom of the Danube." + +But now Athanas thrust Timea right away, and sprung up in a rage. "What! +my fine vessel gone down, as well as the ten thousand measures of wheat! +Oh, you gallows-bird! you rascal! You were all drunk, for certain. I'll +put you all in jail; the pilot shall be in irons; and I shall not pay +one of you. You forfeit your ten thousand gulden caution-money: you +shall never see that again. Go and sue me if you like!" + +"Your vessel was not worth more than six thousand gulden, and is insured +for its full value at the Komorn Marine Insurance Office. You have come +to no harm." + +"If that were true a hundred times over, I should still require +compensation from you, on account of the _lucrum cessans_. Do you know +what that means? If you do, you can understand that your ten thousand +gulden will go to the last kreutzer." + +"So be it," answered Timar, quietly. "We will speak of that another +time; there's time enough. But what we have to do now is to decide what +is to happen to the sunken cargo, for the longer it remains under water, +the more it will be spoiled." + +"What does it matter to me what happens to it?" + +"So you will not take it over? You will not be personally present at the +discharge of cargo?" + +"The devil I will! What should I do with ten thousand measures of soaked +grain? I am not going to make starch of ten thousand measures of corn; +or shall I make paste of it? The devil may take it if he wants it!" + +"Hardly; but the stuff must be sold. The millers, factors, +cattle-dealers, will offer something for it, and the peasants too, who +want seed-corn; and the vessel must be emptied. In that way some money +may be got out of it." + +"Money!" (This word could always penetrate into the cotton-stuffed ears +of the merchant.) "Good. I will give you a permit to-morrow to empty the +vessel and get rid of the cargo in bulk." + +"I want the permit to-day. Before morning everything will be ruined." + +"To-day! You know I never touch a pen at night; it is against my +habits." + +"I thought of that beforehand, and brought the permit with me. You have +only to sign your name to it. Here are pen and ink." + +But now Frau Sophie interrupted with a scream. "Here in my parlor I do +not allow writing to be done! That's the only thing wanting--that my new +carpet should be all spotted with ink. Go to your room if you want to +write. And I won't have this squabbling with your people here in my +rooms!" + +"I should like to know if it isn't my house," growled the great man. + +"And it's my sitting-room!" + +"I am master here!" + +"And I am mistress here!" + +The screeching and growling had the good result for Timar that Herr +Brazovics flew into a rage, and in order to show that he was master in +his own house, seized the pen and signed the power of attorney. But when +he had given it, both fell on Timar, and overwhelmed him with such a +flood of reproaches and invective, that he would willingly have taken +yet another bath in the Danube to wash them away. Frau Sophie only +scolded Timar indirectly, as she abused her husband for giving such a +ragged, dirty fellow, such a tipsy, beggarly scoundrel, a warrant like +that. + +Why had he not given it to any other supercargo than Timar, who would +run away with the money, and drink and gamble till it was gone. + +Timar stood the whole time with the same immovable calm in the midst of +this tumult as that with which he had defied storm and waves at the Iron +Gate. At last he broke silence: "Will you take charge of the money which +belongs to the orphan, or shall I give it over to the City Orphanage?" +(At this last question Brazovics got a great fright.) "Now, then, if you +please, come with me into the office and we will settle the affair at +once, for I don't like servants' squabbles." + +With this hundred-pound insult he succeeded in suddenly silencing both +master and mistress. Against such scolds and blusterers, a good round +impertinence is the best remedy. Brazovics took the light and said, "All +right; bring the money along." Frau Sophie appeared all at once to be in +the best of tempers, and asked Timar if he would not have a glass of +wine first. + +Timea was quite stunned; of what passed in a foreign language she +understood not a word, and the gestures and looks which accompanied it +were not calculated to enlighten her. Why should her guardian now kiss +and hug her, the orphan, and the next moment push her from him? Why did +he again take her on his lap, only to thrust her away once more? Why did +both of them scream at this man, who remained as calm as she had seen +him in the tempest, until he spoke a few words, quietly, without anger +or excitement, and thereby instantly silenced and overpowered the two +who had been like mad people the minute before, so that they could +prevail as little against him as the rocks and whirlpools and the armed +men. Of all that went on around her, she had not understood one word; +and now the man who had been hitherto her faithful companion, who had +gone "thrice" into the water for her sake, with whom alone she could +speak in Greek, was going away--forever, no doubt--and she would never +hear his voice again. + +Yet no; once again it sounds in her ear. Before he stepped over the +threshold Timar turned to her and said in Greek, "Fraulein Timea, there +is what you brought away with you." + +And with that he took the box of sweets from under his cloak. Timea ran +to him, took the box, and hastened to Athalie, in order to present to +her, with the sweetest smile, the gift she had brought from far away. +Athalie opened the box. + +"_Fi donc!_" she exclaimed, "it smells of rose-water, just like the +pocket-handkerchiefs the maid-servants take to church." + +Timea did not understand the words, but from the pouting lips and +turned-up nose she could easily guess their meaning, and that made her +very sad. + +She made another attempt, and offered the Turkish sweetmeats to Frau +Sophie, who declined with the remark that her teeth were bad, and she +could not eat sweets. Quite cast down, she now offered them to the +lieutenant. He found them excellent, and swallowed three lumps in three +mouthfuls, for which Timea smiled at him gratefully. + +Timar stood at the door and saw Timea smile. Suddenly it occurred to her +that she must offer him some of the Turkish delight. But it was already +too late, for Timar no longer stood there. Soon after, the lieutenant +took leave and departed. Being a man of breeding, he bowed to Timea +also, which pleased her greatly. + +After a time Herr Brazovics returned to the room, and they were now just +the four alone. + +Brazovics and Frau Sophie began to talk in a gibberish which was +intended for Greek. + +Timea understood a word here and there, but the sense seemed to her more +strange than those languages which were altogether unknown to her. + +They were consulting what to do with this girl whom they had been +saddled with. Her whole property consists of twelve thousand paper +gulden. Even if it were likely that the soaked grain should bring in a +little more, that would not suffice to educate her like a lady, like +Athalie. + +Frau Sophie thought she must be treated as a servant, and get used to +cook and sweep, to wash and iron--that would be some use. With so little +money no one would marry her except some clerk or ship's captain, and +then it would have been better for her to be brought up as a servant and +not a lady. + +But Athanas would not hear of it; what would people say? At last they +agree on a middle course; Timea is not to be treated like a regular +servant, but take the position of an adopted child. She will take her +meals with the family, but help to wait. She shall not stand at the +wash-tub, but must get up her own and Athalie's fine things. She must +sew what is wanted for the house, not in the maid's room but in the +gentlefolks' apartments; of course she will help Athalie to dress, that +will only be a pleasure to her, and she need not sleep with the maids +but in the same room as Athalie; the latter wants some one to keep her +company and be at her service. In return, Athalie can give her the old +clothes she no longer requires. + +A girl who has only twelve thousand gulden can thank Heaven that such a +fate should fall to her share. + +And Timea was satisfied with her lot. After the great and +incomprehensible catastrophe which had thrown her on the world, the +lonely creature clung to every being she came near. She was gentle and +obliging. This is the way of Turkish girls. It pleased her to be allowed +to sit by Athalie at supper, and it was not necessary to remind her: she +rose of her own accord to change the plates and wash the spoons, and +did it with cheerful looks and kind attention. She feared to annoy her +guardians if she looked sad, and yet she had cause enough. Especially +she busied herself in trying to help Athalie. Whenever she looked at +her, her face showed the open admiration which young girls feel for a +grown-up beauty; she forgot herself in gazing at the rosy cheeks and +bright eyes of the other. Those innocent minds think any one so lovely +must be very good. + +She did not understand what Athalie said, for she did not even speak bad +Greek, like her parents; but she tried to guess by her eyes and hands +what was wanted. After supper, at which Timea only ate fruit and bread, +not being used to rich dishes, they went into the salon. + +There Athalie sat down to the piano. Timea crouched near her on the +footstool and looked with admiration at her rapid execution. Then +Athalie showed her the portrait which the lieutenant had executed, and +Timea clasped her hands in astonishment. + +"You never saw anything like it?" + +"Where should she have seen such things?" answered the father. "If is +forbidden to the Turks to take a likeness of any one. That is why there +is a revolution just now--because the sultan has had his picture painted +and hung up over the divan. Ali Tschorbadschi was mixed up in the +movement, and was forced to fly. You poor old Tschorbadschi, to have +been such a fool!" + +When Timea heard her father's name, she kissed the hand of Brazovics. +She supposed he had sent some pious blessing after the dead man. + +Athalie went to bed, and Timea carried the light for her. Athalie seated +herself at her dressing-table, looked in the glass, sighed deeply, and +then sunk back in her chair tired and cross, with a gloomy countenance. +Timea would have liked to know why this lovely face had suddenly grown +so sad. + +She took the comb from Athalie's hair and loosened the plaits with a +skillful hand, and then again dressed the richly flowing chestnut locks +for the night in a simple coil. + +She took out the earrings, and her head came so near to Athalie's that +the latter could not help seeing the two contrasting faces in the +mirror. + +One so radiant, rosy, and fascinating, the other so pale and soft; and +yet Athalie sprung up angrily and pushed away the glass. "Let us go to +sleep." The white face had thrown hers into the shade. Timea collected +the scattered clothes and folded them neatly together by instinct. + +Then she knelt before Athalie and took off her stockings. Athalie +permitted it. + +And after Timea had drawn them off, and held the snow-white foot, more +perfect than a sculptor's ideal, in her lap, she bent and pressed a kiss +on it. Athalie permitted that too. + + + + +_BOOK SECOND.--TIMEA._ + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +GOOD ADVICE. + + +Lieutenant Katschuka went through the cafe and found Timar there gulping +down a cup of black coffee. "I am soaked and frozen, and have a great +deal still to do to-day," he said to the officer, who hastened to press +his hand. + +"Come and have a glass of punch with me." + +"Many thanks, but I have no time now; I must go this instant to the +insurance company, that they may help me with the salvage of the cargo; +for the longer it remains under water the greater the damage. From there +I must run to the magistrate, that he may be in time to send some one to +Almas to receive the power of attorney; then I must go round to the +cattle-dealers and carriers, to induce them to come to the auction; and +later on I must go by the stage to Iotis to find out the starch +manufacturers there: they can make the best use of the wet grain. +Perhaps in this way some of the poor child's property may be saved. But +I have a letter to deliver to you which was given me in Orsova." + +Katschuka read the letter, and then said to Timar, "Very good, my +friend. Do your business in the town, but afterward come to me for half +an hour; I live near the Anglia--over the door hangs a shield with a +large double eagle. While the diligence baits we will drink a glass of +punch and have a sensible talk; be sure you come." + +Timar consented, and went off to look after his business. It might be +about eleven o'clock when he entered the door under the double eagle, +which was near the promenade called in Komorn the Anglia. Katschuka's +private servant waited for him there, and led him up to his master's +room. "Well, I expected," began Timar, "you would have been already +married to Athalie long before I came up from yonder." + +"Yes, comrade, but the affair doesn't get on well; it is delayed by +first one thing and then another. It seems to me as if one of us is not +keen about it." + +"Oh! you may be sure Athalie is keen enough." + +"In this world you can't be sure of anything, least of all a heart. I +only say one thing, long engagements are bad. Instead of getting nearer +to each other people only get further apart, and learn to know each +other's failings and weaknesses. If this occurs after marriage one +thinks, in God's name, we can not go back. Let me advise you, comrade, +if you wish to marry and have fallen in love, don't wait long to think +about it; for if you begin to calculate it will only end in a breach." + +"With you I should fancy there is no danger in calculations about a girl +who is so rich." + +"Riches are relative, my friend. Believe me, every woman knows how to +get rid of the interest of her dowry; and then no one exactly knows the +financial position of Herr Brazovics. A heap of money goes through his +hands, but he does not like striking a proper business-like balance, so +as to show what he has gained or lost by his dealings." + +"For my part I think he is very well off. And Athalie is a very pretty +and clever young lady." + +"Yes, yes; but you need not praise Athalie to me like a horse you take +to market. Let us rather talk of your affairs." + +If Katschuka had been able to look into Timar's heart he would have +found that what they had been talking of _was_ his friend's affair. +Timar had turned the conversation to Athalie because--because he envied +the officer the smile of Timea's face. It was as if he had said, "You +have no right to Timea's smile--you are engaged; marry Athalie!" + +"Now, let us talk of serious matters. My friend in Orsova writes me that +I am to befriend you. Good; I will try. You are in a position anything +but pleasant: the ship intrusted to you is wrecked. It is not your +fault, but a great misfortune for you, for every one will now fear to +intrust you with a vessel. Your principal seizes your caution-money, and +who knows whether you can recover it by law. You would like to help the +poor orphan--I see it in your eyes; that she should lose such a pretty +fortune affects you more than any one else. How can we get out of this +with one _coup_?" + +"I know no way out of it." + +"But I do. Listen to me; next week the annual concentration of troops +begins round Komorn. Twenty thousand of them will be maneuvering here +for three weeks. A contract for the bread supply is on hand; large sums +will be paid, and he who goes about it wisely will make a good haul. All +the tenders go through my hands, and I can say beforehand who will get +the contract, for it depends more on what is not contained in the offer +than on what is. Till now Brazovics' tender is the lowest. He is +prepared to undertake the contract at 140,000 gulden, and promises 'the +officials concerned' 20,000 gulden." + +"What do you mean?--the officials concerned?" + +"Don't be so stupid. It is the usual thing that whoever receives such a +large contract should give a present to those who get it for him. It has +always been so since the world began. What else do we live on? You know +that well enough." + +"Certainly; but I never tried it in my own person." + +"Very foolish of you. You burn your fingers for other people, while you +might get the chestnuts out of the fire for yourself, if you knew how to +do it. Send in a tender to undertake the contract at 130,000 gulden, and +promise 30,000 commission." + +"I can not do that for several reasons. First, I have not got the +deposit, which must accompany the tender; then I have not the capital +requisite to buy such quantities of grain and flour; next, I greatly +object to bribery; and lastly, I am not such a bad reckoner as to +persuade myself of the possibility of undertaking with only 130,000 +gulden to complete the contract as well as pay the friendly commission." + +Katschuka laughed at him. "Oh, my dear Michael, you will never be a man +of business. In our line that is always the way. Only to make a groschen +on a gulden is peddler's trade. The chief thing is to have interest, and +you don't want for that; that's what I am good for. We have been good +friends ever since our school days: rely on me. How do you mean you have +no money to deposit? Hand over the receipt for your caution-money of +10,000 gulden which you left with Brazovics--it will be regarded as a +sufficient security--and then I will tell you what to do next; go +quickly to Almas, and bid yourself for the sunken cargo. The grain, +which represents a value of 100,000 gulden, will certainly be knocked +down to you for 10,000. Then you will possess 10,000 measures of corn. +You will promise all the millers in Almas, Fuzito, and Izsaer double pay +if they will grind your corn at once. Meanwhile you build ovens, in +which the corn is immediately baked into bread. Within three weeks it +will all be consumed, and if a bad part slips in, it will be the +business of your 'good friends' to hush it up. At the end of three weeks +you will have a clear gain of at least 70,000 gulden. Believe me, if I +were to take such an affair to your principal, he would seize it with +both hands. I wonder at your slowness." + +Timar thought it over. It was indeed a tempting offer. To make in three +weeks 60,000 or 70,000 gulden--and without much trouble, in complete +security. The first week the ration-bread would be rather sweeter than +usual, the second week rather bitterer, and the third week rather musty. +But soldiers do not look narrowly at such things; they are used to it. + +But yet Timar turned with disgust from this bitter cup. "Oh, Emerich!" +he said, laying his hand on his former schoolmate's shoulder, "where +have you learned such things?" + +"Why," answered the other, with a gloomy face, "there where they are +taught. When I entered on the military career, I was full of romantic +illusions. They are all in ashes now. Then I thought this was the school +of chivalry, the heroic career, and my heart beat high at the thought: +now I know that all in this world is speculation, and that public +concerns are governed by private interests. In the engineers I had +completed my studies, with remarkable, I may say distinguished results. +When I was sent to Komorn, the prospect filled me with pride, at the +opportunity I should have for the development of my capacities in +military engineering. The first plan for the fortifications submitted by +me was declared to be a masterpiece by good judges; but do not imagine +that it was accepted: on the contrary, I received orders to prepare +another, which was more costly, and involved the expropriation of whole +streets in the town. Well, I prepared that too. You will remember that +part of the town which is now an open space--this change cost half a +million. Your principal had some ruinous houses there which he sold at +the price of palaces. And they call that fortification! And for that I +had studied engineering. Well, a man falls by degrees and finds his +level. Perhaps you have heard the anecdote--it is in every mouth--how +the Crown-Prince Ferdinand, when he visited us last year, said to the +commandant of the fortress, 'I thought this fortress was black?' 'Why +should it be black, your imperial highness?' 'Because in the +fortification accounts there are every year 10,000 gulden put down for +ink. I thought the walls must be dyed with ink.' Every one laughed, and +that was the end of it. If nothing comes out, nothing is said; and if +everything comes out, it only raises a laugh. You had better laugh too! +Or will it please you better to be shoved out into the world from the +threshold of the corn-dealer, and sell matches with two kreutzers profit +a day? I have already come down from the ethereal regions. Off, my +friend, to Almas, and buy the sunken wheat. Till ten to-morrow night you +will have time to send in your tender. Listen, there is the +diligence--be off, and see that you get back quickly." + +"I will think it over," said Timar, slowly. + +"Remember that you will do the poor orphan a good turn, if you give +10,000 gulden for her lost property. Otherwise she won't have as many +hundred when the salvage is paid." + +Those words rang in Timar's ears. An invisible hand drove him on. "_Fata +nolentem trahunt!_" says St. Augustine. Soon after, Timar sat again in +the diligence, which galloped away with its four Neudorf horses. In the +town every one slept. Only at the station-house sounded the night +watchman's call. No one has written on his brow what the next day will +bring to him; but from the walls the sentries, wet through with the +autumn rain, challenged in turn "Who goes there?"--"Patrol"--"Pass." + +What sort of bread have these fellows had? + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +THE RED CRESCENT. + + +On the following day, Timar did actually bid for the sunken grain in +company with brokers and millers, who made trifling bids, a few groschen +a measure. Timar got tired of this groschen business, and suddenly +cried, "I will give ten thousand gulden for the whole cargo." When the +bidders heard this they ran away, and it would have been in vain to run +after them. The official auctioneer accepted Timar's offer, and gave +over the whole cargo to him as his property. Every one thought him mad. +What could he do with such a mass of soaked grain? What he did was this. + +He lashed two lighters together, fastened them with iron clamps to the +deck of the sunken ship, and made arrangements to get up the cargo. +There was a change since yesterday in the position of the vessel, for +the stern had sunk so that now the forepart stood out of water, and one +of the two cabins was quite dry. Timar installed himself here, and then +began the hard work. He tore up the deck, and with the help of a crane +drew up one sack after the other. They were first piled near the cabin, +that the water might drain away; then they were transferred to a raft, +and taken ashore: there straw mats were laid, on which the grain was +shaken and spread out. Timar bargained meanwhile with the millers for +immediate grinding of the corn. The weather was favorable, there was a +strong wind, and the corn dried fast. + +If only the work would go on quickly! + +He began to calculate. The little ready money he had would all go to the +payment of the work-people; if the undertaking failed he would be a +beggar. Johann Fabula told him beforehand, that after this senseless +purchase nothing would be left him but to hang the last sack round his +neck, and throw himself into the Danube. A thousand disquieting thoughts +passed through Timar's head, without beginning or end. He looked on till +night-fall, while one sack after the other was propped against the cabin +wall. The sacks all had the same mark--a five-spoked wheel printed in +black on the sacking. In truth, that poor fugitive pasha had been wiser, +if, instead of buying so much grain, he had just put his money in his +knapsack. And to think of pursuing him so obstinately only for this +stuff! Was it worth while to flee only for this, and then actually to +poison himself? Till late evening the work continued, and still only +about three thousand measures were spread out to dry. Timar promised the +laborers double pay if they would work a few hours longer. The grain +which lies a second night under water will hardly make bread. The +sack-carriers worked on cheerfully. + +The wind had dispersed the clouds, and the moon appeared again in the +sunset sky. Heavens and moon were red. + +"How ghostly it looks!" said Timar, and turned his back on the moon, so +as not to see it. + +But even as he stood there, and counted the sacks as they were drawn up, +the red moon rose again before him. This time it was painted on a sack. +In the place where the other sacks bore a wheel of five spokes, here +above the trade-mark a crescent was painted in vermilion. + +A cold shiver ran through Timar. Here was the answer to the riddle! This +was what the dying man meant by his last words. But either his +confidence was not strong enough, or else time had failed him to finish +his phrase. When the laborers turned away Timar took the sack and +carried it into the cabin; no one noticed it, and then he locked the +door behind him. + +The work-people went on for two hours more; but at last they were so +tired, wet, and stiff with water and wind, that they were not in a +condition to go on any longer: the rest of the cargo must wait till the +morrow. The wearied folk hurried to the nearest alehouse to warm +themselves with food and drink. Timar remained alone on board: he said +he wished to count the unloaded sacks, and would row himself ashore in +the little boat. The moon had reached the water with its lower horn, and +seemed to look in at the cabin window. Timar's hand trembled as if with +ague. When he opened the blade of his knife, he cut his hand, and the +drops of blood painted stars on the sack by the side of the red +crescent. He cut the rope with which the sack was tied, and put his hand +in; what he brought out was beautiful white wheat. Then he cut the lower +end of the sack; here too only grain came out. He now slit the whole +sack up, and with the scattered corn, a long leathern bag fell at his +feet. The bag had a lock. He broke it open. + +And then he shook the contents out on to the bed--the same bed where +once the living marble statue had lain. + +What a sight was presented to him in the moonlight! Long rows of rings +strung together--brilliant, sapphire, and emerald rings; armlets of +opals and huge turquoises; pearl bracelets, each bead as large as a +hazel-nut; a necklace of magnificent brilliants of the finest water; an +agate box, from which when he opened it a whole heap of unset diamonds +flashed upon him; at the bottom of the bag a number of agraffes and +girdles, all set with rubies, and four rouleaux, each containing five +hundred louis d'or. Here was an enormous treasure, at least a million +gulden. + +Now one can understand the man fleeing even to the bottom of the Danube, +that this treasure might not fall into the hands of his pursuers. For +this, it was worth while to send a gunboat and spies after the fugitive. +For this, it was worth while to cut the tow-rope in the midst of a storm +at the Iron Gate. + +The "St. Barbara" had carried a million on board! that is no child's +play, no dream--it is reality. Ali Tschorbadschi's treasures lie there +on the wet quilt with which Timea had once covered herself. Whoever +knows the value of pearls and precious stones, can understand that it +was not for nothing that Ali Tschorbadschi had been Governor of Candia +and guardian of the treasury. + +Timar sat in silent stupefaction on the edge of the bed, and held in his +trembling hands the agate box, whose diamonds sparkled in the moonlight. +He looked away through the window at the moon shining in. Again the moon +seemed to have eyes and mouth, as it is depicted in the almanac, and to +be entering into conversation with the poor mortal. + +"To whom do these treasures belong?" + +"Why, whom should they belong to but you? You bought the sunken cargo, +just as it is, with the sacks and the grain. You were liable to the +danger that it might remain on your hands as spoiled waste, as stinking +rubbish. Now it has turned into gold and jewels. It is true that the +dying man said something about the Red Crescent, and you puzzled your +head as to what he could have meant; you wondered how it was possible +that the refugee should have no more property than was visible. Now you +see clearly how it all hung together; but then, when you bought the +cargo, you did not know--you bought this mass of wet grain for quite +another purpose. You wanted to make sweet and bitter bread out of it for +the poor soldiers. Fate willed otherwise. Do you not see that this is a +sign from Heaven? It would not permit you to make a shameful profit at +the expense of twenty thousand poor soldiers--it has provided for you +otherwise. As Providence has prevented something wicked, that which +happened by its direction must without doubt be good." + +"Besides, to whom should these treasures belong?" + +"The sultan must have stolen them in his victorious campaigns; the +treasurer most probably stole them from the sultan. Both were robbed of +them by the Danube: now they have no owner--they belong to you. You +possess them at any rate with just as much right as the sultan, the +treasurer, and the Danube." + +"And Timea?" + +At this question a long narrow black cloud rose before the moon's face. + +Timar remained long in thought. The moon appeared again. + +"So much the better for you. You know best how the world treats a poor +devil like you. They scold him when he has done his duty; they call him +a knave when a misfortune overtakes him; they allow him to hang himself +on the nearest tree when he has nothing more to live on; for his +love-sorrows pretty girls have no balm. A poor man remains always only a +clerk. Then see how the world honors the rich man--how people seek for +his friendship, ask his advice, and trust him with the fate of the +nation; and women, how they fall in love with him! Did you ever get even +a friendly word of thanks from their lips? What would you get if you +took the treasure you have found and laid it at her feet with the words, +'There, take what is yours--I saved it for you from the depths?' In the +first place, she would not know how to use it. She can hardly +distinguish the value of a box of diamonds from that of a box of sweets; +she is only a child; and then it would never reach her hands, for her +adopted papa would absorb it and get rid of nine tenths of it. Who can +prevent him from taking one gem at a time and turning it into money? But +granted that Timea gets it, what would be the result? She would be a +rich lady, who would not cast a look at you from her height; and you +would remain a miserable supercargo, in whom it would be madness even to +dream of her. Now, however, things are the other way--you will be a rich +man and she a poor girl. Is not that exactly what you desired of fate? +Well, that is what has happened. Did you put that log in the way of the +ship which stove her in? Do you mean badly by Timea? No; you do not want +to keep for yourself the treasures you have found; you will invest them +profitably, increase them, and when you have earned with the first +million a second and a third, then you will go to the poor girl and say, +'There, take it--it is all yours; and take me too.' Do you wish to do +anything wrong with it? You only wish to become rich in order to make +her happy. You can sleep with a good conscience, having such designs." + +The moon was already half hidden in the Danube; only the tip of one horn +rose from the water like a light-house; its reflection in the waves +reached to the ship's bow; and every ray and every wave spoke to Timar. +And they all said, "You have fortune in your hand; hold it fast--you +risk nothing. The only one who knew of the treasure lies below the +Danube." + +Timar heard what was whispered to him, and also the secret voice in his +own breast, and cold drops stood on his brow. The moon's fiery tip +vanished beneath the surface of the water, and cried to him with its +last ray, "You are rich--you are a made man!" + +But when it was dark, the inward voice whispered in the silent night, +"You are a thief!" + +An hour afterward a four-horse post-chaise was rushing along the Szonyer +road at a gallop, and as the tower clock of St. Andrew's Church in +Komorn struck eleven, the carriage stood at the door in the Anglia +under the double eagle. Timar sprung quickly out and hurried in. He was +expected. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +THE GOLD MINE. + + +After the concentration of troops in Komorn, Timar had suddenly become a +wealthy man. He had bought a house in the Servian Street, the "City" of +the Komorn merchants. No one was surprised. The phrase once uttered by +the Emperor Francis I. to a contractor who had remained poor, was, "The +ox stood at the manger, why did he not eat?" These golden words have, I +fancy, been written by every contractor in his memorandum-book. + +How much Timar made by his bread contract it is impossible to say; but +that he has suddenly become a great personage it is easy to see. He is +always on the spot when there is a large undertaking on hand, and has +money in abundance. This is not surprising to merchants or speculators; +the first stage is the difficult one. If once the first hundred thousand +gulden are made, the rest follows of itself--he has credit. + +On one point Herr Brazovics had no doubt whatever. He guessed rightly +that Timar had offered the officials a larger commission than he himself +usually did, and that he had thus obtained the profitable bread contract +by which Brazovics usually enriched himself. But that he should have +made so large a profit out of it--on that point he shook his head +incredulously. Since Timar had risen in the world, and become his own +master, Brazovics cultivated the friendship of his former supercargo, +and invited him to his evening receptions, which Timar accepted +willingly enough. He met Timea there very often, who had already learned +a little colloquial Hungarian. + +Timar was now welcome even to Sophie, who once half whispered and half +screamed to Athalie that it would do no harm if she was rather more +friendly to him, for he was now a rich man, a far from despicable +_parti_, worth more than three officers put together, who have nothing +but their smart uniform and their debts. To which Fraulein Athalie +replied, "It does not follow that I should take my father's servant for +a husband." Frau Sophie could finish the sentence for herself--"Because +my papa married his maid-servant"--in which lay a well-earned reproach +to Frau Sophie. How could she have dared to intrude herself in the +capacity of mother upon such a grand young lady! + +Toward the end of supper one evening, as the two sat alone at table, +Herr Brazovics began to incite Timar to drink, by repeatedly taking wine +with him. His own head was pretty strong from constant practice, but +this poor devil could never have been used to the bottle. + +When they were well on the road, he cunningly brought up the subject. +"You, Michael, out with the truth now--how did you contrive to profit so +much by the commissariat contract? I have tried it myself, and I know +what can be got out of it. I also have mixed feldspar, bran, and +millers' dust with the dough; I understand how to get acorns ground +instead of corn, and know the difference between rye and wheat flour; +but to make such a _coup_ as you have done has never happened to me. +Confess now! What trick were you up to? You are already wealthy--you +have found a gold mine." + +Timar put on the look of a tipsy man who required six horse-power to +raise his eyelids, and began with drunken fluency and a stammering +tongue to explain. "Well, you must know, sir--" + +"No sir to me! How often have I told you! Call me by my name." + +"Well, then, you must know, Nazi, it was no trick. You remember that I +bought in the soaked grain-cargo of the 'St. Barbara' at a nominal +price, a gulden a measure. I did not get rid of it, as people fancied, +to the millers and farmers, with a profit of a couple of groschen; but I +had it baked into bread at once, which did not cost me half so much as +if I had bought the very cheapest flour." + +"Oh, you prodigy! I ought to go to school to you in my old age. You +arch-rascal! Was the ration-bread very bad, then?" + +Michael laughed so that the wine almost ran out of his mouth again. "I +should just think it was bad--bad beyond words." + +"And were no complaints laid before the commissariat committee?" + +"What use would that have been, when I had the whole lot of them in my +pocket?" + +"But the commandant of the fortress, the inspector of ordnance?" + +"I squared them too," cried Michael, proudly, striking his pocket, in +which so many great men had found room. The eyes of Herr Brazovics shone +in a curious way, as if they were even redder than usual. "And did you +give the bread made of soaked wheat to the soldiers to eat?" + +"Why not? Bread once swallowed tells no tales." + +"Quite true, Michael, quite true; but you be careful not to tell any one +yourself. You can tell me, of course--I am your true friend; but if one +of your enemies got wind of it, it might go badly with you. Your house +in the Servian Street might go too. Hold your tongue before other +people." + +On this Timar began, like one who has suddenly come to his senses, to +entreat Herr Brazovics not to betray his secret and make him miserable; +he even kissed his hands. Brazovics pacified him, he need not be uneasy +about him, he must not let out his secret to others. Then he called the +servant and ordered him to take a lantern and go home with Herr Timar, +and take good care of him that he should come to no harm, and if he were +unable to walk, to take his arm. When the servant returned, he related +what trouble it had cost him to get Timar home; he had not known his own +door, and had begun to sing in the street. They had at last got him to +bed, and there the good gentleman had instantly gone to sleep. But when +Brazovics' servant had gone, Timar left his bed, and wrote letters until +morning. + +He had not been in the least tipsy. Timar was as certain that his dear +friend would at once give information of the whole affair as that Monday +comes after Sunday; and he also knew to whom. + +It was therefore no surprise to him that, a few days later, after an +evening spent with Brazovics, he was cited to appear at the fortress, +where a gentleman entitled "Financial Privy Counselor" gave him to +understand that he was to remain for the present under strict +observation, and demanded his keys, in order to lay an embargo on his +books and papers. + +This will be a big thing. Timar's secret had been denounced to the +general chamber of finance, which was in rivalry with the leaders of the +council of war. Here was an opportunity to reveal in the most +conspicuous way the scandals which took place in the bosom of this +community, and to remove from it the control of the commissariat. The +accusation was supported by the three high courts--only the police +department was on the side of the council of war. At last the chamber +gave its decision, and a commission was appointed, with strict +injunctions to spare no one, to suspend the whole department of supply, +to request the commandant to arrest the contractor, commence a criminal +suit, and discover everything. If one morsel of musty bread should +appear against Timar, woe to him! + +But nothing of the sort was found. For eight days the commission worked +day and night. They heard witnesses, took oaths, inquired, had the +provost up--all in vain, no one could say anything against Timar. From +the whole inquiry it was proved that he had divided the spoiled cargo +among millers, country people, and manufacturers; that not one single +handful had been mixed with the bread baked for the troops. They had +even the soldiers up to give evidence. They said they had never eaten +better bread than during the two weeks when it was provided by Timar. No +complaint, no adverse witness appeared against him, much less could the +officials be accused of corruption; they had given the contract to him +who offered the best and lowest terms. At last they boiled over; they +felt insulted by the inquiry, stormed and rattled their swords; the +commission, driven into a corner, got alarmed, revoked, rehabilitated, +and tried to get away from Komorn as quickly as possible. Timar was set +free with many excuses, and with the assurance that he was a thoroughly +honest man. + +At his acquittal Herr Katschuka was the first who hastened to +congratulate him, and shook his hand demonstratively in public. "My +friend, you must not put up with this quietly; you must have +satisfaction for it. Just fancy, they suspected _me_ of being bribed! Go +to Vienna and demand reparation; the informer must have an exemplary +punishment. And in future," he added aside, "you may be sure no one will +ever get us out of the saddle. Strike while the iron is hot." + +Timar promised to do so, and mentioned his intention to Brazovics when +he next met him. The latter seemed furious at the ill-treatment his +friend Michael had received. Who could the scoundrel be who had so +libeled him? + +"Whoever it may be," Timar declared, "shall rue it dearly; and if he has +a house in Komorn, I'll lay my head that this joke will cost him his +home. I am going to-morrow morning to Vienna, to demand satisfaction +from the treasury." + +"Yes, do so, by all means," said Brazovics; and thought to himself, +"Just as well that I know it; I shall be there too." + +And he happened to get there a day sooner than Timar. There, with the +assistance of his old connections, he so prepared the way (which cost +him a mint of money) that if once Timar set his foot in this labyrinth, +he would never get out again. From the treasury he will be sent to the +high court; there the affair will be given over to the judicial office, +thence to the superintendent of police, and from there to the secret +department of finance. + +The unfortunate plaintiff at last loses patience, gets angry, and says a +few impudent words--even possibly gets them printed. Then the censor +gets hold of him, and at last he begs to be let go, and swears never +again to pull the bell at any public office. He will be a fool for his +pains if he tries to get justice. But Timar was not a fool; he was far +cleverer than either of his advisers--than both put together. He had +grown cunning from the time when he let himself be persuaded to take the +first wrong step: he knew already that you should never tell any one the +real thing you are going to do. At Pancsova, when he snapped his fingers +at the authorities, he had shown what talents lay undiscovered in him. +Then he had done in another's interest what could be of no use to +himself: he did what he was told to do, and humbugged the pursuers; now +he was doing it in his own interest. Being in possession of the +treasure-trove, he must find some excuse for appearing as a rich man +before the public. He must pretend to be a speculator who had been lucky +in his business. In his very first affair he must be reputed to have +made large sums. If people imagined he had made his money by corrupt +means, that was the lesser evil; and it could not be proved, for it was +not true. He had been put to such great expense by the contract, that +hardly any profit was left; but he was in a position to buy houses and +ships, and pay in gold, and every one thought the money at his disposal +came from his successful tender. He required a pretext, a title, a +visible ground, in order to go quietly forward with the help of +Tschorbadschi's wealth. + +What, then, did he do in Vienna? + +He must ask for compensation from the exchequer, and could reckon on the +support of the war department. From his friends at Komorn he had +received letters of recommendation to the most influential officials. He +left all these letters at the bottom of his trunk, and went direct to +the chancellor himself, of whom he requested an audience. The minister +was pleased that this man did not try to get in by backstairs influence, +but came direct by the front entrance. He admitted him. The minister was +a tall man with a clean-shaven face, an imposing double chin, severe +brows, and very bald. On his breast shone numerous orders. He had stuck +both hands under his coat-tails when this poor individual with the big +mustache was shown in. Timar wore a simple black Hungarian costume. + +The first question of his excellency to Timar was, "Why do you not wear +a sword when you come to an audience?" + +"I am not a noble, gracious sir." + +"Indeed! I suppose you have come to me to ask for compensation for your +arrest and the injury which was inflicted on you?" + +"Far from it," answered Timar. "The government only did its duty in +proceeding against greater men than I, as well as myself, on the ground +of apparently well-founded information. As I am not of nobility, it is +of no consequence to me to lay damages on account of my injured honor. +Indeed, I owe gratitude to the informer as well as to the court, for +having by their strict inquiry made it perfectly clear that my hands +were clean all through my contract." + +"Oh, then, you have no intention of demanding satisfaction from the +informer?" + +"On the contrary, I should think it unadvisable to do so, for many an +honest man might be prevented from revealing real abuses. My honor is +established: it is not my nature to revenge myself. Besides, I have +neither time nor desire for it. Forgive and forget." + +While Timar spoke, his excellency had already taken one hand from under +his coat-tails in order to clap Timar on the shoulder. + +"That is a very practical way of looking at it. You can do better than +losing time by running about after vengeance. A very sensible idea. What +brings you, then, to me?" + +"A tender for which I need your excellency's protection." + +The excellency stuck his hand behind him again. + +"The crown has a property on the frontier, in Levetincz." + +"H'm!" grumbled the great man, and frowned. "What do you want with it?" + +"In my business as a wholesale dealer, I have often been there, and know +the local circumstances. The crown lands extend to thirty thousand +acres, and are let to Silbermann, the Vienna banker, at forty kreutzers +an acre. The conclusion of this contract lies within the province of the +treasury; but the disposal of the income belongs to the military +department. This income amounts to a hundred thousand gulden. Silbermann +divided the estate into three parts, and let to subtenants at a gulden +an acre." + +"Of course he wanted to make something out of it." + +"Naturally. The subtenants let the land in smaller parcels to the +peasantry for a certain percentage of the crops. But now, after two bad +harvests, the land in the Banat has not even grown enough for seed-corn. +The peasants got nothing, and could not give any percentage to the +subtenants, who paid nothing to the crown lessee; and he, in order to +get rid of his contract, went bankrupt, and paid no rent to the +government." + +Now both hands of the great official came out and began to gesticulate. +"Yes; because he lived in princely luxury, the rascal! Just imagine, he +kept horses which cost eight thousand gulden, and drove them about. Now +they are up for sale. I am an 'excellency,' but I am not in a position +to keep such costly horses as those." + +Timar took no notice, and continued his remarks: "The treasury now is +defrauded of its rent, for there is nothing to seize. The tenant and the +subtenants are married; their whole property belongs to their wives +under the name of dowry. The hundred thousand gulden are lost to the +military department, which, I have been told, will claim the sum from +the exchequer." + +The chancellor opened his snuff-box, and while he put his two fingers in +for a pinch, he threw an inquiring look on the speaker with one eye. + +"My humble offer therefore is," continued Timar, laying a folded paper +on the table, "to rent the Levetincz estate for ten years at the price +paid by the sub-lessees--namely, a gulden an acre." + +"Very good." + +"The new tenant will already have lost a year, for it is November, and +all the fields are lying fallow. But in spite of that, I offer not only +to include the past year in the term, but also to be responsible for the +irrecoverable rent." + +His excellency tapped twice on the lid of his gold snuff-box, and pursed +his lips together. Well, thought he, this is a man of gold. He is not +such a fool as he looks. He guesses that the treasury would like to take +the commissariat out of the hands of the war office, and that all this +was mixed up with the inquiry at Komorn. Then, after that horrible +fiasco, the clattering swords are at the top of the tree, and would be +very glad to get the manipulation of the lands on the military frontier +into their own hands. They think it would be a good milch-cow, and the +deficit caused by the bankruptcy of the Levetincz tenant gives them a +pretext. And now this fellow does not combine with the enemies of the +treasury which persecuted him, but comes over to us, and will improve +our position and help us out of our difficulty. A man of gold indeed, +and to be properly appreciated! "Good!" said his excellency; "I see you +are an honest man. You had some cause to complain of us, but abstained: +you will see that this is the right way for a good citizen to act. Just +to show you that the state knows how to reward patriotic subjects, I +guarantee you the acceptance of your offer. Come to my office to-night. +I pledge you my word as to the result." + +Timar presented his offer in writing, and took leave with low bows. His +excellency was pleased with this man. In the first place, he is wise +enough to look over the injustice done to him, which if he had followed +it up would have brought unpleasant scandal on the department. Secondly, +he offers the government an advantageous rent, fifty per cent higher +than the last. Thirdly, he comes to the aid of the exchequer with a +generous offer, and enables them victoriously to repel the attack of the +war department. He is a threefold man of gold--no, fourfold--but of that +his excellency knows nothing as yet. He was to learn it for the first +time when he went home to dinner at his palace, and his stud-groom +informed him that the gentleman from Hungary who had been commissioned +by his excellency to bid for the eight thousand gulden horses had +brought them home, and would personally report particulars of their +price to his excellency. + +A four-fold treasure! + +When Timar visited the great man in his office that evening, he saw on +every face a polite smile--the reflection of gold. His excellency met +him at the door, and led him to the table. There lay the contract +outspread; complete with all signatures, with the greater and lesser +seals affixed. "Read--I hope you will be satisfied." + +The first thing which surprised Timar was that the lease ran for twenty +years instead of ten. + +"Well, are you satisfied with the term." + +Was he satisfied! The second surprising thing was his own name, "Michael +Timar, Baron von Levetinczy." + +"Do you like your title?" + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +MICHAEL TIMAR, BARON VON LEVETINCZY. + + +"The diploma of nobility shall be sent to you," said the great man with +a gracious smile. + +Timar signed his name, with the addition of his new title, to the +contract. + +"Do not be in a hurry," said his excellency, "I have something more to +say. It is a duty of the government to distinguish those who have +deserved it by their services to the nation. Especially in regard to +such as have won universal recognition in the regions of commerce and +political economy. Could you name any one whom I could recommend in the +highest quarters for the decoration of the Iron Crown?" + +His excellency was quite prepared to receive for answer--"Here is my own +button-hole, sir; you can find no better place for your order of merit. +If you only want an honest man, here am I." And the offer was made with +this idea. + +So much the greater was the astonishment of the minister when Michael +Timar-Levetinczy after a brief pause replied--"Yes, sir, I will make so +free as to point out a person who has long enjoyed universal respect, +who has secretly been the benefactor of the district where he lives; it +is no other than the Dean of Plesscovacz, Cyril Sandorovics, who +deserves this distinction in an imminent degree." + +The minister started back. An individual had never before come under his +notice who, on being asked--"To whom shall I give this order," had not +turned to the mirror, and pointing to himself, replied--"Give it to this +worthy man!" but who instead of that had indicated with his finger the +furthest limit of the national map, and there seeking out a country +priest, not his brother-in-law or godfather, not even a priest of his +own church, had said--"This is a better man than I." Indeed this is a +man of pure gold. A gold worker would have to mix at least three carats +of silver with him before he would be malleable. But as the question has +been asked, it must be seriously considered. "Good, good," replied the +great man, "but the bestowal of an order involves certain formalities. +The sovereign can not contemplate the eventuality of a refusal: the +person to whom such a distinction falls must go through the form of +personally applying for it." + +"His reverence is a very modest man, and would only, if I know him, +decide on such a step on receiving an invitation from high quarters." + +"Indeed? I understand. A line from my hand would suffice? Good. As it is +recommended by you, it shall be done. Yes; the state must reward modest +merit." + +And the great man wrote with his own hand a few lines to the Rev. Dean +Cyril Sandorovics, with the assurance that, if he desired it, he should +receive the decoration of the Iron Crown in return for services. Timar +thanked his excellency warmly for this favor, and was assured of his +high protection for all future time. And, further, Timar had the +pleasure of finding that in the whole office, where one generally has to +go through every kind of tiresome formality, here every one was at his +service, so that he only required an hour to get through his business, +while it would have taken any one else weeks before he could get out of +this official labyrinth. The water-jug of the Orsova purifier was there +in an invisible shape! + +It was night before he had packed all the documents relative to his +completed contract in his portmanteau. And now for speed! He neither +supped nor slept, but hastened to the Golden Lamb, where the mail-cart +put up. In the bar he bought a roll and a smoked sausage, which he put +in his pocket; he could eat them on the journey. Then he called to the +driver, "We must be off at once--spare neither whip nor horses. I will +give you a gulden an hour for yourself, and pay double price for my +place." It was needless to say more. + +Two minutes later the mail-cart was dashing through the streets of +Vienna with great cracking of whips, the police in vain calling out that +it was forbidden in Vienna. The courier-posts, which at that time took +the place of railways, formed one connected chain between Vienna and +Semlin. The horses stood harnessed day and night, and as soon the crack +of the whip at one end of the village announced the approach of the +post, the postmaster brought out the new team from the stable, and in +two minutes the cart with the fresh horses rolled away over hill and +dale at a gallop. If two post-carts met on the road they changed horses +and drivers, who then had only half the distance to go back. The speed +of the journey was regulated by the amount of the pay. + +Timar sat in the cart two days and nights without getting down for a +meal, let alone a night's rest. He was quite used to sleeping in the +carriage, in spite of shaking and rolling and knocking about. + +On the evening of the second day he was in Semlin, whence he drove all +night to the first village on the Levetinczy estate. + +It was fine mild weather for the first of December. He drove to the +little town hall, and sent for the village judge; he told him he was the +new tenant of the estate, and requested him to make known to the farmers +that they could rent the land in shares as in former years. During the +two last years the fields which bore no fruit had lain as good as +fallow, so that there would be a prospect of a rich harvest for the next +season. The weather was favorable, the autumn lasting long; by setting +to work at once there was still time to plow and sow. + +That was all very well, they replied; plowing could be managed if the +principal thing, seed-corn, were not wanting. It was not to be got for +love or money. The landowners had only with the greatest difficulty +secured any for themselves; poor people would have to live on maize all +the winter. + +Timar gave the consoling assurance that he would take care that they did +not want for seed-corn, and so he went through the other villages whose +inhabitants farmed as subtenants, and who, on his permission, got out +their plows and went to turn over the fields which had been allowed to +lie fallow a whole year. But where was the seed to come from? It was too +late to get grain from Wallachia, and there was none in the +neighborhood. But Timar knew where to get it. On the 2d December he +reached Plesscovacz, whence a short time before he had almost been +driven by force, and sought out his reverence, Cyril Sandorovics, who +had then turned him out of his house. + +"Aha! my son, are you here again?" This was his reception by the +venerable gentleman, that friend and benefactor of the people who ought +long ago to have received the order of the Iron Crown if he had not been +so retiring. "What do you want now? To buy grain? I told you two months +ago I had none, and could not sell any. It is no use talking! You will +lie in vain, for I don't believe a word you say. You have a Greek name +and a long mustache. I don't trust your face." + +Timar smiled. "Well, this time nothing but truth shall pass my lips." + +"Tell that to the other people. You dealers from the upper country are +always deceiving us. You pretend there was a poor harvest in your parts +and drive our prices down. When you wanted to buy hay from us, you +spread the report that the government was going to sell all its horses. +You are a rascally lot." + +"But now I tell you the truth. I am here with a commission from the +government to beg your reverence in their name to open your granaries. +The government having heard that the people are in need of seed-corn, +wishes to divide among them some supplies of grain. This is a sacred +purpose, a great benefit to be conferred on the people, and whoever +assists them in this renders them a great service. I am not to receive +the grain, but it is to be delivered to the farmers, who will use it for +seed-corn." + +"My son, that is all very true, and I am very sorry for the poor people, +but I have no grain. Where should I get it? I had no harvest. There is +my great stupid barn, but all three floors are empty." + +"It is not empty, reverend sir. I know very well that three years' +harvest is stored away there: I could get at least ten thousand measures +out of it." + +"You would get trash. Spare yourself the trouble. I would not sell for +five gulden a measure; in the spring it will be seven gulden, and then I +will sell. You lie in your throat when you say the government sends you; +you only want to make your own profit, and not a grain will you get from +me. Much the government knows about you and me; we might as well be in +the moon for all it cares!" + +Till now the fortress had held out bravely against small arms. But Timar +put his hand in his pocket and brought out a four-and-twenty pounder, +the minister's letter. When the reverend gentleman had read it he could +hardly believe his own eyes. + +The great seal on the envelope with the imperial double eagle, the stamp +of the exchequer on the paper, left no room for doubt. It was no +deception but the absolute truth. + +To wear that brilliant cross upon his breast had long been the _ne plus +ultra_ of his dreams. Timar knew of this weakness of the dean's, who +often, as they sat over their wine, had bitterly complained of the +injustice of the government in heaping decorations on the patriarch at +Carlovitz. Why give all to one and send the other empty away? Now he had +attained his greatest desire--how the peasants will gape at him when he +has attached this order to his breast, and how the Tschaikiss captain +will envy him, having none of his own! Even the patriarch will be a +degree more condescending in future. Meanwhile, his own manner to Timar +had suddenly undergone a great change. + +"Sit down, little brother!" (until now he had not even offered a +seat)--"tell me, how did you get to know their excellencies? Why did +they intrust the letter to you?" + +Timar told him some story or other, and lied like print. He had given up +his post under Brazovics and taken service under government. He had +great influence with the minister, and it was he who had recommended his +reverence for this distinction, as a good old friend of his own. + +"I knew you were not such a fool as you look; that's why I have always +liked you so much. Now, my son, because you have such a beautiful Greek +name, and such an honest face, you shall have the grain. How much do you +want? Ten, twelve thousand measures? I will sell you all I have. Not to +please the minister, no, indeed! but for the sake of your own honest +face, and to do good to the poor people. What price did I say? Five +gulden? I will tell you what, I will give it to _you_ for four gulden +nineteen kreutzers. You pay cash down? Or shall I get the money in +Vienna? I shall be going there, and can do it at the same time. I must +thank his excellency in person for this honor. You will come and +introduce me? Or if you want to have nothing to do with it, tell me at +any rate what sort of a man he is. Is he big or little, friendly or +haughty? Will he give me the cross himself? Does he like good Carlovitz +and Vermuth? Now then, you shall taste some yourself." + +In vain Timar assured him he must go back that night to Levetinczy, to +give orders to the steward to send the tenants for the seed-corn. The +friendly host would not part with his guest, but placed the servant at +his disposal, who could ride to Levetinczy and deliver the instructions. +Michael must remain overnight with him. The reverend gentleman had +glasses with rounded bottoms, which when they were filled could not be +laid down till they were empty. He gave one to Timar, took another +himself, and so they caroused till morning. And Timar showed no signs of +drink; he had lived in that district and had got used to it. Early in +the morning the farmers came with their wagons to the dean's court-yard. +When they saw that the doors of the three-storied granary were really +open, they said to Timar he was the right sort of saint and could work +miracles. In the barn were supplies for three years, more than was +required for all their winter seed. + +Timar never left the estate he had rented until the winter frosts set +in, which stopped field-work for the season. But it was enough for the +present. The remaining acres would do for spring-sowing, or as fallows, +or for pasture. On the whole estate of thirty thousand acres there were +only a few hundred acres of meadow-land, all the rest was arable and of +the first class. If the next year should be favorable, the harvest would +be superabundant. + +It was sown at exactly the right time. October remained dry and windy to +the end. Those who had sown before that might be sure of a bad crop, for +the legions of marmots had scratched out the seed before it sprung up. +Those who sowed during the wet November were no better off, for it had +snowed early, and in the warm ground, under the snow-covering, the seed +rotted; but when the snow had melted, a long mild spell set in which +lasted till Christmas. Whoever had sown then could congratulate himself; +the marmots were gone; frost now came before snow, and under the +beautiful white covering the treasure intrusted to the soil lay safely +hidden till spring. Farming is a game of chance. Six or nothing! Timar +threw six. + +Then followed such a fruitful year that whoever had profited by the +favorable season in Banat received twenty-fold in crops. + +In this year Timar brought thirty cargoes of the finest wheat to Komorn +and Raab, and these thirty had cost him no more than three to another +person. It depended on himself whether to make half a million of profit +or a hundred thousand more or less--either to make poor people's bread +cheaper, or to hold a knife to the throat of his competitors. + +It lay with him to drive prices down as low as he chose. In Brazovics' +cafe there was angry talk every evening among the assembled +corn-dealers. He scatters money like chaff, and squanders his goods as +if they were stolen. If only he would come among them they would get him +by the throat! + +But he does not come; he goes nowhere and seeks no acquaintances. He +takes care to tell no one what he is going to do, and all he undertakes +turns into gold. Many new industries are called into being by him, which +might have occurred to anyone else: they lay, so to speak, in the +street, and only wanted picking up; but they were only noticed by others +when this man had already got hold of them. He is always in movement, +traveling here and there, and people wonder why he goes on living in +this town; why he does not move to Vienna; why he, who is so rich, has +his headquarters in Komorn, though it was certainly then an important +commercial center. + +Timar knows what keeps him there. He knows why he lives in a town where +all his mercantile colleagues are his sworn enemies, where the people +sitting before Brazovics' cafe send a curse after him every time he +passes. That house too he means to get into his clutches, with all that +therein is. This it was which kept him in Komorn, when already he was +the owner of a million and a half; he remained where they still called +him Timar, and had not got used to his noble title of Levetinczy. + +Yet he knew how to suit noble deeds to his noble name. He founded an +hospital for the poor of the town, he endowed the Protestant schools; +even the chalice turned to gold in his hands. Instead of the silver one +he presented a golden one to the church. His door was always open to the +poor, and every Friday a long line of beggars went through the streets +to his house, where each received a piece of money, the largest copper +coin in existence, the so-called "schuster-thaler." People said that +when a sailor was drowned, Timar maintained his orphans and gave a +pension to his widow. A heart of gold indeed! A man of gold! + +But in his heart a voice continually whispered, "It is not true! It is +all false!" + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +A GIRL'S HEART. + + +Herr Brazovics usually drank coffee after dinner, and had it served in +the ladies' sitting-room, which he filled unmercifully with clouds of +Latakia tobacco. + +Katschuka sat whispering with Athalie at a little table, at the corner +of which Frau Sophie pretended to be busy sewing. (For years this table +had been ostentatiously spread with needle-work and knitting, so that +visitors might imagine they were occupied with the trousseau.) + +Herr Katschuka almost lived in the house; he came in the forenoon, was +pressed to stay to dinner, and only found his way home late in the +evening. + +It would appear that the fortifications of Komorn were complete, as the +engineer officer had the whole day to spend with Fraulein Athalie. But +the fortifications of Herr Katschuka's own fortress could not hold out +any longer--the time was come for his marriage. He resisted like a +second Zriny. When driven from the outworks, he retreated to the +citadel. He always had some plausible pretext for delaying the marriage. +Now, however, the last mine had been exploded. His deposit was indorsed +by the Brazovics firm, and the council of war had accepted their receipt +instead of money down; a house had been found for the young couple, and +besides all this Katschuka had received his promotion to the rank of +captain. This removed his last excuse; the last cartridge of the +besieged had been expended, and nothing remained but to capitulate, and +take the rich and beautiful girl home. + +Herr Brazovics became more and more venomous every day when he drank his +coffee with the ladies; and the man by whom his coffee was poisoned was +always Timar. + +This was his daily _delenda est Carthago_. + +"What confounded tricks that fellow is up to! While other honest dealers +are glad to rest in winter from their labors, he is busy with things +that no cat would think of. He has hired the Platten-See now, and fishes +under the ice: a little while ago his people caught three hundredweight +of fish in one haul. It is a theft! Before the spring comes he will have +cleared the Platten-See, so that not a single perch, not a shad nor a +roach, not a garfish, let alone a fogasch,[1] will be left in it. And +he sends them all to Vienna. As if that was what fogasch swam in the +Balaton lake for--that those Germans might eat them! The damned +scoundrel! The government ought to set a price on his head. Sooner or +later I will get rid of him, that's certain. When he goes over the +bridge I will get a couple of fishermen to throw him into the Danube; I +will pay a sentry a couple of gulden to shoot him by accident when he +passes in the dark; I'll turn a mad dog into his yard, that it may bite +him when he comes out in the morning. They ought to hang the rascal! +I'll set his house on fire, that he may burn with it! And they ennoble +such a fellow! In the town council they make him assessor, and the +good-for-nothing sits at the green table with me. I, whose grandfather +was of ancient Hungarian nobility, must suffer him near me, this runaway +rogue! + +[Footnote 1: Leucia perca.] + +"But just let him attempt to come near this cafe. I'll set a band upon +him who will throw him out of the window and break his neck! If ever I +sat down to table with him I would season his soup so that he would soon +be on his back like a dead fish! And this vagabond pays visits to +ladies! This Timar, this former supercargo, who used to be a mud-lark! +If he happened to be in the company of a brave officer who would call +him out, and spit him like a frog--so!" + +Herr Brazovics threw a meaning glance on Herr Katschuka, who seemed as +if he had heard nothing. He had heard well enough; but what had +principally struck him in the monologue of his future father-in-law was +that the new millionaire must have made a great breach in the riches of +Herr Brazovics, and that this rage was caused by the threatened ruin of +the firm. A thought not calculated to increase the officer's joy at the +approaching wedding-day. + +"No; I will not wait for some one else to get rid of him!" said +Brazovics at last, and stood up, laid aside his chibouque, and fetched +his bamboo cane from its corner. "I have a dagger. I bought it since the +fellow settled here, on purpose for him" (and that he might be believed +he drew the sharp blade out of his sword-stick). "There it is! The first +time we meet alone, I will stick it into him and nail him to the wall +like a bat. And that I swear!" + +And he tried by rolling his bloodshot eyes to give emphasis to his +threat. He drank the rest of his coffee standing, drew on his overcoat, +and said he was going to business. + +He would come home early (that is, early in the morning). Every one was +glad when he went. + +Just as Herr Brazovics went carefully down the steps to the street--for +his corpulence prevented his running down-stairs--who should come to +meet him but--Timar! + +Now is his chance; at striking distance, and in a dark place where no +one can see them. We know by history that most murders are committed on +the stairs. Timar had no weapon with him, not even a walking-stick; but +Herr Athanas had a stiletto two feet long. + +When he saw Timar, he put his sword-stick under his arm, and cried aloud +as he took off his hat, "Your obedient servant! good-day to you, Herr +von Levetinczy!" + +Timar answered with a "Servant, Nazi--off to business again?" + +"He! he! he!" laughed Herr Brazovics jovially, like a boy who is caught +in a bit of mischief. "Now then, Michael, won't you keep us company?" + +"Shouldn't think of it. If you want to win a couple of hundred gulden +from me, I had better pay them now; but to sit the whole night gambling +and drinking, no, thank you." + +"He! he! he! Well, go up to the ladies then; they are upstairs. A +pleasant evening to you. I sha'n't see you again to-day." + +And they parted with a hearty shake of the hand, for Herr Athanas does +not mean anything by his threats. No one is afraid of him, in spite of +his frightful voice and imposing appearance, not even his +wife--especially his wife. He knows well enough that Timar goes +regularly to his house, and arranges to be away when he comes. Frau +Sophie has not concealed her opinion that the visits are doubtless owing +to the fine eyes of Athalie. Well, that is Katschuka's affair: if he +does not spit his rival like a frog it is his own fault; he has been +warned. But he does not seem inclined to do it, though Timar and Athalie +are often together. + +And why the devil should the captain challenge Timar? They are as good +friends as ever they were. + +Herr Brazovics guessed--indeed he had means of knowing--that it was no +other than Captain Katschuka who had opened the door through which Timar +had attained his riches. Why he had done so was easy to imagine. He +wanted to get rid of Athalie, and it would suit him very well if +Brazovics intervened and forbid him the house. + +But that was just what he did not do, but overflowed with tenderness for +the captain--his son-in-law. There was no way out of it: he must marry +Athalie. The captain has long been betrothed to Athalie, to whom a +dangerous rival pays daily court--a rich man whom he ought to hate, +because he left him in the lurch in the quarrel between the treasury and +the war office, and yet the captain is so fond of his old friend that he +is capable of forgiving him if he ran away with his bride. + +Athalie despises Timar, once her father's clerk, but treats him +nevertheless in a friendly way. She is passionately in love with the +captain, but pays attention to Timar in his presence to make him +jealous. + +Sophie hates Timar, but receives him with honeyed words, as if it were +her dearest wish to have him for her son-in-law, and live under the same +roof with him. + +Timar, on the other hand, means to ruin the whole of them--the master, +the mistress, the young lady, and the bridegroom; all of them he would +like to turn into the street, and yet he visits at the house, kisses the +ladies' hands, and endeavors to make himself agreeable. + +They are all civil to him. Athalie plays the piano to him. Frau Sophie +keeps him to supper, and offers him coffee and preserved fruits. Timar +drinks the coffee with the thought that perhaps there is rat-poison in +it. + +When the supper-table is brought, Timea appears, and helps to lay it. +Then Timar hears no more of Athalie's words or music; he has eyes only +for Timea. It was a pleasure to see the pretty creature. She was fifteen +and already almost a woman, but her expression and naive awkwardness +were those of a child. She could speak Hungarian, though with a curious +accent, and sometimes with a wrong word or phrase--ridiculous, of +course, but not wholly unknown even in Parliament, and during the most +serious debates. + +Athalie had made an acquisition in Timea: she had now some one to make +fun of. The poor child served her as a toy. She gave her old clothes to +wear which had been fashionable years ago. At one time people wore a +high comb turned backward, over which the hair was drawn, and on the top +rose a gigantic bow of colored ribbon. They wore crinoline round their +shoulders instead of their waists, having huge sleeves stuffed and +padded. This dress looked well when in fashion; but a few years after +the vogue had passed, its revival suggested a masquerade. + +Athalie found it amusing to dress up Timea thus. In taste the poor +child, never having seen European fashions, stood on a par with a wild +Indian: the more remarkable the dress the better she liked it. She was +charmed when Athalie dressed her in the queer old silk gowns, and struck +the high comb and bright ribbon in her hair. She thought she looked +lovely, and took the smiles of the people whom she met in the street for +admiration, hastening on so as not to be stared at. In the town she was +always called "the mad Turkish girl." + +And it was easy to make fun of her without her taking it ill. Athalie +took special delight in making the poor child an object of ridicule +before gentlemen. If young men were present, she encouraged them to pay +court to Timea, and it amused her highly when she saw that Timea +accepted these attentions seriously; how pleased she was to be treated +like a grown-up lady, to be asked to dance at balls, or when some +pretended admirer offered her a faded bouquet, and extracted some quaint +expression of thanks in reply, which caused the company to burst into +fits of laughter. How Athalie's laugh resounded on these occasions! + +Frau Sophie took a more serious view of Timea. She scolded her +continually; all she did was wrong. Adopted children are often awkward, +and the more Timea was scolded the more awkward she became. Then +Fraulein Athalie defended her. "But, mamma, don't be always scolding the +girl! You treat her like a servant. Timea is not a servant, and I won't +have you always going on at her!" + +Timea kissed Sophie's hand that she might cease to be angry, and +Athalie's out of gratitude for taking her part, and then the hands of +both that they might not quarrel. She was an humble, thankful creature. +Frau Sophie only waited till she had left the room to say to her +daughter what was on the tip of her tongue, in order that the other +guests, Timar and Katschuka, might hear. "We ought to get her used to +being a servant. You know her misfortune: the money which Timar--I mean +Herr von Levetinczy--saved for her was invested in an insurance +company. It has failed and the money is gone. She has nothing but what +she stands up in." + +(So they have already brought her to beggary, thought Timar, and felt +his heart lighter, like a student who is let off a year before his +time.) + +"It annoys me," said Athalie, "that she is so unimpressionable. You may +scold her or laugh at her, it is all the same. She never blushes." + +"That is a peculiarity of the Greek race," remarked Timar. + +"Nonsense!" said Athalie, contemptuously. "It is a sign of sickliness. +That artificial white complexion could be attained by any school-girl +who chose to eat chalk and burned coffee-berries." + +She spoke to Timar, but looked toward Herr Katschuka. He, however, was +glancing at the large mirror in which one could see when Timea came +back. Athalie saw it, and it did not escape Timar's notice. + +Timea now came in, carrying a large tray of clinking glasses, her whole +attention concentrated on preventing one from falling. + +When Frau Sophie shrieked at her, "Take care not to drop them!" she did +let the whole tray fall. Fortunately the glasses fell on the soft +carpet, and did not break, but rolled about. + +The mistress would have burst out in a storm, but Athalie silenced her +with the words, "That was your fault; why did you scream at her? Remain +here with me, Timea; the servant shall bring the coffee." + +That made Sophie angry, and she went out and brought it all in herself. +But at the instant when Timea let the glasses fall, Katschuka, with +military promptitude, sprung up, collected the glasses, and put them all +on the tray, still held by Timea's trembling fingers. The girl cast a +grateful look on him out of her large dark eyes, which was seen by both +Athalie and Timar. + +"Captain Katschuka," whispered Athalie to her _fiance_, "just for a joke +make the little thing fall in love with you; pretend to pay court to +her; it will be great fun. Timea, you sup with us to-night; come and sit +down here by the captain." + +This might be a cruel joke, or perhaps scornful raillery; or was it an +ironical outbreak of awakened jealousy, or was it pure wickedness? We +shall see what comes of it. + +With feverish excitement and ill-concealed delight, the girl sat down +opposite Athalie secure in conquering charms, who, while encouraging her +_fiance_ to pay compliments to Timea, did it like a queen who throws a +gold piece to a beggar. The child is made happy by the gift for a day, +and she herself does not feel its loss. + +The captain offered the sugar-basin to Timea; she could not manage the +tongs. + +"Take the sugar with your pretty little white hand," said he to the +girl, who was so confused that she put the lump into the tumbler instead +of the coffee cup. No one had ever told her that she had a pretty white +hand. These words remained on her mind, and she looked often privately +at her hands to see if they were really white and pretty. Athalie could +hardly suppress a smile. She found it amusing to carry on the +jest--"Timea, offer the cakes to the captain." + +The girl lifted the glass dish from its silver stand, and handed it to +Katschuka. + +"Now then, choose one for him." + +By accident she chose one in the shape of a heart. She certainly did not +know that it represented a heart, nor what it meant. + +"Oh, that is too much for me!" laughed the captain; "I can only take it, +if pretty Miss Timea divides it with me." And with that he broke the +heart in two and gave part to Timea. + +The girl left it on her plate; she would not have eaten it for the +world. Jealously guarding it with her eyes, she did not wait till Frau +Sophie or the servant should change the plates, but hastened to remove +the dish of cakes herself and to vanish with them from the room. No +doubt she will keep this half-heart, and it will be found in her +possession. That will be droll! There is nothing easier than to turn the +head of a girl of fifteen, who takes everything in earnest and believes +the first man who tells her that she has pretty hands. + +And Herr Katschuka was just the man not to forgive himself if he came +near a pretty girl without paying her attention. He paid court even to +older women; that he could do without scruple. But even to the +house-maid, when she lighted him to the door, he could not resist paying +compliments. His ambition was to make every girl's heart beat higher at +the sight of his blue uniform. + +Still Athalie was certain that she was the ruling planet. But it was, of +course, worth his while to take a little trouble for Timea. She was only +a child; but one could see she would be a beauty. Then she was an +orphan, and a Turkish girl, not baptized, and not quite right in her +head--all reasons for flattering her without compunction. Herr Katschuka +let no chance escape him, and thereby gave great amusement to his bride. + +One evening Athalie said to Timea, as she was going to bed, "I say, +Timea, the captain has proposed for you. Will you accept him?" + +The child looked at Athalie quite frightened, ran to her couch, and drew +the covering over her head, so that no one should see her. + +Athalie was highly entertained that the girl could not sleep on account +of these words--that she should toss restlessly on her bed, and sigh +wakefully all night. The delicate jest had succeeded. + +The next day Timea was unusually quiet. She laid aside her childish +manner; thoughtful melancholy lay on her features; and she became +monosyllabic. The philter had done its work. + +Athalie let the whole household into the secret. They were to treat +Timea henceforward as a future bride--as the betrothed of Herr +Katschuka. The servants, the mistress, all took part in the comedy. + +Let no one say this was a heathenish jest; on the contrary, it was a +Christian one. + +Athalie said to Timea: + +"Here, see, the captain has sent you an engagement-ring; but you must +not put it on your finger as long as you are a heretic. You must first +become a Christian. Will you be baptized?" + +Timea crossed her hands on her breast and bowed her head. + +"Then you shall be baptized first. That this may be done, you must learn +the articles of faith, the catechism, the Bible history, psalms, and +prayers; you must go to the priest and to the schoolmaster to be +instructed. Will you do that?" + +Timea only nodded. And now she went every day to be taught, with her +books under her arm like a little school-girl; and late at night, when +the rest were in bed, she went to the empty sitting-room, and sat half +the night learning by heart the ten plagues of Egypt, and the highly +moral histories of Samson and Delilah, Joseph and Potiphar's wife. +Learning was difficult to her, as she was not used to it. But what would +she not have done to be baptized? + +"You see," said Athalie, often in Timar's presence, "without this hope +in her mind we should never have induced her to be converted and to +study in order to be baptized." + +So it was quite a pious work to turn the child's head, and make her +fancy she was already betrothed. And Timar must look on at the cruel +trick played on the girl without moving a finger to prevent it. What +could he say? She would never understand. And his coming to the house +made it worse, for it justified the fable in her eyes. She was often +told that the rich Herr von Levetinczy visited them on Athalie's +account, which seemed to her quite natural. The rich man woos a rich +girl. They suit each other. Who should suit the poor Hungarian officer +better than the poor daughter of a Turkish officer? Nothing more +natural. She studied day and night, and when she had finished with the +catechism and the psalter, they found a new trick to play upon her. They +said the wedding-day was fixed, but there was still much to be done to +the trousseau. On account of the dresses, linen, and other details, the +day could not be a very early one. And then her wedding-dress! That the +bride herself must embroider. This is also a Turkish custom and suited +Timea, who knew how to work beautifully in gold and silver, for the +harems are all instructed in that art. + +She was given Athalie's dress, in order to execute upon it the beautiful +designs which had been taught her at home. Of course they told her it +was her own. Timea drew lovely arabesques upon it, and began to +embroider them. A perfect masterpiece grew under her fingers; she worked +at it from early morning till late evening, and did not even lay it +aside when visitors came, with whom she conversed without looking up, +and that was fortunate, as then she could not see how they made fun of +her. Timar, who had to look on at all this, often left the house with +such bitterness in his heart that he struck the two marble pillars at +the door with all his force. He would have liked to do as Samson did, +and pull the house of the Philistines down on his head. + +How long will he allow it to stand? + +The day to which Timea looked forward with secret alarm was really fixed +for Herr Katschuka's marriage--but with Fraulein Athalie. Only that +various hinderances stood in the way of its arrival. Not in the stars, +nor in the hearts of the lovers, but in the financial position of Herr +Brazovics. + +When the captain asked Athanas for his daughter's hand, he told him +plainly that he could only marry if the wife's dowry was sufficient to +keep house upon. + +Herr Brazovics made no objection. He was not going to be stingy about +it: he meant to give his daughter a hundred thousand gulden on her +wedding-day, and they could do as they liked with it. And at the time +when he made this promise, he was in a position to carry it out. But +since then Timar had put a spoke in his wheel. He had in many ways +thrown Herr Brazovics' speculations into confusion, upset his safest +combination, run him up in the corn-market, outbid him in contracts, and +barred his road to influential quarters where before he had had +interest, so that it was no longer possible to pay the dowry down. It +was well known that his affairs were in confusion, and whoever had a +claim to his money would be wise to ask for it to-day rather than +to-morrow. + +And Herr Katschuka was a wise man. + +His future father-in-law tried to persuade him that it would be much +better to leave the money at interest with him; but the engineer would +not allow his last redoubt to be taken. He charged the mines, and +threatened to blow the whole marriage citadel into the air if he did not +have the money down before the wedding-day. + +Then a brilliant idea shot into the head of Athanas. Why not marry +Athalie to Timar? The exchange would not be a bad one. It is true that +he hated him and would like to poison him in a spoonful of soup. But if +he married Athalie his opposition would cease, he would be a member of +the firm and have its interests at heart. + +Timar comes to the house regularly--if only he were not so modest! He +must be helped. + +One afternoon Herr Athanas poured a double dose of anisette into his +black coffee (a capital way of encouraging one's self), and had it +brought into his office, giving orders that if Timar came, the ladies +were to send him into his room. + +There he lighted his chibouque, and surrounded himself with such an +atmosphere of smoke, that as he walked up and down he appeared and +disappeared alternately, with his great starting, bloodshot eyes, like a +huge cuttle-fish lying in wait for its prey. + +The prey did not keep him waiting long. + +As soon as Timar heard from Frau Sophie that Athanas wished to speak to +him, he hastened to his room. The great cuttle-fish swam toward him +through the smoke, with his horrible fishy eyes fixed upon him, and fell +upon him just like the sea-monster, while he cried, "Listen to me, sir; +what is the meaning of your visits to this house? What are your +intentions with regard to my daughter?" + +That is the best way to bring these poltroons to their senses; they get +startled, their head swims, and before they can turn round they fall +into the net of holy matrimony. It is no joke to answer such a question +as that. + +The first thing Timar remarked from the speech of Herr Athanas was that +he had again taken too much anisette. Thence this courage. + +"Sir," he replied, quietly, "I have no intentions whatever with regard +to your daughter. So much the less because your daughter is engaged, +and the bridegroom is a good old friend of mine. I will tell you why I +come to your house. If you had not asked me, I should have kept silence +longer, but as you inquire I will tell you. I visit your house because I +swore to your dead friend and kinsman, who came to such a dreadful end, +that I would look after his orphan child. I come here to see how the +orphan committed to your care was treated. She is shamefully treated, +Herr Brazovics, disgracefully! I say it to your face in your own house. +You have made away with the whole of the girl's property--defrauded her; +yes, that is the word. And your whole family carries on a shameful game +with the poor child. Her mind is being poisoned for her whole life. May +God's curse light on you for it! And now, Herr Brazovics, we two have +met for the last time in your house, and you had better pray that you +may never see the day when I come into it again." + +Timar turned on his heel and slammed the door behind him. The +cuttle-fish drew back into the dusky depths of its smoky lair, poured +down another glass of anisette, and considered that some answer ought to +have been given. But what? + +For my own part I don't know what he could have said. + +Timar went back to the reception-room, not only to get his hat, which he +had left there, but for something else. + +In the room there was no one but Timea; Athalie and her _fiance_ were in +the next room. + +In Timar's face, flushed with anger, Timea saw a great change. His +generally soft and gentle countenance looked proud, and was roused into +emotion which made it beautiful. Many faces are beautified by passion's +flame. + +He went straight to Timea, who was working golden roses and silver +leaves on the bridal dress. + +"Fraulein Timea," he said to her in deeply moved tones, "I come to take +leave of you. Be happy, remain a child for a long time; but if ever an +hour comes in which you are unhappy, do not forget that there is some +one who would--for you--" + +He could not speak, his voice failed, his heart contracted. Timea +completed the interrupted phrase--"Thrice!" + +He pressed her hand and stammered brokenly, "Always." + +Then he bowed and went, without troubling those in the next room. + +No "God be with you!" came from his lips. At this moment he was only +conscious of the wish that God would withdraw His hand from this house. + +Timea let the work fall, and gazed before her, sighing again, "Thrice!" + +The gold thread slipped out of the needle's eye. + +As Timar went down the path, he came once more to the two marble pillars +which supported the veranda. With what rage he struck them! Did those +above feel the shock! Did not the tottering walls warn them to pray, +because the roof was falling in on them? + +But they were laughing at the mystified child, who worked so diligently +at her wedding-dress. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +ANOTHER JEST. + + +The newly ennobled Herr von Levetinczy was already, not only in Hungary +but in Vienna, a famous person. He was said to be a "golden man." +Everything he touched turned to gold, all he undertook became a gold +mine; and this is the real gold mine. + +The science of the gold digger consists in finding out earlier than his +rivals what large affairs are in contemplation by the government; and in +this art Timar was a past master. If he took up any speculation, a whole +swarm of speculators threw themselves upon it, for they knew money was +to be had there for the picking up. + +But it was not only on that account that Timar was called a "golden +man," but also for quite another reason. + +He never swindled or defrauded any one. + +He made large profits, for he undertook large concerns, but he was never +tempted to steal or lie, for he never risked anything. He shared the +profit with those on whom it depended whether he received a contract on +reasonable terms, and in this way kept the source always open. + +Once he began to buy up vineyards on the Monostor, the highest point of +Komorn. It is a sandhill lying above Uj-Szony, and its wines are very +poor. But notwithstanding this, Timar bought ten acres of vine-growing +land there. + +This excited attention in the commercial world. What could he want with +it? There must be some sort of gold mine there. + +Herr Brazovics thought he was on the right track, and attacked Katschuka +on his own ground. "Now, my dear son, tell me the truth; I swear by my +soul and my honor that I will not betray it to a creature. Confess now, +the government is going to build fortifications on the Monostor? That +fellow Timar is buying up all the land: don't let us leave him the whole +mouthful. It is so, isn't it--they are going to build a fort there?" + +The captain allowed the acknowledgment to be got out of him that there +might be something in it. The council of war had decided to extend the +fortifications of Komorn in that direction. There could be no better +news for Athanas. How many hundred thousand gulden had he made in +similar circumstances by buying hovels before the expropriation, and +selling them afterward to the government at the price of palaces? Only +he would certainly like to have seen the plans, and begged his future +son-in-law as prettily as possible to let him have just one peep at +them. + +Katschuka did him that favor too, and thus Athanas learned what portion +would be bought by government. And that wretch of a Timar had really +pitched on the place where the fort was to be built. + +"And what are to be the terms of the expropriation?" + +That was the question, and that the captain could not reveal without +committing a capital crime. But he did it. The terms were, that the +government would pay double the last purchase money. + +"Now I know enough," cried Herr Athanas, embracing his son-in-law; "the +rest is my affair. On your wedding-day the hundred thousand gulden will +be on your table." + +But he was wrong in thinking that he knew enough. He would have done +well to ask one more question. Herr Katschuka, after saying so much, +would have told him that too. But Katschuka no longer cared much about +the hundred thousand gulden, nor yet about what depended on them. It he +gets them, all right; if not, his hair will not turn gray for lack of +them. + +Brazovics hurried off to Uj-Szony, and went to all the vine-growers to +ask who had a vineyard to sell. He paid whatever was asked, and if any +one refused to sell, he offered treble the price. The more he paid the +better for him. Naturally this attracted the attention of other +speculators, who arrived in troops and ran up the prices, so that the +poor "Honigler" and "Schafschwanz" wines of Monostor could not +understand why they had suddenly turned into "Grands Crus," to be bought +up even before the vintage. + +The price of vineyards ran so high, that the land for which the +government would have had to pay, before the plans were betrayed, at +most one hundred thousand gulden, now could not be bought under five +hundred thousand. + +Brazovics had himself bought a fifth of them, though he had the greatest +difficulty in getting the money together. He got rid of his stock of +grain, sold his ships, borrowed from the usurers, and made use of +trust-money committed to his care. This time he was safe! Timar was in +the swim. He was the worst off, for he had bought cheap and would make a +very small profit. + +But this, too, was perfidy on Timar's part. It was a _coup_ aimed at the +head of Herr Brazovics. He had learned from Katschuka the one thing +Athanas had omitted to ask. It was true that the government would this +year greatly enlarge the fortifications; but the question was, Where +would they begin? For the work would extend over thirty years. + +Here again Timar had done his rivals a bad turn, which would bring their +maledictions down on him. As a good business man, he took care, whenever +he had undertaken anything which would bring him curses, to set +something else to work for which many more would bless him. So that +between blessing and cursing he might keep a good balance on the credit +side. + +He sent for Johann Fabula and said to him, "Johann, you are getting old; +many hardships have aged you. Would it not be better to look out for +some employment which will allow you to rest?" + +Fabula was already hoarse, and when he spoke it sounded as if he was +whispering to the actors from the prompter's box. + +"Yes, sir; I have often thought of leaving the sea and looking out for +work on shore; my eyes are weak. I wish you would give me a stewardship +on your land." + +"I know of something better than that. You would never get on with the +Rascians; you are too much used to the white bread at Komorn. Much +better turn farmer." + +"I should like it well enough; but there are two things wanting--the +land and the stock." + +"Both will come in time. I have an idea: the old pastures by the river +are for sale--go to the auction and buy them all." + +"Oh," said Fabula, with a hoarse laugh, "I should be a fool indeed! It +is a waste where nothing grows but camomile. Shall I sell it to the +chemists? And it's a large piece of land; one would want several +thousand gulden." + +"Don't argue, but do as I tell you. Just you go there. Here are the two +thousand gulden for the deposit, which you must hand in at the auction. +Then bid till it is knocked down to you, and take it all at the price +agreed on. Share with no one, whoever offers to go into partnership with +you. I will lend you the money to pay for it, and you shall repay me +when you are able. I ask no interest, and you need not give me a +receipt. The whole bargain shall be a verbal one. There now, shake hands +on it!" + +Johann Fabula shook his head thoughtfully. "No interest, no writing, a +lump of money, and bad waste land! The end of it will be, that I shall +be arrested and stripped to my shirt." + +"No scruples, my friend; you have it for a year, and whatever you get +off it meanwhile will be entirely yours." + +"But what shall I plow and sow with?" + +"You will neither plow nor sow. But go and do what I told you--the +harvest will not be wanting; but do not tell any one." + +Fabula was in the habit of looking on all that Timar did or said as +folly _a priori_; but nevertheless he acted with absolute obedience on +his orders, for _a posteriori_ he had been forced to acknowledge that +these unheard-of follies had the same result as if they had been wisdom +personified. So he did as Timar had advised. + +And now we will let the reader into the secret of these singular +proceedings. The plan for the fortification did really exist. But it had +been suggested to the council by some busybody that it was not necessary +to execute all the sections at once, and that it would be sufficient for +the present to expropriate the land lying between the two arms of the +river, while the portion covered by the Monostor vineyards could wait +twenty years. Now the speculators who got wind of the new plans had all +thrown themselves on the sandhill, and no one thought of the shore +between the two river branches. Herr Fabula got it for twenty thousand +gulden. The land on the Monostor would not be wanted for twenty years to +come, and during that time the money invested in the unproductive +vineyards would all be eaten up by the interest. This was a trick played +by Timar especially for the benefit of Herr Athanas Brazovics; and as +soon as he had bought the Monostor vineyards, Timar set every lever in +motion to prevent the council of war from beginning the fortifications +on all points at the same time. + +Affairs were in this position three days before the time fixed for +Athalie's wedding. + +Two days before it Johann Fabula came flying into Timar's house. Yes, +flying--his floating cloak represented the wings. + +"Ten thousand! Twenty thousand! Forty thousand! Commission paid! The +emperor! The king! Pasture! The crop!" He gasped out disconnected +words, which Timar at last put together. + +"All right, Johann; I know what you mean. The commission has come to +settle the value of the land wanted for the new works. Your fields, +bought for twenty thousand, will be sold by you for forty thousand: the +surplus is your profit; that is the crop--did not I tell you?" + +"Yes, sir; and they were words like those of the golden-mouthed St. +John. I see very clearly that you told me the truth, and I see that I +get the twenty thousand gulden for nothing. Never in my life did I earn +so much money by the hardest work. My senses are going. Do let me turn a +somersault!" + +Timar had no objection. Johann Fabula turned not one but three +somersaults all across the floor, and then three back again; and then +stood straight on his legs again before Timar. + +"There! now I am all right again. All that money belongs to me." + +He came six times that day to pay a visit to Timar. First he brought his +wife, then his younger daughter, then his married daughter, afterward +his son who had left college, and the fifth time the little boy who was +still at school. His wife brought Timar a splendid Komorn loaf of white +bread with a brown glazed crust; the married daughter a dish of +beautiful Indian-corn cakes; the unmarried one a plate of red eggs, gilt +nuts, and honey-cakes decorated with colored paper like a wedding +present; the big boy, who was a noted bird-catcher, brought a cage full +of linnets and robins; and the school-boy declaimed a rhymed ode. The +whole day they overwhelmed him with gratitude, and the sixth time they +all came together late in the evening and sung in his honor a song of +praise out of the hymn-book. + +But what will his competitors, and especially Herr Brazovics, bring and +sing to him when they learn how he has entrapped them about the purchase +of the Monostor? + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +THE WEDDING-DRESS. + + +The wedding was to be in three days' time. + +On Sunday afternoon Athalie went to pay visits in turn to all her school +friends. It is one of the bride's privileges to pay these visits without +her mother; they have so much to say to each other the last time in all +their girlhood. + +Frau Sophie was delighted to be allowed to stay at home one day in the +year, and neither pay nor receive calls--not to act as chaperon to her +daughter and listen to conversation in German, of which she did not +understand a word. She could remain at home and think of her happy +parlor-maid times--the days when on an idle Sunday like this she could +fill her apron with ears of Indian corn, and sit down on the bench +before the door picking out the grains one by one and cracking them, +while she chatted and gossiped with her companions. To-day the leisure +time and the boiled ears of maize were at hand, but the friends and the +gossip on the bench were wanting. Frau Sophie had allowed the +maid-servants and the cook to go out, that she might have the kitchen to +herself; for you can not eat corn in the parlor on account of the husks +which get strewn about. In the end she found suitable company. Timea +came creeping up to her. She also had no work to do. The embroidery was +finished, and the dress had gone to the needle-woman, who would send it +home at the last moment. Timea was quite suited to the kitchen bench +beside Frau Sophie. They were both only on sufferance in the house. The +difference was that Timea felt herself a lady, though every one looked +on her as a servant; while all the world knew that Frau Sophie was the +mistress of the house, and yet she felt like a servant. So Timea perched +herself on the little bench near Frau Sophie, as the nursery-maid and +the cook do after quarreling all the week, when they make it up on +Sunday and have a chat together. + +Only three days and then the marriage! + +Timea looked cautiously round to see if any listeners were near to +overhear, and then in a low voice asked, "Mamma Sophie, do tell me what +is a wedding like?" + +Frau Sophie drew her shoulders up and shook like a person who laughs +internally, looking with half-shut eyes at the inquiring child. With the +malicious delight old servants take in deceiving young ones, she +encouraged the laughable simplicity of the girl. "Yes, Timea," in the +important tone of a story-teller, "that is a wonderful sight. You will +see it." + +"I tried once to listen at the church door," confessed Timea, frankly; +"I had crept in when a wedding was going on, but all I could see was +that the bride and bridegroom stood before a lovely golden shrine." + +"That was the altar." + +"Then a naughty boy saw me and drove me away, calling out, 'Be off, you +Turkish brat!' Then I ran away." + +"You must know," began Sophie, while she took out a grain at a time and +put them in her mouth, "that then comes the venerable pope, with a +golden cap on his head, on his shoulders a robe of rustling silk worked +with gold, and carrying a great book with clasps in his hand. He reads +and sings most beautifully, and then the bridal pair kneel on the steps +of the altar. The pope asks them both whether they love each other." + +"And are they obliged to answer?" + +"Of course, silly; and not only that, but the priest reads out of the +big book an oath to the bridegroom and then afterward to the bride, that +they will love and keep to each other till death divides them. They +swear it by the Holy Trinity and the Blessed Virgin and all the saints, +forever and ever, Amen; and the whole choir repeats the Amen. Then the +priest takes the two rings from a silver dish and puts one on each of +their third fingers, makes them clasp hands and winds a golden girdle +round them, while the precentor and the choir sing to the organ 'Gospodi +Pomiluj.'"[2] + +[Footnote 2: Lord have mercy on us.] + +The melancholy sound of the words "Gospodi Pomiluj" pleased Timea. That +must be some magic blessing. + +"Then they cover the bridegroom and also the bride with a flowered-silk +veil from head to foot, and while the pope blesses them the two +witnesses hold a silver crown over each." + +"Ah!" + +When Frau Sophie noticed the deep interest of the girl she got warmer +and warmer, and tried to inflame her fancy with the splendors of the +Greek ritual. "The choir goes on singing, and the pope takes one crown +and makes the bridegroom kiss it, then places it on his head and says, +'I crown thee as servant of God and husband of this handmaid of the +Lord.' Then he takes the other crown, gives it to the bride to kiss, and +says to her, 'I crown thee as handmaid of the Lord, and wife of this +servant of God.' The deacon begins to pray for the young pair, and +meanwhile the priest leads them three times round the altar, and the +witnesses take off the veil which covered them. The church is full of +people, who all look and whisper, 'That is a bride to be kissed. What a +beautiful pair!'" + +Timea nodded her head with girlish delight, as if to say, "That is +delightful; it must be lovely." + +"Then the pope brings out a golden cup of wine, and the bride and +bridegroom drink from it." + +"Is there really wine in it?" asked Timea in alarm. Her fear of wine +came partly from the recollection of the prohibition in the Koran. + +"Of course there is--real wine. Then the bride-maids and groomsmen throw +maize baked in honey over them; that brings luck. It is lovely, I can +tell you." + +Timea's eyes shone with the prophetic fire of a magnetic dream. She +pictured these mysterious proceedings to herself as partly a rite, +partly an enigma of the heart, and trembled all over. Sophie laughed in +her sleeve and found this most amusing; a pity she should be disturbed +in it. Manly steps approached the kitchen door, and some one came in. + +What a surprise! it was Herr Katschuka. + +The mistress of the house was horrified, for she had only slippers on, +and her apron full of maize. Which should she hide first? But Timea was +more frightened, though she had nothing to hide. + +"Excuse me," said Katschuka, with familiar ease; "I found the doors all +shut on the other side, so I came round by the kitchen." + +"You see," screeched Frau Sophie, "my daughter has gone to visit her +friends. I sent the maids to church, and we two are the only ones at +home; so we just sat down in the kitchen. Pray excuse our _negligee_, +Herr Captain." + +"Don't disturb yourself, I will remain here with you." + +"Oh, no, I could not allow it. Here in the kitchen! We have not even a +chair for the captain." + +But Herr Katschuka knew what to do in any emergency. "Don't make a +stranger of me, Mamma Sophie. Here, this can will do for a seat," and he +sat down opposite Timea on a pail, and even set the hostess at ease with +respect to the ears of maize. "That is excellent for dessert; give me a +handful in my cap. I like it very much." + +Frau Sophie was on the broad grin when she saw that the captain did not +disdain to take the vulgar sweets in his military cap, and eat a +quantity without even shelling them. It made him very popular with his +mother-in-law. "I was in the midst of an interesting conversation with +Timea," began Sophie; "she was asking me about--a baptism." + +Timea was on the point of rushing away, if Frau Sophie had told the +truth; but she would not have been the mother of a marriageable daughter +if she had not possessed the art of turning the conversation at the +entrance of an unexpected visitor. + +"I was describing a baptism to her. She is quite frightened at it. Just +look how she is trembling; for I was telling her that she would have to +be wrapped up like a baby and carried in arms, and that she must cry +like one. Don't be alarmed, you little fool. It is not true; I was only +joking. Her greatest trouble is that her hair will be all spoiled." + +This requires explanation. Timea had splendid long, thick hair. Athalie +amused herself by making the hairdresser execute on it the most +surprising coiffures. Sometimes all the hair was combed up and built +into a tower, again it was frizzed into wings on each side over the ear; +in short, the girl had to appear in the most ridiculous head-dresses, +such as no one had ever worn, and which required unsparing use of tongs, +pincers, brushes, and pomade. Athalie pretended to do this out of +affection for her cousin, and the poor child had no idea how she was +disfigured by it. + +Herr Katschuka undeceived her. "Fraulein Timea, you need not regret this +coiffure. It would suit you much better if you wore your hair quite +plain; you have such lovely hair, that it is a sin to burn it with irons +and smear it with pomade. Do not allow it; it is a shame to lose any of +your magnificent hair, and it is soon ruined by the ill-treatment which +ladies call hairdressing--it loses its brilliancy, splits at the points, +breaks easily, and falls early. You do not require all that artificial +structure. Your hair is so beautiful that you need only plait it +plainly, to possess the finest of all coiffures." It is possible that +Herr Katschuka only said this out of a humane sympathy with the +ill-treated head of hair, and meant merely to free it from the tortures +inflicted on it. But his words had a deeper effect than he expected: +From that moment Timea had a feeling as if the comb in her hair was +splitting her head, and could hardly bear it till the captain had gone. +He did not stay long, for he took pity on Frau Sophie, who was +struggling continually to hide her feet in their torn and down-trodden +slippers. Herr Katschuka promised to look in again in the evening, and +took his leave. He kissed Frau Sophie's hand, but made a low bow to +Timea. + +Hardly was he out of the door before Timea snatched the large comb from +her hair, tore down the heaped-up plaits, destroyed the whole edifice, +then went to the basin and began to wash her hair and her whole head. + +"What are you doing there, girl?" said Frau Sophie, angrily. "Will you +leave off this moment! Let your hair alone. Athalie will be fine and +angry when she comes home and sees you." + +"Let her be angry, for all I care," replied the girl, defiantly; and +she wrung her locks out, sat down behind Frau Sophie, and began to put +up her loosened hair into a simple threefold plait. Pride was awakened +in her heart; she began to be less timid; the word of the captain +infused courage into her--his wish, his taste, were laws to her. She +coiled the plait simply into a knot, and wound it round her head as he +had suggested. The mistress laughed to herself: this child has been made +a fool of certainly! + +While Timea was plaiting her hair, Sophie came nearer and tried to +wheedle her again. + +"Let me tell you more about the wedding. Where did that stupid Katschuka +interrupt us? If he had only known what we were talking about! Yes, I +stopped where the bride and bridegroom drink from the cup, the choir and +the deacon sing 'Gospodi Pomiluj.' Then the pope reads the Gospel, and +the witnesses hold the crowns over the heads of the couple. The pope +receives them back, lays them on the silver dish, and says to the +bridegroom, 'Be praised like Abraham, and blessed like Isaac, and +increase like unto Jacob;' and to the bride, 'Be praised like Sara, +happy like Rebecca, and increase like Rachel'--and after this blessing +the bride and bridegroom kiss each other three times before the altar +and before the wedding-guests." + +Timea shut her eyes at the thought of the scene. + + * * * * * + +Athalie was not a little surprised when she came home and saw Timea with +plaited hair. + +"Who allowed you to turn up your hair? Where is your giraffe comb and +your bow? Put it on at once." + +Timea pressed her lips together and shook her head. + +"Will you do what I tell you instantly?" + +"No." + +Athalie was staggered at this resistance. It was unheard of that any one +should contradict her. And this from an adopted child, who ate the bread +of charity, who had always been so submissive, and once even kissed her +foot. "No!" said she, going toward Timea, and bringing her face, red +with anger, as close to the other's alabaster cheek as if she would set +it on fire. + +Frau Sophie looked on with malicious joy from her corner, and said, +"Didn't I say you would catch it when Athalie returned?" + +But Timea looked straight into Athalie's flaming eyes, and repeated her +"No!" + +"And why not?" screamed Athalie, whose voice was now like her mother's, +while her eyes were exactly like her father's. + +"Because I am prettier thus," answered Timea. + +"Who told you that?" + +"He." + +Athalie crooked her fingers like eagles' claws, and her teeth shone +clinched between her red lips. It was as if she would tear the girl in +pieces. Then her unbridled rage suddenly turned into scornful laughter. +She left Timea and went to her room. + +Herr Katschuka paid another visit the same evening. At table Athalie +overwhelmed Timea with unwonted kindness. + +"Do you not think, Herr Captain, that Timea is much prettier with her +hair dressed in this simple way?" + +The captain assented. Athalie smiled. Now it was no longer a joke, but a +punishment which was to be inflicted on the girl. + +Only two days to the marriage. During that time Athalie overflowed with +attention and tenderness to Timea. She must not go out to the kitchen, +and the servants were told to kiss her hand on entering the room. Frau +Sophie often called her "little lady." The dress had come home finished, +and what child-like delight it gave Timea! She danced round it and +clapped her hands. + +"Come and try on your wedding costume," said Athalie, with a cruel +smile. + +Timea let them put on the splendid dress she had herself embroidered. +She wore no stays, and was already well formed for her age, and the +dress fitted her very fairly. With what shy pleasure she looked at +herself in the great mirror! Ah! how lovely she will be in her wedding +finery! Perhaps she thought, too, that she would inspire love! Perhaps +she felt her heart beat; and possibly a flame was already alight there +which would cause her grief and pain. + +But that was no matter to those who were carrying on the shameful jest. +The maid who dressed her bit her lips so as not to laugh aloud. Athalie +brought out the bridal wreath, and tried it on Timea's head. The myrtle +and the white jasmine became her well. + +"Oh, how beautiful you will be to-morrow!" + +Then they took the dress off Timea; and Athalie said, "Now I will try it +on; I should like to see how it would suit me." + +She required the help of the stays to squeeze her waist into the dress, +which gave her splendid figure an even more magnificent "contour." She +also put on the wreath and looked at herself in the glass. Timea sighed +deeply, and whispered to Athalie, in tones of undisguised admiration, +"How lovely, how lovely you are!" + +It might, perhaps, have been time now to make an end of this deception. +But no--she must drain the cup. First, because she is so forward; and +then, because she is so stupid. She must be punished. So the +contemptuous farce was carried on the whole day by all the household. +The poor child's head swam with all the congratulations. She listened +for Herr Katschuka, and ran away when she saw him coming. + +Did he know what was going on? Quite possibly. Did it vex him? Perhaps +it did not even vex him. Very likely he knew things of which the +laughers did not dream, and awaited the important day with perfect +indifference. + +On the last morning before the marriage, Athalie said to Timea, "To-day +you must fast entirely. To-morrow is a very solemn day for you. You will +be led to the altar, and there first baptized and then married; so you +must fast the whole of the day before, in order to go purified to the +altar." + +Timea obeyed this direction, and ate not a morsel for the entire day. + +It is well known that all these adopted children have excellent +appetites. Nature demands its rights; and the love of good things is the +only desire which they have a chance of satisfying. But Timea conquered +that appetite. She sat at dinner and supper without touching anything, +and yet they had purposely prepared her favorite dishes. + +In the anteroom the maids and the cook tried to persuade her to eat +secretly the delicacies which they had put aside for her, telling her +she might break her fast if no one knew it. She would not be persuaded, +and controlled her hunger. She helped to prepare the tarts and jellies +for the wedding feast; a mass of tempting and luscious cakes lay before +her, but she never touched one. And yet Athalie's example, who also was +busy with the preparations for the next day, showed her that it is quite +permissible to take a taste when one has a chance. She must keep her +fast. She went early to bed, saying she felt chilly. And so she was, and +trembled with cold even under her quilt and could not sleep. Athalie +heard her teeth chattering, and was cruel enough to whisper in her ear, +"To-morrow at this time where will you be?" + +How should the poor child sleep, when all the slumbering feeling which +at this age lie in the chrysalis stage were being prematurely scared +into life? + +Timea lay till dawn in a fever, and slumber never closed her eyes. +Toward day-break she slept heavily; a leaden hand lay on her limbs, and +even the noise which went on around her in the morning did not rouse +her. + +And this was the marriage-day! + +Athalie ordered the servants to let Timea sleep on; she herself let down +the window curtains that the room might be dark: Timea was only to be +awakened when Athalie was already dressed in all her bridal array. That +required much time, for she wished to appear to-day in the whole panoply +of her beauty. From far and near numerous relations and friends had +arrived to assist at the marriage of the rich Brazovics' only daughter, +the prettiest girl for seven parishes round. + +The guests were already beginning to assemble in the house of the bride. +Her mother, Frau Sophie, had been squeezed into her new dress, and into +her even more uncomfortable new shoes, by which her desire to get the +day over was much increased. + +The bridegroom had also arrived, with a beaming countenance, and polite +as usual; but this cheerful aspect did not mean much--it was only part +of his gala uniform. He had brought the bouquet for the bride. At that +time camellias were unknown; the bouquet was composed of various colored +roses. Herr Katschuka said as he presented it that he offered roses to +the rose. As a reward, he received a proud smile from the radiant face. + +Only two were wanting--Timea and Herr Brazovics. + +Timea was not missed; no one asked after her. But every one waited most +impatiently for Herr Brazovics. It was said that he had gone very early +to the castle to see the governor, and his return was impatiently +expected. Even the bride went several times to the window and looked out +for papa's carriage. + +Only the bridegroom showed no anxiety. But where could Herr Brazovics +be? Yesterday evening he had been in a very good temper. He had been +amusing himself with his friends, and invited all his acquaintances to +the wedding. Late in the night he had knocked at Herr Katschuka's +window, and called to him, instead of "Good-night," "The hundred +thousand gulden will be all ready to-morrow." And he had good reason to +be in such a merry mood. The governor of the fortress had informed him +that the plans had been accepted to their full extent by the war +department: the expropriation was arranged. Even the money had been paid +for that part which lay on the ground between the two river branches; +and the others concerned had received notice that this very night they +would obtain the signature of the minister. It was as good as having the +money in one's pocket. The next morning, Herr Brazovics could hardly +await the usual hour of reception, and arrived so early in the +ante-chamber of the governor, that no one else was there. The governor +did not keep him waiting, but called him in at once. + +"A little misfortune," said he. + +"Well, if it is not a great one--" + +"Have you ever heard of the privy council?" + +"Never." + +"Nor I. For fifteen years I never heard it spoken of. But it does exist, +and has just given a sign of life. As I told you, the minister had +agreed to the execution of the fortifications and the necessary purchase +of land. Then from some unknown source evidence was brought forward by +which many disadvantageous circumstances were discovered. It would not +do to compromise the minister, so they called the council together, +which had not been heard of for fifteen years, except when its members +drew their salary and had their band to play. The council, when this +questionable affair was submitted to it, found a wise solution: it +agreed to the decision in principle, but divided its execution into two +parts. The fortifications on the river-side are to be provided for at +once, but the Monostor section is only to be begun when the other is +finished. So the owners of the Monostor land will have the pleasure of +waiting eighteen or twenty years for their money. Good-morning, Herr +Brazovics." + +Herr Athanas could not utter a syllable. There was no help for it. The +profit so certainly counted on was gone--gone also those other hundred +thousand gulden which were buried in vineyards of no value, which are +now worthless. He saw all his castles in the air destroyed: his +beautiful house, his cargo-ships on the Danube, the lighted church with +the brilliant company, they were only a _fata morgana_, blown away with +the mirage of the Monostor forts by the first puff of wind--melted into +nothing, like the light cloud which obscures the sun. + + * * * * * + +Ah! here comes Timea! + +At last she had had her sleep out. In the twilight of the curtained room +it had taken her long to rouse herself; she dressed like one in a +feverish dream, and groped sleepily through the adjoining rooms, all +empty, till she came to the one where Athalie had dressed. When she +entered the bright room full of flowers and presents, she remembered for +the first time that this was her wedding-day. + +When she saw Herr Katschuka with the bouquet in his hand, the thought +shot across her that this was the bridegroom; and when she cast a glance +on Athalie she thought, "That is my wedding-dress." As she stood there +in her astonishment, with wide eyes and open mouth, she was a sight for +laughing and weeping. + +The servants, the guests, Frau Sophie, could not contain their +merriment. + +But Athalie stepped forward majestically, took hold of the little +thing's delicate chin with her white-gloved hand, and said, smiling, +"To-day, my little treasure, you must allow me to be the one to go to +the altar. You, my child, must go to school and wait five years before +you are married, if indeed any one proposes to you." + +Timea stood as if petrified, and let her folded hands fall into her lap. +She did not blush or become paler. There was no name for what she felt. + +Perhaps Athalie knew that this cruel jest was not calculated to enhance +her charms, and tried to lessen its effect. "Come, Timea," she said; "I +only waited for you. Come and put on my veil." + +The bridal veil! + +Timea took the veil with stiffened fingers, and went toward Athalie. It +was to be fastened to her hair with a golden arrow. + +Timea's hand trembled, and the arrow was heavy: it would not go through +the thick hair. At an impatient movement of Athalie's its blunt point +pricked the lovely bride's head slightly. + +"You are too stupid for anything!" cried Athalie, angrily, and struck +Timea on the hand. Her eyebrows contracted. Scolded, struck, on such a +day, and in the presence of that man! Two heavy drops formed in her eyes +and rolled down her white cheek. I trow those two drops turned the scale +held by the Great Judge's hand, from which happiness and misery are +measured out to man. + +Athalie tried to excuse her hastiness by her feverish excitement. A +bride may be pardoned if she is nervous and irritable at the last +moment. The witnesses, the bride-maids, are ready, and the bride's +father has not yet arrived. + +Every one was uneasy; only the bridegroom was quite composed. + +A message had come from the church that the pope was ready and waiting +for the bridal pair. Already the bells are ringing, as is the custom at +grand weddings. Athalie's heart beats high with vexation that her father +does not come. One messenger after another is sent for him. At last his +glass coach is seen approaching. Here he is at last! + +The bride steps up to the mirror once more, to see if her veil falls in +the right folds. She puts her bracelets and necklace straight. + +Meanwhile, a curious sound is heard below, as if many people were +rushing upstairs together. Mysterious noises and smothered exclamations +are heard in the next room; every one presses thither; the bride-maids +and friends run out to see what it is; but it is remarkable that none of +them return. + +Athalie hears her mother scream. Well, she generally screams even when +she is talking quietly. + +"Do see what has happened," says Athalie to her bridegroom. + +The captain goes out, and Athalie remains alone with Timea, the +suppressed whispering grows louder. At last even Athalie becomes uneasy. + +The bridegroom returns. He remains standing at the open door, and says +thence to his bride, "Herr Brazovics is dead." + +The bride throws her arms into the air and falls swooning backward. If +Timea had not caught her in her arms, she would have struck her head on +the marble table behind her. The lovely, haughty face of the bride is +whiter even than Timea's; and Timea, while she holds Athalie's head on +her breast, thinks, "See how the beautiful wedding-dress lies in the +dust!" + +The bridegroom stands at the door and looks at Timea, then turning away +suddenly, he leaves the house amid the universal confusion. + +He does not even take the trouble to lift his bride from the ground. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +TIMEA. + + +"How the beautiful dress lies in the dust!" + +Instead of the wedding feast there followed the funeral banquet, and in +the place of the embroidered robe came the mourning garments. + +Black! The color which makes rich and poor alike. + +Athalie and Timea were dressed alike in black. And if the mourning had +consisted only in the wearing of its outward garb! But with the sudden +death of Herr Athanas, all the birds of ill omen had collected, as the +ravens come and sit in long lines on the roof before a great storm. + +The first croak was, that the bridegroom sent back his engagement-ring. +He did not appear at the funeral to lend his bride a supporting arm as +she followed the coffin half fainting; for in this little town it was +the custom that the mourners, whether gentle or simple, should follow +their dead on foot and with bare heads to the burial-ground. + +There were some who blamed this course of action in Katschuka, and did +not consider it an excuse that, as Herr Brazovics had not kept to the +condition of handing over the dowry beforehand, the bridegroom was +justified in considering himself freed from his obligations. There are a +few narrow-minded people who can find no excuse for such a withdrawal. +Then came the ravens and sat on the roof. One creditor after another +appeared and demanded his money. And then the whole house of cards +collapsed. + +The first who spoke of a suit at law blew the concern into the air. When +once the avalanche begins to roll, it never stops till it gets to the +foot of the hill. + +It was soon ascertained that the fears of the bridegroom, who had got +safely away, were only too well founded. In the affairs of Herr +Brazovics there figured so many investments apparently sound but really +unprofitable, such false calculations, unsecured debts, and imaginary +securities, that when order was brought into this chaos, the whole +property did not suffice to satisfy the creditors. Besides, it came to +light that he had used moneys intrusted to his honor: orphans' capital, +church endowments, hospital funds, the deposits of his ship captains. +The floods rose over the roof of the house, and these floods brought +mire and dirt with them; and what they left behind was--shame. + +Timea too lost her whole property. The orphan's trust-money had never +been invested at all. + +Every day lawyers, magistrates' clerks, bailiffs, came to the house. +They sealed each box and closet; they did not ask the ladies for +permission to visit them; unannounced they bounced in at any hour of the +day, ransacked the rooms, and gave vent to reproaches and curses on the +dead man, so loud that the mourning women could not but hear them. All +they found in the house was taken out in turn and appraised, down to the +pictures, with and without their frames; even the wedding-dress, without +a bride, did not escape this fate. And then they decided on the date, +and had it posted on the door, on which everything was to be sold by +auction--everything, not excepting the embroidered dress. The last lot +would be the house itself; and when it was sold the former owners could +go their way wheresoever they chose, and the beautiful Athalie might +look up to Heaven and ask where she was henceforth to lay her haughty +head. Where indeed?--she, the orphaned daughter of a fraudulent +bankrupt, to whom not even her good name was left, whom no one wanted, +not even herself. Of all the treasures she possessed, only two valuable +souvenirs remained which she had hidden from the bailiffs--an onyx box +and the returned engagement-ring. The box she had concealed in her +pocket; and when alone at night, she drew it out and looked at its +precious contents. There were all sorts of poison in it. By some odd +freak, Athalie had bought it in one of her Italian journeys, and while +it was in her possession she thought she could defy the world. She +imagined herself able to destroy her own life at any moment, and this +idea made her feel as a despot to her parents and her lover. If they do +not do all she wishes, the box is there; she need only choose the +swiftest poison, and in the morning they would find her a corpse. Now a +great temptation assailed her; life lay before her as a desolate waste; +the father had made his child a beggar, and the bridegroom had forsaken +his bride. + +Athalie rose from her bed: she looked into the open box, and sought +among the various poisons. + +Then she suddenly discovered that she was afraid of death! She had not +strength to cast life away; she gazed at herself in the glass--was all +that beauty to be annihilated? + +She shut the box and put it away. Then she brought out the other jewel, +the ring. There is a poison in that too, and of a yet more deadly sort, +for it kills the soul. But she has the courage to swallow it--to +intoxicate herself with it. She had loved the man who gave her this +ring--not only so, but she was still madly in love with him. The +poison-box gives bad advice--the ring even worse. Athalie begins to +dress; there is no one to help her--the servants have all left the +house, Frau Sophie and Timea are sleeping in the maids' room; the +official seal has been attached to the doors of the public apartments. +Athalie does not wake the sleepers, but dresses alone. How far the night +has passed she can not tell; no one winds up the splendid clocks, now +that they are to pass under the hammer. One points to eight o'clock, +another to three, but it does not matter. Athalie finds the key of the +street-door, and creeps out, leaving all open behind her. Who is likely +to be robbed? and besides, who would, like her, venture alone in the +dark streets? + +At that time the streets of Komorn were decidedly dark at night. One +lamp at the Trinity pillar, one at the town-hall, and a third at the +main guard--no others anywhere. Athalie takes the road to the Promenade, +the so-called Anglia. It is a region of evil reputation. A dark lane +between the town and the fort, in which at night fallen women with +painted faces and disheveled hair loiter, when they are driven from +their haunts on the "little square." Athalie is sure to meet such +creatures if she goes by the Anglia. But she is not afraid. The poison +she sucked out of the golden ring has taken away from her fear of these +impure forms. One only shrinks from the gutter as long as one has kept +clear of it. + +At the corner stands a sentry: she must try to creep past him without +being seen and challenged. + +The corner house has a colonnade leading to the square. Here in the +day-time the bread-sellers have their stand. Athalie chooses her path +through this arcade, as it hides her from the sentry's eyes. + +In walking quickly she stumbled over something. It was a ragged woman, +quite drunk, lying across the threshold. The half-human creature whom +her foot touched gave vent to filthy curses. Athalie took no notice, but +stepped aside from the obstacle; she felt easier when she turned the +corner toward the Promenade. The light of the main-guard lamp had now +disappeared, and she found herself under the gloom of the trees. Through +the juniper-bushes shone a ray from a lighted window. Athalie followed +that guiding star. There lay the dwelling of the engineer officer. She +seized the lion-headed knocker at the little door, over which was +painted the double eagle; her hand trembled as she raised it in order to +knock gently, and at the sound the soldier-servant came out and opened +to her. + +"Is the captain in?" asked Athalie. + +The fellow nodded, grinning. Yes--he was at home. He had often seen +Athalie, and many a pretty bright coin had rolled into his hand from her +delicate fingers, when he carried the beautiful lady flowers or choice +fruit from his master. + +The captain was up and at work; his room was simply furnished, without +any luxury. On the walls hung maps and surveying instruments; the +strictest military simplicity surprise the in-comer, as well as a +penetrating smell of tobacco, which adhered to the books and furniture, +and was perceptible even when no one was smoking. Athalie had never seen +the captain's room. The house to which he was to have taken her on their +marriage-day was very different, but it had been taken possession of by +the creditors with all its contents on that very morning. She had only +looked in at the window when she walked with her mother on the Promenade +in the afternoon to hear the band play. + +Herr Katschuka started up in alarm. He was not prepared for a lady's +visit; the three top buttons of his violet tunic were unbuttoned, +contrary to regulations, and he had laid aside his horsehair cravat. +Athalie remained standing at the door with hanging arms and her head +down: the captain hastened to her. + +"In God's name, fraulein, what are you doing here? What are you here +for?" She could not speak--she sunk on his breast and sobbed wildly. He +did not embrace her. "Sit down, fraulein," said he, leading her to the +plain leather sofa, and then his first care was to put on his cravat +again. He drew a chair near the divan and sat down opposite Athalie. +"What do you want, fraulein?" + +She dried her tears and looked with her radiant eyes long at the +captain, as if thus to tell him why she came. Will he not understand? + +No, he understood nothing. When she was obliged to break silence, she +began to tremble as if with ague. + +"Sir," she said, with a quivering voice, "as long as I was prosperous, +you were very devoted to me. Is nothing left of that affection?" + +"Fraulein," answered Katschuka, with cold politeness, "I shall always be +your devoted friend. The blow which fell on you struck me too--we have +both lost our all. I am in despair, for I see no means of resuscitating +my hopes reduced to ashes. My profession imposes conditions on me which +I can not fulfill: it is not allowed to those of us who have no private +means to marry." + +"I know it," said Athalie, "and it was not that which I wished to +suggest to you. We are now very poor, but there may be some favorable +turn in our lot. My father has a rich uncle in Belgrade whose heirs we +are; at his death we shall be rich again. I will wait for you--do you +wait for me. Take back your ring--take me to your mother, and let me +stay with her as your betrothed. I will wait for you till you fetch me +away, and will be a good daughter to your mother." + +Herr Katschuka sighed so deeply that he nearly blew out the light which +stood before him. "Alas, fraulein," said he, taking up the golden circle +from the table, "that is, unhappily, quite impossible. You little know +my mother. She is an ambitious woman--an inaccessible nature. She lives +on a small pension, and loves no one. You have no idea what struggles I +have had with my mother about my _affaires du coeur_. She is a baroness +by birth, and has never consented to this union. She would not come to +our marriage. I could not take you to her, fraulein--on your account I +have quarreled with her." + +Athalie's breast heaved feverishly, her face glowed; she seized with +both her hands that of her faithless bridegroom, on which the ring was +wanting, and whispered, while tears ran down her cheeks, so low that +even the deaf walls could not hear, "You--you have braved your mother +for me: I will defy the whole world for you!" + +Katschuka dared not meet the speaking eyes of the lovely woman. He drew +geometrical figures on the table with the golden circle he still held, +as if he would decipher from their angles of incidence the difference +between love and madness. + +The girl continued in a whisper, "I am already so deeply humiliated that +no shame can bring me lower; I have no more to lose in this world. If +you were not here, I should have already killed myself. I belong not to +myself, but to you--say, what shall I be to you? I have lost my senses, +and all is the same to me; kill me, if you choose--I will not stir." + +Herr Katschuka, during this passionate speech, had worked out the +problem of what he was to answer. "Fraulein Athalie, I will speak +frankly--you know I am an honest man." + +Athalie had not asked him about that. + +"An honest and chivalrous man would be ashamed to take advantage of the +misfortune of a woman for the satisfaction of his lowest passions. I +will give you good advice as a well-meaning friend, as one who has a +boundless respect for you. You tell me you have an uncle in Belgrade: go +to him. He is your blood relation, and must receive you in a friendly +way. I give you my word of honor that I will not marry, and if we meet +again I shall always bring you the same feelings which for years I have +experienced toward you." + +He told no lie when he gave this promise. But from what his face showed +at this moment, Athalie could read what he did not say--that the captain +neither now nor for years past had loved her, that he loved another, and +if this other was poor and made a beggar, he had good reason to promise +on his word of honor that he would not marry. This it was which Athalie +read in the cool expressions of her faithless bridegroom. And then +something flashed through her brain like lightning. Her eyes flashed +too. + +"Will you come to-morrow," she asked him, "to escort me to my uncle in +Belgrade?" + +"I will come," Katschuka hastened to reply. "But now go home. Did any +one come with you?" + +"I came quite alone." + +"What imprudence! Who is to take you back?" + +"You need not," she said, bitterly. "If at this hour any one saw us +together, what a scandal it would be--for you. I can walk alone. I am +not afraid. I have no longer anything worth stealing." + +"My servant shall follow you." + +"He shall do nothing of the sort. The patrol might arrest the poor +devil. After the last post he must not be seen in the streets. I will +find my way alone. So then--to-morrow--" + +"I will be with you by eight o'clock." + +Athalie wrapped herself in her black cloak, and hurried away before +Katschuka had time to open the door for her. It seemed to her as if the +captain was putting on his sword almost before she had left his door. Is +he perhaps going to follow her in the distance? + +She stopped at the corner of the Anglia, but no one was following. She +ran home in the darkness, and as she hastened through the deep night she +concocted a plan in her head. If only the captain once sits by her in +the carriage, if he goes with her to Belgrade, he will see that no power +on earth can deliver him from her. As she passed through the long +market-hall, she stumbled again over the same female figure as it lay on +the stones. This time it did not awake nor curse her. What sound sleep +these wretches enjoy! But when Athalie got to the door of her home, a +thought sunk like lead into her mind. What if the captain was only so +ready with his promise of escorting her to Belgrade in order to get rid +of her? What if he does not come to-morrow, either at eight or later? A +torturing jealousy excited her nerves. When she reached the anteroom, +she felt about on the table for the candle and matches she had left +there. Instead of these her hand touched a knife--a sharp cook's knife +with a heavy handle. This also sheds light on darkness. She grasped the +knife and walked up and down. Her teeth chattered: the thought was +working in her, how if she were to drive this knife into the heart of +that girl with the white face, who sleeps beside her? That would be an +end of them both. They would convict her of the murder, and so she would +get out of the world. + +But Timea is not sleeping there now. + +Athalie only remembered when she had gone to the bed in which Timea +usually slept, that she was sleeping with Frau Sophie to-night. The +knife fell from her hand, and then she was frightened. She began to feel +how lonely she was, how dark was all around her, dark too in her own +soul. + + * * * * * + +The roll of a drum awoke Athalie out of a distressing dream. She dreamed +of a young lady who had murdered her rival, and was led to the place of +execution. Already she knelt on the scaffold, the headsman with his +naked sword stood behind her, the judge read the sentence and said, +"With God there is pardon." The drum beat, then Athalie awoke. + +It was the auctioneer's drum. The bidding had begun; but that drum is +even more dreadful than the one which gives the signal of death. To +listen, when the voice which penetrates even to the street calls out the +well-known old favorite things which only yesterday were our own! "Once, +twice; any advance?" and then "thrice!" and the drum rolls and the +hammer falls. Then it begins again, "Once, twice; any advance?" + +Athalie put on her mourning-dress, the only one left to her, and went to +find some one. There were only her mother and Timea to look for. They +would probably be in the kitchen. + +Both had long been up and dressed. Frau Sophie was as round as a tub. +Knowing well enough that no one would search her, she had put on a dozen +dresses one over the other, and hidden a few napkins and silver spoons +in her pockets. She could hardly move. Timea was in her simple black +every-day dress, and was preparing warm milk and coffee. At the sight of +Athalie, Frau Sophie broke into loud sobs, and hung on her neck. "Oh, my +dear, darling, pretty daughter! What have we come to, and what will +become of us? Oh, that we had not lived to see this day! This dreadful +drum woke you, I suppose?" + +"Is it not yet eight o'clock?" asked Athalie. The kitchen clock was +still going. + +"Not eight? Why, the auction began at nine. Can you not hear it?" + +"Has no one been to see us?" + +"Silly idea! Why, who should visit us at such a time?" + +Athalie said no more, but sat down on the bench--the same little seat on +which Frau Sophie had described to Timea the splendid wedding ceremony. + +Timea prepared the breakfast, toasted the bread, and laid the kitchen +table for the two ladies. Athalie did not heed the invitation, however +much pressed by Frau Sophie. "Drink, my dear, my own pretty! Who knows +where we shall get coffee to-morrow? The whole world is against us, and +every one abuses and curses us. What will become of us?" But that did +not hinder her from gulping down her cup of coffee. Athalie was thinking +of the journey to Belgrade, and of her expected traveling companion. + +Frau Sophie's mind was much occupied with original notions on easy modes +of death. "If there were only a pin in the coffee that it might stick in +my throat and choke me." Then the wish arose that the flat-iron would +fall down from the shelf as she passed and crush her skull. She would be +glad, too, if one of the earthquakes which occasionally occur in Komorn +would happen now, and bury the house and all in it. As, however, none of +these ways of dying came to pass, and Athalie would not speak, there was +nothing left but to vent her wrath on Timea. "She takes it easily, the +ungrateful creature! She is not even crying; indeed it is easy for her +to laugh--she can go to service, or work with a milliner and keep +herself; she will be glad to be quit of us, and live on her own hook. +You just wait, you will soon have to remember us. You'll be +sorry--before a year is over you'll repent fast enough." Timea had done +nothing to repent of, but Frau Sophie saw it in the future, and her +anger was only surpassed by the grief she felt about Athalie. "What will +become of you, you sweet and only darling? Who will take care of you? +What will become of your pretty white hands?" + +"There, go and leave me in peace," said Athalie, shaking her lamenting +mother off her neck. "Go and look out of the window and see if any one +is coming up to us." + +"Nobody, nobody!--who should be coming?" + +Time went on; drum and bid succeeded each other; whenever the kitchen +clock struck, Athalie started up, and then let her head fall into her +hands again and stared before her. The roses on her cheeks took a violet +shade, her lips were blue, an olive shadow darkened her exquisite face; +her staring eyes, with deep marks below them, her swollen lips, her +painfully contracted eyebrows, turned the ideal beauty into an image of +horror. She sat like a fallen angel driven from heaven. It was already +noon, and he for whom she waited never came. The noise of the sale came +nearer and nearer. The auctioneer went from room to room; they had begun +in the outer rooms, now they were coming to the reception-rooms, at +whose far end was the kitchen. + +Frau Sophie, in spite of her despair, had her senses about her enough to +notice that the bidding was very quick. Hardly was anything put up +before the drum beat, and "any advance?" was cried. The buyers standing +in groups complained, "No one has a chance--the man is mad. Who can this +fool be?" + +Now only the kitchen department is left, but no one enters it. Outside, +the drum is heard, "No one will give more?" It has been bought as a +whole, unseen--by some fool. + +It struck Frau Sophie, too, that people did not hasten to fetch the lots +they bought out of the rooms, as usual at an auction; here nothing is +touched. Now comes the principal lot, and every one goes down to the +yard, for the house itself is being put up. The buyers press round the +table of the official auctioneer; the upset price is named. Then some +one makes an offer in a low voice. Among the crowd arises a confused +noise, tones of astonishment, laughter, hissing; the people scatter, and +again one hears, "He must be a fool." Grumbling and angry, all go away. +"Once, twice, thrice!" the hammer falls. The house has found a +purchaser. + +"Now it's time to go, my sweet darling daughter. We will look out for +the last time. If only the tower of St. John's Church would fall and +crush us all together!" But Athalie sat on the bench, waiting and +waiting, and looking at the clock. It points to two. One little ray of +hope still shone through the Egyptian darkness--perhaps it was the dread +of pushing through the crowd of bidders which had kept the captain from +coming; perhaps he will appear as soon as the yard is clear. + +"Don't you hear some one coming?" + +"No, my beauty, I hear nothing." + +"Yes, mother, I hear some one creeping upstairs gently, on tiptoe." + +In truth soft steps approach. Some one knocks at the kitchen door, like +a polite visitor who begs permission to enter, and waits till it is +given him; and then the door opens gently, and in comes, with hat off, +and courteous bow--Michael Timar Levetinczy. He remained standing near +the door after saluting the ladies. Athalie rose with an expression of +disappointment and hatred; Frau Sophie wrung her hands, and looked up +with a mixture of hope and fear; Timea met his gaze with gentle +calmness. + +"I," began Timar, sending his "I" in advance like a pope in his bull--"I +have had this house and all its saleable contents knocked down to me at +the auction. I did not buy it for myself, but for the one person in it +who is not to be bought, and yet is the only treasure on earth in my +sight. . . . Fraulein Timea, from this day forward you are the mistress +of this house. Everything in it belongs to you--the clothes, the jewels +in the wardrobes, the horses in the stable, the securities in the +safe--all is inscribed in your name, and the creditors are satisfied. +You are the owner of the house--accept it from me; and if there is a +corner in it where there is room for a quiet fellow who would only +impose on you his respect and admiration, and if this corner could be +given to me--if there was a little shelter for me in your heart, and you +did not refuse my hand--then I should be only too happy, and would swear +that the whole aim of my life would be to make you as happy as you made +me." + +Timea's face beamed at these words with maidenly pride. A mixture of +inexpressible pain, noble gratitude, and holy sacrifice lighted up her +countenance. "Thrice, thrice," her lips stammered, but without a sound, +only her sympathetic nerves heard what she wanted to utter. This man had +so often saved her; he was always so good to her; he had never made +sport of her, nor flattered her, and now he gives her all her heart +could desire. All? No, all but one thing, and that is gone; it belongs +to another. + +Timar waited quietly for an answer. Timea remained silent. + +"Do not answer hastily, Fraulein Timea," he said. "I will await your +decision. I will come to-morrow, or in a week, or whenever you like to +give me an answer. You are mistress of all I have handed over to you; I +attach no conditions to it; it is all registered in your name. If you do +not wish to see me here again, it only costs you one word; take a week +or a month or a year to consider what you will answer." + +Timea stepped forward with decision from behind the stove where the +other two women had pushed her, and approached Michael. + +In her manner lay a precocious gravity, which lent to her face a womanly +dignity. Since that eventful wedding-day she had ceased to be a child; +she had become serious and silent. She looked calmly into Michael's +face, and said, "I have already decided." + +Frau Sophie listened with envious malice for Timea's answer. If only she +would say to Timar, "I don't want you--go away!" Anything is possible +from such an idiot of a girl, who has had another man put in her head. +And if Timar, just to revenge himself, were to say, "Well then, stay as +you are; you shall have neither the house nor my hand, I will offer both +to Fraulein Athalie"--and if he were to marry Athalie! As if cases had +not been heard of in which an honest lover was refused by some stuck-up +girl, and then out of pique offered his hand to the governess, or +proposed to the housemaid on the spot! This hope of Frau Sophie's, +however, was not destined to be fulfilled. + +Timea gave her hand to Timar, and said in a low but firm voice, "I +accept you as my husband." + +Michael grasped the offered hand--not with the fire of a passionate +lover, but with the homage of a man, and looked long into the unearthly +beauty of the girl's eyes. + +And the girl allowed him to read her soul. She repeated her words: "I +accept you as my husband, and will be a faithful and obedient wife; I +only ask one favor--you will not refuse me?" + +Happiness made Michael forget that a merchant should never sign his name +to a blank sheet of paper. "Oh, speak! what you desire is already done." + +"My request is," said Timea, "if you take me to wife, and this house +becomes yours again, and I the mistress in your house, that you should +allow my adopted mother who received me, an orphan, and my adopted +sister with whom I have grown up, to remain here with me. Regard them as +my mother and sister, and treat them as kindly." + +An involuntary tear fell from Timar's eye. Timea noticed it, seized his +right hand with hers, and made a new attack on his heart. "You will, I +know you will do as I ask you; and you will give back to Athalie all +that was hers?--her nice clothes and jewels; and she will stay with us, +and you will be the same to her as if she were my own sister; and you +will treat Mamma Sophie as I do, and call her mother?" + +Frau Sophie, hearing this, began to sob aloud. She sunk on her knees +before Timea, and covered her hands, her dress, even her feet with +unceasing kisses, while she murmured broken and inaudible words. + +In the next moment Timar was himself again, and the far-seeing vision +came to his aid, which at any critical time raised him above his rivals. +His quick invention whispered to him what must be done to provide +against future complications. He took Timea's little hands in his. "You +are a noble creature, Timea. You will permit me henceforward to call you +by your name? and I will not disgrace your good heart. Stand up, Mamma +Sophie; do not cry; tell Athalie she might come nearer to me. I will do +more than Timea asked, for love of her, and for you two; I will provide +for Athalie not only a place of refuge, but a happy home of her own; I +will pay the deposit for her bridegroom, and give her the dowry which +her father had promised to her. May they be happy together." + +Timar had foreseen things still below the horizon, and thought that no +sacrifice would be too great to get the two women out of the house and +away from Timea, and to manage that the handsome captain should be +married to the lovely Athalie. + +But now it was his turn to be overwhelmed with kisses and gratitude by +Frau Sophie. "Oh, Herr von Levetinczy! Oh, dear, generous Herr von +Levetinczy! let me kiss your hand, your feet, your clever head." And she +did as set forth in her programme, and kissed besides his shoulders, +coat-collar, and his back, at last embracing both Timar and Timea in her +arms, and bestowing her valuable blessing upon them. "Be happy +together!" + +It was impossible to help laughing at the way the poor woman expressed +her joy. But Athalie poisoned all their pleasure. + +Proud as a fallen angel who is asked to return, and who prefers +damnation to humbling her pride, she turned away from Timar, and said in +a voice choked with passion, "I thank you, sir. But I never wish to hear +of Herr Katschuka again, either in this world or the next! I will never +be his wife; I will remain here with Timea--as her servant." + + + + +_BOOK THIRD.--THE OWNERLESS ISLAND._ + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +THE MARRIAGE OF THE MARBLE STATUE. + + +Timar was intensely happy at being engaged to Timea. + +The unearthly beauty of the girl had captivated his heart at first +sight. He admired her then, and afterward the sweet nature which he +learned to appreciate won his respect. The shameful trick played on her +in the house of Brazovics awoke in him a chivalrous sympathy. The airy +courtship of the captain aroused his jealousy; all these were symptoms +of love, and at last he had reached the goal of his wishes: the lovely +maiden was his, and would be his wife. + +And a great burden was lifted from his soul--self-reproach; for from the +day when Timar found the treasures of Ali Tschorbadschi in the sunken +ship, his peace was gone. After each brilliant success of any of his +undertakings, the voice of the accuser rose in his breast "This does not +belong to you--it was the property of an orphan which you usurped. You a +lucky man? You a man of gold? It is not true! Benefactor of the poor? +Not true! Not true! You are a thief!" + +Now the suit is decided. The inward judge acquits him. The defrauded +orphan receives back her property, and in double measure, for whatever +belongs to her husband is hers too. She will never know that the +foundation of this great fortune was once hers; she only knows it is +hers now--thus fate is reconciled. + +But is it really reconciled? Timar forgot the sophism that he offered +Timea something besides the treasures which were hers--himself--and in +exchange demanded the girl's heart, and that this was a deception, and +like taking her by force. + +He wished to hasten the wedding. There was no need of delay on account +of the trousseau, for he had bought everything in Vienna. Timea's +wedding-dress was made by the best Parisian house, and the bride was not +obliged to work at it herself for six weeks, as at that other. That +double unlucky dress was buried in a closet which no one ever opened; it +would never be brought out again. + +But other hinderances of an ecclesiastical nature presented +themselves--Timea was still unbaptized. It was only natural that Timar +should wish Timea, when she left the Moslem faith for Christianity, to +enter at once the Protestant Church to which he belonged, so that they +might worship together after their marriage. But then the Protestant +minister announced it as an indispensable condition of conversion that +neophytes should be instructed in the creed of that church into which +they were to be received. Here a great difficulty arose. The Mohammedan +religion has nothing to say to women in its dogmas. To a Moslem a woman +is no more than a flower which fades and falls, whose soul is its +fragrance, which the wind carries away, and it is gone. Timea had no +creed. + +The very reverend gentleman found his task by no means easy when he +tried to convince Timea of the superiority of the Christian religion. He +had converted Jews and Papists, but he had never tried it with a Turkish +girl. + +On the first day, when the minister was explaining the splendors of the +other world, and declaring that there all who in this world had loved +each other would be reunited, the girl put this question to him--"Would +those meet who had loved each other, or only those whom the minister had +united?" This was a ticklish question; but the reverend gentleman +answered, from his own puritanical point of view, that only those could +possibly love each other who were united by the church, and that it was +of course impossible for those who were thus united _not_ to love each +other. But he was careful not to repeat this question to Herr Timar. + +The next day Timea asked him whether her father, Ali Tschorbadschi, +would also arrive in that world to which she was going? + +To this delicate question the minister was unable to give a satisfactory +reply. + +"But is it not the case that I shall there still be the wife of Herr +Levetinczy?" asked Timea, with lively curiosity. To this the Herr Pastor +was glad to reply, with gracious readiness, that that would certainly be +the case. + +"Well, then, I shall ask Herr Levetinczy, when we both go to heaven, to +keep a little place for my father, that he may be with us; and surely he +will not refuse me?" + +The reverend gentleman scratched his ear violently, and thought he had +better lay this difficult point before the church synod. + +The third day he said to Timar that it would be best to baptize and +marry the young lady at once: then her husband could give her +instruction in the other dogmas. + +The next Sunday the sacred rite was celebrated. Timea then for the first +time entered a Protestant church. The simple building, with its +whitewashed walls and unornamented chancel, made a very different +impression on her mind from that other church, out of which the naughty +boys had chased her when she peeped in. There were golden altars, great +wax tapers burning in silver candelabra, pictures, incense filling the +air, mysterious chants, and people sinking on their knees at the sound +of a bell. Here sat long rows of men and women apart, each with their +book before them, and after the precentor had set the tune, all the +congregation joined in unison. Then silence, and the minister mounted +the high pulpit and began to preach without any ceremony. He did not +sing, nor drink from the chalice, nor show any holy relics--only talk, +talk on. + +Timea sat in the first row with her sponsors, who led her to the font, +where another long sermon was preached. At last it was over; the +neophyte bowed her head over the basin, and the minister baptized her, +in the name of the Trinity, "Susanna." She wondered why she should be +called Susanna, as she was quite satisfied with her own name. + +Then they all sat down again and sung the eighty-third psalm, "Oh, God +of Israel," which awoke in Timea a slight doubt as to whether she had +not been turned into a Jewess. + +All her doubts vanished, however, when another minister arose, and read +from the chancel a document which set forth that the noble Herr Michael +Timar von Levetinczy, of the Swiss Protestant Church, had betrothed +himself to Fraulein Timea Susanna von Tschorbadschi, also of the Swiss +Protestant religion. + +Two more weeks must pass before the marriage. Michael spent every day +with Timea. The girl always received him with frank cordiality, and he +was happy in his anticipations of the future. He generally found Athalie +with his bride, but she made some pretext for leaving the room, and her +mother look her place. + +Mamma Sophie entertained Michael with praises of his bride--what a dear +girl she was, and how often she spoke of her kind, good Michael, who had +taken such care of her on board the "St. Barbara." Sophie had heard +every little detail, which only Timea could have known, and Michael was +delighted to find that she remembered so well. + +"If you only knew, dear Levetinczy, how fond the girl is of you!" And +Timea was not confused when she heard Frau Sophie say this. She affected +no modest contradiction, but did not strengthen the assurance by any shy +blushes. She allowed Timar to hold her hand in his and look into her +eyes, and when he came and went she smiled at him. + +At last the wedding-day arrived. Troops of guests streamed in from all +parts, a long row of carriages stood in the street, as on that other +ill-omened day; but this time no misfortune occurred. + +The bridegroom fetched the bride out of the house of Brazovics, which +was now her own, and took her to the church, but the wedding banquet was +in the bridegroom's house. Frau Sophie would not be denied the task of +arranging everything. Athalie remained at home and looked from behind +the curtain, through the same window at which she had awaited the +arrival of her own bridegroom, while the long row of carriages was set +in motion. + +And there she waited till they all went past again after the marriage, +bride and bridegroom now in the same carriage, and looked after them. +And if during this time the whole congregation had prayed for the young +couple, we may be sure that she also sent a--prayer--after them. + +Timea had not found the ceremony as impressive as Frau Sophie had +described it to her. The clergyman did not wear a golden robe or miter +himself, nor did he bring out any silver crowns to crown them as lord or +lady to each other. The bridegroom wore a velvet coat, as nobles did +then, with agraffes and fur on it. He looked a fine man, but he held his +head down; he was not yet used to carry it proudly, as beseems the gala +suit of a noble. There was no veil wound round the two, no drinking from +the same cup, no procession round the altar and holy kiss, not even any +altar at all; only a black-robed minister, who said wise things no +doubt, but which had not the mysterious charm of the "Gospodi Pomiluj." +The Protestant marriage, deprived of all ceremony, leaves the Oriental +fancy, with its desire for excitement, quite cold. And Timea only +understood the external ceremony as yet. + +The brilliant banquet came to an end; the guests went away, the bride +remained in the bridegroom's house. + +When Timar was alone with Timea, when he sat by her side and took her +hand, he felt his heart beat and its pulsation spread through his whole +frame. . . . The unspeakable treasure which was the goal of all his +desires is in his possession. He has only to stretch out his arm and +draw her to his breast. He dares not do it--he is as if bound by a +spell. The wife, the baroness, does not shrink at his approach. She does +not tremble or glow. If only she would cast her eyes down in alarm when +Michael's hand touched her shoulder! If only the warm reflex of a shy +blush passed over her pale face, the spell would be broken. But she +remains as calm and cold and passionless as a somnambulist. Michael sees +before him the same figure which he awoke from death on that eventful +night--the same which lay on the bed before him like an altar-picture +which radiates cold to the spectator, and whose face never changed when +her night-dress slipped from her shoulders, nor even when told that her +father was dead--not even when Timar whispered into her ear, "Beloved!" + +She is a marble statue--a statue which bows, dresses itself, submits, +but is not alive. She sees, but her glance neither encourages nor +alarms. He can do what he likes with her. She allows him to let down her +lovely bright hair, and spread the locks over her shoulders; she allows +his lips to approach her white face, and his hot breath to touch her +cheek: but it kindles no responsive warmth in her. Michael thinks if he +were to press the icy form to his breast, the charm would be broken; but +in the act of doing it, an even greater emotion overcomes him. He starts +back as if he was about to commit a crime against which nature, his +guardian angel, every sensitive nerve in him protested. "Timea," he +whispered to her in caressing murmurs, "do you know that you are my +wife?" + +Timea looked at him and answered, "Yes, I know it." + +"Do you love me?" + +Then she opened wide her large dark eyes, and as he looked into them it +seemed to him as if he were granted a glimpse into all the mysteries of +the starry heavens. Then she veils them again with her silky lashes. + +"Do you feel no love for me?" entreats the husband with a yearning sigh. + +That look again, and the pale woman asks, "What is love?" + +What is love? All the wise men in the world could not explain it to one +who does not feel it. But it requires no explanation for those who have +it within them. + +"Oh, you child!" sighed Timar, and rose from his wife's side. + +Timea rose also. "No, sir, I am no longer a child. I know what I +am--your wife. I have sworn it to you, and God has heard my vow. I will +be a faithful and obedient wife to you--it is appointed to me by fate. +You have shown me so much kindness, that I owe you a lifelong gratitude. +You are my lord and master, and I will always do what you wish and +order." + +Michael turned away and covered his face. This look of self-sacrifice +and abnegation froze all desire in his veins. Who would have the courage +to press a martyr to his heart, the statue of a saint, with +palm-branches and crown of thorns? + +"I will do what you command." + +Michael now first began to guess what a hollow victory he had won. He +had married a marble statue. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +THE GUARDIAN DEVIL. + + +It has often happened that a man has found his wife's heart to be devoid +of all inclination toward him. + +And no doubt many have looked for a cure in course of time. What can one +do in winter, except look forward to spring? As the daughter of +Mohammedan parents, Timea had been brought up not to see the face of the +man who was to be her husband until the wedding-day. There no one asks, +"Do you, or do you not, love him?" neither her parents, the priest, nor +the man himself. The husband will be good to her, and if he should find +her out in infidelity, he will kill her. The principal thing is that she +should have a pretty face, bright eyes, fine hair, and a sweet +breath--no one asks about her heart. But Timea had learned in a +different school in the house of Brazovics. There she learned that among +the Christians love was allowed, and every opportunity given for it; but +that any one who did fall in love was not cured like a sick person, but +punished like a criminal. She had expiated her crime. + +When Timea became Timar's wife, she had schooled herself strictly, and +forbidden every drop of her blood to speak to her of anything except her +duties as a wife; for if she had allowed them to talk of her secret +fancies, then each drop of blood would have persuaded her to go the same +road on which that other girl had twice, in the darkness of the night, +stumbled over the body of the sleeping woman, and that stumble would +have killed her soul. She crushed and buried the feeling, and gave her +hand to a man whom she respected, to whom she owed gratitude, and whose +life-companion she was to remain. + +This story is repeated every day. And those who meet with it console +themselves with the idea that soon the spring will come and the ice will +melt. + +Michael went with his young wife to travel, and visited Italy and +Switzerland. They returned as they went. Neither the romantic Alpine +valleys nor the fragrant orange-groves brought balm to his heart. He +overwhelmed his wife with all that women like, dress and jewels; he +introduced her to the gayeties of great cities. All in vain: moonlight +gives no heat, even through a burning glass. His wife was gentle, +attentive, grateful, obedient; but her heart was never open to him, +neither at home nor abroad, neither in joy nor sorrow. Her heart was +buried. + +Timar had married a corpse. + +With this knowledge he returned from his travels. At one time he thought +of leaving Komorn and settling in Vienna. Perhaps a new life might begin +there. But then he thought of another plan: he decided to remain in +Komorn and move into the Brazovics' house. There he would live with his +wife, and arrange his own house as an office, so that business people +might have nothing to do with the house his wife lived in. In this way +he could be absent from home all day, without its being noticed that he +left his wife alone. + +In public they always appeared together. She went into society with him, +reminded him when it was time to leave, and departed leaning on his arm. +Every one envied his lot; a lucky man to have such a lovely and faithful +wife! If she were not so true and good! If he could only hate her! But +no scandal could touch her. + +This spring brings no melting of her ice-bound heart. The glaciers grow +every day. Michael cursed his fate. With all his treasures he can not +buy his wife's love. It is all the worse for him that he is rich; +splendor and great wealth widen the rift between them. Poverty binds +close within its four walls those who belong to each other; laborers and +fishermen, who have only one room and one bed, are more fortunate than +he. The woodman, whose wife holds the other end of the saw when he is at +work, is an enviable man: when they have finished they sit down on the +ground, eat their bean-porridge out of one bowl, and kiss each other +afterward. + +Let us become poor people! + +Timar began to hate his riches, and tried to get rid of them. If he was +unfortunate and became poor, he would get nearer to his wife, he +thought. + +He could not succeed in impoverishing himself. Fortune pursues those who +despise it. Everything he touched, which with another would certainly +have failed, became a brilliant success. In his hands the impossible +turned to reality--the die always threw six; if he tried to lose his +money by gambling, he broke the bank--gold streamed in upon him; if he +ran away or hid, it rolled after him and found him out. + +And all this he would have joyfully given for a kiss from his wife's +sweet lips. + +And yet they say money is almighty. Everything is to be had for money. +Yes--false; lying love, bright smiles on the charming lips of such as +feel it not--forbidden, sinful love, which must be concealed--but not +the love of one who can love truly and faithfully. + +Timar almost wished he could hate his wife. He would have liked to +believe that she loved another, that she was faithless and forgot her +wifely duty; but he could not find any cause for hatred. No one saw his +wife anywhere but on her husband's arm. In society she knew how to +preserve a bearing which compelled respect, and kept bold advances at a +distance. She did not dance at balls, and gave as a reason that when a +girl she had not been taught to dance, and as a woman she no longer +wished to learn. She sought the company of older women. If her husband +went on a journey, she never left the house. But what did she at home? +For reception-rooms in society are transparent, but not the walls of +one's house. To this question Michael had a most convincing reply. + +In this house Athalie lived with Timea. + +Athalie was--not the guardian angel but the guardian devil of Timea's +honor. Every step, every word, every thought of his wife, every sigh she +uttered, every tear she shed, even the unconscious mutterings of her +dreams, were spied upon by another woman, who hated him as well as his +wife, and certainly would hasten to make both miserable, if a shadow of +guilt could be found on the walls of the house. + +If Timea, at the moment when she begged Michael to allow Athalie and +Frau Sophie to continue living in the same house, had listened to +anything but the voice of her kind and feeling heart, she could not have +invented a better protection for herself than keeping with her the girl +who had once been the bride of the man she ought never to meet again. + +These pitiless and malicious eyes follow her everywhere; as long as the +guardian devil is silent, Timea is not condemned even by God. Athalie is +silent. + + * * * * * + +Athalie was a real dragon to Timea, in small things as well as great. No +circumstance, ever so trifling, escaped her attention if it afforded her +a chance of playing Timea a trick. She pretended that Timea wished to +show her generosity by treating the quondam young lady of the house as a +sister, or like a lady visitor, which was enough to make Athalie behave +in company as if she were a servant. Every day Timea took the broom out +of her hand by force when she came in to clean the room; she constantly +caught her cleaning "her mistress's" clothes, and if visitors came to +dinner, she could not be induced to leave the kitchen. Athalie had +received back from Timea her whole arsenal of ornaments and toilet +necessaries. She had wardrobes full of silk and merino dresses; but she +chose to wear her shabbiest and dirtiest gowns, which formerly she had +put on only when the hairdresser was busy with her coiffure; and she was +glad if she could burn a hole in her dress in the kitchen, or drop oil +on it when she trimmed the lamp. She knew how much this hurt Timea. All +her jewels too, worth thousands, had been restored to her: she did not +wear them, but bought herself a paste brooch for ten kreutzers, and put +it on. Timea took the brooch away quietly, and had a real opal put into +it; the faded old dresses she burned, and had others made for Athalie of +the stuff she was herself wearing. + +Oh, yes, one could grieve Timea, but not make her angry. + +Even in her way of speaking, Athalie made a parade of an insufferable +humility, although, or rather because, she knew it hurt Timea. If the +latter asked for anything, Athalie rushed to fetch it with an alacrity +like that of a black slave who fears the whip. She never spoke in a +natural tone, but annoyed Timea by always lowering her voice to the thin +whining sound which gives an impression of servility; she stammered with +affected weakness, and could not pronounce the letter _s_. + +She never let herself be surprised into forgetfulness or familiarity; +but her most refined cruelty consisted in her unseasonable praises of +the husband and wife to each other. + +When she was alone with Timea she sighed, "Oh, how happy you are, Timea, +in having such a good husband who loves you so much!" If Timar came +home, she received him with naive reproaches. "Is it right to stay away +so long? Timea is quite desperate, she awaits you with such longing; go +in gently and surprise your wife. Hold your hands over her eyes, and +make her guess who it is." + +Both had to bear the derision which, under the mask of a tender, +flattering sympathy, wounded their hearts. Athalie knew only too well +that neither of them was happy. + +But when she was alone, how completely she threw off the mask with which +she tormented the others, and gave vent to her suppressed rage. If alone +in her room she threw the broom Timea had tried to take away furiously +on the ground; then again beat the chairs and sofas with the handle, in +order, as she said, to shake the dust out, but really to work off her +anger on them. If in going out or in her dress caught in the door, or +the sleeve on the handle, she wrenched it away with her teeth clinched, +so that either the dress was torn or the handle dragged off, and then +she was satisfied. + +Broken crockery, chipped glasses, mutilated furniture, bore witness in +quantities to the disastrous hours they passed in her company. Poor +Mamma Sophie avoided her own daughter, and was afraid to be left alone +with her. She was the only person in the house who ever heard Athalie's +natural voice, and to whom she showed the bottomless depths of the gulf +her hatred had dug. Frau Sophie was frightened of sleeping in the same +room with her, and in a confidential moment showed her faithful cook the +black bruises which her daughter's hand had left on her arms. When +Athalie came into her mother's room in the evening, she would pinch her, +and scream in her ear, "Why did you ever give me birth?" + +And when at last she went to bed, after finishing her day's work with +pretended gentleness and hidden fury, she required no one to help her. +She tore off her clothes, dragged the knotted strings asunder, +ill-treated her hair with hands and comb as if it was some one's else; +then stamped on her clothes, blew out the candle, leaving a long wick to +smolder and fill the room with its evil odor, and threw herself on her +bed; there she bit the pillow, and tore at it with her teeth while she +brooded over the torture she had to endure. Sleep only came to her after +she had heard a door shut--the door of the lonely chamber of the master; +then she was glad--then she could sleep. + +It could be no secret to her that the young husband and wife were not +happy. She waited with malicious joy to see what mischief could be +developed from it. + +Neither of them seemed to notice it. No quarrel ever took place; no +complaint, not even an involuntary sigh, ever escaped either of them. +Timea remained unchanged, only the husband grew more gloomy every day. +He sat for hours by his wife, often holding her hands in his, but he did +not look into her eyes, and rose to go away without a word. Men can not +keep a secret as women can. Timar got into the habit of going away and +fixing the day of his return, and then returning sooner than he was +expected. Another time he surprised his wife at a moment when he was not +looked for; he pretended a chance had brought him home, and would not +say what he wanted. But suspicion was written on his brow. Jealousy left +him no peace. + +One day Michael said at home that he had to go to Levetinczy, and could +hardly get back in less than a month. All his preparations were made for +a long absence. When the married couple took leave of each other with a +kiss--a cool, conventional kiss--Athalie was present. + +Athalie smiled. Another would hardly have noticed the smile, or at any +rate would not, like Michael, have marked the derision which lay in +it--the malicious mockery at one who little knows what goes on behind +his back. It was as if she said, "When you are once gone, you fool--!" + +Michael took the sting of this spiteful smile with him on his journey. +He carried it on his heart half-way to Levetinczy; then he made his +carriage turn round, and by midnight he was back in Komorn. In his +house there were two extra entrances to his room, whose keys he always +carried about with him, so that he could get in without any one knowing +of his return. From his room he could reach Timea's through the several +anterooms. His wife was not in the habit of locking her bedroom door. +She was accustomed to read in bed, and the maid generally had to come +and see whether she had not fallen asleep without putting out the light. +On the other side, the room in which Athalie and her mother slept +adjoined his wife's bedroom. Michael approached the door noiselessly and +opened it cautiously. All was still; every one slept. The room was dimly +lighted by the shaded light of a night-lamp. + +Michael drew the curtain aside: the same statue of a sleeping saint lay +before him which he had once aroused to life in the cabin of the "St. +Barbara." She seemed to be fast asleep; she did not feel his +neighborhood; she did not see him through her downcast lashes. But a +slumbering woman can see the man she loves even in her sleep, and with +closed eyes. Michael bent over her breast and counted her heart-beats. +Her heart beat with its normal calm. No suspicious symptom to be +found--nothing to feed the hungry monster which seeks a victim. + +He stood long and gazed on the slumbering form. Then suddenly he +started. Athalie stood before him, dressed, and with a candle in her +hand. Again that insulting smile of mockery lay on her lips. "Have you +forgotten something?" she asked in a whisper. + +Michael trembled like a thief caught in the act. + +"Hush!" said he, pointing to the sleeper, and hurried away from the bed. +"I forgot my papers." + +"Shall I wake Timea that she may get them out?" + +Timar was angry at being detected for the first time in his life in a +direct lie. + +His papers were not kept by Timea, but in his own room. + +"No, do not wake my wife; the papers are in my room--I only wanted the +key." + +"And you have already found it?" asked Athalie, seriously, who then +lighted the candles and officiously conducted Michael to his room. + +Here she put down the candle and did not go away. Michael turned +over his papers with confusion; he could not find what he +sought--naturally--for he knew not what to look for. At last he shut +his desk without taking anything out. Again he was met by the hateful +smile which from time to time played round Athalie's lips. "Do you +wish for anything?" said Athalie, in answer to his inquiring looks. + +Michael remained silent. + +"Do you wish me to speak?" + +Michael felt at these words as if the world was falling on him. He dared +not answer. + +"Shall I tell you of Timea?" whispered Athalie, bending nearer to him, +and holding the stupefied man under the spell of her beautiful +serpent-eyes. + +"What do you know?" asked Michael, hotly. + +"Everything--do you wish me to tell you?" + +Michael was undecided. + +"But I can tell you beforehand that you will be very unhappy when you +learn what I know." + +"Speak!" + +"Very well--listen. I know as well as you do that Timea does not love +you. But one thing I know which you do not--namely, that Timea is as +true to you as an angel." + +Timar started violently. + +"You did not expect that from me? It would have been welcome news to +hear from me that your wife deserved your contempt, so that you might be +able to hate and reject her. No, sir; the marble statue you have taken +to wife does not love you, but does not deceive you. This I only know, +but with absolute certainty--oh, your honor is well guarded. If you had +engaged the hundred-eyed Argus of the legend as a watchman, she could +not be better guarded than by me. Nothing of what she does, says, +thinks, escapes me: in the deepest recesses of her heart she can have no +feeling hidden from me. You acted wisely in the interests of your honor +when you took me into your house. You will not drive me out of it, +though you hate me; for you know well that as long as I am here, the man +whom you fear can never approach your sanctuary. I am the diamond lock +of your house. You shall know all: when you leave town, your house is a +cloister while you are absent; no visitors are received, neither man nor +woman; the letters which come to your wife, you will find unopened on +your writing-table; you can give them to her to read or throw them into +the fire, just as you choose. Your wife never sets foot in the streets, +she only drives out with me; her only walk is on the island, and I am +always with her; I see her suffer, but I never hear her complain. How +could she complain to me, who suffer the same torment, and on her +account? For from the time when that ghostly face appeared in the house +my misery began; till then I was happy and beloved. Do not be afraid of +my bursting into tears; I love no longer--now I only hate, and with my +whole soul. You can trust your house to me; you can ride through the +world in peace; you leave me at home, and as long as you find your wife +alive on your return you may be sure that she is faithful to you. For +know, sir, that if she ever exchanges a friendly word with that man, or +responds to his smile, or reads a letter from him, I would not wait for +you, I would kill her myself, and you would only come home to her +funeral. Now you know what you leave behind--the polished dagger which +the madness of jealousy holds aimed at your wife's heart; and under the +shadow of that dagger you will daily lay your head down to sleep, and +although I inspire you with loathing, you will be forced to cling to me +with desperation." + +Timar felt all his mental energy crippled under this outburst of +demoniac passion. + +"I have told you all I know about Timea, about you and myself; I repeat +once more, you have taken to wife a girl who loves another, and this +other was once mine. It was you who took this house from me; under your +hand my father and my property sunk into dust; and then you made Timea +the mistress of this house. You see now what you did. Your wife is not a +woman, but a martyr. It is not enough that you should suffer; you must +also acquire the certainty that you have made her, for whose possession +you strove, miserable, and that there can be no happiness for Timea as +long as you live. With this sting in your breast you may leave your +house, Herr Levetinczy, and you will nowhere find a balm for your +smarting wound, and I rejoice at it with all my heart!" + +With glowing cheeks, gnashing teeth, and glaring eyes, Athalie bowed to +Timar, who sunk exhausted into a chair. But the girl clinched her fist +as if to thrust an invisible dagger into his heart. + +"And now--turn me out of your house if you dare!" All womanhood was +quenched in the girl's face. Instead of a hypocritical submission, it +was dominated by the fury of unbridled passion. "Drive me away from here +if you dare!" + +And proud as a triumphant demon she left Michael's room. She had taken +the lighted candle which was on the table away with her, and left the +wretched husband in darkness. She had told him that she was not the +humble servant, but the guardian devil of the house. As Timar saw the +girl with the light in her hand go toward the door of Timea's bedroom, +something whispered to him to spring up, seize Athalie's arm, and +setting his foot before the threshold, to cry to her, "Remain then +yourself in this accursed house, as I am bound by the promise I gave; +but not with us!" + +And then to rush into Timea's room, as on the eventful night when the +ship went down, to lift her in his arms from the bed, and with the cry, +"This house is falling in, let us save ourselves!" to fly from it with +her, and take her to some place where no one spies on her . . . this +thought darted through his head . . . that was what he ought to have +done. + +The door of the bedroom opened, and Athalie looked back once more; then +she went in, the door shut, and Michael remained alone in the darkness. + +Oh, in what darkness! + +Then he heard the key turn twice in the lock. His fate was sealed; he +arose and felt round in the dark for his traveling-bag. He kindled no +light, made no noise, so that no one should awake and report that he had +been here. When he had collected all his things, he crept softly to the +door, shut it gently behind him, and left his own house cautiously and +noiselessly, like a thief, like a fugitive. That girl had driven him +away from it. + +Out in the street he was met by a snow shower. That is good weather for +one who does not wish to be seen. The wind whistled through the streets, +and drove the snowflakes into his face; Michael Timar, however, went on +his way in an open carriage, in weather in which one would not turn a +dog into the street. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +SPRING MEADOWS. + + +As far as the Lower Danube, the traveler took with him rough and wintery +skies; here and there fresh snow covered the fields, and the woods stood +bare. The stormy cold suited the thoughts with which Timar was +occupied. That cruel girl was right--not only the husband but the wife +was wretched. The man doubly so; for he was the author of their mutual +misery. + +These bitter, disconsolate thoughts followed Michael to Baja, where he +had an office, and where, when he traveled into the flax districts of +Hungary, he had his letters sent. A whole bundle awaited him; he opened +one after another with indifference; what did he care whether the rape +had been frost-bitten or not, that the duties in England were raised, or +that exchange was higher? But among the letters he found two which were +not uninteresting--one from his Viennese, the other from his Stamboul +agent. The contents greatly rejoiced him. He put them both away, and +from that moment the apathy began to disperse which had hitherto +possessed him. He gave his orders to his agents with his usual quickness +and energy, carefully noted their reports, and when he had finished with +them, proceeded on his way in haste. + +Now his journey had an object--no great or important one, but still an +object. It was to give a pleasure to two poor people--but a real joy. + +The weather had changed; the sky had cleared, and the sun shone warmly +down below. In Hungary, where summer follows immediately on winter, +these swift changes are common. Below Baja the face of the country, too, +was changed. While Michael rushed southward with frequent changes of +horses, it was as if nature had in one day advanced by many weeks. At +Mohacs he was received by woods decked in new green; about Zambor the +fields were spread with a verdant carpet; at Neusatz the meadows were +already dressed with flowers; and in the plains of Pancsova golden +stretches of rape smiled at him, and the hills looked as though covered +with rosy snow--the almonds and cherry-trees were in blossom. The two +days' journey was like a dream-picture. The day before yesterday +snow-covered fields in Komorn, and to-day on the Lower Danube hedges in +bloom! + +Michael alighted at the Levetinczy castle to spend the night. He gave +his instructions to the bailiff on the day of his arrival; the next +morning he got up early, entered the carriage, and drove to the Danube +to inspect his cargo ships. Everything was in order. Our Herr Johann +Fabula had been appointed overseer of the whole flotilla: there was +nothing for him to do. "Our gracious master can go and shoot ducks." + +And Herr von Levetinczy followed this good advice of Herr Fabula. He had +a boat brought, and ordered provisions for a week, his gun, and plenty +of ammunition to be put in it. No one will be surprised if he does not +return from the reed-bed, now full of prime water-fowl, before a week +has elapsed. It storms with duck, snipe, and herons, the last only +valued for their feathers; even pelicans are to be met with, and an +Egyptian ibis has been shot there. It is said a flamingo was once seen. +When an ardent sportsman once gets into those marshes, you may wait till +he comes out! And Timar loved sport, like all sailors. This time Michael +did not load his gun. He let his boat float down with the stream till he +reached the point of the Ostrova Island--there he seized the sculls and +crossed the Danube obliquely. When he got round the island he soon saw +where he was. From the southern reed-beds rose the tops of the +well-known poplars--thither he went. There was already a channel broken +through the rushes, across and along as required, if you only understood +it. Where Michael had once been, he could find his way in the dark. What +would Almira and Narcissa be doing? What should they be doing in such +lovely weather but gratifying their passion for sport? Only, however, +within certain limits: the field-mouse must be pursued at night, and +that is easy for Narcissa, but she is strictly forbidden to chase birds. +To Almira the marmots which came across the ice and settled in the +island are positively interdicted. Aquatic prey still remain, and that +is good sport too. Almira wades into the pure, clear water among the +heaps of great stones at the bottom, and cautiously puts her fore-paw +into a hole, out of which something dark is peeping. Suddenly she makes +a great jump, draws her foot back, limps whining out of the water on +three legs, and on the fourth paw hangs a large black crab, which has +caught hold with its claws. Almira hobbles along in despair till, on +reaching the bank, she succeeds in shaking off the dangerous monster; it +is then carefully inspected by both Almira and Narcissa, to see at what +price it can be induced to allow its body to be deprived of the shell. +The crab naturally does not quite see the fun of this, and retires with +all speed backward to the water. The two sportsmen, however, shove the +reactionary party forward with their paws, until at one shove it is +turned on its back, and now all three are in doubt what to do +next--Almira, Narcissa, and the crab. + +Almira's attention is suddenly attracted by another object. She hears a +noise and scents something. A friend approaches by water; she does not +bark at him, but utters a low growl. This is her way of laughing, like +some cheery old gentleman. She recognizes the man in the boat. Michael +springs out, fastens the boat to a willow stump, pats Almira's head, and +asks her, "Well, then, how is it all? is it all well?" The dog replied +many things, but in the Newfoundland-dog language. To judge by the tone, +the answer is satisfactory. + +Then all at once a pitiful cry disturbs the pleasant greeting. The +catastrophe which might have been foreseen has occurred. Narcissa came +near enough to the upset and sprawling crab for it to catch her ear with +its nippers, and then to bury all its six claws in her fur. Timar rushed +to the scene of misfortune, and with great presence of mind, seeing the +magnitude of the danger, seized the mailed criminal in a place where its +weapons could not reach him, pressed its head between his strong +fingers, and obliged it to let go its prey; then he dashed it with such +force on to a stone that it was shattered, and gave up its black ghost. +Narcissa, to show her gratitude, sprung on to the shoulder of her +chivalrous deliverer, and snorted from there at her dead enemy. + +After this introductory deed of heroism, Timar busied himself in +disembarking what he had brought with him. All are packed into a +knapsack, which he can easily throw over his shoulder. But the gun, the +gun! Almira can not abide him with a gun in his hand, but he can not +leave it here, for it might easily be stolen by some one. What to do? +The idea struck Timar to give it into Almira's charge, who then, in her +leonine jaws, carried the weapon proudly before him as a poodle bears +its master's cane. Narcissa sat on his shoulder and purred in his ear. +Michael allowed Almira to go on before and show him the way. + +Timar felt transformed when he trod the turfy paths of the island. Here +was holy rest and deepest solitude. The fruit-trees of this paradise are +in bloom; between their white and rosy flower-pyramids wild roses arch +their sprays; the golden sunbeams coax the flowers' fragrance into the +air; the breeze is laden with it--with every breath one inhales gold and +love. The forest of blossom is full of the hum of the bees, and in that +mysterious sound, from all these flower-eyes, God speaks, God looks: it +is a temple of the Lord. And that church music may not be wanting, the +nightingale flutes his psalm of lament, and the lark trills his song of +praise--only better than King David. At a spot where the purple lilacs +parted, and the little island-home was visible, Michael stood +spell-bound. The little house seemed to swim in a flaming sea, but not +of water, only of roses. It was covered with rose-wreaths climbing to +the roof, and for five acres round it only roses were visible--thousands +of bushes, and six-foot rose-trees, forming pyramids, hedges, and +arcades. It was a rose-forest, a rose-mountain, a rose-labyrinth, whose +splendor dazzled the eye and spread afar a scent which surrounded one +like a supernatural atmosphere. + +Hardly had Michael entered on the winding path through this wilderness +of roses, before a melodious cry of joy was heard. His name was called. +"Ah, Herr Timar!" + +And she who had uttered his name came running toward him. Timar had +already recognized her by her voice: it was Noemi--little Noemi, whom he +had not seen for nearly three years. How she had grown since then--how +changed, how developed she was! Her dress was no longer neglected, but +neat, though simple. In her rich golden hair a rose-bud was fastened. + +"Ah, Herr Timar!" cried the girl, and stretched out her hand to him from +afar, greeting him with frank delight, and a warm shake of the hand. + +Michael returned it, and remained lost in gazing at the girl. Here then, +at last, is a face that beams with joy at the sight of him. "How long it +is since we saw you!" said the girl. + +"And how pretty you have grown!" exclaimed he. + +Sympathy shone in every line of Noemi's face. "So you remember me +still?" asked Timar, holding the little hand fast in his own. + +"We have often thought of you." + +"Is Madame Therese well?" + +"There she comes." + +When she saw Michael she hastened her steps; from a distance she had +recognized the former ship's captain, who now again, in his gray coat +and with his knapsack, approached her hut. "God greet you! you have kept +us waiting a long time!" exclaimed the woman to her visitor. "So you +have thought of us at last?" And she embraced Michael without ceremony; +then his well-filled knapsack caught her eye. "Almira," she said to the +dog, "take this bag and carry it in." + +"There are a brace of birds in it," said Michael. + +"Indeed! then take care, Almira, that Narcissa does not get at it." + +Noemi was affronted. "Narcissa is not so badly educated as that." + +To make it up, Frau Therese kissed her daughter, and Noemi was +reconciled. + +"Now let us go in," said Therese, taking Michael's arm familiarly. +"Come, Noemi." + +A huge boat-shaped basket made of white osier-twigs stood in the way, +and its heaped-up contents were covered with a cloth. Noemi began to +lift it by both handles; Michael sprung to help her, and Noemi burst +into a childish shriek of laughter, and drew off the cloth. The basket +was heaped with rose-leaves. Michael took one handle, and so they +carried it together with its sweet cargo along the lavender-bordered +path. + +"Do you make rose-water?" asked Timar. + +Therese threw a glance at Noemi. "See how he finds out everything!" + +"With us in Komorn much rose-water is made. Many poor women live by it." + +"Indeed? Then elsewhere also the rose is a blessing of the Lord--the +exquisite flower which alone would make man love this world! And it not +only rejoices his heart, but gives him bread. Look you--last year was a +bad season; the late frost spoiled the fruit and the vintage; the wet, +cold summer destroyed the bees, and the poultry died of disease: we +should have had to fall back on our stores if it had not been for the +roses, which helped us in our need. They bloom every year, and are +always faithful to us. We made three hundred gallons of rose-water, +which we sold in Servia, and got grain in exchange. Oh, you dear +roses--you life-saving flowers!" + +The little settlement had been enlarged since Timar was last there. +There was a kiln and a kitchen for the preparation of the rose-water. +Here was an open fire with the copper retort, from which the first +essence dropped slowly; near the hearth stood a great tub with the +crushed rose leaves, and on a broad bench lay the fresh ones which +required drying. + +Michael helped Noemi to empty the basket on to the bench; that was a +scent, a perfume, in which one could revel and intoxicate one's self! + +Noemi laid her little head on the soft hill of rose leaves, and said, +"It would be delicious to sleep on such a bed of roses." + +"Foolish child," Therese chided her. "You would never awake from that +slumber; the odor would kill you." + +"That would be a lovely death!" + +"Then you want to die?" Frau Therese said, reproachfully; "you want to +leave me here alone, you naughty child?" + +"No, no!" cried Noemi, embracing her mother with eager kisses. "I leave +you, my dear, darling, only little mother!" + +"Why do you make such silly jests then? Don't you think, Herr Timar, it +is not right for a young girl to allow herself these jokes with her +mother--for a little girl who was playing with a doll only yesterday?" +Michael quite agreed with Frau Therese that it was inexcusable under any +pretense for a young lady to tell her mother that she thought any kind +of death would be delightful. "Now just stop here and see that the +essence does not boil, while I go to the kitchen to get a good dinner +ready for our guest. You'll stay all day, of course?" + +"I will stay to-day and to-morrow too, if you will give me something to +do for you. As long as you find me work I will remain." + +"Oh, then, you can stop the whole week," Noemi interrupted, "for I can +find you plenty to do." + +"What work would you give Herr Timar, you little simpleton?" laughed the +mother. + +"Why, of course, to crush the rose leaves!" + +"But perhaps he does not know how." + +"How should I not know all about it?" said Timar. "I have often enough +helped my mother with it at home." + +"Your mother was a very good woman, I am sure." + +"Very good." + +"And you loved her very much?" + +"Very much." + +"Is she still living?" + +"She has long been dead." + +"So now you have no one in the world belonging to you?" + +Timar thought a moment, and bowed his head sadly--"No one." . . . He had +spoken the truth. + +Michael noticed that Therese still stood at the door, doubtful whether +to go or not. "Do you know, good mother," said he, suddenly remembering, +"you need not go to the kitchen to cook anything for me. I have all +sorts of provisions with me; there is only the table to spread--we shall +all have enough." + +"Then who has looked after you and provided you so well with traveling +comforts?" asked Noemi. + +"Who but our Herr Johann Fabula?" + +"Oh, the honest steersman!--is he here too?" + +"He is loading the ship on the other bank." + +Therese guessed Timar's thought, but she would not be behind him in +delicate tact. She wished to show him that she had no scruple about +leaving him alone with Noemi. "No, I have thought of something else; I +will manage both here and in the kitchen. You, Noemi, can meanwhile take +Herr Timar over the island and show him all the changes since he was +here." + +Noemi was an obedient daughter; she did without question what her mother +told her. She tied her Turkish handkerchief round her head, which framed +her face charmingly. Timar recognized the scarf he had left as a present +to her. + +"Au revoir, darling!" "Au revoir," said the mother and daughter with a +kiss. They seemed to take leave of each other every time they parted, as +if going on a long journey; and when they met again in an hour, they +embraced as if they had been separated for years: the poor things had +only each other in this world. + +Noemi threw one more inquiring look, and Therese answered with a nod +which meant, "Yes, go!" + +Noemi and Timar now wandered on through the whole island. The path was +so narrow that they were forced to walk close together, but Almira had +the sense to push her great head between them and form a natural +barrier. In the last three years cultivation had made great strides on +the little island. A practicable road had been cut through the bushes; +the old poplars had been uprooted, the wild crabs grafted; a skillful +hand had formed neat fences from the broken branches; and where the +orchard ceased, hedges divided the island, and hemmed in fields which +supplied pasture for lambs and goats. One little lamb had a red ribbon +round its neck, and this was Noemi's pet. When the flock saw her they +ran to her and bleated a greeting which she understood; then they +followed her and Timar to the border of the field where the fence +stopped them. + +Behind these was to be seen a plantation of fine walnuts, with +widespread shady heads and thick trunks, whose bark was smooth as silk. +"Look," said Noemi, "those are my mother's pride; they are fifteen years +old--just a year younger than I am," she said quite simply. + +On the right was the marsh, as Timar well remembered when he first came +to the island and made his way through it. Now it was covered with +water-plants; yellow lilies and white bell flowers were spread over the +surface of the morass, and in the midst stood quietly two storks. + +Timar opened the little gate; it was a pleasant reminder to see this +wilderness once more, and yet it seemed to him as if his guide was +afraid and uncomfortable. + +"Are you still all alone here?" asked Michael. + +"We are alone. At market-times people come to barter with us, and in +winter wood-cutters come and help us to hew the trees and root them up: +the wood serves to pay them. We do the rest ourselves." + +"But fruit-gathering is very troublesome, especially on account of the +wasps." + +"Oh, that is not hard work; our friends singing there on the trees help +us with the wasp-killing. Do you see all the nests? Our laborers live +there; here no one troubles them, and they do us good service. Just +listen!" + +The wilderness resounded indeed with a heavenly concert. In the evening +every bird hastens home, and then they are at their best. The cuckoo, +the clock of the woods, has enough to do in striking the hours, and the +thrush whistles in Greek strophes. + +Then suddenly Noemi screamed aloud, grew pale, and started back with her +trembling hand on her heart, so that Timar felt it his duty to seize her +by the hand that she might not fall. "What is it?" Noemi held her hand +before her eyes and said, half laughing and half crying, in a tone of +mingled fear and disgust, "Look, look! there he comes." + +"Who?" + +"There, that one!" + +He saw a large, wrinkled, fat frog, which was creeping quietly in the +grass, keeping an eye on the new-comers, and ready for a spring, in case +of danger, into the nearest water-course. + +Noemi was so paralyzed with fright that she had not the strength to run +away. + +"Are you afraid of frogs?" asked Timar. + +"I have a horror of them; I should be frightened to death if it jumped +on me." + +"How like a girl! They love cats because they coax and flatter, but they +can not bear frogs because they are ugly; and yet, do you know, the +frogs are just as good friends to us as the birds: this common, despised +animal is the best assistant to the gardener. You know there are moths +and beetles and grubs which only come out at night; birds are asleep +then, but the detested frog comes out of his hole and attacks our +enemies in the dark; he feeds on the night-moths and their grubs, the +caterpillars and the slugs, and even the vipers. It is splendid the war +he makes on noxious insects. Keep quiet, just look--the ugly, wrinkled +frog is not creeping there to frighten you--he is not thinking about it. +He is a gentle beast, conscious of no sin, and does not regard you as an +enemy. Do you see a blue beetle fanning with his wings? That is one of +the worst insects, a wood-borer, of which one grub suffices to spoil a +whole young plantation; and our little friend has fixed on him as a +prey. Don't disturb him; look, he is drawing himself up for a +spring--wait. There! now he has made his leap, and darts out his long +tongue like lightning: the beetle is swallowed. You see that our good +frog is not such a disgusting creature, in spite of his shabby coat." + +Noemi clasped her hands, quite pleased, and already felt less dislike to +frogs. She let Michael lead her to a seat, and tell her what sensible +creatures they are, what funny tricks they play, and what curious games +exist among them. He told her of the sky-blue frog of Surinam, of which +one specimen cost the King of Prussia four thousand five hundred +thalers; then of the fire-frog, which sheds a clear light around in the +darkness, creeps into houses, hides in the beams, and croaks +unmercifully at night. In Brazil sometimes you can not hear the singers +in the opera-house for the chorus set up by the frogs which live in the +building. Now Noemi was laughing at this awful enemy, and the laugh is +half-way from hatred to love. + +"If only they would not make such an ugly noise!" + +"But you see in these tones they express their tender affection for +their little wives, for among frogs only the little husband has a +voice--the lady is dumb. The frog exclaims all night to his wife, 'How +lovely, how charming you are!' Can there be a more affectionate creature +than a frog?" + +Noemi was beginning to look at it from the sentimental side. + +"Then, too, the frog is a learned animal. You must know that the true +frog is a weather-prophet: when it is going to rain he knows it, comes +out of the water and croaks his prophecy; when dry weather is coming he +goes back to the water." + +"Ah!" began Noemi, getting interested. + +"I will catch one," said Timar; "I hear one among the bushes." + +He soon came back with a tree-frog between his palms. Noemi trembled and +got excited. She was red and pale by turns. + +"Now look," said Timar to her, opening his hands a little. "Is it not a +pretty little thing? It is as lovely a green as the young grass, and its +tiny foot is like a miniature human hand. How its little heart beats! +How it looks at us with its beautiful wise black eyes with a golden ring +round them! It is not afraid of us!" + +Noemi, wavering between fear and curiosity, stretched out a timid hand, +but drew it quickly back. + +"Take it, touch it--it is the most harmless creature on God's earth." +She stretched out her hand again, frightened and yet laughing, but +looked into Timar's eyes instead of at the frog, and started when the +cold body came in contact with her reluctant nerves; but then suddenly +she laughed with pleasure, like a child which would not go into the cold +water, and then is glad to be there. + +"Now look, he does not move in your hand; he is quite comfortable. We +will take him home and find a glass, put water in, and then place a +small ladder in it which I can cut out of wood. The frog shall be +imprisoned in it, and when he knows that rain is coming he will climb up +the ladder. Give it to me; I will carry it." + +"No, no; I will keep him, and carry him home myself." + +"Then you must hold your hand shut, or he will jump out; but not too +tight so as to press him. And now let us go, for the dew is falling, and +the grass is wet." + +They turned homeward, and Noemi ran on, calling from afar to Therese, +"Mother, mother, see what we have caught! a beautiful bird." + +Mamma Therese prepared to scold her daughter severely. + +"Don't you know that it is forbidden to catch birds?" + +"But such a bird! Herr Timar caught it, and gave it to me. Just peep +into my hand." + +Frau Therese threw up her hands when she saw the green tree-frog there. + +"Look how it blinks at me with its beautiful eyes!" cried Noemi, beaming +with delight. "We are going to put him in a glass, catch flies for him, +and he will foretell the weather for us. Oh, the dear little thing!" And +she held the frog caressingly to her cheek. + +Therese turned to Timar in astonishment. "Sir, you are a magician! Only +yesterday you could have driven this girl out of her senses with such a +creature as that." + +But Noemi was quite enthusiastic about the frog. While she laid the +table on the veranda for supper, she delivered a complete batrachian +lecture to her mother on what she had heard from Timar: how useful, as +well as wise, amusing, and interesting frogs were. It was not true that +they spat venom, as people said, that they crept into sleepers' mouths, +sucked the milk of cows, nor that they burst with poison if you held a +spider to them--all this was pure calumny and stupid superstition. They +are our best friends, which guard us at night; those little soft +foot-prints which are visible on the smooth sand round the house, are +the consoling sign of their nightly patrol: it would be ungrateful to +fear them. Timar had meanwhile prepared a small ladder of willow-twigs +for the little meteorologist. He put it in a wide-mouthed bottle, which +he half filled with water, and covered with a pierced paper, through +which the imprisoned prophet was to receive its provision of flies. It +of course went down to the bottom, and declined either to eat or to +talk. Noemi welcomed this as a sign that the weather would remain fine. + +"Yes, sir," said Frau Therese, as she brought out the supper to the +little table at which they all sat down; "you have not only worked a +miracle on Noemi, but have really done her a great benefit. Our island +would have been a paradise if Noemi had not been so afraid of frogs. As +soon as ever she saw one she grew quite white and got a fit of +shivering. No human power would have induced her to go across the fence +to where the innumerable frogs croak in the marsh. You have made a new +creature of her, and reconciled her with her home." + +"A sweet home!" sighed Timar. Therese sighed aloud. + +"Why do you sigh?" Noemi asked. + +"You know well enough." + +And Timar too knew to whom the sigh was due. + +Noemi tried to give a cheerful turn to the conversation. "I took my +aversion to frogs from the time when a naughty boy played me a trick, +and threw a great big toad, as brown as a crust, at me. He said it was a +bull-frog, and that if he struck it with a nettle it would roar like a +bull. He did strike the poor thing, and then it began to moan piteously, +so that I can never forget it, as if it would call for vengeance against +our whole race; and its body was covered with white froth. The bad boy +laughed when he heard the uncanny voice of the poor beast." + +"Who was that wicked boy?" asked Michael. + +Noemi was silent, and only made an expressively contemptuous movement of +the hand. Timar guessed the name; he looked at Frau Therese, and she +nodded assent--already they can guess each other's thoughts. + +"Has he never been here since?" + +"Oh, yes; he comes every year, and never ceases tormenting us. He has +found a new way of laying us under contribution. He brings a large boat +with him, and as I can not give him any money, he loads it with honey, +wax, and wool, which he sells. I give him what he wants, that he may +leave us in peace." + +"He has not been here lately," said Noemi. + +"Oh, nothing has happened to him, I expect his arrival any day." + +"If only he would come now!" said the girl. + +"Why, you little goose?" + +Noemi grew crimson. "Only because I should prefer it." + +Timar, however, thought to himself how happy he could make these two +people with a single word. But he gloated over the thought, like a child +which had some sweets given to it, and begins by eating the crumbs +first. He felt an inward impulse to share the joys and sorrows of these +islanders. + +Supper was over, the sun had set, and a splendid, still, warm night sunk +on to the fields; the whole sky looked like a transparent silver +veil--no leaf stirred on the trees. The two women went with their +visitor to the top of the great bowlder; from there one had a wide view +over the trees and the reed-beds far across the Danube. The island lay +at their feet like an enchanted lake with variegated waves. The +apple-trees swam in a rosy, and the pomegranates in a dark-red, sea of +blossom; the poplars looked golden-yellow, and the pear-trees white with +snowy bloom, and the waving tips of the plum-trees were radiant in +brazen green. In the midst rose the rock like a lighted cupola, wreathed +with fiery roses, on whose top old lavender bushes formed a thicket. + +"Superb!" cried Timar, enchanted with the landscape outspread before +him. + +"You should see the rock in summer, when the yellow stonecrop is in +bloom," exclaimed Noemi, eagerly; "it looks as if it had on a golden +robe. The lavender blossom makes a great blue crown for its head." + +"I will come and see it," said Timar. + +"Really?" The girl stretched out her hand to him joyously, and Michael +fell a warm pressure such as no woman's hand had ever given him in his +life. And then Noemi leaned her head on Therese's shoulder, and threw +her arm round her mother's neck. All nature was under the spell of deep +repose undisturbed by any human sound. Only the monotonous chorus of the +frogs enlivened the deep shadows of the night. The sky offered a curious +spectacle; half was blue, and the other opal green. There are two sides +even to happiness. + +"Do you hear what the frogs are saying?" whispered Noemi to her +mother--"'Oh, how dear you are, how sweet!' They say that all night +long--'Oh, you darling, you sweet!'" and she kissed Therese at every +word. + +Michael, forgetful of himself and of the whole world, stood on the rock +with folded arms. The young crescent glittered between the quivering +foliage of the poplars, now shining like pure silver; a wonderful new +feeling crept into the man's breast. Was it fear or longing?--memory +aroused or dawning hope?--awakening joy or dying grief?--instinct or +warning?--madness, or that breath of spring which seizes on tree and +grass, and every cold or warm-blooded animal? + +Just so had he gazed at the waning moon, which threw its long reflection +on the waves as far as the sinking ship. His involuntary thoughts talked +with the ghostly magnetic rays, and they with him. + +"Do you not understand? I will return to-morrow, and then you will +know." + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +A SPIDER AMONG THE ROSES. + + +People who live by their labor have no time to admire the moonlight from +mountain-tops, or to waste in observation on the beauties of nature: the +flocks of sheep and goats already waited to be relieved of their milky +tribute by their mistress. Milking was the office of Frau Therese, and +it was Noemi's duty to cut grass enough for the herd. Timar continued +the conversation meanwhile with his back leaning against the +stable-door, and lighting his pipe just as the countryman does when he +is courting the peasant girl. + +The great boiler must be refilled with fresh rose-infusion, and then +they can all go to bed. Timar begged for the bee-house to sleep in, +where Frau Therese spread him a couch of fresh hay, and Noemi arranged +his pillow. Very little was needed to woo him to slumber. Hardly had he +lain down before sleep closed his eyes; he dreamed all night that he had +become a gardener's boy, and was making endless rose-water. + +When he awoke the sun was already high in the heavens. The bees buzzed +round him busily; he had overslept himself. That some one had already +been here he guessed, because near his couch lay all the toilet +necessaries he had brought in his knapsack. A poor traveler who is used +to shaving every day feels very uncomfortable when unable to go through +that operation; his mind is as much disturbed by that confounded stubble +as if it were a prick of conscience. When he was ready, the women +already awaited him at breakfast, which consisted of bread and milk, and +then they went to the day's work of rose-gathering. + +Michael was, as he desired, set to rose-crushing. Noemi picked off the +petals, and Frau Therese was busy with the boiler. Timar told Noemi all +about roses. Not that they were like her cheeks, at which she would have +burst out laughing, but he imparted to her what he had learned about +them in his travels: learned things which Noemi listened to with +attention, and which instilled into her a still greater respect for +Timar. With young and innocent maidens a clever, intelligent man has a +great advantage. + +"In Turkey they use rose-water in eating and drinking. There, too, whole +groves of roses are planted; there beads are made of roses pressed into +the form of balls and strung together: that is why they are called +rosaries. In the East there is one lovely kind of rose from which attar +is made; it is the balsam rose, and grows on trees of ten feet high, +whose branches are bent to the ground by their snow-white burden. Their +scent surpasses that of any other kind; if you throw the petals into +water and set them in the sun, in a very short time the surface is +rainbow-colored with the oil that the petals exude. It is the same with +the evergreen rose, which does not shed its leaves in winter. The Ceylon +and Rio roses dye the hair and beard light, and so fast that they do not +lose their color for years; for this purpose alone there is a +considerable trade in them. The leaves of the Moggor rose stupefy; you +are intoxicated by their scent as if with beer. The Vilmorin rose has +the property that, it if is bitten by a certain insect which is +obnoxious to it, it throws out great tubers, which are said to send a +crying child to sleep if put under its pillow." + +"Have you been everywhere where roses grow?" asked Noemi. + +"Well, I have been a good deal about in the world. I have been to +Vienna, Paris, and Constantinople." + +"Is that far from here?" + +"If one traveled on foot one would get to Vienna in thirty days from +here, and to Constantinople in forty days." + +"But you went in a ship." + +"That takes longer still; for I should have to take in cargo on the +way." + +"For whom?" + +"For the owner I was traveling for." + +"Is Herr Brazovics still your principal?" + +"Who told you about him?" + +"The steersman who came with you." + +"No longer now--Herr Brazovics is dead." + +"Dead! so he is dead? And his wife and daughter?" interrupted Frau +Therese, quickly. + +"They have lost everything by his death." + +"Ah, just God! Thy avenging hand has reached them!" + +"Mother, good mother!" cried Noemi, with gentle entreaty. + +"Sir, there is one more thing you ought to know. When that blow fell on +us, when I had implored Brazovics on my knees not to drive us to +beggary, it struck me that this man had a wife and child. I determined +to find out his wife and tell her my misery--she would help me and take +pity on us. I took my child in my arms and traveled in the hottest part +of the summer to Komorn. I sought her out in her fine large house, and +waited at the door, for they would not let me in. At last Frau Brazovics +came out with her five-year-old daughter. I fell on my knees, and begged +her for God's sake to take compassion on us, and be our mediator with +her husband. The woman seized my arm and thrust me down the step; I +tried, in falling, to protect my child with both arms, that it might not +be hurt, and struck my head against one of the two pillars which support +the balcony. Here is the scar still visible. The little girl laughed +aloud when she saw me limping away and heard my baby cry. That is why I +sing 'Hosanna,' and blessed be the hand which thrust her away from the +steps down which she cast us." + +"Oh, mother, don't talk so!" + +"So they have come to misery? Have they become beggars themselves--the +haughty, purse-proud people? Do they wear rags, and beg in vain at the +doors of their former friends?" + +"No, dear lady," said Michael; "some one has been found to take care of +them." + +"Madman!" cried Therese, with passionate force. "Why should he put a +spoke in fate's wheel? How can he dare to receive into his home the +curse which will ruin him?" + +Noemi ran to her mother and covered her mouth with both hands; then she +fell on her neck and sealed her lips with kisses. "Dearest mother, do +not say such things. Do not utter curses; I can not bear to hear +them--take them back. Let me kiss away the dreadful words from your +lips." + +Therese recovered herself under her daughter's caresses. "Do not be +afraid, silly child," she said, shaking her head. "Curses fall idly on +the air. They are only a bad, superstitious habit of us old women. God +never thinks of noticing the curses of such worms as we are, and keeping +them till the day of judgment. My curses will take effect on no one." + +"It is already fulfilled on me," thought Timar. "I am the madman who +received them into his house." + +Noemi tried to bring the subject of roses back. "Tell me, Herr Timar, +how could you get such a Moggor rose whose scent stupefies?" + +"If you wish, I will bring you one." + +"Where do they grow?" + +"In Brazil." + +"Is that far?" + +"The other side of the world." + +"Must you go by sea?" + +"Two months continuously at sea." + +"And why would you go?" + +"On business--and to fetch you a Moggor rose." + +"Then do not bring me any." + +Noemi left the kitchen, and Michael noticed that tears were in her eyes. +She only returned to the distillery when she had filled her basket with +rose leaves, and shook them out on to the rush-matting, where they made +a large hill. + +The boiling of yesterday's rose-essence lasted till midday, and after +breakfast Frau Therese said to her guest that there was not much work +for to-day, and that they could go for a walk in the island. One who was +so great a traveler might be able to give good advice to the islanders, +as to what vegetables they might usefully and profitably introduce into +their little Eden. Frau Therese said to the dog, "Stop here and watch +the house! Lie down in the veranda and don't stir!" Almira understood +and obeyed. + +Michael disappeared with his companions among the plantations. + +Hardly had they vanished into the wood before Almira began to prick her +ears uneasily and to growl angrily. She scented something. She shook her +head, rose from time to time, but lay down again. A man's voice became +audible, which sung a German song, whose refrain was, "She wears, if I +can trust my eyes, a jet-black camisole." The person coming from the +shore sings, of course, on purpose to attract the attention of the +inhabitants. He is afraid of the great dog--but it does not bark. + +The new arrival appears from among the shadows of the rose-arbor. It is +Theodor Krisstyan. + +This time he is attired like a fashionable dandy, in a dark-blue tunic +with golden buttons; and his overcoat hangs on his arm. Almira does not +stir at his approach. She is a philosopher, and reasons, if I fly at +this man, the end of it will be that I shall be tied up and not he. I +shall do better to keep my opinion of him to myself, and to look on in +armed neutrality at what he does. Theodor drew near confidently, and +whistling to his huge black enemy. "Your servant, Almira. Come, +Almirakin, you dear old dog--where are your ladies? Bark a bit to please +me. Where is our dear Mamma Therese?" Almira could not be induced to +answer. + +"Look, then, little doggie, what I have got for you--a piece of meat; +there, eat it. What? Don't you want it? You fancy it's poisoned, you +fool? Gobble it up, you beauty!" But Almira would not even sniff at the +piece of meat, until Narcissa (it is well known that cats have no +decision of character) crept up to it, which made Almira angry, and she +began to scratch a large hole in the ground; there she buried the meat, +like a careful dog which makes provision for a day of necessity. + +"Well, what a distrustful beast it is," murmured Theodor to himself. "Am +I to be allowed to go in?" + +But that was not allowed. Almira did not say so in words, but she curled +her lip to let him see the beautiful white teeth underneath. + +"Stupid creature, you don't mean to bite me? Where can the women be? +Perhaps in the distillery?" + +Theodor went in and looked round--he found no one. He washed his face +and hands in the steaming rose-water, and it gave him especial pleasure +to think that so he had spoiled the work of a whole day. + +When he wanted to come out of the distillery, he found the entrance +barred by the dog. Almira had laid herself down across the threshold and +showed him her white teeth. "Indeed, so now you won't let me come out, +you churl? Very well, I can wait here till the women return. I can find +a little place to rest on." And so saying he threw himself on the heap +of rose leaves Noemi had turned out. "Ah, what a good bed--a Lucullan +couch! Ha! ha!" + +The women came back with Michael from their walk through the island. +Therese saw with uneasiness that Almira was not lying in the veranda, +but was guarding the door of the distillery. + +When Theodor heard Therese's voice, he thought of a good trick to play. +He buried himself in the rose leaves, so that nothing was to be seen of +him; and when Noemi, with the words, "What have you here, Almira?" +looked in at the door, he put his head out and grinned at her: "Your own +beloved bridegroom is here, lovely Noemi!" + +Noemi, starting back, screamed aloud. + +"What is it?" asked the mother, hastening up. + +"There, among the roses . . ." stammered the girl. + +"Well, what among the roses? A spider?" + +"Yes . . . a spider . . ." + +Theodor sprung laughing from his bed of roses, and like one who has +surprised his dear ones with a capital joke, rushed with shouts of +laughter to Mamma Therese, embraced her, without noticing her angry +looks or Noemi's disgusted face, and kissed her several times. + +"Ha! ha! Did I take you by surprise? You sweet dear mamma, be happy: +your dear son-in-law is here; he has risen like a fairy from the roses. +He! he!" Then he turned toward Noemi, but she slipped away from his +embrace, and then first Theodor Krisstyan was aware of the presence of a +third person--Michael Timar. + +This discovery damped his joviality, which indeed was only put on, and +for this reason it was disagreeable to see some one with whom most +unpleasant recollections were connected. + +"Your servant, Mr. Supercargo!" he addressed Timar. "We meet here again? +You have not any more Turkish pashas in your ship? He! he! Don't be +afraid, Mr. Supercargo." + +Timar shrugged his shoulders and said nothing. Then Theodor turned to +Noemi, and put his arm caressingly round the girl's waist, who in +answer to it pushed him away and turned her face from him. + +"Leave the girl alone!" said Therese shortly, in a severe tone. "What do +you want now?" + +"There, there--don't turn me out of the house before I have got in. Is +it not permissible to embrace my little bride? Noemi won't break if I +look at her? What are you so afraid of me for?" + +"We have good reason," said Therese, sullenly. + +"Don't be angry, little mother. This time I have not come to get +anything from you: I bring you something--a great, great deal of money. +Ho! ho! a heap of money! So much that you could buy back your fine house +that you once had, and the fields and gardens on the Ostrova Island--in +short, all that you have lost. You shall have it all again. I know that +I, as a son, owe you the duty of making good all that you lost by my +poor father's fault." + +By this time Theodor had become so sentimental that he was shedding +tears, but it left the spectators unmoved: they believed as little in +his tears as in his laughter. + +"Let us go in, into the room," said he, "for what I have to say is not +for every ear." + +"Don't talk such nonsense," Frau Therese said, angrily. "What do you +mean by 'every ear' here on this lonely island? You can say anything +before Timar: he is an old friend--but go on. I know you are hungry, and +that's what it all means." + +"Ah, you dear good mother! how well you know your Theodor's little +weakness of always having a splendid appetite. And you do so thoroughly +understand the exquisite Greek _cuisine_, at sight of which one would +wish to be all stomach. There is no such housekeeper in the world as you +are. I have dined with the Sultan of Turkey, but he has no cook who can +compare with you." + +Frau Therese had the weakness of being sensitive to praise of her +housekeeping. She never grudged good things to any guest, and even her +deadly enemy she could not send away empty. + +Theodor wore a so-called Figaro hat, which was then in fashion, and +managed that the low door-way of the little cottage should knock it off +his head, in order to be able to say, "Oh, these confounded new-fangled +hats! but that's sure to happen when one is used to high door-ways. In +my new house they are all folding-doors, and such a splendid view over +the sea from my rooms." + +"Have you then really a home anywhere?" asked Therese as she laid the +table. + +"I should think so! At Trieste, and in the finest palace in the town. I +am agent to the principal shipbuilder." + +"At Trieste?" interrupted Timar. "What's his name?" + +"He turns out sea-going vessels," said Theodor, casting a contemptuous +look at Timar. "He is not merely a barge-builder--and for that matter +his name is Signor Scaramelli." + +Timar was silent. He did not care to let out that he himself was having +a large vessel built for the ocean trade by Scaramelli. + +"I am just rolling in money!" bragged Theodor. "Millions and millions +pass through my hands. If I were not such an honest man, I could save +thousands for myself. I have bought something for my dear little Noemi, +which I once promised her. What did I promise? A ring. What sort of a +stone? A ruby, an emerald? Well, it is a brilliant, a four-carat +brilliant: it shall be our betrothal ring. Here it is." Theodor felt in +his breeches-pocket, fumbled a long time, made at last a terrible +grimace, and stared on the ground. "It is lost!" groaned he, turning his +pocket out, and showing the treacherous hole through which the valuable +engagement-ring with the four-carat diamond had escaped. Noemi broke +into a hearty laugh. She had such a lovely ringing voice when she +laughed, and one seldom had a chance of hearing it. + +"But it is not lost!" cried Theodor; "you may spare your laughter, fair +lady!" and he began to draw off his boot--and there really was the ring, +which fell out of the turned-over top of the boot on to the tray. + +"There it is! A good horse does not run away. My little Noemi's +engagement-ring has never left me. Look now, Mamma Therese--your future +son-in-law has brought this for his bride; there, what do you say to +that? And you, Mr. Underwriter, if you understand these things, what do +you value this diamond at?" + +Timar looked at the stone and said, "Paste. In the trade it is worth +about five groschen." + +"Hold your tongue, Supercargo! What do you know about it? You understand +hay and maize, and perhaps never saw a diamond in your life." + +And so saying, he placed the despised ring, which Noemi would on no +account wear, on his little finger, and was busy all through the meal in +showing it off. The young gentleman had a fine appetite. During dinner +he talked very big about what a gigantic establishment this +shipbuilder's was, and how many million square feet of wood were +required every year. There were hardly any trees left in the +neighborhood fit for building ships. They had to be brought from +America. There were only a few left in Sclavonia. Only after he had +dined well, he came out with the principal affair. + +"And now, my dear lady, I will tell you what I have come about." + +Therese looked at him with anxious distrust. + +"Now I will make you all happy--you, as well as Noemi and myself. And +besides, I can do Signor Scaramelli a good turn. That's enough for me. +Says Scaramelli to me one day, 'Friend Krisstyan, I say, you will have +to go off to Brazil.'" + +"If only you were there now!" sighed Therese. + +Theodor understood and smiled. "You must know that from there comes the +best wood for shipbuilding. The makaya and the murmuru tree, used for +the keel; the poripont and patanova, from which the ribs are made; the +royoc and grasgal-trees, which do not decay in water; the +'mort-aux-rats'-tree, the iron-wood for rudder shafts, and sour-gum-tree +for paddle-floats; also the teak and mahogany for ship's fittings, +and--" + +"Pray, stop with your ridiculous Indian names," interrupted Therese; +"you think you will turn my head by reeling out a whole botanical +catalogue, so that I sha'n't see the wood for the trees. Tell me why--if +there are such incomparable trees in Brazil--why you are not there +already?" + +"Yes, but that's just where my grand idea comes in. Why, said I to +Signor Scaramelli, should I travel to Brazil when we have plenty of wood +close by even better than that of Brazil? I know an island in the middle +of the Danube which is provided with a virgin forest, and where grow +splendid trees, which can compete with those of South America." + +"I thought so," murmured Therese to herself. + +"The poplars take the place of the patanovas; the nut-trees far surpass +mahogany, and those we have in hundreds on our island." + +"My nut-trees!" + +"The wood of the apple-tree is much better than that of the +jaskarilla-tree." + +"Indeed; so you have already disposed of my apple-trees!" + +"Plum-tree wood need not fear comparison with the best teak." + +"And those too you would cut down and sell to Signor Scaramelli?" asked +Frau Therese, quietly. + +"We shall get a mint of money for them; at least ten gulden for each +tree. Signor Scaramelli has given me _carte blanche_. He has left me +free to make a contract with you. I have it in my pocket; you have only +to sign and our fortune is made. And when once the useless trees here +are cut down, we will not stay here, but go and live in Trieste. We will +plant the whole island with 'Prunus mehaleb'--you know they make Turkish +pipe-stems from it. This tree requires no care; we need only keep one +man here; he would sell the yearly crop of tubular stems to the +merchants, and we should receive five hundred ducats for every rood--for +ten roods five thousand ducats." + +Timar could not suppress a smile. Speculations of such rashness had not +occurred even to him. + +"Well, what is there to laugh at?" Theodor said, in a lordly manner. "I +know all about these things." + +"And I understand, too," said Therese, "what you want. As often as my +unlucky star brings you here, you appear like a bird of prey, and I may +be sure you have some malicious scheme against me. You know that you +will not find any money with me, but you help yourself. Once before you +came with a boat and carried off what we had saved for our own use, and +turned it into money. Now you are no longer satisfied with the fruit of +which you took tithes more jealously than any usurious pasha. You want +to sell the trees, too, over my head--those trees, my treasures, my only +friends in the world, which I have planted and nurtured, which keep me, +and under which I can rest. Fy! for shame! to tell me such stories of +getting money for these trees, to build ships of them. For certain, you +would only cut them down to sell them for a trifle to the nearest +charcoal-burner--that is your splendid plan. Who are you going to take +in? Not me, who know your cunning. I tell you, have done with your +foolish tricks, or you may yet learn what is the use of Turkish +pipe-stems!" + +"No, no, Mamma Therese, I am not thinking of joking; you may be sure I +did not come here for nothing: remember what day it is. It is my +_fete_-day, and the day of my little darling Noemi's birth. You know my +poor father and hers betrothed us to each other when we were little; +they settled that as soon as Noemi was seventeen we should be united. I +should have come from the ends of the earth for such a day as this. Here +I am, with all the warmth of my loving heart; but people can not live on +love alone. It is true I get good pay from Signor Scaramelli, but that +goes to the splendid furniture of my house in Trieste. You must give me +something with Noemi, so that she may make an appearance consistent with +her rank. The bride can not enter the bridegroom's house with empty +hands; she is your only daughter, and has a right to require of you that +you should provide for her handsomely." + +Noemi had sat down sulkily in a corner of the room, and remained with +her back to the company and her head against the wall. + +"Yes," continued Theodor. "You must give Noemi a dowry. Do not be so +selfish. Keep half your trees, for all I care, and leave the other half +to me; where and how I sell them is my affair. Give Noemi the nut-trees +for a dowry: for those I have, really, a certain purchaser." + +Therese had come to the end of her patience. "Listen, Theodor. I do not +know whether to-day is your _fete_ or not, but one thing I do know, that +it is not Noemi's birthday. And yet more surely I know that Noemi will +not marry you, if you were the only man on God's earth." + +"Ha! ha! leave that to me--I am not afraid." + +"Just as you like; but now, once for all, you shall never have my +splendid nut-trees, if Noah's ark was to be built of them. One single +tree I will give you, and that you can use for the end you will come to +sooner or later. You say to-day is your _fete_-day, and that would be a +good day to do it." + +At these words Theodor rose, but not to go on his way--only to turn the +chair he had been sitting on, and place himself astride on it, with his +elbows on its back, and looking into Therese's eyes he said with +provoking coolness-- + +"I must say you are very kind, Mamma Therese; you seem to have forgotten +that if I say one word--" + +"Say it then! You can speak freely before this gentleman: he knows +everything." + +"And that this island does not belong to you?" + +"Yes." + +"And that it would only cost me one word, either at Vienna or +Constantinople--" + +"To make us homeless and shelterless and beggars." + +"Yes; I can do that!" cried Theodor Krisstyan, who, now showing his true +colors, looked with greedy eyes at Therese and drew a paper from his +pocket, which he held toward her. "Here is the agreement, and here is +the date. You know what I can do, and I will do it, if you do not sign +this contract immediately." Therese trembled. + +"No, sir," said Timar, laying his hand gently on Theodor's shoulder. +"You can not do that." + +"What?" asked he, throwing his head back defiantly. + +"Lay information anywhere of the existence of this island, and of its +unauthorized occupation." + +"Why should I not do it?" + +"Because another has already done it." + +"You!" cried Theodor, raising his fist to Michael. + +"You!" exclaimed Therese, pressing her hands to her brow. + +"Yes; I," said Timar, steadily and calmly. "I have given information +both at Vienna and in Constantinople, that here close to the Ostrova +Island a nameless and uninhabited islet has been formed in the course of +the last fifty years. Then I begged of the Vienna Government as well as +of the Sublime Porte to leave me the usufruct of the islet for ninety +years: as an acknowledgement of ownership, the Hungarian Government is +to receive every year a sack of nuts, and the Sublime Porte a box of +dried fruit. The patent in question and the imperial firman are already +in my hands." Timar drew the two deeds out of the envelope he had +received at his Baja office, and which had, so much pleased him. When he +became a great man, he had determined to procure comfort and peace for +this poor storm-driven family. That sack of nuts and box of fruit had +cost him large sums. "But," he concluded, "I hastened to transfer the +rights thus obtained to the present inhabitants and colonists. Here is +the official deed of settlement." + +Therese fell speechless at Michael's feet. She could only sob and kiss +the hands of the man who had freed her from this incarnate curse, and +driven away the phantom which oppressed her heart by day and night. + +Noemi held her two hands on her heart, as if afraid that it would cry +aloud, and betray what her lips suppressed. + +"You see then, Herr Theodor Krisstyan," said Michael, "that you have +nothing to get on this island for the next ninety years." + +Pale with rage, Theodor screamed, foaming at the mouth, "And who are you +who dare to meddle in the affairs of this family? What gives you a right +to do it?" + +"My love!" cried Noemi suddenly, with all the strength of overpowering +passion, while she fell on Michael's breast, and threw her arms round +his neck. + +Theodor said not a word more. He shook his fist in silent rage at Timar, +and rushed out of the room. In his look lay that hatred which does not +hesitate to use a dagger or to mix poison. But even when he was gone, +the girl still held Timar's neck in her embrace. + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +OUT OF THE WORLD. + + +What induced Noemi to throw herself on Timar's breast and acknowledge +openly that she loved him? Did she wish thus to banish forever the man +whose presence was hateful to her, and make it impossible for him any +longer to desire her as his wife? Had this child of solitude no idea of +the etiquette which demands that such feelings should be concealed in a +maiden's breast? Or did she confuse love with the gratitude she could +not help feeling toward the man who had freed her and her mother from +anxiety, and won for their lifelong enjoyment the possession of this +little paradise? Perhaps she was alarmed when she saw her tormentor +feeling for a weapon, and had instinctively thrown herself on her +benefactor's breast to protect him from attack. She might have thought +that this poor ship's captain, whose mother was as poor as her mother, +had said that he had "no one" in the world; why should she not be "some +one" to him? Would he have returned here if something had not attracted +him, and if he cared for her why should she not love him? + +No, no; no explanation, no reason, no excuse was needed; here was +nothing but pure, unselfish love. + +She did not know why, she asked for no reason--she only loved. She loved +without inquiring whether it was allowed by God and man, whether it +would bring her joy or sorrow. She did not long to be happy or great, +her lord's liege lady, crowned with the silver crown, and blessed by the +Triune God--she only loved. She never thought of humiliation with bent +head, she asked neither the protection of a husband nor the pity and +forgiveness of God--she only loved. Such was Noemi. + +Poor Noemi! what you must suffer for this! . . . Michael had for the +first time in his life heard it said that some one loved him. From real +inclination, as a poor ship's captain in another man's service, without +selfish interest, for his own sake alone. A miraculous warmth overflowed +his heart, the warmth which will awake the dead from their long sleep at +the resurrection. He raised his hands timidly and trembling to the +shoulders of the girl, and asked, with softly whispering voice, "And +that is really true?" + +The maiden moved the head which lay on his heart and nodded to him. +"Yes; it is true." + +Michael looked at Therese. She came toward them, and laid her hand on +Noemi's head, as if to say, "Well, then, love him!" It was a solemn and +silent scene, in which each could hear the heart-beats of the other. + +Therese broke the silence first. "If only you knew," she said to Timar, +"how many tears the girl has shed for you. If you had seen her go daily +up the rock, and look for hours over the quiet landscape, where you +vanished from her sight. If you had heard her whisper your name in her +dreams!" + +Noemi made a deprecating gesture with her hand, as if to entreat her +mother to betray no more. But Michael only noticed it by drawing her +closer to himself. See, here at last is one being in the wide world who +knows how to love him; who in the "Man of Gold" loves the man and not +the gold. And it seemed to him as if he had been in banishment, as long +as he had walked through the world, and only now had found a new earth +and new heaven, and in them a new life. He bent to kiss the girl's brow, +and felt her heart throb against his. + +And around him were only springing flowers, fragrant shrubs, humming +bees, and singing birds, which all proclaimed "Thou shalt love!" +Speechless bliss led them out into the air, and when they looked into +each other's eyes, both thought, "How wonderful! thine eyes are the same +color as mine." The brilliant sky and the fragrant earth had agreed to +inthrall them--their own inclination completed the spell. When a child +who has never loved, and a man who has never been loved, meet each +other, how is it likely to be with them? + +The day drew to a close, but they had not yet been satisfied with joy. +The evening fell, the moon rose. Noemi led Michael to the top of the +rock, whence she had once looked after the departing guest with tears. +There Timar sat down among the sweet lavender; Noemi placed herself +beside him, and leaned her curly golden head on the arm of the man, +whose enraptured face was raised to the sky. Therese stood behind them +and looked down smiling. The silver moon shone radiant from the +golden-dusky vault, and the tempting phantom spoke, "Behold this +treasure! it belongs to you. You found it; it gave itself to you and is +yours. You had obtained all except love, only that was wanting, and now +you have found that too. Take, enjoy to the dregs the cup which the +Almighty has given you. You will become a new man! The man whom a woman +loves becomes a demi-god. You are happy; you are beloved." . . . Only +the inner voice whispered, "You are a thief!" + + * * * * * + +With the first kiss a new world had arisen for Michael; a wonderful +change had taken place in his soul. The first feeling which overpowered +him was a secret dread, a fear of happiness; should he submit to it or +fly from it? Does a blessing or a curse rest on it? does it bring life +or death? what follows on it? What deity will answer these questions? +The flower is answered when it unfolds its cup, the butterfly when it +opens its wings, the bird when it builds its nest; but not the man when +he asks, "Is it good or evil to follow the call of my heart?" + +And his heart said, "Look in her eyes!" It is not sinful to be +transported by a glance of the eye, and this intoxication lasts. Michael +forgot the whole world when he looked in her eyes; a new creation arose +for him, full of bliss and joy and earthly happiness. The exquisite +presentiment stupefied him. + +Since his youth no one had loved him. He had once hoped for affection, +struggled for it with might and main, and when he thought he was at the +goal, his joy was turned to ashes by crushing disappointment. And here +to his face he is told that he is beloved. Everything tells him so; the +animals which lick his hand, the lips which betray the heart's secret, +the blush and the glance which tell more than the mouth. Even she who +ought to guard the secret jealousy, the mother of the loving girl, even +she betrays it--"She loves so passionately that it will be her death!" + +No; that it shall not be. . . . + +Timar passed on the island one of those days which outweigh an eternity. +A day full of endless feeling--a day of self-forgetfulness and waking +dreams, when what a man has longed for in visions of the night actually +stands before him. + +But when on the third night, after a season of ideally rapturous +intercourse, he returned from the moonlit world of enchantment to his +solitary dark bedroom, the inward accuser, who would not be silenced or +lulled to sleep, called him to account. + +This voice would not let him sleep. He was restless all night, and dawn +found him out under the trees; his decision was made--he would go away +and not come back for a long time, till he was forgotten. Till he also +had forgotten that he had lived three days in Elysium, that he had been +permitted to know happiness. + +When the sun rose, he had been round the whole island, and when he got +back he found Frau Therese and her daughter busy preparing breakfast. + +"I must go away to-day," said Michael to Therese. + +"So soon," whispered Noemi. + +"He has a great deal to do," said Therese to her daughter. + +This was only natural enough. A captain is only a servant who must look +after his affairs, and not waste the time for which he must account to +his employer. + +He was not pressed to stay--it was quite right that he should leave. He +will come back, and they have plenty of time to wait for him--one year, +two years, till the hour of death, till eternity. But Noemi did not +touch her glass of new milk: she could not have swallowed a drop. He +must not be detained; if he has business he must go and attend to it. +Therese herself brought out his gun and knapsack, and said to Noemi, +"You carry the gun, that Almira may not hurt it. Go with him to the +boat." + +Timar walked silently beside Noemi; the girl's hand rested in his; +suddenly she stood still. Michael did so too, and looked in her eyes. +"You want to ask me something?" he said. The girl thought awhile, then +she said, "No; nothing." Timar had learned to read her eyes; he guessed +her thoughts. Noemi wanted to ask him, "Tell me, my beloved, my all; +what has become of the white-faced girl who once came with you to the +island, and was called Timea?" + +But she said nothing, only walked on silently with his hand in hers. + +Michael's heart was heavy when they said good-bye. When Noemi gave him +his gun she whispered to him, "Take care of yourself, that no harm may +come to you;" and when she pressed his hand, she looked at him once more +with those heavenly blue and soulful eyes, and said, with a voice of +entreaty, "You will return?" + +Michael was fascinated by the entreating voice. He pressed the child to +him and murmured--"Why don't you say 'Wilt not _thou_ return?' Why am I +never to hear _thou_?" + +The girl cast down her eyes and gently shook her head. "Do say 'thou,'" +he begged once more. She hid her face on Michael's breast, but would not +do his will. + +"So you can not, or will not, call me 'thou?'--one single word--are you +afraid?" The maiden covered her face with both hands, and was silent. +"Noemi, I beg of thee say that one little word and make me happy. Do not +let me go without it." + +But she shook her head silently and could not utter it. + +"Then farewell to you, dear Noemi," faltered Michael, and sprung into +his boat. The rushes of the marsh soon hid the island from his gaze. But +as long as he could distinguish its woods, he still saw the girl leaning +on an acacia-tree, sadly gazing out with her head on her hand; but she +did not call after him the desired word. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +THE TROPIC OF CAPRICORN. + + +After Michael had rowed across to the other side, he gave over the boat +to a fisherman to keep till he came back. But would he ever come back? + +He wished to go on foot as far as the wharf, where Fabula was busy with +the lading of his ships. It is hard work to row against the stream, and +in Timar's present frame of mind he was in no mood for muscular +exertion; there was in his heart a stronger current, to contend against +which he needed all his strength. + +The district through which he had to pass was a widespread alluvial +deposit of the Danube, like those found in the lower reaches of the +river. The capricious stream has burst some dam, and altered its course. +Every year it tears portions from one bank and carries them over to the +other. On this deposit the trees uprooted with it form a new growth, and +through this dark natural forest wind lonely paths--the roads of the +osier-cutters and fisher-folk. Here and there you come to a forsaken hut +with a shingle roof whose walls are covered with creepers. These +sometimes shelter a snipe-shooter, conceal a robber, or form the lair of +a wolf and her cubs. + +Michael, deep in thought, strode silently on through this desert: he had +thrown his gun over his shoulder. + +"You can never return here," said Timar to himself. "If it is difficult +to carry through one lie with consistency, how can you manage two?--two +contradictory lies? If you accept Noemi's love, you will be inseparably +bound to her, and must live henceforth two lives, both full of deceit. +. . . You are no boy, to be passion's tool, and perhaps it is not +passion which you feel, possibly merely a passing desire or only +gratified vanity. + +"Then the rejected bridegroom--how is he to be got rid of? He would kill +you, or you him--a delightful relationship indeed to end on the +scaffold!" + +He took off his hat and wiped the sweat from his brow; it soothed his +burning temples to let the breeze fan them. + +"Am I never to be happy?" he sighed. "All these years I have worked +early and late for other people; why should I be so wretched? I adored +my wife, and her coldness has brought me to despair; but Noemi loves me. +That can no longer be altered, and in the island, outside the world, the +laws of society and religion have no power. . . . I could easily pay off +that fellow who comes between us, and then I could live here in peace +for half the year. Timea would only suppose that I was away on +business." + +The wind of spring rustled through the young poplar stems. Here, where +the path turned, stood a hut made of interwoven osier-twigs, whose +entrance was concealed by brambles. Timar stood still and put on his +hat. At that moment two shots rattled close to him, the two balls +whistling over his head with that unpleasant sound which resembles the +buzz of an approaching wasp or the clang of an aeolian harp. Michael's +hat, pierced by two balls, flew from his head into the bushes. Both +shots came from the ruined hut. For the first instant the shock +paralyzed his limbs; they came like two answers to his secret thoughts. +A shudder ran through his whole body: the next moment rising fury took +the place of fear; he lowered his gun, cocked both barrels, and rushed +angrily toward the hut, from which the smoke of the discharged weapon +poured through the crevices. + +Before the muzzle of his gun stood a trembling man--Theodor Krisstyan. +His discharged pistol was still in his hand, he held it now as a +protection to his head, and shook so that every limb quivered. + +"It is you--you!" cried Michael. + +"Mercy!" stammered the trembling wretch, throwing away his pistol, and +stretching both hands entreatingly to Michael: his knees knocked +together, and he could hardly keep his feet; his face was pale as death, +his eyes dull, he was more dead than alive. Timar recovered his +composure: fear and anger had left him--he lowered his gun. "Come +nearer," he said to the assassin. + +"I dare not," faltered he, clinging to the wood-work. "You will kill +me." + +"Don't be afraid; I don't want your life. There"--he discharged his gun +in the air--"now I am unarmed, and you have no cause to fear." Theodor +crept out. "You wanted to kill me," said Michael. "You wretched +creature! I pity you!" + +The young rascal dared not look at him. + +"Theodor Krisstyan, so young, and already a murderer!--but you could not +do it. Examine yourself; you are not naturally bad, but your soul has +been envenomed: I know your history, and I make excuses. You have good +capacities, and use them badly--you are a vagabond and a swindler; does +such a life content you? Impossible!--begin afresh--shall I help you to +a post in which you can, with your education, honestly support yourself? +I have many connections: it is in my power: there is my hand on it." + +The murderer fell on his knees before the man he would have killed, +seized the offered hand with both his own, and covered it, sobbing, with +kisses. + +"Oh, sir, you are the first man who has ever spoken thus to me; let me +kneel at your feet! From boyhood I have been chased from every door like +a dog without a master; I had to steal or beg every morsel I eat; no one +gave me a hand but those who were worse than myself, and who led me +further astray. I have led a shameful, miserable life, full of deceit +and treachery, and I tremble before any one who knows me; and you hold +out a hand to me--you, for whom I have been lying in wait like a +brigand, you will save me from myself! Let me kneel before you, and thus +receive your commands!" + +"Stand up! I am no friend to sentiment; tears make me suspicious." + +"You are right," said Theodor, "and especially with such a well-known +actor as I am, who if you say to him 'Take that groschen and cry,' could +at once break into floods of tears. Now people don't believe me if I +really weep; I will suppress my tears." + +"All the more because I do not intend to address a moral lecture to you, +but only to speak of very dry business matters. You spoke of your +connection with Scaramelli, and a business journey to Brazil." + +"All lies, sir." + +"So I thought. You have no connection with Scaramelli?" + +"I had, but it was broken off." + +"Did you run away, or were you dismissed?" + +"The former." + +"With trust-money?" + +"With three or four hundred gulden." + +"Say five hundred. Would you not be glad to return them to the firm? I +have relations with their house." + +"I do not want to remain there." + +"And what connection has this with the Brazilian journey?" + +"There is not a word of truth in it; no ship-wood comes from there." + +"Not even those you mentioned, among which were dye and chemical woods?" + +Theodor smiled. "The truth is that I wanted to sell the trees of the +ownerless island to a charcoal-burner to get a little money; Therese +guessed at once my real object." + +"Then you did not come to the island for Noemi's sake?" + +"Oh, I have as many wives as the countries I have visited." + +"H'm--I know of a very good situation for you in Brazil, an agency for a +lately commenced enterprise, where a knowledge of the Hungarian, German, +Italian, English, and Spanish languages is necessary." + +"I speak and write all these languages." + +"I know it--and also Greek, Turkish, Polish, and Russian: you are a +clever fellow. I will procure for you this situation, in which you can +make use of your talents. The agency of which I speak carries with it a +salary of three thousand dollars and a percentage of the profits, the +amount of which will depend on yourself." + +Theodor could hardly believe his ears. But he was so accustomed to +pretense that when he was overcome by real gratitude he had not the +courage to give it expression, lest it should be taken for acting. + +"Is this your real meaning, sir?" + +"What motive should I have at this moment for jesting with you? You +attempted my life, and I must secure myself. I can not send you out of +the world--my conscience forbids it--so I must try to make an honest man +of you in the interest of my own safety. If you are in good +circumstances, I shall have nothing to fear. Now you can understand my +course of action. As a proof that my offer is in earnest, take my +pocket-book. You will find in it the necessary journey expenses to +Trieste, and probably as much as what you owe to Scaramelli. At Trieste +you will find a letter which gives you further directions. And now we +will part--one to the right, and the other to the left." + +Theodor's hand shook as he received the pocket-book. Michael lifted his +pierced hat from the ground. "And you can look on these shots just as +you like. If they were the attack of an assassin, you have every reason +not to approach me in any region within reach of the law; but if they +were the shots of an insulted gentleman, you know that at our next +meeting it is my turn to shoot." + +Theodor Krisstyan bared his breast, and exclaimed passionately, "Shoot +me if ever I come in sight of you again! Shoot me like a mad dog!" He +raised the discharged pistol, and pressed it into Timar's hand. "Shoot +me with my own pistol it you ever meet me in this world! Do not ask, say +not a word, but kill me!" + +He insisted on Michael's taking the pistol, and putting it in his +pocket. + +"Farewell!" said Timar, and then he left him and went on his way. + +Theodor stood still looking after him. Then he ran, and caught him up. +"Sir, one word--you have made a new man of me--allow me, if ever I write +to you, to begin with the words, 'My Father.' In those words once lay +for me shame and horror; let me find in them henceforth a fountain of +trust and happiness--my father, my father!" + +He kissed Michael's hand with impassioned warmth, rushed away, threw +himself down on the grass behind the first bush that hid him from +Timar's eyes, and wept--real, true tears. + + * * * * * + +Poor little Noemi stood for an hour under the acacia-tree where she had +taken leave of Michael. Therese, as she stayed out so long, had gone to +seek her, and now sat beside her daughter on the grass. Not to be idle, +she had brought out her knitting. + +Suddenly Noemi exclaimed, "Mother, did you hear?--two shots on the other +shore!" + +They listened. There was deep stillness in the drowsy air. + +"Two more shots! Mother, what is it?" + +Therese tried to calm her. "They must be sportsmen, child, who are +shooting there." + +Noemi's cheeks lost their color, and she looked as pale as the acacia +blossoms over her head. She pressed her hands vehemently to her breast +and faltered, "Oh, no, no! he will never come back!" + +It grieved her to the heart that she had not said the little word "thou" +to him when he begged so hard. + + * * * * * + +"Master Fabula," said Timar to his faithful steward, "this year we will +not send the crop either to Raab or Komorn." + +"What shall we do with it, then?" + +"We will grind it here. I have two windmills on my property, and we can +hire thirty water-mills; those will suffice." + +"Then we must open a huge warehouse, where we can sell such a quantity." + +"That will not be wanting. We will load the flour into small ships, +which can go up to Karlstadt; thence we will transfer it in barrels to +Brazil." + +"To Brazil!" screamed Fabula, quite frightened. "I can't go there with +it." + +"I was not thinking of sending you there, Master Fabula; your department +is the grinding and the transport to Trieste. I will give the agents +and millers their orders to-day, and you can scold and manage in my +absence just as if I were there." + +"Many thanks," said Master Fabula, and shook his head violently as Herr +von Levetinczy left the office. "That will be a gigantic folly," he +grumbled to himself. "To begin with, the flour will be musty before it +arrives; then no one will buy it; thirdly, nobody will ever see the +color of money which has to come from Brazil. How could he claim it? +there is no fiscal authority there, or even a vice-consul. In short, it +is just another of those colossal, everlasting pieces of folly of our +Herr Levetinczy, but it will turn out well, to every one's surprise, as +every stupid thing does that our master undertakes. And I don't doubt +that our flour-ships will come back laden with gold-dust from Brazil; +but for all that it is a great folly." + +Our Herr Fabula was perfectly right. Timar was of the same opinion. He +ran a risk in this speculation of losing at least a hundred thousand +gulden. But this idea was not of to-day. It had long been in his mind +whether a Hungarian merchant might not make better profits than in grain +contracts and the chartering of cargo-ships. Would it not be possible +for those goods which have to struggle with foreign competition to find +their own place in the great bazaar of the world's market? + +The export trade in flour was an old plan of his. To prepare for its +execution he had completed his mills, and built a large vessel at +Trieste. But the reason of his hasty determination to begin work at once +was only on Noemi's account; and his meeting with Theodor had brought +this decision to a head. + +This business was only a pretext; the principal thing was to put a +hemisphere between himself and that man. Those who saw in what ceaseless +labor Timar spent the next weeks--how he hurried from one mill to +another, and from there to his ships; how he dispatched them the moment +they were laden, and personally superintended the transport--all said, +"What a pattern of a merchant! He is tremendously rich; he has +directors, agents, captains, stewards, overseers, foremen, and yet he +sees to all himself like a common contractor. He understands business." +(If only they had known what depended on this business!) + +Three weeks passed before the first ship laden with barrels of Hungarian +flour lay ready to weigh anchor in the harbor of Trieste. The ship was +called "Pannonia;" it was a beautiful three-masted galliot. Even Master +Fabula was loud in its praise; for he was present at the loading of the +flour. But Timar himself never saw it; he had not once come to Trieste +to see it before it started. During those weeks he remained in +Levetinczy or Pancsova. The whole enterprise was in Scaramelli's name; +Timar had his reasons for keeping his own name out of it; and he only +communicated in writing with the fully empowered firm of Scaramelli. + +One day he received a letter from Theodor Krisstyan. When he opened it +he was surprised to find money in it--a hundred gulden note. The +contents of the letter ran thus-- + + "MY FATHER,--When you read these lines I shall be + afloat on board the splendid ship 'Pannonia,' as + Brazilian agent of the house of Scaramelli. + + "Accept my warmest thanks for your kind recommendation. + The bank has advanced me two months' salary, of which I + inclose a hundred gulden, with the request that you + would be good enough to pay it over to the landlord of + The White Ship at Pancsova. I am in debt to that amount + to that poor man, and am thankful to be able to pay + this sum. Heaven bless you for all your goodness to + me!" + +Timar breathed freely. "The man has already improved; he remembers his +old debts and pays them with his savings. What a sweet thought to have +brought a lost sheep back to the fold--to be the savior of an enemy who +attempted one's life--to give back to him life, the world, honor, and +bring to light a pearl purified of the mire in which it lay! Is not this +a truly Christian act? You have a generous soul. If only the inward +accuser would not reply, 'You are a murderer!' + +"You do not rejoice to have saved a man, but rather at getting rid of +him. If you received news that a tornado had caught your ship and sunk +it with every soul on board, what joy it would give you! You are not +thinking of the flour-trade with its profits and losses, but that every +year in the swamps of La Plata and the river Amazon that fearful specter +walks--the yellow fever--which, like the tiger, lies in ambush for the +new-comer. Of every hundred, sixty fall victims to it. It is that of +which the prospect gives you pleasure. You are a murderer!" + +Timar felt the satisfaction of a man who has succeeded in putting an +enemy out of the way--a joy with which bitter self-condemnation and +anxious forebodings were mingled. + + * * * * * + +From henceforward Timar was transformed. He was hardly to be recognized. +The usually cold-blooded man betrayed in everything a singular +restlessness; he gave contradictory orders, and forgot an hour after +what he had said. If he started on a journey, he turned back half-way; +he began to avoid business, and seemed indifferent to the most important +affairs; then again he grew so excitable that the smallest neglect +enraged him. He might be seen wandering on the shore for half a day at a +time, with his head down like one who is nearly mad, and begins by +running away from home. Another time he shut himself into his room and +would not let any one in; the letters which came to him from all parts +lay unopened in a heap on his table. This shrewd, clever man could think +of nothing but the golden-haired girl whom he had seen for the last time +leaning on a tree by the island shore, with her head supported on her +arm. One day he determined to return to her, and the next to drive the +remembrance of her from his breast. He began to be superstitious; he +waited for signs from Heaven, and visions to decide what he should do. +Dreams always brought the same face, happy or sad, submissive or +inconsolable, and he was more crazy than ever. But Heaven sent him no +sign. + +One day he decided to be reasonable and attend to his business affairs; +that might perhaps steady his brain. He sat down before the heap of +letters and began to open them all in turn. All that came of it was that +he had forgotten at the end of a letter what he had read at the +beginning. He only cared to read what was written in those blue eyes. +But his heart began to beat fast when a letter fell into his hands which +was heavier than the rest; he knew the handwriting of the address; it +was Timea's. + +His blood ran cold. This was the sign from Heaven, this will decide the +conflict in his soul. + +Timea writes to him--the angelic creature, the spotless wife. A single +tender word from her will exercise an influence on her husband like a +cry of "danger" to a drunken man. These well-known characters will call +up the saintly face before his mind's eye, and lead him back to the +right path. + +In the letter is a small object; it must be a loving surprise, a little +souvenir. Yes! to-morrow is her husband's birthday. This will be a +charming letter, a sweet remembrance. Michael opened the envelope very +carefully, after cutting round the seal. The first thing that surprised +him was a key which fell out--the key of his writing-table. + +But in the letter were these words: "MY DEAR SIR,--You left the key of +your writing-table in the lock. That you may not be uneasy about it, I +send it to you. God keep you!--TIMEA." + +Nothing further. Timar had forgotten to take out the key that night when +he came home secretly, when the conversation with Athalie had so +disturbed his mind. + +Nothing but the key and a couple of frigid lines. Timar put down the +letter in vexation. + +Suddenly a dreadful idea flashed through his mind. If Timea found this +key in his writing-table lock, perhaps she looked through the desk. +Women are curious, and do such things. But if she did search in it, she +must have found something she would recognize. When Timar disposed of +Ali Tchorbadschi's treasures, he had been careful not to part with some +objects, which, if they came into the trade, might have led to +discovery, but had, for the most part, only sold the separate diamonds. +Among the precious objects was a medallion framed in brilliants, which +contained a miniature portrait of a young lady, whose features bore a +striking likeness to those of Timea. It must be the picture of her +mother, who had been a Greek. If Timea found this medallion, she must +know all; she would at once recognize her mother's portrait, and +conclude that this jewel had belonged to her father. This would lead her +to the further conclusion that her mother's valuables had fallen into +Timar's hands, and thus she would arrive at the knowledge of how he had +become rich, and that he had married her at the price of her own money. +If Timea was curious, she now knows all, and then she must despise her +husband. + +And do not the words of the letter betray this? Does not the wife wish +her husband to understand, by the forwarding of the key, that she had +discovered his secrets? + +This thought was decisive to Michael as to whether his path was to lead +up or down! Down! + +"It is all one," thought he. "I am unmasked before the woman. I can no +longer play the honest man, the true-hearted, generous benefactor. I am +found out. I can only sink lower still!" + +He was determined to return to the island. But he would not retreat +like a defeated foe. He wrote to Timea, and begged her to open all the +letters which should come during his absence, to inform his agents of +their contents, and, where a decision was necessary, to dispose, in the +name of her husband, of all as she chose. At the same time he sent the +key back, that it might be at hand if any documents were wanted. + +That was his trump card. With the feeling that his secret was near +discovery he hastened to lead up to it, and possibly that very thing +might prevent its revelation. He left orders to his agents that all +letters concerning his affairs were to be directed to his wife. He was +going away for a long time, but he did not say where to. + +Late in the afternoon he started in a hired carriage. He hoped his track +would be lost, and did not take his own horses. A couple of days ago he +had been superstitious, and awaited signs from Heaven, from the +elements, to show him the way. Now he noticed them no longer. He was +determined to return to the island. But the sky and the elements tried +to frighten him by evil omens, and even to detain him by force. Toward +evening, when the long lines of poplars on the Danube shore were already +in sight, suddenly a reddish-brown cloud appeared in the sky, +approaching with great rapidity. The peasant driver began to pray and +sigh, but when the smoke-like cloud drew nigh, his prayers changed to +curses. The Galambocz gnats are coming! + +They are creations of the Evil One, trillions in number, and living in +the holes of the Galambocz rocks: suddenly they come out in swarms, +forming a thick cloud, and if they descend into the plain, woe to the +cattle they find in the open! + +The flight of gnats covered the plain through which Timar had to drive; +the tiny stinging plague swarmed over the bodies of the horses, creeping +into their eyes, ears, and nostrils. The terrified animals could no +longer be controlled--they turned round suddenly with the carriage, and +bolted in a north-westerly direction. Timar ventured on a jump from the +carriage; he leaped cleverly and safely without injury; the horses flew +off and away. If he had attended to omens, this might have been +sufficient to turn him also aside. But he was now obstinate. He was +going on a road where man no longer asks for help from God. He was going +where Noemi drew him and Timea drove him. North pole and south pole, +desire and his own will, pressed him on. + +When he jumped from the carriage, he continued his journey on foot, +keeping along the wooded river-bank. His gun had remained in the +carriage, he had come with empty hands: he cut himself a walking-stick, +and that was his only weapon: provided with this, he tried to make his +way through the thicket. There he lost himself; night surprised him, and +the more he wandered the less he found an outlet. At last he came on a +hut built of osier-twigs, and decided to spend the night there. + +He made a fire out of the dry branches lying near: fortunately he was +carrying his game-bag when he jumped from the carriage, and in it were +bread and ham; he broiled the ham over the fire and ate it with the +bread. + +He found also something else in the bag, the pistol with which Theodor +had attacked him from the hut; perhaps from this very hut--quite +possible that it was the same. He could make no use of the pistol, for +he had left his powder-horn in the carriage; but it did him a service by +strengthening him in his fatalism: a man who had escaped so many dangers +must still have some work to do in the world. And indeed he required +some encouragement, for after nightfall it began to be uncanny here in +the desert. Not far away wolves were howling, and through the bushes +Timar saw the shining green eyes: one and another old Sir Isegrim came +up to the back wall of the hut and executed a fearful howl. Timar dared +not let the fire out all night, for it alone kept away the wild beasts. +When he went inside, the uncomfortable hiss with which snakes receive +human beings struck his ear, and a sluggish mass moved under his foot; +perhaps he had trodden on a tortoise. Timar kept up the fire all night, +and drew fantastic figures in the air with the glowing end of the +fire-stick--perhaps the hieroglyphics of his own thoughts. + +What a miserable night! He who has a home provided with every luxury, +and a comfortable bed; in whose house rules a lovely young woman whom he +can call his wife--spends a lonely night in a damp, fungus-grown hut: +wolves howl round him, and over his head adders creep slowly through the +rush-woven roof. And to-day is his birthday; a happy family festival +indeed--in such surroundings! But they suit him--he wants nothing else. + +Michael had a pious mind. From childhood he had been used night and +morning to put up a silent prayer. He had never lost the habit, and in +every danger or trouble of his eventful life, he had taken refuge in +prayer. He believed in God; God was his deliverer, and whatever he +undertook succeeded. But in this dreadful night he dared not pray; he +would not speak with God. + +"Do not Thou look where I go." From this birthday he gave up prayer. He +defied fate. + +When the day dawned, the nocturnal beasts of prey slunk back to their +lairs. Timar left his inhospitable refuge, and soon found the path which +led direct to the shore of the Danube: here a new horror awaited him. +The Danube was enormously swollen, and had overflowed its banks. It was +the season of the spring floods after the melting of the snow; the +foaming yellow stream was filled with uprooted reeds and tree-trunks. +The fisherman's hut which he sought, and which stood on the point of a +hill, was in the water up to the threshold, and the boat he had left +there was tied to a tree close by. + +He found not a creature there. It is impossible to fish in such a flood, +and the people had removed all their nets. If he wanted a sign from +heaven, a direction from God's finger--here he had it. The swollen river +barred his way with its whole majestic strength; at such times no one +ventures on the river; the warning was there, the elements commanded him +to return. + +"Too late," said Timar. "I can not go back; I must go on." + +The door of the hut was locked, and he broke it open to get his oars, as +he saw through a chink that they were kept there. Then he got into the +boat, tied himself in, loosed the boat, and pushed off. The current +seized him at once, and rushed on with him. The Danube was at that time +a powerful master, and uprooted forests in its rage; a mortal venturing +on its surface was like a worm floating on a straw, and yet this worm +defied it. He alone managed the two oars, which also served to steer +with. On the rapid waves his skiff danced like a nutshell, but the wind +was contrary, and tried to drive him back to the shore he came from. But +Timar succumbed neither to wind nor water. + +He had thrown his hat to the bottom of the boat; his hair, wet with +perspiration, fluttered in the wind, and the waves splashing over the +side threw their icy spray in his face--but they did not cool him. The +thought was hot within him that Noemi might be in danger on the island. +But the idea did not paralyze his arms. The Danube and the wind are two +mighty powers--but stronger still are the passions and the will of man. +Timar felt this. What activity in his mind, what muscle in his arm! It +was a superhuman task in which he succeeded, to cross the current at the +head of the Ostrova Island. Here he rested awhile. + +The island of Ostrova was overflowed, the water was rushing among the +trees. Here it was easier to get on by pushing his oars against the +trunks; at the back of Ostrova he must let himself float down-stream to +arrive at the ownerless island. When he had reached the right spot, and +came out from among the trees, a new and surprising spectacle lay before +him. The ownerless island was usually hidden behind a thick bed of +osiers, over which only the tree-tops were visible; now none of the +reeds was to be seen, and the island lay out in mid-stream. The flood +had covered the reeds, the trees of the island stood in the water, and +only at one place the rock raised its head above the surface. + +With feverish impatience he let his boat float down. Every stroke +brought him nearer to the erratic bowlder, whose crown was blue with +lavender flowers, while the sides were shining gold with climbing +nasturtium which clung to the stone; and the nearer he came the greater +was his impatience. He could already see the orchard, whose trees stood +in the water half-way up their trunk; but the rose-garden was dry, and +there the lambs and kids had taken refuge. Now Almira's joyful bark fell +on his ear; the black creature came running to the shore, rushed back, +came on again, leaped into the water, and swam toward the new arrival +and back again. + +Does Michael see that rosy face there at the base of a blooming +jasmine-bush, hurrying toward him to the very edge of the rushing water? +One more stroke, and the boat has reached the shore. Michael springs out +and the waves carry off the boat; he no longer wants it, and no one +thinks of drawing it ashore. + +Each only saw the other. Around them the paradise of the first +man!--fruit-laden trees, blossoming fields, tame animals, surrounded by +a watery ring, and therein--Adam and Eve. + +The maiden stands pale and trembling before the new-comer, and as he +rushes toward her, when she sees him before her, she throws herself with +a burst of passion on his breast, and cries, in the self-forgetfulness +of ecstasy, "Thou hast returned! Thou, thou!" and even when her lips are +closed they still say, "Thou, thou!" + +Around them is Eden. The jasmine-bush sends down on them its silvery +flower-crown, and the choir of nightingales and blackbirds sing "Gospodi +pomiluj." + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +SWEET HOME. + + +The waves carried off Michael's boat. That of the islanders, which had +brought them here, had long rotted away, and they had never had another. +The new-comer could not leave the island before the first fruit-dealers +arrived. Before that time weeks and months must elapse. + +Happy weeks, happy moons! Uncounted days of unbroken joy! The ownerless +island was Timar's home. There he found work and rest. After the flood +had passed away, the work of getting rid of the water left in the +hollows gave him plenty to do. The whole day he was busy digging canals +to carry it away; his hands looked like a laborer's from the blisters +with which they were covered. When he threw spade and pick over his +shoulder in the evening, and came back to the little cottage, he was met +afar off, and lovingly welcomed. And when he had finished his canal and +drawn off the marshy water, he looked upon his work as proudly as if it +was the only one in all his life which could lay claim to be called a +good action, and which he could confidently submit to his inward judge. +The day of the opening of this canal was a festival on the little +island. They had no church festivals and did not count Sundays: their +saints' days were those on which God gave them some special joy. + +These islanders were sparing of words. What the holy David said in one +hundred and fifty psalms, was by them expressed in a sign, and what the +poets have sung of love in all their verses, one glance of the eye was +sufficient to tell; they learned to read each other's thoughts on the +brow, they learned to think together. + +Michael admired Noemi more every day. She was a faithful, grateful +creature; she knew no care nor anxiety for the future; happy herself, +she diffused happiness around. She never asked him, "What will become of +me when you go? Will you leave me or take me? Is it good for me to love +you? What church has given you its priestly blessing? Ought you to be +mine? Has no other a right to you? What are you out there in the world? +What sort of world do you live in?" Even in her face, her eyes, he never +read a disquieting doubt--ever and only the one question "Lovest thou +me?" + +Frau Therese reminded Michael one day that he was tarrying long here; +but he assured her that Master Fabula was looking after everything, and +when Therese looked at Noemi, whose soft blue eyes ever turned like the +sunflowers to the sun of Michael's face, she could only sigh, "Oh, how +she loves him!" + +Timar found it very necessary to dig all day, to drive piles, and bind +fascines, in order by hard bodily labor to calm his even more heavily +tasked mind. What is going on in the world? Thirty of his ships float on +the Danube, and a fleet on the sea: his whole wealth, a property of more +than a million, all lies in the hands of a woman. And if this woman in +some giddy mood squanders the whole and scatters it to the winds, +ruining her husband and his house, could he reproach any one? Was it not +by his own will? He was happy here at home, and yet would have liked to +know what was going on over there. His spirit lived in two places, was +torn in two parts: there, his money, his honor, his position in the +world; here, his love held him fast. In truth he could have got away. +The Danube is not a sea; he was a good swimmer, and could at any time +have reached the opposite shore; no one would have detained him. They +knew he had work to do out in the world. But when he was with Noemi he +forgot again everything outside her arms; he was sunk in love, bliss, +and wonder. + +"Oh, do not love me so much!" whispered the girl to him. + +And so day after day passed by. The time of fruit-ripening drew near, +and the branches were weighed down by their sweet burden. It was a +pleasure to watch the daily progress of the fruit, how every day it +developed more. Pears and apples began to put on their distinctive +colors; the green is tanned to a leathery yellow, or receives gold and +red streaks. The brown tone colors purple on the sunny side. In the +golden tint mingle carmine splashes, and in the carmine greenish specks; +the scented fruit smiles at one like a merry childish face. Timar helped +the women to gather it. They filled great baskets with this blessing of +heaven. He counted every apple he threw into the basket, how many +hundreds, how many thousands. What a treasure! Real gold! + +One afternoon, when he was helping Noemi to carry a full basket to the +apple-room, he saw strangers arrive at the cottage: the fruit-buyers had +come, the first visitors for many months past, bringing tidings from the +outer world. + +They negotiated about the fruit with Therese--the usual system of +barter. Frau Therese wanted as usual to have grain in exchange, but the +peddlers would not give her as much as before. They said wheat had +become very dear. The corn-merchants of Komorn had made large purchases +and driven up the prices; they ground it themselves, and sent it over +the seas. Therese would not believe this--it was only gossip of the +fruit-hawkers; but Timar paid great attention to it. That was his idea; +what had come of it since then? Now he had no more rest for thinking of +business and the cares of property. This news was to him what the bugle +call is to an old soldier, who at the sound wishes himself back in the +battle-field, even from the arms of his beloved. + +The islanders thought it quite natural that Michael should make +preparations to leave them. His business called him; and then he would +return the following spring. Noemi only begged him not to throw away the +clothes she had spun and woven for him, and which he had worn while with +her. He will preserve them like a jewel. + +And then he must often think of his poor Noemi. To that he could not +answer in words. + +He bribed the fruit-women to stay a day longer. And all that day he did +nothing but visit, arm in arm with Noemi, all the places which had been +witnesses of his tranquil happiness; here he plucked from a tree, and +there from a flowery cluster, some leaflet to keep as a memorial. On +every leaf and petal whole romances were written which only two people +could read. + +The last day passed so quickly! The boatmen wanted to leave in the +evening, so as to row while it was cool. Michael must say farewell. +Noemi was sensible, and did not cry; she knew he would return, and was +more occupied in making provision to fill his knapsack. + +"It will be dark when you get to the other side," she said, with tender +anxiety. "Have you any arms?" + +"No. No one will hurt me." + +"But yet--here is a pistol in your haversack," said Noemi, and drew it +out; and then her check paled, for she recognized Theodor's pistol, with +which he had often, when he came to the island, bragged and threatened +that he would shoot Almira. "This is _his_ weapon!" Timar was struck by +the expression of her face. + +"When you left here," said the girl, who was all excitement, "he watched +for you on the other side, and shot at you with this pistol." + +"What makes you think such a thing?" + +"I heard two shots, and then yours. So it was this pistol that you took +from him?" Timar was surprised that love can see what the eye can not +reach. He could not tell a lie. "Did you kill him?" asked the girl. + +"No." + +"What has become of him?" + +"You need fear him no longer. He is gone to Brazil; a hemisphere lies +between us and him." + +"I wish there were only three feet of earth between us!" cried Noemi, +impetuously, seizing Michael's hand. + +Michael looked in her face surprised. "You! you! with such murderous +thoughts--you, who can not bear to see a chicken killed, who can not +bring yourself to tread on a spider or to stick a butterfly on a pin!" + +"But any one who would tear you from me, I could kill, were he a man, a +devil, or an angel--!" + +And she pressed the dearly beloved man to her breast in a passionate +embrace. He trembled and glowed. + + * * * * * + +On reaching the other side, Michael again visited the fisherman's hut. + +Two things occupied his mind: the slender figure among the evening mists +on the flower-crowned rock, waving to him its tender farewells; and then +that other figure conjured up by his imagination as it looks at home in +Komorn. Well, he will have time to picture this image to himself on the +long journey from the Lower Danube up to Komorn. + +When the old fisherman saw Michael, he began to sigh (fishing-folk do +not swear). "Just think, my lord, some rascal of a thief has stolen your +boat during the floods: he broke into the hut and carried off the oars. +What thieves there are in the world, to be sure!" + +It did Timar good that at last some one should call him a thief to his +face; that was what he was--and if he had stolen nothing more than a +boat! "We must not condemn the man," said he to the fisherman. "Who +knows what danger he was in, or how much he needed a boat. We will get +another. But now, my friend, we will get into your boat and try to +arrive at the ferry to-night." + +The fisherman was persuaded by a promise of liberal payment to undertake +this, and by daylight they had reached the ferry where the ships +generally took in their cargo. There were post-carriages at the inn on +the bank, of which Timar engaged one to take him to Levetinczy. He +thought he would there receive reports from the agent of what had passed +during the last five months, so that when he got home to Komorn nothing +new or surprising should greet him. + +There was a one-storied residence on the estate at Levetinczy. In one +wing lived the steward and his wife, while the other was given up to +Timar. A staircase from this wing led to the park, and by this means he +could gain access to the room which he had chosen as an office. Michael +must pay attention to the trivial details if he wished to carry out his +wearisome deceit consistently. He has been absent for five months, and +has, of course, been a long way; but that hardly agrees with his arrival +without luggage. In his knapsack there is only the suit of striped linen +made for him by Noemi, for the suit in which he had gone to the island +was intended for the cold season, and that, by now, was torn and worn +out; his boots were patched. It would be difficult to account for his +appearance. If he could get through the garden and by the outside steps +into his office, the key of which he carries with him, he could there +change his clothes quickly, get out his trunk, and when to all +appearances he looked as though just come from a long journey, he could +call in the steward. + +All began well. Timar arrived without being seen, by the garden steps, +at the door of his office. + +But when he was going to open it with his private key, he made the +disquieting discovery that another key was already in the lock. Some one +was in the room! But his papers and ledgers were all there, and no one +had any business inside. Who could the intruder be? He pulled the door +open angrily and went in, and now it was his turn to be startled. + +At his writing-table sat the last person he expected to find there. It +was Timea. Before her lay the great ledger, in which she was at work. + +A storm of mingled feelings burst over Michael--alarm because the first +person he met after his secret journey was his own wife, pleasure at +finding her alone, and astonishment that this woman was at work here. + +Timea raised her eyes in surprise when she saw Michael enter; then +hastening toward him, she offered him her hand in silence. This white +face was still an unsolved enigma to her husband. He could not read in +it whether she knew all--whether she guessed something or not. What lay +under this cold indifference? restrained contempt or concealed love? Or +was the whole only the indolence of a lymphatic race? He had nothing to +say to Timea. + +His wife seemed not to remark that his clothes were torn--women can see +without looking. "I am glad you have come," said she gently. "I expected +you any day. You will find your clothes in the next room; when you have +dressed, will you please come back here? I shall have finished by that +time." And then she put her pen in her mouth. + +Michael kissed Timea's hand. The pen between her teeth did not invite +him to kiss her lips. He went into the adjoining room; there he found a +basin of water, a clean shirt, and his clothes and house-shoes as at +home. As Timea could not know the day of his arrival, he must take for +granted that she had made ready for him every day--and who knows for how +long? But how comes this woman here, and what is she doing? He dressed +quickly, hiding his cast-off clothes in a corner of his wardrobe. Some +one might ask him what caused these holes in the coat-sleeves, which are +quite through at the elbows. And this linen suit with the colored +embroidery, would not a woman's eye decipher something from it?--women +understand the mysteries of needle-work. He must hide the clothes. He +and the soap had hard work to wash his hands clean. Would he not be +asked what he had done to make them so black and horny? + +When he was ready he went back to the office, where Timea was waiting +for him at the door, and putting her hand on his arm, said, "Let us go +to breakfast." + +From the office they passed through the dressing-room to get to the +dining-room. Another surprise awaited Michael there; the round table was +laid with three places--for whom were they intended? Timea made a +signal, and through one door came the servant, through the other +Athalie. The third place was for her. + +On Athalie's face an unconcealed anger shone when she saw Timar. "Ah, +Herr von Levetinczy, you have come home at last! It was a kind thought +of yours to write to your wife, 'Take my keys and books, and be so good, +dear wife, as to do all my work for me,' and then to leave us five +months without news of your whereabouts." + +"Athalie!" said Timea, sternly. + +Michael sat down in silence at his place, which he recognized by his own +silver drinking-cup. He had been daily awaited here, and the table laid +for him. Athalie said no more, but whenever she looked at Timar he could +read her vexation in her eyes. This was a satisfactory sign. + +When they rose from table Timea asked her husband to go with her to the +office. Michael began to think what he could invent when she should ask +him about his journey. But she never referred to it even remotely. She +placed two chairs at the desk, and laid her hand on the open day-book. +"Here, sir, is the account of your business since the time when you gave +over its direction to me." + +"Have you carried it on yourself?" + +"I understood that you desired me to do so. I found by your papers that +you had undertaken a new and wholesale enterprise--the export of +Hungarian flour. I saw that here not only your money, but also your +credit and your mercantile honor, were at stake, and that on the good +result of this affair hung the foundation of an important branch of +trade. I did not understand this business, but I thought that it +depended more on conscientious and faithful stewardship than on +knowledge of affairs. I trusted this to no third person. Directly I +received your letter I started for Levetinczy, and took, as you desired, +the conduct of business into my own hands. I studied book-keeping and +learned to deal with figures. I think you will find everything in +order--the books and the cash balance." Timar looked with admiration at +this woman, who knew how to apply the millions passing through her hands +with such calm good sense, to their right object, to receive and expend +moneys, and with a skillful hand to withdraw endangered funds; and who +knew even more than that. "Fortune has favored us this year," continued +Timea, "and made up for my inexperience. The five months' income +amounted to five hundred thousand gulden. This sum has not lain idle. +Taking advantage of the powers intrusted to me, I have made +investments." + +What sort of investments are they likely to be which occur to a woman? + +"Your first experiment with the export of flour succeeded entirely. +Hungarian flour became at one stroke an article in request for the South +American markets. So your agents write from Rio Janeiro, where all with +one accord praise the ability and uprightness of your chief agent, +Theodor Krisstyan." Timar thought to himself, "Even when I do evil good +comes of it, and the greatest folly I commit turns into wisdom--when +will this end?" "After receiving this intelligence I began to consider +what you would have done. One must seize an opportunity and occupy with +all speed the newly opened markets. I hired immediately many mills, +chartered more ships, had them laden, and at this moment a new cargo is +on its way to South America, which will defy competition." + +Michael was astonished. In this woman there was more courage than in any +man. Another woman would have locked up the money that it might not run +away, and this one ventures to carry on her husband's enterprise, only +in tenfold measure. "I thought you would have acted thus," said Timea. + +"Yes, indeed," muttered Timar. + +"My expectations, moreover, were justified by the fact that, as soon as +we threw ourselves more openly into this undertaking, a whole herd of +competitors appeared, who are grinding away for dear life, and packing +off their good in barrels to America. But this need not cause you any +anxiety--we shall beat them all. Not one of them knows the secret of the +superiority of the Hungarian flour." + +"How is that?" + +"If one of them asked his wife, perhaps she would have known--that is +how I discovered it. Among all the samples of American wheat, I can find +none as heavy as ours. We must, therefore, make flour of our heaviest +kinds, so as to carry off the prize from the Americans. I selected our +heaviest grain; our rivals here use lighter corn, and they will find +their mistake, while we shall maintain our position." + +Michael kissed Timea's hand with the sacred awe with which we kiss our +beloved dead, who no longer belong to us, but to the ground, and who can +not feel our caress. Whenever during his life of happy forgetfulness on +the island he had thought of Timea at all, it was as amusing herself, +traveling, going to watering-places, having plenty of money, and wasting +it as she chose. Now he saw in what her amusement had consisted--keeping +books, sitting at a desk, conducting a correspondence, and learning +foreign idioms without the help of a master--and all this because her +husband had desired it. + +His wife gave him a report of all branches of his extensive business. It +was now all as familiar to her as if she had known it from childhood, +and everything was in perfect order. While Timar ran over the accounts, +he acquired the conviction that if he himself had had to do it all in +those few months, he would have been hard at work all day. What labor +this must have cost a young woman who had to learn everything by +experience! Indeed she must have had but little time for sleep. + +"But, Timea, this is a tremendous task which you have accomplished in my +stead!" + +"It is true, and at first I found it very difficult, but by degrees I +got used to it, and then it was easy enough. Work is wholesome." + +What a sad reproach!--a young wife who finds consolation in work. +Michael drew Timea's hand to him. Deep sadness clouded his brow, his +heart was heavy. If only he knew what Timea was thinking. + +The key of the desk was constantly in Timar's mind. If Timea had +discovered his secret, then her present conduct to her husband was only +a fearful judgment held over him, to mark the difference between the +accuser and the accused. + +"Have you never been in Komorn since?" he asked Timea. + +"Only once, when I had to look in your desk for the contract with +Scaramelli." + +Timar felt his blood run cold. Timea's face betrayed nothing. + +"But now we will go back to Komorn," said Timar; "the flour is in full +swing; we must wait for news of the fate of the cargoes now at sea, and +they will not arrive before the winter. Or would you rather make a tour +in Switzerland and Italy? This is the best season for it." + +"No, Michael; we have been long enough apart, we will remain at home +together." + +But no pressure of the hand explains why she would like to remain at +home with him. Michael had not the courage to say a tender word to her. +Should he lie to her? He would have to live a lie in her presence from +morning to evening. His silence even was a falsehood. + +Looking through all the papers took the whole time until late dinner, +and to this meal two guests were invited--the bailiff and the reverend +dean. The latter had begged to be at once informed of Herr von +Levetinczy's return, that he might call upon him immediately. As soon as +he received the news he hastened to the castle, and of course put on his +new decoration. The moment he entered he let off some oratorical +fireworks, in which he lauded Timar as the benefactor of the place. He +compared him to Noah who built the Ark, to Joseph who saved his people +from famine, and to Moses who made manna fall from heaven. The flour +trade which he had set on foot was pronounced the greatest enterprise +Europe had ever seen. Long live the Columbus of flour export! + +Timar had to answer this address of welcome. He stammered and talked +great nonsense. He had to control himself that he might not laugh aloud, +and say to the worthy preacher, "Ha, ha! do not fancy that I had this +idea in order to make your fortune; it was only to get a young rascal +out of reach of a certain pretty girl, and if any good came of it, it is +only by means of this woman here near me. Laugh then, good people!" + +At table good-humor reigned. The dean and the steward were neither of +them despisers of the bottle. The wit and anecdotes of the two old men +made Timar laugh too; but whenever he cast a glance on Timea's icy face, +the laugh died on his lips. She had left her merriment elsewhere in +pledge. + +It was evening before they rose. The two old gentlemen reminded each +other jocosely that it was quite time to leave, for the husband had +returned to his young wife after a long absence, and they would have +much to say to each other. + +"Indeed you will do wisely to go soon," whispered Athalie to Timar. +"Timea has such dreadful headaches every evening, that she can not sleep +before midnight. See how pale she is!" + +"Timea, you are unwell?" asked Timar, tenderly. + +"There is nothing the matter with me," answered she. + +"Don't believe her; ever since we came to Levetinczy she has suffered +from headache. It is neuralgia, which she contracted by overtaxing her +brain, and by the bad air here. I found a white hair in her head the +other day. But she conceals her suffering till she breaks down, and even +then she never complains." + +Timar experienced in spirit the tortures of a criminal stretched on the +rack. And he had not the courage to say to his wife, "If you are +suffering, let me sleep in your room and take care of you." No; he was +afraid of uttering Noemi's name in his sleep, and that his wife might +hear it, as she was kept awake by pain half the night. He must shun his +marriage-bed. + +The next day they started for Komorn, and traveled by post, Michael +sitting opposite the two ladies. It was a tedious journey: in the whole +Banat the harvest was over; only the maize was still standing, otherwise +they saw nothing but monotonous fields of stubble. None of them spoke; +all three found it hard to keep awake. In the afternoon Timar could no +longer endure the silent looks, the enigmatical expression of his wife; +under pretense of wanting to smoke he took a seat by the driver in the +open _coupe_, and remained there. When they got out at a post-house, +Athalie grumbled at the bad roads, the dreadful heat, the annoying +flies, the stifling dust, and all the rest of a traveler's trials. The +inns are dirty, the food disgusting, the beds hard, the wine sour, the +water impure, and the countenances of all the people frightful. She +feels so ill all through the journey, she is quite knocked up, she has +fever, and her head will burst: what must Timea be suffering, who is so +nervous? + +Timar had to listen to these lamentations all the way, but Timea never +uttered a complaint. + +When they arrived at Komorn, Frau Sophie informed them that she had +turned gray with loneliness. Gray indeed! She had been very happy--being +able to go about all day from house to house to gossip to her heart's +content. Timar felt a painful anxiety. Home is either a heaven or a +hell. Now at last he would know what lay behind the marble coldness of +this silent face. + +As he entered the room with his wife, she handed him the key of his +desk. Michael knew she had opened it to get out the contract. + +This writing-desk was an old and elaborate piece of furniture, whose +upper part was closed by a rolled falling cover, under which were +drawers of various sizes. In the large drawer lay the contracts, in the +small ones notes and valuables; the lock was a puzzle one, which you +might vainly turn if you did not know its secret. + +Timea was in the secret, and could have access to all the drawers. With +an uneasily beating heart Timar drew out the drawer where those jewels +were kept which it had been unadvisable to place on the market. These +gems have their own experts, who recognize by certain marks where this +stone or that gem came from; and then follows the question, how did he +get it? Only the third generation from the finder can venture to show +it, as to him it is all one in what way his grandfather came into its +possession. + +If Timea had been inquisitive enough to open that drawer she must have +seen these gems. And if so, one among them, the diamond locket with the +portrait which is so like her, must have been recognized by her. It is +her mother's picture, and then she must know all. She knows that Timar +has received her father's treasures; it is hard to believe he came by +them honestly. And by that dark, perhaps criminal road, they would lead +to the fabulous riches which gained her hand for Timar, while he played +the generous friend to her whom he had robbed. She may even think worse +things of him than are true. Her father's mysterious death, his secret +burial, might awake in her the suspicion that Timar had a hand in it. + +These doubts were unbearable. Timar must set them at rest, and call yet +one more falsehood to his aid. He took out the medallion and went with +it to Timea. "Dear Timea," he said, sitting down beside his wife, "I +have been living a long time in Turkey. What I did there you will learn +later on. When I was in Scutari an Armenian jeweler offered me a +diamond-framed picture, which is very like you. I bought it, and have +brought you the ornament." + +When Timea saw the portrait her face changed in an instant. An emotion +which could neither be assumed nor concealed was visible in her +sculptured features; she seized the picture with both hands and pressed +it eagerly to her lips; her eyes filled with tears. This was true +feeling; Timea's face began to live. + +Michael was saved. The girl, overpowered by her long-suppressed +feelings, began to sob violently. Athalie heard and came in; she was +surprised--she had never known Timea to sob. But when she saw Athalie +she ran toward her like a child, and cried, in a tone of mingled +laughter and tears, "See, see! my mother! It is my mother's picture. +. . . He has brought it to me!" + +And then she hastened back to Michael, put both her arms round his neck, +and whispered in a broken voice, "Thanks, oh, a thousand thanks!" + +It seemed to Timar as if the time had come to kiss these grateful lips, +and to kiss them on and on. + +But alas! his heart said, "Thou shalt not steal." Now a kiss on these +lips would be a theft, after all that had passed on the ownerless +island. + +Another thought struck him. He went back to his room, and fetched all +the hidden jewels which remained in the drawer. + +A wonderful woman this, who, though she had the key in her hands, left +the secret drawers untouched and only took out the one paper she +required! Then he packed all the ornaments into the bag he had over his +shoulder when he came home, and went back to his wife. "I have not told +you all," he said to Timea. "Where I found the picture I discovered also +these jewels, and bought them for you. Take them as a present from me." + +And then he laid the dazzling gems one after another in Timea's lap, +until the sparkling heap quite covered her embroidered apron. It was +like some magical gift from the thousand and one nights. + +Athalie stood there pale with envy, with angrily clinched teeth. Perhaps +these might all have been hers! But Timea's face darkened and grew +marble-like again. She looked with indifference at the heap of jewels in +her lap. The fire of diamonds and rubies could not warm her. + + + + +_BOOK FOURTH.--NOEMI._ + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +A NEW GUEST. + + +What rich bankers call business filled up the winter season, and +Levetinczy began to enjoy his position. Riches bring pleasant dreams. He +went often to Vienna and took part in the amusements of the commercial +world, where many good examples were presented to him. A man who owns a +million can allow himself the luxury, when he goes to the jeweler to buy +New Year's gifts, of buying two of everything to please two hearts at +once. + +One for his wife, who sits at home and receives guests or looks after +the household--the other for another lady, who either dances or sings, +but in any case requires an elegant hotel, jewels, and laces. Timar was +so fortunate as to be invited to the parties given at home by his +friends, where the lady of the house makes tea--as well as to those +differently organized _soirees_, where a very unceremonious set of +ladies preferred champagne, and where Timar was constantly attacked by +the question whether he had no little friend at the opera yet. + +"The pattern of a faithful husband," declared his admirers. + +"An unbearable prig," was the verdict of his critics. + +But he says nothing, and thinks of--Noemi. What an eternity to have been +separated from her--six months; to think of her every day, and not dare +to confide his thoughts to a single soul! + +He often caught himself on the point of betraying his thoughts; once as +he sat at table the words all but escaped him, "Look! those are the same +apples which grow on Noemi's island." "When Noemi had a headache, it +went away if I laid my hand on her forehead." And if he looked at +Timea's pet white cat, the exclamation hovered on his lips, "Narcissa, +where did you leave your mistress, eh?" + +He had every reason to be on his guard, for there was a being in the +house who watched him as well as Timea with Argus eyes. + +Athalie could not but remark that since his return he was no longer so +melancholy as before; every one noticed how well he looked; there must +be some mystery in it. And Athalie could not bear any one in this house +to be happy. Where did he steal his contentment? Why does he not suffer +as he ought to do? + +Business prospered. In the first month of the new year news came from +the other side of the sea. The flour exported had arrived safely, and +its success was complete. Hungarian flour had won such renown in South +America, that now people tried to sell the native product under that +name. The Austrian consul in Brazil hastened to inform his government of +this important result, by which the export trade was increased in a +marked degree. The consequence was that Timar was made a privy +councilor, and received the minor order of St. Stephen, as an +acknowledgment of the services rendered by him to his native land in the +fields of commerce and philanthropy. + +How the mocking demon in his breast laughed when they fastened the order +on to his coat and called him "the right honorable!" "You have to thank +two women for this--Noemi and Timea." Be it so. The discovery of the +purple dye had its origin in the eating of a purple snail by the little +dog of a shepherd's mistress; but yet purple has become a royal color. + +Herr von Levetinczy now first began to rise in the estimation of the +people of Komorn. When a man is a privy councilor, one can not deny him +a proper portion of respect. Every one hastened to congratulate him, and +he received them all with a gracious condescension. Our Johann Fabula +came too to wish him joy in the name of the fisher-folk. He was in the +gala clothes of his class. On his short dolman of dark-blue cloth shone +three rows of shell-shaped silver buttons, as large as nuts, and from +one shoulder to the other hung a broad silver chain with a large +medallion for a clasp, on which the Komorn silversmith had stamped the +head of Julius Caesar. The other members of the deputation were equally +splendid. Silver buttons and chains were at that time still worn by the +mariners of Komorn. It was the custom to keep the visitors to dinner, +and this honor fell to Fabula. He was a very frank person, who spoke +with complete unreserve. When wine had loosened his tongue, he could not +forbear to tell the gracious lady that when he first saw her as a girl +he would never have thought that she would have become such a good +housewife and be the wife of Herr von Levetinczy. Yes, indeed; he was +afraid of her then, and now see how wonderful are the ways of God's +providence, and how short-sighted are men; how everything has been +ordered for the best: what happiness reigns in this house! If only a +kind Providence would hear the prayers of those who entreat that a new +blessing may be sent down from heaven to the good lord of Levetinczy, in +the shape of a little angel. + +Timar covered his glass with his hand; a thought started through his +mind--"Such a wish might have an unlooked-for result." + +But Herr Fabula was not content with good wishes, he thought he must add +some good advice. "But his honor rushes about too much. In good truth I +would not leave such a sweet, pretty lady alone. But it can't be helped +if the master must see to everything himself, for that's why it +succeeds. Who would have thought of sending our flour across the sea? To +tell the truth, when I heard it--excuse me for making so free--I thought +to myself the master must have gone silly; before that flour gets there +it will all be musty, while loaves grow out there on the trees and roll +on the bushes. And now just see what credit we have all got by it. But +it is the master's eye that feeds the horse--" + +This was to Michael an unwelcome irony, which he could not leave without +contradiction. "My good Johann, if that was the secret of our success, +you must bestow all your praises on my wife, for it was she who looked +after everything." + +"Yes, indeed; all honor to the merits of our noble lady!" said Fabula; +"but, with his honor's permission, I know what I know. I know where his +honor spent the whole summer." + +Michael felt as if his hair stood on end with horror. Could this man +know where he had been? It would be awful if he did. + +Michael winked with one eye over his glass at his guest, but in vain. + +"Well, shall I tell our gracious lady where the master spent the summer? +Shall I let it out?" + +Michael felt every limb paralyzed by terror. Athalie kept her eyes fixed +on his face; he durst not betray by a gesture that the gossip of the +tipsy chatterer confused him. "Well, tell us then, Johann, where I was," +he said, with enforced calmness. + +"I will complain of you to the gracious lady; I will tell her," cried +Fabula, putting down his glass. "His honor ran away without saying a +word to any one. He went quietly on board a ship and sailed away to +Brazil; he was over there in America and settled everything himself, and +that's why it all went so smoothly." + +Timar looked at the two women. On Timea's face was reflected pure +surprise, Athalie was vexed. She believed as fully in the truth of +Fabula's tale as he did himself, and he would have staked his head on +it. + +Timar also smiled mysteriously at the story; now he was the one who +lied, not Johann Fabula. The man of gold must go on lying. + + * * * * * + +The story was very useful to Timar. He had now a sufficient excuse for +his mysterious disappearances, and it was possible for him to give such +an air of probability to the story of his Brazilian voyage that even +Athalie believed it. Indeed, she was the easiest to deceive. She knew +what Timea was feeling, and that she was glad to distract herself by +absence and work from the thought of him on whose account her heart +ached. If a wife can do so, why not the husband? It was even simpler for +him to fly from his sorrows to another hemisphere, and in the pursuit of +wealth to forget what his heart coveted. How should Athalie have guessed +that it was the husband who had already found a cure for his mortal +sickness, and who was happy away from home? What would she have given to +him who should have revealed the truth? But the rushes round the +ownerless island did not chatter like the reeds to which King Midas's +barber trusted his secret. Athalie was consumed with envy, while she +vainly sought for a key to the riddle. At home and in public, Timar and +Timea presented the exemplary picture of a happy marriage. He heaped on +his wife expensive jewels, and Timea loaded herself with them when they +went into society; she wished to shine by this means. + +What could better prove the affection of the husband than the diamonds +of the wife? Could Timar and Timea really be a couple whose love +consisted in giving and receiving diamonds, or are there people in this +world who can be happy without love? + +Athalie still suspected Timea and not Timar. But Timar could hardly wait +till the winter was over and spring had come: of course, because then +the mills can begin to grind again--what else could a man of business +have in his mind? + +This year Michael persuaded Timea not to try her health by the +management of business; he would give it over to his agents, and she +should go during the summer to some sea-bathing place, to get rid of her +neuralgia. + +No one asked him where he was going. It was taken for granted that he +would again travel to South America, and pretend he had been in Egypt or +Italy. + +But he hurried away to the Lower Danube. When the poplars grew green, he +could not stay at home: the alluring picture filled his dreams and took +captive all his thoughts. He never stopped at Levetinczy, but only gave +general instructions to his agent and his steward to do their best; then +he went on to Golovacz, where he stayed a night with the dean; thence he +had only a half-day's journey to get to Noemi. He had not seen her for +six long months; his mind was filled with the picture of the meeting. +Awake and asleep he was full of longing, and could hardly wait for dawn. +Before sunrise he was up, put on his knapsack, threw his gun over his +shoulder, and without waiting for the appearance of his host, he left +the presbytery and hastened to the wooded river-bank. + +The Danube does a good work in widening the limits of the wood every +year by retreating from its banks, for in this way the watch-houses +built twenty-five years ago on the shore have now taken up a position +much further inland. And he who wishes to cross the river without a +passport finds in the young brushwood an entirely neutral territory. + +Timar had sent a new boat to the hut, where he went on foot; he found it +ready, and started as usual alone on the way to the reed-beds. The +skiff floated like a fish on the water, and that it traveled so swiftly +was not owing to itself alone. The year had grown to April, it was +spring, and the trees at Ostrova were already in blossom. So much the +more astonished was he at the sight which met his eyes on the other +side. The ownerless island did not look green; it seemed to have been +burned. As he approached he saw the reason; all the trees on the +northern side were quite brown. The boat traversed the rushes quickly; +when it touched the bank, Michael saw plainly that a whole long row of +trees, Frau Therese's favorite walnuts, were dead--every one of them. +Michael felt quite downcast at the sight. At this season he was +generally greeted by green branches and rosebuds. Now a dead forest +welcomed him--a bad omen. + +He pressed forward and listened for the bark of greeting: not a sound to +be heard. He walked on anxiously; the paths were neglected, covered by +dry autumn leaves, and it seemed to him as if even the birds were +silent. When he drew near the hut, a dreadful feeling overcame +him--where were the inhabitants? They might be dead and not buried; he +had been busied about other things for half a year--with affairs of +state, with showing off his young wife, and making money. And meanwhile +Heaven had watched over the islanders--if it chose. + +As he entered the veranda, a door opened and Therese came out. She +looked serious, as if something had frightened her; and then a bitter +smile appeared on her face. "Ah! you have come!" said she, and came to +press his hand. And then it was she who asked him why he came looking so +grave. "No misfortune has happened?" Timar asked, hastily. + +"Misfortune? No," said Therese, with a melancholy smile. + +"My heart was sore when I saw the dead trees," said Michael, to excuse +his serious looks. + +"The flood last summer did that," answered Therese; "walnut-trees can +not stand wet." + +"And how are you both?" asked Timar, uneasily. + +Therese answered gently, "We are pretty well, I and the other two." + +"What do you mean? the other two?" + +She smiled and sighed, and smiled again; then she laid her hand on +Michael's shoulder and said, "The wife of a poor smuggler fell ill here: +the woman died, the child remained here. Now you know who the other two +are." + +Timar rushed into the house: at the far end of the room stood a cradle +woven of osiers, and near it, on one side, was Almira, on the other +Noemi. Noemi rocked the cradle and waited till Timar came to her. In it +lay a little baby, with chubby cheeks, which pressed the cherry lips +into a soft pout; its eyes were only half shut, and the tiny fists lay +over its face. Michael stood spell-bound before the cradle. He looked at +Noemi as if to seek the answer to the riddle in her face, on which a +sweet ray of heavenly light seemed to shine, in which modesty and love +were combined. She smiled and cast her eyes down. Michael thought he +would lose his senses. + +Therese laid her hand on his arm, "Then are you angry that we have +adopted the orphan child of the poor smuggler's wife? God sent it to +us." + +Angry? He had fallen on his knees, and held the cradle in his embrace, +pressing it and its inhabitant to his breast; then he began to sob +violently, like one who has kept a whole ocean of sorrow in his heart, +which suddenly overflows its bounds. + +Timar kissed the little messenger from God wherever he could--its little +hands and feet, the hem of its robe, its rosy cheeks. The baby made +grimaces under the kisses, but did not wake. At last it opened its eyes, +its great blue eyes, and looked at the strange man with astonishment, as +if to say, "Does this man want anything of me?" and then it laughed, as +if it thought, "I don't care what he wants," and after that it shut its +eyes and slumbered on, still smiling and undisturbed by the flood of +kisses. + +Therese said, smiling, "You poor orphan! you never dreamed of this, did +you?" and turned away to hide her tears. + +"And am I to have no greeting?" said Noemi, with charming anger. Michael +turned to her, still on his knees. He spoke not a word, only pressed her +hand to his lips and hid his face silently in her lap. He was dumb as +long as the child slept. When the little creature awoke, it began to +talk in its own language--which we call crying. It is lucky there are +those who understand it. The baby was hungry. + +Noemi said to Michael that he must now leave the room, for he was not to +know what the poor little orphan was fed upon. + +Michael went outside; he was in a transport. It seemed as if he was on a +new star, from which one could look down on the earth as on a foreign +body. All he had called his own on the terrestrial ball was left behind, +and he no longer felt its attraction drawing him thither. The circle in +which he had spent his former life was trodden under foot, and he had +attained a new center of gravity. A new object, a new life, stood before +him; only one uncertainty remained---how could he contrive to vanish +from the world? To pass into another sphere without leaving this mortal +life behind; to live on two different planets at once, to mount from +earth to heaven, to pass again from heaven to earth, there to entertain +angels, and here to live for money--alas! this was no task for human +nerves. He would lose his reason in the attempt. + +Not without reason are little children called angels, or "messengers:" +children are indeed messengers from the other world, whose mysterious +influence is visible in their eyes, to those who receive them as gifts +of God. A wonderful look often meets us in the eye of an infant, which +is lost when the lips learn speech. How often Michael gazed for hours at +this blue ray from heaven in the baby's eyes, when it lay on a lambskin +out on the grass, and he stretched himself beside it, and plucked the +flowers it wanted--"There, then, here it is." He had his work cut out to +get it away, for the little thing put everything in its mouth. He +studied its first attempts at language, he let it drag at his beard, and +sung lullabies to put it to sleep. + +His feeling for Noemi was quite different now; it was not desire, but +bliss--the glow of passion had given place to a sweet contented calm, +and he felt like one convalescent from a fever. Noemi, too, had altered +since they last met; on her face lay an expression of submissive +tenderness, and in all her conduct was a consistent gentleness, which +could not have been assumed--a quiet dignity combined with chaste +reserve, which surrounds a woman with a halo, compelling respect. Timar +could not get used to his happiness: he required many days to be +convinced that it was not a dream--that this little hut, half wood, half +clay, and the smiling woman with the babbling babe at her breast, were +reality and not a vision. + +And then he thought, what will become of them? + +He strode about the island and brooded on the future. + +"What can I give this child? Much money? They know nought of money here. +Great estates? This island suffices. Shall I take him with me and make +him into a great and wealthy man? But the women could not part with him. +Shall I take them too? But even if they consented, I could not do it; +they would learn what I am, and would despise me. They can only be happy +here: only here can this child hold up its head, where none can ask its +name." + +The women had called it Adeodatus (Gift of God). It had no other name. +What other could it have? + +One day when he was wandering aimlessly, deep in thought, about the +island, striding through the bushes and weeds, Timar came suddenly to a +part where the dry twigs crackled under his feet. He looked round; he +was in the melancholy little plantation of dead walnut-trees. The +beautiful trees were all dried up: spring had not clothed them with +fresh green foliage, and the dead leaves covered the ground. + +An idea struck Michael in this vegetable cemetery. He hastened back to +the hut. "Therese, have you still the tools you used in building your +house?" + +"There they are on the shelf." + +"Give them here. I have an idea; I will fell the dead walnuts and build +of them a little house for Dodi." + +Therese clasped her hands in astonishment. But Noemi's answer was to +kiss her little Dodi and say to him, "Dost thou hear?" + +Michael interpreted the wonder on Therese's face as incredulity. "Yes, +yes," he persisted, "I will build the house myself without any help--a +little house like a jewel-case, like those the Wallachians build, lined +with beautiful oak; mine shall be of walnut, and fit for a prince. I +will drive every nail myself, and it shall be Dodi's house when he gets +bigger." + +Therese only smiled. "That will be fine, Michael. I too built my nest as +the swallows do; I formed the walls of clay, and thatched my roof with +rushes. But carpentry is not one man's work; the old saw has two +handles, and one can not manage it alone." + +"But are we not two?" cried Noemi, eagerly. "Can't I help him? Do you +fancy my arm is not strong enough?" and she turned her sleeve up to her +shoulder to show off her arm. It was beautifully formed, yet muscular, +fit for Diana. Michael covered it with kisses from the shoulder down to +the finger-tips, and then said, "Be it so." + +"Oh, we will work together," cried Noemi, whose lively fancy had seized +on Michael's suggestion with lightning speed. "We will both go out into +the wood; we will make a hammock for Dodi and sling it from the +branches. Mother shall bring us out our meals, and we will sit on the +planks we have sawn, and take our dinner out of the same plate: how good +it will taste!" + +And so it did. Michael took the ax and went out to the walnut-grove, +where he set to work. Before he had felled and topped one tree his hands +were blistered. Noemi told him women's hands never got sore. When three +trees were cut down, so that one trunk could be laid across the other +two, Michael wanted Noemi's help. She was quite in earnest, and attacked +the task bravely. In her slender form lay stores of strength and +endurance. She handled the great saw as cleverly as if she had been +taught to do it. + +Michael gradually got used to the dressing of the walnut planks; the ax, +too, did good service, and Noemi admired him greatly. "Tell me, +Michael," she asked him one day, "have you never been a carpenter?" + +"Oh, yes," he answered, "a ship's carpenter." + +"And tell me, how did you become such a rich man that you can stay away +a whole summer from your work, and spend your time elsewhere? You are +your own master, I suppose? You take orders from no one?" + +"I must tell you all about it some day," said Michael; and yet he never +told her how he became rich, so as to be able to spend weeks on the +island sawing wood. He often related to Noemi stories of his adventurous +journeys through all lands, but in his romantic tales he never said +anything about himself. He escaped inquisitive pressure by working hard +all day; and when he lay down at night, it was not the time to tease him +with questions, though many wives take advantage of the opportunity. + +During the long time Timar spent in the ownerless island, he had +gradually become convinced that it was by no means so concealed as to be +unknown: its existence was known to a large class of visitors. But they +never revealed it to the outer world. Smuggling, on the banks of this +wooded river, was a regular profession, with its own constitution, its +own schools, its secret laws, forming a state within a state. It often +surprised Timar to find among the willow-copses of the island a canoe or +a boat, watched by no one. If he came back a few hours later, it was no +longer there. Another time he stumbled on great bales of goods, which +also had disappeared when he returned. All the mysterious people who +used the island as a resting-place seemed purposely to avoid the +neighborhood of the hut; they went and came without leaving a footmark +on the turf. There were cases, however, in which they visited the hut; +and then it was always Therese who received their visit. When Almira +gave the signal that strangers were coming, Timar left his work and +retired into the inner room; he must not be seen by any stranger. It is +true the beard he had grown had altered him considerably, but yet some +one might come who had seen him elsewhere. The wild people always came +to Therese if they had been hurt; they often frequented places where +they were likely to be wounded. Sometimes they had deep, dangerous +gunshot wounds, which they could not show to the regimental surgeon, +for the result would be a court-martial; but the island lady knew of +healing salves, could reduce fractures, bind up wounds, and prescribe +medicines for fevers. She was sought by sick people who kept secret +their abode, for they knew the physicians would never endure this +quack-doctoring. She reconciled enemies who dared not go to law, and +consoled criminals who repented of their sins, with the hope of God's +mercy. Often some fugitive, tired and exhausted with hunger and thirst, +came to her threshold. She asked not, "Whence do you come or whither do +you go?" She took him in, and let him go when restored and refreshed, +after filling his pouch with food. + +Many know her whose religion is silence, and there is no bond which +binds master and disciple so closely as this. Every one knows that no +money is to be found here; even avarice has no reason to wish her ill. + +Timar could be certain of having found a place over which centuries +might pass before the history of its inhabitants should be drawn into +that chaos we call the world. He could go on with his carpentry without +fearing that the news would leak out that Michael Timar Levetinczy, +privy councilor, landowner, banker, had turned into a woodcutter in an +unknown island; and that, when he rested from his hard labor, he cut +willow branches to shelter a poor orphan child which had neither parents +nor a name of its own. What joys he knew here! how he listened for the +first word the child could speak! The little man had such trouble to +shape his unskillful lips to the words. "Papa," of course, was the +first; what else could it be? The child learns also to understand the +sorrowful side of life; when a new tooth comes, what pain and sleepless +nights must be endured! Noemi remains at home with it, and Michael runs +back from his work to see how little Dodi is. He takes the child from +Noemi and carries him about, singing lullabies to him. If he succeeds in +putting Dodi to sleep and soothing his pain, how triumphant he is! He +sings-- + + "For all the gold the world could hold, + I would not give my Dodi's curl." + +One day Michael suddenly found that he had grubbed up and cut down all +the timber. So far the work had prospered; but now he found he could not +get on. House-carpentry is a trade like any other, and must be learned, +and he had not spoken the truth when he said he understood it. + +Autumn drew near. Therese and Noemi were already used to think it quite +natural for Timar to leave them at this season; he must of course earn +his bread. His business is of a sort which gets on by itself in the +summer, but in winter he must give himself up to it. They knew that from +other tradespeople. But in another house the same idea reigned. Timea +believed Michael had business which obliged him to spend the summer away +from home: at that season the management of his estates, of his building +and export contracts, demanded all his attention. + +From autumn to spring he deceived Timea, from spring to autumn he +deceived Noemi. He could not be called inconsistent. + +This time he left the island earlier than in other years. He hastened +back to Komorn, where all his affairs had progressed in his absence +beyond his expectations. Even in the government lottery the first prize +must needs fall to him; the long-forgotten ticket lay buried somewhere +in a drawer under other papers, and not till three months after the +drawing did he bring it out, and claim the unhoped-for hundred thousand +gulden, like one who hardly cares for such a trifle. The world admired +him all the more. He had so much money, people said, that he wished for +no more. + +What could he do with it? + +He began by sending for celebrated cabinet-makers from Szekler and +Zarand, who understand the building of those splendid wooden houses +which last for centuries--real palaces of hard wood. The Roumanian +nobility live in such houses as these, which are full of beautiful +carving inside. The house and its furniture, tables, chairs, and +wardrobes, are all the work of one hand. Everything in it is of +wood--not a single bit of iron is used. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +THE WOOD-CARVER. + + +On his return home, Michael found Timea somewhat unwell. This induced +him to call in two celebrated doctors from Vienna in order to consult +them about his wife's health. They agreed that a change of climate was +necessary, and advised a winter sojourn in Meran; so Michael accompanied +thither his wife and Athalie. In the sheltered valley, he chose for +Timea a villa in whose garden stood a pavilion built like a Swiss +_chalet_. He knew that Timea would like it. In the course of the winter +he often visited her, generally in the company of an elderly man, and +found that, as he expected, the _chalet_ was her favorite resort. + +When he returned to Komorn he set to work to build just such another +_chalet_ as the one at Meran. The cabinet-maker he had brought with him +was a master of his art. He copied the _chalet_ and its furniture in the +minutest detail; then he installed a large workshop in Timar's +one-storied house in the Servian Street, and there set to work. No one +was to know anything about it--it was to be a surprise. But the +architect required an apprentice to help him, and it was difficult to +find one who could hold his tongue. There was nothing for it but to turn +Timar himself into an apprentice, and he now vied with his master from +morning to night with chisel and gimlet, in carving, planing, polishing, +and turning. But as to the cabinet-maker himself, if you had closed his +mouth with Solomon's seal, you could not have made him discreet enough +to refrain from letting out the secret to his Sunday evening boon +companions, of the surprise Herr von Levetinczy was preparing for his +wife. First they made the different parts and fitted them together: then +the whole, as fast as it was ready, was set up in the beautiful park on +the Monostor. He himself, a regular Croesus, does not shrink from working +all day like a laborer, and is as good at the tools as if he were a +foreman. He does not trouble about his own affairs, he leaves them to +his agents, and saws and carves the whole day long in the workshop. But +they must not let it go further, for the gracious lady was to have a +surprise when she came home. Naturally the whole town heard of it, and +so did Frau Sophie, who wrote to Athalie, who told Timea, so that Timea +knew beforehand that Michael, when she came home in the spring, would +drive with her some fine day to the Monostor hill, where they had a +large orchard: there, on the side overlooking the Danube, she would find +her dear Meran pavilion exactly copied, her work-basket at the window, +her favorite books on the birchwood shelves, her cane chair on the +veranda. All this to surprise her; and she must smile as if much +pleased, and when she praised the maker, she would hear from him, "You +must not compliment me, gracious lady, but my apprentice." "Who executed +the best carvings, who made the footstool, these elegant balustrades, +these columns and capitals?" "My apprentice." "And who was he?" "The +noble lord of Levetinczy himself. All this is his work, gracious lady." + +And then Timea would smile and try to find words to express her thanks. +Only words: for he may heap treasures on his wife, or give her black +bread that he had earned by his labor; he can not purchase her +affection. + +And so it was. In the spring Timea came back. The Monostor surprise was +skillfully planned, with a splendid banquet and a troop of guests. On +Timea's face hovered a melancholy smile; on Timar's, reserved kindness; +and on those of the guests, envious congratulation. The ladies said no +woman was worthy of such a husband as Timar, he was an ideal husband; +but the men said it was not a good sign when a husband tried to win his +wife's favor by presents and attentions. + +Only Athalie said nothing: she sought a clew to the mystery and found +none. What had come to Timar? His countenance betrayed something like +happiness; what was he concealing under his care for Timea? In company +he was bright and cheerful, unconstrained and at ease with Athalie, +sometimes even taking her for a turn in the cotillon. Was he really +happy, or was he indifferent? It was vain for him to try and win Timea's +heart; Athalie knew that by her own experience. She had found plenty of +wooers, but refused them all--all men were alike to her; she had only +loved one, whom now she hated. She alone understood Timea. + +But Michael she could not fathom. He was a man of pure gold, without a +speck of rust upon him. + +When spring came, Timar again called in the physicians to pronounce on +Timea's health. This time she was advised to try the sea-bathing at +Biarritz. Michael took her there, arranged her apartments, took care +that she should be able to compete in dress and equipages with English +peeresses and Russian princesses, and left a heavy purse with her, +begging her to bring it back empty. He was generous to Athalie, put her +down as Timea's cousin in the visitor's list, and she too was to change +her dress five times a day, like Timea. Could any one better fulfill the +duties of the head of a family? + +Then he hurried away, not homeward, but to Vienna; there he bought the +whole furniture of a workshop, and had it sent in chests to Pancsova. + +Here he had to invent some pretense to get the boxes over to the island. +Caution was most necessary. The fishermen, who often saw him go round +the Ostrova Island in a boat, and not return for months, had puzzled +their heads as to who he was and what brought him here. When the cases +arrived, he had them conveyed to the poplar-groves of the left bank of +the Danube, and there unloaded. Then he called in the fishermen, and +said they must get them over to the lonely island--they contained arms. + +That one word was enough to sink the secret to the bottom of the sea. +Henceforward he could go backward and forward by day or night, no one +would ever mention his name. They all knew now that he was an agent of +the Servian and Montenegrin heroes of the insurrection, and the rack +would not have extorted information from them. He became a sacred +personage in their eyes. In this way, in order to hide himself in +darkness, he deceived every one with whom he exchanged a word. The +fishermen ferried over the cases at night, and Timar with them; they +looked out for a place on the shore where the thickest bushes grew, and +carried the boxes there, and when Michael would have paid them, they +would not accept a groschen from him, only grasping his hand. + +He remained on the island, and the fishermen left him. It was a splendid +moonlight night; the nightingale sung on its nest. Michael went along +the bank till he came to the path, and passed the place where he had +left off his work last year; the trunks were carefully covered with +rushes to keep the wet off. + +He approached the little dwelling on tiptoe. It was a good sign that he +heard no noise. Almira does not bark, because she is sleeping in the +kitchen so as not to wake the child. All is well in the house. + +How should he announce himself, and surprise Noemi? He stood before the +little window, half covered by climbing roses, and began to sing-- + + "For all the gold the world could hold, + I would not give my Dodi's curl." + +He was not disappointed; a moment later the window opened, and Noemi +looked out with a face radiant with joy. "My Michael," whispered the +poor child. + +"Yes, thy Michael," he murmured, clasping the dear head in both arms. +"And Dodi?" + +"He is asleep; hush, we must not wake him." And still the lips murmured +tenderly, "Come in." + +"He might wake and cry." + +"Oh, he is no longer a crying child. Just think, he is a year old." + +"What! a year already! He is quite a big fellow." + +"He can say your name already." + +"Does he really talk?" + +"And he is learning to walk." + +"Just fancy!" + +"He eats anything now." + +"Impossible; that is too soon." + +"What do you know about it? wait till you see him." + +"Push the curtain aside that I may see him by the moonlight." + +"No; that would not do. If the moon shines on a sleeping child it makes +it ill." + +"Nonsense!" + +"There are all sorts of wonderful things about children, and one must +have plenty of faith; that is why women have charge of children, because +they believe everything. Come in and look at him." + +"I will not go in as long as he is asleep--I might wake him; you come +out." + +"I can not do that; he would wake if I left him, and mother is asleep." + +"Well, then, you go back to him, and I will remain outside." + +"Won't you lie down?" + +"It is almost day-break. Go back to him, and leave the window open." + +And he remained standing by the window, looking into the little room, on +whose floor the moon painted silver patterns, and trying to distinguish +the tones which came from the quiet chamber--a little whimper of an +awakened child, then a low song like a dreamy lullaby, "For all the gold +. . ." Then the sound of a kiss, which a good baby gets as a reward for +going to sleep. With his elbows on the window-sill, and listening to the +breaths of the sleepers, Timar awaited the dawn, which filled the little +house with light. The red sunrise awoke the child, and there was no more +sleep for the others. The baby crowed and babbled; what it said only +those two understood--itself and Noemi. + +When at last Michael got it into his arms he said, "I shall stay here, +Dodi, till I have finished your house." + +The child said something which Noemi interpreted to mean, "That is just +what I wish." + +These were the happiest days of Timar's dual life. Nothing troubled the +serenity of his happiness, except the thought of that other life to +which he must return. If he could find ways and means to sever himself +from that, he might live on here in peace. Nothing would be easier; he +simply had to stay here. He would be sought for during the first year, +for two or three more he would be remembered from time to time; then the +world would forget him and he it, and Noemi would remain to him. And +what a jewel she was! Whatever was lovable in woman was combined in her, +and every feminine defect was wanting. Her beauty was not of the kind +which satiates by its monotony: with every change of expression arose a +new charm. Tenderness, gentleness, and fire were united in her +disposition. The virgin, the fairy, the woman were harmoniously blended +in her. Her love was never selfish; her whole being went out to him whom +she loved: his sorrows and joys were hers, she knew no others. At home +she thought of every trivial detail which could conduce to his comfort; +she helped him in his work with an untiring hand. Ever bright and fresh, +if she felt unwell a kiss from him drove away the pain. She was +submissive to him, who worshiped her. And when she took the child on her +lap, it was a sight to drive the man mad who had made her his own--and +yet not really his. + +But Timar had not yet made up his mind. He still played with Fate. The +price was too high even for such a treasure as a lovely woman with a +smiling child in her arms. + +The cost was--a whole world! a property amounting to millions; his +position in society; his rank and noble friends; the enterprise of +world-wide influence, on whose result hung the future of a great +national branch of trade! and besides--Timea. He might have reconciled +himself to the idea of treading his riches under foot: they came from +the submarine depths, and might return thither. + +But his vanity refused to contemplate the notion that that woman with +the white face, which no glow from her husband could animate, might be +happy in this life--with another man. Perhaps he hardly knew himself +what a fiend was hidden in his breast. The woman who could not love him +was fading away before his eyes, while he could live through happy days +where he was well beloved. And during this time the house-building made +rapid progress, and was already being put together by the workman's +skillful hand; the roof was on, and covered with wide planks formed like +fish-scales to overlap each other. The carpentry was done, and now came +the cabinet-work. Michael completed it without any assistance, and might +be seen from morn to eve in the workshop he had arranged in the new +house, where he sung all day as he planed and sawed. Like the steadiest +of day-laborers, he never left off his work before dark; then he +returned to the hut where an appetizing supper awaited him. After the +meal he sat down on the bench outside the house, and lighted his clay +pipe. Noemi sat by him and took Dodi on her knees, who was now expected +to exhibit what he had learned during the day. A new word! And is not +this one word a greater acquirement than all the wisdom of the world? +"What would you sell Dodi for?" Noemi asked him once in jest. "For the +whole earth full of diamonds?" + +"Not for the whole heaven full of angels." + +Little Dodi happened that day to be full of spirits. In a mischievous +mood he caught hold with his little hand of the pipe Michael had in his +mouth, and pulled till he got it out of his hold, when he at once threw +it on the ground; as it was made of clay, of course it was broken into +atoms. Timar was rather hasty in his exercise of justice, and bestowed a +little tap on the child's hand as a punishment for the damage done. The +boy looked at him, then hid his head in his mother's breast, and began +to cry. + +"See now," said Noemi, sadly, "you would give him away for a pipe, and +this one was only of clay." + +Michael was very sorry to have slapped Dodi's hand. He tried to make it +up by coaxing words, and kissed the little hand, but the child was shy +of him, and crept under Noemi's shawl. All night he was restless, +wakeful, and crying. Timar got angry, and said the child was of a +willful nature, his obstinacy must be overcome. Noemi cast a gently +reproachful glance on him. + +The next day Timar left his bed earlier than usual, and went to his +work, but he was never heard to sing all day. He left off early in the +afternoon, and when he came home he could see by Noemi's face that she +was quite alarmed at his appearance. His complexion was quite altered. +"I am not well," he said to Noemi, "my head is so heavy, my feet will +hardly carry me, and I have pain in all my limbs. I must lie down." + +Noemi hastened to make up a bed for him in the inner room, and helped +him to undress. With anxiety she noticed that Michael's hands were cold +and his breath burning. Frau Therese felt his forehead, and advised him +to cover himself well, for he was going to have ague. But Michael had +the sensation that something worse was at hand. In this district typhus +was raging, for the spring floods had swelled the Danube in an unusual +degree, and left malaria behind them. When he laid his head on the +pillow he was still sensible enough to think of what would happen if a +serious illness attacked him; no doctor was near to help. He might die +here, and no one would know what had become of him. What would become of +Timea, and above all, of Noemi? Who would care for the forsaken one, a +widow without being a wife? Who would bring up Dodi, and what fate +awaited him when he should be grown up, and Michael underground? Two +women's lives would be wrecked by his death! + +And then he began to think of the revelations of his delirium before the +two women who would be with him day and night--of his stewards, his +palaces, and of his pale wife--of how he would see Timea before him, +call her by name, and speak of her as his wife--and Noemi knows that +name. + +Besides his bodily pain, another thing tormented him--that he had struck +Dodi yesterday. This trifle lay heavy as a crime on his soul. After he +was in bed he wanted the child brought to him that he might kiss it, and +whispered "Noemi," with hot breath. + +"What is it?" she answered. + +But already he know not what he had asked. Directly he was in bed the +fever broke out with full force. He was a strong man, and such are the +first to succumb to this "aid-de-camp" of death, and suffer the most +from it. Thenceforward he wandered continually; and Noemi heard every +word he spoke. The sick man knew no one, not even himself. He who spoke +through his lips was a stranger--a man who had no secrets, and told all +he knew. The visions are akin to the delusions of madness; they turn on +one fixed idea, and however the detail may change, the central figure +returns ever and again to the surface. + +In Timar's wandering there was one of these dominating figures--a woman. +Not Timea, but Noemi--of her he continually spoke. Timea's name never +passed his lips--she did not fill his soul. + +For Noemi it was horror and rapture combined to listen to this +unconscious babble--horror, because it spoke of such strange things, and +took her with him to such unknown regions, that she trembled at a fever +which compelled him to look on at such marvels--and yet it was bliss to +hear him, for he always talked of her, and her only. + +Once he was in a princely palace and talking with some great man. "To +whom should his excellency give this decoration? I know a girl on the +ownerless island--no one is more worthy of it than she. Give her the +order. She is called Noemi; her other name? Do queens have another name? +The first. Noemi the first, by the grace of God queen of the ownerless +island and the rose-forest." + +He carried his idea further. "If I become king of the ownerless island, +I shall form a ministry. Almira will be inspector of meat, and Narcissa +will be appointed to the dairy department. I shall demand security from +them, and name them as confidential advisers." Then he talked of his +palaces. "How do you like these saloons, Noemi? Does the gilding of this +ceiling please you? Those children dancing on the golden background are +like Dodi--are they not like him? A pity they are so high up. Are you +cold in these great halls? So am I--come, let us go away. It is better +by the fire in our little hut. I do not love these high palaces; and +this town is often visited by earthquakes--I fear the vault may fall in +on us. There! behind that little door some one is spying on us--an +envious woman. Do not look, Noemi! Her malicious glance might do you +harm. This house once belonged to her, and now she wanders through it +like a ghost. See, she has a dagger in her hand, and wants to murder +you; let us run away!" + +But there was a hinderance in the way of escape--the frightful mass of +gold. "I can not stand up, the gold drags me down. It is all on my +breast; take it away! Oh, I am drowning in gold! The roof has fallen in, +and gold is rolling down on me. I am suffocating. Noemi, give me your +hand; pull me from under this horrible mountain of gold." + +His hand lay in Noemi's all the time, and she thought, trembling, what a +fearful power it was which tortured a poor sailor with such dreams of +money. Then he began again: "You don't care for diamonds, Noemi? You +little fool! Do you think their fire burns? Don't be afraid. Ha! you are +right, it does burn--I did not know that--it is hell-fire. Even the +names are alike--Diamond, Demon. We will throw them into the +water--throw them from you. I know where they came from, and I will +throw them back into the water. Don't be afraid, I will not remain long +under water. Hold your breath and pray. As long as you can stay without +taking breath I shall be down below; I am only going to dive into the +cabin of the sunken ship. Ah! who is lying on this bed?" + +Such a shudder seized him that he sprung from his couch and would have +rushed away. Noemi was hardly able to get him back to bed. "Some one is +lying there, but I must not say the name. See how the red moon shines in +at the window. Shut the light out. I will not have it on my face. How +near it is coming! Draw the curtain across!" + +But the curtains were drawn, and besides, it was pitch-dark outside. +When the fever-fit passed, he murmured, "Oh, how lovely you are without +diamonds, Noemi!" + +Then a fantasy seized him. "That man stands at our antipodes on the +other side of the earth. If the earth were of glass he could look down +upon us. But he can see me just as well as I see him. What is he doing? +He is catching rattlesnakes, and when he comes back he will let them +loose on the island. Don't let him land; don't let him come back! +Almira! Almira! At him! tear him! Aha! now a giant snake has got him; it +is strangling him. How frightful his face is! If only I need not see the +snake swallow him! Will he look at me? Now there is only his head out, +and he keeps looking at me. Oh, Noemi, cover my face that I may not see +him!" + +Again the dream-scene changes. "A whole fleet floats on the sea. What +are the ships laden with? With flour. Now comes a whirlwind, a tornado +seizes the ships, carries them into the clouds and tears them into +splinters. The flour is all spilled: the whole world is white with it, +white is the sea, white the heavens, and white the air. The moon peeps +from the clouds, and only look how the wind covers its face with flour! +It looks like some red-nosed old toper who has powdered his face. Laugh +then, Noemi!" But she wrung her hands and shuddered. The poor creature +was by his bed day and night. By day she sat on a chair at his side; by +night she pulled her bed close to his and slept beside him: careless of +the infection, she laid her head on Michael's pillow, pressed his +perspiring brow to her cheek, and kissed away the burning fever-breaths +from his parched lips. + +Frau Therese tried by harmless remedies to reduce the fever, and took +out the glass casements that the fresh air--the best medicine in fever +cases--might freely penetrate the little room. She said to Noemi, that +by her calculation the crisis would set in on the thirteenth day, when +the illness would either take a turn for the better or terminate +fatally. + +How long Noemi knelt during these days by the sick man's bed and prayed +to God, who had tried her so heavily, to have mercy on her poor heart! +If only He would give Michael back to life--and then if the grave must +have a sacrifice, there was she ready to die in his stead. + +Providence delights in what one might call the irony of fate--Noemi +offered to cruel death the whole world and her own self, in exchange for +Michael's life. She fancied she had to do with a good fellow who might +be bargained with. The destroying angel accepted her challenge. + +On the thirteenth day the fever and delirium ceased: the previous +nervous excitement gave place to intense exhaustion, which is a symptom +of improvement, and permits a hope that with the greatest care the +patient may be given back to life, if his mind is kept calm and he is +preserved from anxiety or emotion: sick people are so easily excited at +this stage of convalescence. His recovery hung on perfect tranquillity; +any violent excitement would kill him. Noemi stayed all night by Timar's +sick-bed: she never even went out once to see little Dodi; he slept in +the outer room with Frau Therese. On the morning of the fourteenth day, +while Michael lay sound asleep, Therese whispered in Noemi's car, +"Little Dodi is very ill." The child now! Poor Noemi! Her little Dodi +had the croup, the most dangerous of all childish maladies, against +which all the skill of the physician is often powerless. + +Mortally terrified, Noemi rushed to her child. The face of the innocent +creature was quite changed. It was not crying--this disease has no +characteristic cry, but so much the more dreadful is the suffering. How +terrible, a child who can not complain, whom men can not help! Noemi +looked blankly at her mother as if to ask, "And have you no cure for +this?" Therese could hardly bear this look. "So many miserable sick and +dying people have been helped by you, and for this one you know of no +remedy!" + +"None!" Noemi knelt down beside the child's little bed, pressed her lips +on his, and murmured softly, "What is it, my darling, my little one, my +angel? Look at me with thy pretty eyes." + +But the little one would not lift up the pretty eyes, and when at last, +after many kisses and entreaties, it opened the heavy lids, its +expression was terrible--the look of a child which has already learned +to fear death. "Oh, don't look so! not so!" The child never cried, but +only gave utterance to a hoarse cough. + +If only the other invalid in there does not hear it! Noemi held her +child trembling in her arms, and listened to hear if the sleeper close +by was yet awake. When she heard his voice she left the child and went +to Michael. He was suffering from great exhaustion, irritable and +peevish. + +"Where had you gone?" he questioned Noemi. "The window is open; a rat +might get in while I was asleep. Don't you see a rat about?" It is a +constant delusion of typhus patients to see rats everywhere. + +"They can't get in, my darling; there is a grating over the window." + +"Ah! and where is the cold water?" Noemi gave him some to drink. But he +was very angry with it. "That is not fresh cold water, it is quite warm. +Do you want me to die of thirst?" + +Noemi bore his crossness patiently. And when Michael fell asleep again, +she ran out to Dodi. The two women replaced each other, so that as long +as Michael slept, Therese sat by him, and when he awoke she gave Noemi a +sign to leave her sick child and take her place by Michael's bed. And +this went on through the long night. Noemi passed constantly from one +sick-bed to the other, and she had to keep excuses always ready for her +husband if he should ask where she had been. + +The child grew worse. Therese could do nothing, and Noemi dared not weep +for fear of Michael seeing her tearful eyes and asking the reason. The +next morning Timar felt easier, and wished for some soup. Noemi hastened +out to fetch it, as it was kept ready. The invalid swallowed it, and +said he felt the better for it. Noemi seemed delighted at the good news. + +"Well, and what is Dodi doing?" asked Michael. + +Noemi trembled lest he should see the throbs of her heart at the +question. + +"He is asleep," she replied, gently. + +"Asleep? But why asleep now? He is not ill?" + +"Oh, no; he is all right." + +"And why do you not bring him to me when he is awake?" + +"Because then you are asleep." + +"That is true; but when we are both awake together, you must bring him +in and let me see him." + +"I will do so, Michael." + +The child sunk gradually. Noemi had to conceal from Timar that Dodi was +ill, and constantly to invent stories about him, for his father +constantly asked for him. "Does Dodi play with his little man?" + +"Oh, yes, he is always playing with him" ( . . . with that fearful +skeleton!). + +"Does he talk of me?" + +"He loves to talk of you" ( . . . he will do so soon when he is with the +good God). + +"Take him this kiss from me;" and Noemi bore to her child the parting +kiss of his father. + +Another day dawned. The awakening invalid found himself alone in the +room. Noemi had watched all night by her child: she had looked on his +death-struggle, and pressed her tears back into her heart; why had it +not burst? When she went in to Michael she smiled again. + +"Were you with Dodi?" asked the sick man. + +"Yes, I have been with him." + +"Is he asleep now?" + +"Yes, he is asleep." + +"Not really?" + +"Truly, he sleeps well." + +Noemi has just closed his eyes--for his last sleep. And she dared not +betray her agony. She must show a smiling face. In the afternoon Michael +was much excited again: as the day drew on, his nervous irritation +increased. He called to Noemi, who was in the next room; she hastened in +and looked lovingly at him. The invalid was peevish and suspicious. He +noticed that a needle was sticking in Noemi's dress, with a thread of +silk in it. + +"Ah, you are beginning to work again! Have you time for that? What +finery are you making?" + +Noemi looked at him silently, and thought, "I am making Dodi's shroud;" +and then aloud, "I am making myself a collar." + +"Vanity, thy name is woman!" sighed Michael. + +Noemi found a smile for him, and answered, "You are quite right." + +Again the morning broke. Michael now suffered from sleeplessness; he +could not close his eyes. And the thought troubled him as to what Dodi +was doing. He sent Noemi out often to see if he wanted anything. And +whenever she did so she kissed the little dead child on the bier, and +spoke caressing words for Michael to hear: "My little Dodi! my darling +sweet, asleep again! Tell mother you love her;" and then she came back +to say that Dodi wanted for nothing. + +"The boy sleeps too much," said Michael; "why don't you wake him?" + +"I must wake him soon," said Noemi, gently. + +Michael dozed a little, only a few minutes, and woke with a start. He +did not know he had been asleep. "Noemi," he cried, "Dodi was singing; I +heard him: how sweetly he sings!" + +Noemi pressed both her hands to her heart, and drove back the outward +expression of her agony with superhuman courage. Yes, he is already +singing in heaven, amidst the angelic choir--among the innumerable +seraphim! that was the song he joined in. + +Toward evening Michael sent Noemi out. "Go and put Dodi to bed, and give +him a kiss for me." + +She did so. "What did Dodi say?" he asked her. Noemi could not speak; +she bent over Michael and pressed a kiss on his lips. + +"That was his message, the treasure!" cried Michael, and the kiss sent +him to sleep. The child sent it to him from his own slumber. + +The next morning he asked again about the boy. "Take Dodi out into the +air; it is bad for him to be in the house; carry him into the garden." + +They were about to do so. Therese had dug a grave during the night at +the foot of a weeping-willow. + +"You go too; and stay out there with him. I shall doze, I think, I feel +so much better," Michael told Noemi. + +Noemi left the sick-room and turned the key: then they carried God's +recovered angel out, and committed him to the care of the universal +mother--earth. Noemi would not have a mound raised over him; Michael +would be so sad when he saw it, and it would retard his recovery. They +made a flower-bed there, and planted in its midst a rose-tree--one of +those Timar had grafted--with white flowers, whose purity was unstained. +Then she went back to the sick man. + +His first words were, "Where have you left Dodi?" + +"Out in the garden." + +"What has he on?" + +"His white frock and blue ribbons." + +"That suits him so well. Is he well wrapped up?" + +"Oh, yes, very well" (with three feet of earth). + +"Bring him in when you go out again." + +At this Noemi could not stop in the room; she went out and threw herself +on Therese's breast, but even then she could not shed a tear. She must +not. Then she tottered on into the garden, went to the willow, broke off +a bud from the rose-tree, and went back to Michael. + +"Well, where's Dodi?" he said, impatiently. + +But Noemi knelt down by his bed and held out to him--the white rose. +Michael took it and smelled it. "How curious!" he said; "this flower has +no scent--as if it had grown on a grave." + +She rose and went out. "What is the matter?" asked Timar, turning to +Therese. + +"Don't be angry," said she in a gentle, soothing tone. "You were so +dangerously ill. Thank Heaven, you are getting over it. But this illness +is infectious, and particularly during convalescence. I told Noemi that +until you were quite well she must not bring the child near you. Perhaps +I was wrong, but I meant it for the best." + +Michael pressed her hand. "You did quite right. Stupid that I was, not +to have thought of it myself. Perhaps he is not even in the next room?" + +"No. We have made him a little house out in the garden." Poor thing, she +told the truth. + +"You are very good, Therese. Go to Dodi and send Noemi to me. I will not +ask her again to bring him to me. Poor Noemi! But as soon as I can get +up and go out, you will let me go to him, won't you?" + +"Yes, Michael." By this pious fraud it was possible to satisfy him till +he was out of bed and on the road to recovery. He was still very weak, +and could hardly walk. Noemi helped him to dress. Leaning on her +shoulder, he left his room, and she led him to the little seat before +the house, sat beside him, put her arm in his, and supported his head on +her shoulder. It was a lovely warm summer afternoon. Michael felt as if +the murmuring trees were whispering in his ears, as if the humming bees +brought him a message, and the grass made music at his feet. His head +swam. + +One thought grew on him. When he looked at Noemi, a painful suspicion +awoke in his breast. There was something in her expression which he +could not understand; he must know it. "Noemi." + +"What is it, my Michael?" + +"Darling Noemi, look at me." She raised her eyes to his. "Where is +little Dodi?" + +The poor creature could no longer hide her grief. She raised her martyr +face to heaven, stretched up both hands, and faltered, "There! . . . +there!" + +"He is dead!" Michael could hardly utter the words. Noemi sunk on his +breast. Her tears were no longer to be controlled; she sobbed violently. + +He put his arm round her and let her weep on. It would have been +sacrilege not to let these tears have free course. + +He had no tears--no. He was all wonder; he was amazed at the greatness +of soul which raised the poor despised creature so far above himself. +That she should have been able to conceal her sorrow so long out of +tender consideration for him whom she loved! How great that love must +be! When the paroxysm was over she looked smiling at Timar, like the sun +through the rainbow. + +"And you could keep this from me?" + +"I feared for your life." + +"You dared not weep lest I should see traces of tears." + +"I waited for the time when I might weep." + +"When you were not with me, you nursed the sick child, and I was angry +with you." + +"You were never unkind, Michael." + +"When you took my kiss to him you knew it was a farewell; when I +reproached you with your vanity you were sewing his shroud; when you +showed me a cheerful face your heart was pierced with the seven wounds +of the Blessed Virgin! Oh, Noemi, I worship you!" + +But the poor thing only asked him to love her. Michael drew her on to +his knee. The leaves, the grass, the bees, whispered now so clearly that +he began to understand the swimming in his head. + +After a long and gloomy silence he spoke again. "Where have you laid +him? Take me to him, Noemi." + +"Not to-day," said Noemi. "It is too far for you--to-morrow." + +But neither to-morrow nor the next day would she take him there. + +"You would sit by the grave and make yourself ill again: that is why I +have made no mound over him, nor raised a cross, that you may not go +there and grieve." + +Timar, however, was sad at this. When he was strong enough to walk +alone, he went about seeking for what they would not show him. + +One day he came back to the house with a cheerful face. In his hand he +held a half-blown rosebud, one of those white ones which have no scent. +"Is it this?" he asked Noemi. + +She nodded: it could no longer be concealed. The white rose had put him +on the track, and he noticed that it had been newly transplanted. And +then he was tranquil, like one who has done with all that had given an +object to life. He sat all day on the little bench near the house, drew +on the gravel with his stick, and muttered to himself, "You would not +exchange him for the whole earth full of diamonds, nor the whole heaven +full of angels; . . . but for a miserable pipe you could strike his +hand." + +The beautiful walnut-wood house stood half finished, and the great +convolvulus had crept over its four walls. Michael never set foot in it. + +The only thing that kept up his half-recovered strength and his broken +spirit was Noemi's love. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +MELANCHOLY. + + +One bud after another opened on the rose-tree. Timar did nothing but +watch the development and blossoming of these rosebuds. When one of them +opened he broke it off, put it in his pocket-book, and dried it there on +his breast. This was a melancholy task. All the tenderness lavished on +him by Noemi could not cure his sadness. The woman's sweet caresses were +burdensome to him. And yet Noemi could have comforted him at the cost of +a single word; but modest reserve kept back that word, and it never +occurred to Michael to question her. + +It is characteristic of those whose mind is diseased to occupy +themselves only with the past. + +At last Noemi said to Timar, "Michael, it would be good for you to go +away from here--out into the world. Everything here arouses mournful +memories in you; you must go away to get well. I have done your packing, +and the fruit-dealers will fetch you away to-morrow." + +Michael did not answer, but expressed his assent by a nod. The dangerous +illness he had passed through had affected his nerves; and the situation +he had brought upon himself, the blow which had struck him, had worked +on those nerves so painfully, that he was forced to acknowledge that a +longer stay would lead to madness or suicide. + +Suicide? There is no easier road out of a difficult position: failure, +despair, mental conflict, blasted hopes, heart-pangs, fantastic +bugbears, the memory of losses, phantoms of the beloved dead--all these +are parts of a bad dream. One touch on the trigger of the pistol, and +one awakes. Those who remain behind can go on with the dream. + +On the last evening, Michael, Noemi, and Therese sat all three after +supper on the little bench outside, and Michael remembered that they had +once been four together there. + +"What can that moon really be?" asked Noemi. + +Michael's hand, which Noemi held in hers, was clinched with sudden +violence. + +"My evil star," he thought to himself. "Oh, if I had never seen it, that +red crescent!" + +Therese answered her daughter's question: "It is a burned-out and +chilled world, on which neither trees, flowers, nor animals, no air or +water, no sounds or colors exist. When I was a girl at school, we used +often to look through a telescope at the moon; it is full of mountains, +and we were told they were the craters of extinct volcanoes. No +telescope is powerful enough to show people on it, but learned men know +with certainty that neither air nor water exists there. Without air and +water nothing can live that has a human body, so no mortal can possibly +be there." + +"But what if something did really live in it?" + +"What could do so?" + +"I will tell you what I think. Often in the old times, when I was still +alone, I could not rid myself of one engrossing thought--especially when +I sat by myself on the beach, and looked into the water. I felt as if +something were drawing me into it, and calling to me that it was good to +be down below there, and that there all was peace. Then I said to +myself--Good! the body would rest at the bottom of the Danube; but where +would the soul go?--it must find a dwelling somewhere. Then the thought +arose that the soul which wrenched itself so forcibly and by its own +will from its mortal shell could only soar to the moon. I believe that +now even more firmly. If neither trees nor flowers, neither water nor +air, neither colors nor sounds, can there exist--well, it is all the +better fitted for those who did not wish to be encumbered with a body: +there they will find a world where there is nothing to trouble them, nor +anything to give them pleasure." + +Therese and Michael both rose with a start from beside Noemi, who could +not understand what had moved them. She did not know that her own father +was a suicide, and that he whose hand she held was ready to become one. +Michael said the night was cool, they had better go in. One more +haunting thought was now linked with the sight of the moon. The first he +inherited from Timea, the other from Noemi. What a fearful penalty--that +the man should continually see before him in the heavens that shining +witness, eternally recalling him to his first sin, the first fateful +error of his ruined life! + +The next day Michael left the island: he passed by the unfinished +walnut-wood house without even glancing at it. + +"You will return with the spring flowers," whispered Noemi tenderly in +his ear. The poor thing thought it quite natural that for half of the +year Michael should not belong to her. "But to whom does he then +belong?" That question never occurred to her. + +When Michael arrived at Komorn, the long journey had still more +exhausted him. Timea was frightened when she saw him, and could hardly +recognize him; even Athalie was alarmed, and with good reason. + +"You have been ill?" said Timea, leaning on her husband's breast. + +"Very ill, for many weeks." + +"On your journey?" + +"Yes," answered Timar, to whom this seemed like a cross-examination. He +must be on his guard at every question. + +"Good God! and had you anyone to nurse you there among those strangers?" + +The words had almost escaped him, "Oh, yes, an angel!" but he caught +himself up and answered, "You can get anything for money." Timea did not +know how to show her sympathy, and so Michael could detect no change in +the always apathetic face. She was always the same, and the frigid kiss +of welcome drew them no closer together. + +Athalie whispered in his ear, "For God's sake, sir, take care of your +life!" + +Timar felt the poisoned sting hidden beneath this tender consideration. +He must live that Timea might suffer; for if she became a widow, nothing +would stand in the way of her happiness. And that would be a hell to +Athalie. + +It seemed to Timar as if the demon who hated both him and his wife was +now praying for the prolongation of his detested life, so that their +mutual suffering might last the longer. Every one remarked the great +change which had taken place in him. In the spring he was a strong man +in the prime of life; now he was like a feeble, voiceless shadow. + +He withdrew to his office as soon as he arrived, and spent the whole day +there. His secretary found the ledger lying on the desk just as he had +opened it; he had not even looked at it. His agents were informed of his +return, and hastened to present yards of reports. He said to them all, +"Very good," and signed what they required, sometimes in the wrong +place, sometimes twice over. At last he shut himself up from every one +in his room, under pretense of requiring sleep. But his servants heard +him walking up and down for hours together. + +When he went to the ladies to dine in their company, he looked so gloomy +and stern that no one had the courage to address him. He hardly touched +food, and never tasted wine. But an hour after dinner he rang for the +servant, and asked angrily whether they were ever going to get the meal +ready--he had forgotten that it was over. In the evening he could not +sit up, so tired was he; when he sat down he dozed off at once; as soon, +however, as he was undressed and in bed, slumber fled suddenly from his +eyes. "Oh, how cold this bed is--everything in the house is cold!" Every +piece of furniture, the pictures on the walls, even the old frescoes on +the ceiling, seemed to cry to him, "What have you come here for? This is +not your home! You are a stranger here!" How cold is this bed! + +The man who came to call him to supper found him already in bed. On +hearing this, Timea came to him and asked whether he would have +something. + +"Nothing--no, nothing at all," answered Timar. "I am only overtired by +the journey." + +"Shall I send for the doctor?" + +"Pray don't. I am not ill." + +Timea wished him good-night, and went away after again feeling his +forehead with her hand. But Timar was not in a condition to sleep. He +heard every noise in the house; he heard them whispering and creeping on +tiptoe past his door, so as not to disturb him. He was thinking where a +man could best flee from himself. Into the realm of dreams? That would +be good, indeed, if only one could find the way there as easily as into +the kingdom of death. But one can not force one's self to dream. Opium? +That is one way--the suicide of sleep. Gradually he noticed that it was +growing darker in the room: the shades of night veiled closely every +object, the light grew dim. At last he was surrounded by a darkness like +that of a thick, motionless mist, like subterranean gloom, or the night +of the blind: such an obscurity one "sees" even in sleep. Michael knew +he was asleep, and the blindness lying over his eyes was that of +slumber. Yes, he now had full consciousness of his position. He was +lying in his own bed in his Komorn house--a table beside him with an +antique bronze lamp-stand, and a painted lamp-shade with Chinese figures +on it; over his head hung a large clock with a chime; the silken +curtains were let down. The curious old bed had a sort of drawer below +it, which could be drawn out and used as a second bed. It was +beautifully made--one of those beds only found in fine old houses, in +which a whole family might find room to sleep. Timar knew that he had +not bolted his door; any one could come in who chose. How if some one +came to murder him? And what difference would there be between sleep and +death? This puzzled him in his dreams. + +Once he dreamed that the door opened softly and some one entered: a +woman's steps. The curtain rustled, and something leaned over him: a +woman's face. "Is it you, Noemi?" Michael thought in his dream, and +started. "How came you here? If some one saw you?" It was dark, he could +see nothing; but he heard the person sit down by his bed and listen to +his breathing. Thus had Noemi done many a night in the little hut. "Oh, +Noemi, will you watch again all through the night? When will you sleep?" + +The female figure, as if in answer, knelt down and drew out the shelf +below the bed. Michael felt a mixture of fear and rapture in his breast. +"You will lie down beside me; oh, how I love you, but I tremble for +you!" and then the figure prepared a bed on the shelf and lay down. The +dreamer in the bed longed to bend over her, to embrace and kiss her, and +would have called again to her, "Go, hasten away from here, you will be +seen;" but he could move neither limbs nor tongue, they were heavy as +lead; and then the woman slept too. Michael sunk deeper into dreamland. +His fancy flew through past and future, soared into the region of the +impossible, and returned to the sleeping woman. He dreamed that he was +awake, and yet the phantom was beside him. + +At last it began to dawn, and the sun shone through the window with more +wonderful radiance than ever before. "Awake, awake!" whispered Michael +in his dream. "Go home--the daylight must not find you here. Leave me +now!" He struggled with the dream. "But you are not really here--it is +only a delusion!" + +He forced himself to sever the bonds in which sleep held him, and awoke +completely. It was really morning, the sunlight streamed through the +curtains, and on the shelf below the bed lay a sleeping woman with her +head on her arm. + +"Noemi!" cried Michael. The slumbering form awoke at the call and looked +up. It was Timea-- + +"Do you want anything?" asked the woman, rising hastily from her couch. +She had heard the tone but not the name. Her husband was still under the +influence of his dream. "Timea!" he stammered sleepily, astonished at +the metamorphosis of Noemi into Timea. + +"Here I am," said she, laying her hand on the bed. + +"How is it possible?" cried he, drawing up the quilt to his chin as if +afraid of the face leaning over him. + +"I was anxious about you, I was afraid you might have some attack in the +night, and I wanted to be near you." In the tone of her voice, in her +look, lay such sincere and natural tenderness as could not be assumed: a +woman's instinct is fidelity. + +Michael collected himself. His first feeling was alarm, his second +self-reproach. This poor woman lying by his bed was the widow of a +living man. She had never known a joy in common with her husband; now +when he was in pain, she came to share it with him; and then followed +the eternal falsehood--he must not accept this tenderness, he must +repulse it. + +Michael said with forced composure, "Timea, I beg you not to do this +again; do not come into my room. I have been suffering from an +infectious illness; I caught the plague on my journey, and I tremble for +your life if you approach me. Keep far from me, I adjure you; I wish to +be alone, both by day and night. There is nothing the matter with me +now, but I feel that I must, for prudence' sake, avoid all those +belonging to me; so I beg you earnestly not to do this again, never +again." Timea sighed deeply, cast down her eyes, and left the room. She +had not even undressed, but had only lain down in her clothes at her +husband's feet. + +When she was gone, Michael got up and dressed; his mind was much +disturbed. The longer he continued this dual life, the more he felt the +conflict of the double duties he had taken on himself. He was +responsible for the fate of two noble, self-sacrificing souls. He had +made both miserable, and himself more unhappy than either. + +What outlet could he find? If only one or other were an every-day +creature, so that he could hate and despise her or buy her off! But both +were equally nobly gifted: the fate of both was so heavy a charge +against the author of it, that no excuse existed. How could he tell +Timea who Noemi was, or Noemi about Timea? Suppose he were to divide all +his wealth between the two, or if he gave his money to one and his heart +to the other? But either was alike impossible, for neither was faithless +or gave him a right to reject them. + +Living at home made Michael yet more ill. + +He never left his room all day, spoke to no one, and sat till evening in +one place, without doing anything. At last Timea resorted to a +physician. The result of the consultation was that Michael was ordered +to the seaside, that the water might restore to him what the land had +taken from him. To this advice he replied, "I will not go where there is +company." Then they suggested that he should choose some place where the +season was over and the visitors gone; there he would find solitude. The +cold baths were the important point. He now remembered that in one of +the valleys near the Platten See he had a summer villa, which he had +bought years ago when he hired the fishing of the Balaton lake, and he +had only been there two or three times since. There, said he, would he +spend the end of the autumn. + +The doctors approved his choice. The districts of Zala and Vessprimer on +the banks of the lake are like the Vale of Tempe. Fourteen miles of +unbroken garden-land form a charming chain of landscapes, with +country-seats strewn here and there. The splendid lake is a sea in +miniature, full of loveliness and romance; here is soft Italian air, the +people are kind and cordial, the mineral springs curative; nothing could +be better for a depressed invalid than to spend the autumn here. So the +doctors sent Michael to the Platten See. But they had forgotten that +toward the end of the summer hail-storms had laid waste the whole +district; and nothing is more depressing than a place ruined by hail. +The vineyards, which usually resound during the vintage with joyous +cries, now stand deserted: the leaves of the fruit-trees are +coppery-green or rusty brown; they take their leave until the coming +spring: all is silent and sad; even the roads are overgrown with moss, +for no one uses them. In the cornfields, instead of the sheaves of +grain, ineradicable weeds abound, and instead of the golden heads, +thistles, burdock, and nightshade are rampant, for no one comes to cut +them down. + +At such a season Michael arrived at his villa on the Balaton. It was an +ancient pile. Some noble family had built it as a summer residence, +because the view had pleased them and they had money enough to afford +themselves this luxury. It had but one low story within massive walls, a +veranda looking over the lake, and trellises with large fig-trees. The +heirs of the first owners had got rid of the lonely chateau for a +nominal price, as it had no value except to a person bitten with the +misanthropic desire to live there in solitude. + +No human dwelling is to be found within two miles of it, and even beyond +that distance most of the houses are uninhabited. The presses and +cellars are not open on account of the failure of the vintage. At Fured +all the blinds are down and the last invalid has left; even the steamers +no longer ply; the pump-room at the baths stands empty, and on the +promenade the fallen leaves rustle round the feet of the passer-by--no +one thinks it worth while to sweep them away. Not a man nor even a stork +is left in the place--only the majestic Balaton murmurs mysteriously as +it tosses its waves, and no one knows why it is angry. In its midst +rises a bare rock, on whose top stands a convent with two towers, in +which live seven monks--a crypt full of princely bones from top to +bottom. + +And here Timar came to seek for health. + +Michael only brought one servant with him, and after a few days sent him +back under pretense that the people of the house sufficed for his +service. But there was only one old man, and he quite deaf. + +Round the villa no human voice was heard, not even the sound of a bell, +only the haunting murmur of the great lake. + +Timar sat all day on the shore, and listened to the voices of the water. +Often, when there was not a breath of air stirring, the lake began to +roar, then the color of its surface changed to an emerald green as far +as the eye could see: over the dark mirror of the waves not one sail, +not a single ship, barge, or boat was visible; it might have been the +Dead Sea. + +This lake possesses the double quality of strengthening the body and +depressing the mind. The chest expands, the appetite increases, but the +mind is inclined to a melancholy and sentimental state which carries one +back to fairyland. + +Timar floated for hours on the gently rocking waves; he wandered whole +days on the shore, and could hardly tear himself away when night fell. +He sought no distraction from shooting or fishing. Once he took out his +gun, and forgot it somewhere by the trunk of a tree: another time he +caught a pike, but let it get away with his fly. He could fix his +attention on nothing. + +He had taken a powerful retracting telescope with him, through which he +gazed at the starry heavens during the long nights; at the planets with +their moons and rings, on which in winter white spots are visible, while +in summer a red light surrounds them; and then at that great enigma of +the firmament, the moon, which when looked at through the glass appears +like a shining ball of lava, with its transparent ridges, its deep +craters, bright plains and dark shadows. It is a world of emptiness. +Nothing is there except the souls of those who violently separated +themselves from their body to get rid of its load. There they are at +peace; they feel nothing, do nothing, know neither sorrow nor joy, gain +nor loss; there is neither air nor water, winds nor storms, no flowers +or living creatures, no war, no kisses, no heart-throbs--neither birth +nor death; only "nothing," and perhaps memory. + +That would be worse than hell, to live in the moon as a disembodied soul +in the realm of nothingness, and to remember the earth, where are green +grass and red blood, where the air echoes with the roll of the thunder +and the kisses of lovers, where life and death exist. And yet something +whispered to Michael that he must take refuge among the exiles to that +region of annihilation. There was no other way of escape from his +miserable existence. + +The nights of autumn grew longer and the days shorter, and with the +waning daylight the water in the lake grew colder and colder. But Timar +enjoyed bathing in it even more. His frame had regained its former +elasticity, all traces of his illness had vanished, nerves and muscles +were as steel; but his mental agony increased. + +The nights were always clear and the skies thickly sown with stars: +Timar sat by his open window and studied the shining points in boundless +space through his glass, but never until the moon had set. He detested +the moon, as we grow to hate a place we know too well, and with whose +inhabitants we have quarreled. + +During his observations of the starry heavens he had the exceptional +good fortune to witness one of those celestial phenomena which are all +but unique in the annals of astronomy. A comet returning after +centuries of absence appeared in the sky. Timar said to himself, "This +is my star; it is as lost as my soul; its coming and going are as +aimless as mine, and its whole existence as empty and vain a show as is +my life." Jupiter and his four moons were moving in the same direction +as the comet; their orbits must cross. When the comet approached the +great planet, its tail seemed to divide; the attraction of Jupiter began +to take effect. The great star was trying to rob its lord, the sun, of +this vaporous body. The next night the comet's tail was split in two. +Then the largest and most distant of Jupiter's moons drew rapidly near. + +"What has become of my star?" asked Timar. + +The third night the nucleus of the comet had grown dull and began to +disperse, and Jupiter's moon was close to it. The fourth night the comet +had been divided into two parts; there were two heads and two tails, and +both the starry phantoms began in separate parabolic curves their +aimless flight through space. So "this" occurs in the heavens as well as +on earth? + +Timar followed this marvelous phenomenon with his telescope till it was +lost in impenetrable space. This sight made the deepest impression on +his mind; now he had done with the world. There are hundreds of motives +for suicide, but the most urgent are to be found among those who give +themselves up to scientific research. + +Keep a watchful eye on those who seek to fathom the secrets of nature +without a technical education. Hide away the knife and the pistol every +night, and search their pockets lest they carry poison about them. + +Yes, Timar was determined to kill himself. This idea does not come to +strong characters all at once, but it ripens in them by degrees. They +grow used to it as the years go by, and carefully provide for its +execution. The thought had now ripened in Timar, and he went +systematically to work. + +When the severe weather set in, he left the Platten See and returned to +Komorn. He made his will. His whole property he left to Timea and the +poor, and with such careful foresight that he provided a separate fund +out of which Timea, in case she married again, or her heirs if they +stood in need of it, would receive a pension of a hundred thousand +gulden. + +The following was his plan. As soon as the season permitted he would go +away, ostensibly to Egypt, but really to the ownerless island. There he +would die. + +If he could induce Noemi to die with him, then in death they would be +united. Oh, Noemi would consent! What would she do in this world without +Michael? What worth would the world have for such a one as she? + +Both there by Dodi's side. + + * * * * * + +Timar spent the winter partly in Komorn, partly in Raab and Vienna; +everywhere his life was a burden to him. He thought he read in every +face, "This man is melancholy mad." He noticed people whispering and +making signs when he appeared--women were shy of him, and men tried to +look unconscious; and he fancied that in his distraction he did and said +things which gave evidence of his mental disease, and wondered people +did not laugh. Perhaps they were afraid of laughing. + +But they had no reason to fear. He was not lively to throw pepper in the +eyes of the people near him, though odd fancies did now and then occur +to him; as, for instance, when Johann Fabula came to make him an oration +as curator of the church, and stood as stiff before him as if he had +swallowed the spit, an impulse seized Timar, almost irresistibly, to put +both hands on the curator's shoulders and turn a somersault over his +head. + +Something lay in Michael's expression which made the blood run cold. + +Athalie met this glance; often, as they sat at meals, Timar's eyes were +fixed on her. She was a wonderfully beautiful woman; Michael's eyes +rested on her lovely snowy neck, so that she felt uneasy at this silent +homage to her charms. + +Michael was thinking--"If only I had you in my power for once, you +lovely white throat, so as to crush the life out of you with my iron +hand!" This was what he longed for when he admired the splendid +Bacchante form of Athalie. + +Only Timea was not afraid of him--she had nothing to fear. At last it +seemed impossible to Timar to wait for the tardy spring. What does he +want with the springing flowers who will soon be at rest under the turf? + +The day before his departure he gave a great banquet, and invited every +one, including even slight acquaintances. The house was crowded with +guests. Before sitting down he said to Fabula, "My brother, sit near me, +and if I get drunk toward morning and lose my senses, see that I am +carried into my traveling-chaise, and put me on the seat; then harness +the horses and send me off." He wished to leave his house and home while +unconscious. + +But when the guests toward morning had sunk one here and another there +under the table, our Herr Johann Fabula was snoring comfortably in his +arm-chair, and only Timar had kept his head. Mad people are like King +Mithridates and the poison--wine does not affect them. So he had to get +his carriage himself and start on his journey. In his head reality and +dreams, imagination, memory, and hallucination were in a whirl. It +seemed to him as if he had stood by the couch of a sleeping saint with a +marble face, and as if he had kissed the lips of the white statue, and +it had not awoke under his kiss. Perhaps it was only a vision. Then he +thought he remembered that behind the door of a dark recess, as he +passed, a lovely Maenad's head looked out, framed in rich tresses. She +had sparkling eyes and red lips, between which shone two rows of pearls, +as she held the candle and asked the sleep-walker, "Where are you going, +sir?" + +And he had whispered in the witch's ear, "I am going to make Timea +happy." + +Then the ideal face had turned to a Medusa head, and the curls to +snakes. Perhaps this was hallucination too. + +Timar awoke toward noon in his carriage, when the post-horses were +changed. He was already far from Komorn, and his intention was +unchanged. Late at night he arrived on the Danube shore, where the +little boat he had ordered awaited him; he went over in the night to the +island. + +A thought came into his head. "How if Noemi were dead already?" Why +should not this be possible? What a burden it would free him from--that +of persuading her to the dreadful step. He who has one fixed idea +expects of fate that everything should happen as he has planned. + +Near the white rose-bush no doubt a second already stands, which will +bloom red in spring--on Noemi's grave. Soon there will be a third with +yellow blossoms, the flower of the man of gold. + +Occupied with these thoughts, he landed on the island shore. It was +still night and the moon shone. The unfinished house stood like a tomb +on the grass-grown field; the windows and door-ways were hung with +matting to keep out snow and rain. Michael hastened to the old dwelling. +Almira met him and licked his hand; she did not bark, but took a corner +of his cloak in her teeth and drew him to the window. The moon shone +through the lattice, and Michael looked into the little room, which was +quite light. + +He could clearly perceive that only one bed was in the room, the other +was gone. On this bed slept Therese; it was as he had thought--Noemi was +already at rest under the rose-bush. It is well. + +He knocked at the window. "It is I, Therese." At this the woman came out +on the veranda. "Are you sleeping alone, Therese?" said Timar. + +"Yes." + +"Has Noemi gone up to Dodi?" + +"Not so. Dodi has come down to Noemi." + +Timar looked inquiringly in her face. Then the woman grasped his hand, +and led him with a smile to the back of the house, where the window of +the other little room looked out. This room was light, for a night-lamp +was burning there. Timar looked in and saw Noemi on the white bed, with +her arm round a golden-haired cherub which lay on her breast. "What is +this?" Timar faltered out. + +Therese smiled gently. "Do you not see? Little Dodi longed to come back +to us; it was better here, he thought, than up in heaven. He said to the +dear Lord, 'Thou hast angels enough; let me return to those who had only +me'--and the Lord allowed it." + +"How can it be?" + +"H'm! h'm! The old story. A poor woman again who died, and we have +adopted the poor orphan. You are not angry?" Timar trembled in every +limb as if with ague. "Pray do not wake the sleepers before morning," +said Therese, "It is bad for babies to be waked: children's lives are so +precarious. You will be patient, won't you?" + +It never occurred to Timar to protest. He threw off his cap and cloak, +drew off his coat, and turned up his shirt-sleeves. Therese thought he +was mad. And why not? He ran out to the walnut-house, tore the mattings +down, drew out his carpenter's bench, placed the unfinished door-panel +on it, took his chisel and began to work. + +It was just growing light. Noemi dreamed that some one was at work in +the new house; the plane grated over the hard wood, and the busy workman +sung-- + + "For all the gold the world could hold, + I would not give my Dodi's curl." + +And when she opened her eyes she still heard the plane and the song. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +THERESE. + + +Timar had succeeded in robbing every one. + +From Timea he stole first her father's million, then the manly ideal of +her heart, and kept for himself her wifely troth. From Noemi he stole +her loving heart, her womanly tenderness, her whole being. Therese he +robbed of her trust, the last belief of her misanthropic mind in the +possible goodness of a man; then he took the island, in order to restore +it to her, and so to obtain her gratitude. Theodor Krisstyan he +defrauded of half a world--for he exiled him to another hemisphere. From +Athalie he took father, mother, home, and bridegroom, her whole present +and future happiness. He robbed his friend Katschuka of the hope of a +blissful life. The respect shown to him by the world, the tears of the +poor, the thanks of the orphan, the decorations bestowed by his king, +were they not all thefts? By deceit he obtained from the smugglers, the +fidelity with which they guarded his secret--a thief who steals from +other thieves! He even robbed the good God of a little angel. His soul +was not his; he had pledged it to the moon, and had not kept his +promise: he had not paid what he owed. The poison was ready which was to +transport him to that distant star of night--the devils were already +rejoicing and stretching out their claws to receive the poor soul. He +took them in too; he did not kill himself, but defrauded even death. He +laid hands on a paradise in the midst of the world, and took the +forbidden fruit from the tree while the watching archangel turned his +back, and in that hidden Eden he defied all human law: the clergy, the +king, the judge, the general, the tax-collector, the police--all were +deceived and defrauded by him. + +And everything succeeded with him. How long would he go unpunished? + +He could deceive every one but himself. He was always sad, even when he +outwardly smiled. He knew what he ought to be called, and would gladly +have shown himself in his true character. + +But that was impossible. The boundless, universal respect--the rapturous +love--if only one of these were really due to his true self! Honor, +humanity, self-sacrifice were the original principles of his character, +the atmosphere of his being. Unheard-of temptations had drawn him in the +opposite direction; and now he was a man whom every one loved, honored, +and respected, and who was only hated and despised by himself. Fate had +blessed him since his last illness with such iron strength that now +nothing hurt him, and instead of aging he seemed to renew his youth. + +He was busy all through the summer with manual labor. The little house +he had erected the year before he now had to finish, and to add the +carver's and turner's work to it. He borrowed from the Muses their +creative genius: a great artist was lost in Timar. Every pillar in the +little house was of a different design: one was formed of two intwining +snakes, whose heads made the capital; another, of a palm-tree with +creepers climbing up it; the third showed a vine with squirrels and +woodpeckers half hidden in its branches; and the fourth a clump of +bulrushes rising from their leaves. The internal panels of the walls +were a fanciful mosaic of carving; every table and chair was a work of +art, and exquisitely inlaid with light-colored woods to make a pleasant +contrast with the dark walnut. Each door and window betrayed some +original invention; some disappeared in the wall, some slid up into the +roof, and all were opened and shut by curious wooden bolts--for as Timar +had declared that no nail should be put into the whole house which was +not made by himself, not a morsel of iron was used in it. + +What delight when the house was ready and he conducted his dear ones +into it, and could say, "See, all this is my handiwork! A king could not +give his queen such a present." + +But it had taken years to complete it, and four winters had Timar spent +in Komorn and four summers in the island, before Dodi the second had his +house ready for him. + +Then Michael had another task before him; he must teach Dodi to read. +Dodi was a lively, healthy, good-tempered boy, and Timar said he would +teach him everything himself--reading, writing, swimming, also gardening +and mason's and carpenter's work. He who knows these trades can always +earn his bread. Timar fancied things would always go on thus, and he +could live this life to the end of his days. But suddenly fate cried +"Halt!" + +Or rather not fate, but Therese. Eight years had passed since Timar had +found his way to the little island. Then Noemi and Timea were both +children: now Noemi was twenty-two, Timea twenty-one, Athalie would soon +be twenty-five; but Therese was over forty-five, Timar himself nearly +forty, and little Dodi was in his fifth year. + +One of them must prepare to go hence, for her time was come, and her cup +of suffering was full enough for a long life: that one was Therese. + +One summer afternoon when her daughter was out with the child, she said +to Timar, "Michael, I have something to tell you--this autumn will be my +last. I know that death is near. For twenty years I have suffered from +the disease which will kill me; it is heart complaint. Do not look on +this as a figure of speech; it is a fatal disease, but I have always +concealed it, and never complained. I have kept it under by patience, +and you have helped me by the love you showed and the joys you prepared +for me. If you had not done so, I should long have lain beneath the sod. +But I can bear it no longer. For a year past sleep has fled from my +eyes, and I hear my heart beat all day. It throbs quickly three or four +times, as if frightened, then comes a sort of half-beat; then it stops +entirely for a few moments, till it begins pulsating again rapidly after +one or two slow throbs, followed by short beats and long pauses. This +must soon come to an end. I often turn faint, and only keep up by an +effort of will; this will not last through the summer--and I am content +it should be so. Noemi has now another object for her affection. I will +not trouble you, Michael, with questions, nor require of you any +promise; spoken words are vain and empty--only what we feel is true. You +feel what you are to Noemi, and she to you. What is there to disquiet +me? I can die without even troubling the merciful God with my feeble +prayers. He has given me all I could have asked of Him. Is it not so, +Michael?" + +Michael's head sunk. This had often of late destroyed his sleep. It had +not escaped him that Therese's health was failing rapidly, and he had +thought with trembling that she might be suddenly overtaken by death. +What would then become of Noemi? How could he leave the delicate +creature here alone the whole winter with her little child? Who would +help and protect her? He had often put the question aside, but now it +confronted him, and must be considered. + +Therese was right. The same afternoon a friendly fruit-woman came to the +island, and while Therese was counting out her baskets of peaches, she +suddenly fell down in a swoon. She recovered quickly, and three days +later the woman came again, Therese was determined to serve her, and +fainted once more. The fruit-dealer sighed heavily; the next time she +came Noemi and Michael would not let her go in to Therese, but served +her themselves. The woman remarked that the good lady would do well to +see the priest, as she seemed so seriously ill. + +Noemi did not yet know that her mother was dangerously ill; her frequent +fainting-fits were put down to the hot weather. Therese said that many +women suffered in the same way as they grew older. Timar was very +attentive to her; he would not let her be troubled with household work, +took care that she should rest, and made the child be quiet if he was +noisy, but Therese's sleeplessness could not be cured. + +One day all four sat together at dinner in the outer room, when Almira's +barks announced the approach of strangers. Therese looked out, and said +in great alarm, "Go inside quickly, that no one may see you." + +Timar looked out, and he too saw that it would not be advisable for him +to meet the new-comer, for it was none other than his Reverence Herr +Sandorovics, the dean who had received the order, who would not fail to +recognize Herr von Levetinczy, and would have some pleasant things to +say to him. "Push the table away and leave me alone," said Frau Therese, +making Noemi and Dodi rise too. And as if all her strength had returned, +she helped to carry the table into the next room, so that when his +reverence knocked at the door she was alone, and had drawn her bedstead +across the door-way so as to prevent access to the inner apartment. + +The dean's beard was longer and grayer since we last saw him; but his +cheeks were rosy, and his figure that of a Samson. His deacon and +acolyte, who had come with him, had remained in the veranda, and were +trying to make friends with the great dog. + +The reverend gentleman came in alone, with his hand out as if to give +any one a chance of kissing it. As Therese showed no inclination to +avail herself of the opportunity, the visitor was at once in a bad +temper. "Well, don't you know me again, you sinful woman?" + +"Oh, I know you well enough, sir, and I know I am a sinner--what brings +you here?" + +"What brings me, you old gossip? You ask me that, you God-forsaken +heathen! It is clear you don't know me." + +"I told you before that I knew you. You are the priest who would not +bury my poor husband." + +"No--because he left the world in an unauthorized way, without +confession or absolution. Therefore it befell him to be put under ground +like a dog. If you don't wish to be buried like a dog too, look to it: +repent and confess while there is yet time. Your last hour may come +to-day or to-morrow. Pious women brought me the news of your being near +death, and begged me to come here and give you absolution--you have to +thank them for my presence." + +"Speak low, sir; my daughter is in the next room, and she would be +alarmed." + +"Indeed! your daughter? and a man and a child too?" + +"Certainly." + +"And the man is your daughter's husband?" + +"Yes." + +"Who married them?" + +"He who married Adam and Eve--God." + +"Foolish woman! That was when there were no priests nor altars. But now +things are not managed so easily, and there is a law to govern them." + +"I know it: the law drove me to this island; but that law has no +jurisdiction here." + +"So you are an absolute heathen?" + +"I wish to live and die in peace." + +"And you have permitted your daughter to live in shame?" + +"What is shame?" + +"Shame? The contempt of all respectable people." + +"Does that make me warm or cold?" + +"Unfeeling clod! You only care for your bodily weal. You never think of +the salvation of your soul. I come to show you the way to heaven, and +you prefer the road to hell! Do you believe in the resurrection, or in +eternal life?" + +"Hardly--at any rate, I am not longing for it. I do not want to awake to +another life; I want to sleep peacefully under the trees. I shall fall +into dust, and the roots will feed on it, and leaves will grow from it: +and I want no other life. I shall live in the sap of the green trees I +planted with my own hands. I do not believe in your cruel God who makes +His wretched creatures live on to suffer beyond the grave. Mine is a +merciful God, who gives rest to animals, trees, and men when they are +dead." + +"Could there be a more obstinate sinner! You will go to hell-fire--to +the tortures of the damned!" + +"Show me where the Bible says that God created hell, and I will believe +you." + +"Oh, you pagan! You will be denying the existence of the devil next," +cried the priest in a rage. + +"I do deny that God ever created such a devil as you believe in: you +invented one for yourselves, and did that badly, for your devil has +horns and cloven feet, and such creatures as that eat grass and not +men." + +"The earth will open and swallow you up like Dathan and Abiram. Do you +bring up the little child in this belief?" + +"He is taught by the man who has adopted him." + +"Who?" + +"He whom the child calls father." + +"And what is his name?" + +"Michael." + +"What is his surname?" + +"I never asked him." + +"What! you never asked his name? What do you know of him?" + +"I know he is an honest man, and loves Noemi." + +"But what is he? A gentleman, a peasant, a workman, a sailor, or a +smuggler?" + +"He is a poor man, suited to us." + +"And what else? I must know, for it is part of my duty. What faith does +he confess? Is he Papist, Calvinist, Lutheran, Socinian, or perhaps a +Jew?" + +"I have not troubled myself about it." + +"Do you keep the fasts of the Church?" + +"Once for two years I never touched meat--because I had none." + +"Who baptized the child?" + +"God--with a shower of rain, while He sat on high on His rainbow +throne." + +"Oh, you heathen!" + +"Why heathen?" asked Therese, bitterly. "God's hand was heavy on me; +from the height of bliss I fell into the deepest misery. One day made me +a widow and a beggar. I did not deny God, nor cast His gift of life +away. I came to this desert, sought God and found Him here. My God +requires no sacrifice of song and bell, only a devout heart. I do my +penance, not by telling my beads, but by work. Men left me nothing in +the world, and I formed a blooming garden from a desert wilderness. All +deceived, robbed, and scorned me; the tribunal condemned me, my friends +defrauded me, the Church despised me, and yet I did not hate my kind. I +am the refuge of the stranger and the destitute; I feed and heal those +who come to me for aid, and sleep with open doors winter and summer; I +fear no one. Oh, sir, I am no heathen!" + +"What sort of rubbish you talk, you chattering woman! I never asked you +all that, but I ask you about the man who lives in this hut, whether he +is a Christian or a heretic, and why the child is not baptized? It is +impossible that you should not know his name." + +"Be it so; I will not tell a lie. I know his name, but nothing more. His +life may have secrets in it, as mine had: he may have good reasons for +hiding himself. But I know him only as a kind good man, and harbor no +suspicions of him. Those were 'friends' who took my all from me, +noblemen of high station, who left me nothing but my weeping child. I +brought up the little child, and when she was my only treasure, my life, +my all, I gave her to a man of whom I knew only that he loved her and +she loved him. Is not that to have faith in God?" + +"Don't talk to me of faith. For such a belief as that, witches in the +good old time were brought to the stake and burned, all over the +Christian world." + +"It is lucky that I possess this island by right of a Turkish firman." + +"A Turkish firman!" cried the dean, in astonishment. "And who procured +it for you?" + +"The man whose name you want to know." + +"And I will know it on the spot, and in a summary way. I shall call the +sacristan and the acolyte in, make them push away the bed, and go in at +that door, which I see has no lock." + +Timar heard every word in the next room. The blood rushed to his head at +the thought that the ecclesiastical dignitary would walk in and exclaim, +"Aha! it is you, Herr Privy Councilor Michael von Levetinczy!" + +The dean opened the outer door, and called in his two sturdy companions. +Therese, in her extremity, drew the bright Turkish quilt over her up to +the chin. "Sir," she said in an imploring tone to the dean, "listen to +just one word which will convince you of the strength of my faith, and +show you that I am no heathen. Look, this woolen quilt I have over me +came from Broussa. A traveling peddler gave it to me. See now, so great +is my trust in God that I cover myself with it every night; and yet it +is well known that the oriental plague has been raging in Broussa this +month past. Which of you has faith enough to dare to touch this bed?" + +When she looked round, no one was there to answer. At the discovery that +this quilt came from the plague-infected districts round Broussa, all +had rushed away, leaving the lonely island and its death-stricken +inhabitants as a prey to all the devils of hell. The accursed island was +now the richer by one more evil report, which would keep away people who +valued their lives. + +Therese let out the refugees. Timar kissed her hand and called her +"Mother!" + +"My son!" whispered Therese, and looked steadily into his eyes. With +that look she said to him, "Remember what you have heard. And now it is +time to get ready for the journey." Therese spoke of her approaching +death as of a journey. + +Leaning on Timar and Noemi, she was led out to the green field, and +chose the place for her grave. + +"Here in the middle," she said to Timar, taking his spade from his hand +and marking out the oblong square. "You made a house for Dodi; make mine +here. And build no mound over my grave, and plant no cross upon it; +plant there neither tree nor shrub; cover it all with fresh turf, so +that it may be like the rest. I wish it; so that no one, when in a +cheerful mood, may stumble over my grave and be saddened by it." + +One evening she fell asleep, to awake no more. And they buried her as +she desired. They wrapped her in fine linen, and spread for her a bed of +aromatic walnut leaves. And then they made the grave look like the rest, +and covered it with turf, so that it was the same as before. When on the +next morning Timar and Noemi, leading little Dodi by the hand, went into +the field, no sign could be seen on the smooth surface. The autumn +spiders had covered it with a silvery pall, and on the glistening veil +the dewdrops sparkled in the sun like myriads of diamonds. + +But yet they found the spot in this silver-broidered green plain. Almira +went in front; at one place she lay down and put her head on the ground: +that was the spot. + + + + + +_BOOK FIFTH.--ATHALIE._ + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +THE BROKEN SWORD. + + +Timar remained on the island till frost covered the green grass--till +the leaves fell, and the nightingales and thrushes were silent. Then he +made up his mind to return to the world, the world of reality; and he +left Noemi behind, alone with her little child on the ownerless island. +"But I shall come back this winter"--and with those words he left her. + +Noemi did not know what those words betokened at Michael's home. Round +the island the Danube was never entirely frozen in the severest winter; +the glass never fell much below freezing-point; ivy and laurels could +stand the cold with ease. But Michael had severe weather for his +journey. On the upper Danube snow had already fallen, and he took a +whole week to reach Komorn. He had to wait a whole day before he could +cross the river--there was so much ice that it was unsafe to launch a +boat. Once he had ventured alone in a small boat across the river in +flood; but then Noemi was waiting for him. Now he was going to Timea--to +get a divorce from her. + +His decision was taken--they must have a divorce. Noemi could not live +alone on that desert island. The woman must have justice in return for +her fidelity and love: accursed would he be who could find it in his +heart to abandon her who had given herself to him body and soul. And +then, too, Timea would be happy. + +That thought gnawed him--that Timea would be happy. If only he could +hate her, if he had a single accusation to bring against her, so as to +put her away as one he could despise and forget! + +He had to leave his carriage at Uj-Szony, for wheels could not yet pass +the ice, so he arrived on foot at home. When he went in, it seemed to +him as if Timea were afraid of him; as if the hand she gave him +trembled, and her voice too, when she greeted him. This time she did not +offer him her white cheek to be kissed. + +Timar hastened to his room, on pretense of laying aside his wraps. If +only there was some reason for this embarrassment! And another sign had +not escaped him--Athalie's expression. In her eyes shone the fire of a +diabolical triumph, the light of a malicious joy. How if Athalie knew +something? + +At table he met the two women again. They all three sat silently +together, watching each other. Timea only said to Michael, "This time +you have stayed away very long." + +Timar would not say, "I shall soon leave you altogether," but he thought +it. He had to consult his lawyer first as to a possible ground for a +separation. It was impossible to think of one. Only "unconquerable +mutual aversion" could be put forward. + +But would the wife consent? All depended on her. Timar pondered this +question all the afternoon, and told the servants not to tell any one of +his return, as he could not see visitors. + +Toward evening some one opened the door. Athalie stood before him, with +the same spiteful satisfaction shining from her eyes, the same +triumphant smile playing round her lips. Michael drew back before her +repellent glance. + +"What brings you here, Athalie?" he asked, with confusion. + +"Well, Herr von Levetinczy, what do you think? Do you not want to know +anything from me?" + +"What?" he whispered eagerly, shutting the door, and staring at Athalie +with wide-opened eyes. + +"What do you want to know?" said the beautiful woman, still smiling. +"Indeed that is hard to guess. I have been in your house these six +years; every year I have seen you return home, and every year with a +different expression on your face. At first tormenting jealousy, then +easy good-humor, afterward assumed tranquillity, and absorption in +business. I studied all these phases. Last year I thought the tragedy +was over--you looked like a man who is ready for the grave. But you may +be sure that on all this round world there is no one who prays for your +life as I do." + +Michael frowned, and possibly Athalie understood him. + +"No, sir," she repeated, passionately; "for if there is anyone in the +world who loves you, they can not possibly wish that you may live long +as heartily as I do. Now I see the same look on your face as last +year--that is the true one: you would like to hear about Timea?" + +"Do you know anything?" asked Timar, eagerly, putting his back against +the door as if to keep Athalie a prisoner. + +She laughed scornfully; not she but Michael was the prisoner. + +"I know much--all," she replied; "enough to bring us all to perdition. +Myself and the other, and you too." + +Michael's blood froze in his veins. "Tell me all." + +"That is what I came for. But listen quietly to the end, that I may tell +you things which lead to madness, if not death." + +"One word first, is Timea unfaithful?" + +"She is, and you will be absolutely convinced of it." + +In Timar's heart a nobler feeling arose to protest against this +suspicion. "Take care what you say!" + +"Your saintly picture, then, came down out of its altar-frame to listen +to a report which said that the noble major had fought on her account +with some strange officer, and wounded him so badly that his own sword +broke in two over the head of his adversary. The picture heard this +rumor. Frau Sophie told her, and the eyes of the saintly image shed +tears. Perhaps you are a heretic, and do not believe in miraculous +tears. But it is true; and Frau Sophie told the noble major next day. +Frau Sophie loves to be a go-between; she loves flattery and intrigue. +The reported tears had the result that Frau Sophie brought back a box +and a letter from the major. In the box were the half-broken blade and +the handle of the sword with which the major had fought. It was a +souvenir." + +"Well, there is nothing wrong in that," said Michael, with affected +calm. + +"Ah, yes, but the letter!" + +"Did you read it?" + +"No; but I know what it contained." + +"How can you know that?" + +"Because the saint replied, and Frau Sophie was the messenger." + +"Go on," said Timar. + +"Yes, for the story is not nearly finished. The letter was not a scented +pink note; it was written on your own desk, sealed with your own seal, +and its contents might have been to repulse the major's advances forever +and ever. But that was not what it said." + +"Who knows?" + +"Frau Sophie and I, and you will be a third directly. How unexpectedly +you returned to-day!--how can people come at such an inconvenient time? +The Danube is full of ice, the ice-flakes lie in heaps, and no living +creature can cross. One would think that on such a day the town would be +so safely shut off that even a jealous husband, if he were outside, +could not get in. How could you come to-day?" + +"Do not torture me, Athalie." + +"Did you not notice the confusion on your picture's face when surprised +by your arrival? Did not her hand tremble in yours? You managed your +arrival so badly; Frau Sophie had to go out again to the smart major +with the short message--'It can not be to-day.'" + +Timar's face was disfigured with rage. Then he sunk back in his chair +and said, "I don't believe you." + +"You need not do so," said Athalie, with a shrug. "I will only advise +you to trust your own eyes. It can not be to-day, because you have come +home; but it might be to-morrow. Suppose you went away? You often go in +winter to the Platten See, when it is frozen and they begin to fish +under the ice. It is capital sport. You might say to-morrow, 'While this +cold lasts, I will be off to Fured to see how the _fogasch_ get on,' and +then you might shut yourself up in your other house here, and wait till +some one taps at your window and says 'Now.' Then you would come back +here." + +"And I should do that?" exclaimed Timar, shuddering. + +Athalie looked him up and down contemptuously. "You are a coward!" and +with that she turned to go. + +But Michael sprung after her and seized her by the arm. + +"Stop! I will take your advice and do what you tell me." + +"Then listen to me," said Athalie, and pressed so close to his face that +he felt her burning breath. + +"When Herr Brazovics built this house, the room in which Timea sleeps +was the parlor. Who were his usual guests? Business people, boon +companions, merchants, dealers. This room has a hiding-place in the wall +above the staircase, where the steps turn, and the inner side makes an +angle. Into this hole in the wall it is possible to gain access from +outside. There is a closet where old rubbish is kept, which is seldom +opened. But even if it stood open it would hardly occur to any one to +try the screws of the ventilator one after another. The center screw on +the right-hand side is movable. But even if any one drew it out it would +tell nothing--it is only a simple peg. But whoever is in possession of a +peculiar key, which can be inserted in place of the peg, only requires +to press the top of the key, from which wards instantly appear, and by a +single turn of the key the cupboard is noiselessly pushed aside. From +thence one can enter the hiding-place, which receives light and air from +a slit in the roof. This hollow in the wall goes as far as Timea's +bedroom, where in former times Herr Brazovics' guests used to pass the +night. The concealed passage ends in a glass door which is hidden from +the room by a picture. This picture is a mother-of-pearl mosaic +representing St. George and the dragon, and appears to be a votive image +built into the wall. It has often been proposed to take the picture +away, but Timea never would allow it. One of the pieces of mosaic can be +slipped aside, and through the blank space everything that passes in the +room can be seen and heard." + +"What did your father want with such a hiding-place?" + +"I think it had to do with his business. He had many affairs with +contractors and officials. There was good living to be had at his house, +and when he had got his visitors into a good temper, he left them to +themselves, slipped into the secret room and listened from thence to +their conversation. In this way he obtained much important business +information, from which he derived considerable advantage. Once when he +had himself taken rather too much at table, he sent me to listen in the +passage, and in this way I learned the secret. The key is in my +possession. When all Herr Brazovics' property was seized by judicial +decree, I could, if I had chosen, have conveyed all his valuables out of +the house by this means. But I was too proud to steal." + +"And can you get into the bedroom from this hiding-place?" + +"The picture of St. George is on hinges, and can be opened like a door." + +"So that you can at any time enter Timea's room from that passage?" +asked Michael, with an uncontrollable shudder. + +Athalie smiled proudly. "I never needed to creep in to her by secret +routes. Timea sleeps with open doors, and you know that I can always +pass freely through her room. She sleeps so soundly too." + +"Give me the key." + +Athalie took the puzzle key from her pocket. The lower end was shaped +like a screw, only on pressing the handle a key appeared. She showed +Timar how to manage it. A voice in his heart--perhaps that of his +guardian angel--whispered to Timar to throw this key into the deep well +in the yard. But he took no heed of the voice; he only listened to +Athalie's whisper in his ear. + +"If you leave home to-morrow and come back at the signal, go straight to +the hiding-place, and you will learn all you want to know. Will you +come?" + +"I shall be there." + +"Do you generally carry arms?--a pistol or a dagger?--one can never tell +what may happen. The picture of St. George opens to the right when you +press on a button-shaped handle, and when open it just covers Timea's +bed. Do you understand?" + +She pressed Michael's hand violently, looking with flaming eyes of rage +into his, and added something, but not audibly. Only her lips moved, her +teeth chattered, and her eyes rolled--they were soundless words. What +could she have said? Timar stared in a dazed way like a sleep-walker, +then suddenly raised his head to ask Athalie something. He was +alone--only the key grasped in his hand showed that it was no dream. + +Never had Timar suffered such torture as in the long hours till the +evening of the next day. He followed Athalie's advice, and remained at +home till noon. After dinner he said he must go to the Platten See and +look after the fishery he had hired. + +As he had crossed the ice-floes of the Danube on foot to get to Komorn, +he could easily go over again without luggage in the same way. His +carriage too was waiting on that side, for it had not yet been able to +get across: a road would have to be prepared. Without any interview with +his agents, without a glance at his books, he thrust a pile of +bank-notes, uncounted, into his pocket, and left the house. At the +threshold he met the postman, who brought a registered letter, and +demanded a receipt. Michael was in too great haste to go back to his +room; he carried pen and ink with him, and laying the receipt on the +broad back of the postman, he signed his name to it. Then he looked at +the letter. It was from his agent at Rio Janeiro; but without opening +it, he put it in his pocket. What did he care for all the flour trade in +the world? He kept one room in his house in the Servian Street always +heated in winter. This room was entered by a separate staircase, which +was kept locked, and was divided by several empty rooms from the +offices. Timar reached it unobserved; there he sat down by the window +and waited. + +The cold north wind outside drew lovely ice-flowers on the window-panes, +so that no one could see in or out. + +Now he would get what he wanted--the proof of Timea's infidelity. And +yet--yet, the thought hurt him so deeply! While his fancy pictured this +first private rendezvous between that woman and that man, every drop of +blood seemed to rush to the surface and darken the light of his mind. + +Shame, jealousy, thirst for vengeance consumed him. + +It is hard to endure humiliation, even if some advantage is to be +derived from it. He now began to feel what a treasure he possessed in +Timea. He had been ready enough to abandon this treasure, or even +voluntarily to give it back, but to allow himself to be robbed of +it!--the thought enraged him. He struggled with himself as to what he +should do. If Athalie's instilled poison had reached his heart, he would +have kept to the idea of a murderous rush with a dagger in his hand from +behind the picture, so as to kill the faithless wife amidst the hottest +caresses of her lover. Athalie panted for Timea's blood; but a husband's +revenge seeks a different object--he must have the man's life. Not like +an assassin, but face to face--each with a sword in his hand, and then a +struggle for life or death. Then, again, cold-blooded calculating reason +comes uppermost, and says, "Why shed blood? you want scandal, not +revenge; you should rush from your hiding-place, call in the servants, +and drive the guilty woman and her seducer from your house. So a +reasonable being would act. You are no soldier to seek satisfaction at +the point of the sword. Here is the judge, and here the law." + +But still he could not forbear from keeping stiletto and pistol ready on +the table as Athalie had advised. Who knows what may happen? The moment +will decide which gets the upper hand--whether the vengeful assassin, +the dishonored husband, or the prudent man of business who would reckon +an open scandal to his credit side, as facilitating the desired divorce. + +Meanwhile evening had come. One lamp after another was lighted: Herr von +Levetinczy paid for the lighting of this street out of his own pocket. +The shadows of the passers-by flitted across the frozen panes. + +One such figure stopped before the window, and a low knock was heard. It +seemed to Timar as if the ice-flowers detached from the glass by the tap +were the rustling leaves of a fairy forest, which whispered to him, "Do +not go." He hesitated. The tap was repeated. + +"I am coming!" he called in a low voice, took pistol and dagger, and +crept out of the house. + +The whole way he never met a human creature; the streets were already +deserted. He only saw a dark shadow flitting on before him, vanishing in +the darkness now and then, and at last slipping round the corner. He +followed, and found all the doors open; some helping hand had opened the +wicket, the house-door, and even the closet in the wall. He could enter +without any noise; at the point described he found the movable screw, +and put the key in its place; the secret door flew open, and shut behind +him. + +Timar found himself in the concealed passage--a spy in his own house. + +Yes! A spy too! What meanness was there he had not committed? and all +this "because a poor fellow remains always only a clerk, and it is the +rich for whom life is worth living." Now he has riches and splendor. + +Stumbling and feeling about, he groped along the wall, till he came to a +part where a feeble light was perceptible. There was the picture of St. +George: the light of the lamp shone through the crevices of the mosaic. +He found the movable piece of mother-of-pearl, in whose place was a +thick sheet of glass. He looked into the room; on the table stood a lamp +with a ground glass shade. Timea walked up and down. + +An embroidered white dress floated from her waist; her folded hands +hung down. The door of the antechamber opened, and Frau Sophie came in; +she said something low to Timea, but Timar could hear every whisper. +This hole in the wall was like the ear of Dionysius, it caught every +sound. "Can he come?" asked Frau Sophie. + +"I am waiting for him," said Timea. + +Then Frau Sophie went out again. Timea drew from her wardrobe a drawer, +and took out a box; she carried it to the table and stood opposite +Timar, so that the lamp threw its whole light on her face; the listener +could detect the slightest change of expression. Timea opened the box. +In it lay a sword-hilt and a broken blade. At first glance the woman +started, and her contracted brows betokened horror. Then her face +cleared, and took once more, with its meeting eyebrows, the look of a +saint's picture, with a black halo round its brow. Tenderness dawned in +her melancholy features; she lifted the box and held the sword so near +her lips that Timar began to tremble lest she should kiss it. Even the +sword was his rival. + +The longer Timea looked at it, the brighter grew her eyes. At last she +plucked up courage to grasp the hilt; she took it out and made passes in +the air with it. . . . If she had known that there was some one near her +to whom every stroke was torture-- + +There was a tap at the door. Timea put down the broken sword hastily, +and stammered out a faint "Come in!" But first she pulled down the lace +of her sleeves, which had fallen back from her wrist. The major entered. +He was a fine man, with a handsome, soldierly face. Timea did not go to +meet him, but stood by the lamp; Timar's eyes never left her. +Damnation!--what did he see? As the major entered Timea blushed. Yes, +the marble statue could glow with sunrise tints, the saint's image could +move, and the virginal snow-white adorned itself with roses. The white +face had found some one who could set it on fire. Was further proof, +were words wanting? + +Timar was near bursting from the picture, and, like the dragon before +St. George killed it, would have thrown himself between the two before +Timea's lips could speak what her face betrayed. + +But no. Perhaps he had only dreamed it--Timea's face was colorless as +ever. With calm dignity she signed to the major to take a chair; she sat +down on a distant sofa, and her look was severe and cold. The major held +his shako in one hand, and in the other his sword with its golden knot, +and sat as stiff as if he had been in his general's presence. They +looked at each other in silence--both struggling with painful thoughts. +Timea broke the silence. "Sir, you sent me a curious letter in company +with a yet more singular present. It was a broken sword." She opened the +box and took out a letter. "Your letter runs thus: 'Gracious lady, I +have fought a duel to-day, and my adversary owes it only to the chance +that my sword broke that he was not killed on the spot. This duel is +intimately connected with most extraordinary circumstances, which +concern you, and still more _your husband_. Allow me a few minutes' +interview, that I may tell you what you ought to know.' In this letter +the words 'your husband' are twice underlined, and this it was which +decided me to give you the opportunity of speaking to me. Speak! In +what does your duel concern the private affairs of Herr von Levetinczy? +I will listen to you as long as what you have to say treats of him: if +you enter on any other subject I will leave you." + +The major bowed with grateful fervor. "I will begin then, madame, by +telling you that an unknown man has been about in the town, who wears +the uniform of a naval officer, and therefore has an _entree_ to +military society. He seems to be a man of the world, and is an +entertaining companion. Who he may be I know not, for it is not my way +to be inquisitive. This man has spent some weeks among us, and seems to +have plenty of money. He gave as a reason for being here that he was +waiting for Herr von Levetinczy, with whom he had important private +affairs to settle. At last he began to annoy us, and looked so +mysterious as he asked every day about Herr von Levetinczy, that we +fancied he must be an adventurer, and one day we drove him into a +corner. We wished to know what manner of man he was, and I undertook the +inquiry. When we asked why he did not go to your husband's agents, he +said his business was of a very private and delicate nature, which could +only be personally discussed. 'Listen,' I said. 'I do not believe that +you have any delicate business with Herr von Levetinczy; who you are we +do not know, but we do know that he is a man of honor and character, +whose position and reputation are above suspicion. He is a man whose +private life is blameless, and who can therefore have no reason for +private interviews with people of your sort.'" + +While the major spoke, Timea had risen slowly; she now stepped up to him +and said, "I thank you." + +And again Timar saw on her white cheek that soft rosy glow, never seen +by him before, but which now rested there. The woman had flushed at the +thought that the man she loved could defend him who, as her husband, +stood between their two hearts. + +The major continued his narrative, and in order not to confuse Timea by +looking at her, sought some other object in the room on which to fix his +eye. He chose the dragon's head in the picture of St. George. But that +was the exact spot through which Timar looked into the room, so that it +seemed to him as if the major directed his words purposely to him, +although it was much too dark where Timar stood for any one to see him. + +"On this the man's face changed suddenly; he leaped up like a sleeping +dog when one treads on his tail. 'What!' he cried, so that every one +could hear. 'You think Levetinczy is a rich man with a great name--a +clever man, a happy family man, a faithful subject? I will prove to you +that this man, if I can once meet him, will take flight from here next +day--that he will leave his lovely wife and his house in the lurch, and +fly from Hungary, from Europe, so that you will never hear of him +again.'" + +Timea's hand strayed involuntarily to the hilt of the broken sword. + +"Instead of answering the man, I struck him in the face." + +Timar drew back his head from the peep-hole, as if the blow might reach +him. + +"I saw at once that the man regretted what he had said. He would gladly +have escaped the consequences of the blow, but I would not let him off. +I stood in his way and said, 'You are an officer and carry a sword--you +know to what such an affair leads among men of honor. There is a +ball-room upstairs at the hotel; we will have the candles lighted; then +you shall choose two of us as seconds, I also will choose two, and we +will fight it out.' We did not leave him time for reflection. The man +fought like a pirate: twice he tried to seize my sword with his left +hand; then I got angry and gave him such a cut over the head that he +fell. Luckily for him, it was with the flat of the blade, which was the +reason of my sword breaking. The next day the man, so our surgeon told +me, had left the town--his wound can not have been a dangerous one." + +Timea took out the Turkish sword and looked at the hilt; then she laid +it on the table and stretched out her hand in silence to the major. He +took it gently in both his own, and carried it to his lips; it could +hardly be seen whether he kissed it. Timea did not draw it away. + +"I thank you!" whispered the major, so low that Timar could not hear it +in his hiding-place, but the eyes said it too. A long pause followed. +Timea sat down again on the sofa and supported her head on her hand. + +The major spoke at last. "I did not request an interview, gracious lady, +to boast of a deed which in itself must be painful to you, and was +really only the duty of a friend, nor to receive the thanks you so +kindly offered me by a grasp of the hand. That was a more than +sufficient reward. But not on that account did I request you to meet me, +but to ask a very important question. Gracious lady, is it possible that +there should be any truth in what this man said?" + +Timea started as if struck by lightning. And the bolt struck Timar too; +every nerve thrilled at the question. + +"What are you thinking of?" cried Timea, passionately. + +"At last it is out," said the major, rising from his chair. "And now I +will not go without an answer. I say openly, is it possible that there +is truth in this accusation? I have not repeated all that this man said +about Levetinczy: he accused him of everything that can be said against +a man. Is it conceivable that Timar's life could take such a frightful +course as that which the last owner of this unlucky house only escaped +by death? For if that is possible, then no respect could restrain me +from beseeching you in God's name, dear lady, to delay not a moment in +fleeing from this doomed house. I can not leave you to ruin--I can not +look on while another drags you into the abyss." + +The glowing words found a response in Timea's bosom. Timar watched in +trembling excitement his wife's mental conflict. Timea remained +victorious; she collected all her energy, and answered quietly, "Do not +be alarmed, sir. I can assure you that that man, whoever he was, and +wherever he came from, told a lie, and his accusations are groundless. I +know intimately the position of Herr von Levetinczy; for during his +absence I managed his affairs, and am thoroughly acquainted with every +detail. His finances are in order, and even if all he has now at stake +were lost by some unlucky chance, no pillar of his house would be +shaken. I can also tell you with a clear conscience that of all his +property there is not a thaler dishonestly come by. Levetinczy is a rich +man, who need not blush for his wealth." + +Why did Timar's cheeks burn so there in the darkness? + +The major sighed. "You have convinced me, gracious lady; I never +believed anything against his financial reputation. But this man had +much to say about your husband in his character as head of a family. +Allow me to ask you one thing: Are you happy?" + +Timea looked at him with inexpressible pathos, and in her eyes lay the +words, "You see me, and yet you ask?" + +"Riches and luxury surround you," continued the major, boldly; "but if +that is true--which on my honor I never asked, and which, when told me, +I answered with the lie direct, and a blow in the face--if it is true +that you suffer and are unhappy, I should not be a man if I had not the +courage to say to you, gracious lady, there is another who suffers like +you. Throw far from you these unlucky riches; make an end of this +suffering of two people, who in the next world can accuse a third person +in the sight of God of being the cause of it: consent to a divorce!" + +Timea pressed both hands to her breast, and looked up like a martyr on +her road to the stake: all her anguish was aroused at this moment. + +When Timar saw her so, he struck his forehead with his fist, and turned +his face from the Judas-hole through which he had been looking. For the +next few moments he saw and heard no more. When torturing curiosity drew +him again to the spot of light, and he cast a look into the room, he no +longer saw a martyr before him. Timea's face was calm. + +"Sir," she said gently to the major, "that I should have heard you to +the end is a proof of my respect. Leave me this feeling, and never again +ask me what you did to-day. I call the whole world to witness whether I +have ever complained by word or tear. Of whom should I complain? Of my +husband, who is the noblest and best man in the world? Of him who saved +the strange child's life? who thrice defied death in the waters' depths +for my sake? When I was a despised and derided creature he protected me; +for my sake he visited the house of his deadly enemy, that he might +watch over me. When I had become a homeless beggar he gave me--a +servant--his hand, his riches, and made me mistress of his house. And +when he offered me his hand he meant it; he was not deceiving me." As +she spoke, Timea went to a closet and opened the doors. "Look here, +sir," she said, as she spread out before the major the train of a dress +hanging within. "Do you recognize this dress? It is the one I worked. +You saw it for weeks while I worked at it. Every stitch is a buried +dream, a sad memory to me. They told me it was to be my wedding-gown; +and when it was finished, they said, 'Take it off: it is for another +bride.' Ah! sir, that was a mortal stab to my heart: I have been sore +from that incurable wound all these years. And now should I separate +myself from the good man who never courted me, as a child, with +flatteries, to turn my head, but remained respectfully in the distance, +and waited till others had trodden me under foot to raise me to +himself, and has never ceased, with superhuman, angelic patience, his +endeavors to cure my wound and to share my sorrow with me? I should +separate from the man who has no one but me to love him, to whom I am a +whole world, the only being that ties him to life, or at whose coming +his gloomy face is cheered? I should leave a man whom every one honors +and loves? Tell him that I hate him--I, who owe everything to him, and +who brought him no dowry but a sick and loveless heart?" + +The major hid his face at these words of the passionate and excited +woman. And that other man behind the picture of St. George--must he not +feel like the dragon when the knight thrust his spear into him? + +"But, sir," continued Timea, whose lovely face was illumined by the +irresistible charm of womanly dignity, "even if Timar were the exact +opposite of all that he is known to be--if he were a ruined man, a +beggar--I would not leave him--then least of all. If disgrace covered +his name, I would not discard that name; I would share his shame, as I +have shared his success. If the whole world despised him, I should still +owe him eternal gratitude; if he were exiled, I would follow him into +banishment, and live with him in the woods if he were a robber. If he +wished to take his life, I would die with him--" + +(What is that? Is it the dragon that weeps there in the picture?) + +"And, sir, if even the bitterest, cruelest insult of all to a woman were +inflicted on me--if I learned that my husband was unfaithful, to +me--that he loved another--I would say, 'God bless her who gave him the +happiness of which I have robbed him;' and I would not even then divorce +him--I would not do it if he wished it. I will never separate from him, +for I know what is due to my oath and the salvation of my soul!" + +And the major too sobbed--he too. + +Timea stopped to recover her composure. Then in a soft and gentle voice +she continued: "And now leave me forever. The stab you gave my heart +years ago is healed by this sword-stroke: I keep this broken blade as a +remembrance. As often as my eye falls on it, I will think that you are a +brave soul, and it will be balm to me. And because for years you have +never spoken to me nor approached me, I will forgive your having come +and spoken to me now." . . . + +When Timar burst through the closet out of the hiding-place, a dark +figure stood in his way. Was it a shadow, a phantom, or a spirit? It was +Athalie. Timar pushed, the dark figure away, and while he pressed her +with one hand against the wall, he whispered in her ear, "I curse you! +and accursed be this house and the ashes of him who built it!" + +Then he rushed like a madman down the stairs. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +THE FIRST LOSS. + + +Escape! But where? That is the question. + +The church clocks in the town struck ten: the barriers were down by now +across the wooden bridge over the narrow part of the river to the +island, from which the ice formed the only road across the rest of the +Danube. It was impossible to get past without alarming the sentries, who +had orders from the commandant of the garrison to let no one go on the +ice between eight in the evening and seven in the morning--not even the +pope himself. It is true that a couple of bank-notes of Herr +Levetinczy's might compass what a papal bull could not procure, but then +it would be reported next day all over the town that the "man of gold" +had fled in haste and alone, at dead of night, across the dangerous ice. +That would be a good sequel to the gossip which had arisen from the +duel. It would at once be said, "There, you see he is already thinking +of escaping to America," and Timea would hear it too. + +Timea! oh, how hard it is to evade that name; it follows him everywhere. +He can do nothing but return home and wait for daylight. As cautiously +as a thief he opened his door. At this hour all the other inhabitants +were asleep. + +When he got to his room, he lighted no lamp, and threw himself on the +sofa. But the phantoms which pursued him found him quite as easily in +the dark. + +How that marble face blushed! + +So there is life there under the ice, only the sun is wanting. Marriage +is for her eternal winter--a polar winter. The wife is faithful; and the +rival is a true friend. He breaks his sword over the skull of him who +dared to slander the husband of the beloved woman. And Timea loves the +man, and is as unhappy as he. The misery of both comes from Timar's +imputation as an honest man; those who love him idealize him; no one +ventures to think of deceiving or robbing or disgracing him--of breaking +a splinter from the diamond of his honor: they guard it like a jewel. + +Why do they all respect him? Because no one knows him. + +If Timea knew, if she discovered what he really was, would she still +say, "I would share the shame of his name, as I have shared its glory!" +Yes; she would still say so. Timea will never leave him: she would say, +"You have made me unhappy; now suffer with me." It is an angel's +cruelty, and that is Timea's nature. + +But how about Noemi? What is she doing on the lonely island which she +can never leave, thanks to Timea's high principle? Alone during the +gloomy monotony of winter, with a helpless child at her knee! What is +she thinking of? No one can take her a word of consolation. She may be +trembling in that desert for fear of bad men, ghosts, wild beasts! How +her heart must sink when she thinks of her absent darling, and wonders +where he may be! If she knew! If both those women knew what a thorough +scoundrel was the man who had caused them so much sorrow--if any one was +found to tell them! + +Who can the stranger be who has already said enough to deserve a blow in +the face, and a cut of the major's sword? A naval officer. Who can this +enemy be? It is impossible to discover; he has disappeared with his +wound from the town. Something told Timar it would be wise to fly from +this man. Fly! his whole mind was set upon it--there was nothing he +dreaded so much as being obliged to remain in one spot. As soon as he +left the ownerless island, no place was a home to him. When he stopped +for dinner on a journey, he could not wait till the horses were fed, but +walked on ahead. Something always drove him onward. + +And sleep had fled from his eyes. The clock struck twelve; seven more +long hours till morning! He determined at last to kindle a light. For +mental anxiety there is a remedy more effectual than opium or +digitalis--prosaic work. Whoever has plenty to do, finds no time to +dwell on love troubles. Merchants seldom commit suicide for love. Cares +of business are a wholesome counter-irritant to draw the blood from the +nobler parts. + +Michael opened and read his letters in turn: all contained good news. He +remembered Polycrates, with whom everything succeeded, and who began at +last to be afraid of his luck. + +And what was the foundation of this monstrous success? A secret unknown +to all but himself. Who had seen Ali Tschorbadschi's treasure spread out +in the cabin? Only himself--and the moon. But that is an accomplice, and +has seen other things too. It is the "Hypomochlion" of creation, to +prevent crimes from coming to light. Michael was too deeply sensitive by +nature not to feel that such overwhelming good fortune, springing from +so foul a root, must eventually fall into dust--for there is justice +under the sun. He would joyfully have looked on at the loss of half his +wealth, or even given up all, if so he could have hoped to close his +account with Heaven. But he felt that his penance consisted in the fact +that his riches, influence, the renown of his name, his supposed +home-happiness, were only a cruel irony of fate. They buried him, and he +could not extricate himself to live the only happy life, whose center +was Noemi--and Dodi. When the first Dodi died, he learned what he had +been to him. Now, with the second, he felt it still more; and yet he +could not make them his own. He lay buried under a mountain of gold +which he could not shake off. What he had seen in the delirium of fever, +he now really felt. He lay buried alive in a grave full of gold. Above +his head stood on the grave-stone a marble statue which never +moved--Timea. A beggar-woman with a little child came to gather thyme on +his tomb--Noemi. And the man buried alive vainly strove to cry out, +"Give me your hand, Noemi, and pull me out of this golden tomb!" + +Timar went on with his correspondence. One letter was from the Brazilian +agents. His favorite scheme--the export of Hungarian flour--had been +brilliantly successful. Timar had gained by it honor and wealth. As he +ran through the letters, it occurred to him that when he left home in +the morning he had received a registered letter with a foreign stamp. He +found the letter in his coat pocket. It was from the same correspondent +whose favorable report he had just read, and ran thus: + + "SIR,--Since my last, a great misfortune has occurred. + Your _protege_, Theodor Krisstyan, has cheated us + shamefully and brought disgrace on us. We are blameless + in the matter. This man has for years past seemed so + trustworthy and active, that we put the most perfect + confidence in him; his salary and commission were so + large that he could not only live comfortably, but + could save money, which he invested in our house. + While he left his avowable savings to grow to a small + capital in our hands, he robbed us + frightfully--intercepted money, forged bills, and made + false claims on the firm, which was easy, as he had + your power of attorney--so that our loss already + amounts to some ten million reis. But what makes it + more serious is the discovery that during the last few + years he has been mixing the imported flour with some + of inferior quality from Louisiana, and by this Yankee + trick has seriously impaired the credit of the + Hungarian article for years to come--even if we are + ever able to restore it." + +"This is the first blow," thought Timar; and on the most tender point +for a great financier. It touched him in what he was most proud of, and +what had obtained for him the rank of a privy councilor. And so falls +the brilliant fabric erected by Timea--Timea again! + +Timar read on hurriedly-- + + "Bad company has led the young criminal astray: this is + a dangerous temptation in this climate. We had him + arrested at once, but none of the stolen money was + found in his possession. He had lost part at the + gambling-table, and got rid of the rest with the help + of the Creoles; but it is quite possible that the rogue + has managed to conceal considerable sums, in the hope + of being able to get at them when again at liberty. + However, he must wait some time, for the court here has + sentenced him to fifteen years at the galleys." + +Timar could read no further. He let the letter fall on the table; then +he stood up and began to pace the room restlessly. + +Fifteen years at the galleys! Fifteen years chained to the bench, and +nothing to look at all that time but sky and sea! Fifteen years to +endure the sickening noonday heat, without hope or comfort--to endure +life on the ever-restless sea, and curse unmerciful man! He will be an +old man before he gets his freedom. And why? In order that Herr Michael +Timar, Baron von Levetinczy, may live undisturbed in his forbidden joys +on the ownerless island--that no one may betray Noemi to Timea, nor +Timea to Noemi. You never thought of this when you sent Theodor to +Brazil, and yet you did count on the chance of opportunity making him +into a thief. You did not lay him dead on the spot with a bullet, as a +man kills in a duel him who stands in the way of his love. You pretended +to a paternal affection for him, and sent him on a three-thousand miles' +voyage; and now you will look on at this slow decay through fifteen +horrible years--for you will see him, though all the earth and all her +oceans lie between! + +The stove had gone out. It was cold in the room, whose windows were +covered with frost-flowers. And yet sweat dropped from Timar's brow, as +he strode up and down the narrow space. So, then, every one is +consecrated to misfortune to whom he gives his hand--on that hand is a +curse. + +Oh, what an awful night this is! Will it never be day? He felt as if +this room were a dungeon or a tomb. + +But the terrible letter had a postscript. Timar came back to the table +to read it. The postscript was dated a day later, and ran thus: "I have +just received a letter from Port-au-Prince, in which we are informed +that three slaves have escaped from the galley on which our prisoner was +placed. I fear our man is among them." + +After the perusal of these lines, Timar was a prey to indescribable +anxiety. Though he had been perspiring before, he began to shiver now. +Had the fever returned? He looked round fearfully. What was he afraid +of? He was alone in the room, and as frightened as a child who has been +hearing ghost stories. He could not endure the room any longer. He took +out his pocket-pistol and looked to its priming; then he tried his +dagger, whether it was loose in its sheath. + +Away! It was still night--not yet two o'clock; but he could not await +the morning light here. And could he not get across to the Uj-Szony side +without a bridge? Above the island the ice would bear. It only required +a man who was less afraid of darkness and danger than of the flickering +candle and the outspread letter. He held that over the light and burned +it; then he blew out the candle and crept out of the window. + +Only when he was in the street did he feel his heart lighter: here he +was a man again. Meanwhile fresh snow had fallen, which he heard +crackling under his feet while he hurried to the shore, along the whole +Servian Street right up to the harbor. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +THE ICE. + + +The Danube was completely frozen over up to Prestburg, and could be +crossed anywhere. Still, in order to cross from Komorn to Uj-Szony, he +had to go round a long way by the point of the island, for sand-banks +exist there on which in summer the miners wash their gold, and on these +mounds the ice often lies in great heaps, forming barricades difficult +to surmount. Timar had a plan ready; as soon as he came in sight of the +Monostor, where stood his villa, he would strike out in that direction. +But something intervened to upset his calculations. He had expected a +starry night, but when he reached the Danube a fog came on. At first +only thin, transparent mist; but while Timar was seeking a path on the +ice, the fog became so thick that you could not see three steps in front +of you. If he had given ear to the voice of reason, he would have +instantly turned round and tried to find his way back to the bank. But +he was in a frame of mind in which a man is inaccessible to reason; by +fair means or foul he meant to get across. Apart from the fog, it was a +dark night; and above the island the Danube is at its widest, and the +passage over the ice-floes the most difficult. Monstrous heaped-up +masses of frozen snow form oblique stretches of barricade, and in many +places the ice takes the shape of capriciously cleft ridges, from which +rise six-foot pinnacles of frozen water instead of fingers of rock. In +coasting round these, Timar suddenly found that he had lost himself. He +had already been an hour on the river; his repeater struck a quarter to +three; he ought long ago to have reached the other side; he must have +lost his reckoning. + +He listened; no sound in the dark night. It was beyond question that he +was not approaching the opposite village, but getting further away from +it. Not even a dog could be heard to bark. He fancied that instead of +crossing the river he must have been walking along it, and determined to +change his course. The Danube was nowhere more than two hundred paces +wide; he must reach the shore somewhere if he kept straight on. But in +mist and darkness one does not know which way one goes; a barrier of ice +which must be avoided takes one, in spite of every care, out of the +right road--one walks in zigzags and comes back to the spot where one +was before; even if you get into the right path, and would only have to +walk on to reach the bank, you think of something else, deviate +slightly, and get back into that confounded ice labyrinth again. + +Past five. Nearly four hours already had he wandered about. He felt +exhausted. He had not slept all night, nor eaten all day, but had +struggled with the most enervating mental emotions. + +His only hope was, that when day at last dawned he would be able to +guess by the sun where the east lay, and then, as an old sailor, could +ascertain his position. If he had come across a hole in the ice, the +current of the water would have shown him in what direction to go; but +the surface was entirely covered, and without an ax it was impossible to +make a hole. At last it began to dawn, but the fog hid the sun. Nine +o'clock, and he had not yet found the shore, though the fog seemed to +grow less and the sun's disk was visible, like a pale, colorless ball, a +mere shadow of its glorious self. The air was full of countless +glittering particles of ice, which melted into a dazzling vapor. Now he +will discover where he is. + +The sun was already too high to indicate the true east, but it showed +something else. It seemed to Timar, as he peered through the brilliant +mist, as if he could distinguish on his right the outline of the roof of +a house. + +Where there is a house there must be land. He walked straight toward it, +and was careful to keep in a direct line; soon he found himself close to +it--but the house was a water-mill. + +The ice-floes had detached it from its winter refuge, or perhaps had +found it belated, still chained to the shore, and carried it off. The +shrouds were as neatly sawn asunder by the sharp ice-flakes as if a +clever carpenter had done it: the wheels were shattered and the +mill-house wedged into a mass of ice, forming a parapet round it. + +Timar stood before it in horror. His head swam as if he had seen a +ghost. The sunken mill in the Perigrada whirlpool occurred to him. Is +not this the ghost of that mill which comes to visit him at the end of +his career, or perhaps to take possession of him? A ruined mill amidst +the ice! A house so near its downfall! He went in; the door was open, +probably from the shocks received amidst the blocks of ice. The +machinery was all complete, so that Timar felt at any moment the white +miller's ghost might enter and shake the meal into the sacks. On the +roof, the beams, on every little ledge sat crows. A couple of them +fluttered away when they saw him; the rest sat still and took no notice +of him. + +Timar was dead beat. For eight hours continuously he had wandered on +the ice; the hinderances he had met with had fatigued him yet more; his +stomach was empty, his nerves overstrained, his limbs stiff with cold. +He sat down exhausted on a post inside the mill. + +His eyes closed. And hardly had they done so before he saw himself +standing at the bow of the "St. Barbara," with the hatchet in his hand, +and near him the girl with the pale face. + +"Away from here!" he cried to her; the ship rushed down the cataract. +The wave-curl came to meet them. "Into the cabin!" But the girl never +stirred. Then the sea struck the ship. Timar fell from his seat: that +woke him, and he realized his danger. If he fell asleep there, he would +certainly freeze to death. No doubt that is the easiest way to take +one's life; but he had work to do in the world--his hour had not struck. + +He went out of the mill--the fog was too thick to see anything; it was +not day but night. The sighs which might go up to Heaven are swallowed +in the dark clouds which will not let them pass. Was there nothing +living near to help him in his extremity? + +When the mill was carried away by the ice there were mice in it: they +waited till the ice had set; then they left the mill and found their way +to the shore--on the thin snow-covering their tiny footsteps were +visible. Timar followed them. The smallest of all the mammalia in this +way conducted the wise and strong human being for a whole half hour till +he reached the shore. Thence he easily found the road, and arrived at +the inn where he had left the post-chaise. Mist was behind and before +him, and no one saw whence he came. In the parlor he devoured salt +calves'-feet which had been prepared for the wagoners, drank a glass of +wine, had the horses put to, lay down in the carriage, and slept till +evening. He dreamed constantly that he was on the ice; and when the +carriage shook, he awoke under the impression that the ice had broken +under him, and that he was sinking into fathomless depths. + +As he had started late from Szony, he only reached his villa at Fured +the next evening. The fog accompanied him the whole way, so thick that +he could not see the Platten See. They were preparing for the first +catch of the season next day; he gave orders to his steward to have +ready plenty of wine and malt brandy. + +Galambos, the old fishing overseer, predicted a large haul. One good +sign was that the lake had frozen so early. At this time, just before +spawning, the fish come up the gulf in shoals. It was a still better +omen that Herr von Levetinczy had come himself. He always had luck. + +"I--luck!" echoed Timar to himself, sighing heavily. + +"I would almost venture to bet that we shall catch the king of the +fogasch himself." + +"How do you mean, the king?" + +"It is an old fogasch which every fisherman on the lake knows, for we +have all had him in our nets in turn; but no one can land him, for when +he finds he is caught he works a hole at the bottom with his snout, and +manages to get out of the net. He is a regular rogue; we have put a +price on his head, for he destroys as many young fry as three fishermen. +He is a huge beast, and when he swims on the surface, one would think +he was a whale; but we'll get him to-morrow." + +Timar did not contradict, but sent every one away and lay down. Now he +first felt how tired he was; and he slept a long and healthy sleep, +undisturbed by dream-faces. When he awoke he was perfectly fresh; even +the anxieties which occupied his mind had faded into the background as +if they were a year distant. The small span of time between to-day and +yesterday seemed like an eternity. It was not yet daylight, but it +surprised him that the moon was shining through the frost-covered panes. +He got up quickly, bathed as usual in icy water, dressed, and hurried +out to see the Balaton. + +This presents, when frozen--especially the few first days--a most +enchanting sight. The huge lake does not freeze like rivers, on which +the ice masses gradually collect: here in one moment of calm the whole +surface is covered with a sheet of ice like crystal; and in the morning +a smooth unruffled mirror is outspread. Under the moonlight it is a +looking-glass in one piece without a flaw--only the tracks are visible +upon it, by which the inhabitants of the contiguous villages communicate +with each other. They traverse it like measuring-lines on some great +glass table--you see the reflection of the mountains of Tihany, with the +double tower of the church, as distinctly as if it were real, only the +towers are upside down. + +Timar stood long absorbed in this fairy picture. The fishermen woke him +from his dream; they arrived with nets, poles, and ice-axes, and said +the work must begin before sunrise. When all had assembled, they formed +a circle, and the old chief intoned a pious hymn, which all repeated +after him. Timar walked away; he could not pray. How should he address a +psalm to Him who is omniscient, and who can not be deceived by songs and +hymns? The music could be heard two miles away over the level surface, +and the echoes of the shore repeated the sound. Timar walked a long way +over the lake. At last it began to dawn, the moon paled, and the eastern +horizon was tinted with rosy red, which caused a wonderful +transformation in the color of the giant ice mirror, dividing it into +two sharply contrasted halves. One side assumed a coppery-violet hue, +while the other looked azure blue against the pink sky. + +In proportion to the growing light, the splendor of the sight increased; +the purple red, the gold of the sky, were repeated in the pure +reflection, and when the glowing ball, radiant with fiery vapor, shot up +from the violet mists of the horizon and shone down on the glittering +surface, it was a spectacle such as neither sea nor land can show, as if +two suns rose at once in two real skies. The moment the sun had passed +through the earth-fogs, its glorious rays leaped forth. + +The fishing-captain Galambos cried from the distance to Timar, "Now you +will hear something. Don't be afraid! Ho! ho!" + +"Afraid!" thought Timar, shrugging his shoulders, incredulously. What in +the world could frighten him now? He would soon know. + +When the sun first shines on the frozen lake, a wonderful sound is heard +from the ice, as if thousands of fairy harp-strings were struck. One is +reminded of the tones from Memnon's statue, only that it does not last +so long. The mysterious cling-clang grows louder, as if the nixies down +below struck their harps with all their force: then follows a droning +and cracking, almost as loud as a shot, and on every snap follows a +glittering fissure in the ice, which till then was clear as glass. In +every direction the gigantic mirror is flawed till it is like a huge +mosaic, formed of millions of tiny dice, pentagons, and many-sided +prisms, and whose surface is of glass. This is what causes the sound. He +who hears it for the first time finds his heart beating faster; the +whole surface hums, rings, and sings under his feet. Some cracks are +like thunder, and are heard miles away. The fishermen, however, proceed +quietly with the spreading of their nets on the top of the groaning ice, +and in the distance may be seen hay wagons, drawn slowly by four oxen +across the surface. Man and beast are used to the ice-voices, which last +till sunset. + +This remarkable phenomenon made a curious impression on Michael's mind. +He was very sensitive to the great life of nature. In his emotional +temperament the thought was implanted that everything living has +consciousness--wind, storm, and lightning, the earth itself, the moon +and stars. But who could understand what the ice under his feet was +saying? + +Then suddenly was heard a fearful detonation as if a hundred cannon had +been fired at once, or a subterranean mine had been exploded--the whole +surface trembled and shook. The effect of this thunderous convulsion was +fearful--the ice opened in a cleft three thousand yards long, and +between the edges of the floes yawned a six-foot chasm. "_A Rianas! +a Rianas!_" (the ice-cleft), cried the fishermen, and ran to the place, +abandoning their nets. + +Timar stood only two paces from it. He had seen it happen. His knees +trembled with the frightful shock, which had driven the two ice masses +apart; he was stunned with the effect of this natural phenomenon. The +arrival of the fishermen roused him; they told him that among the +natives this fissure was called _Rianas_, a word unknown elsewhere. It +was a great danger for travelers across the lake, for it was not visible +far off, and it never froze over, because the water was always moving in +it. It was therefore the first care of these good people, wherever a +footpath led to the crack, to plant at both edges a pole in the ice with +a bundle of straw at the top, so that those who approach might have +warning. "But what is even more dangerous," said the fisherman, "is +when, under great pressure of wind, the separated floes again unite. +Then there is such a grinding and crushing! Very often the power of the +wind is sufficient to raise the edges of the two floes, so that there is +an empty space between the water and the uplifted ice. God pity those +who go over there without knowing it, for the ice which does not touch +the water is certain to give way under them!" + +It was nearly noon before they could get to work. It is capital sport, +this fishing under the ice. In the bay, where the fishermen's experience +tells them the shoals of fish will lie, two large holes are made in the +ice some fifty fathoms apart, and then a square of smaller holes is +formed, so that the two large openings form the opposite angles. The +pieces of ice hewn from the holes are piled round their edges, so that +passengers may be warned of the danger of falling in. When the sun +shines on these white heaps, they look like colossal diamonds. The +fishermen sink the huge net sideways into the large hole, spread out its +two ends, and fasten them on poles, each three and a half fathoms in +length. One man pushes the pole with the net under the ice, while +another waits at the next small hole, and when the pole appears there he +pushes it on to the third hole, and so on, while the other side of the +square is being treated in the same way with the second pole and the +other end of the net. Both meet at the opposite large hole. The net, +which is sunk to the bottom with lead weights, while its top edge is +held up by ropes over the ice, forms an absolute prison for all the fish +within the square, which usually swarm at this season. The fogasch and +sheath fish leave their miry bed and come up to breathe at the +ice-holes; they have their family festivals in the winter, when +cold-blooded animals make love. The strong ice-roof protects them from +the foreign element, but not from its inhabitants--men. + +The ice now only assists in their destruction. When they discover that +the net is pressing on them, it is already too late to find an outlet. +They can not leap out, because the ice shuts them in, and even the +fogasch can not as usual burrow in the mud, to get under the net, for +the weight of his splashing companions leaves him no space to work. The +fishermen lay hold on the rope and draw steadily. The united exertion of +twenty men shows how great is the strain on them; it must be several +hundred-weight. The surface of the large hole begins to be alive with +the crowd of fishes pressing to the only outlet, there to meet their +death. Various forms of fish-mouths peep out of the water--transparent +jelly-fish, red tails, blue, green, and silver scales press up, and +between them comes up sometimes a great silurian, the shark of the +Balaton, a Wels of a hundred pounds' weight, with wide jaws and +horse-shoe mustache; but it disappears into the depths again, as if to +find safety there. + +Three fishermen dip the living crowd out from the top with large +landing-nets, and throw the fish on to the ice without more ado, where +old and young leap about together: thence they can not escape, for the +holes are all surrounded with heaps of ice. It is a regular witches' +dance--wide-mouthed carp leaping high in air, the pike in its despair +wriggling like a snake among the gasping heaps of perch and bass. One +conger after another is hauled out with a hook and thrown on the frozen +surface, where, laying down his ugly head, he flaps his fellow-prisoners +into pieces with his heavy tail. The space around the hole is all +covered with fishes. The carp jump like water-rats, but no one +notices--they can not get away. The lazier fishes lie in heaps on both +sides. + +"I said so," murmured old Galambos; "I knew we should have a good catch. +Wherever our gracious master shows himself, luck comes with him. If only +we could catch the fogasch-king." + +"If I am not mistaken, we've got him in there," said the man who was +next him at the rope. "There's some great beast shooting about in the +net; I feel it in both my arms." + +"Ha! there he is!" cried another, whose landing-net was full of fish, +as an enormous head like that of a white crocodile appeared above the +water. The whole head was white; in the open mouth were two rows of +sharp teeth like those of an alligator, but with four fangs meeting like +a tiger's--a formidable head indeed. They may well call him the king of +the lake, for there is no other creature in it, even of his own race, +able to vie with him. + +"There he is!" screamed three others at once, but the next instant the +brute had sunk; and now began the struggle. + +As if the imprisoned brute had suddenly given the word to his body-guard +for a last and decisive combat, a dangerous tumult began inside the net. +The skirmishing corps of pike and carp ran their heads against the +tightly drawn meshes; the men were obliged to beat down the marine +giants with loaded staves. The fishes became furious; the cold-blooded +creation showed itself capable of heroic devotion, and rose against the +invaders in pitched battle. The struggle ended in the defeat of the +fishes. The dog-fish were knocked on the head, the net shook out many +beautiful white fogasch and schille; but the fogasch-king would not show +himself. + +"He has got away again," grumbled the old chief. + +"No, no; he is in the net still!" said the hauling-men, clinching their +teeth. "I feel by my arms how he is pushing and fighting; if only he +does not break the net." + +The catch was enormous already; there was no room to stand without +treading on fishes. + +"There goes the net! I heard it crack!" cried the first man. Half the +net was still in the water. + +"Haul!" growled the old fisherman, and all the men put out their whole +strength. With the net came the rest of the fishes, and the fogasch-king +was among them--a splendid specimen indeed, more than forty pounds +weight, such as is only seen once in twenty years. He had really torn +the net with his great head; but he had caught his prickly fins in the +meshes, and could not get free. When they got him out he gave one of the +men a blow with his tail which knocked him backward on the ice. But that +was his last effort; the next moment he was dead. No one has ever held a +living fogasch in his hand. It is thought that his lungs burst as he is +taken out of water, and he dies instantly. + +The delight of the fishermen at the capture of this one was greater than +over the whole rich haul. They had been after him for years; and every +one knew the cannibal, for he had the bad habit of eating his own kind. +That was why he was king. When he was opened they found a large fogasch +in his inside, quite recently swallowed; his flesh was overlaid with a +thick layer of yellow fat, and white as linen. + +"Now, honored sir, we will send him to the gracious lady," said the old +fisherman. "We will pack him in ice, and your honor will write a letter +and say he is the king of the fogasch. Whoever eats him will eat a +king's flesh." + +Michael approved the suggestion, and assured the men they should get a +reward. When they had finished with the fogasch, the short winter's day +had come to a close; but only in the sky, not on the ice--there it was +lively enough. From every village came the people with baskets and +hampers and wooden kegs; in the kegs was wine, in the hampers pork, but +the baskets were meant for the fish. When it came to the division of the +spoil, a complete fair formed round the fishermen. After sunset, torches +were made of dry osier-twigs, fires were lighted on the ice, and then +began the bargaining. Carp and pike, conger and bass, are good enough +for poor people. Only the fogasch and schille are sent to Vienna and +Pesth, where they fetch high prices; all the rest go for a song--and +even so there is room for a large profit, for in one haul they had +caught three hundredweight of fish. This Timar is indeed a favorite of +fortune! The unsold fish are packed in baskets and put in the ice-house, +whence they will be sent to the Vessprimer market. + +Timar wanted to give a feast to all the assembled crowd. He had a +ten-gallon cask brought on to the ice and the top knocked out; then he +begged the captain to prepare a fish-soup, such as he only could +concoct. Certain selected fishes, neither rich nor bony, were cut in +pieces into a great kettle; then some of the blood, and handfuls of +maize and vegetables, were added. The whole art lies in the proper +proportions of the mixture, which the uninitiated never understand. Of +this delicious mess Herr Timar himself consumed an incredible quantity. +Where good wine flows and fish-soup is brewed, be sure there will be +gypsies to be found. Almost before they thought of it, a brown band of +musicians appeared, who, as soon as the cymbal-player was seated on an +upturned basket, began to play popular airs. + +Where gypsies and rosy wenches and fiery youths get together, dancing +will soon begin. In a twinkling a rustic ball was improvised on the ice, +and rose to a frolicsome height. Round the bonfires circled the active +couples, shouting, as they leaped, like King David, and before he knew +where he was, Timar too, whom a handsome girl had caught by the arm, was +drawn into the whirl. Timar danced. + +In the clear winter darkness the cheery fires illuminated the ice for +many a mile. The fun lasted till midnight. Meanwhile the fishermen had +finished carrying the fish into the ice-house. The joyous crowd +dispersed on their homeward way, not without cheers for the feast-giver, +the generous Baron von Levetinczy. + +Timar stayed till Galambos had packed the fogasch-king in a box, between +ice and hay, and nailed the lid down. It was put into the chaise which +had brought Timar, and the driver was told to get ready to drive for his +life to Komorn: there is no time to lose in dispatching fish. He wrote +himself to Timea. The letter was written in an affectionate and cheerful +mood. He called her his dear wife, and described the picturesque scene +on the frozen lake, and the terrible cleft in the ice. (That he had been +so near the _Rianas_ he did not mention.) Then he gave a description of +the fishing, with all its amusing details, and finished with an account +of the night festival. He told her how much he had been entertained, and +how he had quite lost his head, and even ventured on a dance with a +pretty peasant girl on the ice. + +Some men write these amusing letters when they are contemplating +suicide. When the letter was ready he took it to the driver. The old +fisherman was there too. "Go home now, Galambos," Michael advised. "You +must be tired." + +"I must go and make up the fire on the ice," said the old man, lighting +his pipe, "for the smell of fish brings the foxes and even bears from +all the forests round, to fish on their own account: they watch for the +fishes, which put their heads out of the holes, and drag them out, and +that frightens away the others." + +"No, no!" said Michael, "don't keep up the fire. I will keep guard--I +often watch all night. I will go out now and then and fire my gun; that +will send all the four-footed fishermen to the right-about." This +satisfied Galambos, who invoked God's blessing on his master, and +trotted away. + +The deaf vine-dresser, the only other inhabitant of Timar's house, had +long been asleep. To add to his deafness, he had drunk so much good wine +that one might be certain his night's rest would be unbroken. Timar too +went to his room and stirred up his fire. + +He was not sleepy; his excited brain required no rest. But there is +another form of repose; or is it not rest to sit near an open window and +look out on dumb nature? The moon had not yet risen; only the stars of +heaven shone down on the smooth ice. Their reflection was like rubies +spread on a blight steel plate, or the lights which flicker over graves +on Hallowe'en. + +He gazed before him, and did not even think. He sat without any +sensation, either of cold or of his own pulses, neither of the outer nor +inner world--he only wondered. This was rest. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +THE PHANTOM. + + +The stars glittered in heaven and sparkled from their frozen mirror: no +breath disturbed the silence of the night. Then Michael heard behind him +a voice which greeted him with "Good-evening, sir." + +At the door of the bedroom stood, between the two lights of the lamp and +the fire, a figure, at sight of which Timar's blood ran cold. In the +bitter midnight, through the dense fog, he had fled from this specter +across the frozen Danube. + +The man's dress was that of a naval officer, whose uniform had, however, +visibly suffered from storms and weather. The green cloth had altogether +faded on the shoulders, and some buttons were gone. The shoes, too, were +in sad condition. The soles had worn away at the tip so that the naked +toes were visible; over one shoe a piece of carpet was tied. The wearer +was suited to his ragged dress. A sunburned face with a neglected beard; +in place of the shaven mustache, a few bristly hairs; across the +forehead a black handkerchief covering one eye. This was the figure +which had wished Timar a good-evening. + +"Krisstyan!" said Timar, very low. + +"Yes, to be sure; your dear Theodor--your dear adopted son, Theodor +Krisstyan! How good of you to recognize me!" + +"What do you want?" + +"First, I want to have that gun in my own hands, lest it should remind +you of the words with which we parted last time--'If I ever appear +before you again, shoot me down.' Since then I have changed my mind." So +saying he seized Timar's gun, which leaned against the wall, threw +himself into a chair by the fire, and laid the gun across his knee. +"There, now we can talk quietly. I have come a long way, and I am +dreadfully tired. My equipage left me in the lurch, and I had to travel +part of the way on foot." + +"What do you want here?" said Timar. + +"First, a respectable suit, for what I am wearing bears signs of the +severity of the weather." Timar went to the closet, took out his pelisse +trimmed with astrakhan, and the rest of the suit, laid them on the +ground between himself and Krisstyan, and pointed to them in silence. +The vagrant held the gun in one hand, keeping his finger on the trigger, +lifted the clothes one by one with the other, and looked them over with +the air of a connoisseur. + +"Very good--but there is something wanting to this coat. What do you +think it is? Why, of course, the purse." + +Timar took his pocket-book from a drawer, and threw it over. The +vagabond caught it with one hand, opened it with the help of his teeth, +and counted the notes inside. + +"We are getting on," he said, placing the pocket-book in the pocket of +the pelisse. "Might I ask for some linen? I have worn mine for a week, +and I fear it is hardly fit for company." Timar handed him a shirt out +of the wardrobe. "Now, I have got far enough to proceed to the toilet. +But first I have a few explanations to make in order to explain one or +two things to his honor the privy councilor. But why the devil should we +bother with titles! We are old friends, and can talk openly." + +Timar sat down speechless by the table. + +"So then, my dear fellow," said the fugitive, "you will remember that +you sent me some years ago to Brazil. How affected I was! I adopted you +as a father, and swore to be an honest man. But you did not send me over +there to make an honest man of me, but in order that I might not stand +in your way in this hemisphere. You calculated that a worthless youth, +without a good fiber in him, is sure to come to grief in that part of +the world. He either turns thief, or gets drowned, or somebody shoots +him--anyway, he would be got rid of. But you intrusted me with a large +sum of money. What was that to you? Only a stalking-horse. You reckoned +on my robbing you, so that you might arrest and imprison me; and so it +turned out. Once or twice I nearly did you the favor of dying of some +native plague, but unluckily for you I pulled through. And then I +devoted my whole energy to business; I robbed you of ten million reis. +Ha! ha! Spanish thieves reckon in half-kreutzers, so that the sum may +sound larger--it is not more than a hundred thousand gulden. If only you +knew what lovely necks the women there have, you would not think it too +much; and they will only wear real pearls. But your stupid agent, the +Spaniard, looked at it from a different point of view; he had me +arrested and tried, and the rascal of a judge sentenced me--just for a +foolish boyish trick--only think, to fifteen years at the galleys! Now, +just say, was it not barbarous?" + +Timar shuddered. + +"They took off my fine clothes, and in order that they might not lose +me, they branded me on the arm with a hot iron." The felon threw off his +uniform-coat as he spoke, drew his dirty shirt from his left shoulder, +and showed Timar, with a bitter laugh, the mark still fiery red on his +arm. "Look you, it was on your account that they branded me like a foal +or a calf, lest I should go astray. Don't be afraid--I would not run +away from you, even without that." + +With morbid curiosity Timar gazed at the burn on the miserable wretch, +and could not turn his eyes away. + +"After that, they dragged me to the galleys, and riveted one of my feet +to the bench with a ten-pound chain." With that he threw his torn shoe +from his foot, and showed Timar a deep wound on his raw ankle. "That +also I carry as a remembrance of you," sneered the escaped criminal. + +Timar's eyes rested as if fascinated on the disfigured foot. + +"But just think, comrade, how kind fate can be! The ways of Providence +are wonderful by which an unhappy sufferer is led to the arms of his +friends. On the same bench where they had been good enough to fasten me, +sat a respectable old man with a bushy beard. He was to be my bed-fellow +for fifteen years. It is natural to take a good look at a man who is +wedded to you for so long a time. I stared at him awhile, and then said +in Spanish, 'It seems to me, senor, as if I had met you before.' 'Your +eyes do not deceive you--may you be struck blind!' replied the amiable +individual. Then I addressed him in Turkish, 'Effendi, have you not been +in Turkey?' 'I have been there; what's that to you?' Then I said in +Hungarian, 'Were you not originally called Krisstyan?' The old fellow +was much surprised, and said, 'Yes.' 'Then, I am your son Theodor, your +dear Theodor, your only offspring!' Ha! ha! Thanks to you, friend, I +found my father, my long lost father, over there in the New World on the +galley-slave's bench. Providence in its wonderful way had united the +long-divided father and son! But may I beg you to give me a flask of +wine and something to eat, for I am thirsty and hungry, and have many +interesting things to tell you, which will amuse you intensely." + +Timar did as he asked, and gave him bread and wine. The visitor sat at +the table, took the gun between his knees, and began to eat. He devoured +like a starved dog, and drank eagerly: at every draught he smacked his +lips, like an epicure who has dined well. And then he went on, with his +mouth full: + +"After we had got over the first joy of the unexpected meeting, my dear +papa said, while he thumped me on the head, 'Now tell me, you +gallows-bird, how you got here?' Naturally my filial respect had +prevented me from addressing the like question to my parent. I told him +that I had defrauded a Hungarian gentleman named Timar of ten million +reis. 'And where did he steal all that?' was my old man's remark. I +explained that he never stole--that he was a rich landowner, merchant, +and trader. But that did not alter my father's opinion: 'All the same, +whoever has money stole it. He who has much stole much, and he who has +little stole little: if he did not steal it himself, his father or +grandfather did so. There are a hundred and thirty-three ways of +stealing, and only twenty-two of them lead to the galleys.' As I saw it +was useless to try and change my old man's opinion, I no longer disputed +the point. Then he asked me, 'How the devil did you come in contact with +this Timar?' + +"I told him the circumstances. 'I knew this Timar when he was a poor +skipper, and had to wash his own potatoes in the ship's galley. Once I +was sent by the Turkish police to track an escaped pasha who had fled on +one of Timar's ships to Hungary.' 'What was his name?' growled my +father. 'Ali Tschorbadschi.' 'What!' he exclaimed, striking me on the +knee. He leaped up so that I thought he would jump overboard. Ha! ha! he +forgot the chain. . . . 'Did you know him too!' Then the old man shook +his head and said, 'Go on; what became of Ali Tschorbadschi?' 'I +detected him at Ogradina: I hurried on in front of the ship to Pancsova, +where every preparation was made to arrest him. But the vessel arrived +without the pasha. He had died on the way, and as he was not allowed +burial on shore they had thrown the corpse overboard. All this Timar +proved by documentary evidence.' 'And Timar was then quite poor?' 'No +richer than myself.' 'But now he has millions?' 'Of which I was lucky +enough to secure ten million reis.' + +"'Now, you fool, you see I was right--he stole his wealth. From whom? he +killed the pasha and hid his money. I knew Ali Tschorbadschi--well. He +was a thief too, like every other man, especially like every other rich +man. He belonged to the 122d and 123d class of thieves. Under those +numbers we reckon governors and treasurers. He was in charge of the +treasures of another thief--the sultan himself, No. 133. + +"'Once I found out that thief No. 132, the grand vizier, wished to twist +the treasurer's neck, to get back what he had stolen. I too was then in +the Turkish secret police; only a sort of No. 10, simply a fraudulent +bankrupt. I had a good idea: now if I could manage to push on into the +ranks of the No. 50 thieves! I went to the pasha, and revealed the +secret that he was on the list of rich men whom the minister meant to +strangle as conspirators, in order to secure their property. What would +he give me if I saved both him and his treasures? Ali Tschorbadschi +promised me a quarter of his wealth when once we should both be in +safety. "Yes," said I, "but I should like to know first how much the +whole comes to, for I will do nothing with my eyes shut. I am a family +man--I have a son whom I should like to settle in life."' Ha! ha! The +old man said it so seriously that it makes me laugh now to think of it. +'You have a son?' said the pasha to my father. 'That is well; if I +escape I will give my only daughter to your son, and so the whole +property will remain in the family: send me your son that I may know +him.' By God! if I had only known then that the lovely lady with the +white face and meeting brows was destined for me! Do you hear, +comrade?--but I must have another drink, to drown my grief. . . . You +will permit me to empty my glass to the health of your spouse, the +loveliest of ladies?" + +The galley-slave rose with the courtesy of a prince and drank the toast. +Then he threw himself back in his chair, and drew breath through his +teeth like a man who has dined well. "My father agreed to the bargain. +'We decided,' said he, 'that Ali Tschorbadschi should pack his jewels in +a leather bag, which I was to take with me in an English ship, which +would convey me as an unsuspected person, with all my luggage, to Malta. +There I was to await Ali Tschorbadschi, who was to leave Stamboul as if +on a pleasure trip, with his daughter, but without any luggage, make his +way to the Piraeus, and thence by a Greek trader to Malta. The pasha +showed great confidence in me. He left me alone in the treasure-chamber, +so that his own visits there should not be noticed, and commissioned me +to select the most precious objects and pack them in the leather bag. I +could describe now all the jewels I chose. The antique gems, the girdles +of pearls, rings, agraffes, a casket full of diamonds--' + +"'Could you not hide a few away?' asked I. + +"'You ass's head!' he replied, 'why should I take a single diamond and +become thief No. 18, when it was in my power to steal them all?' + +"Aha! my old father was a clever fellow! 'The devil I was! I was a +moon-calf. I ought to have done as you say. I stuffed my bag full, and +brought it to the pasha without arousing suspicion. He put a few +rouleaux of louis d'or among the jewels in the bag, closed it with a +puzzle-lock, and fastened lead seals to the four corners: then he sent +me for a _caique_, that I might get quietly away. I was back in a +quarter of an hour. He handed me the bag with the English steel +puzzle-lock and the four lead weights. I took it under my cloak and +slipped through the garden door to the boat; on the way I handled the +bag and felt the agraffes, the casket, and the rouleaux. In an hour I +was on board an English ship, the anchor was weighed, and we left the +Golden Horn.' 'And you never took me,' said I, with child-like reproach +to my papa, 'who was to marry the pasha's lovely daughter?' 'You fool!' +cried the old man, 'I didn't want you or your pasha or his lovely +daughter; I never meant to wait for you at Malta: with the money given +me for the journey I embarked direct for America, and the leather bag +went with me. But, confound it! when I got to a safe place I took out my +knife and slit the bag, and what do you think fell out of it?--copper +buttons, rusty horse-shoes, and instead of the casket full of diamonds, +a stone inkstand--in the rouleaux, instead of louis d'or were heavy +paras, the sort the corporals use for paying the private soldiers. The +rascally thief had robbed me! In all my 133 classes this had never +occurred; there was no number for it. While I went for the boat, the +thief had prepared another identical bag filled with all sorts of +rubbish, and sent me with it across the ocean, while he fled in another +direction with the real jewels. But look you, there is justice not only +on land but by water, for the great thief ran into the net of a still +greater, who robbed and murdered him.' And this tip-top thief, who +deprived the other of his property and his life was--you--brother of my +heart--Michael Timar Levetinczy, the man of gold!" said the fugitive, as +he rose and bowed mockingly. + +Timar answered not a word. + +"And now we will talk in a different way," said Theodor Krisstyan, "but +still at three paces' distance, and without forgetting that the gun is +aimed at you." + +Timar looked indifferently down the muzzle of the gun. He had himself +loaded it with ball. + +"This discovery considerably increased the sufferings of my slavery," +continued the adventurer. "Instead of living comfortably on Ali's +treasure, I had to drag out a miserable existence on the hateful sea. +And why? Because Michael Timar had smuggled the treasures which were +intended for me from under my nose, and also the girl I should have +married, the fair little savage who had grown up for me on the desolate +island. Of her too Timar must needs defraud me, for he could not be +happy with the wife whose father he had killed; he must needs have a +mistress as well. Fy! Herr Timar. So it was for that you sent me to the +galleys for fifteen years." + +Blow after blow fell on Timar's shame-stricken face. No doubt many of +these accusations were false--they were not all true. He had not +"killed" Timea's father, had not "stolen" his treasures; he had not +"defrauded" him of Noemi, nor "got rid of" Theodor, but on the whole he +could not entirely deny the charges. He had played a false game, and +thereby got mixed up in every sort of crime. + +The deserter continued: "When we were lying in the Gulf of Rio Grande do +Sul, yellow fever broke out on board our ship. My father caught it, and +lay in the death agony beside me on the bench--no one removed him. It is +not the custom; a galley-slave must die where he is chained. This was a +horrible situation for me. The old man shivered with ague the whole day, +he swore and gnashed his teeth. He was unbearable with his continual +curses on the Blessed Virgin, which he always uttered in Hungarian. Why +did he not swear in Spanish? It sounds so fine, and then the rest would +have understood; and why should he swear at the Madonna? I could not put +up with it--there were plenty of other saints he could have maligned; it +is not the thing for an educated man, a gentleman, to speak ill of the +ladies. This caused a coolness between me and my old man. Not his deadly +fever, which I might catch, merely his insufferable language. Strong as +were the ties which united father and son, I decided to sever them, and +succeeded in escaping in company with two others. We filed our chains at +night, struck down the overseer, who had seen our proceedings, and threw +him into the sea; then we launched the small boat and set off. It was +very rough and our boat was swamped; one of my companions could not +swim, and got drowned; the other could swim, but not so well as the +shark which pursued him. I only knew by his shrieks that the sea-devil +had caught him and bitten him in two. I swam ashore. How I obtained this +naval uniform and the arms and money requisite for my passage, I will +tell you some other day over a glass of wine, when we have plenty of +time. But now let us conclude our business; for you know we have to +settle our account together." + +The outcast put his hand up to the handkerchief over his eye. The slowly +healing wound seemed to be an unpleasant reminder. The severe cold to +which he had been exposed had not done it any good. + +"I tried to get to Komorn, where I knew you had your permanent home, and +went to visit you. They said in your office that you had not yet come +from abroad; what country you were in no one knew. Very well, thought I, +then I will wait till he returns. To pass the time, I went to the cafes, +and made acquaintance with officers to whom my uniform was an +introduction, and then I visited the theaters. There I saw that +exquisitely beautiful lady with the marble face and the melancholy +eyes--you can guess whom I mean. With her was always another fair +lady--oh! what murderous eyes that one has; she is a corsair in +petticoats. I began to feel my way. Once I contrived to get a seat close +by the wicked angel, and paid her attentions which she received +graciously: when I asked leave to wait upon her, she referred to her +mistress, on whom everything depended. I spoke admiringly of that +awe-inspiring Madonna, and remarked that I had known her family in +Turkey, and that she resembled her mother very strongly. + +"'What,' said the lovely lady, 'you knew her mother? she died very +young.' 'I have only seen her portrait,' said I. 'It portrayed just such +a pale, sad face, surrounded with a double row of diamonds of great +value.' 'You too have seen the splendid ornament then?' said she. 'My +mistress showed it me when Herr Timar von Levetinczy gave it to her.'" + +Timar clinched his fists in impotent rage. + +"Aha! now we know all about it," continued the adventurer, turning to +the tortured man with a cruel smile. "You gave Ali Tschorbadschi's +daughter the treasures you stole from her father. In that case the rest +of the jewels must have fallen into your hands, for they were with the +picture. You can no longer deny it. . . . And now we are on a level: we +need not scruple to talk openly." + +Timar sat there paralyzed before the man into whose hands fate had +delivered him. It was unnecessary to keep his gun from him: Timar had +not strength to stand. + +"You kept me waiting a long time, my friend, and I began to get anxious +about you; besides, my pocket-money was coming to an end. My rich aunt's +remittances, the advices from my steward, my bankers, and the admiralty, +for which I daily inquired at the post-office, failed to arrive--for +excellent reasons. You were highly respected wherever I went: an upright +merchant, a great genius, a benefactor to the poor. Your exemplary +private life was described; you were the model husband; wives would burn +your body when you died and dose their husbands with your ashes. Ha! +ha!" + +Timar turned away his face. + +"But perhaps I weary you? Well, I am coming to business. One day I was +in a bad temper, because you would not come home, and when some one +mentioned you at the officers' cafe, I could not refrain from casting a +doubt on the possibility of one man's uniting so many good qualities. +Then a ruffian replied with a slap in the face: I confess I was not +prepared for this; but my cheek deserved it--why had it not kept my +tongue quiet? I was as sorry as a dog that I ventured to let fall a +disrespectful word, and took the lesson to heart. I will never slander +you again. If the box on the ear had been all, I should not so much +have cared--I'm used to that; but the insolent fellow forced me to go +out with him, because I had attacked your good name. As I soon learned, +this madman was a lover of your Madonna when she was a girl, and now he +was fighting for the honor of the Madonna's husband. That is a piece of +good luck which could only happen to you, you man of gold. But I owe you +no thanks for your good fortune; again it was I who had to pay for it: I +got a cut over the head right down to the eyebrow. Look!" + +He thrust aside the silken bandage, under which was visible a long scar +with a dirty plaster over it, the inflamed skin showing that the wound +was not healed. Timar looked at it with a shudder. + +Krisstyan drew the bandage over it again, and said with cynical humor, +"That is _souvenir_ number three which your friendship has bestowed on +me. Well, there is all the more standing to my credit. I could not +remain any longer in Komorn after this; but 'Stay,' said I--'I know +where to have him; I know where the foreign country is whither he goes +in the interest of his fatherland: it is not in any unknown land--it is +none other than the ownerless island. I will follow him there.'" + +At this Timar cried furiously, "What! you went to the island?" He +trembled with rage and fear. + +"Don't jump up, young friend!" said the felon, soothingly. "This gun is +loaded; if you move it might go off, and I could not answer for the +consequences. Besides, calm yourself. It did you no harm for me to go +there, only myself; I always have to pay the piper when you go to the +ball--it's as certain as if it were one of the ten commandments--you +dance and I pay. You get into my bed, and it's me that they throw out of +window. Why did I go to the ownerless island? only to look for you. But +when I got there you had left, and I found no one but Noemi and a little +brat . . . oh, fy, friend Michael! who would have thought it of you? +. . . but hush! we mustn't tell anybody. . . . Dodi he's called, isn't +he? A fine, forward boy; but how frightened he was of me, because I had +my eye bound up! It is true that Noemi was startled too, for the two +were quite alone on the island. It grieved me to hear that good Mamma +Therese was dead; she was so kind, she would have received me +differently. Just fancy--this Noemi would not even let me come in and +sit down: she said she was afraid of me, and Dodi still more so, because +they were alone. 'That's just why I have come, that you may have a man +in the house to protect you.' By the bye, what potion have you given the +girl that she has grown so pretty? Really she has become a splendid +creature--it makes one's heart laugh to look at her; I never stopped +telling her so. Then she tried to make ugly faces at me; I began to jest +with her. 'Is it right,' said I, 'to make grimaces at your bridegroom?' +That did not answer; she called me a vagrant, and turned me out. 'All +right,' I said, 'I would go and take her with me,' and then I put my arm +round her waist." Timar's eyes flashed fire. "Sit still, comrade; _you_ +need not jump up, but I had to, for the girl fetched me a box on the +ear--just about twice as hard as the one I got from the major. To be +accurate, I must acknowledge that she chose the other cheek, so as to +make it equal." + +Timar's face brightened. + +"Then I did get angry. I am well known to be an admirer of the fair sex, +but this insult demanded satisfaction. 'Well, I will just show you that +you will come with me, if you don't allow me to stop here. You will +follow me of your own accord'--and with that I took little Dodi's hand +to lead him away. + +"Devil!" cried Timar. + +"Gently, gently, we can't both speak at once; your turn will come, and +then you can talk as much as you like--but hear me out. I was not quite +right when I said there were only two on the island--there were three; +that confounded beast Almira was there. The dog had been lying under the +bed, and seemed not to notice me, but when the child began to cry, the +great brute flew out at me without being asked. I had my eye on her, +drew out my pistol quickly, and shot her through the body." + +"Murderer!" groaned Timar. + +"Nonsense! If I had no more on my conscience than that dog's blood! and +the beast was not even crippled by the ball; she made nothing of it. She +only flew at me more furiously than ever, bit me in the arm, threw me +down, and held me so that I could not move: in vain I tried to get at my +second pistol--she held my arm in her teeth like a tiger. At last I +entreated Noemi to set me free; she tried to get the beast away, but the +raging fiend only sent her teeth deeper in. Then Noemi said, 'Ask the +child--the dog will obey him.' I begged Dodi's help. The boy is +kind-hearted; he had pity on me, and put his arms round Almira; then the +dog let go, and the child kissed her." A tear ran down Timar's cheek. +"So I was provided with another memento," said Theodor Krisstyan, as he +pushed his dirty, blood-stained shirt-sleeve down from his shoulder. +"Look at the mark of the dog's bite; all three fangs went to the bone: +that is memorial number four, for which I have to thank you. I bear on +my skin a whole album of wounds which I owe to you: the brand, the +chain-sore, the sword-cut, and the dog's bite--all are remembrances of +your friendship. And now say, what shall I do to you that our account +may be balanced?" + +As the escaped prisoner said to Timar, "And now say what shall I do to +you?" he stood entirely undressed before him, and Timar had to look at +all the horrible wounds with which he was scarred from head to foot +. . . and naked, too, the wretch's soul stood there, and it too was full +of loathsome wounds inflicted by Timar's hand. + +The man knew that Timar had played a bold game with him; and now he was +at his mercy: even physically he had not power to cope with him; his +limbs were as feeble as those of a man overcome with sleep. The sight of +the scarred form had the unnerving effect of an evil spell. The +adventurer knew it, and no longer took precautions against him. Rising +from his chair, he leaned the gun in the corner and spoke over his +shoulder to Timar, "Now, then, for the toilet; while I dress you you can +think over your answer to my question, what I shall do with you." + +With that he tossed his ragged clothes one after another into the fire, +where they flared crackling up, so that the flame rushed up the chimney. +Then he began to put on Timar's clothes in a leisurely way. On the +mantel-piece he found Timar's watch: this he put in his +waistcoat-pocket, and inserted Timar's studs in his shirt-front, finding +time to arrange his hair in the glass. When he was quite ready, he threw +up his head, and placed himself before the fire with outstretched legs +and folded arms. "Well; now then, comrade." + +Timar began to speak. "What do you require of me?" + +"Aha! at last I have loosed your tongue! How if I were to say an eye for +an eye, a tooth for a tooth? go and have a gallows-brand burned on you; +wander by land and sea among sharks, Indians, jaguars, rattlesnakes, and +secret police; be cut over the head by your wife's lover, be bitten by +your mistress's dog--and then we shall begin to share alike. But you see +I am not so hard on you; I won't talk about my wounds--a dog's bones +soon mend--I will be kinder than you. I must disappear for a time; for I +am wanted not only because of your money--my escape from the galleys, +and the overseer I threw overboard, are not yet forgiven. Your money +will do me no good till I get rid of the burn and the scar on the chin. +I shall get rid of the one with vitriol, and for the other mineral baths +will be of service. I am not afraid of your putting my pursuers on my +track--you are too wise for that; but foresight is the mother of wisdom. +In spite of our close friendship, it might happen that some one should +give me a knock on the head in the dark, or some convenient brigands +might shoot me, or a friendly glass of wine might send me the same road +as Ali Tschorbadschi. No, my dear fellow, I would not even venture to +ask you to fill me this wine-flask again, not even if you drank first. I +shall always be on my guard." + +"What do you want then?" + +"How formally you talk! my company is too low for you. But first let us +ask what the noble lord wants on his side. Probably that I should hold +my tongue over all the secrets I have got hold of. The noble lord would +perhaps not be disinclined to settle on me in return an income of a +hundred thousand francs in government stock." + +Timar without hesitation replied, "Yes." + +The vagabond laughed. "I require no such heavy sacrifice, your honor. I +told you money was no use to me at present. Such a gallows-bird, with so +many bad habits, would be arrested anywhere, and then what good should I +get of my income? What I want is, as I said, rest, and a place where I +can remain hidden for a considerable time, and where I should meanwhile +enjoy a comfortable, easy life; that is reasonable enough surely?" + +With that he took the gun up again, sat down on the chair, and held the +gun before him in both hands, so as to be ready to fire at any moment. +"I do not ask the hundred thousand francs at present; I only demand--the +ownerless island." + +Timar felt as if struck by lightning; these words roused him from his +stupor. "What do you want with it?" + +"Illustrissimo! See now. The air of the island is excellent, and most +necessary to the re-establishment of my health, which suffered much in +South America. I have heard from that dear departed saint, Frau Therese, +that healing herbs grow there which are good for wounds; in botany +books I have read that they will even make boiled flesh sound again. +Then, too, I long for a quiet, contemplative life after all my trials; +after the sybarite existence I have led, I long for the rustic joys of +the golden age. Give me the ownerless island, excellency--serene +highness." + +The fellow begged so mockingly with the gun in his hand. + +"You are a fool," said Timar, whom these jeers enraged, and then he +turned his chair round and showed Theodor his back. + +"Oh, don't turn your back on me, noble sir--senor, eccelenza, my lord, +durchlaucht, mynheer, pan volkompzsnye, monsieur, gospodin, effendi. In +what language shall I address you, to persuade you to grant the poor +fugitive's request?" + +This unseemly mockery did not do the assailant any good, but lessened +the effect of the spell which lay on Timar, who began to recover from +his stupefaction, and to recollect that he had to deal with a condemned +man who was really in mortal danger. He spoke angrily. "Have done! Name +any sum--you shall have it! if you want an island, go and buy one in the +Greek Archipelago, or in China; if you are afraid of pursuit, go to +Rome, Naples, or Switzerland: give yourself out as a marquis, get on +terms with the Camorra, and no one will touch you; I will give you +money--but you won't get the island." + +"Indeed? Your lordship is going to talk to me like that?" cried +Krisstyan. "The drowning man has risen again, and is going to swim +ashore--now just wait till I push you in again. You think to yourself, +'Very well, booby, tell any one what you know; the first result will be +that you will be arrested, clapped into jail, and forgotten there like a +dog; you will soon be too dumb to tell anything more--or something else +may happen.' I see what you think. But don't mistake the man you have to +deal with. Now learn that you are tied hand and foot, and that you lie +at my mercy like a miser gagged and bound by robbers, who must bear +thorns thrust under his nails, his beard plucked out hair by hair, and +boiling oil dropped on his skin, till he tells where his money is +hidden. I shall do the same with you; and when you can bear no more, +then cry 'enough.'" + +Timar listened with the deadly interest of a man on the rack to the +words of the galley-slave. "Till now I have told not a soul what I know, +on my honor. Except the few words which escaped me at Komorn, I have +never spoken of you, and what I said then was neither fish nor flesh; +but all I know of you is written down--I have it here in my pocket, and +in four different documents, with different addresses. One is a +denunciation to the Turkish Government, in which I reveal what Ali +Tschorbadschi took from Stamboul, and what, as the confiscated property +of a traitor, is due to the sultan. Even the jewels described to me by +my father are enumerated there, piece by piece, with the account of +their present possessors, and of how they came by them. In the second +letter I inform the Viennese authorities of your murder of the pasha, +and your theft of his property. My third letter is directed to Frau von +Levetinczy at Komorn. I tell her what you did to her father, and how you +came into possession of her mother's picture and the other treasures you +presented to her. But I have told her something else besides--the place +you go to when you are not at home--the secret joys of the ownerless +island--the intrigue with another woman--the deceit you practice on her. +I tell her about Noemi and little Dodi. Now shall I drive another thorn +under your nails?" + +Timar's breast heaved with heavy panting sobs. + +"Well, as you say nothing, we will proceed," said the cruel torturer. +"The fourth letter is to Noemi. I tell her in it all she does not yet +know: that you have a lawful wife out in the world--that you are a +gentleman who has dishonored her, and can never be her husband; who only +sacrificed her to his base lusts, and who is a murderer besides. What! +you don't ask for mercy yet? Do you see those two towers? That is +Tihany; there live pious monks, for it is a monastery; there I shall +deposit the four letters, and beg the prior, if I do not return within a +week, to forward them to their addresses. It would be no use for you to +put me out of the way, for the letters would still reach their +destination, and then you could not stay any longer in this country. You +can not go home; for even if your wife forgave you her father's death, +she would never forgive you Noemi. Justice would make inquiries, and +then you would have to let out how you came by your riches. + +"The Turkish Government would bring you to trial, and the Austrian too. +The whole world would soon learn to know you, and those who looked on +you as a man of gold, would see in you the very scum of humanity. You +could not even take refuge in the ownerless island, for there Noemi +would shut the door against you; she is a proud woman, and her love +would turn to hatred. No, there is nothing left to you but to fly from +the world, like me; change your name, like me; slink secretly from town +to town, and tremble when steps approach your door, like me. Now, shall +I go or stay?" + +"Stay!" groaned the sufferer. + +"Oho! you give in!" cried the rascal; "then let us sit down again. +First, will you give me the ownerless island?" + +A feeble subterfuge occurred to Timar's heart, which he used to gain +time. "But the island belongs to Noemi, not to me." + +"A very true observation; but my request is not altered by that fact. +The island belongs to Noemi, but Noemi belongs to you." + +"What do you mean?" asked Timar, wildly. + +"Now don't roll your eyes; don't you know you are fast bound? Let us +take it all as it comes. The thing can be arranged. You write a letter +to Noemi, which I will carry; meanwhile that fierce black brute will +have died, and I can land safely. In the letter you will take leave of +her; you will say that you cannot marry her, because unavoidable family +complications stand in the way; that you have a wife, the beautiful +Timea, whom Noemi will remember: you will write that you have taken care +to provide for her suitably; that you have recalled her former betrothed +from the New World, who is a fine handsome fellow, and ready to marry +her and shut his eyes to the past. You will promise to provide for them +both handsomely in the future, and give them your blessing and good +wishes for a happy life together!" + +"You want Noemi too?" + +"Why, what the devil! Do you think I want your stupid island in order +to live there like Robinson Crusoe? I shall want something to sweeten my +life in that desert. Over there I have reveled in a surfeit of embraces +from black-eyed, sable-tressed women; now, after seeing Noemi's golden +locks and blue eyes, I am quite mad about her. And then she struck me in +the face, and drove me away; I must have payment for that. Is there a +nobler revenge than to give a kiss for a blow? I will be the master of +the refractory witch; that is my fancy. And by what right do you deny +her to me? Am I not Noemi's betrothed, who would make her my legal wife +and bring her to honor, while you can never marry her, and can only make +her unhappy?" + +The man drops boiling oil on Timar's heart: he wrung his hands in agony. + +"Will you write to Noemi, or shall I take these four letters over to the +cloister?" + +In Timar's torture the words escaped him, "Oh, my little Dodi!" + +The fugitive laughed with a knavish grin. "I'll be his father, a very +good sort of father--" + +At that instant Michael sprung from his seat, threw himself with a leap +like a jaguar's on the convict, seized him by both arms before he could +use his weapon, dragged him forward, gave him a blow in the back and a +shove which sent him flying through the open door on to the landing, +tumbling over and over: there he got up with difficulty, still giddy +with his fall, stumbled over the first step, and limped groaning and +swearing down the stairs. All below was darkness and silence. The only +man besides these two in this winter castle was deaf, and sleeping off a +carouse. + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +WHAT HAS THE MOON TO TELL? + + +Timar could have killed the man--he had him in his power; and Timar felt +a madman's strength in his muscles: yet he did not kill him. Timar said +to himself, the man is right; destiny must be fulfilled. Michael was not +a miscreant who conceals one crime by another, but of that nobler sort +which is willing to atone for past sin. He stepped out on to the +balcony, and looked on with folded arms while the man left the castle +and limped away toward the gate of the court-yard. The moon rose +meanwhile over the Somogy hills, and illuminated the front of the +castle. + +The dark figure on the balcony would be a good mark for any one who +wished to aim at it. Theodor Krisstyan walked underneath, and looked up: +the half-closed wound on the brow had reopened in his fall, and was +bleeding; the blood ran down over his face. Perhaps Timar had gone +outside just because he expected the furious man would shoot him out of +revenge. But he only stood still in front of him, and began to mutter +words without sound--just like Athalie. How well those two would suit! +Krisstyan only spoke by movements of the mouth. He limped, for he had +hurt one foot in his fall. He struck his left hand on the gun, which he +still held, then seemed to say "No," shook his fist at Timar, and +threatened him by gestures. This pantomime meant, "Not thus will I +destroy you; I have another fate designed for you; just wait!" Timar +looked after him as he left the yard, following him with his eyes along +the snowy path as far as the ice-covered lake. He gazed after him till +he could only see a black speck moving in the direction of the double +towers on the high peak. + +Storm-clouds were rising over the Zala range. Timar saw them not. Round +the Platten See a hurricane often arises in calm weather without the +slightest warning; the fishermen who hear from afar the rustling of the +leaves have not time to get back to the shore: the bursting storm drives +a snow-cloud before it, from which tiny crystals drift down, sharp as +needle-points. The cloud only covered half of the great panorama, +wrapping the Tihany side, the peninsula with its rocky ridge and its +gloomy church, in darkness, while the eastern level lay bright in the +moonlight. The storm roared howling through the tall forests of the +Aracs valley; the vanes on the ancient castle groaned like the cries of +accursed spirits; and as the furious wind swept across the ice, it drew +from the frozen floes such an unearthly music that one could fancy one +saw the spirits which uttered it chasing each other, and yelling in +their flight. + +Amidst the ghostly music it seemed to Timar as if he heard through the +howling of the tempest an awful scream in the distance, such as only +human lips can utter--a cry of anguish, despair, blasphemy, which would +rouse the Seven Sleepers and make the stars shudder. After a few seconds +it came again, but shorter and more feeble, and then only the music of +the storm was audible. + +That ceased too. The snow-shower swept across the landscape; the storm +held only one snow-cloud; the trees were still; the tones of the wind +moaning over the ice-flats faded away in the distance with dying chords; +the sky cleared, and all was once more silence. Timar's heart too was at +rest; he had finished his career. No road lay open to him. He could go +neither forward nor back; he had fled as long as life was possible; and +now the abyss yawned in front of him which had no other shore. His whole +life passed before him like a dream, and he knew that at last he was +about to awake from it. His first desire for the possession of the rich +and lovely girl was the origin of all these events; his life hung on it +like the enigma of the Sphinx. When the riddle was solved, the Sphinx +would fall into the abyss. + +How could he live on, unmasked before the world, unmasked before Timea, +and before Noemi? Thrown down from the pedestal on which he had stood +for years at home and abroad, under the halo of his sovereign's favor +and his compatriots' veneration! How could he ever look again on the +woman who had defended him in his rival's presence with such holy +sorrow, when she learned that he was the very opposite of all she had +admired in her husband, and that his whole life was a lie? And how could +he meet Noemi when she knew he was Timea's husband? or dare to take Dodi +on his lap? Nowhere, nowhere in the wide world was there a place where +he could hide. It was as that man had said: there was nothing for him +but to turn his back on the civilized world--like him; to change his +name--like him; to sneak like a thief from one town to another--like +him; to wander homeless on the face of the earth. . . . + +But Timar knew of another place; there is the moon's icy +countenance--what did Noemi say? There live those who cast their lives +away because they have ceased to know desire; they go where nothing +exists: if that man seeks out Noemi on the ownerless island and brings +despair on the lonely creature by his news, she will follow him +there--to the frozen star. + +Timar felt so tranquilized by this reflection that he had the +self-control to direct his telescope on to the waning moon, on whose +sphere shining spaces alternated with large, crescent-shaped shadows, +and there came to choose a monstrous ravine, and say, "That shall be my +dwelling; there will I wait for Noemi!" + +Then he went back to his room. The adventurer's burned clothes still +glowed red on the hearth, the ashes showing the texture of the charred +cloth. Timar laid fresh logs on, so that the fire might destroy every +remnant. Then he threw on his cloak and left the house. He bent his +steps toward the Platten See. The moon lighted the great ice-floes, an +icy sun shining over a world of ice. . . . "I come, I come!" cried +Timar; "I shall soon know what you have to tell me--if you have called +me I shall be there." He went straight to the great chasm. The poles +erected by the good fishermen, the sticks with straw bundles on the top, +warned every wanderer from afar to keep away--Timar sought them out. +When he reached one of these danger-signals he stopped, took off his +hat, and looked up to heaven. + +Years had passed away since last he prayed. In this dark hour the Great +Being came to his mind who teaches the stars their courses and rides on +the storm, and who has created only one creature which defies its +Maker--man. In this hour he was impelled to uplift his soul to Him. +"Eternal Might, I fly from Thee, yet to Thee I come. I come not to ask +for mercy: Thou didst lead me, but I fled from Thy ways; Thou didst warn +me, yet I would not hear. Now, with blind obedience, I depart for the +hereafter: my soul will rest there in cold annihilation. I must atone +for making so many miserable who have been mine and have loved me; take +them into Thy protection, Thou Eternal Justice! I have sinned, and I +give myself up to death and damnation--they are not guilty--I alone. +Thou Everlasting Justice, who hast brought me to this, be just also to +them. Protect, console these feeble women, the helpless child, and give +me alone over to Thine avenging angels--I am judged and I am silent." + +He knelt down. Between the edges of the fissure the waves of the Balaton +plashed softly. The gloomy lake often moans even in a dead calm, and +when its surface is ice-bound it swells up in the clefts and roars like +the sea. Timar bent down to kiss the waves, as one kisses his mother +before he starts for a long journey--as one kisses the pistol before +blowing out one's brains with it. + +And as he bent down to the water, a human head rose from the depths in +front of him. Over the forehead of the upturned face was a black band +covering the right eye; the other eye, bloodshot, glassy, and cold as +stone, glared at him; through the open mouth the water ran out and in +. . . the phantom sunk again. + +Timar sprung, half crazed, from his kneeling position, and stared after +the ghostly apparition: it was as if it called on him to follow. Between +the frozen margins the living water splashed. And again in the distance +resounded the organ-tones which are the precursors of the nocturnal +storm: amidst the howling of the approaching gale were heard the shrieks +and groans of the miserable spirits, and higher and higher swelled the +ghostly song. Again the whole frozen mass gave out the unearthly music, +like the strings of myriad harps, until the sound grew into a booming +roar, as though the lightning lured an awful, deafening melody from the +resounding waves. The voices of the storm bellowed below the surface. +With a frightful crash the floes were set in motion, and the tremendous +pressure of the atmosphere closed once more the chasm in the ice. + +Timar fell trembling on his face upon the still quivering glassy mirror. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +WHO COMES? + + +The hoar-frost had turned the ownerless island into a silver wood; +continuous mists had hung every twig with flowers of rime. Then came +bright sunny days; they melted the rime into ice: every branch received +a crystal cloak, as if the whole island were of glass. This glistening +load bent down the boughs like those of a weeping-willow, and when the +wind stirred the wood, the icicles struck together and rang like the +silver bells in the fairy stories. Over the thickly frosted paths only +one track led from the house, and that went to Therese's resting-place. +This was Noemi's daily walk with little Dodi. Now there were only those +two to go there; the third, Almira, lay at home at the last gasp: the +ball had touched a vital part, and there was no hope of cure. + +It was evening. Noemi lighted her lamp, brought out her wheel, and began +to spin. Little Dodi sat by her and played at water-mills, holding a +straw against the revolving wheel. + +"Mother," said the boy suddenly, "bend down a little; I want to whisper +that Almira may not hear." + +"Say it aloud; she won't understand, Dodi." + +"Oh, yes, she understands what we say--she knows everything. Tell me, +will Almira die?" + +"Yes, my little one." + +"And who will take care of us when Almira is dead?" + +"God." + +"Is God strong?" + +"Stronger than all the world." + +"More than father?" + +"Your father gets his strength from God." + +"And the wicked man with his eye bandaged, why does God make him strong? +I am so afraid of his coming again; he will take me away." + +"Don't be afraid; I won't let you go." + +"If he kills us both?" + +"Then we shall both go to heaven." + +"And Almira too?" + +"No; not Almira." + +"Why not?" + +"Because she is an animal." + +"And my little bird?" + +"No; not Louise." + +"Oh, don't say that; she can fly up to heaven better than we can." + +"She can not fly as high as heaven." + +"Then there are no animals and no birds there? Well, then, I'd rather +stop down here with papa and my little Louise." + +"Yes, stay, my sweetheart!" + +"If papa were here he would kill the wicked man?" + +"The bad man would run away from him." + +"But when is father coming back?" + +"This winter." + +"How do you know?" + +"He said so." + +"Is everything true that father says? Does he never tell a story?" + +"No, my boy; what he says is always true." + +"But it is winter now." + +"He will soon be here." + +"If only Almira does not die before he comes!" + +The boy got up from his stool and went to the groaning dog. + +"Dear Almira, do not die! Don't leave us alone here! See, now, you can't +go with us to heaven; you can only be with us here. Do stay. I will +build you a lovely house like the one father built for me, and give you +half of all I have. Lay your head on my lap and look at me. Don't be +frightened; I won't let the naughty man come and shoot you again. If I +hear him coming, I will fasten the door-latch; and if he puts his hand +in, I will cut it off with my ax. I will take care of you, Almira." + +The wise creature raised its beautiful eyes to the boy, and wagged its +tail gently on the ground; then it sighed, as if understanding all that +was said. Noemi stopped spinning, leaned her head on her hand, and +looked into the flickering lamp. + +When that dreadful man went raging away, he had yelled in at the window, +"I shall come back and tell you what the man is whom you love." That he +should come again was threat enough, but what did he mean? Who can +Michael be? Can he be other than he seems? What will that horrid phantom +have to tell, which has turned up from the antipodes? Oh, why had +Michael not done as Noemi said--if only three feet of earth lay between +them! + +Noemi was no feeble woman; she had grown up in the desert and learned to +trust in herself; the enervating influences of the outer world had never +affected her mind. The wolf knows how to defend her lair against the +dogs with claws and teeth. Since that fearful visit she always carried +Michael's knife in her bosom, and--it is keen and sharp. At night she +fastened a beam across the door. + +As fate wills. If one comes first, she will be a happy and blessed +woman; if the other, she will be a murderess--a child of wrath. + +"Almira, what is the matter?" + +The poor beast, struggling with death, raised its head painfully from +the child's lap, and began to sniff the air with outstretched neck. It +whined and growled uneasily, but the sound was more like a hoarse +rattle. Whether its tones were of pleasure or anger, it was hard to +distinguish. The animal scented the approach of a visitor. Who is it? Is +it the good or the bad man? the life-giver or the murderer? Out there in +the silence of the night the sound of steps was heard on the frosty +grass. Who comes? + +Almira gasped heavily, struggling to get up, but fell back. She tried to +bark, but could not. Noemi sprung from her seat, felt with her right +hand under her shawl, and seized the handle of the knife. + +All three listened silently--Noemi, Dodi, and the dog. The steps come +quickly nearer. Ah, now all three recognize them! + +"Papa!" cried Dodi, laughing. + +Noemi hastened to cut the rope which fastened the door-bolt with her +sharp knife, and Almira raised herself on her fore-feet and suddenly +gave utterance to a bark. + +The next moment Michael had Noemi and Dodi in his arms. Almira crawled +to her beloved master, raised her head to him once again, licked his +hand, then fell back dead. + +"Will you never leave us again?" faltered Noemi. + +"Don't leave us alone any more," begged little Dodi. + +Michael pressed both to his breast, and his tears streamed over his dear +ones. "Never--never--never!" + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +THE CORPSE. + + +With the last days of March the hard winter of this year came to an end. +Balmy south winds and rain softened the ice of the Platten See, which +broke up during a strong north wind, and drove over to the Somogy shore. + +Among the floating ice the fishermen found a body. It was already in an +advanced stage of decomposition, and the features were unrecognizable; +but yet the identity of the individual could be ascertained with the +greatest certainty. These were the mortal remains of Michael Timar +Levetinczy, who disappeared so suddenly after the memorable capture of +the fogasch-king, and for whose return those at home had waited so long. +On the body could be recognized clothes belonging to that gentleman--his +astrakhan pelisse, his studs, and his initials marked on the shirt. His +repeater was in the waistcoat-pocket, with his full name enameled on the +case. But the strongest proof was afforded by the pocket-book, which was +crammed with bank-notes, whose number could still be deciphered, and on +which Timea's hand had embroidered "Faith, Hope, Charity;" while in the +side-pocket were four other letters tied together, but the writing was +completely obliterated, as they had been four months exposed to the +action of water. About the same time, the fishermen at Fured found Herr +von Levetinczy's gun entangled in a net. Now all was explained. + +Old Galambos remembered all about it. The gracious master had said to +him that if foxes and wolves came down on to the lake in the night, he +would go out with his gun and have a shot at them. + +Many others then remembered that on that night a snow-storm had passed +across the lake, which only lasted a short time. No doubt, to this was +due the accident to the noble lord. The snow blew in his face; he did +not notice the ice-rift, fell in, and was sucked under. + +When Timea received the first news of the event, she went at once to +Siosok, and was present in person at the judicial inquiry. When she saw +her husband's clothes she fainted away, and could only with difficulty +he brought back to consciousness; but she held her ground, she was +present when the disfigured remains were laid in the leaden coffin, and +specially inquired for the ring of betrothal, which, however, was +lost--the fingers were gone. + +Timea had the dear relics brought to Komorn, and interred in the +splendid family vault, with all the pomp which is permissible by the +rites of the Protestant Church, to which the deceased had belonged. On +the black velvet coffin, name and age were marked with silver nails. +Senators and deputies carried him to the hearse. On the coffin lay his +knightly sword, with a laurel crown, and the decorations of the +Hungarian Order of St. Stephen, the Italian Order of San Maurizio, and +the Brazilian Annunciata star. + +The pall-bearers were Hungarian counts, and on each side of the hearse +walked the dignitaries of the city. Before it marched the +school-children, the guilds with their banners, then the national guard +in uniform and with muffled drums: behind came the ladies of the town +all in black, and among them the mourning widow, with the white face and +with weeping eyes. The celebrities of the country and the capital, the +military authorities, even his majesty had sent a representative to the +funeral of the venerated man. With them went a countless multitude of +people, and amidst the tolling of all the bells the procession moved +through the town. And every bell and every tongue proclaimed that a man +was gone whose like would never be seen again: a benefactor of the +people, a pillar of the nation, a faithful husband, and the founder of +many a generous endowment. + +The "Man of Gold" was carried to his grave. Women, men, and children +followed him through the whole town to the distant cemetery. Athalie too +was in the procession. When they bore the coffin down to the open grave, +the nearest friends, relations, and admirers of the deeply mourned +followed him into the vault. + +Among them was Major Katschuka; in the crowd on the narrow steps he came +in contact with Timea and--with Athalie. When they came up again, +Athalie threw herself on the bier and prayed to be buried too: luckily +Herr Johann Fabula was there, and he raised the beautiful lady from the +ground, bore her back in his arms to the daylight, and explained to the +astonished crowd how much the young lady had loved the dear deceased, +who had been a second father to her. + +After the lapse of a few months a splendid monument was erected on which +might be read this inscription in letters of gold:-- + + HERE LIES THE HIGH AND NOBLE LORD, MICHAEL TIMAR + LEVETINCZY. + + Privy Councilor, President of Committees, Knight of the + Orders of St. Stephen, St. Maurice, and the Annunciata. + The great Patriot, the True Christian, the Exemplary + Husband, the Father of the Poor, Guardian of the + Orphan, Supporter of Schools, a Pillar of the Church. + + Regretted by all who knew him, eternally mourned by his + + FAITHFUL WIFE TIMEA. + +On the granite pedestal stands a marble statue of a woman bearing a +funeral urn. Every one says this statue is a faithful likeness of Timea. + +And Timea goes every day to the burial-ground to deck the grass with +fresh wreaths, and to water the flowers which smell so sweetly within +the railings of the tomb: she waters them with showers of cold +water--and burning tears. + + * * * * * + +Theodor Krisstyan could never have dreamed that he would be so highly +honored after his death. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +DODI'S LETTER. + + +A year and a half passed away since Michael came home to the ownerless +island. He had not left it for a single day. + +Great events had occurred during this interval. Dodi had learned to +write. What joy when the little dunce made his first attempt with chalk +on a board: the letters are dictated to him--"write _l_ and _o_, and +then pronounce them both together." He was surprised that that meant +_lo_ (Hungarian for horse), and yet he had not drawn a horse. A year +later he could address a birthday letter to his mother in beautiful +copper-plate on white paper--it was a greater achievement than +Cleopatra's Needle, covered with hieroglyphics. + +When Dodi's first letter was fluttering in Noemi's hand, she said, with +a tear in her eye, to Michael, "He will write like you." + +"Where have you seen my handwriting?" asked Michael, in surprise. + +"In the copies you set Dodi, to begin with; and then too in the contract +by which you gave us the island. Have you forgotten?" + +"Yes; it is so long ago." + +"And do you not write to any one now?" + +"No one." + +"You have not left the island for a year and a half; have you nothing to +do now out in the world?" + +"No. And I shall never have anything to do there again." + +"What will become of your business then?" + +"Would you like to know?" + +"Yes, indeed. The thought troubles me that a clever man like you should +be shut up here in the narrow bounds of this island, and only because +you love us: if you have no other reason for staying here always except +your great love for us, it pains me." + +"It is well, Noemi. I will tell you then who I was out there in the +world, what I did there, and why I stay here. You shall know all: when +you have put the boy to bed, come to me on the veranda and I will tell +you everything. You will shudder and wonder over what you will hear; but +in the end you will forgive me, as God forgave me when He sent me here." + +After supper Noemi put Dodi to bed, and then came out to Michael, sat +beside him on the bench, and leaned on his breast. The full moon shone +down on them between the leaves: it was now no longer the ghostly star, +the ice-paradise of suicides, but a kind acquaintance and friend. And +then Michael told Noemi all that had befallen him out in the world. + +The sudden death of the mysterious passenger, the sinking of the ship +and the concealed treasures: how he had married Timea. He described her +sorrow and her suffering; he spoke of Timea to Noemi as of a saint; and +when he described faithfully the nocturnal scene when he had watched +Timea from his hiding-place, and how the woman had defended her husband +against evil report, against her own beloved, and against her own heart, +how Noemi sobbed and how her tears flowed for Timea! + +And then Michael described to her what he had suffered in the fearful +situation from which he could not free himself, having on one side the +ties of his worldly position, his riches, and Timea's fidelity; while +his love, his happiness, and every aspiration of his soul drew him in +another direction. How sweetly Noemi consoled him with her soft kisses! +. . . + +When, finally, he told her of the awful night in which the adventurer +appeared at his lonely castle, of how despair had led him to the brink +of the grave, and how, as he looked down into the waves, instead of his +own face mirrored in the water, the dead face of his enemy emerged from +the depths, and God's hand suddenly closed before his eyes the opening +of the icy tomb--oh! how passionately Noemi pressed him to her breast, +as if to hold him back from falling into the grave. + +"Now you know what I have left behind in the world, and what I have +found here. Can you forgive me for what you have suffered and for all my +offenses against you?" Noemi's tears and kisses replied. + +The confession had lasted long: the short summer's night was over, and +it was daylight when Michael concluded the story of his life. + +He was forgiven. "My guilt is obliterated," said Michael. "Timea had +recovered her freedom and her wealth. The vagabond had on my clothes and +carried my pocket-book away with him: they will bury his body as if it +were mine, and Timea is a widow. I have given you my soul, and you have +accepted it. Now all is equal." + +Noemi took Michael's arm and led him into the room where the boy was +asleep. He awoke under their kisses, opened his eyes, and when he saw +that it was morning, he knelt up in his little bed, and with folded +hands offered his morning prayer: "Dear Lord, bless my good father and +my dear mother!" + +"All is forgiven, Michael! . . . One angel prays for you beside your +bed, the other at your grave, that you may be happy." + +Noemi dressed little Dodi, and then her eyes rested thoughtfully on +Michael. She wanted time to realize all she had heard from him, but +women have quick perceptions. + +Suddenly Noemi said to her husband, "Michael, you have still one duty to +fulfill in the world." + +"What duty, and to whom?" + +"You owe Timea the secret that other woman revealed to you." + +"What secret?" + +"About the door which leads into her room from the secret passage. You +must tell her of it. Some one might get in to her when she is asleep and +alone." + +"But no one knows of this secret passage except Athalie." + +"Is that not enough?" + +"What do you mean?" + +"Michael, you little know us women. You don't know what Athalie is, but +I can guess. My tears flowed for Timea, because she is so wretched, +because she does not love you, and you are mine; but if she felt for you +what she feels for that other man, and if you spurned me for her sake, +as that man did Athalie, then may God keep me from ever seeing her +asleep and in my power!" + +"Noemi, you frighten me." + +"That is what women are. Did you never know it. Hasten to reveal this +secret to Timea. I want her to be happy." + +Michael kissed Noemi on the brow. "You darling child! I dare not write +to Timea, for she would recognize my writing; and then she could not be +my widow, nor I your husband returned from the dead, and ascended into +the paradise of your love." + +"Then I will write to her." + +"No, no, no! I won't allow it. I have heaped gold and diamonds upon her, +but she shall not have a word from you; that is one of my own treasures. +I brought Noemi nothing of Timea's, and I will not give Timea anything +of Noemi's. You shall not write her a word." + +"Well, then," said Noemi, smiling, "I know another who can write to +Timea. Dodi shall write the letter." + +Timar burst out laughing. There was a world of humor, of child-like +simplicity, happy pride, and deep emotion in the idea. Little Dodi will +write to warn Timea of her danger. Dodi to Timea! . . . Timar smiled +with tears in his eyes. But Noemi was in earnest; she wrote the copy, +and Dodi wrote the important lines on ruled paper, without a mistake. Of +course he had no idea what he was writing. Noemi gave him a lovely +violet ink, a decoction of marsh-mallow, and sealed the letter with +white wax; and as there was no seal in the house, nor even a coin which +could serve for one, Dodi caught a pretty golden-green beetle, and +stuck it on the wax, instead of a coat of arms. The letter was given to +the fruit-dealer to take to the post. + +Little Dodi's letter went off to Timea. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +"YOU STUPID CREATURE!" + + +The lovely widow was in the deepest mourning. She went nowhere, and +received no visitors. + +More than a year had passed since her husband's burial. + +Timea had another name in the calendar--Susanna. Her first name came +from her mother, who was a Greek; but the second she had received at her +baptism. This she used when she had to sign documents, and St. Susanna's +day was considered her _fete_. + +In provincial towns the _fete_-days are scrupulously kept. Relations and +friends come without invitation, as a matter of course, to visit the +person whose _fete_ it is, and meet with a hospitable reception. Some +noble families, however, have adopted the custom of sending invitations +to these family-parties, by which it is made evident that those who do +not receive cards may keep their congratulations to themselves. + +There are two St. Susannas in the year. Timea chose the one whose _fete_ +fell in winter, because then her husband used to be at home, and +invitations were sent out a week beforehand. Of the other name no notice +was taken. Timea was not in the calendar of Komorn, nor even in the +national Pesth calendar, and at that time there were no others in the +province; so he who wanted to know Timea's own _fete_-day must search +far and wide. + +It fell in the merry month of May. At that season Herr Timar would have +been long away on his journeys; nevertheless, Timea received every May a +lovely bouquet of white roses on the day of St. Timea. Who sent it was +not stated; it came by post, packed in a box. + +As long as Timar lived, Herr Katschuka had invariably received +invitations to the Sunday receptions, which he as regularly answered by +depositing his card at the door: he never came to the parties. This year +the _fete_-day party had been omitted, as the faithful Susanna was in +mourning. On the morning of the lovely May day on which Timea's +beautiful white-rose bouquet usually arrived, a servant in mourning +livery brought a letter to Katschuka. On opening the envelope the major +found a printed invitation-card inside, which bore the name, not of +Susanna, but of Timea Levetinczy, and had reference to that very day. +Herr Katschuka was puzzled. What a curious notion of Timea! To draw the +attention of all Komorn to the fact that Susanna, a good Calvinist, was +keeping the day of the Greek saint Timea, and the more because she only +sent out her invitations the same morning! It was an outrageous breach +of etiquette. Herr Katschuka felt that this time he must accept. In the +evening he took care not to be among the earliest arrivals. The time +named was half past eight; he waited till half past nine, and then went. +As he laid aside his cloak and sword in the anteroom, he asked the +servant whether many visitors had arrived. The servant said no one had +come yet. The major was startled. Probably the other guests had taken +the shortness of the invitation badly, and decided not to appear; and he +was confirmed in this idea when, on entering the saloon, he found the +chandeliers lighted and all the rooms brilliantly illuminated--a sign +that a large assembly was expected. The servant informed him that his +mistress was in the inner room. + +"Who is with her?" + +"She is alone. Fraulein Athalie has gone with her mamma to Herr Fabula's +house--there is a great fish-dinner there." + +Herr Katschuka did not know what to think: not only were there no other +guests, but even the people of the house had left the mistress alone. +Timea awaited him in her own sitting-room. + +And for this grand party, amid all this splendor, Timea was dressed +entirely in black. She celebrated her _fete_-day in mourning: amid the +radiance of the golden lusters and the silver candelabra a black +mourning-dress, which, however, was not suited to the face of its +wearer. On her lips hovered a charming smile, and a soft color lay on +her cheeks. She received her single guest most cordially. "Oh, how late +you are," she said, as she gave him her hand. + +The major pressed upon it a respectful kiss. "On the contrary, I fear I +am the first." + +"Not at all. All I invited have already arrived." + +"Where?" asked the major, in astonishment. + +"In the dining-room--they are at table, and only waiting for you." With +these words she took the arm of the wondering man, led him to the +folding-doors, and threw them open; and then, indeed, the major knew not +what to think. The dining-room was brilliantly lighted with wax candles; +a long table was spread with places for eleven, and the same number of +chairs were placed round it, but no one was there--not a single +creature. But as the major threw a glance round he began to comprehend, +and the clearer the riddle grew, the more his eyes were dimmed with +tears. Before each of nine of the places stood a white-rose bouquet +under a glass shade--the last of freshly gathered flowers; the roses of +the others were dry, faded, and yellow. + +"Look, they are all there which greeted me on Timea's _fete_-day year +after year--these are my birthday guests. There are nine of them. Will +you be the tenth? Then all whom I have invited will have assembled." + +The major, in speechless delight, pressed the lovely hand to his lips. +"My poor roses--" + +Timea did not refuse him that privilege--possibly she would have allowed +even more; but the widow's cap stood in the way, and Timea felt it. + +"Do you want me to exchange this cap for another?" + +"From that day I shall begin to live again." + +"Let us set apart for it my own _fete_-day, which every one knows." + +"Oh, but that is so far off." + +"Don't be alarmed, there is a St. Susanna in the summer; we will keep +her day." + +"But that is distant too." + +"It is not an eternity to wait till then. Have you not learned patience? +Remember, I want time to get used to happiness--it does not come all at +once; and we can see each other every day till then--at first for a +minute, and then for two, and then forever. Is it agreed?" + +The major could not refuse, she begged so sweetly. + +"And now the banquet is over," whispered Timea; "the other guests are +going to sleep, and you must go home too. But wait a moment--I will give +you back a word from your last birthday congratulations." She took from +the fresh rose-bouquet one bud, touched it hardly perceptibly with her +lips, and placed it in the major's button-hole; but he pressed the rose, +this "one word," to his lips and kissed it. . . . + +When the major had gone, and looked up from the street at the windows of +the Levetinczy house, all was dark. He was the last to leave. + +Timea learned gradually the art of growing used to hope and +happiness--she had a good teacher. Thenceforward, Herr Katschuka came +every day to the house; but the major did not keep to the prescribed +arithmetical progression--first one minute, then two. The wedding was +fixed for the day of St. Susanna, in August. Athalie too, it appeared, +had resigned herself to her fate. Herr Fabula's wife was dead, and she +accepted his hand; it is not unusual for a pretty girl to give herself +to a rich widower--one knows how he treats his wife, and one runs less +risk in taking him than some young dandy who has not yet sown his wild +oats. Heaven bless their union! + +Timea proposed to give Athalie, as a dowry, the sum which Michael had +offered her, and which she had refused. Every one thought she was trying +to become a suitable wife for Herr Fabula. But Katschuka was not +deceived; he saw through her black heart. He knew what he had done to +Athalie, and the reckoning she had against Timea, and destiny never +leaves such a score unsettled. Have you forgotten, you lovely white +woman, that this other girl was mistress here when you came; that she +was a rich and honored bride, wooed by men and envied by women? And from +the moment when the water cast you on these shores, misfortune followed +her--she was made a beggar, brought to shame, spurned by her betrothed. +It was not your fault, but it was owing to you--you brought bad luck; it +sat on your forehead, between your meeting eyebrows, and brought the +ship to destruction, and the house in which you set foot; it ruins those +who injure you, as well as those who set you free. And you are not +afraid to sleep under the same roof with Athalie--this roof! + +Since Katschuka came to the house, Athalie had controlled herself, and +treated even her mother kindly. She made tea for her which Frau Sophie +liked, especially with plenty of rum in it--she made it herself; and was +very good to the servants too, treating them also to tea, which, for the +men-servants, almost might have been called punch; they could not say +enough for her. Frau Sophie guessed the reason of all this +kindness--those servile natures always look for a reason if they receive +a favor, and repay it with suspicion. + +"My daughter is currying favor with me, that I may go with her when she +marries; she knows nothing of housekeeping--she can't even make +milk-soup. That's why I am 'Dear mamma' all over the place, and get tea +every night; as if I did not know what is in my daughter Athalie's +mind!" She will soon know even more. + +Athalie carried her submissiveness to servility, in the presence of +Timea and the major. Neither by look nor manner did she betray her +former claims. When he came, she opened the door with a smile, showed +him in to Timea, politely took part in the conversation, and, when she +left the room, she might be heard singing next door. She had adopted the +manners of a maid-servant. + +Once Timea asked her to play a duet, on which Athalie said, modestly, +that she had forgotten her music--the only instrument she could play on +now was the chopping-board. Since the great catastrophe, Athalie only +played the piano when she knew no one could hear. + +Do not your nerves shudder when this woman looks you in the face? does +not your blood run cold when she stoops to kiss your hand? when she +laces your boots, is it not as if a snake wound round your foot? and +when she fills your glass, does it not occur to you to look what may be +in it? No, no. Timea has no suspicions; she is so kind, she treats +Athalie like a sister; she has prepared a dowry of a hundred thousand +gulden, and told Athalie so. She wished to make her happy, and thought +she could console her for the loss of her first betrothed. And why +should she not think so? Athalie herself refused him. When Timar offered +her the money she said, "I will never have anything to do with the man +again, either in this world or the next." Timea did not know of the +visit Athalie had paid by night to her betrothed, when she was sent away +by him alone and rejected; and Timea did not know that a woman will give +up the man she hates to another woman, even less willingly than the one +she loves; that a woman's hate is only love turned to poison, but still +remains love. Katschuka, however, well remembered that nocturnal +meeting; and therefore he trembled for Timea, but dared not tell her so. + +Only one day was wanting to the _fete_ of St. Susanna. Timea had +gradually laid aside her mourning, as if it was hard to separate from it +entirely, and as if she wished to learn gladness slowly. First she +allowed white lace at her neck; then she changed black for dark gray, +and silk for wool; then white stripes appeared in the gray; and at last +only the cap remained of the mourning for Michael Levetinczy. This also +will disappear on the _fete_-day; the beautiful Valenciennes cap of the +young wife is already made, and must be tried on. + +An unlucky fit of vanity induced Timea to wait to do this till the major +arrived. For a young widow the lace cap is what the orange-blossoms are +to a girl. But the major was late because the white-rose bouquet was +late in arriving from Vienna: this was the second _fete_-day bouquet in +one year. A whole shoal of letters and notes of congratulation had +arrived for Timea, who had many acquaintances far and near. Timea had +not opened a single one; they lay in a heap in a silver basket on the +table, many of them directed by children, for Timea had a hundred and +forty god-children in the town among the orphan boys and girls. She +would have enjoyed these naive letters, but her thoughts were otherwise +occupied. + +"Look what a comical one this is!" said Athalie, taking up one of the +letters; "instead of a seal, there is a beetle stuck on the wax." + +"And what curious ink it is!" remarked Timea. "Put it with the +others--we will read it to-morrow." + +Some secret voice whispered to Timea that she had better read it to-day. +It was Dodi's letter which was put aside. + +But see, here comes the major; then all the hundred and forty +god-children and their letters were forgotten, and Timea ran to meet +him. Nine years ago the fortunate bridegroom had brought a splendid +red-rose bouquet to another bride. + +And she too was present; and possibly the great mirror into which +Athalie had cast her last glance on her bridal dress was the same which +now stood there. + +Timea took the lovely white bouquet from the major's hand, put it in a +splendid Sevres vase, and whispered to him, "Now I will give you +something: it will never be yours, but always mine, and yet it is a +present for you." The pretty enigma issued from its box--it was the lace +cap. + +"Oh, how charming!" cried the major, taking it in his hand. "Shall I try +it on you?" The major's words died on his lips--he looked at Athalie. + +Timea stood before the glass with childish pleasure, and took off her +widow's cap; then she grew grave, put it to her lips and kissed it, +while she said low and brokenly, "Poor Michael!"--and so she laid aside +the last token of her widowhood. + +Herr Katschuka was holding the white cap. + +"Give it me that I may try it on." + +"Can I help you?" + +The hair was then dressed very high, so that Timea required assistance. + +"You don't know how; Athalie will be so good." + +Timea spoke quite simply, but the major shuddered at the pallor which +overflowed Athalie's face at the words: he remembered how Athalie had +once said to Timea, "Come and put on my bridal veil!" And perhaps even +she had not then thought what venom lay in the words. Athalie came to +Timea to help her with the cap, which required to be fastened with pins +on both sides. Athalie's hand trembled--and she pricked Timea's head +with one of the pins. + +"Oh, you stupid creature!" cried Timea, jerking her head aside. + +The same words, before the same man! + +Timea did not notice, but Herr Katschuka saw what a flash flew over +Athalie's face--a volcanic outburst of diabolical rage, a glow of +flaming spite, a dark cloud of purple shame; the muscles quivered as if +the face was a nest of snakes stirred up by a rod. What murderous eyes! +What compressed lips! What a bottomless depth of passion in that single +look. Timea regretted her hasty word almost before it had passed her +lips, and hastened to atone for it. "Don't be angry, dear 'Thaly; I +forgot myself," she said, turning to kiss her. "You'll forgive me--you +are not angry?" + +The next moment Athalie was as humble as a maid who has done some +damage, and began in a flattering tone, "Oh, my dear pretty Timea, don't +_you_ be angry; I would not hurt your dear little head for the world. +How sweet you look in your cap, just like a fairy!" And she kissed +Timea's shoulder. + +A shudder ran through the major's nerves. + + + + +CHAPTER X. + +ATHALIE. + + +The eve of the _fete_-day was also the eve of the wedding--a night of +excitement. The bride and bridegroom were sitting together in Timea's +room--they had so much to talk about. + +What do they say? Flowers only can understand flower-speech, the stars +the language of the spheres, one pillar of Memnon answers another, the +dead comprehend the Walkyrie, sleep-walkers the speech of the +moon--lovers only the language of love. And he who has ever known this +sacred emotion will not profane it, but guard it like a secret of the +confessional. Neither the wise king in his marvelous song, nor Ovid in +his love elegies, nor Hafiz in his ardent lays, nor Heine in his poems, +nor Petofi in his "Pearls of Love," can describe it--it remains one of +the secrets of eternity. + +At the back of the house was a noisy company--all the household. This +had been a busy day with preparations for the morrow's feast--a culinary +campaign; the press of work had lasted till late at night: then, when +all had been roasted and iced according to orders, Frau Sophie found +time to show herself liberal. She called together her staff, and +bestowed upon them all the good things which had suffered during the +heat of the fray--for this was unavoidable: what ought to have risen had +sunk into a pancake; what ought to have jellied had melted into soup; +here a cake had stuck to the mold and would not turn out whole; there a +scrap, a cutting, a ham-bone, a piece of hare, a drumstick of pheasant +remained over. All which could not be sent up to table was left as a +rare tidbit for the servants, and they could boast of having tasted +everything before the gentry were served. + +But where was Athalie? + +The whispering lovers thought she was with her mother, amusing herself +in the kitchen. There, they thought she was of course with the bridal +pair, and enjoying the bliss of being a silent witness of their +happiness--or perhaps no one thought of her at all. And yet it might +have been well if some one had interrupted themselves to ask, "Where is +Athalie?" + +She sat alone in the room where she had seen Timea for the first time. +The old furniture had long been replaced by new; only one embroidered +stool remained as a remembrance. Athalie was sitting on it when Timar +entered, in company with the pale maiden. There sat Katschuka, at work +on Athalie's portrait, over which, while he gazed at Timea, his pencil +drew a long line. Athalie sat alone there now. The portrait had long ago +gone to the lumber-room; but Athalie seems to see it still, and the +young lieutenant who begged her with his flattering tongue to smile a +little and not to look so haughty. + +The room was dark; only the moon shone in, but it would soon go down +behind the gable of the tall church of St. Andrew. + +Athalie reviewed the horrid dream called life. There were wealth, pride, +and happiness in it: flatterers had called her the prettiest girl in +Komorn, the queen, and pretended to adore her; then came a child by +chance into the house--a ridiculous creature, a lifeless shadow, a cold +doll, made to be an object of ridicule, to pass the time away by pushing +it about. And only two years later, this vagrant, this white phantom, +this reptile, was mistress of the house, and conquered hearts, turning a +shipping-clerk, by the magic of her marble face, into his master's +powerful enemy, into a millionaire, and causing the betrothed bridegroom +to be false to his troth. + +What a wedding-day was that! The bride, recovering from her swoon, found +herself lying alone on the ground. And when splendor and homage were at +an end, she longed still to be loved--loved in secret and in +concealment. This too was denied her. + +What a memory was that!--the path she had trodden to the house of her +former lover and back again, twice in the darkness! her vain expectation +next day! how she had counted the strokes of the clock, amidst the noise +of the auction! And he never came! Then long years of painful +dissimulation, of disguised humiliation! There was only one person who +understood her--who knew that the balm of her heart was to see her rival +share her passion, and fade away under it. + +And the one man who knew to his cost what Athalie really was--the only +hinderance to Timea's happiness, the finder of the philosopher's stone +which exercises everywhere a malevolent spell--that one man finds his +death by a single false step on the ice! + +And then happiness comes back to the house, and no one is miserable but +herself. In many a sleepless night the bitter cup had filled drop by +drop up to the brim; only one was wanting to make it overflow; and that +last drop was the insulting word, "You stupid creature!" To be scolded +like a maid, humbled in his presence! Athalie's limbs shook with fever. +What was now going on in the house? They were preparing for the morrow's +wedding. In the boudoir whispered the betrothed couple; from the +kitchen, even through all the doors, came the noise of the merry-making +servants. + +But Athalie never heard the cheerful din: she heard only the whisper. +. . . She had something to do during the night. . . . There was no light +in the room; but the moon shone in, and gave light enough to open a box +and read the names of the poisons inside it--the unfailing drugs of an +Eastern poisoner. Athalie chose among them, and smiled to herself. What +a good jest it would be if to-morrow, at the moment of drinking some +toast, the words should die on the lips of the feasting guests! if each +saw the face of his neighbor turn yellow and green; if they all sprung +up crying for help, and began a demoniac dance, fit to make the devil +laugh; if the bride's lovely face petrified into real marble, and the +proud bridegroom made grimaces like a skull! + +Ping! . . . A string gone in the piano! Athalie started so that she +dropped what she held, and her hands twitched convulsively. It was only +a string, coward! Are you so weak? She put back the poisons in her box, +leaving out only one, and that not a deadly poison, only a +sleeping-draught. The first idea had not satisfied her; that triumph +would not suffice: it would not be sufficient revenge for "You stupid +creature!" The tiger cares not for a corpse, he must have warm blood. +Some one will have to take poison, but that is only herself--a poison +not to be bought at the chemist's: it lies in the eye of St. George's +dragon. She slipped noiselessly out to go to the hiding-place whence a +view of Timea's room could be obtained. The sweet murmurs and the +caressing looks of the lovers will be the poison she must absorb in +order to be fully prepared. + +The major was about to take leave, and held Timea's hand in his. Her +cheeks were so rosy! Was any more deadly poison needed? They did not +speak of love, and yet no third person had a right to listen. The +bridegroom asked questions allowed to no one else. "Do you sleep alone +here?" he asked, with tender curiosity, lifting the silken hangings of +the bed. + +"Yes, since I became a widow." + +"(And before too," whispered Athalie, behind the dragon.) + +The bridegroom, availing himself of his privileges, pursued his +researches in the bride's room. + +"Where does this door lead to?" + +"Into an anteroom where my lady visitors take off their cloaks; you came +that way when you visited me the first time." + +"And the other little door?" + +"Oh, never mind that--it only leads to my dressing-room." + +"Has it no exit?" + +"None; the water comes by a pipe from the kitchen, and flows away by a +tap to the basement." + +"And this third door?" + +"You know that is the corridor by which you reach the principal +entrance." + +"And where are the servants at night?" + +"The females sleep near the kitchen, and the men in the basement. Over +my bed hang two bell-ropes, of which one goes to the women's room and +the other to the men's." + +"There is no one in the adjoining room?" + +"There Sister Athalie and Mamma Sophie sleep." + +"Frau Sophie too?" + +"Yes, to be sure. You want to know everything. To-morrow it will all be +differently arranged." + +("To-morrow?") + +"And do you lock the door when you go to bed?" + +"Never. Why should I? All my servants love me, and are trustworthy; the +front door is barred, and I am safe here." + +"Is there nowhere a secret entrance to this room?" + +"Ha! ha! You seem to take my house for a mysterious Venetian palace!" + +("Is it your house? Did you build it?") + +"Do, to please me, lock all your doors before you go to bed." + +("He seems to guess what we shall all be dreaming of to-night.") + +Timea smiled, and smoothed away the frown from the bridegroom's grave +face. + +"Well, then, for your sake I will lock all my doors to-night." + +("See that they are secure," whispered the dragon.) + +Then followed a tender embrace and a long, long kiss. + +"Do you pray, my beloved?" + +"No; for the good God in whom I believe watches ever." + +("How if He slept to-day?") + +"Forgive me, dearest Timea; skepticism does not become a woman. Her +adornment is piety; leave the rest to men. Pray to-night." + +"You know I was a Moslem, and was never taught to pray." + +"But now you are a Christian, and our prayers are beautiful. Take your +prayer-book to-night." + +"Yes, for your sake I will learn to pray." + +The major found in the book of devotion Timar had once given his wife, +the "prayer for brides." + +"I will learn it by heart to-night." + +"Yes, do so--do so!" + +Timea read it aloud. Athalie felt a diabolical rage in her heart. The +man will be discovering the secret in the wall; he will keep Timea up +praying all night. Curses, curses on the prayer-book! + +When the major left the anteroom, Athalie was already there. Timea +called from her room to light the major to the door, thinking there +would be a servant there as usual; but to-day, as we know, they were +engaged in anticipating the morrow's feast. Athalie took the candle +which stood outside, and lighted the major along the dark passage. The +happy bridegroom had no eyes for any other woman's face--he saw only +Timea, and thought it was the maid-servant who opened the door for him. +He wished to be generous, and pressed a silver thaler into Athalie's +hand; then he started as he recognized the voice. + +"I kiss your hand, kind sir." + +"Is it you, fraulein? A thousand pardons! I did not recognize you in the +darkness." + +"No consequence, Herr Major." + +"Pardon my blindness, and give me back the insulting present, I beg." + +Athalie drew back with a mocking bow, hiding the hand which held the +thaler behind her. "I will give it you back to-morrow--leave it with me +till then; I have fairly earned it." + +Herr Katschuka swore at his stupidity. The inexplicable load he felt on +his spirits seemed to have redoubled in weight. When he reached the +street, he felt it impossible to go home, but went toward the main guard +and said to the officer on duty, "My friend, I invite you to my wedding +to-morrow; be so good as to let me share your watch to-night--let us go +the rounds together." + +In the servants' hall there was great fun. As the major had rung for the +porter when he left, the mistress was known to be alone, and her maid +went up to ask for orders. Timea thought she was the one who had shown +the major out, and told her to go to bed--she would undress herself; so +the maid went back to the others. + +"If only we had a drop of punch now," said the porter, thrusting the +door-key into his pocket. + +As if by magic, the door opened, and in came Fraulein Athalie, bearing a +tray of steaming glasses, which clinked cheerfully together. "Long live +our dear young lady!" cried every one. Athalie set the tray on the table +with a smile. Among the glasses stood a basin full of sugar well rubbed +over with orange rind, which made it yellow and aromatic. Frau Sophie +liked her tea made in that way, with plenty of rum and orange-sugar. +"Are you not going to join us?" she asked her daughter. + +"Thanks; I had my tea with our gracious lady. My head aches, and I shall +go to bed." She wished her mother good-night, and told the servants to +go to bed in good time, as they must get up early next day. They fell +eagerly on the punch, and found it perfectly delicious. Only Frau Sophie +did not like it. When she had tasted the first spoonful, she turned up +her nose. "This tastes just like the poppy-syrup that bad nurses give +the wakeful babies at night." It was so unpleasant to her that she could +not take any more, but gave it to the cook's boy, who had never tasted +anything so good before. She said she was tired with her day's work, and +conjured the household not to oversleep themselves, and to take care no +cat got into the larder; then she said good-night, and followed Athalie. + +When she entered their bedroom, Athalie was already in bed. The curtains +were drawn; she knew Athalie's way of turning her back to the room and +putting her head under the clothes. She hastened to get into bed. + +But she could not get rid of the taste of that single spoonful of punch, +which spoiled her enjoyment of the whole supper. After she had put out +the light, she leaned on her elbow and looked toward the figure in the +other bed. She looked, till at last her eyes closed and she fell asleep. +Her dreams carried her back to the servants' hall. She seemed to see +them all asleep there--the coachman stretched on the long bench, the +footman with his head on the table, the groom on the ground, using an +overturned chair as a pillow, the cook on the settle, the house-maid on +the hearth, and the cook's boy under the table. Before each his empty +glass; she alone had not drunk hers. She dreamed that Athalie, with bare +feet and in her night-dress, crept up behind her and said in her ear, +"Why don't you drink your punch, dear mamma? Do you want more sugar?" +and filled the glass with sugar up to the brim. But she noticed the +repulsive smell. "I don't want it!" she said in her dream. However, +Athalie held the steaming glass to her mouth. She turned away, and +pushed the glass from her, and with that movement she upset the bottle +of water which stood on the table beside her, and all the water poured +into the bed. That thoroughly awoke her. + +And still she seemed to see Athalie before her with threatening looks. +"Are you awake, Athalie?" she asked, uneasily; no answer. She listened; +the sleeper could not be heard to breathe. Sophie got up and went to +Athalie's bed; it was empty. She could not trust her eyes in the dim +twilight, and felt with her hands: no one there. "Athalie, where are +you?" she murmured, anxiously. Receiving no answer, a nameless horror +numbed her limbs. She felt blind and dumb; she could not even scream. +She listened, and then fancied she was deaf: neither inside nor out was +there the faintest sound. Where could Athalie be? + +Athalie was in the secret room--she had been there a long time. + +The patience of that woman, to be so long learning the prayer by heart! +At last Timea shut the book and sighed deeply. Then she took the candle +and looked to see that all the doors were locked. She looked behind the +curtains; her bridegroom's words had implanted fear in her breast, and +she looked round carefully to see if any one could get in. Then she went +to the dressing-table, took down her plaits, wound her thick hair round +and round her head, and put a net over it. She was not free from vanity, +this young creature: that her hands and arms might be white, she rubbed +them with salve and put on long gloves. Then she undressed, but before +she lay down she went behind the bed, opened a closet, and took out a +sword-hilt with a broken blade; looking tenderly at it, she pressed it +to her breast. Then she put it under her pillow; she always slept with +it there. Athalie saw it all. Timea extinguished the light, and Athalie +saw no more; she only heard the clock tick, and had the patience to +wait. + +She guesses when sleep will close Timea's eyes--that is the time. A +quarter of an hour seems like an eternity; at last the clock strikes +one. The picture of St. George with his dragon (which is by no means +dead) moves aside, and Athalie comes out, barefoot, so that no sound is +heard. It is quite dark in the room--the shutters are shut and curtains +drawn; her groping hand finds Timea's pillow; she feels underneath, and +a cold object meets her hand. It is the sword-hilt. What hell-fire runs +through her veins from the cold steel! she too presses it to her heart. +She draws the edge of the blade through her lips and feels how sharp it +is. But it is too dark to see the sleeper--one can not even hear her +gentle breathing; the blow must be well aimed, and Athalie bends her +head to listen. + +The sleeper moves, and sighs aloud in her dream, "Oh, my God!" Then +Athalie strikes in the direction of the sigh. But the blow was not +mortal: Timea had covered her head with her right arm, and the sword +only hit that, though the sharp steel cut through the glove and wounded +her hand. She started up and rose on her knees in the bed; then a second +blow caught her head, but the thick hair blunted it, and the sword only +cut the forehead down to the eyebrow. + +Now Timea seized the blade with her left hand. "Murderer!" she screamed, +sprung out of bed, and while the sharp edge cut the inside of her left +hand, she caught the enemy with her wounded right hand by the hair. She +felt it was a woman's, and now knew who was before her. + +There are critical moments in which the mind traverses a chain of +thought with lightning speed: this is Athalie; her mother is next door; +they want to murder her out of revenge and jealousy; it would be vain to +call for help, it is a struggle for life. Timea screamed no more, but +collected all her strength in order, with her wounded hand, to draw down +her enemy's head and get the murderous weapon from her. + +Timea was strong, and a murderer never puts forth his full strength. +They struggled silently in the darkness, the carpet deadening their +footfalls. Suddenly a cry sounded from the next room. "Murder!" screamed +the voice of Frau Sophie: at the sound Athalie's strength gave way. + +Her victim's blood streamed over her face. In the next room was heard +the sound of falling glass; through the broken window Frau Sophie's +screeching voice was heard resounding down the quiet street, "Murder, +murder!" + +Athalie let go the sword in terror, and put up both hands to loosen +Timea's fingers from her hair: now she is the one attacked and she the +one alarmed. When she got her hair free, she pushed Timea away, flew to +the opening of the hiding-place, and drew the picture gently over the +entrance. + +Timea tottered forward a few steps with the sword in her hand, and then +fell swooning on the carpet. + +At Frau Sophie's cry, double-quick march was heard in the street--the +patrol was coming--the major was the first to reach the house. Frau +Sophie knew him and called out, "Quick, quick! they are killing Timea!" +The major tore at the bell, thundered at the door, but no one came; the +soldiers tried to burst it in, but it was too strong and would not give +way. "Wake the servants," shouted the major. Frau Sophie ran, with the +courage born of great fear, through the dark rooms and passages, +knocking up against doors and furniture, till she came to the servants' +rooms. Her dream had come true. The whole household lay asleep: a +burned-down candle flickered on the table, and threw uncanny shadows on +the grotesque group. + +"There are murderers in the house!" screamed Frau Sophie, in a voice +quivering with terror; the only answer was a heavy snore. She shook some +of the sleepers, called them by name, but they only sunk back without +waking up. Blows could be heard on the house door. The porter too was +asleep, but the key was in his pocket; Frau Sophie got it out with great +difficulty, and ran through the dark passages, down the dark stairs, and +along the dark hall to open the door, while the fearful thought went +with her--how if she were to meet the murderer? and an even more +frightful doubt pursued her--suppose she should recognize that murderer? + +At last she got to the door, found the key-hole, and opened it. A bright +light burst in--there was the military patrol and the town-watchmen with +their lanterns. The captain of the guard had come, and the nearest +army-surgeon, all only half dressed in the first clothes they could +find, with a pistol or a naked sword in their hand. + +Herr Katschuka rushed up the steps straight to the door which led to +Timea's room--it was locked on the inside: he put his shoulder against +it and burst the lock. + +Timea lay before him on the ground, covered with blood, and unconscious. +The major raised her and carried her to the bed. The surgeon examined +the wounds, and said none of them was dangerous, the lady had only +fainted. As soon as his anxiety for his beloved one was relieved, the +thirst for vengeance awoke in the major--"Where is the murderer?" +"Singular," said the officer; "all the doors were locked inside--how +could any one get in, and how could he get out?" Nowhere was there a +suspicious mark; even the instrument of murder, the broken sword, a +treasure kept by Timea herself, and generally put away in a velvet box, +lay blood-stained on the ground. The official physician now arrived: +"Let us examine the servants." They all lay sound asleep, and the doctor +found that none of them was shamming: they were all drugged. Who could +have done it? + +Her mother gazed at him in silence and could not answer. She did not +know. The captain opened the door of Athalie's room, and they all went +in, Frau Sophie following half fainting; she knew the bed must be empty. + +Athalie was in bed and asleep. Her white night-dress was buttoned up to +her neck, her hair fastened into an embroidered cap, her lovely hands +lay on the quilt. Face and hands were clean, and she slept. + +Frau Sophie leaned stupefied against the wall when she saw Athalie. "She +too has been drugged," said the doctor. + +The army-surgeon came up and felt her pulse: it was calm. No muscle +moved on her face, no quiver betrayed her consciousness. + +She could deceive every one by her marvelous self-control; all but +one--the man whose beloved she had tried to murder. + +"Is she really asleep?" asked the major. + +"Feel her hand," said the doctor; "it is quite cool and calm." + +Athalie felt the major take hold of her hand. "But just look, doctor," +said he; "if you look closely you will see under the nails of this +beautiful hand--fresh blood!" + +At these words Athalie's fingers suddenly clinched, and the major felt +as if eagle's claws were running into his hand. She laughed aloud and +threw off the bedclothes. Completely dressed, she sprung up, looked the +astonished men proudly up and down, cast a triumphant glance at the +major, and threw a contemptuous look at her mother. + +The poor woman could not bear it, and sunk fainting to the ground. + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +THE LAST STAB. + + +In the archives of the Komorn Court, one of the most interesting trials +is that of Athalie Brazovics. The woman's defense was masterly; she +denied everything, knew how to disprove everything, and when they +thought they had caught her, she managed to throw such mystery over it +all, that her judges knew not where to have her. Why should she murder +Timea? She was herself engaged, and had good prospects, while Timea was +her benefactress, and had promised her a rich dowry. + +Then, too, no traces of the murder could be found except in Timea's +room. Nowhere was a bloody rag or handkerchief to be found--not even the +ashes of anything which could have been burned. Who had drugged the +servants could not be ascertained. The household had supped together, +and among the various sweets and foreign fruits there might have been +something which stupefied them. Not a drop of the suspected punch was to +be found; even the glasses which had held it were all washed out when +the patrol entered. + +Athalie maintained that she also had taken something that evening which +tasted peculiar, and that she had fallen so fast asleep that she neither +heard her mother's cry nor the noises afterward, and only awoke when the +major touched her hand. The one person who had found her bed empty half +an hour before was her own mother, who could not give evidence against +her. Her strongest point was that Timea had locked all the doors, and +was found insensible. How could a murderer get in and get out again? And +if there had been an attempt to murder, why should she be suspected more +than the rest? + +The major remained with Timea till late at night; perhaps if he left, +some one might creep into the room again. They did not even know whether +the assassin was man or woman. The only one who knew, Timea, did not +betray it, but kept to her assertion that she could not remember +anything about it; her alarm had been so great that everything had faded +from her memory like a dream. + +She could not accuse Athalie, and was not even confronted with her. + +Timea was still crippled by her wounds, which healed slowly; but the +shock to her nerves was more serious than the bodily injury, and she +trembled for Athalie. Since that dreadful night she was never left +alone--a doctor and a nurse watched her by turns. By day the major +hardly left her side, and the magistrate often visited her in order to +cross-examine her; but as soon as Athalie was mentioned. Timea was +silent, and not another word could be extracted from her. + +The doctor advised at last that she should hear some amusing reading +aloud. Timea had left her bed, and sat up to receive visitors. + +Herr Katschuka proposed to open the birthday letters which had been put +aside on that eventful day. That would be as good as anything--the naive +congratulations of the god-children to the miraculously saved lady, +which no one had yet read. Timea's hands were still bandaged. Herr +Katschuka opened the letters and read them aloud. The magistrate, too, +was present. The patient's face brightened during the reading, which +seemed to do her good. + +"What a curious seal this is," said the major, as he took up a letter +which had a golden beetle stuck on the wax. + +"Very odd," said Timea; "I noticed it too." + +The major opened it. After he had read the first line--"Gracious lady, +there is in your room a picture of St. George"--the words stuck in his +throat, his eyes rolled wildly, and while he read on, his lips turned +blue, and cold sweat stood on his brow: suddenly he threw the letter +from him, and rushed like a madman to the picture, burst it in with his +fist, and tore it and its heavy frame from the wall. There behind it +yawned the dark depths of the secret chamber. + +The major dashed into the darkness, and returned in a moment with the +evidence of the murder--Athalie's bloody night-dress--in his hand. Timea +hid her face in horror. The magistrate picked up the letter, put it in +his pocket, and took possession of the proofs. + +Other things were found in this hiding-place: the box of poisons, and +Athalie's diary, with the frightful confessions which threw light on her +soul's dark abysses, as the phosphoric mollusks do in the coral forests +of the sea. What monsters dwell there! Timea forgets her wounds; with +clasped hands she implores the gentlemen, the doctor, the magistrate, +and her betrothed too, to tell no one, and keep the whole thing secret. +But that would be impossible; the proofs are in the hands of justice, +and there is no longer hope for Athalie except in God's mercy. And Timea +can no longer disregard the legal summons: as soon as she can leave her +room, she must appear in court and be confronted with Athalie. This was +a cruel task. Even now she would only say that she remembered nothing +about the murderous attack. + +The marriage with the major had to be hurried on, for Timea was to +appear in court as Katschuka's wife. As soon as her health allowed, the +wedding took place quite privately, without any festivity, without +guests or banquet. Only the clergyman and the witnesses, the magistrate +and the doctor, were present. No other visitors were admitted. + + * * * * * + +Human justice would not spare her the painful scene: once again she had +to be brought face to face with her murderess. Athalie had no dread of +this meeting, but awaited with impatience the moment when her victim +would appear. If with no other weapon, she wished by her eyes to inflict +one more stab on Timea's heart. But she started when the official +said--"Call Emerich Katschuka's wife!" + +Katschuka's wife! Already married to him! But in spite of that she +showed unconcealed satisfaction when Timea entered, and Athalie saw the +face paler than ever, the red line over the marble forehead, the scar +from the murderous blow; this memento was from her. Her lovely bosom +swelled with joy when Timea was required to swear in the name of the +living God that she would answer truly, and all she said was true, and +when Timea drew off her glove and raised her hand, so that the +disfiguring scar of a frightful sword-cut was visible. That, too, was a +wedding-present from Athalie. And Timea swore with that maimed and +trembling hand that she had forgotten everything, and could not even +remember whether the murderer with whom she had struggled was a man or a +woman. + +"Fool!" muttered Athalie between her teeth. (Did they not struggle hand +to hand?) "What I dared to do, you dare not even accuse me of." + +"We are not asking that," said the president. "We only ask you, Did this +letter, in a child's writing, and sealed with a beetle, really come to +you by post, and on the very day of the attack? Was it then sealed, and +did no one know its contents?" + +Timea answered all these questions calmly with Yes or No. + +Then the president turned to Athalie--"Now listen, Athalie Brazovics, to +the contents of this letter:-- + + "'GRACIOUS LADY,--There is in your room a picture of + St. George on the wall. This picture covers a + hiding-place, to which the entrance lies through the + lumber-room. Have this hole walled up, and watch over + your valuable life. Long and happy may it be. + + DODI.'" + +And then the president raised a cloth from the table. Under it lay the +accusers of Athalie--the bloody night-dress, the box of poisons, and the +diary. + +Athalie uttered a scream like a mortally wounded animal, and covered her +face with both hands, and when she took them away, that face was no +longer pale, but fiery red. She had a narrow black ribbon round her +neck; she tore it off now with her two hands, and threw it away, as if +to bare the lovely neck for the headsman, or perhaps rather to utter +more easily what now burst from her. + +"Yes, it is true I tried to kill you, and I am only sorry I did not +succeed. You have been the curse of my life, you pale-faced ghost! +Through you I have incurred eternal damnation. I tried to kill you--I +owed it to myself. See now, there was enough poison to send a whole +wedding company into eternity; but I longed for your blood. You are not +dead, but my thirst is quenched, and I can die now. But before the +executioner's ax severs my head from my body, I will give your heart one +more stab, from which it will never be healed, and whose torture shall +disturb your sweetest embraces. I swear! hear me, oh, God! hear me, ye +saints and angels, and devils! all ye in heaven and earth!--be gracious +to me only so far as I speak what is true." And the raving woman sunk on +her knees, and threw up her hands, calling heaven and earth to witness. +"I swear! I swear that this secret--the secret of the hidden door--was +only known to one person besides myself, and that one was MICHAEL TIMAR +LEVETINCZY. The day after he learned this secret from me he disappeared. +If any one has told this, then MICHAEL TIMAR LEVETINCZY DID NOT DIE NEXT +DAY! He lives still, and you can look for your first husband's return. +So help me God, it is true that Timar lives! He whom we buried in his +stead was a thief who had stolen his clothes. And now live on with this +stab in your heart." + + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +THE PENITENT IN "MARIA-NOSTRA." + + +The court sentenced Athalie to death for attempted murder. The king's +mercy commuted this sentence into imprisonment for life in the +penitentiary of "Maria-Nostra." + +Athalie still lives. Forty years have passed since then, and she must be +nearly seventy years old, but her defiant spirit is unbroken; she is +obstinate, silent, and unrepentant. When the other prisoners are taken +to church on Sundays, she is locked into her cell, because it is feared +that she might disturb the devotions of the rest. Once when she was +forced to go there, she yelled out to the priest "Liar!" and spat on the +altar. + +At various times during this period great acts of amnesty have been +passed, and on national festivals hundreds of prisoners have been +liberated, but this one woman was never recommended to mercy. Those who +advised her to repent in order to secure a pardon received the reply, +"As soon as I am free I will kill that woman!" + +She says it still; but she whom she hates has long fallen into dust, +after suffering for many years from that last stab inflicted on her poor +sick heart. + +After the words "Timar still lives," she never could be happy again: +like a cold phantom it overshadowed her joy; her husband's kisses were +forever poisoned to her. And when she felt the approach of death, she +had herself taken to Levetinczy, that she might not be placed in the +tomb where God knows who mouldered away under Timar's name. There she +sought out a quiet willow grove on the Danube shore, in the part nearest +to where her father, Ali Tschorbadschi, rested at the bottom of the +river: as near to the ownerless island as if some secret instinct drew +her there. From her grave the island rock was visible. + +No blessing rested on the wealth Timar left behind him. + +The only son Timea bore to her second husband was a great spendthrift: +in his hands the fabulous wealth vanished as quickly as it had grown, +and Timea's grandson lives on the pension he receives from the fund +bequeathed by Timar for the benefit of poor nobles. This is all that is +left of his gigantic property. + +On the site of his Komorn palace stands another building, and the +Levetinczy tomb has been removed on account of the fortifications. Of +all the former splendor and riches not a trace remains. + + * * * * * + +And what is passing meanwhile on the ownerless island? + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +NOBODY. + + +Since Timar's disappearance from Komorn forty years had passed. I was in +the alphabet-class when we schoolboys went to the funeral of the rich +lord, of whom people said afterward he was perhaps not dead, only +disappeared. Among the people the belief was strong that Timar lived, +and would some day reappear; possibly Athalie's words had set this idea +afloat--at any rate, public opinion was strongly in favor of it. + +The features, too, of the lovely lady came before me, whom every Sunday +I admired as she sat near the organ; her seat was the nearest in the pew +to the chancel. She was so radiant with beauty and yet so gentle. I well +remember the excitement when it was reported that a companion of this +beautiful woman had tried to murder her in the night. I saw the +condemned prisoner taken to the place of execution in the headsman's +cart; it was said that she would be beheaded. She had on a gray gown +with black ribbons, and sat with her back to the driver; before her was +a priest holding a crucifix. The market-women overwhelmed her with +abuse, and spat at her; but she gazed indifferently before her, and +noticed nothing. + +The people thronged round the cart; curious boys hurried in troops to +see the lovely head separated from the neck. I looked on fearfully from +a closed window--oh, dear, if she had looked at me by chance! An hour +later the crowd returned grumbling; they were disappointed that the +beautiful criminal had been respited. She had only been taken up on to +the scaffold, and there informed of the pardon. + +And then after that I saw that other lovely rich lady every Sunday in +church; but now with a red mark across her forehead, and each year with +a sadder and paler face. All sorts of stories were told of her; children +heard them from their mothers, and repeated them in school. + +And, finally, time swept the whole story out of people's memory. + +Some years ago, an old friend of mine, a naturalist, who is celebrated +as a collector of plants and insects throughout the world, described to +me the singular district between Hungary and Turkey, which belongs to +neither State, and is not any one's private property. + +On this account it offers a veritable California to the ardent +naturalist, who finds there the rarest flora and fauna. My old friend +used to visit this region every year, and stay there for weeks zealously +collecting specimens: he invited me to share his autumn expedition. I am +somewhat of a dilettante in this line, and as I had leisure, I +accompanied my friend to the Lower Danube. + +He led me to the ownerless island. My learned friend had known it for +five-and-twenty years past, when it was in great part a wilderness, and +all the work in progress. + +Apart from the reed-beds, which still surround and conceal the island, +it is now a complete model farm. Surrounded by a dike, it is protected +from any floods, and is intersected by canals, provided with water by a +horse-power pumping-engine. + +When an enthusiastic gardener gets here, he can hardly tear himself +away; every inch of ground is utilized, or serves to beautify the place. +The tobacco grown here has the most exquisite aroma, and, when properly +treated, is a first-class product; the bee-hives look from a distance +like a small town, with one-storied houses and many-shaped roofs. The +rarest fowls are bred in one inclosure, and on the artificial lake swim +curious foreign ducks and swans. In the rich meadows graze short-horned +cows, angora goats, and llama sheep with long, soft, black hair. + +It is easy to see that the owner of the island understands luxury--and +yet that owner never has a farthing to call his own; no money ever +enters the island. Those, however, who need the exports, know also the +requirements of the islanders--such as grain, clothes, tools, etc.--and +bring them for barter. + +My learned friend used to bring garden seeds and eggs of rare poultry, +and received in exchange curious insects and dried plants, which he sold +to natural history collections and foreign museums, and made a good +profit out of them, for science is not only a passion but a means of +sustenance. But what surprised me most agreeably was to hear pure +Hungarian spoken by the inhabitants, which is very rare in that +neighborhood. + +The whole colony consisted of one family, and each was called only +by his Christian name. The six sons of the first settler had married +women of the district, and the numbers of grandchildren and +great-grandchildren already exceeded forty, but the island maintained +them all. Poverty was unknown; they lived in luxury: each knew some +trade, and if they had been ten times as many, their labor would have +supported them. The founders of the family still superintended the work. + +The male members of the family learn gardening, carpentry, coopering, +preparation of tobacco, and the breeding of cattle; among them are +cabinet-makers and millers; the women weave Turkish carpets, prepare +honey, make cheese, and distill rose-water; and all these occupations go +on so naturally that it is never necessary to give orders; each knows +his duty, fulfills it untold, and takes pleasure in its completion. The +dwellings of the ever-growing families already form a whole street; each +little house is built by division of labor, and the elders help the +newly married. Strangers who visit the island are received by the +nominal head of the family, whom the others call father. Strangers know +him under the name of Deodatus. He is a well-built man of over forty, +with handsome features; he it is who arranges the terms of barter and +shows visitors over the colony. + +When we arrived Deodatus received us with the kind cordiality one +exhibits to old friends; the naturalist was a regular annual visitor. +The subjects of our discourse were pomology, horticulture, botany, +entomology, in all of which Deodatus seemed to be well versed; in +everything pertaining to gardens and cattle-breeding he had reached a +high standard. I could not conceal my surprise, and asked him where he +had learned it. + +"From our father," answered Deodatus, with a sigh. + +"Who is that?" + +"You will see him when we assemble in the evening." + +It was the time of apples. All the young people and women were busy +gathering the pretty golden-yellow, brown, and crimson fruit. It lay in +pyramids on the green turf, like cannon-balls inside a fortress. Joyous +cries resounded through the island; when the sun set, a bell gave the +signal for the holiday feast. At this signal every one hastened to fill +baskets with the remaining fruit, which was then carried into the +apple-store. + +We also, with Deodatus, bent our steps to the place whence the sound +came. The bell was on the top of a small wooden building, which, as well +as its little tower, was overgrown with ivy; but one could guess by the +fantastic forms of the columns under the veranda, that the architect had +carved many a thoughtful dream and wish into his work. + +Before this house was a circular space with tables and chairs; there +every one met when work was over. + +"Here dwell our old people," whispered Deodatus. + +They soon came out--a fine pair. The wife might be sixty, the man +eighty. The great-grandfather's face had that characteristic look which +makes you remember a good picture you have once seen, even if forty +years ago. I was quite startled: his head was nearly bald, but the +remaining hair and his beard were hardly gray, and on his firm, calm +features age seemed to have no hold. A temperate and regular life and a +cheerful disposition preserve the features unspoiled. + +The great-grandmother was still an attractive woman. Her once golden +hair certainly was flecked with silver, but her eyes were still girlish, +and her cheeks blushed like a bride's when her husband kissed her. + +The faces of both beamed with happiness when they saw their whole large +family round them, and they called each to them by name and kissed them. +This was their joy, their devotion, their song of praise. + +Deodatus, the eldest son, was the last to embrace his parents, and then +our turn came. They shook hands with us too, and invited us to supper. +The old lady still kept the care of the cooking department in her own +hands, and she it was who provided for all the family, though each had +full liberty to sit at a separate table with any others he cared for, +and take his meal with them; but her husband sat down at a table with us +and Deodatus. A tiny golden-haired angel of a child called Noemi climbed +on his lap, and had permission to listen, wondering, to our wise talk. + +When my name was mentioned to the old man he looked long at me, and a +visible color rose in his cheeks. My learned friend asked him whether he +had ever heard my name before; the old man was silent. Deodatus hastened +to say that his father had for forty years read nothing of what was +passing in the world: his whole study was books of farming and +gardening. I therefore undertook, as people do who have made a +profession of imparting what they know, to bring my wares to market, and +I told him what was going on in the world. I informed him that Hungary +was now united to Austria by the word "and." + +He blew a cloud from his pipe: the smoke said, "My island has nothing to +do with that." + +I told him of our heavy taxes: the smoke replied, "We have no taxes +here." + +I described to him the fearful wars which had been waged in our kingdom +and all over the world: the smoke answered, "We wage war here with no +one." + +There was at that time a great panic on the exchanges, the oldest firms +failed; and this too I explained to him. Only his pipe's steady puffs +seemed to say, "Thank God, we have no money here." + +I described to him the bitter struggle of parties, the strife between +religion, nationalities, and ambition. The old man shook the ashes out +of his pipe--"We have neither bishops, electors, nor ministers here." + +And finally, I proved to him how great our country would be when +everything we hoped for was fulfilled. + +Little Noemi meanwhile had fallen asleep on her great-grandfather's lap, +and had to be carried to bed. This was more important than what I was +talking of; the sleeping child passed into the great-grandmother's arms. +When the old lady left us, the old man asked me, "Where were you born?" +I told him. + +"What is your profession?" + +I told him I was a romance-writer. + +"What is that?" + +"One who can guess by the end of a story what the whole story was from +the beginning." + +"Well, then, guess my story," said he, clasping my hand. "There was once +a man who left a world in which he was admired, and created a second +world in which he was loved." + +"May I venture to ask your name?" + +The old man seemed to grow a head taller; then raising his trembling +hands, he laid them on my head. And at this moment it seemed to me as if +once, long, long ago, that hand had rested on my head when childish +curls covered it, and as if I had seen that noble face before. + +To my question he replied, "My name is NOBODY." With that he turned away +and spoke no more, but went into his house, and did not appear again +during our stay on the island. + +This is the present condition of the ownerless island. The privilege +granted by two kingdoms, that this speck of ground should be excluded +from any map, will last for fifty years more. + +Fifty years! Who knows what will have become of the world by then? + + +THE END. + + + + +ASK FOR AMERICAN SERIES No. 335. + +A Really Great American Novel. + +A TALE OF THE TOWN: +OR, +PHILIP HENSON, M. D. + +BY GEORGE HASTINGS. + +PAPER, 25 CENTS. + + +PRESS CRITICISMS: + +"We do not purpose to rob the story of the zest which remains for the +reading by telling here all the ingenious but reasonable complications +which beset this man, how love withers under the unseen blight, how rest +forsakes him, how success becomes a satire, and how the impervious will +sinks into impotency when beset by intangible and inscrutable forces. It +is enough to point out that in this book the author has planted his +characters upon an elemental truth, and something of the efficacy of +that truth gives a strange fascination and power to the story."--_New +York World._ + +"It is a cleverly wrought and highly interesting novel, constructed upon +somewhat unconventional lines. There is just enough medical science and +metaphysics in it to give it spice; there are two murders, a trial and +conviction of an innocent man on circumstantial evidence, a series of +confidential domestic scenes, and a dash of hypnotism--surely enough to +capture the fancy of the inveterate or occasional novel reader. . . . It +is a curious but entrancing novel, and once caught in its seductive +meshes the reader will find it hard to escape. Incidentally some of +Inspector Byrnes' peculiar detective methods are severely +satirized."--_The Brooklyn Standard-Union._ + +"It is clever in its way, but trash."--_The Buffalo Courier._ + +"It places the author in the foremost rank of American writers of +fiction. . . . It will live--a surpassingly clever delineation of a +strange phase of human character."--_The London Times._ + +"Philip Henson, M. D., by George Hastings, is indifferent and +mediocre."--_The New York Daily Continent._ + +"Philip Henson, M. D., is more than clever--it is masterly. In exciting +and absorbing interest this book excels the novels of Gaboriau and De +Boisgobey, and the sketches and characters are capitally drawn. For +example, Inspector Byrnes and his methods have never before been so +accurately described."--_The Spirit of the Times._ + +"A story quite out of the ordinary."--_The Kansas City Journal._ + +"Very dramatically told, and a well-conceived and thrilling +narrative."--_America._ + +"The plot of Philip Henson, M. D., is remarkably strong and tragic. Mr. +Hastings is a graphic writer."--_The Sacramento Record-Union._ + + + + +AMERICAN SERIES. + +TITLES ALPHABETICALLY ARRANGED + +TWENTY-FIVE CENT SERIES. + + +Abbey Murder, The. Jos. Hatton. +Alas! Rhoda Broughton. +Allan Quatermain. H. Rider Haggard. +Allan's Wife. H. Rider Haggard. +All Sorts and Conditions of Men. Walter Besant and James + Rice. +American Girl in London, An. Sara Jeannette Duncan. +American Notes. Rudyard Kipling. +Amethyst. Christabel R. Coleridge. +April's Lady. The Duchess. +Aristocrat in America, An. +Armorel of Lyonesse. Walter Besant. +Artificial Fate, An. Clarence Boutelle. +Artist and Model. Rene de Pont Jest. +As In a Looking-glass. F. C. Phillips. +Auld Licht Idylls. J. M. Barrie. +Averil. Rosa Nouchette Carey. +Awakening of Mary Fenwick, The. Beatrice Whitby. + +Bachelor's Blunder, A. W. E. Norris. +Baffled Conspirators, The. W. E. Norris. +Bag of Diamonds, The. G. Manville Fenn. +Bank Tragedy, The. Mary R. P. Hatch. +Baptized with a Curse. Edith Stewart Drewry. +Beaton's Bargain. Mrs. Alexander. +Beatrice. H. Rider Haggard. +Be Quick and Be Dead. Ophelia Hives. +Birch Dene. William Westall. +Black Tulip, The. Alexandre Dumas. +Blind Fate. Mrs. Alexander. +Blind Love. Wilkie Collins. +Born Coquette, A. The Duchess. +Bound by a Spell. Hugh Conway. +By Order of the Czar. Jos. Hatton. +By Woman's Wit. Mrs. Alexander. + +Camille. Alexandre Dumas. +Cardinal Sin, A. Hugh Conway. +Cast Up by the Sea. Sir Samuel W. Baker. +Cleopatra. H. Rider Haggard. +Colonel Quaritch, V. C. H. Rider Haggard. +Confessions of a Woman, The. Mabel Collins. +Count of Monte-Cristo, The. Alexandre Dumas. +Courting of Dinah Shadd, The. Rudyard Kipling. +Cradled in a Storm. Theodore A. Sharp. +Crooked Path, A. Mrs. Alexander. + +Daughter of Heth, A. William Black. +Daughter's Sacrifice, A. F. C. Phillips. +Dawn. H. Rider Haggard. +Dean and His Daughter, The. F. C. Phillips. +Dean's Daughter, The. Sophie F. Veitch. +Deemster, The. Hall Caine. +Demoniac, The. Walter Besant. +Derrick Vaughn, Novelist. Edna Lyall. +Diana Barrington. Mrs. John Croker. +Diary of a Pilgrimage. Jerome K. Jerome. +Dmitri. F. W. Bain, M.A. +Dodo and I. Capt. A. Haggard. +Donald Ross of Heimra. William Black. +Donovan. Edna Lyall. +Dora Thorne. Charlotte M. Braeme. +Doris's Fortune. F. Warden. +Dr. Cupid. Rhoda Broughton. +Dr. Glennie's Daughter. B. L. Farjeon. +Duchess, The. The Duchess. +Duchess of Powysland, The. Grant Allen. +Duke's Secret, The. Charlotte M. Braeme. + +East Lynne. Mrs. Henry Wood. +Edmond Dantes. Alexandre Dumas. +Eric Brighteyes. H. Rider Haggard. +Evil Genius, The. Wilkie Collins. + +Fair Women. Mrs. Forrester. +Fallen Idol, A. F. Anstey. +Fatal Dower, A. +Felon's Bequest, The. F. Du Boisgobey. +Fiery Ordeal, A. Bertha M. Clay. +First Violin, The. Jessie Fothergill. +Frontiersmen, The. Gustave Aimard. +Frozen Hearts. G. Webb Appleton. +Frozen Pirate, The. W. Clark Russell. + +Giraldi. Ross G. Dering. +Golden Hope, The. W. Clark Russell. +Grave Between Them, The. Clarence Boutelle. +Great Mill St. Mystery, The. Adeline Sargent. +Guilderoy. Ouida. + +Handy Andy. Samuel Lover. +Hardy Norseman, A. Edna Lyall. +Haunted Chamber, The. The Duchess. +Heriot's Choice. Rosa N. Carey. +Her Last Throw. The Duchess. +Herr Paulus. Walter Besant. +He Went for a Soldier. John Strange Winter. +Hidden Away. Etta W. Pierce. +Hon. Mrs. Vereker, The. The Duchess. +House Party, A. Ouida. +Hunchback of Notre Dame, The. Victor Hugo. + +Idle Thoughts of an Idle Fellow, The. Jerome K. Jerome. +I Have Lived and Loved. Mrs. Forrester. +In the Golden Days. Edna Lyall. +In the Heart of the Storm. Maxwell Gray. +Irma. Lawrence Gordon. + +Jack and Three Jills, A. F. C. Phillips. +Jane Eyre. Charlotte Bronte. +Jess. H. Rider Haggard. +Julius Courtney. J. McLaren Cobban. + +Keeper of the Keys, The. F. W. Robinson. +Kidnapped. R. L. Stevenson. +"King" Arthur. Mrs. Mulock. +King Solomon's Mines. H. Rider Haggard. +Kit and Kitty. R. D. Blackmore. +Kith and Kin. Jessie Fothergill. +Knight-Errant. Edna Lyall. + +Lady Audley's Secret. Miss M. E. Braddon. +Lady Beauty. Alan Muir. +Lady Walworth's Diamonds. The Duchess. +Lamplighter, The. Maria S. Cummings. +Last Love, A. Georges Ohnet. +Life Interest, A. Mrs. Alexander. +Life's Mistake, A. Mrs. H. Lovett Cameron. +Life's Remorse, A. The Duchess. +Light that Failed, The. Rudyard Kipling. +Little Irish Girl, A. The Duchess. +Little Mrs. Murray. F. C. Phillips. +Little Primrose. Wenona Gilman. +Little Rebel, A. The Duchess. +Living or Dead. Hugh Conway. +L'Ombra. From the French of + Gennevraye. +Lord Lisle's Daughter. Charlotte M. Braeme. +Lost Wife, A. Mrs. H. Lovett Cameron. +Louise de la Valliere. Alexandre Dumas. +Lover or Friend. Rosa N. Carey. +Lucky Young Woman, A. F. C. Phillips. + +Madame Midas. Fergus W. Hume. +Maid, Wife, or Widow? Mrs. Alexander. +Maiwa's Revenge. H. Rider Haggard. +Man-Hunter, The. Dick Donovan. +Man in the Iron Mask, The. Alexandre Dumas. +Man Outside, The. Clarence Boutelle. +March in the Ranks, A. Jessie Fothergill. +Margaret Byng. F. C. Phillips. +Mark of Cain, The. Andrew Lang. +Marooned. W. Clark Russell. +Marriage at Sea, A. W. Clark Russell. +Marvel. The Duchess. +Mary Jane's Memoirs. George R. Sims. +Mary St. John. Rosa N. Carey. +Master of Ballantrae, The. R. L. Stevenson. +Master Rockafellar's Voyage. W. Clark Russell. +Matter of Skill, A. Beatrice Whitby. +Mayor of Casterbridge, The. Thos. Hardy. +Mere Child, A. L. B. Walford. +Merle's Crusade. Rosa N. Carey. +Merry Men, and Other Tales and Fables, The. R. L. Stevenson. +Miracle Gold. Richard Dowling. +Misadventures of John Nicholson. R. L. Stevenson. +Miss Bretherton. Mrs. Humphrey Ward. +Mistress Beatrice Cope. M. E. Le Clerc. +Modern Circe, A. The Duchess. +Mohawks. Miss M. E. Braddon. +Molly Bawn. The Duchess. +Molly's Story. Frank Merryfield. +Moment After, The. Robert Buchanan. +Mona's Choice. Mrs. Alexander. +Mr. Meeson's Will. H. Rider Haggard. +Mrs. Fenton. W. E. Norris. +My Danish Sweetheart. W. Clark Russell. +My Friend Jim. W. E. Norris. +My Guardian. Ada Cambridge. +My Lady Nicotine. J. M. Barrie. +Mystery of a Hansom Cab, The. Fergus W. Hume. +Mystery of St. James's Park, The. J. B. Barton. +My Wonderful Wife. Marie Corelli. + +Nameless Man, The. F. Du Boisgobey. +Nellie's Memories. Rosa N. Carey. +New Arabian Nights. R. L. Stevenson. +Nine of Hearts, The. B. L. Farjeon. +Noble Woman, A. Henry Greville. +Not Guilty. Etta W. Pierce. +Not Like Other Girls. Rosa N. Carey. +Nun's Curse, The. Mrs. J. H. Riddell. + +Old Curiosity Shop, The. Charles Dickens. +Once Again. Mrs. Forrester. +One Life, One Love. Miss M. E. Braddon. +Only a Mill Girl. Eric St. C. Ross. +Only the Governess. Rosa N. Carey. +On the Stage--and Off. Jerome K. Jerome. +Other Man's Wife, The. John Strange Winter. +Our Bessie. Rosa N. Carey. +Outsider, The. Hawley Smart. + +Parisian Detective, The. F. Du Boisgobey. +Part of the Property. Beatrice Whitby. +Passion's Slave. Richard Ashe King. +Paul Nugent, Materialist. Helen F. Hetherington + (Gullifer) and Rev. + H. Darwin Burton. +Pennycomequicks, The. S. Baring Gould. +Phantom Future, The. H. S. Merriman. +Phantom Rickshaw, The. Rudyard Kipling. +Picture of Dorian Gray, The. Oscar Wilde. +Plain Tales from the Hills. Rudyard Kipling. +Plunger, The. Hawley Smart. +Pretty Miss Bellew. Theo. Gift. +Prince Otto. R. L. Stevenson. +Prince Lucifer. Etta W. Pierce. + +Queenie's Whim. Rosa N. Carey. +Queen Tempest. Jane G. Austin. + +Roland Oliver. Justin McCarthy. +Romance of a Poor Young Man, The. Octave Feuillet. +Riversons, The. S. J. Bumstead. +Ruffino. Ouida. + +Saddle and Saber. Hawley Smart. +Sabina Zembra. William Black. +Scarlet Letter, The. Nathaniel Hawthorne. +Scheherazade. F. Warden. +Search for Basil Lyndhurst, The. Rosa N. Carey. +Secret of Her Life, The. Edward Jenkins. +Shadow of a Sin, The. Charlotte M. Braeme. +She. H. Rider Haggard. +She Trusted Him. Charles Garvice. +Silence of Dean Maitland, The. Maxwell Gray. +Social Departure, A. Sara Jeannette Duncan. +Social Vicissitudes. F. C. Phillips. +Soldiers Three. Rudyard Kipling. +Son of Porthos, The. Alexandre Dumas. +Spurious. J. Barney Low. +Stage-Land. Jerome K. Jerome. +Stephen Ellicott's Daughter. Mrs. J. H. Needell. +St. Katherine's by the Tower. Walter Besant. +Story of an African farm, The. Olive Schreiner. +Story of an Error, The. +Story of Philip Methuen, The. Mrs. J. H. Needell. +Story of the Gadsbys, The. Rudyard Kipling. +Strange Adventures of Lucy Smith, The. F. C. Phillips. +Strange Case of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde. R. L. Stevenson. +Sylvia Arden. Oswald Crawford. +Syrlin. Ouida. + +Tale of Three Lions, A. H. Rider Haggard. +Tangles Unraveled. Evelyn Kimball Johnson. +Texar's Revenge. Jules Verne. +This Wicked World. Mrs. H. Lovett Cameron. +Three Guardsmen, The. Alexandre Dumas. +Three Men in a Boat. Jerome K. Jerome. +Three Miss Kings, The. Ada Cambridge. +Troublesome Girl, A. The Duchess. +Twenty Years After. Alexandre Dumas. +Twin Hussars, The. F. W. Rollins. +Two Masters. B. M. Croker. + +Uncle Max. Rosa N. Carey. +Under-Currents. The Duchess. +Under Two Flags. Ouida. + +Vendetta. Marie Corelli. +Vicomte de Bragelonne, The. Alexandre Dumas. + +Weaker than a Woman. Charlotte M. Braeme. +Wedding Ring, The. Robert Buchanan. +Wee Wifie. Rosa N. Carey. +We Two. Edna Lyall. +What Gold Can Not Buy. Mrs. Alexander. +When a Man's Single. J. M. Barrie. +White Company, The. A. Conan Doyle. +Wicked Girl, A. Mary Cecil Hay. +Widow Bedott Papers. F. M. Whitcher. +Wife In Name Only. Charlotte M. Braeme. +Will. Georges Ohnet. +Window in Thrums, A. J. M. Barrie. +Witch's Head, The. H. Rider Haggard. +Woman's Face, A. F. Warden. +Woman's Heart, A. Mrs. Alexander. +Woman's War, A. Charlotte M. Braeme. +Won by Waiting. Edna Lyall. +Wonderful Adventures of Phra the Edwin Lester Arnold. + Phoenician, The. +Wooed and Married. Rosa N. Carey. +Wooing O't, The. Mrs. Alexander. +World's Desire, The. H. Rider Haggard and Andrew + Lang. +World, the Flesh, and the Devil, The. Mrs. M. E. Braddon. +Wormwood. Marie Corelli. + +Young Mr. Ainslie's Courtship. F. C. Phillips. + + + + +FIFTY CENT ISSUES. + +Ardath. Marie Corelli. +Disputed Inheritance, A. Timayenis. +Englishman in Paris, An. +Robert Elsmere. Mrs. Humphrey Ward. +Romance of Two Worlds, A. Marie Corelli. +Spurgeon's Gold. Rev. E. H. Swem. +Thelma. Marie Corelli. + + + + +Latest Issues American Series. + +25-Cent Edition. + +Andree de Taverney. Alexander Dumas. +Discarded Daughter, The. Mrs. E. D. E. N. Southworth. +Countess de Charny, The. Alexander Dumas. +Retribution. Mrs. E. D. E. N. Southworth. +Six Years Later. Alexander Dumas. +Queen's Necklace, The. Alexander Dumas. +Fatal Marriage, The. Mrs. E. D. E. N. Southworth. +Memoirs of a Physician. Alexander Dumas. +Joseph Balsamo. Alexander Dumas. +Self-Raised. Mrs. E. D. E. N. Southworth. +Ishmael. Mrs. E. D. E. N. Southworth. +Russian Gypsy, The. Alexander Dumas. +Old Mam'selle's Secret, The. E. Marlitt. + + + + +ALEXANDER DUMAS' WORKS +CONTAINED IN +"AMERICAN SERIES:" + +Camille. +Edmond Dantes. +Count of Monte-Cristo. +The Three Guardsmen. +Twenty Years After. +Vicomte de Bragelonne. +Louise de la Valliere. +The Man in the Iron Mask. +The Son of Porthos. +The Black Tulip. +The Russian Gypsy. +Joseph Balsamo. +Memoirs of a Physician. +The Queen's Necklace. +Six Years Later. +Countess de Charny. +Andree de Taverney. +The Chevalier de Maison Rouge. + + + + +MAXWELL GRAY'S WORKS +CONTAINED IN +"AMERICAN SERIES." + +No. 239--In the Heart of the Storm. +No. 261--Silence of Dean Maitland, The. + + + + +MARIE CORELLI'S WORKS +CONTAINED IN +"AMERICAN SERIES." + +No. 6--Ardath--50c number. +No. 73--Romance of Two Worlds, A--50c number. +No. 4--Thelma--50c number. + + * * * * * + +No. 244--Hired Baby, The. +No. 169--My Wonderful Wife. +No. 99--Vendetta. +No. 224--Wormwood. + + + + +CUSHING'S MANUAL. + +CONTAINING +RULES of PROCEEDING and DEBATE +OF +DELIBERATIVE ASSEMBLIES. + +_A Complete Guide for Instruction and Reference in all Matters +pertaining to the Management of Public Meetings according to +Parliamentary Usages._ + + BY REVISED BY +LUTHER S. CUSHING. FRANCES P. SULLIVAN. + +The contents embrace the following subjects: + +Adding of Propositions. +Adjournment. +Amendment. +Apology. +Assembly, Deliberative. +Assembling. +Blanks, filling of. +Chairman, preliminary election of. +Committees. +Committee of the Whole. +Commitment. +Communications. +Consent of the assembly. +Contested Elections. +Credentials. +Debate. +Decorum, Breaches of. +Disorderly Conduct. +Disorderly Words. +Division. +Elections and Returns. +Expulsion. +Floor. +Forms of Proceeding. +Incidental Questions. +Introduction of Business. +Journal. +Judgment of an aggregate body. +Lie on the Table. +List of members. +Main Question. +Majority. +Members. +Membership. +Motion. +Naming a member. +Officers. +Order of a deliberative assembly. +Order of business. +Order, rules of. +Order, call to. +Orders of the Day. +Organization. +Papers and Documents. +Parliamentary Law. +Parliamentary Rules. +Petitions. +Postponement. +Power of assembly to eject strangers. +Preamble. +Precedence. +President. +Presiding Officer. +Previous Question. +Privileged Questions. +Proceedings, how set in motion. +Punishment. +Quarrel between members. +Question. +Quorum. +Reading of Papers. +Reception. +Recommitment. +Reconsideration. +Recording Officer. +Recurrence of Business. +Reports of Committees. +Reprimand. +Resolution. +Returns. +Roll. +Rules. +Secondary Questions. +Seconding of motions. +Secretary. +Separation of propositions. +Speaking. +Speaking member. +Speech, reading of, by member. +Subsidiary Questions. +Suspension of a rule. +Transposition of proposition. +Vice-President. +Voting. +Will of assembly. +Withdrawal of motion. +Yeas and Nays. + +In addition to the above this volume contains + +THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES +AND THE +DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE. + +_208 Pages. Bound in paper, 25 cents; bound in cloth, gilt back, 50 +cents._ + +Sent by mail receipt of price. One- and two-cent stamps taken. + + + + +Standard Recitations by Best Authors + +A CHOICE COLLECTION OF BEAUTIFUL COMPOSITIONS, +CAREFULLY COMPILED FOR +School, Lyceum, Parlor, and other Entertainments, +BY FRANCES P. SULLIVAN. + + +CONTENTS OF NO. 22. + + PAGE +Shamus O'Brien, The Bold Boy of Glingall. Samuel Lover. 3 +The Soldiers' Reward. J. W. Donovan. 7 +The Kitten of the Regiment. 9 +Perils of a Teacher. J. W. Donovan. 10 +A Climb at Rouen. M. Betham Edwards. 11 +Catching the Colt. 12 +Something for Strikers. 13 +Harmony. 13 +By the Wayside. E. Doherty. 14 +The Unwelcomed Baby. 15 +Running Before It. William Constable. 16 +"Warned." Crape Myrtle. 17 +The Old Wife's Kiss. 17 +The Old Office-Desk. Henry J. Shellman. 19 +Chickens Come Home to Roost. Earnest M'Gaffey. 19 +The Blacksmith of Ragenbach. 20 +The Old Mill. H. W. Field. 21 +One at a Time. 22 +The Hot Axle. T. DeWitt Talmage. 22 +Ellsworth's Avengers. Tripp. 23 +The Origin of Whiskey. H. Burgess. 24 +The Two Words. J. E. Dinkenga. 25 +Listeners. M. K. D. 25 +The Delinquent Subscriber. Margaret Andrews Oldham. 26 +"Peace, be Still." Violet. 27 +A Short Debate on Rum. "Th' Poet o' Ante-Bar" 28 +The Participants in the Boston Massacre. John Hancock. 28 +Dandie. M. F. Bradley. 29 +The Nameless Guest. James Clarence Harvey. 30 +Slug Number Eleven. 30 +A Famous Fight. David Graham Adee. 32 +More Cruel Than War. 33 +The Fall of the Alamo. Mrs. Barr. 34 +A New Gospel. Carlotta Perry. 35 +Making the Round. Mrs. M. L. Rayne. 36 +The Beautiful. 37 +Onatoga's Sacrifice. John Dimitry. 38 +Joe Sieg. Alexander Anderson. 39 +Education. C. Phillips. 41 +Ingratitude: Or Old Sport and His Master. Fred Williams. 41 +Old Uncle Jake. 43 +On the Rappahannock. 44 +The Better Land. 45 +Charity. 45 +St. Michael the Weigher. 46 +The Orphan's New Year. O. H. 46 +The Inch Cape Bell. 47 +The Old Minstrel. 47 + +Price 12 Cents by Mail. 1 and 2 Cent Stamps Taken. + +Address M. J. IVERS & CO., +379 Pearl Street, N. Y. City. + + + + +THE +Standard Letter Writer +FOR +Ladies and Gentlemen. + +CONTAINING A COMPLETE COLLECTION OF BUSINESS LETTERS; LETTERS OF +INTRODUCTION; LETTERS OF CREDIT; LETTERS OF APPLICATION FOR EMPLOYMENT; +LETTERS OF RECOMMENDATION; SOCIAL LETTERS; CONGRATULATION AND +CONDOLENCE; NOTES OF CEREMONY AND COMPLIMENT; RULES FOR CONDUCTING +PUBLIC DEBATES AND MEETINGS. + +PRICE 25 CENTS. + +COPYRIGHT, 1893, BY M. J. IVERS & CO. + +NEW YORK: +M. J. IVERS & CO., PUBLISHERS. +879 PEARL STREET. + + + + +Transcriber's Note: The 1894 M. J. Ivers & Co. edition was the principal +source for this electronic text. In addition, the 1894 D. Appleton and +Company text was consulted to determine the preferred hyphenation and +spelling of some words and to resolve suspected typographical errors. + +In Book First, Chapter I, =These are the passengers of the 'St. Barbara."= +was changed to =These are the passengers of the "St. Barbara."=. + +In Book First, Chapter II, "the later was suddenly caught" was changed to +"the latter was suddenly caught". + +In Book First, Chapter III, "the poor beast" was changed to "the poor +beasts", and "It was only that she ship" was changed to "It was only +that the ship". + +In Book First, Chapter IV, "whose pure, azure seen" was changed to "whose +pure azure, seen", "In Brazovic's cafe" was changed to "In Brazovics' +cafe", and "before Brazovic's cafe" was changed to "before Brazovics' +cafe". + +In Book First, Chapter VI, a missing quotation mark was added after "You +can't joke with her", "white cat on her shouler" was changed to "white +cat on her shoulder", and "nothing remakable in her rising suddenly" was +changed to "nothing remarkable in her rising suddenly". + +In Book First, Chapter VII, "dear mother-in law!" was changed to "dear +mother-in-law!", "future son-in law" was changed to "future son-in-law", +and "Did your hear how" was changed to "Did you hear how". + +In Book First, Chapter VIII, "the prince settled in advance" was changed +to "the price settled in advance". + +In Book First, Chapter X, ="Timea!' cried Timar, "your father is dead."= +was changed to ="Timea!" cried Timar, "your father is dead."= + +In Book First, Chapter XIV, an extra quotation mark was deleted after "ten +thousand measures of wheat.", and "at which Timea only eat fruit and +bread" was changed to "at which Timea only ate fruit and bread". + +In Book Second, Chapter III, "felspar" was changed to "feldspar". + +In Book Second, Chapter IV, "When the saw that the doors" was changed to +"When they saw that the doors". + +In Book Second, Chapter V, a missing quotation mark was added after +"burned coffee-berries.", and "rich man wooes" was changed to "rich man +woos". + +In Book Second, Chapter VII, "It was un heard of" was changed to "It was +unheard of", "who eat the bread of charity" was changed to "who ate the +bread of charity", and "eat not a morsel" was changed to "ate not a +morsel". + +In Book Second, Chapter VIII, "Athalia put on her mourning-dress" was +changed to "Athalie put on her mourning-dress", and "The kitchen clock +was till going" was changed to "The kitchen clock was still going". + +In Book Third, Chapter II, a missing period was added after "wounded +their hearts". + +In Book Third, Chapter III, missing periods were added after "embracing +her mother with eager kisses" and "Very much", "Timar open the little +gate" was changed to "Timar opened the little gate", and "the grass it +wet" was changed to "the grass is wet". + +In Book Third, Chapter IV, "Michael disappeard" was changed to "Michael +disappeared", "when he laughed" was changed to "when she laughed", and a +missing quotation mark was added after "you will have to go off to +Brazil." + +In Book Third, Chapter VI, a missing colon was added after "stretching +both hands entreatingly to Michael", "his meeting with Thedor" was +changed to "his meeting with Theodor", a missing parenthesis was added +after "what depended on this business!", and "eat it with the bread" was +changed to "ate it with the bread". + +In Book Fourth, Chapter I, "centturies might pass" was changed to +"centuries might pass". + +In Book Fourth, Chapter III, "districts of Zala and Vesoprimer" was +changed to "districts of Zala and Vessprimer", and "by its owe will" was +changed to "by its own will". + +In Book Fifth, Chapter I, a missing quotation mark was added after "sick +and loveless heart?", and "which he hear crackling" was changed to +"which he heard crackling". + +In Book Fifth, Chapter III, "though Timar, shrugging his shoulders" was +changed to "thought Timar, shrugging his shoulders". + +In Book Fifth, Chapter IV, "revealed the secrt" was changed to "revealed +the secret", "loathsome wrounds" was changed to "loathsome wounds", +"Then man knew" was changed to "The man knew", "turn you back on me" was +changed to "turn your back on me", and "sacrified her to his base lusts" +was changed to "sacrificed her to his base lusts". + +In Book Fifth, Chapter XII, "moldered-away" was changed to "mouldered +away", and an extraneous quotation mark was removed following "on the +ownerless island?". + +In the advertisements, "Evelyn Kymball Johnson" was changed to "Evelyn +Kimball Johnson", and missing periods were added after "The Man in the +Iron Mask" and "Memoirs of a Physician". + +Finally, the advertisement for Cushing's Manual was moved from the +inside front cover to the back of the book. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Timar's Two Worlds, by Mór Jókai + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TIMAR'S TWO WORLDS *** + +***** This file should be named 31409.txt or 31409.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/1/4/0/31409/ + +Produced by Steven desJardins and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/31409.zip b/31409.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2443ba5 --- /dev/null +++ b/31409.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..783fc13 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #31409 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/31409) |
